openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

August 2015

17 participants
272 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92352 - trunk/yast/nn/po
by huftis＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: huftis Date: 2015-08-26 20:15:48 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92352 Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/qt.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po trunk/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po Log: Updated Norwegian Nynorsk translation files to correspond to the latest templates. Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/add-on.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-05 14:16+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -73,21 +73,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Gjer klar …" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Gjer klar tilleggsprodukt …" @@ -119,10 +119,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjend" @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installerering av tilleggsprodukt" @@ -266,36 +266,36 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Fann ikkje nokon produkt i pakkebrønnen" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Fann ikkje nokon pakkebrønn på mediet." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Gjer klar ny kjelde …" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "Adresse: %1 – katalog: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Val av pakkebrønn" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> " "\n" @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ "Vel pakkebrønnen du vil bruka." "\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Fann pakkebrønnar" @@ -321,33 +321,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installeringa av tilleggsprodukt?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Vel ein pakkebrønn." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Tilleggsproduktet medfører pakkekonfliktar som ikkje kan løysast." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Produktval" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Tilgjengelege produkt" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> " "\n" @@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ "\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Dei valde tilleggsprodukta medfører pakkekonfliktar som ikkje kan løysast." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> " "\n" @@ -382,63 +382,63 @@ "Fjern for å fjerna eit produkt." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1 – katalog: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Vel produktet du vil fjerna." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Fjernar valt tilleggsprodukt …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Installerte tilleggsprodukt" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukt" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "Adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "&Administrer pakkar …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Her er ei oversikt over alle tilleggsprodukta som er installerte." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." @@ -447,47 +447,47 @@ "Fjern for å fjerna eit produkt." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Produsent: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Ukjend produsent" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versjon: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Ukjend versjon" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Adresse til pakkebrønn: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Ukjent adresse til pakkebrønn" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias til pakkebrønn: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Ukjend adresse" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil fjerna tilleggsproduktet?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Fjernar pakkar som avheng av produktet …" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -18,1087 +18,1108 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "None." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Authentication Client Config" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +msgid "" +"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "" -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "" -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" msgstr "" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "Authentication Client" +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Identification provider:" msgstr "" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Authentication provider:" msgstr "" -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "" -"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. " -"You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. " -"The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. " -"In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " -"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. " -"local: SSSD internal provider for local users. " -"ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. " -"ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. " -"ad: Active Directory provider. " -"Supported auth providers are: " -"ldap for native LDAP authentication. " -"krb5 for Kerberos authentication. " -"ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. " -"ad Active Directory provider. " -"proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. " -"none disables authentication explicitly. " -"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" msgstr "" +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "" #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "" - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Lesar konfigurasjonsdata …" #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dette kan ta eit bel" @@ -57,13 +57,14 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ "Sjå etter meir informasjon i loggfilene, eller modifiser\n" "kontrollfilen og freist igjen.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading configuration data" @@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "aktivar/deaktiver all pakkebehandling" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Tom parameterliste" @@ -134,33 +135,33 @@ msgstr "Stigen til autoyast-profilen må angjevast" #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Klient for å oppretta AutoYAST-profil basert systemet som køyrar" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "kjende modular: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "liste over modular (adskilt av komene) som skal klonast" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Klonar systemet …" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Den nye autoyast-profilen er lagra i /root/autoinst.xml." @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ "fila og innhaldet av fila.\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a file to load." @@ -290,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "Vel først ei fil frå tabellen." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -302,53 +303,79 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Progress" msgstr "Fremdrift" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av systemet med innstillingane for autoinstallasjon" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "Konfigurerer %1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "Konfigurerer ikkje %1" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Køyrar postskript" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Fullfører konfigurasjon" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "handsamar ressursen %1" @@ -548,110 +575,110 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "Vent medan systemet vert for klargjort autoinstallasjon." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Køyr brukerskript før installasjon" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillingar " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Språkinnstillinger" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Opprett partisjonstabeller" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Konfigurer oppstartslaster" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "Spurnad" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Konfigurer programvareutvalg" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 #, fuzzy msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Køyrer brukerskript før installasjon …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Konfigurerer generelle innstillingar …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Språkinnstillinger" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Opprettar partisjonstabeller …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Konfigurerer oppstartslaster …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Klonar systemet …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Konfigurerer programvareutvalg …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Klargjer system for automatisk installasjon" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "" #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Konfigurerer språk …" #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" @@ -661,7 +688,7 @@ "Freist igjen.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" @@ -1036,12 +1063,12 @@ msgstr "Avans&ert" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 #, fuzzy msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "Storleiken \"auto\" er berre gyldig dersom monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller \"swap\" er vald" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Storleiken \"auto\" er ugyldig for fysiske volum." @@ -1128,7 +1155,7 @@ msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Plassering av systemprofil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profilplassering:" @@ -1137,12 +1164,12 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Vel ein harddisk" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Ingen diskar funnet." @@ -1152,7 +1179,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1166,14 +1193,14 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Val av harddisk" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Vel eitt av alternativa for å halda fram." @@ -1418,13 +1445,13 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Lagre som …" #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 #, fuzzy msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Fila %1 er lagra." @@ -1432,7 +1459,7 @@ #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under lagring av fila." @@ -1602,39 +1629,38 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "Kilde" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka innstillingane for modulen '%1' på gjeldande system?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under opning/analyse av XML-fila." #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Tilgjengelege modular" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka innstillingane for profilen på gjeldande system?" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Kontrollfil endra." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Lagre endringane i %1?" @@ -1834,7 +1860,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNG-validering …" @@ -1846,7 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "Seksjon %1:" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Kontrollerer XML med RNC-validering …" @@ -1893,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "Start maskina på nytt etter andre trinn" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Signaturbehandling" @@ -2305,24 +2331,24 @@ "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen HTTP(S). Serveren rapporterte koda %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen FTP. Serveren rapporterte koda %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1/%2 mislukkast.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Lesing av fila på %1 mislukkast.\n" @@ -2330,21 +2356,21 @@ #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Lesing av fil frå CD mislukkast. Filsti: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Den eksterne fila %1 kan ikkje hentast" @@ -2353,25 +2379,25 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 er ikkje montert og montering mislukkast" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 #, fuzzy msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Fila %1 vart ikkje funnen" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Kan ikkje finna nettadressen '%1' via protokollen TFTP." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Ukjend protokoll %1." @@ -2676,7 +2702,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 #, fuzzy msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Analyse av regelfil mislukkast. XML-analysen rapporterte:\n" @@ -2685,13 +2711,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 #, fuzzy msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML-analysen rapporterte ein feil under analysen av autoyast-profilen. Feilmeldinga var:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2708,54 +2734,54 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Vel profil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil frå diskett." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå TFTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå NFS-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå HTTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Hentar kontrollfil (%1) frå FTP-servar: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå fil: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå eining: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Kopierer kontrollfil frå standardplassering." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Ukjend kjelde." @@ -2766,7 +2792,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>" @@ -2781,7 +2807,7 @@ "konfigurerast ved hjelp av konfigurasjonsadministrasjonssystemet." "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" @@ -2798,7 +2824,7 @@ "" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" @@ -2838,96 +2864,115 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Stadfest installasjon?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Andre fase i AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 #, fuzzy msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Slå av maskina etter første trinn" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Slå av maskina etter andre trinn" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Start maskina på nytt etter andre trinn" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Godta usignerte filer" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Ikkje godta usignerte filar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Godta filer utan ein kontrollsum" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Ikkje godta filar utan ein kontrollsum" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Godta mislukka bekreftelser" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Ikkje godta mislukka bekreftelser" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Godta ukjende GPG-nøklar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Ikkje godta ukjende GPG-nøklar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importera nye GPG-nøklar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Ikkje importera nye GPG-nøklar" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Montering av %1 mislukkast." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "Kan ikkje gjenbruka volumgruppen %1. Volumgruppen finnast ikkje." @@ -2945,16 +2990,22 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 #, fuzzy msgid "Drives" msgstr "Diskar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "Totalt %1 disk" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "" + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -3016,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr "Ukjent" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" @@ -3027,36 +3078,36 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til pakkebrønnen %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av mønster. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Opprettar diskbilde – installerer pakker" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Diskbilde kunne ikkje opprettast under installasjon av pakker. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Lagre diskbilde som …" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" @@ -3065,18 +3116,18 @@ "Du kan framleis endra diskbildet i %1/\n" "Viss du trykkjer OK, vil diskbildet komprimerast og kan ikkje lenger endrast." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Komprimering av diskbilde i '%1' mislukkast. Kontrollar /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 #, fuzzy msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Diskbildet er oppretta" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" @@ -3086,35 +3137,35 @@ "Du kan oppretta fila med kommandoen 'ls -F > directory.yast' viss han manglar." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "kan ikkje lesa '%1'. Vil du freista igjen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa '%1'. ISO kunne ikkje opprettast." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Klargjer ISO-filstruktur …" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "Oppstartsoppsett for DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" @@ -3125,51 +3176,51 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Lagre ISO-diskbilde som …" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Opprettar ISO-fil …" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO er oppretta på %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 #, fuzzy msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Valde mønster" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 #, fuzzy msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Valde enkeltpakker" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Pakkar som skal fjernast" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Vel spesiell kjernepakke" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje definera mønster: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Køyringa av pakkeløseren mislukkast. Kontroller programvareseksjonen i autoyast-profilen." @@ -3180,27 +3231,32 @@ msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "Partisjonstabellen i XML-profilen får ikkje plass på harddisken. Det manglar %1MB." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 #, fuzzy +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "Totalt %1 disk" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +#, fuzzy msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Inga spesifisert eining er konfigurert" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Kontrollerer rotpartisjonen. Ein augneblunk …" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Ingen Linux-rotpartisjon vart funnen." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" @@ -3210,14 +3266,14 @@ "kva for ein rotpartisjon som skal brukast. Autoinstallasjon er ikkje mogleg.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "eininga '%1' ikkje funnet av lagringssystem" #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Hentar konfigurasjonsdata …" @@ -3225,7 +3281,7 @@ #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje passordet to gonger." @@ -3234,7 +3290,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kunne ikkje lagra seksjonen %1 i fila %2" @@ -3242,7 +3298,7 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Kryptert autoyast-profil. Angje riktig passord." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/base.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-10 01:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -23,129 +23,129 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Vis hjelpeteksten for denne modulen" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Vis ein lang versjon av hjelpeteksten for denne modulen" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Vis ein lang versjon av hjelpeteksten for denne modulen i XML-format" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Start interaktivt skal for administrasjon av denne modulen" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Avslutt interaktiv modus og lagra endringane" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Avbryt interaktiv modus utan å lagra endringane" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Vis hjelpeteksten for denne kommandoen" #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Vis fremdriftsinformasjon" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Der XML-fila skal lagrast" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Denne YaST2-modulen støttar ikkje kommandolinjemodus." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Bruk «help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege kommandoar." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Ukjend kommando: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Valet «%1» manglar ein verdi." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Ukjent val for kommandoen «%1»: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ugyldig verdi for valet «%1»: venta «%2», og fekk «%3»" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Valet «%1» kan ikkje ha noko verdi. Oppgjeven verdi: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «%1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 %2 help» for å få opp ei fullstendig oversikt over tilgjengelege vel." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-oppsettmodul %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Kommando «%1»" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ " Val:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ " Val av typen [streng] må skrivast på formatet «val=verdi»." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -172,140 +172,140 @@ " Eksempel:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dette er ein YaST2-modul." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Grunnsyntaks:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> [verbose] [val]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <kommando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <kommando> [val]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <kommando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Kommandoar:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Inga hjelp tilgjengeleg." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 #, fuzzy msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Error: invalid help>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Bruk «yast2 %1 <kommando> help» for å få opp ei oversikt over tilgjengelege val." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Manglar namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile»). Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=<namn_på_målfil>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Namnet på målfila (valet «xmlfile») er tomt. Bruk kommandolinjevalet xmlfile=<namn_på_målfil>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukjend" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "eller «%1»" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Spesifiser kommandoen «%1»." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spesifiser ein av kommandoane: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Spesifiser berre éin av kommandoane: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finst ikkje noko tilgjengeleg brukargrensesnitt for denne modulen." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Klar" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Gjer klar" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Fullfører" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "Ferdig" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Avsluttar (utan endringar)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "ja eller nei?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "nei" @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -385,13 +385,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&Lagra YaS&T-loggar …" @@ -399,17 +399,35 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Feil ved installering" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Det er ikkje definert nokon prosedyre for denne installasjonsmodusen." #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do you really want\n" @@ -421,32 +439,32 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Hald fram installeringa" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "&Avbryt installeringa" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Åtvaring" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -461,7 +479,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow." msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." @@ -473,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "Verdien til %1 er ugyldig." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Ikkje tilgjengeleg" @@ -482,7 +500,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> " "\n" @@ -500,7 +518,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> " "\n" @@ -517,43 +535,43 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Ved oppstart" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuelt" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Start av teneste" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Tenesta køyrer" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Tenesta køyrer ikkje" @@ -562,7 +580,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> " "\n" @@ -578,7 +596,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3." @@ -589,32 +607,32 @@ "\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Start tenesta no" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Steng tenesta no" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Lagre endringane og start tenesta på nytt no" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Start tenesta no" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "S&teng tenesta no" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "&Lagra endringane og start tenesta på nytt no" @@ -630,7 +648,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> " "\n" @@ -643,38 +661,38 @@ "i staden for i oppsettfilene til systemet." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-støtte på" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-støtte på" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Fane" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Opp" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Ned" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -685,37 +703,37 @@ "Stopp bruken av nøkkelen i oppsettet først." #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta TSIG-nøkkel." #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Vel fila med autentiseringsnøkkelen" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Vel fil for autentiseringsnøkkelen" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "Det valde filnamnet er ei mappe som finst frå før." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Den valde fila finst alt. Vil du overskrive ho?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG-nøkkel-ID ikkje oppgjeven." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -724,7 +742,7 @@ "Vil du sletta han?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -733,27 +751,27 @@ "på disken. Vil du sletta han?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Nøkkelen vert no laga. Vil du halda fram?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje laga TSIG-nøkkel." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Den valde fila finst ikkje." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Den valde fila inneheld ikkje nokon TSIG-nøkkel." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -764,7 +782,7 @@ "Dei gamle nøklane vert derfor sletta. Vil du halda fram?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> " "\n" @@ -777,7 +795,7 @@ "\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> " "\n" @@ -792,7 +810,7 @@ "\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> " "\n" @@ -809,7 +827,7 @@ "\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> " "\n" @@ -829,27 +847,27 @@ "\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Leggja til ein eksisterande TSIG-nøkkel" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Laga ein ny TSIG-nøkkel" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Nøkkel-ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Lag" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Gjeldande TSIG-nøklar" @@ -857,54 +875,54 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Nøkkel-ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filnamn" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "&Valt alternativ" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Det valde alternativet finst alt." #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "En." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Val" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Verdi" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> " "\n" @@ -917,7 +935,7 @@ "i tabellen og trykk Rediger." #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -926,7 +944,7 @@ "eller trykk Fjern for å fjerna eit val." #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -935,7 +953,7 @@ "om valet er vorte endra." #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -945,40 +963,40 @@ "for å endra rekkjefølgja på vala i lista." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Andre" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Eininga er ikkje sett opp" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Trykk Rediger for setja opp" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Lastar modular. Vent litt …" #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 Control Center" msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST2 kontrollsenter" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -987,14 +1005,14 @@ "Du vil derfor berre sjå modular som ikkje krev rotløyve." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard" msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "Bruka YaST2 i tekstmodus ved hjelp av tastaturet" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General " "\n" @@ -1012,12 +1030,12 @@ "for å rulla gjennom lister." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1026,7 +1044,7 @@ "«Alt» + bokstaven som er understreka på knappen." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything." @@ -1037,7 +1055,7 @@ "\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes " "\n" @@ -1054,7 +1072,7 @@ "kan du hoppa framover med «Ctrl + F» og bakover med «Ctrl + B»." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1065,7 +1083,7 @@ "for «Alt + H». «Escape + Tab» er òg ei erstatning for «Alt + Tab»." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "3) Function Keys " @@ -1083,12 +1101,12 @@ "for å visa kva funksjonstastane gjer i det gjeldande vindauget." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "F-tastane er vanlegvis knytte til ei spesiell handling:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help " "\n" @@ -1130,7 +1148,7 @@ "F10 = OK, neste, hald fram, fullfør eller stadfest " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1140,7 +1158,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1150,7 +1168,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1160,7 +1178,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1338,8 +1356,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Hopp over" @@ -1361,7 +1379,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" @@ -1578,32 +1596,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installeringa?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta YaST systemreparering?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Avbryt systemreparering" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Hald fram med systemreparering" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1616,7 +1634,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1630,7 +1648,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1641,29 +1659,29 @@ "Du må installera då installera det på nytt." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle endringane går då tapt." #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detaljar …" #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldingar" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Vis meldingar: %1" @@ -1673,91 +1691,89 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Tidsavbrot for meldingar: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Loggfør meldingar: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Åtvaringar" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Vis åtvaringar: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Tidsavbrot for åtvaringar: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Loggfør åtvaringar: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Feil" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Vis feil: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Tidsavbrot for feil: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Loggfør feil: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning:" #| msgid_plural "Warnings:" @@ -1765,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "Åtvaring:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error:" #| msgid_plural "Errors:" @@ -1774,8 +1790,8 @@ #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Message:" #| msgid_plural "Messages:" @@ -1831,25 +1847,25 @@ msgstr "&Slett" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variabel" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm manglar. Installer pakken «xterm»." #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "GPG-privatnøklar" #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Brukar-ID" @@ -1858,14 +1874,14 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingeravtrykk" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> " "\n" @@ -1877,12 +1893,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "GPG-offentlegnøklar" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> " "\n" @@ -1894,11 +1910,11 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Lag ein ny GPG-nøkkel …" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> " "\n" @@ -1914,12 +1930,12 @@ "" #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Passfrase for GPG-nøkkel %1" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> " "\n" @@ -1931,18 +1947,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Skriv inn passfrase" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Skriv inn passfrasen for å låsa opp GPG-nøkkelen %1: " #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a log message to describe the changes that you did" msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." @@ -2015,96 +2031,95 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "A&vansert" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Logg" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Logg" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Lagra logg" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Lagra logg som …" #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved lesing av loggen." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation" msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "Brannmuren kan ikkje justerast under første del av installeringa." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall package is not installed" msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Brannmurpakken er ikkje installert" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Brannmuren er slått av" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Brannmurporten er stengd" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "Brannmurporten er open på alle grensesnitta" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "Brannmurporten er open på valde grensesnitt" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Ingen nettverkskort er sette opp" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Grensesnittet er ikkje tilordna ei sone" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med open port i brannmur" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n" @@ -2117,7 +2132,7 @@ "%1" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2130,7 +2145,7 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2146,8 +2161,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2162,29 +2177,29 @@ "Vil du halda fram?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Nettverksgrensesnitt med vil open port i brannmur" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Merk &alle" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Merk &ingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2192,7 +2207,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> " "\n" @@ -2207,7 +2222,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2216,7 +2231,7 @@ "som porten skal opnast for. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2225,48 +2240,48 @@ "er slått på." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Opna port i brannmur" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Opna port i &brannmur" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Brannmur&detaljar …" -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Firewall Details" msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Brannmurdetaljar" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Brannmuren er open" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Nettverkskort" @@ -2274,27 +2289,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjend" @@ -2304,326 +2319,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Tilleggsadresse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-nettverk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "CLAW (Common Link Access for Workstation)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "CTC-grensesnitt (Channel to Channel)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Eksempel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Eksempelnettverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "ESCON (Enterprise System Connector)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fibertilkopling (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIPPI (High Performance Parallel Interface)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HSI (Hipersockets Interface)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-samband" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infraraud nettverkseining" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infraraud eining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "IUCV (Inter User Communication Vehicle)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-eining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallellinje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallellinje-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSANE-Express- eller QDIO-eining (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6 i IPv4-innkapslingseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serielinje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Serielinje-samband" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-nettverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-nettsverkseining" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Trådlaus" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlaust nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-nettverk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuelt lokalnett" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bru" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Nettverksbru" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Nettverkstunell" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Nettverks-TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-eining" @@ -2638,55 +2653,55 @@ msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Inga IP-adresse tilordna" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Einingstype" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Einingsnamn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Einings-ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Kopla til" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Søkjer etter vertsmaskiner i dette lokalnettverket …" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-tenarar" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "&Eksterne maskiner" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Eksporterte mapper" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2700,7 +2715,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" msgid "" @@ -2709,7 +2724,7 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "Start installeringa på nytt og set opp nettverket i Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2735,47 +2750,47 @@ "Du kan ikkje bruka mellomrom.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Ekstern sone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Intern sone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Demilitarisert sone" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Ukjend sone" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2791,7 +2806,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2836,82 +2851,82 @@ msgstr "Ser etter tenester i konflikt …" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar brannmuroppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmuroppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Juster brannmurtenesta" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillingar …" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Tilpassar brannmurtenesta …" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Klarte ikkje lagra innstillingane" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Ukjend protokoll (%1)" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" msgstr "Fann ny nettverkseining, «%1», som vart lagt til som internt brannmurgrensesnitt" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" msgstr "Fann ny nettverkseining, «%1», som vart lagt til som eksternt brannmurgrensesnitt" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "SuSEfirewall2-pakken er ikkje installert, så brannmuren vert ikkje brukt." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren er slått på (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">slå av</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren er slått av (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">slå på</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH-porten er open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">steng</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-porten er stengd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">opna</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 #, fuzzy #| msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured" msgid "" @@ -2920,39 +2935,39 @@ msgstr "SSH-porten er open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">steng</a>), men ingen nettverksgrensesnitt er sette opp" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "Du installerer eit system via SSH, men du har ikkje opna SSH-porten i brannmuren." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "Portar for ekstern administrasjon (VNC) er opne (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">steng</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "Portar for ekstern administrasjon (VNC) er stengde (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">opna</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "Du installerer eit system via ekstern administration (VNC), men du har ikkje opna VNC-portane i brannmuren." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." @@ -2991,89 +3006,72 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Service: %1" msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Teneste: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Ukjend teneste: «%1»" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Desse pakkane må installerast:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Desse pakkane må fjernast:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Avinstaller" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "Pakke: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "Storleik: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "Prøver på nytt om: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Laster ned pakken %1 (%2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Laster ned pakken" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "Vis &detaljar" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Integritetskontrollen viser at pakken %1 er øydelagd." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera pakken på nytt?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Vil du avbryta installeringa?" @@ -3082,15 +3080,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Feil: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3103,35 +3101,35 @@ "Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Avinstallerer pakken %1 (%2) …" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2) …" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Avinstallerer pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installerer pakke" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje fjerna pakken %1." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Feil ved installering av pakken %1." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3140,7 +3138,7 @@ "Du bør kontrollera system på nytt seinare, ved å køyra programvareinstallasjonsmodulen." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3157,27 +3155,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "side A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "side B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (plate %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3186,7 +3184,7 @@ "«%1»" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3199,7 +3197,7 @@ "Kontrollar at mappa er tilgjengeleg." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3211,58 +3209,53 @@ "%2.\n" "Kontrollar at tenaren er tilgjengeleg." -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "Klarte ikkje montera pakkebrønnmediet." - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Hopp over autooppdatering" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Løys ut" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Løys a&utomatisk ut CD-/DVD-medium" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Vil du prøva å installera på nytt?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Vil du hoppa over mediet?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Hoppar over ugyldig medium …" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Adresse" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønnen %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3271,32 +3264,32 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Klarte ikkje henta skildring av ekstern pakkebrønn." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved henting av ny metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen er ikkje gyldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata." @@ -3304,96 +3297,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Vil du prøva på nytt?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Undersøkjer pakkebrønnen %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved gransking av pakkebrønnen." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Granskingsdetaljer." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Pakkebrønnen har ugyldige metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Pakkebrønn %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Lastar ned delta-RPM-pakke" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakken %1 …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM-pakke" -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdateringa %1 (%2) …" - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdatering" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "Pakke: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Startar skriptet %1 (pakkeoppdatering %2) …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Køyrer skript" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Pakkeoppdatering: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Resultat av skriptet" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3402,7 +3391,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3417,44 +3406,36 @@ "nokre pakker mangla eller vera forelda." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Hopp over oppdatering" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Lastar ned" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Laster ned: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Kontrollerer pakkedatabase" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Bygger opp att pakkedatabasen. Denne prosessen kan ta litt tid." -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3463,12 +3444,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabasen. Dette kan ta litt tid." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3477,12 +3462,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Leser pakkedatabase …" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Finn installerte pakkar" @@ -3493,27 +3478,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Søkjer gjennom pakkedatabasen …" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Klarte ikkje gjera klar målet." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Pakkedatabase lesen" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Brukerautentisering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3524,10 +3509,23 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Brukernamn" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "Vis &detaljar" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "Storleik: " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "Prøver på nytt om: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3537,7 +3535,7 @@ "PackageKit køyrer framleis (er truleg oppteken).\n" "Vil du igjen be PackageKit avslutta?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3554,14 +3552,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Fekk ikkje tilgang til programvarehandsaming" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3570,7 +3568,7 @@ "programvarehandsaminga, eller vil du prøva på nytt?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3580,14 +3578,14 @@ "halda fram utan tilgang eller avbryta?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Vil du avbryta eller prøva på nytt?\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" #| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?" @@ -3595,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "Godtek du lisensavtala?" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3638,17 +3636,17 @@ "pakkane, kan det henda at YaST ikkje vil fungera skikkeleg.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Godta pakkelisens: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Godta" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&Ikkje godta" @@ -3678,7 +3676,7 @@ "eller trykk Ikkje godta for å avslå vilkåra." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3693,7 +3691,7 @@ "\t\t kolonne, fordelt på kategoriar. Vel eit element for å visa skildringa.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3707,7 +3705,7 @@ "\t\t Du kan òg endra status for alle elementa i denne menyen.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3719,7 +3717,7 @@ "\t\t Her kan du visa og velja einskilde programvarepakkar.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3740,134 +3738,134 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Programvareutval og systemoppgåver" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(fleire)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installeringa er fullførd" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Feil ved pakkeinstallering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Feilmelding: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Pakkar som ikkje kunne installerast: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Installerte pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Fjerna pakkar: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Ikkje installerte pakker: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakkar" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Brukt tid: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Samla installert storleik: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Samla nedlastingsstorleik: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistikk" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installasjonslogg" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljar" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Package" msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Installerer pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Finish" msgid "Finish" msgstr "&Fullfør" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Fekk ikkje tilgang til programvarehandsaming" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<BIG>Installation Summary</BIG> Here is a summary of installed packages." msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>Installasjonssamandrag</BIG> Her er ei oversikt over dei installerte pakkane." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Error" msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Feil ved installering" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installerte pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Fjerna pakkar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Gjenståande pakker" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3900,7 +3898,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -3927,16 +3925,16 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Usignert pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Usignert fil" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" @@ -3960,7 +3958,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n" @@ -3984,72 +3982,72 @@ "Vil du likevel installera ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Finn ikkje nokon kontrollsum" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Namn: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Laga: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 #, fuzzy #| msgid "ID: %1" msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Name: " msgstr "Namn: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtrykk: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Created: %1" msgid "Created: " msgstr "Laga: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expires: %1" msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Utløpsdato: %1" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Package %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4084,7 +4082,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 from repository %2\n" @@ -4120,12 +4118,12 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Valideringskontroll mislukka" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4146,7 +4144,7 @@ "Vil du likevel installera han?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4167,12 +4165,12 @@ "Vil du likevel installera ho?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Ukjend GnuPG-nøkkel" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4206,7 +4204,7 @@ "å hoppa over pakken." #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" @@ -4240,17 +4238,17 @@ "å hoppa over fila." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signert med ikkje tiltrudd offentlegnøkkel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Stol på og importer nøkkelen" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4265,7 +4263,7 @@ "over programvara på systemet ditt dersom du importerer nøkkelen." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" @@ -4282,7 +4280,7 @@ "eigaren til nøkkelen <tt>%1</tt> utløysa åtvaringa." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" @@ -4294,7 +4292,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4319,7 +4317,7 @@ "nøkkelen verkeleg tilhøyrer denne eigaren før du importerer han." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4330,19 +4328,19 @@ "Utløpsdato: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importer ikkje tiltrudd GnuPG-nøkkel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "&Trust" msgstr "S&tol på" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4377,12 +4375,12 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Feil samandrag" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4413,7 +4411,7 @@ "Vil du likevel bruka ho?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Ukjend samandrag" @@ -4424,82 +4422,82 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installerer …" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Gjenståande pakker" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tid" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Utførde handlingar:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Vent mens pakkene vert installerte." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Avbryta installeringa Du kan avbryta pakkeinstalleringa med Avbryt-knappen. Men viss ikkje alle grunnleggjande systemkomponentane er installerte enno, kan det henda at systemet vert inkonsistent eller ubrukeleg." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Versjonsmerknader" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Lysbiletepresentasjon" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljar" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installer" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakkeinstallering" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4508,17 +4506,18 @@ "avslutta installeringa?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbroten" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -5103,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth-eining" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" @@ -5116,7 +5115,7 @@ "YaST kan mista nokre endringane." #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5124,36 +5123,62 @@ "Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n" "YaST kan mista nokre av endringane." -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Ikkje vis denne meldinga igjen" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"Fila %1 er endra manuelt.\n" +"YaST kan mista nokre endringane." + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"Filene %1 er endra manuelt.\n" +"YaST kan mista nokre av endringane." + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved oppretting av initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" msgstr "" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Stadfest drivarbruk" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 fann følgjande eining" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "&Drivar/modul som skal lastast" @@ -5167,7 +5192,7 @@ "heksadesimalsiffer skilde med kolon." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5178,7 +5203,7 @@ "starta eller avslutta eit komponentnamn, og den siste komponenten kan ikkje begynna med eit tal." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5187,7 +5212,7 @@ "Eit vertsmaskinnamn kan ikkje begynna eller slutta med ein bindestrek.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n" @@ -5200,7 +5225,7 @@ "frå 0 til 255, skilde med punktum." #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n" @@ -5214,7 +5239,7 @@ "frå 0 til 255, skilde med punktum." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" @@ -5242,55 +5267,55 @@ "IP/nettmaske_bit: 192.168.0.0/24 eller 192.168.0.1/32\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "MB" msgid "MiB" msgstr "MB" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GB" msgid "GiB" msgstr "GB" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "TB" msgid "TiB" msgstr "TB" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/s" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (i gjennomsnitt %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "…" +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/s" + #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. #. If the user selects 'manual installation' when #. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules @@ -5302,20 +5327,20 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Stadfest maskinvaresøk" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:" msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST2 vil søkja etter denne maskinvaren:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5328,35 +5353,35 @@ "truleg vera umogleg å lagra innstillingane.\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Du må ha rotløyve" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta denne oppføringa?" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta «%1»?" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Bruk" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Gjer klar …" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "YaST2\n" @@ -5369,14 +5394,14 @@ "Gjer klar …" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 #, fuzzy msgid "Module" msgstr "Modul" @@ -6166,6 +6191,75 @@ "Det finst ikkje noka baklengs sone for %1 administrert av DNS-tenaren.\n" "Vertsnamnet %2 kan ikkje leggjast til." +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Start av teneste" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> " +"\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'." +"\n" +"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> " +"\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons)." +"\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> " +"\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system." +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Status: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Ved oppstart" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Åtvaring" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Stopp" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje montera pakkebrønnmediet." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdateringa %1 (%2) …" + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdatering" + #~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" #~ msgstr "Les dynamiske definisjonar av installerte tenester" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/bootloader.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -61,83 +61,29 @@ msgstr "Verdet til alternativet" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "Inkje verd spesifisert." #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "Alternativ ikkje spesifisert." #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "Verd: %1" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "Det spesifiserte alternativet finst ikkje." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …" - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n" -"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n" -"i dokumentasjonen. \n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …" - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta." - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Oppstart" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Oppstart" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -299,7 +245,7 @@ "Terminal Definition" " " "\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." @@ -331,8 +277,8 @@ msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password " "\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). " +"YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Passord for oppstartslaster " "\n" @@ -340,7 +286,7 @@ " Gjenta passordet." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> " @@ -357,78 +303,78 @@ "Bruk Legg til for å leggja til ein disk.\n" "Nytte Fjern for å fjerne ein disk." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Plassering av oppstartslaster" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Angje oppstartspartisjonen som &aktiv i partisjonstabellen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd i sekund" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Standar&d oppstartsseksjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Skriv &generisk oppstartskode til MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Egendefinert oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Start frå hovedoppstartssektor" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Start frå rotpartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Start frå oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Start frå utvida partisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parametrar for seriell tilkobling" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Reserveseksjoner viss standard mislukkast" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Skjul meny ved oppstart" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Pa&ssord for menygrensesnitt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Feilsøk&ingsvalg" @@ -442,14 +388,19 @@ msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "B&eskytt oppstartslasteren med eit passord" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Gjen&ta passordet" @@ -457,85 +408,85 @@ #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Start frå &rotpartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Star&t frå oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "E&gendefinert oppstartspartisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Start frå &Mastar Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Start frå utvid&eit partisjon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Aktivar rei&undans for MD-tilordning" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Ekstra kjerneparametere: %1" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" #. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Alternativ for oppstartslaster" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Oppstartslasterens plassering" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -564,46 +515,36 @@ msgstr "VGA-modus definerer VGA-modusen for konsollen kjernen skal stilla inn ved oppstart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Med Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Andre kommandolinje&parametrar for kjernen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 msgid "D&istributor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "Andre kommandolinje&parametrar for kjernen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" @@ -650,82 +591,81 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Vel ny fil for grafisk meny" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Nytte &seriell konsoll" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsollargumenter" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "" #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "Select File" msgstr "Vel fil" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Oppstartspartisjonen er av typen NFS. Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillinger" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Ingen tilgjengelege val for denne oppstartslasteren." #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Oppstartslaster" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -741,73 +681,73 @@ "Vil du halda fram?\n" #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "&Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "&Foreslå ny konfigurasjon" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "&Lag heilt ny" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "&Bruk konfigurasjon frå disk" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "Gjenopprett MBR på harddisk" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Skriv oppstartskode for oppstartslaster til disk" #. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Other" msgstr "Anna" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR gjenopprettet." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "MBR kunne ikkje gjenopprettes." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Oppstartslasterinnstillingene kunne ikkje lagrast." #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Oppstart sin&lastervalg" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "&Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon" @@ -859,7 +799,7 @@ "manuelt, klikk Rediger konfigurasjonsfiler." #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" @@ -869,7 +809,7 @@ "i oppstartsmenyen." #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" @@ -879,7 +819,7 @@ "valde seksjonen." #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" @@ -897,7 +837,7 @@ "kan endrast ved å bruka Opp- og Nedknappane." #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" @@ -909,7 +849,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> " @@ -921,7 +861,7 @@ "Oppstartslasteren (%1) kan installerast på følgjande måtar:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" @@ -933,7 +873,7 @@ "på datamaskina." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -955,7 +895,7 @@ "for å starta &product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -967,7 +907,7 @@ "viss du vel dette alternativet." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" @@ -981,7 +921,7 @@ "er det kanskje mogleg å starta opp frå ein logisk partisjon, og kanskje ikkje." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -993,7 +933,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) i feltet." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details " @@ -1007,7 +947,7 @@ "enhetsmapping) under Informasjon om oppstartslasterinstallasjon." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Boot Loader Type " @@ -1021,7 +961,7 @@ "under Oppstartslaster." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Boot Loader Options " @@ -1035,7 +975,7 @@ "Oppstartslastervalg." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" @@ -1047,7 +987,7 @@ "Merk: Den endelege konfigurasjonsfilen treng ikkje å ha same tekstinnrykk." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Section Name " @@ -1061,7 +1001,7 @@ "må vera unikt." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> " @@ -1073,7 +1013,7 @@ "Vel kva for ein ny seksjonstype som skal opprettast." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" @@ -1085,7 +1025,7 @@ "som skal vera annleis." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" @@ -1095,7 +1035,7 @@ "som skal lastast og vert starta." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" @@ -1105,7 +1045,7 @@ "men starta han i eit XEN-miljø." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" @@ -1116,7 +1056,7 @@ "skal lasta og starta opp ein oppstartssektor på ein diskpartisjon. Dette valet vert nytta for å\n" "starta opp andre operativsystemer." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" @@ -1128,7 +1068,7 @@ "starta opp andre operativsystemer." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Harddiskrekkefølge: %1" @@ -1140,31 +1080,31 @@ msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Ikkje installer nokon oppstartslaster" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Installer standard oppstartslaster" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Oppstartslaster" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Oppstartslaster" @@ -1270,46 +1210,134 @@ msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen." +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining" + +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "D&isker" + +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Eining" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +msgstr "" + +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Systemet vil slåast av.%1%2\n" +"Du finn meir informasjon i det aktuelle kapittelet \n" +"i dokumentasjonen. \n" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Maskina vil startast på nytt no …" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Oppstart" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Oppstart" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Ingen oppstartslaster er valde for installasjon. Systemet vil kanskje ikkje kunna verta opp starta." + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Oppstartslasteren kan ikkje installerast riktig med denne partisjoneringen" + #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">deaktiver</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå MBR er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">aktiver</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">deaktiver</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå /boot-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">aktiver</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er aktivert (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">deaktiver</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Oppstart frå «/»-partisjon er deaktivert (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">aktiver</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Endre plassering: %1" @@ -1318,7 +1346,7 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Oppstartslastertype: %1" @@ -1341,129 +1369,137 @@ msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status for plassering: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Ukjent oppstartslaster: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Ein kombinasjon av maskinvareplattformen %1 og oppstartslasteren %2 vert ikkje støtta" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er på raid-typen: %1. Systemet vil ikkje starta opp." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Oppstartsenheten er plassert på programvarebasert RAID1. Vel ein anna plassering for oppstartslasteren, t.d. Mastar Boot Record." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Kontrollar oppstartslaster" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Les partisjonstabell" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Last innstillingar for oppstartslaster" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kontrollerer oppstartslaster …" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Lesar partisjonstabell …" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Lastar innstillingar for oppstartslaster …" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Opprett initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Opprettar initrd …" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler for oppstartslaster …" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Installerer oppstartslaster …" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for oppstartslaster" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "Med Andre kommandolinjeparametere for kjernen kan du definera tilleggsparametere som skal sendast til kjernen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "Andre kommandolinje&parametrar for kjernen" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" #~ msgstr "Slett eit generelt alternativ eller eit seksjonsalternativ" @@ -1496,10 +1532,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Diskrekkefølge" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disk order settings" -#~ msgstr "Innstillingar fir diskrekkefølge" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Oppstartsmeny" @@ -1536,18 +1568,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Aktiver lydar&signal" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "&Device" -#~ msgstr "&Eining" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -#~ msgstr "Enhetskartet må innehalda minst éi eining" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "D&isks" -#~ msgstr "D&isker" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "&Opp" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -2902,8 +2902,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Verdet 'caName' manglar." @@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Parameteren 'certType' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 #, fuzzy msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Innhenting av standardverdier mislukkast." @@ -2966,12 +2966,12 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Initialisering av CA mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Lagring av standardverdier mislukkast." @@ -2983,9 +2983,9 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'caName'." @@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'type'." @@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Verdet 'caPasswd' manglar." @@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Parameteren 'caName' manglar." @@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'caPasswd'." @@ -3098,7 +3098,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Verdet 'days' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 #, fuzzy msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Endring av CRLGenerationData mislukkast." @@ -3160,8 +3160,8 @@ msgstr "Parameteren 'P12Password' manglar." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'request'." @@ -3413,117 +3413,117 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Importering av sertifikatet mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parameteren 'inFile' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 #, fuzzy msgid "File not found." msgstr "Fil ikkje funnet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parameteren 'type' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Verdet '%s' i 'type' er ugyldig." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parameteren 'datatype' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Verdet '%s' i 'datatype' er ukjend." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parameteren 'inForm' manglar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Verdet '%s' i 'inForm' er ukjend." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 #, fuzzy msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Tolking mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 #, fuzzy msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Tolking av førespurnad mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 #, fuzzy msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Innhenting av førespurnader mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Førespurnad vart ikkje funnen i %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa førespurnaden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 #, fuzzy msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Ingen forespørselsdata funnet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 #, fuzzy msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Importering av førespurnad mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Sletting av førespurnad mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for parameteren 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA-nøkkel ikkje tilgjengeleg i %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 #, fuzzy msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Importering av CA mislukkast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "CA kunne ikkje slettes." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 #, fuzzy msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Nøkkelfilen finst ikkje." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 #, fuzzy msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Endring av passord mislukkast." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cio.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/cluster.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -79,304 +79,292 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "" #. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 -msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 -msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" @@ -409,7 +397,7 @@ "" "\n" "<big>Expected votes</big> " -"Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. " +"Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. " "" "\n" "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> " @@ -421,17 +409,13 @@ #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> " -"This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. " -"" -"\n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> " "This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. " "" "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\t" @@ -445,7 +429,7 @@ "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -463,7 +447,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -486,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> " "\n" @@ -496,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> " "\n" @@ -505,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> " "\n" @@ -515,7 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> " "\n" @@ -536,96 +520,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/control.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:02+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/country.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -15,38 +15,38 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Tastaturoppsett." #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Sammendrag av tastaturoppsett." #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Vel nye verdiar for tastaturoppsettet." #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Vis alle tilgjengelege tastaturoppsetta." #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nytt tastaturoppsett" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Gjeldande tastaturoppsett: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "Tastaturoppsettet «%1» er ugyldig. Bruk ein «list»-kommando for å visa moglege verdar." @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ "enn systemet du er i ferd med å oppdatera.\n" "Vel oppsettet du vil bruka under oppdateringa:" +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -320,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "Oppdaterer omsetjingar i oppstartslastarmenyen …" #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "" "Saving Configuration " "Please wait..." @@ -329,19 +335,19 @@ "Vent litt …" #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Gjeldande språk: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Andre språk: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "«%1» er ikkje eit gyldig språk. Bruk «list»-kommandoen for å vise moglege verdiar." @@ -704,8 +710,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" @@ -720,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "Gjeldande dato og klokkeslett:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -729,12 +735,12 @@ "Still inn rett tid før du startar installeringa." #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidssone" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tidssone" @@ -885,15 +891,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett (NTP er sett opp)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett" @@ -905,27 +911,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tidssone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Dato og klokkeslett:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ "<big>Tidssone og klokke</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -962,34 +962,34 @@ "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Klokke og tidssone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Vel ei gyldig tidssone." #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokal tid" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Maskinvareklokka er innstilt på" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP sett opp" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Gjeldande tidssone: %1" @@ -1039,197 +1039,197 @@ msgstr "Kanadisk (fleirspråkleg)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spansk (Latin-Amerika)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spansk (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugisisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasil + US-aksentar)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Gresk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlandsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Svensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjekkisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjekkisk (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slovakisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slovensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungarsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Tyrkisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainsk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreansk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadsjikisk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk – tradisjonell" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk – forenkla" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumensk" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "Engelsk (USA/internasjonalt)" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/crowbar.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,30 +19,38 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module -#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "" -#. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Repository Name" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "URL" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Ask On Error" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" msgstr "" -#. help text +#. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories." "\n" "\n" -"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically." +"It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "" "\n" "<ul>\n" @@ -54,33 +62,23 @@ "" msgstr "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "" - #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 msgid "&Mode" msgstr "" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" "Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." "\n" @@ -88,17 +86,17 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "" #. help text for conduit if list -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 msgid "" "Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" @@ -106,117 +104,195 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "" #. push button label& -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "" -#. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -224,96 +300,91 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "" -#. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 -msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "" - #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -322,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "" @@ -364,47 +435,47 @@ msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dhcp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -2966,67 +2966,67 @@ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DHCP-servar …" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontroller miljøet" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 #, fuzzy msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 #, fuzzy msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingar for DNS-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ "Avsluttar." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ "DHCP-servar vil ikkje vera tilgjengeleg." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" @@ -3064,103 +3064,103 @@ "konfigurert enno. Vil du oppretta ein ny konfigurasjon?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 #, fuzzy msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Les innstillingar for DHCP-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Start DHCP-serveren på nytt" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingar for DNS-servar" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DHCP-servar …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Startar DHCP-serveren på nytt …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for DNS-servar …" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under omstart av DHCP-nissen." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 #, fuzzy msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-serveren startar når systemet vert opp starta" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 #, fuzzy msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "DHCP-ein startar ikkje når systemet vert opp starta" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 #, fuzzy msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Lote på: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamisk adresseområde: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Støtte for fleire dhcpServiceDN er ikkje implementert." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DN for DHCP-teneste ikkje spesifisert." @@ -3169,26 +3169,26 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under uppretting av %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under lagring av /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,16 +18,284 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-servar" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "DNS-videresendere" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "Innstillingar for logging" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "DNS-sonar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "Tilgangskontrollister" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "Sonetransportregler" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "Sonenavneservere" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "Sonepostservere" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Soneressursoppføringer, t.d. A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "Handterer A og samsvarande PTR-oppføring samstundes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "Vis gjeldande innstillingar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "Start DNS-servar ved oppstart av maskina" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "Start DNS-servar manuelt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "Legg til ein ny oppføring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "Slett ein oppføring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4-adresse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "Filadresse for logging (syslog|fila)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "Spesifiser alternativ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "Filnavn for logging (heile filstien)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "Maksimal loggstørrelse [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "Maksimalt mengd versjonar i rotasjon, '0' tyder ingen rotasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "Sonenavn" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "Sonetype, hoved eller slave" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "Hovedserver for DNS-sone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "Aktiver alternativ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Navneserver (i gyldig format med eit punktum eller relativt namn på slutten)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "E-postserver (i gyldig format med eit punktum eller relativt namn på slutten)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "E-postserverprioritet (tall mellom 0 og 65535)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "Serienummer for soneoppdatering" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "Generell varighet for oppføringer i sone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "Intervall før soneoppføringer bør oppdaterast" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "Intervall mellom nye forsøk etter mislukka oppdatering" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "Intervall når soneoppføringer ikkje lenger er autorative" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "Minimum TTL som bør verta med eksporterte oppføringer i denne sona" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "DNS-ressursoppføringstype, t.d. A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "DNS-spørring, t.d. døme.org for A-oppføring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "DNS-ressursoppføringsverdi, t.d. 192.0.34.166 for A-oppføringen til dømes.org" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "Vertsnavn for DNS-oppføring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "Logg navngitte førespurnader %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "Logg soneoppdateringer %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "Logg soneoverføringer %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "Liste over sonevideresendere (adskilt av komene)" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parameteren %1 er obligatorisk." #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Ukjent verd for parameteren %1." @@ -36,12 +304,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 #, fuzzy @@ -49,63 +311,51 @@ msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Berre éin parameter er tillaten." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Aktiverer DNS-servar ved oppstart …" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Ingen aktivering av DNS-servar ved oppstart …" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "DNS-serveren vert aktiverte ved oppstart" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS-serveren må startast manuelt" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Vidaresending:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Vidaresender-IP" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 @@ -116,80 +366,67 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Loggfiladresse" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "System log" msgstr "Systemlogg" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 #, fuzzy msgid "File" msgstr "Fil" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 #, fuzzy msgid "Filename" msgstr "Filnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Maksimal storleik" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Maksimalt mengd versjonar" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 #, fuzzy msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Logg navngitte førespurnader" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Logg soneoppdateringer" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Logg soneoverføringer" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Innstillingar for logging:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting" msgstr "Innstilling" @@ -198,109 +435,89 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "Verd" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Regel for logging" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-soner:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 #, fuzzy msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 #, fuzzy msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Hovedserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Videresendere" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Forhåndsdefinert" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom" msgstr "Egendefinert" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACLer:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Sonetransport:" @@ -310,50 +527,37 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone" msgstr "Sone" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "Aktivert ACL" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Navneservere:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Navneserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 #, fuzzy @@ -361,395 +565,69 @@ msgstr "E-postservere:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 #, fuzzy msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "E-postserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 #, fuzzy msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøkkel" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 #, fuzzy msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Oppføringsspørring" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 #, fuzzy msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Oppføringstype" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 #, fuzzy msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Oppføringsverdi" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Oppføring for vertsnavn:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Vertsnavn" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-servar" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "DNS-videresendere" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "Innstillingar for logging" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "DNS-sonar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "Tilgangskontrollister" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "Sonetransportregler" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "Sonenavneservere" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "Sonepostservere" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Soneressursoppføringer, t.d. A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "Handterer A og samsvarande PTR-oppføring samstundes" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "Vis gjeldande innstillingar" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "Start DNS-servar ved oppstart av maskina" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "Start DNS-servar manuelt" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "Legg til ein ny oppføring" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "Slett ein oppføring" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -#, fuzzy -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4-adresse" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "Filadresse for logging (syslog|fila)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "Spesifiser alternativ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "Filnavn for logging (heile filstien)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "Maksimal loggstørrelse [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Maksimalt mengd versjonar i rotasjon, '0' tyder ingen rotasjon" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "Sonenavn" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "Sonetype, hoved eller slave" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "Hovedserver for DNS-sone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "Aktiver alternativ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Navneserver (i gyldig format med eit punktum eller relativt namn på slutten)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "E-postserver (i gyldig format med eit punktum eller relativt namn på slutten)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "E-postserverprioritet (tall mellom 0 og 65535)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "Serienummer for soneoppdatering" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -#, fuzzy -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "Generell varighet for oppføringer i sone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -#, fuzzy -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "Intervall før soneoppføringer bør oppdaterast" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr "Intervall mellom nye forsøk etter mislukka oppdatering" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "Intervall når soneoppføringer ikkje lenger er autorative" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "Minimum TTL som bør verta med eksporterte oppføringer i denne sona" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "DNS-ressursoppføringstype, t.d. A, CNAME, NS, MX eller PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "DNS-spørring, t.d. døme.org for A-oppføring" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "DNS-ressursoppføringsverdi, t.d. 192.0.34.166 for A-oppføringen til dømes.org" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "Vertsnavn for DNS-oppføring" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "Logg navngitte førespurnader %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "Logg soneoppdateringer %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "Logg soneoverføringer %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "Liste over sonevideresendere (adskilt av komene)" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -770,8 +648,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-sonar" @@ -796,10 +674,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-støytte aktivert" @@ -829,114 +705,36 @@ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon av DNS-servar …" #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-servar" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 #, fuzzy -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Under &oppstart" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "E&ndre" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "&Manuelt" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -#, fuzzy -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Under oppstart" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Manuelt" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "DNS-serveren køyrer" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -#, fuzzy -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "DNS-serveren køyrer ikkje" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "&Start DNS-serveren no" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -#, fuzzy -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "S&topp DNS-serveren no" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DNS-serveren på nytt &no" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Start DNS-serveren no" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Stopp DNS-serveren no" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DNS-servar på nytt no" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Oppstart" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Grunnleggjande val" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging" msgstr "Logging" @@ -945,8 +743,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 #, fuzzy @@ -955,135 +753,98 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG-nøklar" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "No og under oppstart" - -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "Berre manuelt" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Slå PÅ og AV" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Gjeldande status: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Alle endringar vil gå tapt. Innstillingar vil\n" -"lesast inn på nytt frå ein ny datakilde.\n" -"Vil du halda fram?\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-servar" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Tilpassa regler" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Sonenavneservere" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Sonenavneservere" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Legg til IP-adresse" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- eller IPv6-&adresse" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Liste over videresendere" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Finn ikkje lokal ekvivalent for IP %1" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" @@ -1095,12 +856,12 @@ "er endra til den lokale ekvivalenten sin %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ugyldig IPv4- eller IPv6-adresse." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" @@ -1110,53 +871,53 @@ "og eit eller fleire kolon." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Denne videresenderen finst allereie." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 #, fuzzy msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Legg til eller endre alternativ" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ption" msgstr "A&lternativ" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 #, fuzzy msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Verd" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange" msgstr "E&ndre" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Gjeldande alternativ" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 #, fuzzy msgid "Option" msgstr "Alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really set this\n" @@ -1166,7 +927,7 @@ "alternativet utan noko verd?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" @@ -1176,7 +937,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" @@ -1186,7 +947,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" @@ -1196,7 +957,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" @@ -1206,7 +967,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil bruka %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" @@ -1216,91 +977,91 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil leggja til endå eit alternativ?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Loggtype" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systemlogg" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fil" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maksimal &storleik (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maksimalt mengd &versjonar" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Andre typar logging" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 #, fuzzy msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Logg alle DNS-&førespurnader" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Logg sona&oppdateringar" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 #, fuzzy msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Logg sona&overføringar" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 #, fuzzy msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Vel loggfil" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 #, fuzzy msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Vel alternativ" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Namn" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 #, fuzzy msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Gjeldande ACL-liste" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 #, fuzzy msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" @@ -1310,13 +1071,13 @@ "Vil du verkeleg fjerne henne?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 #, fuzzy msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Denne ACL-oppføringen finst allereie." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 #, fuzzy msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Legg til ny sone " @@ -1326,8 +1087,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 #, fuzzy msgid "Master" msgstr "Hoved" @@ -1338,9 +1099,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" @@ -1350,26 +1111,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "Framlengs" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Konfigurerte DNS-soner" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 #, fuzzy msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Ei sone med dette namnet er allereie konfigurert." +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 #, fuzzy msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" @@ -1942,14 +1716,8 @@ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt.\n" "Vil du avslutta likevel?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "Konfigurasjonen kunne ikkje lagrast. Vil du endra innstillingane?" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Ei sone av denne typen kan ikkje redigerast med dette verktøyet." @@ -3201,66 +2969,66 @@ msgstr "&E-postsystem" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av DNS-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontroller miljøet" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 #, fuzzy msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Tøm mellomlagre for DNS-nissen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Les innstillingane" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 #, fuzzy msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Tømmer mellomlagre for DNS-nissen …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Les innstillingane …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" @@ -3270,85 +3038,85 @@ "Feil: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for DNS-servar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 #, fuzzy msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Lagre konfigurasjonsfiler" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Start DNS-nissen på nytt" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 #, fuzzy msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Oppdater sonefiler" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Tilpass DNS-tenesta" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 #, fuzzy msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Køyr netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjonsfiler …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Startar DNS-nissen på nytt …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Oppdaterer sonefiler …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Tilpassar DNS-tenesta …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Køyrar netconfig …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" @@ -3358,49 +3126,49 @@ "Feil: " #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 #, fuzzy msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Hint" msgstr "Hitt" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 #, fuzzy msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-serveren startar under oppstart av systemet" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 #, fuzzy msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "DNS-serveren startar ikkje under oppstart av systemet" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Konfigurerte soner: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ugyldig LDAP-konfigurasjon. Kan ikkje bruka LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "Vil du aktivera LDAP-støtte?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" @@ -3410,36 +3178,110 @@ "LDAP-støtte vil ikkje aktiverast." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Ukjend feil ved LDAP-initialisering." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppdatering av %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under oppretting av %1. LDAP vil ikkje brukast." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "Under &oppstart" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "&Manuelt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Under oppstart" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "Manuelt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-serveren køyrer" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-serveren køyrer ikkje" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&Start DNS-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "S&topp DNS-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DNS-serveren på nytt &no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Start DNS-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Stopp DNS-serveren no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Lagre innstillingane og start DNS-servar på nytt no" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "No og under oppstart" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Only Manually" +#~ msgstr "Berre manuelt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "Slå PÅ og AV" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "Gjeldande status: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" +#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt. Innstillingar vil\n" +#~ "lesast inn på nytt frå ein ny datakilde.\n" +#~ "Vil du halda fram?\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Netconfig DNS policy" #~ msgstr "DNS-regler for netconfig" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/drbd.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,10 +76,15 @@ #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 #, fuzzy +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "Drbd-oppsett" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Ressursoppsett" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Ressursoppsett" @@ -285,7 +290,7 @@ "\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device." "\n" "\t\t" -"\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +"\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -357,15 +362,50 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 #, fuzzy -msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t" +"LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf" +"\n" +"\t\t" +"To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes." +"\t\t" +"Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout." +"\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\t" +"Device Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices." +"\t\t" +"AutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter." +"\n" +"\t\t" +"The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject)." +"\t\t" +"For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]" +"\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +"LVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. " +"\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Globalt oppsett for DRBD</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "Kryss av for Deaktiver IP-verifisering\" for å deaktivere ein av gyldighetskontrollene i drbdadm" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" @@ -382,7 +422,7 @@ " Dialogen vil oppdatera telleverdien i samsvar med sekundverdien i 'Oppdater dialog'.\n" " Bruk 0 for å deaktivere oppdatering av skjermen heilt. " -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" @@ -398,7 +438,7 @@ " som denne fila angjev. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> " @@ -414,7 +454,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> " @@ -432,7 +472,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> " @@ -448,7 +488,7 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> " @@ -466,7 +506,7 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> " @@ -478,7 +518,7 @@ "Klikk Legg til for å setja opp ein drbd." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> " @@ -494,7 +534,7 @@ "\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> " @@ -511,7 +551,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> " @@ -525,7 +565,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> " @@ -542,28 +582,52 @@ "" "\n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Globalt oppsett av DRBD" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Ressursnavn" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 #, fuzzy msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Andre nodenavn må angjevast." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Fyll ut alle felt." @@ -573,47 +637,48 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "Booting" msgstr "Oppstart" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 #, fuzzy -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "På -- Start DRBD-serveren no og ved oppstart av maskina" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Av -- Serveren vert berre starta manuelt" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Aktivare og deaktivere" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Gjeldande status: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Start DRBD-serveren no" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "Stopp DRBD-serveren no" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Spreia oppsett" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" @@ -623,36 +688,36 @@ "kopiera oppsettfilen '/etc/drbd.conf' til øvrige noder manuelt." #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-serveren køyrer." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-serveren køyrer ikkje." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Aktivering av Drbd-teneste mislukkast" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Deaktivering av Drbd-teneste mislukkast" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Oppset av Heartbeat" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -685,77 +750,92 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer DRBD-oppsett" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Les globale innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Les ressursar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 #, fuzzy +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "Drbd-oppsett" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Les nissestatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 #, fuzzy +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Les globale innstillingar" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Les globale innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Les ressursar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 #, fuzzy +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Lesar nissestatus …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" @@ -764,37 +844,57 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Lagre ressursane" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 #, fuzzy +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definer nissestatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 #, fuzzy +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Lagre generelle innstillingar" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Lagrar ressursar …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 #, fuzzy +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "Lagrar DRBD-oppsett" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definerer nissestatus …" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Lagrar generelle innstillingar …" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fcoe-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firewall.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/firstboot.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-12 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ msgstr "Namn" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Modulnamn" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Modulnamn" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ "\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -265,22 +265,22 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Språk og tastaturoppsett" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Språk" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett" #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Du har ikkje nok ledig plass til å installera alle tilleggspakkane." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/fonts.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-18 11:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:817 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" @@ -113,14 +113,18 @@ msgstr "Familie: %s" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specimen for %s" +msgid "" +"Scripts" +"<ul>" +msgstr "Skriftprøve for %s" #. nothing to do nowadays #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 msgid "" "Family preference list for %s\n" -"does not contain any installed family.\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -133,283 +137,325 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 msgid "" -"Fonts can be installed for example via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgstr "" #. <table> do not work for text mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 msgid "" -"You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" -"compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" -"\n" -"See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:559 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 msgid "Match for %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:576 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:765 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 msgid "Font &Antialiasing" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:587 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:598 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:768 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 msgid "Force A&utohinting On" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:612 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:771 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 msgid "Force Hint St&yle" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:622 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:625 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:631 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 msgid "All Lan&guages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:636 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:643 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Vel" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:665 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:776 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" msgstr "LCD-&filter" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:676 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 msgid "&Layout" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:687 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" msgstr "Skriftfamile" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" msgstr "Tilgjengeleg" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Fjern" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:709 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" msgstr "Ned" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" msgstr "Opp" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:716 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Legg til" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:718 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." msgstr "&Installerte familiar …" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:734 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:745 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:774 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:798 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 msgid "&Rendering Details" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:802 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 msgid "Antialiasing" msgstr "Kantutjamning" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:809 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 msgid "Hinting" msgstr "Hinting" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:836 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 msgid "Prefered &Families" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:843 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:859 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 msgid "Match &Preview" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:878 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 msgid "&Presets" msgstr "" #. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated #. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config #. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:932 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 msgid "Reading Font Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:935 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 msgid "Read sysconfig file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 msgid "Reading %s..." msgstr "Les %s …" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:956 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 msgid "Font Configuration" msgstr "Skriftoppsett" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 msgid " (User Mode)" msgstr " (brukarmodus)" #. misuse back_button a bit -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:962 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 msgid "&Use system settings" msgstr "&Bruk systemoppsett" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:974 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 msgid "Writing Font Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar skriftoppsett" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:977 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 msgid "Write sysconfig file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 msgid "Run fonts-config" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 msgid "Writing %s..." msgstr "Lagrar %s …" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 msgid "Running fonts-config..." msgstr "Køyrer fonts-config..." #. we are in user mode -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:998 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1029 -msgid "This setting can be changed:" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +msgid "" +"This setting can be changed:" +"<ul>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 -msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "NOTE: " -msgstr "Merk: " +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NOTE: " +msgid "NOTE: " +msgstr "Merk: " + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 msgid "Help for Presets button and for the current tab follows." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1041 -msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +msgid "" +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +"<ul>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 msgid "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1048 -msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1061 -msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 +msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Kantutjamning</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1077 -msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 msgid "" "See: %s" "" @@ -417,95 +463,115 @@ "Sjå: %s" "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1085 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Hinting</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1092 -msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1099 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1100 -msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 +msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1108 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 +msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 msgid "This tab controls which fonts are rendered." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 -msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 +msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1135 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1136 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1140 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikkje oppretta opplastingskatalog for anonyme samband!" #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "" "" @@ -2441,18 +2441,18 @@ "" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-nisse" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 #, fuzzy msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-nisse %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 #, fuzzy msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Desse vala vil definerast" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -114,17 +114,17 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -132,235 +132,290 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" -#. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "expire" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "" -#. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "" +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" -#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "" #. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktivert" @@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktivert" @@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 #, fuzzy msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukjent" @@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 #, fuzzy msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Alle addresser" @@ -933,43 +933,43 @@ msgstr "Initialiserer …" #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av HTTP-servar" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Kontroller miljøet" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Les Apache2-konfigurasjon" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Kontrollerer miljøet …" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Lesar Apache2-konfigurasjon …" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …" @@ -979,26 +979,26 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." msgstr "For å konfigurera HTTP-serveren, må pakkene %1 installerast." #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "Vil du installera dei no?" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" @@ -1015,61 +1015,61 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Konfigurasjonsfilen '%1' finst ikkje." #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Ingen DNS-servar er aktiverte på denne maskina." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Lagre Apache2-innstillingane" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Aktivar Apache2-tenesta" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Deaktiver Apache2-tenesta" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Aktiverer Apache2-tenesta …" #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Deaktiverer Apache2-tenesta …" #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" @@ -1083,19 +1083,19 @@ "Vil du installera dei no?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 #, fuzzy msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "Modulbeskrivelsen har ikkje eit spesifisert namn, ignorerer." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Ukjend endring av modul for autoinstallasjon: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" @@ -1105,44 +1105,44 @@ "Dette kan forårsaka ein inkonsistent modulkonfigurasjon." #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 #, fuzzy msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Lyttekommando utan port funnet." #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Lote på</h3>" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "Standard vertsmaskin" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid " in " msgstr " i " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktivert" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "Virtuell vertsmaskin" @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 #, fuzzy msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Lote på grensesnitt" @@ -1522,28 +1522,28 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "E-post for administrator-feltet kan ikkje vera tomt," -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 #, fuzzy msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Alle addresser (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adresser" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 #, fuzzy msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Servernavn" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 #, fuzzy msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "Eit vertsnavn må angjevast for den virtuelle vertsmaskinen." #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" @@ -1556,73 +1556,73 @@ "som skal motta førespurnader for vertsmaskinene.\n" "Jokertegnene * (for alle adresser) og *:port kan brukast." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 #, fuzzy msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Hoved-sone %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 #, fuzzy msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Oppføringen %1 finst allereie i sona %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-innstillingar" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 #, fuzzy msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Legg til i sone" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 #, fuzzy msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Sonenavn" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Opprett ny sone" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 #, fuzzy msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-katalog" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Vel ein sertifikatfil" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Angje sertifikatfil." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Vel ein sertifikatnøkkelfil" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Angje nøkkelfilen." #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Vel sertifikat" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" @@ -1632,72 +1632,72 @@ "%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 #, fuzzy msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Adressa til&nettverk:" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Ugyldig portnummer." #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 #, fuzzy msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Gjenkjenning vigde HTTP-deklarasjonar" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 #, fuzzy msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Gjenkjenning via nytta IP-adresse" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 #, fuzzy msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Modulkonflikt" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 #, fuzzy msgid "requires" msgstr "krev" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Aktiver modulen som vert kravd, eller deaktiver den første." #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 #, fuzzy msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Nytt modul&namn:" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 #, fuzzy msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Du må angje eit namn for modulen som skal verta til lagd." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 #, fuzzy msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "Modulen er allereie i lista." #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 #, fuzzy msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Oppføringen '%1' finst allereie." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" @@ -1707,99 +1707,99 @@ "lytta på, kan ikkje vera tom." #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Minst eitt grensesnitt må veljast." #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Aktivar &PHP5-skripting" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Aktiver P&erl-skripting" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Aktiver P&ython-skripting" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Ulovleg nøkkel i virtuell vertsmaskin '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Intern feil: Data må vera ein array ref, men ikkje %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 #, fuzzy msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Ulovleg vertsmaskin-ID." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 #, fuzzy msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "Vertsmaskin-ID finst allereie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 #, fuzzy msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta standardvertsmaskinen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 #, fuzzy msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "Vertsmaskin-ID ikkje funnet" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 #, fuzzy msgid "illegal port" msgstr "Ulovleg port" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 #, fuzzy msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "Regler for brannmur kunne ikkje lagrast" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 #, fuzzy msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "Lytteverdi som skal slettes, vart ikkje funne" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Kunne ikkje finna ein vertsmaskin med den spesifiserte Ida." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 #, fuzzy msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Uleselege PEM-data." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 #, fuzzy msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Ingen sertifikatnøkkelfil konfigurert for denne vertsmaskin-Ida." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 #, fuzzy msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "Nøkkelfilen kunne ikkje analyserast." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 #, fuzzy msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Ingen CA-sertifikatfil konfigurert for denne vertsmaskin-Ida." @@ -1809,277 +1809,277 @@ msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "Gir tilgangskontroll basert på klientane sine vertsnavn, IP-adresse etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 #, fuzzy msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Køyrar CGI-skript basert på medietype eller forespørselsmetode" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 #, fuzzy msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" msgstr "Tilordner ulike deler av vertsmaskinens filsystem til dokumentstrukturen og omdirigerer nettadresser" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Brukerautentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 #, fuzzy msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Brukerautentisering ved hjelp av tekstfiler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Gruppeautentisering ved hjelp av tekstfiler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 #, fuzzy msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Brukerautentisering ved hjelp av DBM-filar (database)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Genererer katalogindekser automatisk, omtrent som Unix ls-kommandoen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "Køyring av CGI-skript" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "Utfører omdirigeringer med \"avsluttande skråstrek\" og genererer katalogindeks" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "Modifiserer miljøet som vert til sendt CGI-skript og SSI-sider" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "Generering av HTTP-deklarasjonar med tidsavbrudd i samsvar med brukerdefinerte kriterium" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Serveranalyserte HTML-dokument (inkluderingsfiler på serversiden)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Logging av førespurnader til serveren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "Tilordner filendelsen det spørst etter til eigenskapane til fila og innhald" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Tillèt innholdsbehandling" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "Tillèt definisjon av miljøvariabler basert på karakteren til førespurnaden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Gjev informasjon om serveraktivitet og -yting" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 #, fuzzy msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "Tillèt køyring av CGI-skript som ein spesifisert brukar og gruppe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 #, fuzzy msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Brukerspesifikke katalogar" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 #, fuzzy msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Sendar filar som inneheld eigne HTTP-deklarasjonar" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Gjev brukaren \"anonymt\" tilgjenge til område som krev autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 #, fuzzy msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Brukerautentisering med MD5 Digest-autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 #, fuzzy msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "Tillèt at ein LDAP-katalog kan verta til brukte lagring av databasen for HTTP Basic-autentisering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Innholdsmellomlager koda til nettadresser" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Spesifiserer konvertering eller omkoding av tegnsett" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "WebDAV-funksjonar (Distributed Authoring and Versioning)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 #, fuzzy msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Filsystemgenerator for mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Komprimer innhald før levering til klienten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 #, fuzzy msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Administrasjon av innholdsmellomlager koda til nettadresser" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 #, fuzzy msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "Ein enkel tilbakemeldingsserver for å illustrera protokollmoduler" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 #, fuzzy msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "Send responsenheten via eit eksternt program før levering til klienten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Mellomlagrer ei statisk liste over filer" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 #, fuzzy msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Tilpassing av HTTP-førespurnad og responsdeklarasjoner" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Handsaming av bildekart på serversiden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Gjev eit omfattande oversyn over serverkonfigurasjonen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 #, fuzzy msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "Samordning av LDAP-samband og mellomlagring av resultat som kan brukast av andre LDAP-modular" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Logging av inn- og utgående byte per førespurnad" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "Avgjer MIME-typen for ei fil ved å undersøkja nokre få byte av innhaldet" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 #, fuzzy msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "Mellomserver/systemportserver for HTTP/1.1" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 #, fuzzy msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP-støttemodul for mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 #, fuzzy msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy-utviding for håndtering av CONNECT-førespurnad" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 #, fuzzy msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP-støttemodul for mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 #, fuzzy msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-støttemodul for mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "Regelbasert omskrivingsmekanisme for å skriva om nettadresser fortlaupande" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 #, fuzzy msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Freistar å korrigera nettadresser som brukarane har skrive inn feil" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 #, fuzzy msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "Effektiv kryptografi via protokollane Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) og Transport Layer Security (TLS)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "Miljøvariabel med unik identifikasjon av kvar førespurnad" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 #, fuzzy msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Klikkestrømlogging av brukeraktivitet på eit nettsted " -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "Støttar dynamisk konfigurerte, virtuelle massevertskapstjenester" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Støttar dynamisk genererte PHP5-sider" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Støttar dynamisk genererte Perl-sider" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Støttar dynamisk genererte Python-sider" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Støtter AppArmor-funksjonalitet i Apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Gir støytte for subversion." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/installation.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-28 11:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -13,13 +13,274 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Gjer klar installeringa …" + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …" + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Vent litt …" + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Gjer klar …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrar YaST-oppsett …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "Fullfører installeringa …" + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Maskina tilfredsstiller ikkje krava til \n" +"grafisk installering, då du anten har mindre enn \n" +"%1 MB minne eller X-tenaren kunne ikkje startast.\n" +"\n" +"Ein tekstversjon av installasjonsprogrammet vil\n" +"derfor leia deg gjennom installeringa. Denne versjonen \n" +"har same funksjonalitet som den grafiske, men \n" +"skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje starta det grafiske grensesnittet.\n" +"\n" +"Anten er ikkje dei nødvendige pakkane installerte\n" +"(minimal installasjon), eller så er ikkje skjermkortet støtta.\n" +"\n" +"Ein tekstversjon av installasjonsprogrammet vil\n" +"derfor leia deg gjennom installeringa. Denne versjonen \n" +"har same funksjonalitet som den grafiske, men \n" +"skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "Start tenesta %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "Tilpassar nettverksoppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "Nettverksoppsettet vert tilpassa." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"Førre installasjonsforsøk var mislukka.\n" +"Vil du halda fram med installeringa?\n" +"\n" +"Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"Førre installasjonsforsøk vart avbroten.\n" +"Vil du halda fram med installeringa?\n" +"\n" +"Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "Startar installering …" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "Stadfest installering" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "All nødvendig informasjon for grunninstallasjonen er no klar." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert gamle partisjoner på harddisken\n" +"sletta eller formaterte (slik at alle data der vert sletta)i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert partisjonar på harddisken endra\n" +"i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "Viss du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og sjå over desse vala på nytt." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "Stadfest oppgradering" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "All nødvendig informasjon for oppgraderinga er no klar." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert dataa på harddisken overskrivne\n" +"i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "Start &oppgradering" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått på (<a href=\"%1\">slå av</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått av (<a href=\"%1\">slå på</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" @@ -37,19 +298,19 @@ "AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n" "Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" msgstr "" #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar systemoppsett" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" @@ -57,96 +318,93 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer filer til installert system …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:67 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "Kopierer loggfiler til installert system …" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer systemfiler til installert system …" #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: enabled" msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått på" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: disabled" msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått av" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "Her kan du velja å bruka førehandsdefinerte diskbilete frå Novell for raskare pakkeinstallering." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Installer frå diskbilete" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Ikkje installer frå diskbilete" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "Bruka tilpassa diskbilete – oppgje ei nettadresse som installasjonskjelde" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Her kan du laga tilpassa diskbilete.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Du må velja programvare før du kan oppretta eit diskbilete her" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "Lag ei diskbiletfil (AutoYaST vil henta ho frå den valde plasseringa under installeringa)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Lag diskbilete" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Kor skal AutoYaST henta diskbiletet frå (eksempel: http://vertsmaskin/)?" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Kva er namnet på diskbiletet (eksempel: mitt_diskbilete)?" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "Lag ISO (diskbilete og autoinst.xml vert lagra på mediet)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" @@ -160,7 +418,7 @@ "som enkeltpakkar på vanleg måte." "\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" @@ -173,12 +431,13 @@ "raskare, og kan gjerast klar på førehand. Alt utanom RPM-installeringa \n" "vert utført på same måte som ved vanleg autoinstallering." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "Du må velja programvare før du kan oppretta eit diskbilete" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" "Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." @@ -187,7 +446,7 @@ "samsvara med installasjonsdatoen, men vil i staden visa datoen då diskbiletet vart oppretta." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." @@ -195,12 +454,12 @@ "Som standard vert installering frå diskbilete slått av dersom\n" "gjeldande pakkesamling ikkje svarar til eit diskbiletsett." -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Feil: Diskbilete skal ikkje brukast for modusen %1." #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -213,45 +472,45 @@ "lagra på installasjonsmedia.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "&Installering frå diskbilete" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Ingen installasjonsdiskbilete er tilgjengelege" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått på (<a href=\"%1\">slå av</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått av (<a href=\"%1\">slå på</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Gjer klar standard vindaugshandsamar …" #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Installering av tilleggsprodukt" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Hentar oversikt over pakkar i pakkebrønnane …" #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -265,33 +524,33 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Oppdateringar for %1 %2" -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Køyr oppdatering" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Hopp over oppdatering" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Oppdatering frå Internett" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Vil du køyra ei oppdatering frå Internett no?" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -303,43 +562,50 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Språk" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Eg &godkjenner lisensavtala." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Tastaturoppsett" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensavtale" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Lisens&omsetjingar …" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -355,7 +621,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -370,7 +636,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -383,7 +649,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -398,7 +664,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -418,25 +684,25 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Versjonsmerknader" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "&Slå av ZMD-tenesta" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start." @@ -448,22 +714,22 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Klon dette systemet for AutoYaST" #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Installeringa er fullførd" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "Gratulerer!" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system." @@ -474,12 +740,12 @@ "\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." msgstr "Besøk oss gjerne på %1." #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "" "Have a lot of fun! " "Your SUSE Development Team" @@ -488,12 +754,12 @@ "Helsing SUSE-utviklarane" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "Systemet er klart til bruk." #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen." @@ -504,7 +770,7 @@ "\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -517,7 +783,7 @@ "\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" @@ -529,29 +795,22 @@ "AutoYaST treng en profil for å veta korleis det installerte systemet skal sjå ut.\n" "Når du kryssar av for dette, vert det lagra ein profil for systemet i <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "Fullfører installeringa …" - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "For å kunna klona det gjeldande systemet må du først installera pakken %1." -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Vil du installera han no?" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "Pakken «autoyast2» er ikkje installert. Kloning ikkje mogleg." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -560,15 +819,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …" #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -577,7 +837,7 @@ "Avbryt installeringa …\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -586,241 +846,221 @@ "Opnar ein pakkehandsamar, slik at du kan kontrollera gjeldande status for pakkar." #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Laster ned diskbilete med farten %1/s" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Laster ned diskbiletet %1 med farten %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbilete …" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Tek i bruk diskbiletet %1 …" #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Søkjer etter tilgjengelege kontrollarar" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskbruk" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Set opp &DASD-diskar" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Set opp &ZFCP-diskar" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Set opp &FCoE-diskar" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Set opp &iSCSI-diskar" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Installering – førebuing" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "Startar installering …" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Startar straks installeringa!" #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Gjer klar" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Gjer klar installering …" #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Fann pakkeoppdateringar i desse pakkebrønnane:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Vil du starta pakkehandsamaren for å kontrollera og installera oppdateringane?" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Vis &pakkeoppdateringer" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Fullfører grunninstallasjon" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Laga oversikt over fullføringsskript som skal køyrast …" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopier filer til installert system" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Lagra oppsett" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Lagra installasjonsinnstillingar" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installer oppstartslaster" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Klargjer systemet for første oppstart" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerer steg: %1 …" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Køyrer steg %1 …" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Ferdig" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Feil ved installering" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Godta" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "&Ikkje godta" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Installeringsprosessen vert gjort klar." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Vent litt …" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installasjonsmodus" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Gjer klar …" - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Legg til pakkebrønnar før installering" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Ta med tilleggsprodukt frå andre medium" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Installation Mode</big> " @@ -833,7 +1073,7 @@ "Vel korleis du vil installera:" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -844,7 +1084,7 @@ "foreslåtte eksterne pakkebrønnar under installeringa eller oppgraderinga." #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -857,22 +1097,22 @@ "\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "Viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa, sjå http://drivers.suse.com/." #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Intern feil: Manglar lisens å visa" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -883,27 +1123,27 @@ "Viss ikkje, kan du trygt hoppa over det.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Vil du setja opp nettverkskortet no?" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Vel" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Ja, køyr nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "Nei, &hopp over nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network." @@ -914,7 +1154,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration." @@ -925,7 +1165,7 @@ "\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -934,7 +1174,7 @@ "Sjå loggfila «%1» for meir informasjon." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" @@ -945,7 +1185,7 @@ "GNOME og KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" "that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" @@ -958,12 +1198,12 @@ "vel du standardskrivebordet." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Skrivebordsval" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -972,339 +1212,48 @@ "Vel skrivebordsmiljøet du vil bruka." #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Andre" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." msgstr "" #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Klargjer diskar …" -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakker …" -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardvala?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "Alle endringane dine går då tapt." - -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Automatisk oppsett" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "Hoppar over oppsett etter ønske frå brukar" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"Forslaget inneheld ein feil du må\n" -"retta før du kan halda fram.\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "Feil: Manglar tittel" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "Tilpassar forslaget til gjeldande innstillingar …" - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "Analyserer systemet …" - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "Feil: Ingen forslag" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"Oppsettet er lagra.\n" -"Det var funne feil." - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Oversikt over installeringa" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "&Bruk dette oppsettet" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Endra …" - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor." - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor." - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardvala" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the Change... menu.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskriftene,\n" -"eller ved å bruka menyen Endra.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Vel Installer for starta installeringa med desse vala.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _(" -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the Mode headline or select Mode in the -#. Change... menu. -#. -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Harddisken er ikkje endra enno, så du kan framleis trygt avbryta installeringa.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Vel Oppgrader for å starta oppgraderinga med desse vala.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk nettverksinnstillingane.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk tenesteinnstillingane.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk maskinvareinnstillingane.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "UML Installation Proposal" -msgstr "Forslag til UML-installasjon" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "" -"Ved å installera UML (User Mode Linux) kan du starta opp\n" -"uavhengige virtuelle Linux-maskiner inne i vertssystemet." - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Trykk Neste for å bruka desse vala.\n" -"" -"\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Nokre forslag kan vera låste av systemadministratoren, og\n" -"kan såleis ikkje endrast. Ta kontakt med systemadministratoren\n" -"dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag." -"\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "&Oppgradering" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Installer" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Det finst ikkje noko tilgjengeleg brukargrensesnitt for denne modulen." #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Språk: %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Versjonsmerknader" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Produkt" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes." @@ -1315,19 +1264,12 @@ "\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "Ingen versjonsmerknader vart installerte." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …" - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal." @@ -1338,99 +1280,99 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Vel eit bruksområde." #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Vel bruksområde" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analyserer datamaskina" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Søk etter USB-einingar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter USB-einingar …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Søk etter FireWire-einingar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter FireWire-einingar …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Søk etter diskettstasjonar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Søkjer etter diskettstasjonar …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Søk etter harddiskkontrollarar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskkontrollarar …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Last kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Laster kjernemodular for harddiskkontrollarar …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Søk etter harddiskar" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Søkjer etter harddiskar …" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Søk etter systemfiler" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Søkjer etter systemfiler …" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Gjer klar pakkehandsamaren …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Maskinvare- og systemoppdaging" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Søkjer no etter maskinvare og installerte system." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1439,7 +1381,7 @@ "Sjå «http://drivers.suse.com/» viss du treng eigne maskinvaredrivarar for installeringa." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1449,7 +1391,7 @@ "Kontroller maskinvara.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1402,7 @@ "(spesielt på S/390- og iSCSI-system).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1473,7 +1415,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1482,31 +1424,32 @@ "Avbryt installeringa." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Fjerna" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "På" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Av" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:616 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Tidlegare brukte pakkebrønnar" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1515,27 +1458,36 @@ "systemet du oppgraderer:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Gjeldande status" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Pakkebrønn" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "Adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&Endra …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Byt status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1545,7 +1497,7 @@ "du vil bruka under oppgraderinga." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1554,30 +1506,31 @@ "ei adresse. Du kan òg dobbeltklikka på tabellrada." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Trykk Endra å endra nettadressa." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "&Adresse til pakkebrønn" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:586 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Nettverket er ikkje sett opp" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:588 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1586,49 +1539,54 @@ "Vil du setja opp dette?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:619 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Legg/fjernar pakkebrønnar …" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:622 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:681 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Pakkebrønnar vert til lagde til / fjerna." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:641 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Fjern ubrukte pakkebrønnar" #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:645 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:798 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Fjernar ubrukte pakkebrønnar …" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:652 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Legg til aktiverte pakkebrønnar" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:655 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:864 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Legg til aktiverte pakkebrønnar …" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:664 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Legg til deaktiverte pakkebrønnar" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:668 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Legg til deaktiverte pakkebrønnar …" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:838 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Bruk rett medium" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:840 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1642,7 +1600,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:903 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1657,7 +1615,7 @@ "Pakkebrønnen vert lagt til, men ikkje aktivert." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:940 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1669,7 +1627,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:960 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1681,7 +1639,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:980 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1692,7 +1650,7 @@ "Adresse: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1703,17 +1661,17 @@ "Adresse: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Velkommen" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "Velkommen!" #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1728,7 +1686,7 @@ " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "Click Next to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system." @@ -1739,111 +1697,104 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Ingen prosedyre er definert for denne installasjonstypen." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar automatisk oppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Oppdaterer avhengnader for kjernemodular …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Setting up linker cache" msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Set opp snøgglager for programkopling …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Kontrollerer det installerte systemet …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar mellomtenaroppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Lagrar tidssone …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Lagrar språk …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar konsolloppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar tastaturoppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Lagrar produktinformasjon …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for automatisk installering …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Lagrar tryggleiksoppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar maskinvareoppsett …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer SSH-innstillingar til installert system …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Går over til til installert system …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Avmonterer alle monterte einingar …" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Kopierer X-oppsett til systemet …" -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "Lagrar YaST-oppsett …" - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1867,230 +1818,284 @@ "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "Gjer klar installasjonsmiljøet …" +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "Kopierer loggfiler til installert system …" -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Gjer klar installeringa …" +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "Søkjer etter Linux-partisjoner …" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "Klargjer første systemoppsett …" +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil tilbakestille alt til standardvala?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "Alle endringane dine går då tapt." + +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "Automatisk oppsett" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." msgstr "" -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "Hoppar over oppsett etter ønske frå brukar" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"Maskina tilfredsstiller ikkje krava til \n" -"grafisk installering, då du anten har mindre enn \n" -"%1 MB minne eller X-tenaren kunne ikkje startast.\n" -"\n" -"Ein tekstversjon av installasjonsprogrammet vil\n" -"derfor leia deg gjennom installeringa. Denne versjonen \n" -"har same funksjonalitet som den grafiske, men \n" -"skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n" +"Forslaget inneheld ein feil du må\n" +"retta før du kan halda fram.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." +msgstr "Tilpassar forslaget til gjeldande innstillingar …" + +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "Analyserer systemet …" + +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "Feil: Ingen forslag" + +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"Klarte ikkje starta det grafiske grensesnittet.\n" -"\n" -"Anten er ikkje dei nødvendige pakkane installerte\n" -"(minimal installasjon), eller så er ikkje skjermkortet støtta.\n" -"\n" -"Ein tekstversjon av installasjonsprogrammet vil\n" -"derfor leia deg gjennom installeringa. Denne versjonen \n" -"har same funksjonalitet som den grafiske, men \n" -"skjermbileta er ikkje like dei i bruksrettleiinga.\n" +"Oppsettet er lagra.\n" +"Det var funne feil." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "Start tenesta %1" +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "Tilpassar nettverksoppsett" +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "&Bruk dette oppsettet" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "Nettverksoppsettet vert tilpassa." +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "&Hopp over oppsett" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor." + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "Trykk på ei overskrift for å endra, eller bruk menyen «Endra» nedanfor." + +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "&Tilbakestill til standardvala" + +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "&Oppgradering" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&Installer" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Oversikt over installeringa" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"" "\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." msgstr "" -"Førre installasjonsforsøk var mislukka.\n" -"Vil du halda fram med installeringa?\n" +"\n" +"Du kan endra verdiane ved å trykkja på overskriftene,\n" +"eller ved å bruka menyen Endra.\n" +"" "\n" -"Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"" "\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." msgstr "" -"Førre installasjonsforsøk vart avbroten.\n" -"Vil du halda fram med installeringa?\n" +"\n" +"Harddisken er ikkje endra enno, så du kan framleis trygt avbryta installeringa.\n" +"" "\n" -"Merk at du kanskje må leggja inn noko informasjon på nytt." -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:181 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "Stadfest installering" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:184 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "All nødvendig informasjon for grunninstallasjonen er no klar." - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:196 +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert gamle partisjoner på harddisken\n" -"sletta eller formaterte (slik at alle data der vert sletta)i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." +"\n" +"Vel Installer for starta installeringa med desse vala.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:207 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert partisjonar på harddisken endra\n" -"i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." +"\n" +"Vel Oppgrader for å starta oppgraderinga med desse vala.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:218 src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "Viss du er usikker, kan du gå tilbake og sjå over desse vala på nytt." - -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:224 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "Stadfest oppgradering" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:228 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "All nødvendig informasjon for oppgraderinga er no klar." - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:230 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"" "\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" +"\n" +"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk nettverksinnstillingane.\n" +"" "\n" -"Viss du vel å halda fram, vert dataa på harddisken overskrivne\n" -"i samsvar med vala i dei tidlegare stega i installeringsprosessen." -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:240 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "Start &oppgradering" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"" +"\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk tenesteinnstillingane.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"" +"\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Trykk Neste for å ta i bruk maskinvareinnstillingane.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått på (<a href=\"%1\">slå av</a>)." +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "UML Installation Proposal" +msgstr "Forslag til UML-installasjon" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installering frå diskbilete er slått av (<a href=\"%1\">slå på</a>)." +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." +msgstr "" +"Ved å installera UML (User Mode Linux) kan du starta opp\n" +"uavhengige virtuelle Linux-maskiner inne i vertssystemet." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"" +"\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Trykk Neste for å bruka desse vala.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 …" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "Søkjer etter Linux-partisjoner …" - #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgid "Enabling remote administration..." @@ -2099,12 +2104,12 @@ #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Klarte ikkje lesa informasjon om installasjonsdiskbilete" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Tek i bruk …" @@ -2112,19 +2117,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Lagrar brukarinnstillingar …" #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Gjenoppretter brukarinnstillinger …" #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" @@ -2136,6 +2141,23 @@ "Klarte ikkje løysa pakkekonfliktene automatisk.\n" "Opnar pakkehandsamaren, slik at du kan løysa dei manuelt." +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "Feil: Manglar tittel" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nokre forslag kan vera låste av systemadministratoren, og\n" +#~ "kan såleis ikkje endrast. Ta kontakt med systemadministratoren\n" +#~ "dersom du ønskjer å endra eit låst forslag." +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "Gjer klar installasjonsmiljøet …" + #~ msgid "Dummy" #~ msgstr "Prøve" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 #, fuzzy -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Logg ut" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Koble til" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy @@ -147,10 +147,6 @@ msgstr "Søk" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Logg inn" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" @@ -247,8 +243,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>" @@ -420,24 +416,21 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +"List of current sessions." +"Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. " +"Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. " +"To change the start-up status, press Edit." msgstr "" -"Liste over gjeldande økter. Legg til eit mål ved å klikka Legg til.\n" -"Fjern eit mål ved å velja det og klikka Logg ut.\n" -"Klikk Byt for å endra oppstartsstatus.\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." @@ -446,16 +439,16 @@ "Når du brukar ein iSCSI-eining med LESA/SKRIVA-rettar, må desse rettane vera eksklusive for å unngå risiko for øydelagte data." "\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "Initiatornavn er eit verd frå <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" "Viss du har iBFT, vil dette verdet leggjast til derfrå, og du vil berre kunna endra han i BIOS-oppsettet." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" @@ -464,10 +457,10 @@ "Viss du vil bruka iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for å finna mål i staden for vanlege SendTargets-metodar,\n" "angje IP-adressa for iSNS-serveren og porten. Standardporten skal vera 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -475,16 +468,11 @@ "Port bør berre endrast viss det er naudsynt. Bruk Brukernavn og Passord for autentisering. Viss du ikkje treng autentisering,\n" "vel Ingen autentisering.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "Liste over tilgjengelege noder på iSCSI-målet. Vel eitt element, og klikk Koble til. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr "Vel autentiseringstypen og angje BrukernavnogPassord." - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -511,13 +499,30 @@ "automatic inneber at iSCSI-mål tilkobles når sjølve iSCSI-tenesta\n" "startar." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "Liste over mål som vart funnen. Start eit nytt Søk eller Koble til eit mål." +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "Ingen autentisering" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both." +"Please note: " +"'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "" + +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets." +"Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. " +"Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. " +"To remove a target use the Delete button. " +" Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first." +"Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -578,16 +583,23 @@ msgstr "Port-feltet kan ikkje vera tomt" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 #, fuzzy +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "Initiatornavn" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" "Feil initiatornavn\n" "Riktigsyntaks er\n" @@ -598,13 +610,13 @@ "iqn.2007-04.no.servar:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Angje IP-adressa." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Angje porten." @@ -613,41 +625,41 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "Sann" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "Usann" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Målet med dette målnavnet er allereie tilkoblet. Passar på at Multipath er aktivert for å unngå øydelagte data." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "Continue" msgstr "Hald fram" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 #, fuzzy msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Målet er allereie tilkoblet." @@ -753,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -765,8 +777,39 @@ "Gammalt initiatornavn vil erstattast med verdet frå iBFT, og det vil opprettast ein sikkerhetskopi.\n" "Viss du vil bruka eit anna initiatornavn, kan du endra det i BIOS." +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag …" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "Logg ut" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "Logg inn" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Liste over gjeldande økter. Legg til eit mål ved å klikka Legg til.\n" +#~ "Fjern eit mål ved å velja det og klikka Logg ut.\n" +#~ "Klikk Byt for å endra oppstartsstatus.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +#~ msgstr "Vel autentiseringstypen og angje BrukernavnogPassord." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +#~ msgstr "Liste over mål som vart funnen. Start eit nytt Søk eller Koble til eit mål." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "" @@ -540,101 +540,110 @@ #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" @@ -648,12 +657,12 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-29 17:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/kdump.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -55,233 +55,233 @@ msgstr "Dump-mål har destinasjonar for lagring av dump-bilete" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "Navnemønsteret er:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Angje berre \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump-kommandolinjen er kommandoar som må verta til sende kdump-kjernen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "Definer denne variabelen vis du berre vil leggja til verd i standard-kommandolinjestrengen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Umiddelbar omstart etter at kjernen er lagra i kdump-kjernen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopier kjerne til dump-katalog" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Angjev kor mange gamle dumper som vert haldne på. 0 tyder at alle haldast på." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-servar for sending av varslingsmeldinger." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-brukernavn for sending av varslingsmeldinger." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "SMTP-passord for sending av varslingsmeldinger. Stig til fil som inneheld passord (rein tekst-fil)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "E-postadresse for sending av varslingsmeldinger" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "E-postadresse for sending av meldingar med varslingskopi" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Aktiver alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Deaktiver alternativ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Tilordnet minne i MB" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 #, fuzzy msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Dump-formatet kan vera ELF eller komprimert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 #, fuzzy -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "Dump-mål kan vera måltyper frå: fil (lokalt filsystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Namn på servar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 #, fuzzy msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Tilkoblingsport" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Katalog for lagring av dump-diskbilder" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Eksportert delt ressurs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "User name" msgstr "Brukernavn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Stig til fil som inneheld passord (rein tekst-fil)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id for råpartisjon" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "Navnemønsteret er: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz], kjernen tyder berre \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Ta med kommandolinjevalg." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "Valet angjev kjørenivået for oppstart av kdump-kjernen. Berre verd som 1,2,3,5 eller s er tillatne." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Mengd dumpar. 0 tyder at alle haldast på." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "Email address" msgstr "E-postadresse" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Skjerminnstillinger:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump er aktivert (oppstartsvalget \"crashkernel\" er lagd til)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 #, fuzzy msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Tilordnet minne (MB) for kdump er: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump er deaktivert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Dump-nivå: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Dump-format: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for dump-mål" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 #, fuzzy msgid "target: %1" msgstr "mål: %1" @@ -291,8 +291,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 #, fuzzy msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "filkatalog: %1" @@ -301,22 +301,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 #, fuzzy msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "servernavn: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "port: %1" msgstr "port: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "brukernavn: anonym tilkobling er tillaten" @@ -324,101 +324,101 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 #, fuzzy msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "brukernavn: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "share: %1" msgstr "delt ressurs: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 #, fuzzy msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "TOM" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Tilpassa Kdump-kjerne:%1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-kommandolinje: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump-kommandolinjetillegg: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Umiddelbare Kdump-omstarter: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "aktivert" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 #, fuzzy msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "Mengd gamle dumper: Alle dumper vert lagra utan å sletta gamle dumper" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 #, fuzzy msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Mengd gamle dumper: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "SMTP-servar for Kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "SMTP-brukar for Kdump: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "SMTP-password for Kdump: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump sender varsling til: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump sender varslingskopi til: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." msgstr "Kjernevalget \"crashkernel\" omfattar område. Dei vil lagrast på nytt." @@ -426,8 +426,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Maskina må startast på nytt for å aktivare endringar." @@ -447,44 +447,44 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Feil val er brukte." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dump-nivå er definerte." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Feil verd." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-format er definerte." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 #, fuzzy msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "Valet kan berre innehalda \"ELF\" eller eit \"komprimert\" verd." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 #, fuzzy msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Fila %1 finst ikkje." @@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Verd for \"dir\" manglar." @@ -503,55 +503,55 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 #, fuzzy msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Verd for \"servar\" manglar." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Verd for \"share\" manglar." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Feil verd for mål." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Feil verd for val \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Feil verd for val \"servar\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Feil verd for val \"user\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Feil verd for val \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 #, fuzzy msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Feil val er brukte." @@ -563,13 +563,13 @@ msgstr "Lagrar kdump-oppsett …" #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" @@ -679,23 +679,26 @@ msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-servar" @@ -704,7 +707,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" @@ -714,138 +717,138 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Varsling &til" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Varslingskopi &til" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Tilpassa Kdump-&Kjerne" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump ko&mmandolinje" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump kommando&linjetillegg" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Aktivar omstart umiddelbart &etter at kjernen er lagra" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Aktiver kopiering av kje&rne til dump-katalog." #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "&Aktiver sletting av gamle dump-bilete" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Maks. mengd gamle d&ump-bilete" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-minne" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Oppstart av Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Oppstart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump – Dumpfiltrering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltrering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Lagrar mål for Kdump-bilete" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dumpmål" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-servar" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-postadresser for varsling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "E-postvarsling" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Tilpassa kjerne for Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 #, fuzzy msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Kommandolinje" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-innstillingar" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar for Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" @@ -927,7 +930,7 @@ "" msgstr "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -942,7 +945,7 @@ "" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -959,7 +962,7 @@ "" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -979,11 +982,11 @@ " Brukernavn for ftp-tilkoblingen. Passord for ftp-tilkoblingen. " "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" @@ -999,10 +1002,37 @@ " Brukernavn for ssh-sambandet. Passord for ssh-sambandet. " "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. " +"" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"SSH – Lager kdump-diskbilde vigde SSH.\n" +" Servernavn – Namnet til serveren.\n" +" Port – Portnummeret for sambandet.\n" +" Katalog på servar – Filstien der kdump-diskbilder skal lagrast.\n" +" Brukernavn for ssh-sambandet. Passord for ssh-sambandet. " +"" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " @@ -1013,8 +1043,8 @@ " Katalog på servar – Stigen der kdump-bilete skal lagrast. " "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" @@ -1034,7 +1064,7 @@ "" #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" @@ -1048,7 +1078,7 @@ "" #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" @@ -1060,7 +1090,7 @@ "" #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" @@ -1079,7 +1109,7 @@ "\n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" @@ -1091,7 +1121,7 @@ "" #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" @@ -1105,7 +1135,7 @@ "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" @@ -1124,13 +1154,13 @@ "" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "SMTP-servar brukast til å senda ein varslingsmelding via e-post etter ei dump." #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" @@ -1141,7 +1171,7 @@ " og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast." #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" @@ -1152,7 +1182,7 @@ " og utan brukernavn/passord vil enkel SMTP brukast." #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved." @@ -1162,7 +1192,7 @@ " lagra." #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" @@ -1173,7 +1203,7 @@ " skal sendast via e-post når ei dump er lagra." #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" @@ -1181,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "Mengd gamle dumpfiler angjev kor mange dumpfiler som skal lagrast. Overskridast denne mengda, vert eldre dumpfiler fjerna." #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> " @@ -1197,7 +1227,7 @@ "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> " @@ -1211,7 +1241,7 @@ "\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> " @@ -1227,7 +1257,7 @@ "\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> " @@ -1245,7 +1275,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> " @@ -1261,7 +1291,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> " @@ -1279,7 +1309,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> " @@ -1295,7 +1325,7 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> " @@ -1313,7 +1343,7 @@ "\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> " @@ -1325,7 +1355,7 @@ "Trykk på Legg til for å setja opp ein kdump." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> " @@ -1382,6 +1412,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Aktivar anon&ym FTP" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 #, fuzzy @@ -1447,155 +1481,165 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-oppsett" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Lesar oppsettsfil …" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Les oppstartsvalg for kjernen …" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Les tilgjengeleg minne …" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Les diskane sine partisjoner …" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppsettsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppstartsvalg for kjerne." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa tilgjengeleg minne." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar kdump-oppsett" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Oppdater oppstartsvalg" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Oppdaterer oppstartsvalg …" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Legger til crashkernel-parameter for oppstartslasterfeil." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktivert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktivert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Verd for crashkernel-val: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-format: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Dump-mål: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Mengd dumpar: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "Pakka for kexec-tools er ikkje tilgjengeleg." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-05 00:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,1025 +18,770 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 +#. popup text +#: src/ui.rb:88 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for LDAP-klient" +msgid "Really abort the writing process?" +msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta lagringsprosessen?" -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 +#. help text +#: src/ui.rb:96 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "Aktivar eller deaktiver autentisering med LDAP" +msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" +msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for LDAP-klient" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/ui.rb:144 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for LDAP-klient" +msgid "" +"If you reread settings from the server,\n" +"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" +msgstr "" +"Viss du les innstillingar frå serveren på nytt,\n" +"vil alle endringar gå tapt. Er du sikker på at du vil lesa inn på nytt?\n" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/ui.rb:168 #, fuzzy -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Endre globale innstillingar for LDAP-klient" +msgid "" +"Configure the template used for creating \n" +"new objects (like users or groups)." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n" +"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper)." +"\n" -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/ui.rb:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Aktiver tenesta" +msgid "" +"Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" +"Changing the cn value renames the template." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Nytte Rediger for å redigera malen sin attributtverdier.\n" +"Malen får nytt namn når cn-verdet vert endra." +"\n" -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/ui.rb:176 #, fuzzy -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Deaktiver tenesta" +msgid "" +"The second table contains a list of default values used\n" +"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" +"removing current ones." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over standardverdier som vert nytta\n" +"for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n" +"sletta eksisterande." +"\n" -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 #, fuzzy -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "LDAP-serverens namn" +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "Attributt" -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 #, fuzzy -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "Unikt namn (DN) på søkebase" +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Verd" -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 +#. label (table folows) +#: src/ui.rb:253 #, fuzzy -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter." +msgid "Default Values for New Objects" +msgstr "Standardverdier for nye objekt" -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:259 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "Passord for LDAP-servar" +msgid "Attribute of Object" +msgstr "Objektattributt" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:261 #, fuzzy -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "Start eller stopp automounter" +msgid "Default Value" +msgstr "Standardverdi" -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 +#. button label (with non-default shortcut) +#: src/ui.rb:267 #, fuzzy -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Opprett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging" +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "&Legg til" -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:269 #, fuzzy -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "Kryptert samband (StartTLS)" +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "&Rediger" -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:281 #, fuzzy -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "Bruk System Security Service sin Daemon (SSSD)" +msgid "Object Template Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av objektmal" -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is name +#: src/ui.rb:384 #, fuzzy -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "Frakoblet SSSD-autentisering" +msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" +msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta standardattributtet \"%1\"?" -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 #, fuzzy -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Kerberos-region" +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"Attributtet \"%1\" er obligatorisk.\n" +"Angje eit verd." -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 +#. helptext 1/4 +#: src/ui.rb:438 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-serveradresse" +msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "Her kan du administrera konfigurasjonen som er lagra i LDAP-katalogen." -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/ui.rb:442 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "Passord for LDAP-servar:" +msgid "" +"Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" +"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" +"create one with New. Delete the current module\n" +"using Delete." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Kvart konfigurasjonssett vert kalla ein konfigurasjonsmodul. Viss det ikkje\n" +"er nokon konfigurasjonsmodul i angjeven plassering (basekonfigurasjon),\n" +" opprettar du ein med Ny. Gjeldande modul vert sletta\n" +" med Slett." +"\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/ui.rb:449 #, fuzzy -msgid "Really abort the writing process?" -msgstr "Er du sikker at du vil avbryta lagringsprosessen?" +msgid "" +"Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" +"current module." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Rediger attributtverdiene i tabellen med Rediger.\n" +"Nokre verd har spesielle tydingar. Ved å endra cn-verdet endrar du til dømes namn på\n" +"gjeldande modul." +"\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#. helptext 4/4 +#: src/ui.rb:455 #, fuzzy -msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for LDAP-klient" +msgid "" +"To configure the default template of the current module,\n" +"click Configure Template.\n" +"" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"For å konfigurera standardmalen for gjeldande modul,\n" +"klikk Konfigurer mal.\n" +"" +"\n" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 +#. combobox label +#: src/ui.rb:535 #, fuzzy -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "Søkar etter LDAP-servera via SLP …" +msgid "Configuration &Module" +msgstr "Modulen til&konfigurasjon" -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:559 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "LDAP-&servera via SLP" +msgid "C&onfigure Template" +msgstr "K&onfigurer mal" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "" - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:598 #, fuzzy -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" +msgid "Module Configuration" +msgstr "Modulkonfigurasjon" -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAP-servar" +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjonsmodul for LDAP-klient" -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 #, fuzzy -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "CA-sertifikatfil" +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Aktivar eller deaktiver autentisering med LDAP" -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 #, fuzzy -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "Ser&tifikatkatalog" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag for LDAP-klient" -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 #, fuzzy -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "&Bla gjennom" +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Endre globale innstillingar for LDAP-klient" -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "CA-sert&ifikatfil" +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "Aktiver tenesta" -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "Bla gj&ennom" +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "Deaktiver tenesta" -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 #, fuzzy -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "Nettadresse for nedlasting av CA-sertifikat" +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-serverens namn" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "Last ned &CA-sertifikat" +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "Unikt namn (DN) på søkebase" -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 #, fuzzy -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "Vel katalogen med sertifikat" +#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects." +#~ msgstr "Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter." -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 #, fuzzy -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "Vel sertifikatfilen" +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "Passord for LDAP-servar" -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 #, fuzzy -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "Kunne ikkje lasta ned sertifikatfilen frå angjeven adresse." +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "Start eller stopp automounter" -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Den nedlastede sertifikatfilen\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"er kopiert til katalogen '%2'" +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Opprett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging" -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set up your machine as an LDAP client." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n" -"LDAP-klient." -"\n" +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "Kryptert samband (StartTLS)" -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 #, fuzzy -msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "For å autentisere brukarar for ein OpenLDAP-servar, vel Bruk LDAP. NSS og PAM vil konfigurerast i samsvar med dette." +#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" +#~ msgstr "Bruk System Security Service sin Daemon (SSSD)" -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed." -msgstr "" -"For å deaktivere LDAP-tenester, klikk Ikkje nytte LDAP.\n" -"Viss du deaktiverer LDAP, vil gjeldande LDAP-oppføring for passwd i /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"verta slettet. PAM-konfigurasjonen vil endrast, og LDAP-oppføringen\n" -"slettet." +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Frakoblet SSSD-autentisering" -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 #, fuzzy -msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "For å aktivare LDAP utan å tillata brukarar å logga inn på denne maskina, vel Aktivum LDAP-brukarar, men deaktiver innlogging." +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos-region" -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "Kryss av for Bruk tjenestenisse for systemsikkerhet viss du vil at systemet skal bruka SSSD i staden for nss_ldap." +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC-serveradresse" -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Angje LDAP-serverens adresse (t.d. ldap.døme.com eller 10.20.0.2) i Adresser og det unike namnet på søkebasen (DN for base, t.d. dc=døme,dc=com). Angje fleire servera ved å\n" -"skilja adressene med mellomrom. Det må vera mogleg å løysa\n" -" adressene utan å bruka LDAP. Du kan òg angje porten serveren køyrar på med syntaksen servar:port, til dømes <tt>ldap.døme.com:379</tt>.\n" -" " -"\n" +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "Passord for LDAP-servar:" -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 #, fuzzy -msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." -msgstr "Med Søk kan du velja LDAP-serveren frå SLP-lista (service location protocol). Bruk Hent DN, for henta det unike databasenavnet frå serveren." +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "Søkar etter LDAP-servera via SLP …" -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen." -"\n" +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&servera via SLP" -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled." -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389." -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"Advanced Configuration." -"\n" -"To configure security settings, click\n" -"SSL/TLS Configuration." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Klikk\n" -"Avansert konfigurasjon for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar." -"\n" +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n" -"til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n" -"Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n" -"anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n" -"Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n" -"automatisk." -"\n" +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-servar" -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 #, fuzzy -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Start auto&mounter" +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "CA-sertifikatfil" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Opp&rett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging" +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "Ser&tifikatkatalog" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 #, fuzzy -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "Bruka LDAP, men deaktivere inn&logging" +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "&Bla gjennom" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 #, fuzzy -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "Brukerautentisering" +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "CA-sert&ifikatfil" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "Ikkje bru&k LDAP" +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "Bla gj&ennom" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "&Nytte LDAP" +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "Nettadresse for nedlasting av CA-sertifikat" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "LDAP-klient" +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "Last ned &CA-sertifikat" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 #, fuzzy -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "LDAP-&serveradresser" +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "Vel katalogen med sertifikat" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 #, fuzzy -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "S&auk" +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "Vel sertifikatfilen" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "&DN for LDAP-base" +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "Kunne ikkje lasta ned sertifikatfilen frå angjeven adresse." -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 #, fuzzy -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "H&eint DN" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Den nedlastede sertifikatfilen\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "er kopiert til katalogen '%2'" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 #, fuzzy -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set up your machine as an LDAP client." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n" +#~ "LDAP-klient." +#~ "\n" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" +#~ msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +#~ msgstr "For å autentisere brukarar for ein OpenLDAP-servar, vel Bruk LDAP. NSS og PAM vil konfigurerast i samsvar med dette." -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasjon av LDAP-klient" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" +#~ "removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For å deaktivere LDAP-tenester, klikk Ikkje nytte LDAP.\n" +#~ "Viss du deaktiverer LDAP, vil gjeldande LDAP-oppføring for passwd i /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "verta slettet. PAM-konfigurasjonen vil endrast, og LDAP-oppføringen\n" +#~ "slettet." -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Eit tidlegare LDAP-klientoppsett vart registrert.\n" -"\n" -"Gjeldande Konfigurasjon brukar ikkje SSSD, men nss_ldap.\n" -"Berre SSSD-baserte oppsett vert støtta av YaST.\n" -"Vil du halda fram å bruka SSSD, eller avbryta og halda fram å bruka det gamle oppsettet?" +#~ msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +#~ msgstr "For å aktivare LDAP utan å tillata brukarar å logga inn på denne maskina, vel Aktivum LDAP-brukarar, men deaktiver innlogging." -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "Angje eit hoved-DN for LDAP." +#~ msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +#~ msgstr "Kryss av for Bruk tjenestenisse for systemsikkerhet viss du vil at systemet skal bruka SSSD i staden for nss_ldap." -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "Angje minst éin LDAP-serveradresse." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Angje LDAP-serverens adresse (t.d. ldap.døme.com eller 10.20.0.2) i Adresser og det unike namnet på søkebasen (DN for base, t.d. dc=døme,dc=com). Angje fleire servera ved å\n" +#~ "skilja adressene med mellomrom. Det må vera mogleg å løysa\n" +#~ " adressene utan å bruka LDAP. Du kan òg angje porten serveren køyrar på med syntaksen servar:port, til dømes <tt>ldap.døme.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ " " +#~ "\n" -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 #, fuzzy -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "LDAP-serveradressen er ugyldig." +#~ msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +#~ msgstr "Med Søk kan du velja LDAP-serveren frå SLP-lista (service location protocol). Bruk Hent DN, for henta det unike databasenavnet frå serveren." -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"Når du konfigurerer datamaskina som ein LDAP-klient,\n" -"kan du ikkje henta datum med NIS. Er du sikker på at du vil bruka LDAP i staden for NIS?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen." +#~ "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "LDAP er aktivert." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "Advanced Configuration." +#~ "\n" +#~ "To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS Configuration." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikk\n" +#~ "Avansert konfigurasjon for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar." +#~ "\n" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"Denne endringa påverkar berre nyopprettede prosessar og tenester som\n" -"ikkje er aktivert. Start tenestene på nytt manuelt eller start \n" -"maskina på nytt for å aktivare endringa for alle tenester.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n" +#~ "til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n" +#~ "Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n" +#~ "anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n" +#~ "Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n" +#~ "automatisk." +#~ "\n" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"For at ekstern innlogging skal aktiverast for\n" -" LDAP-brukarar, vert sshd automatisk starta på nytt av YaST.\n" +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "Start auto&mounter" -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"Det sikre sambandet er aktivert, men verifisering av serversertifikat er deaktivert.\n" -"Vil du aktivera sertifikatkontroll no?" +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Opp&rett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging" -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 #, fuzzy -msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar for LDAP-klient" +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "Bruka LDAP, men deaktivere inn&logging" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Viss Kerberos-autentisering skal nyttast, angje ein region og ein KDC-adresse.\n" -"Vel at brukerrettigheter skal mellomlagres lokalt ved å kryssa av for Lokal SSSD-autentisering.\n" -"Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Brukerautentisering" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." -msgstr "Endringsprotokoll for passord viser til attributtet pam_password for fila <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Sjå <tt>ein pam_ldap</tt> for tydinga av verda." +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Ikkje bru&k LDAP" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Angje typen LDAP-grupper som skal brukast.\n" -"Standardverdien for Gruppemedlemattributt er %1." -"\n" +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&Nytte LDAP" -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "Viss det sikre sambandet krev sertifikatkontroll, må du angje kor sertifikatfilen er lagra. Du kan anten angje ein katalog med sertifikat eller heile stigen til sertifikatfilen." +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-klient" -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 #, fuzzy -msgid "Access to Server" -msgstr "Servertilgang" +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&serveradresser" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Gå først til Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN.\n" -"Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n" -"serveren." -"\n" +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "S&auk" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Angje DN for Administrator for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n" -" Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n" -" eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet." -"\n" +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "&DN for LDAP-base" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"For å oppretta standard konfigurasjonsobjekter for for LDAP-brukarar og -grupper,\n" -"kryss av for Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast." -"\n" +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "H&eint DN" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Klikk Konfigurer for å konfigurera innstillingar som er lagra på\n" -"LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n" -"eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra." -"\n" +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Spesifiser søkebasene som skal brukast for spesifikke kart (brukarar, passord og grupper) viss dei avvik frå basis-DN. Desse verda\n" -"vert nytta for attributta nss_basa_passwd, nss_basa_shadow og nss_basa_group attributes\n" -"i fila /etc/ldap.conf." -"\n" +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "&Avansert konfigurasjon …" -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 #, fuzzy -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "K&lientinnstillinger" +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjon av LDAP-klient" -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "Ad&ministrasjonsinnstillinger" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eit tidlegare LDAP-klientoppsett vart registrert.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Gjeldande Konfigurasjon brukar ikkje SSSD, men nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Berre SSSD-baserte oppsett vert støtta av YaST.\n" +#~ "Vil du halda fram å bruka SSSD, eller avbryta og halda fram å bruka det gamle oppsettet?" -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 #, fuzzy -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "Namn og kontekster" +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "Angje eit hoved-DN for LDAP." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 #, fuzzy -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "&Brukerkart" +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Angje minst éin LDAP-serveradresse." -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "&Bla gjennom" +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "LDAP-serveradressen er ugyldig." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "&Gruppekart" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Når du konfigurerer datamaskina som ein LDAP-klient,\n" +#~ "kan du ikkje henta datum med NIS. Er du sikker på at du vil bruka LDAP i staden for NIS?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 #, fuzzy -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "&Bla igjennom" +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "LDAP er aktivert." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "&Brukerkart" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Denne endringa påverkar berre nyopprettede prosessar og tenester som\n" +#~ "ikkje er aktivert. Start tenestene på nytt manuelt eller start \n" +#~ "maskina på nytt for å aktivare endringa for alle tenester.\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "&Nytte Kerberos" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "For at ekstern innlogging skal aktiverast for\n" +#~ " LDAP-brukarar, vert sshd automatisk starta på nytt av YaST.\n" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 #, fuzzy -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "Standard reg&ion" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" +#~ "Enable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det sikre sambandet er aktivert, men verifisering av serversertifikat er deaktivert.\n" +#~ "Vil du aktivera sertifikatkontroll no?" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 #, fuzzy -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "&KDC-serveradresse" +#~ msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" +#~ msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar for LDAP-klient" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 #, fuzzy -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "LDAP-skjema" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viss Kerberos-autentisering skal nyttast, angje ein region og ein KDC-adresse.\n" +#~ "Vel at brukerrettigheter skal mellomlagres lokalt ved å kryssa av for Lokal SSSD-autentisering.\n" +#~ "Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." +#~ "\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "Aktivar brukar- og gruppetelling" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." +#~ msgstr "Endringsprotokoll for passord viser til attributtet pam_password for fila <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Sjå <tt>ein pam_ldap</tt> for tydinga av verda." -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 #, fuzzy -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "&Frakoblet SSSD-autentisering" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Angje typen LDAP-grupper som skal brukast.\n" +#~ "Standardverdien for Gruppemedlemattributt er %1." +#~ "\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 #, fuzzy -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "Ein&dringsprotokoll for passord" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" +#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" +#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Viss det sikre sambandet krev sertifikatkontroll, må du angje kor sertifikatfilen er lagra. Du kan anten angje ein katalog med sertifikat eller heile stigen til sertifikatfilen." -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 #, fuzzy -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "Gruppemedlem&attributt" +#~ msgid "Access to Server" +#~ msgstr "Servertilgang" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "Konfigurasjon av data&base-DN" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gå først til Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN.\n" +#~ "Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n" +#~ "serveren." +#~ "\n" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 #, fuzzy -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "Administrator-&DN" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "Administrator DN.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Angje DN for Administrator for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n" +#~ " Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n" +#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet." +#~ "\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 #, fuzzy -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "L&egg til base-DN" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" +#~ "check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For å oppretta standard konfigurasjonsobjekter for for LDAP-brukarar og -grupper,\n" +#~ "kryss av for Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast." +#~ "\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 #, fuzzy -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "Oppre&t standard konfigurasjonsobjekter" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikk Konfigurer for å konfigurera innstillingar som er lagra på\n" +#~ "LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n" +#~ "eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra." +#~ "\n" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "Konfigurer &innstillingar for brukeradministrasjon …" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spesifiser søkebasene som skal brukast for spesifikke kart (brukarar, passord og grupper) viss dei avvik frå basis-DN. Desse verda\n" +#~ "vert nytta for attributta nss_basa_passwd, nss_basa_shadow og nss_basa_group attributes\n" +#~ "i fila /etc/ldap.conf." +#~ "\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 #, fuzzy -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "Avansert konfigurasjon" +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "K&lientinnstillinger" -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Angje DN som skal brukast for bindingar til LDAP-serveren." +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Ad&ministrasjonsinnstillinger" -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 #, fuzzy -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "Angje DN for konfigurasjonsbase." +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "Namn og kontekster" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you reread settings from the server,\n" -"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" -msgstr "" -"Viss du les innstillingar frå serveren på nytt,\n" -"vil alle endringar gå tapt. Er du sikker på at du vil lesa inn på nytt?\n" +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "&Brukerkart" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configure the template used for creating \n" -"new objects (like users or groups)." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n" -"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper)." -"\n" +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "&Bla gjennom" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" -"Changing the cn value renames the template." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Nytte Rediger for å redigera malen sin attributtverdier.\n" -"Malen får nytt namn når cn-verdet vert endra." -"\n" +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "&Gruppekart" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The second table contains a list of default values used\n" -"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" -"removing current ones." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over standardverdier som vert nytta\n" -"for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n" -"sletta eksisterande." -"\n" +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "&Bla igjennom" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 #, fuzzy -msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "Attributt" +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "&Brukerkart" -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 #, fuzzy -msgid "Value" -msgstr "Verd" +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "&Nytte Kerberos" -#. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 #, fuzzy -msgid "Default Values for New Objects" -msgstr "Standardverdier for nye objekt" +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "Standard reg&ion" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 #, fuzzy -msgid "Attribute of Object" -msgstr "Objektattributt" +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "&KDC-serveradresse" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 #, fuzzy -msgid "Default Value" -msgstr "Standardverdi" +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-skjema" -#. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 #, fuzzy -msgid "A&dd" -msgstr "&Legg til" +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "Aktivar brukar- og gruppetelling" -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Edit" -msgstr "&Rediger" +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "&Frakoblet SSSD-autentisering" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 #, fuzzy -msgid "Object Template Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurasjon av objektmal" +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "Ein&dringsprotokoll for passord" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 #, fuzzy -msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta standardattributtet \"%1\"?" +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "Gruppemedlem&attributt" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" -"Enter a value." -msgstr "" -"Attributtet \"%1\" er obligatorisk.\n" -"Angje eit verd." +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurasjon av data&base-DN" -#. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 #, fuzzy -msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "Her kan du administrera konfigurasjonen som er lagra i LDAP-katalogen." +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "Administrator-&DN" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" -"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" -"create one with New. Delete the current module\n" -"using Delete." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Kvart konfigurasjonssett vert kalla ein konfigurasjonsmodul. Viss det ikkje\n" -"er nokon konfigurasjonsmodul i angjeven plassering (basekonfigurasjon),\n" -" opprettar du ein med Ny. Gjeldande modul vert sletta\n" -" med Slett." -"\n" +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "L&egg til base-DN" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" -"current module." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Rediger attributtverdiene i tabellen med Rediger.\n" -"Nokre verd har spesielle tydingar. Ved å endra cn-verdet endrar du til dømes namn på\n" -"gjeldande modul." -"\n" +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "Oppre&t standard konfigurasjonsobjekter" -#. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To configure the default template of the current module,\n" -"click Configure Template.\n" -"" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"For å konfigurera standardmalen for gjeldande modul,\n" -"klikk Konfigurer mal.\n" -"" -"\n" +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurer &innstillingar for brukeradministrasjon …" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration &Module" -msgstr "Modulen til&konfigurasjon" +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Avansert konfigurasjon" -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 #, fuzzy -msgid "C&onfigure Template" -msgstr "K&onfigurer mal" +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Angje DN som skal brukast for bindingar til LDAP-serveren." -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 #, fuzzy -msgid "Module Configuration" -msgstr "Modulkonfigurasjon" +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "Angje DN for konfigurasjonsbase." -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 #, fuzzy -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta modulen \"%1\"?" +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta modulen \"%1\"?" -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Du har konfigurasjonsmoduler\n" -"av alle typar, så du kan ikkje leggja til nokon ny." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du har konfigurasjonsmoduler\n" +#~ "av alle typar, så du kan ikkje leggja til nokon ny." -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiserer …" +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "Initialiserer …" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/live-installer.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-18 20:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 #, fuzzy msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -139,15 +139,15 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 #, fuzzy msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Ulovlege parametrar:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 #, fuzzy msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Duplikatoppsett." @@ -155,90 +155,77 @@ #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Vis detaljar" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 #, fuzzy msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Ulovleg parameter:" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 #, fuzzy msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Ulovlege parametrar:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 #, fuzzy msgid "item" msgstr "Element" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 #, fuzzy msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Duplisert oppsett." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 #, fuzzy msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Finn ikkje /sbin/multipath" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 #, fuzzy msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "'Nytte multipath' mislukkast:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 #, fuzzy -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "*Kan ikkje aktivera boot.multipath" - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 -#, fuzzy msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan ikkje aktivera multipathd" -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 #, fuzzy msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Kan ikkje starta multipathd" -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "'Ikkje nytte multipath' mislukkast:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 #, fuzzy msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Kan ikkje stoppa multipath" -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 #, fuzzy msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan ikkje deaktivere multipathd" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -#, fuzzy -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Kan ikkje deaktivere boot.multipath" - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy @@ -493,39 +480,39 @@ #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 #, fuzzy msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "skal vera eit desimalheltall" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 #, fuzzy msgid "illegal value" msgstr "ulovleg verd" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 #, fuzzy msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "skal vera større enn 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 #, fuzzy msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "ugyldig desimalheltall" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 #, fuzzy msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "skal ikkje vera tom" @@ -670,3 +657,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Vil du ignorera endringa?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "*Kan ikkje aktivera boot.multipath" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Kan ikkje deaktivere boot.multipath" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Pakke&versjonar" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 #, fuzzy msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Pakker med status" @@ -37,55 +37,55 @@ #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatiske endringar" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 #, fuzzy msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "I tillegg til dei manuelle vala dine er følgjande" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 #, fuzzy msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "pakkar endra for å lause avhengigheter:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 #, fuzzy msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Du kan velja å installera likevel, men du risikerer å få eit skadt system." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Vil du halda likevel fram" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 #, fuzzy msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensavtale" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 #, fuzzy msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filter: " #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 #, fuzzy msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Total nedlastingsstørrelse: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 #, fuzzy msgid "&Help" @@ -93,21 +93,21 @@ #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 #, fuzzy msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Avbryt" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 #, fuzzy msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Stadfest" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 #, fuzzy msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "&Oppset" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "Rådde til pakkeoppdateringer" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "Omsetjingar, ordbøker og andre språkrelaterte filar for lokaliteten %s" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Mønstre" @@ -435,45 +435,57 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "&Ignorer tilrådde pakker for allereie installerte pakker" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Installerte pakker" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" +msgstr "&Ignorer tilrådde pakker for allereie installerte pakker" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Rydd opp når pakker vert fjerna" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 #, fuzzy msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Till&at byte av leverandør" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "&Generer testkasus for konfliktløsning" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 #, fuzzy msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakkeavhengigheter er OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 #, fuzzy +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "&Ignorer tilrådde pakker for allereie installerte pakker" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +#, fuzzy msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Testkasus for avhengighetsløsing lagra i" #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "" - -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 #, fuzzy msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Systemavhengigheter verifisert." @@ -655,7 +667,7 @@ #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammendrag" @@ -941,34 +953,34 @@ msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "Fjern avkryssingen for Automatisk konfliktkontroll for å deaktivere konfliktkontroll etter kvar statusendring. I så fall kan du kontrollera avhengigheter manuelt ved å bruka Kontrollar konfliktar no. Valet Verifiser system vil kontrollera avhengigheter og løysa konfliktar automatisk. Om naudsynt vil manglande pakker merkast for automatisk installasjon. For feilsøkingsformål kan du bruka Generer testkasus for konfliktløsning. Dette vil lagra informasjon om pakkekonflikter i katalogen <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dette er informasjonen du treng viss du vert spurd om \"solver testcase\" i bugzilla." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Available options for dependency checking are: " -"Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +"Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "Tilgjengelege val for avhengighetskontroll er: Systemverifiseringsmodus (overvak og reparer avhengigheter for allereie installerte pakker og lòs konfliktar umiddelbart), Rydd opp når pakker vert fjerna (fjern pakkar som ikkje lenger krevjast av andre pakker) og Tillat byte av leverandør (pakka kan ha ein annan leverandør enn den installerte pakka). Hugs: Etter at systemet er kontrollert med Verifiser systemet no, vil Systemverifiseringsmodus aktiverast (fjern eventuelt dette valet)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 msgid "" "Advanced options: " " Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 #, fuzzy msgid "" "View: " "Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." msgstr "Vis: Her kan du velja kva for ein informasjon som skal visast om den valde pakka i vindauget under pakketabellen. Tilgjengelege val er: pakkebeskrivelse, teknisk informasjon (versjon, storleik, lisens osb.), pakkeversjoner (alle tigjengelige), filliste (alle filene som pakka består av) og avhengigheter (gir, krev osb.)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration: " "This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." msgstr "Oppset: I denne menyen er pakkevelgeren integrert med resten av pakkehandsamarverktøyene. Her kan du velja Start pakkebrønnhandsamar for å redigera pakkebrønner, velja å oppdatera pakkebrønner og setja opp periodisk nedlasting av tilgjengelege oppdateringar (Start oppsett av online-oppdatering). Du kan òg velja ein av dei tre måtane pakkevelgeren skal avsluttast på i menyen Handlng etter pakkeinstallasjon." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Extras: " @@ -976,252 +988,252 @@ msgstr "Under Tillegg: finn du diverse funksjonar. Eksportar pakkeliste til fil lagrar rådata om installerte pakker, mønster og språk i ein spesifisert XML-fil. Denne fila kan seinare brukast av funksjonen Importar pakkeliste frå fil, t.d. på ein anna datamaskin. Dette vil gje pakkene på måldatamaskinen same status som XML-fila skildrar. Vis ledig diskplass vil visa brukt og ledig plass på den monterte partisjonen i eit oppsprettvindu." #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 #, fuzzy msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Søk i " #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Søkestreng" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Code" msgstr "Kode" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Language" msgstr "Språk" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 #, fuzzy msgid "URL" msgstr "Nettadresse" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Version" msgstr "Versjon" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Lagringskatalog" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 #, fuzzy msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Tilgj. vers." #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 #, fuzzy msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Inst. vers." #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Size" msgstr "Storleik" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 #, fuzzy msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 #, fuzzy msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Løyser …" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Lagrar …" #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Lastar …" #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Oversyn over brukt diskplass" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partisjon" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 #, fuzzy msgid "Used" msgstr "Brukt" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 #, fuzzy msgid "Free" msgstr "Ledig" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 #, fuzzy msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "Ikkje nok diskplass!" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Nesten all diskplass er brukt!" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 #, fuzzy msgid "needs" msgstr "treng" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 #, fuzzy msgid "more disk space." msgstr "meir diskplass." #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: " msgstr "Versjon: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 #, fuzzy msgid "Size: " msgstr "Storleik: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed: " msgstr "Installert: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 #, fuzzy msgid "Authors: " msgstr "Opphavsmenn: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 #, fuzzy msgid "License: " msgstr "Lisens: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 #, fuzzy msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "Medienr.: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "Pakkegruppe: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 #, fuzzy msgid "Provides: " msgstr "Gjev: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Requires: " msgstr "Krev: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 #, fuzzy msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "Føreset: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "Er i konflikt med: " #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 #, fuzzy msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "Liste over installerte filer: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 #, fuzzy msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Omsetjingar, ordbøker og andre språkrelaterte filar for " #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 #, fuzzy msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Pakkeoppdateringer, status og installasjon" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 msgid "" "General information about patches:" "The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." msgstr "Pakkeoppdateringer for \"libzypp\" (handsaming av pakker, oppdateringar, mønster og produkt) vil alltid installerast først. Andre pakkeoppdateringer må installerast i etterpå." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Meaning of the status flags:" @@ -1235,14 +1247,14 @@ "+ : Du har valt å installera denne pakkeoppdateringen." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 msgid "" "More details about the status: " "If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 msgid "" "The menus:" "The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. " @@ -1252,50 +1264,50 @@ msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advarsel" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 #, fuzzy msgid "Error" msgstr "Feil" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Notify" msgstr "Merk" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 #, fuzzy msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 #, fuzzy msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nei" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 #, fuzzy msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- prøv igjen" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 #, fuzzy msgid "" "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " @@ -1305,13 +1317,13 @@ "Vil du verkeleg avslutta?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Tilgjengelege språk" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Tilgjengelege pakkebrønner" @@ -1320,44 +1332,44 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Naudsynte pakkeoppdateringer" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Installerte pakker" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Online-oppgraderinger" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Oppgraderingsfeil -- sjå hjelp" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 #, fuzzy msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Søkeresultater" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakkeavhengigheter" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Update Problem List " @@ -1377,30 +1389,30 @@ "Vel kva du vil gjera med dei manuelt. Det sikraste alternativet er å fjerna pakka." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Source" msgstr "Kilde" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Oppgraderingsliste" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 #, fuzzy msgid "Patch: " msgstr "oppgradering: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 #, fuzzy msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Ingen oppdateringar tilgjengeleg" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 #, fuzzy msgid "Script" msgstr "Skript" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ncurses.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/network.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "Navneserverens IP-adresse er ugyldig." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Sammendrag av DNS-oppsett:" @@ -69,31 +69,31 @@ #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr "Nytte NetworkManager" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "" @@ -104,41 +104,41 @@ msgstr "Lagrar brannmurkonfigurasjon …" #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Brannmur og SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Brannmur og SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Grunnleggjande brannmur- og SSH-oppsett" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Brannmur- og SSH-teneste" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Aktiver brannmur" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Opne SSH-port og aktivum SSH-teneste" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> " @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ "SSH er ei teneste som tillèt innlogging på denne datamaskina via ein spesiell\n" "SSH-klient" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ "Her kan du velja om brannmuren skal aktiverast eller deaktiveres etter\n" "installasjonen. Det vert rådt til å aktivera henne." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ "at han vil startast ved oppstart av maskina)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -183,43 +183,43 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil aktiverast (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">deaktiver</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil verta deaktivert (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktivum</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil aktiverast (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">deaktiver</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil verta deaktivert (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktivum</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil aktiverast (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">deaktiver</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil verta deaktivert (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktivum</a>)" @@ -227,12 +227,12 @@ #. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description #. Returns nil if this part should be skipped #. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil aktiverast (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">deaktiver</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "Brannmuren vil verta deaktivert (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">aktivum</a>)" @@ -247,37 +247,37 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Vertsmaskiner, oppsettssammendrag:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Kobler til Internett …" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "Laster ned dei nyaste versjonsmerknadene …" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "Kobler frå sambandet …" #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "Kontrollerer internettforbindelse" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, view the progress of the\n" @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ "\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ "\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" @@ -313,73 +313,73 @@ "\n" #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testresultat:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "&Avbryt test" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 #, fuzzy msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Kontroller status" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 #, fuzzy msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Vis loggar …" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Success" msgstr "Fullført" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Failure" msgstr "Feil" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Nettverksgrensesnitt i kjerne" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Tabell for kjerneruting" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Kontroll av vertsnavn" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Kjernemeldinger" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 #, fuzzy msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Nedlasting av versjonsmerknader" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" @@ -389,20 +389,20 @@ "RPM-signaturkontrollen mislukkast." #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Installasjon av nedlastede versjonsmerknader mislukkast." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 #, fuzzy msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Tilkobling" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" @@ -412,14 +412,14 @@ "loggar med meir informasjon.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 #, fuzzy msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Ingen nettadresse for versjonsmerknader er angjevne. Internett-testen kan ikkje utførast." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ "nettverksoppsettet og klikk 'Avbryt'." #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" @@ -447,13 +447,13 @@ "logg for meir informasjon." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 #, fuzzy msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Søk etter oppgraderinger" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ "loggar med meir informasjon.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 #, fuzzy msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Frakobling av samband" @@ -519,70 +519,58 @@ msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "IDA til-Oppsett" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Bruk statisk eller dynamisk oppsett" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Konfigurasjonsnavn" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll" - -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 -#, fuzzy msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Eininga si IP-adresse" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Nettverksmaske" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Prefikslengde" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Bond-slavar" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Ethernet-eining for VLAN" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Grensesnitt nettverksbro" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Oppsettfeil: Grensesnitt er ikkje initialisert!" @@ -604,19 +592,19 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Nettverkskort" #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Nettverksoppsett" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" @@ -626,12 +614,12 @@ " tilhøyrande einingar, og klikk Start." #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "&Tilgjengelege nettverksmoduler:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" @@ -655,13 +643,13 @@ msgstr "Vel 'yes' for å tillata eller 'no' for ikkje å tillata ekstern administrasjon" #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Oppsettssammendrag for eksternt tilgjenge:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" @@ -685,7 +673,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Rutingoppsett" @@ -773,31 +761,31 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Rutingtabell" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Destination" msgstr "Bestemmelsessted" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Systemport" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Nettverksmaske" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 @@ -805,98 +793,98 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Eining" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 #, fuzzy msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Ingen oppføring for destinasjon '%1' i rutingtabell" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "IP-overføring er aktiverte" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "IP-overføring er deaktivert" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Aktiverer IP-overføring …" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Deaktiverer IP-overføring …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IP-overføring:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Minst destinasjon og IP-adresser for systemport vert spesifiserte" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Legg destinasjonen '%1' til rutingtabell …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "IP-adresse for destinasjon må spesifiserast" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Minst éin av følgjande parametrar (systemport, nettverksmaske, eining, val) må angjevast" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Oppdaterer destinasjonen '%1' i rutingtabellen …" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Slettar destinasjonen '%1' frå rutingtabellen …" #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Advarsel: ingen kryptering vert nytta." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "Endre." @@ -922,101 +910,101 @@ msgstr "Ikkje noko er sett opp" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA-ISDN-kort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 #, fuzzy msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB-ISDN-kort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA-Ethernet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB-Ethernet-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA-FDDI-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB-FDDI-nettverkskort" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA-ISDN-samband" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB-ISDN-samband" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA-modem" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB-modem" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCI-Tokenring-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB-Tokenring-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-nettverksenhet" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlaust PCMCIA-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådlaust USB-nettverkskort" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Ukjent nettverksenhet" @@ -1024,74 +1012,74 @@ #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Sat opp som %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med leverandør %2 (protokoll %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse (INGEN)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Konfigurert utan adresse" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Sat opp med adressa %1 (ekstern %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Sat opp med %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med adressa %2 (ekstern %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Sat opp som %1 med %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed" msgstr "Styrt" @@ -1187,86 +1175,86 @@ msgstr "- Koble til Internett" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- Last ned dei nyaste versjonsmerknadene" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- Sjå etter nye oppgraderinger" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Koble frå sambandet" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "Følgjande trinn vil utførast:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "Select:" msgstr "Vel:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Ja, køyr online-oppgradering no" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "N&ei, ingen oppgradering" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Tilgjengelege online-oppgraderinger" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Vil du lasta ned og installera dei vigde YaST online-oppgradering?" #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Testlogger for internettforbindelse:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Vel logg:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Tilleggsadresser" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IP-adresse" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" @@ -1275,7 +1263,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -1286,7 +1274,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1298,7 +1286,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 @@ -1306,179 +1294,179 @@ msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Slett" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Namn på grensesnitt" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "TODO er liten ulla!" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Tilordne grensesnitt til &brannmursone" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Obligatorisk grensesnitt" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Enhetstype" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 #, fuzzy msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Oppsettsnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleier" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgruppe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Bru-einingar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Ekste grensesnitt for &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-id" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Bond-slavar og rekkjefølgd" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "Up" msgstr "Opp" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Down" msgstr "Ned" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond-&slavar" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Val for &bond-driv" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "Vel alternativ for bond-drivaren, og rediger ved behov. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 #, fuzzy msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Tilkoblings- og IP-oppsett manglar (bonding-slavar)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Nytte iBFT-verd" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisk IP-adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP-versjon 4 og 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Berre DHCP-versjon 6" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisk tildelt IP-adresse" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Nettverksmaske" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Vertsmaskinnavn" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "E&kstern IP-adresse" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Den eksterne IP-adressa er ugyldig." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" @@ -1490,14 +1478,14 @@ "du er sikker på at feil grensesnittype vart funnen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Oppsettet %1 finst allereie." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" @@ -1512,23 +1500,23 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ugyldig IP-adresse." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske eller prefikslengde." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ugyldig vertsnavn." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" @@ -1544,7 +1532,7 @@ "Vil du likevel ikkje angje noko vertsnavn?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" @@ -1555,72 +1543,71 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 #, fuzzy msgid "&General" msgstr "&Generelt" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Enhetsaktivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Brannmursone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Største overføringsenhet (MTU)" -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Vel detaljerte innstillingar for nettverkskort her." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Sett opp IP-adressa di." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Maskinvare" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Bond-slavar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Trådlaust" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big>" @@ -1639,7 +1626,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Nettverkskortoppsett" @@ -1865,12 +1852,12 @@ msgstr "CI7000-adapter" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Bruk valet \"id\" for å definera ei eining." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "Verdet for \"id\" ligg utanfor området. Bruk valet \"list\" for å vise maksimumsverdien for \"id\"." @@ -1879,26 +1866,26 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for bootproto!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 #, fuzzy msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Ugyldig verd for startmode!" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Valet «ip» vert kravt for eit statisk oppsett!" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Eininga er sletta." @@ -1938,19 +1925,19 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Generelle alternativ" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversyn" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" @@ -1965,7 +1952,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" @@ -1978,7 +1965,7 @@ "Legg først til CD-ein som pakkebrønn i YaST, og gå tilbake \n" "til denne oppsettdialogen.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" @@ -1996,23 +1983,23 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Installerer fastvare" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "For å installera fastvare må skriptet 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' køyrast. Vil du køyra skriptet no?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under installasjon av fastvare." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" @@ -2028,13 +2015,13 @@ "vil det ikkje lengjer kunna styrast via NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 #, fuzzy msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Den valde eininga har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du verkeleg slette henne?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Oppsettsmetode for nettverk" @@ -2044,7 +2031,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Nettverksinnstillinger" @@ -2076,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "Endre standardrute vigde DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" @@ -2089,13 +2076,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" @@ -2106,7 +2093,7 @@ "tilordne nettverksenhetens MAC-adresse eller BusID til namnet (til dømes\n" "eth1, wlan0 ), og som sikrar at enhetsnavnet haldast på ved omstart av maskina.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" @@ -2118,7 +2105,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" @@ -2132,7 +2119,7 @@ "\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -2145,7 +2132,7 @@ "med same modulnavn, vil vala slåast saman ved lagring." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options." @@ -2155,7 +2142,7 @@ "\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" @@ -2168,7 +2155,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" @@ -2180,7 +2167,7 @@ "\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" @@ -2189,93 +2176,75 @@ "Alternativ for modulen skal skrivast i formatet som er spesifisert\n" "i rettleiinga IBM Device Anda til drivar Installation Commands." -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "Manuelt oppsett av nettverkskort" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "&Hotplugtype" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307 -#, fuzzy -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "P&CI" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kjernemodul" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhetsnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "Endre" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Vis synleg portidentifikasjon" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blink" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-val" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Manuelt val av nettverkskort" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" @@ -2286,20 +2255,20 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Nettverkskort" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Søk" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2309,7 +2278,7 @@ "Vel eit anna namn." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Oppset av S/390-nettverkskort" @@ -2318,156 +2287,156 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for S/390-eining" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Portnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Aktiver IPA-overtakelse" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Vil du aktivera &Layer 2-støytte" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 #, fuzzy msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-adresse for Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lesekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Skrivekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Kontrollkanal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Angje portnavnet for dette grensesnittet (det skilst mellom små og store bokstavar)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Angje eventuelle ekstra Alternativ for dette grensesnittet (adskilt av mellomrom)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Vel Aktivum IPA-overtakelse viss overtakelse av IP-adresse skal aktiverast for dette grensesnittet." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Vel Aktivum Layer 2-støytte viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Angje MAC-adresse for Layer 2-støytte viss dette kortet er sett opp med Layer 2-støytte." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Portnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 #, fuzzy msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsavbrudd" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Vel portnummeret for dette grensesnittet." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Angje LANCMD-tidsavbrudd for dette grensesnittet." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 #, fuzzy msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 #, fuzzy msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Utvida modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 #, fuzzy msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-basert tty (Linux til Linux-samband)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 #, fuzzy msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompatibilitetsmodus med OSAR/390 og z/OSAR" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 #, fuzzy msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Vel protokollen for dette grenssnittet." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Namn på &anna maskin" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" @@ -2479,7 +2448,7 @@ "\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2490,13 +2459,13 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Maskinvaredialog" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" @@ -2512,7 +2481,7 @@ "\n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> " @@ -2526,7 +2495,7 @@ "\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" @@ -2542,7 +2511,7 @@ "\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> " @@ -2556,8 +2525,8 @@ "\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Setup Method</big>" @@ -2574,9 +2543,7 @@ "for å byte mellom kabelnettverk og ulike trådlause nettverk." "\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" @@ -2588,7 +2555,17 @@ "eller viss du har behov for å bruka fleire grensesnitt samstundes." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package." +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> " @@ -2605,7 +2582,7 @@ "" "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> " @@ -2618,7 +2595,7 @@ "Klikk Legg til for å setja opp eit nytt nettverkskort manuelt." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> " @@ -2634,7 +2611,7 @@ "\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>" @@ -2654,13 +2631,13 @@ "for ipv6). Responstiden kan verta raskare viss du\n" "ikkje brukar IPv6 i nettverket.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Endringane vil aktiverast etter omstart." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" @@ -2676,7 +2653,7 @@ "å gje melding om at \"alt anna skal verta hit sendt\"." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" @@ -2690,13 +2667,13 @@ "\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2704,7 +2681,7 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" @@ -2719,7 +2696,7 @@ "Du må aktivera maskering og/eller angje minst éin omdirigeringsregel for brannmuren. Du kan\n" "bruka brannmurmodulen i YaST for å gjera dette." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2736,7 +2713,7 @@ "ulike vertsnavn." " " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" @@ -2752,7 +2729,7 @@ "utan at nettverket er aktivert. Viss ikkje, bør du vera forsiktig med dette valet, spesielt \n" "viss denne datamaskina tilbyr nettverkstjenester." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" @@ -2764,7 +2741,7 @@ "\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" @@ -2778,7 +2755,7 @@ "\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" @@ -2793,7 +2770,7 @@ "(t.d. susa.com) Domener skal vera adskilt av komma eller mellomrom." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" @@ -2807,7 +2784,7 @@ "kommandoen\n" "hostname." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" @@ -2824,7 +2801,7 @@ "DHCP-klienten, NetworkManager osb.). Dette er standardvalget Bruk standardpraksis, noko\n" "som er tilstrekkeleg for dei fleste oppsett." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" @@ -2846,7 +2823,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>" @@ -2861,7 +2838,7 @@ "Dette er spesielt nyttig for bond-nettverkskort." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." @@ -2871,7 +2848,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2883,7 +2860,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2897,7 +2874,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" @@ -2911,7 +2888,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2924,7 +2901,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2938,7 +2915,7 @@ "\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" @@ -2947,7 +2924,7 @@ "Spør nettverksadministratoren viss du treng meir informasjon om\n" "nettverksoppsettet." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" @@ -2956,7 +2933,7 @@ "DHCP-oppsett vert ikkje rådd til for dette produktet.\n" "Komponentane i dette produktet vil kanskje ikkje fungera med DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>" @@ -2977,12 +2954,12 @@ "grensesnittet. Viss ingen andre grensesnitt finst, vil \n" "brannmuren verta deaktivert." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Obligatorisk grensesnitt angjev om nettverkstjenesten skal gje ei feilmelding viss grensesnittet ikkje vert aktivert ved oppstart." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>" @@ -3003,7 +2980,7 @@ "angje ein egendefinert verd." "\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -3013,13 +2990,13 @@ "Berre einingar med verdet Aldri for enhetsakivering og som ikkje har noko adresseoppsett er tilgjengelege." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Val for DHCP-klient</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" @@ -3035,7 +3012,7 @@ "nettverksgrensesnitt og dermed same maskinvareadresse." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -3060,7 +3037,7 @@ "\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>" @@ -3074,7 +3051,7 @@ "\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -3084,27 +3061,27 @@ "nettverksmaske." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Aliasnavn er valfritt og ikkje lenger naudsynt. Den sin samla\n" " lengda på grensesnittnavnet (med kolon og nemning) må ikkje\n" " overstiga 15 teikn, og det tidlegare ifconfig-verktøyet vil kutta namnet etter 9 teikn." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Ikkje bruk namnet til grensesnittet i aliasnavnet. Bruk til dømes foo i staden for eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -3141,7 +3118,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" @@ -3150,8 +3127,7 @@ "Her kan du velja dei viktigaste innstillingane\n" "for trådlause nettverk." -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" @@ -3168,8 +3144,7 @@ "fungerer som aksesspunkt)." "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" @@ -3190,8 +3165,7 @@ "sterkaste signala." "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -3229,8 +3203,7 @@ "Styrt." "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" @@ -3247,7 +3220,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" @@ -3266,8 +3239,7 @@ "enkle å gjetta som passfrase." "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" @@ -3278,8 +3250,7 @@ "må du angje nokon tilleggsparametere i neste dialog." "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" @@ -3293,33 +3264,33 @@ "same katalog." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IP-adresse" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Maska til&nettverk" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "For lang nemning." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 #, fuzzy msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP-adressa er ugyldig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Ugyldig nettverksmaske." @@ -3351,30 +3322,30 @@ msgstr "&Heksadesimal" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP-&modus" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" @@ -3388,12 +3359,12 @@ "\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identitet" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" @@ -3409,25 +3380,25 @@ "\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonym identitet" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Klientsertifikat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" @@ -3445,26 +3416,26 @@ "\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "&Klientnøkkel" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Klientnøkkelpa&ssord" #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "&Serversertifikat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" @@ -3478,12 +3449,12 @@ "\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" @@ -3493,12 +3464,12 @@ "passord du har, eller viss du ikkje har nokon sertifikat- eller nøkkelfiler.\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Autentiseringsmetode" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" @@ -3514,12 +3485,12 @@ "\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP-versjon" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" @@ -3531,157 +3502,157 @@ "\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Udefinert" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 #, fuzzy msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Ingen kryptering" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP – Open" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP – Delt nøkkel" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA-versjon 1 eller 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Oppset av trådlaust nettverkskort" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for trådlaust nettverk" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "D&riftsmodus" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "Master" msgstr "Mastar" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 #, fuzzy msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&ttverksnavn (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Skann nettverk" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Autentiseringsmodus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 #, fuzzy msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Krypteringsnøkkel" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "&Avanserte innstillingar" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-nøklar" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA-autentiseringsmodus er berre mogleg i styrt driftsmodus." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Angje nettverksnavnet for denne modusen." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Nettverksnavnet må ikkje innehalda meir enn 32 teikn." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 #, fuzzy msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Passfrasen må innehalda mellom 8 og 63 teikn (totalt)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 #, fuzzy msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Nøkkelen må ha %1 heksadesimalsiffer." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 #, fuzzy msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen er ugyldig." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 #, fuzzy msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Krypteringsnøkkelen må angjevast for denne autentiseringsmodusen." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" @@ -3692,14 +3663,14 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar for trådlaust nettverk" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" @@ -3709,7 +3680,7 @@ "(sjeldan naudsynt)." #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" @@ -3725,7 +3696,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" @@ -3735,7 +3706,7 @@ "overføringshastighet. Standardinnstillingen er å bruka så høg fart som mogleg." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" @@ -3745,7 +3716,7 @@ "definera kva for eit punkt du vil kopla deg til ved å leggja inn aksesspunktets MAC-adresse." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" @@ -3758,89 +3729,69 @@ "som iblant ikkje er kopla til strømnettet." "\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To specify the Frequency instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"For å spesifisera frekvensen i staden for\n" -"kanalen, kan du velja eit verd." -"\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "&Frekvens" - #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisk" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 #, fuzzy msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Kanal" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 #, fuzzy msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "O&verføringshastighet" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Aksesspunkt" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Nytte &strømsparing" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 #, fuzzy msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanMode" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Angje krypteringsnøkkel" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 #, fuzzy msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Nøkkel" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Trådløsnøkler" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" @@ -3856,7 +3807,7 @@ "éin nøkkel." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" @@ -3872,50 +3823,50 @@ "verdet til 64." #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP-nøklar" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Nøkkellengde" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "No." msgstr "Nr." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøkkel" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 #, fuzzy msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Definer som st&andard" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Vel eit sertifikat" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" @@ -3925,7 +3876,7 @@ "som er usikkert og sårbart. Vil du halda fram utan CA ?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" @@ -3935,55 +3886,55 @@ "eller klientsertifikatet." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 #, fuzzy msgid "Any" msgstr "Udefinert" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 #, fuzzy msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 #, fuzzy msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP-informasjon" @@ -4041,13 +3992,13 @@ msgstr "Innstillingar for ekstern administrasjon" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Følgjande pakker må installerast:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" @@ -4060,88 +4011,80 @@ "\n" "Vil du freista igjen?\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265 -#, fuzzy -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "ikkje tilkoblet" - #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Oppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS-oppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL-oppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Vertsmaskinoppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN-oppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Oppsettet for nettverkskort er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modemoppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 #, fuzzy msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Mellomserveroppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Leverandøroppsettet er lagra" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Rutingoppsettet er lagra" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Vil du setja opp e-postsystemet no?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 #, fuzzy msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Vil du setja opp %1?" @@ -4152,144 +4095,144 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Nettverkskort" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modem" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kort" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-einingar" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle nettverksenheter" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Vertsnavnet er ugyldig." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domenenavn" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "Domenenavnet er ugyldig." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "&Endre vertsnavn vigde DHCP" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "Tilordne vertsn&avn til Loopback IP" #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&Endre DNS-oppsett" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Berre manuelt" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Nytte standardregel" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Nytte egendefinert regel" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "Egendefinert regel" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Navneserver &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Navneserverens IP-adresse er ugyldig." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Do&menesøk" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Navneserver &2" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Navneserver &3" #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Vertsmaskin- og domenenavn" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Navneservere og domensøkeliste" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Vertsnavn/DNS" @@ -4299,7 +4242,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 #, fuzzy msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "ingen grensesnitt med dhcp" @@ -4308,32 +4251,32 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "På grunn av multikast-DNS vert rådde til det ikkje å bruka .local som domenenavn. Vil du bruka det likevel?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 domener." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 #, fuzzy msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Søkelisten kan ha maksimalt %1 teikn." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 #, fuzzy msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Søkedomenet '%1' er ugyldig." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Vertsnavn- og navneserveroppsett" @@ -4393,13 +4336,13 @@ msgstr "Vertsmaskinaliaser" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Ver&tsmaskinaliaser" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Aliasnavnet \"%1\" er ugyldig." @@ -4482,7 +4425,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 #, fuzzy msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Standard systemport er ugyldig." @@ -4512,13 +4455,13 @@ msgstr "S&lett" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "&Linje ut, regulært uttrykk" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" @@ -4536,50 +4479,50 @@ "\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Oppsettsmetode" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatisk adressetildeling (vigde DHCP)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 #, fuzzy msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "S&tatisk adressetildeling" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Ved oppstart" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldri" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Vigde NetworkManager" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" @@ -4589,13 +4532,13 @@ "styrer grensesnittet. Oppsett i YaST er ikkje naudsynt." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuelt" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" @@ -4607,13 +4550,13 @@ ".\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Aktiv tilkoblingslinje" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" @@ -4627,13 +4570,13 @@ "eit trådlaust grensesnitt har tilgjenge til eit aksesspunkt.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Ved hotplugging" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" @@ -4647,14 +4590,13 @@ "oppstart dersom grensesnittet ikkje er tilkoblet.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 #, fuzzy msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "På NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" @@ -4665,27 +4607,15 @@ "verta deaktivert med <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. Men <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> kan brukast.\n" "Bruk dette valet viss du har eit NFS- eller iSCI-rotfilsystem.\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Å bruka På NFSroot er nesten sin om 'auto'. Men grensesnitt med denne startmodusen vil aldri\n" -"verta deaktivert med 'rcnetwork stop'. Men 'ifdown <iface>' fungerer.\n" -"Bruk dette valet viss du har eit nfs- eller iscsi-rotfilsystem.\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Aktiver &eining" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big>" @@ -4702,63 +4632,63 @@ "%1" "\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Brannmuren er ikkje installert" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Angje &MTU" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "Nettverkstjenester" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "&Tradisjonell metode med ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 #, fuzzy msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Bru-einingar" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Nettverkstjenester" @@ -4766,12 +4696,12 @@ #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Panelprogram vert kravd" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" @@ -4782,41 +4712,41 @@ "(knetworkmanager for KDE og NM-applet for GNOME).\n" "Viss det ikkje allereie køyrer, start det manuelt." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Generelt nettverksoppsett" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6-protokollinnstillinger" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Aktivar IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Ukjend eining" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tilordnet" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4826,82 +4756,92 @@ "%2 – %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Endre eining" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Val av nettverksenhet" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +msgid "configured" +msgstr "Ikkje sat opp" + #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Stadfest omstart av nettverk" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 #, fuzzy msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "På grunn av nettverksbroen må YaST2 starta nettverket på nytt for å aktivare innstillingane." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enhetsnavn" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Oppsettnavnet finst allereie!" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Konfigurasjonsnavn" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Skriv vertsnavn" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Oppdater mellomserveroppsett" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Oppdater /etc/resolve.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Skrivar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett" @@ -4909,14 +4849,14 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavn …" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Oppdaterer mellomserveroppsett …" @@ -4924,36 +4864,36 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Oppdaterer /etc/resolve.conf …" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Vertsnavn: Definert av DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Vertsnavn: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Vertsnavnet vil ikkje lagrast i /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 #, fuzzy msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Navneservere: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Søkeliste: %1" @@ -5112,7 +5052,7 @@ #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" @@ -5125,109 +5065,109 @@ msgstr "Start maskina på nytt for å aktivare denne endringa." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 #, fuzzy msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Lagre driverinformasjon" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Lagre enhetsoppsett" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 #, fuzzy msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Lagre nettverksoppsett" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Lagre rutingoppsett" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Lagre vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Sett opp nettverkstjenester" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktivar nettverkstjenester" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Lagrar /etc/modprobe.conf …" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar enhetsoppsett …" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar nettverksoppsett …" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar rutinginformasjon …" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar vertsnavn og DNS-oppsett …" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Set opp nettverkstjenester …" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 #, fuzzy msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktiverer nettverkstjenester …" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Ingen nettverk er aktiverte" @@ -5235,162 +5175,161 @@ #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Nettverksmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Grensesnitt som vert kontrollerte av NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Deaktiver NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Tradisjonelt nettveksoppsett med NetControl – ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Aktivar NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er aktivert" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Deaktiver IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Støtte for IPv6-protokollen er deaktivert" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 #, fuzzy msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Starta automatisk ved oppstart" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Starta automatisk vigde kabelforbindelse" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Nytte NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 #, fuzzy msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Vil ikkje startast i det heile" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 #, fuzzy msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Starta manuelt" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt vigde" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adresse: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adresse %1, nettverksmaske %2" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ikkje sat opp" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Enhetsnavn: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 #, fuzzy msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bond Vert slava" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ikkje tilkoblet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 #, fuzzy msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Ingen maskinvareinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Kunne ikkje setja opp nettverkskortet fordi kjerneenheten (eth0, wlan0) ikkje finst. Dette vert vanlegvis skulda manglande fastvare (for wlan-einingar). Sjå resultatet av dmesg-kommandoen." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -5400,12 +5339,12 @@ "for å gå til oppsett." "\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Naudsynt fastvare" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 #, fuzzy msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukjent" @@ -5447,12 +5386,12 @@ #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -5460,69 +5399,69 @@ msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon er aktivert." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Ekstern administrasjon is deaktivert." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Lagre oppsett for IP-overføring" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for IP-overføring …" #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Lagrar oppsett for ruter …" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 #, fuzzy msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Systemport: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-overføring:" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-overføring:" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatisk tilordnet sone" @@ -5540,7 +5479,51 @@ msgstr "(ubeskyttet" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "Enhetsoppstartsprotokoll" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Manuelt oppsett av nettverkskort" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "&Hotplugtype" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "P&CI" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" +#~ "To specify the Frequency instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For å spesifisera frekvensen i staden for\n" +#~ "kanalen, kan du velja eit verd." +#~ "\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&Frekvens" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "ikkje tilkoblet" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Å bruka På NFSroot er nesten sin om 'auto'. Men grensesnitt med denne startmodusen vil aldri\n" +#~ "verta deaktivert med 'rcnetwork stop'. Men 'ifdown <iface>' fungerer.\n" +#~ "Bruk dette valet viss du har eit nfs- eller iscsi-rotfilsystem.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" #~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" #~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,31 +19,31 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-klient" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Vis konfigurerte NFS-monteringer" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Legg til ein NFS-montering" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Rediger ein NFS-montering" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Slett ein NFS-montering" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Eksternt filsystem (i formatet 'host:path')" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Lokalt monteringspunkt" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativer" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "Filsystem-id, nfs og nfs4 vert støtta. Standardverdien er nfs." @@ -85,24 +85,24 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "Server" msgstr "Servar" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Eksternt filsystem" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "Alternativ" @@ -110,32 +110,32 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Feil verd for valet «type»" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 #, fuzzy msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "NFS-monteringspunkt ikkje spesifisert." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 #, fuzzy msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Ingen NFS-monteringspunkter som samsvarer med kriteria, vart funne." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 #, fuzzy msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Fleire NFS-monteringspunkter samsvarer med kriteria:" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ "0..9, A..Z, a..z, punktum, – og _." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ "med monteringspunktet '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ "og han må byrja med ein skråstrek (/)." #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ "som er eksporterte frå eksterne servera og montert lokalt vigd NFS (delte NFS-ressursar)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ "om montering av NFS og monteringsvalg på manualsiden <tt>nfs</tt>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ "ein montert delt ressurs, bruk Rediger-knappen. Fjern og avmonter ein vald delt ressurs med \n" "Slette-knappen." -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" @@ -225,19 +225,19 @@ #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servera" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Eksporterte katalogar" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "Vertsmaskinnavn for &NFS-servar" @@ -245,13 +245,13 @@ #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "Vel&g" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "&Ekstern katalog" @@ -260,23 +260,23 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Vel" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "Delt NFS&v4-ressurs" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt (lokalt)" @@ -284,31 +284,31 @@ #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bla gjennom" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "A&lternativer" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Søkar etter vertsmaskiner i dette lokalnettverket …" #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Ingen NFS-servar vart funne på nettverket." #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -320,20 +320,20 @@ "og kanskje blokkerer nettverkssøk." #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Hentar katalogliste for \"%1\"…" #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Vel monteringspunkt" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\t\t\n" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ "monteringspunkt." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" @@ -386,67 +386,67 @@ " finn du ei liste over val." #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Ekstern katalog" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-type" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Aktivar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-domenenavn" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 #, fuzzy msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "Delte &NFS-ressursar" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NF&S-innstillingar" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg slette %1?" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NFS-klient" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kunne ikkje oppretta katalogen '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -458,90 +458,91 @@ "NFS-klientkonfigurasjonen.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar NFS-konfigurasjon" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Deaktiver tenester" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 #, fuzzy msgid "Start services" msgstr "Aktiver tenester" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deaktiverer tenester …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Aktiverer tenester …" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for NFS-klient. Vent …" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kan ikkje montera NFS-oppføringer frå /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-oppføringer" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 oppføringer er konfigurerte" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Strenger utan innhald er ikkje tillaten." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" -msgstr "" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" +msgstr "Inkje verd for alternativet: %1" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Ukjent alternativ: %1" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ugyldig val: %1" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Inkje verd for alternativet: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nis.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-servera i domenet %1" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-klient" @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 #, fuzzy msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Sø&k" @@ -338,12 +338,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "&Nytte NIS" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Start auto&mounter" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 #, fuzzy @@ -356,9 +350,15 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-oppsett …" +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "Start auto&mounter" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av NIS-klient" @@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 #, fuzzy msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Å søkja etter servera fungerer berre dersom domenet er kjende." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" @@ -385,95 +385,95 @@ "Er du sikker?" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." msgstr "Normalt kan alle vertsmaskiner undersøkja kva for ein servar klienten brukar. Deaktiver Svar til eksterne vertsmaskiner for å avgrensa dette til den lokale vertsmaskinen." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." msgstr "Kryss av for Deaktivert servar viss svar frå servera som køyrer på ein port dei ikkje har rettar til, skal godkjennast. Dette er ein sikkerhetsrisiko, og det betre å erstatta slike servera." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 #, fuzzy msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "Skriv ein ypbind for å lesa om fleire alternativ." #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Sva&r til eksterne vertsmaskiner" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 #, fuzzy msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Dei&aktivert servar" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 #, fuzzy msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Andre alternativ for &ypbind" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servera (adskilt av mellomrom eller komma)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 #, fuzzy msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Kringkasting" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Domeneinnstillinger" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Domenenavn" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 #, fuzzy msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Dette domenet is allereie definert." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 #, fuzzy msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "Serveradressen '%1' er feilformatert." #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" @@ -483,65 +483,65 @@ "og SLP. Vel eitt alternativ." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "Spesifiser serverne for fleire domener." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." msgstr "SLP (Service Location Protocol) kan brukast for å søkja etter NIS-servera." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Fleire domener" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domane" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Kringkasting" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 #, fuzzy msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servera" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Legg til" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta dette domenet?" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS er aktivert." @@ -634,55 +634,55 @@ msgstr "Klient aktivert" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar NIS-konfigurasjon …" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Deaktiver tenester" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Start services" msgstr "Aktiver tenester" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deaktiverer tenester …" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Aktiverer tenester …" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Lagrar innstillingar for NIS-klient" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Ein feil oppstod under køyring av 'ypclient'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-serveren vart ikkje funnet." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "&Konfigurer …" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ "utan at pakka %1 er installert" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-servar …" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" @@ -1591,31 +1591,31 @@ msgstr "Initialiserer …" #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av NTP-klient" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 #, fuzzy msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Les nettverkskonfigurasjon" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Les NTP-innstillingar" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lesar nettverkskonfigurasjon …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Lesar NTP-innstillingar …" @@ -1626,136 +1626,136 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for NTP-klient" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 #, fuzzy msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Lagre NTP-innstillingar" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Start NTP-nissen på nytt" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Startar NTP-nissen på nytt …" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan ikkje oppdatera dynamisk oppsett." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan ikkje starta NTP-nissen på nytt." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 #, fuzzy msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP-nissen vert aktivert når systemet startar opp." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 #, fuzzy msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP-nissen startar ikkje automatisk." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 #, fuzzy msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servera: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklokker: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Direkteforbindelser: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 #, fuzzy msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Kringkast tidsinformasjon til: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Godta kringkasta tidsinformasjon frå: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Kombiner statisk oppsett og DHCP-oppsett." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Berre statisk oppsett." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Egendefinert oppsett." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Kontrollerer NTP-servar …" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Serveren er tilgjengeleg og svarar som han skal." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 #, fuzzy msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Serveren er ikkje tilgjengeleg eller svarar ikkje som han skal." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ #. Remove any removals #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing Packages..." msgstr "Fjernar pakker …" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Patterns..." msgstr "Installerer mønster …" @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakker …" @@ -429,42 +429,42 @@ msgid "Adding repository %1" msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønnen %1" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under initialisering av pakkebrønnen." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 #, fuzzy msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Vil du prøva igjen?" #. * Install all the specified packages #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" msgstr "Merkar pakka %1 for installasjon" #. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Advarsel: Pakka %1 kunne ikkje installerast." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Performing Installation..." msgstr "Utfører installasjon …" #. * Install all the specified patterns #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Advarsel: Mønstret %1 kunne ikkje installerast." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -242,9 +242,13 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" "Pakkehandsamaren vart oppdatert.\n" "Han vert derfor no avslutta og starta på nytt." @@ -320,63 +324,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Laster ned delta-RPM %1" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Forløpsindikator for nedlasting av delta-RPM" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Klarte ikkje lasta ned delta-RPM: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Tek i bruk delta-RPM: %1" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Forløpsindikator for installering av delta-RPM" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Klarte ikkje bruka delta-RPM: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdatering %1 " - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "Forløpsindikator for nedlasting av pakkeoppdatering" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Klarte ikkje lasta ned pakkeoppdatering: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Forløpsindikator for køyring av skript" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Startar skriptet %1" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -385,7 +374,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil ved klargjering av pakkebrønn." @@ -544,6 +533,15 @@ "Contact us if you need further assistance." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdatering %1 " + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "Forløpsindikator for nedlasting av pakkeoppdatering" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Klarte ikkje lasta ned pakkeoppdatering: %1" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n" #~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/packager.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Avbryt oppsett av pakkebrønn på Internett" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 #, fuzzy msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta konfigurasjonen?" @@ -276,49 +276,49 @@ "Vil du konfigurera nettverket?" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 #, fuzzy msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Test nettverksoppsett" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 #, fuzzy msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Last ned liste over online-pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Testar nettverksoppsett …" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Laster ned liste over online-pakkebrønner …" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Initialisere pakkehandsamar" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebrønnadminstrasjon …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Les liste over online-pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ "Nettverket er ikkje sett opp." #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ "å lasta ned ei liste over pakkebrønner frå." #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" @@ -362,13 +362,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr " tilRådd: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -408,32 +408,32 @@ "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 #, fuzzy msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Liste over online-pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Liste over pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Pakkebrønnbeskrivelse" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish." @@ -467,20 +467,20 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 #, fuzzy msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "Fjern avkryssingen for å fjerne ein pakkebrønn." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lagrar liste over online-pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." @@ -492,53 +492,53 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til pakkebrønnen %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Fjern online-pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Fjernar online-pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald …" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 #, fuzzy msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Legg til alle valde online-pakkebrønner" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Legger til alle valde online-pakkebrønner …" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 #, fuzzy msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Legger til pakkebrønn %1 …" #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakker …" @@ -605,8 +605,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "Nettadresse: %1" @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 #, fuzzy msgid "Details:" @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Try again?" @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ "Alle endringar vil gå tapt." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" @@ -1020,47 +1020,47 @@ " %1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner " -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Oppdaterer tenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Oppdater pakkebrønner" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Oppdater tenester" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønnen %1 …" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Oppdaterer tenesta %1 …" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Vil du sletta han valde pakkebrønnen frå lista?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ " med tilhøyrande katalogar?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ "for denne pakkebrønnen." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Repository %1\n" @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg leggja til denne pakkebrønnen på nytt?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration." @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ "Vil du installera dei no?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ "Pakkebrønnen på nettet kan ikkje veljast \n" "utan at pakka %1 er installert" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ "må pakka %1 installerast" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Start kontroll" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Lødast ut" @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1752,44 +1752,52 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Det oppstod ein feil under klargjøring av installasjonssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrollfilen %1 vart ikkje funnen på mediet." +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikkje bruka tilleggsprodukter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, adresse: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "Adresse: %1, Stig: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1798,39 +1806,39 @@ "Installasjsonspakkebrønnen inneheld òg dei angjevne tilleggspakkebrønnene.\n" "Vel dei du vil bruka." -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter som kan veljast" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Legg til valde &produkt" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Sett inn første installasjonsmedium." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikkje leggja til produktet %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" @@ -1929,7 +1937,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "Totalt" @@ -1939,72 +1947,72 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Laster ned %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Gjenstår: %1%2 pakkar)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Laster ned pakker …" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 av %2 pakker lasta ned)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Slettar %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Installerer %1 (installert storleik %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Brukar delta-RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Datamaskina er eit 64-bitar x86-64-system, men du freistar å installera ein 32-bitar-distribusjon." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 #, fuzzy msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Mønsterlisten viser kva for funksjonar som vil vera tilgjengelege etter at systemet er installert." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 #, fuzzy msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Forslaget angjev den samla storleiken på filene som vil installerast på systemet. Men systemet vil òg innehalda nokre fleire filer (mellombels filer og arbeidsfiler), slik at plassen som vert kravd, er litt større enn forslaget viser. Det er difor lura å ha minst 25 % (eller 300 MB) ledig plass før du startar installasjonen." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" @@ -2014,121 +2022,121 @@ " Dette verdet er viktig viss du har ein langsom samband, eller viss det er avgrensingar på mengda nedlastede datum." #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Programvareforslag" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Mønstre: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 #, fuzzy msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Storleik på pakker som skal installerast: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Laster ned liste over eksterne pakkebrønner: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 #, fuzzy msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Disse tilleggsproduktene er merkt for automatisk fjerning: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 #, fuzzy msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Be produsenten av desse tilleggsproduktene om nye installasjonsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 #, fuzzy msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Be produsenten av tilleggsproduktet om eit nytt installasjonsmedium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Feil: Kan ikkje kontrollera ledig plass på grunnkatalog %1 (eining %2), kan ikkje starta installasjon." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Advarsel: Kan ikkje kontrollera ledig plass katalog %1 (eining %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Ikkje nok diskplass." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Ikkje nok diskplass. Fjern nokon pakkar frå utvalet." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Det er berre %1 (%2%%) ledig plass på partisjonen %3. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul>" "<li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>" @@ -2147,13 +2155,13 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Ingen pakkebrønner funnet på '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" @@ -2167,36 +2175,36 @@ "frå SUSA Linux-webserveren." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrerer medium …" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Kunne ikkje integrera pakkebrønnen med oppdateringspakker." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialiserer pakkebrønner …" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Sett inn %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ikkje funnet" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" @@ -2206,7 +2214,7 @@ "Du finn meir informasjon i loggfilen %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" @@ -2216,13 +2224,13 @@ " Programvareforslaget vil handsamast på nytt." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Vurderer pakkeutvalg …" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2230,7 +2238,7 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename +#. @param [String] license_ident file name #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" @@ -2279,20 +2287,23 @@ "\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 #, fuzzy msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lisensavtale" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryta installasjonen av tilleggsproduktet?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" @@ -2302,7 +2313,7 @@ "Ynskjer du å avbryta?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" @@ -2312,13 +2323,19 @@ "av tilleggsprodukt. Ynskjer du å avbryta?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Systemet vert avslutta …" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "Lisensavtale" + #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" @@ -2385,128 +2402,116 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Laster ned delta-RPM %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdaterings-RPM %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kunne ikkje lasta ned delta-RPM: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kunne ikkje bruka delta-RPM: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Kunne ikkje lasta ned pakkeoppdatering: %1" - #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 #, fuzzy msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Søk vigde SLP …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Uoffis&ielle pakkebrønner" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Angje &nettadresse …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS …" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 #, fuzzy -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "&NFS …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 #, fuzzy msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Harddisk …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB-masselagring (USB-pinne, disk) …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokal katalog …" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokalt ISO-bilete …" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Last ne&d beskrivelsesfiler for pakkebrønnen" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" @@ -2516,7 +2521,7 @@ "av mediet, vel ISO-bilete." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2528,53 +2533,53 @@ "\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernavn" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Stig til katalog eller ISO-bilete" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-bilete" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "P&akkebrønnadresse" @@ -2582,45 +2587,45 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Pakkebrønnadresse" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-servar" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- eller DVD-medium" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harddisk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-pinne eller disk" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokal katalog" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokalt ISO-bilete" @@ -2630,27 +2635,27 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servar og katalog" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Eit pakkebrønnnavn må angjevast." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnavn" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> " @@ -2664,13 +2669,13 @@ "\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Namn på tena&ste" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> " @@ -2684,19 +2689,19 @@ "\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 #, fuzzy msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje ein nettadresse." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "&Nettadresse" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> " @@ -2712,18 +2717,18 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Rediger deler av adressa" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Rediger heile adressa" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> " @@ -2737,7 +2742,7 @@ "for å angje NFS-serverens vertsnavn og stigen på serveren." "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> " "\n" @@ -2747,18 +2752,18 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 #, fuzzy msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> " @@ -2770,13 +2775,13 @@ "Vel CD-ROM eller DVD-ROM for å angje medietypen." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-bildefil" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2786,7 +2791,7 @@ "eller katalogen finst ikkje.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2796,7 +2801,7 @@ "eller fila finst ikkje.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 #, fuzzy msgid "" "File '%1'\n" @@ -2808,19 +2813,19 @@ "Vil du bruka han likevel?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Stig til katalog" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&Ren RPM-katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> " @@ -2839,23 +2844,23 @@ "Ren RPM-katalog veljast." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB masselagringsenhet" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Filsystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Katalog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> " @@ -2879,7 +2884,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" @@ -2892,12 +2897,12 @@ "eller viss du vil bruka eit spesielt filsystem, vel du dette frå lista." #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskenhet" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> " @@ -2920,13 +2925,13 @@ "Ren RPM-katalog." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Stig til ISO-bilete" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> " @@ -2940,84 +2945,84 @@ "fila som inneheld ISO-biletet av installasjonsmediet." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Servar&namn" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 #, fuzzy msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Delt ressurs" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-bilete" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Katalog på servar" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 #, fuzzy msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentisering" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 #, fuzzy msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe eller domane" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Brukernavn" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 #, fuzzy msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 #, fuzzy msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> " @@ -3049,7 +3054,7 @@ "\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" @@ -3063,12 +3068,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> " @@ -3082,7 +3087,7 @@ "eller på harddisken." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3094,7 +3099,7 @@ "må du ha ein CD eller DVD med produktet tilgjengeleg." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3113,7 +3118,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3129,29 +3134,29 @@ "\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Vel medietype." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Sett inn CD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Sett inn DVD-ein med tilleggsproduktet" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ingen USB-disk vart funnen." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Download Files " @@ -3171,17 +3176,24 @@ "\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Medietype" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 #, fuzzy msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Tilleggsprodukter" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -3293,7 +3305,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 #, fuzzy msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Stasjon som skal løysast ut" @@ -3426,6 +3438,14 @@ msgstr "Fjern nokon pakkar frå utvalet." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "Laster ned pakkeoppdaterings-RPM %1 (nedlastingsstørrelse %2)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Kunne ikkje lasta ned pakkeoppdatering: %1" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" #~ msgstr "Nei, eg g&odkjenner ikkje avtala" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/pkg-bindings.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ msgstr "<BIG>Oppdaterer pakkebrønn</BIG>Pakkehandsamaren oppdaterer innhaldet i pakkebrønnen …" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Kan ikkje velja pakken for installering." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Pakken er ikkje tilgjengeleg." #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Klarte ikkje kopla til pakkehandsamaren" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Last ned skildringar" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Bygg opp att mellomlager" @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Legg til pakkebrønn …" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Lastar ned " #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Oppdater metadata" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønn …" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/printer.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -238,8 +238,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 #, fuzzy @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Vel ein driv." @@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ikkje noko er valt" @@ -700,8 +700,8 @@ #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 #, fuzzy msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Ingen drivervalg tilgjengelege" @@ -1079,7 +1079,11 @@ #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 #, fuzzy msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPM-pakka cup sin-backends er ikkje installert." @@ -1090,155 +1094,148 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Program (/stig/til/kommando?option=verd) [prosentkodet]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "For å skriva ut via 'pipa' må RPM-pakka cup sin-backends installerast." + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 #, fuzzy msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Eining si-URI (som 'beh' skal verta for nytta) [prosentkodet]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 #, fuzzy msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Deaktiver aldri køen" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Mengder nye forsøk ('0' angjev uavgrensa mengd)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 #, fuzzy msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Forseinking i sekund mellom to nye forsøk" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Vel ein tilkoblingstype." #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 #, fuzzy msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "Til&koblingstype" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 #, fuzzy msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Direkte tilkoblet eining" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "Parallellport" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-port" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 #, fuzzy msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-einingar (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "Serieport" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 #, fuzzy msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 #, fuzzy msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Tilgjenge til nettverksskriver eller utskriftsserverboks vigde" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 #, fuzzy msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 #, fuzzy msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "LPD-protokoll (linjeskrivernisse)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 #, fuzzy msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "IPP-protokoll (protokoll for internettutskrift)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 #, fuzzy msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Skriv ut via utskriftsserver" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 #, fuzzy msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Tradisjonell UNIX-servar (LPR/LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 #, fuzzy msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "Servane til-CUP (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 #, fuzzy -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 -#, fuzzy msgid "Special" msgstr "Spesiell" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 #, fuzzy msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Angje URI for anna eining" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 #, fuzzy msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Send utskriftsdata til anna program (pipa)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 #, fuzzy msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Feilhåndteringskjede for grunnsystem (beh)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 #, fuzzy msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Tilkoblingsinnstillinger" @@ -1254,7 +1251,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 #, fuzzy msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Tilkoblingsveiviser" @@ -1264,13 +1261,13 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 #, fuzzy msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "Versjonen til-CUP 1.5 støtter ikkje lenger SCSI-skrivarar." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" @@ -1284,14 +1281,14 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Vel ein tilkobling" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" @@ -1302,14 +1299,14 @@ "å koble til eininga via denne tilkoblingstypen.\n" "Har skrivaren vore tilkoblet og slått på heile tida?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Vel ein gyldig tilkobling" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" @@ -1320,22 +1317,22 @@ "kan du ikkje lenger koble til eininga med denne tilkoblingen.\n" "Er skrivaren framleis tilkoblet og slått på?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Feltane for seriell eining og overføringshastighet kan ikkje vera tomme." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 #, fuzzy msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "Paritetskontroll med 'space' vert berre støtta med 7 databits." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 #, fuzzy msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "Paritetskontroll med 'mark' vert berre støtta med 7 databits og 1 stoppbit." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 #, fuzzy msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Han må angjevast IDA til Ei-eining for bluetooth." @@ -1343,17 +1340,17 @@ #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 #, fuzzy msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "Det må angjevast ein URI." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 #, fuzzy msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Det må angjevast eit servernavn og ein skriv." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 #, fuzzy msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Både brukernavn og passord må angjevast." @@ -1361,7 +1358,11 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 #, fuzzy msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Eit servernavn må angjevast." @@ -1372,14 +1373,14 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 #, fuzzy msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Det må angjevast eit servernavn og eit kønavn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 #, fuzzy msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "Det må angjevast ei eining si-URI, mengd forsøk og ei forseinking." @@ -1387,19 +1388,19 @@ #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 #, fuzzy msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Kan ikkje vera tom." #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Vel ein produsent og ein 'rå kø'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 #, fuzzy msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Søk etter alle vertsmaskiner i lokalnettverket" @@ -1409,11 +1410,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1423,28 +1424,28 @@ "Dette kan ta meir enn eitt minutt." #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Søk etter vertsmaskiner som er tilgjengelege vigd TCP-port %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Søk etter vertsmaskiner som er tilgjengelege via Samba (SMB)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Søk etter vertsmaskiner som er tilgjengelege via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 #, fuzzy msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Søk etter vertsmaskiner som er tilgjengelege via port 631 (CUP sin/IPP)" @@ -1455,7 +1456,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" @@ -1466,7 +1467,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 #, fuzzy msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Tilgangstesten mislukkast for port '%1' på vertsmaskin '%2'." @@ -1477,15 +1478,15 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 #, fuzzy msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Tilgangstest mislukkast for køen '%1' på vertsmaskinen '%2'." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" @@ -1500,33 +1501,33 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 #, fuzzy msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Den generelle testen mislukkast for den delte ressursen '%1' på vertsmaskinen '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 #, fuzzy msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Tilgangstesten mislukkast for den delte ressursen '%1' på vertsmaskinen '%2'." #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 #, fuzzy msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Test OK" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 #, fuzzy msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "For å få støytte for Active Directory (R) må pakka samba-krb-printing installerast." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 #, fuzzy msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "Støtte for Active Directory (R) vil verta deaktivert for alle SMB-utskriftskøer." @@ -1686,18 +1687,10 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SpliX-driv for SPL-skrivarar utan JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Driv for Konica Minolta 2300W og 2400W (ikkje vedlikeholdt)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 #, fuzzy msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet-skriverdriver" @@ -1705,58 +1698,58 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Gøyr ein beskrivelsesfil for ein skriv tilgjengeleg" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Namn på skriverbeskrivelses&fil med heile filbanen til plasseringa" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bla gjennom" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Vel ein skriverbeskrivelsesfil" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Inkje tilgjenge til '%1'" #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Skriverbeskrivelsesfilen er ikkje kompatibel med spesifikasjonen." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 #, fuzzy msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Vil du bruka skriverbeskrivelsesfilen sjølv om han inneheld feil?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "Ein ikkje-kompatibel skriverbeskrivelsesfil kan føra til uventa feil." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Kunne ikkje gjera skriverbeskrivelsesfil tilgjengeleg" @@ -2753,7 +2746,7 @@ "A connection is specified as so called device URI. " "\n" "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. " +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. " "\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. " @@ -3043,87 +3036,18 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> " "\n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example: " "\n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 " -"\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 " -"\n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 " -"\n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. " -"\n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. " -"\n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs: " -"\n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 " -"\n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F " -"\n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"" msgstr "" -"\n" -"<big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big> " -"\n" -"Einingar som kobles til vigde parallellporten eller vigde USB,\n" -"vert registrert automatisk, og ei eining si-URI is genererast automatisk.\n" -"Til dømes: " -"\n" -"parallel:/dev/LP0 " -"\n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3 " -"\n" -"hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234 " -"\n" -"Normalt vil berre automatisk genererte eining si-URI-er fungera.\n" -"Viss eininga ikkje vert oppdaga automatisk, vil det normalt ikkje vera mogleg å kommunisera\n" -"med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han. " -"\n" -"For å få tilgjenge til ein HP-skriv eller ein alt-i-ei-eining vigd 'hp'-grunnsystemet\n" -"må RPM-pakka hplip installerast.\n" -"Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP. " -"\n" -"Einingar som kobles til via ein serieport, bluetooth,\n" -"eller SCSI vert vanlegvis registrert ikkje automatisk, slik at ei eining si-URI må\n" -"angjevast manuelt.\n" -"URI-parametrar for serielle einingar må samsvara med\n" -"skrivaren sin serieport.\n" -"Sjå brukerveiledningen for den serielle skrivaren.\n" -"Døme på eining si-URI-er: " -"\n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 " -"\n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F " -"\n" -"scsi:/dev/sg9 " -"\n" -"For å få tilgjenge til ei eining vigd bluetooth må RP-pakka bluez-cup sin installerast.\n" -"Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'bluetooth', som sender data\n" -"til ein bluetooth-skriv.\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3228,7 +3152,7 @@ "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3323,22 +3247,6 @@ "\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue " "\n" -"Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) " -"\n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is: " -"\n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue " -"\n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Eining si-URI-er for å skriva ut via ein utskriftsservermaskin</big> " @@ -3450,7 +3358,7 @@ "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3471,7 +3379,7 @@ "\n" "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) " "\n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. " "\n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" @@ -3565,7 +3473,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3660,7 +3568,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3692,7 +3600,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3722,7 +3630,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3750,7 +3658,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3780,7 +3688,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3812,7 +3720,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3854,7 +3762,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3936,7 +3844,7 @@ "" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3958,7 +3866,7 @@ "" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3968,7 +3876,7 @@ "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. " "\n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -4018,7 +3926,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -4058,7 +3966,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -4249,14 +4157,14 @@ "(dette kan ta eit bel)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Vil du ikkje lengjer brukar den utilgjengelige CUP sin-serveren '%1'?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "For å halda fram må du stadfesta at '%1' ikkje lenger vil brukast." @@ -4264,20 +4172,20 @@ #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 #, fuzzy msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Ein servar du ikkje har tilgjenge til, fører til ei endelaus rekkje av forseinkingar og feil." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 #, fuzzy msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "Servane til-CUP %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Kontrollerer om servane til ein-CUP er tilgjengeleg …" @@ -4285,42 +4193,42 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 #, fuzzy msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Vel ein oppføring." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan ikkje sletta" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 #, fuzzy msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan slettes." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Stadfest sletting" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Det valde oppsettet vil slettast umiddelbart, og kan ikkje gjenopprettes." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Slett oppsettet %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Ikkje slett" @@ -4332,24 +4240,24 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Stadfest sletting av ei klasse" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Ei slette klasse kan ikkje gjenopprettes med dette verktøyet." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 #, fuzzy msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Avviser utskriftsjobber" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 #, fuzzy msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskriftsjobber vert avvist." @@ -4357,13 +4265,13 @@ #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 #, fuzzy msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Utskrift deaktivert" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Testsiden kan ikkje skrivast ut fordi utskrift er deaktivert." @@ -4373,28 +4281,28 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 #, fuzzy msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kanskje vil slettast før testsiden skrivast ut." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Slett ventande utskriftsjobber for %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Slett dei før utskrift av testside" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Skriv ut testsiden etter dei andre utskriftsjobbene" @@ -4403,7 +4311,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje sletta alle jobbar i køen for %1." @@ -4423,32 +4331,32 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Utskriftstest" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Skriv ut éin eller to sider, t.d. for å testa tosidig utskrift" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Éin testside" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 #, fuzzy msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "To testsider" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje skriva ut testside for %1." @@ -4457,28 +4365,28 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 #, fuzzy msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Vent til testutskriften er fullførde" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 #, fuzzy msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Testside send til %1. Utskriften bør snart starta." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Testutskriften var vellukka" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 #, fuzzy msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Testutskrift mislukkast." @@ -4499,62 +4407,62 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 #, fuzzy msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Det er utskriftsjobber i køen som kan slettast no." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Slett alle ventande jobbar" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Ikkje slett" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 #, fuzzy msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld heile loggen." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 #, fuzzy msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "CUP sin-logg for handsaming av testside for %1 (berre engelsk)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 #, fuzzy msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Fila /var/log/cup sin/error_log inneheld Informasjonen til-CUP." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Be ein administrator for det eksterne systemet om hjelp viss ein utskrift via eit eksternt system mislukkast." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "Det er ein konflikt mellom ekstern CUP sin-serverinnstilling og nytt oppsett." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Kan ikkje endra" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 #, fuzzy msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Dette er eit eksternt oppsett. Berre lokale oppsett kan endrast." @@ -5362,146 +5270,60 @@ msgstr "Finn eigna skriverdrivere …" #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 #, fuzzy msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." msgstr "Ingen eigna driv funnet. Endre søkestrengen eller freist 'Finn fleire'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Handsamar fleire skriverdrivere. Vent …" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje leggja til køen %1." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje sletta oppsettet %1." #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Kunne ikkje finna drivervalg." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 #, fuzzy msgid "new value" msgstr "nytt verd" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 #, fuzzy msgid "saved value" msgstr "lagra verd" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 #, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ikkje tilgjengeleg via port 631 (IPP/CUP sin)." +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "Kon&trollar servar" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar på eit 'ping' i nettverket." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar ikkje på eit 'ping' i nettverket." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "Servernavnet '%1' er kjent i nettverket." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "Servernavnet '%1' er ikkje kjent i nettverket." - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'netcat'" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Pakka 'netcat' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'ping'" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Pakka 'iputils' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ikkje tilgjengeleg" - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'host'" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Pakka 'bind-utils' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar ikkje i nettverket" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ukjent" - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" @@ -5518,7 +5340,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" @@ -5531,7 +5353,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" @@ -5544,7 +5366,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" @@ -5719,3 +5541,154 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Hopp over venting" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "Parallellport" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "Serieport" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" +#~ msgstr "Novell Netware-utskriftsserver (IPX)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" +#~ msgstr "Driv for Konica Minolta 2300W og 2400W (ikkje vedlikeholdt)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +#~ "For example: " +#~ "\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" +#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. " +#~ "\n" +#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. " +#~ "\n" +#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" +#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" +#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" +#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" +#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" +#~ "Example device URIs: " +#~ "\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F " +#~ "\n" +#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" +#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Eining si-URI-er for direktetilkoblede einingar</big> " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Einingar som kobles til vigde parallellporten eller vigde USB,\n" +#~ "vert registrert automatisk, og ei eining si-URI is genererast automatisk.\n" +#~ "Til dømes: " +#~ "\n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/LP0 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printar?serial=A1B2C3 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_laserJet?serial=1234 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Normalt vil berre automatisk genererte eining si-URI-er fungera.\n" +#~ "Viss eininga ikkje vert oppdaga automatisk, vil det normalt ikkje vera mogleg å kommunisera\n" +#~ "med eininga, og ingen data vil sendast til han. " +#~ "\n" +#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ein HP-skriv eller ein alt-i-ei-eining vigd 'hp'-grunnsystemet\n" +#~ "må RPM-pakka hplip installerast.\n" +#~ "Pakka inneheld HPs utskrifts- og skanneprogramvare HPLIP. " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Einingar som kobles til via ein serieport, bluetooth,\n" +#~ "eller SCSI vert vanlegvis registrert ikkje automatisk, slik at ei eining si-URI må\n" +#~ "angjevast manuelt.\n" +#~ "URI-parametrar for serielle einingar må samsvara med\n" +#~ "skrivaren sin serieport.\n" +#~ "Sjå brukerveiledningen for den serielle skrivaren.\n" +#~ "Døme på eining si-URI-er: " +#~ "\n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bitar sine=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F " +#~ "\n" +#~ "scsi:/dev/sg9 " +#~ "\n" +#~ "For å få tilgjenge til ei eining vigd bluetooth må RP-pakka bluez-cup sin installerast.\n" +#~ "Pakka inneheld CUP sin-grunnsystemet 'bluetooth', som sender data\n" +#~ "til ein bluetooth-skriv.\n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ikkje tilgjengeleg via port 631 (IPP/CUP sin)." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar på eit 'ping' i nettverket." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar ikkje på eit 'ping' i nettverket." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "Servernavnet '%1' er kjent i nettverket." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "Servernavnet '%1' er ikkje kjent i nettverket." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'netcat'" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Pakka 'netcat' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'ping'" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Pakka 'iputils' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ikkje tilgjengeleg" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." +#~ msgstr "Kan ikkje køyra programmet 'host'" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Pakka 'bind-utils' vert kravd for å utføra denne kontrollen." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' svarar ikkje i nettverket" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "Serveren '%1' er ukjent" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,100 +18,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "" - -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "" - #. Informative label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." @@ -176,6 +82,12 @@ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "" +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" @@ -302,13 +214,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -317,42 +229,42 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "" #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -362,52 +274,140 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "" -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 15:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -18,232 +18,238 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "&Oppgraderingsproblem" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Mø&nster" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "Pakke&grupper" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-grupper" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Språk" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Søk" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "Sø&keord" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installasjonssamandrag" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "S&kildring" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tekniske data" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Avhengnadar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versjonar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Filliste" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Endringslogg" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Avbryt" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Godta" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fil" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importer …" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Eksporter …" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "A&vslutt – forkast endringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Avslutt – lagra endringar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakke" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakkar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Oppgrader viss nyare versjon er tilgjengeleg" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Oppgrader uansett" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Oppgradering" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Oppsett" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Pakkeb&rønnar …" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online-oppdatering …" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Avhengnadar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Kontroller no" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Autokontroller" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Rådde til pakker" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Val" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Vis ut&viklingspakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Vis -&debuginfo/-debugsource-pakkar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systemverifiseringsmodus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "&Ignorer tilrådde pakker for allereie installerte pakker" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 -#, fuzzy msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Rydd opp når pakker vert fjerna" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 #, fuzzy msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Till&at byte av leverandør" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 #, fuzzy msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Tillegg" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Vis &produkt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Vis p&akkeendringer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Vis &historie" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Installer alle tilhøyrande -&devel-pakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Installer alle tilhøyrande -dei&buginfo-pakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Installer alle tilhøyrande -dei&bugsource-pakker" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 #, fuzzy +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Installer alle tilhøyrande -&devel-pakker" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 +#, fuzzy msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generer &testkasus for konfliktløsning" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 #, fuzzy msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjelp" @@ -251,36 +257,36 @@ #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 #, fuzzy msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Oversyn" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 #, fuzzy msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbol" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Tastar" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 #, fuzzy msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakkeavhengigheter er OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "P&akkeoppdateringer" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 #, fuzzy msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Lagre pakkeliste" @@ -289,7 +295,7 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 #, fuzzy @@ -297,50 +303,50 @@ msgstr "Feil" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 #, fuzzy msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Feil under eksport av pakkeliste til %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Last pakkeliste" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 #, fuzzy msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Feil under lasting av pakkeliste frå %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakker vil oppdaterast" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Hald fram" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Avbryt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 #, fuzzy msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Avbryt byte av</a> systempakker til versjonane i pakkebrønnen %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Byt systempakker</a> til versjonane i denne pakkebrønnen (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 #, fuzzy msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Tilhøyrande pakkar lagt til:" @@ -348,10 +354,10 @@ #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 #, fuzzy msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" @@ -409,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr "I tillegg til dei manuelle vala dine er følgjande pakker endra for å lause avhengigheter:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "F&ortsett" @@ -1760,11 +1766,43 @@ "Det sikraste alternativet er å sletta dei.\n" "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 #, fuzzy msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 frå leverandør %3 (installert)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Pakker som ikkje vedlikeholdes" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1772,14 +1810,14 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 #, fuzzy msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 frå %3 med prioritet %4 og leverandør %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 #, fuzzy msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Denne versjonen er installert på systemet." @@ -1795,6 +1833,10 @@ msgstr "Pakka libqdialogsolver vert kravd for denne funksjonen." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "&Ignorer tilrådde pakker for allereie installerte pakker" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Close the current page" #~ msgstr "Lukk gjeldande side" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/qt.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/qt.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/qt.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -41,18 +41,23 @@ msgstr "Brukt %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. Close button for wizard help window #: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Lukk" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes..." +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Versjonsmerknader …" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Rediger stilsett" @@ -71,12 +76,12 @@ msgstr "Uventa klikk" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Fargebyte" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -109,22 +114,41 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Set opp YaST-logging:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Help" +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "Hjelp" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release Notes..." -msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "Versjonsmerknader …" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" msgstr "Steg" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Tre" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rdp.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/rear.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/registration.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,25 +19,25 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Bruk egendefinert registreringsserver" #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" @@ -45,216 +45,72 @@ #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registreringskode" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "Registreringskode" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "Pakkebrønner er oppdatert." - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "" - -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "Registreringskode" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "Registrering" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "" - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" - -#. %s is name of given product -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Registreringskode" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 -msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." -msgstr "" - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "Registrering" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registreringa er fullførd." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Produktregistrering" @@ -332,33 +188,33 @@ msgstr "Vel SMT-sertifikatfil" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" @@ -388,41 +244,41 @@ msgstr "" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingeravtrykk:" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Registreringskode" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -438,56 +294,56 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registreringskode" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registreringa kan ikkje utførast." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detaljer …" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -501,21 +357,37 @@ msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" -#. register the system and the base product -#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two -#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) -#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts -#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:228 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Registreringskode" @@ -524,72 +396,122 @@ #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "" + +#. not set yet? +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration added some update repositories." +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:204 +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during installation?" +msgstr "" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during update?" +msgstr "" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 #, fuzzy msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "SMT-sertifikat" #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukjend feil" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Startar registrering …" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" @@ -598,149 +520,182 @@ msgstr "Nedlasting av SMT-sertifikatfilen mislukkast" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules." "\n" "Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 #, fuzzy -msgid "Extension and Module Selection" -msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detaljer …" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 #, fuzzy -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detaljer …" +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." msgstr "" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "%s (not available)" -msgstr "" +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." -msgstr "" - #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registreringskode" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "" -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 #, fuzzy +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" "To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "Produktregistreringen legg til produktet ditt i Novells database, slik at du har tilgjenge til online-oppdateringar og teknisk støtte. Vel Køyr produktregistrering for å registrera produktet automatisk under installasjonen. For å forenkla prosessen kan du ta med informasjon om systemet med Maskinvareprofil og Tilleggsnformasjon." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" @@ -748,124 +703,375 @@ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "Viss det finst ein eigen SMT servar på nettverket, angje adressa til SMT-serveren og plasseringa til SMT-sertifikatet under Innstillingar for SMT-servar. SMT-rettleiinga inneheld meir informasjon." -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registreringskode" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for SMT-servar" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SMT-sertifikat: %1" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registrering" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Oppset for Novell kundesenter" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 #, fuzzy msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "SMT-sertifikat" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Serverens CA-sertifikat:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "SMT-Servar: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:78 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:162 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:191 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner …" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Manuelle val vert kravde" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:166 +msgid "%s will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "%s stays unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Registrering" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Pakkebrønner er oppdatert." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Kontrollerer …" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Bruk lokal registreringsserver" @@ -875,12 +1081,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SMT-sertifikat" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registering Product..." -#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -#~ msgstr[0] "Registreringskode" -#~ msgstr[1] "Registreringskode" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" #~ msgstr "Registreringskode" @@ -981,10 +1181,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Oppdaterte pakkebrønner" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Manual Interaction Required" -#~ msgstr "Manuelle val vert kravde" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Needed Information" #~ msgstr "Naudsynt informasjon" @@ -1328,14 +1524,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Set opp oppdateringskilde …" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner …" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration failed partially." -#~ msgstr "Hjelp for registreringsmodul" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 element med registreringsdata" @@ -1439,10 +1627,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Vent …" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Updating software repositories" -#~ msgstr "Oppdaterer pakkebrønner" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The software repositories have been updated.\n" #~ "Find details in the Software Repositories module." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/reipl.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -267,120 +267,120 @@ msgstr "" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ msgstr "&DASD" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:48 +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Oppretta s390-dumpenheter" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Oppset av av IUCV-terminalserver" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Innstillingar for IUCV-terminalserver" -#. Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module #: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -174,20 +174,18 @@ #. error popup message #. error popup message -#. error popup message #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Ingen disk valt." #. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "" @@ -325,7 +323,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Ugyldige filterkanal-ID-er." @@ -338,7 +336,7 @@ #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "Kanal" @@ -367,17 +365,14 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Ikkje ein gyldig kanal-ID." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Eininga finst allereie." @@ -537,7 +532,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Kontrolleroppsett" @@ -1427,9 +1422,14 @@ msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Legg til ny ZFCP-eining" + #. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" @@ -1438,49 +1438,6 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutta oppsett av ZFCP-einingar utan å lagra?\n" "Alle endringar vil gå tapt." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" -msgstr "Legg til ny ZFCP-eining" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:307 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&WWPN" -msgstr "&WWPN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Get WWPNs" -msgstr "Hent WWPN-einingar" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:316 -#, fuzzy -msgid "&LUN" -msgstr "&LUN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:320 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Get LUNs" -msgstr "Hent LUN-einingar" - -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:372 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:408 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." -msgstr "Den angjevne WWPN er ugyldig." - -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:416 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." -msgstr "Den angjevne WWPN er ugyldig." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy @@ -1540,12 +1497,12 @@ #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" @@ -1562,137 +1519,112 @@ msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> " "\n" -"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" -"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" -"(WWPN) and the LUN number." -"\n" +"Enter the Channel ID of the ZFCP controller.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Leggja til ein ny ZFCP-eining</big> " +"<big>Leggja til ein ny DASD-disk</big> " "\n" -"Angje ID for eininga du vil leggja til. Angje\n" -"Kanalnummer for ZFCP-kontrolleren, globalt portnummer\n" -"(WWPN) og FCP-LUN-nummeret." +"Angje ID-ein for disken du vil leggja til. Vel disken ved å bruka\n" +"Kanalnummer for DASD-disken." #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>." "\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" -"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>." -"\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Kanalnummer må verta med angjeve små bokstavar i eit sysfs-kompatibelt\n" -"format 0.0.<devno>, til dømes <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>." -"\n" -"WWPN må verta med angjevne små bokstavar i form av ein hex-verd med 16 siffer, til dømes\n" -"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>." -"\n" -"LUN må verta med angjevne små bokstavar i form av ein hex-verd med 16 siffer.\n" -"Alle etterstilte null må vera med, til dømes <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Køyrande mkinitrd og zipl." #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 #, fuzzy msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, Format: %2, Bruk DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 #, fuzzy msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, Format: %2, Bruk DIAG: %3" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Lesar oppsette DASD-diskar" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:432 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs ikkje montert." #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: Ugyldig status for <online>." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: Inga eining funne for <ccwid>." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje endra status på eininga" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: eininga er ikkje ein DASD" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje lasta modulen" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje aktivera DASD" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD er ikkje formatert" #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:480 #, fuzzy msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: Ukjend feil %2." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formatert" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 #, fuzzy msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Formatering av diskar mislukkast. Avslutningskode: %1" @@ -1700,7 +1632,7 @@ #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formaterer %1: sylinder %2 av %3 fullført" @@ -2033,83 +1965,137 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:302 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:292 #, fuzzy msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:311 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + #. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:367 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Lesar oppsette ZFCP-einingar" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:448 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." -msgstr "%1; Ugyldig WWPN." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1:Eininga <ccwid> finst ikkje." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:456 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." -msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje aktivera WWPN for kort %1." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje lasta ZFCP-modulen." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:464 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." -msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje aktivera ZFCP-eining." +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje endra kortstatus." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:472 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." -msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje deaktivere SCSI-disk." +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPN-portar er framleis aktive." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-LUN." +#~ msgid "&WWPN" +#~ msgstr "&WWPN" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-WWPN." +#~ msgid "Get WWPNs" +#~ msgstr "Hent WWPN-einingar" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:532 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." -msgstr "%1:Eininga <ccwid> finst ikkje." +#~ msgid "&LUN" +#~ msgstr "&LUN" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." -msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje lasta ZFCP-modulen." +#~ msgid "Get LUNs" +#~ msgstr "Hent LUN-einingar" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." -msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje endra kortstatus." +#~ msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Den angjevne WWPN er ugyldig." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 #, fuzzy -msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." -msgstr "%1: WWPN-portar er framleis aktive." +#~ msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Den angjevne WWPN er ugyldig." #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +#~ "Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#~ "(WWPN) and the LUN number." +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Leggja til ein ny ZFCP-eining</big> " +#~ "\n" +#~ "Angje ID for eininga du vil leggja til. Angje\n" +#~ "Kanalnummer for ZFCP-kontrolleren, globalt portnummer\n" +#~ "(WWPN) og FCP-LUN-nummeret." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#~ "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>." +#~ "\n" +#~ "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#~ "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>." +#~ "\n" +#~ "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#~ "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kanalnummer må verta med angjeve små bokstavar i eit sysfs-kompatibelt\n" +#~ "format 0.0.<devno>, til dømes <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>." +#~ "\n" +#~ "WWPN må verta med angjevne små bokstavar i form av ein hex-verd med 16 siffer, til dømes\n" +#~ "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>." +#~ "\n" +#~ "LUN må verta med angjevne små bokstavar i form av ein hex-verd med 16 siffer.\n" +#~ "Alle etterstilte null må vera med, til dømes <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +#~ msgstr "%1; Ugyldig WWPN." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +#~ msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje aktivera WWPN for kort %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +#~ msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje aktivera ZFCP-eining." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +#~ msgstr "%1: Kunne ikkje deaktivere SCSI-disk." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-LUN." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-WWPN." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select I&nstance" #~ msgstr "Vel versjo&n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-client.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" @@ -29,49 +29,49 @@ "Du finn meir informasjon i Samba-dokumentasjonen." #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Aktivar eller deaktiver Winbind-tenester (winbindd)" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Kryss av her viss denne maskina er medlem av eit domane" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "La denne maskina verta medlem av eit domane" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Endre generelle innstillingar for Samba" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Aktiver tenesta" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Deaktiver tenesta" #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Namnet på domenet maskina skal vera medlem av" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ "freista å verta medlem i domenet utan brukernavn og passord." #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Passordet som brukaren må nytta for å verta medlem i domenet" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Maskinkonto" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Namn på ein arbeidsgruppe" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Maskina er medlem i domenet %1." @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Brukernavn" @@ -709,24 +709,24 @@ "\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Maskinkonto OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "&Hent liste" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" @@ -735,41 +735,41 @@ "Brukernavn og passord vert kravd\n" "for å vise maskinkontoer." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 #, fuzzy msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Maskinkonto" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Verifiserer medlemskap i arbeidsgruppe …" #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "Angje brukernavn og passord for å gå ut av domenet %1." #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "" #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "Angje brukernavn og passord for å verta medlem av domenet %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "La felta vera tomme for å verta medlem av domenet anonymt." #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ "er medlem av domenet %1." #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" @@ -789,12 +789,12 @@ "av domenet %1." #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Skal han vera medlem av domenet %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ "Kan ikkje avgjera automatisk om denne vertsmaskinen\n" "er medlem av domenet %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" @@ -813,109 +813,109 @@ "av domenet %1." #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" msgstr "Det finst delte ressursar for brukaren. Vil du sletta eller halda på desse delte ressursane?" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Hald på" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Slett" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Andre delte Windows-ressursar er tilgjengelege. Vil du fjerne desse òg?" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Br&uk WINS for tolking av vertsnavn" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." msgstr "Viss du vil bruka WINS (Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service) for tolking av namn, kryss av for Bruk WINS for tolking av vertsnavn." #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Hent WINS-servera via &DHCP" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." msgstr "Vel Hent WINS-servera via DHCP for å nytta WINS-servera frå DHCP-informasjonen." #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 #, fuzzy msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Deling for brukarar" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Deling" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "L&a brukarar dela katalogar" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Tillat &gjestetilgang" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "Tillate gru&ppe" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Maksimalt mengd delte ressursar" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." msgstr "Med La brukarar dela katalogar kan medlemmane i Tillati gruppe dela sine eigne katalogar med andre brukarar, til dømes, <tt>users</tt> lokalt eller <tt>DOMANE%1Users</tt> for eit domane. Brukaren må òg sørga for at rettane for filsystemet gjev tilgjenge." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 #, fuzzy msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "Med Maksimalt mengd delte ressursar kan du avgrensa mengd delte ressursar som kan opprettast." #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." msgstr "For å tillata tilgjenge for brukarar utan autentisering, kryss av for Tillat gjestetilgang." #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" @@ -925,13 +925,13 @@ msgstr "I tabellen Monter serverkataloger kan du angje katalogar på serveren (t.d. hjemmekatalogen) som skal monterast lokalt når brukaren loggar inn. Viss monteringen skal vera brukerspesifikk, angje Brukernavn for vald regel. Viss ikkje, vil katalogen monterast for kvar brukar. Du finn meir informasjon på manualsiden 'pam_mount.conf'." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 #, fuzzy msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." msgstr "Du kan til dømes bruka verdet <tt>/home/%(DOMANE_bRUKAR)</tt> for Ekstern stig, <tt>~/</tt> verdet for Lokalt monteringspunkt for å montera hjemmekatalogen, saman med eit verd for <tt>user=%(DOMANE_bRUKAR</tt> under avVal." #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 #, fuzzy msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "Verdet for Kerberos-metode angjev korleis kerberosbilletter skal stadfestast. Viss Enkel pålogging for SSH vert nytta, er standard-Kerberos-metoden som vert definert av YaST, <tt>secrets og keytab</tt>. Manualsiden smb.conf inneheld meir informasjon." @@ -993,8 +993,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" @@ -1068,14 +1068,14 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" @@ -1100,85 +1100,85 @@ msgstr "" #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer oppsett av Samba-klient" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Les generelle Samba-innstillingar" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Les windbind-status" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Les generelle Samba-innstillingar …" #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Lesar winbind-status …" #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av Samba-klient" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Deaktiver Samba-tenester" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Aktiver Samba-tenester" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Deaktiverer Samba-tenester …" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Aktiverer Samba-tenester …" #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Lagrar konfigurasjon for Samba-klient" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar Kerberos-konfigurasjon …" @@ -1186,83 +1186,83 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane til %1." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Kan ikkje starta winbind-teneste." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan ikkje starta winbind-nisse." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Kan ikkje stoppa winbind-teneste." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan ikkje stansa winbind-nisse." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra PAM-innstillingar." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 #, fuzzy msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Generell konfigurasjon" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Arbeidsgruppe eller domane: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Opprett hjemmekatalog ved innlogging" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Frakob&leit autentisering" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Maksimalt mengd delte ressursar: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 #, fuzzy msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Arbeidsgruppe eller domane: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 #, fuzzy msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "Autentisering med SMB: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 #, fuzzy msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Den delte ressursen %1 finst allereie." @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktivert" @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktivert" @@ -443,17 +443,17 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Primær domenekontroller (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "S&ekundær domenekontroller (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Ingen domane&kontrollar" @@ -461,8 +461,8 @@ #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 #, fuzzy msgid "Yes" @@ -472,21 +472,21 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-installasjon" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Trinn 1 av 2" @@ -495,54 +495,54 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Arbeidsgruppe- eller domenenavn" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Trinn 2 av 2" #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Gjeldande domenenavn:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-servertype" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 #, fuzzy msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Ikkje tilgjengeleg fordi ein PDC er til steda." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Gje delt ressurs nytt namn" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nytt &namn på delt ressurs" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Angje eit namn for den nye delte ressursen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ "Vel eit anna namn på den delte ressursen." #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" @@ -564,30 +564,30 @@ "Vil du verkeleg slette henne?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 #, fuzzy msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "Sikre &domane" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje eit domenenavn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Kan ikkje etablera sikker domeneforbindelse." #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" @@ -601,15 +601,15 @@ "ein sikkerhetsrisiko." #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 #, fuzzy msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "&Sikre domener" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" @@ -619,278 +619,278 @@ "til det sikre domenet '%1'?" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 #, fuzzy msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Delt ressurs %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Avansert generell konfigurasjon" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 #, fuzzy msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identifikasjon" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 #, fuzzy msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "&Namn på delt ressurs" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "&Skildring av delt ressurs" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Delt ressurs-type" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 #, fuzzy msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Skriv" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Katalog" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 #, fuzzy msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "&Stig til delt ressurs" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 #, fuzzy msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Skrivebeskyttet" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 #, fuzzy msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Overta ACL-er" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "New Share" msgstr "Ny delt ressurs" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 #, fuzzy msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Stig for ein delt ressurs" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 #, fuzzy msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje eit namn for den delte ressursen." #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Du må angje ein stig til den delte ressursen." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Tilgjengelege delte ressursar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #, fuzzy msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "Vis &alle delte ressursar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 #, fuzzy msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "Ikkje vis delte &systemressurser" #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 #, fuzzy msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Skrivebeskyttet" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "Namn" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "Path" msgstr "Sti" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Comment" msgstr "Kommentar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "&Gje nytt namn …" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Endre status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 #, fuzzy msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "Støtte for WINS-servar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Ekstern WINS-servar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 #, fuzzy msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Na&vn" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 #, fuzzy msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Bruk WINS for tolking av vertsnavn" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 #, fuzzy msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Ingen DC" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 #, fuzzy msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primær (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 #, fuzzy msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Sekundær (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 #, fuzzy msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Grunninnstillinger" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Domane&kontrollar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar …" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 #, fuzzy msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "&Avanserte generelle innstillingar" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "&Metode for brukerautentisering" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 #, fuzzy msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-konfigurasjon" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "&Oppstart" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Delte ressursar" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 #, fuzzy msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentitet" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 #, fuzzy msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-innstillingar" #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 #, fuzzy msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS-&vertsmaskinnavn" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Kjelder for brukerinformasjon" #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" @@ -901,18 +901,18 @@ "administrasjonskonto (root).\n" "Han vil opprettast no." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 #, fuzzy msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Rot&passord for Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 #, fuzzy msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Stadfest passord" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -922,13 +922,13 @@ "av passordet er ikkje identiske." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Kan ikkje oppretta konto for brukaren %1." #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ "Angje brukernavn og passord\n" "for å verta medlem av domenet %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" @@ -947,19 +947,19 @@ "domenet anonymt." #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 #, fuzzy msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Brukernavn" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&Ikkje vert medlem" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 #, fuzzy msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Maskina er medlem av domenet %1." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje deaktivere %1." @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 #, fuzzy msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Fila %1 finst ikkje." @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Kunne ikkje lesa %1." @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 #, fuzzy msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Identifiser aktive skannere" @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 #, fuzzy msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Identifiserer aktive skannere …" @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" @@ -1443,21 +1443,21 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Ukjend eining" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Ukjend produsent" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Ukjend modell" @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 på %3" @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 #, fuzzy msgid "" "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" @@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" @@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" @@ -1711,60 +1711,60 @@ "Du kan òg halda fram og endra skriverkonfigurasjonen til å bruka ptal-tenesta.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Konfigurerer drivaren %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 #, fuzzy msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Kontrollar om tilleggspakker må installerast" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 #, fuzzy msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Kontrollar om fastvare må verta opp lasta" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 #, fuzzy msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Test og konfigurer systemet for spesielle drivarar" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Aktiver drivaren" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Kontrollerer om tilleggspakker må installerast …" #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Kontrollerer om opplasting av fastvare krevjast …" #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Testar og konfigurerer systemet for spesielle drivarar …" #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 #, fuzzy msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Aktiverer drivaren …" #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 #, fuzzy msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Ein naudsynt pakkar er ikkje installert" @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 #, fuzzy msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Drivaren %1 krev pakka %2." @@ -1784,9 +1784,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 #, fuzzy msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Avbrote" @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 #, fuzzy msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Fastvare må verta opp lasta" @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 #, fuzzy msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Skanneren vil ikkje fungera utan at ptal-tenesta køyrer." @@ -1817,13 +1817,13 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Kunne ikkje setja opp PTAL-systemet." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" @@ -1839,21 +1839,21 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 #, fuzzy msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." msgstr "hpoj-drivaren er deaktivert, men den tilhøyrande ptal-tenesta er ikkje deaktivert fordi han vert nytta av CUP sin-utskriftssystemet." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Kunne ikkje stoppa ptal-tenesta." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Kunne ikkje deaktivere ptal-tenesta." @@ -1861,26 +1861,26 @@ #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 #, fuzzy msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Ingen skannar for %1" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "Testen kan ikkje gjennomførast utan ein tilhøyrande, aktivert skannar." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 #, fuzzy msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "&Skannar som skal testast" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Testar %1" @@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 #, fuzzy msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testar med 'scanimage -d %1 -v' …" @@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 #, fuzzy msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(ingen resultat tilgjengelege)" @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 #, fuzzy msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "'%1' er testa med vellukka resultat" @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" @@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "Kunne ikkje finna konfigurasjonen for skanning via nettverket." @@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Kunne ikkje konfigurera skanning via nettverket." @@ -1974,13 +1974,13 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 #, fuzzy msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Kontroller at brannmuren tillèt skanning via nettverket." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 #, fuzzy msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "Hjelpeteksten for denne dialogen inneheld meir informasjon om brannmurar." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/security.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Security configuration module" @@ -42,17 +42,16 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Angje verdet for det aktuelle alternativet" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 #, fuzzy -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå for hjemmemaskin (utan nettverk)" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå for arbeidsstasjon i nettverk" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå for arbeidsstasjon i nettverk" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -133,250 +132,235 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Aktivar magiske SysRq-tastar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Nytte sikre filrettigheter" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til grafisk innlogging" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Lagre systemtiden tilbake til maskinvareklokken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Generer alltid syslog-melding for cron-skript" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen i chroot-varetekt" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Køyr DHCP-nissen som dhcp-brukar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Ekstern grafisk innlogging for rotbruker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til X-servar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Eksternt tilgjenge til systemet for e-posttransport" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Start tenester på nytt etter oppdatering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Deaktiver tenester når programvare vert fjerna" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Aktiver TCP-syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-overføring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-overføring" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Aktiver grunnleggjande systemtjenester i kjørenivå 3\n" -"  (flerbrukernivå med nettverk)" +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Aktiver grunnleggjande systemtjenester i kjørenivå 5\n" -"\n" -"  (flerbrukernivå med nettverk og grafisk innlogging)" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 3" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure" msgstr "Konfigurer" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktivert" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktivert" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Sikkerhetsinnstilling" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjelp" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid " or " msgstr " eller " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 #, fuzzy -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "Følgjande grunnleggjande systemtjenester er ikkje aktiverte i kjørenivå %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Alle grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte." -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 #, fuzzy -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "Følgjande tilleggstjenester er aktiverte i kjørenivå %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "Kontroller lista over tenester, og deaktiver alle ubrukte tenester." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Berre grunnleggjande systemtjenester er aktiverte." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Description" msgstr "Skildring" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Sikkerhetsoversikt" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Endre &status" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 #, fuzzy msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Skildring" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Oppstartsinnstillinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Oppstartsrettigheter" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse innstillingar" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Passordinnstilliinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 #, fuzzy msgid "Checks" msgstr "Kontroller" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Passordvarighet" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" @@ -386,7 +370,7 @@ "verd enn største mengd." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" @@ -396,13 +380,13 @@ "Maksimal passordlengde for den valde krypteringsmetoden er %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 #, fuzzy msgid "Login" msgstr "Innlogging" @@ -535,21 +519,18 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" -"Hjemmemaskin: For ei heimedatamaskin som ikkje er\n" -"koblet til noka form for nettverk." +"Arbeidsstasjon i nettverk: For ei datamaskin som er koblet\n" +"til eit lokalt nettverk eller til Internett." #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"Arbeidsstasjon i nettverk: For ei datamaskin som er koblet\n" -"til eit lokalt nettverk eller til Internett." #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -1046,48 +1027,46 @@ msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." msgstr "Det er forhåndsdefinerte filrettigheter i /etc/permissions.*-filene. Dei mest restriktive filrettighetene er definerte som 'secure' eller 'paranoid'." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "Grunnleggjande systemtjenester må aktiverast for at systemet skal vera konsistent og kunne køyra sikkerhetsrelaterte tenester." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 #, fuzzy msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "Alle aktiverte tenester er ein potensiell sikkerhetsrisiko. Det vert difor rådt til å deaktivere alle tenester som ikkje vert brukte av systemet." #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Hjemmemaskin" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon i nettverk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Nettverksserver" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Hjemmemaskin" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "Arb&eidsstasjon i nettverk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Servane til&nettverk" @@ -1182,14 +1161,14 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Teen til&stør" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inste" @@ -1218,106 +1197,98 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Ingen" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automatisk" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Systemdvale" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Nytter på aktiv konsoll" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Alle kan bruka dvalefunksjonen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Autentisering vert alltid kravde" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for p&assord" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Kontroller nye passord" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 #, fuzzy msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Mengder passord som skal lagre&es" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minste godkjende passordlengde" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Mengd dagar for varsel om utløp av passord" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Filrettigheter" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 #, fuzzy msgid "Easy" msgstr "Enkel" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure" msgstr "Sikker" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 #, fuzzy msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Brukarar som kan køyra updatedb" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "St&ørste" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 #, fuzzy msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minste" @@ -1340,78 +1311,123 @@ msgstr "Initialiserer …" #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetskonfigurasjon" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 #, fuzzy msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Lagre inittab-innstillingar" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Lagre PAM-innstillingar" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Lagre sikkerhetsinnstillinger" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Lagrar inittab-innstillingar …" #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Lagrar PAM-innstillingar …" #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Lagrar sikkerhetsinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: Brukerdefinerte innstillingar" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Gjeldande sikkerhetsnivå: %1" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Sikkerhetsnivå for hjemmemaskin (utan nettverk)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aktiver grunnleggjande systemtjenester i kjørenivå 3\n" +#~ "  (flerbrukernivå med nettverk)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aktiver grunnleggjande systemtjenester i kjørenivå 5\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "  (flerbrukernivå med nettverk og grafisk innlogging)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Aktiver ekstra tenester i kjørenivå 5" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hjemmemaskin: For ei heimedatamaskin som ikkje er\n" +#~ "koblet til noka form for nettverk." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Arbeidsstasjon i nettverk" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Arb&eidsstasjon i nettverk" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automatisk" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" #~ msgstr "&Gjeldande katalog søkesti for rotbruker" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/services-manager.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,7 +17,194 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" @@ -68,24 +255,62 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "" -#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. -#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 -msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/snapper.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-04 18:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,57 +18,81 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Oppsett av augneblinksbilete" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Skildring" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Snapshots" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -76,215 +100,226 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" +"%1" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Augneblinksbilete" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Før og etter" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Gjeldande oppsett" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Sluttdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Vis endringar" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Oversikt over valt augneblinksbilete" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Finn endra filer …" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Reknar ut filendringar …" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 #, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "«%1» finst ikkje i augneblinksbiletet «%2»\n" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filmodusen vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Fileigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filgruppeeigarskapet vart endra frå «%1» til «%2»." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 #, fuzzy #| msgid "R&estore From First" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "&Gjenopprett frå første" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Gjenopprett" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Res&tore From Second" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "G&jenopprett frå andre" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Vis forskjellen mellom gjeldande system og augneblinksbilete:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første og andre augneblinksbilete" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom første augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskjellar mellom andre augneblinksbilete og gjeldande system" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tidspunkt for første augneblinksbilete:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tidspunkt for andre augneblinksbilete:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Tidspunkt for augneblinksbilete:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Opna" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Gjenopprett valt bilete" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" @@ -301,7 +336,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" @@ -317,17 +352,19 @@ "frå øyeblikksbilde '%2' til gjeldande system?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Inga fil valt for gjenoppretting" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 #, fuzzy msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':" @@ -353,7 +390,7 @@ "Er du sikker på at du vil gjera dette?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> " @@ -374,7 +411,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>" @@ -388,9 +425,9 @@ "\n" "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table." +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table." "\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot." "\n" msgstr "" @@ -402,7 +439,7 @@ "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>" @@ -422,7 +459,7 @@ "" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -437,7 +474,7 @@ "" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>" @@ -471,135 +508,172 @@ "Når ei fil er vald i filstrukturen, vert skilnaden mellom augneblinksbiletversjonen og versjonen i det gjeldande systemet vist.\n" "" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." - -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Ukjend grunn." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Fann ikkje oppsettet." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Oppsettet er ikkje gyldig." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" "Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" "%1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" +"%1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" #| "%1" -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" "Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" "%1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "" +"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" "%1" -msgstr "" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +"Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" "%1" -msgstr "" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Startar Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Leser databasen …" +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Les oversikt over augneblinksbilete …" + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Gjenopprettar filer …" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 #, fuzzy msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Slettet %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "Hoppa over «%1»\n" +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Ukjend grunn." + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje oppsettet." + +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Oppsettet er ikkje gyldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klarte ikkje starta snapper-biblioteket:\n" +#~ "%1" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Fann ikkje augneblinksbiletet «%1»." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Leser databasen …" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available" #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Fila «/etc/sysconfig/snappar» er ikkje tilgjengeleg" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Under oppstart" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuelt" @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Logging og tidsavbrudd" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Diverse innstillingar" @@ -504,37 +504,32 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Detaljert mellomlager&logg" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "Vil du &emulere Httpd-logg?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 -#, fuzzy msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Tidsavbrudd" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 #, fuzzy msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Tidsavbrudd ved tilkobling" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Klient&levetid" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "Fei&lmeldingsspråk" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 #, fuzzy msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Ea til administrator-postadresse" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "Br&uk passiv ftp-modus" @@ -1256,33 +1251,33 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Ein tilgangslogg må angjevast." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Ein mellomlagerlogg må angjevast." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Feil namn på stigen i Tilgangslogg-feltet." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Feil namn på stigen i Mellomlagerlogg-feltet." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Feil namn på stigen i Detaljert mellomlagerlogg-feltet." #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 #, fuzzy msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "Ea til administrator-postadresse kan ikkje innehalda mellomrom." @@ -1301,181 +1296,181 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer squid-oppsett" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 #, fuzzy msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Less HTTP-portar frå oppsettfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Les oppdateringsmønstre frå oppsettfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 #, fuzzy msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Les ACL-grupper frå oppsettfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Les tilgangskontrolltabell frå oppsettfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Les andre innstillingar." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Les tjenestestatus." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Lesar HTTP-portar …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Lesar oppdateringsmønstre …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Lesar ACL-grupper …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Lesar tilgangskontrolltabell …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Lesar andre innstillingar …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Lesar tjenestestatus …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Lesar brannmurinnstillinger …" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa oppsettfil." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa tjenestestatus." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar Squid-oppsett" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Lagre innstillingane" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 #, fuzzy msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 #, fuzzy msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Start teneste" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Lagrar innstillingane …" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Lagrar brannmurinnstillinger …" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Startar teneste …" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fullført" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra innstillingane." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan ikkje lagra brannmurinnstillinger." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 #, fuzzy msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid-mellomserver" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 #, fuzzy msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Start nisse:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "When booting" msgstr "Ved oppstart" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Valde portar:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparent)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 #, fuzzy msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Mellomlagerkatalog:" @@ -2000,6 +1995,10 @@ msgstr "Tradisjonelt kinesisk" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "Vil du &emulere Httpd-logg?" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" #~ msgstr "Russisk-koi8-r" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Avansert partisjonering" @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 #, fuzzy msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog" @@ -1194,15 +1194,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1222,7 +1223,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet utan ein /boot-partisjon?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1242,7 +1243,7 @@ "\n" "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1251,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1269,7 +1270,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" @@ -1295,7 +1296,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1321,13 +1322,13 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1349,7 +1350,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette oppsettet utan ein veksleminnepartisjon?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1363,7 +1364,7 @@ "vellukka, spesielt i følgjande tilfelle:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 #, fuzzy msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" @@ -1377,7 +1378,7 @@ "- dersom denne partisjonen ikkje inneheld noko filsystem enno\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1389,7 +1390,7 @@ "slik som/, /boot,/usr, /opt, eller /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1401,7 +1402,7 @@ "Vil du verkeleg halda på partisjonen uformatert?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1411,7 +1412,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå RAID før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1421,7 +1422,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå volumgruppen før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1431,7 +1432,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå volumet før du gjer endringar.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1441,7 +1442,7 @@ "Fjern henne frå RAID før du slettar henne.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" @@ -1450,13 +1451,13 @@ "Eininga (%2) nyttast av %1.\n" "Fjern %1 før du slettar henne.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Kan ikkje slettes medan han er montert." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" @@ -1467,7 +1468,7 @@ " partisjon med høgare nummer er i bruk.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1481,7 +1482,7 @@ "Klikk Avbryt viss du ikkje veit nøyaktig kva du gjer.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1497,7 +1498,7 @@ "før du slettar den utvida partisjonen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1513,7 +1514,7 @@ "den utvida partisjonen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1535,7 +1536,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ikkje gløym kva du skriv inn her!" @@ -1586,7 +1587,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4000 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Gjenta passordet:" @@ -1612,7 +1613,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" @@ -1624,7 +1625,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3964 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" @@ -2033,7 +2034,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -3353,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr "EI-eining: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3371,17 +3372,17 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Legg til RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Volume Group" @@ -3390,28 +3391,28 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Enhetsdiagram" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Eksportar enhetsdiagram …" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Dette er ei grafisk framstilling av einingar." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Diagramfilen kunne ikkje lagrast." @@ -3419,20 +3420,20 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Monteringsdiagram" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 #, fuzzy msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Eksportar monteringsdiagram …" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 #, fuzzy msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Dette er ei grafisk framstilling av monteringspunkter." @@ -3578,7 +3579,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5210 #, fuzzy msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disken er i bruk, og kan ikkje endrast." @@ -3862,7 +3863,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Harddiskar" @@ -4179,7 +4180,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 #, fuzzy msgid "Log" msgstr "Logg" @@ -4371,7 +4372,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Krypteringsfiler" @@ -4797,7 +4798,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volumadministrasjon" @@ -4878,39 +4879,39 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Enhetstilordner" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 #, fuzzy msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 #, fuzzy msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Unused Devices" @@ -4918,7 +4919,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Summary" @@ -4926,14 +4927,14 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" @@ -4945,19 +4946,19 @@ "Vil du avslutta likevel?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 #, fuzzy msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Dette er eit sammendrag av partisjoneringen." #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 #, fuzzy msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Sammendrag" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "System View" msgstr "Systemoversikt" @@ -6586,7 +6587,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:990 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Storleiken kunne ikkje endrast:" @@ -6600,7 +6601,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2690 src/modules/Storage.rb:3913 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6614,7 +6615,7 @@ "Eit ugyldig krypteringspassord er kanskje angjeve.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3944 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6626,7 +6627,7 @@ "Prøv igjen." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3975 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6639,28 +6640,28 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4029 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4088 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Angje eit passord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4107 #, fuzzy msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Følgjande krypterte volum er allereie tilgjengelege." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivering av krypterte volum" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4126 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" @@ -6673,13 +6674,13 @@ "Passorda må kjennast viss det er behov for voluma, anten \n" "under ei oppdatering eller viss dei inneheld eit fysisk kryptert LVM-volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4138 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Vil du angje eit krypteringspassord?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4195 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" @@ -6691,65 +6692,65 @@ "Passordet vil freistast for alle einingane." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Angje krypteringspassord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4204 #, fuzzy msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Det finst ingen krypterte volum å låsa opp." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4217 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Angje passordet for ein av følgjande einingar:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4220 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Angje passordet for følgjande eining:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4233 #, fuzzy msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Freistar å låsa opp krypterte volum …" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4257 #, fuzzy msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Passordet låste ikkje opp noko volum." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4343 #, fuzzy msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 #, fuzzy msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4383 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4396 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5222 #, fuzzy msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" @@ -6757,7 +6758,7 @@ "Partisjonen %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi andre partisjoner på\n" "disken %2 er i bruk." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5248 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6768,7 +6769,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n" "og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6779,7 +6780,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje endrast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n" "som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6790,7 +6791,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han vert nytta som vekselminne,\n" "og er naudsynt for å køyra installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6801,7 +6802,7 @@ "Eininga %1 kan ikkje fjernast fordi han inneheld installasjonsdata\n" "som er naudsynt for installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5329 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6814,7 +6815,7 @@ "%2, som vert nytta som vekselminne, og er naudsynt for å køyra\n" "installasjonen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6827,7 +6828,7 @@ "installasjonen.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5362 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6839,12 +6840,12 @@ "disken %2 er i bruk." #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5451 #, fuzzy msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Det er ikkje tilordnet noko rotfilsystem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installasjonen vil mislukkast!" @@ -6852,7 +6853,7 @@ #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6054 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Følgjande kunne ikkje verta til lagde: %1" @@ -7612,47 +7613,47 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Det er ikkje mogleg å endra storleik på grunn av inkonistent fs. Freist å kontrollera fs frå Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Opprett &LVM-basert forslag" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Kr&ypter volumgruppen" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Alternativ for filsystem:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Foreslå separat partisjon for &hjemmekatalog" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Forslag til innstillingar" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7664,7 +7665,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7673,34 +7674,34 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Angje passordet for det den foreslegne krypteringen." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passord:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Gjenta passordet for å stadfesta:" @@ -7753,7 +7754,12 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Synleg informasjon om lagringsenheter:" +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 #, fuzzy +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "Lagrar filsystemoppsett …" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "Det finst ingen ulagrede endringar." Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -33,52 +33,52 @@ msgstr "" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -86,183 +86,184 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -586,122 +586,132 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Søkar …" -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Kommando: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 #, fuzzy msgid "S&kip" msgstr "H&opp over" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Ein kommando vil køyrast" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Startar kommando: %1 …" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Kommandoen %1 mislukkast" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Lagrar sysconfig-konfigurasjon" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Lagre dei nye innstillingane" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Aktiver endringane" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Lagring av variabelen %1 i fila %2 mislukkast." +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Lagrar endringar i filer …" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "Lagrar variabelen %1 …" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Fullført" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 #, fuzzy -msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -msgstr "Lagrar endringar i filer …" +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag" -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 #, fuzzy -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "Tenesta %1 %1 vil lastast på nytt" +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Startar kommando: %1 …" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 #, fuzzy -msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Kommandoen %1 mislukkast" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Ein kommando vil køyrast" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Kommando: " + +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Lastar tenesta %1 på nytt …" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 #, fuzzy -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Tenesta %1 kunne ikkje lastast på nytt" -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 #, fuzzy -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "Tenesta %1 vil startast på nytt" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "Tenesta %1 %1 vil lastast på nytt" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 #, fuzzy -msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Startar tenesta %1 på nytt …" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 #, fuzzy -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Tenesta %1 kunne ikkje startast på nytt" -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 #, fuzzy -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Fullført" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "Tenesta %1 vil startast på nytt" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 #, fuzzy -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Konfigurasjonssammendrag" +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Lagrar variabelen %1 …" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 #, fuzzy +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Lagring av variabelen %1 i fila %2 mislukkast." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" #~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1650,9 +1650,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2945,3 +2944,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/update.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Oppgraderingsalternativer" @@ -206,9 +206,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukjent" @@ -340,33 +340,33 @@ msgstr "Ein mogleg ufullstendig installasjon vart registrert." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Pakkar som skal oppgraderast:%1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Nye pakker som skal installerast: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Pakkar som skal fjernast: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Samla storleik på pakker som skal oppgraderast:%1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 #, fuzzy -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>" msgstr "Alle konfliktar kan ikkje løysast. Manuelle tiltak vert kravde." #. this is a heading @@ -419,30 +419,30 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan ikkje lesa gjeldande RPM-database." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Det installerte produktet er ikkje kompatibelt med produktet på installasjonsmediet." - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukjent produkt" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "Det installerte produktet er ikkje kompatibelt med produktet på installasjonsmediet." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. " @@ -456,25 +456,25 @@ "eller deaktiver pakkebrønner for produkt med andre versjonar." #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Advarsel: Oppgradering av produktet frå '%1' til '%2' er ikkje spesifikt støtta." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Oppgrader berre installerte pakker" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Oppgradering basert på mønster" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" @@ -489,19 +489,19 @@ "(standardutvalget), og om pakker som ikkje vedlikeholdes skal slettes·" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Oppgraderingsalternativer" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 #, fuzzy msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Ingen av desse filene finst:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ msgstr "&Ja, hald fram" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -703,19 +703,19 @@ "informasjon om korleis du kan løysa dette problemet." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Ukjent Linux-system" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Ikkje Linux-system" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ "eller start datamaskina på nytt.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Kontrollerer partisjonen %1" @@ -741,26 +741,26 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Vis &detaljar" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Kontrollerer filsystem på %1 …" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Filsystemkontroll mislukkast" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -772,19 +772,19 @@ "Vil du montera eininga likevel?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Hopp over montering" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Feil passord. Vil du freista igjen?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 #, fuzzy msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advarsel" @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ "Vil du halda fram å oppgradera systemet?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -831,31 +831,31 @@ "Klikk på Avbryt for å avbryta oppgraderingen." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Spesifiser monteringsalternativer" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Monteringsalternativer" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 #, fuzzy msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Eining" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 #, fuzzy msgid "" "&File System\n" @@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ "(tomt for automatisk søk)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 #, fuzzy msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var-partisjonen %1 kunne ikkje monterast.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 #, fuzzy msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, " @@ -890,19 +890,19 @@ "\n" "udev-filsti: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 #, fuzzy msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kunne ikkje finna /var-partisjonen automatisk" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" @@ -914,25 +914,25 @@ "for å halda fram oppgraderingsprosessen." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Vel ein /var-parti&sjonsenhet" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Enhetsinfo" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kunne ikkje montera /var-partisjonen med denne diskkonfigurasjonen.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" @@ -960,37 +960,37 @@ "«Monter med»-valet til ein annan metode for alle partisjoner." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 #, fuzzy msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Ingen fstab funnet." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 #, fuzzy msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Rotpartisjonen i /etc/fstab har ein ugyldig rotenhet.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 #, fuzzy msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Han er no montert som %1, men er oppførd som %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Kontrollerer rotpartisjonen. Ein augneblunk …" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Monterer partisjoner. Ein augneblunk …" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Søkar etter tilgjengelege system" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." msgstr "Vel Lokal viss du vil autentisere brukarar bara ved hjelp av lokale filer /etc/passwd og /etc/shadow." @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "L&okal (/etc/passwd)" @@ -275,20 +275,20 @@ #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Les b&rukerinformasjon frå ein tidlegare installasjon" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Vel" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Metode for brukerautentisering" @@ -301,14 +301,14 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "Vel brukarar som skal le&sjåast" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Vel eller vel bort &alle" @@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" @@ -496,8 +496,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Vil du verkeleg bruka dette passordet?" @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "DES" @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "MD5" @@ -554,54 +554,54 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Passordkrypteringstype" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 #, fuzzy msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DEI sine" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 #, fuzzy msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Authentication " @@ -609,54 +609,54 @@ msgstr "Innloggingsinnstillinger" #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." msgstr "SHA-512 er standard hash-metode. Det vert ikkje rådt til å bruka andre algoritmar dersom det ikkje er naudsynt av kompatibilitetshensyn." #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 #, fuzzy msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Det fulle namnet til &brukaren" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Brukernavn" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Bru&k dette passordet for systemadministrator" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 #, fuzzy msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "Motta s&ystemmeldinger" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisk innlogging" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Opprett ny brukar" @@ -665,14 +665,14 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Brukernavn ikkje angjeven" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr " Kryss av for Bruk dette passordet viss same passord som vart angjeve for første brukar, skal verta for nytta rotbrukeren" @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -814,25 +814,25 @@ #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Avanserte innstillingar" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoden er lokal" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 #, fuzzy msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Krypteringsmetode for passord er %1." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." @@ -840,19 +840,19 @@ msgstr[1] "Brukaren %1 vil importerast." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Endre …" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammendrag" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "Ny UID for brukaren" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Lagrar brukeroppsett …" @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 #, fuzzy msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "Utløpsdatoen må ha formatet ÅÅÅÅ-MM-DD." @@ -1782,21 +1782,21 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 #, fuzzy msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Skildring av programtillegg" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Legg til &eller fjern programtillegg" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 #, fuzzy msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" @@ -1863,19 +1863,19 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 #, fuzzy msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Pro&gramtillegg" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 #, fuzzy msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Endre hjemmekatalog til %1?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" @@ -1887,13 +1887,13 @@ "Logg ut brukaren først." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Angje storleiken for hjemmekatalogen." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1901,61 +1901,61 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 #, fuzzy msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Dette programtillegget kan ikkje slettes." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 #, fuzzy msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "Du har lagt til ein ny brukar." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 #, fuzzy msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Ny lokal gruppe" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 #, fuzzy msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Ny systemgruppe" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 #, fuzzy msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Ny LDAP-gruppe" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 #, fuzzy msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Eksisterande lokal gruppe" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 #, fuzzy msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Eksisterande systemgruppe" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 #, fuzzy msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Eeksisterende LDAP-gruppe" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 #, fuzzy msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Gruppe&namn" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 #, fuzzy msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Gruppe-&ID (gjev)" @@ -1963,13 +1963,13 @@ #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 #, fuzzy msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Gruppe&medlemmar" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 #, fuzzy msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Gruppe&informasjon" @@ -4183,14 +4183,14 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasjon av brukarar og grupper" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer …" @@ -5283,13 +5283,13 @@ "du skreiv inn og eit eksisterande gruppenavn.\n" "Prøv eit anna namn." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Brukaren %s finst ikkje." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" @@ -5301,7 +5301,7 @@ "som standardgruppe." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" @@ -5313,25 +5313,25 @@ "Slett desse brukarane frå gruppa først." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Brukarar</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Innstillingar for innlogging</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 #, fuzzy msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Brukaren %1 vert logga automatisk inn" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/vm.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 18:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) +++ trunk/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2015-08-26 18:15:48 UTC (rev 92352) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92351 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-08-26 16:21:26 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92351 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po Removed: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autofs.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dirinstall.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/phone-services.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/restore.nl.po Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kernel-update-tool.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po Log: update Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ "Informatie over Add-on-module\n" "----------------------------\n" "\n" -"Om een nieuw add-on-product via de opdrachtregel toe te voegen gebruikt u deze syntaxis:\n" +"Om een nieuw add-on-product via de opdrachtregel toe te voegen gebruikt u " +"deze syntaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL is het pad naar de add-on-bron.\n" "\n" @@ -50,28 +51,32 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de opdrachtregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de opdrachtregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-onproducten" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Add-onproducten worden geïnitialiseerd..." @@ -97,10 +102,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -124,7 +129,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installatie van add-onproduct" @@ -135,8 +140,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op OK." +msgid "" +"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op " +"OK." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -238,34 +246,34 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Geen product gevonden in de opslagruimte." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Geen software-opslagruimte gevonden op het medium." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Nieuwe bron wordt geïnitialiseerd..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Directory: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Software-opslagruimte selecteren" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -275,7 +283,7 @@ "Er zijn meerdere opslagruimtevvvn gevonden op het geselecteerde medium.\n" "Selecteer de opslagruimte die u wilt gebruiken.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Gevonden opslagruimten" @@ -287,33 +295,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de installatie van het add-onproduct wilt afbreken?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Kies een opslagruimte." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van het add-onproduct kunnen niet worden opgelost." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Productselectie" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Beschikbare producten" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -324,12 +332,14 @@ "producten die u wilt installeren.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde add-onproducten kunnen niet worden opgelost." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde add-onproducten kunnen niet worden " +"opgelost." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -339,118 +349,126 @@ "<big>Add-on-productinstallatie</big> \n" "Hier ziet u alle add-on-producten die voor installatie zijn geselecteerd.\n" "Om een nieuw product toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen. Om een\n" -"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen." +"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen</" +"b>." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, directory: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Selecteer een product om te verwijderen." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Geselecteerde addon verwijderen..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde add-on-producten" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-on-product" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "&Softwarebeheer uitvoeren..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "Alle add-on-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." +msgstr "" +"Alle add-on-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw add-on-product toe te voegen of op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde add-on te verwijderen." +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " +"an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw add-on-product toe te voegen " +"of op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde add-on te verwijderen." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Leverancier: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "onbekende leverancier" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versie: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Onbekende versie" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "URL opslagruimte: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Onbekende URL van opslagruimte" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias omslagruimte: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Onbekende URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Verwijderen van het add-onproduct %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf deze add-on\n" +"Verwijderen van het add-onproduct %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf " +"deze add-on\n" "geïnstalleerde pakketten verwijderd worden.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het echt verwijderen?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van het product worden verwijderd..." @@ -468,7 +486,9 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-producten\n" -"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een actief systeem toevoegen.\n" +"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-" +"producten\n" +"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een actief " +"systeem toevoegen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het gebruik van addon-producten overslaan?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,161 +1,123 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:06+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "Configuratiemodule voor verificatieclient" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van de verificatieclient" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "Autoyast rnc maken van @parameters" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het domein '%1' wilt verwijderen?" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "None." +msgstr "Geen." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." -msgstr "Er is geen Help voor deze parameter." +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "Verplichte parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " -msgstr "Standaardwaarde: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "Optionele parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " -msgstr "Beschikbare waarden: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "Voltooi alle volgende verplichte parameters:\n" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" -msgstr "Parameterwaarde instellen in sectie %1" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgstr "Configuratie van cliënt voor authenticatie" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annuleren" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globale configuratie" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "Ok" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." -msgstr "Waarde voor parameter '%1' is ongeldig." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "SSSD-daemon inschakelen" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." -msgstr "Sectie %1 heeft geen attributen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "Secties:" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" -msgstr "Nieuwe parameter instellen voor sectie %1" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "Nieuwe service/domein" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" -msgstr "Nieuwe parameter" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "Service/domein verwijderen" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "Help" +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "Aanpassen - %s" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" -msgstr "Sssd-sectie '%1' bewerken" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#| msgid "Name:" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" -msgstr "Nieuw" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Waarde" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" -msgstr "Nieuw domein toevoegen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" -msgstr "Naam:" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "Meer parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Domein activeren" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Naam van filter:" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" -msgstr "De identificatieprovider die voor het domein is gebruikt" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" -msgstr "De verificatieprovider die voor het domein is gebruikt" - -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" -msgstr "Help voor het maken van een nieuw domein" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" -msgstr "U moet een domeinnaam opgeven." - -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "Basisinstellingen:" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" -msgstr "Services:" - -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"De sectie [sssd] bevat geen geactiveerde domeinen.\n" -"sssd wordt niet gestart. Alleen lokale verificatie is dan beschikbaar.\n" -"Wilt u deze configuratie schrijven?" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn domeinen die u nog niet hebt geactiveerd:\n" -"%s \n" -"Wilt u deze configuratie schrijven?" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" @@ -166,7 +128,7 @@ "Als u doorgaat, wordt uw ndd_ldap-configuratie verwijderd.\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -178,921 +140,1743 @@ "Als u doorgaat, wordt uw OES-clientconfiguratie gedeactiveerd.\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "SPAM-preventie" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "U mag sectie SSSD niet verwijderen." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" -msgstr "Geconfigureerde verificatiedomeinen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Toevoegen" +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." +msgstr "Dit is een verplichte parameter en deze mag niet verwijderd worden." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Bewerken" +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " +msgstr "Verwijderen van parameter bevestigen: " -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Verwijderen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieclient (sssd)" +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +msgid "No domain enabled" +msgstr "Geen domein ingeschakeld" -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" -msgstr "TODO WRITE HELP" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#| msgid "" +#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" +#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" +#| "Do you want to write this configuration?" +msgid "" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de \"domains\"-parameter van [sssd].\n" +"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar " +"zijn.\n" +"Wilt u toch doorgaan?" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +msgstr "" + +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +msgstr "" + +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +#| msgid "Services:" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Service" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "Domein" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +#| msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "Identificatie-leverancier:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +#| msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "Domein activeren" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +#| msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "Hiermee wordt de syntaxis van het configuratiebestand aangegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Een door komma's gescheiden lijst met services die worden gestart wanneer sssd wordt gestart." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "" +"Een door komma's gescheiden lijst met services die worden gestart wanneer " +"sssd wordt gestart." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Het aantal keer dat services opnieuw verbinding moeten proberen te maken als een gegevensprovider vastloopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijk gebruiken, maar minimaal één domein moet zijn geconfigureerd om SSSD te kunnen starten." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Het aantal keer dat services opnieuw verbinding moeten proberen te maken als " +"een gegevensprovider vastloopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst met domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijk gebruiken, maar minimaal één domein moet " +"zijn geconfigureerd om SSSD te kunnen starten." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie waarmee wordt beschreven hoe de string met de gebruikersnaam en het domein in deze componenten moet worden geparseerd" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Deze parameter bevat de lijst met domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden " +"gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "De standaardindeling die compatibel is met printf(3) en waarmee wordt beschreven hoe een (naam-, domein-) tuple moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Standaard reguliere expressie waarmee wordt beschreven hoe de string met de " +"gebruikersnaam en het domein in deze componenten moet worden geparseerd" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "Met SSSD wordt de status van resolv.conf gecontroleerd om te bepalen wanneer het interne DNS-herkenningsprogramma moet worden bijgewerkt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"De standaardindeling die compatibel is met printf(3) en waarmee wordt " +"beschreven hoe een (naam-, domein-) tuple moet worden vertaald in een " +"volledig gekwalificeerde naam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Standaard wordt inotify hiervoor gebruikt. resolv.conf wordt elke vijf seconden gecontroleerd als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"Met SSSD wordt de status van resolv.conf gecontroleerd om te bepalen wanneer " +"het interne DNS-herkenningsprogramma moet worden bijgewerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "Directory in het bestandssysteem waarin cachebestanden voor Kerberos-replay moeten worden opgeslagen door SSSD." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Standaard wordt inotify hiervoor gebruikt. resolv.conf wordt elke vijf " +"seconden gecontroleerd als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Deze string wordt gebruikt als standaarddomeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Directory in het bestandssysteem waarin cachebestanden voor Kerberos-replay " +"moeten worden opgeslagen door SSSD." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Deze string wordt gebruikt als standaarddomeinnaam voor alle namen zonder " +"een domeinnaamcomponent." + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Een bitmasker waarmee wordt aangegeven welke foutopsporingsniveaus zichtbaar zijn. 0x0010 is de standaardwaarde en de laagste waarde die is toegestaan. 0xFFF0 is de uitgebreidste modus." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"Een bitmasker waarmee wordt aangegeven welke foutopsporingsniveaus zichtbaar " +"zijn. 0x0010 is de standaardwaarde en de laagste waarde die is toegestaan. " +"0xFFF0 is de uitgebreidste modus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Een tijdstempel toevoegen aan de debugberichten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:70 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Microseconden toevoegen aan de tijdstempel in debugberichten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Time-out in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Met deze optie wordt het maximale aantal bestandsdescriptors opgegeven dat tegelijk kan worden geopend door dit SSSD-proces." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Met deze optie wordt het maximale aantal bestandsdescriptors opgegeven dat " +"tegelijk kan worden geopend door dit SSSD-proces." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Met deze optie wordt het aantal seconden opgegeven dat een client van een SSSD-proces een bestandsdescriptor kan vasthouden zonder hierop te communiceren." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Met deze optie wordt het aantal seconden opgegeven dat een client van een " +"SSSD-proces een bestandsdescriptor kan vasthouden zonder hierop te " +"communiceren." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op pingcontroles (zie de optie Time-out), wordt eerst het SIGTERM-signaal hiernaartoe gestuurd, waarmee wordt opgegeven dat de service normaal moet worden afgesloten." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Als een service niet reageert op pingcontroles (zie de optie Time-out), " +"wordt eerst het SIGTERM-signaal hiernaartoe gestuurd, waarmee wordt " +"opgegeven dat de service normaal moet worden afgesloten." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moeten nss_nss-opsommingen in cache worden opgeslagen (aanvragen om informatie over alle gebruikers)?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moeten nss_nss-opsommingen in cache worden opgeslagen " +"(aanvragen om informatie over alle gebruikers)?" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "De entry-cache kan zo worden ingesteld dat items automatisch op de achtergrond worden bijgewerkt als deze vaker worden aangevraagd dan de waarde van entry_cache_timeout voor het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De entry-cache kan zo worden ingesteld dat items automatisch op de " +"achtergrond worden bijgewerkt als deze vaker worden aangevraagd dan de " +"waarde van entry_cache_timeout voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Hiermee geeft u op gedurende hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve cache-hits (query's voor ongeldige database-items, zoals niet-bestaande items) in de cache moet opslaan voordat het weer aan de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee geeft u op gedurende hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve cache-hits " +"(query's voor ongeldige database-items, zoals niet-bestaande items) in de " +"cache moet opslaan voordat het weer aan de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Instellen dat bepaalde gebruikers niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS-database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "" +"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Instellen dat bepaalde groepen niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS-database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Als u wilt dat de gefilterde gebruiker nog steeds een groepslid blijft, moet u deze optie instellen op niet waar." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Als u wilt dat de gefilterde gebruiker nog steeds een groepslid blijft, moet " +"u deze optie instellen op niet waar." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Overschrijf de homedirectory van de gebruiker. U kunt een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Overschrijf de homedirectory van de gebruiker. U kunt een absolute waarde of " +"een sjabloon opgeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Stel een standaardsjabloon in voor de homedirectory van een gebruiker als er geen sjabloon expliciet is opgegeven door de gegevensprovider van het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Stel een standaardsjabloon in voor de homedirectory van een gebruiker als er " +"geen sjabloon expliciet is opgegeven door de gegevensprovider van het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "De aanmeldings-shell overschrijven voor alle gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:144 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "De gebruikers-shell beperken tot een van de weergegeven waarden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:148 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Alle exemplaren van deze shells vervangen door de shell_fallback" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "De standaard-shell die moet worden gebruikt als er geen toegestane shell op de computer is geïnstalleerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"De standaard-shell die moet worden gebruikt als er geen toegestane shell op " +"de computer is geïnstalleerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "De standaard-shell die moet worden gebruikt als er geen shell wordt geretourneerd tijdens de opzoekbewerking." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"De standaard-shell die moet worden gebruikt als er geen shell wordt " +"geretourneerd tijdens de opzoekbewerking." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de tijd in seconden opgegeven gedurende welke de lijst met subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de tijd in seconden opgegeven gedurende welke de lijst met " +"subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden dat de records in cache binnen het geheugen geldig zijn." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert tijd in seconden dat de records in cache binnen het geheugen " +"geldig zijn." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Als de verificatieprovider offline is, hoe lang moeten dan in cache opgeslagen aanmeldingen worden toegestaan (in dagen sinds de laatste online aanmelding)?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Als de verificatieprovider offline is, hoe lang moeten dan in cache " +"opgeslagen aanmeldingen worden toegestaan (in dagen sinds de laatste online " +"aanmelding)?" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt, voordat een nieuwe aanmeldingspoging kan worden gedaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts " +"is bereikt, voordat een nieuwe aanmeldingspoging kan worden gedaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Hiermee bepaalt u welke berichten er voor de gebruiker worden weergegeven tijdens verificatie." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee bepaalt u welke berichten er voor de gebruiker worden weergegeven " +"tijdens verificatie." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Voor PAM-aanvragen die worden ingediend terwijl SSSD online is, wordt via de SSSD geprobeerd direct de identiteitsgegevens van de gebruiker in de cache bij te werken om ervoor te zorgen dat de verificatie wordt uitgevoerd met de nieuwste gegevens." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Voor PAM-aanvragen die worden ingediend terwijl SSSD online is, wordt via de " +"SSSD geprobeerd direct de identiteitsgegevens van de gebruiker in de cache " +"bij te werken om ervoor te zorgen dat de verificatie wordt uitgevoerd met de " +"nieuwste gegevens." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:200 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:693 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:990 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "N dagen voordat het wachtwoord verloopt, een waarschuwing weergeven." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Of de attributen sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter, waarmee tijdsafhankelijke sudo-items worden geïmplementeerd, al dan niet worden geëvalueerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Of de attributen sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter, waarmee tijdsafhankelijke " +"sudo-items worden geïmplementeerd, al dan niet worden geëvalueerd." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Specificeert hoeveel seconden de autofs-responder negatieve hits moet opslaan in cache voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert hoeveel seconden de autofs-responder negatieve hits moet " +"opslaan in cache voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Of hostnamen en -adressen al dan niet moeten worden opgedeeld in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Of hostnamen en -adressen al dan niet moeten worden opgedeeld in het " +"beheerde bestand known_hosts." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "Het aantal seconden dat een host behouden moet blijven in het beheerde bestand known_hosts nadat de bijbehorende hostsleutels zijn aangevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal seconden dat een host behouden moet blijven in het beheerde " +"bestand known_hosts nadat de bijbehorende hostsleutels zijn aangevraagd." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "UID- en GID-limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item buiten deze limieten bevat, wordt deze item genegeerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"UID- en GID-limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item buiten deze " +"limieten bevat, wordt deze item genegeerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt bepaald of een domein kan worden geïnventariseerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Als de service niet stopt na “geforceerde_time-out” seconden, wordt de monitor geforceerd afgesloten door een SIGKILL-signaal te verzenden." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Als de service niet stopt na “geforceerde_time-out” seconden, wordt de " +"monitor geforceerd afgesloten door een SIGKILL-signaal te verzenden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden nss_nss items als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden nss_nss items als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om " +"de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden nss_nss gebruikersitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden nss_nss gebruikersitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat " +"opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden nss_nss groepsitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden nss_nss groepsitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat " +"opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden nss_nss netgroepitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden nss_nss netgroepitems als geldig moet beoordelen voordat " +"opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden nss_nss service-items als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden nss_nss service-items als geldig moet beoordelen voordat " +"opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden sudo regels als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden sudo regels als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om " +"de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden de autofs automatische koppelstructuren als geldig moet beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden de autofs automatische koppelstructuren als geldig moet " +"beoordelen voordat opnieuw om de backend wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "Bepaalt of gebruikersreferenties ook worden opgeslagen in de lokale LDB-cache." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Het aantal dagen dat items in de cache blijven na de laatste geslaagde aanmelding voordat deze worden verwijderd tijdens een opschoning van de cache." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal dagen dat items in de cache blijven na de laatste geslaagde " +"aanmelding voordat deze worden verwijderd tijdens een opschoning van de " +"cache." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "De identificatieprovider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het volledige domein (volgens de notatie van full_name_format van het domein) als de aanmeldingsnaam van de gebruiker die wordt doorgegeven aan NSS." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de volledige naam en het volledige domein (volgens de notatie van " +"full_name_format van het domein) als de aanmeldingsnaam van de gebruiker die " +"wordt doorgegeven aan NSS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "De verificatieprovider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "De verificatieprovider die voor het domein is gebruikt" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:325 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "De toegangsbeheerprovider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "De provider waarmee het wijzigen van wachtwoorden voor het domein moet worden verwerkt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De provider waarmee het wijzigen van wachtwoorden voor het domein moet " +"worden verwerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "De SUDO-provider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:343 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "De provider waarmee het laden van selinux-instellingen moet worden verwerkt." +msgstr "" +"De provider waarmee het laden van selinux-instellingen moet worden verwerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:349 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "De provider waarmee het ophalen van subdomeinen moet worden verwerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:355 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "De autofs-provider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:361 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "De provider waarmee hostidentiteitsgegevens worden opgehaald." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor dit domein waarmee wordt beschreven hoe de string met de gebruikersnaam en het domein in deze componenten moet worden geparseerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Reguliere expressie voor dit domein waarmee wordt beschreven hoe de string " +"met de gebruikersnaam en het domein in deze componenten moet worden " +"geparseerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "De indeling die compatibel is met printf(3) en waarmee wordt beschreven hoe een (naam-, domein-) tuple voor dit domein moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"De indeling die compatibel is met printf(3) en waarmee wordt beschreven hoe " +"een (naam-, domein-) tuple voor dit domein moet worden vertaald in een " +"volledig gekwalificeerde naam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Hiermee kunt u opgeven welke voorkeursadresgroep moet worden gebruikt bij het uitvoeren van DNS-opzoekbewerkingen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee kunt u opgeven welke voorkeursadresgroep moet worden gebruikt bij " +"het uitvoeren van DNS-opzoekbewerkingen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt (in seconden) gedefinieerd hoelang moet worden gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS-resolver voordat ervan uit moet worden gegaan dat deze niet bereikbaar is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt (in seconden) gedefinieerd hoelang moet worden gewacht op een " +"antwoord van de DNS-resolver voordat ervan uit moet worden gegaan dat deze " +"niet bereikbaar is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "Gebruik het domeinonderdeel van de hostnaam van het apparaat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Als in de backend servicedetectie wordt gebruikt, wordt hiermee het " +"domeindeel van de DNS-query voor servicedetectie opgegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Als in de backend servicedetectie wordt gebruikt, wordt hiermee het domeindeel van de DNS-query voor servicedetectie opgegeven." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "De primaire GID-waarde overschrijven door de opgegeven waarde." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:396 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Gebruikers- en groepsnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig verwerken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Wanneer op naam wordt gezocht naar een gebruiker of groep in de proxyprovider, wordt een tweede opzoekbewerking op id uitgevoerd om de naam uit te vouwen tot de volledige naam, voor het geval de aangevraagde naam een alias is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer op naam wordt gezocht naar een gebruiker of groep in de " +"proxyprovider, wordt een tweede opzoekbewerking op id uitgevoerd om de naam " +"uit te vouwen tot de volledige naam, voor het geval de aangevraagde naam een " +"alias is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Deze homedirectory gebruiken als standaardwaarde voor alle subdomeinen in dit domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Deze homedirectory gebruiken als standaardwaarde voor alle subdomeinen in " +"dit domein." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:412 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die zich mogen aanmelden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die zich mogen aanmelden. Dit geldt alleen voor groepen in dit SSSD-domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die zich mogen aanmelden. Dit " +"geldt alleen voor groepen in dit SSSD-domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers aan wie expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers aan wie expliciet toegang wordt " +"geweigerd. Dit geldt alleen voor groepen in dit SSSD-domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers aan wie expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit geldt alleen voor groepen in dit SSSD-domein." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "De standaardbasis-DN op basis waarvan LDAP-sudoregels moeten worden uitgevoerd." - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "Met het hulpprogramma wordt de aanmeldingsnaam toegevoegd aan base_directory en wordt deze gebruikt als homedirectory." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Met het hulpprogramma wordt de aanmeldingsnaam toegevoegd aan base_directory " +"en wordt deze gebruikt als homedirectory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Aangeven of er standaard een homedirectory moet worden gemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Aangeven of er standaard een homedirectory moet worden gemaakt voor nieuwe " +"gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Aangeven of een homedirectory standaard moet worden verwijderd voor verwijderde gebruikers." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Aangeven of een homedirectory standaard moet worden verwijderd voor " +"verwijderde gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Wordt door sss_useradd(8) gebruikt om de standaardtoestemmingen voor een nieuwe homedirectory op te geven." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Wordt door sss_useradd(8) gebruikt om de standaardtoestemmingen voor een " +"nieuwe homedirectory op te geven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "De basisdirectory met bestanden en directory's die moeten worden gekopieerd naar de homedirectory van de gebruiker, wanneer de homedirectory wordt gemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"De basisdirectory met bestanden en directory's die moeten worden gekopieerd " +"naar de homedirectory van de gebruiker, wanneer de homedirectory wordt " +"gemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "De wachtrijdirectory voor mail." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:471 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "De opdracht die wordt uitgevoerd nadat een gebruiker is verwijderd." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met URI's van de LDAP-servers opgegeven waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met URI's van de LDAP-servers opgegeven waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde, om het wachtwoord van een gebruiker te wijzigen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "" +"De standaardbasis-DN op basis waarvan LDAP-sudoregels moeten worden " +"uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "De standaardbasis-DN die moet worden gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP-gebruikersbewerkingen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met URI's van de LDAP-servers " +"opgegeven waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:509 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het schematype aangegeven dat wordt gebruikt op de LDAP-doelserver." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met URI's van de LDAP-servers " +"opgegeven waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde, om het " +"wachtwoord van een gebruiker te wijzigen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:513 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "De standaardbindings-DN die moet worden gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP-bewerkingen." +msgstr "" +"De standaardbindings-DN die moet worden gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP-" +"bewerkingen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:519 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Het type verificatietoken van de standaardbindings-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:523 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "De verificatietoken van de standaardbindings-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:528 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een gebruikersitem in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:533 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldingsnaam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldingsnaam van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:538 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de id van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:543 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de " +"gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:548 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met het Gecos-veld van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met het Gecos-veld van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr " Het LDAP-attribuut dat de naam van de homedirectory van de gebruiker bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +" Het LDAP-attribuut dat de naam van de homedirectory van de gebruiker bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard-shell van de gebruiker bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard-shell van de gebruiker " +"bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:563 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP-gebruikersobject bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP-gebruikersobject bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:568 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de objectSID van een LDAP-gebruikersobject bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de objectSID van een LDAP-gebruikersobject bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggende object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het " +"bovenliggende object." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (datum van de meest recente wachtwoordwijziging)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (datum " +"van de meest recente wachtwoordwijziging)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=schaduw wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (minimale wachtwoordduur)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=schaduw wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) " +"(minimale wachtwoordduur)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (maximale wachtwoordduur)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) " +"(maximale wachtwoordduur)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (waarschuwingsperiode voor wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) " +"(waarschuwingsperiode voor wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (inactiviteitsperiode van wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) " +"(inactiviteitsperiode van wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (verloopdatum van account)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt " +"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut dat " +"overeenkomt met de bijbehorende schaduw(5) (verloopdatum van account)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de datum en tijd van de meest recente wachtwoordwijziging worden opgeslagen in Kerberos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de datum en tijd van de meest recente " +"wachtwoordwijziging worden opgeslagen in Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de datum en tijd worden opgeslagen waarop het huidige wachtwoord verloopt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de datum en tijd worden opgeslagen " +"waarop het huidige wachtwoord verloopt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de verlooptijd van het account wordt opgeslagen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter " +"de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee de verlooptijd van het account wordt " +"opgeslagen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee het bitveld van het gebruikersaccountbeheer wordt opgeslagen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter " +"de naam van een LDAP-attribuut waarmee het bitveld van het " +"gebruikersaccountbeheer wordt opgeslagen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of equivalent wordt gebruikt, wordt met deze parameter bepaald of toegang al dan niet is toegestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of equivalent wordt gebruikt, wordt " +"met deze parameter bepaald of toegang al dan niet is toegestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit attribuut bepaald of toegang al dan niet is toegestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit " +"attribuut bepaald of toegang al dan niet is toegestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit attribuut bepaald tot welke datum toegang wordt verleend." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit " +"attribuut bepaald tot welke datum toegang wordt verleend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week bepaald waarop toegang wordt verleend." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer ldap_account_expire_policy=nds wordt gebruikt, wordt met dit " +"attribuut de uren van een dag in een week bepaald waarop toegang wordt " +"verleend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) van de gebruiker bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) van de " +"gebruiker bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de openbare SSH-sleutels van de gebruiker bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de openbare SSH-sleutels van de gebruiker bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Door bepaalde directoryservers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, wordt het realm-deel van de UPN in kleine letters geleverd, waardoor de verificatie kan mislukken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Door bepaalde directoryservers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, wordt het " +"realm-deel van de UPN in kleine letters geleverd, waardoor de verificatie " +"kan mislukken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Stel deze optie in op Waar als u een realm in hoofdletters wilt gebruiken." +msgstr "" +"Stel deze optie in op Waar als u een realm in hoofdletters wilt gebruiken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven hoeveel seconden moet worden gewacht door SSSD voordat de cache met geïnventariseerde records kan worden vernieuwd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven hoeveel seconden moet worden gewacht door SSSD " +"voordat de cache met geïnventariseerde records kan worden vernieuwd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt bepaald hoe vaak de cache moet worden gecontroleerd op inactieve items (zoals groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) en of deze items moeten worden verwijderd om ruimte te besparen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt bepaald hoe vaak de cache moet worden gecontroleerd op " +"inactieve items (zoals groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit " +"hebben aangemeld) en of deze items moeten worden verwijderd om ruimte te " +"besparen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:678 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut waarmee de groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker worden weergegeven." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut waarmee de groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker worden " +"weergegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, gebruikt SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut authorizedService in de LDAP-item van de gebruiker om de toegangsrechten te bepalen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, gebruikt " +"SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut authorizedService in de LDAP-item van " +"de gebruiker om de toegangsrechten te bepalen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, gebruikt SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in de LDAP-item van de gebruiker om de toegangsrechten te bepalen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, gebruikt SSSD de " +"aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in de LDAP-item van de gebruiker om de " +"toegangsrechten te bepalen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:703 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de groepsnaam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:708 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de groeps-id." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:713 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de namen van de leden van de groep bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:718 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP-groepsobject bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:723 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de objectSID van een LDAP-groepsobject bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " Het LDAP-attribuut dat de tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggende object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" Het LDAP-attribuut dat de tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van " +"het bovenliggende object." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-indeling die geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijvoorbeeld RFC2307bis), wordt met deze optie bepaald hoeveel nestniveaus van SSSD volgen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-indeling die geneste groepen " +"ondersteunt (bijvoorbeeld RFC2307bis), wordt met deze optie bepaald hoeveel " +"nestniveaus van SSSD volgen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Met deze optie wordt aangegeven dat SSSD gebruik moet maken van een Active Directory-functie waarmee opzoekbewerkingen voor groepen in implementaties met complexe of diep geneste groepen mogelijk sneller worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Met deze optie wordt aangegeven dat SSSD gebruik moet maken van een Active " +"Directory-functie waarmee opzoekbewerkingen voor groepen in implementaties " +"met complexe of diep geneste groepen mogelijk sneller worden uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Met deze optie wordt aangegeven dat SSSD gebruik moet maken van een Active Directory-functie waarmee initgroup-bewerkingen (vooral bij complexe of diep geneste groepen) mogelijk sneller worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Met deze optie wordt aangegeven dat SSSD gebruik moet maken van een Active " +"Directory-functie waarmee initgroup-bewerkingen (vooral bij complexe of diep " +"geneste groepen) mogelijk sneller worden uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " De objectklasse van een netgroepitem in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:758 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat overeenkomt met de naam van de netgroep." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:763 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de namen van de leden van de netgroep bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de netgroep-triple (host, gebruiker, domein) bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de netgroep-triple (host, gebruiker, domein) bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP-netgroepobject bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de naam van service-attributen en de bijbehorende aliassen bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de naam van service-attributen en de bijbehorende " +"aliassen bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de poort bevat die door deze service wordt beheerd." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de poort bevat die door deze service wordt beheerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "Het LDAP-attribuut dat de protocollen bevat die worden begrepen door deze service." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-attribuut dat de protocollen bevat die worden begrepen door deze " +"service." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN en een optioneel zoekbereik en LDAP-filter om LDAP-zoekacties voor dit attribuuttype te beperken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN en een optioneel zoekbereik en LDAP-filter om LDAP-" +"zoekacties voor dit attribuuttype te beperken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr " Hiermee geeft u de time-out (in seconden) op dat LDAP-zoekopdrachten mogen worden uitgevoerd voordat deze worden geannuleerd en resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en de offlinemodus wordt geactiveerd)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +" Hiermee geeft u de time-out (in seconden) op dat LDAP-zoekopdrachten mogen " +"worden uitgevoerd voordat deze worden geannuleerd en resultaten in de cache " +"worden geretourneerd (en de offlinemodus wordt geactiveerd)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Hiermee geeft u de time-out (in seconden) op dat LDAP-zoekopdrachten voor gebruikers- en groepsinventarisaties mogen worden uitgevoerd voordat deze worden geannuleerd en resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en de offlinemodus wordt geactiveerd)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee geeft u de time-out (in seconden) op dat LDAP-zoekopdrachten voor " +"gebruikers- en groepsinventarisaties mogen worden uitgevoerd voordat deze " +"worden geannuleerd en resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en de " +"offlinemodus wordt geactiveerd)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de time-out (in seconden) opgegeven waarna poll(2)/select(2) na connect(2) wordt geretourneerd wanneer er geen activiteit is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de time-out (in seconden) opgegeven waarna poll(2)/select(2) " +"na connect(2) wordt geretourneerd wanneer er geen activiteit is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt een time-out (in seconden) opgegeven waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP-API's worden afgebroken als er geen reactie wordt ontvangen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt een time-out (in seconden) opgegeven waarna aanroepen naar " +"synchrone LDAP-API's worden afgebroken als er geen reactie wordt ontvangen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt een time-out (in seconden) opgegeven voor het behouden van een verbinding met een LDAP-server." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt een time-out (in seconden) opgegeven voor het behouden van een " +"verbinding met een LDAP-server." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Het aantal records opgeven dat van LDAP moet worden opgehaald in één aanvraag. Op sommige LDAP-servers wordt een maximumlimiet per aanvraag afgedwongen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal records opgeven dat van LDAP moet worden opgehaald in één " +"aanvraag. Op sommige LDAP-servers wordt een maximumlimiet per aanvraag " +"afgedwongen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Het LDAP-besturingselement voor paginering uitschakelen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Geef het minimale beveiligingsniveau op dat nodig is om verbinding te maken bij communicatie met een LDAP-server via SASL." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Geef het minimale beveiligingsniveau op dat nodig is om verbinding te maken " +"bij communicatie met een LDAP-server via SASL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Het aantal groepsleden opgeven dat moet ontbreken in de interne cache om een opzoekbewerking voor dereferenties te activeren." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal groepsleden opgeven dat moet ontbreken in de interne cache om een " +"opzoekbewerking voor dereferenties te activeren." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven welke controles moeten worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS-sessie." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat certificaten bevat voor alle certificeringsinstanties die worden herkend door sssd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat certificaten bevat voor alle " +"certificeringsinstanties die worden herkend door sssd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het pad opgegeven van een directory die certificaten van certificeringsinstanties bevat in afzonderlijke bestanden." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het pad opgegeven van een directory die certificaten van " +"certificeringsinstanties bevat in afzonderlijke bestanden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat het certificaat voor de sleutel van de client bevat." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat het certificaat voor de sleutel van " +"de client bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:873 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat de sleutel van de client bevat." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het bestand opgegeven dat de sleutel van de client bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:878 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Hiermee worden acceptabele coderingssuites opgegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat voor de verbinding met id_provider ook TLS moet worden gebruikt om het kanaal te beveiligen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat voor de verbinding met id_provider ook TLS moet " +"worden gebruikt om het kanaal te beveiligen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat SSSD gebruikers- en groeps-id's moet toewijzen vanuit de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid in plaats van ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat SSSD gebruikers- en groeps-id's moet toewijzen " +"vanuit de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid in plaats " +"van ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Het SASL-mechanisme opgeven dat moet worden gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:897 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "De id van de SASL-verificatie opgeven die moet worden gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:902 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "De SASL-realm opgeven die moet worden gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Als dit is ingesteld op Waar, wordt door de LDAP-bibliotheek een omgekeerde opzoekbewerking uitgevoerd om de hostnaam uit te vouwen tot de volledige naam tijdens een SASL-binding." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Als dit is ingesteld op Waar, wordt door de LDAP-bibliotheek een omgekeerde " +"opzoekbewerking uitgevoerd om de hostnaam uit te vouwen tot de volledige " +"naam tijdens een SASL-binding." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." -msgstr "Geef de keytab op die moet worden gebruikt bij gebruik van SASL/GSSAPI." +msgstr "" +"Geef de keytab op die moet worden gebruikt bij gebruik van SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:917 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat Kerberos-referenties (TGT) moeten worden geïnitialiseerd met de id_provider." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven dat Kerberos-referenties (TGT) moeten worden " +"geïnitialiseerd met de id_provider." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:922 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de levensduur in seconden van de TGT opgegeven als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de levensduur in seconden van de TGT opgegeven als GSSAPI " +"wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Selecteer het beleid waarmee het wachtwoordverloop op de client moet worden geëvalueerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het beleid waarmee het wachtwoordverloop op de client moet worden " +"geëvalueerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven of automatische referral chasing moet worden ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven of automatische referral chasing moet worden " +"ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:937 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de servicenaam opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt als servicedetectie is ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de servicenaam opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt als " +"servicedetectie is ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de servicenaam opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt om een LDAP-server te zoeken waarop wachtwoordwijzigingen zijn toegestaan, als servicedetectie is ingeschakeld." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de servicenaam opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt om een LDAP-" +"server te zoeken waarop wachtwoordwijzigingen zijn toegestaan, als " +"servicedetectie is ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change moet worden bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen sinds de epoche na het wijzigen van een wachtwoord." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change moet " +"worden bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen sinds de epoche na het wijzigen van " +"een wachtwoord." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Als toegang_provider = ldap en ldap_toegang_volgorde = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Hiermee wordt een LDAP-zoekfiltercriterium gespecificeerd waar de gebruiker aan moet voldoen om toegang tot deze host te krijgen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Als toegang_provider = ldap en ldap_toegang_volgorde = filter (standaard) " +"worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Hiermee wordt een LDAP-" +"zoekfiltercriterium gespecificeerd waar de gebruiker aan moet voldoen om " +"toegang tot deze host te krijgen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " Met deze optie kan een clientevaluatie van toegangsbeheerattributen worden ingeschakeld." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" Met deze optie kan een clientevaluatie van toegangsbeheerattributen worden " +"ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Een door komma's gescheiden lijst met opties voor toegangsbeheer." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:967 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven hoe aliasdereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekactie." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven hoe aliasdereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een " +"zoekactie." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt toegestaan dat lokale gebruikers behouden blijven als leden van een LDAP-groep voor servers waarop het schema RFC2307 wordt gebruikt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt toegestaan dat lokale gebruikers behouden blijven als leden " +"van een LDAP-groep voor servers waarop het schema RFC2307 wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met IP-adressen of hostnamen opgegeven van de Kerberos-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in de voorkeursvolgorde." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos-realm." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de door komma's gescheiden lijst met IP-adressen of hostnamen " +"opgegeven van de Kerberos-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in de " +"voorkeursvolgorde." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Als de service voor het wijzigen van wachtwoorden niet actief is op de KDC, kunt u hier alternatieve servers definiëren." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Als de service voor het wijzigen van wachtwoorden niet actief is op de KDC, " +"kunt u hier alternatieve servers definiëren." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directory om referentiecaches in op te slaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1024 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Locatie van de referentiecache van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een onlineverificatieaanvraag of onlineaanvraag voor het wijzigen van een wachtwoord is afgebroken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" Time-out in seconden nadat een onlineverificatieaanvraag of onlineaanvraag " +"voor het wijzigen van een wachtwoord is afgebroken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Controleer aan de hand van krb5_keytab of het opgehaalde TGT niet is vervalst." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Controleer aan de hand van krb5_keytab of het opgehaalde TGT niet is " +"vervalst." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "De locatie van de keytab die moet worden gebruikt bij de validatie van referenties die zijn opgehaald van KDC's." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"De locatie van de keytab die moet worden gebruikt bij de validatie van " +"referenties die zijn opgehaald van KDC's." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT aan te vragen wanneer de provider weer online is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik " +"dit om een TGT aan te vragen wanneer de provider weer online is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag een verlengbaar ticket aan met een totale levensduur, aangegeven als geheel getal dat meteen wordt gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag een verlengbaar ticket aan met een totale levensduur, aangegeven als " +"geheel getal dat meteen wordt gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een levensduur, gegeven als een geheel getal dat meteen wordt gevolg door een tijdseenheid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag om een ticket met een levensduur, gegeven als een geheel getal dat " +"meteen wordt gevolg door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles waarin wordt nagegaan of het TGT moet worden verlengd." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles waarin wordt nagegaan of het TGT " +"moet worden verlengd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Hiermee schakelt u FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) in voor verificatie vooraf door Kerberos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee schakelt u FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) in voor " +"verificatie vooraf door Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de serverprincipal opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt voor FAST." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de serverprincipal opgegeven die moet worden gebruikt voor " +"FAST." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1070 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt opgegeven of de host en gebruikersprincipal tot de volledige naam moeten worden uitgevouwen." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt opgegeven of de host en gebruikersprincipal tot de volledige " +"naam moeten worden uitgevouwen." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1083 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Hiermee wordt de naam van het Active Directory-domein opgegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "De door komma's gescheiden lijst met IP-adressen of hostnamen van de AD-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Optioneel. U kunt dit instellen op computers waarop hostname(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam is die in het Active Directory-domein wordt gebruikt om deze host aan te duiden." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"De door komma's gescheiden lijst met IP-adressen of hostnamen van de AD-" +"servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Optioneel. U kunt dit instellen op computers waarop hostname(5) niet de " +"volledig gekwalificeerde naam is die in het Active Directory-domein wordt " +"gebruikt om deze host aan te duiden." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "De homedirectory van de gebruiker overschrijven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Hiermee wordt de onderste grens opgegeven van het bereik van POSIX-id's waarmee SID's van Active Directory-gebruikers en -groepen worden toegewezen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Hiermee wordt de onderste grens opgegeven van het bereik van POSIX-id's " +"waarmee SID's van Active Directory-gebruikers en -groepen worden toegewezen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de bovenste grens opgegeven van het bereik van POSIX-id's waarmee SID's van Active Directory-gebruikers en -groepen worden toegewezen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de bovenste grens opgegeven van het bereik van POSIX-id's " +"waarmee SID's van Active Directory-gebruikers en -groepen worden toegewezen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Hiermee wordt het aantal beschikbare id's voor elk segment aangegeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Geef de domein-SID's van het standaarddomein op." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Geef de naam van het standaarddomein op." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt de werking van het algoritme voor id-toewijzing zo gewijzigd dat dit ongeveer hetzelfde werkt als het algoritme idmap_autorid van winbind." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt de werking van het algoritme voor id-toewijzing zo gewijzigd " +"dat dit ongeveer hetzelfde werkt als het algoritme idmap_autorid van winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "De met komma's gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Kan worden ingesteld op apparaten waarop de hostnaam (5) niet de volledige naam weergeeft." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Kan worden ingesteld op apparaten waarop de hostnaam (5) niet de volledige " +"naam weergeeft." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD de opdracht om de DNS-server die in FreeIPA v2 is geïntegreerd met het IP-adres van deze client, automatisch bij te werken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft SSSD de opdracht om de DNS-server die in FreeIPA v2 is " +"geïntegreerd met het IP-adres van deze client, automatisch bij te werken." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "De TTL die van toepassing is op de DNS-record van de client als deze wordt bijgewerkt." +msgstr "" +"De TTL die van toepassing is op de DNS-record van de client als deze wordt " +"bijgewerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Kies de interface waarvan het IP-adres moet worden gebruikt voor dynamische DNS-updates." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Kies de interface waarvan het IP-adres moet worden gebruikt voor dynamische " +"DNS-updates." +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "Het systeem is geconfigureerd voor het gebruik van nss_ldap.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "Het systeem is geconfigureerd voor het gebruik van sssd.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "Het systeem is geconfigureerd voor het gebruik van OES.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:346 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd om alleen /etc/wachtw te gebruiken.\n" + +#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen Help voor deze parameter." + +#~ msgid "Default value: " +#~ msgstr "Standaardwaarde: " + +#~ msgid "Available values: " +#~ msgstr "Beschikbare waarden: " + +#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Parameterwaarde instellen in sectie %1" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "Annuleren" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "Ok" + +#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Waarde voor parameter '%1' is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." +#~ msgstr "Sectie %1 heeft geen attributen." + +#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwe parameter instellen voor sectie %1" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "Help" + +#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Sssd-sectie '%1' bewerken" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "Nieuw" + +#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain" +#~ msgstr "Help voor het maken van een nieuw domein" + +#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" +#~ msgstr "U moet een domeinnaam opgeven." + +#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" +#~ msgstr "Basisinstellingen:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er zijn domeinen die u nog niet hebt geactiveerd:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Wilt u deze configuratie schrijven?" + +#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" +#~ msgstr "SPAM-preventie" + +#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" +#~ msgstr "Geconfigureerde verificatiedomeinen" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "Toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "Edit" +#~ msgstr "Bewerken" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "Verwijderen" + +#~ msgid "TODO WRITE HELP" +#~ msgstr "TODO WRITE HELP" + +#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." +#~ msgstr "Hiermee wordt bepaald of een domein kan worden geïnventariseerd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bepaalt of gebruikersreferenties ook worden opgeslagen in de lokale LDB-" +#~ "cache." + +#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." +#~ msgstr "De verificatieprovider die voor het domein wordt gebruikt." + +#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." +#~ msgstr "Gebruik het domeinonderdeel van de hostnaam van het apparaat." + +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met gebruikers aan wie expliciet toegang " +#~ "wordt geweigerd." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De standaardbasis-DN die moet worden gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP-" +#~ "gebruikersbewerkingen." + +#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hiermee wordt het schematype aangegeven dat wordt gebruikt op de LDAP-" +#~ "doelserver." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, " +#~ "if any." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hiermee wordt opgegeven welke controles moeten worden uitgevoerd op " +#~ "servercertificaten in een TLS-sessie." + +#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." +#~ msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos-realm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers " +#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De met komma's gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-" +#~ "servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken, in voorkeursvolgorde." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:07+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 @@ -84,7 +87,8 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" +msgstr "" +"De database kan niet worden aangemaakt als de service niet is geactiveerd" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -95,8 +99,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als het systeem is geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " +"later in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen als " +"het systeem is geïnstalleerd." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -108,8 +116,12 @@ msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Kan het rootwachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een LDAP-serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"Kan het rootwachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een LDAP-" +"serverwachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -202,8 +214,12 @@ "pakketten niet met de configuratie doorgaan." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." -msgstr "Installatie van OpenLDAP-replicatie is mislukt. Voer de configuratie opnieuw uit nadat de installatie is beëindigd." +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." +msgstr "" +"Installatie van OpenLDAP-replicatie is mislukt. Voer de configuratie opnieuw " +"uit nadat de installatie is beëindigd." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -225,8 +241,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n" @@ -280,8 +298,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:202 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:295 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van verificatieserver" @@ -314,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "De LDAP-server wordt niet gebruikt." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "Wilt u nu de configuratiegegevens opnieuw lezen om te starten of wilt u een hele nieuwe configuratie maken?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u nu de configuratiegegevens opnieuw lezen om te starten of wilt u een " +"hele nieuwe configuratie maken?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -344,7 +366,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd vanaf een server op afstand." +msgstr "" +"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd vanaf een server op " +"afstand." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -467,15 +491,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:907 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 msgid "Enter a password" msgstr "Voer een wachtwoord in" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:913 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:430 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." msgstr "De wachtwoorden die zijn ingevoerd zijn niet gelijk. Probeer opnieuw." @@ -527,8 +551,12 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier is mislukt.\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Het openen van de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van " +"de leverancier is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" @@ -536,7 +564,8 @@ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" "Ga na dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen opn afstand accepteert \n" -"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n" +"naar de \"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt " +"ingevoerd.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" @@ -553,7 +582,8 @@ #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" +msgstr "" +"De replicatie-configuratie op de server van de leverancier ontbreekt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." @@ -569,13 +599,20 @@ "het al werkt als een replicatieconsument.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet ondersteund." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "" +"Instellen van gecascadeerde replicatie van het cn=config wordt nu niet " +"ondersteund." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "Controleren van de verificatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de replicatie-configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Controleren van de verificatie-credentials gedefinieerd in de replicatie-" +"configuratie op de leveranciersserver is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -597,13 +634,16 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de configuratie-database\n" -"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database.\n" +"Om als een master-server voor replicatie te fungeren moet de configuratie-" +"database\n" +"via het netwerk toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de " +"configuratie-database.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " +"encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -615,15 +655,17 @@ msgstr "Nieuw &wachtwoord invoeren" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &valideren" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "Voorbereiden voor replicatie van MirrorMode (hiermee wordt het attribuut serverId gegenereerd)" +msgstr "" +"Voorbereiden voor replicatie van MirrorMode (hiermee wordt het attribuut " +"serverId gegenereerd)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -637,12 +679,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden als \n" -"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server niet moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" -"Na selectie van Nee kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de OpenLDAP-configuratie.\n" +"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart moet worden " +"als \n" +"onderdeel van het opstartproces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server " +"niet moet worden gestart. Noot:\n" +"Na selectie van Nee kunt u geen wijzigingen meer aanbrengen in de " +"OpenLDAP-configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -650,23 +697,33 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of uit." +msgstr "" +"Schakel de verschillende luisteraars naar het OpenLDAP-protocol in of uit." +"" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP is de standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n" -"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-bewerking als u een servercertificaat hebt geconfigureerd." +"LDAP is de standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. TLS/SSL " +"beveiligde communicatie\n" +"is mogelijk met de StartTLS-bewerking als u een servercertificaat hebt " +"geconfigureerd." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor SSL-beschermde\n" -"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" +"LDAPS schakelt het \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface in voor SSL-" +"beschermde\n" +"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat " +"geconfigureerd hebt (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS-instellingen\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -674,8 +731,10 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot de\n" -"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet uit \n" +"LDAPI schakelt het \"LDAP over IPC\" interface in voor toegang tot " +"de\n" +"LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet " +"uit \n" "omdat YaST het gebruikt om te communiceren met de server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -697,54 +756,74 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " +"library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de Database uit hdb bdb en mdb. Hdb is een\n" -"variant van de bdb-back-end die een hiërarchische database-indeling gebruikt en\n" -"ondersteuning biedt voor het hernoemen van substructuren. Anders is deze gelijk aan bdb. Een\n" +"Kies de Database uit hdb bdb en mdb. Hdb</" +"b> is een\n" +"variant van de bdb-back-end die een hiërarchische database-indeling " +"gebruikt en\n" +"ondersteuning biedt voor het hernoemen van substructuren. Anders is deze " +"gelijk aan bdb. Een\n" "hdb-Database heeft een groter idlcachesize dan een\n" "bdb-Database voor goede zoekprestaties.\n" -"mdb-Database gebruikt de Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)-bibliotheek van OpenLDAP om gegevens op te slaan.\n" -"Deze is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-back-end, maar is meer ruimte-efficiënt en efficiënter tijdens de uitvoering.\n" +"mdb-Database gebruikt de Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)-" +"bibliotheek van OpenLDAP om gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"Deze is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-back-end, maar is meer ruimte-" +"efficiënt en efficiënter tijdens de uitvoering.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -"De optie Basis-DN bepaalt de naam van het rootitem van de database \n" +"De optie Basis-DN bepaalt de naam van het rootitem van de " +"database \n" "dat wordt gemaakt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" +"b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " +"the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," +"dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "Met de Beheerder-DN met een LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord\n" -"geeft u een supergebruikersidentiteit op voor de database die verder gaat dan alle ACL's en andere\n" +"geeft u een supergebruikersidentiteit op voor de database die verder gaat " +"dan alle ACL's en andere\n" "beheerdersbeperkingen. Als u Basis-DN toevoegen activeert, wordt de\n" -"Basis-DN toegevoegd die u hierboven hebt ingevuld, bijvoorbeeld, een basis-DN van\n" -"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word een effectieve\n" +"Basis-DN toegevoegd die u hierboven hebt ingevuld, bijvoorbeeld, een " +"basis-DN van\n" +"<tt>dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt> en een beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> word " +"een effectieve\n" "beheerder-DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=voorbeeld,dc=nl</tt>. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Als deze wizard is opgestart tijdens de installatie, dan is het \n" -"LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord initieel ingesteld op het rootwachtwoord van het systeem\n" +"LDAP-beheerderswachtwoord initieel ingesteld op het rootwachtwoord " +"van het systeem\n" "dat eerder in het installatieproces is ingevoerd. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -756,12 +835,17 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van OpenLDAP-client\n" -"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan Gebruik deze database als de standaard voor\n" -"OpenLDAP-clients. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam \"localhost\"\n" +"Om deze database als standaard te gebruiken voor de hulpmiddelen van " +"OpenLDAP-client\n" +"(b.v. ldapsearch) activeer dan Gebruik deze database als de standaard " +"voor\n" +"OpenLDAP-clients. Dit zal resulteren in het wegschrijven van de hostnaam " +"\"localhost\"\n" "en de boven ingegeven Basis DN naar het configuratiebestand\n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-client. Dit keuzevakje wordt\n" -"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een server.\n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> van de OpenLDAP-client. Dit keuzevakje " +"wordt\n" +"standaard geselecteerd bij het aanmaken van de eerste database op een server." +"\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -778,9 +862,12 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Om verificatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige binding)\n" -"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. Verificatie met\n" -"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan wanneer voldoende\n" +"Om verificatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige " +"binding)\n" +"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. " +"Verificatie met\n" +"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan " +"wanneer voldoende\n" "beschermde verbindingen worden gebruikt (bijv. SSL/TLS versleuteling).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -789,14 +876,18 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " +"been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te wijzigen, \n" +"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te " +"wijzigen, \n" "klik op Wijzig wachtwoord.\n" -"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de \n" +"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren " +"en de \n" "Wachtwoordversleuteling kunt selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld \n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " +"ingesteld \n" "in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -809,38 +900,58 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis-DN automatisch toe\n" +"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis-DN " +"automatisch toe\n" "met Basis-DN toevoegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wijzig wachtwoord.\n" -"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de Wachtwoordversleuteling kunt selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" +"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wijzig " +"wachtwoord.\n" +"Er zal een pop-up verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren " +"en de Wachtwoordversleuteling kunt selecteren.\n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " +"ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Met de Ingangscache en de Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte\n" -"van de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Ingangscache bepaalt het aantal ingangen dat in\n" -"het in-geheugen ingangscache van OpenLDAP wordt opgeslagen. Als het mogelijk is (voldoende RAM) moet dit aantal\n" -"groot genoeg zijn om de volledige database in het geheugen te houden. De Indexcache (IDL-index) \n" -"wordt gebruikt om het zoeken naar geïndexeerde kenmerken te versnellen. Doorgaans vereisen vooral HDB-databases een\n" -"grote IDL-cache voor goede zoekprestaties (doorgaans drie maal de grootte van de\n" +"Met de Ingangscache en de Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de " +"grootte\n" +"van de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Ingangscache bepaalt " +"het aantal ingangen dat in\n" +"het in-geheugen ingangscache van OpenLDAP wordt opgeslagen. Als het mogelijk " +"is (voldoende RAM) moet dit aantal\n" +"groot genoeg zijn om de volledige database in het geheugen te houden. De " +"Indexcache (IDL-index) \n" +"wordt gebruikt om het zoeken naar geïndexeerde kenmerken te versnellen. " +"Doorgaans vereisen vooral HDB-databases een\n" +"grote IDL-cache voor goede zoekprestaties (doorgaans drie maal de grootte " +"van de\n" "ingangscache)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -857,16 +968,24 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " +"before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer Plattetekstwachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n" -"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n" -"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n" -"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-clients\n" +"Selecteer Plattetekstwachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat " +"de OpenLDAP-server\n" +"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in " +"toevoegings- en\n" +"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat " +"dit het\n" +"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor " +"LDAP-clients\n" "die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -877,23 +996,33 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" -"verifieren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is vergrendeld. \n" -"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor sites die gevoelig zijn\n" +"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, " +"krijgen gebruikers die zich\n" +"verifieren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat hun account is " +"vergrendeld. \n" +"Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor " +"sites die gevoelig zijn\n" "voor veiligheidskwesties dient u deze optie niet te activeren.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Voer de naam in van het standaardbeleidsobject in bij DN van standaardbeleidsobject." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam in van het standaardbeleidsobject in bij DN van " +"standaardbeleidsobject." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid bewerken. U kunt\n" -"gevraagd worden om het LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord daarna in te geven, om toe te\n" +"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid " +"bewerken. U kunt\n" +"gevraagd worden om het LDAP-beheerderwachtwoord daarna in te geven, om toe " +"te\n" "staan dat het Beleid-object wordt gelezen van de server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -905,41 +1034,54 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de opties voor indexering van een hdb- of bdb-database." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -msgstr "De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is gedefinieerd." +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"De tabel toont een lijst van attributen waarvoor nu een index is " +"gedefinieerd." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" "Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie bij het zoeken op\n" -"specifieke typen zoekopdrachten te verbeteren. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd\n" +"specifieke typen zoekopdrachten te verbeteren. Indexen zouden " +"geconfigureerd\n" "moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest algemeen gebruikte zoekopdrachten in\n" -"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen indexen.\n" +"een database. YaST biedt u het instellen van drie verschillende typen " +"indexen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" "Aanwezigheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor het zoeken met\n" -"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" +"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). " +"Aanwezigheidsindexen\n" "zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor attributen die weinig voor\n" "komen in de database\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met gelijkheidsfilters \n" -"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheidsindex \n" -"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" +"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met " +"gelijkheidsfilters \n" +"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheid</" +"b>sindex \n" +"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</" +"tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" @@ -947,7 +1089,8 @@ "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" "Deeltekenreeks: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met een\n" -"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>)\n" +"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</" +"tt>)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" @@ -955,16 +1098,19 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw attribuut\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw " +"attribuut\n" "te definiëren, Verwijderen om een bestaande index te wissen en\n" "Bewerken om de indexeringsoptie van een reeds geïndexeerd attribuut\n" "te wijzigen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " +"indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" "Opmerking: Afhankelijk van de grootte van de database kan het even duren\n" @@ -986,12 +1132,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " +"more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die regel.\n" -"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel te\n" +"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die " +"regel.\n" +"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel " +"te\n" "wijzigen, selecteer een regel in de tabel en klik op Bewerken\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 @@ -999,20 +1148,25 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe toegangscontroleregels aan te maken en\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe toegangscontroleregels aan te maken " +"en\n" "Verwijderen om een toegangscontroleregel te verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " +"target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "De evaluatie van toegangscontrole van OpenLDAP stopt bij de eerste regel\n" -"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het item\n" +"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het " +"item\n" "waar toegang toe nodig is. U kunt daarom de volgorde van de regels naar\n" -"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag\n" +"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag</" +"b>\n" "gebruiken\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1021,11 +1175,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " +"checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Schakel het selectievakje \"LDAPsync-provider inschakelen voor deze database\" in als u \n" -"de huidige geselecteerde database wilt kunnen repliceren naar een andere server." +"Schakel het selectievakje \"LDAPsync-provider inschakelen voor deze " +"database\" in als u \n" +"de huidige geselecteerde database wilt kunnen repliceren naar een andere " +"server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1033,22 +1190,33 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator (opgeslagen\n" -"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. Het\n" +"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator " +"(opgeslagen\n" +"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de " +"database. Het\n" "wordt uitgewisseld met de database als het aantal gespecificeerde\n" -"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn verstreken sinds\n" -"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden '0')\n" -"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het vaker\n" -"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone afsluiting\n" +"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn " +"verstreken sinds\n" +"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden " +"'0')\n" +"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het " +"vaker\n" +"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone " +"afsluiting\n" "maar kan resulteren in lagere prestaties in omgevingen met vele\n" "LDAP-schrijfbewerkigen.\n" @@ -1058,15 +1226,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"Configureert een sessielogboek in het geheugen voor het bijhouden van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" -"in de database. U kunt opgeven hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen moeten worden bijgehouden in het sessielogboek. \n" -"Het configureren van een sessielogboek is alleen nuttig als \"refreshOnly\"-replicatie wordt gebruikt. In \n" -"een dergelijk geval kan replicatie worden versneld en wordt de masterserver minder belast." +"Configureert een sessielogboek in het geheugen voor het bijhouden van " +"informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"in de database. U kunt opgeven hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen moeten worden " +"bijgehouden in het sessielogboek. \n" +"Het configureren van een sessielogboek is alleen nuttig als " +"\"refreshOnly\"-replicatie wordt gebruikt. In \n" +"een dergelijk geval kan replicatie worden versneld en wordt de masterserver " +"minder belast." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1074,10 +1250,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " +"the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatiegebruiker\" als u wilt dat\n" +"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatiegebruiker\" als u wilt " +"dat\n" "de database een replica is van een database op een andere server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1090,14 +1268,16 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" +"standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Voer hier de verbindingsdetails in voor de replicatieverbinding naar de\n" "master-server. Selecteer daarvoor het te gebruiken protocol (ldap\n" "of ldaps) en voer hier de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van de\n" "masterserver in. Het is belangrijk om de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" -"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL-certificaat van de masterserver\n" +"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL-certificaat van de " +"masterserver\n" "te verifiëren. Pas het poortnummer aan als de maste-server niet-standaard\n" "ldap-poorten gebruikt.\n" @@ -1129,7 +1309,8 @@ msgstr "" "refreshAndPersist: De slave-server opent een blijvende verbinding\n" "met de masterserver voor synchronisatie. Bijgewerkte items op de\n" -"masterserver worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.\n" +"masterserver worden onmiddellijk naar de slave gestuurd via die verbinding.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1137,11 +1318,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken om te verifieren bij de master.\n" -"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" +"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server zou moeten gebruiken " +"om te verifieren bij de master.\n" +"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de " +"gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1151,14 +1336,19 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op " +"schrijfbewerkingen\n" "antwoorden met een LDAP-verwijzing. \n" -"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de masterserver. U kunt hier een andere bijwerkverwijzing configureren.\n" -"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie-opzet dwz. wanneer de\n" +"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de masterserver. U kunt " +"hier een andere bijwerkverwijzing configureren.\n" +"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie-opzet dwz. wanneer " +"de\n" "leverancier van de slave-server zelf een slave-server is.\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1172,7 +1362,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1187,7 +1378,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te drukken.\n" -"Een extra dialoog zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig is te doen.\n" +"Een extra dialoog zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig is te doen.</" +"p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 @@ -1206,12 +1398,20 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server." +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" +"p> " +msgstr "" +"Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.</" +"p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -msgstr "Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de configuratie-wizard te starten" +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." +msgstr "" +"Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de configuratie-" +"wizard te starten" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1223,15 +1423,21 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -msgstr "Selecteer het type LDAP-server dat u in wilt stellen. De volgende scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het type LDAP-server dat u in wilt stellen. De volgende " +"scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-server\n" +"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-" +"server\n" "in zonder voorbereidingen voor replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 @@ -1239,15 +1445,18 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Masterserver met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die voorbereid\n" +"Masterserver met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die " +"voorbereid\n" "is om als masterserver met replicatie (leverancier) te fungeren.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Replicatie-slaveserver: Stel een OpenLDAP-slaveserver in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n" +"Replicatie-slaveserver: Stel een OpenLDAP-slaveserver in die alle " +"gegevens kopieert,\n" "inclusief de configuratie, van een masterserver." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1266,22 +1475,29 @@ "to use.\n" msgstr "" "Om versleuteling via TLS/SSL in te schakelen, activeert u het keuzevakje\n" -"TLS inschakelen. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die de\n" +"TLS inschakelen. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die " +"de\n" "server moet gebruiken.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " +"server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Activeer LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld om de server\n" -"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.\n" +"Activeer LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld om de " +"server\n" +"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien " +"niet geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS " +"ondersteunen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Als u reeds een algemeen servercertificaat hebt geïnstalleerd met de\n" @@ -1296,8 +1512,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" +"b>,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" "Als u geen algemeen servercertificaat hebt of u wilt dat OpenLDAP een\n" @@ -1321,18 +1539,24 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " +"in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Voeg schemabestanden toe in deze dialoog. Druk op Toevoegen om een\n" -"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n" -"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens" +"Voeg schemabestanden toe in deze dialoog. Druk op Toevoegen om " +"een\n" +"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: " +"OpenLDAP\n" +"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van " +"schemagegevens" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " +"statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" "Selecteer het subsysteem waarmee debugging statements en\n" @@ -1340,8 +1564,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:" +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten " +"toestaan of verbieden:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1349,31 +1577,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken: Om de server LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken te laten accepteren.\n" +"LDAPv2-verbindingsverzoeken: Om de server LDAPv2-" +"verbindingsverzoeken te laten accepteren.\n" "Merk op dat OpenLDAP niet echt LDAPv2 implementeert\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" -"Anonieme binding waar referenties niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme binding als \n" -"de referenties niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) " +"Anonieme binding waar referenties niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme " +"binding als \n" +"de referenties niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig " +"maar bindings-DN niet) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Niet-geverifieerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet geverifieerde \n" +"Niet-geverifieerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet " +"geverifieerde \n" "(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1392,26 +1628,34 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De server\n" -"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op dat dit in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" +"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De " +"server\n" +"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op dat dit in " +"het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " +"Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsverificatie uit: schakelt volledig de eenvoudige\n" +"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsverificatie uit: schakelt volledig de " +"eenvoudige\n" "bindingsverificatie uit\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst\n" -"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde verbinding\n" -"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-operation.\n" +"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " +"ontvangst\n" +"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde " +"verbinding\n" +"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-" +"operation.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" @@ -1420,100 +1664,150 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "Sta geen StartTLS-operatie toe indien reeds geauthenticeerd:\n" -"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds geauthenticeerde\n" +"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds " +"geauthenticeerde\n" "verbindingen.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " +"overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het type\n" -"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De \"Frontend\"-database\n" +"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het " +"type\n" +"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De " +"\"Frontend\"-database\n" "wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrolebeperkingen en overlays\n" -"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases te configureren. De \"Config\"-database bevat de configuratie\n" +"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases te configureren. De \"Config\"-" +"database bevat de configuratie\n" "van de LDAP-server zelf.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en druk op Database verwijderen....\n" +"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en " +"druk op Database verwijderen....\n" "U kunt geen \"config\" en \"frontend\"-databases verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase (\"cn=config\"). Dit is vereist om ervoor\n" +"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase (\"cn=config</" +"i>\"). Dit is vereist om ervoor\n" "te zorgen dat de configuratiedatabase externe toegankelijk is." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " +"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " +"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode-installatie, activeer dan het keuzevak Voorbereiden op MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" -"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" +"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode-" +"installatie, activeer dan het keuzevak Voorbereiden op MirrorMode-" +"replicatie.\n" +"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is " +"voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " +"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Als u een slaveserver wilt instellen, moeten enkele details worden opgevraagd van de masterserver. Voer de hostnaam van de masterserver in\n" -"en pas indien nodig het protocol ( \"ldap\" of \"ldaps\") en het poortnummer aan en voer het wachtwoord\n" +"Als u een slaveserver wilt instellen, moeten enkele details worden " +"opgevraagd van de masterserver. Voer de hostnaam van de masterserver in\n" +"en pas indien nodig het protocol ( \"ldap\" of \"ldaps\") en " +"het poortnummer aan en voer het wachtwoord\n" "voor masterconfiguratiedatabase (\"cn=config\") in." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgstr "Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw Kerberos-server." +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." +msgstr "" +"Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw " +"Kerberos-server." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " +"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-realm elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de conventie\n" +"Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-realm elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de " +"conventie\n" "deze gelijk te maken aan uw domeinnaam in hoofdletters.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit realm." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit " +"realm." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de " +"toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke " +"autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytabbestand dat kadmin gebruikt voor de verificatie tot de database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytabbestand dat kadmin " +"gebruikt voor de verificatie tot de database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaardverloopdatum van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm." +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaardverloopdatum van de " +"autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "Deze attributen specificeren de standaardkenmerken van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit realm." +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze attributen specificeren de standaardkenmerken van de autoriteiten " +"aangemaakt in dit realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1522,7 +1816,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit " +"postdateable tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1531,7 +1827,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit door " +"te sturen tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1540,7 +1838,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit te " +"vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1549,7 +1849,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit proxytickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit " +"proxytickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -1557,8 +1859,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit een sessiesleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-tot-gebruikerverificatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat de autoriteit een " +"sessiesleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-tot-" +"gebruikerverificatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1566,8 +1873,18 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld bij een clientautoriteit, moet die autoriteit een voorverificatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Dit attribuut aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het voorgeverifieerde ticket is ingeschakeld." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " +"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " +"set." +msgstr "" +"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld bij een clientautoriteit, moet die " +"autoriteit een voorverificatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te " +"verkrijgen. Dit attribuut aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat " +"service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met " +"een TGT waarbij het voorgeverifieerde ticket is ingeschakeld." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1575,8 +1892,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, moet de autoriteit voorverifiëren met een hardwareapparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " +"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, moet de autoriteit voorverifiëren met een " +"hardwareapparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1584,8 +1905,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat KDC servicetickets afgeeft voor deze autoriteit." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " +"principal." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat KDC servicetickets " +"afgeeft voor deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1593,8 +1918,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat een autoriteit tickets verkrijgt op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het verificatieproces dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" +"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " +"used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"Door dit attribuut in te schakelen wordt toegestaan dat een autoriteit " +"tickets verkrijgt op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan " +"het herhalen van het verificatieproces dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1602,8 +1933,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Dit attribuut inschakelen betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit uitgeeft. Uitschakelen van dit attribuut schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit realm." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Dit attribuut inschakelen betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit " +"uitgeeft. Uitschakelen van dit attribuut schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit " +"realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1612,7 +1949,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "Inschakelen van dit attribuut forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze autoriteit." +msgstr "" +"Inschakelen van dit attribuut forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor " +"deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1620,94 +1959,182 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordverificatie." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Als dit attribuut is ingeschakeld, is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een " +"service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten " +"worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een " +"gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit " +"verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordverificatie." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan wordt er niet gecontroleerd." +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " +"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat " +"tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag " +"niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan " +"wordt er niet gecontroleerd." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadminddeamon moet luisteren voor dit realm." +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadminddeamon moet " +"luisteren voor dit realm." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is " +"opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet luisteren voor dit realm." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet " +"luisteren voor dit realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " +"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is " +"met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel." +"" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een ticket geldig is in dit realm." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een " +"ticket geldig is in dit realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket vernieuwd mag worden in dit realm." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket " +"vernieuwd mag worden in dit realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt-combinaties specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit realm." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt-combinaties " +"specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit " +"realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen realms voor crossrealmtickets wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de realmnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van het krb5.conf-bestand" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen realms voor crossrealmtickets wel " +"of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de " +"realmnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van het krb5.conf-bestand" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de LDAP-server onderhouden wordt." +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de " +"LDAP-server onderhouden wordt." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van de Kerberos-servers." +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " +"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "" +"Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen " +"wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van " +"de Kerberos-servers." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de autoriteiten van een realm bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).Het zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper in de boomstructuur." +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" +"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " +"the subtree." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de " +"autoriteiten van een realm bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper " +"in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).Het " +"zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten " +"dieper in de boomstructuur." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Specificeert de DN van het containerobject waarin de autoriteiten van een realm gemaakt zullen worden. Als de containerreferentie niet is geconfigureerd voor een realm dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de container van het realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de DN van het containerobject waarin de autoriteiten van een " +"realm gemaakt zullen worden. Als de containerreferentie niet is " +"geconfigureerd voor een realm dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de " +"container van het realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit realm." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in " +"dit realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor autoriteiten in dit realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +"" +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor " +"autoriteiten in dit realm." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2031,16 +2458,23 @@ msgstr "Server-URI" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "Deze server is niet ingesteld als MirrorMode-knooppunt. Klik op \"Volgende\" om de standaard OpenLDAP-configuratiewizard te starten." +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" +"Deze server is niet ingesteld als MirrorMode-knooppunt. Klik op \"Volgende\" " +"om de standaard OpenLDAP-configuratiewizard te starten." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Overzicht OpenLDAP MirrorMode" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2061,8 +2495,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -2174,74 +2608,74 @@ #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet schrijven." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." msgstr "Kan de instellingen voor de huidige database niet lezen." -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 msgid "New Administrator &Password" msgstr "Nieuw beheerders&wachtwoord" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "Wachtwoord&versleuteling" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord wijzigen" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1040 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1045 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "Meerdere replicatieconsumenten worden momenteel niet ondersteund." #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 msgid "Index Configuration" msgstr "Indexconfiguratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van wachtwoordbeleid" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 msgid "Access Control Configuration" msgstr "Toegangscontroleconfiguratie" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 msgid "Replication Provider" msgstr "Replicatieprovider" -#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 msgid "Replication Consumer" msgstr "Replicatieconsument" @@ -2351,16 +2785,23 @@ msgstr "Selecteer &verbodsattributen:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen " +"anonieme toegang tot de directory)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Eenvoudige bindverificatie uitzetten" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-bewerking" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " +"ontvangst van de StartTLS-bewerking" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2452,7 +2893,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "Verificatie van opmaakloze tekst toestaan (Simple Bind) voor deze database. " +msgstr "" +"Verificatie van opmaakloze tekst toestaan (Simple Bind) voor deze database. " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2475,25 +2917,30 @@ msgstr "Kenmerk" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 msgid "Presence" msgstr "Aanwezigheid" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 msgid "Equality" msgstr "Gelijkheid" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 msgid "Substring" msgstr "Deeltekenreeks" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "Change Administrator Password" msgstr "Wijzig beheerderswachtwoord" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#| msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" +msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" +msgstr "Kerberos-stash bijwerken" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" msgstr "Index toevoegen" @@ -2781,7 +3228,8 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2804,7 +3252,8 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet ondersteund worden\n" +"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet " +"ondersteund worden\n" "door YaST. De dialoog voor toegangscontrole zal uitgeschakeld worden.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 @@ -2874,8 +3323,11 @@ msgstr "Controleren van LDAPsync-mogelijkheden van de leverancier is mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "Controleer of de doelserver ingesteld is om te functioneren als LDAPsync-provider" +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"Controleer of de doelserver ingesteld is om te functioneren als LDAPsync-" +"provider" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2950,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "Het Kerberos-schema is niet bekend bij de LDAP-server." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "Kan kdb5_ldap_util niet uitvoeren." @@ -3034,7 +3486,9 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is " +"mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." @@ -3101,8 +3555,12 @@ msgstr "Standaardwachtwoordbeleidobjecten bijwerken" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "Wachten tot OpenLDAP-achtergrondindexering is voltooid (dit kan enkele minuten duren)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"Wachten tot OpenLDAP-achtergrondindexering is voltooid (dit kan enkele " +"minuten duren)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3121,8 +3579,12 @@ msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleidobjecten is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het voltooien van de indexering van de OpenLDAP-database.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " +"finish.\n" +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het wachten op het voltooien van de " +"indexering van de OpenLDAP-database.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3183,7 +3645,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om de configdatabase te gebruiken" +msgstr "" +"Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om de configdatabase te gebruiken" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -3207,13 +3670,14 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "Algemeen servercertificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Algemeen servercertificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "Kan de directory voor de database niet maken." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "Kon de eigenaar van de directory voor de database niet aanpassen." @@ -3223,8 +3687,12 @@ msgstr "Kan de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam niet bepalen." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Een masterserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " +"own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" +"Een masterserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder de eigen " +"volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam te weten." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3236,70 +3704,77 @@ msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "Aanmaken van kerberos-database is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar wachtwoordbestand is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "is geen geldige LDAP-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP DN: \"%s\", kan geen RDN-waarden uitlezen" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweecijferige landcode zijn." +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" +"letter code." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 tweecijferige " +"landcode zijn." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "Het eerste deel van de suffix moet c=,st=,l=,o=,ou= of dc= zijn." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Basis-DN \"%s\" is geen geldige LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Basis-DN \"%s\" heeft meerwaardige RDN's (niet ondersteund door YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "Root-DN \"%s\" is geen geldige LDAP DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "Root-DN \"%s\" heeft meerwaardige RDN's (niet ondersteund door YaST)." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "De hoogd-DN moet een onderliggend object zijn van de basis-DN." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "Kan de directory niet maken." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "CA-certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Fout bij een poging het servercertificaat van de server van de leverancier te verifiëren.\n" +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij een poging het servercertificaat van de server van de leverancier " +"te verifiëren.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" @@ -3308,21 +3783,21 @@ "Ga na dat \"%s\" het juiste CA-bestand bevat om\n" "het servercertificaat op afstand te verifiëren." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "Certificaatsleutelbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar krb5.conf is mislukt." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "Schrijven naar kdc.conf is mislukt." @@ -3330,7 +3805,9 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "Databasetype '%s' wordt niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan." +msgstr "" +"Databasetype '%s' wordt niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn " +"toegestaan." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3350,7 +3827,8 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." +msgstr "" +"Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3471,3 +3949,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Kan CA-certificaatbestand niet schrijven." + Deleted: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autofs.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autofs.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autofs.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,366 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: autofs\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-10 13:07+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-20 12:25\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: src/Autofs.pm:211 -msgid "You must configure LDAP to use the autofs module." -msgstr "Om de autofs-module te kunnen gebruiken, dient u LDAP configureren." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:213 -msgid "You can do it by using the YaST ldap module." -msgstr "U kunt dit doen door de YaST2-ldap-module te gebruiken." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:224 -msgid "Cannot use localhost as the LDAP server for autofs." -msgstr "De lokale host kan geen LDAP-server voor autofs zijn." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:240 -msgid "Failed to bind to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Kan geen verbinding maken met de LDAP-server." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:287 -msgid "Failed to create the autofs base objects." -msgstr "Kan de autofs-basisobjecten niet aanmaken." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:323 -msgid "Failed to create the new map." -msgstr "Kan de nieuwe toewijzing niet aanmaken." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:347 -msgid "Failed to delete an autofs map." -msgstr "Kan een autofs-toewijzing niet verwijderen." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:376 -msgid "Failed to add an autofs entry to map." -msgstr "Kan een autofs-item niet toevoegen aan de toewijzing." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:405 -msgid "Failed to modify an autofs entry in map." -msgstr "Kan een autofs-item niet wijzigen in de toewijzing." - -#. Autofs read dialog caption -#: src/Autofs.pm:557 -msgid "Initializing autofs Configuration" -msgstr "Autofs-configuratie initialiseren" - -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/Autofs.pm:571 -msgid "Check the ldap configuration" -msgstr "Controleer de LDAP-configuratie" - -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/Autofs.pm:573 -msgid "Read the autofs maps" -msgstr "Autofs-toewijzingen lezen" - -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/Autofs.pm:576 -msgid "Checking the ldap configuration..." -msgstr "LDAP-configuratie wordt gecontroleerd..." - -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/Autofs.pm:578 -msgid "Reading the autofs maps..." -msgstr "Autofs-toewijzingen worden gelezen..." - -#. Progress finished -#: src/Autofs.pm:580 src/Autofs.pm:655 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Gereed" - -#: src/Autofs.pm:590 -msgid "LDAP configuration error." -msgstr "Fout in LDAP-configuratie." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:607 -msgid "Cannot read the autofs maps." -msgstr "Kan de autofs-toewijzingen niet lezen." - -#. Autofs read dialog caption -#: src/Autofs.pm:638 -msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" -msgstr "Autofs-configuratie opslaan" - -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/Autofs.pm:650 -msgid "Write the autofs maps" -msgstr "Autofs-toewijzingen schrijven" - -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/Autofs.pm:653 -msgid "Writing the autofs maps..." -msgstr "De autofs-toewijzingen worden geschreven..." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:665 -msgid "Cannot write the autofs maps." -msgstr "Kan de autofs-toewijzingen niet schrijven." - -#: src/Autofs.pm:709 -msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." - -#. text entry label -#: src/AutofsUI.ycp:24 -msgid "DNS Name or IP address of the LDAP server" -msgstr "DNS-naam of IP-adres van de LDAP-server" - -#. Command line help text for the Xautofs module -#: src/autofs.ycp:54 -msgid "Configuration of autofs" -msgstr "Configuratie van autofs" - -#. Rich text title for Autofs in proposals -#: src/autofs_proposal.ycp:85 src/complex.ycp:157 -msgid "Autofs" -msgstr "Autofs" - -#. Menu title for Autofs in proposals -#: src/autofs_proposal.ycp:87 -msgid "&Autofs" -msgstr "&Autofs" - -#. Autofs summary dialog caption -#. Autofs configure1 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/complex.ycp:90 src/dialogs.ycp:270 src/wizards.ycp:86 -msgid "Autofs Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van autofs" - -#. Frame label -#: src/complex.ycp:98 -msgid "Autofs to Configure" -msgstr "Autofs om in te stellen" - -#. Autofs overview dialog caption -#: src/complex.ycp:150 -msgid "Autofs Overview" -msgstr "Autofs-overzicht" - -#. Table header -#: src/complex.ycp:157 -msgid "Number" -msgstr "Aantal" - -#. text entry label -#: src/dialogs.ycp:68 -msgid "Name of the map" -msgstr "Naam van de toewijzing" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:126 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:131 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Overig" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:135 src/dialogs.ycp:159 src/dialogs.ycp:284 -msgid "Key" -msgstr "Sleutel" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:138 src/dialogs.ycp:160 src/dialogs.ycp:184 -#: src/dialogs.ycp:198 src/dialogs.ycp:212 src/dialogs.ycp:284 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "Opties" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:139 src/dialogs.ycp:185 src/dialogs.ycp:199 -msgid "Server" -msgstr "Server" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:140 src/dialogs.ycp:186 -msgid "Path" -msgstr "Pad" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:161 src/dialogs.ycp:213 src/dialogs.ycp:284 -msgid "Location" -msgstr "Locatie" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:200 -msgid "Share" -msgstr "Delen" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:278 src/dialogs.ycp:332 src/dialogs.ycp:345 -msgid "Maps" -msgstr "Toewijzingen" - -#: src/dialogs.ycp:281 src/dialogs.ycp:286 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Toevoegen" - -#. `PushButton(`id(`modentry), _("Edit")), -#: src/dialogs.ycp:282 src/dialogs.ycp:288 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Verwijderen" - -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:40 -msgid "" -"Initializing autofs configuration \n" -"Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"Autofs-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd \n" -"Even geduld a.u.b... \n" - -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:45 -msgid "" -"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" - -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:50 -msgid "" -"Saving autofs configuration \n" -"Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"Autofs-configuratie wordt opgeslagen \n" -"Even geduld a.u.b... \n" - -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:55 -msgid "" -"Aborting Save: \n" -"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Opslaan afbreken: \n" -"U kunt het opslagproces afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"\n" - -#. Configure dialog help 1/4 -#: src/helps.ycp:61 -msgid "" -"Automounter Maps \n" -"The automounter maps are referred to by the master map of the\n" -"automounter. Entries in the automounter maps describe how file\n" -"systems below the mountpoint of the map are to be mounted.\n" -" \n" -msgstr "" -"Automounter-toewijzingen \n" -"De automounter-indelingen zijn toewijzingen waarnaar de \n" -"hoofdtoewijzing van de automounter refereert. De items in de\n" -"automounter-toewijzingen beschrijven hoe bestandssystemen\n" -"onder het mountpunt van de toewijzing dienen te worden aangekoppeld.\n" -" \n" - -#. Configure dialog help 2/4 -#: src/helps.ycp:69 -msgid "" -"<big>Key</big> \n" -"This is the part of the pathname between the map mountpoint and\n" -"the path into the filesystem mounted.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"<big>Sleutel</big> \n" -"Dit is het onderdeel van de padnaam tussen het mountpunt van de toewijzing\n" -"en het pad in het aangekoppelde bestandssysteem.\n" -"" - -#. Configure dialog help 3/4 -#: src/helps.ycp:75 -msgid "" -"<big>Options</big> \n" -"The options are comma seperated, as customary for the mount(8) command.\n" -" \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Opties</big> \n" -"De opties zijn door komma's gescheiden, zoals gebruikelijk voor de opdracht koppelen(8).\n" -" \n" - -#. Configure dialog help 4/4 -#: src/helps.ycp:81 -msgid "" -"<big>Location</big> \n" -"The location specifies from where the file system is to be mounted.\n" -"For an NFS volume the usual notation is host:pathname.\n" -"If the filesystem to be mounted begins with a '/' (such as local\n" -"entries or smbfs shares) a ':' needs to be prefixed.\n" -"" -msgstr "" -"<big>Locatie</big> \n" -"De locatie bepaalt waar het bestandssysteem zal worden aangekoppeld.\n" -"Voor NFS-volume is de gebruikelijke schrijfwijze host:padnaam.\n" -"Als het bestandssysteem dat moet worden aangekoppeld, begint met een '/' (zoals lokale\n" -"items of smbfs-shares), dan dient er een ':' voor te worden geplaatst.\n" -"" - -#. EntryDialog for NFS entry -#: src/helps.ycp:89 -msgid "" -"<big>NFS Entry</big> \n" -"In the case of NFS entries, the Server is the DNS name or IP address of the NFS server. \n" -"The Path is the absolute path to the directory on the NFS server. \n" -"The Options must be valid options of the mount(8) command for NFS file systems. \n" -" \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>NFS-item</big> \n" -"Bij een NFS-item is de Server de DNS-naam of het IP-adres van de NFS-server. \n" -"Het Pad is het absolute pad van de directory op de NFS-server. \n" -"De Opties dienen geldige opties te zijn voor de opdracht koppelen(8) voor NFS-bestandssystemen. \n" -" \n" - -#. EntryDialog for SAMBA entry -#: src/helps.ycp:97 -msgid "" -"SAMBA Entry \n" -"In the case of SAMBA entries, the Server is the DNS name or IP address of the SAMBA server. \n" -"The Share is the name of the SAMBA share to be mounted. \n" -"The Options must be valid options of the mount(8) command for SMB/CIFS file systems. \n" -" \n" -msgstr "" -"SAMBA-item \n" -"Bij SAMBA-items is de Server de DNS-naam of het IP-adres van de SAMBA-server. \n" -"De Share is de naam van de SAMBA-share die aangekoppeld moet worden. \n" -"De Opties dienen geldige opties te zijn voor de opdracht koppelen(8) voor SMB/CIFS-bestandssystemen. \n" -" \n" - -#. EntryDialog for Other entry -#: src/helps.ycp:105 -msgid "" -"<big>Other Entry</big> \n" -"The options are comma separated, as customary for the mount(8) command. \n" -"The location specifies from where the file system is to be mounted.\n" -"Please consult the autofs(5) manual page for more information.\n" -" \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Ander item</big> \n" -"De opties zijn kommagescheiden zoals gebruikelijk voor de opdracht koppelen(8). \n" -"De locatie bepaalt waar het bestandssysteem wordt aangekoppeld.\n" -"Lees de pagina over autofs(5) in de handleiding voor meer informatie.\n" -" \n" - -#. GetLDAPServer dialog if the ldapserver is localhost -#: src/helps.ycp:112 -msgid "" -"<big>Warning</big> \n" -"In your system localhost is configured as the LDAP server.\n" -"However, the clients cannot reach the localhost and therefore, it cannot be the LDAP server for autofs.\n" -"Please insert an IP address or DNS name for the LDAP server that is suitable for the clients, or choose the suggested hostname of your server\n" -"and press Ok.\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"<big>Waarschuwing</big> \n" -"Op uw systeem is localhost ingesteld als de LDAP-server.\n" -"Maar de clients kunnen localhost niet bereiken en daarom kan het geen LDAP-server zijn voor autofs.\n" -"Voer een voor de clients geschikt IP-adres of geschikte DNS-naam van de LDAP-server in, of kies de gesuggereerde hostnaam voor uw server en klik op OK.\n" -" " - -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/wizards.ycp:88 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "" +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -27,8 +29,8 @@ msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden gelezen..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren" @@ -48,12 +50,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -64,7 +67,7 @@ "Controleer de logbestanden voor meer details of repareer het\n" "besturingsbestand en probeer opnieuw.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Configuratiegegevens worden gelezen" @@ -106,7 +109,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "alle pakketbehandeling in- of uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Lege parameterlijst" @@ -117,24 +120,32 @@ msgstr "Pad naar AutoYaST-profiel ontbreekt." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "bekende modulen: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "door komma's gescheiden lijst met te klonen modules" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 +msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt gekloond..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Het resulterende autoyast-profiel kan worden gevonden in %s." @@ -142,22 +153,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " +"het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " +"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " +"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -202,7 +221,7 @@ "de inhoud van het bestand op.\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Selecteer het te laden bestand." @@ -231,13 +250,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " +"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " +"en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -245,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "Selecteer eerst een bestand uit de tabel." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -256,47 +280,76 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wordt geconfigureerd" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wordt niet geconfigureerd" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "De postinstallatiescripts worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Alle actieve services worden herstart" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Standaard target van systemd wordt geactiveerd" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "De configuratie wordt afgerond" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Verwerken van resource %1" @@ -371,7 +424,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -469,84 +523,98 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." +msgstr "" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Algemene instellingen configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Taal instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +msgid "Configure Bootloader" +msgstr "Bootloader configureren" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Question" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Vraag" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Softwareselecties configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 -msgid "Configure Bootloader" -msgstr "Bootloader configureren" - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Standaarddoel van Systemd configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Taal instellen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." +msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cloning the system..." +msgid "Registering the system..." +msgstr "Het systeem wordt gekloond..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 -msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." -msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." - -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Standaarddoel van Systemd configureren..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:161 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Behandeling van add-on-producten..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:181 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:144 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:267 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -555,7 +623,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens.\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -565,71 +633,75 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldingen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Meldingen &tonen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Meldingen lo&ggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tijdslimiet (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen t&onen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Waa&rschuwingen loggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tijdslimiet (in s&ec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Foute&n tonen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Fouten &loggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tijdslimiet (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " +"loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " +"tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meldingen en logregistratie" @@ -642,12 +714,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -659,8 +733,10 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -675,31 +751,41 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +"de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " +"het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " +"UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " +"via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " +"onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " +"activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -799,7 +885,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U hebt het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" +"U hebt het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " +"bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Selecteer een geldig bestandssysteem om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -867,11 +954,14 @@ msgstr "Geavan&ceerd" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is ongeldig voor fysieke volumes." @@ -935,16 +1025,20 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" -"profiel opgeven, geen directory. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " +"naar het\n" +"profiel opgeven, geen directory. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of " +"op\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " +"opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " +"zijn.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Locatie van systeemprofiel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profiellocatie:" @@ -952,11 +1046,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Selecteer een vaste schijf" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden." @@ -965,7 +1059,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -973,18 +1067,19 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " +"gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de vaste schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selectie vaste schijf" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Selecteer één van de opties om verder te gaan." @@ -1011,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr "Nieu&w" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Wijzig&en" @@ -1047,14 +1142,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " +"besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " +"specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1063,7 +1161,8 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " +"wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1132,7 +1231,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1185,19 +1285,19 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Opslaan als..." #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Bestand %1 is met succes opgeslagen." #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van het bestand." @@ -1206,31 +1306,27 @@ msgid "Groups" msgstr "Groepen" -#. Creates the modules selection box displaying modules in the specified group. -#. The specified YaST module is selected. -#. -#. @param [String] group_name YaST group of modules to display. -#. @param [String] selectedModule Module to preselect. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:151 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "Geen profielen beschikbaar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Modules" #. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column #. #. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:167 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Klonen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:168 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "Toep&assen op systeem" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:173 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "&Wissen" @@ -1238,7 +1334,7 @@ #. #. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. #. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:192 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" @@ -1340,34 +1436,41 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module '%1' worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module '%1' worden toegepast op uw " +"huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het openen/parseren van het XML-bestand." #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Beschikbare modules" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " +"huidige system?" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Besturingsbestand is gewijzigd." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Wijzigingen in %1 opslaan ?" @@ -1396,7 +1499,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de directory op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de directory op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1499,7 +1603,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1538,7 +1643,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1548,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr "Sectie %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:803 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1587,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "Start de computer opnieuw op na de tweede stap" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:118 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Ondertekeningafhandeling" @@ -1633,25 +1738,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " +"overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " +"automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " +"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1662,7 +1773,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " +"AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1688,7 +1800,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1794,13 +1907,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " +"de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " +"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1820,19 +1937,25 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " +"configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " +"configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " +"systeem\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1840,10 +1963,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " +"zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1881,10 +2006,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " +"tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -1901,66 +2028,83 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische apparaten toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " +"partities als logische apparaten toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " +"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " +"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " +"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " +"behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " +"toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " +"configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1/%2 is mislukt.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1 is mislukt.\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Aankoppelen (mounten) van %1 is mislukt." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Lezen van bestand op CD is mislukt. Pad: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Extern bestand %1 kan niet worden opgehaald" @@ -1968,22 +2112,22 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 is niet gekoppeld en koppelen is mislukt" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Bestand %1 niet gevonden" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Kan URL %1 niet vinden via protocol TFTP." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Onbekend protocol %1." @@ -2014,20 +2158,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " +"de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2039,16 +2186,21 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " +"binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " +"voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " +"op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " +"benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2057,13 +2209,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " +"bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " +"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2092,13 +2247,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2108,32 +2265,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " +"uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " +"init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " +"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " +"installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " +"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2221,12 +2390,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " +"overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2252,9 +2424,13 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2267,51 +2443,53 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " +"via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " +"originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:271 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Profiel kiezen" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:327 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van diskette opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:330 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van TFTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van NFS-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van HTTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van FTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van bestand %1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:359 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van apparaat /dev/%1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van de standaardlocatie gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Bron onbekend." @@ -2321,7 +2499,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2331,29 +2509,37 @@ "Bijna alle bronnen van het besturingsbestand kunnen met\n" "behulp van het configuratiebeheersysteem ingesteld worden.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST-configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven gegevens verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn " +"identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST-configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " +"het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven gegevens verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " +"besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " +"zetten.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2363,12 +2549,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Station" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Volumegroep " @@ -2379,87 +2565,109 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:82 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Installatie bevestigen?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:107 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:114 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:100 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Tweede stadium van AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na eerste stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:105 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na tweede stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:112 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Herstart de machine na de tweede stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:123 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Bestanden accepteren zonder een controlesom" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Bestanden niet accepteren zonder een controlesom" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Mislukte verificaties accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Mislukte verificaties niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:148 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:149 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:154 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels importeren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:155 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels niet importeren" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Aankoppelen (mounten) van %1 is mislukt." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Kan volumegroep %1 niet opnieuw gebruiken. De volumegroep bestaat niet." +msgstr "" +"Kan volumegroep %1 niet opnieuw gebruiken. De volumegroep bestaat niet." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze opgeven." +msgstr "" +"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze opgeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2467,14 +2675,21 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Stations" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "Totaal van %1 station" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "" + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -2525,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr "Onbekend" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2535,48 +2750,59 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:312 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Toevoegen van bron %1 is mislukt" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Controleer /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie van pakketten. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie van pakketten. Controleer /" +"tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Image opslaan naar..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is deze niet meer te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is deze niet " +"meer te wijzigen." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Controleer /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Image maken geslaagd" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2585,124 +2811,139 @@ "U kunt dat bestand aanmaken met 'ls -F > directory.yast' als het ontbreekt." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Opnieuw proberen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Aanmaken van ISO is mislukt" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:557 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Voorbereiden van ISO-bestandsstructuur ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:606 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "boot-config voor de dvd" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:610 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " +"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:632 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO-image opslaan op ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:633 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO-bestand maken ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO op %1 maken voltooid" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Geselecteerde patronen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:740 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individueel geselecteerde pakketten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Kernelpakket forceren" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:843 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kan patronen niet instellen: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "De partitie-indeling die in uw XML-profiel is geconfigureerd, past niet op de vaste schijf. %1 MB te weinig" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"De partitie-indeling die in uw XML-profiel is geconfigureerd, past niet op " +"de vaste schijf. %1 MB te weinig" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "Totaal van %1 station" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Er is geen specifiek apparaat geconfigureerd" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Hoofdpartitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld a.u.b..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Geen Linux-hoofdpartitie gevonden." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "apparaat '%1' is niet gevonden door de storage-backend" #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer." @@ -2710,14 +2951,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:679 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 14:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -27,129 +27,132 @@ "Wilt u doorgaan met de configuratie met YaST?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Helptekst voor deze module afdrukken" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Lange versie van helptekst voor deze module afdrukken" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Lange helpversie voor deze module in XML-opmaak afdrukken" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Interactieve shell starten om deze module aan te sturen" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Interactieve modus verlaten en de wijzigingen opslaan" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Interactieve modus afbreken zonder de wijzigingen op te slaan" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Help voor dit commando afdrukken" #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Voortgangsinformatie tonen" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Waar de XML-uitvoer opgeslagen moet worden" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." +msgstr "" +"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Gebruik 'help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Onbekend commando: '%1'" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Optie '%1' heeft geen waarde." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Onbekende optie voor commando '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor optie '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor optie '%1' -- '%2' verwacht, %3 gekregen" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Optie '%1' kan geen waarde bevatten. Opgegeven waarde: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Gebruik '%1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-configuratiemodule %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Geen help beschikbaar" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Commando '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -158,16 +161,17 @@ " Opties:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'." +" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm " +"'optie=waarde'." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -176,137 +180,146 @@ " Voorbeeld:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dit is een YaST-module." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Basis syntaxis:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commando> [verbose] [opties]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <commando> [opties]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <commando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Commando's:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Geen help beschikbaar." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Fout: ongeldige Help>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "of '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Specificeer het commando '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Specificeer één van deze commando's: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Specificeer alleen één van deze opdrachten: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Gereed" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialiseren" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Afronden" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klaar" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Stoppen (zonder wijzigingen)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "Ja / Nee" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "nee" @@ -370,7 +383,7 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -386,13 +399,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://nl.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "&YaST-logs opslaan..." @@ -400,48 +413,66 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installatiefout" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Voor deze installatiemodus is geen werkstroom gedefinieerd." #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan of wilt u de installatie afbreken?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Doorgaan met installeren" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Installatie &afbreken" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Wilt u toch een nieuw product toevoegen?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -454,7 +485,8 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "Met het profiel kunt u niet de producten op dit systeem uitvoeren.\n" -"Wanneer u doorgaat met deze installatie, behoudt u de status Niet ondersteund.\n" +"Wanneer u doorgaat met deze installatie, behoudt u de status Niet " +"ondersteund.\n" "Dit is mogelijk van invloed op uw compatibiliteitsvereisten.\n" " \n" "Aan de volgende vereisten wordt niet voldaan op dit systeem:\n" @@ -465,9 +497,11 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkstromen." +msgstr "" +"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende " +"werkstromen." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 @@ -475,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "De waarde van %1 is ongeldig." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Niet beschikbaar" @@ -484,7 +518,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -500,7 +534,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -515,43 +549,43 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Servicestart" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Service is actief" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Service is niet actief." @@ -560,7 +594,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -574,7 +608,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -583,32 +617,32 @@ "en de service direct weer te starten.\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu starten" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu stoppen" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en service nu herstarten" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Service nu starten" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu s&toppen" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Instellingen opsl&aan en service nu herstarten" @@ -624,7 +658,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -635,38 +669,38 @@ "in plaats van in de standaard configuratiebestanden." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-ondersteuning actief" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning actief" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Omhoog" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Omlaag" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -677,37 +711,37 @@ "Het gebruik er van moet eerst in de configuratie gestopt worden." #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Kan de TSIG-sleutel niet verwijderen." #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecteer het bestand met de verificatiesleutel" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecteer het bestand voor de verificatie sleutel" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "De opgegeven bestandsnaam is een bestaande directory." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bestaat al. Overschrijven?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "De TSIG sleutel-ID is niet gespecificeerd." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -716,7 +750,7 @@ "Deze verwijderen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -725,27 +759,27 @@ "op uw schijf gevonden. Deze verwijderen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "De sleutel zal nu worden aangemaakt. Doorgaan?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Het aanmaken van de TSIG-sleutel is mislukt." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bestaat niet." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bevat geen enkele TSIG-sleutel." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -756,7 +790,7 @@ "De oude sleutels zullen verwijderd worden. Doorgaan?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -765,18 +799,20 @@ "Gebruik dit dialoog om de TSIG-sleutels te beheren.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</big> \n" -"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam\n" -"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" +"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam</" +"b>\n" +"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen." +"\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -785,11 +821,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</big> \n" "Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de bestandsnaam van het\n" -"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID om\n" -"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren klikken.\n" +"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID " +"om\n" +"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren " +"klikken.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -807,27 +845,27 @@ "het gebruik van deze sleutel stoppen.\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Sleutel-ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Genereren" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Huidige TSIG-sleutels" @@ -835,54 +873,54 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Sleutel-ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "&Geselecteerde optie" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Huidige optie: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "De geselecteerde optie is al aanwezig" #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -893,16 +931,17 @@ "wilt gaan wijzigen en klik daarna op Wijzigen." #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie " +"te\n" "verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op Verwijderen." #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -911,7 +950,7 @@ "om te laten zien of de optie al dan niet gewijzigd is." #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -922,38 +961,38 @@ "om deze hoger of lager in de lijst te zetten." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Overig" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Dit apparaat is niet geconfigureerd" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Klik op Wijzigen om te configureren" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "De modules worden geladen, even geduld a.u.b..." #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST configuratiecentrum" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Uitvoeren" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -962,12 +1001,12 @@ "U krijgt alleen modules te zien die geen root-privileges nodig hebben." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "YaST-ncurses bedienen via het toetsenbord" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -976,18 +1015,30 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Algemeen \n" -"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n" -"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n" +"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de " +"dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + " +"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n" "Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n" -"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten)." +"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven " +"schuiven in lijsten)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "Navigatie door de boomstructuur kan ook worden uitgevoerd met de pijltoetsen. Gebruik de [SPATIEBALK] om een vertakking te openen of te sluiten. Voor modules die een boomstructuur (kan eruit zien als een lijst) van configuratie-items weergeven, gebruikt u [ENTER] om aan de rechterkant de bijbehorende dialoog te openen./p." +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right." +msgstr "" +"Navigatie door de boomstructuur kan ook worden uitgevoerd met de " +"pijltoetsen. Gebruik de [SPATIEBALK] om een vertakking te openen of te " +"sluiten. Voor modules die een boomstructuur (kan eruit zien als een lijst) " +"van configuratie-items weergeven, gebruikt u [ENTER] om aan de rechterkant " +"de bijbehorende dialoog te openen./p." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -996,7 +1047,7 @@ "letter). Gebruik [ALT] en de betreffende letter om de knop te activeren." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1005,7 +1056,7 @@ "de menuknoppen) zonder verder iets te kiezen.\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1014,38 +1065,44 @@ "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." msgstr "" "2) Vervanging van toetsaanslagen \n" -"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n" +"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het " +"toetsenbord,\n" "zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n" -"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n" +"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus " +"met\n" "[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." msgstr "" "Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n" -"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n" +"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + " +"[H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB]." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Functietoetsen \n" -"F-toetsen bieden snelle toegang tot de belangrijkste functies. De bindingen van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog worden op de onderste regel weergegeven." +"F-toetsen bieden snelle toegang tot de belangrijkste functies. De bindingen " +"van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog worden op de onderste regel " +"weergegeven." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "De F-toetsen zijn meestal verbonden met een bepaalde actie:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1070,7 +1127,7 @@ "F10 = Ok, volgende, voltooien of accepteren " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1080,7 +1137,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1090,7 +1147,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1100,7 +1157,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1278,8 +1335,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" @@ -1301,7 +1358,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" @@ -1515,32 +1572,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Releasebestand %{file} niet gevonden" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Wilt u YaST-systeemreparatie stoppen?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Systeemreparatie afbreken" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "Met &systeemreparatie voortzetten" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1553,7 +1610,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1567,7 +1624,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1578,29 +1635,29 @@ "U zult een herinstallatie moeten uitvoeren." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Echt stoppen?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Berichten" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten tonen: %1" @@ -1610,103 +1667,101 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "ja" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "nee" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Time-out berichten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Time-out waarschuwingen: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Time-out fouten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten loggen: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Waarschuwing:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fout:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Bericht:" @@ -1759,25 +1814,25 @@ msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variabele" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm ontbreekt; installeer het xterm-pakket" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Persoonlijke GPG-sleutels" #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Gebruikers-id" @@ -1786,14 +1841,14 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Vingerafdruk" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1803,12 +1858,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Openbare GPG-sleutels" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1818,29 +1873,31 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager " +"voor meer informatie.\n" " Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n" " " #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Wachtzin voor GPG-sleutel %1" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1850,18 +1907,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Wachtzin opgeven" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Geef wachtzin op om GPG-sleutel %1 te ontgrendelen:" #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Voer een beschrijving in voor de wijzigingen die u hebt aangebracht." @@ -1893,7 +1950,8 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n" +"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te " +"slaan,\n" "kik op %1 en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1915,7 +1973,8 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en selecteer\n" +"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en " +"selecteer\n" "vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.\n" #. menu button @@ -1924,101 +1983,102 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "&Geavanceerd" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Log" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "Log op&slaan" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Log opslaan als..." #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het lezen van het logbestand." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." +msgstr "" +"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Firewall-pakket is niet geïnstalleerd." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Firewall is uitgeschakeld" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Firewall-poort is gesloten" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "De firewall-poort staat open op alle interfaces" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "De firewall-poort staat open op de geselecteerde interfaces" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Er zijn geen netwerkkaarten geconfigureerd" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Interface is niet toegewezen aan een zone." #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Netwerkinterfaces met een open poort in de firewall" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n" +"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd " +"worden:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2031,7 +2091,7 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2047,8 +2107,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2063,22 +2123,22 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Netwerk&interfaces met een open poort in de firewall" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Niets selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2087,7 +2147,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2097,7 +2157,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2110,7 +2170,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2119,7 +2179,7 @@ "waarvan u de poort wilt openen. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2128,46 +2188,46 @@ "de firewall is ingeschakeld." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Poort in firewall openen" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Firewall-details" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Poort in &firewall openen" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Firewall-&details..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Firewall is open" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "netwerkkaart" @@ -2175,27 +2235,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "onbekend" @@ -2205,326 +2265,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Extra adres" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchrone overdrachtmodus (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bindingsnetwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access voor Werkstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummie" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummie netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise Systeem Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel Systeem Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallelle Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarood netwerkapparaat" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarood apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallelle lijn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallelle lijnverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express of QDIO apparaat (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Seriële lijn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Seriële lijnverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring-netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Draadloos" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP netwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtueel LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netwerkbrug" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "NetwerkTUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netwerk-TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand apparaat" @@ -2539,55 +2599,55 @@ msgstr "DHCP-adres" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewezen" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Apparaattype" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaat naam" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Device ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbonden" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servers" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "E&xterne hosts" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Geëxporteerde directories" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2595,14 +2655,15 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n" -"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n" +"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit " +"programma.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2612,7 +2673,7 @@ "Start de installatie opnieuw en configureer het netwerk in Linuxrc\n" "of ga verder zonder netwerk." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2631,52 +2692,53 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n" +"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+." +"_-'.\n" "Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Externe zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Interne zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:117 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Gedemilitariseerde zone" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:238 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:240 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:242 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:244 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Onbekende zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2692,7 +2754,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2702,170 +2764,202 @@ "Start de YaST2 Firewall en wijs de interface toe aan een zone.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-configuratie initialiseren" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Netwerkapparaten controleren" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Huidige configuratie lezen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Mogelijk strijdige services nalopen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" -msgstr "Dynamische definities van geïnstalleerde services lezen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Netwerkapparaten worden gecontroleerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2506 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Huidige configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2508 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Er wordt op mogelijke strijdige services gecontroleerd..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2510 -msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." -msgstr "Dynamische definities van geïnstalleerde services worden gelezen..." - #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2679 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2681 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Firewall-service aanpassen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2685 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2687 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "De firewall-service wordt aangepast..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2706 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Het opslaan van de instellingen is mislukt" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Onbekend protocol (%1)" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden " +"uitgeschakeld." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">uitschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">inschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n" +"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>), maar\n" "er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort " +"niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'extern beheer' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'extern beheer' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'extern beheer' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'extern beheer' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op " +"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI doelpoorten zijn open" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI doelpoorten zijn geblokkeerd" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de " +"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2900,87 +2994,70 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:345 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:617 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Service met naam '%{service_name}' bestaat niet" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Service: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:483 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Onbekende service '%1'" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten dienen geïnstalleerd te worden:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten dienen verwijderd te worden:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Verwijderen" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "Pakket:" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "Grootte:" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt gedownload" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Pakket wordt gedownload..." -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "&Details weergeven" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakket %1 is beschadigd. Integriteitscontrole is mislukt." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Installatie van het pakket opnieuw proberen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?" @@ -2989,96 +3066,103 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fout: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" +"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken " +"systeem.\n" "Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt verwijderd..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt geïnstalleerd" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Pakket verwijderen." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Pakketten installeren" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van pakket %1 is mislukt." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "De installatie van pakket %1 is mislukt." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" -"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module uit te voeren." +"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module uit " +"te voeren." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "De opslagruimte op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een andere media-ID.\n" -"Als de URL correct is, geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de opslagruimte is veranderd.\n" -"Als u deze opslagruimte wilt blijven gebruiken, opent u Installatieopslagruimten in \n" +"Als de URL correct is, geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de opslagruimte is " +"veranderd.\n" +"Als u deze opslagruimte wilt blijven gebruiken, opent u " +"Installatieopslagruimten in \n" "YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuwt u de opslagruimte.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Kant A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Kant B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Schijf %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3087,7 +3171,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3100,7 +3184,7 @@ "Controleer of de directory wel toegankelijk is." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3112,90 +3196,85 @@ " %2.\n" "Controleer of de server wel toegankelijk is." -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "Kan het correcte opslagruimtemedium niet aankoppelen." - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen overslaan" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Uitwerpen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Werp cd/dvd-medium a&utomatisch uit" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie opnieuw proberen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Medium overslaan?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Negeer het slechte medium..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Opslagruimte %1 wordt gemaakt" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Er was een fout bij het aanmaken van de opslagruimte." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Kan de beschrijving van de externe opslagruimte niet ophalen." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het ophalen van nieuwe metagegevens." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "De opslagruimte is ongeldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "De metagegevens van de opslagruimte zijn ongeldig." @@ -3203,96 +3282,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Opnieuw?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Opslagruimte %1 wordt getest" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Fout tijdens het testen van de opslagruimte." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Details van opslagruimtetest." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "De metagegevens van de opslagruimte zijn ongeldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Opslagruimte %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 wordt toegepast..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt toegepast" -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "Patch-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "Pakket:" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Script %1 wordt gestart (patch %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Scripts worden uitgevoerd" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Uitvoer van script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3301,7 +3376,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3316,44 +3391,37 @@ "kunnen sommige pakketten ontbreken of verouderd zijn." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Verversen &overslaan" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloaden" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Downloaden: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt gecontroleerd" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +msgstr "" +"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3362,12 +3430,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt geconverteerd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3376,12 +3448,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "De RPM-database wordt gelezen..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten lezen" @@ -3392,27 +3464,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-database wordt doorzocht..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "De initialisatie van het doel is mislukt." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Lezen in RPM-database" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Gebruikerverificatie" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3423,10 +3495,23 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "&Details weergeven" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "Grootte:" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3436,7 +3521,7 @@ "PackageKit is nog steeds actief (waarschijnlijk bezig).\n" "Nog eens aan PackageKit vragen om te stoppen?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3453,14 +3538,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Kon geen toegang krijgen tot de softwarebeheer" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3469,7 +3554,7 @@ "of wilt u opnieuw proberen toegang te verkrijgen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3479,19 +3564,19 @@ "doorgaan zonder toegang te hebben of wilt u afbreken?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Wilt u afbreken of het opnieuw proberen?\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Accepteert u deze licentieovereenkomst?" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3530,17 +3615,17 @@ "zal YaST mogelijk niet goed kunnen functioneren.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Deze pakketlicentie bevestigen: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &akkoord" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "Ik ga &niet akkoord" @@ -3550,7 +3635,8 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3558,27 +3644,33 @@ "<big>Licentiebevestiging</big> \n" "Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n" "nodig dat de licentie wordt geaccepteerd.\n" -"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet " +"geïnstalleerd worden.\n" " \n" "Klik op Ik ga akkoord als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n" "Klik op Ik ga niet akkoord als u de pakketlicentie afwijst." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tIn deze dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en opgeven welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" -"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond in de\n" -"\t\tlinkerkolom. Als u een beschrijving van een item wilt bekijken, selecteert u het item in de lijst.\n" +"\t\tIn deze dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en opgeven " +"welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" +"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie " +"getoond in de\n" +"\t\tlinkerkolom. Als u een beschrijving van een item wilt bekijken, " +"selecteert u het item in de lijst.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3587,12 +3679,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tU kunt de status van een item wijzigen door op het statuspictogram te klikken\n" -"\t\tof door met de rechtermuisknop te klikken op een pictogram om het contextmenu te openen.\n" +"\t\tU kunt de status van een item wijzigen door op het statuspictogram te " +"klikken\n" +"\t\tof door met de rechtermuisknop te klikken op een pictogram om het " +"contextmenu te openen.\n" "\t\tIn het contextmenu kunt u ook de status van alle items wijzigen.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3604,10 +3698,11 @@ "\t\twaar u individuele softwarepakketten kunt bekijken en selecteren.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3615,133 +3710,140 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n" +"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over " +"blijft\n" "\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n" -"\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn, kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n" +"\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn, kunnen de systeemprestaties " +"nadelig\n" "\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n" -"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n" +"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen " +"werken.\n" "\t\t" #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Softwareselectie en systeemtaken" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(meer)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installatie is geslaagd" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Installatie van pakketten is mislukt" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Foutmelding: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Mislukte pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten : %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Niet geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakketten" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Verstreken tijd: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Totale installatiegrootte: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistieken" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installatielog" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Na het installeren van de pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Dit rapport weergeven" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Voltooien" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Doorgaan in Software Manager" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier ziet u een samenvatting van geïnstalleerde of verwijderde pakketten." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier ziet u een samenvatting van " +"geïnstalleerde of verwijderde pakketten." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Installatierapport" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Overgebleven pakketten" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3771,7 +3873,8 @@ "Het pakket %1 uit de opslagruimte %2\n" "%3\n" "is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n" -"en integriteit van het pakket niet kunnen worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n" +"en integriteit van het pakket niet kunnen worden geverifieerd. Het " +"installeren van\n" "het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?" @@ -3779,7 +3882,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3798,16 +3901,16 @@ "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Niet-ondertekend pakket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Niet-ondertekend bestand" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3817,86 +3920,89 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "Geen controlesom voor pakket %1 gevonden in de opslagruimte.\n" -"Hoewel het pakket onderdeel is van de ondertekende opslagruimte, zit het niet in de\n" +"Hoewel het pakket onderdeel is van de ondertekende opslagruimte, zit het " +"niet in de\n" "lijst van controlesommen in deze opslagruimte. Het installeren van het\n" "pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de opslagruimte.\n" "Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende opslagruimte,\n" -"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n" +"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het " +"gebruiken\n" "van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Geen controlesom gevonden." #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Naam: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Aangemaakt: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Verlopen: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Naam:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Vingerafdruk:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Aangemaakt: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Verlopen: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3910,16 +4016,18 @@ msgstr "" "Pakket %1 uit opslagruimte %2\n" "%3\n" -"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" "Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" -"door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n" +"door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico " +"voor de integriteit\n" "en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3933,21 +4041,23 @@ msgstr "" "Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" +"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk " +"of\n" "door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n" "risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Validatiecontrole is mislukt" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3968,7 +4078,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch installeren?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3989,12 +4099,12 @@ "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Onbekende GnuPG-sleutel" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4017,7 +4127,7 @@ "dat u het pakket overslaat.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4040,17 +4150,17 @@ "dat u het overslaat.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Ondertekend met niet-vertrouwde openbare sleutel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "Sleutel vertrouwen en impor&teren" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4066,11 +4176,12 @@ "over de software op uw systeem." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used." msgstr "" "Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n" "pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n" @@ -4078,7 +4189,7 @@ "door de eigenaar van de sleutel zijn aangemaakt niet worden gebruikt." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4089,7 +4200,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4104,23 +4215,23 @@ "u deze importeert." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "WAARSCHUWING: De sleutel is verlopen!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Niet-vertrouwde GnuPG-sleutel importeren" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Vertrouwen" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4137,25 +4248,28 @@ "maar de huidige controlesom is %3.\n" "\n" "Het bestand is, \n" -"nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n" -"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" +"nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of door een " +"aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n" +"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met " +"zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Verkeerde samenvoeging" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4163,13 +4277,15 @@ "is %2,\n" "maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n" -"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n" +"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan " +"worden\n" +"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw " +"systeem in gevaar.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Onbekende samenvatting" @@ -4180,74 +4296,82 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installeren..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Resterend" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tijd" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Uitgevoerde acties:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " +"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden " +"afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een " +"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen " +"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Releaseopmerkingen %s" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Diasho&w" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Upgrade uitvoeren" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installatie uitvoeren" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4256,17 +4380,18 @@ "met de installatie?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systeemlog (%1)" @@ -4851,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth apparaat" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -4860,7 +4985,7 @@ "YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4868,17 +4993,43 @@ "De bestanden %1 zijn handmatig gewijzigd.\n" "YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Dit bericht niet meer weergeven" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"Bestand %1 is handmatig gewijzigd.\n" +"YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen.\n" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"De bestanden %1 zijn handmatig gewijzigd.\n" +"YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen" + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:409 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4887,19 +5038,19 @@ "de nieuwe kernel te activeren.\n" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-activering bevestigen" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 heeft het volgende apparaat gedetecteerd" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "Te laden stuurprogramma/mo&dule" @@ -4913,18 +5064,21 @@ "van elkaar gescheiden door komma's." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n" -"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n" -"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen." +"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden " +"gescheiden.\n" +"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken " +"mag niet aan het begin\n" +"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een " +"cijfer beginnen." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4933,7 +5087,7 @@ "Een hostnaam mag niet met een koppelteken beginnen of eindigen.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -4942,7 +5096,7 @@ "tussen 0 en 255 die gescheiden zijn door punten." #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -4953,7 +5107,7 @@ "Het kan tot één dubbele dubbelepunt bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -4969,52 +5123,53 @@ "Voorbeelden:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/" +"ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/s" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (gemiddeld %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "..." +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/s" + #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. #. If the user selects 'manual installation' when #. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules @@ -5026,18 +5181,18 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Hardwaredetectie bevestigen" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST zal de volgende hardware detecteren:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5045,40 +5200,41 @@ "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" msgstr "" "Deze module moet als root draaien.\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal " +"functioneren.\n" "Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n" "worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Root-privileges vereist" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Wilt u '%1' verwijderen?" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Toepassen" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5087,14 +5243,14 @@ "initialiseren...\n" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 msgid "Module" msgstr "Module" @@ -5691,7 +5847,9 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben." +msgstr "" +"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam " +"hebben." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -5742,12 +5900,14 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n" "\n" "Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n" -"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr." +"arpa.'.\n" "Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make @@ -5759,7 +5919,8 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt " +"eindigt,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -5796,7 +5957,8 @@ "Ongeldige SOA-record.\n" "%1 moet een BIND-tijdstype zijn.\n" "Een BIND-tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de niet-hoofdlettergevoelige\n" -"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n" +"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel " +"toegestaan.\n" "Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -5812,7 +5974,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "Als er naar een logboekbestand geschreven wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." +msgstr "" +"Als er naar een logboekbestand geschreven wordt moet de bestandsnaam " +"gedefinieerd zijn." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -5873,3 +6037,78 @@ msgstr "" "Er wordt door uw DNS-server geen omgekeerde zone voor %1 beheerd.\n" "Hostnaam %2 kan niet worden toegevoegd." + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Servicestart" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.\n" +"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' " +"buttons).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Huidige status: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Waarschuwing" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "&Stoppen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" +#~ msgstr "Dynamische definities van geïnstalleerde services lezen" + +#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." +#~ msgstr "Dynamische definities van geïnstalleerde services worden gelezen..." + +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "Kan het correcte opslagruimtemedium niet aankoppelen." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 11:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-05 14:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -26,151 +26,55 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Delete a global option" msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie verwijderen" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie instellen" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe - gaarne de interactieve modus gebruiken" - #. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 msgid "Print value of specified option" msgstr "Waarde van opgegeven optie afdrukken" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "De naam van de sectie" - -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 msgid "The key of the option" msgstr "De sleutel van de optie" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 msgid "The value of the option" msgstr "De waarde van de optie" -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden." - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "Waarde was niet gespecificeerd." -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" - #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." -msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "Optie was niet gespecificeerd." +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value: %1" +msgid "Value: %s" +msgstr "Waarde: %1" + #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "De gespecificeerde optie bestaat niet." -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "Waarde: %1" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Het systeem wordt nu afgesloten.%1\n" -"Lees het bijbehorende hoofdstuk in de \n" -"documentatie voor meer informatie. \n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Opstarten" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Opstarten" - -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "Schijfvolgorde" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "Opstartmenu" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Opties bootloader" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -192,13 +96,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die het opstartlaadprogramma bevat. De algemene MBR-" +"code start vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als het opstartlaadprogramma is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -219,10 +127,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Time-out in seconden \n" -"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.\n" +"Geeft de tijd op die de bootloader wacht tot de standaardkernel is geladen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -233,131 +143,176 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken, markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken, markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de time-out niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door algemene code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent: installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" -"Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord wordt afgeraden als u een ander besturingssysteem hebt\n" +"Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord wordt afgeraden als u een ander " +"besturingssysteem hebt\n" "geïnstalleerd op de computer" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor opstartlader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager te configureren voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor opstartlader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " +"of uw andere opstartmanager te configureren voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten vanaf uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd zijn als uw root-partitie is ingesteld op \n" +"Opstarten vanaf uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd zijn als uw " +"root-partitie is ingesteld op \n" "logische partitie en de /opstartpartitie ontbreekt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie: hiermee stelt u de partitie in waarvan wordt opgestart" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie: hiermee stelt u de partitie in waarvan " +"wordt opgestart" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" +#| "code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</" +"code>) voor details." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Terminal Definition \n" +#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#| "a serial console),\n" +#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#| "code> to the\n" +#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#| "which you\n" +#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +"opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " +"waarop u een \n" " willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#| "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm het opstartlaadprogramma met een wachtwoord \n" -"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST accepteert het wachtwoord\n" +"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST " +"accepteert het wachtwoord\n" "uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -366,231 +321,167 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Locaties van opstartlaadprogramma" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Standaard opstartsectie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "&Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "Gebruik de ver&trouwde Grub" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van Uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Seriële verbindings&parameters" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menu &verbergen bij opstarten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "Grafisch &menubestand" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor de menu-interface" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Foutopspor&ingsvlag" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz> -#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de> -#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de> -#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "Kies het nieuwe grafische menubestand" - -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "Geluids&signalen inschakelen" - #. Validate function of a popup #. @param [String] key any widget key #. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation #. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er beschermen met wachtwoord" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Wach&twoord herhalen" -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "&Console-argumenten" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Apparaat" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "Apparaattoewijzig moet minstens één apparaat bevatten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "Schij&ven" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "&Omhoog" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "&Omlaag" - #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van &hoofdpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Locatie bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord (&MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstart&en van uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Details bootloaderinstallatie" - #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Opties voor opstartcode" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Kernelparameters" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Opties voor opstartlaadprogramma" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "Opties bootloader" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Beveiligd opstarten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &beveiligd opstarten inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Locatie opstart&laadprogramma" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Kies de partitie waar de opstartprocedure wordt geïnstalleerd." @@ -609,54 +500,65 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel: hiermee definieert u aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor kernelopdrachtregel: hiermee definieert u " +"aanvullende parameters die aan de kernel moeten worden doorgegeven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus geeft de VGA-modus aan waarop de kernel de console moet instellen tijdens het opstarten." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus geeft de VGA-modus aan waarop de kernel de console</" +"i> moet instellen tijdens het opstarten." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Markering voor beschermde MBR is uitsluitend voor instellingen op " +"expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer " +"informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet " +"zeker weet." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Markering voor beschermde MBR is uitsluitend voor instellingen op expertniveau en uitsluitend nodig op exotische hardware. Zie voor meer informatie Beschermde MBR in GPT-schijven. Niet gebruiken als u het niet zeker weet." +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"Distributeur geeft de naam aan van de distributeur van de kernel " +"die wordt gebruikt om de vermeldingsnaam voor opstarten te maken. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur geeft de naam aan van de distributeur van de kernel die wordt gebruikt om de vermeldingsnaam voor opstarten te maken. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 msgid "D&istributor" msgstr "D&istributeur" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Attribuut voor beschermde MBR" @@ -665,30 +567,20 @@ #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels #. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) #. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modus %4)" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." msgstr "Standaard 8-pixel lettertypemodus." #. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 msgid "Text Mode" msgstr "Tekstmodus" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Niet gespecificeerd" @@ -709,223 +601,71 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatisch gedetecteerde door grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Nieuw grafische themabestand kiezen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafische console gebruiken" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolutie van &console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Thema van &console" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "&Console-argumenten" + +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel aan." #. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De opstartpartitie is van type NFS. Bootloader kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Er zijn geen opties om voor de huidige bootloader in te stellen." -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "Kernel-sectie" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "Sectie-instellingen" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen: sectiebeheer" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "Xen-sectie" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Menusectie" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "Sectie met geheugendump" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "Andere systeemsectie" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "&Bestandsnaam" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Bestandsnaam: %1" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "Be&standsinhoud" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "Handmatige expertconfiguratie" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Overig" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "Image" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Diskette" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "Menu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "Dump" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "Def." - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "Label" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "Image / apparaat" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "Instellen als stan&daard" - #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Bootloader" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -939,116 +679,66 @@ "\n" "Doorgaan?\n" -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"U wilt uw bootloader gaan wijzigen. Bij het converteren \n" -"van de configuratie kunnen sommige instellingen verloren gaan.\n" -"\n" -"De huidige configuratie zal worden opgeslagen en u kunt deze\n" -"terugzetten wanneer u besluit terug te gaan naar de huidige bootloader.\n" -"\n" -"Selecteer de actie die u wilt uitvoeren:\n" +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +msgstr "Configuratiebestan&den wijzigen" -#. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "Nieuwe configuratie &voorstellen" -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "Huidige configuratie co&nverteren" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "Volledig nieuwe configuratie &starten" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "Opgeslagen configuratie van schijf &lezen" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "Configuratie die voor de conversie is opgeslagen he&rstellen" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "Selecteer de bootloader voordat u secties gaat bewerken." - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "Configuratiebestan&den wijzigen" - #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "Nieuw&e configuratie" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "Configuratie van schijf he&rlezen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "MBR van vaste schijf terugzetten" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Opstartcode bootloader naar schijf schrijven" +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Overig" + #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "Het MBR is met succes teruggezet." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Het terugzetten van het MBR is mislukt." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Het opslaan van de opstartinstellingen is mislukt." -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "&Sectiebeheer" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "Bootloader&installatie" - #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Boot&loaderopties" +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +msgstr "&Details bootloaderinstallatie" + #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 msgid "" @@ -1067,21 +757,14 @@ "<BIG>Bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</BIG> \n" "Even geduld a.u.b... " -#. help text, optional part of following +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u meerdere Linux-systemen heeft geïnstalleerd, kan YaST\n" -"deze proberen te vinden en hun menu's samenvoegen." - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -1090,7 +773,7 @@ "of de configuratie die op uw schijf is opgeslagen opnieuw inlezen. %1" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." @@ -1099,7 +782,7 @@ "configuratiebestanden van de bootloader handmatig te bewerken." #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." @@ -1108,7 +791,7 @@ "in het opstartmenu." #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." @@ -1117,7 +800,7 @@ "van de geselecteerde sectie te zien." #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -1126,16 +809,21 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." @@ -1146,7 +834,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" @@ -1155,7 +843,7 @@ "De bootmanager (%1) kan op de volgende manieren worden geïnstalleerd:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -1166,43 +854,31 @@ "de computer is geïnstalleerd." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader te configureren voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader te configureren voor het starten van " +"&product;." -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"\n" -"- On a Floppy Disk.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option." -msgstr "" -"\n" -"- Op een Diskette.\n" -"Gebruik deze optie als u wilt voorkomen dat u een al bestaand\n" -"opstartmechanisme verstoort. Activeer het opstarten vanaf een diskette\n" -"in de BIOS van uw computer om deze optie te kunnen gebruiken." - #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "\n" "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -1213,7 +889,7 @@ "van uw systeem als u deze optie selecteert." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -1221,11 +897,13 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de vaste schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de vaste schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -1236,40 +914,44 @@ " of <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in het invoerveld." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Installatiedetails opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om de geavanceerde opties van de opstartlaadprogramma-installatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details opstartlaadpogramma-installatie." +"Om de geavanceerde opties van de opstartlaadprogramma-installatie aan te " +"passen\n" +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details opstartlaadpogramma-" +"installatie." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Type opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat moet zijn,\n" +"Om te bepalen of u een opstartlaadprogramma wilt installeren en welke dat " +"moet zijn,\n" "selecteer Opstartlaadprogramma." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "Boot Loader Options \n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opties opstartlaadprogramma \n" -"Om de opties van het opstartlaadprogramma aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik op\n" +"Om de opties van het opstartlaadprogramma aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, " +"klik op\n" "Opties opstartlaadprogramma." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" @@ -1277,21 +959,24 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" -"Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de opstartlaadpogrammasectie op te geven.\n" +"Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de opstartlaadpogrammasectie op te " +"geven.\n" "De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" "Select the type of the new section to create." @@ -1300,100 +985,97 @@ "Selecteer het type van de nieuwe sectie die u wilt aanmaken." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +"de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "Installeer geen enkele bootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Installeer geen enkele bootloader" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Installeer de standaardbootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Standaardbootloader installeren" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Bootloader" -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "Bootsector %1 is naar de diskette geschreven" - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "Laat de diskette in het station." - #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 msgid "" @@ -1412,18 +1094,13 @@ "Wilt u de bootloaderconfiguratie afsluiten zonder deze op te slaan?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "Wilt u sectie %1 verwijderen?" - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn." #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -1431,81 +1108,15 @@ "De velden 'Wachtwoord' en 'Wachtwoord herhalen''\n" "komen niet overeen. Voer het wachtwoord opnieuw in." -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n" -"Controleer de instellingen van sectie %1.\n" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" -"van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n" - #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete #. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" msgstr "%1Standaardbootloaderlocatie instellen?\n" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "Ext2-bestandssysteem aanmaken" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "FAT-bestandssysteem aanmaken" - -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" -"De bootsector zal naar een diskette worden\n" -"geschreven. Plaats een geformatteerde diskette\n" -"en bevestig met 'OK'.\n" - -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "&Low level formatteren" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "Bestandssysteem &aanmaken" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "Low level formatteren is mislukt. Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "De aanmaak van het bestandssysteem is mislukt." - #. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 msgid "" "The name selected is already used.\n" "Use a different one.\n" @@ -1514,7 +1125,7 @@ "Gebruik een andere naam\n" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 msgid "" "An error occurred during boot loader\n" "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" @@ -1522,14 +1133,9 @@ "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de installatie van de bootloader.\n" "Bootloaderconfiguratie opnieuw proberen?\n" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "Kon de bootloader niet installeren." - #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1552,527 +1158,870 @@ "Doorgaan?\n" #. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" msgstr "&Ja, herschrijven" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Image-sectie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "Kernelimage: hiermee definieert u de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of selecteer deze via Bladeren" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 +#. error report +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using Browse.\n" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" -"Eerste ramdisk, als deze niet leeg is, wordt hiermee bepaald welke ramdisk als eerste wordt gebruikt. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in\n" -"of selecteer deze via Bladeren.\n" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden " +"geïnstalleerd." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Apparaattoewijzig moet minstens één apparaat bevatten" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "Schij&ven" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Apparaat" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -"Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -"geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." msgstr "" -"Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" -"maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen-hypervisor door te geven parameters." +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Het systeem wordt nu afgesloten.%1\n" +"Lees het bijbehorende hoofdstuk in de \n" +"documentatie voor meer informatie. \n" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Menusectie" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -msgstr "Het Menubeschrijvingsbestand bevat het pad op het hoofdapparaat vanwaaruit het menubestand wordt geladen." +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Opstarten" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" -"Edit and Delete" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" -"Afmetingen bevat bestanden die zijn berekend met PCR. U kunt de tabel wijzigen met de knoppen: Toevoegen , \n" -"Bewerken en Verwijderen" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 +#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal +#. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 msgid "" -"Allow attempt to relocate\n" -"Usually specified in global section" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan\n" -"Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" +"Opstartcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet " +"installeren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 msgid "" -"Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" -"Usually specified in global section" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" -"Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" +"Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" +"\">installeren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 msgid "" -"Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition." +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" -"een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" -" bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." +"Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">niet installeren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 msgid "" -"Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" -"Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd.\n" +"Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "" -"Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" -"Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." +"Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" +"\">niet installeren</a>)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Imagesectie" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">installeren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "&Kernel-image" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij " +"u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "&Hoofdapparaat" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "Eerste ramd&isk" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "Chainloader-sectie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "&Ander systeem" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "Bestandssysteem niet &controleren voor opstarten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "Deze partitie &activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "B&tegenslot voor Chainloading" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "&Sectie toewijzen naar de eerste schijf in de apparaattoewijzing" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "&Hypervisor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "&Aanvullende Xen-hypervisorparameters" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "&Partitie van menubestand" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "Bestand met &menubeschrijving" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "&Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "Poging tot ve&rplaatsing toestaan" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "&Doeldirectory voor sectie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "Bestand voor op&tionele parameters" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "Dumpsectie (verouderd)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "&Dumpapparaat" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "&SCSI-dumpapparaat" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "&Lijst met menu-items" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "&Nummer van standaarditem" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "Op&startmenu weergeven" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "Image k&opiëren naar opstartpartitie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "Sectie zonder problemen over&slaan bij fouten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "&Partitie van ander systeem opstarten" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "De image-sectie moet de gespecificeerde kernel-image bevatten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Het image bestand bestaat nu niet. Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "Het initrd-bestand nu niet Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "&SELinux activeren" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "De naam bevat niet toegestane tekens" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "Vraag voor oplossen bij opstarten." - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "Geselecteerde sectie klonen" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "Ander systeem (Chainloader)" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "Sectietype" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "Sectie&naam" - -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan het opstartlaadprogramma niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." - -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>)" - -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode niet installeren in /opstartpartitie (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Opstartcode installeren in \"/\" partitie (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Installeer de opstartcode niet in partitie \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installeren</a>)" - #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Locatie wijzigen: %s" -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr " (\"/opstarten\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:263 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (uitgebreid)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr " (\"/\")" - #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:271 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:278 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr " (standaard)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections: %1" -msgstr "Secties: %1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: er is geen locatie geselecteerd voor bootloader stage1. Tenzij u weet wat u moet doen, selecteert u de bovenstaande locatie." - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Beveiligd opstarten inschakelen: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Onbekende bootloader: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde combinatie van hardwareplatvorm %1 en bootloader %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met het btrfs-bestandssysteem en de GPT-" +"schijflabel zonder de partitie bios_grub. Als u dit probleem wilt oplossen, " +"maakt u de partitie bios_grub of gebruikt u een extern bestandssysteem voor " +"de opstartpartitie, of installeert u stage 1 naar MBR niet." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "YaST kan niet de precieze opstartvolgorde bepalen van de schijven die nodig zijn voor de apparaattoewijzing. Controleer en pas zo nodig de volgorde aan van de schijven in \"Gegevens van instellingen voor opstartlaadprogramma\"" - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"Externe partitie voor opstarten ontbreekt. Opstartcode kan niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe - gaarne de interactieve modus gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "The name of the section" +#~ msgstr "De naam van de sectie" + +#~ msgid "Section %1 not found." +#~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " +#~ "commandoregelmodus" + +#~ msgid "Section name must be specified." +#~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." + +#~ msgid "Disk Order" +#~ msgstr "Schijfvolgorde" + +#~ msgid "Boot Menu" +#~ msgstr "Opstartmenu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent: installeer de vertrouwde " +#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt " +#~ "genegeerd.\n" +#~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch " +#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." + +#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." +#~ msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." + +#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" +#~ msgstr "Gebruik de ver&trouwde Grub" + +#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File" +#~ msgstr "Grafisch &menubestand" + +#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" +#~ msgstr "Kies het nieuwe grafische menubestand" + +#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" +#~ msgstr "Geluids&signalen inschakelen" + +#~ msgid "&Up" +#~ msgstr "&Omhoog" + +#~ msgid "&Down" +#~ msgstr "&Omlaag" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" + +#~ msgid "Kernel Section" +#~ msgstr "Kernel-sectie" + +#~ msgid "Section Settings" +#~ msgstr "Sectie-instellingen" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" +#~ msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen: sectiebeheer" + +#~ msgid "Xen Section" +#~ msgstr "Xen-sectie" + +#~ msgid "Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "Menusectie" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section" +#~ msgstr "Sectie met geheugendump" + +#~ msgid "Other System Section" +#~ msgstr "Andere systeemsectie" + +#~ msgid "&Filename" +#~ msgstr "&Bestandsnaam" + +#~ msgid "Filename: %1" +#~ msgstr "Bestandsnaam: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents" +#~ msgstr "Be&standsinhoud" + +#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Handmatige expertconfiguratie" + +#~ msgid "Image" +#~ msgstr "Image" + +#~ msgid "Xen" +#~ msgstr "Xen" + +#~ msgid "Floppy" +#~ msgstr "Diskette" + +#~ msgid "Menu" +#~ msgstr "Menu" + +#~ msgid "Dump" +#~ msgstr "Dump" + +#~ msgid "Def." +#~ msgstr "Def." + +#~ msgid "Label" +#~ msgstr "Label" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "Type" + +#~ msgid "Image / Device" +#~ msgstr "Image / apparaat" + +#~ msgid "Set as De&fault" +#~ msgstr "Instellen als stan&daard" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a course of action:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "U wilt uw bootloader gaan wijzigen. Bij het converteren \n" +#~ "van de configuratie kunnen sommige instellingen verloren gaan.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "De huidige configuratie zal worden opgeslagen en u kunt deze\n" +#~ "terugzetten wanneer u besluit terug te gaan naar de huidige bootloader.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Selecteer de actie die u wilt uitvoeren:\n" + +#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Huidige configuratie co&nverteren" + +#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "Volledig nieuwe configuratie &starten" + +#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" +#~ msgstr "Opgeslagen configuratie van schijf &lezen" + +#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" +#~ msgstr "Configuratie die voor de conversie is opgeslagen he&rstellen" + +#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer de bootloader voordat u secties gaat bewerken." + +#~ msgid "&Section Management" +#~ msgstr "&Sectiebeheer" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader&installatie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer u meerdere Linux-systemen heeft geïnstalleerd, kan YaST\n" +#~ "deze proberen te vinden en hun menu's samenvoegen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- On a Floppy Disk.\n" +#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "- Op een Diskette.\n" +#~ "Gebruik deze optie als u wilt voorkomen dat u een al bestaand\n" +#~ "opstartmechanisme verstoort. Activeer het opstarten vanaf een diskette\n" +#~ "in de BIOS van uw computer om deze optie te kunnen gebruiken." + +#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "Bootsector %1 is naar de diskette geschreven" + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." +#~ msgstr "Laat de diskette in het station." + +#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?" +#~ msgstr "Wilt u sectie %1 verwijderen?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n" +#~ "Controleer de instellingen van sectie %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" +#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de " +#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" +#~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System" +#~ msgstr "Ext2-bestandssysteem aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System" +#~ msgstr "FAT-bestandssysteem aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +#~ "and confirm with OK.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bootsector zal naar een diskette worden\n" +#~ "geschreven. Plaats een geformatteerde diskette\n" +#~ "en bevestig met 'OK'.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Low Level Format" +#~ msgstr "&Low level formatteren" + +#~ msgid "&Create File System" +#~ msgstr "Bestandssysteem &aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +#~ msgstr "Low level formatteren is mislukt. Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?" + +#~ msgid "Creating file system failed." +#~ msgstr "De aanmaak van het bestandssysteem is mislukt." + +#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Kon de bootloader niet installeren." + +#~ msgid "Image Section" +#~ msgstr "Image-sectie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kernelimage: hiermee definieert u de op te starten kernel. Voer " +#~ "de naam rechtstreeks in of selecteer deze via Bladeren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet " +#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eerste ramdisk, als deze niet leeg is, wordt hiermee bepaald " +#~ "welke ramdisk als eerste wordt gebruikt. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam " +#~ "rechtstreeks in\n" +#~ "of selecteer deze via Bladeren.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren " +#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren " +#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " +#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor " +#~ "opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de " +#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te " +#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " +#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" +#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" + +#~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." +#~ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " +#~ "aanvullende aan de xen-hypervisor door te geven parameters." + +#~ msgid "Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "Menusectie" + +#~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" +#~ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het Menubeschrijvingsbestand bevat het pad op het hoofdapparaat " +#~ "vanwaaruit het menubestand wordt geladen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap " +#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Edit and Delete" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afmetingen bevat bestanden die zijn berekend met PCR. U kunt " +#~ "de tabel wijzigen met de knoppen: Toevoegen , \n" +#~ "Bewerken en Verwijderen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Allow attempt to relocate\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan\n" +#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " +#~ "opgegeven hoe\n" +#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " +#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n" +#~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " +#~ "configuratie.\n" +#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " +#~ "gegroepeerd.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" +#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " +#~ "schakelen. \n" +#~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." + +#~ msgid "Image Section" +#~ msgstr "Imagesectie" + +#~ msgid "&Kernel Image" +#~ msgstr "&Kernel-image" + +#~ msgid "&Root Device" +#~ msgstr "&Hoofdapparaat" + +#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" +#~ msgstr "Eerste ramd&isk" + +#~ msgid "Chainloader Section" +#~ msgstr "Chainloader-sectie" + +#~ msgid "Use Password Protection" +#~ msgstr "Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "&Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Ander systeem" + +#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" +#~ msgstr "Bestandssysteem niet &controleren voor opstarten" + +#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" +#~ msgstr "Deze partitie &activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten" + +#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" +#~ msgstr "B&tegenslot voor Chainloading" + +#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" +#~ msgstr "&Sectie toewijzen naar de eerste schijf in de apparaattoewijzing" + +#~ msgid "&Hypervisor" +#~ msgstr "&Hypervisor" + +#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" +#~ msgstr "&Aanvullende Xen-hypervisorparameters" + +#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File" +#~ msgstr "&Partitie van menubestand" + +#~ msgid "&Menu Description File" +#~ msgstr "Bestand met &menubeschrijving" + +#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "&Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" + +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" +#~ msgstr "Poging tot ve&rplaatsing toestaan" + +#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" +#~ msgstr "&Doeldirectory voor sectie" + +#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" +#~ msgstr "Bestand voor op&tionele parameters" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" +#~ msgstr "Dumpsectie (verouderd)" + +#~ msgid "&Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "&Dumpapparaat" + +#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "&SCSI-dumpapparaat" + +#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries" +#~ msgstr "&Lijst met menu-items" + +#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry" +#~ msgstr "&Nummer van standaarditem" + +#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds" +#~ msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" + +#~ msgid "&Show boot menu" +#~ msgstr "Op&startmenu weergeven" + +#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Image k&opiëren naar opstartpartitie" + +#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" +#~ msgstr "Sectie zonder problemen over&slaan bij fouten" + +#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" +#~ msgstr "&Partitie van ander systeem opstarten" + +#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" +#~ msgstr "De image-sectie moet de gespecificeerde kernel-image bevatten" + +#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "Het image bestand bestaat nu niet. Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" + +#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "Het initrd-bestand nu niet Wilt u het echt gebruiken?" + +#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux" +#~ msgstr "&SELinux activeren" + +#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" +#~ msgstr "De naam bevat niet toegestane tekens" + +#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." +#~ msgstr "Vraag voor oplossen bij opstarten." + +#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section" +#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde sectie klonen" + +#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" +#~ msgstr "Ander systeem (Chainloader)" + +#~ msgid "Section Type" +#~ msgstr "Sectietype" + +#~ msgid "Section &Name" +#~ msgstr "Sectie&naam" + +#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/opstarten\")" + +#~ msgid " (\"/\")" +#~ msgstr " (\"/\")" + +#~ msgid " (default)" +#~ msgstr " (standaard)" + +#~ msgid "Sections: %1" +#~ msgstr "Secties: %1" + +#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" +#~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST kan niet de precieze opstartvolgorde bepalen van de schijven die " +#~ "nodig zijn voor de apparaattoewijzing. Controleer en pas zo nodig de " +#~ "volgorde aan van de schijven in \"Gegevens van instellingen voor " +#~ "opstartlaadprogramma\"" + +#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +#~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-" +#~ "partitietabel" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -85,15 +85,22 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "" +"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "" +"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "" +"P12-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -109,15 +116,19 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en " +"het\n" "certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n" -"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" +"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA " +"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -361,8 +372,12 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de " +"servernaam en e-mail." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -383,16 +398,21 @@ msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet ophalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "" +"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet ophalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in " +"om door te kunnen gaan." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van certificaten uit.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van " +"certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -446,11 +466,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van certificaten uit.\n" +"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de " +"certificaten.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het maken van " +"certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -461,8 +485,12 @@ msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." +msgid "" +"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "" +"Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is " +"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -499,24 +527,28 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " +"certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatiemethode\n" +"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de " +"gewenste installatiemethode\n" "voor de CA's en de certificaten.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" +"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het " +"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" "als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n" "\n" @@ -611,14 +643,17 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en -certificaat aan. De CA en het\n" -"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen communiceren.\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en -certificaat aan. De CA en " +"het\n" +"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen " +"communiceren.\n" "De standaardinstellingen kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n" "\n" @@ -642,38 +677,67 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." -msgstr "Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." +msgid "" +"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections." +msgstr "" +"Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-" +"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die uitgevoerd worden op deze host. " +msgid "" +"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor " +"verschillende services te leveren die uitgevoerd worden op deze host. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." -msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service." +msgstr "" +"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken " +"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." +msgid "" +"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "" +"Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw " +"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te klikken. Wees echter absoluut zeker dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services." +msgid "" +"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te " +"klikken. Wees echter absoluut zeker dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door " +"andere services." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." +msgid "" +"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " +"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "" +"Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de " +"module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." -msgstr "Certificaten die vanaf een schijf geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in de PKCS12-indeling met CA-keten te zijn geschreven." +msgid "" +"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain." +msgstr "" +"Certificaten die vanaf een schijf geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in " +"de PKCS12-indeling met CA-keten te zijn geschreven." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -736,8 +800,12 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "Speciale informatie over de huidige CA wordt gegeven door Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." +msgid "" +"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" +"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "" +"Speciale informatie over de huidige CA wordt gegeven door " +"Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -872,25 +940,38 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe sub-CA of een nieuw certificaat zal het systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen." +msgid "" +"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe sub-CA of een nieuw certificaat zal het " +"systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaardinstellingen aan te passen." +msgstr "" +"Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaardinstellingen aan te passen." #. help text 3/4 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." -msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe items gebruikt." +msgid "" +"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe items " +"gebruikt." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "U kunt de standaardinstellingen van de sub-CA's, de clientcertificaten en de servercertificaten aanpassen." +msgid "" +"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " +"certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de standaardinstellingen van de sub-CA's, de " +"clientcertificaten en de servercertificaten aanpassen." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -910,8 +991,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft van alle standaardinstellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft van alle standaardinstellingen een overzicht alvorens " +"ze worden opgeslagen." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1024,8 +1109,14 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief e-mailadres en de certificaatstatus (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "" +"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van " +"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief e-" +"mailadres en de certificaatstatus (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1034,23 +1125,37 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." -msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " +"complete certificaat." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." -msgstr "Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of Exporteren." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of " +"Exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuw server- of clientcertificaat genereren." +msgstr "" +"Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuw server- of clientcertificaat " +"genereren." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." -msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het " +"geselecteerde certificaat." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1059,7 +1164,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden gemaakt." +msgstr "" +"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden gemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1337,7 +1443,9 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-directory Exporteren." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-directory Exporteren</" +"b>." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1396,8 +1504,11 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u een aantal standaardwaarden voorstellen." +msgid "" +"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens het maken van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u een aantal " +"standaardwaarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1433,8 +1544,16 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch maken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het maken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de rootgebruiker." +msgid "" +"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch maken en exporteren van een " +"CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het " +"wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor " +"het maken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de rootgebruiker." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1446,15 +1565,34 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te selecteren." +msgstr "" +"Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te " +"selecteren." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." -msgstr "Om het opnieuw maken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Opnieuw maken en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het opnieuw maken in Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt gelezen en begrepen." +msgid "" +"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " +"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the Security Information." +msgstr "" +"Om het opnieuw maken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Opnieuw maken " +"en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het opnieuw maken in " +"Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet " +"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet " +"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt " +"gelezen en begrepen." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectieve parameters in Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." +msgid "" +"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" +"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-" +"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectieve parameters in " +"Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1606,20 +1744,26 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren.</" +"p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele items nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." -msgstr "Dit is afhankelijk van het beleid dat in het configuratiebestand gedefinieerd is." +msgstr "" +"Dit is afhankelijk van het beleid dat in het configuratiebestand " +"gedefinieerd is." #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 @@ -1628,30 +1772,49 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "CA-naam is de naam van een CA-certificaat. Gebruik alleen tekens, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgid "" +"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "" +"CA-naam is de naam van een CA-certificaat. Gebruik alleen tekens, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Common Name is de naam van de CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." -msgstr "Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat " +"wordt aangemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "" +"Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de " +"server." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." -msgstr "E-mailadressen zijn geldige e-mailadressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder." +msgid "" +"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"E-mailadressen zijn geldige e-mailadressen van de gebruiker of de " +"serverbeheerder." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." -msgstr "Organisatie, Organisatie-eenheid, Plaats, en Staat zijn meestal optioneel." +msgid "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " +"State are often optional." +msgstr "" +"Organisatie, Organisatie-eenheid, Plaats, en " +"Staat zijn meestal optioneel." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1682,18 +1845,32 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privésleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op." +msgid "" +"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De privésleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " +"minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende " +"veld opnieuw op." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elke CA heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elke CA heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige toepassingen die " +"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "" +"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " +"time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige " +"periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1701,33 +1878,64 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." -msgstr "De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." +msgid "" +"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties " +"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het " +"aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privésleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op." +msgid "" +"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"De privésleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met " +"een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het " +"volgende veld opnieuw op." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elk certificaat heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elk certificaat heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige " +"toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale " +"sleutellengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "" +"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " +"Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode " +"(Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende veld opnieuw op." +msgid "" +"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " +"minimale lengte van vijf tekens. Geef dit ter verificatie in het volgende " +"veld opnieuw op." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elk verzoek heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige toepassingen die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elk verzoek heeft een eigen Sleutellengte. Sommige toepassingen " +"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutellengtes nodig." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1761,8 +1969,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van de te maken CA." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van de te maken CA." +"" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1771,8 +1983,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " +"maken certificaat." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1781,8 +1997,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat gemaakt zal worden." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat " +"gemaakt zal worden." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -1894,8 +2114,16 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u niet vertrouwd bent met deze extensies, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand." +msgid "" +"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien " +"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u niet vertrouwd bent met deze extensies, " +"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " +"(package openssl-doc) bestand." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -1960,8 +2188,12 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief e-mailadres." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "" +"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze " +"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief e-mailadres." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -1970,23 +2202,38 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." -msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request." +msgstr "" +"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " +"complete verzoek." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "U kunt bovendien een verzoek ondertekenen, verwijderen of exporteren." +msgid "" +"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "" +"U kunt bovendien een verzoek ondertekenen, verwijderen of " +"exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." -msgstr "Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." +msgid "" +"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " +"request." +msgstr "" +"Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met " +"Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"" +msgstr "" +"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de belangrijkste waarden van het " +"geselecteerde verzoek." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2079,13 +2326,18 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoekextensies die u kunt accepteren." +msgid "" +"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "" +"Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoekextensies die u kunt accepteren." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "Als u deze extensies afkeurt, zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "" +"Als u deze extensies afkeurt, zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de " +"plaats worden gebruikt." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2097,8 +2349,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te " +"ondertekenen verzoek." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2151,12 +2407,15 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "Root-CA maken genereert een nieuwe rootcertificaatautoriteit." +msgid "" +"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "" +"Root-CA maken genereert een nieuwe rootcertificaatautoriteit." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "" +"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer leest u de handleiding." #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2215,7 +2474,8 @@ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om voor de certificaten te kunnen gebruiken.\n" +"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om voor de certificaten te kunnen " +"gebruiken.\n" "Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 @@ -2370,15 +2630,22 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Gemeenschappelijk servercertificaat (PKCS12 + CA-ketenindeling)\n" -" importeren van schijf:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" +" importeren van schijf:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op " +"Verder om door te gaan.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "Importeer een server-certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n algemeen certificaat kunnen vinden." +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importeer een server-certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze " +"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n algemeen certificaat kunnen " +"vinden." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2420,10 +2687,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n" -"met ofwel de algemene naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen." +"met ofwel de algemene naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in " +"het subject alternatieve namen." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2491,10 +2760,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n" -"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de gecodeerde sleutel of een nieuw wachtwoord in het geval van een ongecodeerde sleutel." +"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de gecodeerde sleutel of een nieuw " +"wachtwoord in het geval van een ongecodeerde sleutel." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -2513,8 +2784,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'caName'." @@ -2553,7 +2824,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter 'certType'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden ophalen is mislukt." @@ -2567,11 +2838,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van de CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden opslaan is mislukt." @@ -2582,16 +2853,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caName'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'type'." @@ -2615,7 +2886,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'caPasswd'." @@ -2625,7 +2896,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter voor 'caName'." @@ -2640,7 +2911,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caPasswd'." @@ -2678,7 +2949,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Ontbrekende waarde voor 'days'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van CRLGenerationData is mislukt." @@ -2732,8 +3003,8 @@ msgstr "Ontbrekende parameter voor 'P12Password'." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'rquest'." @@ -2941,100 +3212,100 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Importeren van het certificaat is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parameter 'inFile' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parameter 'type' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde '%s' in 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parameter 'gegevenstype' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'gegevenstype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parameter 'inForm' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Parseren is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Parseren van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Ophalen van de verzoeklijst is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Verzoek niet gevonden in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Kan het verzoek niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Geen verzoekgegevens gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Importeren van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caCertificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'caKey'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA-sleutel niet beschikbaar in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Importeren van CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "De CA kan niet verwijderd worden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Sleutelbestand bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Wachtwoordwijziging mislukt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ msgstr "Gebruikt" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ja" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "Ja" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" @@ -84,11 +84,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Door komma's gescheiden lijst met opnieuw te activeren kanaalreeksen.\n" -"Reeks kan een kanaal, een deel van een kanaal dat tot nul wordt ingevuld of een met streepjes opgegeven bereik zijn.\n" +"Reeks kan een kanaal, een deel van een kanaal dat tot nul wordt ingevuld of " +"een met streepjes opgegeven bereik zijn.\n" "Voorbeeldwaarde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -75,187 +75,267 @@ msgstr "Conntrackd configureren" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "nodeid" -msgstr "nodeid" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +msgid "Node ID" +msgstr "" +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Node ID must be unique" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bind Network Address:" +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "Netwerkadres van binding:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" + #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Netwerkadres van binding:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast-adres:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast-poort:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Overbodig kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clusternaam:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Verwachte stemmen:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp-modus:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Node-id automatisch genereren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adres van lid:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP:" +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Redundant IP Address" +msgid "Redundant IP" +msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" + +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" + #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Beveiligingsverificatie inschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "Threads:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"Druk voor een zojuist gemaakt cluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/" +"corosync/authkey te genereren." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Druk voor een zojuist gemaakt cluster op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieert u /etc/corosync/" +"authkey handmatig van andere knooppunten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieert u /etc/corosync/authkey handmatig van andere knooppunten." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Niet actief" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" +msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Aan: pacemaker starten bij opstarten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" +msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Uit: pacemaker alleen handmatig starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Pacemaker nu starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Pacemaker nu stoppen" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host synchroniseren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Bestand synchroniseren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutels genereren" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Status van Csync2 onbekend" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2 inschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2 uitschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Een hostnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam bewerken" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Een te synchroniseren bestandsnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "De bestandsnaam bewerken" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -264,125 +344,345 @@ "Wilt u het overschrijven?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Sleutelbestand %1 verwijderen is mislukt." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n" -"Door op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" te klikken, wordt deze toegevoegd aan de synchronisatielijst." +"Door op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" te klikken, wordt deze " +"toegevoegd aan de synchronisatielijst." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Generatie van sleutel is mislukt." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt bij het dupliceren van de firewall-status tussen clusternodes.\n" -"YaST kan helpen bij het configureren van enkele basisaspecten van conntrackd.\n" +"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt bij het dupliceren van de firewall-status " +"tussen clusternodes.\n" +"YaST kan helpen bij het configureren van enkele basisaspecten van " +"conntrackd.\n" "U moet dit starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Specifieke interface:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Groepsnummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf genereren" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" +msgstr "" + #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " +#| "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " +#| "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over " +#| "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " +#| "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " +#| "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " +#| "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " +#| "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +#| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " +#| "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " +#| "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " +#| "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config" +#| "\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in " +#| "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +#| "nodeid field must be specified.\n" +#| "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +#| "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " +#| "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +#| "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " +#| "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " +#| " \n" +#| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is " +#| "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 " +#| "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster " +#| "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will " +#| "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the " +#| "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value " +#| "of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +#| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " +#| "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " +#| "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +#| "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +#| "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " +#| "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " +#| "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " +#| "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " +#| "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " +#| "be chosen. \n" +#| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +#| "quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +#| "present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section." +#| " \n" +#| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when " +#| "using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. </" +#| "p>\n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +" \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +" \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Netwerkadres verbinden</big> Hiermee wordt het adres opgegeven waarmee de openais-executive moet worden verbonden. Dit adres moet altijd eindigen op nul. Als het totemverkeer wordt gerouteerd over 192.168.5.92, stelt u bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPV6-adres zijn. In dat geval wordt een IPV6-netwerk gebruikt. Het volledige adres moet worden opgegeven en er is geen automatische selectie van de netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het nodeid-veld worden ingevuld. \n" -"<big>Multicast-adres</big> Dit is het multicast-adres gebruikt door openais-executive. De standaard is geschikt voor de meeste netwerken, maar vraag bij de netwerkbeheerder na welk multicast-adres moet worden gebruikt. Vermijd het gebruik van 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\" multicast-adres is. Dit kan ook een IPV6-multicast-adres zijn, in welk geval een IPV6-netwerk wordt gebruikt. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het nodeid-veld worden ingevuld.\n" -"<big>Poort</big> Hiermee wordt het UDP-poortnummer opgegeven. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicast-adres te gebruiken op een netwerk waar de openais-services zijn geconfigureerd voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" -"<big>Ledenadres</big> Deze lijst geeft alle knooppunten in het cluster weer op IP-adres. Dit kan configureerbaar zijn als u udpu gebruikt \n" -"<big>Knooppunt-id</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel als u IPv4 gebruikt en vereist wanneer u IPv6 gebruikt. Dit is een 32-bits waarde die de knooppunt-id aangeeft die wordt verzonden naar de clusterlidmaatschapservice. Als deze niet wordt opgegeven met IPv4, wordt het knooppunt vastgesteld uit het 32-bits IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is verbonden met ring-id 0. De waarde nul voor de knooppunt-id is gereserveerd en mag niet worden gebruikt. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Hiermee wordt de modus van redundante ring opgegeven die geen, actief of passief kan zijn. Actieve replicatie zorgt voor een enigszins lagere latentie van verzenden tot levering in niet goed werkende netwerkomgevingen, maar met minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totemprotocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet aan de cpu is gebonden. De uiteindelijke optie is geen; waardoor er slechts één netwerkinterface wordt gebruikt om het totemprotocol te besturen. Als er slechts één interface-instructie is opgegeven, wordt deze niet automatisch gekozen. Als er meerdere interface-instructies zijn opgegeven, kan er alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" -"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht aantal stemmen voor stemquorum. Wordt automatisch berekend wanneer het gedeelte {} van de knooppuntlijst aanwezig in corosync.conf of kan worden opgegeven in het {}-quorumgedeelte. \n" -"<big>Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren</big> Nodeid is vereist wanneer IPv6 wordt gebruikt. Automatisch knooppunt-id genereert automatisch nodeid. \n" +"<big>Netwerkadres verbinden</big> Hiermee wordt het adres " +"opgegeven waarmee de openais-executive moet worden verbonden. Dit adres moet " +"altijd eindigen op nul. Als het totemverkeer wordt gerouteerd over " +"192.168.5.92, stelt u bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPV6-" +"adres zijn. In dat geval wordt een IPV6-netwerk gebruikt. Het volledige " +"adres moet worden opgegeven en er is geen automatische selectie van de " +"netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als een IPv6-" +"netwerk wordt gebruikt, moet het nodeid-veld worden ingevuld. \n" +"<big>Multicast-adres</big> Dit is het multicast-adres gebruikt " +"door openais-executive. De standaard is geschikt voor de meeste netwerken, " +"maar vraag bij de netwerkbeheerder na welk multicast-adres moet worden " +"gebruikt. Vermijd het gebruik van 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\" " +"multicast-adres is. Dit kan ook een IPV6-multicast-adres zijn, in welk " +"geval een IPV6-netwerk wordt gebruikt. Als een IPv6-netwerk wordt gebruikt, " +"moet het nodeid-veld worden ingevuld.\n" +"<big>Poort</big> Hiermee wordt het UDP-poortnummer opgegeven. " +"Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicast-adres te gebruiken op een netwerk " +"waar de openais-services zijn geconfigureerd voor verschillende UDP-poorten." +" \n" +"<big>Ledenadres</big> Deze lijst geeft alle knooppunten in het " +"cluster weer op IP-adres. Dit kan configureerbaar zijn als u udpu " +"gebruikt \n" +"<big>Knooppunt-id</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel " +"als u IPv4 gebruikt en vereist wanneer u IPv6 gebruikt. Dit is een 32-bits " +"waarde die de knooppunt-id aangeeft die wordt verzonden naar de " +"clusterlidmaatschapservice. Als deze niet wordt opgegeven met IPv4, wordt " +"het knooppunt vastgesteld uit het 32-bits IP-adres van het systeem waaraan " +"het systeem is verbonden met ring-id 0. De waarde nul voor de knooppunt-id " +"is gereserveerd en mag niet worden gebruikt. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Hiermee wordt de modus van redundante ring " +"opgegeven die geen, actief of passief kan zijn. Actieve replicatie zorgt " +"voor een enigszins lagere latentie van verzenden tot levering in niet goed " +"werkende netwerkomgevingen, maar met minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie " +"kan de snelheid van het totemprotocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol " +"niet aan de cpu is gebonden. De uiteindelijke optie is geen; waardoor er " +"slechts één netwerkinterface wordt gebruikt om het totemprotocol te " +"besturen. Als er slechts één interface-instructie is opgegeven, wordt deze " +"niet automatisch gekozen. Als er meerdere interface-instructies zijn " +"opgegeven, kan er alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" +"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht aantal stemmen voor " +"stemquorum. Wordt automatisch berekend wanneer het gedeelte {} van de " +"knooppuntlijst aanwezig in corosync.conf of kan worden opgegeven in het {}-" +"quorumgedeelte. \n" +"<big>Knooppunt-id automatisch genereren</big> Nodeid is vereist " +"wanneer IPv6 wordt gebruikt. Automatisch knooppunt-id genereert automatisch " +"nodeid. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads " +#| "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +#| "protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +#| "directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads " +#| "to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 " +#| "indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best " +#| "performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +#| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/" +#| "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It " +#| "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the " +#| "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. " +#| "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem " +#| "which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume " +#| "75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For " +#| "100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of " +#| "9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is " +#| "enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu " +#| "utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e " +#| "networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is " +#| "possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of " +#| "60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The " +#| "default is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> Deze instructie bestuurt hoeveel threads worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. \n" -"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1-verificatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te verifieren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/sec is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/sec is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/sec is mogelij k wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> Deze instructie bestuurt hoeveel threads " +"worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. " +"Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden " +"gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat " +"te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het " +"zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 " +"geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus " +"biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. </" +"p>\n" +"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/" +"SHA1-verificatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te verifieren. Het " +"specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het " +"versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen " +"afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk " +"door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. " +"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec " +"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met " +"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/sec is mogelijk met 100% " +"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer " +"van 10Mb/sec is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is " +"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote " +"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is " +"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer " +"deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Opstarten</big> Corosync-service starten/niet starten tijdens opstarten \n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewallinstellingen</big> Poort inschakelen als firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Opstarten</big> Corosync-service starten/niet " +"starten tijdens opstarten \n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewallinstellingen</big> Poort inschakelen als " +"firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exact dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige, absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Verificatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en vooraf gedeelde sleutels in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de " +"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exact dezelfde " +"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige, absolute bestandsnaam om " +"te synchroniseren.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Verificatie wordt gedaan met de " +"IP-adressen en vooraf gedeelde sleutels in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt " +"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup " +"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het " +"is aangemaakt.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Specifieke interface</big> Een specifieke netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. De interface moet multicast ondersteunen en actief zijn voor gebruik. U moet deze mogelijk vooraf laten configureren. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4-adres dat is toegewezen aan de specifieke netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast-adres</big> Het multicast-adres dat moet worden gebruikt voor synchronisatie.\n" -"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numerieke id waarmee de groep wordt aangegeven die moet worden gesynchroniseerd.\n" +"\t\t<big>Specifieke interface</big> Een specifieke " +"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. De interface moet multicast " +"ondersteunen en actief zijn voor gebruik. U moet deze mogelijk vooraf laten " +"configureren. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4-adres dat is toegewezen aan de " +"specifieke netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast-adres</big> Het multicast-adres dat moet " +"worden gebruikt voor synchronisatie.\n" +"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numerieke id waarmee de groep " +"wordt aangegeven die moet worden gesynchroniseerd.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -391,16 +691,17 @@ "Een ogenblik geduld... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -409,7 +710,7 @@ "Een ogenblik geduld... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -432,96 +733,102 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Clusterconfiguratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "De database lezen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "De vorige instellingen lezen" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "De database lezen..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "De vorige instellingen lezen..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Kan benodigde pakketten niet installeren" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Kan bestaande configuratie niet laden" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Kan database1 niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Clusterconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "De instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Wijzigingen in SuSEFirewall opslaan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen opslaan..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Wijzigingen worden in SuSEFirewall opgeslagen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." + +#~ msgid "nodeid" +#~ msgstr "nodeid" + +#~ msgid "Threads:" +#~ msgstr "Threads:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,216 +14,285 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -" " +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" "\n" -"\n" -"De installatie is voltooid.\n" -"Uw systeem is gereed voor gebruik.\n" -"Klik op Voltooien om u aan te melden bij het systeem.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Bezoek ons op http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -" " +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 -msgid "CIM Server" -msgstr "CIM-server" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installatie-instellingen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" -msgstr "Expert" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live installatie-instellingen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update-instellingen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van netwerkdiensten" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardwareconfiguratie" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Voorbereiding" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Netwerk automatisch instellen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Welkom" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Netwerkactivering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Schijfactivering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systeemanalyses" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Add-onproducten" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Schijf" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Add-onproducten" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Update-instellingen" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installatie" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Installatie" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installatie uitvoeren" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Systeem voor update" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 msgid "Update" msgstr "Opwaardering" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -msgid "Update Summary" -msgstr "Updateoverzicht" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Update uitvoeren" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallatie" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-instellingen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "De installatie is voltooid.\n" +#~ "Uw systeem is gereed voor gebruik.\n" +#~ "Klik op Voltooien om u aan te melden bij het systeem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Bezoek ons op http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " " + +#~ msgid "CIM Server" +#~ msgstr "CIM-server" + +#~ msgid "Overview" +#~ msgstr "Overzicht" + +#~ msgid "Expert" +#~ msgstr "Expert" + +#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Configuratie van netwerkdiensten" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" + +#~ msgid "Update Summary" +#~ msgstr "Updateoverzicht" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,40 +15,43 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie." #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Overzicht van toetsenbordconfiguratie." #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de toetsenbordconfiguratie instellen." #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Toont alle beschikbare toetsenbordindelingen." #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nieuwe toetsenbordindeling" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Huidige toetsenbordindeling: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " +"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -74,15 +77,22 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " +"verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het " +"toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische " +"gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -163,14 +173,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in Test.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " +"Geavanceerd.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -189,13 +201,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u Geavanceerd.\n" -"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u " +"Geavanceerd.\n" +"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " +"bureaubladomgeving.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -207,7 +223,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -217,6 +233,12 @@ "dan er geïnstalleerd is op het te updaten systeem.\n" "Selecteer de layout welke tijdens de update gebruikt moet worden." +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -310,26 +332,30 @@ msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu worden bijgewerkt..." #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " +msgstr "" +"De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Huidige taal: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Aanvullende talen: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " +"waarden te bekijken." #. label text #. heading text @@ -375,11 +401,14 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " +"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " +"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -459,13 +488,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdzone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de " +"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdzone aan te " +"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " +"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " +"uitgeschakeld.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -478,7 +514,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Secundaire talen \n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " +"gaan gebruiken.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -492,7 +529,8 @@ "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " +"installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -506,7 +544,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "\n" @@ -519,27 +558,38 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld." +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " +"ingesteld." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" +"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " +"normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld. \n" -"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker. \n" -"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" +"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " +"normale gebruiker. \n" +"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " +"ingesteld.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de " +"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " +"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -607,11 +657,14 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar in deze media.\n" -"Voeg de Add-on-cd Taal als extra opslagruimte toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n" +"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar in " +"deze media.\n" +"Voeg de Add-on-cd Taal als extra opslagruimte toe voor de juiste " +"ondersteuning\n" "voor deze taal.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -620,8 +673,10 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " +"zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " +"nieuwe systeem." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -667,8 +722,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" @@ -683,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "Huidige datum en tijd:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -692,12 +747,12 @@ "Stel de juiste tijd in voordat u de installatie start." #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" @@ -706,21 +761,27 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " +"Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " +"Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " +"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " +"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime @@ -736,19 +797,24 @@ "\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " +"kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " +"neveneffecten.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -756,12 +822,17 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " +"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " +"Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " +"jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " +"omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " +"etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" @@ -769,8 +840,12 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " +"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -843,15 +918,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum en tijd (NTP is ingesteld)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd" @@ -863,27 +938,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regio" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum en tijd:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -892,59 +961,63 @@ "<big>Tijdzone- en klokinstellingen</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" +"b>.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer eerst de regio om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken..\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" +"Selecteer eerst de regio om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem " +"wilt gebruiken..\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " +"uit de lijst.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan " +"te passen.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configuratie van klok en tijdzone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecteer een geldige tijdzone." #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP-geconfigureerd" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone: %1" @@ -994,196 +1067,196 @@ msgstr "Canada (meertalig)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spaans (Latijns-Amerikaans)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spaans (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië -- VS-accenten)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noors" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjechisch (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowaaks (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Sloveens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Servisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Ests" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "IJslands" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjieks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "US internationaal" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:43\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "Druk de huidige gebruikte interface af en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien" +msgstr "" +"Druk de huidige gebruikte interface af en laat de andere beschikbare " +"interfaces zien" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -542,10 +544,12 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres en \n" +"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen " +"IP-adres en \n" "netmask toegewezen)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -747,10 +751,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik moet in hetzelfde netwerk liggen als de DHCP-server.\n" +"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik moet in hetzelfde netwerk liggen als de DHCP-" +"server.\n" "IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -889,7 +895,8 @@ "naar deze dialoog terugkeren. Om deze dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n" "wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n" "Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n" -"de DHCP-servermodule de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n" +"de DHCP-servermodule de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden " +"weergegeven.\n" "\n" "Doorgaan?" @@ -906,7 +913,8 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -914,8 +922,10 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n" "\n" -"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n" -"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n" +"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf " +"lezen\n" +"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. " +"Alle\n" "wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n" " \n" "Wilt u doorgaan?\n" @@ -934,7 +944,8 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -949,8 +960,10 @@ "hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n" "Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n" -"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n" -"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n" +"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden " +"gebruikt\n" +"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat " +"gebruikt\n" "wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel gemaakt.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) @@ -975,7 +988,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" "U kunt zowel Naam nieuwe zone als Naam omgekeerde zone\n" "niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n" @@ -988,7 +1002,8 @@ "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" "Selecteer het keuzevakje Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken als u \n" -"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.\n" +"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1026,14 +1041,16 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" "Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen,\n" "vul het formulier in en klik op OK. Als de nieuwe naam\n" " van de naamserver zich in de huidige DNS-zone bevindt, moet u ook\n" -"het bijhorende IP-adres invoeren. Dit is vereist omdat het zal worden gebruikt\n" +"het bijhorende IP-adres invoeren. Dit is vereist omdat het zal worden " +"gebruikt\n" "tijdens het aanmaken van de zone.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1053,7 +1070,8 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-records</big> \n" @@ -1082,7 +1100,8 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klikt u op Toevoegen,\n" +"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klikt u op " +"Toevoegen,\n" "vult u het formulier in en klikt u op Ok.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1143,7 +1162,8 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kiest u de menuoptie speciale taken -> Wizard starten.\n" +"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kiest u de menuoptie " +"speciale taken -> Wizard starten.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 @@ -1151,10 +1171,13 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1164,7 +1187,8 @@ "omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteert u \n" "Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone.\n" "Gebruik Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen\n" -"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" +"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik " +"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" "van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteert u\n" "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken uit Speciale taken.\n" @@ -1444,7 +1468,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n" @@ -1752,7 +1777,8 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail wilt gebruiken, dient u Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Als u de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail wilt gebruiken, dient u Start DHCP " +"Server in Chroot Jail\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van een daemon in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen." @@ -1777,10 +1803,13 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Geconfigureerde declaraties \n" -"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken\n" -"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n" +"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren " +"en vervolgens op Bewerken\n" +"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een " +"declaratie die de nieuwe\n" "declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" -"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op " +"Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -1804,7 +1833,8 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Subnetconfiguratie</big> \n" -"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in." +"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in.</" +"p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1878,7 +1908,8 @@ "\n" "Om de DHCP-opties te kunnen bewerken, dient u het betreffende item uit\n" "de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken te klikken.\n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. U kunt een optie verwijderen door deze te selecteren\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. U kunt een optie " +"verwijderen door deze te selecteren\n" "en op Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 3/3 @@ -1888,7 +1919,8 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen." +"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te " +"passen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1911,9 +1943,12 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>TSIG-sleutel</big> \n" -"Om dynamische DNS-updates uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatiesleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" -"Gebruik TSIG-sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n" -"moet voor de DHCP- en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" +"Om dynamische DNS-updates uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatiesleutel " +"opgegeven te zijn.\n" +"Gebruik TSIG-sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel " +"te selecteren. De sleutel\n" +"moet voor de DHCP- en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel " +"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" "als de omgekeerde zone." #. help text 3/4 @@ -1925,7 +1960,8 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Algemene DHCP-serverinstellingen</big> \n" -"De algemene instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n" +"De algemene instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de " +"dynamische\n" "DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n" "Algemene dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken te activeren." @@ -1934,35 +1970,45 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Bij te werken zones</big> \n" -"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n" -"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host wordt uitgevoerd als de DHCP\n" +"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor " +"beide ook hun \n" +"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host " +"wordt uitgevoerd als de DHCP\n" "server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n" -"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaardpoort om naar te luisteren). Raadpleeg de pagina\n" -"over dhcpd in de handleiding. Indien deze waarde leeg wordt gelaten, zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." +"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten " +"opstarten\n" +"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaardpoort om naar te luisteren). " +"Raadpleeg de pagina\n" +"over dhcpd in de handleiding. Indien deze waarde leeg wordt gelaten, zullen " +"de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer één of meer netwerkkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken voor de DHCP-server.\n" +"Selecteer één of meer netwerkkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken voor de " +"DHCP-server.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2023,8 +2069,10 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "Printserver biedt deze server als de standaardprintserver aan." +msgid "" +"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "" +"Printserver biedt deze server als de standaardprintserver aan." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2038,7 +2086,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "Standaardleasetijd stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP-adres\n" @@ -2053,7 +2102,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Subnetinformatie</big>\n" -"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n" +"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, " +"netwerkmasker\n" "en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n" "\n" @@ -2062,17 +2112,20 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP-adresbereik</big> \n" "Stel het Eerste IP-adres en Laatste IP-adres in\n" -"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n" +"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen " +"moeten\n" "hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n" "en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n" -"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n" +"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik " +"dynamisch\n" "mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2084,7 +2137,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Leasetijd</big> \n" "Hier kunt u de standaardleasetijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n" -"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt. " +"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt." +" " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2127,13 +2181,17 @@ "Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u een Naam,\n" "Hardwareadres en IP-adres instellen en\n" "vervolgens op Toevoegen klikken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde host aan te passen, dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n" -"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te klikken." +"Om een geconfigureerde host aan te passen, dient u deze eerst in de tabel " +"te selecteren,\n" +"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te " +"klikken." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "Om een host te verwijderen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Om een host te verwijderen, dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " +"Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2319,7 +2377,8 @@ "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-serverconfiguratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n" +"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-serverconfiguratie wilt verlaten zonder deze " +"eerst op te slaan?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." #. yes-no popup @@ -2506,57 +2565,57 @@ msgstr "&Expertconfiguratie van DHCP-server..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen lezen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2573,7 +2632,7 @@ "YaST zal nu stoppen." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2582,7 +2641,7 @@ "van de DHCP-server zal niet beschikbaar zijn." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2591,87 +2650,89 @@ "Wilt u een nieuwe configuratie aanmaken?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "De DHCP-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP-server opnieuw starten" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen opslaan" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "De DHCP-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "De DHCP-server wordt opnieuw gestart..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opnieuw starten van de DHCP-daemon." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opnieuw starten van de DHCP-daemon." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc gestart" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc niet gestart" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Luisteren naar:%1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamisch adresbereik: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." -msgstr "De ondersteuning voor meerdere DHCP-service-DN's is niet geïmplementeerd." +msgstr "" +"De ondersteuning voor meerdere DHCP-service-DN's is niet geïmplementeerd." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "De DHCP-service-DN is niet gedefinieerd." @@ -2679,22 +2740,22 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van /etc/dhcpd.conf." Deleted: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dirinstall.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dirinstall.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dirinstall.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: dirinstall\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-08 10:19+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-21 14:35\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:23 src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:63 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:45 -msgid "Initialize the Package Manager" -msgstr "Pakketbeheer initialiseren" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:47 -msgid "Select Software" -msgstr "Software selecteren" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:49 -msgid "Initialize the Target System" -msgstr "Doelsysteem initialiseren" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:55 -msgid "Initializing the Package Manager..." -msgstr "Pakketbeheer wordt geïnitialiseerd..." - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:57 -msgid "Selecting Software..." -msgstr "Software wordt geselecteerd..." - -#. progress bar item -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:59 -msgid "Initializing the Target System..." -msgstr "Doelsysteem wordt geïnitialiseerd..." - -#. progres bar label -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:65 src/include/ui.ycp:80 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b..." - -#. error report -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:86 -msgid "Could not read package information." -msgstr "Kan de pakketinformatie niet lezen." - -#. Command line help text for the dirinstall module -#: src/clients/dirinstall.ycp:117 -msgid "Installation into Directory" -msgstr "Installatie in directory" - -#. screen title for installation into directory options -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:23 -msgid "Directory Install Options" -msgstr "Opties voor directoryinstallatie" - -#. text entry -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:32 -msgid "&Root Directory (not \"/\"):" -msgstr "&Rootdirectory (niet \"/\"):" - -#. check box -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:34 -msgid "Run &YaST and SuSEconfig on First Boot" -msgstr "&YaST en SuSEconfig uitvoeren zodra opnieuw wordt opgestart" - -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:35 -msgid "Get Software Selection from AutoYaST Profile" -msgstr "Haal de softwareselectie uit het AutoYaST-profiel" - -#. text entry -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:39 -msgid "&AutoYaST Profile" -msgstr "&AutoYaST-profiel" - -#. check box -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:48 -msgid "Create Ima&ge" -msgstr "Image &maken" - -#. text entry -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:50 -msgid "Ima&ge Name:" -msgstr "Naam van ima&ge:" - -#. text entry -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:54 -msgid "&Image Directory:" -msgstr "Directory van &image:" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:58 -msgid "Select &Directory" -msgstr "&Directory selecteren" - -#. help text for dirinstall options 1/2 -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:66 -msgid "" -"Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n" -"enough space is available.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kies de directory waarin geïnstalleerd moet worden. Afhankelijk van de softwareselectie,\n" -"moet u ervoor zorgen dat er voldoende ruimte beschikbaar is.\n" - -#. help text for dirinstall options 2/2 -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:70 -msgid "" -"Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n" -"image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.\n" -msgstr "" -"Aanvullend kunt u met behulp van tar een archiefimage van de directory maken. Als u\n" -"een image wilt maken, geeft u de naam en de locatie op in de respectieve velden.\n" - -#. directory selection header -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:108 -msgid "Select Directory" -msgstr "Directory selecteren" - -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:118 -msgid "Select AutoYaST Profile" -msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel selecteren" - -#. warning text when selecting packages. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:170 -#, ycp-format -msgid "" -"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Deze pakketten zijn niet in de softwareopslagruimten gevonden:\n" -"%1" - -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:204 -msgid "Failed to read the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Lezen van AutoYaST-profiel is mislukt." - -#. popup message -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.ycp:214 -msgid "Specify a root directory. This does not mean /" -msgstr "Specificeer een rootdirectory. Dit betekent dus niet /" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options_proposal.ycp:66 -msgid "Options" -msgstr "Opties" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/dirinstall_options_proposal.ycp:68 -msgid "&Options" -msgstr "&Opties" - -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:31 -msgid "Finalize system configuration" -msgstr "De systeemconfiguratie wordt afgerond" - -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:33 -msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" -msgstr "Systeem prepareren voor eerste keer opstarten" - -#. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:40 -msgid "Create image file" -msgstr "Imagebestand aanmaken" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:48 -msgid "Please wait while the system is being configured." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd." - -#. Headline for last dialog of base installation: Install LILO etc. -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:52 -msgid "Finishing Directory Installation" -msgstr "De directoryinstallatie wordt afgerond" - -#. progress title -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:62 -msgid "Configuring installed system" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerd systeem configureren" - -#. progress title -#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.ycp:125 -msgid "Building directory image..." -msgstr "Directoryimage wordt gemaakt..." - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:17 -msgid "Directory Installation" -msgstr "Directoryinstallatie" - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:36 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installatie" - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:40 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:45 src/config/dirinstall.glade:49 -msgid "Prepare Installation" -msgstr "Installatie voorbereiden" - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:53 -msgid "Install Packages" -msgstr "Pakketten installeren" - -#: src/config/dirinstall.glade:57 -msgid "Finish Installation" -msgstr "Installatie afronden" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/include/ui.ycp:64 -msgid "Finish the Package Manager" -msgstr "Pakketbeheer voltooien" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/include/ui.ycp:66 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Opruimen" - -#. progress bar item -#: src/include/ui.ycp:72 -msgid "Finishing the Package Manager..." -msgstr "Pakketbeheer wordt voltooid..." - -#. progress bar item -#: src/include/ui.ycp:74 -msgid "Cleaning Up..." -msgstr "Opruimen..." - -#. progres bar label -#: src/include/ui.ycp:78 -msgid "Finishing..." -msgstr "Voltooien..." - -#. Proposal for dirinstall installation -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:93 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Target Directory: %1" -msgstr "Doeldirectory: %1" - -#. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:96 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Run YaST and SuSEconfig at First Boot: %1" -msgstr "YaST en SuSEconfig bij eerste keer opstarten uitvoeren: %1" - -#. part of label in proposal -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:98 src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:102 -msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" - -#. part of label in proposal -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:100 src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:102 -msgid "No" -msgstr "Nee" - -#. Proposal for dirinstall installation -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:102 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Create Image: %1" -msgstr "Image maken: %1" - -#. Proposal for dirinstall installation -#: src/modules/DirInstall.ycp:105 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Load software selection from %1" -msgstr "Laad de softwareselectie uit %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,15 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "DNS-serverconfiguratie" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "DNS-forwarders" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "Instellingen logboek" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "DNS-zones" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "Toegangscontrolelijsten (ACL)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "Zonetransportregels" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "Zonenaamservers" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "Zonemailservers" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Zoneresourcerecords, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "Behandelt A en het corresponderende PTR-record in één keer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "Huidige instellingen tonen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "Start de DNS-server tijdens het opstarten van het systeem" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "Start de DNS-server handmatig" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "Nieuwe record toevoegen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "Record verwijderen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4-adres" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "Logboekbestemming (syslog|file)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "Optie instellen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "Bestandsnaam voor het schrijven naar logboekbestand (volledig pad)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "Maximale logboekgrootte [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "Maximum aantal versies voor rotaties, '0' betekent geen rotatie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "Naam zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "Zonetype, master of slave" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "Masterserver van DNS-zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "Optie inschakelen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een " +"punt of een relatieve naam)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een " +"punt of een relatieve naam)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "Mailserverprioriteit (getal van 0 tot 65535)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "Het seriële nummer van de zone-update" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "Algemene levensduur van de zonerecords" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "Het interval voordat de zonerecords vernieuwd moeten worden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "Interval tussen nieuwe herlaad pogingen na mislukte acties" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "Interval waarna zone records niet langer meer gezaghebbend zijn" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "Minimum-TTL dat met de records in deze zone geëxporteerd moeten worden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Type DNS-resourcerecord, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "DNS-query, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.org voor een A-record" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" +"Recordwaarde van DNS-resource, zoals 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "Hostnaam voor het DNS-record" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "Genoemde query's %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "Zone-updates %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "Zoneoverdrachten %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst met zoneforwarders" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parameter %1 is vereist." #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Onbekende parameter waarde %1." @@ -30,68 +261,50 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Er is maar één parameter toegestaan." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt aan het opstartproces toegevoegd..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt uit het opstartproces verwijderd..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "De DNS-server is tijdens het opstartproces geactiveerd." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "De DNS-server moet handmatig gestart worden." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Forwarding:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Forwarder-IP" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 @@ -101,70 +314,57 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Logboekbestemming" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Systeemlogboek" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Maximumgrootte" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Maximumaantal versies" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Genoemde query's naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Logboekinstellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Instelling" @@ -172,99 +372,79 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Logboekregel" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-zones:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Masterserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Forwarders" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Vooraf gedefinieerd" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepast" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL's:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Zonetransport:" @@ -273,386 +453,92 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL ingeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Naamservers:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Naamserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Mailservers:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Mailserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Recordquery" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Recordtype" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Recordwaarde" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Hostnaamrecord:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "DNS-serverconfiguratie" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "DNS-forwarders" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "Instellingen logboek" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "DNS-zones" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "Toegangscontrolelijsten (ACL)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "Zonetransportregels" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "Zonenaamservers" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "Zonemailservers" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "Start of authority (SOA)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Zoneresourcerecords, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "Behandelt A en het corresponderende PTR-record in één keer" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "Huidige instellingen tonen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "Start de DNS-server tijdens het opstarten van het systeem" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "Start de DNS-server handmatig" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "Nieuwe record toevoegen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "Record verwijderen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4-adres" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "Logboekbestemming (syslog|file)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "Optie instellen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "Bestandsnaam voor het schrijven naar logboekbestand (volledig pad)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "Maximale logboekgrootte [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Maximum aantal versies voor rotaties, '0' betekent geen rotatie" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "Naam zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "Zonetype, master of slave" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "Masterserver van DNS-zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "Optie inschakelen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een punt of een relatieve naam)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerde indeling en eindigend op een punt of een relatieve naam)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "Mailserverprioriteit (getal van 0 tot 65535)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "Het seriële nummer van de zone-update" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "Algemene levensduur van de zonerecords" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "Het interval voordat de zonerecords vernieuwd moeten worden" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr "Interval tussen nieuwe herlaad pogingen na mislukte acties" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "Interval waarna zone records niet langer meer gezaghebbend zijn" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "Minimum-TTL dat met de records in deze zone geëxporteerd moeten worden" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Type DNS-resourcerecord, zoals: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "DNS-query, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.org voor een A-record" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "Recordwaarde van DNS-resource, zoals 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "Hostnaam voor het DNS-record" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "Genoemde query's %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "Zone-updates %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "Zoneoverdrachten %1 naar logboekbestand schrijven" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst met zoneforwarders" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -671,8 +557,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-zones" @@ -693,10 +579,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning actief" @@ -721,99 +605,34 @@ msgstr "Geavanc&eerde DNS-serverconfiguratie..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-server" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&hange" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "&Wijzigen" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "Hand&matig" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Handmatig" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "DNS-server draait." - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "DNS-server draait niet." - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu &starten" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu s&toppen" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server &nu opnieuw laden" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu starten" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu stoppen" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server nu opnieuw laden" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Basisopties" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Naar logboekbestand schrijven" @@ -821,8 +640,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -830,136 +649,105 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG-sleutels" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "Nu en tijdens opstarten" - -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "Alleen handmatig" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Huidige status: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Al uw wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. De instellingen zullen\n" -"opnieuw van de nieuwe gegevensopslag ingelezen worden.\n" -"Doorgaan?\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "Lokaal &beleid voor DNS-resolutie" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Het samenvoegen van doorstuurservers is uitgeschakeld" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automatisch samenvoegen" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Het samenvoegen van doorstuurservers is ingeschakeld" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Aangepaste configuratie" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Aangepaste beleid" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "Lokale &doorstuurserver voor DNS-resolutie" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Systeemnaamservers gebruiken" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Deze naamserver (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Lokale dnsmasq-server" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres toevoegen" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- of IPv6-&adres" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Forwarder&lijst" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Kan lokale doorstuurserver niet instellen op %{doorstuurserver}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Kan het lokale equivalent van IP %1 niet vinden." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"Het doorsturen van een DNS-query naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n" +"Het doorsturen van een DNS-query naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop " +"veroorzaken.\n" "IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n" "worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ongeldig IPv4- of IPv6-adres." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -968,46 +756,46 @@ "en dubbelepunten." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Gespecificeerde forwarder is al aanwezig." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Optie toevoegen of wijzigen" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&ptie" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Wijzigen" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Huidige opties" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -1016,7 +804,7 @@ "enige waarde wilt instellen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1025,7 +813,7 @@ "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1034,7 +822,7 @@ "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1043,7 +831,7 @@ "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1052,7 +840,7 @@ "Wilt u deze toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -1061,77 +849,77 @@ "Wilt u er toch nog één aan toevoegen?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Logboektype" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systeemlogboek" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maximum&grootte (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maximum&versies" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Extra naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Alle DNS-&query's naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Zone-&updates naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Zone&overdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Selecteer logboekbestand" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Optie-installatie" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Huidige ACL-lijst" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1140,12 +928,12 @@ "Wilt u deze echt verwijderen?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Gespecificeerd ACL-item bestaat al." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Nieuwe zone toevoegen " @@ -1154,8 +942,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" @@ -1165,9 +953,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" @@ -1176,23 +964,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vooruit" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DNS-zones" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Een zone met de gespecificeerde naam is reeds geconfigureerd." +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Configuratiebestanden opslaan" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1519,7 +1320,8 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" "Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n" @@ -1614,10 +1416,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" -"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n" -"Als u records handmatig wilt wijzigen, moet u de functie Automatisch records genereren van uitschakelen." +"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 " +"zone.\n" +"Als u records handmatig wilt wijzigen, moet u de functie Automatisch records " +"genereren van uitschakelen." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1686,13 +1491,8 @@ "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Toch afsluiten?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Een zone van dit type kan niet met dit programma worden ingesteld." @@ -1712,7 +1512,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1743,7 +1544,8 @@ "Start DNS Server." msgstr "" "<big>DNS-server starten</big> \n" -"Als u wilt dat de DNS-server wordt gebruikt wanneer uw computer wordt gestart,\n" +"Als u wilt dat de DNS-server wordt gebruikt wanneer uw computer wordt " +"gestart,\n" "selecteert u DNS-server starten." #. help 2/4 @@ -1755,7 +1557,8 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" -"Als u wilt dat de DNS-server wordt gebruikt in Chroot Jail, stelt u Start DNS-server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Als u wilt dat de DNS-server wordt gebruikt in Chroot Jail, stelt u Start " +"DNS-server in Chroot Jail\n" "in. Het opstarten van welke daemon dan ook in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook dringend aangeraden." @@ -1816,7 +1619,8 @@ "De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n" "dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n" "staan, stelt u Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan en\n" -"de TSIG-sleutel in die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n" +"de TSIG-sleutel in die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor " +"zowel\n" "de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1827,7 +1631,8 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Een DNS-zone bewerken:</big> \n" -"Voor het wijzigen van de zone-instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n" +"Voor het wijzigen van de zone-instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende " +"item\n" "in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op Bewerken te klikken." #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1836,8 +1641,10 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n" -"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe record aan de zone toe te voegen. " +"Voor het verwijderen\n" +"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen</" +"B> te klikken." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1854,13 +1661,17 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" +"b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " +"Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Masterservers</big> \n" -"Stel de IP-adressen van de masternaamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik Toevoegen\n" -"om een nieuwe masternaamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n" +"Stel de IP-adressen van de masternaamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik " +"Toevoegen\n" +"om een nieuwe masternaamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server " +"en\n" "Klik op Verwijderen om deze te verwijderen." #. help 1/2 @@ -1868,27 +1679,32 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" +"b>\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Zonetype</big> \n" "Selecteer Master om deze naamserver als primaire gegevensbron van\n" "de zone in te stellen. Selecteer\n" -"Slave of Stub om de naamserver als secundaire naamserver in te stellen, zodat de gegevens van de zone worden gespiegeld van de masterserver." +"Slave of Stub om de naamserver als secundaire naamserver in te " +"stellen, zodat de gegevens van de zone worden gespiegeld van de masterserver." +"" #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " +"back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Zone richting</big> \n" "DNS wordt zowel voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in IP-adressen gebruikt\n" -"als andersom. Selecteer of deze zone voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in IP\n" +"als andersom. Selecteer of deze zone voor de vertaling van domeinnamen in " +"IP\n" "adressen gebruikt moet worden (Voorwaarts) of van\n" "IP-adressen in domeinnamen (Omgekeerd).\n" @@ -1901,8 +1717,10 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interface categorieën</big> \n" -"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n" -"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.\n" +"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-" +"server.\n" +"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds " +"gedefinieerd.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -1959,11 +1777,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Serienummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master-\n" -"servers is gewijzigd (de slave-servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n" +"servers is gewijzigd (de slave-servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele " +"zone\n" "te synchroniseren).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -1983,8 +1803,10 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slaveservers zullen proberen om, na een\n" -"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de masterserver te synchroniseren." +"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slaveservers zullen proberen om, na " +"een\n" +"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de masterserver te synchroniseren.</" +"p>" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -1993,8 +1815,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers vervalt\n" -"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers " +"vervalt\n" +"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer " +"gesynchroniseerd is.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2014,14 +1838,19 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" +"b>.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big> \n" -"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zone-updates. Gebruik voor het\n" -"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of de knop Bladeren\n" -"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n" +"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zone-updates. " +"Gebruik voor het\n" +"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of " +"de knop Bladeren\n" +"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te " +"verwijderen,\n" "selecteert u deze in de lijst en klikt u op Verwijderen.\n" "" @@ -2083,8 +1912,10 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen een IP-adres op en klik daarna op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." +"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen een IP-adres op en klik " +"daarna op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren " +"en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2106,12 +1937,15 @@ "Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de Optie selecteren,\n" "een Waarde opgeven en op Toevoegen klikken.\n" "Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n" -"selecteren, de Waarde ervan wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.\n" +"selecteren, de Waarde ervan wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.</" +"p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " +"Verwijderen te klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2120,24 +1954,33 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Naar logboekbestand schrijven</big> \n" -"Gebruik deze dialoog om verschillende opties van de logboekregistratie van de DNS-server te definiëren." +"Gebruik deze dialoog om verschillende opties van de logboekregistratie van " +"de DNS-server te definiëren." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " +"system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " +"and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" +"b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer Schrijven naar systeemlogboek om logboekberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlogboek op te slaan. De logboekberichten van de DNS-server kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" -"selecteer hiervoor Naar logboekbestand schrijven en geef de Bestandsnaam op waarin\n" -"het logboek moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximumgrootte van het logboekbestand.\n" -"De DNS-server roteert de logboekbestanden automatisch. Gebruik Maximumaantal versies om\n" +"Selecteer Schrijven naar systeemlogboek om logboekberichten van de " +"DNS-server in het systeemlogboek op te slaan. De logboekberichten van de DNS-" +"server kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" +"selecteer hiervoor Naar logboekbestand schrijven en geef de " +"Bestandsnaam op waarin\n" +"het logboek moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximumgrootte van het " +"logboekbestand.\n" +"De DNS-server roteert de logboekbestanden automatisch. Gebruik " +"Maximumaantal versies om\n" "te specificeren hoeveel logboekbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2152,10 +1995,15 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "Selecteer bij Extra naar logboekbestand schrijven\n" -"de acties die u naar een logboekbestand wilt schrijven. Algemene acties worden\n" -"altijd naar logboekbestand geschreven. Alle DNS-query's naar logboekbestand schrijven schrijft alle query's van clients aan de DNS-server naar een logboekbestand.\n" -"Alle zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven schrijft naar een logboekbestand wanneer DNS wordt bijgewerkt.\n" -"Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven schrijft naar een logboekbestand wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" +"de acties die u naar een logboekbestand wilt schrijven. Algemene acties " +"worden\n" +"altijd naar logboekbestand geschreven. Alle DNS-query's naar " +"logboekbestand schrijven schrijft alle query's van clients aan de DNS-" +"server naar een logboekbestand.\n" +"Alle zone-updates naar logboekbestand schrijven schrijft naar een " +"logboekbestand wanneer DNS wordt bijgewerkt.\n" +"Zoneoverdrachten naar logboekbestand schrijven schrijft naar een " +"logboekbestand wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" "de secundaire\n" "naamserver.\n" @@ -2200,12 +2048,17 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam op\n" -"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" -"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.\n" +"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam</" +"b> op\n" +"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op " +"Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en " +"Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" +"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en " +"toegevoegd.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2228,22 +2081,28 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" +"b>,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het Zonetype\n" +"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het " +"Zonetype\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n" -"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" +"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " +"het omgekeerde\n" +"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam " +"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n" "selecteer vervolgens het Zonetype en klik op Toevoegen.\n" @@ -2251,16 +2110,20 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Als u een nieuwe omgekeerde IPv6-zone wilt toevoegen, voert u een gedeelte van het\n" +"Als u een nieuwe omgekeerde IPv6-zone wilt toevoegen, voert u een " +"gedeelte van het\n" "omgekeerde IPv6-adres in, gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als Zonenaam.\n" -"Verschillende indelingen voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund, namelijk de standaardvorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" +"Verschillende indelingen voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden " +"ondersteund, namelijk de standaardvorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "de voorwaartse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "de voorwaartse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(standaard worden <tt>64</tt> netmaskbits gebruikt).\n" @@ -2274,13 +2137,15 @@ msgstr "" "Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n" "en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op Bewerken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op " +"Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS en zonetransport</big> \n" @@ -2296,8 +2161,10 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan\n" -"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n" +"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch " +"bijwerken toestaan\n" +"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te " +"definiëren\n" "voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2324,7 +2191,8 @@ "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n" +"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-" +"zone.\n" "Selecteer het selectievak Automatisch genereren van records uit\n" "en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.\n" @@ -2336,20 +2204,24 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is, dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n" +"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is, dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn " +"gegenereerd\n" "vanuit de huidige zone in het veld Verbonden omgekeerde zones." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" +"b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voert u het adres van de naamserver in en klikt u op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteert u deze en klikt u op\n" +"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voert u het adres van de naamserver " +"in en klikt u op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteert u deze en " +"klikt u op\n" "Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2362,9 +2234,11 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de prioriteit in\n" +"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de " +"prioriteit in\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n" +"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en " +"klik\n" "op Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2372,12 +2246,15 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n" +"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de " +"zone\n" "op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n" -"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n" +"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te " +"synchroniseren)\n" "\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2396,8 +2273,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers vervalt\n" -"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slaveservers " +"vervalt\n" +"en waarna slaveservers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn " +"gesynchroniseerd.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2409,8 +2288,10 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Records</big> \n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u de resourcerecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe resourcerecords\n" -"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde, en klik\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u de resourcerecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe " +"resourcerecords\n" +"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde</" +"b>, en klik\n" "daarna op Toevoegen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2419,7 +2300,10 @@ "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." -msgstr "Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." +msgstr "" +"Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste " +"onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, " +"selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 @@ -2454,7 +2338,8 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME -- Alias voor domeinnaam \n" -"Record sleutel is een hostnaam die relatief is ten opzichte van de huidige zone\n" +"Record sleutel is een hostnaam die relatief is ten opzichte van de " +"huidige zone\n" "of een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" "Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige\n" "gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient\n" @@ -2465,16 +2350,20 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " +"absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Naamserver \n" -"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n" +"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een " +"absolute\n" "domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " +"gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " +"te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2488,8 +2377,10 @@ "MX: Mailrelay \n" "Recordsleutel is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " +"gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " +"te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2497,7 +2388,8 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" +"tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2510,7 +2402,8 @@ " of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "(bijv: 1 voor IP-adres 192.168.0.1 in zone\n" "0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.).\n" -"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" +"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een " +"punt.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2519,7 +2412,8 @@ "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voltooien</big>\n" -"Controleer de ingevoerde instellingen alvorens de configuratie te voltooien. \n" +"Controleer de ingevoerde instellingen alvorens de configuratie te " +"voltooien. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2527,8 +2421,10 @@ "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Poort in firewall openen om de SuSEfirewall2-instellingen\n" -"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan." +"Selecteer Poort in firewall openen om de SuSEfirewall2-" +"instellingen\n" +"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden " +"toegestaan." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2585,8 +2481,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zonetransport</big> \n" "Stel Zonetransport inschakelen in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n" -"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n" -"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n" +"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe " +"host\n" +"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te " +"zijn\n" "gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden." #. forward zone help text 1/2 @@ -2707,56 +2605,56 @@ msgstr "&Mailrelay" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Caches van de DNS-daemon wissen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Instellingen lezen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemoncaches worden gewist..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2765,72 +2663,72 @@ "Fout: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS-daemon opnieuw starten" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Zonebestanden bijwerken" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS-service aanpassen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Roep netconfig aan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "De zonebestanden worden bijgewerkt..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "De DNS-service wordt aangepast..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2839,43 +2737,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Suggestie" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS-server start bij het opstarten van het systeem." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS-server start niet bij het opstarten van het systeem." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Geconfigureerde zones: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2884,26 +2782,85 @@ "De LDAP-ondersteuning zal niet geactiveerd zijn." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Onbekende fout bij initialiseren van LDAP." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet " +"gebruikt." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." + +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" + +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "Hand&matig" + +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" + +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "Handmatig" + +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-server draait." + +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "DNS-server draait niet." + +#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu &starten" + +#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu s&toppen" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server &nu opnieuw laden" + +#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu starten" + +#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu stoppen" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server nu opnieuw laden" + +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Nu en tijdens opstarten" + +#~ msgid "Only Manually" +#~ msgstr "Alleen handmatig" + +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" + +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "Huidige status: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" +#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Al uw wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. De instellingen zullen\n" +#~ "opnieuw van de nieuwe gegevensopslag ingelezen worden.\n" +#~ "Doorgaan?\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Dutch translations for oSSLE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket oSSLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the oSSLE package. +# +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: oSSLE 12-SP1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:08+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container stoppen?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de container verwijderen?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container afbreken?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "&Images" +msgstr "&Images" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "&Containers" +msgstr "&Containers" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "Docker Images" +msgstr "Docker-images" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "Running Docker Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Repository" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Tag" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +msgid "Image ID" +msgstr "Image-ID" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +msgid "Created" +msgstr "Aangemaakt" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "Virtual Size" +msgstr "Virtuele grootte" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +msgid "Container ID" +msgstr "Container-ID" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "Image" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Commando" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +msgid "Ports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "&Opfrissen" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "R&un" +msgstr "&Uitvoeren" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "Verwij&deren" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +msgid "S&how Changes" +msgstr "Wijzigingen &tonen" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +msgid "&Stop Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "&Kill Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Afsluit&en" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" +msgstr "" + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -67,10 +67,16 @@ msgstr "Bronconfiguratie" #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Standaardconfiguratie van resource" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie van resource" @@ -170,7 +176,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -212,8 +219,10 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Opstarten:\n" -"\t\t\t\"Aan\" aanvinken om DRBD-server nu en tijdens opstarten te starten\n" -"\t\t\t\"Uit\" aanvinken om DRBD-server uitsluitend handmatig te starten\n" +"\t\t\t\"Aan\" aanvinken om DRBD-server nu en tijdens opstarten te " +"starten\n" +"\t\t\t\"Uit\" aanvinken om DRBD-server uitsluitend handmatig te starten</" +"p>\n" "\t\tAan en Uit gebruiken:\n" "\t\t\tDRBD-server onmiddellijk starten of stoppen\n" "\t\t" @@ -225,105 +234,241 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" klikken om een resource toe te voegen, te bewerken of te verwijderen\n" +"Op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" klikken om een " +"resource toe te voegen, te bewerken of te verwijderen\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" +#| "n) of one of the nodes\n" +#| "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " +#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " +#| "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " +#| "connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#| "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " +#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " +#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " +#| "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +#| "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " +#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " +#| "top of it.\n" +#| "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de knooppunten\n" -"\t\t\"Adrespoort\": Voor een resource moet één IP-adres per apparaat worden ingevoerd, wat wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen van het partnerapparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Voor elke DRBD-resource is een TCP-poort nodig die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met het partnerapparaat van het knooppunt.\n" -"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van het knooppunt van het blokapparaat van de resource die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat gebruiken met uw toepassing (bestandssysteem) en u mag geen low level-blokapparaat gebruiken dat wordt opgegeven met de schijfparameter, volgens het lagere getal.\n" +"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam " +"(uname -n) van een van de knooppunten\n" +"\t\t\"Adrespoort\": Voor een resource moet één IP-adres per apparaat " +"worden ingevoerd, wat wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen " +"van het partnerapparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Voor elke DRBD-resource " +"is een TCP-poort nodig die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met het " +"partnerapparaat van het knooppunt.\n" +"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van het knooppunt van het blokapparaat van de " +"resource die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat gebruiken met uw " +"toepassing (bestandssysteem) en u mag geen low level-blokapparaat gebruiken " +"dat wordt opgegeven met de schijfparameter, volgens het lagere getal.\n" "\t\tLZoals: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Schijf\":DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Gebruik nooit een dergelijk apparaat terwijl DRBD actief is op het apparaat.\n" -"\t\t\"Metaschijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het externe apparaat wordt gebruikt om de metagegevens op te slaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Schijf\":DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om de gegevens op te slaan " +"en op te halen. Gebruik nooit een dergelijk apparaat terwijl DRBD actief is " +"op het apparaat.\n" +"\t\t\"Metaschijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het " +"externe apparaat wordt gebruikt om de metagegevens op te slaan.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de verzendingsbuffer van de lokale schijf en de lokale TCP heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de cache van de lokale schijf en de externe buffer heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze zowel de lokale als de externe schijf heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de " +"verzendingsbuffer van de lokale schijf en de lokale TCP heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze de " +"cache van de lokale schijf en de externe buffer heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf- IO wordt als voltooid gerapporteerd als deze " +"zowel de lokale als de externe schijf heeft bereikt.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection-time-out\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection-time-out als dit knooppunt een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection-time-out als dit " +"knooppunt een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een IO-fout aan de bovenliggende lagen meldt\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: het maximumaantal verzoeken dat door DRBD wordt toegewezen\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " +"niveau een IO-fout aan de bovenliggende lagen meldt\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-" +"socket\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: het maximumaantal verzoeken dat door DRBD wordt " +"toegewezen\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: als het partnerknooppunt geen verwacht responspakket stuurt binnen tienden van een seconde, wordt het partnerknooppunt als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP-verbinding afgebroken. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaardwaarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het pakket in stand te houden. Als er binnen deze periode geen antwoord wordt ontvangen, wordt het pakket als dood beschouwd. De standaardwaarde is 500 ms, de standaardeenheid is 100 ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het pakket in stand te houden\n" +"\t\ttimeout: als het partnerknooppunt geen verwacht responspakket " +"stuurt binnen tienden van een seconde, wordt het partnerknooppunt als dood " +"beschouwd en de TCP/IP-verbinding afgebroken. Dit moet lager zijn dan " +"connect-int en ping-int. De standaardwaarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid " +"0,1 seconde.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het " +"pakket in stand te houden. Als er binnen deze periode geen antwoord wordt " +"ontvangen, wordt het pakket als dood beschouwd. De standaardwaarde is 500 " +"ms, de standaardeenheid is 100 ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de peer heeft om te antwoorden en het " +"pakket in stand te houden\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal gegevensblokken tussen twee schrijfgrenzen\n" -"\t\tko-count: als het secundaire knooppunt een schrijfverzoek niet voltooit na een bepaalde hoeveelheid time-outs, dan wordt dit buitengesloten van de cluster. De standaardwaarde is 0, waarmee deze functie wordt uitgeschakeld.\n" -"\t\trate: om voor een probleemloze werking van de toepassing boven op DRBD te zorgen, is het mogelijk om de bandbreedte te beperken die wellicht wordt gebruikt door synchronisaties op de achtergrond. De standaardbandbreedte is 250 KB/sec, de standaardeenheid is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter waarmee u bepaalt hoe groot de actieve set kan worden. Het standaardaantal extensies is 127. (Minimaal 7, maximaal 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal gegevensblokken tussen twee " +"schrijfgrenzen\n" +"\t\tko-count: als het secundaire knooppunt een schrijfverzoek niet " +"voltooit na een bepaalde hoeveelheid time-outs, dan wordt dit buitengesloten " +"van de cluster. De standaardwaarde is 0, waarmee deze functie wordt " +"uitgeschakeld.\n" +"\t\trate: om voor een probleemloze werking van de toepassing boven " +"op DRBD te zorgen, is het mogelijk om de bandbreedte te beperken die " +"wellicht wordt gebruikt door synchronisaties op de achtergrond. De " +"standaardbandbreedte is 250 KB/sec, de standaardeenheid is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter waarmee u bepaalt hoe groot de actieve " +"set kan worden. Het standaardaantal extensies is 127. (Minimaal 7, maximaal " +"3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Algemene configuratie van DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Algemene configuratie van DRBD</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's " +"fitheidtests uit te schakelen" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialoog vernieuwen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" +"Dialoog vernieuwen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " +"die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " +"console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " +"beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-" +"verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +"" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -338,7 +483,7 @@ " als is geconfigureerd in dit bestand. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -347,7 +492,7 @@ "Configureer DRBD hier. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -356,11 +501,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een drbd toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een drbd uit de lijst met gedetecteerde drbd's.\n" -"Wanneer uw drbd niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw drbd niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -371,7 +517,7 @@ "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -382,7 +528,7 @@ "de configuraties bewerken. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -391,7 +537,7 @@ "Klik op Toevoegen om een drbd toe te voegen." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -399,10 +545,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen drbd.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -414,7 +561,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -425,7 +572,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -435,21 +582,50 @@ "Druk op Volgende om verder te gaan.\n" " \n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD" +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Configuratie van DRBD" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Resourcenaam" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Namen van knooppunten kunnen niet gelijk zijn." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Vul alle velden in." @@ -458,39 +634,42 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "Aan -- Start de DRBD-server nu en tijdens het opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Uit - Server start alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "In- of uitschakelen" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu starten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu stoppen" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie propageren" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -499,31 +678,31 @@ "kunt u het configuratiebestand '/ect/drbd.conf' daarnaar handmatig kopiëren." #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-server wordt uitgevoerd." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-server wordt niet uitgevoerd." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Starten van DRBD-service is mislukt" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Stoppen van DRBD-service is mislukt" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-configuratie" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -555,58 +734,76 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Samenvoegen van afzonderlijke DRBD-configuratiebestanden is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Schrijven naar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare is mislukt" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "De DRBD-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Bronnen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-status lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Algemene instellingen lezen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Back-up maken van drbd.conf is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Opschonen van drbd.conf voor drbdadm-test is mislukt" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -614,41 +811,67 @@ "Ongeldige configuratie van resource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Terugzetten van drbd.conf is mislukt" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#. if (!modified) return true; +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Bronnen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Stel daemon-status in" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write global settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt ingesteld..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing global settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Directory /etc/drbd.d maken is mislukt" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -37,11 +37,15 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Activeer Eerste-opstart-serie aan om YaST het programma eerste-opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.\n" -"Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer informatie.\n" +"Activeer Eerste-opstart-serie aan om YaST het programma eerste-" +"opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.\n" +"Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer " +"informatie.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -113,13 +117,13 @@ msgstr "Label" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Modulenaam" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Modulenaam" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -170,7 +174,8 @@ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie van &product; op uw computer is voltooid.\n" -"Nadat u op Afronden heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan aanmelden.\n" +"Nadat u op Afronden heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan " +"aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language @@ -213,17 +218,22 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " +"start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-configuratiemodules\n" -"gebruik maken. Door YaST Configuratiecentrum starten te selecteren zal YaST direct\n" +"Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-" +"configuratiemodules\n" +"gebruik maken. Door YaST Configuratiecentrum starten te selecteren " +"zal YaST direct\n" "na het Afronden worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het configuratiecentrum\n" -"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.\n" +"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</" +"p>\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -233,28 +243,29 @@ "Uw taalinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n" "\n" "Indien nodig kunt u uw toetsenbordinstellingen aanpassen aan de nieuwe\n" -"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u zich heeft aangemeld." +"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u " +"zich heeft aangemeld." #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Taal en toetsenbordindeling" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -267,7 +278,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -278,7 +289,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -291,7 +302,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Er is onvoldoende ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te installeren." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -42,7 +42,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "Umask-vsftpd: <lokale gebruikers>:<anoniem>, pure-ftpd: <bestanden>:<directory's>" +msgstr "" +"Umask-vsftpd: <lokale gebruikers>:<anoniem>, pure-ftpd: <bestanden>:" +"<directory's>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -52,7 +54,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "" +"Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -77,13 +80,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor lokale geverifieerde gebruikers.[KB/s]" +msgid "" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "" +"Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor lokale geverifieerde " +"gebruikers.[KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme gebruikers.[KB/s]" +msgstr "" +"Maximum gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme gebruikers.[KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 @@ -97,23 +104,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding maakt (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " +"(vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding " +"maakt (alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." +msgstr "" +"vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " +"(alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " +"(alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -122,13 +142,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geupload maar niet door een lokale beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." +msgid "" +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " +"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geupload maar niet door een lokale " +"beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL- en TLS-protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "" +"Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL- en TLS-protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -175,12 +200,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" +msgstr "" +"De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " +"verbindingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" +msgstr "" +"De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " +"verbindingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -219,8 +248,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met de server word gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "" +"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met " +"de server word gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -514,7 +546,8 @@ #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" -msgstr "Voorbeeld van correcte umask <bestanden>:<directory's> (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "" +"Voorbeeld van correcte umask <bestanden>:<directory's> (set_umask=177:077)" #. end of if (vsftpd_edit) #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 @@ -801,8 +834,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:498 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:507 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 msgid "FTP is running" msgstr "FTP wordt uitgevoerd" @@ -1278,7 +1311,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1308,13 +1342,16 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" +"ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Geselecteerde service \n" -" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" -" . Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide wisselen.\n" +" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: vsftpd, " +"pure-ftpd, \n" +" . Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide " +"wisselen.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1344,7 +1381,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Chroot: \n" -"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden opgesloten \n" +"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden " +"opgesloten \n" "in een chroot()-gevangenis in hun eigen persoonlijke directory.\n" "Waarschuwing: Deze optie heeft gevolgen voor beveiliging, \n" "in het bijzonder als de gebruikers toestemming hebben om te uploaden \n" @@ -1371,7 +1409,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask: \n" -"Masker voor bestandsaanmaak. (umask voor bestanden):(umask voor directory's). \n" +"Masker voor bestandsaanmaak. (umask voor bestanden):(umask voor " +"directory's). \n" "Bijv. 177:077 als u paranoïde bent.\n" "\n" @@ -1386,7 +1425,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ontmaskeren voor anoniem: \n" "De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak door anonieme gebruikers. \n" -"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te voegen, anders \n" +"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te " +"voegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 getal.\n" "\n" @@ -1394,13 +1434,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " +"users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ontmaskeren voor geverifieerde gebruikers: \n" -"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, ontmaskeren, door geverifieerde gebruikers. \n" +"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, ontmaskeren, door " +"geverifieerde gebruikers. \n" "Als u octale waarden specificeert moet u een \"0\" voorvoegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 geheel getal.\n" "\n" @@ -1415,7 +1457,8 @@ msgstr "" "FTP-directory voor anonieme gebruikers: \n" "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n" -"Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te selecteren.\n" +"Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te " +"selecteren.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1427,7 +1470,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "FTP-directory voor geverifieerde gebruikers: \n" -"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geverifieerde FTP-gebruikers. \n" +"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geverifieerde FTP-" +"gebruikers. \n" "Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale systeem te selecteren.\n" "\n" @@ -1480,7 +1524,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "Lokale max. snelheid: \n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geverifieerde gebruikers.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geverifieerde " +"gebruikers.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1490,7 +1535,8 @@ "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme max. snelheid: \n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.</" +"p>\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1499,14 +1545,19 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " +"permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " +"permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme en lokale gebruikers activeren/deactiveren \n" -"Alleen anoniem indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen toegestaan.\n" -"Alleen geverifieerde gebruikers indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen geverifieerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" -"Beide indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geverifieerd als anonieme gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"Alleen anoniem indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen " +"toegestaan.\n" +"Alleen geverifieerde gebruikers indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen " +"geverifieerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"Beide indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geverifieerd als anonieme " +"gebruikers toegestaan.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1529,12 +1580,14 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " +"login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden \n" "Indien ingeschakeld mogen anonieme gebruikers uploaden.\n" -"uitsluitend vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden\n" +"uitsluitend vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen " +"uploaden\n" "hebt u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" @@ -1543,13 +1596,16 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " +"directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " +"after login.\n" msgstr "" "Anoniem kan directories maken \n" "Indien ingeschakeld kunnen anonieme gebruikers directories maken.\n" "alleen vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers directories kunnen\n" -"maken, heeft u een bestaande directory nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" +"maken, heeft u een bestaande directory nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan." +"\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1561,7 +1617,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Passieve modus activeren \n" -"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding toestaan.\n" +"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding " +"toestaan.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1642,9 +1699,11 @@ "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen \n" +"DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen</" +"b> \n" "Deze optie specificeert de locatie van het DSA-certificaat om te \n" -"gebruiken voor SSL-gecodeerde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op Bladeren te klikken.\n" +"gebruiken voor SSL-gecodeerde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op " +"Bladeren te klikken.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1666,13 +1725,16 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " +"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Beveiligingsinstellingen \n" "SSL/TLS deactiveren schakel de SSL/TLS-codering uit.\n" -"SSL en TLS accepteren Accepteer zowel traditionele als gecodeerde sessies.\n" -"Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren Weiger verbindingen die geen gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" +"SSL en TLS accepteren Accepteer zowel traditionele als gecodeerde " +"sessies.\n" +"Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren Weiger verbindingen die geen " +"gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1755,7 +1817,7 @@ #. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" #. check value of textentry #. only pure-ftpd -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:619 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 msgid "Not a valid umask." msgstr "Ongeldige umask." @@ -1763,21 +1825,21 @@ #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:781 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:819 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 msgid "Select directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" #. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1055 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "Wilt u de directory \"upload\" maken in %1\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1060 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "en schrijfrechten activeren?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1062 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1787,15 +1849,15 @@ "dient u een directory te maken met schrijfrechten.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1090 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." msgstr " is een homedirectory na het aanmelden van anonieme gebruikers." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 msgid "" "Do you want to change permissions\n" "for\n" @@ -1803,28 +1865,29 @@ "Wilt u de toegangsrechten wijzigen\n" "voor\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1083 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1130 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" msgstr "Uploaden (schrijven toestaan)?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1085 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 msgid "" "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een directory te hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" +"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een directory te " +"hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "Wilt u een directory maken?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1107 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 msgid "Upload with write access?" msgstr "Uploaden met schrijfrechten?" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1109 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 msgid "" "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1834,7 +1897,7 @@ " dient u een directory te maken waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 msgid "" "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" " you need a directory with write access.\n" @@ -1852,15 +1915,15 @@ #. check permissions for upload dir #. #. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1219 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1286 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1306 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "Toegangsrechten van %1 wijzigen?\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 msgid "" "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." @@ -1868,135 +1931,151 @@ "Als u uploads door anonieme gebruikers wilt toestaan,\n" "dan hebt u een directory met schrijfrechten nodig." -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" -msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker geen schrijfrechten hebben.\n" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access.\n" +msgstr "" +"Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker " +"geen schrijfrechten hebben.\n" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." -msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker geen schrijftoegang hebben." +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access." +msgstr "" +"Voor anonieme verbindingen mag de homedirectory van een anonieme gebruiker " +"geen schrijftoegang hebben." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1453 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "De voorwaarde voor poorten is max. poort > min. poort." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1633 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 msgid "DSA certificate is missing." msgstr "DSA-certificaat ontbreekt." #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1660 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." -msgstr "Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding ontbreekt." +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +msgid "" +"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " +"connection is missing." +msgstr "" +"Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding " +"ontbreekt." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "Welkomstbericht" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:893 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:904 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:906 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "Kies er één om te configureren." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:908 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "Wilt u vsftpd instellen? Als alternatief kunt u pure-ftpd kiezen." -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." -msgstr "U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd. U moet de configuratie daarom in interactieve modus uitvoeren." +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +msgid "" +"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " +"in interactive mode." +msgstr "" +"U hebt beide daemons geïnstalleerd. U moet de configuratie daarom in " +"interactieve modus uitvoeren." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "Instellingen uit het configuratiebestand lezen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:937 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:941 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." #. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:951 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "Kan de huidige instellingen niet lezen." #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:968 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "FTP-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "De instellingen naar het configuratiebestand schrijven" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:980 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven voor het starten van de daemon" #. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." #. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven!" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven voor xinetd!" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "Kan geen uploaddirectory maken voor anonieme verbindingen." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<ul>FTP daemon is not configured.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>FTP-daemon is niet geconfigureerd.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP-daemon" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP-daemon %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1171 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "Deze opties worden geconfigureerd" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -31,16 +31,47 @@ #. GeoCluster summary dialog caption #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "GeoCluster-configuratie" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "GeoCluster-samenvatting" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -72,247 +103,299 @@ msgid "configuration file" msgstr "configuratiebestand" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "arbitrator ip" -msgstr "IP van arbitrator" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transport" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "Poort" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -msgid "site" -msgstr "site" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "arbitrator ip" +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "IP van arbitrator" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "site" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cancel" +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "Annuleren" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "configuration file" +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "configuratiebestand" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "" +"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 -msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ticket en time-out invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "time-out" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "nieuwe pogingen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "gewichten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "expire" msgstr "verlopen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "ophalen-na" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "voor-ophalen-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 -msgid "timeout is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "timeout is no valid" +msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Time-out is niet geldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 -msgid "expire is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "expire is no valid" +msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "verlopen is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 -msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "ophalena is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 -msgid "retries is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "retries is no valid" +msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "nieuwe pogingen is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "waarde lager dan 3 voor nieuwe pogingen is niet toegestaan" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -msgid "weights is no valid" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "weights is no valid" +msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "gewichten is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -msgid "ticket can not be null" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ticket can not be null" +msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "Ticket kan niet leeg zijn." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 -msgid "site have to be filled" -msgstr "site moet zijn ingevuld" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Firewallconfiguratie" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 -msgid "ticket have to be filled" -msgstr "ticket moet zijn ingevuld" - -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 -msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" -msgstr "IP-adres van arbitrator is niet geldig." - -#. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 -msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" -msgstr "GeoCluster(geo-cluster)-firewall configureren" - #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 -msgid "Geo Cluster configure" -msgstr "GeoCluster configureren" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "Een IP-adres van uw site invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Een IP-adres van uw site invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Ticketnaam bestaat al." -#. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 -msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet null zijn" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet worden gedupliceerd." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "poort is ongeldig." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "transport moet zijn ingevuld." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "transport moet zijn ingevuld." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "site moet zijn ingevuld." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "ticket moet zijn ingevuld." +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster-configuratie selecteren" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Configuratiebestand selecteren:" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" -msgstr "GeoCluster-configuraties" - #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Firewallconfiguratie" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "GeoCluster-configuratie" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Kan globale conf-instellingen niet schrijven" #. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "Kan algemene instellingen niet schrijven." #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Kan geen globale ticketinstelling schrijven" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 -msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster initialiseren" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# @@ -320,66 +403,70 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 -msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEfirewall-instellingen schrijven" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht..." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster initialiseren" + #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" @@ -412,6 +499,11 @@ msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van geo-cluster opslaan" + #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" @@ -425,3 +517,21 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." + +#~ msgid "site have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "site moet zijn ingevuld" + +#~ msgid "ticket have to be filled" +#~ msgstr "ticket moet zijn ingevuld" + +#~ msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +#~ msgstr "IP-adres van arbitrator is niet geldig." + +#~ msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" +#~ msgstr "GeoCluster(geo-cluster)-firewall configureren" + +#~ msgid "Geo Cluster configure" +#~ msgstr "GeoCluster configureren" + +#~ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +#~ msgstr "GeoCluster-configuraties" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -32,7 +32,9 @@ #. translators: help text for listen command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "Stel de poorten en de netwerkadressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan beluisteren." +msgstr "" +"Stel de poorten en de netwerkadressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken " +"van moet gaan beluisteren." #: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" @@ -111,7 +113,9 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "Alleen bestaande hosts kunnen worden opgegeven als de host die moet worden geconfigureerd" +msgstr "" +"Alleen bestaande hosts kunnen worden opgegeven als de host die moet worden " +"geconfigureerd" #. translators: popup error message when validate servername #: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 @@ -143,10 +147,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" @@ -154,8 +158,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" @@ -166,9 +170,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -329,7 +333,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -353,32 +358,52 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." -msgstr "De poort waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Standaard is dat 80." +msgid "" +"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " +"default is 80." +msgstr "" +"De poort waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. " +"Standaard is dat 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "Te beluisteren interfaces bevat de lijst met alle IP-adressen die voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De geselecteerde IP-adressen zijn degene waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, selecteer dan gewoon alles." +msgid "" +"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " +"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " +"listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "" +"Te beluisteren interfaces bevat de lijst met alle IP-adressen die " +"voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De geselecteerde IP-adressen zijn degene " +"waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, selecteer dan " +"gewoon alles." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache 2-server zou moeten ondersteunen." +msgid "" +"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache 2-server zou moeten " +"ondersteunen." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op Voltooien klikt." +msgid "" +"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " +"configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "" +"Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie " +"zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op Voltooien klikt." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"" msgstr "" "Met behulp van de Geavanceerde HTTP-serverconfiguratie \n" -"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk." +"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer " +"gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -387,7 +412,8 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " +"displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-server modules wijzigen</big> \n" @@ -401,10 +427,12 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Om de status van een module te veranderen \n" -"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Status omschakelen te klikken.\n" +"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Status " +"omschakelen te klikken.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -419,7 +447,8 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " +"choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-server instellingen</big> \n" @@ -434,9 +463,12 @@ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Door Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten te activeren, geeft u YaST2 \n" -"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten daardoor \n" -"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd of verwijderd \n" +"Door Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten te activeren, " +"geeft u YaST2 \n" +"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten " +"daardoor \n" +"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd " +"of verwijderd \n" "worden. Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 @@ -468,81 +500,109 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." -msgstr "Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Bewerken te klikken." +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " +"change settings." +msgstr "" +"Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst " +"te selecteren en op Bewerken te klikken." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "Met Logboekbestanden kunt u de logboekbestanden van de server bekijken." +msgstr "" +"Met Logboekbestanden kunt u de logboekbestanden van de server " +"bekijken." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " +"used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Geconfigureerde hosts</big> \n" -"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als standaardhost\n" +"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als " +"standaardhost\n" "gemarkeerd (het *-teken naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend verzoek\n" "geen passende host is gevonden, wordt de standaardhost gebruikt. Klik op\n" -"Als standaard instellen om een host als de standaard in te stellen.\n" +"Als standaard instellen om een host als de standaard in te stellen.</" +"p>\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " +"Delete." msgstr "" -"Als u een host wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op Verwijderen om een host te verwijderen." +"Als u een host wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " +"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op " +"Verwijderen om een host te verwijderen." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " +"click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Hostconfiguratie</big> \n" -"Als u de standaard hostinstellingen wilt wijzigen, dient u het betreffende item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken te klikken.\n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." +"Als u de standaard hostinstellingen wilt wijzigen, dient u het betreffende " +"item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken te " +"klikken.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op " +"Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" +"b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " +"Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "De Serverresolutie-opties stellen de resolutie in wanneer \n" -"\tvirtual hosts wordt gebruikt. Als u Resolutie via HTTP-headers kiest,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts wordt gebruikt. Als u Resolutie via HTTP-headers " +"kiest,\n" "\tzal de standaardserver geen verzoeken naar het IP adres van een\n" -"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL-gebaseerde vhost wilt configureren, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres" +"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL-gebaseerde vhost wilt " +"configureren, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " +"interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Luisteren Hostinstellingen</big> \n" -"Met de instructie Luisteren kunt u de poorten en de netwerkinterfaces selecteren\n" +"Met de instructie Luisteren kunt u de poorten en de netwerkinterfaces " +"selecteren\n" "waar de HTTP-server de inkomende verzoeken van moet beluisteren.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"Als u een item wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op Verwijderen om een item te verwijderen." +"Als u een item wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " +"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op " +"Verwijderen om een item te verwijderen." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -553,7 +613,8 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>SSL-configuratie</big> \n" -"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd zijn aan de SSL-instellingen (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd zijn aan de SSL-instellingen " +"(Secure Socket Layer)\n" "van de host. Via SSL kunt u veilig met een host\n" "communiceren door de communicatie te versleutelen.\n" @@ -561,23 +622,30 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " +"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Het algemene gedrag wordt door de SSL-optie bepaald. De host heeft\n" -"óf helemaal geen SSL-ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), óf staat zowel geen-SSL als SSL-toegang\n" -"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), óf accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL-verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" +"óf helemaal geen SSL-ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), óf staat zowel geen-" +"SSL als SSL-toegang\n" +"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), óf accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL-" +"verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " +"the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"Als u een optie wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een optie toe te voegen. Als u een optie wilt verwijderen, selecteert u deze en drukt u op Verwijderen." +"Als u een optie wilt wijzigen, kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de " +"tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een optie toe te voegen. Als u een optie wilt " +"verwijderen, selecteert u deze en drukt u op Verwijderen." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -607,25 +675,31 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"" msgstr "" "<big>Nieuwe host</big> \n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u de basisinformatie van een nieuwe virtuele host opgeven." +"In deze dialoog kunt u de basisinformatie van een nieuwe virtuele host " +"opgeven." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " +"name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" -"Serveridentificatie specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van de\n" +"Serveridentificatie specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van " +"de\n" "nieuwe virtuele host. Servernaam is de DNS-naam die geretourneerd\n" -"is als deel van de HTTP-kopteksten van de serverrespons. Hoofdmap serverinhoud\n" -"is het absolute pad naar een directory die alle door de virtuele host geleverde\n" +"is als deel van de HTTP-kopteksten van de serverrespons. Hoofdmap " +"serverinhoud\n" +"is het absolute pad naar een directory die alle door de virtuele host " +"geleverde\n" "documenten bevat. Met E-mailadres van beheerder kan een e-mailadres\n" "geïnstalleerd worden ten behoeve van feedback over deze host.\n" @@ -637,38 +711,49 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " +"host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" +"b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serverresolutie</big> \n" "Apache 2 moet kunnen bepalen welke virtuele hostinstellingen het zou\n" "moeten gebruiken om een respons voor een HTTP-verzoek te kunnen maken. Er\n" -"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek HTTP-headers\n" -"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoekheaders \n" -"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen is door middel\n" -"van het IP-adres dat door de client gebruikt wordt als deze een verbinding met de\n" -"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres\n" +"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek HTTP-" +"headers\n" +"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-" +"verzoekheaders \n" +"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen " +"is door middel\n" +"van het IP-adres dat door de client gebruikt wordt als deze een " +"verbinding met de\n" +"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan Resolutie " +"via IP-adres\n" "Raadpleeg de Apache 2-handleiding voor verdere details.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " +"host." msgstr "" "<big>Details voor nieuwe host</big> \n" -"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe virtuele host." +"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe " +"virtuele host." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " +"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Selecteer CGI-ondersteuning inschakelen\n" -"om CGI-scripts in het pad in Pad naar CGI-directory uit te kunnen voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>." +"om CGI-scripts in het pad in Pad naar CGI-directory uit te kunnen " +"voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -678,16 +763,25 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer SSL ondersteuning inschakelen om HTTPS toegang tot deze virtuele host\n" +"Selecteer SSL ondersteuning inschakelen om HTTPS toegang tot deze " +"virtuele host\n" "te kunnen krijgen.\n" "\n" -"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij Pad van certificaatbestand.\n" +"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij Pad van " +"certificaatbestand.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor op IP-adres gebaseerde vhosts.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "Voer in Directoryindex een lijst met door spaties gescheiden bestanden in waar Apache naar moet zoeken als wordt verzocht om een URL van een directory (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden wordt, zal worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " +"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " +"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "" +"Voer in Directoryindex een lijst met door spaties gescheiden " +"bestanden in waar Apache naar moet zoeken als wordt verzocht om een URL van " +"een directory (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand " +"dat gevonden wordt, zal worden gebruikt." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -698,7 +792,8 @@ msgstr "" "Publieke HTML\n" "\n" -"schakelt de toegang in tot <tt>.public_html</tt> directory's van alle gebruikers." +"schakelt de toegang in tot <tt>.public_html</tt> directory's van alle " +"gebruikers." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -712,9 +807,9 @@ #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Alle adressen" @@ -768,37 +863,37 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2-configuratie lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De omgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "De Apache2-configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." @@ -807,23 +902,27 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." -msgstr "Als u de HTTP-server wilt configureren, moeten de %1-pakketten geïnstalleerd te zijn." +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "" +"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Als u de HTTP-server wilt configureren, moeten de %1-pakketten " +"geïnstalleerd te zijn." #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "Wilt u het nu installeren?" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -839,52 +938,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Het configuratiebestand '%1' bestaat niet." #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Er wordt geen DNS-server uitgevoerd op deze computer." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2-instellingen schrijven" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service inschakelen" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service uitschakelen" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt ingeschakeld..." #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt uitgeschakeld..." #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -897,17 +996,17 @@ "Wilt u ze nu installeren?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "Er is geen naam opgegeven voor de modulebeschrijving, wordt genegeerd." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Onbekende modulewijziging voor automatische installatie: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -916,38 +1015,38 @@ "Dit kan een inconsistente moduleconfiguratie veroorzaken." #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Luisterinstructie zonder poort gevonden." #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Luisteren naar</h3>" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Standaardhost</h3>" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " in " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Virtuele hosts</h3>" @@ -1061,7 +1160,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Luisteren naar interfaces" @@ -1180,7 +1279,8 @@ #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan wordt de hostnaam gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan wordt de hostnaam gebruikt." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1191,7 +1291,8 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." +msgstr "" +"De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1268,24 +1369,24 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "E-mailadres beheerder mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Alle adressen (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adressen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Servernaam" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "Naam voor virtuele-host-ID mag niet leeg zijn." #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1297,61 +1398,61 @@ "dat verzoeken accepteert voor de hosts.\n" "Ook * voor alle adressen en *:poort is toegestaan." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Master zone %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Record %1 bestaat al in zone %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-instellingen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Aan zone toevoegen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Naam zone" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Nieuwe zone aanmaken" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-directory" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Certificaatbestand kiezen" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Certifcaatbestand invoeren." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Bestand met certificaatsleutel kiezen" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Voer het sleutelbestand in." #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Selecteer certificaat" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1360,61 +1461,61 @@ "%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Netwerk &adressen:" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Ongeldig poortnummer." #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolutie via HTTP-kopteksten" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolutie via IP-adres gebruikt" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Afhankelijkheidsprobleem modules" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "vereist" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Activeer de vereiste module of deactiveer de eerste." #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Nieuwe module &naam:" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Voor de toe te voegen module is een naam vereist." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "De module staat reeds in de lijst." #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Het %1 item bestaat al." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1423,308 +1524,363 @@ "moet gaan luisteren mag niet leeg zijn." #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Er moet minstens één interface geselecteerd zijn." #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "&PHP5-scripting activeren" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "P&erl-scripting activeren" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "P&ython-scripting activeren" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Illegale sleutel in virtuele host '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Interne fout: gegevens moeten een array ref zijn en geen %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Ongeldige host-ID." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "Host-ID bestaat al" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "kan de standaardhost niet verwijderen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "Host-ID niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "ongeldige poort" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "het schrijven van de firewallregels is mislukt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "de te verwijderen luisterwaarde is niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Kan een host met de gespecificeerde ID niet ophalen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Beschadigde PEM-gegevens." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Voor deze host-ID is geen certificaat-sleutelbestand geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "De ontleding van het sleutelbestand is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Er is voor deze host-ID geen CA-certificaatbestand geconfigureerd." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-adres, etc." +msgstr "" +"Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-" +"adres, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" +msgstr "" +"De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" -msgstr "Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "" +"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " +"URL redirection" +msgstr "" +"Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur " +"en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Basisverificatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Gebruikersverificatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Gebruikersautorisatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Groepsautorisatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Gebruikersverificatie met gebruik van DBM-bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "Genereert automatisch een directoryindex, gelijk aan de Unix-opdracht: ls" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "" +"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "" +"Genereert automatisch een directoryindex, gelijk aan de Unix-opdracht: ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI-scripts uitvoeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de directoryindex-bestanden" +msgstr "" +"Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de " +"directoryindex-bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt doorgegeven" +msgstr "" +"Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt " +"doorgegeven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "Creëren van verlopen HTTP-kopteksten overeenkomstig aan gebruiker gespecificeerde criteria" +msgstr "" +"Creëren van verlopen HTTP-kopteksten overeenkomstig aan gebruiker " +"gespecificeerde criteria" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Door server geparseerde HTML-documenten (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Registratie van de gemaakte server verzoeken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" -msgstr "Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de inhoud" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "" +"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " +"content" +msgstr "" +"Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de " +"inhoud" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Zorgt voor inhoud-onderhandeling" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" -msgstr "Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek kenmerken, toe" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "" +"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " +"request" +msgstr "" +"Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek " +"kenmerken, toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Biedt informatie over de server activiteit en de prestaties" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te starten" +msgstr "" +"Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te " +"starten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Gebruiker-gespecificeerde directory's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Verzendt bestanden die hun eigen HTTP-kopteksten bevatten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Staat de \"anonieme\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Gebruikerverificatie met gebruik van MD5 Digest-verificatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" -msgstr "Staat toe dat een LDAP-directory voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "" +"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " +"authentication" +msgstr "" +"Staat toe dat een LDAP-directory voor het opslaan van de database voor de " +"HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Geef de vertaling of nieuwe code van de tekenset op" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring en Versioning (WebDAV) functionaliteit" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Bestandssysteem provider voor mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Inhoud comprimeren voordat het aan de client wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache opslagbeheerder keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" -msgstr "Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol modules" +msgstr "" +"Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol " +"modules" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" -msgstr "De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de client wordt geleverd" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "" +"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " +"client" +msgstr "" +"De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de client " +"wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Legt een vaste lijst met bestanden in het geheugen aan" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Aanpassing van de HTTP-verzoek- en -responskopteksten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Server-side image map verwerking" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Biedt een uitgebreid serverconfiguratie overzicht" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" -msgstr "LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-modules gebruikt kunnen worden" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "" +"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " +"modules" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-" +"modules gebruikt kunnen worden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registreren van de, per verzoek, ingaande en uitgaande bytes" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van een inhoud te kijken" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "" +"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "" +"Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van een " +"inhoud te kijken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy extensie voor CONNECT verzoek bewerkingen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "" +"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "" +"Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde " +"URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" -msgstr "Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te corrigeren" +msgstr "" +"Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te " +"corrigeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "" +"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " +"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" +"Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de " +"Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie label" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "" +"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "" +"Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie " +"label" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Clickstream-registratie van de gebruikersactiviteit op een site" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele massahosting" +msgstr "" +"Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele massahosting" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde PHP5-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Perl-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Python-pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Levert ondersteuning voor AppArmor-subproces-begrenzing binnen Apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor subversie" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "De 'id' optie kan niet met andere opties gecombineerd worden." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Wait" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Gebruiker" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ msgstr "Uit" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -160,127 +160,132 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "Pakket %1 zal tijdens het schrijfproces geïnstalleerd worden." #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd. De service kan niet gewijzigd worden." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "Pakket %1 is met succes geïnstalleerd." #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activeer alle services" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Deactiveer alle services" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "De&activeren" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Active&ren" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Huidige beschikbare services" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Ch" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Server / Argumenten" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Toevoegen" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Wijzigen" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Verwijderen" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "S&tatus aan/uit." -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Status voor alle &services" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Netwerkserviceconfiguratie (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Een nieuw service item toevoegen" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "U kunt de service niet verwijderen. Het is niet geïnstalleerd." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" +msgstr "" +"Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het " +"hoofddialoog" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het hoofddialoog selecteren." +msgstr "" +"Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het " +"hoofddialoog selecteren." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Wijzig een service item" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" +msgstr "" +"Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,54 +294,54 @@ "De Internet super-server zal worden gedeactiveerd." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Service" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC Versi&e" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "Service is &actief." #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Socket t&ype" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Wait" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Gebruiker" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Groep" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&erver" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Server argumen&ten" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mmentaar" @@ -350,14 +355,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--standaard--" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,14 +371,15 @@ "Geef aub geldige waardes op.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "Servicenaam bevat een niet toegestaan teken \"/\"." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." +msgstr "" +"De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -401,7 +407,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie proces afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -433,7 +440,8 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Netwerk service configuratie</big> \n" -"Druk op Activeren om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een superserverconfiguratie,\n" +"Druk op Activeren om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een " +"superserverconfiguratie,\n" "te activeren. Druk op Deactiveren om de super-server te stoppen.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 @@ -443,7 +451,8 @@ "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie service status:</big> \n" -"Alle met een X gemarkeerde services in kolom Ch zijn gewijzigd\n" +"Alle met een X gemarkeerde services in kolom Ch zijn " +"gewijzigd\n" "en zullen in de systeem configuratie aangepast worden.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 @@ -451,20 +460,24 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " +"configured." msgstr "" "<big>Services status:</big> \n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met --- zijn niet actief (locked).\n" "Alle services gemarkeerd met Aan zijn actief (unlocked).\n" -"Alle services gemarkeerd met NI zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus niet geconfigureerd worden." +"Alle services gemarkeerd met NI zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus " +"niet geconfigureerd worden." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " +"Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>De service status wordt gewijzigd:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en druk op Status aan/uit.\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en druk op " +"Status aan/uit.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -472,7 +485,8 @@ "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services wijzigen:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en druk op Wijzigen.\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en druk op Wijzigen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" @@ -480,7 +494,8 @@ "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services verwijderen:</big> \n" -"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en druk op Verwijderen.\n" +"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en druk op Verwijderen</" +"b>.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -494,11 +509,13 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie afbreken:</big>\n" "U kunt de configuratie afbreken door op de knop Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" +"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele " +"configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -539,8 +556,12 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" -msgstr "Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie info xinetd.conf voor de details.\n" +msgid "" +"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie info xinetd.conf voor de " +"details.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -564,12 +585,15 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Het protocol moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" -"Voorbeelden inclusief tcp,udp,rpc/tcp en rpc/udp.\n" +"Het protocol moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat " +"gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n" +"Voorbeelden inclusief tcp,udp,rpc/tcp en rpc/udp</" +"i>.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -590,14 +614,18 @@ "De wait/nowait optie bepaalt of de service als\n" "enkelvoudig of meervoudig behandeld zal worden en of xinetd of het\n" "serverprogramma de verbinding zal accepteren. Als de waarde\n" -"ja is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent dat xinetd \n" +"ja is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent " +"dat xinetd \n" "de server opstart en stopt met het behandelen van verzoeken aan de service\n" "totdat de server dood is en de serversoftware de verbinding accepteert.\n" "Als de waarde nee is zal de service als\n" -"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van nieuwe\n" +"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van " +"nieuwe\n" "service verzoeken en zal het tevens de verbindingen accepteren. \n" -"udp/dgram services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde ja zal zijn,\n" -"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. tcp/stream servers\n" +"udp/dgram services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde ja " +"zal zijn,\n" +"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. tcp/stream " +"servers\n" "verwachten normaal gesproken de waarde nee.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -607,7 +635,8 @@ "less than root.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die geselecteerd\n" +"De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die " +"geselecteerd\n" "is bij Gebruiker. Het is handig om services te laten werken\n" "met permissies die lager zijn dan die van root.\n" "\n" @@ -621,8 +650,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Geef bij Server de pathnaam op van het programma dat,\n" -"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de super server.\n" -"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij Server argumenten.\n" +"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de " +"super server.\n" +"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij Server " +"argumenten.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -650,57 +681,58 @@ msgstr "Initialisering..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie lezen" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan!" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" -msgstr "<ul>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Netwerkservices worden beheerd via %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Deze services zullen geactiveerd worden" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:43\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,178 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b." + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initialiseren..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen installatiebesturingsbestand gevonden.\n" +"Het installatieprogramma kan niet worden voortgezet." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "YaST-configuratie wordt geschreven..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt voltooid..." + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Uw computer voldoet niet aan alle eisen om een grafische\n" +"installatie te kunnen uitvoeren. Er is ofwel minder dan %1 MB\n" +"aan geheugen of de X-server kon niet gestart worden.\n" +"\n" +"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u verder door de installatie\n" +"leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" +"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" +"zien er anders uit dan in de gebruiksaanwijzing.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" +"\n" +"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale " +"installatie) \n" +"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" +"\n" +"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" +"installatie leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" +"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" +"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "Start service %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "De service %1 wordt gestart..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen worden aangepast." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"De vorige installatie is mislukt.\n" +"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" +"\n" +"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"De vorige installatie is afgebroken.\n" +"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" +"\n" +"Opmerking: sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt gestart..." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "Installatie bevestigen" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu gereed." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Als u nu verder gaat, worden aan de hand van de \n" +"instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen bestaande partities\n" +" op uw vaste schijf verwijderd of geformatteerd\n" +" (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren zullen gaan</" +"b>)." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Als u nu verder gaat, worden de partities op uw \n" +"vaste schijf aangepast volgens de instellingen van de \n" +"voorgaande dialogen." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "" +"Als u het niet zeker weet, gaat u terug en controleert u de instellingen." +"" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "Update bevestigen" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "" +"Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat, worden de gegevens op uw vaste schijf overschreven\n" +"volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "&Update starten" + #. this is a heading -#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61 -msgid "Dummy" -msgstr "Dummie" +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "Apparaten op de zwarte lijst" #. this is a menu entry -#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:63 -msgid "&Dummy" -msgstr "&Dummie" +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "Apparaten op de z&warte lijst" +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Ingeschakelde apparaten op de zwarte lijst (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Uitgeschakelde apparaten op de zwarte lijst (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Apparaten op de zwarte lijst als u kanalen voor de zwarte " +"lijst voor dergelijke apparaten wilt maken en zo de footprint van het " +"kernelgeheugen wilt verminderen." + #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "Apparaten op de zwarte lijst zetten..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel zo nodig genereren..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +"profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een AutoYaST-profiel wilt maken.\n" -"Met AutoYaST kunt u een volledige installatie van SUSE Linux uitvoeren zonder gebruikersinteractie. Voor AutoYaST\n" -"is een profiel nodig om te bepalen hoe het geïnstalleerde systeem eruit moet zien. Als deze optie is\n" -"geselecteerd, wordt er een profiel van het huidige systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een AutoYaST-profiel wilt " +"maken.\n" +"Met AutoYaST kunt u een volledige installatie van SUSE Linux uitvoeren " +"zonder gebruikersinteractie. Voor AutoYaST\n" +"is een profiel nodig om te bepalen hoe het geïnstalleerde systeem eruit moet " +"zien. Als deze optie is\n" +"geselecteerd, wordt er een profiel van het huidige systeem opgeslagen in " +"<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" +msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel schrijven naar /root/autoinst.xml" + #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie klonen" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Systeemconfiguratie klonen" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "Het AutoYaST-profiel wordt opgeslagen onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">niet schrijven</a>)." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +msgid "" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Het AutoYaST-profiel wordt opgeslagen onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +"\"%1\">niet schrijven</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "Het AutoYaST-profiel wordt niet opgeslagen (<a href=\"%1\">schrijven</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Het AutoYaST-profiel wordt niet opgeslagen (<a href=\"%1\">schrijven</a>)." -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" -msgstr "AutoYaST-profiel schrijven naar /root/autoinst.xml" - #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Bestanden worden naar geïnstalleerd systeem gekopieerd..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:65 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "Logbestanden worden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem gekopieerd..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Systeembestanden worden naar geïnstalleerd systeem gekopieerd..." #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: enabled" msgstr "Installatie vanuit images is: ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: disabled" msgstr "Installatie vanuit images is: uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om RPM-installatie te versnellen." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om " +"RPM-installatie te versnellen." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als installatiebron" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als " +"installatiebron" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt maken" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image " +"kunt maken" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Maak een image-bestand (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij installatie)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Maak een image-bestand (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij " +"installatie)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Image maken" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Waar kan AutoYaST de image vinden? (bijv. http://host/)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Wat is de naam van de image? (bijv. mijn_image)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "ISO maken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n" -"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig\n" -"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden\n" +"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te " +"versnellen.\n" +"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem " +"overeenkomstig\n" +"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten " +"worden\n" "op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" "Eigen images maken wordt gebruikt als u\n" -"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt AutoYaST een\n" -"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd kan zijn.\n" -"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale auto-installatie." +"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt " +"AutoYaST een\n" +"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd " +"kan zijn.\n" +"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale " +"auto-installatie." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "u moet de software-selectie doen voor het maken van de image" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle pakketten uit de images komen \n" -" niet overeen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is gemaakt." +"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle " +"pakketten uit de images komen \n" +" niet overeen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is " +"gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." @@ -193,12 +498,12 @@ "Installatie vanuit images is standaard uitgeschakeld als de huidige\n" "selectie van patronen niet klopt met de reeks images." -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Fout: Images moeten niet worden gebruikt in de modus: %1." #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -211,45 +516,47 @@ "op de installatiemedia.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "&Installatie vanuit images" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Er zijn geen installatie-images beschikbaar" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Standaard window manager wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "De beschikbare pakketten in de opslagruimten worden gelezen..." #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -263,33 +570,33 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Updates voor %1 %2" -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Update uitvoeren" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Update overslaan" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Online update" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Online update nu uitvoeren?" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -301,43 +608,50 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Taal, toetsenbord en licentieovereenkomst" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Ver&talingen van licenties..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -351,20 +665,22 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De licentie moet geaccepteerd zijn voordat de installatie doorgaat.\n" -"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle beschikbare vertalingen.\n" +"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle " +"beschikbare vertalingen.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -375,7 +691,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -388,7 +704,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -406,23 +722,23 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Re&leaseopmerkingen..." -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "U moet de licentie accepteren om dit product te installeren" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "ZMD-service &uitschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.\n" @@ -432,46 +748,47 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "&Cloon dit systeem voor Autoyast" #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "De installatie is voltooid" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "Gefeliciteerd!" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie van &product; op uw computer is klaar.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem aanmelden.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem " +"aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." msgstr "Bezoek ons eens op %1." #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "Veel plezier! Uw SUSE-ontwikkelingsteam" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "Uw systeem is klaar voor gebruik." #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -480,7 +797,7 @@ "neemt u mee naar het aanmeldvenster.\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -491,41 +808,44 @@ "ons SUSE-welkomstdialoog.\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Gebruik Klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt maken.\n" -"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige SUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n" -"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige SUSE Linux-installatie " +"uitvoeren zonder\n" +"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een " +"profiel van het huidige systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</" +"p>" -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt voltooid..." - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 geïnstalleerd zijn." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 " +"geïnstalleerd zijn." -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Wilt u dit nu installeren?" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "Het pakket autoyast2 is niet geïnstalleerd. Klonen is uitgeschakeld." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." @@ -534,15 +854,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Gebruik van images..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -551,251 +872,241 @@ "De installatie wordt afgebroken...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Foutoplossing is aan gezet.\n" -"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de pakketten te controleren." +"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de " +"pakketten te controleren." #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Downloaden van image met snelheid %1/s" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Downloaden van image %1 met snelheid %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Gebruik van image..." -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Image %1 wordt gebruikt..." #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarop u de image wilt implementeren." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Alle gegevens op de schijf gaan verloren!" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Te gebruiken schijf" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarop de image wordt geïmplementeerd. Alle gegevens op de schijf gaan verloren en de schijf wordt gepartitioneerd zoals gedefinieerd in de image." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de schijf waarop de image wordt geïmplementeerd. Alle gegevens op " +"de schijf gaan verloren en de schijf wordt gepartitioneerd zoals " +"gedefinieerd in de image." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Harde schijf voor de implementatie van de image" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Beschikbare controllers detecteren" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Schijfactivering" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-schijven configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-schijven configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-interfaces configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-schijven configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie wijzigen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Installatie - aan het opwarmen" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt gestart..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "De installatie staat op het punt te starten!" #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialiseren" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra opslagruimtes:" +msgstr "" +"Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra opslagruimtes:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "De softwarebeheerder opstarten voor het controleren en installeren van updates?" +msgstr "" +"De softwarebeheerder opstarten voor het controleren en installeren van " +"updates?" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Updates van &pakketten tonen" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallatie afronden" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Lijst van te bellen eindinstallatiescripts maken..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Bestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem kopiëren" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Configuratie opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Installatie-instellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Systeem voorbereiden op eerste start" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Controleren van stap: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Stap %1 bellen..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installatiefout" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &akkoord" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &niet akkoord" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "De installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installatieopties" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Online opslagruimten toevoegen vóór de inst&allatie" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "Add-on-producten van aparte media in&sluiten" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Installatieopties</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -803,36 +1114,43 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om de aanbevolen externe opslagruimten tijdens de installatie of bijwerken\n" -"te gebruiken, selecteer Online opslagruimten toevoegen vóór de installatie." +"te gebruiken, selecteer Online opslagruimten toevoegen vóór de " +"installatie." #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om een add-on-product van aparte media met &product te installeren, selecteer\n" +"Om een add-on-product van aparte media met &product te installeren, " +"selecteer\n" "Add-on-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Als u specifieke hardware-stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Als u specifieke hardware-stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de " +"installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Interne fout: licentie voor weergave ontbreekt" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Netwerkinstelling" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -843,27 +1161,27 @@ "anders kan het veilig worden overgeslagen.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Wilt u de netwerkkaart nu configureren?" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Selecteer" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Ja; start de netwerkinstallatie" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "&Nee; de netwerkinstallatie overslaan" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.\n" @@ -872,16 +1190,18 @@ "geconfigureerd netwerk.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Een geconfigureerd netwerk is nodig voor externe opslagruimten\n" -"of voor add-onproducten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe opslagruimten dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.\n" +"of voor add-onproducten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe opslagruimten " +"dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -890,36 +1210,46 @@ "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een aantal\n" -"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 belangrijkste,\n" +"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een " +"aantal\n" +"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 " +"belangrijkste,\n" "GNOME en KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de minimale installatiepatronen)\n" -"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te gebruiken. Later in de \n" -"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra bureaubladomgeving \n" +"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de " +"minimale installatiepatronen)\n" +"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te " +"gebruiken. Later in de \n" +"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra " +"bureaubladomgeving \n" "toevoegen. Dit scherm staat u toe de standaard in te stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Bureaubladselectie" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -928,315 +1258,49 @@ "Selecteer de gewenste bureaubladomgeving." #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "Kan basisproduct niet vinden. Releaseopmerkingen worden niet weergegeven." +msgstr "" +"Kan basisproduct niet vinden. Releaseopmerkingen worden niet weergegeven." #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Voorbereiden van schijven..." -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "Wilt u alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan" - -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "De configuratie kan niet worden opgeslagen. Zie het logboek voor meer informatie." - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het voorstel bevat een fout dat eerst opgelost\n" -"moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..." - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"Configuratie is opgeslagen.\n" -"Er zijn fouten opgetreden." - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Wijzigen..." - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" onderin het venster." - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Klik op een kop om wijzigingen aan te brengen." - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the Change... menu.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Wijzig de waarden door op het respectievelijke onderdeel te klikken\n" -"of door het menu Wijzigen... te gebruiken.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.\n" -"\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _(" -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the Mode headline or select Mode in the -#. Change... menu. -#. -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Uw harde schijf is niet gewijzigd, u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Bijwerken om bij te werken met de weergegeven waarden uit te voeren.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de netwerkinstellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de service-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de hardware-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "UML Installation Proposal" -msgstr "UML installatievoorstel" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "" -"De UML (User Mode Linux) installatie staat u toe om onafhankelijke\n" -"virtuele Linux machines op uw hostsysteem op te starten." - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de weergegeven instellingen te gebruiken.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "" -"Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" -"door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n" -"Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "&Update" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Installeren" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Taal: %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Product" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" @@ -1245,19 +1309,12 @@ "geven een korte opsomming van de nieuwe functionaliteit en wijzigingen.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "Er zijn uitgavenotities geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "De service %1 wordt gestart..." - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" @@ -1266,108 +1323,110 @@ "Extra software kan later geselecteerd worden in het softwarevoorstel.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Kies één scenario." #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Kies scenario" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Computer analyseren" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-apparatuur zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-apparatuur wordt gezocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Diskettestations zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettestations worden onderzocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Vaste-schijfcontrollers zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Vaste-schijfcontrollers worden onderzocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernelmodules voor vaste-schijfcontrollers laden" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernelmodules voor vaste-schijfcontrollers worden geladen..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Vaste schijven zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Vaste schijven worden onderzocht..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Systeembestanden zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Zoeken naar systeembestanden..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Softwarebeheerder initialiseren" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "De softwarebeheerder wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systeem onderzoeken" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST test nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie." +"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's " +"nodig hebt voor de installatie." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1377,7 +1436,7 @@ "Controleer uw hardware!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1388,7 +1447,7 @@ "(speciaal op S/390 of iSCSI systemen)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1401,7 +1460,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1410,31 +1469,32 @@ "De installatie wordt afgebroken." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Eerder gebruikte opslagruimten" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1443,69 +1503,83 @@ "dat u aan het bijwerken bent:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Huidige status" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Bron" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&Wijzigen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status aan/ui&t" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u alle gevonden software opslagruimten zien\n" -"op het systeem dat u aan het bijwerken bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt gebruiken bij het bijwerkproces." +"op het systeem dat u aan het bijwerken bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt " +"gebruiken bij het bijwerkproces." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Als u een URL-adres wilt inschakelen, verwijderen \n" -"of uitschakelen, klikt u op de knop Status omschakelen of dubbelklikt \n" +"of uitschakelen, klikt u op de knop Status omschakelen of " +"dubbelklikt \n" "u op het bijhorende item in de tabel." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." +msgstr "" +"Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "URL van opslag&ruimte" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1514,49 +1588,54 @@ "Wilt u deze instellen?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Opslagruimten toevoegen en verwijderen..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "De opslagruimtes worden toegevoegd en/of verwijderd." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Verwijder ongebruikte opslagruimten" #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Ongebruikte opslagruimten worden verwijderd..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Voeg ingeschakelde opslagruimten toe" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Toevoegen van ingeschakelde opslagruimten..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Voeg uitgeschakelde opslagruimten toe" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Toevoegen van uitgeschakelde opslagruimten..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Juiste media gevraagd" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1570,7 +1649,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1585,7 +1664,7 @@ "Opslagruimte zal toegevoegd worden in uitgeschakelde status." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1597,7 +1676,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1609,7 +1688,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1620,7 +1699,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1631,30 +1710,31 @@ "URL: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Welkom" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "Welkom!" #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen worden ondernomen.\n" +"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen " +"worden ondernomen.\n" "YaST zal u nu door enkele basisconfiguraties heen leiden. Klik op\n" "Verder om door te gaan. \n" " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "Click Next to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.\n" @@ -1663,114 +1743,103 @@ "basis-configuratie van het systeem uit te voeren.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Voor deze installatiemodus is geen werkprocedure gedefinieerd." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Opslaan van automatische configuratie..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van kernelmodule worden bijgewerkt..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Cache-link instellen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Geïnstalleerd systeem wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxy-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Tijdzone wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Taal wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Console-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Productinformatie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Instellingen voor automatische installatie worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen opslaan..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 -msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." -msgstr "Opstartscriptinstellingen opslaan..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Hardwareconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "SSH-instellingen worden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem gekopieerd..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Bezig met overstappen op geïnstalleerd systeem..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Alle aangekoppelde apparaten worden afgekoppeld..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "YaST-configuratie wordt geschreven..." - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1788,245 +1857,287 @@ "\n" "Laden van de geïnstalleerde kernel door kexec te gebruiken.\n" "\n" -"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met herstarten\n" +"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met " +"herstarten\n" "Een ogenblik geduld.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..." +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "Logbestanden worden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem gekopieerd..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "PREP-partitie verkleinen..." -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "Wilt u alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan" + +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." msgstr "" -"Er is geen installatiebesturingsbestand gevonden.\n" -"Het installatieprogramma kan niet worden voortgezet." +"De configuratie kan niet worden opgeslagen. Zie het logboek voor meer " +"informatie." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"Uw computer voldoet niet aan alle eisen om een grafische\n" -"installatie te kunnen uitvoeren. Er is ofwel minder dan %1 MB\n" -"aan geheugen of de X-server kon niet gestart worden.\n" -"\n" -"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u verder door de installatie\n" -"leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" -"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" -"zien er anders uit dan in de gebruiksaanwijzing.\n" +"Het voorstel bevat een fout dat eerst opgelost\n" +"moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" -"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" -"\n" -"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n" -"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" -"\n" -"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" -"installatie leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" -"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" -"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" +"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "Start service %1" +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen worden aangepast." - -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"De vorige installatie is mislukt.\n" -"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" -"\n" -"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." +"Configuratie is opgeslagen.\n" +"Er zijn fouten opgetreden." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 -msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan" + +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken" + +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren" + +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -"De vorige installatie is afgebroken.\n" -"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" -"\n" -"Opmerking: sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." +"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..." +"\" onderin het venster." -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:199 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "Installatie bevestigen" +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "Klik op een kop om wijzigingen aan te brengen." -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu gereed." +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "&Update" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&Installeren" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat, worden aan de hand van de \n" -"instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen bestaande partities\n" -" op uw vaste schijf verwijderd of geformatteerd\n" -" (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren zullen gaan)." +"\n" +"Wijzig de waarden door op het respectievelijke onderdeel te klikken\n" +"of door het menu Wijzigen... te gebruiken.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat, worden de partities op uw \n" -"vaste schijf aangepast volgens de instellingen van de \n" -"voorgaande dialogen." +"\n" +"Uw harde schijf is niet gewijzigd, u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "Als u het niet zeker weet, gaat u terug en controleert u de instellingen." +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe " +"installatie uit te voeren.\n" +"\n" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "Update bevestigen" +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klik op Bijwerken om bij te werken met de weergegeven waarden uit te " +"voeren.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de netwerkinstellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat, worden de gegevens op uw vaste schijf overschreven\n" -"volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de service-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:258 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "&Update starten" +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de hardware-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "Apparaten op de zwarte lijst" +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "UML Installation Proposal" +msgstr "UML installatievoorstel" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "Apparaten op de z&warte lijst" +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." +msgstr "" +"De UML (User Mode Linux) installatie staat u toe om onafhankelijke\n" +"virtuele Linux machines op uw hostsysteem op te starten." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Ingeschakelde apparaten op de zwarte lijst (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de weergegeven instellingen te gebruiken.\n" +"\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Uitgeschakelde apparaten op de zwarte lijst (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Gebruik Apparaten op de zwarte lijst als u kanalen voor de zwarte lijst voor dergelijke apparaten wilt maken en zo de footprint van het kernelgeheugen wilt verminderen." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Apparaten op de zwarte lijst zetten..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "PREP-partitie verkleinen..." - #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Extern beheer inschakelen..." #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Het lezen van de informatie over installatie-images is mislukt" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Gebruiken..." @@ -2034,22 +2145,49 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Opslaan van gebruikersvoorkeuren..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Herstellen van gebruikersvoorkeuren..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" "De installatie kan de pakketafhankelijkheden niet automatisch oplossen.\n" -"Softwarebeheer wordt geopend om deze afhankelijkheden handmatig te kunnen oplossen." +"Softwarebeheer wordt geopend om deze afhankelijkheden handmatig te kunnen " +"oplossen." + +#~ msgid "Dummy" +#~ msgstr "Dummie" + +#~ msgid "&Dummy" +#~ msgstr "&Dummie" + +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" +#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd " +#~ "worden.\n" +#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd " +#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" + +#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." +#~ msgstr "Opstartscriptinstellingen opslaan..." + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -60,25 +60,25 @@ msgstr "Media wijzigen" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Plaats cd %1 en klik op doorgaan." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 en klik op doorgaan." #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Plaats cd %1 van %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 van %2." #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ "%1" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Selecteer %1" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -105,63 +105,63 @@ "Selecteer eerst het medium van het basisproduct." #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Cd-inhoud naar lokale directory kopiëren" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Fout bij het verplaatsen van de inhoud van de opslagruimte." #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Opslagruimteconfiguratie" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&Cd- of dvd-medium lezen" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Gegeven&sbron" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "&ISO-images gebruiken" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "&Directory met cd-images:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "&Directory selecteren" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Directory selecteren" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Naam van installatieserver ontbreekt." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ "De cd's worden niet gekopieerd." #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -179,20 +179,20 @@ "pakket-cd, enz) aan de opslagruimte toevoegen?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "Naam van opslagruimte:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "Als installatieservice aa&nkondigen met SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Ongeldige opslagruimtenaam." #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "Kies een andere naam." #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ "beschrijfbaar is en probeer het opnieuw.\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -229,87 +229,87 @@ "Wilt u echt de oude inhoud verwijderen en een nieuwe maken vanaf nul?" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Initiële instellingen -- Initiële instellingen" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "Geen enkele net&werkservice configureren" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Directory voo&r het opslaan van opslagruimten:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als HTTP-opslagruimte" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als FTP-opslagruimte" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configureren als NFS-opslagruimte" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Pad naar de directory voor de installatieserver ontbreekt." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Installatieserver -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Jokerteken voor &host" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opties" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het configureren van NFS." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Installatieserver -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Hoofddirectory van &FTP-server:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "&Directoryalias:" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het configureren van FTP." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Installatieserver -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "&Directoryalias" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het maken van de HTTPD-configuratie." @@ -328,7 +328,8 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale systeem u alle\n" +"Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale " +"systeem u alle\n" "opslagruimten wilt hosten.\n" "" @@ -367,23 +368,30 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " +"192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde directory's wilt beperken,\n" -"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld\n" -"192.168.1.0/24 om de toegang tot het subnet 192.168.1.0 te beperken.\n" +"Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde directory's " +"wilt beperken,\n" +"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik " +"bijvoorbeeld\n" +"192.168.1.0/24 om de toegang tot het subnet 192.168.1.0 te " +"beperken.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " +"available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Stel aanvullend de exportopties in. Voor meer details over de beschikbare\n" -"opties kunt u de handleidingspagina raadplegen over exports (man exports(5))\n" +"Stel aanvullend de exportopties in. Voor meer details over de " +"beschikbare\n" +"opties kunt u de handleidingspagina raadplegen over exports (man " +"exports(5))\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -418,18 +426,22 @@ "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Als de gekozen directory voor de opslagruimte buiten de hiërarchie van de FTP-server\n" +"Als de gekozen directory voor de opslagruimte buiten de hiërarchie van de " +"FTP-server\n" "ligt, dan zal er een regel aan <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> toegevoegd worden.\n" -"Die zorgt dat de directory van de opslagruimte toch via de FTP-server beschikbaar is\n" +"Die zorgt dat de directory van de opslagruimte toch via de FTP-server " +"beschikbaar is\n" "(met behulp van de optie <tt>--bind</tt> van <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " +"URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende URL:\n" +"De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende " +"URL:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -454,17 +466,20 @@ "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" "server root directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u deze configuratie wilt voltooien, moet een HTTP-server geïnstalleerd\n" +"Als u deze configuratie wilt voltooien, moet een HTTP-server " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en gestart worden. De alias zal gebruikt worden als referentie naar de\n" "hoofddirectory van de installatieserver.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " +"below:\n" msgstr "" "Kies een korte en gemakkelijk te onthouden alias. Als u bijvoorbeeld\n" -"SUSE als alias kiest, dan zullen de opslagruimten als volgt beschikbaar zijn:\n" +"SUSE als alias kiest, dan zullen de opslagruimten als volgt " +"beschikbaar zijn:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -484,11 +499,13 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " +"product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"De naam van de opslagruimte wordt gebruikt om een directory aan te maken waarin alle\n" +"De naam van de opslagruimte wordt gebruikt om een directory aan te maken " +"waarin alle\n" "product-cd's worden gekopieerd en beheerd. De opslagruimte wordt benaderd\n" "met het geconfigureerde protocol (NFS, FTP of HTTP) \n" @@ -498,27 +515,37 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " +"server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n" -"Indien ingeschakeld, wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP aangekondigd.\n" +"SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een " +"installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n" +"Indien ingeschakeld, wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP " +"aangekondigd.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " +"product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies een bronstation uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het basisproduct in het apparaat\n" -"en klik op Verder om de inhoud naar de lokale opslagruimte te kopiëren.\n" +"Kies een bronstation uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het " +"basisproduct in het apparaat\n" +"en klik op Verder om de inhoud naar de lokale opslagruimte te " +"kopiëren.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " +"additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale opslagruimte kunt u extra\n" -"cd's aan de opslagruimte toevoegen (Service pack-cd's of cd's met aanvullende toepassingen).\n" +"Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale opslagruimte kunt u " +"extra\n" +"cd's aan de opslagruimte toevoegen (Service pack-cd's of cd's met " +"aanvullende toepassingen).\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" @@ -526,10 +553,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" +"b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt in plaats van cd's of dvd's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op Verder klikt\n" +"U kunt in plaats van cd's of dvd's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op " +"Verder klikt\n" "kunt u ISO-imagebestanden kiezen.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -548,7 +577,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -585,14 +615,18 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " +"made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " +"and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Een opslagruimte toevoegen: \n" -"Niet-geconfigureerde directory's worden opgezocht in de directory voor opslagruimten\n" +"Niet-geconfigureerde directory's worden opgezocht in de directory voor " +"opslagruimten\n" "en beschikbaar gesteld voor configuratie.\n" -"Als u een opslagruimte wilt toevoegen, kiest u deze uit de lijst met niet-geconfigureerde opslagruimten en klikt u op Instellen.\n" +"Als u een opslagruimte wilt toevoegen, kiest u deze uit de lijst met niet-" +"geconfigureerde opslagruimten en klikt u op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -634,12 +668,14 @@ msgstr "" "Bewerken of verwijderen: \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen opslagruimte en\n" -"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"p>\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " +"package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" "De FTP-installatieserver vereist een FTP-serverpakket. Het vsftpd-pakket\n" @@ -654,7 +690,8 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " +"package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" "De HTTP-installatieserver vereist een HTTP-serverpakket. Het apache2-pakket\n" @@ -664,7 +701,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -673,72 +710,72 @@ "NFS-exports onveranderd laten?\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "De configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Zoeken naar een nieuwe opslagruimte" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Nieuwe opslagruimte wordt gezocht..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Kan de huidige instellingen niet lezen." #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van installatieserver wordt opgeslagen" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig uitvoeren" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Geconfigureerde opslagruimten" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -110,8 +110,10 @@ msgstr "Bewerken" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Afmelden" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connect" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Verbinden" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -122,9 +124,6 @@ msgstr "Detectie" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Aanmelden" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Verbinden" @@ -206,8 +205,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>" @@ -236,7 +235,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -257,7 +257,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken</big> \n" "Breek de opslagprocedure af door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n" +" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit " +"te doen.\n" " \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -279,7 +280,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big> \n" "Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n" -" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" " Klik vervolgens op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -290,7 +292,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " +"geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -328,58 +331,86 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " +"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " +"Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +"from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." msgstr "" -"Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" -"Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op Afmelden.\n" -"Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op Omschakelen.\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.\n" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.\n" msgstr "" -"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." +"Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-" +"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er " +"datacorruptie optreedt.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." +#| "iscsi</tt>. \n" +#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are " +#| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n" -"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n" +"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>.\n" +"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde " +"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) " +"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-" +"methode,\n" +"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is " +"3205.\n" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +#| "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username</" +#| "b> and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#| "select No Authentication.\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " +"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Voer het IP-adres van de gevonden server in.\n" -"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" +"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik " +"Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" "verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer Geen verificatie.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op Verbinden. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er " +"een en klik op Verbinden. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord in." - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Opstarten</h1>" @@ -388,9 +419,11 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "handboek is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n" @@ -401,12 +434,41 @@ "automatisch is voor iSCSI-doelen die bij het opstarten van de\n" "iSCSI-service verbonden moeten worden.\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Authentication" +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "Geen verificatie" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik op Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " +"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " +"Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " +"Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming " +"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " +"server side and the other way round." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " +"Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +"specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " +"connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status " +"'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen." +" To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: " +"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " +"Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note:</" +"b> Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets " +"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " +"(to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the " +"Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" +"up mode." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -439,7 +501,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." #. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 @@ -457,15 +520,32 @@ msgstr "Het poortveld mag niet leeg zijn" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "&Naam initiator" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +#| "The correct syntax is\n" +#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Example:\n" +#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" "Onjuiste initiatornaam.\n" "De juiste syntaxis is\n" @@ -476,12 +556,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.nl.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Geef de poort op." @@ -489,36 +569,40 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "Waar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "Onwaar" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor " +"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Doorgaan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Het doel is al verbonden." @@ -535,8 +619,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +"" +msgstr "" +"Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket " +"worden geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -607,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr "alle" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -616,10 +704,47 @@ msgstr "" "Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n" -"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n" +"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS " +"als\n" "u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." + +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "Afmelden" + +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "Aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press " +#~ "Add.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer " +#~ "het en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" +#~ "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op Afmelden.\n" +#~ "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op Omschakelen.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " +#~ "Password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het " +#~ "wachtwoord in." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect</" +#~ "b> to any target." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik " +#~ "op Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Doelen" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Doel" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identifier" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portalgroep" @@ -73,170 +73,174 @@ msgstr "Poortnummer" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Bind all IP addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Verificatie gebruiken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:323 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:324 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Lun Mapping" msgstr "Lun-toewijzing" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Auth" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Auth bewerken" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopiëren" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Geen verificatie" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Inkomende verificatie" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Uitgaande verificatie" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:276 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Key" msgstr "Toets" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:367 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van iSCSI LIO-doel" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-doel</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI-doel toevoegen" #. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "Clientinstallatie van iSCSI-doel wijzigen" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Lun-installatie van iSCSI-doel wijzigen" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen van iSCSI-doel" @@ -246,7 +250,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" +"b> \n" "Even geduld... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -256,7 +261,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie wordt afgebroken</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -390,30 +396,65 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of Inkomend en Uitgaand (kunnen samen worden gebruikt). Voeg vervolgens Gebruiker en Wachtwoord in." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " +"User and Password." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of " +"Inkomend en Uitgaand (kunnen samen worden gebruikt). Voeg " +"vervolgens Gebruiker en Wachtwoord in." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN die vanuit een doelportalgroep is geïmporteerd. Geef aan welke client hier toegang tot heeft (clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' op iSCSI-initiator). Met Verwijderen wordt de clienttoegang tot de LUN verwijderd." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " +"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN die " +"vanuit een doelportalgroep is geïmporteerd. Geef aan welke client hier " +"toegang tot heeft (clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/" +"initiatorname.iscsi' op iSCSI-initiator). Met Verwijderen wordt de " +"clienttoegang tot de LUN verwijderd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Met LUN bewerken kunt u de LUN-toewijzing wijzigen. Het LUN-doelnummer moet uniek zijn. Selecteer het type verificatie wanneer u op Verificatie bewerken hebt geklikt. Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beide. Voer vervolgens Gebruiker en Wachtwoord in. Als Verificatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in het vorige dialoogvenster, is Verificatie bewerken hier uitgeschakeld." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Met LUN bewerken kunt u de LUN-toewijzing wijzigen. Het LUN-" +"doelnummer moet uniek zijn. Selecteer het type verificatie wanneer u op " +"Verificatie bewerken hebt geklikt. Gebruik Inkomend, " +"Uitgaand of beide. Voer vervolgens Gebruiker en Wachtwoord</" +"b> in. Als Verificatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in het vorige " +"dialoogvenster, is Verificatie bewerken hier uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Met Kopiëren kunt u een extra clienttoegang verlenen tot het LUN." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Met Kopiëren kunt u een extra clienttoegang verlenen tot het LUN.</" +"p>" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"Lijst met beschikbare doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" -"Als u een item wilt verwijderen of wijzigen, selecteert u het en klikt u op Bewerken of Verwijderen." +"Lijst met beschikbare doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel door " +"op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" +"Als u een item wilt verwijderen of wijzigen, selecteert u het en klikt u op " +"Bewerken of Verwijderen." #. edit target #. add target @@ -424,58 +465,79 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"U kunt arbitraire blokapparaten of bestanden maken die beschikbaar zijn onder een LUN.\n" +"U kunt arbitraire blokapparaten of bestanden maken die beschikbaar zijn " +"onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad opgeven voor blokapparaten of een bestand. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een arbitraire naam waarmee het LUN uniek wordt geïdentificeerd. \n" +"De LUN-naam is een arbitraire naam waarmee het LUN uniek wordt " +"geïdentificeerd. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de doelportalgroep. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor LUN opgeeft, wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Onder IP-adres en Poortnummer specificeert u onder welk adres\n" -"en welke poort de service beschikbaar is. Het standaard poortnummer is 3260.\n" -"Alleen IP-adressen die aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn toegewezen, zijn mogelijk." +"Onder IP-adres en Poortnummer specificeert u onder welk " +"adres\n" +"en welke poort de service beschikbaar is. Het standaard poortnummer is " +"3260.\n" +"Alleen IP-adressen die aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn toegewezen, zijn " +"mogelijk." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Maak een nieuw doel. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." +msgstr "" +"Maak een nieuw doel. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"U kunt arbitraire blokkeringsapparaten of -bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" +"U kunt arbitraire blokkeringsapparaten of -bestanden beschikbaar te maken " +"onder een LUN.\n" "U moet een pad opgeven om apparaten of een bestand te blokkeren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om de LUN te identificeren. \n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om de LUN te " +"identificeren. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de doelportalgroep. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam opgeeft voor LUN, wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "U kunt alle aanvullende configuratieopties toevoegen, bewerken of verwijderen." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"U kunt alle aanvullende configuratieopties toevoegen, bewerken " +"of verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Bewerk zo nodig het LUN-nummer en stel het Type in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n" -"Als Type=fileio, stelt u Pad in op schijfapparaat of bestand.SCSI-id en Sectoren zijn optioneel." +"Bewerk zo nodig het LUN-nummer en stel het Type in (nullio is " +"voor testdoeleinden).\n" +"Als Type=fileio, stelt u Pad in op schijfapparaat of bestand.SCSI-" +"id en Sectoren zijn optioneel." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -503,7 +565,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "Geselecteerde pad moet een blokkeringsapparaat of normaal bestand zijn." +msgstr "" +"Geselecteerde pad moet een blokkeringsapparaat of normaal bestand zijn." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" @@ -541,15 +604,15 @@ msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Er moet ten minste één verficiatie worden ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 msgid "Client name:" msgstr "Clientnaam:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "LUN's importeren vanaf TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Clientnaam mag niet leeg zijn." @@ -557,7 +620,7 @@ #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Clientnaam bestaat al." @@ -581,7 +644,7 @@ #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1292 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item echt verwijderen?" @@ -589,7 +652,6 @@ msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Probleem bij het maken van doel %1 met tpg %2" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Probleem bij het instellen van netwerkportal naar %1" @@ -607,53 +669,62 @@ msgstr "Probleem bij het instellen van auth op %1:%2 naar %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Het doel mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "De doelportalgroep mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Het doel bestaat al." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Inkomend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Uitgaand" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1242 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1265 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1368 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1405 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1457 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van LUN %4 voor client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1472 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het toevoegen van LUN %4:%5 voor client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen van client %3 van %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het maken van client %3 voor %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1553 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem bij het wijzigen van auth voor client %3 in %1:%2" @@ -667,12 +738,12 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1409 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Kan LIO-installatie niet opslaan" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Kan TCM-installatie niet opslaan" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -40,105 +40,78 @@ msgstr "Service" #. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:57 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "ISCSI-nodes" #. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Detectiedomeinen" -#. fourth tab - discovery domain sets -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:211 -msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" -msgstr "Sets detectiedomeinen" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Tijdens Opstarten" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "Hand&matig" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Address of iSNS Server" -msgstr "Adres van ISNS-server" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI-nodenaam" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:186 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Nodetype" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:32 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Detectiedomeinnaam" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Detectiedomein maken" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Detectiedomeinleden" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Een bestaande iSCSI-node toevoegen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Een iSCS-node maken" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:194 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:217 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" -msgstr "Naam van detectiedomeinset" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:223 -msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" -msgstr "Detectiedomeinset maken" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:242 -msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" -msgstr "Leden van detectiedomeinset" - -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:253 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:252 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain" -msgstr "Detectiedomein toevoegen" - #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isns-service" #. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isns-service</h1>" @@ -158,7 +131,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -192,90 +166,124 @@ "Configureer een iSNS-server. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "<big>Lokatie van iSNS-server</big> De DNS-naam of het IP-adres van de iSNS-service kan ingevoerd worden als het iSNS-adres.\n" +msgid "" +"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " +"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "" +"De lijst van alle beschikbare iSCSI-nodes die geregistreerd staan met de " +"iSNS-service worden weergegeven. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI-" +"initiators en iSCSI-doelen. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te " +"verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node verwijderd deze uit de iSNS-" +"database." -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "De lijst van alle beschikbare iSCSI-nodes die geregistreerd staan met de iSNS-service worden weergegeven. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI-initiators en iSCSI-doelen. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node verwijderd deze uit de iSNS-database." +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" +"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een " +"detectiedomeinen te maken met Maken en met Verwijderen te " +"verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein " +"maar verwijdert niet de leden van het iSCSI-knooppunt" -#. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een detectiedomeinen te maken met Maken en met Verwijderen te verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van het iSCSI-knooppunt" +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " +"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " +"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " +"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " +"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " +"Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van alle iSCSI-knooppunten is weergegeven door detectiedomein. " +"Door een ander detectiedomein te selecteren ververst zich de lijst met leden " +"van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijk om een iSCSI-knooppunt toe te " +"voegen Toevoegen aan een detectiedomein of het knooppunt te " +"Verwijderen. Een knooppunt verwijderen verwijdert het van het " +"domein maar verwijdert niet het iSCSI-knooppunt Maken van een iSCSI-" +"knooppunt staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een " +"lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel dit knooppunt " +"registreert dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein Wanneer een iSCSI-" +"initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-" +"knooppunt-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "Een lijst van alle iSCSI-knooppunten is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een ander detectiedomein te selecteren ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijk om een iSCSI-knooppunt toe te voegen Toevoegen aan een detectiedomein of het knooppunt te Verwijderen. Een knooppunt verwijderen verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet het iSCSI-knooppunt Maken van een iSCSI-knooppunt staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel dit knooppunt registreert dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein Wanneer een iSCSI-initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-knooppunt-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "" +"Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. " +"Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet " +"lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS-" +"database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein " +"bevat leden van iSCSI-knooppunten." -#. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS-database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein bevat leden van iSCSI-knooppunten." +msgid "" +"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "" +"De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een " +"verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." - #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Nieuw detectiedomein maken" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 -msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "Selecteer de detectiedomeinset waaraan het detectiedomein zal worden toegevoegd." - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 -msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" -msgstr "Detectiedomeinnaamset" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:200 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Voeg iSCSI-knooppunt toe aan detectiedomein" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Beschikbare toe te voegen nodes" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:206 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:210 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Node toevoegen" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:211 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klaar" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:245 -msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" -msgstr "Voeg detectiedomein toe aan set" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:248 -msgid "Available Discovery Domains" -msgstr "Beschikbare detectiedomeinen" - -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:297 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:320 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Doel of initiator" -#. IsnsServer::addDD(address, add_map["VALUE"]:""); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:506 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:586 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Wilt u dit domein verwijderen?" #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 -msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer het adres van de iSNS-server." +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." +msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." +msgstr "" +"Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer het " +"adres van de iSNS-server." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -288,81 +296,99 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "" +"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket worden " +"geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Wilt u dit nu installeren?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van isns-daemon initialiseren" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 -msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "Database inlezen" +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +msgid "Saving isns Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van isns opslaan" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 -msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" +#~ msgstr "Sets detectiedomeinen" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 -msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" +#~ msgid "Address of iSNS Server" +#~ msgstr "Adres van ISNS-server" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" +#~ msgstr "Naam van detectiedomeinset" -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 -msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." +#~ msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" +#~ msgstr "Detectiedomeinset maken" -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 -msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" +#~ msgstr "Leden van detectiedomeinset" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Gereed" +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain" +#~ msgstr "Detectiedomein toevoegen" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 -msgid "Saving isns Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van isns opslaan" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address " +#~ "of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Lokatie van iSNS-server</big> De DNS-naam of het IP-adres " +#~ "van de iSNS-service kan ingevoerd worden als het iSNS-adres.\n" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 -msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" +#~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de detectiedomeinset waaraan het detectiedomein zal worden " +#~ "toegevoegd." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 -msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" +#~ msgstr "Detectiedomeinnaamset" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" +#~ msgstr "Voeg detectiedomein toe aan set" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 -msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." +#~ msgid "Available Discovery Domains" +#~ msgstr "Beschikbare detectiedomeinen" -#. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 -msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." +#~ msgid "Read the database" +#~ msgstr "Database inlezen" + +#~ msgid "Read the previous settings" +#~ msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" + +#~ msgid "Detect the devices" +#~ msgstr "Apparaten detecteren" + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." + +#~ msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +#~ msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." + +#~ msgid "Detecting the devices..." +#~ msgstr "De apparaten worden gedetecteerd..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "Gereed" + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig starten" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write settings." +#~ msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/journal.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +# Dutch translations for oSSLE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket oSSLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the oSSLE package. +# +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: oSSLE 12-SP1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:08+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Journaal-items" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "Items met de volgende tekst tonen" + +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Filter wijzigen..." + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Verversen" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Te tonen items" + +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Time interval" +msgstr "Tijdsinterval" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filters" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +msgid "With no additional conditions" +msgstr "Zonder extra voorwaarden" + +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Sinds het opstarten van het systeem" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "Vanaf het vorige opstarten" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" +msgstr "Tussen %{since} en %{until}" + +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +msgid "Between these dates" +msgstr "Tussen deze datums" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" +msgstr "Sinds het opstarten van het systeem (%s)" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "From previous boot (%s)" +msgstr "Vanaf het vorige opstarten (%s)" + +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Units" +msgstr "Eenheden" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "For these systemd units" +msgstr "Voor deze systemd-eenheden" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "Bestanden" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +msgid "For these files (executable or device)" +msgstr "Voor deze bestanden (uitvoerbare of apparaat)" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "Prioriteit" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "Met minstens deze prioriteit" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Tijd" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Bron" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Melding" + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -42,200 +42,235 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" +msgstr "" +"Het doel van de dump bevat de bestemming voor het opslaan van dump-images" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Voer alleen \"kernel_string\" in." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Voer alleen " +"\"kernel_string\" in." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"De kdump-opdrachtregel is de opdrachtregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de " +"kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de standaardopdrachtregeltekst." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt _append_ (toevoegen) aan de " +"standaardopdrachtregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Onmiddellijk herstarten na het opslaan van de kern in de kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopieer kernel naar de dumpdirectory." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." +msgstr "" +"Geef aan hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-gebruikersnaam voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingsberichten. Pad van bestand " +"dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van meldingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van een kopiemelding" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Hiermee wordt de status van de huidige optie weergegeven" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Hoeveelheid toegewezen geheugen (MB)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Getal voor dumpniveau, inclusief het aantal pagina's om op te slaan." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Dumpindeling kan geen, ELF, gecomprimeerd of lzo zijn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "Dumpdoel bevat type doel van: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#| "ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"Dumpdoel bevat type doel van: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem), ftp, ssh, " +"nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Naam van de server" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Verbindingspoort" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Directory voor het opslaan van dump-images" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Geëxporteerde share" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Pad van bestand met wachtwoord (tekstbestand zonder opmaak)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id van raw-partitie" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_string\"." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel betekent " +"alleen \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties insluiten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"Optie betekent de runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen waarden " +"zoals 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Aantal dumps. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "E-mailadres" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" -msgstr "Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt het gebruik van de dump met firmwareondersteuning verwerkt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Weergave-instellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump is geactiveerd (opstartoptie \"crashkernel\" is toegevoegd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Toegewezen geheugen (MB) voor kdump is: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump is uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Dumpniveau: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Dump-indeling: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor dumpdoel" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "doel: %1" @@ -244,8 +279,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "bestandsdirectory: %1" @@ -253,113 +288,116 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "servernaam: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "poort: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: anonieme verbinding is toegestaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "share: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "LEEG" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-kernel: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtregel: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtregel toevoegen: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd" +msgstr "" +"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden " +"verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-server: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-gebruiker: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-wachtwoord: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een melding aan: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een kopiemelding aan: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +msgstr "" +"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "U moet opnieuw opstarten om de wijzigingen in werking te laten treden." @@ -378,39 +416,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "De verkeerde opties zijn gebruikt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau is ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-indeling is ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"Optie kan alleen de waarde \"geen\", \"ELF\", \"gecomprimeerd\" of \"lzo\" " +"bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -418,8 +459,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." @@ -427,48 +468,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"e-mail\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Dump met firmwareondersteuning: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." @@ -478,12 +519,12 @@ msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan..." #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" @@ -573,20 +614,24 @@ msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" @@ -594,7 +639,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -603,114 +648,114 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &aan" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Meld&ing CC aan" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-op&drachtregel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-opdrachtrege&ltoevoeging" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Ke&rnel kopiëren naar de dumpdirectory inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dumpdoel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Opdrachtregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" @@ -718,11 +763,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump inschakelen/uitschakelen \n" -" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" +" Kdump inschakelen of uitschakelen. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter " +"is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" " Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -739,10 +786,21 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Dump met firmwareondersteuning \n" -" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft." +" Dumps worden pas gegenereerd wanneer de partitie opnieuw is " +"geïnitialiseerd, dus wanneer de partitie opnieuw wordt gestart. Wanneer een " +"dump met firmwareondersteuning wordt uitgevoerd, wordt het systeemgeheugen " +"geblokkeerd en de partitie opnieuw opgestart. Hierdoor kunnen gegevens " +"worden gedumpt vanuit de vorige kernelcrash via een nieuw exemplaar van het " +"besturingssysteem. Deze functie kan alleen worden gebruikt als het systeem " +"meer dan 1,5 GB geheugen heeft." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -763,40 +821,50 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dumpindeling \n" " Geen Dump - Sla alleen het kernellogboek op. \n" " ELF-indeling - Maak dumpbestand in de ELF-indeling. \n" -" Gecomprimeerde indeling - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met gzip. \n" -" LZO gecomprimeerde indeling - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar veel sneller. \n" +" Gecomprimeerde indeling - Comprimeer dumpgegevens per pagina met " +"gzip. \n" +" LZO gecomprimeerde indeling - Enigszins grotere bestanden, maar " +"veel sneller. \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Doel opslaan voor Kdump-Image \n" -" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor het opslaan van dumps. " +" Het doel voor het opslaan van kdump-images. Selecteer het doeltype voor " +"het opslaan van dumps. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Lokaal bestandssysteem - de Kdump-image opslaan in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n" -" Directory voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op Bladeren\n" +"Lokaal bestandssysteem - de Kdump-image opslaan in het lokale " +"bestandssysteem.\n" +" Directory voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van " +"Kdump-images.\n" +" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " +"klikken op Bladeren\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" @@ -804,19 +872,31 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" " Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-verbinding. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " +"server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" +"verbinding. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" -"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" @@ -826,23 +906,58 @@ "SSH - sla Kdump-image op via SSH.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" " Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" " Gebruikersnaam voor de SSH-verbinding.\n" " Wachtwoord voor de SSH-verbinding \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SSH - sla Kdump-image op via SSH.\n" +" Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" +" Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor de SSH-verbinding.\n" +" Wachtwoord voor de SSH-verbinding \n" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " msgstr "" "NFS - Kdump-image opslaan via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -854,23 +969,27 @@ "CIFS - Kdump-images opslaan via CIFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" " Geëxporteerde share - de naam van de Windows-share.\n" -" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Verificatie gebruiken - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding. " +" Directory op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" Verificatie gebruiken - activeert geverifieerde verbinding met de " +"server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." +" " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n" +"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel " +"invoeren.\n" " Het naamschema is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " De gebruiker voert alleen kernel_string in. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -879,7 +998,7 @@ " Aanvullende argumenten die doorgegeven worden aan kexec. " #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -893,20 +1012,22 @@ " is geactiveerd. \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren - \n" -" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump. " +" onmiddellijk herstarten activeren nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de " +"kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " het verwijderen van oude dump-images inschakelen. Als het \n" @@ -914,7 +1035,7 @@ " overschrijdt, worden oudere dumps verwijderd. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -924,59 +1045,78 @@ msgstr "" "Het kopiëren van de kernel in de dumpmap inschakelen - \n" " Als dit is ingeschakeld zal de kernel zelf en de\n" -" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in de\n" +" foutoplossingsinformatie (indien geïnstalleerd) worden gekopieerd in " +"de\n" " dumpmap. De standaard is \"niet\". Het is beter alles\n" " in orde te hebben voor foutopsporen. \n" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump." +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een " +"dump." #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruikersnaam voor de SMTP-verificatie wanneer een\n" -" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt " +"normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-verificatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" -" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP " +"gebruikt.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per " +"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n" -" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" +"mailadressen\n" +" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " +"is opgeslagen.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" +"Aantal oude dumps geeft weer hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " +"Als het aantal dumpbestanden \n" "dit aantal overschrijdt, worden oudere dumps verwijderd." #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -985,16 +1125,17 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1003,7 +1144,7 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b.... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1012,11 +1153,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig is.\n" +"Er wordt een extra venster geopend waarin wordt aangegeven of dit veilig " +"is.\n" "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1025,7 +1167,7 @@ "hier wordt de kdump geconfigureerd. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1034,11 +1176,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een kdump toevoegen:</big> \n" "Een kdump kiezen uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n" -"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Als uw kdump niet is gedetecteerd, selecteert u Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik vervolgens op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1049,7 +1192,7 @@ "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt aanpassen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1060,7 +1203,7 @@ "Bovendien kunt u de configuraties daarvan wijzigen. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1069,7 +1212,7 @@ "Klik op Toevoegen om een kdump te configureren." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1114,6 +1257,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Anon&ieme FTP activeren" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" @@ -1170,7 +1317,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1179,122 +1326,133 @@ "Zie %{log} voor meer informatie." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kernelopstartopties lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering lezen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-indeling: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" "Dump met firmwareondersteuning kan niet worden gebruikt.\n" "Dit wordt niet ondersteund op deze hardware." + +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kernel-update-tool.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kernel-update-tool.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/kernel-update-tool.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kernel-update-tool\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-10 13:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:189 +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" -#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:190 +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" msgstr "Kernelupgrade afbreken?" -#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:247 +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 msgid "Alternate Download Location" msgstr "Alternatieve downloadlocatie" -#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:510 +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" msgstr "Kernelupdate status log" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,706 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "Configuratiemodule van LDAP-client" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "Verificatie met LDAP in- of uitschakelen" - -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van de LDAP-client" - -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "De algemene instellingen van de LDAP-client wijzigen" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Activeer de service" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Deactiveer de service" - -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "De LDAP servernaam" - -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "DN (Distinguished Name) van de zoekbasis" - -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "Standaard configuratie-objecten maken." - -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "Wachtwoord LDAP-server" - -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "Automatisch aankoppelen starten of stoppen" - -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" - -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "Versleutelde verbinding (StartTSL)" - -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon (SSSD) gebruiken" - -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "Offline SSSD-verificatie" - -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Kerberos-realm" - -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-serveradres" - -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "Wachtwoord LDAP-server:" - #. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het schrijfproces wilt afbreken?" #. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "De LDAP cliënt instellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "Zoeken naar door SLP opgegeven LDAP servers..." - -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "LDAP-&servers geleverd door SLP" - -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "Het certificaatbestand lijkt geen geldig formaat te hebben." - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "SSL/TLS gebruiken" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "Protocollen" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "StartTLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAPS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "TLS-opties" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "Servercertificaat aanvragen" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "Certificaten" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "Cer&tificatendirectory" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "Blade&ren" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "CA-cert&ificaatbestand" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "Blad&eren" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "URL voor downloaden van CA-certificaat" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "CA-certificaat do&wnloaden" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "Kies de directory met certificaten" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "Kies het certificaatbestand" - -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "Kan het certificaatbestand niet downloaden via de opgegeven URL." - -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het gedownloade certificaatbestand\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"is gekopieerd naar de directory '%2'.\n" - -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" -msgstr "Hier kunt u uw machine instellen als een LDAP-client.\n" - -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Selecteer LDAP gebruiken om uw gebruikers met behulp van een OpenLDAP server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig geconfigureerd worden." - -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 -msgid "" -"To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Klik op LDAP niet gebruiken om de LDAP services uit te schakelen.\n" -"Wanneer u LDAP uitschakelt zal de huidige LDAP opgave voor\n" -"passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf verwijderd worden. De PAM configuratie\n" -"zal worden aangepast en de LDAP opgave zal worden verwijderd." - -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar aanmeldingen uitschakelen kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." - -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "Schakel Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon gebruiken in als u wilt dat het systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss_ldap." - -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 -msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap.voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" -"door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de adressen\n" -" om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" -" \n" - -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." -msgstr "Selecteer de LDAP server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." - -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te coderen. U zou het bestand met een\n" -"CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voor een TLS-sessie is mogelijk een speciale clientconfiguratie vereist. Een van de configuratie\n" -"opties is TLS_REQCERT waarmee wordt opgegeven welke controles moeten worden uitgevoerd voor servercertificaten.\n" -"De waarde is het niveau dat kan worden opgegeven met de trefwoorden nooit, toestaan,\n" -"proberen en op aanvraag. Het dialoogvenster SSL/TLS-configuratie bevat\n" -"de optie Servercertificaat aanvragen. Hiermee wordt de configuratieoptie TLS_REQCERT\n" -"ingesteld op op aanvraag als deze is ingeschakeld of op toestaanals deze is uitgeschakeld.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389.\n" -msgstr "" -"Naast LDAP-URL's en TLS/SSL-codering biedt LDAP ondersteuning voor LDAPS-URL's.\n" -"Voor LDAPS-URL's worden SSL-verbindingen gebruikt in plaats van normale verbindingen. De syntaxis\n" -"is vergelijkbaar met LDAP URL's, behalve dat de schema's verschillen en de standaardpoort voor LDAPS URL's\n" -"636 is in plaats van 389.\n" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -msgid "" -"To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"Advanced Configuration.\n" -"To configure security settings, click\n" -"SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als u geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen wilt configureren, klikt u op\n" -"Geavanceerde configuratie.\n" -"Als u beveiligingsinstellingen wilt configureren, klikt u op\n" -"SSL/TLS-configuratie.\n" - -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"Automounter is een daemon die automatisch directories koppelt, zoals home/directories van gebruikers. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*)\n" -"dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en\n" -"u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd worden.\n" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Start Auto&mounter" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "&Homedirectory maken bij aanmelden" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "Gebruikeraanmelding blo&kkeren" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP &niet gebruiken" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP &gebruiken" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "LDAP-client" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "LDAP-&serveradressen" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "Zo&eken" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "Basis-&DN van LDAP" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "F&etch DN" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie..." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "&Geavanceerde configuratie..." - -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "LDAP-clientconfiguratie" - -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Een vorige configuratie voor LDAP-client is gedetecteerd.\n" -"\n" -"De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n" -"Alleen op SSSD-gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n" -"wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te behouden?" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "Geef een LDAP basis DN op." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "Geef tenminste één adres van een LDAP server op." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "Het adres van de LDAP-server is ongeldig." - -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n" -"kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u echt LDAP gebruiken in plaats van NIS?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "LDAP is nu ingeschakeld." - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"Deze wijziging zal alleen effect hebben op nieuwe aangemaakte\n" -"processen en niet op reeds draaiende services. Herstart uw services\n" -"handmatig of herstart de machine om dit voor alle services te activeren.\n" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt sshd\n" -"automatisch opnieuw gestart door YaST.\n" - -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het servercertificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" -"Wilt u certificaatcontrole inschakelen?" - -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 -msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP client-instellingen" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 -msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als Kerberos-verificatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de realm en het KDC-adres.\n" -"Bepaal of de aanmeldingsgegevens van de gebruiker lokaal in de cache moeten worden opgeslagen door Offline SSSD-verificatie in te schakelen.\n" -"Raadpleeg voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD de man-pagina van <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." -msgstr "" -"Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password\n" -"van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor een uitleg\n" -"over de bijbehorende waarden." - -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" -msgstr "" -"Stel het type LDAP-groepen in dat moet worden gebruikt.\n" -"De standaardwaarde voor Groepslid-attribuut is %1.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "" -"Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n" -"specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Voer ofwel een directory\n" -"met certificaten in of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." - -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 -msgid "Access to Server" -msgstr "Toegang tot server" - -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" -"Dit is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie-data op de\n" -"LDAP-server.\n" - -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n" -"Beheerder DN op.\n" -"U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of\n" -"alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" - -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vink Standaard configuratie objecten aanmaken aan om de standaard configuratie objecten voor\n" -"LDAP gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Druk op Configureren om de, op de LDAP server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" -"naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" -msgstr "" -"Geef de zoekbases op die u wilt gebruiken voor specifieke toewijzingen (gebruikers of groepen) als deze verschillen van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n" -"ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen C&lient" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "Be&heersinstellingen" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "Naamgevingscontexten" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "Gebr&uikersmapping" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "&Bladeren" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "&Groepenmapping" - -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "&Bladeren" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "&Autofs-toewijzing" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "Kerberos &gebruiken" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "Standaardreal&m" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "&KDC-serveradres" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "LDAP-schema" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "Enumeratie van gebruiker en groep inschakelen" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "O&ffline SSSD-verificatie" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "Wachtwoor&dwijzigingsprotocol" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "Groepslid&attribuut" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "&Basis DN configuratie" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "Beheerder &DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "B&asis DN toevoegen" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "Standaard configuratie objecten &aanmaken" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer &instellingen configureren..." - -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Geef de voor de binding met de LDAP server te gebruiken DN op." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "Geef de basis-DN van de configuratie op." - #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -722,7 +34,7 @@ "gaan alle gegevens verloren. Wilt u deze echt opnieuw lezen?\n" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).\n" @@ -731,16 +43,17 @@ "van nieuwe objecten wordt gebruikt (zoals gebruikers of groepen).\n" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de template kenmerk waardes met Wijzigen.\n" -"Het veranderen van de cn waarde zal de template een andere naam geven.\n" +"Het veranderen van de cn waarde zal de template een andere naam geven." +"\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "The second table contains a list of default values used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" @@ -752,54 +65,54 @@ #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" #. table header 2/2 #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Standaard waardes voor nieuwe objecten" #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Object kenmerk" #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Standaard waarde" #. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Wijzig&en" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Object template configuratie" #. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u het standaard kenmerk \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -808,36 +121,40 @@ "Geef een waarde op." #. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Beheer de configuratie die in de LDAP-directory is opgeslagen." #. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er zich\n" -"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie (basisconfiguratie),\n" +"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er " +"zich\n" +"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie " +"(basisconfiguratie),\n" " maakt u er een met de optie Nieuw. Verwijder de huidige module\n" " met Verwijderen.\n" #. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " +"renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de kenmerk waardes in de tabel met behulp van Wijzigen.\n" -"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn waarde\n" +"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn</" +"b> waarde\n" "bijvoorbeeld geeft de huidige module een nieuwe naam.\n" #. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click Configure Template.\n" @@ -848,35 +165,603 @@ "\n" #. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "Configuratie &module" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "C&onfigureer template" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Moduleconfiguratie" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Wilt u module \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Configuratiemodule van LDAP-client" -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Op dit moment heeft u een configuratiemodule voor ieder \n" -"type, u kunt daarom geen nieuwe toevoegen.\n" +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Verificatie met LDAP in- of uitschakelen" -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van de LDAP-client" + +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "De algemene instellingen van de LDAP-client wijzigen" + +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "Activeer de service" + +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "Deactiveer de service" + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "De LDAP servernaam" + +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "DN (Distinguished Name) van de zoekbasis" + +#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects." +#~ msgstr "Standaard configuratie-objecten maken." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord LDAP-server" + +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "Automatisch aankoppelen starten of stoppen" + +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "Versleutelde verbinding (StartTSL)" + +#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" +#~ msgstr "Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon (SSSD) gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Offline SSSD-verificatie" + +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos-realm" + +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC-serveradres" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord LDAP-server:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "Zoeken naar door SLP opgegeven LDAP servers..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&servers geleverd door SLP" + +#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." +#~ msgstr "Het certificaatbestand lijkt geen geldig formaat te hebben." + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie" + +#~ msgid "Use SSL/TLS" +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "Protocols" +#~ msgstr "Protocollen" + +#~ msgid "StartTLS" +#~ msgstr "StartTLS" + +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAPS" + +#~ msgid "TLS Options" +#~ msgstr "TLS-opties" + +#~ msgid "Request server certificate" +#~ msgstr "Servercertificaat aanvragen" + +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "Certificaten" + +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "Cer&tificatendirectory" + +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "Blade&ren" + +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "CA-cert&ificaatbestand" + +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "Blad&eren" + +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "URL voor downloaden van CA-certificaat" + +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "CA-certificaat do&wnloaden" + +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "Kies de directory met certificaten" + +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "Kies het certificaatbestand" + +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "Kan het certificaatbestand niet downloaden via de opgegeven URL." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het gedownloade certificaatbestand\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "is gekopieerd naar de directory '%2'.\n" + +#~ msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" +#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u uw machine instellen als een LDAP-client.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use " +#~ "LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer LDAP gebruiken om uw gebruikers met behulp van een " +#~ "OpenLDAP server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig " +#~ "geconfigureerd worden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/" +#~ "nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP " +#~ "entry\n" +#~ "removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op LDAP niet gebruiken om de LDAP services uit te " +#~ "schakelen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u LDAP uitschakelt zal de huidige LDAP opgave voor\n" +#~ "passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf verwijderd worden. De PAM configuratie\n" +#~ "zal worden aangepast en de LDAP opgave zal worden verwijderd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, " +#~ "select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar aanmeldingen " +#~ "uitschakelen kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the " +#~ "system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon gebruiken in als u " +#~ "wilt dat het systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss_ldap." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or " +#~ "10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search " +#~ "base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple " +#~ "servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " +#~ "server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." +#~ "example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap." +#~ "voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN</" +#~ "b>, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" +#~ "door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de " +#~ "adressen\n" +#~ " om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server " +#~ "wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", " +#~ "bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ " \n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " +#~ "service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " +#~ "from server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de LDAP server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die " +#~ "door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van " +#~ "Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" +#~ "SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a " +#~ "CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u " +#~ "LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te coderen. U zou het bestand met " +#~ "een\n" +#~ "CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " +#~ "config\n" +#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform " +#~ "on server certificates.\n" +#~ " The value is the level that can be specified with " +#~ "keywords never, allow,\n" +#~ " try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration</" +#~ "b> dialog there is\n" +#~ " the option Request server certificate which will set " +#~ "the TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ " configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " +#~ "allow if it's disabled.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor een TLS-sessie is mogelijk een speciale clientconfiguratie " +#~ "vereist. Een van de configuratie\n" +#~ "opties is TLS_REQCERT waarmee wordt opgegeven welke controles moeten " +#~ "worden uitgevoerd voor servercertificaten.\n" +#~ "De waarde is het niveau dat kan worden opgegeven met de " +#~ "trefwoorden nooit, toestaan,\n" +#~ "proberen en op aanvraag. Het dialoogvenster SSL/TLS-" +#~ "configuratie bevat\n" +#~ "de optie Servercertificaat aanvragen. Hiermee wordt de " +#~ "configuratieoptie TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ "ingesteld op op aanvraag als deze is ingeschakeld of op " +#~ "toestaanals deze is uitgeschakeld.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " +#~ "URLs.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. " +#~ "They have a syntax\n" +#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " +#~ "default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +#~ " is 636 instead of 389.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naast LDAP-URL's en TLS/SSL-codering biedt LDAP ondersteuning voor " +#~ "LDAPS-URL's.\n" +#~ "Voor LDAPS-URL's worden SSL-verbindingen gebruikt in plaats van normale " +#~ "verbindingen. De syntaxis\n" +#~ "is vergelijkbaar met LDAP URL's, behalve dat de schema's verschillen en " +#~ "de standaardpoort voor LDAPS URL's\n" +#~ "636 is in plaats van 389.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "Advanced Configuration.\n" +#~ "To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen wilt configureren, klikt u op\n" +#~ "Geavanceerde configuratie.\n" +#~ "Als u beveiligingsinstellingen wilt configureren, klikt u op\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS-configuratie.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " +#~ "such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should " +#~ "already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but " +#~ "you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automounter is een daemon die automatisch directories koppelt, " +#~ "zoals home/directories van gebruikers. De bijhorende " +#~ "configuratiebestanden (auto.*)\n" +#~ "dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet " +#~ "geïnstalleerd is en\n" +#~ "u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden.\n" + +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "Start Auto&mounter" + +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "&Homedirectory maken bij aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "Gebruikeraanmelding blo&kkeren" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP &niet gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP &gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-client" + +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&serveradressen" + +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "Zo&eken" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "Basis-&DN van LDAP" + +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "F&etch DN" + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie..." + +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "&Geavanceerde configuratie..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-clientconfiguratie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old " +#~ "configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een vorige configuratie voor LDAP-client is gedetecteerd.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Alleen op SSSD-gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n" +#~ "wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te " +#~ "behouden?" + +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "Geef een LDAP basis DN op." + +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Geef tenminste één adres van een LDAP server op." + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Het adres van de LDAP-server is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n" +#~ "kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u echt LDAP gebruiken in " +#~ "plaats van NIS?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "LDAP is nu ingeschakeld." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze wijziging zal alleen effect hebben op nieuwe aangemaakte\n" +#~ "processen en niet op reeds draaiende services. Herstart uw services\n" +#~ "handmatig of herstart de machine om dit voor alle services te activeren.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt " +#~ "sshd\n" +#~ "automatisch opnieuw gestart door YaST.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification " +#~ "is disabled.\n" +#~ "Enable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het " +#~ "servercertificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" +#~ "Wilt u certificaatcontrole inschakelen?" + +#~ msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" +#~ msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP client-instellingen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm " +#~ "and KDC Address.\n" +#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking " +#~ "SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</" +#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als Kerberos-verificatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de " +#~ "realm en het KDC-adres.\n" +#~ "Bepaal of de aanmeldingsgegevens van de gebruiker lokaal in de cache " +#~ "moeten worden opgeslagen door Offline SSSD-verificatie in te " +#~ "schakelen.\n" +#~ "Raadpleeg voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD de man-pagina " +#~ "van <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " +#~ "of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an " +#~ "explanation of its values." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut " +#~ "pam_password\n" +#~ "van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor " +#~ "een uitleg\n" +#~ "over de bijbehorende waarden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel het type LDAP-groepen in dat moet worden gebruikt.\n" +#~ "De standaardwaarde voor Groepslid-attribuut is %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where " +#~ "your\n" +#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " +#~ "certificates\n" +#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n" +#~ "specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Voer ofwel een " +#~ "directory\n" +#~ "met certificaten in of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." + +#~ msgid "Access to Server" +#~ msgstr "Toegang tot server" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" +#~ "Dit is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie-data op de\n" +#~ "LDAP-server.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "Administrator DN.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," +#~ "dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " +#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, " +#~ "geeft u de \n" +#~ "Beheerder DN op.\n" +#~ "U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein," +#~ "dc=com) of\n" +#~ "alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de " +#~ "LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</" +#~ "p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and " +#~ "groups,\n" +#~ "check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " +#~ "created when they do not already exist.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vink Standaard configuratie objecten aanmaken aan om de " +#~ "standaard configuratie objecten voor\n" +#~ "LDAP gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen " +#~ "aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected " +#~ "yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Druk op Configureren om de, op de LDAP server opgeslagen,\n" +#~ "instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als " +#~ "u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +#~ "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " +#~ "they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " +#~ "ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de zoekbases op die u wilt gebruiken voor specifieke toewijzingen " +#~ "(gebruikers of groepen) als deze verschillen van de basis-DN. Deze " +#~ "waarden zijn\n" +#~ "ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base " +#~ "en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" + +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen C&lient" + +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Be&heersinstellingen" + +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "Naamgevingscontexten" + +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "Gebr&uikersmapping" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "&Bladeren" + +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "&Groepenmapping" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "&Bladeren" + +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "&Autofs-toewijzing" + +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos &gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "Standaardreal&m" + +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "&KDC-serveradres" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-schema" + +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "Enumeratie van gebruiker en groep inschakelen" + +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "O&ffline SSSD-verificatie" + +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "Wachtwoor&dwijzigingsprotocol" + +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "Groepslid&attribuut" + +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "&Basis DN configuratie" + +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "Beheerder &DN" + +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "B&asis DN toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "Standaard configuratie objecten &aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer &instellingen configureren..." + +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" + +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Geef de voor de binding met de LDAP server te gebruiken DN op." + +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "Geef de basis-DN van de configuratie op." + +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "Wilt u module \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Op dit moment heeft u een configuratiemodule voor ieder \n" +#~ "type, u kunt daarom geen nieuwe toevoegen.\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "Initialiseren..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ldap.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -23,10 +23,12 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +"Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "TLS-codering is niet gemaakt.\n" -"Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en of het servercertificaat geldig is." +"Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en of het " +"servercertificaat geldig is." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 @@ -83,12 +85,15 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-server." +msgstr "" +"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-" +"server." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." +msgstr "" +"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -103,12 +108,16 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." +msgstr "" +"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" +"server." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-server." +msgstr "" +"Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-" +"server." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 @@ -143,7 +152,8 @@ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" "Het mislukken van het maken van de verbinding kan komen doordat uw\n" -"client geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet ondersteunt.\n" +"client geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet " +"ondersteunt.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het verbinden zonder TLS/SSL proberen?\n" @@ -181,8 +191,15 @@ "voor DN '%1' geen directe parent.\n" "Het object met de geselecteerde DN kan niet worden aangemaakt.\n" +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" + #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1634 +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -214,7 +231,8 @@ "Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items toe\n" "met Waarde toevoegen. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n" " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige attribuut.\n" -" Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet zijn,\n" +" Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet " +"zijn,\n" " kunt u deze met Bladeren kiezen uit de LDAP-structuur.\n" " \n" @@ -301,7 +319,8 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +"when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u de kenmerkwaarden van een object,\n" @@ -317,13 +336,16 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " +"replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" "U kunt van een speciale syntax gebruik maken om kenmerk waardes\n" -"van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name zal worden vervangen\n" -"met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name " +"zal worden vervangen\n" +"met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid" +"\"\n" "als de waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label @@ -339,12 +361,20 @@ #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van de dialoog." +msgstr "" +"Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van de dialoog." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen in LDAP op te slaan." +msgid "" +"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " +"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " +"Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de " +"tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen van " +"het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen in " +"LDAP op te slaan." #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -100,10 +100,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Het kiezen van Geen verbinding zal de e-mailserver starten \n" -"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost.\n" +"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost." +"\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -112,19 +114,23 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender te specificeren.\n" +"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de " +"afzender te specificeren.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " +"authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten verificatie\n" -"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze velden\n" +"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten " +"verificatie\n" +"nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze " +"velden\n" "gewoon leeg indien u geen verificatie wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -132,20 +138,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." +"com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen. Geef de\n" -"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld smtp.provider.com.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " +"verbindingen. Geef de\n" +"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld smtp." +"provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw provider heeft gekregen.\n" +"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw " +"provider heeft gekregen.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -186,12 +197,15 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." +"\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Deze tabel zorgt voor het doorsturen van lokaal afgeleverde mail.\n" -"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor systeemaccounts,\n" -"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met adressen.\n" +"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor " +"systeemaccounts,\n" +"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met " +"adressen.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -348,6 +362,14 @@ msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "&Fetchmail starten" +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +msgid "daemon" +msgstr "" + #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 msgid "&Downloading" @@ -606,7 +628,8 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " +"verbindingen.\n" "Geef de internet service providers SMTP server op, zoals bijvoorbeeld\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" @@ -624,9 +647,11 @@ "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" +"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet " +"alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" "door company.com in plaats van pc-042.company.com.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog." +"\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -673,11 +698,13 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " +"mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Met Scannen op virussen inschakelen (AMaViS) wordt inkomende en uitgaande mail gecontroleerd\n" +"Met Scannen op virussen inschakelen (AMaViS) wordt inkomende en " +"uitgaande mail gecontroleerd\n" "met AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -688,9 +715,11 @@ "DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" "Clamav open source virus scanner engine" msgstr "" -"Als u AMaViS inschakelt, worden ook de volgende modules ingeschakeld: \n" +"Als u AMaViS inschakelt, worden ook de volgende modules ingeschakeld: </" +"p>\n" "Spamassassin SPAM-scanner\n" -"DKIM voor de controle van inkomende e-mailberichten die met een domeinsleutel zijn ondertekend\n" +"DKIM voor de controle van inkomende e-mailberichten die met een " +"domeinsleutel zijn ondertekend\n" "Clamav Open Source-virusscannerengine" #. help text @@ -723,17 +752,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " +"service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " +"with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail vereist extra acties. Er zal een\n" -"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in Postfix.\n" -"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat dit is\n" -"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit 'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe service verzonden\n" +"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in " +"Postfix.\n" +"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat " +"dit is\n" +"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit " +"'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe " +"service verzonden\n" "e-mails zullen worden ondertekend met de domeinsleutel.\n" #. help text @@ -744,22 +780,30 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De publieke sleutel van de domeinsleutel moet worden aangeboden door een\n" -"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als een\n" +"Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als " +"een\n" "DNS TXT-record in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt en moet worden\n" -"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze server\n" -"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de publieke\n" -"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.\n" +"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze " +"server\n" +"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de " +"publieke\n" +"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.</" +"p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook worden ingeschakeld." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" +"Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook " +"worden ingeschakeld." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -792,8 +836,10 @@ "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen gebruikersaccount\n" -"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." +"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen " +"gebruikersaccount\n" +"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." +"" #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -803,8 +849,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "De afleveringsmodus is meestal rechtstreeks, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"De afleveringsmodus is meestal rechtstreeks, tenzij u de " +"mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de " +"mail wilt hebben." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -844,7 +895,9 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt doorgestuurd." +msgstr "" +"Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt " +"doorgestuurd." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/migration.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# Dutch translations for oSSLE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket oSSLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the oSSLE package. +# +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: oSSLE 12-SP1\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Migratie is geëindigd" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden gestart om de wijzigen actief te maken." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "Nu opnieuw sta&rten" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system " +"as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Een momentopname van het bestandssysteem maken is mislukt." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Samenvatting van migratie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Samenvatting van &migratie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "" +"Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from " +"migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a " +"href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Migratievoorstel" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -114,90 +114,79 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Ongeldige parameters:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie." #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Gegevens weergeven" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Ongeldige parameter:" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Ongeldige parameters:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "Item" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Kan /sbin/multipath niet vinden" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Gebruik van multipad is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet activeren." - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet activeren." -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet starten." -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Multipad niet gebruiken is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Kan multipath niet stoppen." -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet uitschakelen." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet uitschakelen." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -223,83 +212,131 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " +"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Multipadstatus</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart of stop multipathd en controleer de multipadgegevens. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/start multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op \"Multipad gebruiken\" om multipathd te starten. Klik op \"Multipad niet gebruiken\" om multipathd te stoppen. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipadstatusinformatie kan nog steeds getoond worden als multipathd is gestopt. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op \"Multipad gebruiken\" om multipathd te starten. Klik " +"op \"Multipad niet gebruiken\" om multipathd te stoppen. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipadstatusinformatie kan nog steeds getoond worden als multipathd " +"is gestopt. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configureer multipad</big> \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de tab Configureren om de multipadconfiguraties te maken. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de tab Configureren om de multipadconfiguraties te " +"maken. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " +"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, standaarden, blacklist, blacklist_uitzonderingen, apparaten. \n" +"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd " +"worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, standaarden, blacklist, " +"blacklist_uitzonderingen, apparaten. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaden: lijst met fijnafstellingen van multipaths. \n" -"\t\t\tStandaarden: standaard instellingen van multipath-hulpmiddelen. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Standaarden configureren\" om de standaard instellingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipath-kandidaten zijn. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist configureren\" om de instellingen voor de blacklist te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist uitzonderingen: lijst met apparaatnamen uit te sluiten van de blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\" om de instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tApparaten: lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Apparaten configureren\" om apparaatunstellingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Voltooien\" om de configuraties op te slaan en bij te werken. \n" +"\t\t\tStandaarden: standaard instellingen van multipath-hulpmiddelen." +" \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Standaarden configureren\" om de standaard " +"instellingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipath-kandidaten " +"zijn. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist configureren\" om de instellingen " +"voor de blacklist te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist uitzonderingen: lijst met apparaatnamen uit te " +"sluiten van de blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\" om de " +"instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tApparaten: lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat " +"boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per " +"multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Apparaten configureren\" om " +"apparaatunstellingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Voltooien\" om de configuraties op te slaan " +"en bij te werken. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van standaarden</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAlgemene standaardinstellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist worden. \n" -"\t\t\tElke standaardinstelling hier is van invloed op alle multipadconfiguraties, tenzij een overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat. \n" -"\t\t\tAls hier een standaardinstelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn eigen standaardwaarde als instelling gebruiken. \n" +"\t\t\tAlgemene standaardinstellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist " +"worden. \n" +"\t\t\tElke standaardinstelling hier is van invloed op alle " +"multipadconfiguraties, tenzij een overeenkomstige lokale instelling er " +"overheen gaat. \n" +"\t\t\tAls hier een standaardinstelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn " +"eigen standaardwaarde als instelling gebruiken. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +" \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +" \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van de zwarte lijst</big> \n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden niet beschouwd als kandidaten voor multipad. \n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan te geven. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de zwarte lijst aan te geven. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de hand van de leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden niet beschouwd als " +"kandidaten voor multipad. \n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan " +"te geven. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " +"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). " +"Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " +"loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de " +"zwarte lijst aan te geven. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de " +"hand van de leverancier en productnaam. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -307,64 +344,82 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van uitzonderingen op de zwarte lijst</big> \n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de zwarte lijst. \n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan te geven. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te sluiten van de zwarte lijst. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan de hand van de leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de " +"zwarte lijst. \n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: De wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de zwarte lijst aan " +"te geven. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " +"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in directory /dev). " +"Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " +"loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Wordt gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit " +"te sluiten van de zwarte lijst. Een apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd aan " +"de hand van de leverancier en productnaam. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van apparaten</big> \n" -"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per opslagcontroler worden hier gegeven, zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per multipath aangebracht \n" -"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per opslagcontroler worden hier gegeven, " +"zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per " +"multipath aangebracht \n" +"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door leverancier en " +"productnaam. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "moet een decimaal geheel getal zijn" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "ongeldige waarde" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "moet groter zijn dan 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "ongeldig decimaal geheel getal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "mag niet leeg zijn" @@ -388,7 +443,9 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "Kan de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipath-configuratie niet lezen." +msgstr "" +"Kan de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipath-configuratie " +"niet lezen." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." @@ -484,3 +541,9 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Uw aanpassingen annuleren?" + +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet activeren." + +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet uitschakelen." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -16,82 +16,85 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Pakketversies" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Lijst met alle beschikbare pakketversies:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Pakketten met status" #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Als aanvulling op uw handmatige selecties, zijn de volgende" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " +"corrupt systeem te krijgen." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Toch doorgaan" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Eindgebruikerlicentieovereenkomst" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filter:" #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguratie" @@ -113,20 +116,35 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Het wordt gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " +"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " +"gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen opslagruimte hebben, " +"d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " +"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -159,11 +177,15 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +"taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patronen" @@ -364,40 +386,59 @@ msgstr "Systeem nu &verifiëren" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Opschonen wanneer pakketten worden verwijderd (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Lever&ancierswisseling toestaan (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "Test&geval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" - #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 -msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "pakketten zijn automatisch geselecteerd voor installatie:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " +msgstr "" +"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" + +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" + +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Systeemafhankelijkheden controleren OK." @@ -530,7 +571,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "" +"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -546,7 +588,7 @@ #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" @@ -641,33 +683,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " +"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " +"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " +"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " +"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " +"verwijderen van iets, dat doet de oplosser voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " +"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" +"b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " +"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " +"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " +"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " +"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " +"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " +"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " +"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " +"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde opslagruimtes)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" +"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " +"opslagruimtes)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " +"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " +"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " +"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " +"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " +"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " +"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " +"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " +"opslagruimtes. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het " +"menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -676,13 +783,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " +"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " +"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " +"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " +"betekent de status \"Vergrendeld\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " +"worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " +"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " +"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " +"de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -691,13 +816,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt bijgewerkta> : pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleerda+ : pakket " +"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt bijgewerkt</" +"p>a> : pakket wordt automatisch bijgewerkt i : " +"pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd</" +"p>---: pakket nooit installeren (taboe)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " +"het nooit ( pakket vergrendeld )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " +"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -706,28 +848,88 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " +"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " +"pakketeigenschappen (opslagruimte, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" +"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " +"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " +"beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " +"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " +"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " +"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " +"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " +"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Opslagruimtes laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte." +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " +"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " +"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " +"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " +"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " +"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Opslagruimtes laat " +"pakketten zien uit een specifieke opslagruimte." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " +"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" +"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " +"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " +"bijhorende selectievakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te " +"drukken." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Zwevend of Niet nodig." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " +"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " +"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " +"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " +"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " +"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Zwevend of Niet nodig." +"" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -735,299 +937,482 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer opnieuw'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " +"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " +"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " +"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " +"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " +"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- Probeer " +"opnieuw'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " +"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " +"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " +"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " +"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " +"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " +"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " +"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " +"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " +"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " +"in Bugzilla." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Beschikbare opties om afhankelijkheid te controleren zijn: Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole (zie hierboven), Installeer aanbevolen voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien INGESCHAKELD, worden ook aanbevolen pakketten van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten geïnstalleerd, Modus systeemverificatie: herstel afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los onmiddellijk op. Let op: nadat u Systeem nu verifiëren hebt aangevinkt voor het systeem, is de optie Modus systeemverificatie INGESCHAKELD (vink de optie indien gewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " +#| "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " +#| "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " +#| "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " +#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " +#| "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +#| "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " +#| "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#| "yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare opties om afhankelijkheid te controleren zijn:" +" Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole (zie hierboven), " +"Installeer aanbevolen voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien " +"INGESCHAKELD, worden ook aanbevolen pakketten van reeds geïnstalleerde " +"pakketten geïnstalleerd, Modus systeemverificatie: herstel " +"afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los onmiddellijk op. Let " +"op: nadat u Systeem nu verifiëren hebt aangevinkt voor het systeem, " +"is de optie Modus systeemverificatie INGESCHAKELD (vink de optie " +"indien gewenst uit). Deze opties worden opgeslagen in het YaST-" +"configuratiebestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " +"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " +"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " +"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " +"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " +"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " +"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " +"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " +"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatie opslagruimtebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " +"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatie " +"opslagruimtebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " +"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van opslagruimte " +"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " +"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " +"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige gekoppelde partities." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " +"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" +"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " +"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " +"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " +"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " +"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " +"op de huidige gekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Zoeken in " #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Zoekterm" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Opslagruimte" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Besch. vers." #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Inst. vers." #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Oplossen..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Opslaan..." #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Laden..." #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van schijfgebruik" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitie" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Gebruikt" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Vrij" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "Geen schijfruimte!" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Schijfruimte raakt op!" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "vereist" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "meer schijfruimte." #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "Versie: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Grootte: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "Geïnstalleerd: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "Auteurs: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "Licentie: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "Media-nr.: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "Pakketgroep: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "Levert: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "Vereist: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "Vereisten: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "In conflict met: " #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "Lijst van geïnstalleerde bestanden: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Patchstatus en -installatie" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." - -#. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " +"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " +"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " +"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " +"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " +"functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Betekenis van de statusattributen:a+ : patches voor uw installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de selectie ongedaan met '-'. i : Aan alle vereisten voor deze patch is voldaan. + : u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " +"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " +"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Meer gegevens over de status: als er meerdere patches voor een pakket (of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status a+. Als de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan daarna de status i voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken als de patches ongewenst zijn." +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Betekenis van de statusattributen:a+ : patches voor uw " +"installatie worden vooraf geselecteerd. Deze worden gedownload en " +"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem. Als u een bepaalde patch niet wilt, maakt u de " +"selectie ongedaan met '-'. i : Aan alle vereisten voor deze " +"patch is voldaan. + : u hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor " +"installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "De menu's:met het menu Filteren kunt u de patches filteren. Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches 'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigen. Met het menu Weergave kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is geïnstalleerd. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Meer gegevens over de status: als er meerdere patches voor een pakket " +"(of een set pakketten) zijn die nog niet op het systeem zijn toegepast, " +"worden ze allemaal vooraf geselecteerd en hebben ze de status a+. Als " +"de selectie van een van deze patches ongedaan wordt gemaakt met '-', kan " +"daarna de status i voor deze patch worden weergegeven. Dit komt " +"doordat alle patches voor dezelfde pakketten nog steeds zijn geselecteerd. " +"De nieuwere versies van de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en hiermee is " +"voldaan aan deze patch. U moet de selectie voor alle patches ongedaan maken " +"als de patches ongewenst zijn." +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"De menu's:met het menu Filteren kunt u de patches filteren. " +"Geef bijvoorbeeld de 'Geïnstalleerde' patches weer of vermeld de patches " +"'Beveiliging'. U kunt in dit menu ook naar patches zoeken. Gebruik het " +"menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigen. Met het menu " +"Weergave kunt u zien welke pakketten van toepassing zijn op de patch. " +"Let op: als de filter 'Alle patches' is geselecteerd, kan de pakketlijst " +"voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten van " +"toepassing zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten op het systeem is " +"geïnstalleerd. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat " +"afhankelijkheidscontroles en de invoer 'Testcase voor oplosser genereren'.</" +"p>" + #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Kennisgeving" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- Probeer het opnieuw" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " +"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare opslagruimten" @@ -1035,61 +1420,86 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Online updatepatches" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Updateprobleem -- zie help" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Update probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Update probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " +"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " +"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " +"installatiemedium zijn voor de update nieuwe versies beschikbaar.Het " +"zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u " +"met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Updatelijst" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om " +#~ "pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie " +#~ "Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</" +#~ "b> uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:43\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -50,34 +50,34 @@ msgstr "IP-adres van derde nameserver." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Overzicht DNS-configuratie:" #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam. " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Kan niet instellen " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". Netwerk wordt beheerd door NetwerkManager." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde van een optie." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Interne fout" @@ -87,76 +87,75 @@ msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan..." #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall en SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall en SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Basis firewall- en SSH-configuratie" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 -msgid "Open &VNC Ports" -msgstr "&VNC-poorten openen" - #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Firewall- en SSH-service" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Firewall inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 -msgid "Open SSH Port" -msgstr "SSH-poort openen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "SSH-service inschakelen" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall en SSH</big> \n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" -"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor " +"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" +"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt " +"met een daarvoor specifieke\n" "SSH-client" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n" "de installatie. De aanbeveling is deze ingeschakeld te laten." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Als de firewall is ingeschakeld, kunt u beslissen of u de firewallpoort voor de SSH-service\n" -" wilt openen en SSH-aanmeldingen op afstand wilt toestaan. U kunt ook onafhankelijk een SSH-service inschakelen (deze wordt\n" +"Als de firewall is ingeschakeld, kunt u beslissen of u de firewallpoort " +"voor de SSH-service\n" +" wilt openen en SSH-aanmeldingen op afstand wilt toestaan. U kunt ook " +"onafhankelijk een SSH-service inschakelen (deze wordt\n" "bijvoorbeeld gestart tijdens het opstarten van de computer)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -168,36 +167,49 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)" -#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +msgid "Open SSH Port" +msgstr "SSH-poort openen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +msgid "Open &VNC Ports" +msgstr "&VNC-poorten openen" + +#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zijn open (<a href=\"%s\">sluiten</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zijn geblokkeerd (<a href=\"%s\">openen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"%s\">blokkeren</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort is geblokkeerd (<a href=\"%s\">openen</a>)" @@ -210,32 +222,32 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Hostconfiguratie overzicht:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Er wordt een internetverbinding gemaakt..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "De laatste versie notities worden gedownload..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "De verbinding wordt verbroken..." #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "De internet verbindingstest wordt uitgevoerd" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.\n" @@ -244,7 +256,7 @@ "internet verbindingstest zien.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" @@ -253,7 +265,7 @@ "te drukken.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" @@ -262,62 +274,62 @@ "netwerkconfiguratie en corrigeer de instellingen.\n" #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testresultaat:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "Test &afbreken" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Test status" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Bekijk logbestanden..." #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Fout" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Kernel netwerk interfaces" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Kernel routing tabel" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Hostnaam opzoeken" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Kernel berichten" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Download uitgave notities" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -326,18 +338,18 @@ "Controle van RPM-ondertekening is mislukt." #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Installatie van gedownloade releaseopmerkingen is mislukt." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt gemaakt" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -346,30 +358,38 @@ "de logbestanden voor de details.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest " +"kan niet worden uitgevoerd." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n" +"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van " +"de server.\n" "Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n" "\n" -"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n" -"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n" +"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om " +"de andere\n" +"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te " +"gaan\n" "naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -378,12 +398,12 @@ "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Controleer op patches" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -392,7 +412,7 @@ "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt verbroken" @@ -439,61 +459,50 @@ msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "Configuratie-ID" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Statische of dynamische configuratie gebruiken" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Configuratie naam" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat" - -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Apparaat IP-adres" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Netwerkmasker" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Voorlooplengte" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Ethernetapparaat voor VLAN" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfaces voor bridging" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Configuratiefout: niet-geïnitialiseerde interface." @@ -513,17 +522,17 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerk configuratie" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press Launch." @@ -532,11 +541,11 @@ "corresponderende apparaten te configuren en klik op Starten." #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "&Beschikbare netwerk modules:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" @@ -553,15 +562,16 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "" +"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Remote toegang configuratie overzicht:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -582,7 +592,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing configuratie" @@ -653,109 +663,114 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Routing tabel" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Bestemming" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netmasker" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Geen item voor bestemming '%1' in routeringtabel" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "Doorsturen via %s is ingeschakeld." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "Doorsturen via %s is uitgeschakeld." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Doorsturen via %s inschakelen..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Doorsturen via %s uitschakelen..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv4:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Doorsturen via IPv4 en IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." +msgstr "" +"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming wordt toegevoegd aan de routeringtabel ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, " +"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming in de routingtabel wordt bijgewerkt..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Verwijderen van '%1' bestemming uit de routingtabel ..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Waarschuwing: er wordt geen versleuteling gebruikt" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "Wijzigen." @@ -777,149 +792,149 @@ msgstr "Er is niets geconfigureerd" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN kaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN kaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ethernet netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB ethernet netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI netwerkkaart" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA modem" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB modem" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB Token Ring netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netwerk apparaat" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze PCMCIA netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze USB netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Onbekend netwerkapparaat" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2 (protocol %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres (NONE)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1 (remote %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2 (remote %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Managed" @@ -1003,73 +1018,73 @@ msgstr "- Maak een internet verbinding" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- De laatste versie notities worden opgehaald" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- De controle op de nieuwste update wordt uitgevoerd" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Sluit de verbinding" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "De volgende stappen zullen worden uitgevoerd:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Selecteer:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Ja, online update nu starten" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "N&ee, update overslaan" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Online updates beschikbaar" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Deze met de YaST online update downloaden en installeren?" #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Internet verbindingstest log-gegevens:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Selecteer logbestand:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Extra adressen" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-adreslabel" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" @@ -1077,7 +1092,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1087,7 +1102,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1098,156 +1113,158 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Naam van interface" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "TODO beeeeetje VAAG!" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Interface koppelen aan firewall&zone" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Vereiste interface" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Apparaat type" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Configuratie naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleigenaar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgroep" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Apparaten met brug" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Echte interface voor &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Binding-slaves en volgorde" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond&slaves" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Opties voor &bondingstuurprogramma" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. " +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien " +"nodig. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Geen link en IP ingesteld (Binding-slaves)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "iBFT-waarden gebruiken" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisch adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP beide versies 4 en 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 4 alleen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 6 alleen" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisch toegewezen IP-adres" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Subnetmasker" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostnaam" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "R&emote IP-adres" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het remote IP-adres is onjuist." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1258,13 +1275,13 @@ "dat de detectie onjuist was." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Configuratie %1 bestaat al." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1278,20 +1295,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ongeldig netmasker of prefixlengte." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1306,7 +1323,7 @@ "Hostnaam leeg laten?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1316,76 +1333,82 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "Al&gemeen" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Apparaatactivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewallzone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximale overdrachtseenheid (MTU)" -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen configureren." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen configureren." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configureer uw IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Binding-slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draad&loos" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd-prioriteit" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " +"Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" -" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" -" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" +" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en " +"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" +" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces " +"Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" +" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. " +"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" " de prioriteit van elke interface in te stellen.\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netwerkkaart instellen" @@ -1411,7 +1434,8 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" +msgstr "" +"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1574,35 +1598,39 @@ msgstr "CI7000 adapter" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de " +"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "De waarde voor opstartproto is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "De waarde voor de startmodus is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Voor statische configuratie is de \"ip\" optie nodig." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Het apparaat is verwijderd." @@ -1640,17 +1668,17 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "Notitie" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Algemene opties" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1664,7 +1692,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1676,7 +1704,7 @@ "Voegt eerst de addon-CD toe aan uw YaST-opslagruimte en keer dan \n" "terug naar deze configuratiedialoog.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1687,28 +1715,34 @@ "Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n" "doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n" "stuurprogramma.\n" -"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op Doorgaan\n" -"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert u\n" +"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op " +"Doorgaan\n" +"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert " +"u\n" "terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het " +"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de firmware-installatie." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1723,12 +1757,14 @@ "deze niet langer door de netwerkbeheerder worden beheerd.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt " +"verwijderen?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Methode netwerkinstelling" @@ -1737,7 +1773,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen" @@ -1764,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de 'Standard Route' via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1774,65 +1810,84 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n" +"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, " +"selecteer \n" "er een naar behoefte." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" +"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " +"toestaan\n" "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" -"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" +"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu " +"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" +"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen " +"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernelmodule. Geef hier de naam van de kernelmodule (stuurprogramma) \n" -"van uw netwerkapparaat in. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" -"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" +"Kernelmodule. Geef hier de naam van de kernelmodule " +"(stuurprogramma) \n" +"van uw netwerkapparaat in. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u " +"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" +"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar " +"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" " Bovendien mag u Opties specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n" "Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: optie=waarde.\n" "De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n" "bijv: io=0x300 irq=5. Opmerking: wanneer er twee kaarten met\n" -"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n" +"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het " +"opslaan\n" "samengevoegd worden.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool " +"aanroepen met deze opties.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1842,118 +1897,104 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u uw netwerk apparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.</" +"p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n" +"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat " +"is gespecificeerd\n" "in de handleiding IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart configuratie" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "&Hotplug type" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "P&CI" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernel module" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Module naam" -#. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regels" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Naam apparaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Zichtbare poort-id weergeven" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Knipperen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-opties" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart selectie" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan configureren aub. U kunt naar\n" -"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld." +"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het " +"zoekveld." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netwerkkaart" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" -#. Remember current device number (#308763) -#. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 +#. bnc#767946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1962,7 +2003,7 @@ "Kies een andere a.u.b.." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 netwerkkaart configuratie" @@ -1970,131 +2011,148 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 apparaat instellingen" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Poortnaam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Poortnummer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeover &activeren" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lees kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schrijf kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controleer kanaal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." +msgstr "" +"Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties)." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden " +"door spaties)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor " +"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer " +"2 ondersteund." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 " +"ondersteuning ondersteund." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD time-Out" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het poortnummer." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface de LANCMD time-out." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Uitgebreide modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-gebaseerde tty (Linux naar Linux verbindingen)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus met OS/390 en z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het protocol." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer naam" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2103,7 +2161,7 @@ "waarmee de verbinding tot stand wordt gebracht (hoofdlettergevoelig).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2113,12 +2171,12 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialoog" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2127,16 +2185,17 @@ "geïnitialiseerd</big> Even geduld aub... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken." +"\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2145,7 +2204,7 @@ "wordt opgeslagen</big> Even geduld aub... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -2154,8 +2213,8 @@ "U kunt het opslaan afbreken door op Afbreken te drukken.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Network Setup Method</big>\n" "Use the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2167,9 +2226,7 @@ "alle interfaces te laten beheren. Deze applet is zeer geschikt\n" "om te schakelen tussen bekabelde en draadloze netwerken.\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" @@ -2177,8 +2234,17 @@ "Gebruik wicked als u niet over een desktopomgeving beschikt\n" "of meerdere interfaces tegelijk moet gebruiken.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" @@ -2187,15 +2253,16 @@ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde netwerkkaarten.\n" " Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -"Druk op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart te configureren.\n" +"Druk op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart te " +"configureren.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2206,28 +2273,33 @@ "Druk daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big>\n" -"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n" +"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te " +"schakelen.\n" "U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n" -"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n" -"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n" +"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de " +"kernelmodule\n" +"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk " +"wordt\n" "gebruikt kan de reactietijd sneller zijn.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." +msgstr "" +"De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2242,86 +2314,107 @@ "standaard route. Het idee van de standaard route geeft u simpel de\n" "mogelijkheid om te zeggen: \"en al het andere gaat daar naar toe\".\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elke interface.\n" +"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elke interface." +"\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel Doorsturen via IPv4 in (pakketten van externe netwerken doorsturen\n" +"Schakel Doorsturen via IPv4 in (pakketten van externe netwerken " +"doorsturen\n" "naar het interne netwerk) als dit systeem een router is.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Schakel Doorsturen via IPv6 in (pakketten van externe netwerken doorsturen\n" +"Schakel Doorsturen via IPv6 in (pakketten van externe netwerken " +"doorsturen\n" "naar het interne netwerk) als dit systeem een router is.\n" -"Waarschuwing: met Doorsturen via IPv6 wordt de automatische configuratie voor\n" +"Waarschuwing: met Doorsturen via IPv6 wordt de automatische " +"configuratie voor\n" "het niet-statusbepalende adres (SLAAC) van IPv6 uitgeschakeld." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van alleen doorsturen niet voldoende. \n" -"U moet maskeren inschakelen en/of minimaal één omleidingsregel instellen in de\n" +"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van " +"alleen doorsturen niet voldoende. \n" +"U moet maskeren inschakelen en/of minimaal één omleidingsregel instellen in " +"de\n" "firewall-configuratie. Gebruik de firewall-module YaST.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " +"DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n" -"een hostnaam wilt krijgen via DHCP. De hostnaam van uw computer zal automatisch door de DHCP-client worden ingesteld.\n" -"Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw grafische omgeving in de war sturen. \n" -"Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere\n" +"een hostnaam wilt krijgen via DHCP. De hostnaam van uw computer zal " +"automatisch door de DHCP-client worden ingesteld.\n" +"Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw " +"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. \n" +"Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding maakt met verschillende " +"netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere\n" "hostnaam toewijzen." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam met \n" -"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n" +"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam " +"met \n" +"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is " +"een \n" "bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n" -"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n" +"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, " +"speciaal \n" "als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n" +"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van " +"hostnamen.\n" "Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2332,11 +2425,12 @@ "IP-adres (bijv: 192.168.0.42) en niet als een hostnaam.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n" @@ -2344,34 +2438,46 @@ "van uw computer (bijv: suse.de). Mogelijk zijn er meerdere zoekdomeinen\n" "(bijv: suse.com) Scheid de domeinen van elkaar met komma's of spaties.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-domein\n" -"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoort. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n" -"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het hostname \n" +"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-" +"domein\n" +"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoort. Het domein is speciaal " +"belangrijk als deze \n" +"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met " +"het hostname \n" "opdracht." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n" -"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n" -"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n" -"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie Gebruik\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de " +"inhoud van het\n" +"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit " +"gedaan door\n" +"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt " +"met dynamische\n" +"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de " +"optie Gebruik\n" "standaard beleid is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2382,33 +2488,44 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig niet\n" +"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig " +"niet\n" "langer worden toegestaan het bestand /etc/resolv.conf te wijzigen. U\n" -"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik aangepast\n" -"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n" -"uit een door komma's gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n" +"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik " +"aangepast\n" +"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die " +"bestaat\n" +"uit een door komma's gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief " +"jokertekens, met\n" "STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n" -"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n" +"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld " +"leeg\n" "laten is hetzelfde als Alleen handmatig beleid.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adres instellen</big>\n" -"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n" +"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-" +"adres wilt verbinden.\n" "Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw " +"BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2417,33 +2534,38 @@ "toegewezen door uw systeembeheerder of uw internetprovider.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n" -"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n" +"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt " +"draaien.\n" "Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Als u automatisch wilt zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch wilt toewijzen\n" +"Als u automatisch wilt zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch wilt " +"toewijzen\n" ", selecteert u Zeroconf.\n" " Als u DHCP wilt gebruiken met zeroconf als\n" "terugvaloptie, selecteert u DHCP + Zeroconf. Anders moet u het\n" "netwerkadres statisch toewijzen.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2452,18 +2574,24 @@ "(bijv: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" -"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het prefixgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" -"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" +"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van " +"het prefixgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" +"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal " +"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2471,7 +2599,7 @@ "Neem contact op met uw netwerk beheerder voor meer informatie\n" "over de netwerk configuratie." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2479,7 +2607,7 @@ "Voor dit product wordt een DHCP configuratie niet aangeraden.\n" "Bepaalde onderdelen van dit product werken waarschijnlijk niet met DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2494,20 +2622,26 @@ "worden geplaatst. Als u een zone selecteert zal de firewall geactiveerd\n" "worden. Als u dat niet doet en er al andere interfaces met een firewall\n" "bestaan, dan zal de firewall geactiveerd blijven\n" -"en al het verkeer voor deze interface blokkeren. Als u geen zone selecteert en er zijn geen andere, dan wordt de\n" +"en al het verkeer voor deze interface blokkeren. Als u geen zone selecteert " +"en er zijn geen andere, dan wordt de\n" "firewall uitgeschakeld." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding " +"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big>\n" @@ -2518,57 +2652,72 @@ "inbelverbindingen. Selecteer een van de aanbevolen waarden of\n" "definieer een andere.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Selecteer de slaveapparaten voor het bondapparaat.\n" -"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." +"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit</" +"b> en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Opties voor DHCP-client</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"De Identificatielabel DHCP-cliënt, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n" -"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n" -"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n" -"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n" +"De Identificatielabel DHCP-cliënt, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt " +"standaard\n" +"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP " +"cliënt op\n" +"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier " +"een vrij in\n" +"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines " +"heeft die van hetzelfde\n" "netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"De Hostnaam om te verzenden geeft een string op die wordt gebruikt voor het\n" -"optieveld 'hostnaam' als de DHCP-client berichten naar de DHCP-server verzendt. Sommige \n" +"De Hostnaam om te verzenden geeft een string op die wordt gebruikt " +"voor het\n" +"optieveld 'hostnaam' als de DHCP-client berichten naar de DHCP-server " +"verzendt. Sommige \n" "DHCP-servers werken naamserverzones bij (records doorsturen en omdraaien) \n" "volgens deze hostnaam (dynamische DNS).\n" -"Voor sommige DHCP-servers moet het optieveld Hostnaam om te verzenden een\n" -"specifieke string in de DHCP-berichten van clients bevatten. Laat AUTOMATISCH\n" -" staan om de huidige hostnaam te verzenden (bijvoorbeeld de hostnaam die is opgegeven in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAAM</tt>). \n" +"Voor sommige DHCP-servers moet het optieveld Hostnaam om te verzenden " +"een\n" +"specifieke string in de DHCP-berichten van clients bevatten. Laat " +"AUTOMATISCH\n" +" staan om de huidige hostnaam te verzenden (bijvoorbeeld de hostnaam die is " +"opgegeven in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAAM</tt>). \n" "Laat het veld leeg als u geen hostnaam wilt verzenden.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" @@ -2577,7 +2726,7 @@ "Configureer aanvullende adressen van een interface in deze tabel.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." @@ -2586,25 +2735,46 @@ "het Netmask in." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional " +#| "and legacy. The total\n" +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " +#| "is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +#| "truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" -"IPv4-adreslabel, voorheen bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en ouder. De totale\n" -" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbele punt en het label) is\n" -" beperkt tot 15 tekens en het verouderde ifconfig-hulpprogramma kapt dit na 9 tekens af." +"IPv4-adreslabel, voorheen bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en " +"ouder. De totale\n" +" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbele punt en het " +"label) is\n" +" beperkt tot 15 tekens en het verouderde ifconfig-hulpprogramma " +"kapt dit na 9 tekens af." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, " +#| "enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer " +"foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2629,12 +2799,13 @@ " Hexadecimaal: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n" "Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n" "128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n" -"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n" +"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of " +"groepen\n" "van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2642,8 +2813,7 @@ "Hier kunt u de belangrijkste instellingen\n" "voor draadloze netwerken instellen." -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2651,33 +2821,37 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n" +"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De " +"modus kan\n" "Ad-hoc (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), Managed\n" -"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de Infrastructuur modus\n" +"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de " +"Infrastructuur modus\n" "genoemd), of Master zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n" "als een accespoint).\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Stel de Netwerknaam (ESSID) in die gebruikt\n" -"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n" -"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n" +"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde " +"virtuele\n" +"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde " +"ESSID nodig om\n" "met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus Managed\n" "kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan WPA, dan kunt u dit\n" -"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n" +"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN " +"kaart zich met\n" "het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2690,7 +2864,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2703,18 +2878,22 @@ "verificatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n" "In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de WEP-Open\n" "modus (helemaal geen verificatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n" -"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling).\n" +"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling</" +"b>).\n" "Sommige netwerken kunnen WEP-shared keyverificatie nodig hebben.\n" -"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n" +"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële " +"aanvaller\n" "gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de Open\n" -"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-keyverificatie te gebruiken. Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" -"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n" +"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-keyverificatie te " +"gebruiken. Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi " +"Protected Access)\n" +"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle " +"hardware\n" "biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n" "WPA-PSK of WPA-EAP als verificatiemodus.\n" "Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus Managed mogelijk.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2729,7 +2908,7 @@ "u hoeft daarom slechts 40 tot maximaal 232 bits op te geven.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2738,14 +2917,17 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" -"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n" -"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n" -"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n" +"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared " +"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" +"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden " +"hiermee\n" +"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, " +"maar\n" +"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te " +"raden\n" "woord als wachtwoord.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2753,43 +2935,45 @@ "Om WPA-EAP (ook wel WPA Enterprice genoemd) te gebruiken,\n" " voer enkele aanvullende paramaters in in de volgende dialoog.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Deze waardes zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n" -"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde directory het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra " +"instellingen nodig heeft,\n" +"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde directory het " +"bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" "beschikbare opties." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "&IPv4-adreslabel" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label is te lang." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres is onjuist." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Het subnetmasker is onjuist." @@ -2816,26 +3000,26 @@ msgstr "&Hexadecimaal" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP &modus" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -2846,16 +3030,17 @@ "en de verificatie uit te voeren: TLs, TTLS en PEAP.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identiteit" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw identiteit\n" "en wachtwoord in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n" @@ -2863,53 +3048,56 @@ "instellen kan dat hier. Dat is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonieme identiteit" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Clientcertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie van\n" -"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n" +"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie " +"van\n" +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/" +"privé\n" "sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n" "clientkey bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n" "het client key wachtwoord voor dat bestand.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "Client &Key" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Client Key &wachtwoord" #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "Servercertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" @@ -2920,11 +3108,11 @@ "gebruikt om de authenticiteit van de server te valideren.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -2933,163 +3121,170 @@ "sleutelbestanden, neem dan contact op met uw systeembeheerder.\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "&Authenticatiemethode" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n" -"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n" -"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n" +"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 " +"authenticatiemethode).\n" +"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden " +"wilt\n" +"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde " +"authenticatie-\n" "methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP versie" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" "Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n" -"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" +"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet " +"noodzakelijk.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Allen" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Geen versleuteling" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Open" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Shared Key" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versie 1 of 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versie 1 of 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Draadloze netwerkkaart configuratie" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Draadloze apparaat instellingen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "B&esturingsmode" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&twerk naam (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Netwerk scannen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&verificatie mode" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Versleutel code" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "E&xpert instellingen" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-sleutels" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." +msgstr "" +"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Geef de netwerknaam op voor deze module" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "De netwerknaam moet uit minder dan 32 karakters bestaan." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)." +msgstr "" +"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters " +"(inclusief)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "De sleutel moet %1 hexadecimale digits bevatten." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "De versleutel code is onjuist." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Voor deze verificatie mode moet de versleutelcode gespecificeerd zijn." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3099,13 +3294,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Draadloze expert instellingen" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed)." @@ -3114,131 +3309,123 @@ "(zelden nodig)." #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n" -"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal instellen.\n" +"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal " +"instellen.\n" "Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n" "de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n" +"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een " +"transmissie\n" "Bit snelheid instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "In een omgeving met meerdere Accesspoints kunt u door het opgeven\n" -"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben." +"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen " +"hebben." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n" -"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n" +"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing " +"mechanisme.\n" +"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent " +"en de\n" "verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To specify the Frequency instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value.\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de gewenste waarde, als uw voorkeur uitgaat naar het\n" -"specificeren van de frequentie in plaats van het kanaal.\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "&Frequentie" - #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Kanaal" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "B&it snelheid" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Accesspoint" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "&Energiebeheer gebruiken" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanModus" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Geef de versleutel code" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Sleutel" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Draadloze sleutels" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n" "data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n" -"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n" +"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit " +"is de\n" "standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n" "gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3253,52 +3440,54 @@ "u waarschijnlijk deze waarde op 64 zetten." #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP sleutels" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Sleutel lengte" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "Nee." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Als standaard in&stellen" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Kies een certificaat" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n" +"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan " +"resulteren in\n" "onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3307,47 +3496,47 @@ "of de clientcertificaat." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "Alle" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP details" @@ -3378,14 +3567,17 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor extern beheer</big>\n" "Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" "u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" -"Gebruik een VNC-client zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n" -"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Gebruik een VNC-client zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</" +"tt>),\n" +"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:" +"%2/</tt>).\n" "Dit type extern beheer is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3411,75 +3603,68 @@ "\n" "Wilt u het nog eens proberen?\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "niet ingeplugd" - #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De DNS configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De DSL configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De hosts configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De ISDN configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De netwerkkaart configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De modem configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De proxyconfiguratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De provider configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De routing configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Mail nu configureren?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?" @@ -3489,7 +3674,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3498,115 +3683,115 @@ "of is volledig uitgeschakeld. YaST kan sommige opties niet configureren." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netwerkkaarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kaarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL apparaten" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle netwerk apparaten" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "De hostnaam is ongeldig." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "De domeinnaam is onjuist." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam via DH&CP wijzigen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "Hostnaam &toewijzen aan Loopback-IP" #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "&DNS-configuratie aanpassen" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Gebruik standaard beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Gebruik aangepast beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "&Aangepaste beleidsregels" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Naamserver &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de naamserver is ongeldig." #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Doorzochte do&meinen" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Naamserver &2" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Naamserver &3" #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Hostnaam en domeinnaam" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Naamservers en domein zoeklijst" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Hostnaam/DNS" @@ -3615,7 +3800,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "Geen interface met dhcp" @@ -3623,28 +3808,32 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege " +"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 domeinen bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 karakters bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Het zoekdomein %1 is ongeldig." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en naamserverconfiguratie" @@ -3693,12 +3882,12 @@ msgstr "Hostaliassen" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Hos&taliassen" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "De alias naam \"%1\" is onjuist." @@ -3767,7 +3956,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "De standaard gateway is onjuist." @@ -3792,63 +3981,68 @@ msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het &bel-toegangsnummer" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is ingesteld, kunnen\n" -"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n" -"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n" +"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is " +"ingesteld, kunnen\n" +"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen " +"zodat het met\n" +"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</" +"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie " +"wordt het\n" "gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Methode instelling" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatische adres instelling (via DHCP)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "Statische adres instelling" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Door netwerkbeheerder" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -3857,26 +4051,27 @@ "beheert de interface. U hoeft niets in te stellen met YaST." #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Handmatig: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n" -"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder)..\n" +"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' " +"hieronder)..\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Tijdens een kabel verbinding" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -3889,12 +4084,12 @@ "draadloze interface kan zich met een access punt verbinden.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Tijdens hotpluggen" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -3903,119 +4098,115 @@ msgstr "" "Met Tijdens hotpluggen,\n" "zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n" -"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n" -"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n" +"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in " +"een\n" +"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig " +"is.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Op NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n" +"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. " +"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt " +"wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" -"Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "&Apparaat activeren" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Apparaatactivering</big>\n" -"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" +"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. " +"Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" "Nooit start het apparaat niet op.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB-apparaatmodus" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Firewall is niet geïnstalleerd." #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (ethernet, DSL-breedband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE-breedband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (inbellen)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB in verbonden modus)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB in datagrammodus)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU instellen" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-service" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditioneel ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-service" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netwerkservices uitgeschakeld" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Applet is nodig" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4025,35 +4216,35 @@ "(een plasma-widget voor KDE en nm-applet voor GNOME).\n" "Ga na of het draait en zo niet, start het handmatig." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Algemene netwerkinstellingen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IPv6-protocol" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adres" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewezen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4062,115 +4253,130 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Apparaat wij&zigen" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selectie van netwerkapparaat" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "configured" +msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" + #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Netwerk opnieuw opstarten bevestigen" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Vanwege het overbruggingsnetwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen te kunnen toepassen." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege het overbruggingsnetwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om " +"de instellingen te kunnen toepassen." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basis Udev-regel aan" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-adres: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Configuratienaam bestaat al." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Ongeldige configuratienaam." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam schrijven" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf bijwerken" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Hostnaam wordt geschreven..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf wordt bijgewerkt..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam: ingesteld door DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Hostnaam: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Hostnaam zal niet worden geschreven naar /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Naamservers: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Zoeklijst: %1" @@ -4304,7 +4510,7 @@ #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klaar" @@ -4315,231 +4521,241 @@ msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie opslaan" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices instelling" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices activeren" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "De hostnaam- en de DNS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden ingesteld..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden geactiveerd..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Er draait geen netwerk" #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "AutoYaST-instelling voor netwerken/beheerd: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked wordt gebruikt." +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "" +"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " +"will be used." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST-instelling voor netwerken/beheerd: NetworkManager is niet " +"beschikbaar, Wicked wordt gebruikt." #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netwerkmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces aangestuurd door NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager uitschakelen" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Traditionele netwerkconfiguratie met NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager activeren" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol geactiveerd" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 deactiveren" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol gedeactiveerd" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij opstarten" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij kabelverbinding" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Beheerd door netwerkbeheerder" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Zal niet worden opgestart" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Handmatig gestart" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adres toegewezen met" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s, subnetmasker %s" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Apparaatnaam: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "ondergeschikt in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Binding-master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Niet verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Geen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "De netwerkkaart kan niet worden geconfigureerd, omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet beschikbaar is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan-apparaten). Zie dmesg-uitvoer voor meer informatie." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"De netwerkkaart kan niet worden geconfigureerd, omdat het kernelapparaat " +"(eth0, wlan0) niet beschikbaar is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door " +"ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan-apparaten). Zie dmesg-uitvoer voor meer " +"informatie." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4547,17 +4763,17 @@ "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken\n" "om het te configureren.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Vereiste informatie" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4566,97 +4782,140 @@ "firewallinstellingen worden uitgeschakeld." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Aanmeldscherm instellen" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Services opnieuw starten" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie voor extern beheer opslaan" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Aanmeldscherm wordt ingesteld..." +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +msgid "Restarting the service..." +msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." + #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Service %{service} inschakelen is mislukt" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 -msgid "Restarting the service..." -msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Your display manager must be restarted.\n" +"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" +"please restart it manually or log out and log in again." +msgstr "" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is ingeschakeld." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is uitgeschakeld." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding schrijven" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Routinginstellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:226 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding worden geschreven..." #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Routinginstellingen worden geschreven..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:357 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "Doorsturen via IP voor IPv4: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:361 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "Doorsturen via IP voor IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatisch toegewezen zone" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Firewall uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(onbeschermd)" + +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat" + +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart configuratie" + +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "&Hotplug type" + +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "P&CI" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To specify the Frequency instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de gewenste waarde, als uw voorkeur uitgaat naar het\n" +#~ "specificeren van de frequentie in plaats van het kanaal.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&Frequentie" + +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +#~ "startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar " +#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +#~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" +#~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,106 +15,107 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NFS-client" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Geconfigureerde NFS-mounts weergeven" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount toevoegen" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount wijzigen" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-mount verwijderen" #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem (in de vorm 'host:pad')" #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Lokaal mount punt" #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Mount opties" #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." +msgstr "" +"Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Mount punt" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Onbekende waarde voor optie \"type\"." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Er is geen NFS-mount gespecificeerd." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Geen, aan de criteria voldoende, NFS-mount gevonden." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Meerdere, aan de criteria voldoende, NFS-mounts gevonden:" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ "Geldig domein: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ "met mount punt '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -151,76 +152,87 @@ "met een schuine streep (/)." #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "De tabel bevat alle directories die \n" -"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers extern en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS (NFS-shares)." +"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers extern en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS " +"(NFS-shares)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " +"information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een extern NFS-serveradres en\n" -"geëxporteerde directory, lokale directory waar de externe directory is aangekoppeld, \n" -"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere informatie \n" -"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt>" +"geëxporteerde directory, lokale directory waar de externe directory is " +"aangekoppeld, \n" +"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere " +"informatie \n" +"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></" +"p>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " +"of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Om een nieuwe NFS-share te koppelen, klikt u op Toevoegen. Om de\n" -"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op Bewerken.\n" -"Verwijderen en ontkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met Verwijderen.\n" +"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op " +"Bewerken.\n" +"Verwijderen en ontkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met " +"Verwijderen.\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " +"need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " +"setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "Als u toegang wilt tot NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 is een nieuwere versie\n" "van het NFS-protocol), activeer dan de optie Schakel NFSv4 in.\n" "In dat geval moet u mogelijk de specifieke NFSv4 Domeinnaam leveren,\n" -"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/directory.\n" +"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/" +"directory.\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servers" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Geëxporteerde directories" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&NFS-server host naam" #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "&Selecteren" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwerkdi&rectory" @@ -228,48 +240,48 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFS&v4-share" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Mountpunt (lokaal):" #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pties" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Geen NFS-server gevonden in uw netwerk." #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -280,18 +292,18 @@ "waardoor waarschijnlijk het netwerkscannen wordt geblokkeerd." #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "De directory lijst voor \"%1\" wordt ingelezen..." #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Selecteer mountpunt" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -303,7 +315,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -312,24 +324,27 @@ msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" "vult u het pad in naar de directory op de NFS-server. Kies\n" -"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde paden van de server te kiezen.\n" +"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde paden van de server te " +"kiezen.\n" "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " +"directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" -"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem waar de directory aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" +"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem " +"waar de directory aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" "Bladeren,kunt u het mount punt interactief \n" "selecteren." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -338,57 +353,57 @@ "voor een lijst met opties." #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwerkdirectory" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-type" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-domeinnaam" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&GSS-beveiliging activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS-shares" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS-in&stellingen" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Wilt u %1 echt verwijderen?" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS-client configuratie" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kon de directory '%1' niet aanmaken." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -399,76 +414,78 @@ "aangebracht in de NFS-client configuratie.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Stop services" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Start services" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Services worden gestopt..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Services worden gestart..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "De NFS-client instellingen worden opgeslagen. Even geduld..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kon de NFS velden van /etc/fstab niet mounten." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-velden" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 items geconfigureerd. " #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Een lege optie-waarde is niet toegestaan." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "\"Onverwachte waarde '#{waarde}' voor optie '#{sleutel}'\"" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Onbekende optie: '%{sleutel}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ongeldige optie: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Lege waarde voor optie: '%{sleutel}'" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ msgstr "" "De optie Broadcast biedt de mogelijkheid\n" "om in het lokale netwerk naar een server te zoeken indien de\n" -"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.\n" +"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</" +"p>\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 @@ -129,18 +130,21 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-servers in domein %1" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall-instellingen \n" -"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op Firewall-details\n" +"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " +"dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op " +"Firewall-details\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.\n" @@ -156,25 +160,36 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal is dat\n" -"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde waarden\n" -"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, NetworkManager etc.).\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal " +"is dat\n" +"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde " +"waarden\n" +"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, " +"NetworkManager etc.).\n" "Dit is Standaard beleid en is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de configuratie te\n" -"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Aangepast beleid te kiezen\n" -"kunt u een aangepaste beleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-gescheiden\n" -"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK als\n" +"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de " +"configuratie te\n" +"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Aangepast " +"beleid te kiezen\n" +"kunt u een aangepaste beleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-" +"gescheiden\n" +"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK " +"als\n" "voorgedefinieerde speciale waarde. Voor meer informatie, zie de netconfig\n" "handleidingpagina.\n" @@ -202,8 +217,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -msgstr "NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop NFS-configuratie button." +msgid "" +"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen " +"ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop " +"NFS-configuratie button." #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -217,7 +238,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-client" @@ -265,7 +286,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Zo&eken" @@ -288,11 +309,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NIS gebr&uiken" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." @@ -303,9 +319,14 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-configuratie..." +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NIS-client" @@ -313,12 +334,12 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Servers zoeken is alleen mogelijk als het domein bekend is." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -329,81 +350,94 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "" +"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke " +"server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te " +"schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." -msgstr "Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "" +"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een " +"poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter " +"een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." +"" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "Bekijk man ypbind voor details over andere opties." #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Externe hosts beant&woorden" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Gebr&oken server" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Andere &ypbind-opties" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servers (gescheiden door spaties of komma's)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Domeininstellingen" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Dit domein is reeds gedefinieerd." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "De opmaak van serveradres '%1' is niet correct." #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -412,56 +446,60 @@ "te activeren. Selecteer slechts één optie." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "Specificeer de servers voor de extra domeinen." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -msgstr "Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een NIS-server gebruikt worden." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "" +"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +"" +msgstr "" +"Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een " +"NIS-server gebruikt worden." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Extra domeinen" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domein" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servers" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Wilt u dit domein verwijderen?" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS is nu ingeschakeld." @@ -541,46 +579,46 @@ msgstr "Client ingeschakeld" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NIS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Services stoppen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Services starten" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "De services worden gestopt..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "De services worden gestart..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Instellingen NIS-client worden opgeslagen" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het uitvoeren van ypclient." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-server niet gevonden." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-24 22:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -37,21 +37,22 @@ msgid "" "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " "as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"yast2 ntp-client module." msgstr "" -"De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de " -"NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek " +"De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de NTP-" +"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek " "gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de " "installatie wijzigen met de yast2 ntp-client module." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Met de Configureren-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.<" -"/p>" +"Met de Configureren-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie." +"" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 @@ -59,8 +60,8 @@ "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " "configured." msgstr "" -"Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk " -"hebt ingesteld." +"Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een " +"netwerk hebt ingesteld." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "&Configureren..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -103,20 +104,18 @@ "zonder dat pakket %1 is geïnstalleerd." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 -#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Verbinden met de geselecteerde NTP-server is mislukt." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 -#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -638,16 +637,16 @@ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" "Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " "activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is " -"15 minutes by default.\n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " +"is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP-daemon starten</big> \n" "Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu moet worden gestart en elke keer dat het " "systeem wordt opgestart. \n" "De NTP-daemon zet hostnamen om tijdens het initialiseren. Uw\n" -"netwerkverbinding moet worden gestart voordat de NTP-daemon wordt gestart." -"\n" +"netwerkverbinding moet worden gestart voordat de NTP-daemon wordt gestart.</" +"p>\n" "Als u Synchroniseren zonder daemon selecteert, wordt de ntp-daemon " "niet geactiveerd. \n" "Het systeem wordt op periode ingesteld. Het interval kan worden ingesteld. " @@ -672,20 +671,21 @@ "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " "hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<" -"/tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost. \n" "Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " "option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big> \n" -"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers" -"\n" +"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</" +"b>\n" "voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n" "bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de " "servers\n" -"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host. " -"\n" -"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n" +"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host." +" \n" +"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. " +"Deze\n" "optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -700,7 +700,8 @@ "<big>Configureren via DHCP</big> \n" "Activeer Configureer NTP-daemon via DHCP om de informatie\n" "over de NTP-servers via het DHCP protocol van uw netwerk server op te halen\n" -"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n" +"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder " +"na\n" "of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden " "wordt." @@ -715,8 +716,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Geconfigureerde servers</big> \n" -"Selecteer de betreffende regel en druk vervolgens op Wijzigen om " -"NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" +"Selecteer de betreffende regel en druk vervolgens op Wijzigen om NTP-" +"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" "en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe " "synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" "Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren " @@ -769,8 +770,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link " -"to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -783,7 +784,8 @@ "gemaakt.\n" "Om dit te doen klikt u op Symlink aanmaken en stelt u vervolgens het\n" "Apparaat in. Druk op Bladeren als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n" -"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n" +"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link " +"aan\n" "te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt." #. help text 4/4 @@ -820,8 +822,8 @@ "<big>Een server selecteren</big> \n" "Klik op Selecteren om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n" "een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n" -" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server.<" -"/p>" +" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server.</" +"p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -872,7 +874,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -893,8 +896,8 @@ "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Toegangscontroleopties</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt>" -"\n" +"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt></" +"b>\n" "in /etc/ntp.conf) voor deze server definiëren, waarbij wordt " "aangegeven welke type\n" "acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n" @@ -984,7 +987,8 @@ "netwerk</big> \n" "Klik op Opzoeken om met behulp van het\n" "Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n" -"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers." +"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</" +"p>" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 @@ -995,10 +999,10 @@ "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</big> \n" -"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke " -"NTP-servers. Om alleen\n" -"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land te " -"selecteren." +"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke NTP-" +"servers. Om alleen\n" +"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land " +"te selecteren." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1040,7 +1044,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" "permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " "that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" @@ -1050,9 +1055,10 @@ "selecteert,\n" " worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De " "servernamen zijn\n" -" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. " -"Dit betekent dat\n" -" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.\n" +" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur " +"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" +" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</" +"p>\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 @@ -1076,12 +1082,13 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" -">.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.\n" msgstr "" "Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n" "beste het ntp-doc pakket installeren en\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.</" +"p>\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1401,27 +1408,27 @@ msgstr "Initialisering..." #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lees netwerk configuratie" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Lees NTP-instellingen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerk configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "De NTP-instellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -1431,119 +1438,118 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "De NTP-clientconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP-instellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Herstart NTP-daemon" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan het dynamische configuratiebeleid niet bijwerken." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan de NTP-daemon niet herstarten." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Wanneer het systeem wordt opgestart zal tevens de NTP-daemon starten." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "De NTP-daemon start niet automatisch." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklokken: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Broadcast tijdinformatie naar: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepteer broadcast tijdinformatie van: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combineer statische en DHCP-configuratie." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Alleen statische configuratie." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Aangepast configuratiebeleid." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "De DNS-dienst wordt aangepast..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "De server is bereikbaar en reageert goed." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "De server is onbereikbaar of reageert niet goed." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "Om te kunnen zoeken naar NTP-servers op het\n" "lokale netwerk is het pakket %1 nodig.\n" - Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -60,8 +60,14 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." -msgstr "Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en updateopslagruimten. Installatie- en updateopslagruimten kunnen worden gewijzigd in de module Opslagruimten." +msgid "" +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en " +"updateopslagruimten. Installatie- en updateopslagruimten kunnen worden " +"gewijzigd in de module Opslagruimten." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -152,8 +158,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "Als er speciale berichten bij patches horen, zullen ze worden getoond in een extra dialoog als de patch wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" +msgid "" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als er speciale berichten bij patches horen, zullen ze worden getoond in " +"een extra dialoog als de patch wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -233,9 +243,13 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" "Pakketten voor pakketbeheer zijn bijgewerkt.\n" "Update zal worden afgerond en opnieuw gestart." @@ -247,7 +261,8 @@ "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" "Voor ten minste één geïnstalleerde update moet het systeem opnieuw worden\n" -"opgestart om correct te kunnen werken. Start het systeem zo snel mogelijk opnieuw op." +"opgestart om correct te kunnen werken. Start het systeem zo snel mogelijk " +"opnieuw op." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 @@ -258,7 +273,8 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"U moet het systeem eerst opnieuw opstarten om de updates van kracht te laten worden:\n" +"U moet het systeem eerst opnieuw opstarten om de updates van kracht te laten " +"worden:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -267,15 +283,18 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Er zijn patches voor pakketbeheer beschikbaar die een herstart van YaST vereisen.\n" -"Deze patches dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere patches na de herstart.\n" +"Er zijn patches voor pakketbeheer beschikbaar die een herstart van YaST " +"vereisen.\n" +"Deze patches dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere patches na " +"de herstart.\n" "\n" "U hebt enkele andere patches geselecteerd voor installatie nu.\n" "\n" @@ -311,63 +330,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Delta-RPM %1 wordt gedownload" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van delta-RPM downloaden" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van delta-RPM toepassen" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "Patch-RPM downloaden: %1" - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "Voortgang van patch-rpm downloaden" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van script uitvoeren" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Start script %1" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -376,7 +380,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van het depot." @@ -445,7 +449,8 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de installatie nu afbreekt zal er geen patch geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer u de installatie nu afbreekt zal er geen patch geïnstalleerd " +"worden.\n" "Uw installatie zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -512,7 +517,8 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "Na de installatie van deze patches moet het systeem opnieuw worden opgestart" +msgstr "" +"Na de installatie van deze patches moet het systeem opnieuw worden opgestart" #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 @@ -522,7 +528,9 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "De selectie van een aantal patches waarvoor de computer opnieuw moet worden opgestart, kan niet worden opgeheven." +msgstr "" +"De selectie van een aantal patches waarvoor de computer opnieuw moet worden " +"opgestart, kan niet worden opgeheven." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 @@ -542,3 +550,12 @@ "controleert u of u de verlenging hebt geactiveerd.\n" "\n" "Neem contact met ons op als u meer hulp nodig hebt." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM downloaden: %1" + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "Voortgang van patch-rpm downloaden" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 14:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "Back-up van %1 is mislukt. Zie %2 voor meer informatie." @@ -182,7 +182,8 @@ "other systems.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie-cd's zullen naar het systeem gekopieerd worden om een\n" -"opslagruimte aan te maken. Deze opslagruimte kan dan voor het installeren van andere\n" +"opslagruimte aan te maken. Deze opslagruimte kan dan voor het installeren " +"van andere\n" "systemen gebruikt worden.\n" #. label for showing repositories @@ -216,14 +217,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Configuratie van online opslagruimte wordt afgebroken" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken?" @@ -239,47 +240,48 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online opslagruimten die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n" +"Online opslagruimten die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een " +"internetverbinding nodig.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de internetverbinding configureren?" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie controleren" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten downloaden" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt gecontroleerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten wordt gedownload..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Initialiseren van opslagruimtenbeheer" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Opslagruimtenbeheer wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten lezen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -288,7 +290,7 @@ "en de lijst met servers van het web wordt gedownload.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -297,7 +299,7 @@ "er is geen netwerk geconfigureerd." #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ "waarvan de lijst met bronnen te downloaden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -317,12 +319,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "Aanbevolen: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -333,7 +335,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -352,28 +354,28 @@ "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lijst met opslagruimten" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "opslagruimtebeschrijving" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -382,31 +384,39 @@ "Klik op een repository voor details.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt en klik op Verder.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt en klik op Verder.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt gebruiken en klik op Voltooien.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online opslagruimtes die u wilt gebruiken en klik op " +"Voltooien.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "Om een opslagruimte te verwijderen, deselecteer deze." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online opslagruimten schrijven" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Het opslagruimtebeheer downloadt de details van de opslagruimte..." +msgstr "" +"Het opslagruimtebeheer downloadt de details van de opslagruimte..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -414,46 +424,46 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van opslagruimte %1 is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online opslagruimten verwijderen" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online opslagruimten worden verwijderd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online opslagruimten toevoegen" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online opslagruimten worden toegevoegd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Opslagruimte toevoegen: %1 ..." #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -468,13 +478,16 @@ msgstr "" "Onvoldoende geheugen gedetecteerd.\n" "\n" -"Het gebruik van onlineopslagruimten tijdens de oorspronkelijke installatie met minder dan\n" +"Het gebruik van onlineopslagruimten tijdens de oorspronkelijke installatie " +"met minder dan\n" "%dMiB systeemgeheugen is niet aanbevolen.\n" "\n" -"Mogelijk loopt het installatieprogramma vast als voor de aanvullende pakketgegevens\n" +"Mogelijk loopt het installatieprogramma vast als voor de aanvullende " +"pakketgegevens\n" "te veel geheugen nodig is.\n" "\n" -"In dit geval is het aanbevolen de onlineopslagruimten later in het geïnstalleerde\n" +"In dit geval is het aanbevolen de onlineopslagruimten later in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" "systeem te gebruiken." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -484,7 +497,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." @@ -500,8 +513,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -524,8 +541,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -565,8 +582,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Installatie opslagruimtes- deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Installatie opslagruimtes- deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -588,7 +609,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -729,24 +750,37 @@ "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde software-opslagruimtes en services beheren.\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde software-opslagruimtes en services " +"beheren.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "Een service of Repository Index Service (RIS) is een protocol voor pakketopslagruimtebeheer. Een service kan een of meer softwareopslagruimten bieden die dynamisch kunnen worden gewijzigd door de servicebeheerder." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Een service of Repository Index Service (RIS) is een " +"protocol voor pakketopslagruimtebeheer. Een service kan een of meer " +"softwareopslagruimten bieden die dynamisch kunnen worden gewijzigd door de " +"servicebeheerder." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Een nieuwe opslagruimte of service toevoegen \n" -"Om een nieuwe opslagruimte toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en specificeer de opslagruimte of service.\n" -"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een opslagrumte is ingegeven.\n" +"Om een nieuwe opslagruimte toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en " +"specificeer de opslagruimte of service.\n" +"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een opslagrumte is " +"ingegeven.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -788,45 +822,69 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De status van een opslagruimte of een service wijzigen \n" -"U kunt een opslagruimtelocatie wijzigen met Bewerken. Als u een opslagruimte wilt verwijderen, gebruikt u\n" -"Verwijderen. Als u een bron in of uit wilt schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie wilt aanpassen, selecteert u de opslagruimte in de tabel en gebruikt u de onderstaande keuzevakjes\n" +"U kunt een opslagruimtelocatie wijzigen met Bewerken. Als u een " +"opslagruimte wilt verwijderen, gebruikt u\n" +"Verwijderen. Als u een bron in of uit wilt schakelen of het verversen " +"tijdens de initialisatie wilt aanpassen, selecteert u de opslagruimte in de " +"tabel en gebruikt u de onderstaande keuzevakjes\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van een opslagruimte \n" -"De prioriteit van een opslagruimte is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer opslagruimtes dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.\n" +"De prioriteit van een opslagruimte is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste " +"prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een " +"pakket beschikbaar is in meer opslagruimtes dan wordt die met de hoogste " +"prioriteit gebruikt.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in opslagruimtes en services." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in " +"opslagruimtes en services." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n" +"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om " +"gedownloade\n" "pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n" "kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie." +"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na " +"installatie." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.</" +"P>" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -839,7 +897,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -847,7 +905,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?" @@ -867,7 +925,7 @@ "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -876,40 +934,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimten" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Services vernieuwen" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimten" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Vernieuwen van services" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Vernieuwen van opslagruimte %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Service %1 vernieuwen..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Wilt u de geselecteerde opslagruimte verwijderen uit de lijst?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -918,7 +976,7 @@ "opslagruimten verwijderen?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -927,7 +985,7 @@ "automatisch vernieuwen worden." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -935,14 +993,17 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "Opslagruimte %1\n" -"is al toegevoegd. Elke opslagruimte zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n" +"is al toegevoegd. Elke opslagruimte zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten " +"worden.\n" "\n" "Deze opslagruimte nog eens toevoegen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de opslagruimteconfiguratie\n" +msgstr "" +"Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de " +"opslagruimteconfiguratie\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -955,8 +1016,11 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig" +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "" +"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige " +"interventie is nodig" #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -970,8 +1034,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -981,7 +1049,9 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke directory aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke directory aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet " +"geïnstalleerd worden." #. error message #. error message @@ -1012,7 +1082,8 @@ #. start package manager #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de opslagruimte." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de opslagruimte." #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1053,7 +1124,7 @@ "Wilt u het nu proberen?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1061,7 +1132,7 @@ "Kan de online opslagruimte voor bijwerken niet\n" "configureren zonder pakket %1 te hebben geïnstalleerd" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1070,7 +1141,7 @@ "dient het pakket %1 te zijn geïnstalleerd" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1102,7 +1173,8 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." +msgstr "" +"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1111,13 +1183,17 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is onbruikbaar." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is " +"onbruikbaar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." +msgstr "" +"Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." #. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 @@ -1138,7 +1214,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n" @@ -1148,24 +1225,31 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op Controle starten\n" +"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op " +"Controle starten\n" "of gebruik Controle ISO-bestand en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n" "De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n" -"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"" #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n" -"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.\n" +"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de " +"installatie.\n" +"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde " +"medium te vervangen.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1178,21 +1262,32 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"" +msgstr "" +"Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het " +"systeem wordt gebruikt." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item " +"medium controleren in het opstartmenu." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw brandsoftware.\n" +"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw " +"brandsoftware.\n" "Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1215,7 +1310,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Controle &starten" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Uitwerpen" @@ -1349,7 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toevoegen \n" -"Als u een nieuwe GPG-sleutel wilt toevoegen, geeft u het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Als u een nieuwe GPG-sleutel wilt toevoegen, geeft u het pad naar het " +"sleutelbestand op.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1376,7 +1472,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en geef " +"het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1462,7 +1559,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1476,7 +1573,8 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n" +"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1500,73 +1598,83 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Instellingenbestand %1 niet gevonden op de media." +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Niet in staat toegevoegde producten te gebruiken." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, pad: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Aanvullende producten" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "De opslagruimte bevat ook de lijst met aanvullende opslagruimtes.\n" "Selecteer diegene die u wilt gebruiken.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Aanvullende te selecteren producten" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Voeg geselecteerde &producten toe" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium voor add-on %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan product %1 niet toevoegen." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" @@ -1652,7 +1760,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" @@ -1661,196 +1769,243 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Resterend: %1%2 pakketten)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Downloaden van pakketten..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Gedownload %1 van %2 pakketten)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 verwijderen" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt geïnstalleerd (geïnstalleerde grootte %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits " +"distributie te installeren." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na " +"installatie van het systeem." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die " +"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden " +"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter " +"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens " +"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie " +"te starten." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n" "gedownload zullen worden vanaf externe (netwerk) opslagruimtes.\n" -"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" +"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er " +"een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Softwarevoorstel" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systeemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patronen: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grootte van de te installeren pakketten: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Downloaden vanaf externe opslagruimten: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "Deze add-on-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" +msgstr "" +"Deze add-on-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van " +"nieuwe installatiemedia." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze add-ons om u te voorzien van een " +"nieuw installatiemedium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, " +"kan installatie niet starten." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie." +msgstr "" +"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige " +"selectie." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " -msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " +msgstr "" +"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Nieuw product %s wordt geïnstalleerd" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Product %s wordt bijgewerkt" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "Product %{old_product} wordt bijgewerkt naar %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"Product %{old_product} wordt bijgewerkt naar %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Product %s blijft geïnstalleerd" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Waarschuwing: Product %s wordt verwijderd." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "Fout: Product %s wordt automatisch verwijderd." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Een aantal producten is gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de leverancier van de verwijderde invoegtoepassing voor nieuwe\n" -"installatiemedia.</li><li>U kunt ook de juiste online-uitbreiding of -module selecteren\n" -"in de registratiestap.</li><li>Als u wilt doorgaan met de productupgrade, gaat u naar de\n" -"softwareselectie en markeert u het product (het releasepakket) dat moet worden verwijderd.\n" +"<ul><li>Een aantal producten is gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</" +"b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de leverancier van de verwijderde " +"invoegtoepassing voor nieuwe\n" +"installatiemedia.</li><li>U kunt ook de juiste online-uitbreiding of -module " +"selecteren\n" +"in de registratiestap.</li><li>Als u wilt doorgaan met de productupgrade, " +"gaat u naar de\n" +"softwareselectie en markeert u het product (het releasepakket) dat moet " +"worden verwijderd.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Geen opslagruimte gevonden op '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1860,31 +2015,31 @@ "webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Opgestart medium wordt geïntegreerd..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integreren van servicepackopslagruimte is mislukt." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Opslagruimten worden geïnitialiseerd..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-cd 1 plaatsen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 niet gevonden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1893,7 +2048,7 @@ "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1902,12 +2057,12 @@ "Het maken van een softwarevoorstel wordt opnieuw gestart." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "De pakketselectie wordt onderzocht..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1917,17 +2072,22 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Als u de licentie van het product correct wilt weergeven, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het actieve medium bij het bouwen van de image." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Als u de licentie van het product correct wilt weergeven, zet u het bestand " +"license.tar.gz in de basismap van het actieve medium bij het bouwen van de " +"image." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" @@ -1936,18 +2096,9 @@ msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." -#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 -msgid "" -"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" -"%{license_url}" -msgstr "" -"Als u deze gebruiksovereenkomst wilt afdrukken, kunt u deze downloaden op\n" -"%{license_url}" - #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1956,7 +2107,7 @@ "u die vinden in het bestand %1 op het eerste medium." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1967,18 +2118,21 @@ "akkoord gaat zal de configuratie afgebroken worden.\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie van het add-onproduct afbreken?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1987,7 +2141,7 @@ "Wijst u de licentie toch af?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1996,10 +2150,26 @@ "installatie van het add-onproduct. Wilt u toch deze licentie afwijzen?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt afgesloten..." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Als u deze gebruiksovereenkomst wilt afdrukken, kunt u deze downloaden op\n" +"%{license_url}" + #. popup yes-no #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" @@ -2051,109 +2221,103 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Delta-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" - #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:30 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "Zoeken met &SLP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:32 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "&Opslagruimten van de gemeenschap" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Uitbreidingen en modules van registratieserver..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Geef &URL op..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 -msgid "&NFS..." +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&Cd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&Dvd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Vaste schijf..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB massaopslag (USB-stick, -schijf)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokale directory..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokale ISO-image..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen &downloaden" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2162,7 +2326,7 @@ "van het medium bevat, selecteer ISO-image." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2171,86 +2335,86 @@ "bevindt, stel dan de locatie van het eerste medium van de set in.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernaam" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar directory of ISO-image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protocol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL van opslagruimte" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL van opslagruimte" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Opslagruimte-URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Cd- of dvd-schijf" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Vaste schijf" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-stick of -schijf" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale directory" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokale ISO-image" @@ -2259,57 +2423,64 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server en directory" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "De naam van de opslagruimte mag niet leeg zijn." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Opslag&ruimtenaam" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opslagruimtenaam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Opslagruimtenaam om de naam van de opslagruimte op te geven. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Opslagruimtenaam om de naam van de opslagruimte op te geven. " +"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of " +"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Service naam" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servicenaam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Servicenaam om de naam van de service op te geven. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Servicenaam om de naam van de service op te geven. Als dit " +"leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam " +"gebruiken.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "De URL mag niet leeg zijn." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2321,16 +2492,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Bewerk delen van de URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Bewerk de gehele URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2340,43 +2511,47 @@ "Gebruik Servernaam en Pad naar directory of ISO-image\n" " om de hostnaam van de NFS-server en het pad op de server op te geven." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opties voor aankoppelen</big> \n" -"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n" -"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaardwaarde is aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" +"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume " +"specificeren.\n" +"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaardwaarde is " +"aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" "voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&Cd-rom" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&Dvd-rom" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>CD- of DVD-schijven</big> \n" -"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type schijf te specificeren." +"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type schijf te specificeren.</" +"p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-imagebestand" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2385,7 +2560,7 @@ "of de directory bestaat niet.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2394,7 +2569,7 @@ "of het bestand bestaat niet.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2405,17 +2580,17 @@ "Toch gebruiken?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pad naar directory" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Gewone R&PM-directory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2430,20 +2605,20 @@ "Gewone RPM-directory.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-massaopslagapparaat" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Bestandssysteem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&ctory" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2455,15 +2630,17 @@ msgstr "" "<big>USB-stick of -schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de opslagruimte aanwezig is.\n" -"Gebruik Pad naar directory om de directory van de opslagruimte te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van het apparaat gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Pad naar directory om de directory van de opslagruimte te " +"specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van het apparaat " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de directory alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-directory.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2474,11 +2651,11 @@ "bepaald bestandssysteem gebruiken selecteer dat dan uit de lijst.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Schijfapparaat" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2490,19 +2667,21 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer de schijf waarop de opslagruimte aanwezig is.\n" -"Stel Pad naar directory in om het directory naar de map te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen directory is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van de schijf gebruiken.\n" +"Stel Pad naar directory in om het directory naar de map te " +"specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen directory is dan zal het systeem de hoofddirectory van de schijf " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de directory alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-directory.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar ISO-image" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2513,71 +2692,71 @@ "het bestand met de ISO-image van het installatiemedium op te geven." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&naam" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Share" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directory op de server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Verificatie" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anoniem" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domein" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2585,7 +2764,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2602,23 +2782,25 @@ "van het medium bevat, selecteer ISO-image.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-opslagruimte in te stellen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-" +"opslagruimte in te stellen.\n" "Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Ik wil een aanvullend add-on-product installeren" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2629,7 +2811,7 @@ "of de vaste schijf." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2640,7 +2822,7 @@ "moet u de product-CD-set of -DVD bij de hand houden." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2656,7 +2838,7 @@ "volstaat de opgave van het basispad.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2669,49 +2851,60 @@ "cd zich bevinden, zoals /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selecteer het type medium." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Plaats de add-onproduct-CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Plaats de add-onproduct-DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Geen USB-schijf gedetecteerd." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Bestanden downloaden \n" -"Elke opslagruimte heeft bestanden die de inhoud van de opslagruimte beschrijven.\n" -"Selecteer Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen downloaden om de bestanden\n" +"Elke opslagruimte heeft bestanden die de inhoud van de opslagruimte " +"beschrijven.\n" +"Selecteer Bestanden met opslagruimtebeschrijvingen downloaden om de " +"bestanden\n" "te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n" -"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n" +"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden " +"wanneer\n" "ze later nodig zijn.\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Mediatype" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Add-on-product" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2805,7 +2998,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Station om uit te werpen" @@ -2900,12 +3093,12 @@ msgstr "Geen SLP-opslagruimten op uw netwerk gevonden." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:936 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "Partitie \"%1\" heeft %2 meer schijfruimte nodig." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:956 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2914,6 +3107,12 @@ "voordat u het systeem gaat bijwerken.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:965 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselecteer een aantal pakketten." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" Deleted: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/phone-services.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/phone-services.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/phone-services.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,384 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: phone-services\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-12 13:45+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-21 14:35\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. Table header 1/5 -#. Table header 1/6 -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:67 src/clients/fax.ycp:61 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:43 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:43 -msgid "User" -msgstr "Gebruiker" - -#. Table header 2/5 -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:68 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:45 -msgid "Phone Numbers" -msgstr "Telefoonnummers" - -#. Table header 3/5 -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:69 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:47 -msgid "Delay" -msgstr "Wachttijd" - -#. Table header 4/5 -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:70 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:49 -msgid "Duration" -msgstr "Tijdsduur" - -#. Table header 5/5 -#. Table header 4/6 -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:71 src/clients/fax.ycp:64 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:51 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:49 -msgid "Action" -msgstr "Actie" - -#. translators: command line help text for answering_machine module -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:85 -msgid "Answering machine configuration." -msgstr "Configuratie van antwoordapparaat." - -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/answering_machine.ycp:93 -msgid "Answering machine configuration summary." -msgstr "Overzicht van configuratie antwoordapparaat" - -#. Table header 2/6 -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:62 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:45 -msgid "Fax Numbers" -msgstr "Faxnummers" - -#. Table header 3/6 -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:63 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:47 -msgid "MSN" -msgstr "MSN" - -#. Table header 5/6 -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:65 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:51 -msgid "StationID" -msgstr "StationID" - -#. Table header 6/6 -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:66 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:53 -msgid "Headline" -msgstr "Koptekst" - -#. translators: command line help text for fax module -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:81 -msgid "Fax configuration." -msgstr "Faxconfiguratie." - -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/fax.ycp:89 -msgid "Fax configuration summary." -msgstr "Overzicht van faxconfiguratie" - -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:23 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:22 -msgid "MailAndSave" -msgstr "Mailen-en-opslaan" - -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:24 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:23 -msgid "SaveOnly" -msgstr "Alleen-opslaan" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:37 -msgid "Answering Machine Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van antwoordapparaat" - -#. Answering machine general help 1/2 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:55 -msgid "" -"An answering machine for one or more users can be\n" -"set up in this dialog. Each user must have at least one unique phone\n" -"number configured. Refer to the telecommunication chapter in the manuals\n" -"for further details.\n" -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoog kan men voor één of meerdere gebruikers een antwoordapparaat\n" -"instellen. Iedere gebruiker moet minstens één uniek telefoonnummer\n" -"geconfigureerd hebben. Raadpleeg voor meer details het hoofdstuk\n" -"Telecommunication van de handleiding.\n" - -#. Answering machine general help 2/2 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:62 -msgid "" -"When adding or editing a user, a dialog will be shown with\n" -"the following details:" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer men een gebruiker gaat toevoegen of gaat wijzigen\n" -"zullen de volgende details in een venster getoond worden:" - -#. Answering machine help for options 1/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:66 -msgid "" -"User: The system user who wants to receive calls with the\n" -"answering machine." -msgstr "" -"Gebruiker: de systeemgebruiker die ontvangen gesprekken\n" -"op het antwoordapparaat wil ontvangen." - -#. Answering machine help for options 2/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:70 -msgid "" -"Phone Numbers: One or more phone numbers (separated by\n" -"commas) that belong (only) to this user. You can also enter <tt>*</tt>,\n" -"which means the user will get any call.\n" -msgstr "" -"Telefoonnummers: één of meerdere telefoonnummers (gescheiden\n" -"door komma's) die (alleen) bij deze gebruiker horen. U kunt ook <tt>*</tt>\n" -"invullen, de gebruiker zal dan ieder gesprek ontvangen.\n" - -#. Answering machine help for options 3/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:76 -msgid "" -"Delay: Delay in seconds before the answering machine responds\n" -"to the call." -msgstr "" -"Wachttijd: wachttijd in seconden voordat het antwoordapparaat\n" -"op het binnenkomende gesprek zal reageren." - -#. Answering machine help for options 4/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:80 -msgid "Duration: Maximum record length for one call." -msgstr "Tijdsduur: maximale opnameduur voor één gesprek." - -#. Answering machine help for options 5/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:83 -msgid "" -"Action: By using the default <tt>MailAndSave</tt>, recorded\n" -"calls are sent to the user as mail and saved to disk. To\n" -"disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>. <tt>None</tt> forbids\n" -"recording -- the answering machine only plays the announcement.\n" -msgstr "" -"Actie: door het standaard <tt>Verzenden en opslaan</tt> te gebruiken, zullen de\n" -"opgenomen berichten als e-mail aan de gebruiker worden gestuurd en op schijf worden opgeslagen.\n" -"Om de verzending te deactiveren dient u dit in te stellen als <tt>Alleen opslaan</tt>. <tt>Geen</tt>\n" -"zal de opnamemogelijkheid uitschakelen -- het antwoordapparaat zal dan alleen de aankondiging laten horen.\n" - -#. Answering machine help for options 6/6 -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:90 -msgid "Pin: Identification code for the remote inquiry function." -msgstr "Pin: identificatiecode voor de extern-verzoek-functie." - -#. `VStretch(), -#. Frame title -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:121 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:138 -msgid "&User Table" -msgstr "&Gebruikerstabel" - -#. PushButton label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:124 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:141 -msgid "Ad&d" -msgstr "Toe&voegen" - -#. PushButton label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:126 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:143 -msgid "&Edit" -msgstr "&Wijzigen" - -#. PushButton label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:128 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:145 -msgid "De&lete" -msgstr "Verwij&deren" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:278 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:304 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "&Gebruiker" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:280 -msgid "&Phone Numbers" -msgstr "&Telefoonnummers" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:282 -msgid "&Delay" -msgstr "&Wachttijd" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:284 -msgid "D&uration" -msgstr "T&ijdsduur" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:286 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:319 -msgid "&Action" -msgstr "&Actie" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:292 -msgid "P&in" -msgstr "P&in" - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:328 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:358 -msgid "User must be set." -msgstr "De gebruiker moet worden ingesteld." - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:337 -msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." -msgstr "Telefoonnummers mogen niet leeg zijn." - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:346 -msgid "Delay is invalid." -msgstr "Ongeldige wachttijd." - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/answering_machine.ycp:359 src/phone-services/fax.ycp:404 -msgid "Action is invalid." -msgstr "Ongeldige actie." - -#. dialog caption -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:37 -msgid "Fax Machine Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van faxapparaat" - -#. Fax dialog general help 1/3 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:57 -msgid "" -"The fax system for one or more users can be\n" -"set up in this dialog. Each user must have at least one unique fax\n" -"number configured. Refer to the telecommunication chapter in the\n" -"manuals for further details.\n" -msgstr "" -"In dit dialoog kan men het faxsysteem voor één of meer\n" -"gebruikers instellen. Elke gebruiker moet minstens één uniek\n" -"faxnummer geconfigureerd hebben. Raadpleeg het hoofdstuk\n" -"telecommunication van de handleiding voor nadere details.\n" - -#. Fax dialog general help 2/3 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:64 -msgid "" -"Prefix: Only for users behind a PBX. Enter the\n" -"prefix number for getting a public line. This number will be dialed\n" -"before any destination number.\n" -msgstr "" -"Doorkiesnummer: Alleen voor gebruikers achter een PBX. Geef het\n" -"doorkiesnummer op waarmee een publieke lijn wordt gekregen. Voor ieder\n" -"telefoonnummer zal eerst dit nummer worden gedraaid.\n" - -#. Fax dialog general help 3/3 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:70 -msgid "" -"When adding or editing a user, a dialog will be shown with\n" -"the following fields:" -msgstr "" -"Tijdens het toevoegen of wijzigen van een gebruiker\n" -"zal een dialoog met de volgende velden geopend worden:" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 1/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:74 -msgid "User: The system user to which this fax account belongs. \n" -msgstr "Gebruiker: de systeemgebruiker van wie dit faxaccount is.\n" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 2/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:77 -msgid "" -"Fax Numbers: The numbers (separated by commas)\n" -"on which faxes should be received for this user. If you enter\n" -"<tt>*</tt>, the user gets any call. Leave\n" -"this empty for a send-only account.\n" -msgstr "" -"Faxnummers: de nummers (gescheiden door komma's)\n" -"waar faxen voor deze gebruiker op ontvangen moeten worden.\n" -"Wanneer u <tt>*</tt> opgeeft, dan zal de gebruiker ieder bericht\n" -"ontvangen. Laat dit leeg als dit een \"alleen versturen\"-account is.\n" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 3/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:84 -msgid "" -"Outgoing MSN: The number to use for outgoing calls. If\n" -"empty, the first number of Fax Numbers is used.\n" -msgstr "" -"Uitgaande MSN: het voor uitgaande berichten te gebruiken nummer.\n" -"Als dit leeg is wordt het eerste nummer van Faxnummers gebruikt.\n" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 4/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:89 -msgid "" -"StationID: The fax station ID. Set it to the external\n" -"number in international format, such as <tt>+49 89 12345</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"StationID: DE ID van het faxstation. Normaliter ingesteld als het externe\n" -"nummer in de internationale opmaak, zoals bijvoorbeeld <tt>+31 89 12345</tt>.\n" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 5/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:94 -msgid "" -"Headline: The headline used for sending faxes -- normally\n" -"a string containing some name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Koptekst: de koptekst die bij het verzenden van faxberichten\n" -" wordt gebruikt -- meestal een regel met een bepaalde naam.\n" - -#. Fax dialog help for options 6/6 -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:99 -msgid "" -"Action: By using the default <tt>MailAndSave</tt>,\n" -"received faxes are sent to the user as mail and saved to disk.\n" -"To disable the mails, set this to <tt>SaveOnly</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Actie: door het standaard <tt>Verzenden en opslaan</tt> te gebruiken, zullen de ontvangen\n" -"faxberichten als e-mail aan de gebruiker worden verzonden en op schijf worden opgeslagen.\n" -"Stel dit in op <tt>Alleen opslaan</tt> in het geval er geen berichten verstuurd mogen worden.\n" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:156 -msgid "&Prefix" -msgstr "&Doorkiesnummer" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:307 -msgid "&Fax Numbers" -msgstr "&Faxnummers" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:310 -msgid "Outgoing &MSN" -msgstr "Uitgaande &MSN" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:313 -msgid "&StationID" -msgstr "&StationID" - -#. TextEntry label -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:316 -msgid "&Headline" -msgstr "&Koptekst" - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:368 -msgid "Fax Numbers and Outgoing MSN must not both be empty" -msgstr "Faxnummers en uitgaande MSN mogen niet allebei leeg zijn" - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:380 -msgid "StationID is invalid." -msgstr "Ongeldige stationID." - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:385 -msgid "The maximum length for a StationID is twenty." -msgstr "De maximumlengte voor een StationID is twintig." - -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/phone-services/fax.ycp:395 -msgid "The maximum length for a headline is fifty." -msgstr "De maximumlengte voor een koptekst is vijftig." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -20,40 +20,64 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." -msgstr "<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde opslagruimten is bezig. Dit kan even duren..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " +"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " +"while..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van " +"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde opslagruimten is bezig. Dit kan " +"even duren..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." -msgstr "<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " +"reading installed packages..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De " +"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." -msgstr "<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe opslagruimte</BIG>Een nieuwe opslagruimte wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de opslagruimte..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " +"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " +"packages in the repository..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe opslagruimte</BIG>Een " +"nieuwe opslagruimte wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst " +"van beschikbare pakketten in de opslagruimte..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "<BIG>Opslaan van opslagruimten</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde opslagruimten op te waarderen..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Opslaan van opslagruimten</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is " +"bezig de geconfigureerde opslagruimten op te waarderen..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." -msgstr "<BIG>Vernieuwen van de opslagruimte</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de opslagruimte aan het bijwerken..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating the repository content..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Vernieuwen van de opslagruimte</BIG>De pakketbeheerder " +"is de inhoud van de opslagruimte aan het bijwerken..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Het pakket kan niet geselecteerd worden voor installatie." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Het pakket is niet beschikbaar." #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Kan geen verbinding met de pakketbeheerder krijgen" @@ -81,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Download beschrijvingen" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Opnieuw bouwen van de cache" @@ -95,17 +119,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Opslagruimte toegevoegen..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Downloaden" #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Vernieuwen van metagegevens" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Vernieuwen opslagruimte ..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -63,17 +63,26 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan afdrukken niet configureren (CUPS-client van vereiste pakket is niet geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan afdrukken niet configureren (CUPS-client van vereiste pakket is niet " +"geïnstalleerd)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (CUPS van vereist pakket is niet geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (CUPS van vereist pakket is niet " +"geïnstalleerd)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "Geen lokale printer beschikbaar (externe CUPS-server '%1' wordt gebruikt voor afdrukken)." +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"Geen lokale printer beschikbaar (externe CUPS-server '%1' wordt gebruikt " +"voor afdrukken)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -171,27 +180,35 @@ #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal verbonden printers" +msgstr "" +"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal verbonden printers" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "" +"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt " +"ingeplugd" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" -msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie" +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" +msgstr "" +"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-" +"printerconfiguratie" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -201,18 +218,23 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het " +"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName'-item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName'-item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -391,7 +413,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Selecteer een stuurprogramma." @@ -399,7 +421,9 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)" +msgstr "" +"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het " +"ondersteunen)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -437,8 +461,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Niets geselecteerd." @@ -488,8 +512,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam." +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de " +"wachtrijnaam." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -511,8 +539,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze " +"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -558,8 +590,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "Er wordt geen stuurprogramma gebruikt (de wachtrij is 'onbewerkt' of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" +msgstr "" +"Er wordt geen stuurprogramma gebruikt (de wachtrij is 'onbewerkt' of er " +"wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -568,7 +604,9 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe" +msgstr "" +"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander " +"apparaatstuurprogramma toe" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -610,21 +648,27 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en " +"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Geen stuurprogrammaopties beschikbaar" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie." +msgstr "" +"Mogelijke oorzaak: er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe " +"configuratie." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -636,8 +680,11 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'onbewerkte wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'onbewerkte " +"wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -649,7 +696,9 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'onbewerkte-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden." +msgstr "" +"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'onbewerkte-wachtrij' ingesteld " +"zou moeten worden." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -755,8 +804,11 @@ msgstr "S&topbits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een " +"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -836,8 +888,12 @@ msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-" +"printer-share te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -902,7 +958,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-" +"afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -937,12 +995,18 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " +"kunnen drukken." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend is niet geïnstalleerd." @@ -951,130 +1015,131 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programma (/path/to/command?option=value) [procent-gecodeerd]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " +"kunnen drukken." + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" +msgstr "" +"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Wachtrij nooit uitschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Aantal nieuwe pogingen ('0' betekent geen limiet)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Vertraging in seconden tussen pogingen" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Selecteer een specifiek verbindingstype." #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "&Verbindingstype" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Direct aangesloten apparaten" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "Parallelle poort" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-poort" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-apparaten (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "Seriële poort" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Netwerkprinter of printserverdoos openen via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) protocol" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Afdrukken via printservermachine" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Traditionele UNIX-server (LPR/LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS-server (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Speciaal" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Willekeurige apparaat-URI opgeven" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Afdrukgegevens naar een ander programma (pipe) verzenden" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Backend Error Handler (beh) achtervoegen" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Verbindingsinstellingen" @@ -1089,7 +1154,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Wizard Verbindingen" @@ -1098,12 +1163,12 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "In CUPS versie 1.5 is SCSI-printer-ondersteuning vervallen." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1116,13 +1181,13 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1132,13 +1197,13 @@ "om toegang tot het apparaat te krijgen via dit type verbinding.\n" "Was de printer al de tijd verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Selecteer een geldige verbinding" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1148,41 +1213,49 @@ "dan is het apparaat niet langer te gebruiken via deze verbinding.\n" "Is de printer nog steeds verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Het serieële apparaat en de baudsnelheid mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "De 'ruime'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." +msgstr "" +"De 'ruime'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "De 'markeren'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"De 'markeren'-pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens " +"en 1 stopbit." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Het bluetooth-apparaat-ID mag niet leeg zijn." #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en printer mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord moeten beiden gespecificeerd worden." #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam mag niet leeg zijn." @@ -1192,30 +1265,31 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en wachtrij mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." +msgstr "" +"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Mag niet leeg zijn." #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Selecteer een fabrikant of onbewerkte wachtrij'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Zoek alle hosts op in het lokale netwerk" @@ -1224,11 +1298,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1237,25 +1311,25 @@ "Dit kan meer dan een minuut duren." #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via TCP-poort %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via Samba (SMB)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 515 (LPD/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 631 (CUPS/IPP)" @@ -1265,7 +1339,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1275,7 +1349,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor poort '%1' op host '%2'." @@ -1285,14 +1359,14 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor wachtrij '%1' op host '%2'." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1306,31 +1380,38 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." +msgstr "" +"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest mislukt voor share '%1' op host '%2'." #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Test OK" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-" +"printing zijn geïnstalleerd." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." +msgstr "" +"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle " +"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1469,67 +1550,64 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SpliX apparaatstuurprogramma voor SPL-printers zonder JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Stuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Een printerbeschrijvingsbestand beschikbaar stellen" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvings&bestandsnaam met volledig pad naar zijn locatie" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Selecteer een printerbeschrijvingsbestand" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Geen toegang tot '%1'" #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand toch gebruiken ondanks de fouten?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "Een niet-overkomend printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen." +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-overkomend printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig " +"falen." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Het beschikbaar stellen van een printerbeschrijvingsbestand is mislukt" @@ -1575,12 +1653,14 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1588,10 +1668,14 @@ "Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij. \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" -"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde " +"printer.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " +"kleurenprinter\n" +"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript" +"+PCL printer\n" +"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig " +"printen.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1611,9 +1695,11 @@ "<big>Gebruik van wachtrijen op afstand:</big> \n" "Wachtrijen op afstand bestaan op andere hosts in het netwerk\n" "daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host. \n" -"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n" +"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze " +"host\n" "en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n" -"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n" +"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een " +"printer\n" "die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand. \n" "\n" @@ -1627,7 +1713,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Een printer configureren:</big> \n" -"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n" +"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een " +"printer.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1703,7 +1790,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big> \n" -"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk. \n" +"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het " +"netwerk. \n" "Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n" "" @@ -1714,27 +1802,38 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +" \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big> \n" -"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij. \n" +"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij." +" \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde " +"printerapparaat.\n" +"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende " +"printerstuurprogramma's\n" "gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" -"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n" -"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " +"kleurenprinter\n" +"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met " +"een PCL-aansturing\n" +"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere " +"kwaliteit,\n" "of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n" "tweezijdig printen.\n" "" @@ -1752,7 +1851,8 @@ "\n" "Een nieuwe wachtrij instellen: \n" "Selecteer de verbinding van de overeenkomstige printer. \n" -"Zoek het geschikte printerstuurprogramma, wijs dit toe aan de printer en \n" +"Zoek het geschikte printerstuurprogramma, wijs dit toe aan de printer " +"en \n" "geef een unieke wachtrijnaam op.\n" "" @@ -1760,7 +1860,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1768,22 +1869,28 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " +"het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " +"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n" "en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " +"voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " +"apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n" "\n" @@ -1794,7 +1901,8 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1819,7 +1927,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1841,49 +1950,66 @@ "\n" "Het stuurprogramma bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n" "printer-model worden geproduceerd. \n" -"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n" -"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in een slechte afdruk, een chaotische afdruk, of helemaal geen afdruk. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n" +"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde " +"gegevens naar de printer\n" +"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in een slechte afdruk, een chaotische afdruk, of " +"helemaal geen afdruk. \n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam " +"die komt uit de\n" "automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n" -"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" +"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving " +"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" "Deze worden standaard getoond. \n" -"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" "en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n" -"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" +"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de " +"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" "De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n" -"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n" +"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er " +"handmatig\n" "naar zoeken en deze selecteren. \n" -"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n" +"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat " +"niet\n" "noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n" "Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n" "helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n" "De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n" "werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de " +"stuurprogramma)\n" "zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden. \n" "Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n" "tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" -"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" -"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n" +"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is " +"voor dat model.\n" +"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de " +"stuurprogramma\n" "van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n" "U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n" "en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken. \n" "Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n" "zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n" -"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" -"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n" +"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke " +"printer.\n" +"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de " +"stuurprogramma\n" "overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n" "U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n" -"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" +"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de " +"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" "waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n" "(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n" -"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n" +"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of " +"Letter,\n" "dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n" -"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n" +"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' " +"dialoog.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -1953,8 +2079,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run hp-setup \n" -"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n" +"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run hp-" +"setup \n" +"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal " +"ondersteuning\n" "bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n" "eigen stuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n" "op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n" @@ -1977,14 +2105,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Een printerwachtrij wijzigen</big> \n" -"Als u een wachtrij wilt wijzigen, selecteert u alleen datgene wat u echt wilt wijzigen. \n" +"Als u een wachtrij wilt wijzigen, selecteert u alleen datgene wat u echt " +"wilt wijzigen. \n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1992,8 +2122,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2023,43 +2155,58 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " +"het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " +"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n" "'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " +"voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " +"apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt. \n" "Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n" "zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n" -"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n" -"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n" +"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw " +"geselecteerde verbinding\n" +"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen " +"overeenkomen\n" "met de modelnaam. \n" -"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" -"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n" -"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n" -"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n" -"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n" +"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de " +"automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" +"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde " +"model horen,\n" +"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke " +"stuurprogramma\n" +"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte " +"stuurprpgramma).\n" +"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke " +"stuurprogramma is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n" "Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n" "in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n" "De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n" "alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de " +"stuurprogramma's)\n" "zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen. \n" "Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n" "tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" -"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" +"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma " +"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" "Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n" "verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " +"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "\n" @@ -2070,9 +2217,12 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +" \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2081,7 +2231,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +" \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2089,7 +2240,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2099,12 +2251,17 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n" +"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor " +"het\n" "specifieke printermodel. \n" -"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n" -"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende afdruk, chaotische afdruk, of helemaal geen afdruk. \n" -"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n" -"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen. \n" +"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data " +"naar de printer gezonden\n" +"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende afdruk, chaotische afdruk, of helemaal " +"geen afdruk. \n" +"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen " +"ervoor wijzigen\n" +"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu " +"wijzigen. \n" "Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papiergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n" "moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer. \n" @@ -2113,20 +2270,28 @@ "zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" "Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n" "met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n" -"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken. \n" +"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te " +"verwerken. \n" "Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n" "dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n" "zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n" "(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n" -"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n" +"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's " +"wijzigen\n" "door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n" -"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n" -"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma " +"ingevuld\n" +"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding " +"niet is gewijzigd.\n" +"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat " +"overeenkomt\n" "zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n" -"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n" -"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer " +"zoeken.\n" +"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen " +"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " +"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "" @@ -2135,8 +2300,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " +"location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2149,13 +2316,19 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n" -"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor beschrijving en locatie.\n" -"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n" +"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet " +"kiezen,\n" +"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor " +"beschrijving en locatie.\n" +"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de " +"printerdialoog.\n" "Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n" -"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n" -"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n" -"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n" +"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan " +"gebruiken,\n" +"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale " +"tekens\n" +"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII " +"spatie (hex 20)).\n" "Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n" "(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n" "en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n" @@ -2178,13 +2351,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big> \n" -"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n" +"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te " +"laten omdat\n" "de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen. \n" "Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n" "ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n" "kan specificeren voor elke individuele afdruk. \n" -"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n" -"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n" +"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de " +"papiergrootte\n" +"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de " +"printer.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2202,10 +2378,12 @@ "\n" "Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n" "onverwachte gevolgen. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een " +"laserprinter\n" "als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n" "pagina's te verwerken. \n" -"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n" +"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam " +"zijn\n" "op een inkjetprinter.\n" "\n" @@ -2223,13 +2401,19 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" -"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen. \n" +"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke " +"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" +"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te " +"verkrijgen. \n" "In het bijzonder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n" -"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n" -"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" -"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n" +"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan " +"moeten de\n" +"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast " +"worden. \n" +"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op " +"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" +"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex " +"printen negeren.\n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: @@ -2247,7 +2431,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big> \n" -"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" +"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden. \n" "Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n" "en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n" @@ -2304,8 +2489,10 @@ "Het simpele instellen zal wel werken maar het actuele printen\n" "zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n" "Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n" -"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" -"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n" +"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende " +"stuurprogramma.\n" +"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste " +"plaats\n" "als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert. \n" "Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n" "voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n" @@ -2319,37 +2506,82 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Specificeer de verbinding</big> \n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het " +"printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het " +"apparaat\n" "gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +#| "transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +#| " \n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters " +#| "like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals " +#| "sign '='. \n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +#| "'?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so " +#| "that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example: \n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +#| "waitprinter=false \n" +#| "Some examples: \n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +" \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2365,21 +2597,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printerapparaat-URI</big> \n" -"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI. \n" -"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van dataoverdracht,\n" +"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI." +" \n" +"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van " +"dataoverdracht,\n" "bijvoorbeeld 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'. \n" "Na het schema staan meer of minder extra componenten\n" "die de details specificeren voor dit soort van gegevensoverdracht. \n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n" "Daarom moet een spatie in een waarde voor een URI-component gecodeerd\n" "worden als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van een spatie). \n" -"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens\n" -"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of is-gelijk '='. \n" -"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n" +"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde " +"tekens\n" +"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of " +"is-gelijk '='. \n" +"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een " +"vraagteken '?')\n" "in de vorm van 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n" "een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld zou kunnen zijn: \n" -"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" -"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-encoding).\n" +"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" +"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-" +"encoding).\n" "Enige voorbeelden: \n" "Een USB printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n" "met serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan een apparaat-URI hebben zoals: \n" @@ -2474,9 +2713,11 @@ "<big>Procent codering</big> \n" "Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n" -"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n" +"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle " +"staan\n" "(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n" -"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n" +"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op " +"afstand\n" "maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n" "Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n" "Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n" @@ -2484,7 +2725,8 @@ "Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n" "zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n" "(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n" -"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n" +"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet " +"significant daar).\n" "Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n" "te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk. \n" "Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n" @@ -2496,10 +2738,14 @@ "(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n" "Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n" "automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n" -"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n" -"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n" -"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI. \n" +"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-" +"gecodeerd),\n" +"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd " +"worden.\n" +"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier " +"is hoe\n" +"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI." +" \n" "Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoeld is om meer dan een\n" "enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n" "(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n" @@ -2540,7 +2786,8 @@ "at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40 \n" "linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B \n" "rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D \n" -"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op \n" +"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' " +"op \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2549,64 +2796,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"" msgstr "" -"\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big> \n" -"Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n" -"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n" -"Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk geen communicatie\n" -"met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden gezonden. \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de backend-hp\n" -"dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" -"Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP. \n" -"In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n" -"worden gewoonlijk niet automatisch gedetecteerd zodat de apparaat-URI\n" -"handmatig gespecificeerd moet worden.\n" -"De seriële apparaat-URI-parameters moeten overeenkomen met\n" -"wat de seriële port in the printer vereist,\n" -"zie de handleiding van uw seriële printer.\n" -"Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in werkelijkheid\n" -"naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2643,7 +2843,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big> \n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een " +"printserverdoos</big> \n" "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n" "en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n" "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n" @@ -2653,14 +2854,16 @@ "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n" -"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n" +"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare " +"protocol.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer \n" "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol \n" "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n" -"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n" +"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere " +"manier.\n" "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n" "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n" "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n" @@ -2669,7 +2872,8 @@ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n" "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n" -"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n" +"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de " +"leverancier\n" "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource \n" @@ -2680,7 +2884,96 @@ "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network: \n" +#| "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share. \n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work. \n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer" +#| "%201000%2B \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +#| "Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries." +#| " \n" +#| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +#| "CUPS Server \n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +#| "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2690,7 +2983,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2733,7 +3027,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2752,36 +3047,26 @@ "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" "The matching device URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -"Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is: \n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big> \n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></" +"b> \n" "In tegenstelling tot een printserverdoos is een printserver-machine\n" "een echte computer die een printservice biedt. \n" "Toegang gaat via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n" "Vraag uw netwerkbeheerder wat elke printserver-machine\n" "levert in uw specifieke netwerk: \n" "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot een SMB-printer-share.\n" +"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot " +"een SMB-printer-share.\n" "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'smb'die gekoppeld is aan\n" "het <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programma dat in werkelijkheid de gegevens\n" "naar een SMB-printer-share zendt. \n" "Een servernaam en een printer-share-naam en optioneel een werkgroepnaam\n" "zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Verder kan een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord nodig zijn voor toegang>.\n" -"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie eerder). \n" +"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie " +"eerder). \n" "Standaard voert CUPS backends uit (hier smbspool) als gebruiker 'lp'.\n" "Bij afdrukken in een Active Directory (R) omgeving (AD)\n" "is het de gebruiker 'lp' niet toegestaan om in deze omgeving\n" @@ -2794,10 +3079,12 @@ "die een omhulling is om smbspool uit te voeren als de originele\n" "gebruiker die een bepaalde afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n" "Wanneer het Kerberos protocol voor verificatie wordt gebruikt\n" -"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" (TGT)\n" +"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket" +"\" (TGT)\n" "via de schermbeheerder bij aanmelden in het bureaublad van Gnome of KDE.\n" "Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de originele gebruiker die een\n" -"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze gebruiker\n" +"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze " +"gebruiker\n" "krijgen en gebruiken om het door te geven in de afdrukgegevens naar de\n" "SMB-printer-share zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-verificatie.\n" "In dit geval is er geen vaste gebruikersnaam of een vast wachtwoord\n" @@ -2810,13 +3097,16 @@ "direct naar de SMB printer-share in de AD-omgeving zenden.\n" "Het werkt dus specifiek niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n" "waar gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen niet zijn aangemeld. \n" -"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI: \n" +"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:" +" \n" "smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtswoord@werkgroep/server/printer \n" "Bijvoorbeeld 'John Doe' met wachtwoord '@thuis!' zou er zoiets uitzien\n" -"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' als:\n" +"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' " +"als:\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>man smbspool</tt> en \n" -"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share \n" +"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share \n" "Traditionele UNIX Server (LPR) \n" "Een Line Printer Daemon (LPD) draait op een traditionele UNIX-server\n" "en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" @@ -2826,7 +3116,8 @@ "CUPS-server \n" "Gewoonlijk zou u geen lokale printwachtrij op moeten zetten voor\n" "toegang tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server op afstand. In plaats\n" -"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog Printen via het netwerk.\n" +"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog Printen via het netwerk</" +"b>.\n" "Alleen als u echt weet dat u een lokale printwachtrij\n" "op moet zetten om toegang te hebben tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server\n" "op afstand ga dan hier verder. \n" @@ -2841,7 +3132,8 @@ "<tt>nprint</tt> programma draait dat werkelijk de data naar\n" "een Novell Netware printwachtrij zendt.\n" "Een servernaam en een printerwachtrijnaam is nodig voor toegang.\n" -"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor toegang.\n" +"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor " +"toegang.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "novell://gebruikersnaam:wachtwoord@server/wachtrij \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk naar <tt>man nprint</tt> en\n" @@ -2849,7 +3141,49 @@ "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" +#| "Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" +#| "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +#| "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend. \n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" +#| "Example: \n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +#| "delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost. \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +#| "beh</tt> and \n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" +#| "BackendErrorHandler\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2863,7 +3197,7 @@ "The matching device URI is: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" @@ -2882,10 +3216,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2895,7 +3231,8 @@ "als u het exact juiste apparaat-URI weet voor uw specifieke geval\n" "of om een bestaande apparaat-URI op een speciale manier te wijzigen. \n" "Zend printdata naar een ander programma (pipe) \n" -"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden " +"geïnstalleerd.\n" "Het pakket biedt de CUPS-backend-'pipe' die\n" "het programma draait dat u hier specificeert.\n" "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is: \n" @@ -2917,22 +3254,26 @@ "in geval van een fout. '0' betekent een oneindig aantal pogingen. \n" "Vertraging is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n" "om de backend aan te roepen. \n" -"De laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk had. \n" +"De laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk " +"had. \n" "Voorbeeld: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer \n" "De beh backend probeert een netwerkprinter 3 keer met 5 seconden vertraging\n" -"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n" +"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet " +"uitgeschakeld\n" "worden en gaat de afdruktaak verloren. \n" -"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en \n" +"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " +"en \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +" \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2967,19 +3308,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printen via het netwerk</big> \n" -"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk. \n" +"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te " +"printen via het netwerk. \n" "Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n" "voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk. \n" -"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n" -"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n" +"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk " +"bekend maken\n" +"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) " +"draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631. \n" "Betreffende de firewall: \n" -"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een netwerkzone waarin printers\n" -"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n" +"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een netwerkzone waarin " +"printers\n" +"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde " +"gebruikers\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n" "Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n" -"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd. \n" +"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd." +" \n" "Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n" "die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n" @@ -2994,14 +3341,15 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall. \n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3019,23 +3367,28 @@ "\n" "Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n" "maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n" -"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n" +"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan " +"accepteren\n" "(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n" -"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n" +"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-" +"servers\n" "verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan). \n" -"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n" +"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-" +"proces\n" "gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n" "Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n" "seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +" \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3045,20 +3398,25 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n" -"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n" -"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n" +"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server " +"hebt,\n" +"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon " +"te\n" +"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-" +"server\n" "te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben. \n" "Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n" "(totdat er een time-out optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n" "proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n" "(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het time-out\n" -"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n" -"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n" +"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat " +"het kan\n" +"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/" +"hosts te hebben.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3083,58 +3441,71 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big> \n" +"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></" +"b> \n" "Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n" -"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk. \n" -"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n" -"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-client-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n" +"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te " +"maken via het netwerk. \n" +"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het " +"netwerk\n" +"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-client-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces " +"(cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +" \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-client-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n" -"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij clienten. \n" +"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-client-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te " +"hebben\n" +"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij " +"clienten. \n" "In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n" "en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n" "en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts. \n" "Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n" -"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n" -"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de client-systemen te\n" -"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de clienten direct toegang\n" +"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-" +"browsing.\n" +"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de client-systemen " +"te\n" +"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de clienten direct " +"toegang\n" "hebben tot de server.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3170,7 +3541,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3211,7 +3582,8 @@ "op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk. \n" "Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n" -"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n" +"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers " +"fysieke\n" "toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen. \n" "Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n" "via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n" @@ -3230,14 +3602,15 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall. \n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3249,21 +3622,48 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Bewerkingbeleid CUPS</big> \n" -"Het bewerkingbeleid omvat de regels die gebruikt worden voor elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n" -"Zulke bewerkingen houden bijvoorbeeld in: 'iets afdrukken', 'een afdruktaak annuleren',\n" -"'een printer configureren', 'een printerconfiguratie wijzigen of verwijderen'\n" +"Het bewerkingbeleid omvat de regels die gebruikt worden voor elke bewerking " +"binnen CUPS.\n" +"Zulke bewerkingen houden bijvoorbeeld in: 'iets afdrukken', 'een afdruktaak " +"annuleren',\n" +"'een printer configureren', 'een printerconfiguratie wijzigen of " +"verwijderen'\n" "en 'afdrukken in- of uitschakelen'.\n" "" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| " \n" +#| "The following error policies exist: \n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +#| "default). \n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -3276,14 +3676,16 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Foutenbeleid</big> \n" "Het foutenbeleid definieert het standaard beleid dat wordt gebruikt als\n" -"Het zenden van een afdruktaak door CUPS naar het printerapparaat mislukt. \n" +"Het zenden van een afdruktaak door CUPS naar het printerapparaat mislukt." +" \n" "Afhankelijk van de specifieke manier waarop het apparaat verbonden is\n" "(bijvoorbeeld 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'),\n" "en afhankelijk van de actuele aard van de mislukking,\n" @@ -3298,12 +3700,13 @@ " \n" "Het foutenbeleid dat gebruikt kan worden is: \n" "Stop de printer en bewaar de job voor later. \n" -"Stuur de taak opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 seconden als standaard). \n" +"Stuur de taak opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 " +"seconden als standaard). \n" "Breek de taak af en gooi deze weg en ga verder met de volgende taak.\n" "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3321,7 +3724,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big> \n" +"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></" +"b> \n" "Selecteer het selectievakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n" "voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren. \n" "Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n" @@ -3336,7 +3740,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3360,9 +3764,11 @@ "<big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big> \n" "Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n" "automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden. \n" -"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd. \n" -"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn selectievakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd. \n" "Als udev-configure-printer is geïnstalleerd, dan gebeurt\n" "het automatische instellen van de USB printer via de items\n" @@ -3460,13 +3866,17 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n" -"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n" -"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" +"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te " +"zijn.\n" +"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk " +"is.\n" +"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " +"mislukkingen.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3486,14 +3896,18 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort (631).\n" -"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar luistert.\n" +"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort " +"(631).\n" +"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar " +"luistert.\n" "Dit kan gebeuren als er een 'Listen ...:1234' of 'Port 1234' instelling is\n" "(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n" "in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n" "De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n" -"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" -"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n" +"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " +"mislukkingen.\n" +"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-" +"printermodule\n" "niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n" #. Busy message: @@ -3503,71 +3917,84 @@ "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n" +"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot " +"de CUPS-server...\n" "(dit kan enige tijd duren)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "De niet-toegankelijke CUPS-server '%1' niet langer gebruiken?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt " +"gebruikt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen " +"en mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-server %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Testen of de CUPS-server toegankelijk is..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Selecteer een item." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan niet verwijderen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " +"verwijderd worden." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Verwijdering bevestigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." -msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." +msgstr "" +"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet " +"hersteld worden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Configuratie %1 verwijderen" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Niet verwijderen" @@ -3578,60 +4005,67 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Verwijdering van een klasse bevestigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." -msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "" +"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Afdruktaken weigeren" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdruktaken geweigerd worden." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdruktaken geweigerd worden." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Afdrukken gedeactiveerd" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdrukken is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina kan niet worden afgedrukt omdat afdrukken is uitgeschakeld." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "Er zijn wachtende afdruktaken die mogelijk verwijderd worden voordat de testpagina is afgedrukt." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn wachtende afdruktaken die mogelijk verwijderd worden voordat de " +"testpagina is afgedrukt." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Verwijder wachtende afdruktaken voor %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Verwijder deze voor het afdrukken van de testpagina" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Print de testpagina na de andere taken" @@ -3639,7 +4073,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van wachtende taken voor %1 is mislukt." @@ -3658,28 +4092,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Printen testen" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Print één of twee pagina's bijv. om dubbelzijdig afdrukken te testen" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Één testpagina" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Twee testpagina's" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Afdrukken van testpagina voor %1 is mislukt." @@ -3687,25 +4121,26 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Wacht totdat het afdrukken van de testpagina klaar is" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is gelukt" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is mislukt" @@ -3725,55 +4160,68 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Er zijn wachtende taken die mogelijk nu verwijderd worden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Verwijder alle wachtende taken" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Niet verwijderen" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" +"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 " +"(alleen Engels)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "" +"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van " +"de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met het toevoegen " +"van een configuratie." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Kan niet wijzigen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een externe configuratie. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " +"gewijzigd worden." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3828,8 +4276,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." -msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met instellen van " +"beleid voor het lokale systeem." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3840,7 +4292,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt." #. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. #. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. @@ -3930,7 +4383,9 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden " +"door spatie)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -3954,7 +4409,8 @@ #. or to set up to use a network printer directly: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "Een andere printserver gebruiken of een netwerkprinter rechtstreeks gebruiken" +msgstr "" +"Een andere printserver gebruiken of een netwerkprinter rechtstreeks gebruiken" #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: @@ -3967,7 +4423,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Zie de helptekst van deze dialoog voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen." +msgstr "" +"Zie de helptekst van deze dialoog voor details met betrekking tot de " +"firewall-instellingen." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -3986,7 +4444,8 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -4001,7 +4460,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "Het selectievakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Het selectievakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was " +"uitgeschakeld." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4019,7 +4480,9 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4029,7 +4492,8 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -4040,7 +4504,9 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4066,7 +4532,8 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4093,7 +4560,9 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand " +"zijn toegestaan:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4150,14 +4619,21 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" +"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden " +"door een spatie)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen " +"(gescheiden door een spatie)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4179,7 +4655,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 @@ -4190,19 +4668,23 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4212,8 +4694,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een externe CUPS-server is in conflict met gedeelde " +"lokale printerconfiguraties." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4348,7 +4834,9 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor het stuurprogramma voor wachtrij %1 is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het bepalen van de opties voor het stuurprogramma voor wachtrij %1 is " +"mislukt." #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see #. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: @@ -4396,7 +4884,9 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "Kan de afdrukwachtrijen niet weergeven (het detecteren van de afdrukwachtrijen is mislukt)." +msgstr "" +"Kan de afdrukwachtrijen niet weergeven (het detecteren van de " +"afdrukwachtrijen is mislukt)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -4465,7 +4955,9 @@ #. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, de overeenkomstige stuurprogramma's worden vervolgens hier weergegeven." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een verbinding, de overeenkomstige stuurprogramma's worden " +"vervolgens hier weergegeven." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4474,125 +4966,56 @@ msgstr "Overeenkomende printerstuurprogramma's worden vastgesteld..." #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "Geen overeenkomend stuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'." +msgstr "" +"Geen overeenkomend stuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer " +"'Meer zoeken'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Veel printerstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Toevoegen van wachtrij %1 is mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van configuratie %1 is mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Het vaststellen van de stuurprogrammaopties is mislukt." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nieuwe waarde" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "opgeslagen waarde" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk via poort 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test Server" +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "&Testserver" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' antwoordt op een 'ping' in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen antwoord op een 'ping'in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is bekend in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is niet bekend in het netwerk." - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'netcat' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'netcat' is vereist voor een echte test." - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'ping' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'iputils' is verreist voor een echte test." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk." - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'host' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'bind-utils' is vereist voor een echte test." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen reactie in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "De server '%1' is onbekend." - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4604,11 +5027,12 @@ "kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n" "gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n" "aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n" -"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" +"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten " +"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4620,19 +5044,21 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-" +"configuratie.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4643,13 +5069,20 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen pakketopslagruimte beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen " +"pakketopslagruimte beschikbaar." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar in de opslagruimte." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar in de " +"opslagruimte." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4674,14 +5107,17 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?" +msgstr "" +"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " +"achterblijven?" #. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." +msgstr "" +"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -4710,7 +5146,9 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van " +"het systeem is mislukt" #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -4749,7 +5187,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet gestart bij het opstarten van het systeem." +msgstr "" +"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet gestart bij het opstarten van het " +"systeem." #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -4781,3 +5221,122 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "Wachten over&slaan" + +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "Parallelle poort" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "Seriële poort" + +#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" +#~ msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" + +#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" +#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +#~ "For example: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" +#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" +#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" +#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" +#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" +#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" +#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" +#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" +#~ "Example device URIs: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " +#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends " +#~ "the data\n" +#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big> \n" +#~ "Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n" +#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt " +#~ "automatisch gegenereerd.\n" +#~ "Bijvoorbeeld: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n" +#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk " +#~ "geen communicatie\n" +#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat " +#~ "worden gezonden. \n" +#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de " +#~ "backend-hp\n" +#~ "dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" +#~ "Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP. \n" +#~ "In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n" +#~ "worden gewoonlijk niet automatisch gedetecteerd zodat de apparaat-URI\n" +#~ "handmatig gespecificeerd moet worden.\n" +#~ "De seriële apparaat-URI-parameters moeten overeenkomen met\n" +#~ "wat de seriële port in the printer vereist,\n" +#~ "zie de handleiding van uw seriële printer.\n" +#~ "Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket " +#~ "bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in " +#~ "werkelijkheid\n" +#~ "naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk via poort 631 (IPP/CUPS)." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' antwoordt op een 'ping' in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen antwoord op een 'ping'in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is bekend in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is niet bekend in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'netcat' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'netcat' is vereist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'ping' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'iputils' is verreist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'host' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'bind-utils' is vereist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen reactie in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is onbekend." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,133 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:448 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:398 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "Proxy-instellingen inschakelen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "Proxy-instellingen uitschakelen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "Wijzig de huidige proxy-instellingen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Stel de verificatie voor de proxy in" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Toon de samenvatting van de huidige instellingen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "HTTP-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "HTTPS-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "FTP-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Het te gebruiken wachtwoord voor de proxy-verificatie" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "Wachtwoord:" - -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie status" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Ingeschakeld" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "HTTP" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "FTP" - #. Informative label -#. Informative label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:100 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Geen details beschikbaar." #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:103 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Details <<" +#. avoid confusing Emacs #. A push button -#. A push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:105 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Details >>" #. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:220 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Onbekende foutcode" #. Error message, #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:238 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -151,10 +49,7 @@ #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:253 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -163,52 +58,55 @@ "Proxy returncode: %2.\n" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:274 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Proxy-instellingen testen..." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:284 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de HTTP-proxytest." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:306 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de HTTPS-proxytest." #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:328 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de FTP-proxytest." #. Popup message -#. Popup message -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:346 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Proxy-instellingen werken correct." +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.\n" -"Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +"Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te " +"melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " +"onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:461 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" @@ -217,24 +115,22 @@ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "De URL HTTPS-proxy is de naam van de proxy-server\n" "waarmee u beveiligde toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:469 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" msgstr "Voorbeeld: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:471 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." @@ -243,8 +139,7 @@ "waarmee u toegang tot de bestandsoverdracht services (FTP) krijgt." #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:475 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:425 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -255,24 +150,24 @@ "Dit zal dan voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:482 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" "Geen proxydomeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" -"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" +"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " +"maken,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: %1.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:491 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" "Proxy-gebruikersnaam en Proxy-wachtwoord in. Een geldige\n" @@ -280,8 +175,7 @@ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:499 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" @@ -290,70 +184,60 @@ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen. \n" #. CheckBox entry label -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:519 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:466 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "&Activeer proxy" #. Frame label -#. Frame label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:527 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Proxy-instellingen" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:533 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL &HTTP-proxy" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:535 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "URL HTTP&S-proxy" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:538 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL F&TP-proxy" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:544 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruik&en" #. Text entry label #. domains without proxying -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:549 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "Geen proxy&domeinen" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:558 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Proxy-verificatie" #. Text entry label -#. Text entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:567 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:512 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Proxy &gebruikersnaam" #. Password entry label -#. Password entry label -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:575 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:520 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "Proxy &wachtwoord" #. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:587 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Pr&oxy-instellingen testen" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:673 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:618 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -361,7 +245,7 @@ "Proxy is geactiveerd, maar er is geen proxy-URL opgegeven.\n" "Wilt u deze instellingen toch gebruiken?" -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:686 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -374,50 +258,42 @@ "worden opgeslagen. Deze instellingen gebruiken?" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "U kunt geen wachtwoord opgegeven en de gebruikersnaam leeg laten." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:711 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste URL HTTP-proxy" #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:719 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL HTTP-proxy moet een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:730 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:671 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "De URL HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:738 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL HTTPS-proxy dient een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:749 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste URL FTP-proxy." #. Popup::Error text -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:757 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De URL FTP-proxy moet een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:769 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -433,62 +309,149 @@ "* Volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" "* Domeinnaam met voorvoegsel '." -#. Rich text title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:839 -msgid "Proxy" -msgstr "Proxy" +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie status" -#. MenuButton title -#: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:841 -msgid "&Proxy" -msgstr "&Proxy" +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Ingeschakeld" +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "Proxy-instellingen inschakelen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "Proxy-instellingen uitschakelen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "Wijzig de huidige proxy-instellingen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "Stel de verificatie voor de proxy in" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "Toon de samenvatting van de huidige instellingen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "HTTP-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "HTTPS-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "FTP-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "" +"Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Het te gebruiken wachtwoord voor de proxy-verificatie" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Wachtwoord:" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De proxyconfiguratie is succesvol opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." +msgstr "" +"Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen " +"effectief te maken." -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie bijwerken" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie opslaan" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie wordt bijgewerkt..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Proxy is uitgeschakeld." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "Proxy is ingeschakeld." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP-proxy: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS-proxy: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-proxy: %1" + +#~ msgid "Proxy" +#~ msgstr "Proxy" + +#~ msgid "&Proxy" +#~ msgstr "&Proxy" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-24 22:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -17,249 +17,258 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "Problemen met &bijwerken" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Patro&nen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "Pakket&groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "&Talen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Opslagruimtes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Zo&eken" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installatieoverzicht" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eschrijving" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technische gegevens" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versies" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Bestandslijst" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Wijzigingenlogboek" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importeren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xporteren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "S&toppen -- wijzigingen negeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Stoppen -- wijzigingen opslaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Bijwerken als er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Bijwerken zonder voorbehoud" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Patch" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Conf&iguratie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Opslagr&uimten..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online update..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Afhankelijkheden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Controleer nu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Autocontrole" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opties" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "-de&vel-pakketten weergeven" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "-&debuginfo/-debugbronnen pakketten weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systeemverificatiemodus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten ne&geren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Opruimen na het verwijderen van pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Andere leverancier toestaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "E&xtra's" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Producten weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "P&akketwijzigingen weergeven" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "&Geschiedenis tonen" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -&devel-pakketten installeren" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&buginfo-pakketten installeren" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&bugbron-pakketten installeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -&devel-pakketten installeren" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "&Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Overzicht" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbolen" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Toetsen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "P&atches" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst opslaan" @@ -267,41 +276,41 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Fout bij het exporteren van pakketlijst naar %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst laden" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het laden van de pakketlijst van %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakketten zullen worden bijgewerkt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 msgid "" "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " "packages to versions in repository %2" @@ -309,7 +318,7 @@ "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Wisselen van</a> " "systeempakketten naar versies in opslagruimte %2 annuleren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 msgid "" "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " "versions in this repository (%2)" @@ -317,17 +326,17 @@ "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Systeempakketten wisselen</a> naar de " "versies in deze opslagruimte (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Toegevoegde subpakketten:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" @@ -354,7 +363,8 @@ "Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " "loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan " "worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet " -"handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +"handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten.</" +"p>" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -386,7 +396,7 @@ "gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" @@ -439,13 +449,13 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " -"check box below the list." +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." msgstr "" "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " -"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " -"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 msgid "" @@ -519,8 +529,8 @@ "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " "be performed." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " -"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal " +"deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) @@ -530,8 +540,8 @@ "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " "the upper left:" msgstr "" -"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter<" -"/b> linksboven:" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter</" +"b> linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 msgid "" @@ -543,24 +553,26 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." msgstr "" -"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. " -"Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst selecteren of de " -"selectie juist ongedaan maken." +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " +"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst " +"selecteren of de selectie juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." msgstr "" "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als " -"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen " -"of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in " -"die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te " +"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " +"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " +"maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 msgid "" @@ -598,12 +610,12 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " "see all changes that will be made to your system." msgstr "" -"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren " -"te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" +"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " "voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op " "uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." @@ -617,13 +629,13 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " -"everything else." +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." msgstr "" "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " -"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden" -" en schakel alle andere selecties uit." +"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden</" +"b> en schakel alle andere selecties uit." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -674,8 +686,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij " "identieke versies)." @@ -706,8 +718,8 @@ "packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, " -"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " -"of kunnen krijgen." +"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " +"hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 msgid "" @@ -725,19 +737,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "" "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat " -"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 msgid "" "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " "newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " -"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met " +"de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -748,8 +761,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." msgstr "" "Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een " "ander pakket." @@ -758,8 +771,8 @@ msgid "" "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "" -"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te " -"kunnen verwijderen." +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " +"te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -794,7 +807,8 @@ #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." msgstr "" -"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " +"wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -830,8 +844,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "" "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " "niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." @@ -856,9 +870,9 @@ "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " "set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "" -"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als " -"\"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle " -"andere pakketten." +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" +"\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " +"pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 @@ -869,8 +883,8 @@ msgstr "" "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " "ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " -"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of " -"kunnen krijgen. " +"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " +"of kunnen krijgen. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -959,8 +973,8 @@ "dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "" "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " -"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden opgeslagen " -"in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden " +"opgeslagen in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -969,12 +983,12 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" msgstr "" -"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " -"<tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage " -"voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " +" <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als " +"bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -987,8 +1001,8 @@ "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " "disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "" -"Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing" -"Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +"Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" +"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1740,10 +1754,43 @@ "De veiligste handelswijze is ze te verwijderen.\n" "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1751,13 +1798,13 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." @@ -1769,3 +1816,5 @@ msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." +#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten ne&geren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -41,18 +41,21 @@ msgstr "Gebruikt %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. Close button for wizard help window #: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Sluiten" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Uitgavenotities" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Stylesheet-editor" @@ -62,7 +65,8 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"U klikte met de rechtermuisknop op een plek waar een linkermuisklik werd verwacht.\n" +"U klikte met de rechtermuisknop op een plek waar een linkermuisklik werd " +"verwacht.\n" "Wilt u de functies van de linker en rechter muisknop omdraaien?" #. Popup dialog caption @@ -71,12 +75,12 @@ msgstr "Onverwachte muisklik" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Kleuroverschakeling" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -109,20 +113,41 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Configureer YaST-logging:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Help" +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "Help" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -msgid "Release Notes" +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" msgstr "Stappen" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Boom" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -38,8 +38,12 @@ msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet door Rear ondersteund, omdat:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." -msgstr "Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte back-up bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u deze waarschuwing negeert." +msgid "" +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " +"ignore this warning." +msgstr "" +"Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte back-up bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u " +"deze waarschuwing negeert." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -103,7 +107,8 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte back-up te testen." +msgstr "" +"Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte back-up te testen." #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence @@ -113,36 +118,80 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." -msgstr "Back-up met Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) configureren voor uw computer." +msgid "" +"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Back-up met Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) configureren voor uw " +"computer." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "Bepaal hoe uw herstelsysteem moet worden gestart. Kies USB als u wilt opstarten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor opstarten via cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " +"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "" +"Bepaal hoe uw herstelsysteem moet worden gestart. Kies USB als u " +"wilt opstarten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor opstarten via cd-rom." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "Kies waar de back-up moet worden opgeslagen. Selecteer NFS als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/directory</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om uw back-up op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan." +msgid "" +"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " +"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " +"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " +"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "" +"Kies waar de back-up moet worden opgeslagen. Selecteer NFS als u " +"een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de " +"locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/directory</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen " +"om uw back-up op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "Als er geen USB-apparaten worden weergegeven, sluit dan een USB-stick of een USB-schijf aan en klik op USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen." +msgid "" +"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " +"Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "" +"Als er geen USB-apparaten worden weergegeven, sluit dan een USB-stick of " +"een USB-schijf aan en klik op USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." -msgstr "Selecteer Oude back-up bewaren als u niet wilt dat de vorige back-up wordt overschreven." +msgid "" +"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " +"to be overwritten." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Oude back-up bewaren als u niet wilt dat de vorige back-" +"up wordt overschreven." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "Het menu Geavanceerd biedt aanvullende directory's om aan een back-up toe te voegen en aanvullende kernelmodules voor het herstelsysteem. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw back-up niet alle benodigde directory's bevat of het herstelsysteem niet kan worden opgestart vanwege ontbrekende kernelmodules." +msgid "" +"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " +"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " +"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " +"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Geavanceerd biedt aanvullende directory's om aan een " +"back-up toe te voegen en aanvullende kernelmodules voor het " +"herstelsysteem. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw back-up niet alle benodigde " +"directory's bevat of het herstelsysteem niet kan worden opgestart vanwege " +"ontbrekende kernelmodules." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" -msgstr "De knoppen Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren voert Rear uit en toont de uitvoer van Rear. Voer een test uit om te zien of de gemaakte back-up op uw systeem naar behoren werkt." +msgid "" +"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " +"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " +"your system!" +msgstr "" +"De knoppen Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren voert Rear uit en toont de " +"uitvoer van Rear. Voer een test uit om te zien of de gemaakte back-" +"up op uw systeem naar behoren werkt." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "Met OK wordt de configuratie opgeslagen en afgesloten. Met Annuleren wordt het configuratiedialoogvenster gesloten zonder op te slaan." +msgid "" +"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " +"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "" +"Met OK wordt de configuratie opgeslagen en afgesloten. Met " +"Annuleren wordt het configuratiedialoogvenster gesloten zonder op te " +"slaan." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -205,11 +254,17 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of heeft een onjuiste indeling.\n" +msgstr "" +"NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of heeft een onjuiste " +"indeling.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" -msgstr "Uw Rear-configuratiebestand bevat opties die deze YaST-module niet kan configureren.\n" +msgid "" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " +"configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"Uw Rear-configuratiebestand bevat opties die deze YaST-module niet kan " +"configureren.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" @@ -227,13 +282,13 @@ msgstr "Rear-configuratie lezen" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Systeem wordt geanalyseerd" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Rear-instellingen lezen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Systeem wordt geanalyseerd" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Systeem analyseren..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-20 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:43\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokale registratieservers" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -29,257 +29,78 @@ "of selecteer de standaard SUSE-registratieserver." #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Er is geen registratieserver geselecteerd." #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE-klantencentrum (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contact opnemen met de registratieserver" -#. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. nil = use the default URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 -msgid "Registering the System..." -msgstr "Het systeem registreren..." - -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#. register the base product -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "%s registreren..." - -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 -msgid "Updating to %s ..." -msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." - -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "Registratie wordt bijgewerkt..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "De vorige registratie wordt bijgewerkt." - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Automatische registratie-upgrade is mislukt.\n" -"U kunt het systeem handmatig vanaf het begin registreren." - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Geef in de onderstaande velden een registratie- of evaluatiecode voor dit\n" -"product op en uw gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres voor het SUSE-klantencentrum.\n" -"Toegang tot beveiligings- en algemene software-updates is alleen mogelijk\n" -"op een geregistreerd systeem." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Als u de productregistratie nu overslaat, moet u registreren nadat\n" -"de installatie is voltooid." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Het systeem is al geregistreerd." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&E-mailadres" - -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "Registratie&code" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "&Lokale registratieserver..." - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "Registratie &overslaan" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Voer de gegevens van het SUSE-klantencentrum in om het systeem te registreren om updates en extensies te ontvangen." - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" -"Registratie heeft opslagruimten voor bijwerken toegevoegd.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u de laatst beschikbare\n" -"online updates installeren tijdens de installatie?" - -#. cache the available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 -msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." -msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules laden..." - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Extensies en modules registreren" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 -msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." -msgstr "Extensies en modules worden geregistreerd." - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" -"Als u uw systeem niet registreert, kunnen we u\n" -"geen toegang verlenen tot de updateopslagruimten.\n" -"\n" -"U kunt zich registreren na de installatie of naar ons\n" -"klantencentrum gaan voor onlineregistratie.\n" -"\n" -"Weet u zeker dat u de registratie nu wilt overslaan?" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "Opnieuw registreren" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "Extensies selecteren" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Het systeem is al geregistreerd." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt exta extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verbeteren." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem ongedaan wilt maken, moet u zich aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en het systeem daar handmatig verwijderen." - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" -"Het basisproduct is niet gevonden,\n" -"controleer uw systeem." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" -"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig beschadigd.\n" -"Rapporteer een fout op %s." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat er een product is geïnstalleerd en dat /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"een symkoppeling is die verwijst naar het bestand .prod van het basisproduct." - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Gebruik %s in plaats van deze YaST-module." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "De registratie is geslaagd." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP-detectie is mislukt, er is geen server gevonden." -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-certificaat downloaden" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-certificaat importeren" +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "%s registreren..." + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Productregistratie" @@ -345,33 +166,33 @@ msgstr "Informatie over mislukt certificaat" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Uitgegeven aan" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Common Name (CN): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organisatie (O): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Organisatie-unit (OU): " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Uitgegeven door" @@ -400,40 +221,41 @@ msgstr "Serienummer: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1-vingerafdruk: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-vingerafdruk: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Het netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver is niet bereikbaar.\n" +"Het netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver is niet " +"bereikbaar.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu configureren?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netwerkfout, controleer de netwerkconfiguratie." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Er is een time-out opgetreden voor de verbinding." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Controleer of dit systeem bekend is bij de registratieserver." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -445,7 +267,8 @@ "the upgrade again." msgstr "" "Als u een upgrade uitvoert vanaf SLE11 moet u ervoor zorgen\n" -"kdat de SCC-server bekend is bij de oude NCC-registratie. Synchronisatie van NCC naar SCC\n" +"kdat de SCC-server bekend is bij de oude NCC-registratie. Synchronisatie van " +"NCC naar SCC\n" "kan erg lang duren.\n" "\n" "Als het SLE11-systeem onlangs is geïnstalleerd kunt u zich aanmelden bij\n" @@ -457,20 +280,20 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registratie is mislukt." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Fout op registratieclient." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -479,33 +302,34 @@ "Probeer later opnieuw te registreren." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "" +"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Gegevens: %s" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Het SSL-certificaat importeren" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-certificaat importeren..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:258 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -518,77 +342,189 @@ "registratieprotocol ondersteunt, op de server is geïnstalleerd." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Registratieconfiguratie opslaan..." -#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze -#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 -msgid "SSL Certificate" -msgstr "SSL-certificaat" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"Het basisproduct is niet gevonden,\n" +"controleer uw systeem." -#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 -msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" -msgstr "SLP Discovery ook later op het systeem gebruiken" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" +"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig " +"beschadigd.\n" +"Rapporteer een fout op %s." +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" +"Zorg ervoor dat er een product is geïnstalleerd en dat /etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct\n" +"een symkoppeling is die verwijst naar het bestand .prod van het basisproduct." + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:228 +msgid "Registering the System..." +msgstr "Het systeem registreren..." + +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:307 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." + +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules laden..." + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules laden..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Extensies en modules registreren" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Extensies en modules worden geregistreerd." + +#. not set yet? +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgid "Registration added some update repositories." +msgstr "Registratie wordt bijgewerkt..." + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#| "on-line updates during installation?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during installation?" +msgstr "" +"Registratie heeft opslagruimten voor bijwerken toegevoegd.\n" +"\n" +"Wilt u de laatst beschikbare\n" +"online updates installeren tijdens de installatie?" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#| "on-line updates during installation?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during update?" +msgstr "" +"Registratie heeft opslagruimten voor bijwerken toegevoegd.\n" +"\n" +"Wilt u de laatst beschikbare\n" +"online updates installeren tijdens de installatie?" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificaat:" #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Configuratie voor opslagruimte opslaan is mislukt." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' bijwerken is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' toevoegen is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' opslaan is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Service '%s' vernieuwen is mislukt." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Licenties downloaden..." -#. ask user to accept an addon EULA -#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst downloaden..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -599,263 +535,652 @@ "is mislukt." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s licentieovereenkomst" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Registratiecodes voor extensie en module" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" -"Voer de registratiecodes in voor de aangevraagde extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor een correcte installatie. Als u geen registratiecode kunt opgeven, gaat u terug en deselecteert u de betreffende extensie of module." +"Voer de registratiecodes in voor de aangevraagde extensies of modules.</" +"p>\n" +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor een correcte installatie. Als u geen " +"registratiecode kunt opgeven, gaat u terug en deselecteert u de betreffende " +"extensie of module." -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "Er is een aparte registratiecode vereist voor de extensie die u hebt geselecteerd." -msgstr[1] "Er zijn aparte registratiecodes vereist voor de extensies die u hebt geselecteerd." +msgstr[0] "" +"Er is een aparte registratiecode vereist voor de extensie die u hebt " +"geselecteerd." +msgstr[1] "" +"Er zijn aparte registratiecodes vereist voor de extensies die u hebt " +"geselecteerd." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Voer de registratie code in het onderstaande veld in." msgstr[1] "Voer de registratiecodes in de onderstaande velden in." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 -msgid "Extension and Module Selection" -msgstr "Extensie- en moduleselectie" - -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "Hier kunt u beschikbare extensies en modules selecteren voor uw systeem." - -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Voor sommige extensies of modules is mogelijk een specifieke registratiecode vereist." - -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Als u een extensie of module wilt verwijderen, moet u zich aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en verwijdert u deze hier handmatig." - -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules" - -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Selecteer een extensie of module om hier de gegevens weer te geven" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (niet beschikbaar)" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "Met YaST kunt u maximaal %s extensies of modules selecteren." +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Voor sommige extensies of modules is mogelijk een specifieke " +"registratiecode vereist." + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u een extensie of module wilt verwijderen, moet u zich aanmelden bij " +"het SUSE-klantencentrum en verwijdert u deze hier handmatig." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Extensie- en moduleselectie" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u beschikbare extensies en modules selecteren voor uw systeem.</" +"p>" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modules" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "Registratiecodes voor extensie en module" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +#| "together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd " +"met het basisproduct." + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Extensies en modules registreren" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd met het basisproduct." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd " +"met het basisproduct." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Optionele extensies of modules registreren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Id" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Releasetype" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registratiecode" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies downloaden..." -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "'%s' verwijderen?" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "Uitbreidings- of module-&id" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versie" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architectuur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Releasetype" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "Registratie&code" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Bij productregistratie wordt uw product opgenomen in de database van het SUSE-klantencentrum,\n" +"Bij productregistratie wordt uw product opgenomen in de database van het " +"SUSE-klantencentrum,\n" "zodat u online-updates en technische ondersteuning kunt ontvangen.\n" -"Als u zich wilt registreren tijdens de automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Als u zich wilt registreren tijdens de automatische installatie, selecteert " +"u Productregistratie uitvoeren." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als in uw netwerk een aangepaste registratieserver is geïmplementeerd, stelt u de juiste URL van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in Instellingen van SMT-server in. Raadpleeg\n" +"Als in uw netwerk een aangepaste registratieserver is geïmplementeerd, " +"stelt u de juiste URL van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in Instellingen van SMT-server " +"in. Raadpleeg\n" "uw SMT-handleiding voor meer hulp." -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Het product registreren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&E-mailadres" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanuit updateopslagplaatsen" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinstellingen" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Registratieserver zoeken via SLP-detectie" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Specifieke server-URL gebruiken in plaats van de standaard-URL" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL van optioneel SSL-servercertificaat" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Optionele vingerafdruk voor SSL-servercertificaat" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "geen" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Vingerafdruk van SSL-certificaat" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Extensies of modules registreren..." +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "&Lokale registratieserver..." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registratie &overslaan" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "Extensies of modules registreren..." + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Het systeem is al geregistreerd." + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Voer de gegevens van het SUSE-klantencentrum in om het systeem te " +"registreren om updates en extensies te ontvangen." + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"Als u uw systeem niet registreert, kunnen we u\n" +"geen toegang verlenen tot de updateopslagruimten.\n" +"\n" +"U kunt zich registreren na de installatie of naar ons\n" +"klantencentrum gaan voor onlineregistratie.\n" +"\n" +"Weet u zeker dat u de registratie nu wilt overslaan?" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" +"Geef in de onderstaande velden een registratie- of evaluatiecode voor dit\n" +"product op en uw gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres voor het SUSE-klantencentrum.\n" +"Toegang tot beveiligings- en algemene software-updates is alleen mogelijk\n" +"op een geregistreerd systeem." + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"Als u de productregistratie nu overslaat, moet u registreren nadat\n" +"de installatie is voltooid." + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie..." + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "Certificaat is verlopen" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Zelfondertekend certificaat" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Zelfondertekend certificaat in certificaatketen" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "&Vertrouwen en importeren" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten om de authenticiteit van de server te verifiëren en om de overgedragen gegevens te versleutelen." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten om de " +"authenticiteit van de server te verifiëren en om de overgedragen gegevens te " +"versleutelen." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "U kunt ervoor kiezen om het certificaat in de lijst van bekende certificaatautoriteiten (CA) te importeren. Dit betekent dat u het onderwerp en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"U kunt ervoor kiezen om het certificaat in de lijst van bekende " +"certificaatautoriteiten (CA) te importeren. Dit betekent dat u het onderwerp " +"en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Als u een certificaat importeert, kan bijvoorbeeld een zelfondertekend certificaat worden gebruikt." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Als u een certificaat importeert, kan bijvoorbeeld een zelfondertekend " +"certificaat worden gebruikt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Belangrijk: u moet de vingerafdruk van het certificaat controleren zodat u zeker weet dat u het originele certificaat van de gevraagde server importeert." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: u moet de vingerafdruk van het certificaat controleren " +"zodat u zeker weet dat u het originele certificaat van de gevraagde server " +"importeert." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Als u een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeert, loopt u een groot beveiligingsrisico." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Als u een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeert, loopt u " +"een groot beveiligingsrisico." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ongeldige URL." #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL van l&okale registratieserver" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "Server-URL: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:78 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:162 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:191 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +msgstr "Het product registreren" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:264 +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +#| "together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules worden geregistreerd " +"met het basisproduct." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:166 +msgid "%s will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "%s stays unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Het systeem is al geregistreerd." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt exta extensies of modules " +"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verbeteren." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u de registratie van uw systeem ongedaan wilt maken, moet u zich " +"aanmelden bij het SUSE-klantencentrum en het systeem daar handmatig " +"verwijderen." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "Extensies selecteren" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Opnieuw registreren" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registratie wordt bijgewerkt..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "De vorige registratie wordt bijgewerkt." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" +"Automatische registratie-upgrade is mislukt.\n" +"U kunt het systeem handmatig vanaf het begin registreren." + +#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Lokale registratieservers zoeken..." + +#~ msgid "SSL Certificate" +#~ msgstr "SSL-certificaat" + +#~ msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +#~ msgstr "SLP Discovery ook later op het systeem gebruiken" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -196,7 +196,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -217,7 +218,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken:</big> \n" "U kunt het opslaan afbreken door op Afbreken te drukken.\n" -"U wordt via een extra venster geïnformeerd of u dit al dan niet veilig kunt doen.\n" +"U wordt via een extra venster geïnformeerd of u dit al dan niet veilig kunt " +"doen.\n" "\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -225,28 +227,46 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Relocation-adres \n" "Het adres waar xend moet luisteren voor relocation-socketverbindingen\n" "Toegestane hosts \n" -"De hosts die toestemming hebben om te communiceren met de relocation-poort. Als deze leeg is, zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders moet deze bestaan uit een met spaties gescheiden reeks reguliere uitdrukkingen. Elke host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere uitdrukkingen, wordt geaccepteerd.\n" +"De hosts die toestemming hebben om te communiceren met de relocation-poort. " +"Als deze leeg is, zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders moet deze " +"bestaan uit een met spaties gescheiden reeks reguliere uitdrukkingen. Elke " +"host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat " +"overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere uitdrukkingen, wordt geaccepteerd.</" +"p>\n" "SSL-sleutelbestand/SSL-certificaatbestand \n" "SSL-sleutel en -certificaat voor de SSL-relocationinterface" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Getunnelde migratie</big> \n" -"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse verbinding met de libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor verzending van migratiegegevens. Dit geeft de mogelijkheid om de gegevensstroom te coderen.\n" +"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse verbinding met de " +"libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor verzending van migratiegegevens. Dit " +"geeft de mogelijkheid om de gegevensstroom te coderen.\n" "<big>Gewone migratie</big> \n" -"De VM van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse niet-gecodeerde TCP-verbinding met de bestemmingshost voor verzending van de migratiegegevens. libvirt selecteert een migratiepoort binnen het standaardbereik tenzij er handmatig een poort is opgegeven." +"De VM van de bronhost opent een rechtstreekse niet-gecodeerde TCP-verbinding " +"met de bestemmingshost voor verzending van de migratiegegevens. libvirt " +"selecteert een migratiepoort binnen het standaardbereik tenzij er handmatig " +"een poort is opgegeven." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -267,120 +287,120 @@ msgstr "Configuratie van de relocation-server" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocation-server wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Huidige Xend-configuratie lezen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "De huidige Xend-status lezen" #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Huidige Xend-configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Huidige Xend-status wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Huidige libvirtd/sshd-status lezen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Huidige libvirtd/sshd-status wordt gelezen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Kan de huidige Xend-status niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Kan de huidige libvirtd/sshd-status niet lezen." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocation-server wordt opgeslagen" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Xend-instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Xend-service aanpassen" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Xend-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Xend-service wordt aangepast..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Libvirtd/sshd-service aanpassen" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Libvirtd/sshd-service wordt aangepast" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Kan de Xend-instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet opslaan." Deleted: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/restore.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/restore.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/restore.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,865 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: restore\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-10 13:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-20 12:25\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. error message -#: src/Restore.ycp:887 src/ui.ycp:462 -msgid "Cannot mount file system." -msgstr "Kon het bestandssysteem niet aankoppelen." - -#. error message -#: src/Restore.ycp:915 -msgid "" -"Cannot read archive file.\n" -"It is not a tar archive or it is broken.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kon het archief niet lezen.\n" -"Het is geen tar archief of het is beschadigd.\n" - -#. error message: copy failed -#: src/Restore.ycp:942 -msgid "" -"Cannot copy archive file\n" -"to temporary directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kon de archief niet naar\n" -"de tijdelijke directory kopiëren.\n" - -#. error message -#: src/Restore.ycp:963 -msgid "" -"The archive does not contain the required files.\n" -"It was probably not created by the backup module.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het archief bevat niet de benodigde bestanden.\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet door de reservekopie-module gemaakt.\n" - -#. decription of files not owned by any package -#: src/Restore.ycp:1045 -msgid "Files not owned by any package" -msgstr "Bestanden behoren bij geen enkel pakket" - -#. error popup message -#: src/Restore.ycp:1267 -msgid "Boot loader configuration failed." -msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie is mislukt." - -#. error message, %1 is directory -#: src/Restore.ycp:1299 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Invalid target directory (%1)." -msgstr "Ongeldige doeldirectory (%1)." - -#. progress bar label -#: src/Restore.ycp:1425 -msgid "Restoring files not owned by any package..." -msgstr "Bestanden, bij geen enkel pakket behorend, worden teruggezet..." - -#. progress bar label - %1 is package name -#: src/Restore.ycp:1427 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Restoring package %1..." -msgstr "Pakket %1 wordt teruggezet..." - -#. popup message text - ask to install 'star' package -#. %1 is translated 'Continue' label -#: src/Restore.ycp:1595 -#, ycp-format -msgid "" -"Package star is needed to extract\n" -"files from the archive.\n" -"Press %1 to install this package.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pakket star is nodig om de bestanden\n" -"in het archief uit te kunnen pakken.\n" -"Druk op %1 om dit pakket te installeren.\n" - -#. error popup message -#: src/Restore.ycp:1628 -msgid "" -"Package star is not installed.\n" -"Press OK to exit.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pakket star is niet geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Druk op OK om te stoppen.\n" - -#. progess bar label -#: src/Restore.ycp:1757 -msgid "Configuring boot loader..." -msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." - -#: src/Restore.ycp:1890 src/ui.ycp:688 -msgid "Yes" -msgstr "Ja" - -#: src/Restore.ycp:1894 src/ui.ycp:688 -msgid "No" -msgstr "Nee" - -#. Summary text header -#. frame label -#: src/Restore.ycp:1914 src/ui.ycp:336 -msgid "Backup Archive" -msgstr "Reservekopie-archief" - -#. Summary text header -#. dialog header -#: src/Restore.ycp:1924 src/ui.ycp:852 -msgid "Restore Options" -msgstr "Terugzetopties" - -#: src/Restore.ycp:1926 -msgid "Activate &boot loader configuration after restoration" -msgstr "&Bootloaderconfiguratie activeren na het terugzetten" - -#: src/Restore.ycp:1927 -msgid "Run &SuSEconfig after restoration" -msgstr "Start &SuSEconfig na het terugzetten" - -#: src/Restore.ycp:1928 -msgid "Restore RPM &database (if present in archive)" -msgstr "Zet RPM &database terug (als deze aanwezig is in het archief)" - -#. summary text heading -#. dialog header -#: src/Restore.ycp:1931 src/ui.ycp:1454 -msgid "Packages to Restore" -msgstr "Terug te zetten pakketten" - -#. part of the summary text -#: src/Restore.ycp:1936 -msgid "Restore all files from the archive" -msgstr "Zet alle bestanden uit het archief terug" - -#. package name for files not owned by any package -#. name for "no package" - files not owned by any package -#. package name "none" - files not owned by any package -#: src/Restore.ycp:1943 src/ui.ycp:768 src/ui.ycp:1337 src/ui.ycp:1508 -msgid "--No package--" -msgstr "-- Geen pakket --" - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help (part 1) -#: src/helps.ycp:32 -msgid "<BIG>Restore Module</BIG> The restore module can restore your system from a backup archive." -msgstr "<BIG>Terugzetmodule</BIG> De terugzetmodule kan uw systeem uit een reservekopie-archief terugzetten." - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help, (part 2) -#: src/helps.ycp:35 -msgid "Archive can be read from:" -msgstr "Het reservekopie-archief kan gelezen worden van:" - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help, (part 3) -#: src/helps.ycp:38 -msgid "Local File: The archive is already available in the system. It is on a mounted file system." -msgstr "Lokaal bestand: Het archief is beschikbaar op het systeem. Het staat op een gekoppeld bestandssysteem." - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help, (part 4) -#: src/helps.ycp:41 -msgid "Network: The backup archive can be read from network using NFS." -msgstr "Netwerk: Het reservekopie-archief kan van het netwerk gelezen worden via NFS." - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help, (part 5) -#: src/helps.ycp:44 -msgid "" -"Removable Device: The archive is on a removable device or\n" -"on an unmounted file system. The device can be selected from a list or you can enter the device filename\n" -"(for example, /dev/hdc) if not listed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Verwisselbaar apparaat: Het archief staat op een verwisselbaar apparaat of op een ontkoppeld \n" -"bestandssysteem. Het apparaat kan uit een lijst geselecteerd worden. Als het apparaat niet in de lijst staat,\n" -"kunt u de bestandsnaam van het apparaat opgeven (vb: /dev/hdc).\n" - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help, (part 6) -#: src/helps.ycp:50 -msgid "" -"If you press Select, the device is mounted\n" -"and you can select the file from a dialog.\n" -msgstr "" -"Klik op Selecteer bestand om het apparaat te koppelen.\n" -"Daarna kunt u het archief in een dialoog selecteren.\n" - -#. For translators: archive selection dialog help (part 7) -#: src/helps.ycp:55 -msgid "Note: If you have a multivolume archive, select the first volume." -msgstr "Opmerking: Van een meerdelig archief moet u moet het eerste deel selecteren." - -#. multi volume archive selection help text 1/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:67 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Multivolume Archive</BIG> The backup archive has more than\n" -"one volume. In this dialog, enter volumes that belong to the backup archive.\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Meerdelig archief</BIG> Het reservekopie-archief bestaat\n" -"uit meer dan één deel. Geef in deze dialoog alle delen op, die bij het archief horen.\n" - -#. multi volume archive selection help text 2/2 -#: src/helps.ycp:72 -msgid "" -"After the volume is read, the filename is automatically changed to the\n" -"next volume name. Press Next to\n" -"continue to the next volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nadat een deel is gelezen, zal de bestandsnaam automatisch wijzigen in\n" -"de naam van het volgende deel. Druk op Verder om\n" -"verder te gaan met het volgende deel.\n" - -#. For translators: archive property dialog help -#: src/helps.ycp:87 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Archive Properties</BIG> Information about the backup archive\n" -"is displayed here. Press Archive Contents to\n" -"show the contents of the archive. Press Expert Options to set advanced restore\n" -"options. If the archive is a multivolume archive, \n" -"select more volumes after pressing Next." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Eigenschappen archief</BIG> Hier ziet u informatie over het\n" -"reservekopie-archief. Druk op Archief inhoud om \n" -"de inhoud van het archief te bekijken. Druk op Expert opties om geavanceerde terugzet-opties\n" -"in te stellen. Als het archief meerdelig is, kunt u \n" -" meer delen selecteren door op Verder te drukken." - -#. For translators: archive property dialog help -#: src/helps.ycp:103 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Archive Contents</BIG> \n" -"The packages and files in the backup archive are displayed here.\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Archief inhoud</BIG> \n" -"Dit toont pakketten en bestanden in het reservekopie-archief.\n" - -#. For translators: option dialog help (part 1) -#: src/helps.ycp:117 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Restore Options</BIG> These options are intended for\n" -"expert users. The default values are usually appropriate.\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Expert opties</BIG> Deze opties zijn bedoeld voor\n" -"expert gebruikers. Normaliter voldoen hier de standaard waarden.\n" - -#. For translators: option dialog help (part 2) -#: src/helps.ycp:122 -msgid "" -"Select Activate Boot Loader Configuration to reinstall the boot loader.\n" -"Some boot loaders, such as LILO, must be reinstalled if configuration files or files needed at system boot are changed.\n" -"With Run SuSEconfig have SuSEconfig activate changes in configuration files.\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer Bootloaderconfiguratie activeren om de bootloader te opnieuw te installeren.\n" -"Sommige bootloaders, zoals LILO, moeten opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd als de configuratiebestanden of bestanden die nodig zijn bij de systeemstart zijn gewijzigd.\n" -"Met SuSEconfig uitvoeren voert SuSEconfig de wijzigingen door in de configuratiebestanden.\n" - -#. For translators: package restoration note (used in more dialogs) -#: src/helps.ycp:137 -msgid "<BIG>Package Restoration</BIG> Restore the set of installed packages to the state at the time of backup." -msgstr "<BIG>Pakketten terugzetten</BIG> Zet de set geïnstalleerde pakketten terug naar de status op het moment dat de reservekopie gemaakt werd." - -#. For translators: package installation help -#: src/helps.ycp:151 -msgid "" -"There is a list with uninstalled packages in the table. These packages\n" -"were installed at backup time, but are now missing. To obtain the same system \n" -"configuration as at the time of backup, select all packages. X in \n" -"the first column means that the package will be installed." -msgstr "" -"In de tabel staat een lijst van niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten. Deze pakketten\n" -"waren geïnstalleerd op het moment van de reservekopie, maar ontbreken nu. Selecteer\n" -"alle pakketten als u dezelfde systeem configuratie wil, als op het moment van de reservekopie.\n" -" Een X in de eerste kolom betekent dat het pakket wordt geïnstalleerd." - -#. For translators: package uninstallation help -#: src/helps.ycp:168 -msgid "Packages in the table were not installed at the time of backup, but are now. To obtain the same system configuration as at backup time, uninstall all packages. " -msgstr "Pakketten in de tabel waren niet geïnstalleerd op het moment van de reservekopie, maar zijn dat nu wel." - -#. For translators: package uninstallation help (part 2) -#: src/helps.ycp:171 -msgid "" -"X in the first column means that the package will be \n" -"uninstalled. To leave a package installed, deselect it." -msgstr "" -"Een 'X' in de eerste kolom betekent dat het pakket wordt verwijderd.\n" -"Deselecteer een pakket om het te behouden." - -#. For translators: restore selection help 1/5 -#: src/helps.ycp:185 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Selection</BIG> \n" -"Select which packages to restore from the backup archive.\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Selecteer pakketten</BIG> \n" -"Selecteer de pakketten die teruggezet moeten worden uit het reservekopie-archief.\n" - -#. For translators: restore selection help 2/5 -#: src/helps.ycp:190 -msgid "The first column displays the restoration status of the package. It can be X (package will be restored) or empty (package will not be restored)." -msgstr "De eerste kolom toont de terugzet-status van het pakket. Dit kan een 'X' (pakket wordt teruggezet) zijn, of het is leeg (pakket wordt niet teruggezet)." - -#. For translators: restore selection help 3/5 -#: src/helps.ycp:193 -msgid "P means that a package will be restored only partially. Press Select Files to restore a package partially." -msgstr "'P' betekent dat een pakket slechts gedeeltelijk wordt teruggezet. Druk op Selecteer bestanden om een pakket gedeeltelijk terug te zetten." - -#. For translators: restore selection help 4/5 -#: src/helps.ycp:196 -msgid "The number of selected files to restore from the archive is in the second column." -msgstr "In de tweede kolom staat het aantal (uit het archief) terug te zetten bestanden." - -#. For translators: restore selection help 5/5 -#: src/helps.ycp:199 -msgid "" -"If you deleted the RPM database by mistake or if it is badly\n" -"corrupted, select Restore RPM Database.\n" -"The database is then restored if it is available in the backup archive.\n" -"In other cases, leave this option unchecked." -msgstr "" -"Als u per ongeluk de RPM-database hebt verwijderd of als het\n" -"ernstig beschadigd is, selecteer RPM-database herstellen.\n" -"De database wordt dan hersteld wanneer deze aanwezig is in het reservekopie-archief.\n" -"Laat in andere gevallen deze optie uitgeschakeld." - -#. For translators: file selection help (part 1) -#: src/helps.ycp:214 -msgid "" -"<BIG>File Selection</BIG> \n" -"Select which files to restore.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Selecteer bestanden</BIG> \n" -"Selecteer terug te zetten bestanden.\n" -"\n" - -#. progress bar help text -#: src/helps.ycp:229 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Restoring</BIG> \n" -"Files are being restored from the backup archive now.\n" -"It will take some time, depending on the size and number of restored files.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Terugzetten</BIG> \n" -"De bestanden uit het reservekopie-archief worden nu teruggezet. Dit kan even\n" -"duren, afhankelijk van de grootte en het aantal terug te zetten bestanden.\n" -"\n" - -#. summary dialog help text 1/3 -#: src/helps.ycp:245 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Summary</BIG> \n" -"This is a summary of the restoration process. To see more details, select\n" -"Show Details. To save the summary to a file, select Save to File.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Samenvatting</BIG> \n" -"Dit is een samenvatting van het terugzet-proces. Selecteer Details bekijken\n" -"voor meer informatie. Selecteer Naar bestand opslaan om de samenvatting in een bestand op te slaan.\n" -"\n" -"\n" - -#. summary dialog help text 2/3 -#: src/helps.ycp:252 -msgid "" -"Note: Displaying the detailed summary can \n" -"take a long time depending on the number\n" -"of restored files.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Een gedetailleerde samenvatting tonen,\n" -"kan langere tijd duren, afhankelijk van\n" -"het aantal teruggezette bestanden.\n" -"\n" - -#. summary dialog help text 3/3 -#: src/helps.ycp:259 -msgid "" -"Some changes, such as a kernel update, made by the restore \n" -"module can be activated only after a system\n" -"reboot. It is recommended to reboot the system after\n" -"restoration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sommige wijzigingen die door de terugzetmodule gedaan zijn, kunnen alleen na een herstart\n" -"van het systeem geactiveerd worden (vb. kernel opwaarderen). Het is raadzaam, het systeem te herstarten\n" -"na het terugzetten.\n" - -#. popup dialog text part 1 -#: src/restore_auto.ycp:141 -msgid "Archive file cannot be read." -msgstr "Archiefbestand kon niet gelezen worden." - -#. popup dialog text part 1 -#: src/restore_auto.ycp:143 -msgid "Archive volume cannot be read." -msgstr "Het archief-deelbestand kon niet gelezen worden." - -#. popup dialog text part 2 -#: src/restore_auto.ycp:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select it manually?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Handmatig selecteren?\n" - -#. push button label -#: src/summary_dialog.ycp:86 -msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "Details &bekijken" - -#. push button label -#: src/summary_dialog.ycp:88 -msgid "Sa&ve to File..." -msgstr "&Naar bestand opslaan..." - -#: src/summary_dialog.ycp:125 -msgid "Save Summary to File" -msgstr "Samenvatting in bestand opslaan" - -#. floppy disk drive - combo box item -#: src/ui.ycp:85 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Diskette" - -#: src/ui.ycp:336 -msgid "Multivolume Archive" -msgstr "Meerdelig archief" - -#. radio button label -#: src/ui.ycp:342 -msgid "&Local File" -msgstr "&Lokaal bestand" - -#. text entry label -#: src/ui.ycp:346 -msgid "Archive Filena&me" -msgstr "&Bestandsnaam archief:" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:349 -msgid "&Select..." -msgstr "&Selecteren..." - -#. radio button label -#: src/ui.ycp:353 -msgid "Network (N&FS)" -msgstr "Netwerk (N&FS)" - -#. text entry label -#: src/ui.ycp:357 -msgid "I&P Address or Name of NFS Server" -msgstr "I&P-adres of naam NFS-server" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:360 -msgid "Select &Host..." -msgstr "&Host selecteren..." - -#. text entry label -#: src/ui.ycp:365 -msgid "&Archive Filename" -msgstr "Bestandsnaam &archief" - -#. radio button label -#: src/ui.ycp:369 -msgid "Rem&ovable Device" -msgstr "&Verwijderbaar apparaat" - -#. combo box label -#: src/ui.ycp:373 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Apparaat" - -#. text entry label -#: src/ui.ycp:378 -msgid "Archi&ve Filename" -msgstr "&Bestandsnaam archief" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:381 -msgid "S&elect..." -msgstr "S&electeren..." - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:393 -msgid "Archive Selection" -msgstr "Archiefselectie" - -#: src/ui.ycp:393 -msgid "Multivolume Archive Selection" -msgstr "Selectie meerdelig archief" - -#: src/ui.ycp:407 src/ui.ycp:439 -msgid "Select Archive File" -msgstr "Selecteer archiefbestand" - -#. error message - selected file is out of mounted file system -#: src/ui.ycp:447 -msgid "The selected file is not on the mounted device." -msgstr "Het geselecteerde bestand is niet op het gekoppelde apparaat aanwezig." - -#. error message - file name is missing -#: src/ui.ycp:480 -msgid "Enter a valid filename." -msgstr "Geef een geldige bestandsnaam op." - -#. error message - file or server name is missing -#: src/ui.ycp:496 -msgid "Enter a valid server and filename." -msgstr "Geef een geldige server en bestandsnaam op." - -#. error message - file or device name is missing -#: src/ui.ycp:515 -msgid "Enter a valid device and filename." -msgstr "Geef een geldig apparaat en geldige bestandsnaam op." - -#. popup question -#: src/ui.ycp:535 -msgid "" -"Detailed configuration requires reading the archive.\n" -"If an archive is not read, full restoration will be configured.\n" -"\n" -"Read the selected archive?\n" -msgstr "" -"Voor een gedetailleerde configuratie moet het archief gelezen worden.\n" -"Als een archief niet gelezen wordt, wordt volledig terugzetten gekozen.\n" -"\n" -"Geselecteerd archief lezen?\n" - -#. progress message -#: src/ui.ycp:560 -msgid "Reading archive contents..." -msgstr "Inhoud archief wordt gelezen..." - -#. error message - %1 is archive file name -#: src/ui.ycp:581 -#, ycp-format -msgid "Cannot read backup archive file %1." -msgstr "Kon reservekopie-archief %1 niet lezen." - -#. error message - multi volume archive consistency check failed -#: src/ui.ycp:640 -msgid "" -"Test of all volumes failed.\n" -"\tAn archive file is probably corrupted.\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"Het testen van alle deelbestanden is mislukt.\n" -"\tWaarschijnlijk is een archief-deel beschadigd.\n" -"\t" - -#. label text -#: src/ui.ycp:695 -msgid "Archive Filename:" -msgstr "Bestandsnaam archief:" - -#. label text -#: src/ui.ycp:698 -msgid "Date of Backup:" -msgstr "Datum reservekopie:" - -#. label text -#: src/ui.ycp:701 -msgid "Backup Hostname:" -msgstr "Naam reservekopie-host:" - -#. label text -#: src/ui.ycp:704 -msgid "Multivolume Archive:" -msgstr "Meerdelig archief:" - -#. multi line widget label -#: src/ui.ycp:707 -msgid "Archive &Description:" -msgstr "&Beschrijving archief:" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:711 -msgid "&Archive Content..." -msgstr "Inhoud &archief..." - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:714 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "E&xpert opties..." - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:721 -msgid "Archive Properties" -msgstr "Eigenschappen archief" - -#. tree label -#: src/ui.ycp:798 -msgid "Archive &Contents" -msgstr "Inhoud ar&chief" - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:807 -msgid "Archive Contents" -msgstr "Inhoud archief" - -#. check box label - restore option -#: src/ui.ycp:837 -msgid "Activate &Boot Loader Configuration after Restoration" -msgstr "&Bootloaderconfiguratie activeren na het terugzetten" - -#. check box label - restore option -#: src/ui.ycp:840 -msgid "Run &SuSEconfig after Restoration" -msgstr "Start &SuSEconfig na het terugzetten" - -#. check box label - restore option -#: src/ui.ycp:843 -msgid "Target Directory" -msgstr "Doeldirectory" - -#. error message - entered directory is empty or doesn't start with / character -#: src/ui.ycp:866 -msgid "The target directory is invalid or the path is not absolute." -msgstr "De doeldirectory is ongeldig of het is geen absoluut pad." - -#. table header -#: src/ui.ycp:947 src/ui.ycp:1114 src/ui.ycp:1435 -msgid "Package" -msgstr "Pakket" - -#: src/ui.ycp:947 src/ui.ycp:1114 src/ui.ycp:1435 -msgid "Version" -msgstr "Versie" - -#: src/ui.ycp:947 -msgid "Installed Version" -msgstr "Geïnstalleerde versie" - -#: src/ui.ycp:947 src/ui.ycp:1114 src/ui.ycp:1435 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beschrijving" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:957 src/ui.ycp:1124 src/ui.ycp:1438 src/ui.ycp:1743 -msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "&Alles selecteren" - -#. push button label -#: src/ui.ycp:959 src/ui.ycp:1126 src/ui.ycp:1438 src/ui.ycp:1745 -msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "Alles &deselecteren" - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:967 -msgid "Package Restoration: Installation" -msgstr "Terugzetten pakketten -- installatie" - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:1134 -msgid "Package Restoration: Uninstallation" -msgstr "Terugzetten pakketten: deïnstallatie" - -#. Headline -#: src/ui.ycp:1249 -msgid "Error" -msgstr "Fout" - -#. Error message -#: src/ui.ycp:1251 -#, ycp-format -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not available on any of the subscribed repositories.\n" -"Would you like to got back and unselect the package or skip it?" -msgstr "" -"Pakket %1 is niet beschikbaar in de opslagruimtes waarop u bent geabonneerd.\n" -"Wilt u teruggaan en de selectie van dit pakket ongedaan maken of wilt u het pakket overslaan?" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1253 -msgid "Yes, Go &Back" -msgstr "Ja, ga &terug" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1254 -msgid "&Skip" -msgstr "&Overslaan" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1282 -msgid "Installation or removal of some packages has failed." -msgstr "Installatie of verwijdering van enkele pakketten is mislukt." - -#. all files selected for restoration -#. files are selected to restore - all -#: src/ui.ycp:1315 src/ui.ycp:1535 -msgid "All" -msgstr "Alles" - -#. selected %1 (number of files) of %2 (number of files) -#: src/ui.ycp:1327 -#, ycp-format -msgid "%1 of %2" -msgstr "%1 van %2" - -#. popup question - %1 is package name -#: src/ui.ycp:1369 -#, ycp-format -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed in your system.\n" -"Install it?\n" -msgstr "" -"Pakket %1 is niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Installeren?\n" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1389 -msgid "S&elect Files" -msgstr "Bestanden s&electeren" - -#. table header -#: src/ui.ycp:1435 -msgid "Files" -msgstr "Bestanden" - -#. check box label - restore option -#: src/ui.ycp:1441 -msgid "Restore RPM &Database (if present in archive)" -msgstr "Zet RPM &database terug (als deze aanwezig is in het archief)" - -#. description of symbols in the table 1/2 -#: src/ui.ycp:1448 -msgid "X: Restore all files from backup, P: Partial restore of manually selected files" -msgstr "X = alle bestanden uit de reservekopie terugzetten, P = Gedeeltelijk terugzetten van handmatig geselecteerde bestanden" - -#. description of symbols in the table 2/2 -#: src/ui.ycp:1451 -msgid "To select files to restore from the archive, press Select Files." -msgstr " Klik op Bestanden selecteren om de bestanden te selecteren die teruggezet moeten worden uit het archief." - -#. user selected to restore all packages, -#. but some packages are not installed -#. ask to restore them -#: src/ui.ycp:1572 -msgid "" -"Some packages are not installed.\n" -"Select them for restoration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Enkele pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Pakketten selecteren om terug te zetten?\n" - -#. user selected to restore all packages, -#. but some installed packages have different version than at backup -#. ask to restore them -#: src/ui.ycp:1587 -msgid "" -"Some installed packages have a different\n" -"version than in the backup archive.\n" -"Select them for restoration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Enkele geïnstalleerde pakketten zijn een andere\n" -"versie dan die in het reservekopie-archief.\n" -"Moeten ze geselecteerd worden om terug te zetten?\n" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1642 -msgid "Restoring the RPM database is recommended." -msgstr "Het is aanbevolen de RPM-database terug te zetten (als deze aanwezig is in het archief)." - -#: src/ui.ycp:1646 -msgid "Not restoring the RPM database is recommended." -msgstr "Het wordt afgeraden de RPM-database terug te zetten." - -#. RPMoption is nil -#: src/ui.ycp:1651 -msgid "" -"There is a conflict between selected\n" -"packages and the RPM database restoration option.\n" -"Try changing the selection or the RPM database restoration status." -msgstr "" -"Er is een conflict tussen de geselecteerde\n" -"pakketten en de terugzet-optie van de RPM-database.\n" -"Probeer de pakket-selectie of terugzet-status van de RPM-database te wijzigen." - -#. multi selection box label -#: src/ui.ycp:1733 -msgid "&Files to Restore" -msgstr "Terug te zetten &bestanden" - -#. dialog header - %1 is name of package (e.g. "aaa_base") -#: src/ui.ycp:1755 -#, ycp-format -msgid "File Selection: Package %1" -msgstr "Bestandsselectie -- pakket %1" - -#. abort popup question -#: src/ui.ycp:1841 -msgid "Abort Confirmation" -msgstr "Bevestigen 'proces afbreken'" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1841 -msgid "Really abort restore?" -msgstr "Het terugzet-proces afbreken?" - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:1848 -msgid "Restoring Files" -msgstr "Bestanden terugzetten" - -#. program return status - program was not started -#: src/ui.ycp:1910 -msgid "Not started" -msgstr "Niet gestart" - -#. program return status - success -#: src/ui.ycp:1915 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" - -#. program return status - failed -#: src/ui.ycp:1920 -msgid "Failed" -msgstr "Mislukt" - -#. summary information texts -#: src/ui.ycp:1934 -msgid "Number of Installed Packages: " -msgstr "Aantal geïnstalleerde pakketten: " - -#: src/ui.ycp:1934 -msgid "Number of Uninstalled Packages: " -msgstr "Aantal niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten: " - -#: src/ui.ycp:1934 -msgid "Total Restored Packages: " -msgstr "Totaal aantal teruggezette pakketten: " - -#: src/ui.ycp:1934 -msgid "Total Restored Files: " -msgstr "Totaal aantal teruggezette bestanden: " - -#. summary information text - header -#: src/ui.ycp:1940 -msgid "Failed Files" -msgstr "Mislukte bestanden" - -#. summary information texts - details -#: src/ui.ycp:1964 -msgid "Details:" -msgstr "Details:" - -#: src/ui.ycp:1964 -msgid "Boot Loader Configuration: " -msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie: " - -#: src/ui.ycp:1964 -msgid "SuSEconfig Status: " -msgstr "SuSEconfig-status: " - -#: src/ui.ycp:1964 -msgid "Restored Files:" -msgstr "Teruggezette bestanden:" - -#. dialog header -#: src/ui.ycp:1967 -msgid "Summary of Restoration" -msgstr "Samenvatting terugzetproces" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -35,21 +35,21 @@ msgstr "&DASD" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:48 +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Maken van S/390 dump-apparaten" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalserver" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalinstellingen" -#. Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module #: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Configuratie van OnPanic" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:93 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -138,57 +138,56 @@ msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Formatteren uitzetten" +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Parallelle geformatteerde schijven" + #. error popup message #. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:200 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:677 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Geen schijf geselecteerd." #. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:229 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "Apparaat %1 is niet geformatteerd. Wilt u het apparaat nu formatteren?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:231 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Er zijn %1 niet-geformatteerde apparaten. Wilt u deze nu formatteren?" #. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "Er is geen apparaat gevonden voor kanaal %1." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "Schijf %1 is niet actief." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "Schijf %1 is niet voor schrijven toegankelijk." -#. integer field (count of disks formatted at parallely) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318 -msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" -msgstr "&Parallelle geformatteerde schijven" - #. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" "Really format the following disks? \n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan worden vernietigd. \n" +"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan " +"worden vernietigd. \n" "Wilt u de volgende schijven formatteren? \n" "%1" #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD-schijfbeheer" @@ -196,111 +195,111 @@ #. table header #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "Kanaal-ID" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "DIAG gebruiken" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Toegangstype" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Geformatteerd" #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Partitie-informatie" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:445 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "&Laagste kanaal-ID" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "&Hoogste kanaal-ID" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" #. menu button #. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "&Actie uitvoeren" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "&Deselecteer alles" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Ongeldige filterkanaal-ID's." #. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Nieuwe DASD-schijf toevoegen" #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:598 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:270 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&kanaal-ID" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Schijf formatteren" #. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "&DIAG gebruiken" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -310,16 +309,13 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:638 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Geen geldige kanaal-ID." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Apparaat bestaat al." @@ -340,7 +336,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -361,7 +358,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslagproces afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" +"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.</" +"p>\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -381,12 +379,14 @@ "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" "Om de schijven voor weergave te filteren, stel het Hoogste \n" -"kanaal-ID en Laagste kanaal-ID in en klik op Filteren.\n" +"kanaal-ID en Laagste kanaal-ID in en klik op Filteren.</" +"p>\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klikt u op Toevoegen." +msgstr "" +"Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klikt u op Toevoegen." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -400,10 +400,13 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " +"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u acties op meerdere schijven tegelijk wilt uitvoeren, markeert u deze schijven. Als u alle weergegeven schijven wilt selecteren (mogelijk nadat u een filter hebt toegepast), klikt u op\n" +"Als u acties op meerdere schijven tegelijk wilt uitvoeren, markeert u " +"deze schijven. Als u alle weergegeven schijven wilt selecteren (mogelijk " +"nadat u een filter hebt toegepast), klikt u op\n" "Alles selecteren of Alle selecties opheffen.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -438,11 +441,12 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" +msgstr "" +"Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:91 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Controllerconfiguratie" @@ -456,18 +460,25 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "Eén of meer volumes voorbereiden voor gebruik als S/390-dumpapparaat." +msgstr "" +"Eén of meer volumes voorbereiden voor gebruik als S/390-dumpapparaat.</" +"b>" #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " -msgstr "Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD- en ZFCP-schijven. Meerdere volumes zijn beperkt tot DASD. " +msgid "" +"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " +"limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" +"Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD- en ZFCP-schijven. Meerdere volumes " +"zijn beperkt tot DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Alleen gehele schijven kunnen worden gebruikt, geen partities. Als het\n" "apparaat niet compatibel geformatteerd of gepartioneerd is, activeer dan\n" @@ -475,13 +486,20 @@ #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken, activeert u ze in de respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " +msgid "" +"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " +"ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" +"Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken, activeert u ze in de " +"respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of gekoppelde partities hebben, worden niet weergegeven." +msgid "" +"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of gekoppelde partities hebben, worden niet " +"weergegeven." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -519,8 +537,12 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "De schijf %1 wordt geformatteerd als dumpapparaat. Alle gegevens op dit apparaat gaan verloren. Doorgaan?" +msgid "" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " +"be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"De schijf %1 wordt geformatteerd als dumpapparaat. Alle gegevens op dit " +"apparaat gaan verloren. Doorgaan?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -537,7 +559,8 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/VM ID's.\n" +"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/" +"VM ID's.\n" " Ze worden van elkaar gescheiden door regelafbrekingen.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -546,13 +569,25 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden overgenomen door hun leden." +msgid "" +"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " +"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" +"TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en " +"groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden " +"overgenomen door hun leden." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door regelafbrekingen bevat." +msgid "" +"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " +"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " +"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" +"Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder " +"Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een " +"Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door " +"regelafbrekingen bevat." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -560,22 +595,30 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan te\n" +"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan " +"te\n" "maken of op Gebruiker verwijderen om ze te verwijderen." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " +"change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-shell\n" -"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." +"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-" +"shell\n" +"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." +"" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." -msgstr "Met Gecontroleerde ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit transcripts moeten worden verzameld." +msgid "" +"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " +"should be gathered." +msgstr "" +"Met Gecontroleerde ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit " +"transcripts moeten worden verzameld." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -584,16 +627,26 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " +"and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " +"them on the right." msgstr "" -"Als u een nieuwe TS-Shell-gebruiker wilt maken, moeten de gebruikersnaam, de homedirectory en het wachtwoord worden opgegeven.\n" -"\t Het is ook mogelijk extra groepen op te geven door deze aan de rechterkant te selecteren." +"Als u een nieuwe TS-Shell-gebruiker wilt maken, moeten de " +"gebruikersnaam, de homedirectory en het wachtwoord " +"worden opgegeven.\n" +"\t Het is ook mogelijk extra groepen op te geven door deze aan de " +"rechterkant te selecteren." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord." +msgid "" +"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " +"activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de " +"eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord</" +"b>." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -601,7 +654,8 @@ "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." msgstr "" -"De thuisdirectory mag hetzelfde zijn voor elke gebruiker van de TS-shell omdat\n" +"De thuisdirectory mag hetzelfde zijn voor elke gebruiker van de TS-shell " +"omdat\n" "daarin niets wordt opgeslagen." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 @@ -614,38 +668,51 @@ "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van de \n" +"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van " +"de \n" "TS-shell van deze groepen deze rechten verkrijgt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " +"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" -"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de autorisatie\n" -"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom TS-aut." +"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de " +"autorisatie\n" +"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren " +"of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom " +"TS-aut." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie TS-leden." +msgstr "" +"Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie " +"TS-leden." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " +"input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " +"to be used." msgstr "" -"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het invoerveld Nieuwe groep en te bevestigen met Maken.\n" -"\t Voor het verwijderen van eerder gemaakte groepen moet het dialoogvenster YaST-gebruikers worden gebruikt." +"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het " +"invoerveld Nieuwe groep en te bevestigen met Maken.\n" +"\t Voor het verwijderen van eerder gemaakte groepen moet het " +"dialoogvenster YaST-gebruikers worden gebruikt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te " +"klikken." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -653,13 +720,24 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn bij aanmelding</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "Voor IUCVConn bij aanmelding is één gebruiker nodig voor elke z/VM-id. Er moeten een wachtwoord en een homedirectory worden opgegeven om deze gebruikers te kunnen maken." +msgid "" +"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " +"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" +"Voor IUCVConn bij aanmelding is één gebruiker nodig voor elke z/VM-id. Er " +"moeten een wachtwoord en een homedirectory worden opgegeven om " +"deze gebruikers te kunnen maken." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " -msgstr "Gebruikers kunnen ook handmatig worden gesynchroniseerd door op Sync te klikken of door simpelweg de wijzigingen te bevestigen door op OK te klikken terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelding is ingeschakeld. " +msgid "" +"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " +"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " +"enabled. " +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook handmatig worden gesynchroniseerd door op Sync</" +"b> te klikken of door simpelweg de wijzigingen te bevestigen door op OK</" +"b> te klikken terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelding is ingeschakeld. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -893,25 +971,36 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "Onjuiste z/V-id \"%1\" in regel %2; alleen letters en cijfers zijn toegestaan." +msgstr "" +"Onjuiste z/V-id \"%1\" in regel %2; alleen letters en cijfers zijn " +"toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; cijfers aan het begin zijn niet toegestaan." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" +"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; cijfers aan het begin zijn niet " +"toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; meer dan acht tekens zijn niet toegestaan." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" +"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; meer dan acht tekens zijn niet " +"toegestaan." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; ten minste één letter is verplicht." +msgstr "" +"Onjuiste z/VM-id \"%1\" in regel %2; ten minste één letter is verplicht." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "Er is een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord nodig voor het synchroniseren van IUCVConn-gebruikers." +msgstr "" +"Er is een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord nodig voor het synchroniseren van " +"IUCVConn-gebruikers." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -933,8 +1022,12 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." -msgstr "Onjuiste invoer: alleen kleine letters, cijfers en komma's zijn toegestaan als scheidingsteken." +msgid "" +"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " +"allowed." +msgstr "" +"Onjuiste invoer: alleen kleine letters, cijfers en komma's zijn toegestaan " +"als scheidingsteken." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -965,13 +1058,27 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " -msgstr "Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en het nummer van het exemplaar. " +msgid "" +"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " +"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " +"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." +" " +msgstr "" +"Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere " +"terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door " +"een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en " +"het nummer van het exemplaar. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." -msgstr "Als u bijvoorbeeld tien instanties met het voorvoegsel "lxterm" maakt, zijn de terminal-id's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" +"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Als u bijvoorbeeld tien instanties met het voorvoegsel "lxterm</" +"i>" maakt, zijn de terminal-id's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 " +"beschikbaar." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -980,37 +1087,63 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt apparaatknooppunten om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." +msgid "" +"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " +"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " +"login programs." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt " +"apparaatknooppunten om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met " +"getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." -msgstr "Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde Terminalservers toe." +msgid "" +"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " +"terminal servers." +msgstr "" +"Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde " +"Terminalservers toe." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -msgstr "Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van hen apart." +msgid "" +"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +"" +msgstr "" +"Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van " +"hen apart." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " +"to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten naar\n" +"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten " +"naar\n" "het hvc0-apparaat te sturen in plaats van naar ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de opstartselectie in de YaST opstartlaadmodule." +msgid "" +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " +"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " +"YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" +"Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan " +"handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de " +"opstartselectie in de YaST opstartlaadmodule." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder handmatig afmelden via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " +"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder handmatig afmelden " +"via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1063,7 +1196,9 @@ #. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "Het systeem moet opnieuw worden opgestart om enkele wijzigingen van kracht te laten worden." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem moet opnieuw worden opgestart om enkele wijzigingen van kracht " +"te laten worden." #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 @@ -1077,13 +1212,20 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "De acties configureren die worden uitgevoerd wanneer een kernelpaniek optreedt" +msgid "" +"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"De acties configureren die worden uitgevoerd wanneer een kernelpaniek " +"optreedt" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." -msgstr "De daemon Dumpconf moet zijn ingeschakeld om het gedrag tijdens kernelpaniek te kunnen beïnvloeden." +msgid "" +"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " +"during kernel panics." +msgstr "" +"De daemon Dumpconf moet zijn ingeschakeld om het gedrag tijdens " +"kernelpaniek te kunnen beïnvloeden." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1108,10 +1250,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " +"available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen " +"beschikbaar\n" "op LPAR met z9(r) machines en later en op z/VMversion 5.3 en later. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 @@ -1121,18 +1265,37 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "De tijd die is gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging stelt het activeren van de opgegeven paniekactie uit voor een zojuist opgestart systeem om herhalingen te voorkomen. Als het systeem vastloopt voordat de tijd is verstreken, wordt de standaardactie (stoppen) uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " +"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " +"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De tijd die is gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging stelt het " +"activeren van de opgegeven paniekactie uit voor een zojuist opgestart " +"systeem om herhalingen te voorkomen. Als het systeem vastloopt voordat de " +"tijd is verstreken, wordt de standaardactie (stoppen) uitgevoerd." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." -msgstr "Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met Dumpapparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt weergegeven, kunt u er een maken via het dialoogvenster YaST-dumpapparaten." +msgid "" +"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " +"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " +"dialog." +msgstr "" +"Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met " +"Dumpapparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt weergegeven, kunt u er een " +"maken via het dialoogvenster YaST-dumpapparaten." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 tekens zijn toegestaan." +msgid "" +"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " +"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" +"Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd " +"voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 " +"tekens zijn toegestaan." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1165,12 +1328,15 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk het dumpproces in te schakelen zonder een dumpapparaat." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk het dumpproces in te schakelen zonder een dumpapparaat." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk vmcmd te gebruiken zonder ten minste één opdracht te definiëren." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk vmcmd te gebruiken zonder ten minste één opdracht te " +"definiëren." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 @@ -1189,9 +1355,13 @@ msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen" + #. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1199,42 +1369,6 @@ "Wilt u de ZFCP-apparaatconfiguratie verlaten zonder op te slaan?\n" "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 -msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" -msgstr "Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:307 -msgid "&WWPN" -msgstr "&WWPN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 -msgid "Get WWPNs" -msgstr "Vraag WWPNs op" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:316 -msgid "&LUN" -msgstr "&LUN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:320 -msgid "Get LUNs" -msgstr "Vraag LUN's op" - -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:372 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:408 -msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." -msgstr "De ingevoerde WWPN is ongeldig." - -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:416 -msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." -msgstr "De ingevoerde LUN is ongeldig." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1265,7 +1399,9 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "Als u een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat wilt instellen, klikt u op Toevoegen." +msgstr "" +"Als u een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat wilt instellen, klikt u op Toevoegen." +"" #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1273,16 +1409,17 @@ "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Als u een geconfigureerd ZFCP-apparaat wilt verwijderen, selecteert u deze\n" +"Als u een geconfigureerd ZFCP-apparaat wilt verwijderen, selecteert u " +"deze\n" "en klikt u op Verwijderen." #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:81 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1294,125 +1431,111 @@ #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +#| "identifier." msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" -"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" -"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" -"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +"Enter the Channel ID of the ZFCP controller.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" -"Voer de identificatie van het toe te voegen apparaat,\n" -"het Kanaal-ID van de ZFCP-controller, het wereldwijde\n" -"poortnummer (WWPN) en het LUN-nummer in.\n" +"<big>Nieuwe DASD-schijf toevoegen</big> \n" +"Voer het kanaal-ID in van de DASD-schijf als\n" +"identifier." #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " +"conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" -"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Het Kanaal-ID dient in kleine letters in een sysfs, conform\n" -"aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale\n" -"waarde te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale waarde met\n" -"navolgende nullen te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Mkinitrd wordt uitgevoerd." #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:318 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, formaat: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:331 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, apparaat: %2, DIAG: %3" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:366 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DASD-schijven lezen" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:457 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:432 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs is niet aangekoppeld." #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:465 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:440 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: ongeldige status voor <online>" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: geen apparaat gevonden voor <ccwid>." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: kon de status van het apparaat niet wijzigen." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: apparaat is geen DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Kon module niet laden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: Activeren van DASD is mislukt." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:517 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD is niet geformatteerd." #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:525 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:480 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: onbekende fout %2." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:638 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Bezig %1 te formatteren:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:667 src/modules/DASDController.rb:764 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Schijf formatteren is mislukt. Exit-code: %1." #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:735 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formatteren van %1: cilinder %2 van %3 gereed" @@ -1693,65 +1816,110 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:302 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:292 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:311 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:301 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, apparaat: %4" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + #. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:367 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:378 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Geconfigureerde ZFCP-apparaten lezen" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." -msgstr "%1: WWPN ongeldig." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." -msgstr "%1: kan WWPN niet activeren voor adapter %1." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 -msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." -msgstr "%1: kan ZFCP-apparaat niet inschakelen." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 -msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." -msgstr "%1: SCSI-schijf kan niet worden gedeactiveerd." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 -msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: registratie van LUN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 -msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: registratie van WWPN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:532 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:448 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: apparaat <ccwid> bestaat niet." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:456 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: module zfcp kan niet worden geladen." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:464 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: adapterstatus kan niet worden gewijzigd." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:472 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN-poorten zijn nog actief." + +#~ msgid "&WWPN" +#~ msgstr "&WWPN" + +#~ msgid "Get WWPNs" +#~ msgstr "Vraag WWPNs op" + +#~ msgid "&LUN" +#~ msgstr "&LUN" + +#~ msgid "Get LUNs" +#~ msgstr "Vraag LUN's op" + +#~ msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "De ingevoerde WWPN is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "De ingevoerde LUN is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +#~ "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +#~ "Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#~ "(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" +#~ "Voer de identificatie van het toe te voegen apparaat,\n" +#~ "het Kanaal-ID van de ZFCP-controller, het wereldwijde\n" +#~ "poortnummer (WWPN) en het LUN-nummer in.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a " +#~ "sysfs conforming\n" +#~ "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#~ "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " +#~ "value, such as\n" +#~ "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#~ "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " +#~ "with\n" +#~ "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het Kanaal-ID dient in kleine letters in een sysfs, conform\n" +#~ "aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#~ "Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens " +#~ "bestaande hexadecimale\n" +#~ "waarde te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#~ "De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande " +#~ "hexadecimale waarde met\n" +#~ "navolgende nullen te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +#~ msgstr "%1: WWPN ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +#~ msgstr "%1: kan WWPN niet activeren voor adapter %1." + +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +#~ msgstr "%1: kan ZFCP-apparaat niet inschakelen." + +#~ msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +#~ msgstr "%1: SCSI-schijf kan niet worden gedeactiveerd." + +#~ msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: registratie van LUN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." + +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: registratie van WWPN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -24,42 +24,42 @@ "Zie de documentatie van Samba voor details." #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Winbind-services (winbindd) in/uitschakelen" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Controleren of deze machine is aangemeld bij een domein" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Deze machine aanmelden bij een domein" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen wijzigen" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Service inschakelen" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Service uitschakelen" #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "De naam van het domein waar men de computer wil aanmelden" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -69,17 +69,17 @@ "zonder gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord op te geven.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Het wachtwoord dat wordt gebruikt voor het aanmelden bij het domein" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Het machineaccount" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "De naam van een werkgroep" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." @@ -159,8 +159,12 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "" +"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "" +"Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de " +"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -293,7 +297,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" @@ -390,7 +394,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -451,7 +456,8 @@ "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" +"b> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -461,7 +467,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te " +"drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -493,38 +500,48 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n" +"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active " +"Directory-domein.\n" "Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken staat de \n" -"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" +"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt " +"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." +"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server " +"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." +"" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n" -"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" +"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap " +"verifiëren.\n" +"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens " +"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -542,18 +559,41 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." -msgstr "Schakel Persoonlijke directory maken bij aanmelden in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " +"directories created on the first login." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Persoonlijke directory maken bij aanmelden in als u wilt " +"dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u tenminste eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." +msgid "" +"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich " +"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze " +"optie vereist dat u tenminste eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De " +"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw " +"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen " +"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het " +"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of koppelen van persoonlijke directories op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen." +msgid "" +"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden " +"zoals WINS-opties of koppelen van persoonlijke directories op de server uit " +"Active Directory-domeinen." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -563,17 +603,28 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt moet\n" -"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de automatische installatie.\n" -"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-gecodeerde) tekst in het profiel." +"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt " +"moet\n" +"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de automatische " +"installatie.\n" +"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-gecodeerde) " +"tekst in het profiel." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." -msgstr "Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te " +"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde " +"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -585,25 +636,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om uw tijd met een NTP server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n" -"als een NTP Cliënt te configureren. Te configureren bij NTP configuratie.\n" +"als een NTP Cliënt te configureren. Te configureren bij NTP configuratie</" +"b>.\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Machineaccount OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "Lijst &verkrijgen" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -611,36 +663,39 @@ "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord zijn vereist\n" "voor een lijst met machineaccounts." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Machineaccount" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Lidmaatschap van werkgroep wordt geverifieerd..." #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." +msgstr "" +"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "De configuratie zal worden gepropageerd over clusternodes." #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." +msgstr "" +"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein " +"'%1'." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Laat de tekstvelden leeg om anoniem aan te melden bij het domein.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -649,7 +704,7 @@ "computer al is aangemeld bij domein '%1'." #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -658,11 +713,11 @@ "bij domein '%1'." #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Aanmelden bij domein '%1'?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -670,7 +725,7 @@ "Kan niet automatisch bepalen of dit\n" "cluster al is aangemeld bij domein %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -679,113 +734,163 @@ "bij domein %1." #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Behouden" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Er zijn andere Windows-services beschikbaar. Wilt u die ook stoppen?" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebr&uik WINS voor het vinden van de hostnaam" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor het zoeken van de naam, schakelt u Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden in." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "" +"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "" +"Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor " +"het zoeken van de naam, schakelt u Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden " +"in." #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "WINS-server via &DHCP ophalen" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." -msgstr "Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server te gebruiken die door DHCP wordt geleverd." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "" +"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server te " +"gebruiken die door DHCP wordt geleverd." #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Delen door gebruikers" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Delen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "Gebruikers toesta&an hun directories te delen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "&Gasttoegang toestaan" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "Toegestane groe&p" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Maximum aantal shares" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." -msgstr "Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen directories te delen maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun directories te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "" +"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " +"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen directories te delen maakt het voor " +"gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun " +"directories te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor " +"een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De " +"gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het " +"bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." -msgstr "Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "" +"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created." +msgstr "" +"Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag " +"worden aangemaakt beperken." #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." -msgstr "Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "" +"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " +"Guest Access." +msgstr "" +"Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, " +"selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "In de tabel Koppel servermappen,kunt u directories specificeren\n" -"(zoals een persoonlijke directory) die lokaal gekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n" +"(zoals een persoonlijke directory) die lokaal gekoppeld zou moeten worden " +"wanneer\n" "de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het koppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n" -"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n" -"de directory gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf." +"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders " +"wordt\n" +"de directory gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-" +"pagina pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "U kunt bijvoorbeeld de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> gebruiken voor Extern pad, de waarde <tt>~/</tt> voor Lokaal mount punt om de Persoonlijke directory te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als een onderdeel van Opties." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "" +"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of Options." +msgstr "" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> gebruiken " +"voor Extern pad, de waarde <tt>~/</tt> voor Lokaal mount punt " +"om de Persoonlijke directory te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=" +"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als een onderdeel van Opties." #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." -msgstr "De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos-methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "" +"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets " +"verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de " +"standaard Kerberos-methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. " +"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -835,8 +940,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" @@ -907,13 +1012,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -941,142 +1046,143 @@ "Probeer opnieuw." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Winbind-status wordt lezen" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Winbind-status wordt gelezen..." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client wordt opgeslagen" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden uitgeschakeld..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden ingeschakeld..." #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberosconfiguratie opslaan" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kerberosconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan in %1." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet starten." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet starten." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet stoppen." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet stoppen." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Kan PAM-instellingen niet schrijven." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Algemene configuratie" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Offline-verificatie geactiveerd" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Maximum aantal shares: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "Authenticatie met SMB: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen niet mogelijk: Clusterstatus is niet samenhangend" +msgstr "" +"Doorgaan met samenvoegen niet mogelijk: Clusterstatus is niet samenhangend" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "Samba server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details" +msgstr "" +"Samba server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de " +"details" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -102,17 +104,23 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share " +"te lezen" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de " +"share te schrijven" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn" +msgstr "" +"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar " +"moet zijn" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -122,7 +130,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is " +"toegestaan" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -142,7 +152,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan" +msgstr "" +"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen " +"toestaan" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -152,7 +164,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -176,13 +189,20 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "De LDAP achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP server" +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "" +"De LDAP achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op " +"de LDAP server" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" -msgstr "De LDAP DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" +msgstr "" +"De LDAP DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP server (bijvoorbeeld " +"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -202,7 +222,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Share %1 bestaat al." @@ -224,7 +244,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" @@ -232,7 +252,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" @@ -246,13 +266,16 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Sambaserver\n" "is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n" -"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de commando's\n" -"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De verbindingen met\n" +"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de " +"commando's\n" +"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De " +"verbindingen met\n" "deze server zullen dan wel worden verbroken." #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -283,7 +306,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens." +msgstr "" +"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele " +"aanhalingstekens." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -382,23 +407,23 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Primaire domeincontroller (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Reser&ve domeincontroller (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Geen domein&controller" #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -407,19 +432,19 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-installatie" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Stap 1 van 2" @@ -427,46 +452,46 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domeinnaam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Stap 2 van 2" #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Huidige domeinnaam:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-server type" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Niet beschikbaar omdat PDC aanwezig is." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Share hernoemen" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nieuwe share&naam" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Voer een nieuwe share-naam in." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -475,7 +500,7 @@ "Kies een andere share-naam.\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -486,26 +511,26 @@ "Share verwijderen?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "Vertrouwd &omein" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Domeinnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Kan vertrouwd-domein-relatie niet tot stand brengen." #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -518,14 +543,14 @@ "als een veiligheidsbedreiging worden beschouwd." #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Ver&trouwde domeinen" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -534,236 +559,232 @@ "trusted domein '%1' echt verlaten?" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Share %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie globale instellingen voor experts" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificatie" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "Share &naam" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "Share &beschrijving" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Share type" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Printer" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Directory" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Share-&pad" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Alleen lezen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "ACL's &overnemen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen weergeven" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Btrfs-functies gebruiken" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Nieuwe share" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Pad voor een share" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-naam mag niet leeg zijn." #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-pad mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Beschikbare shares" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "&Alle shares tonen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "&Systeemshares verbergen" #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Alleen lezen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Gasttoegang" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Opmerking" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "He&rnoemen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status aan/ui&t" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS-server ondersteuning" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Externe WINS-server" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Naa&m" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebruik WINS voor het vinden van de hostnaam" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Geen DC" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primair (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserve (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Domein&controller" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen voor &experts" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "&Gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-configuratie" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "Ops&tarten" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1250 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-instellingen" - -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Shares" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentiteit" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-instellingen" #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS &hostnaam" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Bronnen met gebruikersinformatie " #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -773,16 +794,16 @@ "een administratief account (root) nodig.\n" "Deze zal nu worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba root &wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &verifiëren" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -791,12 +812,12 @@ "het wachtwoord zijn niet gelijk." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Kan account voor gebruiker %1 niet aanmaken." #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -804,7 +825,7 @@ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord\n" "op om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -813,17 +834,17 @@ "anoniem aan te melden bij het domein." #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&Geen lid worden" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." @@ -843,7 +864,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -871,38 +893,51 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op Verder.\n" +"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en " +"klik op Verder.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Type Sambaserver</big>\n" -"Een domeincontroller staat Windows-clients toe om zich aan te melden bij een Windows NT-domein.\n" -"De back-upcontroller gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor validatie.\n" -"De primaire controller gebruikt zijn eigen informatie over gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" -"De beschikbare opties in de configuratiedialogen zijn afhankelijk van de instellingen in deze selectie. Controllerfuncties voor Windows NT-domein worden in toekomstige releases geleidelijk verwijderd." +"Een domeincontroller staat Windows-clients toe om zich aan te melden bij " +"een Windows NT-domein.\n" +"De back-upcontroller gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor " +"validatie.\n" +"De primaire controller gebruikt zijn eigen informatie over gebruikers en hun " +"wachtwoorden.\n" +"De beschikbare opties in de configuratiedialogen zijn afhankelijk van de " +"instellingen in deze selectie. Controllerfuncties voor Windows NT-domein " +"worden in toekomstige releases geleidelijk verwijderd." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Samba server type</big> \n" -"Een domeincontroller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.\n" +"Een domeincontroller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " +"Windows domein aan te melden.\n" "De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n" "hangen van deze instelling af." @@ -975,7 +1010,9 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " +"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -983,8 +1020,10 @@ msgstr "" "De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n" "Reserve domeincontroller en Primaire domeincontroller staan\n" -"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n" -"gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n" +"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve " +"controller \n" +"gebruikt een andere domeincontroller voor de validatie. De primaire " +"controller\n" "gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" "Wanneer de server niet als domeincontroller participeert, kies dan de\n" "Geen DC waarde.\n" @@ -1032,10 +1071,12 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geavanceerde instellingen geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals verificatiebronnen voor gebruikers en geavanceerde algemene instellingen.\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals verificatiebronnen voor gebruikers en " +"geavanceerde algemene instellingen.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1061,10 +1102,13 @@ "choose it in the list and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n" -"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n" -"Het wachtwoord wordt door de Samba server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n" +"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het " +"wachtwoord op.\n" +"Het wachtwoord wordt door de Samba server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot " +"het\n" "trust domein. Nadat er op OK is gedrukt, zal YaST proberen om de\n" -"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n" +"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze " +"in de lijst\n" "te selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen te drukken.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -1090,8 +1134,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Wijzigen\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " +"Wijzigen\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " +"verwijderen.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1108,8 +1154,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Wijzigen\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " +"Wijzigen\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " +"verwijderen.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1126,21 +1174,29 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Zoek basis DN (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n" -"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De Administratie DN wordt\n" -"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n" -"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n" +"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De " +"Administratie DN wordt\n" +"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als " +"de\n" +"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het " +"wachtwoord met\n" "behulp van LDAP administratie wachtwoord instellen op.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.\n" +msgstr "" +"Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP " +"administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1158,11 +1214,14 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u de verificatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n" -"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop Toevoegen\n" +"Als u de verificatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de " +"huidige eerst\n" +"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop " +"Toevoegen\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1270,12 +1329,34 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "Als Momentopnamen tonen is geselecteerd, toont Samba momentopnamen die door Snapper zijn gemaakt voor toegang en bewerking door CIFS/SMB-clients. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Snapper-ondersteuning biedt en het sharepad overeenkomt met een Snapper-configuratiesubvolume dat wordt ondersteund door Btrfs. Relevante toestemmingen moeten ook worden gegeven. Raadpleeg de vfs_snapper(8) handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Als Momentopnamen tonen is geselecteerd, toont Samba momentopnamen " +"die door Snapper zijn gemaakt voor toegang en bewerking door CIFS/SMB-" +"clients. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Snapper-ondersteuning " +"biedt en het sharepad overeenkomt met een Snapper-configuratiesubvolume dat " +"wordt ondersteund door Btrfs. Relevante toestemmingen moeten ook worden " +"gegeven. Raadpleeg de vfs_snapper(8) handleidingpagina van Samba voor " +"meer informatie." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "Met Btrfs-functies gebruiken geeft u Samba de opdracht om gebruik te maken van functies die specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem zijn ontworpen. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Btrfs-ondersteuning biedt en het sharepad een Btrfs-subvolume is. Raadpleeg de vfs_btrfs(8) handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "" +"Met Btrfs-functies gebruiken geeft u Samba de opdracht om gebruik " +"te maken van functies die specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem zijn " +"ontworpen. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba Btrfs-ondersteuning " +"biedt en het sharepad een Btrfs-subvolume is. Raadpleeg de vfs_btrfs(8)</" +"b> handleidingpagina van Samba voor meer informatie." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1284,53 +1365,91 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" +"b>." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP-instellingen</big> \n" "Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor verificatie.\n" "\n" "\n" -"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n" +"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat " +"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de " +"URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in " +"LDAP op.\n" "\n" -"In de verificatiesectie, stelt u de referenties voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" +"In de verificatiesectie, stelt u de referenties voor de LDAP-server in, " +"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" "\n" -"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" +"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan " +"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" "\n" -"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." +"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding " +"testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard " +"waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor id-map die voor id-map-mappings." +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " +"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " +"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de " +"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de " +"waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert " +"Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor " +"machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor id-map die voor id-" +"map-mappings." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.\n" -"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-bewerkingen (in seconden)." +"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal " +"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit " +"kunnen bijbenen.\n" +"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-bewerkingen (in " +"seconden)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL of TLS gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +"" +msgstr "" +"Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL " +"of TLS gebruiken." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details." msgstr "" -"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" -"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de handmatige pagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." +"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-" +"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" +"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren definieert u mogelijke " +"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de " +"handmatige pagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1382,17 +1501,20 @@ "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n" +"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er " +"namelijk\n" "voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geadvanceerde instellingen geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnensuch en\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP instellingen, " +"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnensuch en\n" "expert globale instellingen.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1604,7 +1726,8 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." +msgstr "" +"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 @@ -1637,183 +1760,186 @@ msgstr "Domein leden server" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:120 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie samba-server initialiseren" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:125 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:127 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Samba geheimen lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:129 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Samba server instellingen lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:131 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba accounts lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:133 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-instellingen lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:135 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:137 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Rolinstellingen van Samba-service lezen" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:140 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:142 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Samba secrets lezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:144 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Samba dienstinstellingen lezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:146 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba acounts lezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:148 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend instellingen lezen..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:150 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:152 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "De rolinstellingen van de Samba-service worden gelezen..." #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:154 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:234 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie Samba-server opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:239 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:241 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:243 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:245 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Backend-instellingen opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:247 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Samba accounts opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:249 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:252 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:254 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden uitgeschakeld..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:256 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services worden ingeschakeld..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:258 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Backend-instellingen opslaan..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Samba accounts opslaan..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:288 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet in /etc/samba/smb.conf opslaan." #. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:385 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Globale configuratie:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:387 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %s" #. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:391 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Functie: %s" #. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:394 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba server uitgeschakeld" #. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:398 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Share configuratie:" #. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:404 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Firewall-instellingen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -103,7 +103,9 @@ #. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een stuurprogramma te verwijderen zonder een overeenkomende scanner." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om een stuurprogramma te verwijderen zonder een " +"overeenkomende scanner." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry #. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver @@ -157,7 +159,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Het deactiveren van %1 is mislukt." @@ -263,8 +265,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "" +"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" +"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele " +"architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -276,7 +282,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 architectuur." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 " +"architectuur." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -292,7 +300,8 @@ "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer onderhouden.\n" +"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer " +"onderhouden.\n" "Probeer het meer actuele stuurprogramma 'hpaio' te gebruiken." #. Configure backend dialog @@ -388,7 +397,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " +"scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -402,12 +412,15 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " +"configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u een nieuwe scanner wilt instellen, kiest u de scanner in de lijst met gevonden scanners en klikt u op Wijzigen.\n" -"Als uw scanner niet is gevonden, gebruik Toevoegen om de configuratie handmatig uit te voeren.\n" +"Als u een nieuwe scanner wilt instellen, kiest u de scanner in de lijst met " +"gevonden scanners en klikt u op Wijzigen.\n" +"Als uw scanner niet is gevonden, gebruik Toevoegen om de configuratie " +"handmatig uit te voeren.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -433,7 +446,8 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " +"scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -465,15 +479,19 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " +"loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "SCSI-scanners worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd.\n" "Mochten er problemen optreden, kies dan de optie Toevoegen\n" -"en controleer of uw scanner wel door het commando <tt>lsscsi</tt> wordt weergegeven.\n" -"Als de scanner er niet bij staat, dan kan het SCSI-systeem niet met de scanner communiceren.\n" -"Controleer ook of er wel een geschikte kernelmodule voor de SCSI-hostadapter is geladen.\n" +"en controleer of uw scanner wel door het commando <tt>lsscsi</tt> wordt " +"weergegeven.\n" +"Als de scanner er niet bij staat, dan kan het SCSI-systeem niet met de " +"scanner communiceren.\n" +"Controleer ook of er wel een geschikte kernelmodule voor de SCSI-hostadapter " +"is geladen.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -486,14 +504,16 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Scanners die via de parallelle poort werken kunnen met dit programma\n" "niet ingesteld worden, behalve voor alles-in-één apparaten van HP.\n" -"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd worden.\n" +"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd " +"worden.\n" "Voor de scannereenheid in een alles-in-één apparaat van HP dat via de\n" "parallelle poort is aangesloten, moet u mogelijk <tt>hp-setup</tt> draaien\n" "via Overig en Draai hp-setup, alvorens u de scanner\n" @@ -519,8 +539,10 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" +"b>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -549,14 +571,18 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " +"drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de bijhorende scanners.\n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en in te schakelen.\n" -"Klik op Bewerken om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en in te schakelen.\n" +"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de " +"bijhorende scanners.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en in te " +"schakelen.\n" +"Klik op Bewerken om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en in te " +"schakelen.\n" "Klik op Verwijderen om het stuurprogramma te verwijderen.\n" "Als u op Overig klikt, dan kunt u de detectie herstarten, actieve\n" "scanners testen of het scannen via een netwerk instellen.\n" @@ -577,7 +603,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " +"reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -604,15 +631,18 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " +"Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Scannermodel selecteren</big> \n" -"Alle bekende scanner modellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier weergegeven.\n" -"Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en op Verder\n" +"Alle bekende scanner modellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier " +"weergegeven.\n" +"Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en op " +"Verder\n" "klikt. De informatie is gebaseerd op de gegevens van het SANE-project op\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -623,36 +653,52 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " +"available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" +"backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." +" \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " +"does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " +"internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " +"driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens één geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma voor de scanner is.\n" -"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" -"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot compleet. \n" -"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" +"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens één geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma " +"voor de scanner is.\n" +"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project " +"en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" +"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot " +"compleet. \n" +"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan " +"betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" "Zelfs een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma kan perfect werken.\n" -"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de interne\n" -"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-onderhouden stuurprogramma.\n" +"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de " +"interne\n" +"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-" +"onderhouden stuurprogramma.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " +"driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " +"unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als er geen geschikt stuurprogramma beschikbaar is, is het mogelijk dat de fabrikant een stuurprogramma levert.\n" -"Vraag daarom aan de scannerfabrikant of deze een stuurprogramma voor uw scanner beschikbaar heeft." +"Als er geen geschikt stuurprogramma beschikbaar is, is het mogelijk dat de " +"fabrikant een stuurprogramma levert.\n" +"Vraag daarom aan de scannerfabrikant of deze een stuurprogramma voor uw " +"scanner beschikbaar heeft." #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: #. Add the following sentence to translations: @@ -664,7 +710,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen blokhaakjes.\n" +"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen " +"blokhaakjes.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -675,23 +722,36 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " +"also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " +"list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." +"*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " +"string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Gebruik de Zoekterm om snel een geschikt item te vinden.\n" -"Om bepaalde tekst in de tabel terug te kunnen vinden voert u het in in het veld.\n" -"Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n" -"Als de scanner gevonden is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst aanwezig,\n" -"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de zoekterm toevoegen.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld voeg een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Om bepaalde tekst in de tabel terug te kunnen vinden voert u het in in het " +"veld.\n" +"Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige " +"reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n" +"Als de scanner gevonden is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst " +"aanwezig,\n" +"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</" +"tt>.\n" +"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de " +"zoekterm toevoegen.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld voeg een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: " +"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -700,14 +760,17 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" +"b>.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Scanner- en stuurprogramma instellen</big> \n" -"Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd en de geassocieerde scanners worden opgezocht. Dit kan enkele seconden\n" -"duren, u zult dus even moeten wachten voordat u op Verder kunt drukken. \n" +"Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd en de geassocieerde scanners worden " +"opgezocht. Dit kan enkele seconden\n" +"duren, u zult dus even moeten wachten voordat u op Verder kunt " +"drukken. \n" "Het stuurprogramma wordt gedeactiveerd zodra u op Terug klikt.\n" "" @@ -760,10 +823,14 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " +"devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " +"available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" +"one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " +"driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -774,13 +841,18 @@ "<big>HP all-in-one apparaten</big> \n" "De all-in-one apparaten van HP hebben een speciale instellingsprocedure\n" "nodig. In dat geval wordt er een bijpassende dialoog geopend.\n" -"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP all-in-one apparaten:\n" -"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer beschikbaar is),\n" +"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP all-in-one " +"apparaten:\n" +"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer " +"beschikbaar is),\n" "die het PTAL-systeem levert (met de ptal-service),\n" -"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing levert.\n" +"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing " +"levert.\n" "Beide pakketten kunnen tegelijkertijd worden geïnstalleerd,\n" -"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk worden uitgevoerd.\n" -"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP all-in-one apparaten.\n" +"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk " +"worden uitgevoerd.\n" +"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP all-in-one " +"apparaten.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -809,9 +881,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " +"the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " +"server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " +"access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -820,12 +895,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Serverinstellingen</big> \n" -"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt en u deze via het netwerk toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" -"Voer bij Toegestane clients in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" -"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-adressen) of\n" +"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt en u deze via het netwerk " +"toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig " +"in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" +"Voer bij Toegestane clients in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben " +"om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" +"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-" +"adressen) of\n" "subnets (CIDR-notatie, zoals 192.168.1.0/24) in.\n" "Als er geen client-hosts zijn toegestaan, dan wordt saned niet geactiveerd.\n" -"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor saned.\n" +"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor " +"saned.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: @@ -891,7 +971,8 @@ "toe aan de interne zone van de firewall.\n" "Gebruik de instellingsmodule van YaST voor de Firewall om deze fundamentele\n" "instelling te maken met betrekking tot netwerkbeveiliging en de firewall en\n" -"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan. \n" +"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase (SDB)\n" "artikel 'CUPS en SANE firewall-instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" @@ -905,8 +986,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " +"network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " +"servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -915,11 +998,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Clientinstellingen</big> \n" -"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts (servers)\n" -"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te krijgen\n" +"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts " +"(servers)\n" +"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te " +"krijgen\n" "via de daemon die op de servers draait.\n" "De 'saned'-daemon en de firewall op de servers moeten de toegang toestaan.\n" -"Vul bij Gebruikte servers de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer een\n" +"Vul bij Gebruikte servers de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer " +"een\n" "door komma's gescheiden lijst met servers (servernamen of IP-adressen) in.\n" "Als u geen servers invoert, dan wordt 'net' niet geactiveerd.\n" "" @@ -946,12 +1032,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuratie van lokale host:</big> \n" -"Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen saned en het metastuurprogramma\n" +"Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen saned en het " +"metastuurprogramma\n" "'net' ook op uw lokale computer worden gebruikt.\n" -"In dat geval zijn de server en client feitelijk dezelfde computer (localhost).\n" -"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen root-privileges.\n" +"In dat geval zijn de server en client feitelijk dezelfde computer " +"(localhost).\n" +"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen " +"root-privileges.\n" "Als u <tt>localhost</tt> invoert voor de server en de client,\n" -"dan kunt u de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer benaderen.\n" +"dan kunt u de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer " +"benaderen.\n" "" #. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: @@ -987,7 +1077,8 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " +"Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1007,26 +1098,38 @@ "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (vroeger\n" "Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver)/\n" "waar RPM-pakketten voor 32-bit (i386) en 64-bit (x86_64) architecturen\n" -"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten accepteert).\n" -"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire software.\n" -"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) architecturen\n" +"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten " +"accepteert).\n" +"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire " +"software.\n" +"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) " +"architecturen\n" "die niet werken wanneer u een 64-bit systeem gebruikt.\n" -"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (gratis software) apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" +"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (gratis software) " +"apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" "Wanneer uw scannermodel een DFSG niet-gratis (eigen) module vereist,\n" -"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te installeren:\n" +"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te " +"installeren:\n" "Het 'iscan'-pakket voor de basis software en een extra\n" "model-afhankelijke 'iscan-plugin'-pakket met de eigen module.\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen opslagruimte beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen opslagruimte " +"beschikbaar." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en is niet beschikbaar in de opslagruimte." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en is niet beschikbaar in de " +"opslagruimte." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1047,7 +1150,8 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " +"fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Het bepalen van de actieve scanners is mislukt.\n" "Wanneer de 'net metadriver' is geactiveerd en er is iets verkeerd\n" @@ -1075,7 +1179,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -1088,7 +1192,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Kon %1 niet lezen." @@ -1131,7 +1235,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Actieve scanners vaststellen" @@ -1157,7 +1261,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Actieve scanners worden vastgesteld..." @@ -1180,7 +1284,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" @@ -1265,7 +1369,8 @@ "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" "Het lijkt erop dat 'hplip' niet is geïnstalleerd, deze is vereist\n" -"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd worden?\n" +"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd " +"worden?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -1284,10 +1389,12 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de scannerconfiguratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de " +"scannerconfiguratie.\n" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column #. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: @@ -1297,19 +1404,19 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Onbekende fabrikant" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Onbekend model" @@ -1320,7 +1427,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 op %3" @@ -1337,7 +1444,8 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." +msgstr "" +"Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1385,7 +1493,9 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk volledige functionaliteit leveren." +msgstr "" +"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk volledige functionaliteit " +"leveren." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1412,7 +1522,9 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk minimale functionaliteit leveren." +msgstr "" +"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 kan mogelijk minimale functionaliteit " +"leveren." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1431,27 +1543,33 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " +"memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " +"distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " +"site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " +"scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " +"upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "Een firmware-bestand bevat software die in het geheugen van de scanner\n" "geladen moet worden. \n" "Zonder firmware zal de scanner niet functioneren.\n" "\n" -"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant valt,\n" +"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant " +"valt,\n" "kunnen we deze niet distribueren. \n" "Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand ergens\n" "op de CD van de fabrikant opgeslagen. Ook kan het vaak via de website van\n" @@ -1460,14 +1578,15 @@ "informatie vinden: http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" "Nadat u het firmware-bestand hebt verkregen, dient u het stuurprogramma\n" -"handmatig in te stellen. De informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma beschrijft\n" +"handmatig in te stellen. De informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma " +"beschrijft\n" "hoe u het moet instellen om firmware te kunnen uploaden. Het volgende\n" "commando staat op de informatiepagina van het stuurprogramma:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1478,46 +1597,58 @@ "de ptal-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de ptal-service\n" "gestopt en zullen alle printerwachtrijen die gebruik maken van de\n" "ptal-service niet langer werken.\n" -"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP gebruikt.\n" +"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP " +"gebruikt.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " +"initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " +"fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" +"lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"Voor het stuurprogramma hpoj is het noodzakelijk dat het PTAL-systeem is ingesteld en draait.\n" +"Voor het stuurprogramma hpoj is het noodzakelijk dat het PTAL-systeem is " +"ingesteld en draait.\n" "In het bijzonder moet de ptal-service geactiveerd zijn en draaien.\n" "\n" -"Voordat de ptal-service gestart kan worden dient het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd te worden.\n" -"Ook moet de ptal-service geactiveerd worden tijdens het opstarten van het systeem.\n" +"Voordat de ptal-service gestart kan worden dient het PTAL-systeem " +"geïnitialiseerd te worden.\n" +"Ook moet de ptal-service geactiveerd worden tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem.\n" "Het PTAL-systeem en de hplip-service sluiten elkaar uit.\n" -"Daarom moet een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden voordat\n" +"Daarom moet een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden " +"voordat\n" "het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd, geactiveerd en opgestart wordt.\n" -"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem veilig.\n" +"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem " +"veilig.\n" "Stel het PTAL-systeem handmatig in als u een niet-USB-apparaat heeft of als\n" "de geautomatiseerde USB-initialisatie faalde.\n" -"Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) heeft, denkt u er dan aan dat\n" -"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijv: /dev/usb/lp0) volledig in beslag zal nemen,\n" -"waardoor de printer niet langer meer via het USB-apparaatbestand benaderd kan worden.\n" +"Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) heeft, denkt u er dan aan " +"dat\n" +"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijv: /dev/usb/lp0) " +"volledig in beslag zal nemen,\n" +"waardoor de printer niet langer meer via het USB-apparaatbestand benaderd " +"kan worden.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het PTAL-systeem voor USB nu initialiseren, activeren en opstarten?\n" @@ -1525,14 +1656,15 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " +"service.\n" msgstr "" "Er is tenminste één printerconfiguratie aanwezig die gebruikt maakt\n" "van de hplip-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de \n" @@ -1540,54 +1672,57 @@ "maken van de hplip-service niet langer werken. Als de scanner ook\n" "ondersteund wordt door het stuurprogramma hpaio, ga dan niet verder,\n" "maar gebruik hpaio om de scanner in te stellen.\n" -"Ook kunt u doorgaan en de printerconfiguratie zodanig wijzigen dat deze de ptal-service gebruikt.\n" +"Ook kunt u doorgaan en de printerconfiguratie zodanig wijzigen dat deze de " +"ptal-service gebruikt.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 instellen" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Controleert of er nog extra pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Controleert of een Firmware-upload nodig is." #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" -msgstr "Test en configureert speciale benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's" +msgstr "" +"Test en configureert speciale benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Activeert het stuurprogramma" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Controleert of er nog extra pakketten geïnstalleerd moeten worden..." #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Controleert of Firmware-upload nodig is..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "Benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's worden getest en ingesteld..." +msgstr "" +"Benodigdheden voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's worden getest en ingesteld..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Benodigd pakket is niet geïnstalleerd" @@ -1597,7 +1732,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 heeft pakket %2 nodig." @@ -1605,9 +1740,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" @@ -1619,7 +1754,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Firmware-upload nodig" @@ -1628,19 +1763,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Als de ptal-service niet draait zal de scanner niet werken." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Het instellen van het PTAL-systeem is mislukt." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1655,49 +1790,55 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma hpoj is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "" +"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " +"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma hpoj is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is " +"echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Het stoppen van de ptal-service is mislukt." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Het uitschakelen van de ptal-service is mislukt." #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Geen scanner voor %1" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een overeenkomende actieve scanner." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een overeenkomende " +"actieve scanner." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Te testen &scanner" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1 wordt getest" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testen met 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." @@ -1705,7 +1846,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1719,7 +1860,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(geen resultaten beschikbaar)" @@ -1729,7 +1870,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Het testen van %1 is gelukt" @@ -1737,7 +1878,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1753,15 +1894,17 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is " +"mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Het instellen voor scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." @@ -1776,11 +1919,13 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Controleer of uw firewall het scannen over een netwerk toestaat." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze dialoog." +msgstr "" +"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze " +"dialoog." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Beveiliging Configuratiemodule" @@ -34,15 +34,17 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Stel de waarde in voor de specifieke optie" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau werkstation thuis (zonder netwerk)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Beveligingsniveau werkstation in netwerk" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Beveligingsniveau werkstation in netwerk" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -114,205 +116,210 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Magische SysRq-toetsen gebruiken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Gebruik veilige bestandspermissies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Externe toegang tot de displaybeheerder" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Systeemtijd terugschrijven naar de hardwareklok" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Altijd syslog-messages genereren voor cron-scripts" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "De DHCP-daemon uitvoeren in een chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "De DHCP-daemon uitvoeren als dhcp-gebruiker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Aanmelden op afstand in hoofddisplaybeheer" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Toegang op afstand tot de X-server" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Externe toegang tot het e-mail-afleveringssubsysteem" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Herstart services bij bijwerken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Services stoppen bij verwijdering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP-syncookies inschakelen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-doorsturen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-doorsturen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"De basissysteemservices inschakelen in runlevel 3\n" -" (multi-user met netwerk)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Alleen de basissysteemservices zijn geactiveerd." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Basissysteemservices inschakelen in runlevel 5\n" -" (multi-user met netwerk en grafische login)" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Extra services inschakelen in runlevel 3" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Extra services inschakelen in runlevel 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configureren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Beveiligingsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:402 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " of " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "Deze basissysteemservices zijn niet ingeschakeld op uitvoerniveau %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" +#| "B>" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" +msgstr "" +"Deze basissysteemservices zijn niet ingeschakeld op uitvoerniveau %1:" +" %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Alle basisservices zijn geactiveerd." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "Deze extra services zijn ingeschakeld op uitvoerniveau %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" +msgstr "" +"Deze extra services zijn ingeschakeld op uitvoerniveau %1: %2</" +"P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit." +msgstr "" +"Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit." +"" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Alleen de basissysteemservices zijn geactiveerd." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status wijzigen" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschrijving" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:640 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:652 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Opstartpermissies" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:729 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Wachtwoordinstellingen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:824 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Controles" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Wachtwoordleeftijd" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -321,21 +328,22 @@ " zijn dan het maximum." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "De minimum wachtwoordlengte kan niet groter dan het maximum zijn.\n" -"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is %1." +"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is " +"%1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Aanmeldinstellingen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:975 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "Aanmelden" @@ -355,7 +363,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -382,7 +391,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartveiligheid</big>\n" -"Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen." +"Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die " +"gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -407,47 +417,62 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" msgstr "" "Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm:\n" -"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te sluiten.\n" +"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te " +"sluiten.\n" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Breng systeem in slaapstand:\n" -"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" -"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.\n" +"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. " +"Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" +"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle " +"gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Lokale veiligheid configureren</BIG>\n" -"Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale veiligheidsinstellingen\n" -"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" +"Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale " +"veiligheidsinstellingen\n" +"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van " +"gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" "De standaardinstellingen kunnen naar behoefte worden gewijzigd.\n" "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +#| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." -msgstr "Werkstation thuis: voor een computer thuis die niet is verbonden met een type netwerk." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Werkstation in netwerk: voor een computer die verbonden is met een " +"type netwerk, inclusief het internet." #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." -msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk: voor een computer die verbonden is met een type netwerk, inclusief het internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." +msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -478,39 +503,51 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>)." msgstr "" "Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging:\n" -"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, dit\n" -"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg zodat\n" -"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden." +"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, " +"dit\n" +"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg " +"zodat\n" +"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord " +"foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen: Het registreren van geslaagde\n" -"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde toegang\n" -"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" +"Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen: Het registreren van " +"geslaagde\n" +"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde " +"toegang\n" +"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan " +"gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "Externe grafische aanmelding toestaan:\n" "Deze optie staat het toe om toegang via het netwerk tot het grafische\n" "aanmeldvenster van dit systeem te krijgen. Externe toegang tot\n" -"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico opleveren." +"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico " +"opleveren." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -525,12 +562,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren: Het is verstandig om een wachtwoord\n" -"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet bestaat uit een\n" -"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren worden de\n" +"Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren: Het is verstandig om een " +"wachtwoord\n" +"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet " +"bestaat uit een\n" +"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren " +"worden de\n" "wachtwoorden gecontroleerd met inachtneming van deze regels." #. Password dialog help @@ -538,26 +579,34 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Minimaal acceptabele wachtwoordlengte:\n" -"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord vermindert met\n" -"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en cijfer)dat\n" -"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor meer uitleg.\n" -"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren is geactiveerd." +"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord vermindert " +"met\n" +"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en " +"cijfer)dat\n" +"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor " +"meer uitleg.\n" +"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als Nieuwe wachtwoorden " +"controleren is geactiveerd." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Oude wachtwoorden onthouden:\n" -"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden onthouden en die gebruikers\n" -"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden onthouden" +"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden " +"onthouden en die gebruikers\n" +"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden " +"onthouden" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 @@ -568,26 +617,36 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES, de standaard Linux-methode, werkt in alle netwerkomgevingen,\n" -"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. Gebruik deze\n" +"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. " +"Gebruik deze\n" "methode wanneer u de compatibiliteit met andere systemen nodig heeft." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt ondersteund door\n" -"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude software." +"MD5 staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt " +"ondersteund door\n" +"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude " +"software." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van andere algoritmes wordt niet aanbevolen, tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteitsdoeleinden." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode. Het gebruik van " +"andere algoritmes wordt niet aanbevolen, tenzij nodig voor " +"compatibiliteitsdoeleinden." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -602,12 +661,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt: Hier wordt het aantal\n" -"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord zal gaan verlopen.\n" -"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan raden." +"Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt: Hier wordt het " +"aantal\n" +"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord " +"zal gaan verlopen.\n" +"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan " +"raden." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -616,7 +679,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Gebruikersveiligheid</big>\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers wijzigen." +"In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers " +"wijzigen." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -640,24 +704,31 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<big>Overige veiligheidsinstellingen</big>\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale beveiliging wijzigen." +"In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale beveiliging " +"wijzigen." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" @@ -665,29 +736,40 @@ "Bestandstoegangsrechten: Instellingen voor de toegangsrechten\n" "van bepaalde systeembestanden kunnen worden ingesteld aan de hand van de\n" "gegevens in het bestand /etc/permissions.secure\n" -"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van deze selectie.\n" -"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is veranderd of door\n" +"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van " +"deze selectie.\n" +"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /" +"etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is " +"veranderd of door\n" "indringers.\n" -"Met Eenvoudig worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' alleen voor root\n" +"Met Eenvoudig worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' " +"alleen voor root\n" "leesbaar zijn leesbaar gemaakt voor gewone gebruikers.\n" -"Met Veilig worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, alleen\n" -"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door root worden gestart,\n" +"Met Veilig worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, " +"alleen\n" +"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door " +"root worden gestart,\n" "of door daemons, maar niet door gewone gebruikers.\n" -"De meest-veilige instelling is Paranoïde. Hier moet u beslissen welke\n" -"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te draaien.\n" +"De meest-veilige instelling is Paranoïde. Hier moet u beslissen " +"welke\n" +"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te " +"draaien.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Gebruiker die updatedb start: Het programma updatedb draait \n" -"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een database\n" +"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een " +"database\n" "aan (locatedb) waarin de locatie van elk bestand wordt opgeslagen.\n" "De database kan met behulp van het programma \"locate\" doorzocht worden.\n" "Hier kunt u gebruiker opgeven dat dit commando zal uitvoeren: nobody\n" @@ -698,42 +780,53 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Huidige directory in pad van root: Op een DOS-systeem\n" "worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in de huidige\n" -"directory en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n" +"directory en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). " +"Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n" "UNIX-systeem waar alleen gezocht wordt via het zoekpad." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Huidige directory in de path van reguliere gebruikers Op een\n" "DOS systeem worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in\n" -"de huidige directory en daarna via de huidige path variabele. Dit in tegenstelling\n" -"bij een UNIX systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpath (variabele PATH)." +"de huidige directory en daarna via de huidige path variabele. Dit in " +"tegenstelling\n" +"bij een UNIX systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpath " +"(variabele PATH)." #. Misc dialog help 12/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt (\".\")\n" +"Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt " +"(\".\")\n" "aan het zoekpad, zodat bestanden in de\n" -"huidige directory gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" -"programma's in de huidige directory kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke systeemwijde\n" -"programma's. Het maken van Trojan Horses, die gebruik maken van de zwakheid van\n" +"huidige directory gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk " +"aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" +"programma's in de huidige directory kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke " +"systeemwijde\n" +"programma's. Het maken van Trojan Horses, die gebruik maken van de " +"zwakheid van\n" "uw systeem om het te ondermijnen, wordt dan wel erg gemakkelijk." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -752,114 +845,212 @@ "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" "\"nee\": de root-gebruiker dient altijd programma's in de huidige\n" -"directory te starten met het voorvoegsel \"./\". Voorbeeld: \"./configure\"." +"directory te starten met het voorvoegsel \"./\". Voorbeeld: \"./configure\"." +"" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Magische SysRq-sleutels activeren Indien u deze optie selecteert zult\n" -"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige controle over het\n" -"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"Magische SysRq-sleutels activeren Indien u deze optie " +"selecteert zult\n" +"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige " +"controle over het\n" +"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" +"sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke beveiligingsinstellingen." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligingsoverzicht Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke " +"beveiligingsinstellingen." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd met de optie." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "" +"Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd " +"met de optie." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "Een vinkje in de kolom Beveiligingsstatus betekent dat de huidige waarde van de optie veilig is." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"Een vinkje in de kolom Beveiligingsstatus betekent dat de huidige " +"waarde van de optie veilig is." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is " +"waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</" +"P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het netwerk\n" -"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat zo is geconfigureerd.De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd kan worden, kan\n" -"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot gebruikersnamen en\n" -"gebruikte wachtwoorden.Als u XDMCP niet nodig hebt voor grafische\n" +"Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het " +"netwerk\n" +"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat " +"zo is geconfigureerd.De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun " +"gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd " +"kan worden, kan\n" +"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen " +"toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot " +"gebruikersnamen en\n" +"gebruikte wachtwoorden.Als u XDMCP niet nodig hebt voor " +"grafische\n" "aanmelding op afstand deactiveer dan deze optie." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "Bij het opstarten wordt de systeemtijd gezet uit de hardware klok van de\n" -"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" +"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</" +"P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" "systeem om correcte log-berichten te maken." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend gedrag. Syslog-berichten over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.Daarom zijn syslog-berichten van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn." +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend " +"gedrag. Syslog-berichten over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere " +"basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid " +"van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle " +"logregels.Daarom zijn syslog-berichten van system-events alleen " +"bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is ingesteld op die map." +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken " +"tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap " +"te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is " +"ingesteld op die map." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker dhcpd om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als root worden uitgevoerd of met de eigenschap CAP_SYS_CHROOT om de uitvoering in de chroot-opsluiting effectief te laten zijn." +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker dhcpd " +"om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service " +"kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</" +"P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als root worden uitgevoerd of met " +"de eigenschap CAP_SYS_CHROOT om de uitvoering in de chroot-" +"opsluiting effectief te laten zijn." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als root moeten aanmelden in een X-Window-sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als root zich aan te melden via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier het wachtwoord verkrijgen." +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als root moeten aanmelden in " +"een X-Window-sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</" +"P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal " +"voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als root zich aan te melden " +"via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier " +"het wachtwoord verkrijgen." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"X-Window-clients, d.w.z. programma's die een venster openen op uw scherm, maken\n" -"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's kunnen\n" +"X-Window-clients, d.w.z. programma's die een venster openen op uw scherm, " +"maken\n" +"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's " +"kunnen\n" "ook op een ander systeem draaien en tonen hun inhoud op de X-server via\n" -"netwerkverbindingen.Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server op een\n" -"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet gecodeerd wordt\n" -"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en omdat er\n" -"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent dat\n" -"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.Om X-Window\n" -"-clients over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure shell\n" -"(ssh) aan, die toestaat de X-Window-clients te verbinden met de X-server\n" +"netwerkverbindingen.Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server " +"op een\n" +"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet gecodeerd " +"wordt\n" +"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en " +"omdat er\n" +"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent " +"dat\n" +"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.Om X-" +"Window\n" +"-clients over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure " +"shell\n" +"(ssh) aan, die toestaat de X-Window-clients te verbinden met de X-" +"server\n" "via de gecodeerde ssh-verbinding." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont zich\n" -"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet luistert\n" -"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan uw\n" +"Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont " +"zich\n" +"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet " +"luistert\n" +"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan " +"uw\n" "systeem via de SMTP-protocol dan kunt u deze optie uitschakelen." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -868,18 +1059,24 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd wordt,\n" +"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd " +"wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service herstart nadat de bestanden van het pakket zijn\n" -"geïnstalleerd.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om\n" -"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of\n" -"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" +"geïnstalleerd.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig " +"om\n" +"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden " +"of\n" +"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon " +"doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" -"gestopt.Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden gewijzigd\n" +"gestopt.Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden " +"gewijzigd\n" "mogen worden." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -888,14 +1085,17 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd wordt,\n" +"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd " +"wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service gestopt voordat de bestanden van het pakket verwijderd\n" -"worden.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te doen\n" +"worden.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te " +"doen\n" "als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of hun\n" "configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" @@ -903,12 +1103,40 @@ "gewijzigd mogen worden." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service (DoS) kwetsbaarheid.Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling Geactiveerd problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen onder hoge belasting.Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen de syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de veilige instelling is Geactiveerd." +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat " +"het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service " +"(DoS) kwetsbaarheid.Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan " +"helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal " +"legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling " +"Geactiveerd problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen " +"onder hoge belasting.Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen de syncookies " +"de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de " +"veilige instelling is Geactiveerd." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "IP-forwarding betekent dat netwerkpakketten die ontvangen zijn, maar die niet bestemd zijn voor één van de geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces van het systeem (de netwerkinterfaceadressen), worden doorgestuurd.Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routingfunctionaliteit niet nodig hebt, schakelt u deze optie uit." +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"IP-forwarding betekent dat netwerkpakketten die ontvangen zijn, maar die " +"niet bestemd zijn voor één van de geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces van het " +"systeem (de netwerkinterfaceadressen), worden doorgestuurd.Als een " +"systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een " +"router genoemd. Als u deze routingfunctionaliteit niet nodig hebt, schakelt " +"u deze optie uit." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -919,48 +1147,73 @@ msgstr "Deze instelling is alleen van toepassing op IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "Door Magische SysRq-sleutels in te schakelen kunt u het systeem ook bedienen na bijvoorbeeld een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert" +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"Door Magische SysRq-sleutels in te schakelen kunt u het systeem ook " +"bedienen na bijvoorbeeld een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de " +"kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "Er zijn voorgedefinieerde machtigingen voor bestanden in /etc/permissions.* bestanden. De meest restrictieve machtigingen zijn gedefinieerd in 'secure' of 'paranoid' bestanden." +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn voorgedefinieerde machtigingen voor bestanden in /etc/permissions." +"* bestanden. De meest restrictieve machtigingen zijn gedefinieerd in " +"'secure' of 'paranoid' bestanden." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te " +"leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "Iedere service die wordt uitgevoerd is een potentieel doel van een beveiligingsaanval. Het wordt daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem gebruikte services uit te schakelen." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." +msgstr "" +"Iedere service die wordt uitgevoerd is een potentieel doel van een " +"beveiligingsaanval. Het wordt daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem " +"gebruikte services uit te schakelen." #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Werkstation thuis" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Netwerkserver" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "Werkstation t&huis" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "W&erkstation in netwerk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Netwerk&server" @@ -1015,155 +1268,138 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 -msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" -msgstr "&Huidige directory in pad van root" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 -msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -msgstr "&Huidige directory in path van de reguliere gebruikers" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:130 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Externe &grafische aanmelding toestaan" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magische SysRq-toetsen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Uitschakelen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Alle functies inschakelen" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:156 src/include/security/widgets.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Maxim&um" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:162 src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" msgstr "Af&sluitgedrag van KDM-aanmeldscherm:" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Alleen root" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Alle gebruikers" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Niemand" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automatisch" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Slaapstand van systeem" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:191 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Gebruiker op het actieve console" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:193 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Iedereen mag in slaapstand brengen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Verificatie is altijd vereist" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "W&achtwoordversleutelmethode" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Nieuwe wachtwoorden &controleren" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Aantal wachtwoord&en dat moet worden onthouden" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minimum acceptabele wachtwoordlengte" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Bestandstoegangsrechten" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Eenvoudig" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Veilig" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoïde" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:272 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Gebruiker die updatedb start:" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:279 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:285 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" @@ -1182,61 +1418,103 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Beveiligingsconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Inittab-instellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM-instellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:655 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Systeeminstellingen bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Inittab-instellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM-instellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen worden bijgewerkt..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:901 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Huidige beveiligingsniveau: gebruikersinstellingen" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:905 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Huidig beveiligingsniveau: %1" + +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau werkstation thuis (zonder netwerk)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De basissysteemservices inschakelen in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multi-user met netwerk)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Basissysteemservices inschakelen in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multi-user met netwerk en grafische login)" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Extra services inschakelen in runlevel 5" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Werkstation thuis: voor een computer thuis die niet is " +#~ "verbonden met een type netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "W&erkstation in netwerk" + +#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" +#~ msgstr "&Huidige directory in pad van root" + +#~ msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" +#~ msgstr "&Huidige directory in path van de reguliere gebruikers" + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automatisch" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 14:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 msgid "Saving default systemd target..." msgstr "Standaarddoel systemd opslaan..." @@ -41,24 +41,47 @@ msgstr "Het standaarddoel van systemd selecteren" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -msgstr "Sytsemd is een systeem en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit eenheden die als taak hebben services en andere eenheden te activeren." +msgid "" +"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " +"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" +"Sytsemd is een systeem en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit " +"eenheden die als taak hebben services en andere eenheden te activeren." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -msgstr "De eenheid van het standaarddoel is bij het opstarten standaard geactiveerd. Deze is meestal een symlink die zich in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target bevindt. Raadpleeg de startpagina van systemd voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " +"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " +"page." +msgstr "" +"De eenheid van het standaarddoel is bij het opstarten standaard geactiveerd. " +"Deze is meestal een symlink die zich in path/etc/systemd/system/default." +"target bevindt. Raadpleeg de startpagina van systemd voor meer informatie." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -msgstr "Het doel van meerdere gebruikers is bedoeld om een niet-grafisch systeem met meerdere gebruikers op te zetten met een netwerk dat geschikt is voor een server (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 3)." +msgid "" +"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " +"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" +"Het doel van meerdere gebruikers is bedoeld om een niet-grafisch systeem met " +"meerdere gebruikers op te zetten met een netwerk dat geschikt is voor een " +"server (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 3)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -msgstr "Grafisch doel voor het opzetten van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met een netwerk dat typisch voor werkstations is (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 5)." +msgid "" +"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " +"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" +"Grafisch doel voor het opzetten van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met een " +"netwerk dat typisch voor werkstations is (vergelijkbaar met runlevel 5)." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -msgstr "Als u niet zeker weet wat de beste optie voor u is, kiest u het grafische doel." +msgid "" +"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " +"graphical target." +msgstr "" +"Als u niet zeker weet wat de beste optie voor u is, kiest u het grafische " +"doel." #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Available Targets" @@ -67,129 +90,147 @@ #. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the #. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this #. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " msgstr "Het installatieprogramma raadt u het standaarddoel '%s' aan " -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-pakketten zijn geselecteerd voor de installatie" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -msgstr "Live-installatie wordt meestal gebruikt voor volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" +msgstr "" +"Live-installatie wordt meestal gebruikt voor volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" msgstr "Seriële verbinding biedt meestal geen ondersteuning voor GUI" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "De installatie van de tekstmodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" +msgstr "" +"De installatie van de tekstmodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het " +"doelsysteem aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -msgstr "Door VNC te gebruiken, wordt aangenomen dat er een GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" +msgstr "" +"Door VNC te gebruiken, wordt aangenomen dat er een GUI op het doelsysteem " +"aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -msgstr "De SSH-installatiemodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem aanwezig is" +msgstr "" +"De SSH-installatiemodus neemt aan dat er geen GUI op het doelsysteem " +"aanwezig is" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "X11-pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -msgstr "Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere installatie-instellingen" +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "" +"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" +"Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere installatie-" +"instellingen" +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 msgid "Writing configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" msgstr "Configuratiebestand schrijven:\n" -#. Fills the dialog contents -#. Fills the dialog contents -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "Standaardsys&teemdoel" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 msgid "Service" msgstr "Service" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 msgid "Active" msgstr "Actief" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 msgid "&Start/Stop" msgstr "&Starten/stoppen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "Inschak&elen/uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 msgid "Services Manager" msgstr "Servicesbeheerder" #. Redraws the services dialog #. Redraws the services dialog -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "De servicestatus lezen..." -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 -#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 -#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 msgid "Inactive" msgstr "Niet actief" #. The current state differs the the futural state #. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 msgid "Active (will start)" msgstr "Actief (wordt gestart)" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" msgstr "Niet actief (wordt gestopt)" #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "Complete gegevens van service %{service}" @@ -214,20 +255,27 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " +"the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " +"enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "Met dit installatievoorstel kunt een service uit de lijst met\n" "services starten of inschakelen.\n" -"Hiermee kunt u ook poorten openen in de firewall voor een service als de firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"Hiermee kunt u ook poorten openen in de firewall voor een service als de " +"firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "en een poort moet worden geopend voor een bepaalde service.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" -msgstr "Service %service wordt %toggled en de poort in de firewall wordt %switched %link." +msgid "" +"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " +"%link" +msgstr "" +"Service %service wordt %toggled en de poort in de firewall wordt %switched " +"%link." #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -255,7 +303,7 @@ #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "Onbekend profielschema van autoyast-services voor 'services-manager'" @@ -264,8 +312,8 @@ msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Nog niet geconfigureerd." -#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state -#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. #: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "Kan %{service} niet %{change} die momenteel %{status} is. " @@ -275,36 +323,36 @@ msgstr "Kan %{service} niet %{change}. " #. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 msgid "Graphical mode" msgstr "Grafische modus" #. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 msgid "Text mode" msgstr "Tekstmodus" -#. Systemd targets -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Noodherstelmodus" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 msgid "Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafische interface" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Initrd-standaarddoel" + #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 -msgid "Emergency Mode" -msgstr "Noodherstelmodus" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Switch Root" msgstr "Tussen roots schakelen" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 -msgid "Initrd Default Target" -msgstr "Initrd-standaarddoel" - -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 msgid "Multi-User System" msgstr "Systeem voor meerdere gebruikers" -#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "Herstelmodus" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,267 +14,312 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuratie van momentopnamen van het systeem" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Opschoonalgoritme" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Momentopname %1 wijzigen" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Momentopnamen %1 - %2 wijzigen" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Pre (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Post(na) (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname maken " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enkele momentopname" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post(na), gepaard met:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Momentopname '%1' verwijderen?" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Momentopname '%1' verwijderen?" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Voor en na" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Huidige configuratie" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "Id" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Einddatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Gebruikersdata" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen weergeven" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Wijzigen" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" -"Deze 'Pré'-momentopname is nog niet gepaard met enige 'Post(na)'-momentopname.\n" +"Deze 'Pré'-momentopname is nog niet gepaard met enige 'Post(na)'-" +"momentopname.\n" "Verschillen tonen is niet mogelijk." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van geselecteerde momentopnamen" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Gewijzigde bestanden berekenen..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Wijzigingen in bestanden berekenen..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Nieuw bestand is gemaakt." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Bestand is verwijderd." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Bestandsinhoud is niet gewijzigd." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Bestand bestaat in geen van beide momentopnamen." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Bestandsinhoud is gewijzigd." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Bestandsmodus is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van groep van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "T&erugzetten uit eerste" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Herstellen" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "&Terugzetten uit tweede" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Het verschil tussen momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname weergeven:" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname weergeven:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste en de tweede momentopname weergeven" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem weergeven" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de eerste momentopname:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de tweede momentopname:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Openen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Selectie herstellen" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -290,7 +335,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -305,211 +350,317 @@ "van momentopname '%2' kopiëren naar uw huidige systeem?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Geen bestand voor herstellen geselecteerd" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Bestanden herstellen" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Deze bestanden worden hersteld van momentopname '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Bestanden uit de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden gekopieerd naar uw huidige systeem.\n" -"Bestanden die niet aanwezig waren in de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden verwijderd.Weet u het zeker?" +"Bestanden uit de oorspronkelijke momentopname worden gekopieerd naar uw " +"huidige systeem.\n" +"Bestanden die niet aanwezig waren in de oorspronkelijke momentopname " +"worden verwijderd.Weet u het zeker?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "<big>Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen</big> \n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" +#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +#| "types\n" +#| "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +#| "are\n" +#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and " +#| "Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed " +#| "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled " +#| "together in the table.\n" +#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to " +#| "see the\n" +#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big>\n" -"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale bewerking uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in de tabel.\n" -"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" +"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er " +"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. " +"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van " +"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En " +"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan " +"door een speciale bewerking uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee " +"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in " +"de tabel.\n" +"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op " +"Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te " +"zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the " +#| "first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see " +#| "the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the " +#| "time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " +#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken " +"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de " +"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het " +"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Wijzigingen worden standaard tussen geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " +"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Wijzigingen worden standaard tussen " +"geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het " +"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de " +"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de " +"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " +"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" "\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden." - -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" -"Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n" +"Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "" +"Kan geen nieuwe momentopname maken:\n" "%1" + +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "" "Wijzigen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Kan geen nieuwe momentopname maken:\n" +"Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Snapper wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen..." + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" "Geen bestaande snapper-configuraties. U moet één of meer\n" -"configuraties maken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het opdrachtregelhulpprogramma\n" +"configuraties maken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het " +"opdrachtregelhulpprogramma\n" "van snapper kan worden gebruikt om configuraties te maken." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Bestanden herstellen..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 verwijderd\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 overgeslagen\n" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak." + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden" + +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#~ msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven." + +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven." + +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Schrijven naar logboekbestand en timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" @@ -431,31 +431,27 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Cache&opslaglogboek" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "Httpd-log &emuleren?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "Verbindings&timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "&Levensduur van client" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "Taa&l van de foutmeldingen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "E-mail&adres van beheerder" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "Gebr&uik FTP-passieve modus" @@ -509,7 +505,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -572,7 +569,9 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgid "" +"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"\n" msgstr "" "Patronen verversen definieert de manier\n" "waarop Squid de objecten in de cache behandelt.\n" @@ -613,8 +612,12 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." -msgstr "Cachegeheugen definieert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor objecten." +msgid "" +"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects." +msgstr "" +"Cachegeheugen definieert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor " +"objecten." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -622,7 +625,8 @@ "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" "Max objectgrootte definieert de maximum grootte van op de schijf\n" -"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.\n" +"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" @@ -644,15 +648,18 @@ "Vervanging begint als het wissel(schijf)gebruik boven de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkering is, met pogingen om het gebruik bij de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkeringhouden. Als wisselgebruik dicht bij de\n" -"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering agressiever.\n" +"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering " +"agressiever.\n" "Als het gebruik dicht bij de Verwissel laagwatermarkering zit dan\n" "wordt er telkens minder vervanging gedaan.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -677,7 +684,8 @@ msgstr "" "Cache-vervangingsbeleid bepaalt welke objecten vervangen worden\n" "als er schijfruimte nodig is.\n" -"Geheugenvervangingsbeleid specificeert de policy voor objectvervanging in\n" +"Geheugenvervangingsbeleid specificeert de policy voor " +"objectvervanging in\n" "geheugen wanneer ruimte voor nieuwe objecten niet beschikbaar is.\n" "Beleid zou kunnen zijn:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -702,37 +710,53 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." -msgstr "Directorynaam definieert de topdirectory waar cachewisselbestanden opgeslagen worden." +msgid "" +"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored." +msgstr "" +"Directorynaam definieert de topdirectory waar cachewisselbestanden " +"opgeslagen worden." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." -msgstr "Grootte definieert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in MB) onder deze directory." +msgid "" +"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Grootte definieert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in " +"MB) onder deze directory." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Niveau-1 directories definieert een aantal eerste niveau subdirectories, \n" +"Niveau-1 directories definieert een aantal eerste niveau " +"subdirectories, \n" "die aangemaakt worden onder de directoryDirectorynaam.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Niveau-2 Directories definiëert het aantal tweede niveau subdirectories die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" +"Niveau-2 Directories definiëert het aantal tweede niveau " +"subdirectories die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" "onder elk eerste niveau map.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen." +msgid "" +"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "" +"Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen</" +"b>." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "ACL-groep heeft verschillende typeringen en de beschrijving\n" @@ -740,30 +764,41 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" -"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang wordt toegestaan\n" -"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment voldoen.\n" +"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan " +"worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" +"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang " +"wordt toegestaan\n" +"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment " +"voldoen.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde gecontroleerd.\n" +"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde " +"gecontroleerd.\n" "De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -msgstr "Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients worden gelogd." +msgid "" +"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"" +msgstr "" +"Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients " +"worden gelogd." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "Cache-log definieert het bestand waarin algemene informatie over\n" @@ -771,11 +806,14 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van alle\n" +"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van " +"alle\n" "objecten die in de objectenopslag zitten evenals de tijd wanneer een object\n" "verwijderd wordt. Deze optie kan leeg zijn.\n" @@ -785,7 +823,8 @@ "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" "Met Emuleer httpd-log specificeert u dat Squid zijn\n" -"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.\n" +"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" @@ -810,7 +849,8 @@ "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" "E-mailadres beheerder is het adres dat toegevoegd wordt aan elke\n" -"foutmeldingspagina die aan clients wordt getoond. Standaard ingesteld is de webmaster.\n" +"foutmeldingspagina die aan clients wordt getoond. Standaard ingesteld is de " +"webmaster.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -959,8 +999,11 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden:\n" +msgid "" +"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "" +"Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed " +"worden:\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -986,7 +1029,8 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" +msgstr "" +"Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" #. + #. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); @@ -1001,28 +1045,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Toegangslogboek mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Cachelogboek mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het toegangslogboek." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het cachelogboek." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor het cacheopslaglogboek." #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "E-mailadres van beheerder mag geen witruimte bevatten." @@ -1038,149 +1082,149 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Initialiseren van squid-configuratie" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "HTTP-poorten uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Verversingspatronen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "ACL-groepen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Andere instellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP-poorten lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Vernieuwingspatronen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "ACL-groepen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Andere instellingen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Kan het configuratiebestand niet lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Kan de serverstatus niet lezen." #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Squid opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Service starten" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Service starten..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewallinstellingen niet opslaan." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid-cacheproxy" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Daemon starten: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Geconfigureerde poorten:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparant)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Cachedirectory: " @@ -1274,8 +1318,12 @@ msgstr "Bestemmingsdomein" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." -msgstr "Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." +msgid "" +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." +msgstr "" +"Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de " +"oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1334,8 +1382,11 @@ msgstr "Komt overeen met een reguliere expressie op de complete URL." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of hostnaam" +msgid "" +"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "" +"Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of " +"hostnaam" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1386,16 +1437,24 @@ msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de HTTP-methode in de aanvraagkoppen." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." -msgstr "Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de client gebaseerd op de gebruikersagent-header." +msgid "" +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." +msgstr "" +"Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de " +"client gebaseerd op de gebruikersagent-header." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximum aantal HTTP-verbindingen" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." -msgstr "Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" +"Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde " +"aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1411,15 +1470,19 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." +msgstr "" +"Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen antwoord door squid.\n" -"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige typen HTTP-tunnelen-verzoeken.\n" +"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen " +"antwoord door squid.\n" +"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige " +"typen HTTP-tunnelen-verzoeken.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." @@ -1613,3 +1676,6 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" + +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "Httpd-log &emuleren?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-31 14:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-05 14:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Aangepaste partitionering" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " +"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw vaste schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -162,12 +163,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor " +"te stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te " +"stellen." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -397,7 +402,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -518,7 +524,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -658,8 +666,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -674,7 +685,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " +"gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de vaste schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -686,7 +698,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -702,8 +715,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " +"van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -786,7 +801,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home-partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie\n" -"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -886,7 +902,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -914,8 +931,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -936,8 +955,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -955,13 +976,14 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Aparte &home-partitie voorstellen" @@ -1003,8 +1025,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals " +"ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" @@ -1018,7 +1042,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie koppelen aan \n" -"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. Gebruik voor\n" +"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. " +"Gebruik voor\n" "dit koppelpunt een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" @@ -1077,21 +1102,29 @@ #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub beschikbaar.\n" -"Als u wilt opstarten vanaf een GPT-schijf met grub2, is een dergelijke partitie nodig.\n" +"Als u wilt opstarten vanaf een GPT-schijf met grub2, is een dergelijke " +"partitie nodig.\n" "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u deze instellingen wilt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1110,7 +1143,7 @@ "Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot-partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1130,20 +1163,21 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssystem is geschaduwd door\n" +"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssystem is " +"geschaduwd door\n" "koppelpunten van een ander bestandssysteem. Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u deze instellingen wilt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1160,31 +1194,8 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: met uw huidige instellingen zal uw %1 installatie\n" -"tijdens het opstarten problemen ondervinden omdat u geen\n" -"\"boot\"-partitie heeft en uw hoofdpartitie een logisch LVM-volume is.\n" -"Dit werkt niet.\n" -"\n" -"Tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent, kunt u voor uw bestanden\n" -"het beste een normale partitie onder /boot gaan gebruiken.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1208,7 +1219,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:479 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1233,18 +1244,19 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:510 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1261,7 +1273,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1274,7 +1286,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1287,10 +1299,11 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1298,18 +1311,19 @@ "van de standaard koppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:546 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan verloren gaan.\n" +"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan " +"verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1318,7 +1332,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1327,7 +1341,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1336,7 +1350,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1345,7 +1359,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1353,35 +1367,40 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is gekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " +"partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1396,7 +1415,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1411,7 +1430,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1431,7 +1450,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6358 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" @@ -1476,7 +1495,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3996 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4000 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" @@ -1499,7 +1518,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3952 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3956 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1510,7 +1529,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3960 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3964 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1562,8 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" @@ -1551,19 +1571,22 @@ "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan worden gewijzigd, zodat\n" "het te koppelen bestandssysteem kan worden gevonden door te zoeken\n" "naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen worden\n" -"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is dit\n" +"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is " +"dit\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" +"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit " +"heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" "als u de optie voor koppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan geen /-teken of spaties bevatten.\n" @@ -1585,6 +1608,13 @@ msgstr "Volume &label" #. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UUID" +msgid "&UUID" +msgstr "UUID" + +#. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Apparaat-&ID" @@ -1699,7 +1729,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1709,18 +1740,23 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden " +"verkleind.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 msgid "Continue?" @@ -1734,8 +1770,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden " +"uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1745,8 +1783,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"worden uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1759,7 +1799,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1770,46 +1811,30 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "No unsaved changes exist." -msgstr "Er zijn geen wijzigingen die nog niet zijn opgeslagen." - -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1417 -msgid "Changes:" -msgstr "Veranderingen:" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1429 -msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" -msgstr " Wilt u echt deze wijzigingen gaan uitvoeren?" - -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1435 -msgid "&Apply" -msgstr "&Toepassen" - #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1495 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1518 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1824,7 +1849,7 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1529 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1839,7 +1864,7 @@ "ongedaan voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1852,55 +1877,57 @@ "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Maak en verwijder subvolumes van een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met Snapper in." +msgstr "" +"Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met " +"Snapper in." #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Bestaande subvolumes:" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nieuw subvolume" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1632 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Nieuwe toevoegen" #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen inschakelen" #. heading text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1661 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandelen van subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1908,13 +1935,14 @@ "Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n" "Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." -msgstr "De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." +msgstr "" +"De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 @@ -1958,14 +1986,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem maken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1978,14 +2008,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " +"uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1997,14 +2029,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " +"karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2051,14 +2085,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval " +"wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandsysteem tijdens de update.\n" " \n" @@ -2077,7 +2114,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie, moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2116,7 +2154,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens het opstarten, niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2184,13 +2223,16 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" +"var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2262,27 +2304,28 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu gekoppeld op %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afkoppelen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2290,17 +2333,23 @@ "U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is gekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2408,7 +2457,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd.\n" +"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen " +"geannuleerd.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u de FCoE-configuratie wilt aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2419,7 +2469,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2756,11 +2807,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen,\n" -"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2987,7 +3040,8 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een gekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " +"grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -3031,8 +3085,10 @@ "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de apparaten \n" -"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-schijven,\n" +"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de " +"apparaten \n" +"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-" +"schijven,\n" "BIOS RAID's en LVM logische volumes hier niet te zien.\n" #. helptext @@ -3059,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "DM-apparaat: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3077,16 +3133,16 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID toevoegen" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep toevoegen" @@ -3094,43 +3150,43 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Apparaatgrafiek" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Apparaatgrafiek opslaan..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een apparaatgrafiek." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Grafiek opslaan is mislukt." #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Koppelgrafiek" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Grafiek van gekoppelden opslaan..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een grafiek van koppelpunten." @@ -3252,7 +3308,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5210 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3267,7 +3323,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op %1\n" +"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op " +"%1\n" "verwijderd en alle RAID- en volumegroepen die partities op %1 gebruiken." #. error popup @@ -3315,7 +3372,8 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet worden\n" -"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 @@ -3343,7 +3401,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3502,7 +3561,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Vaste schijven" @@ -3583,7 +3642,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID of multipad,\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID " +"of multipad,\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3594,7 +3654,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten die worden gebruikt door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software-RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3629,7 +3690,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3641,7 +3703,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd tijdens de\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3771,7 +3834,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" @@ -3795,12 +3858,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3811,9 +3877,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren " +"gaan.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3823,7 +3892,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat, heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3836,9 +3906,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie " +"gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3932,7 +4005,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Crypt-bestanden" @@ -3981,7 +4054,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4017,7 +4091,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4025,7 +4101,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4059,12 +4136,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4097,11 +4177,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " +"niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4153,7 +4235,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4165,19 +4248,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4231,12 +4318,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " +"te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." #. error popup @@ -4323,7 +4413,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volumebeheer" @@ -4394,82 +4484,87 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device mapper" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Ongebruikte apparaten" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " +"veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het afsluiten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u wilt afsluiten?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Hier kunt u een overzicht van de partitionering bekijken." #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Samenvatting" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systeemoverzicht" #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-" +"nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4500,34 +4595,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " +"twee of\n" +"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van " +"alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4537,19 +4645,23 @@ "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Met Naam van RAID kunt u een duidelijke \n" -"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het apparaat\n" +"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het " +"apparaat\n" "beschikbaar als <tt>/dev/md/<naam></tt>.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4612,12 +4724,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens die op apparaten\n" -"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens " +"die op apparaten\n" +"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4627,10 +4744,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4708,14 +4827,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand " +"bevindt.\n" "Normaal gesproken betekent dit dat de subset\n" " van de raid-apparaten zo klein is dat de raid niet bruikbaar is.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4733,7 +4854,8 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet bewerkt\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 @@ -4741,7 +4863,8 @@ "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" -"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" +"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/" +"verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" "dient u deze eerst te verwijderen en vervolgens weer aan te maken." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 @@ -4751,7 +4874,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet vergroot/verkleind\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze " +"niet in gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4910,16 +5034,22 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" +"i>\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" +"i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4935,13 +5065,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" +"kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4951,7 +5086,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Toon opslagapparaten per controleert\n" -"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de " +"navigatieboomstructuur." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5033,7 +5169,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Wanneer opnieuw wordt gezocht naar\n" -"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" +"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u " +"echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5211,7 +5348,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de RAID-apparaten\n" @@ -5222,15 +5360,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en deze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken\n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " +"de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en " +"deze in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " +"\"%2\" gebruiken\n" "om momenteel geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5256,10 +5400,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " +"eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen " +"apparaten. Daarna komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5269,29 +5416,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen " +"de naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " +"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " +"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " +"met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5306,63 +5466,69 @@ msgstr "Bestand met patroon" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs-&grootte" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " +"%.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "De waarde moet tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" -"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, Mega- of Gigabyte\n" -"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het geheugen betekent." +"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, " +"Mega- of Gigabyte\n" +"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het " +"geheugen betekent." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap &prioriteit" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "De waarde moet tussen 0 en 32767 liggen. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Swap prioriteit:\n" -"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.</" +"p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Als &alleen-lezen aankoppelen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen koppelen:\n" @@ -5370,61 +5536,70 @@ "installatie is het bestandssysteem altijd lezen-schrijven gekoppeld." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Geen &toegangstijd" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 -msgid "Mountable by &User" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountable by &User" +msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Door &gebruiker aan te koppelen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker te mounten:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Niet mounten tijdens systeem &opstart" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab gemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" +"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor &quota activeren" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5435,36 +5610,43 @@ "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Data &journaal modus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. " +"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Toegangscontrole lijsten (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5473,12 +5655,12 @@ "Dit staat toegangscontrole lijsten op het bestandssysteem toe.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Uitgebreide gebruikersattributen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5487,19 +5669,24 @@ "Dit staat uitgebreide gebruikersattributen op het bestandssysteem toe.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5508,73 +5695,83 @@ " komma's.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Karakter&set voor bestandsnamen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&pagina voor korte FAT namen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " +"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Aantal &FAT's" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " +"De standaard is 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&grootte" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch " +"die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Hoof&dmapitems" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5583,57 +5780,69 @@ "Selecteer het aantal beschikbare items in de hoofdmap.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&functie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de " +"bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS-&revisie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS-revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met " +"kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Blok&grootte in bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " +"geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode grootte" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5642,44 +5851,49 @@ "Deze optie specificeert de inode grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Percentage voor inode-ruimte" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage " +"aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &aaneengesloten" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Loggrootte in megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5689,26 +5903,28 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Aanroep Bad Blocks List &programma" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Stride-&lengte in blokken" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5717,7 +5933,7 @@ "Selecteer een waarde groter dan 1.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5730,21 +5946,26 @@ "aantal blokken in een RAID stripe als z'n argument neemt.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " +"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " +"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " +"verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes per &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5752,45 +5973,59 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem.\n" "Anders worden er te veel inodes gemaakt. Het is niet mogelijk\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" "Zorg dus dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Percentage ge&reserveerde blokken voor root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" "De waarde voor \"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root\" is onjuist.\n" -"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. 0.5)\n" +"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. " +"0.5)\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor " +"de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Regelmatige controles uitschakelen" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5799,12 +6034,12 @@ "Schakel regelmatige systeemcontroles uit bij opstarten\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Functie voor &directoryindex" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -5814,19 +6049,21 @@ "te versnellen.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "Gee&n journaal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5874,7 +6111,8 @@ "partitie gegenereerd voor compatibiliteit die bijna de gehele schijf omvat.\n" "\n" "U kunt de partitie op schijf %1 gebruiken als zodanig of\n" -"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt het formaat van de partitie niet wijzigen\n" +"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt het formaat van de " +"partitie niet wijzigen\n" "of de partitie verwijderen van deze schijf.\n" #. popup text @@ -5890,7 +6128,8 @@ "\n" "U kunt de partitietabel van de schijf naar een gezonde status initialiseren\n" "met behulp van de geavanceerde partitionering door\n" -"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op alle\n" +"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op " +"alle\n" "partities van deze schijf zullen daarmee echter verloren gaan.\n" #. popup text @@ -5912,7 +6151,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:990 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte aanpassing niet mogelijk:" @@ -5925,7 +6164,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2704 src/modules/Storage.rb:3909 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2690 src/modules/Storage.rb:3913 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5938,7 +6177,7 @@ "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3940 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3944 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5949,7 +6188,7 @@ "Probeer het opnieuw." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3975 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5961,24 +6200,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4025 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4029 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4084 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4088 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord opgeven" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4103 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4107 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende gecodeerde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4118 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Gecodeerd volume inschakelen" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4126 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5990,12 +6229,12 @@ "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" "gedurende het bijwerken of als deze een fysiek gecodeerd LVM-volume bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4134 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4138 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4191 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4195 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6006,68 +6245,72 @@ "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het coderingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4204 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen gecodeerde volumes om te ontgrendelen." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4217 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4220 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4229 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4233 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van gecodeerde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4253 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4257 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Met dit wachtwoord is van geen enkel volume de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4339 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4343 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4379 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4383 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4396 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5174 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf worden gebruikt." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5222 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"worden gebruikt." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5248 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5214 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6077,17 +6320,18 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5243 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5300 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6097,7 +6341,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5281 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5329 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6106,10 +6350,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) dat\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) " +"dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6120,7 +6365,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, dat de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5314 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5362 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6131,18 +6376,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5451 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5404 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6006 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6054 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" @@ -6404,11 +6649,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6416,12 +6663,14 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het " +"wijzigen van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6437,7 +6686,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Een sterretje (*) achter het mountpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" @@ -6506,7 +6756,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" +"grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6801,41 +7052,45 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4553 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5676 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6165 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-voorstel maken" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6180 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volume groep &coderen" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6198 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor hoofdpartitie" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor basispartitie" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6263 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Vergroten &Swap voor onderbreken" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Voorstelinstellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6288 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6844,7 +7099,7 @@ "LVM-voorstel kan worden versleuteld.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6852,21 +7107,25 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Het bestandssysteem voor de hoofdpartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de\n" -"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen automatische\n" -"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor neemt ook de\n" +"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen " +"automatische\n" +"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor " +"neemt ook de\n" "grootte van de hoofdpartitie toe." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het bestandsyssteem voor\n" -"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak." +"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het " +"bestandsyssteem voor\n" +"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met " +"invoervak." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6311 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6874,19 +7133,19 @@ "De wisselpartitie kan in de meeste gevallen zo groot worden gemaakt\n" "dat deze kan worden gebruikt om het systeem over te zetten op schijf." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor de versleuteling van het voorstel." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6343 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6354 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter controle:" @@ -6932,3 +7191,42 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten:" + +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving file system configuration..." +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "Bestandsysteemconfiguratie opslaan..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Waarschuwing: met uw huidige instellingen zal uw %1 installatie\n" +#~ "tijdens het opstarten problemen ondervinden omdat u geen\n" +#~ "\"boot\"-partitie heeft en uw hoofdpartitie een logisch LVM-volume is.\n" +#~ "Dit werkt niet.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent, kunt u voor uw bestanden\n" +#~ "het beste een normale partitie onder /boot gaan gebruiken.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" + +#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." +#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen wijzigingen die nog niet zijn opgeslagen." + +#~ msgid "Changes:" +#~ msgstr "Veranderingen:" + +#~ msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" +#~ msgstr " Wilt u echt deze wijzigingen gaan uitvoeren?" + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "&Toepassen" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -30,52 +30,54 @@ msgstr "Onder&steuning" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog met overzicht van ondersteuningsconfiguratie" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE Support Center openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "Hiermee wordt via de browser verbinding gemaakt met de SUSE Support Center Portal." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt via de browser verbinding gemaakt met de SUSE Support Center " +"Portal." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Hiermee wordt een tarball met de verzamelde logboekbestanden gemaakt." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Een rapportage-tarball maken" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Uploaden van gegevens" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "Hiermee worden de verzamelde logboeken geüpload naar de opgegeven URL." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Uploaden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Er is geen geïnstalleerde browser gevonden." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,183 +89,187 @@ "%1.\n" "Wilt u de webbrowser starten?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog voor uploaden van ondersteuningsconfiguratie" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Opslaan als" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Directory voor opslaan" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Pakket met log-bestanden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Tarball met logboekbestanden uploaden naar URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Uploaddoel" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet schrijven." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Kies de directory waar u tarball wilt opslaan" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Kies tarball-bestand met log-bestanden" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-parameterconfiguratie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Maak een volledige bestandslijst van '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Geen gedetailleerde schijfinformatie en scans" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Zoekt in het root-bestandssysteem naar eDirectory-structuren" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Sluit de volledige lijst SLP-services in" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "Hiermee wordt een 'rpm -V' voor uitgevoerd voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm" +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt een 'rpm -V' voor uitgevoerd voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" -msgstr "Alle regels van logboekbestanden opnemen en aanvullende gedraaide logboeken verzamelen" +msgstr "" +"Alle regels van logboekbestanden opnemen en aanvullende gedraaide logboeken " +"verzamelen" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Gebruik standaarden (negeer /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activeert alle ondersteuningsfuncties" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Verzamel alleen een minimum aan informatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Gebruik de aangepaste instelling (Expert)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-expertconfiguratie" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Standaardopties" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsconfig-contactconfiguratie" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Contactinformatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Bedrijf" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Telefoonnummer" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID opslaan" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Terminal-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Uploadinformatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11-cijferig serviceverzoeknummer" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "Het SR-nummer moet 11 cijfers bevatten" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Overzicht verzamelde gegevens" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Verwijderen uit gegevens" @@ -283,7 +289,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -325,8 +332,10 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ondersteuning toevoegen:</big> \n" -"Kies een ondersteuningsoptie in de lijst met gedetecteerde ondersteuningsopties.\n" -"Als uw ondersteuningsoptie niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Kies een ondersteuningsoptie in de lijst met gedetecteerde " +"ondersteuningsopties.\n" +"Als uw ondersteuningsoptie niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik vervolgens op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -345,15 +354,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>SUSE Support Center openen</big> \n" -"Als u een webbrowser met de SUSE Support Center Portal wilt openen, moet u SUSE Support Center openen gebruiken.\n" -"U kunt vervolgens een serviceverzoek indienen bij de technische ondersteuning. Noteer\n" -"het serviceverzoeknummer zodat u dit kunt vermelden bij het uploaden van de supportconfig-gegevens.\n" +"Als u een webbrowser met de SUSE Support Center Portal wilt openen, moet u " +"SUSE Support Center openen gebruiken.\n" +"U kunt vervolgens een serviceverzoek indienen bij de technische " +"ondersteuning. Noteer\n" +"het serviceverzoeknummer zodat u dit kunt vermelden bij het uploaden van de " +"supportconfig-gegevens.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -362,7 +376,8 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>Gegevens verzamelen</big> \n" -"Met Gegevens verzamelen kunt u de tool voor het verzamelen van supportconfig-gegevens uitvoeren" +"Met Gegevens verzamelen kunt u de tool voor het verzamelen van " +"supportconfig-gegevens uitvoeren" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -372,19 +387,23 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big> \n" -"Gebruik Gegevens uploaden om de gegevens die al op een server zijn verzameld, te uploaden.\n" +"Gebruik Gegevens uploaden om de gegevens die al op een server zijn " +"verzameld, te uploaden.\n" "De server kan Algemene technische ondersteuning zijn." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>Supportconfig-opties</big> \n" -"Selecteer een optie om de standaardopties te negeren. U kunt de standaardinstellingen gebruiken, \n" -"grote hoeveelheden gegevens verzamelen of slechts een kleine hoeveelheid gegevens verzamelen." +"Selecteer een optie om de standaardopties te negeren. U kunt de " +"standaardinstellingen gebruiken, \n" +"grote hoeveelheden gegevens verzamelen of slechts een kleine hoeveelheid " +"gegevens verzamelen." #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -394,7 +413,8 @@ "to select specific data sets to collect.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Geavanceerde instellingen</big> \n" -"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Geavanceerde instellingen\n" +"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Geavanceerde " +"instellingen\n" "om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren die u wilt verzamelen.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 @@ -402,7 +422,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opties</big> \n" "Verzamel aanvullende informatie. Deze opties zijn meestal niet\n" @@ -412,58 +433,75 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>Standaardopties</big> \n" -"U kunt alle gegevenssets die u wilt opnemen in de supportconfig-tarball selecteren of de selectie ongedaan maken." +"U kunt alle gegevenssets die u wilt opnemen in de supportconfig-tarball " +"selecteren of de selectie ongedaan maken." #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" "<big>Contactinformatie</big> \n" "Vul elk contactinformatieveld in dat u wilt opnemen\n" -"in de supportconfig-tarball. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt." +"in de supportconfig-tarball. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand " +"basic-environment.txt." #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>Uploadinformatie</big> \n" -"Het uploaddoel is de bestemmings-URI van de supportconfig-tarball. De ondersteunde uploadservices zijn:\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. Als u de bestandsnaam van de supportconfig-tarball wilt opnemen in uw uploaddoel, \n" -"kunt u tarball gebruiken als trefwoord. Dit wordt dan later vervangen door de daadwerkelijke naam van het tarballbestand.\n" +"Het uploaddoel is de bestemmings-URI van de supportconfig-tarball. De " +"ondersteunde uploadservices zijn:\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Als u de bestandsnaam van de supportconfig-tarball " +"wilt opnemen in uw uploaddoel, \n" +"kunt u tarball gebruiken als trefwoord. Dit wordt dan later vervangen " +"door de daadwerkelijke naam van het tarballbestand.\n" "Zie ook man supportconfig(1) voor meer informatie." #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>Voorbeelden van uploaddoelen</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: als u een u een supportconfig-tarball uploadt naar de technische ondersteuning,\n" -"vermeld dan ook het 11-cijferige serviceverzoeknummer van uw openstaande serviceverzoek.\n" +"Opmerking: als u een u een supportconfig-tarball uploadt naar de " +"technische ondersteuning,\n" +"vermeld dan ook het 11-cijferige serviceverzoeknummer van uw openstaande " +"serviceverzoek.\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -478,23 +516,29 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Controle van verzamelde gegevens</big> \n" -"Controleer de gegevens die zijn verzameld door supportconfig. Als u een deel van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" -"gebruikt u Verwijderen uit gegevens, waarna het geselecteerde bestand wordt verwijderd.\n" +"Controleer de gegevens die zijn verzameld door supportconfig. Als u een deel " +"van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" +"gebruikt u Verwijderen uit gegevens, waarna het geselecteerde bestand " +"wordt verwijderd.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene technische ondersteuning</big> \n" -"Als u een kopie van het tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie wilt opslaan, selecteert u de doeldirectory\n" +"<big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene " +"technische ondersteuning</big> \n" +"Als u een kopie van het tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie wilt " +"opslaan, selecteert u de doeldirectory\n" "en zorgt u ervoor dat deze optie is aangevinkt.\n" " \n" @@ -503,13 +547,15 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>URL uploaden</big> \n" -"Deze optie bevat de locatie waarnaar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload\n" +"Deze optie bevat de locatie waarnaar de supportconfig-tarball wordt " +"geüpload\n" "als standaardwaarde.\n" "Wijzig deze waarde alleen in speciale gevallen.\n" "\n" @@ -528,13 +574,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene technische ondersteuning</big> \n" -"Als u het tarball voor de ondersteuningsconfiguratie al hebt gemaakt, schrijft u het volledige pad\n" +"<big>Tarball voor ondersteuningsconfiguratie uploaden naar Algemene " +"technische ondersteuning</big> \n" +"Als u het tarball voor de ondersteuningsconfiguratie al hebt gemaakt, " +"schrijft u het volledige pad\n" "naar het veld Pakket met logboekbestanden.\n" " \n" @@ -608,7 +657,9 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "Informatie van schijven, koppelingen van bestandssysteem en partities. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie van schijven, koppelingen van bestandssysteem en partities. fs-" +"diskio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -619,12 +670,18 @@ msgstr "Informatie over statuscontrole van Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "Informatie over systeemomgeving, inclusief sysctl en root. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "Haalt *.conf-bestanden recursief op en daarnaast andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"Haalt *.conf-bestanden recursief op en daarnaast andere " +"configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -643,8 +700,12 @@ msgstr "Informatie over LDAP, inclusief zoeken in de root-DSE. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "Informatie over Novell Linux User Management, inclusief een hoofd-DSE, UNIX-configuratie en zoekacties voor werkstationobjecten. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie over Novell Linux User Management, inclusief een hoofd-DSE, UNIX-" +"configuratie en zoekacties voor werkstationobjecten. novell-lum.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -660,7 +721,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "Informatie over meerdere paden van oorspronkelijke device mapper. mpio.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie over meerdere paden van oorspronkelijke device mapper. mpio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" @@ -699,8 +761,12 @@ msgstr "Informatie over OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "Informatie over Pluggable Authentication Module, inclusief gebruikersaccountgegevens. pam.txt" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie over Pluggable Authentication Module, inclusief " +"gebruikersaccountgegevens. pam.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -719,8 +785,12 @@ msgstr "Informatie over client bijwerken. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "Informatie over System Activity Reporting, inclusief kopieën van de SAR-gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie over System Activity Reporting, inclusief kopieën van de SAR-" +"gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" @@ -732,12 +802,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Informatie over Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: sommige hardeschijfcontrollers en stations werken\n" -"niet correct. Bij het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens kunnen bestandssystemen worden gewijzigd in de modus alleen-lezen of kan de server zelfs vastlopen. Controleer of het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens\n" +"Informatie over Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology voor " +"harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: sommige hardeschijfcontrollers en stations " +"werken\n" +"niet correct. Bij het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens kunnen bestandssystemen " +"worden gewijzigd in de modus alleen-lezen of kan de server zelfs vastlopen. " +"Controleer of het zoeken naar SMART-gegevens\n" "goed werkt in uw omgeving voordat u deze optie inschakelt. fs-smartmon.txt\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 @@ -769,32 +845,60 @@ msgstr "Informatie over XEN-virtualisatie. xen.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "Hiermee wordt voor supportconfig aangegeven dat het bestandssysteem moet worden doorzocht op alle bestanden met eDirectory-exemplaren. Als dit is ingesteld, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST automatisch ook ingesteld. -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"Hiermee wordt voor supportconfig aangegeven dat het bestandssysteem moet " +"worden doorzocht op alle bestanden met eDirectory-exemplaren. Als dit is " +"ingesteld, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST automatisch ook ingesteld. -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "Een volledige lijst met bestanden die worden gevonden in de root van het bestandssysteem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" +"Een volledige lijst met bestanden die worden gevonden in de root van het " +"bestandssysteem. -L, fs-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "Bevat het hele logbestand, inclusief opmerkingen, in plaats van alleen de regels van VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Indien aanwezig worden extra gedraaide logboeken opgenomen. -l" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"Bevat het hele logbestand, inclusief opmerkingen, in plaats van alleen de " +"regels van VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Indien aanwezig worden extra gedraaide " +"logboeken opgenomen. -l" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerd scannen. -d" +msgstr "" +"Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerd scannen. -d" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken worden alle logboeken van /var/log/YaST2/* opgenomen. Met deze optie wordt de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaalde bestand geminimaliseerd." +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken worden alle logboeken van /var/log/YaST2/* opgenomen. Met " +"deze optie wordt de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaalde bestand geminimaliseerd." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "Voert een rpm -V uit op elk geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit kan even duren. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"Voert een rpm -V uit op elk geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit kan even duren. -" +"v, rpm-verify.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "Normaal gesproken worden alleen de basistypen SLP-services weergegeven. Met deze optie kunt u elk van de gevonden servicetypen afzonderlijk doorzoeken. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken worden alleen de basistypen SLP-services weergegeven. Met " +"deze optie kunt u elk van de gevonden servicetypen afzonderlijk doorzoeken. -" +"s, slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -802,47 +906,82 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "E-mailadres van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"E-mailadres van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-" +"environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "Naam van contactpersoon die moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"Naam van contactpersoon die moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "Telefoonnummer van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"Telefoonnummer van contactpersoon dat moet worden opgenomen in basic-" +"environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "Het aantal regels dat moet worden opgenomen bij het ophalen van een logbestand. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal regels dat moet worden opgenomen bij het ophalen van een " +"logbestand. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." -msgstr "De locatie van de supportconfig-tarball. De eerste geldige locatie in de lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." +msgstr "" +"De locatie van de supportconfig-tarball. De eerste geldige locatie in de " +"lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal regels van /var/log/messages dat kan worden opgehaald. Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal regels van /var/log/messages dat kan worden opgehaald. " +"Nul betekent dat het hele bestand moet worden opgehaald." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal logbestanden van de engine van het heartbeat-beleid dat kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal logbestanden van de engine van het heartbeat-beleid dat " +"kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal bestanden met SAR-gegevens dat kan worden opgenomen in de supportconfig-tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal bestanden met SAR-gegevens dat kan worden opgenomen in de " +"supportconfig-tarball." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" -"Wanneer deze optie is ingesteld op 1, wordt supportconfig in de stille modus uitgevoerd. Deze optie is handig als u\n" -"supportconfig regelmatig wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-taak. Stel dit in met -Q." +"Wanneer deze optie is ingesteld op 1, wordt supportconfig in de stille modus " +"uitgevoerd. Deze optie is handig als u\n" +"supportconfig regelmatig wilt uitvoeren, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-taak. Stel " +"dit in met -Q." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "Wordt gebruikt om op te geven waar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload wanneer u de opstartoptie -u srnum gebruikt. U kunt een FTP-server opgeven die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. Standaard wordt de openbare FTP-server van SUSE gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"Wordt gebruikt om op te geven waar de supportconfig-tarball wordt geüpload " +"wanneer u de opstartoptie -u srnum gebruikt. U kunt een FTP-server opgeven " +"die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. Standaard wordt de openbare FTP-server van " +"SUSE gebruikt." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:18+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. help text header - sysconfig editor #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 @@ -29,7 +32,8 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Benodigd de opties 'variable' en 'value'" +msgstr "" +"Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Benodigd de opties 'variable' en 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -131,13 +135,15 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik een volledige variabele naam in het formaat <VARIABELE_NAAM>$<BESTAND_NAAM>\n" +"Gebruik een volledige variabele naam in het formaat <VARIABELE_NAAM>" +"$<BESTAND_NAAM>\n" "(bijv: %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." -msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan en het activeren van de wijzigingen." +msgstr "" +"Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan en het activeren van de wijzigingen." #. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 @@ -305,17 +311,27 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" -"Nadat u de wijzigingen heeft opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen in het overeenkomende bestand sysconfig aanpassen.\n" -" Daarna zal het de activering commando's starten die dan de onderliggende configuratie bestanden zullen wijzigen, de daemons zal\n" -"stoppen en starten en de lowlevel configuratie tools zal opstarten: dit alles om uw configuratie in sysconfig te doen activeren.\n" +"Nadat u de wijzigingen heeft opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen in " +"het overeenkomende bestand sysconfig aanpassen.\n" +" Daarna zal het de activering commando's starten die dan de onderliggende " +"configuratie bestanden zullen wijzigen, de daemons zal\n" +"stoppen en starten en de lowlevel configuratie tools zal opstarten: dit " +"alles om uw configuratie in sysconfig te doen activeren.\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de variabele omschrijving zien." +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel " +"configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de " +"variabele omschrijving zien." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -328,13 +344,23 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor " +"kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor " +"het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "Opmerking: de beschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: de beschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze " +"rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -363,8 +389,13 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de zoekresultaten zien. Als u het item ziet waar u naar gezocht heeft, dan kunt u er op klikken en vervolgens op \"Ga naar\" klikken. Dit dialoog zal sluiten zodra u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de zoekresultaten zien. Als u het item ziet waar u naar gezocht " +"heeft, dan kunt u er op klikken en vervolgens op \"Ga naar\" klikken. Dit " +"dialoog zal sluiten zodra u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -483,97 +514,115 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Commando: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "&Overslaan" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Een commando zal worden uitgevoerd" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Het %1 commando wordt gestart..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Het %1 commando heeft gefaald" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Sysconfig configuratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Nieuwe instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Activeer wijzigingen" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt." - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "De %1 variabele wordt opgeslagen..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "De wijzigingen worden in de bestanden opgeslagen..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "Service %1 zal herladen worden" +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." -msgstr "De %1 service wordt herladen..." +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -msgstr "Het herladen van de %1 service is mislukt" +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Het %1 commando wordt gestart..." -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "Service %1 zal opnieuw gestart worden" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Het %1 commando heeft gefaald" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." -msgstr "De service %1 wordt herstart..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Een commando zal worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -msgstr "De herstart van de %1 service is mislukt" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Commando: " -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Gereed" +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." +msgstr "De service %s wordt herladen..." -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Configuratieoverzicht" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" +msgstr "Herladen van service %s is mislukt" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "Service %s zal herladen worden" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." +msgstr "Service %s wordt herstart..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" +msgstr "De herstart van de service %s is mislukt" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "Service %s zal opnieuw gestart worden" + +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" +"Kan de status van de service niet bepalen, systemd service bestaat niet:" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "De %1 variabele wordt opgeslagen..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt." + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:13+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. name of time zone region #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 @@ -1383,8 +1386,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "Ho Chi Minh City" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2469,3 +2472,6 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 @@ -93,17 +96,20 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Reservekopie aanmaken van de gewijzigde bestanden:\n" -"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden vervangen.\n" +"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden " +"vervangen.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " +"the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Volledige reservekopie van\n" -"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel uitmaken\n" +"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel " +"uitmaken\n" "van het sysconfig-mechanisme, ook degene die niet vervangen worden.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 @@ -115,8 +121,10 @@ "remove them.\n" msgstr "" "Oude reservekopieën uit de reservekopie-\n" -"directory verwijderen: Wanneer uw huidige systeem al het resultaat is van een eerdere\n" -"update, dan kunnen er oude reservekopieën van configuratiebestanden aanwezig zijn.\n" +"directory verwijderen: Wanneer uw huidige systeem al het resultaat is " +"van een eerdere\n" +"update, dan kunnen er oude reservekopieën van configuratiebestanden aanwezig " +"zijn.\n" "Selecteer deze optie om ze te verwijderen.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 @@ -137,7 +145,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Update-opties" @@ -166,9 +174,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -208,19 +216,23 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "De bijwerkoptie verschilt voor beide modi. In\n" -"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke gegevens te maken.\n" +"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke " +"gegevens te maken.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " +"predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Met nieuwe software: Met deze standaardinstelling\n" -" wordt de bestaande software bijgewerkt en worden alle nieuwe functies en voordelen van\n" -" de nieuwe <tt>%1</tt>-versie geïnstalleerd. De selectie wordt gebaseerd op de eerdere vooraf gedefinieerde\n" +" wordt de bestaande software bijgewerkt en worden alle nieuwe functies en " +"voordelen van\n" +" de nieuwe <tt>%1</tt>-versie geïnstalleerd. De selectie wordt gebaseerd op " +"de eerdere vooraf gedefinieerde\n" " softwareselectie.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -228,7 +240,8 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " +"is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten: Deze selectie werkt\n" @@ -242,7 +255,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " +"those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Na de update kan het zijn dat bepaalde software niet meer functioneert.\n" @@ -287,29 +301,35 @@ msgstr "Er is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Bij te werken pakketten: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Nieuw te installeren pakketten: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Totale grootte van de pakketten die bijgewerkt worden: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. Vereist handmatige aanpassing.." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</" +"a>" +msgstr "" +"Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. <a href=\"%s\">Vereist " +"handmatige aanpassing.</" +"a>" #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -353,29 +373,37 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan de huidige RPM-database niet lezen." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Het geïnstalleerde product is niet compatibel met het product dat op de installatiemedia staat." - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#| msgid "" +#| "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the " +#| "installation media." +msgid "" +"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " +"the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "" +"Het geïnstalleerde product (%{update_from}) is niet compatibel met het " +"product dat op de installatiemedia staat (%{update_to}) (%{update_to})." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " +"running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -386,45 +414,48 @@ "met verschillende versies uit.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: bijwerken van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact overeen." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: bijwerken van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact " +"overeen." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Alleen de geïnstalleerde pakketten bijwerken" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Bijwerken op basis van patronen" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt bijgewerkt.\n" +"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt " +"bijgewerkt.\n" "Kies of alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten moeten worden bijgewerkt of dat\n" "ook nieuwe pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd (standaard). Beslis of\n" "niet onderhouden pakketten moeten worden verwijderd.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Update-opties" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Geen van deze bestanden bestaan: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -557,10 +588,12 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " +"partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden.\n" +"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie " +"gevonden.\n" "Wilt u deze toch gebruiken?" #. button label @@ -577,7 +610,8 @@ "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"De initialisatie van het systeem voor de upgrade is door onbekende oorzaak mislukt.\n" +"De initialisatie van het systeem voor de upgrade is door onbekende oorzaak " +"mislukt.\n" "Het wordt sterk aangeraden niet door te gaan met het upgradeproces.\n" "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?" @@ -587,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "&Ja, ik wil doorgaan" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -596,17 +630,17 @@ "over hoe dit probleem opgelost kan worden." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Onbekend Linux-systeem" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Niet-Linux-systeem" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -621,7 +655,7 @@ "handmatig af m.b.v 'umount' of herstart uw computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Partitie %1 controleren" @@ -630,23 +664,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Bestandssysteem op %1 wordt gecontroleerd..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Controle van bestandssysteem is mislukt" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -657,43 +691,45 @@ "Wilt u doorgaan met het koppelen van het apparaat?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Koppelen &overslaan" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" "Foutief wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " +"fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Uw /opstartpartitie is te klein (%1 MB).\n" -"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel er\n" +"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel " +"er\n" "niet op passen. Het is daarom veiliger om die partitie te vergroten\n" "of zelfs helemaal geen /opstartpartitie te gebruiken.\n" "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met het bijwerken van het huidige systeem?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -714,27 +750,27 @@ "te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppeloptie&s opgeven" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Aankoppel&punt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -743,12 +779,12 @@ "(leeglaten bij autodetectie)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "De /var-partitie %1 kon niet worden aangekoppeld.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -760,43 +796,47 @@ "udev-ID's: %5, \n" "udev-pad: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan de partitie /var niet automatisch vinden" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " +"upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " +"manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Uw systeem gebruikt een aparte partitie /var die vereist is voor het detecteren\n" -"van wijzigingen aan schijfnamen tijdens het upgradeproces. Selecteer handmatig\n" +"Uw systeem gebruikt een aparte partitie /var die vereist is voor het " +"detecteren\n" +"van wijzigingen aan schijfnamen tijdens het upgradeproces. Selecteer " +"handmatig\n" "de partitie /var om door te gaan met het upgradeproces." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/var-partitieapparaat &selecteren" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Apparaatgegevens" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kon met deze schijfconfiguratie de /var-partitie niet aankoppelen.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -809,45 +849,49 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " +"is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " +"the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn gekoppeld op basis van de kernelapparaatnaam. Dit is geen\n" +"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn gekoppeld op basis van de " +"kernelapparaatnaam. Dit is geen\n" "betrouwbare methode voor het bijwerken omdat deze namen niet\n" -"permanent zijn. Het wordt daarom sterk aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het koppelingsmethode te wijzigen naar\n" +"permanent zijn. Het wordt daarom sterk aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te " +"starten en het koppelingsmethode te wijzigen naar\n" "een andere methode voor alle partities." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab niet gevonden." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "De root-partitie in /etc/fstab heeft een ongeldig root-apparaat.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Deze is momenteel aangekoppeld als %1 maar wordt vermeld als %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Root-partitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld a.u.b..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "De partities worden aangekoppeld. Even geduld a.u.b..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Zoeken naar beschikbare systemen" @@ -912,3 +956,4 @@ #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken" + Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -94,8 +94,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van LDAP gebruiker DN's moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De " +"lijst van LDAP gebruiker DN's moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -122,7 +126,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug." +msgstr "" +"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus " +"terug." #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" #. dialog caption @@ -145,14 +151,27 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " +"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +"Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de " +"lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen. Deze optie gebruikt een bestaande home directory of maakt een nieuwe aan voor elke gebruiker in de locatie die voor deze installatie is opgegeven." +msgid "" +"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " +"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " +"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " +"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" +"Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het " +"mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer " +"hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</" +"b>. Deze optie gebruikt een bestaande home directory of maakt een nieuwe aan " +"voor elke gebruiker in de locatie die voor deze installatie is opgegeven." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -177,7 +196,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "L&okaal (/etc/passwd)" @@ -191,19 +210,26 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +"Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Als u gebruik maakt van NIS of LDAP servers om de gebruikers gegevens op te slaan\n" -"of als u de gebruikers wil aanmelden via een een NT server, selecteer de juiste waarde. Klink dan\n" +"Als u gebruik maakt van NIS of LDAP servers om de gebruikers gegevens op " +"te slaan\n" +"of als u de gebruikers wil aanmelden via een een NT server, selecteer de " +"juiste waarde. Klink dan\n" "Volgende om verder te gaan met de configuratie van de client." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Kies de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een NIS of LDAP server om gebruikersdata op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van uw cliënt door op Verder te drukken." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." +msgstr "" +"Kies de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een NIS of LDAP server " +"om gebruikersdata op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van " +"uw cliënt door op Verder te drukken." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -211,34 +237,46 @@ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een LDAP server om gebruikersdata op te slaan of wanneer u een NT server gebruikt om gebruikers te verifiëren. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van uw cliënt door op Verder te drukken." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een LDAP server " +"om gebruikersdata op te slaan of wanneer u een NT server gebruikt om " +"gebruikers te verifiëren. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van uw " +"cliënt door op Verder te drukken." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een LDAP server om gebruikersdata op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van uw cliënt door op Verder te drukken." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de gewenste waarde indien u gebruik maakt van een LDAP server " +"om gebruikersdata op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het configureren van " +"uw cliënt door op Verder te drukken." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "Selecteer Kerberos-verificatie instellen om Kerberos in te stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." +msgid "" +"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " +"configuring the user data source." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Kerberos-verificatie instellen om Kerberos in te stellen " +"na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruike&rsgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Kiezen" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Verificatiemethode" @@ -249,13 +287,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "Gebruikers om te lezen &selecteren" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren" @@ -307,7 +345,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem, die bijvoorbeeld teksten schrijven,\n" +"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem, die bijvoorbeeld teksten " +"schrijven,\n" "afbeeldingen maken of met een webbrowser over het internet willen\n" "surfen, is op ieder systeem de gebruiker \"root\" aanwezig. Deze komt in\n" "actie wanneer er beheertaken moeten worden uitgevoerd. Meldt u zich alleen\n" @@ -320,15 +359,19 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aangezien de root gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient het wachtwoord\n" -"voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen. Een combinatie van letters\n" -"en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord\n" +"Aangezien de root gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient het " +"wachtwoord\n" +"voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen. Een combinatie van " +"letters\n" +"en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er zeker van te zijn dat het " +"wachtwoord\n" "correct is ingevoerd moet het in een tweede veld worden herhaald.\n" "\n" @@ -339,7 +382,8 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -368,13 +412,18 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgstr "" -"Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van certificaten,\n" +"Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van " +"certificaten,\n" "moet het minstens %1 tekens lang zijn." #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." +msgid "" +"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "" +"Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en " +"speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -385,8 +434,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -422,8 +471,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord echt gebruiken?" @@ -459,7 +508,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -467,99 +516,105 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Verificatie " #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Kies een methode voor wachtwoordcodering voor lokale gebruikers en systeemgebruikers." +msgstr "" +"Kies een methode voor wachtwoordcodering voor lokale gebruikers en " +"systeemgebruikers." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, het gebruik van andere algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, het gebruik van " +"andere algoritmen is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "S&ysteem mail ontvangen" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker maken" @@ -567,13 +622,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Lege gebruikersaanmelding" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -585,7 +640,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -593,12 +648,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vul Volledige naam van gebruiker, Gebruikernaam en Wachtwoord in\n" +"Vul Volledige naam van gebruiker, Gebruikernaam en " +"Wachtwoord in\n" "om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -613,10 +669,11 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -626,7 +683,7 @@ "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -636,7 +693,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -644,18 +701,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven wordt u verzocht\n" -"het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen. Vergeet uw wachtwoord niet!\n" +"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven wordt u " +"verzocht\n" +"het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen. Vergeet uw wachtwoord " +"niet!\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -668,67 +730,79 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root." +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer " +"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet " +"worden voor root." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden bij het Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden is ingeschakeld zal de aanmeldprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" +"De gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan " +"te melden bij het Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden " +"is ingeschakeld zal de aanmeldprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker " +"zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " +"Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u op de optie \"Systeem mail ontvangen\" klikt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" +"Als u op de optie \"Systeem mail ontvangen\" klikt, dan zal de mail voor " +"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Expertinstellingen" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "De verificatiemethode is lokaal met /etc/passwd." #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "De methode voor wachtwoordcodering is %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Gebruiker %s wordt geïmporteerd." msgstr[1] "Gebruikers %s worden geïmporteerd." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -770,7 +844,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "Verwijder een bestaande gebruiker. (Home directory wordt niet verwijderd.)" +msgstr "" +"Verwijder een bestaande gebruiker. (Home directory wordt niet verwijderd.)" #. translators: command line help text for list local option #: src/clients/users.rb:175 @@ -840,7 +915,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" +msgstr "" +"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -858,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker's UID" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Gebruikersconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." @@ -866,10 +942,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " +"that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier ziet u, voor de huidige LDAP opgave, de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." +"Hier ziet u, voor de huidige LDAP opgave, de tabel met alle toegestane " +"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -892,11 +970,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ieder kenmerk is aan te passen door middel van Wijzigen. Enkele kenmerken \n" -"kunnen noodzakelijk zijn, deze zijn in de gebruiker-template van de LDAP Cliënt Module gedefinieerd.\n" +"ieder kenmerk is aan te passen door middel van Wijzigen. Enkele " +"kenmerken \n" +"kunnen noodzakelijk zijn, deze zijn in de gebruiker-template van de LDAP " +"Cliënt Module gedefinieerd.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -915,8 +996,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van wachtwoordbeleidobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +"Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van " +"wachtwoordbeleidobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om " +"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -970,7 +1057,9 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" -msgstr "Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een &aanmelding nog bruikbaar is" +msgstr "" +"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een &aanmelding nog " +"bruikbaar is" #. intfield label #. intfield label @@ -1005,20 +1094,24 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "De verloopdatum moet het formaat YYYY-MM-DD hebben" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." +msgstr "" +"De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " +"instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n" "geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" @@ -1027,38 +1120,75 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " +"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " +"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " +"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de " +"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op " +"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag " +"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." +msgstr "" +"De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " +"instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n" "op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" -"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" +"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de " +"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " +"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " +"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " +"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden " +"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende " +"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. " +"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1289,7 +1419,8 @@ "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." msgstr "" -"U kunt deze gebruiker niet verwijderen aangezien deze gebruiker nog aanwezig is.\n" +"U kunt deze gebruiker niet verwijderen aangezien deze gebruiker nog aanwezig " +"is.\n" "Meldt de gebruiker eerst even af aub." #. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1375,13 +1506,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "Gecodeerde directory image en sleutelbestanden\n" "'%1' en '%2'\n" "zijn gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuisdirectory." +"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats " +"van de huidige thuisdirectory." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1410,7 +1543,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "Voor externe gebruikers kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden." +msgstr "" +"Voor externe gebruikers kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd " +"worden." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1514,19 +1649,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Plugin beschrijving" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Plugin toevoegen &of verwijderen" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" @@ -1582,17 +1717,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&gin's" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Home directory in %1 wijzigen?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1603,12 +1738,12 @@ "Meld de gebruiker eerst af." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Geef de grootte op voor de home directory." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1618,64 +1753,64 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Deze plugin kan niet worden verwijderd." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "U hebt nu een nieuwe gebruiker toegevoegd." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Nieuwe lokale groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Nieuwe systeemgroep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Nieuwe LDAP groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Bestaande lokale groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Bestaande systeemgroep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Bestaande LDAP groep" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Groeps&naam" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Groep &ID (gid)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Groeps&leden" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Groeps&data" @@ -1684,7 +1819,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " +"umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1734,30 +1870,37 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aanmelding shell \n" -"De naam van de aanmelding shell van de nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef uw path naar de shell op.\n" +"De naam van de aanmelding shell van de nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één " +"uit de lijst of geef uw path naar de shell op.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Standaard home \n" -"Het standaard path-voorvoegsel van de home directory van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de home directory van de gebruiker te maken. \n" +"Het standaard path-voorvoegsel van de home directory van een nieuwe " +"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet " +"om een standaardnaam voor de home directory van de gebruiker te maken. \n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Raamwerk directory \n" -"Zodra een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze directory naar de home directory van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden. \n" +"Zodra een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze " +"directory naar de home directory van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1766,18 +1909,21 @@ "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Ontmaskeren voor persoonlijke directory \n" -"De te gebruiken 'ontmaskeren bij het maken van nieuwe persoonlijke directories.\n" +"De te gebruiken 'ontmaskeren bij het maken van nieuwe persoonlijke " +"directories.\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Verloopdatum \n" -"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD formaat hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" +"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD " +"formaat hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1787,9 +1933,12 @@ "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog bruikbaar is \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. Geef het aantal dagen op \n" -"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" +"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding " +"nog bruikbaar is \n" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. " +"Geef het aantal dagen op \n" +"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen " +"wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1862,15 +2011,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Maak de Gebruikersnaam aan aan de hand van gedeeltes\n" "uit de volledige naam door op Suggestie te klikken. U mag\n" -"deze wijzigen, maar gebruik alleen letters (zonder speciale tekens), cijfers en <tt>_</tt>.\n" +"deze wijzigen, maar gebruik alleen letters (zonder speciale tekens), cijfers " +"en <tt>_</tt>.\n" "Gebruik geen hoofdletters tenzij u weet wat u doet.\n" "Gebruikersnamen hebben meer beperkingen dan wachtwoorden. U kunt de\n" "beperkingen opnieuw definiëren in het bestand /etc/login.defs. Lees de\n" @@ -1883,23 +2035,32 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wanneer u de Gebruikersaanmelding veranderd, gebruik dan alleen\n" "letters (geen trema's), cijfers, en <tt>._-</tt>\n" -"Gebruik bij deze opgave geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten waar u mee bezig bent.\n" -"Gebruikersnamen zijn meer aan beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden. U kunt de beperkingen\n" -"opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand. Lees voor meer informatie de man pagina.\n" +"Gebruik bij deze opgave geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten waar u mee " +"bezig bent.\n" +"Gebruikersnamen zijn meer aan beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden. U kunt " +"de beperkingen\n" +"opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand. Lees voor meer " +"informatie de man pagina.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "Druk op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Druk op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw " +"systeem toe te voegen." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1918,10 +2079,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Wachtwoord instellingen om de diverse wachtwoord instellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" +"Klik op Wachtwoord instellingen om de diverse wachtwoord instellingen " +"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1958,7 +2121,8 @@ "Groepsnaam:\n" "Geef de naam van de groep op. Vermijdt \n" "lange namen. Een normale lengte ligt tussen de twee en acht karakters.\n" -"U kunt de lijst met karakters opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs bestand.\n" +"U kunt de lijst met karakters opnieuw definieren in het /etc./login.defs " +"bestand.\n" "Lees voor meer informatie de man pagina.\n" "\n" @@ -1976,9 +2140,12 @@ "\n" "Groep ID (gid):\n" "Als aanvulling op de naam dient voor de interne vertegenwoordiging een\n" -"numerieke ID aan de groep toegewezen te worden. Deze waardes liggen ergens tussen\n" -"0 en %1. Enkele van deze ID's zijn reeds tijdens de installatie toegewezen. YaST2 zal u\n" -"waarschuwen wanneer u per ongeluk een al in gebruik zijnde ID wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" +"numerieke ID aan de groep toegewezen te worden. Deze waardes liggen ergens " +"tussen\n" +"0 en %1. Enkele van deze ID's zijn reeds tijdens de installatie toegewezen. " +"YaST2 zal u\n" +"waarschuwen wanneer u per ongeluk een al in gebruik zijnde ID wilt gaan " +"gebruiken.\n" "\n" #. help text 4/6 @@ -1986,7 +2153,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1995,7 +2163,8 @@ "\n" "Wachtwoord:\n" "Wanneer u de niet leden van de groep zichzelf wilt laten identificeren bij\n" -"het overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie man page van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n" +"het overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie man page van <tt>newgrp</" +"tt>),\n" "dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n" "wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n" "\n" @@ -2031,7 +2200,9 @@ msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -msgstr "De tweede lijst laat de gebruikers zien waarvan deze groep de standaard groep is. Deze lijst kan hier niet gewijzigd worden." +msgstr "" +"De tweede lijst laat de gebruikers zien waarvan deze groep de standaard " +"groep is. Deze lijst kan hier niet gewijzigd worden." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -2073,9 +2244,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wanneer u de UID van een bestaande gebruiker aanpast, dan zullen de rechten\n" -"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n" +"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit " +"gebeurt\n" "automatisch bij de bestanden in de home directory van de gebruiker, \n" -"echter niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.\n" +"echter niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden." +"\n" #. help text 4/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 @@ -2097,8 +2270,12 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke directory de toegangsrechten van die directory anders instellen dan standaard." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke directory " +"de toegangsrechten van die directory anders instellen dan standaard." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2113,29 +2290,54 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Als u de locatie van de home directory van een gebruiker wijzigt, verplaatst u de inhoud van de huidige directory met de optie Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie, die standaard wordt geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe home directory gemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " +"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " +"existing data." +msgstr "" +"Als u de locatie van de home directory van een gebruiker wijzigt, " +"verplaatst u de inhoud van de huidige directory met de optie Verplaatsen " +"naar nieuwe locatie, die standaard wordt geactiveerd. Anders wordt er " +"een nieuwe home directory gemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " +"directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " +"shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" "Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt coderen, moet u\n" -"Gecodeerde persoonlijke directory gebruiken inschakelen en de grootte\n" -"van de directory opgeven. Het coderen van de persoonlijke directory van een gebruiker\n" -"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n" -"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n" -"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." +"Gecodeerde persoonlijke directory gebruiken inschakelen en de " +"grootte\n" +"van de directory opgeven. Het coderen van de persoonlijke directory van een " +"gebruiker\n" +"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer " +"door\n" +"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de " +"systeembeveiliging\n" +"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen " +"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het " +"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "Persoonlijke directories kunnen niet gecodeerd worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke directory van een gebruiker te kunnen coderen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " +"configuration first." +msgstr "" +"Persoonlijke directories kunnen niet gecodeerd worden als een " +"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke directory van een " +"gebruiker te kunnen coderen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden " +"uitgeschakeld." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2158,10 +2360,14 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Extra informatie\n" -"Hier kan enige extra gebruikersdata worden opgegeven. Deze velden kunnen maximaal\n" -"drie onderdelen bevatten: gescheiden door komma's. Standaard is dit meestal het\n" -"volgende: kantoor, telefoon werk, telefoon privé. Deze informatie\n" -"wordt zichtbaar zodra u het finger commando voor deze gebruiker gebruikt.\n" +"Hier kan enige extra gebruikersdata worden opgegeven. Deze velden kunnen " +"maximaal\n" +"drie onderdelen bevatten: gescheiden door komma's. Standaard is dit meestal " +"het\n" +"volgende: kantoor, telefoon werk, telefoon privé. Deze " +"informatie\n" +"wordt zichtbaar zodra u het finger commando voor deze gebruiker " +"gebruikt.\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 @@ -2228,8 +2434,12 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin is te starten door Start te selecteren." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." +msgstr "" +"De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin is te starten door " +"Start te selecteren." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2249,9 +2459,12 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n" -"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste wachtwoord\n" -"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n" +"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de " +"gebruiker\n" +"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste " +"wachtwoord\n" +"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd " +"worden\n" "het wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2266,8 +2479,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Aantal dagen voordat wachtwoord verloopt - waarschuwing \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen gewaarschuwd worden voordat de geldigheid van hun wachtwoorden is verlopen. U kunt \n" -"het aantal dagen waarop gewaarschuwd moet worden instellen. -1 zet de waarschuwing uit.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen gewaarschuwd worden voordat de geldigheid van hun " +"wachtwoorden is verlopen. U kunt \n" +"het aantal dagen waarop gewaarschuwd moet worden instellen. -1 zet de " +"waarschuwing uit.\n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -2278,28 +2493,36 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een aanmelding nog bruikbaar is \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. Geef het aantal dagen op \n" -"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" +"Aantal dagen, na het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat een aanmelding " +"nog bruikbaar is \n" +"Gebruikers kunnen ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord zich nog aanmelden. " +"Geef het aantal dagen op \n" +"waarbij het is toegestaan om zich nog aan te melden na een verlopen " +"wachtwoord. Gebruik -1 voor een ongelimiteerde toegang.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " +"a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Maximaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord Instelling van het aantal dagen dat een gebruiker \n" +"Maximaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord Instelling van " +"het aantal dagen dat een gebruiker \n" "hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het zal verlopen.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " +"age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Minimaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord Instelling van de minimum leeftijd \n" -"van een wachtwoord, dat verstreken moet zijn voordat de gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.\n" +"Minimaal aantal dagen voor hetzelfde wachtwoord Instelling van " +"de minimum leeftijd \n" +"van een wachtwoord, dat verstreken moet zijn voordat de gebruiker het " +"wachtwoord mag wijzigen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 @@ -2308,7 +2531,8 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Verloopdatum Instelling van de datum waarop dit account verloopt. \n" +"Verloopdatum Instelling van de datum waarop dit account " +"verloopt. \n" "De datum moet het YYYY-MM-DD formaat hebben. \n" "Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" @@ -2332,88 +2556,181 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De waardes wijzigen \n" -"U kunt deze instellingen configureren door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de Configureer knop.\n" +"U kunt deze instellingen configureren door de gewenste modules te starten. " +"Selecteer de module met de Configureer knop.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor te configureren attributen te kiezen." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" +"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " +"of attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor " +"wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de " +"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor te configureren attributen te " +"kiezen." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " +"geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden " +"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." +"" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in " +"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het " +"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te " +"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging in." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden " +"opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging " +"in." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " +"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " +"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen " +"controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met " +"Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs " +"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de " +"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen " +"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als " +"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden " +"gecontroleerd." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat " +"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " +"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de " +"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " +"should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</" +"b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een " +"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " +"verificatie." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " +"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het " +"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " +"verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van " +"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " +"mislukte verbindingspogingen." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het " +"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " +"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +"" +msgstr "" +"Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het " +"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " +"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " +"authentication has occurred." +msgstr "" +"Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het " +"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " +"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " +"plaatsgevonden." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2541,7 +2858,8 @@ msgstr "" "Als er op persoonlijke directories van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n" "opgeslagen, kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n" -"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" +"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-" +"gebruikersmodule\n" "waarmee persoonlijke directories kunnen worden onderhouden.\n" #. help text caption @@ -2549,11 +2867,13 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Druk op Configureren om de, op de LDAP server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +"instellingen te configureren. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u " +"uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2564,10 +2884,13 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " +"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. " +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " +"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" " als het wachtwoordbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server." #. checkbox label @@ -2827,7 +3150,9 @@ #. intfield #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" -msgstr "Aantal dagen, n&a het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog bruikbaar is" +msgstr "" +"Aantal dagen, n&a het verlopen van het wachtwoord, dat de aanmelding nog " +"bruikbaar is" #. menu button label #. menu button label @@ -2851,12 +3176,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies een wachtwoord versleutel methode voor de lokale- en de systeemgebruikers.\n" +"Kies een wachtwoord versleutel methode voor de lokale- en de " +"systeemgebruikers.\n" "DES, de standaard Linux methode, werkt in alle netwerk omgevingen,\n" "het begrensd echter de wachtwoorden tot acht karakters of minder.\n" "\n" @@ -2870,8 +3197,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 staat langere wachtwoorden toe, het geeft dus een betere veiligheid. Sommige\n" -"netwerk protocollen ondersteunen dit echter niet en u kunt problemen krijgen met NIS.\n" +"MD5 staat langere wachtwoorden toe, het geeft dus een betere " +"veiligheid. Sommige\n" +"netwerk protocollen ondersteunen dit echter niet en u kunt problemen krijgen " +"met NIS.\n" "" #. Label @@ -2896,7 +3225,8 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " +"environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -2929,19 +3259,27 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: " +"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Met Standaard wordt het standaard filter van de gebruiker en groep configuratie\n" -"modules geladen, dat opgeslagen is op de LDAP server (waardes van de 'susesearchfilter' kenmerken).\n" -"In het geval u nog niet verbonden bent, zal u om het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" +"Met Standaard wordt het standaard filter van de gebruiker en groep " +"configuratie\n" +"modules geladen, dat opgeslagen is op de LDAP server (waardes van de " +"'susesearchfilter' kenmerken).\n" +"In het geval u nog niet verbonden bent, zal u om het wachtwoord worden " +"gevraagd.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -2958,7 +3296,8 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectclass=posixaccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"worden er alleen gebruikers verkregen met een gebruikersnaam die met 'u' beginnen.\n" +"worden er alleen gebruikers verkregen met een gebruikersnaam die met 'u' " +"beginnen.\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3038,32 +3377,40 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als login manager gebruikt.\n" +"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als " +"login manager gebruikt.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatisch aanmelding \n" -"De aanmelding procedure kan worden overgeslagen als Automatisch aanmelding geactiveerd is. In zo'n geval zal de uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" +"De aanmelding procedure kan worden overgeslagen als Automatisch " +"aanmelding geactiveerd is. In zo'n geval zal de uit de lijst gekozen " +"gebruiker automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Aanmeldingen zonder wachtwoord \n" -"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich zonder wachtwoord aanmelden. Zo niet dan zal u om\n" -"een wachtwoord worden gevraagd, zelfs als u heeft ingesteld dat een gebruiker zich automatisch mag aanmelden.\n" +"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich zonder " +"wachtwoord aanmelden. Zo niet dan zal u om\n" +"een wachtwoord worden gevraagd, zelfs als u heeft ingesteld dat een " +"gebruiker zich automatisch mag aanmelden.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3088,7 +3435,9 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "Kan de gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS server gedaan worden." +msgstr "" +"Kan de gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS server gedaan " +"worden." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3229,7 +3578,8 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " +"the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3237,7 +3587,8 @@ "\n" "Linux is een multiuser-systeem. Verschillende gebruikers kunnen\n" "gelijktijdig op het systeem aangemeld zijn. Om verwarring te voorkomen moet\n" -"elke gebruiker zichzelf op unieke wijze identificeren om met Linux te kunnen\n" +"elke gebruiker zichzelf op unieke wijze identificeren om met Linux te " +"kunnen\n" "werken. Tevens moet elke gebruiker op z'n minst tot één groep behoren.\n" "\n" @@ -3245,27 +3596,35 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " +"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruikers en groepen zijn in verschillende sets gerangschikt. Wijzig de, momenteel in de tabel zichtbare,\n" -"set met behulp van Filter instellen. Pas uw weergave filter met Filter aanpassen aan.\n" +"Gebruikers en groepen zijn in verschillende sets gerangschikt. Wijzig de, " +"momenteel in de tabel zichtbare,\n" +"set met behulp van Filter instellen. Pas uw weergave filter met " +"Filter aanpassen aan.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " +"new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Druk op Expert opties om verschillende expert instellingen aan te passen:\n" -"wachtwoord versleutelingstype, gebruiker verificatiemethode, standaard waarden voor\n" -"nieuwe gebruikers of aanmeldingsinstellingen. Met Wijzigingen nu opslaan kunt u alle, door\n" -"u tot nu toe gedane, wijzigingen opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule daarbij te verlaten.\n" +"Druk op Expert opties om verschillende expert instellingen aan te " +"passen:\n" +"wachtwoord versleutelingstype, gebruiker verificatiemethode, standaard " +"waarden voor\n" +"nieuwe gebruikers of aanmeldingsinstellingen. Met Wijzigingen nu opslaan</" +"b> kunt u alle, door\n" +"u tot nu toe gedane, wijzigingen opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule " +"daarbij te verlaten.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -3291,7 +3650,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Gebruik dit schem om informatie te krijgen, gegevens aan te passen en nieuwe gebruikers\n" +"Gebruik dit schem om informatie te krijgen, gegevens aan te passen en nieuwe " +"gebruikers\n" "aan te maken. \n" "\n" @@ -3328,8 +3688,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de lijst een\n" -"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op Wijzigen of op Verwijderen.\n" +"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de " +"lijst een\n" +"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op Wijzigen of op Verwijderen</" +"b>.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/4 @@ -3337,12 +3699,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u informatie over bestaande Groepen krijgen. of groepen aanmaken of wijzigen.\n" +"In dit dialoog kunt u informatie over bestaande Groepen krijgen. of " +"groepen aanmaken of wijzigen.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3378,8 +3742,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de lijst een\n" -"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op Wijzigen of op Verwijderen.\n" +"Voor het wijzigen of verwijderen van een bestaande gebruiker kiest u in de " +"lijst een\n" +"gebruiker en drukt u vervolgens op Wijzigen of op Verwijderen</" +"b>.\n" "\n" #. popup error label @@ -3524,13 +3890,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." @@ -3933,12 +4299,16 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "Er zijn meerdere templates als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn meerdere templates als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die " +"gelezen moet worden." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat " +"opstarten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -3971,7 +4341,8 @@ "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n" "%2\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " +"te starten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -3982,7 +4353,8 @@ msgstr "" "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " +"te starten." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4003,7 +4375,8 @@ msgstr "" "In %1 bevindt zich een aankoppelpunt voor de directory %2 die als\n" "standaard home directory voor nieuwe gebruikers wordt gebruikt, deze\n" -"directory is momenteel echter niet aangekoppeld. Wanneer u nieuwe gebruikers\n" +"directory is momenteel echter niet aangekoppeld. Wanneer u nieuwe " +"gebruikers\n" "met gebruik van de standaard waardes gaat toevoegen, dan zullen hun\n" "home directories in de huidige %2 worden aangemaakt. Het is mogelijk\n" "dat deze directories, nadat u ze correct aangekoppeld heeft, daardoor niet\n" @@ -4173,7 +4546,8 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." +msgstr "" +"%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 @@ -4185,7 +4559,8 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." +msgstr "" +"%s bestand is niet correct gelezen, het zal dan ook niet worden opgeslagen." #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 @@ -4194,7 +4569,8 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Coderingsondersteuning is niet geïnstalleerd. De homedirectory's worden NIET gecodeerd." +"Coderingsondersteuning is niet geïnstalleerd. De homedirectory's worden NIET " +"gecodeerd." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 @@ -4267,7 +4643,8 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n" +"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-" +"gebruiker.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") #: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 @@ -4383,7 +4760,8 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u een niet-bestaande shell selecteert, dan kan de gebruiker zich niet aanmelden.\n" +"Wanneer u een niet-bestaande shell selecteert, dan kan de gebruiker zich " +"niet aanmelden.\n" "Weet u het zeker?" #. error popup @@ -4489,13 +4867,13 @@ "en een bestaande groepsnaam.\n" "Probeer iets anders." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Gebruiker %s bestaat niet." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4506,7 +4884,7 @@ "standaardgroep gebruiken." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4517,22 +4895,22 @@ "Deze gebruikers eerst uit de groep verwijderen aub." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groepen</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Aanmeldinstellingen</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Gebruiker %1 is geconfigureerd voor automatisch aanmelden" @@ -4712,14 +5090,17 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik voor het wachtwoord alleen lettertekens die te vinden zijn op een Engelse\n" -"toetsenbordindeling. Bij problemen met het systeem kan het noodzakelijk zijn om in te loggen met een niet-gelokaliseerde toetsenbordindeling.\n" +"Gebruik voor het wachtwoord alleen lettertekens die te vinden zijn op een " +"Engelse\n" +"toetsenbordindeling. Bij problemen met het systeem kan het noodzakelijk zijn " +"om in te loggen met een niet-gelokaliseerde toetsenbordindeling.\n" "" #. error popup Modified: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:21:26 UTC (rev 92351) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:30\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -14,180 +14,210 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor en hulpmiddelen installeren" + #. progress step title #: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Virtuele machine configureren..." -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/xen.rb:54 -msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -msgstr "Hypervisor en hulpmiddelen installeren" - #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "Alleen de architectuur x86_64 wordt ondersteund voor het hosten van virtual machines. Uw architectuur is " +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +msgid "" +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " +msgstr "" +"Alleen de architectuur x86_64 wordt ondersteund voor het hosten van virtual " +"machines. Uw architectuur is " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"De installatie van de virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden gestart.\n" +"De installatie van de virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf " +"worden gestart.\n" "Start de installatie in het hostsysteem.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van netwerkbrug" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "De VM-server wordt geconfigureerd (domein 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "<big>Configuratie van VM-server</big>De configuratie van de VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +msgid "" +"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "" +"<big>Configuratie van VM-server</big>De configuratie van de " +"VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als deze ontbreekt." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +msgid "" +"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " +"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "" +"Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. " +"Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet " +"gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als " +"deze ontbreekt." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die nodig is om de Xen- en Linux-kernel op te starten." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +msgid "" +"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " +"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die " +"nodig is om de Xen- en Linux-kernel op te starten." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Als de configuratie is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het bootloadermenu." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +msgid "" +"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"Als de configuratie is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het " +"bootloadermenu." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Installatie wordt afgebroken." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Kies Hypervisor(s) om te installeren" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Server: minimaal systeem om een actieve hypervisor te realiseren" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Hulpprogramma's: configureer, beheer en controleer virtuele systemen" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM-server" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM-hulpprogramma's" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-containers" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC-daemon" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software om verbinding te maken met Virtualization-server" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Hulpprogramma's voor Virtualization-client" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen-server" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen-hulpprogramma's" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor lxc is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor sled-clientpatroon is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie voor sles-patronen is mislukt\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "Wordt uitgevoerd in tekstmodus. Toch de grafische componenten installeren?" +msgstr "" +"Wordt uitgevoerd in tekstmodus. Toch de grafische componenten installeren?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakketten controleren..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan de benodigde pakketten niet installeren." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "De grub2-configuratiebestanden worden bijgewerkt..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Standaard netwerkbrug configureren..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netwerk-bridge." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.Een standaard network-bridge configureren?" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +msgid "" +"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "" +"Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, " +"wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.Een standaard network-bridge " +"configureren?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -198,26 +228,36 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host kan nu KVM-gasten installeren." +msgstr "" +"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host kan nu KVM-gasten installeren." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de computer opnieuw op en selecteer de eigen kernel in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma om KVM-gasten te installeren." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +msgid "" +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " +"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de computer opnieuw op en " +"selecteer de eigen kernel in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma om KVM-" +"gasten te installeren." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Als u Xen-gasten wilt installeren, moet u het apparaat opnieuw opstarten en de Xen-sectie in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma selecteren." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +msgid "" +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"Als u Xen-gasten wilt installeren, moet u het apparaat opnieuw opstarten en " +"de Xen-sectie in het menu van het opstartlaadprogramma selecteren." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen Hypervisor en hulpprogramma's zijn geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Virtualization-clienthulpmiddelen zijn geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXC-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92350 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2015-08-26 16:20:33 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92350 Added: trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-30 22:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ "Informatie over Addon-module\n" "----------------------------\n" "\n" -"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u deze syntaxis:\n" +"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u " +"deze syntaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL is het pad naar de addon-bron.\n" "\n" @@ -64,14 +65,18 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Addon-producten" @@ -79,14 +84,14 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Initialiseren van addon-producten..." @@ -112,10 +117,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -139,7 +144,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" @@ -150,8 +155,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op OK." +msgid "" +"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op " +"OK." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 @@ -205,7 +213,8 @@ "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" msgstr "" -"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-systeem.\n" +"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-" +"systeem.\n" "Er wordt nu gestopt.\n" #. VENDOR: dialog heading @@ -253,36 +262,36 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Geen product gevonden in de installatiebron." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Geen software installatiebron gevonden op het medium." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Nieuwe bron wordt geïnitialiseerd..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, map: %2" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Software installatiebronselectie" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -292,7 +301,7 @@ "Er zijn meerdere installatiebronnen gevonden op het geselecteerde medium.\n" "Selecteer de installatiebron die u wilt gebruiken.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Gevonden installatiebronnen" @@ -304,35 +313,35 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de addon-productinstallatie afbreken?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Kies een installatiebron." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van het addon-product kunnen niet worden opgelost." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Productselectie" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Beschikbare producten" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -343,12 +352,14 @@ "producten die u wilt installeren.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden opgelost." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden " +"opgelost." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -358,89 +369,96 @@ "<big>Addon-productinstallatie</big> \n" "Hier ziet u alle addon-producten die voor installatie zijn geselecteerd.\n" "Om een nieuw product toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen. Om een\n" -"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen." +"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen</" +"b>." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Map: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Selecteer een product om te verwijderen." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Verwijderen van geselecteerde addon..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Geinstalleerde addon-producten" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Addon-product" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "&Softwarebeheer draaien..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." +msgstr "" +"Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond." +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen." +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " +"an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Toevoegen-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of " +"op Verwijderen om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Leverancier: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Onbekende leverancier" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versie: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Onbekende versie" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Pakketbron-URL: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Onbekende pakketbron-URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Pakketbronalias: %1 " @@ -448,29 +466,30 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Onbekende URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf deze addon\n" +"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf " +"deze addon\n" "geïnstalleerde pakketten verwijderd worden.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het echt verwijderen?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van het product worden verwijderd..." @@ -488,16 +507,22 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-producten\n" -"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend systeem toevoegen.\n" +"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-" +"producten\n" +"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend " +"systeem toevoegen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het gebruik van addon-producten overslaan?" #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Selecteer de te installeren taaluitbreidingen" -#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de OK-knop." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " +#~ "OK button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de " +#~ "OK-knop." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "Lezen van de beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebronnen..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. # # Automatically generated, 2014. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2014, 2015. # André Kaper <andre.edith(a)concepts.nl>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:03+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" @@ -21,147 +21,106 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "Module voor instellen van authenticatie-client" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "Samenvatting van de instellingen van de authenticatie-client" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "Maak autoyast rnc uit @parameters" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" -msgstr "Wilt u het domein '%1' verwijderen?" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "None." +msgstr "Geen." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." -msgstr "Er is geen hulp beschikbaar voor deze parameter." +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "Verplichte parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " -msgstr "Standaardwaarde: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "Optionele parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " -msgstr "Beschikbare waarden: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "Voltooi alle volgende verplichte parameters:\n" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" -msgstr "Waarde van parameter instellen in sectie '%1'" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#| msgid "Authentication Client" +msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgstr "Configuratie van cliënt voor authenticatie" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "Annuleren" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globale configuratie" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." -msgstr "Waarde van parameter '%1' is ongeldig." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "SSSD-daemon inschakelen" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." -msgstr "Sectie '%1' heeft geen attributen " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "Secties:" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" -msgstr "Selecteer nieuwe parameter voor sectie '%1'" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "Nieuwe service/domein" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" -msgstr "Nieuwe parameter" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "Service/domein verwijderen" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "Help" +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "Aanpassen - %s" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" -msgstr "Sssd sectie '%1' bewerken" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +#| msgid "Name:" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" -msgstr "Nieuw" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Waarde" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" -msgstr "Nieuw domein toevoegen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschrijving" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" -msgstr "Naam:" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#| msgid "New Parameter" +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "Meer parameters" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Domein activeren" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Naam van filter:" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" -msgstr "De gebruikte identificatie-leverancier voor het domein" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" -msgstr "De authenticatie-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein" - -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" -msgstr "Hulp voor maken van nieuw domein" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" -msgstr "Geef een domeinnaam op!" - -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "Basisinstellingen:" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" -msgstr "Services:" - -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de sectie [sssd].\n" -"Sssd zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar zijn.\n" -"Wilt u deze configuratie opslaan?" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Sommige domeinen heeft u nog niet geactiveerd:\n" -"%s \n" -"Wilt u deze configuratie opslaan?" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" @@ -172,7 +131,7 @@ "Als u doorgaat wordt uw nss_ldap configuratie verwijderd.\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -184,925 +143,1765 @@ "Als u doorgaat zal uw OES clientconfiguratie worden gedeactiveerd.\n" "Wilt u doorgaan?" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "Cliënt voor authenticatie" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "U mag sectie SSSD niet verwijderen." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" -msgstr "Geconfigureerde authenticatie domeinen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "Toevoegen" +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." +msgstr "Dit is een verplichte parameter en deze mag niet verwijderd worden." -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "Bewerk" +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " +msgstr "Verwijderen van parameter bevestigen: " -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Verwijderen" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgstr "Client-configuratie voor authenticatie (sssd)" +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +msgid "No domain enabled" +msgstr "Geen domein ingeschakeld" -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " -msgstr "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en authenticatiemechanismen. U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein instellen. De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en authenticatie voor het domein. In de volgende stap moet u enige verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider: proxy: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier. local: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers. ldap: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie over het instellen van LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier. ad: Active Directory leverancier. Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn: ldap voor natuurlijke LDAP-authenti catie. krb5 voor authenticatie met Kerberos. ipa FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier. ad Active Directory leverancier. proxy voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-target. none schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit. De standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider. " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +#| msgid "" +#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" +#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" +#| "Do you want to write this configuration?" +msgid "" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de \"domains\"-parameter van [sssd].\n" +"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar " +"zijn.\n" +"Wilt u toch doorgaan?" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +msgstr "" + +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +msgstr "" + +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +#| msgid "Services:" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Service" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "Domein" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +#| msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "Identificatie-leverancier:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +#| msgid "Authentication Client" +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "Domein activeren" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +#| msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "" + #. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van " +"een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden afgevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één " +"moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden " +"afgevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met " +"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende " +"lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de " +"interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet opslaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op " +"het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden " +"gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet " +"opslaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle " +"namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" + #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de meest uitgebreide modus." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is " +"de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de " +"meest uitgebreide modus." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Voeg een datumstempel toe aan de debug-berichten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Voeg microseconden toe aan het datumstempel in de debug-berichten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "Timeout in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk " +"geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD " +"proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te stoppen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” " +"optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant " +"te stoppen." #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om informatie over alle gebruikers)?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om " +"informatie over alle gebruikers)?" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de " +"achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de " +"entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache " +"mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet " +"bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "" +"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze optie op onwaar." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze " +"optie op onwaar." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute " +"waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die " +"niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Vervang de login-shell van alle gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." -msgstr "Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." +msgstr "" +"Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Vervang ieder exemplaar van deze shells door de shell_fallback" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is geïnstalleerd op de machine." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is " +"geïnstalleerd op de machine." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens het zoeken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens " +"het zoeken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt " +"beschouwd als geldig." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig zijn." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig " +"zijn." #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins " +"toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts " +"is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens authenticatie." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens " +"authenticatie." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente informatie." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk " +"proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij " +"te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente " +"informatie." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Toon een waarschuwing N dagen voordat het wachtwoord verloopt." #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die " +"tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in " +"de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt " +"gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat " +"buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de " +"monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " +"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat " +"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " +"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat " +"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " +"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " +"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig " +"beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden bewaard." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle " +"aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "De identificatie-leverancier die wordt gebruikt voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in " +"full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van " +"de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "De authenticatie leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "De authenticatie-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "De toegangscontrole leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten handelen voor het domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten " +"handelen voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "De SUDO-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." -msgstr "De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "De autofs-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met " +"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst (naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor dit domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst " +"(naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam " +"voor dit domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor " +"gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS " +"resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het " +"domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Vervang de primaire GID-waarde door de gespecificeerde." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Behandel gebruikers- en groepnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, " +"wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen " +"onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit " +"domein." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te melden. " +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te " +"melden. " -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. " +"Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit " +"is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die als persoonlijke map." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die " +"als persoonlijke map." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor " +"nieuwe gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor verwijderde gebruikers." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor " +"verwijderde gebruikers." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een " +"nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die " +"moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de " +"persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "De spoolmap voor e-mail." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Het commando dat wordt uitgevoerd nadat een gebruiker is verwijderd." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker te veranderen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "" +"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een LDAP gebruiker." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " +"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "Geeft het schema-type aan, in gebruik op de doel-LDAP-server." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " +"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de " +"gebruiker te veranderen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP bewerkingen." +msgstr "" +"De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP " +"bewerkingen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Het type authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "De standaard authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een gebruiker-item in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de id van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de " +"gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker " +"bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker " +"bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het bovenliggend object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan " +"het bovenliggend object." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van " +"de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum " +"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum " +"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger " +"(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode " +"dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt " +"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat " +"overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account " +"verloopt)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste " +"verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige wachtwoord." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het " +"huidige wachtwoord." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het gebruikersaccount opslaat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het " +"gebruikersaccount opslaat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt " +"deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " +"of toegang is toegestaan of niet." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " +"tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de " +"uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de gebruiker." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van " +"de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de authenticatie kan mislukken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het " +"gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de " +"authenticatie kan mislukken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" +msgstr "" +"Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde records wordt ververst." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde " +"records wordt ververst." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder " +"leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden " +"gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de " +"gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD " +"de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de " +"gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid " +"van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de " +"toegangsrechten vast te stellen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de groepsnaam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het id van de groep." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de namen bevat van de groepsleden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggend object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van " +"het bovenliggend object." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste SSSD niveaus nog volgen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen " +"ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste " +"SSSD niveaus nog volgen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " +"specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij " +"toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " +"specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het " +"omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " De objectklasse van een netgroup item in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de netgroep-naam." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten " +"bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming " +"hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache " +"worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar " +"gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en " +"de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt " +"gestart)." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd " +"door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP " +"API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de " +"LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een " +"enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek " +"af." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de " +"verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL " +"gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om " +"een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS sessie, als die er zijn." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate " +"Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten " +"bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de " +"client." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat de sleutel van de client bevat." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal te beschermen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal " +"te beschermen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen " +"van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van " +"te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL mechanisme te gebruiken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welke SASL autorisatie-id te gebruiken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-" +"adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geeft de keytab voor gebruik met SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de kant van de client." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de " +"kant van de client." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is " +"ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden " +"die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met " +"het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot deze host te verschaffen." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden " +"gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium " +"voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang " +"tot deze host te verschaffen." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de client worden ingesteld." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de " +"client worden ingesteld." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst van opties voor toegangscontrole." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor " +"servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van voorkeur." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de " +"Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde " +"van voorkeur." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, " +"kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Map om caches van credentials in op te slaan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot " +"verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is vervalst." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is " +"vervalst." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, verkregen van KDC's." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, " +"verkregen van KDC's." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik " +"dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een " +"geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal " +"onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-authenticatie van Kerberos." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-" +"authenticatie van Kerberos." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Specificeert de server die in principe wordt gebruikt voor FAST." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het Active Directory domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers " +"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig " +"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory " +"domein om deze host mee te identificeren." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's " +"voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active " +"Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor " +"overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Specificeert het aantal ID's dat beschikbaar is voor ieder stuk." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Specificeert de SID van het standaard domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van " +"ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig " +"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch " +"bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken ervan." +msgstr "" +"De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken " +"ervan." -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor " +"dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van nss_ldap.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van sssd.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van OES.\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van alleen /etc/passwd.\n" +#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter." +#~ msgstr "Er is geen hulp beschikbaar voor deze parameter." + +#~ msgid "Default value: " +#~ msgstr "Standaardwaarde: " + +#~ msgid "Available values: " +#~ msgstr "Beschikbare waarden: " + +#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Waarde van parameter instellen in sectie '%1'" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "Annuleren" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "OK" + +#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Waarde van parameter '%1' is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." +#~ msgstr "Sectie '%1' heeft geen attributen " + +#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Selecteer nieuwe parameter voor sectie '%1'" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "Help" + +#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" +#~ msgstr "Sssd sectie '%1' bewerken" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "Nieuw" + +#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain" +#~ msgstr "Hulp voor maken van nieuw domein" + +#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" +#~ msgstr "Geef een domeinnaam op!" + +#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" +#~ msgstr "Basisinstellingen:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige domeinen heeft u nog niet geactiveerd:\n" +#~ "%s \n" +#~ "Wilt u deze configuratie opslaan?" + +#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" +#~ msgstr "Geconfigureerde authenticatie domeinen" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "Toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "Edit" +#~ msgstr "Bewerk" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "Verwijderen" + +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +#~ msgstr "Client-configuratie voor authenticatie (sssd)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " +#~ "authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " +#~ "authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " +#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In " +#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " +#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " +#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:" +#~ " proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD " +#~ "internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See " +#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: " +#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad</" +#~ "b>: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are:" +#~ " ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for " +#~ "Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise " +#~ "Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider." +#~ " proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target." +#~ " none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth " +#~ "provider is the id_provider. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en " +#~ "authenticatiemechanismen. U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein " +#~ "instellen. De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een " +#~ "authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en " +#~ "authenticatie voor het domein. In de volgende stap moet u enige " +#~ "verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U " +#~ "kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier " +#~ "van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider:" +#~ " proxy: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier." +#~ " local: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers." +#~ " ldap: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie " +#~ "over het instellen van LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise " +#~ "Identity Management leverancier. ad: Active Directory " +#~ "leverancier. Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn: ldap " +#~ "voor natuurlijke LDAP-authenticatie. krb5 voor authenticatie " +#~ "met Kerberos. ipa FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity " +#~ "Management leverancier. ad Active Directory leverancier." +#~ " proxy voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-" +#~ "target. none schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit. De " +#~ "standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider. " + +#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." +#~ msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden " +#~ "bewaard." + +#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." +#~ msgstr "De authenticatie leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." + +#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." +#~ msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem." + +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt " +#~ "geweigerd." + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op " +#~ "een LDAP gebruiker." + +#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Geeft het schema-type aan, in gebruik op de doel-LDAP-server." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, " +#~ "if any." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een " +#~ "TLS sessie, als die er zijn." + +#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." +#~ msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers " +#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers " +#~ "waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." + #~ msgid "SPAM Prevention" #~ msgstr "SPAM-preventie" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # Marout Yasuo Borms <beijnes(a)xs4all.nl>, 2006. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "" +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -41,8 +43,8 @@ msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden gelezen..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:360 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren" @@ -63,13 +65,14 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -82,7 +85,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Configuratiegegevens worden gelezen" @@ -124,7 +127,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "alle pakketbehandeling in- of uitschakelen" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Lege parameterlijst" @@ -135,31 +138,34 @@ msgstr "Pad naar AutoYaST-profiel ontbreekt." #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "bekende modulen: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "door komma's gescheiden lijst met te klonen modules" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat al! Deze overschrijven?" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 # wordt hier een autoyast profiel aangemaakt, dan lijkt me verwijzing daarnaar een dudelijkere? -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt gekloond..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Het aangemaakte autoyast-profiel is geplaatst in: %s." @@ -169,22 +175,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " +"het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " +"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " +"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." # bedoelt men hier: @@ -234,7 +248,7 @@ "de inhoud van het bestand op.\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Selecteer het te laden bestand." @@ -263,13 +277,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " +"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " +"en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -277,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "Selecteer eerst een bestand uit de tabel." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -288,50 +307,79 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" # consequentie: automatische installatie word verderop ook niet afgekort #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " +"YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wordt geconfigureerd" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wordt niet geconfigureerd" # ik zoek een bruikbare NL term voor post installation scripts # vegelijk pre-installatiescripts #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "De postinstallatiescripts worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Alle actieve services worden herstart" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Standaard target van systemd wordt geactiveerd" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "De configuratie wordt afgerond" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Verwerken van bron %1" @@ -408,7 +456,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -510,105 +559,107 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." +msgstr "" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Algemene instellingen instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Taal instellen" # < fuzzy -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Softwareselecties instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Standaard target van systemd instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Taal instellen..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Bezig met instellen van standaard target van systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Behandeling van add-on producten..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -619,7 +670,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -679,10 +730,12 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " +"loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -690,8 +743,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " +"tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -708,12 +763,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -725,8 +782,10 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -741,31 +800,41 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +"de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " +"het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " +"UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " +"via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " +"onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " +"activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -866,7 +935,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" +"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " +"bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -934,11 +1004,14 @@ msgstr "Geavan&ceerd" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is ongeldig voor fysieke volumes." @@ -1002,16 +1075,19 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " +"naar het\n" "profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " +"opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " +"zijn.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Locatie van systeemprofiel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profiellocatie:" @@ -1019,11 +1095,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Selecteer een harde schijf" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden." @@ -1032,7 +1108,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1040,18 +1116,19 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " +"gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selectie harde schijf" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Selecteer één van de opties om verder te gaan." @@ -1114,14 +1191,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " +"besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " +"specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1130,7 +1210,8 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " +"wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1199,7 +1280,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1252,19 +1334,19 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Opslaan als..." #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Bestand %1 is met succes opgeslagen." #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van het bestand." @@ -1403,34 +1485,41 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw " +"huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het openen/ontleden van het XML-bestand." #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Beschikbare modules" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " +"huidige system?" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Besturingsbestand is gewijzigd." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Wijzigingen in %1 opslaan ?" @@ -1459,7 +1548,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1563,7 +1653,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1602,7 +1693,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1612,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr "Sectie %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..." @@ -1651,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "Start de computer na de tweede stap" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Ondertekeningafhandeling" @@ -1697,25 +1788,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " +"overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " +"automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " +"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1726,7 +1823,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " +"AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1752,7 +1850,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1858,13 +1957,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " +"de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " +"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1884,19 +1987,25 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " +"configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " +"configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " +"systeem\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1904,10 +2013,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " +"zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1946,10 +2057,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " +"tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -1958,7 +2071,8 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een " +"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -1966,66 +2080,83 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " +"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " +"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " +"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " +"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " +"behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " +"toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " +"configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1/%2 is mislukt.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1 is mislukt.\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Aankoppelen van %1 is mislukt." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Lezen van bestand op CD is mislukt. Pad: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Extern bestand %1 kan niet worden opgehaald" @@ -2033,22 +2164,22 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 is niet aangekoppeld en aankoppelen is mislukt" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Bestand %1 niet gevonden" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "Kan URL %1 niet vinden via protocol TFTP." #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Onbekend protocol %1." @@ -2079,20 +2210,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " +"de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2104,16 +2238,21 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " +"binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " +"voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " +"op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " +"benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2122,13 +2261,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " +"bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " +"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2157,13 +2299,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2173,32 +2317,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " +"uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " +"init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " +"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " +"installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " +"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2286,12 +2442,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " +"overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2309,7 +2468,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Ontleden van regelsbestand is mislukt. XML-ontleder rapporteert:\n" @@ -2317,12 +2476,16 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2332,51 +2495,53 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " +"via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " +"originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Profiel kiezen" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van diskette opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van TFTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van NFS-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van HTTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van FTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van bestand %1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van apparaat /dev/%1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van de standaardlocatie gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Bron onbekend." @@ -2386,7 +2551,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2396,29 +2561,37 @@ "Bijna alle bronnen van het besturingsbestand kunnen met\n" "behulp van het configuratiebeheersysteem ingesteld worden.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, " +"zijn identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " +"het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " +"besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " +"zetten.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2444,79 +2617,98 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Installatie bevestigen?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Tweede stadium van AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na eerste stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na tweede stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Herstart de machine na de tweede stap" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Bestanden accepteren zonder een controlesom" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Bestanden niet accepteren zonder een controlesom" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Mislukte verificaties accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Mislukte verificaties niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels niet accepteren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels importeren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels niet importeren" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "Synchroniseren van de tijd..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren met %s." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#| msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren is mislukt." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "Kan volumegroep %1 niet hergebruiken. Deze volumegroep bestaat niet." @@ -2524,7 +2716,8 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." +msgstr "" +"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2532,14 +2725,21 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Stations" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "Totaal van %1 station" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "" + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -2591,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr "Onbekend" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2601,48 +2801,60 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Toevoegen van bron %1 is mislukt" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Image opslaan naar..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " +"te wijzigen." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgstr "" +"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log " +"controleren" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Image met succes aangemaakt" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2651,111 +2863,126 @@ "U kunt dat bestand aanmaken met 'ls -F > directory.yast' als het ontbreekt." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Opnieuw proberen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Aanmaken van ISO is mislukt" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Voorbereiden van ISO-bestandsstructuur ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "boot-config voor de DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " +"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO-image opslaan op ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO-bestand aanmaken ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO met succes aangemaakt op %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Geselecteerde patronen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individueel geselecteerde pakketten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Kernelpakket forceren" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Kon patronen niet instellen: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de " +"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "Totaal van %1 station" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Er is geen specifiek apparaat geconfigureerd" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Hoofdpartitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld a.u.b..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Geen Linux-hoofdpartitie gevonden." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "apparaat '%1' is niet gevonden door de storage-backend" @@ -2764,14 +2991,14 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer." @@ -2779,14 +3006,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord." @@ -2827,18 +3054,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n" -#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" +#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u " +#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met " +#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische " +#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en " +#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld " +#~ "met AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2897,12 +3134,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" +#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe " +#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste " +#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ # Arthur & Ettie Kerkmeester <a.s.kerkmeester(a)hccnet.nl>, 1999-2005. # Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # Marout Yasuo Borms <beijnes(a)xs4all.nl>, 2006. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 10:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -39,130 +39,133 @@ "Doorgaan met configureren met YaST?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Helptekst voor deze module tonen" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Lange versie van helptekst voor deze module afdrukken" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Lange helpversie voor deze module in XML-opmaak afdrukken" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Interactieve shell starten om deze module aan te sturen" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Interactieve modus verlaten en de wijzigingen opslaan" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Interactieve modus afbreken zonder de wijzigingen op te slaan" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Help voor dit commando afdrukken" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Voortgangsinformatie tonen" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Waar de XML-uitvoer opgeslagen moet worden" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." +msgstr "" +"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Gebruik 'help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Onbekend commando: '%1'" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Optie '%1' heeft geen waarde." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Onbekende optie voor commando '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor optie '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor optie '%1' -- '%2' verwacht, %3 gekregen" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Optie '%1' kan geen waarde bevatten. Opgegeven waarde: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Gebruik '%1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-configuratiemodule %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Geen help beschikbaar" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Commando '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -171,16 +174,17 @@ " Opties:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'." +" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm " +"'optie=waarde'." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -189,138 +193,147 @@ " Voorbeeld:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dit is een YaST-module." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Basis syntaxis:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commando> [verbose] [opties]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <commando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <commando> [opties]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <commando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Commando's:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Geen help beschikbaar." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Fout: ongeldige help>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "of '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Specificeer het commando '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Specificeer één van deze commando's: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Specificeer alleen één van deze opdrachten: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialiseren" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Voltooien" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klaar" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Stoppen (zonder wijzigingen)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "ja of nee?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "ja" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "nee" @@ -384,7 +397,7 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -400,13 +413,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://nl.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Bugreport_YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "Ya&ST-logs opslaan..." @@ -414,48 +427,66 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installatiefout" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "Pakket '%s' in geheugen laden" + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "Pakket '%s' uit geheugen verwijderen" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Voor deze installatiemodus is geen werkstroom gedefinieerd." #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u stoppen of doorgaan met de installatie?" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Doorgaan met installeren" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Installatie &afbreken" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Wilt u in elk geval een nieuw product toevoegen?" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -467,7 +498,8 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n" +"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te " +"voeren.\n" "Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n" "en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n" " \n" @@ -479,9 +511,11 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures." +msgstr "" +"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende " +"werkprocedures." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget @@ -490,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "De waarde van %1 is ongeldig." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Niet beschikbaar" @@ -499,7 +533,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -515,7 +549,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -531,9 +565,9 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" @@ -541,34 +575,34 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Via xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Via &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Servicestart" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Service is actief" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Service is niet actief." @@ -577,7 +611,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -591,7 +625,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -600,32 +634,32 @@ "en de service direct weer te starten.\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu starten" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu stoppen" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en service nu herstarten" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Service nu starten" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Service nu s&toppen" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Instellingen opsl&aan en service nu herstarten" @@ -641,7 +675,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -652,38 +686,38 @@ "in plaats van in de standaard configuratiebestanden." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-ondersteuning actief" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning actief" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Omhoog" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Omlaag" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -694,37 +728,37 @@ "Het gebruik er van moet eerst in de configuratie gestopt worden." #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Kan de TSIG-sleutel niet verwijderen." #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecteer het bestand met de verificatiesleutel" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Selecteer het bestand voor de verificatie sleutel" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "De opgegeven bestandsnaam is een bestaande map." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bestaat al. Overschrijven?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "De TSIG sleutel-ID is niet gespecificeerd." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -733,7 +767,7 @@ "Deze verwijderen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -742,27 +776,27 @@ "op uw schijf gevonden. Deze verwijderen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "De sleutel zal nu worden aangemaakt. Doorgaan?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Het aanmaken van de TSIG-sleutel is mislukt." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bestaat niet." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Het opgegeven bestand bevat geen enkele TSIG-sleutel." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -773,7 +807,7 @@ "De oude sleutels zullen verwijderd worden. Doorgaan?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -782,18 +816,20 @@ "Gebruik dit dialoog om de TSIG-sleutels te beheren.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</big> \n" -"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam\n" -"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" +"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam</" +"b>\n" +"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen." +"\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -802,11 +838,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</big> \n" "Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de bestandsnaam van het\n" -"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID om\n" -"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren klikken.\n" +"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID " +"om\n" +"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren " +"klikken.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -824,27 +862,27 @@ "het gebruik van deze sleutel stoppen.\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Sleutel-ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Genereren" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Huidige TSIG-sleutels" @@ -852,55 +890,55 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Sleutel-ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "&Geselecteerde optie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Huidige optie: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "De geselecteerde optie is al aanwezig" #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -911,16 +949,17 @@ "wilt gaan wijzigen en klik daarna op Bewerken." #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie " +"te\n" "verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op Verwijderen." #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -929,7 +968,7 @@ "om te laten zien of de optie al dan niet gewijzigd is." #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -940,38 +979,38 @@ "om deze hoger of lager in de lijst te zetten." #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Overig" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Dit apparaat is niet geconfigureerd" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Klik op Bewerken om in te stellen" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "De modules worden geladen, even geduld a.u.b..." #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST Configuratiecentrum" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Uitvoeren" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -980,12 +1019,12 @@ "U krijgt alleen modules te zien die geen root-privileges nodig hebben." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "YaST-ncurses bedienen via het toetsenbord" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -994,18 +1033,29 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Algemeen \n" -"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n" -"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n" +"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de " +"dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + " +"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n" "Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n" -"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten)." +"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven " +"schuiven in lijsten)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right." +msgstr "" +"Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om " +"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan " +"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant " +"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1014,7 +1064,7 @@ "letter). Gebruik [ALT] en de betreffende letter om de knop te activeren." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1023,7 +1073,7 @@ "de menuknoppen) zonder verder iets te kiezen.\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1032,38 +1082,43 @@ "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." msgstr "" "2) Vervanging van toetsaanslagen \n" -"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n" +"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het " +"toetsenbord,\n" "zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n" -"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n" +"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus " +"met\n" "[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." msgstr "" "Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n" -"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n" +"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + " +"[H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB]." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Functietoetsen \n" -"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." +"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van " +"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "De F-toetsen zijn meestal verbonden met een bepaalde actie:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1088,7 +1143,7 @@ "F10 = OK, volgende, voltooien of accepteren " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1098,7 +1153,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1108,7 +1163,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1118,7 +1173,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1301,8 +1356,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" @@ -1324,7 +1379,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" @@ -1544,32 +1599,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Uitgavebestand %{file} niet gevonden" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Wilt u YaST-systeemreparatie stoppen?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Systeemreparatie afbreken" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "Met &systeemreparatie voortzetten" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1582,7 +1637,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1596,7 +1651,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1607,29 +1662,29 @@ "U zult een herinstallatie moeten uitvoeren." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Echt stoppen?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Berichten" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten tonen: %1" @@ -1639,103 +1694,101 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Time-out berichten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Time-out waarschuwingen: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Time-out fouten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten loggen: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Waarschuwing:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fout:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Bericht:" @@ -1788,18 +1841,18 @@ msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variabele" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm ontbreekt; installeer het xterm-pakket." #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Persoonlijke GPG-sleutels" @@ -1809,8 +1862,8 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:196 #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Gebruikers-id" @@ -1819,14 +1872,14 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Vingerafdruk" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1836,12 +1889,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Openbare GPG-sleutels" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1851,29 +1904,31 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager " +"voor meer informatie.\n" " Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n" " " #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Wachtzin voor GPG-sleutel %1" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1883,18 +1938,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Wachtzin opgeven" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Geef wachtzin op om GPG-sleutel %1 te ontgrendelen:" #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "Voer een beschrijving in voor de wijzigingen die u hebt aangebracht." @@ -1926,7 +1981,8 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n" +"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te " +"slaan,\n" "kik op %1 en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1948,7 +2004,8 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en selecteer\n" +"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en " +"selecteer\n" "vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.\n" #. menu button @@ -1957,101 +2014,102 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "&Geavanceerd" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Log" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "Log op&slaan" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Log opslaan als..." #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het lezen van het logbestand." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." +msgstr "" +"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Firewall-pakket is niet geïnstalleerd." #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Firewall is uitgeschakeld" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Firewall-poort is gesloten" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "De firewall-poort staat open op alle interfaces" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "De firewall-poort staat open op de geselecteerde interfaces" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Er zijn geen netwerkkaarten geconfigureerd" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Interface is niet toegewezen aan een zone." #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Netwerkinterfaces met een open poort in de firewall" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n" +"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd " +"worden:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2064,7 +2122,7 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2080,8 +2138,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2096,22 +2154,22 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Netwerk&interfaces met een open poort in de firewall" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Niets selecteren" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2120,7 +2178,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2130,7 +2188,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2143,7 +2201,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2152,7 +2210,7 @@ "waarvan u de poort wilt openen. " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2161,7 +2219,7 @@ "de firewall is ingeschakeld." #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Poort in firewall openen" @@ -2170,12 +2228,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Firewall-details" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Poort in &firewall openen" @@ -2184,7 +2242,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Firewall-&details..." @@ -2192,27 +2250,27 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Firewall is open" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" @@ -2220,27 +2278,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -2251,340 +2309,340 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Extra adres" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchrone overdracht mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-netwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access voor Werkstation (CLAW)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN kaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL verbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummie netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise Systeem Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel Systeem Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallelle Interface (HIPPI)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarood netwerkapparaat" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarood apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallelle lijn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallelle lijnverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express of QDIO apparaat (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation apparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Seriële lijn" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Seriële lijnverbinding" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:288 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare netwerkapparaat" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Draadloos" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP netwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtueel LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netwerk-bridge" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "NetwerkTUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netwerk-TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand apparaat" @@ -2602,57 +2660,57 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewezen" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Apparaattype" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaatnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Device ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbonden" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servers" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "E&xterne hosts" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Geëxporteerde mappen" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2660,14 +2718,15 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n" -"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n" +"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit " +"programma.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2677,7 +2736,7 @@ "Herstart de installatie en configureer het netwerk in Linuxrc\n" "of ga door zonder netwerk." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2696,52 +2755,53 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n" +"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+." +"_-'.\n" "Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Externe zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Interne zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Gedemilitariseerde zone" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Onbekende zone" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2757,7 +2817,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2809,7 +2869,7 @@ msgstr "Er wordt op mogelijke strijdige services gecontroleerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan" @@ -2818,7 +2878,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" @@ -2827,116 +2887,158 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Firewall-service aanpassen" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "De firewall-service wordt aangepast..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Het opslaan van de instellingen is mislukt" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Onbekend protocol (%1)" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden " +"uitgeschakeld." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">uitschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">inschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n" +"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>), maar\n" "er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort " +"niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op " +"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI doelpoorten zijn open" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI doelpoorten zijn geblokkeerd" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de " +"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2971,88 +3073,71 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Service met naam '%{service_name}' bestaat niet" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Service: %{filename}" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Onbekende service '%1'" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten dienen geïnstalleerd te worden:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten dienen verwijderd te worden:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Uninstall (verwijderen)" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "Pakket:" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "Grootte:" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Pakket wordt gedownload" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "&Details tonen" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakket %1 is beschadigd. Integriteitscontrole is mislukt." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Instalatie van het pakket opnieuw proberen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?" @@ -3061,96 +3146,102 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fout: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" +"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken " +"systeem.\n" "Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt verwijdert..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt geïnstaleerd" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Pakket verwijderen." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Pakketten installeren" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van pakket %1 is mislukt." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "De installatie van pakket %1 is mislukt." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" -"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien." +"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te " +"draaien." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n" -"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n" +"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is " +"veranderd.\n" "Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open Installatiebronnen in \n" "YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Kant A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Kant B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Schijf %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3159,7 +3250,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3172,7 +3263,7 @@ "Controleer of de map wel toegankelijk is." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3184,90 +3275,85 @@ " %2.\n" "Controleer of de server wel toegankelijk is." -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "Kon het correcte bronmedium niet aankoppelen." - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisch verversen overslaan" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Eject" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Werp CD/DVD-medium a&utomatisch uit" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie opnieuw proberen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Medium overslaan?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Negeer het slechte medium..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Bron %1 wordt aangemaakt" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Er was een fout bij het aanmaken van de installatiebron." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Kan de beschrijving van de externe bron niet ophalen." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het ophalen van nieuwe metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "De bron is ongeldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "De metadata van de bron is ongeldig." @@ -3275,97 +3361,93 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Opnieuw?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Bron %1 wordt getest" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Fout tijdens het testen van de bron." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Details van brontest." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "De metadata van de bron is ongeldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Bron %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 wordt toegepast..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt toegepast" -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "Patch-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "Pakket:" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Script %1 wordt gestart (patch %2)..." # running = uitvoeren #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Scripts worden uitgevoerd" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Script: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Uitvoer van script" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3374,7 +3456,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3389,45 +3471,37 @@ "kunnen sommige pakketten ontbreken of verouderd zijn." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Verversen over&slaan" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloaden" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Downloaden: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt gecontroleerd" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +msgstr "" +"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3436,12 +3510,17 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt geconverteerd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3450,12 +3529,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "De RPM-database wordt gelezen..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten lezen" @@ -3466,27 +3545,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-database wordt doorzocht..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "De initialisatie van het doel is mislukt." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Lezen in RPM-database" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3499,10 +3578,23 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "&Details tonen" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "Grootte:" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3512,7 +3604,7 @@ "PackageKit is nog steeds actief (waarschijnlijk bezig).\n" "Nog eens aan PackageKit vragen om te stoppen?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3529,14 +3621,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Kon geen toegang krijgen tot de softwarebeheer" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3545,7 +3637,7 @@ "of wilt u opnieuw proberen toegang te verkrijgen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3555,19 +3647,19 @@ "doorgaan zonder toegang te hebben of wilt u afbreken?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Wilt u afbreken of het opnieuw proberen?\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Accepteert u deze licentieovereenkomst?" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3606,17 +3698,17 @@ "zal YaST mogelijk niet goed kunnen functioneren.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Deze pakketlicentie bevestigen: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &akkoord" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "Ik ga niet &akkoord" @@ -3626,7 +3718,8 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3634,29 +3727,34 @@ "<big>Licentiebevestiging</big> \n" "Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n" "nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n" -"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet " +"geïnstalleerd worden.\n" " \n" "Klik op Ik ga akkoord als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n" "Klik op Ik ga niet akkoord als u de pakketlicentie afwijst." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" -"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n" +"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke " +"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" +"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie " +"getoond\n" "in de linker\n" "\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n" "het item in de lijst.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3670,7 +3768,7 @@ "\t\tIn het contextmenu kunt u ook de status van alle items wijzigen.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3682,10 +3780,11 @@ "\t\twaar u individuele softwarepakketten kunt bekijken en selecteren.\n" "\t\t" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3693,136 +3792,142 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n" +"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over " +"blijft\n" "\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n" "\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n" "\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n" -"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n" +"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen " +"werken.\n" "\t\t" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Softwareselectie en systeemtaken" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(meer)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installatie is succesvol voltooid" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Installatie van pakketten is mislukt" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Foutmelding: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Mislukte pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten : %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Niet geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakketten" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Verstreken tijd: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Totale installatiegrootte: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1" # ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:345 ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:411 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistieken" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installatielog" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Na installeren van pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Dit rapport tonen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Voltooien" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de " +"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Installatierapport" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Overgebleven pakketten" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3852,7 +3957,8 @@ "Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" "is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n" -"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n" +"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren " +"van\n" "het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?" @@ -3860,7 +3966,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3879,16 +3985,16 @@ "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Niet-ondertekend pakket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Niet-ondertekend bestand" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3905,79 +4011,81 @@ "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n" "Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n" -"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n" +"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het " +"gebruiken\n" "van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Geen controlegetal gevonden." #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Vingerafdruk: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Naam: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Aangemaakt: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Verlopen: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Naam: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Vingerafdruk: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Aangemaakt: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Verlopen: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3991,16 +4099,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" -"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n" +"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per " +"ongeluk of\n" +"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de " +"integriteit\n" "en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4014,21 +4125,23 @@ msgstr "" "Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" +"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk " +"of\n" "door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n" "risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Validatiecontrole is mislukt" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4049,7 +4162,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch installeren?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4070,12 +4183,12 @@ "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Onbekende GnuPG-sleutel" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4098,7 +4211,7 @@ "dat u het pakket overslaat.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4121,17 +4234,17 @@ "dat u het overslaat.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Ondertekend met niet-vertrouwde publieke sleutel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "Sleutel vertrouwen en impor&teren" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4141,17 +4254,19 @@ msgstr "" "De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n" "pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n" -"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n" +"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere " +"waarschuwing.\n" "Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n" "vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n" "over de software op uw systeem." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used." msgstr "" "Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n" "pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n" @@ -4159,7 +4274,7 @@ "door de eigenaar van de sleutel zijn aangemaakt niet worden gebruikt." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4170,7 +4285,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4185,23 +4300,23 @@ "u deze importeert." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "WAARSCHUWING: De sleutel is verlopen!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Niet-vertrouwde GnuGPG-sleutel importeren" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "Ver&trouwen" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4219,24 +4334,26 @@ "\n" "Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n" "de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n" -"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" +"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met " +"zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Verkeerde samenvoeging" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4244,14 +4361,16 @@ "is %2,\n" "maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n" -"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n" +"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan " +"worden\n" +"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw " +"systeem in gevaar.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Onbekend samenvatting" @@ -4262,74 +4381,82 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installeren..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Overgebleven" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tijd" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Uitgevoerde acties:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " +"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden " +"afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een " +"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen " +"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s Uitgavenotities" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Diasho&w" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Opwaardering wordt uitgevoerd" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Bezig met installatie uitvoeren" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakketinstallatie" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4338,17 +4465,18 @@ "met de installatie?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systeemlog (%1)" @@ -4940,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth-apparaat" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -4949,7 +5077,7 @@ "YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4957,17 +5085,41 @@ "De bestanden %1 zijn handmatig gewijzigd.\n" "YaST kan mogelijk niet alle wijzigingen meenemen" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Dit bericht niet meer tonen" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"Bestand %s is handmatig aangemaakt.\n" +"YaST kan kan dit bestand verliezen." + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +#| msgid "" +#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"Bestanden %s zijn handmatig aangemaakt.\n" +"YaST kan mogelijk deze bestanden verliezen." + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4976,19 +5128,19 @@ "de nieuwe kernel te activeren.\n" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-activering bevestigen" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 heeft het volgende apparaat gedetecteerd" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "Te laden stuurprogramma/mo&dule" @@ -5002,18 +5154,21 @@ "van elkaar gescheiden door komma's." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n" -"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n" -"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen." +"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden " +"gescheiden.\n" +"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken " +"mag niet aan het begin\n" +"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een " +"cijfer beginnen." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5022,7 +5177,7 @@ "Een hostnaam mag niet met een koppelteken beginnen of eindigen.\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5031,7 +5186,7 @@ "tussen 0 en 255 die gescheiden zijn door punten." #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5042,7 +5197,7 @@ "Het kan tot één dubbele dubbelepunt bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5058,52 +5213,53 @@ "Voorbeelden:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/" +"ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/s" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (gemiddeld %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "..." +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/s" + # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. @@ -5117,18 +5273,18 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Hardwaredetectie bevestigen" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST zal de volgende hardware detecteren:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5136,41 +5292,42 @@ "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" msgstr "" "Deze module moet als root draaien.\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal " +"functioneren.\n" "Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n" "worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Root-privileges vereist" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "Wilt u '%1' verwijderen?" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "&Toepassen" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5179,14 +5336,14 @@ "initialiseren...\n" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 msgid "Module" msgstr "Module" @@ -5784,7 +5941,9 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben." +msgstr "" +"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam " +"hebben." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -5835,12 +5994,14 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n" "\n" "Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n" -"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr." +"arpa.'.\n" "Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make @@ -5852,7 +6013,8 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt " +"eindigt,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -5889,7 +6051,8 @@ "Ongeldig SOA-record.\n" "%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n" "Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n" -"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n" +"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel " +"toegestaan.\n" "Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -5905,7 +6068,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." +msgstr "" +"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -5967,6 +6131,71 @@ "Er wordt door uw DNS-server geen omgekeerde zone voor %1 beheerd.\n" "Hostnaam %2 kan niet worden toegevoegd." +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Servicestatus" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.\n" +"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' " +"buttons).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Huidige status:" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#| msgid "During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van het systeem starten" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Na opslaan van instellingen herladen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "actief" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "Nu stoppen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "gestopt" + +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "Kon het correcte bronmedium niet aankoppelen." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload" + #~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" #~ msgstr "Dynamische definities van geïnstalleerde services lezen" @@ -5988,7 +6217,9 @@ #~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden " +#~ "is noodzakelijk." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6004,7 +6235,8 @@ #~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n" -#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?" +#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten " +#~ "installeren?" #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2005. # Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # Marout Yasuo Borms <beijnes(a)xs4all.nl>, 2006. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:06+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -62,73 +62,25 @@ msgstr "De waarde van de optie" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "Waarde was niet gespecificeerd." #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "Optie was niet gespecificeerd." #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "Waarde: %s" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "De gespecificeerde optie bestaat niet." -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Uw systeem zal zich nu afsluiten.%1\n" -"Voor details, lees het overeenkomstige hoofdstuk \n" -"in de documentatie. \n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Opstarten" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Opstarten" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -150,13 +102,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " +"vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -177,10 +133,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -191,115 +149,170 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +"another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" +"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u " +"een ander\n" "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is " +"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" +"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw " +"root-partitie zich op \n" "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan " +"wordt opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</" +"code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#| msgid "" +#| "Terminal Definition \n" +#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#| "a serial console),\n" +#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#| "code> to the\n" +#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#| "which you\n" +#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +"code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" -" willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +"opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " +"waarop u een \n" +"willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#| "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST accepteert het wachtwoord\n" +"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST " +"accepteert het wachtwoord\n" "uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -308,69 +321,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Locaties van bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Stan&daard opstartsectie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Al&gemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Seriële verbindings&parameters" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menu &verbergen bij opstarten" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor de menu-interface" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Foutopspor&ingsvlag" @@ -382,86 +398,91 @@ msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er beschermen met wachtwoord" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Wach&twoord herhalen" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Opstarten van &hoofdpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Locatie van bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord (&MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstart&en van uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Bootcode-opties" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Kernelparameters" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Bootloader-opties" #. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Bootloader-opties" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Secure Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &secure boot inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "&Locatie van bootloader" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "Partitie waar boot sequence is geïnstalleerd." @@ -480,50 +501,64 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +"console to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " +"stellen VGA-modus voor de console." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " +"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in " +"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de " +"kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 msgid "D&istributor" msgstr "D&istributeur" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-modus" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag" @@ -566,72 +601,75 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatisch gedetecteerde door grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Nieuw grafische themabestand kiezen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafisch console gebruiken" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolutie van &console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Thema van &console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Console-argumenten" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." +msgstr "" +"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig " +"aan." #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Bestand selecteren" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "Er zijn geen opties om voor de huidige bootloader in te stellen." #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Bootloader" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -646,7 +684,7 @@ "Doorgaan?\n" #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "Configuratiebestan&den wijzigen" @@ -654,57 +692,57 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "Nieuwe configuratie &voorstellen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "Nieuw&e configuratie" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "Configuratie van schijf he&rlezen" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "MBR van harde schijf terugzetten" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "Opstartcode bootloader naar schijf schrijven" #. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overig" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "Het MBR is met succes teruggezet." #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "Het terugzetten van het MBR is mislukt." #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "Het opslaan van de opstartinstellingen is mislukt." #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "Boot&loaderopties" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "&Details bootloaderinstallatie" @@ -730,8 +768,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +"current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +"reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via de knop Overig\n" @@ -749,7 +789,7 @@ "configuratiebestanden van de bootloader handmatig te bewerken." #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." @@ -758,7 +798,7 @@ "in het opstartmenu." #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." @@ -767,7 +807,7 @@ "van de geselecteerde sectie te zien." #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -776,16 +816,21 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." @@ -796,7 +841,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" @@ -805,7 +850,7 @@ "De bootmanager (%1) kan op de volgende manieren worden geïnstalleerd:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" @@ -816,27 +861,31 @@ "de computer is geïnstalleerd." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" +"b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " +"&product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "\n" "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -847,7 +896,7 @@ "van uw systeem als u deze optie selecteert." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -855,11 +904,13 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" @@ -870,7 +921,7 @@ " of <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in het invoerveld." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -878,10 +929,11 @@ msgstr "" "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -892,7 +944,7 @@ "selecteer Bootloader." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "Boot Loader Options \n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -903,7 +955,7 @@ "Opties bootloader." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" @@ -911,13 +963,15 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +"section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Sectienaam \n" @@ -925,7 +979,7 @@ "De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" "Select the type of the new section to create." @@ -934,57 +988,64 @@ "Selecteer het type van de nieuwe sectie die u wilt aanmaken." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" +"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +"de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1" @@ -994,27 +1055,27 @@ msgstr "Installeer geen enkele bootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "Geen enkele bootloader installeren" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "Installeer de standaardbootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "Standaardbootloader installeren" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "Bootloader" @@ -1106,43 +1167,155 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Apparaatmap moet minstens één apparaat bevatten" + +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "Schij&ven" + +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Apparaat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Uw systeem zal zich nu afsluiten.%1\n" +"Voor details, lees het overeenkomstige hoofdstuk \n" +"in de documentatie. \n" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Opstarten" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Opstarten" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" + #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</" +"a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</" +"a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " +"installeren</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u " +"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Wijzig locatie: %s" @@ -1150,7 +1323,7 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Type bootloader: %1" @@ -1169,111 +1342,136 @@ msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Status locatie: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Secure boot inschakelen: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Onbekende bootloader: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Niet ondersteunde combinatie van hardwareplatvorm %1 en bootloader %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " +"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de " +"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-" +"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "" +"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader controleren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering lezen" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Initrd aanmaken" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel" + #~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" #~ msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie verwijderen" @@ -1290,7 +1488,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " +#~ "commandoregelmodus" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." @@ -1298,21 +1498,25 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Order" #~ msgstr "Schijfvolgorde" -#~ msgid "Disk order settings" -#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Opstartmenu" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde " +#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt " +#~ "genegeerd.\n" #~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren" -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch " +#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." #~ msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." @@ -1329,15 +1533,6 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" #~ msgstr "Geluids&signalen inschakelen" -#~ msgid "&Device" -#~ msgstr "&Apparaat" - -#~ msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -#~ msgstr "Apparaatmap moet minstens één apparaat bevatten" - -#~ msgid "D&isks" -#~ msgstr "Schij&ven" - #~ msgid "&Up" #~ msgstr "&Omhoog" @@ -1489,7 +1684,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" -#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n" +#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de " +#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken" @@ -1527,50 +1723,87 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Image-sectie" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam " +#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet " +#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" +#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de " +#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" #~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te Bladeren.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren " +#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren " +#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " +#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor " +#~ "opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de " +#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" +#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te " +#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " +#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" #~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " +#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Menusectie" @@ -1578,17 +1811,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het " +#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap " +#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgid "" @@ -1602,30 +1845,39 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" +#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" -#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" +#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " +#~ "opgegeven hoe\n" +#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " +#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n" #~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" -#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd\n" +#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " +#~ "configuratie.\n" +#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " +#~ "gegroepeerd\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" +#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" +#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " +#~ "schakelen. \n" #~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1760,16 +2012,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Secties: %1" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-" +#~ "partitietabel" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten " +#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze " +#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" @@ -1820,39 +2082,64 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 " +#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 " +#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n" -#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/" +#~ ">\n" +#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten " +#~ "bereik.\n" +#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de " +#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on " +#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. " +#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine " +#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-" +#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven" @@ -1860,8 +2147,12 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van " +#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties" @@ -1894,53 +2185,70 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n" +#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-" +#~ "meldingen zijn \n" #~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n" -#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te " +#~ "gebruiken\n" +#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies " +#~ "door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu') \n" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of " +#~ "'tekstmenu') \n" #~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30-modus blokkeren \n" -#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n" -#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n" +#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te " +#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n" +#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de " +#~ "variabele\n" #~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n" #~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.\n" @@ -1951,8 +2259,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan \n" -#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n" -#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" +#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het " +#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n" +#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt " +#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -1974,7 +2284,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO\n" -#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"" +#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of " +#~ "\"tekstmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -1996,7 +2307,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA\n" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n" -#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden." +#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd " +#~ "worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" @@ -2004,7 +2316,8 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)\n" -#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n" +#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund " +#~ "wordt\n" #~ "door het keuzeprogramma." #~ msgid "" @@ -2013,7 +2326,8 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten\n" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten\n" #~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n" #~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n" #~ "Standaard is 0" @@ -2021,8 +2335,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren" @@ -2046,7 +2364,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)" @@ -2059,13 +2378,15 @@ #~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand" @@ -2087,10 +2408,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu" +#~ "\")" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen" @@ -2145,7 +2472,8 @@ #~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n" #~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n" #~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n" -#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen." +#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar " +#~ "opgeslagen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2157,30 +2485,42 @@ #~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n" -#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n" +#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of " +#~ "kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" @@ -2194,65 +2534,84 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie\n" -#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n" +#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen " +#~ "zou moeten worden.\n" #~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n" -#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." +#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een " +#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM\n" #~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar " +#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken\n" -#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n" +#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een " +#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met " +#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n" #~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n" +#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux " +#~ "automatisch opstart \n" #~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten\n" -#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n" -#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n" +#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat " +#~ "selecteren\n" +#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem " +#~ "voor meer\n" #~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n" #~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren\n" -#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n" -#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup." +#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet " +#~ "ondersteunde setup." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader" @@ -2460,10 +2819,13 @@ #~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." #~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" #~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren" @@ -2520,11 +2882,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " +#~ "disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n" -#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n" +#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen " +#~ "booten.\n" #~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -99,15 +99,22 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "" +"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgstr "" +"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)" +msgid "" +"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "" +"P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een " +"omgevingsvariabele)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -123,15 +130,19 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en " +"het\n" "certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n" -"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" +"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA " +"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -382,8 +393,12 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de " +"servernaam en e-mail." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -404,16 +419,21 @@ msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "" +"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord " +"in om door te kunnen gaan." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken " +"van certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -468,11 +488,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n" -"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n" +"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de " +"certificaten.\n" +"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken " +"van certificaten uit.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -483,8 +507,12 @@ msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." +msgid "" +"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "" +"Is de standaardhostnaam linux echt uniek? Het certificaat is " +"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -522,24 +550,28 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " +"certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatie methode\n" +"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de " +"gewenste installatie methode\n" "voor de CA's en de certificaten.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" +"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het " +"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n" "als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n" "\n" @@ -636,14 +668,17 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard CA en een certificaat aan. De CA en het\n" -"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen communiceren.\n" +"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard CA en een certificaat aan. De CA " +"en het\n" +"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache server te kunnen " +"communiceren.\n" "De standaard instellingen kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n" "\n" @@ -668,38 +703,67 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." -msgstr "Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." +msgid "" +"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections." +msgstr "" +"Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-" +"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. " +msgid "" +"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"Het doel van de Common Server Certificate is een certificaat voor " +"verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." -msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service." +msgstr "" +"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken " +"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." +msgid "" +"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "" +"Met de knop Importeren/Vervangen kunt u een nieuw " +"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services." +msgid "" +"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop Verwijderen te " +"klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door " +"andere services." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." +msgid "" +"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " +"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "" +"Met Naar bestand exporteren in de sectie Certificaat van de " +"module CA-beheer kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." -msgstr "Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het PKCS12 formaat met CA chain te zijn geschreven." +msgid "" +"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain." +msgstr "" +"Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het " +"PKCS12 formaat met CA chain te zijn geschreven." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -762,8 +826,12 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." +msgid "" +"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" +"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "" +"Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door " +"Certificaten, CRL en Geavanceerd." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -898,25 +966,38 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen." +msgid "" +"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u " +"enige standaard waarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen." +msgstr "" +"Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen." #. help text 3/4 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." -msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe opgaves gebruikt." +msgid "" +"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij nieuwe opgaves " +"gebruikt." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "U kunt de standaard instellingen van de subCA's, de cliënt certificaten en de server certificaten aanpassen." +msgid "" +"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " +"certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de standaard instellingen van de subCA's, de cliënt " +"certificaten en de server certificaten aanpassen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 @@ -939,8 +1020,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens " +"ze worden opgeslagen." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1053,8 +1138,14 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "" +"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van " +"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email " +"adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1063,23 +1154,37 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." -msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " +"complete certificaat." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." -msgstr "Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of Exporteren." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Bovendien kunt u een certificaat Intrekken, Verwijderen of " +"Exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat genereren." +msgstr "" +"Met Toevoegen kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat " +"genereren." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." -msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het " +"geselecteerde certificaat." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. popup window header @@ -1089,7 +1194,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "" +"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1372,7 +1478,8 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map Exporteren." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map Exporteren." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1431,8 +1538,11 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen." +msgid "" +"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard " +"waarden voorstellen." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1469,8 +1579,17 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root gebruiker." +msgid "" +"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing! Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van " +"een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. " +"Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is " +"voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root " +"gebruiker." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1482,15 +1601,34 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te selecteren." +msgstr "" +"Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door Exporteer eenmalig te " +"selecteren." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." -msgstr "Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Herhaald aanmaken en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken in Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt gelezen en begrepen." +msgid "" +"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " +"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the Security Information." +msgstr "" +"Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer Herhaald " +"aanmaken en exporteren. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken " +"in Herhaalperiode worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet " +"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet " +"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de Beveiligingsinformatie hebt " +"gelezen en begrepen." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." +msgid "" +"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" +"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-" +"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in " +"Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand en Exporteer naar LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1644,20 +1782,26 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren." +"" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." -msgstr "Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand gedefinieerd is." +msgstr "" +"Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand " +"gedefinieerd is." #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 @@ -1666,30 +1810,49 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "CA Name is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\"." +msgid "" +"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "" +"CA Name is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de " +"tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Common Name is de naam van het CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." -msgstr "Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Common Name is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat " +"wordt aangemaakt." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "" +"Common Name is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de " +"server." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." -msgstr "E-Mail Addresses zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder." +msgid "" +"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"E-Mail Addresses zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of " +"de serverbeheerder." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." -msgstr "Organization, Organizational Unit, Plaats, en Staat zijn meestal optioneel." +msgid "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " +"State are often optional." +msgstr "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Plaats, en " +"Staat zijn meestal optioneel." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1720,18 +1883,32 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." +msgid "" +"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " +"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave " +"in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elke CA heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elke CA heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die " +"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "" +"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " +"time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige " +"periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1739,33 +1916,65 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." -msgstr "De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." +msgid "" +"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"De Geavanceerde opties zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties " +"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking " +"van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." +msgid "" +"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een Wachtwoord nodig " +"met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen " +"de opgave in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige " +"programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel " +"lengtes nodig." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." +msgid "" +"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " +"Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode " +"(Geldige periode). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld." +msgid "" +"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een Wachtwoord nodig met een " +"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave " +"in het volgende veld." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig." +msgid "" +"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen Sleutel lengte. Sommige programma's, " +"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</" +"p>" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1799,8 +2008,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken CA." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " +"maken CA." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1809,8 +2022,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te " +"maken certificaat." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 @@ -1819,8 +2036,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat aangemaakt zal worden." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat " +"aangemaakt zal worden." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -1934,8 +2155,16 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand." +msgid "" +"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien " +"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, " +"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " +"(package openssl-doc) bestand." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -2001,8 +2230,12 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres." +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "" +"Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze " +"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -2011,23 +2244,38 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." -msgstr "Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request." +msgstr "" +"Overzicht opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het " +"complete verzoek." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "U kunt bovendien een verzoek Ondertekenen, Verwijderen of exporteren." +msgid "" +"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "" +"U kunt bovendien een verzoek Ondertekenen, Verwijderen of " +"exporteren." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." -msgstr "Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." +msgid "" +"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " +"request." +msgstr "" +"Met Importeren kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met " +"Toevoegen kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -msgstr "In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"" +msgstr "" +"In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het " +"geselecteerde verzoek." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2124,13 +2372,18 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren." +msgid "" +"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "" +"Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "" +"Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de " +"plaats worden gebruikt." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2142,8 +2395,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." -msgstr "Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed." +msgstr "" +"Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te " +"ondertekenen verzoek." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2198,12 +2455,16 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "Root CA aanmaken genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit." +msgid "" +"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "" +"Root CA aanmaken genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit." +"" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "" +"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer, lees de handleiding." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:70 @@ -2264,7 +2525,8 @@ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n" +"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de " +"certificaten.\n" "Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 @@ -2420,15 +2682,22 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Common server certificaat (PKCS12 + CA chain formaat)\n" -" importeren van disk:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" +" importeren van disk:</big> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op " +"Verder om door te gaan.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen vinden." +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze " +"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen " +"vinden." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2470,10 +2739,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n" -"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen." +"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in " +"het subject alternatieve namen." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2541,10 +2812,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n" -"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel." +"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in " +"het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -2563,8 +2836,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende 'caName' waarde." @@ -2604,7 +2877,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "Ontbrekende 'certType' parameter." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden ophalen is mislukt." @@ -2618,11 +2891,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Initialiseren van de CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Standaardwaarden opslaan is mislukt." @@ -2633,16 +2906,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ongeldige 'caName' parameter waarde." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Ongeldige 'type' parameter waarde." @@ -2666,7 +2939,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ontbrekende 'caPasswd' waarde." @@ -2676,7 +2949,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Ontbrekende 'caName' parameter." @@ -2691,7 +2964,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Ongeldige 'caPasswd' parameter waarde." @@ -2729,7 +3002,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "Ontbrekende 'days' waarde." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Wijzigen van CRLGenerationData is mislukt." @@ -2783,8 +3056,8 @@ msgstr "Ontbrekende 'P12Password' parameter." #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde voor parameter 'rquest'." @@ -2996,100 +3269,100 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Importeren van het certificaat is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Parameter 'inFile' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Bestand niet gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Parameter 'type' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Waarde '%s' ontbreekt in parameter 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Parameter 'datatype' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Parameter 'inForm' ontbreekt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Onbekende waarde '%s' in 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Ontleden is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Ontleden van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Ophalen van de verzoeklijst is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Verzoek niet gevonden in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "Kan het verzoek niet lezen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "Geen verzoekgegevens gevonden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Importeren van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van het verzoek is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Ongeldige 'caCertificate' parameter waarde." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Ongeldige 'caKey' parameter waarde." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA-sleutel niet beschikbaar in %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Importeren van CA is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Het CA kon niet verwijderd worden." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "Sleutelbestand bestaat niet." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Wachtwoordwijziging mislukt." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ msgstr "Gebruikt" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ja" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "nee" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "ja" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" @@ -81,7 +81,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment '%s'" +msgstr "" +"Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment " +"'%s'" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" @@ -90,11 +92,13 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Lijst met reeksen kanalen gescheiden door en komma uit verbanning halen.\n" -"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n" +"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of " +"reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n" "Voorbeeld waarde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # peter(a)sybex.nl, 2000. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:22+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -86,130 +86,138 @@ msgstr "Conntrackd instellen" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "Node-ID" #. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "De node-ID moet volledig zijn en een positief geheel getal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "De node-ID moet uniek zijn." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het netwerkadres van Bind moet volledig zijn:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "De clusternaam moet volledig zijn" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het adres van het member moet volledig zijn" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgstr "De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer udp is ingesteld" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +#| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "" +"De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer multicast-transport is " +"ingesteld" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Het multicast-adres moet volledig zijn" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "De multicast-poort moet moet een positief geheel getal zijn" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." -msgstr "Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte interfaces. Stel in op passief." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" +"Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte " +"interfaces. Stel in op passief." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanaal" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Netwerkadres van binding:" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast adres:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast poort:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Redundant kanaal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Clusternaam:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Verwachte stemmen:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp-modus:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Autogeneratie van node-id" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adres van member:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -218,136 +226,132 @@ " Stel de memberlijst in en bevestig alle andere instellingen." #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 -msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "Aantal threads moet een geheel getal zijn" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 -msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "Aantal threads moet groter dan 0 zijn" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Authenticatie van beveiliging inschakelen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "Threads:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/" +"corosync/authkey te genereren ." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/" +"corosync/authkey van andere nodes." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes." - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is mislukt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is gelukt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "Functioneert" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Functioneert niet" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Aan -- Start pacemaker tijdens het booten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Uit -- Start pacemaker handmatig" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Aan of uit zetten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Start pacemaker nu" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Stop pacemaker nu" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host synchroniseren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerk" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Bestand synchroniseren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutels genereren" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Status van Csync2 onbekend" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2 aan zetten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2 uit zetten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Een hostnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam bewerken" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Een te synchroniseren bestandsnaam invoeren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "De bestandsnaam bewerken" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -356,129 +360,332 @@ "Wilt u het overschrijven?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Sleutelbestand %1 verwijderen is mislukt." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n" -"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de sync-lijst." +"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de " +"sync-lijst." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Generatie van sleutel is mislukt." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" +"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen " +"clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" "YaST kan helpen bij het instellen van enige basis aspecten van conntrackd.\n" "U moet het starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Dedicated interface:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Groepsnummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Genereer /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Het groepsnummer moet een positief geheel getal zijn." #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " +#| "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " +#| "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over " +#| "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " +#| "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " +#| "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " +#| "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " +#| "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +#| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " +#| "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " +#| "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " +#| "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config" +#| "\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in " +#| "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +#| "nodeid field must be specified.\n" +#| "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +#| "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " +#| "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +#| "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " +#| "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +#| "udpu(Unicast). \n" +#| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is " +#| "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 " +#| "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster " +#| "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will " +#| "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the " +#| "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value " +#| "of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +#| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " +#| "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " +#| "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +#| "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +#| "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " +#| "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " +#| "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " +#| "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " +#| "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " +#| "be chosen. \n" +#| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +#| "quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +#| "present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section." +#| " \n" +#| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when " +#| "using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. </" +#| "p>\n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +" \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +" \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" -"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden gespecificeerd.\n" -"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" -"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu (Unicast) \n" -"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet niet worden gebruikt. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" -"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren. \n" +"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan " +"het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op " +"nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel " +"bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk " +"geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden " +"gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface " +"binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het " +"veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" +"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte " +"multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar " +"de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken " +"multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres " +"is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal " +"worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden " +"gespecificeerd.\n" +"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is " +"mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde " +"openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" +"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in " +"het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu " +"(Unicast) \n" +"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij " +"gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde " +"die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. " +"Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit " +"het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-" +"identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet " +"niet worden gebruikt. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante " +"ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een " +"iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare " +"netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de " +"snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-" +"bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één " +"netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. " +"Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen " +"automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn " +"gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" +"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het " +"stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst " +"{} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie " +"quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist bij " +"gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren." +" \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads " +#| "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +#| "protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +#| "directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads " +#| "to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 " +#| "indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best " +#| "performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +#| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/" +#| "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It " +#| "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the " +#| "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. " +#| "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem " +#| "which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume " +#| "75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For " +#| "100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of " +#| "9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled " +#| "on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization " +#| "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with " +#| "large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this " +#| "option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible " +#| "when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> Deze directive bestuurt hoeveel threads worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. \n" -"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/" +"SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. " +"Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het " +"versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen " +"afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk " +"door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. " +"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec " +"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met " +"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% " +"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer " +"van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is " +"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote " +"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is " +"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze " +"optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service bij opstarten of niet\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service bij " +"opstarten of niet\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in " +"wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de " +"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde " +"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om " +"te synchroniseren.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met " +"de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt " +"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup " +"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het " +"is aangemaakt.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te gebruiken multicast adres.\n" -"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep voor synchronisatie.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated " +"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast " +"ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </" +"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated " +"netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te " +"gebruiken multicast adres.\n" +"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep " +"voor synchronisatie.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -487,16 +694,17 @@ "Even geduld... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -505,7 +713,7 @@ "Even geduld... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -532,17 +740,17 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Bezig clusterconfiguratie te initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Database inlezen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" @@ -551,17 +759,17 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -570,73 +778,82 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Kan het vereiste pakket niet installeren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Kan bestaande configuratie niet laden" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Kan database1 niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Bezig clusterconfiguratie op te slaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Wijzigingen in SuSEFirewall opslaan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Wijzigingen worden in SuSEFirewall opgeslagen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." +#~ msgid "Number of threads must be integer" +#~ msgstr "Aantal threads moet een geheel getal zijn" + +#~ msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" +#~ msgstr "Aantal threads moet groter dan 0 zijn" + +#~ msgid "Threads:" +#~ msgstr "Threads:" + #~ msgid "nodeid" #~ msgstr "node-id" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -26,41 +26,44 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie." #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Overzicht van toetsenbordconfiguratie." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de toetsenbordconfiguratie instellen." #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Toont alle beschikbare toetsenbordindelingen." #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nieuwe toetsenbordindeling" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Huidige toetsenbordindeling: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " +"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -86,15 +89,22 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " +"verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. " +"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface " +"heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -176,14 +186,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in Test.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " +"Geavanceerd.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -202,13 +214,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" -"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " +"Geavanceerd.\n" +"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " +"bureaubladomgeving.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -220,7 +236,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -230,6 +246,12 @@ "dan er geïnstalleerd is op het op te waarderen systeem.\n" "Selecteer de indeling die tijdens de opwaardering gebruikt moet worden." +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -326,26 +348,30 @@ msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu worden bijgewerkt..." #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " +msgstr "" +"De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Huidige taal: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Aanvullende talen: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " +"waarden te bekijken." #. label text #. heading text @@ -391,11 +417,14 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " +"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " +"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 @@ -479,13 +508,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de " +"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te " +"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " +"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " +"uitgeschakeld.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -498,7 +534,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Secundaire talen \n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " +"gaan gebruiken.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -512,7 +549,8 @@ "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " +"installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -526,7 +564,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "\n" @@ -539,27 +578,38 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld." +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " +"ingesteld." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" +"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " +"normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld. \n" -"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker. \n" -"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" +"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " +"normale gebruiker. \n" +"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " +"ingesteld.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de " +"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " +"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -631,11 +681,14 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n" -"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n" +"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit " +"medium.\n" +"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de " +"juiste ondersteuning\n" "voor deze taal.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -644,8 +697,10 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " +"zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " +"nieuwe systeem." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -692,8 +747,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" @@ -710,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr "Huidige datum en tijd:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -719,12 +774,12 @@ "Stel de juiste tijd in voordat u de installatie start." #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" @@ -733,21 +788,27 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " +"Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " +"Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " +"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " +"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime @@ -763,19 +824,24 @@ "\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " +"kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " +"neveneffecten.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -783,12 +849,17 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " +"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " +"Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " +"jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " +"omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " +"etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" @@ -796,8 +867,12 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " +"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -871,15 +946,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum en tijd (NTP is ingesteld)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd" @@ -891,27 +966,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regio" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum en tijd:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -920,60 +989,64 @@ "<big>Tijdzone- en klokinstellingen</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" +"b>.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de regio.\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" +"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst " +"de regio.\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " +"uit de lijst.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan " +"te passen.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configuratie van klok en tijdzone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecteer een geldige tijdzone." #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP-geconfigureerd" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone: %1" @@ -1023,207 +1096,210 @@ msgstr "Canada (meertalig)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spaans (Latijns-Amerikaans)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spaans (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië -- VS-accenten)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noors" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjechisch (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowaaks (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Sloveens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Servisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Ests" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "IJslands" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjieks" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "US internationaal" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " +#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" +#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties " +#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll " +#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -25,95 +25,120 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module -#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuratie van crowbar" -#. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "Naam van installatiebron" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "URL" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "Bij fout vragen" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "" -#. help text +#. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Re&positories" +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "&Installatiebronnen" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" +#| "p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +#| "\n" +#| "<ul>\n" +#| "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" +#| "i> for SMT server\n" +#| "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" +#| "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de locatie van uw Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken bewerken.\n" +"Hier kunt u de locatie van uw Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken " +"bewerken.\n" "\n" "Enige voorbeelden van hoe de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ voor SMT-server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"voor SMT-server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n" "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "&URL van installatiebron" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "Bij fout &vragen" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "Naam van de systeembeheerder" #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." msgstr "Beheer gebruikersnamen en wachtwoorden voor Crowbar-beheerders." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 msgid "&Mode" msgstr "&Modus" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Definieer hier een Netwerkmodus met relevant beleid voor bonding.\n" -"U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits als spatie-gescheiden lijst." +"Definieer hier een Netwerkmodus met relevant beleid voor " +"bonding.\n" +"U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits " +"als spatie-gescheiden lijst." #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "&Beleid voor bonding" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "Toekennen van fysieke interfaces voor het bastion-netwerk" #. help text for conduit if list -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 msgid "" "Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" @@ -124,97 +149,187 @@ "Geldige voorbeelden zijn <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> of <tt>?1g2</tt>." #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" msgstr "Netwerk" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "Subnetadres" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Netwerkmasker" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "&VLAN gebruiken" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "VLAN-&ID" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "Rou&ter" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "Routervoor&keuren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subnet" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "Broa&dcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "Bridge &toevoegen" #. push button label& -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "R&eeksen bewerken..." #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "&Bastion-netwerk toevoegen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adressen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "Bij fout vragen" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "User '%1' already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different name." +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"Gebruiker %1 bestaat al.\n" +"Kies een andere naam." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "Naam van installatiebron" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "Bij fout &vragen" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "&URL van installatiebron" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "Lege URL betekent dat de standaard waarde zal worden gebruikt." + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository Name" +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "Naam van installatiebron" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Het wachtwoord herhalen" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -223,7 +338,7 @@ "Probeer opnieuw." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -233,17 +348,17 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Het format van het interface '%1' is ongeldig." -#. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -254,7 +369,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -264,7 +379,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -273,17 +388,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Het routeradres '%1' is geen onderdeel van het netwerk '%2'." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Het IP-adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -293,67 +408,65 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Laagste IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Hoogste IP-adres" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Het adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Het laagste adres moet lager zijn dan het hoogste." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Reeksen '%1' en '%2' overlappen elkaar." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Gebr&uiker-instellingen" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard wachtwoord worden gebruikt." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" +"Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard " +"wachtwoord worden gebruikt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "N&etwerkmodus" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Bastion-netwerk" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Net&werken" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "&Installatiebronnen" -#. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 -msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "Lege URL betekent dat de standaard waarde zal worden gebruikt." - #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -367,7 +480,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van Crowbar-configuratie" @@ -413,23 +526,23 @@ "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar-configuratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "De configuratie lezen" @@ -437,30 +550,30 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 14:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,9 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien" +msgstr "" +"Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare " +"interfaces zien" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. command line help text for an option @@ -587,10 +589,12 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres \n" +"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen " +"IP-adres \n" "en netwerkmasker)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -805,10 +809,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n" +"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde " +"netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n" "IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -949,7 +955,8 @@ "naar dit dialoog terugkeren. Om dit dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n" "wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n" "Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n" -"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n" +"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden " +"weergegeven.\n" "\n" "Doorgaan?" @@ -966,7 +973,8 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -974,8 +982,10 @@ msgstr "" "U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n" "\n" -"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n" -"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n" +"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf " +"lezen\n" +"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. " +"Alle\n" "wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n" " \n" "Wilt u doorgaan?\n" @@ -994,7 +1004,8 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1009,9 +1020,12 @@ "hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n" "Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n" -"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n" -"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n" -"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.\n" +"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden " +"gebruikt\n" +"in Hostnaambasis. Start definieert het eerste getal dat " +"gebruikt\n" +"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 @@ -1035,7 +1049,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" "U kunt zowel Naam nieuwe zone als Naam omgekeerde zone\n" "niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n" @@ -1048,7 +1063,8 @@ "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" "Selecteer het keuzevakje Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken als u \n" -"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.\n" +"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1086,7 +1102,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1113,7 +1130,8 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS-records</big> \n" @@ -1142,7 +1160,8 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen,\n" +"Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op Toevoegen</" +"b>,\n" "vul het formulier in en klik op Ok.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1179,7 +1198,8 @@ "<big>DNS-synchronisatie</big> \n" "Dit is een geavanceerd hulpmiddel voor het bewerken van\n" "DNS-serverinstellingen zodat die overeen komen met uw DHCP-instellingen.\n" -"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-adressen--\n" +"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-" +"adressen--\n" "worden hier onderhouden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1203,7 +1223,8 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie speciale taken -> Assistent starten.\n" +"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie speciale " +"taken -> Assistent starten.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 @@ -1211,10 +1232,13 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1224,7 +1248,8 @@ "omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteer \n" "Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone.\n" "Gebruik Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen\n" -"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" +"uit Speciale taken om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik " +"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n" "van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteer\n" "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken uit Speciale tekan.\n" @@ -1515,7 +1540,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n" @@ -1831,7 +1857,8 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DHCP " +"Server in Chroot Jail\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van een willekeurige daemon in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen." @@ -1856,10 +1883,13 @@ "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Geconfigureerde declaraties \n" -"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op Wijzigen\n" -"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n" +"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren " +"en vervolgens op Wijzigen\n" +"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een " +"declaratie die de nieuwe\n" "declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" -"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op " +"Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -1883,7 +1913,8 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkadres en masker</big> \n" -"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in." +"Stel het Netwerkadres en het Netwerkmasker van het subnet in.</" +"p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1967,7 +1998,8 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen." +"Gebruik Dynamische DNS om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te " +"passen." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1990,9 +2022,12 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>TSIG sleutel</big> \n" -"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" -"Gebruik TSIG sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n" -"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" +"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie " +"sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n" +"Gebruik TSIG sleutel om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel " +"te selecteren. De sleutel\n" +"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel " +"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n" "als de omgekeerde zone." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2004,7 +2039,8 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Globale DHCP-server instellingen</big> \n" -"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n" +"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de " +"dynamische\n" "DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n" "Globale dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken te activeren." @@ -2013,35 +2049,45 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Bij te werken zones</big> \n" -"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n" -"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host draait als de DHCP\n" +"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor " +"beide ook hun \n" +"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host " +"draait als de DHCP\n" "server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n" -"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). Voor\n" -"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." +"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten " +"opstarten\n" +"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). " +"Voor\n" +"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten " +"zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-server.\n" +"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-" +"server.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2102,8 +2148,10 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "Printserver biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan." +msgid "" +"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "" +"Printserver biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2117,7 +2165,8 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "Standaard lease tijd stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP\n" @@ -2132,7 +2181,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Subnetinformatie</big>\n" -"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n" +"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, " +"netwerkmasker\n" "en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n" "\n" @@ -2141,17 +2191,20 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP-adresbereik</big> \n" "Stel het Eerste IP-adres en Laatste IP-adres in\n" -"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n" +"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen " +"moeten\n" "hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n" "en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n" -"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n" +"Selecteer Dynamische BOOTP toestaan als het opgegeven bereik " +"dynamisch\n" "mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2162,8 +2215,10 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Lease-tijd</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de standaard lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n" -"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt. " +"Hier kunt u de standaard lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-" +"adressenbereik\n" +"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt." +" " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2206,13 +2261,17 @@ "Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u z'n Naam,\n" "Hardware adres en IP-adres instellen en\n" "vervolgens op Toevoegen klikken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n" -"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te klikken." +"Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel " +"te selecteren,\n" +"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op In lijst wijzigen te " +"klikken." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " +"Uit lijst verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2406,7 +2465,8 @@ "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" msgstr "" -"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n" +"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze " +"eerst op te slaan?\n" "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." #. yes-no popup @@ -2427,7 +2487,8 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone voor.\n" +"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone " +"voor.\n" "%1\n" "Start YaST2 Firewallconfiguratie om ze toe te wijzen aan een zone." @@ -2610,12 +2671,12 @@ msgstr "Geavanc&eerd..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" @@ -2624,22 +2685,22 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen lezen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." @@ -2648,7 +2709,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -2656,7 +2717,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -2664,17 +2725,17 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2691,7 +2752,7 @@ "YaST zal nu stoppen." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2700,7 +2761,7 @@ "van de DHCP-server zal niet beschikbaar zijn." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2710,7 +2771,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "De DHCP-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen" @@ -2719,7 +2780,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP-server instellingen opslaan" @@ -2728,13 +2789,13 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Herstart DHCP-server" @@ -2743,70 +2804,70 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "De DHCP-server instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "De DHCP-server wordt opnieuw gestart..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het herstarten van de DHCP daemon." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc gestart" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc niet gestart" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Luisteren naar:%1" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamisch adres bereik: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "De ondersteuning voor meerdere dhcpServiceDN is niet geïmplementeerd." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "De DHCP service DN is niet gedefinieerd." @@ -2814,23 +2875,23 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ # Arthur & Ettie Kerkmeester <a.s.kerkmeester(a)hccnet.nl>, 2003-2004, 2005. # Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. # Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. -# Freek de Kruijf <freekdekruijf(a)kde.nl>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Freek de Kruijf <freekdekruijf(a)kde.nl>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 13:09+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -26,15 +26,255 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "DNS-serverconfiguratie" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "Opstart instellingen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "DNS-forwarders" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "Log instellingen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "DNS-zones" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "Toegangscontrole lijsten (ACL)" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "Zone transport regels" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "Zone naamservers" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "Zone mailservers" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "Start of autorisatie (SOA)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Zone bron records, zoals bijvoorbeeld: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "Behandelt A en het corresponderende PTR-record in één keer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "Huidige instellingen weergeven" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "Start de DNS-server tijdens het opstarten van het systeem" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "Start de DNS-server handmatig" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "Een nieuwe record toevoegen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "Een record verwijderen" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4 adres" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "Log bestemming (syslog|file)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "Optie instellen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "Bestandsnaam voor het loggen (volledig pad)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "Maximale loggrootte [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "Maximum aantal versie rotaties, '0' betekent geen rotatie" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "Zonenaam" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "Zonetype, master of slave" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "Masterserver van DNS-zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "Optie inschakelen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "" +"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt " +"of een relatieve naam)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" +"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt " +"of een relatieve naam)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "Mailserver prioriteit (getal van 0 tot 65535)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "Het seriële nummer van de zone-bijwerking" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "Algemene levensduur van de zone records" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "Het interval voordat de zone records vernieuwd zouden moeten worden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "Interval tussen nieuwe herlaad pogingen na mislukte acties" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "Interval waarna zone records niet langer meer gezaghebbend zijn" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "Minimum TTL dat met de records in deze zone geëxporteerd moeten worden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "Type DNS-bronrecord, zoals bijvoorbeeld: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "DNS-query, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.org voor een A-record" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "" +"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" +"Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-" +"record" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "Hostnaam voor het DNS-record" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "Log named queries %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "Zone-bijwerkingen %1 loggen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "Log zone overdrachten %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst met zone-forwarders" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Parameter %1 is vereist." #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Onbekende parameter waarde %1." @@ -42,68 +282,50 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Er is slechts één parameter toegestaan." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt aan het opstartproces toegevoegd..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "DNS-server wordt uit het opstartproces verwijderd..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "De DNS-server is tijdens het opstartproces geactiveerd." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "De DNS-server moet handmatig gestart worden." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Forwarding:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "Forwarder IP" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 @@ -113,73 +335,60 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Logbestemming" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Systeemlog" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Maximum grootte" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Maximum versies" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Named queries loggen" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Zone-bijwerkingen loggen" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Zone-overdrachten loggen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Loginstellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Instelling" @@ -187,100 +396,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Log regel" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS-zones:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Master server" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Forwarders" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Vooraf gedefinieerd" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Gebruikersinstelling" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL's:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Zonetransport:" @@ -289,400 +478,98 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL ingeschakeld" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Naamservers:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Naamserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Mailservers:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Mailserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Start of Authority (SOA):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Record query" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Record type" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Record waarde" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Hostnaamrecord:" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "DNS-serverconfiguratie" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "Opstart instellingen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "DNS-forwarders" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "Log instellingen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "DNS-zones" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "Toegangscontrole lijsten (ACL)" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "Zone transport regels" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "Zone naamservers" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "Zone mailservers" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "Start of autorisatie (SOA)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Zone bron records, zoals bijvoorbeeld: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "Behandelt A en het corresponderende PTR-record in één keer" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "Huidige instellingen weergeven" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "Start de DNS-server tijdens het opstarten van het systeem" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "Start de DNS-server handmatig" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "Een nieuwe record toevoegen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "Een record verwijderen" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4 adres" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "Log bestemming (syslog|file)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "Optie instellen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "Bestandsnaam voor het loggen (volledig pad)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "Maximale loggrootte [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "Maximum aantal versie rotaties, '0' betekent geen rotatie" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "Zonenaam" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "Zonetype, master of slave" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "Masterserver van DNS-zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "Optie inschakelen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "Mailserver prioriteit (getal van 0 tot 65535)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "Het seriële nummer van de zone-bijwerking" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "Algemene levensduur van de zone records" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "Het interval voordat de zone records vernieuwd zouden moeten worden" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr "Interval tussen nieuwe herlaad pogingen na mislukte acties" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "Interval waarna zone records niet langer meer gezaghebbend zijn" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "Minimum TTL dat met de records in deze zone geëxporteerd moeten worden" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "Type DNS-bronrecord, zoals bijvoorbeeld: A, CNAME, NS, MX of PTR" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "DNS-query, zoals bijvoorbeeld: example.org voor een A-record" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "Hostnaam voor het DNS-record" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "Log named queries %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "Zone-bijwerkingen %1 loggen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "Log zone overdrachten %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst met zone-forwarders" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -705,8 +592,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-zones" @@ -728,10 +615,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen" @@ -756,102 +641,34 @@ msgstr "Geavanc&eerde DNS-serverconfiguratie..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-server" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#| msgid "C&hange" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Wijzigen toepassen" -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "Hand&matig" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "Handmatig" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "DNS server draait." - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "DNS server draait niet." - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu &starten" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu s&toppen" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server &nu herstarten" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu starten" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "DNS-server nu stoppen" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server nu herstarten" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstart" # ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:345 ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:411 #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Basis opties" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Loggen" @@ -859,8 +676,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -868,140 +685,108 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG sleutels" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "Nu en tijdens opstarten" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "Alleen handmatig" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "Aan- en uitschakelen" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "Huidige status: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Al uw wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. De instellingen zullen\n" -"opnieuw van de nieuwe data opslag ingelezen worden.\n" -"Doorgaan?\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "Lokaal &beleid voor DNS-resolutie" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Mengen van forwarders is uitgeschakeld" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automatisch mengen" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Mengen van forwarders is ingeschakeld" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Aangepaste configuratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Aangepaste beleid" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "Lokale &forwarder voor DNS-resolutie" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Naamservers van systeem worden gebruikt" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Deze naamserver (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Lokale dnsmasq-server" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres toevoegen" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- of IPv6-a&dres" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Forwarder &lijst" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Kan lokale forwarder niet instellen op %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Kan het lokale equivalent van IP %1 niet vinden." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n" +"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop " +"veroorzaken.\n" "IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n" "worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ongeldig IPv4- of IPv6-adres." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -1010,47 +795,47 @@ "en dubbelepunten." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Gespecificeerde forwarder is al aanwezig." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Optie toevoegen of wijzigen" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&ptie" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Waarde" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "&Wijzigen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Huidige opties" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 msgid "Option" msgstr "Optie" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -1059,7 +844,7 @@ "enige waarde wilt instellen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1068,7 +853,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1077,7 +862,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch de waarde %2 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1086,7 +871,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1095,7 +880,7 @@ "Wilt u het toch de waarde %1 geven?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -1104,79 +889,79 @@ "Wilt u er toch nog één aan toevoegen?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Log type" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systeemlog" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maximum &grootte (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maximum &versies" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Extra loggen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Alle DNS-&queries loggen" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Zone-&bijwerkingen loggen" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Zone-&overdrachten loggen" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Selecteer logbestand" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Optie instelling" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Naam" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Huidige ACL lijst" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1185,12 +970,12 @@ "Wilt u het echt verwijderen?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Gespecificeerd ACL-item bestaat al." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Nieuwe zone toevoegen " @@ -1199,8 +984,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" @@ -1210,9 +995,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" @@ -1221,23 +1006,35 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Forward" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DNS-zones" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Een zone met de gespecificeerde naam is reeds geconfigureerd." +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "De configuratiebestanden opslaan is mislukt" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1571,7 +1368,8 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " +"characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" "Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n" @@ -1667,10 +1465,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " +"feature." msgstr "" -"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n" -"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde records uit\" uitschakelen." +"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 " +"zone.\n" +"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde " +"records uit\" uitschakelen." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1740,13 +1541,8 @@ "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n" "Toch afsluiten?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Een zone van dit type kan niet met dit programma worden ingesteld." @@ -1766,7 +1562,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -1809,7 +1606,8 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" -"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DNS-server in Chroot Jail\n" +"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u Start DNS-" +"server in Chroot Jail\n" "in te stellen. Het opstarten van welke daemon dan ook in een Chroot Jail\n" "is veiliger en wordt dan ook dringend aangeraden." @@ -1869,8 +1667,10 @@ "<big>Dynamische DNS-zone bijwerken</big> \n" "De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n" "dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n" -"staan, dient Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan te worden ingesteld als ook\n" -"de TSIG-sleutel die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n" +"staan, dient Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan te worden ingesteld als " +"ook\n" +"de TSIG-sleutel die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor " +"zowel\n" "de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1881,7 +1681,8 @@ "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Een DNS-zone wijzigen:</big> \n" -"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n" +"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende " +"item\n" "in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op Bewerken te klikken." #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1890,8 +1691,10 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n" -"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. " +"Voor het verwijderen\n" +"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen</" +"B> te klikken." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 @@ -1908,13 +1711,17 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" +"b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " +"Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Master servers</big> \n" -"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik Toevoegen\n" -"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n" +"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik " +"Toevoegen\n" +"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande " +"server en\n" "Klik op Verwijderen om deze te verwijderen." #. help 1/2 @@ -1922,13 +1729,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" +"b>\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Zone type</big> \n" "Selecteer Master om deze naamserver als primaire databron van\n" -"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient u\n" +"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient " +"u\n" "Slave of Stub te selecteren: de zone data zal dan van\n" "de master server worden gespiegeld." @@ -1936,7 +1745,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " +"back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1956,8 +1766,10 @@ "interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interface categorieën</big> \n" -"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n" -"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.\n" +"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-" +"server.\n" +"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds " +"gedefinieerd.\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -2014,11 +1826,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Serienummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master\n" -"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n" +"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele " +"zone\n" "te synchroniseren).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2038,8 +1852,10 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na een\n" -"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren." +"Herhalen bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na " +"een\n" +"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren." +"" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -2048,8 +1864,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers vervalt\n" -"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers " +"vervalt\n" +"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer " +"gesynchroniseerd is.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2069,14 +1887,19 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" +"b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" +"b>.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big> \n" -"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. Gebruik voor het\n" -"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of de kknop Bladeren\n" -"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n" +"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. " +"Gebruik voor het\n" +"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld Bestandsnaam of " +"de kknop Bladeren\n" +"en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te " +"verwijderen,\n" "selecteer deze in de lijst en klik op Verwijderen.\n" "" @@ -2138,8 +1961,10 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n IP-adres op en klik daarna op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." +"Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n IP-adres op en klik " +"daarna op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren " +"en vervolgens op Verwijderen klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2161,12 +1986,15 @@ "Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de Optie selecteren,\n" "z'n Waarde opgeven en op Toevoegen klikken.\n" "Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n" -"selecteren, de Waarde er van wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.\n" +"selecteren, de Waarde er van wijzigen en op Wijzigen klikken.</" +"p>\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op Verwijderen te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op " +"Verwijderen te klikken." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2175,24 +2003,33 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Loggen</big> \n" -"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te definiëren." +"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te " +"definiëren." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " +"system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " +"and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" +"b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer Naar systeemlog loggen om logberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" -"selecteer hiervoor Naar bestand loggen en geef de Bestandsnaam op waarin\n" -"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximum grootte van het logbestand.\n" -"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik Maximum versies om\n" +"Selecteer Naar systeemlog loggen om logberichten van de DNS-server " +"in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een " +"apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n" +"selecteer hiervoor Naar bestand loggen en geef de Bestandsnaam " +"op waarin\n" +"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de Maximum grootte van het " +"logbestand.\n" +"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik Maximum " +"versies om\n" "te specificeren hoeveel logbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2208,9 +2045,11 @@ msgstr "" "Extra loggen:\n" "selecteer de acties die u wilt laten loggen. Algemene acties worden\n" -"altijd gelogd. Alle DNS-queries loggen logt alle queries van clients aan de DNS-server.\n" +"altijd gelogd. Alle DNS-queries loggen logt alle queries van clients " +"aan de DNS-server.\n" "Alle zone-bijwerkingen loggen logt wanneer DNS is bijgewerkt.\n" -"Zone-overdrachten loggen logt wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n" +"Zone-overdrachten loggen logt wanneer een zone compleet is " +"overgedragen naar\n" "de secondaire\n" "nameserver.\n" @@ -2255,12 +2094,17 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam op\n" -"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" -"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.\n" +"Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de bestandsnaam</" +"b> op\n" +"(of gebruik de knop Bladeren om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op " +"Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de bestandsnaam en " +"Sleutel-ID in en klik\n" +"op Genereren. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en " +"toegevoegd.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2283,22 +2127,28 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" +"b>,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het Zonetype\n" +"Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de Zonenaam, selecteer het " +"Zonetype\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " +"select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n" -"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" +"Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " +"het omgekeerde\n" +"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als Zonenaam " +"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n" "selecteer vervolgens het Zonetype en klik op Toevoegen.\n" @@ -2306,16 +2156,20 @@ #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " +"name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het\n" +"Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van " +"het\n" "omgekeerde IPv6-adres in gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als Zonenaam.\n" -"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: De\n" +"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: " +"De\n" "standaard vorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "de voorwaardse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "de voorwaardse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2330,13 +2184,15 @@ msgstr "" "Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n" "en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op Bewerken.\n" -"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen.\n" +"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op " +"Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " +"access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS en zonetransport</big> \n" @@ -2352,8 +2208,10 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan\n" -"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n" +"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer Dynamisch " +"bijwerken toestaan\n" +"en selecteer de TSIG-sleutel. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te " +"definiëren\n" "voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2380,7 +2238,8 @@ "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n" +"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-" +"zone.\n" "Selecteer het selectievak Automatisch genereren van records uit\n" "en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.\n" @@ -2392,20 +2251,24 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n" +"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn " +"gegenereerd\n" "vanuit de huidige in het Verbonden omgekeerde zones veld." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" +"b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op\n" +"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in " +"en klik op Toevoegen.\n" +"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik " +"op\n" "Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2418,9 +2281,11 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX-records</big> \n" -"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de prioriteit in\n" +"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het adres en de " +"prioriteit in\n" "en klik op Toevoegen.\n" -"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n" +"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en " +"klik\n" "op Verwijderen.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2428,12 +2293,15 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " +"the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n" +"Serieel is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de " +"zone\n" "op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n" -"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n" +"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te " +"synchroniseren)\n" "\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2452,8 +2320,10 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers vervalt\n" -"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n" +"Vervaltijd betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers " +"vervalt\n" +"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn " +"gesynchroniseerd.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2465,8 +2335,10 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Records</big> \n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe bronrecords\n" -"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde, en klik\n" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe " +"bronrecords\n" +"toe te voegen, selecteer de Recordsleutel, Type en Waarde</" +"b>, en klik\n" "daarna op Toevoegen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2475,7 +2347,10 @@ "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." -msgstr "Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." +msgstr "" +"Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste " +"onderdelen en klik op Wijzigen. Om een record te verwijderen, " +"selecteer deze en klik op Verwijderen." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 @@ -2521,16 +2396,20 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " +"absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Naamserver \n" -"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n" +"Recordsleutel is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een " +"absolute\n" "domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " +"gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " +"te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2544,8 +2423,10 @@ "MX: Mail relay \n" "Recordsleutel is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" -"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n" -"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.\n" +"Waarde is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige " +"gekwalificeerde\n" +"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd " +"te worden.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2553,7 +2434,8 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" +"tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2566,7 +2448,8 @@ " of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n" "(bijv: 1 voor IP-adres 192.168.0.1 in zone\n" "0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.).\n" -"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n" +"Waarde is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een " +"punt.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2575,7 +2458,8 @@ "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voltooien</big>\n" -"Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te ronden. \n" +"Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te " +"ronden. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2584,7 +2468,8 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Selecteer Open poort in firewall om de SuSEfirewall2 instellingen\n" -"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan." +"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden " +"toegestaan." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2641,8 +2526,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zonetransport</big> \n" "Stel Zonetransport inschakelen in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n" -"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n" -"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n" +"en selecteer de ACL's die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe " +"host\n" +"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te " +"zijn\n" "gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden." #. forward zone help text 1/2 @@ -2773,17 +2660,17 @@ msgstr "&Mail relay" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Controleer werkomgeving" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Caches van de DNS-daemon wissen" @@ -2792,22 +2679,22 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Instellingen lezen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemoncaches worden gewist..." @@ -2816,22 +2703,22 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "De firewall-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2840,32 +2727,32 @@ "Fout: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "De DNS-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Configuratie bestanden opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS-daemon herstarten" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Zone bestanden bijwerken" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS-service aanpassen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Roep netconfig aan" @@ -2874,43 +2761,43 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "De configuratie bestanden worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "De DNS-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "De zone bestanden worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "De DNS-service wordt aangepast..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig wordt uitgevoerd..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2919,43 +2806,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Hint" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS server start bij het booten van het systeem." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "De DNS server start niet bij het booten van het systeem." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Geconfigureerde zones: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2964,30 +2851,92 @@ "De LDAP-ondersteuning zal niet geactiveerd zijn." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Onbekende fout bij initialiseren van LDAP." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet " +"gebruikt." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt." +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "Hand&matig" + +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "Handmatig" + +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "DNS server draait." + +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "DNS server draait niet." + +#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu &starten" + +#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu s&toppen" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server &nu herstarten" + +#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu starten" + +#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DNS-server nu stoppen" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DNS-server nu herstarten" + +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "Nu en tijdens opstarten" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 +#~ msgid "Only Manually" +#~ msgstr "Alleen handmatig" + +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "Aan- en uitschakelen" + +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "Huidige status: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" +#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Al uw wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan. De instellingen zullen\n" +#~ "opnieuw van de nieuwe data opslag ingelezen worden.\n" +#~ "Doorgaan?\n" + #~ msgid "Netconfig DNS policy" #~ msgstr "DNS-beleid van netconfig" @@ -3131,4 +3080,6 @@ #~ msgstr "DNS-server draait niet" #~ msgid "Invalid TXT record key. It should be similar to a hostname." -#~ msgstr "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten komen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten " +#~ "komen." Added: trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/docker.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Dutch translations for PACKAGE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket PACKAGE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:48+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" + +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container stoppen?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de container verwijderen?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" +msgstr "Wilt u de actieve container afbreken?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "&Images" +msgstr "&Images" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "&Containers" +msgstr "&Containers" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "Docker Images" +msgstr "Docker-images" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "Running Docker Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Repository" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Tag" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +msgid "Image ID" +msgstr "Image-ID" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +msgid "Created" +msgstr "Aangemaakt" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "Virtual Size" +msgstr "Virtuele grootte" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +msgid "Container ID" +msgstr "Container-ID" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "Image" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Commando" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +msgid "Ports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "&Opfrissen" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "R&un" +msgstr "&Uitvoeren" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "Verwij&deren" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +msgid "S&how Changes" +msgstr "Wijzigingen &tonen" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +msgid "&Stop Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "&Kill Container" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Afsluit&en" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" +msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -77,11 +77,20 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Hulpbronconfiguratie" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "Basisconfiguratie van hulpbron" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie van hulpbron" @@ -186,7 +195,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -228,7 +238,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Bezig met booten:\n" -"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten\n" +"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij " +"booten\n" "\t\t\tactiveren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig\n" "\t\tSchakel Aan en Uit:\n" "\t\t\tNu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server\n" @@ -241,105 +252,247 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" +"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een " +"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" +#| "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +#| "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " +#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " +#| "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " +#| "connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#| "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " +#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " +#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " +#| "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either " +#| "omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a " +#| "default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/" +#| "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#| "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " +#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " +#| "top of it.\n" +#| "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten\n" -"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat.\n" -"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal. Ofwel laat de naam weg of minor en het minor-getal. Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n" -"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam " +"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten\n" +"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, " +"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-" +"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort " +"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-" +"apparaat.\n" +"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de " +"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing " +"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau " +"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door " +"zijn minor-getal. Ofwel laat de naam weg of minor en het minor-getal. Als u " +"de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n" +"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te " +"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief " +"is.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het " +"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het " +"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: wacht op timeout van de verbinding\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als " +"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " +"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-" +"socket\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen " +"door DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket\n" +"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet " +"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt " +"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet " +"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 " +"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden " +"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet " +"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De " +"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op " +"een keep-alive-pakket\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen\n" -"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.\n" -"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen " +"twee schrijfgrenzen\n" +"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire " +"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt " +"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie " +"uitschakelt.\n" +"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop " +"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door " +"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, " +"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-" +"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. " +"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's " +"fitheidtests uit te schakelen" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" +"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " +"die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " +"console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " +"beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-" +"verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +"" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -354,7 +507,7 @@ " apparaten zoals in dit bestand is geconfigureerd." #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -363,7 +516,7 @@ "Configureer DRBD hier. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -372,11 +525,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n" -"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -387,7 +541,7 @@ "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt gaan aanpassen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -398,7 +552,7 @@ "de configuraties ook bewerken. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -407,7 +561,7 @@ "Klik op Toevoegen om een DRBD toe te voegen." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -415,10 +569,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -430,7 +585,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -441,7 +596,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -451,26 +606,52 @@ "Klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" " \n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD" +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "Configuratie van DRBD" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Bronnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Namen van nodes moeten verschillen." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam." +msgstr "" +"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Alle velden invullen." @@ -479,42 +660,45 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" msgstr "Aan -- Start de DRBD-server nu en tijdens het opstarten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" msgstr "Uit - Server start alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Aan of uit zetten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Huidige status: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu starten" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "DRBD-server nu stoppen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie propageren" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -523,32 +707,32 @@ "kunt u het configuratiebestand '/ect/drbd.conf' daarnaar handmatig kopiëren." #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD-server draait." -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD-server draait niet." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD-service starten is mislukt" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD-service stoppen is mislukt" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-configuratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -580,16 +764,16 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Samenvoegen van aparte DRDB-configuratiebestanden is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Naar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare schrijven is mislukt" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "De DRBD-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" @@ -598,19 +782,38 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Bronnen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-status lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "Globale instellingen lezen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Globale instellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -618,29 +821,35 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Maken van reservekopie van drdb.conf is mislukt " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Opschonen van drdb.conf voor drdadm-test is mislukt " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -648,12 +857,12 @@ "Ongeldige configuratie van hulpbron %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Terugbrengen van drbd.conf is mislukt" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" @@ -662,32 +871,58 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Bronnen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Stel daemon-status in" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write global settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt ingesteld..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing global settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Maken van map /etc/drbd.d is mislukt" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 14:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -53,11 +53,15 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Activeer Eerste-opstart-serie aan om YaST het programma eerste-opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.\n" -"Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer informatie.\n" +"Activeer Eerste-opstart-serie aan om YaST het programma eerste-" +"opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.\n" +"Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer " +"informatie.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -129,16 +133,16 @@ msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "Modulenaam" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" -msgstr "Modulenaam" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -189,7 +193,8 @@ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie van &product; op uw computer is voltooid.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan aanmelden.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan " +"aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language @@ -233,17 +238,23 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " +"start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-configuratiemodules\n" -"gebruik maken. Door YaST Configuratiecentrum starten te selecteren zal YaST direct\n" -"na het Voltooien worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het configuratiecentrum\n" -"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.\n" +"Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-" +"configuratiemodules\n" +"gebruik maken. Door YaST Configuratiecentrum starten te selecteren " +"zal YaST direct\n" +"na het Voltooien worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het " +"configuratiecentrum\n" +"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</" +"p>\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -253,29 +264,30 @@ "Uw taalinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n" "\n" "Indien nodig kunt u uw toetsenbordinstellingen aanpassen aan de nieuwe\n" -"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u zich heeft aangemeld." +"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u " +"zich heeft aangemeld." #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Taal en toetsenbordindeling" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -288,7 +300,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -299,7 +311,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -312,7 +324,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te installeren." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-18 11:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 16:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ "smoothed." msgstr "" "Anders dan 'outline fonts' (lettertypen wiskundig beschreven met krommen; " -"gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een " -"groep lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. " -"Dus bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg " -"snel weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en " +"gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een groep " +"lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. Dus " +"bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg snel " +"weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en " "beschouwd worden als beter leesbaar speciaal op kleine groottes (zelfs, " "sommige 'outline fonts' bevatten zogenaamde 'embedded bitmaps', " "bitmapversies van zichzelf, voor kleine afmetingen). 'Bitmap fonts' worden " @@ -61,11 +61,10 @@ "quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" "Lettertypen weergegeven zonder antialiasing (grijze uitsmering), zwart-wit. " -"In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder " -"iets negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In " -"combinatie met goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan " -"deze instelling lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch " -"schaalbaarheid handhaven." +"In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder iets " +"negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In combinatie met " +"goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan deze instelling " +"lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch schaalbaarheid handhaven." #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" @@ -98,8 +97,8 @@ msgstr "" "Lettertypen worden uitgesmeerd met anti-aliasing. Anders dan zwart-wit " "weergegeven lettertypen, kan deze instelling 'prachtige' lettertypen geven " -"soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan " -"om hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-" +"soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan om " +"hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-" "interpreter, anders wordt FreeType autohinter gebruikt op het 'hintslight' " "hinting-niveau. Gebruik van eigen hinting-instructies van lettertypen " "produceert schrifttekens met dunnere stokken. De standaard voorkeurslijst " @@ -135,7 +134,7 @@ "geeft dikkere, maar soms vage (en dus minder leesbare), schrifttekens. De " "standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:817 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "Weergave op subpixel" @@ -184,23 +183,23 @@ msgstr "Familie: %s" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 -#| msgid "Scripts<ul>" -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "Scripts" +#| msgid "Scripts" +msgid "Scripts<ul>" +msgstr "Scripts<ul>" #. nothing to do nowadays #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 #| msgid "" #| "Family preference list for %s\n" -#| "do not contain any installed family.\n" +#| "does not contain any installed family.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" "Family preference list for %s\n" -"does not contain any installed family.\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Voorkeurslijst van familie voor %s\n" -"bevatten geen geïnstalleerde familie.\n" +"bevat geen geïnstalleerde familie.\n" "\n" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499 @@ -214,212 +213,225 @@ "\n" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 +#| msgid "" +#| "Fonts can be installed for example via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +#| "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" +#| "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgid "" -"Fonts can be installed for example via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgstr "" -"Lettertypen kunnen bijvoorbeeld geïnstalleerd worden via " -"fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"Lettertypen kunnen bijv. geïnstalleerd worden via fontinfo.opensuse." +"org. \n" "Als u ze installeert wanneer deze yast-module actief is,\n" "lees het profiel dan opnieuw om de resultaten te zien.\n" #. <table> do not work for text mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 +#| msgid "" +#| "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel " +#| "rendering enabled FreeType library." msgid "" -"You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" -"compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent " -"reasons.\n" -"\n" -"See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." msgstr "" -"U hebt het LCD-filter type (%s) ingesteld. Dit heeft subpixel weergave\n" -"mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we het " -"vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n" -"\n" -"Zie README.subpixel-patents uit pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n" +" Dit heeft subpixel weergavemogelijkheden nodig\n" +"gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:559 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 msgid "Match for %s" msgstr "Overeenkomst met %s" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:576 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:765 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 msgid "Font &Antialiasing" msgstr "&Antialiasing voor lettertypen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:587 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "Anti-aliasing ook voor lettertypes van &gelijke breedte" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:598 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:768 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 msgid "Force A&utohinting On" msgstr "A&utohinting aan afdwingen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:612 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:771 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 msgid "Force Hint St&yle" msgstr "Hintst&ijl afdwingen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:622 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "Ingebedde bitmaps" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:625 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "Ingebedde bitmaps gebruiken" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:631 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 msgid "All Lan&guages" msgstr "Alle &talen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:636 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" msgstr "Tot ge&selecteerde talen beperken" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:643 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:665 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:776 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" msgstr "LCD-&filter" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:676 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 msgid "&Layout" msgstr "&Indeling" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:687 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" msgstr "Lettertypefamilie" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" msgstr "Beschikbaar" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:709 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:716 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Toevoegen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:718 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." msgstr "G&eïnstalleerde families..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:734 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" msgstr "&Metrisch compatibel zoeken" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:745 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" msgstr "Nooit an&dere lettertypen gebruiken" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:774 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" msgstr "&Weergave op subpixel" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:798 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 msgid "&Rendering Details" msgstr "Details van &weergeven" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:802 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 msgid "Antialiasing" msgstr "Antialiasing" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:809 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 msgid "Hinting" msgstr "Hinting" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:836 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 msgid "Prefered &Families" msgstr "&Families met voorkeur" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:843 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" msgstr "Voorkeuren voor families afdwingen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:859 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 msgid "Match &Preview" msgstr "&Voorbeeld laten overeenkomen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:878 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 msgid "&Presets" msgstr "&Voorinstellingen" #. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated #. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config #. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:932 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 msgid "Reading Font Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van lettertypen lezen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:935 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 msgid "Read sysconfig file" msgstr "sysconfig-bestand lezen" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 msgid "Reading %s..." msgstr "Bezig %s te lezen..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:956 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 msgid "Font Configuration" msgstr "Lettertypeconfiguratie" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 msgid " (User Mode)" msgstr " (Gebruikermodus)" #. misuse back_button a bit -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:962 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 msgid "&Use system settings" msgstr "Systeeminstellingen gebr&uiken" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:974 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 msgid "Writing Font Configuration" msgstr "Lettertypeconfiguratie schrijven" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:977 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 msgid "Write sysconfig file" msgstr "sysconfig-bestand schrijven" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 msgid "Run fonts-config" msgstr "fonts-config uitvoeren" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 msgid "Writing %s..." msgstr "Bezig %s te schrijven..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 msgid "Running fonts-config..." msgstr "fonts-config uitvoeren..." #. we are in user mode -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:998 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 msgid "" "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" "Dit zal eerder met deze module gedane gebruikersinstellingen niet te " "herstellen verwijderen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Module voor instellen van lettertypen</h1>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 msgid "" "Module to control system wide or user font rendering " "setting." @@ -427,7 +439,7 @@ "Module om weergave van lettertypen systeembreed of per " "gebruiker in te stellen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 msgid "" "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that " "one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " @@ -436,117 +448,169 @@ "meegeleverd op media en diegene is al jaren bijna hetzelfde (beslissingen " "van individuele bureaubladomgevingen niet meegeteld). " -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1029 -msgid "This setting can be changed:" -msgstr "Deze instelling kan gewijzigd worden:" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +#| msgid "This setting can be changed:" +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" +msgstr "Deze instelling kan gewijzigd worden:<ul>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 +#| msgid "" +#| "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to " +#| "create system setting. System, where font module never run or " +#| "Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" msgid "" "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create " -"system setting. System, where font module never run or Default " -"preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +"system setting. " msgstr "" "<li>systeembreed wanneer de module wordt uitgevoerd met <tt>root</tt> " -"credentials om het systeem systeeminstelling te maken. Systeem waar " -"de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling " -"Standaard is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>" +"credentials om het systeem systeeminstelling te maken." #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 +#| msgid "" +#| "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to " +#| "create system setting. System, where font module never run or " +#| "Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" msgid "" -"<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. User, " -"which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses " -"system settings. User, which chooses Default preset, uses " -"distribution default.</li>" +"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, " +"uses distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>voor gebruikersinstelling wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord als " -"gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd of " -"Systeeminstellingen wordt gekozen, gebruikt systeeminstellingen. " -"Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling Standaard kiest, gebruikt de " -"distributie standaard.</li>" +"Systeem waar de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling " +"Standaard is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -#| msgid "NOTE: " -msgid "NOTE: " -msgstr "OPMERKING: " +msgid "" +"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, " +"uses system settings. " +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></" +"ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +#| msgid "NOTE: " +msgid "NOTE: " +msgstr "OPMERKING: " + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "" "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with " -"other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts." -"conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module " -"setting." +"other font setting. " msgstr "" -"In het algemeen is het niet aan te bevelen om de lettertypemodule " -"gebruikersmodus te combineren met andere instellingen voor lettertypen. " + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +#| msgid "" +#| "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with " +#| "other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/" +#| "fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font " +#| "module setting." +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should " +"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgstr "" "Niettemin hebben instellingen in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> " "altijd voorrang hebben boven willekeurige instellingen in de " -"lettertypenmodule." +"lettertypenmodule." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 msgid "Help for Presets button and for the current tab follows." msgstr "" -"Hulp voor knop Voorinstellingen en voor het huidige tabblad " -"volgt." +"Hulp voor knop Voorinstellingen en voor het huidige tabblad volgt." +"" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1041 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +#| msgid "" +#| "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " msgid "" -"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +"<ul>" msgstr "" -"Knop Voorkeursinstellingen biedt een mogelijkheid om " +"Knop Voorkeursinstellingen biedt een mogelijkheid om " "voorgedefinieerde profielen te kiezen: " +"<ul>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 msgid "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" msgstr "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 +#| msgid "" +#| "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. " +#| "That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective " +#| "individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgid "" "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. " "That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective " -"individual fields of corresponding tabs." +"individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" "Elk enkel menu-item daar vult de van toepassing zijnde instelling in alle " "tabbladen. Die instelling kan later willekeurig aangepast worden in de " -"respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen." +"respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>Tabblad Voorbeeld laten overeenkomen</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 msgid "" "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system " "plus changes made in currently running fonts module." msgstr "" -"In deze paragraaf betekent huidige instelling instellingen van " -"het systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule." +"In deze paragraaf betekent huidige instelling instellingen van het " +"systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 +#| msgid "" +#| "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In " +#| "other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves " +#| "to given alias according to current setting." msgid "" -"Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In " -"other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to " -"given alias according to current setting." +"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves " +"to given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" -"Overeenkomsten met algemene aliassen in het systeem kunnen bekeken " -"worden in dit initiële tabblad. Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) " -"kunt u de familienaam zien, die oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de " -"huidige instelling." +"Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) kunt u de familienaam zien, die " +"oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de huidige instelling." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 +#| msgid "" +#| "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of " +#| "the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into " +#| "account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font " +#| "can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." msgid "" "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the " -"matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. In " -"the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and " -"specimen string for given script can be chosen." +"matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " msgstr "" "Hier bovenop staat grafische modus toe een voorbeeld van de weergave van " "het overeenkomende lettertype te tonen (opnieuw) met inachtneming van " -"huidige instelling. In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van " -"scripts van overeenkomende lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld " -"tekenreeks voor het gegeven script worden gekozen." +"huidige instelling." #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 +#| msgid "" +#| "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of " +#| "the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into " +#| "account. In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font " +#| "can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." msgid "" +"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen " +"and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgstr "" +"In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van scripts van overeenkomende " +"lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld tekenreeks voor het " +"gegeven script worden gekozen." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 +msgid "" "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from " "Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on " "the fly." @@ -555,57 +619,63 @@ "Weergavedetails, die gebruikt kan worden om onmiddelijk de wijzigingen te " "zien in de weergave." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Tabblad Weergave details</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 msgid "" "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend " "font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." msgstr "" -"Dit tabblad bestuurt hoe lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het " -"biedt ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast " -"kunnen worden en hun opties te wijzigen. " +"Dit tabblad bestuurt hoe lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het biedt " +"ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast kunnen " +"worden en hun opties te wijzigen. " -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1077 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +#| msgid "" +#| "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called " +#| "antialiasing." msgid "" -"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." -"" +"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called " +"antialiasing." msgstr "" -"Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode genaamd " +"Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode " +"genaamd " "antialiasing." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -#| msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 +#| msgid "" +#| " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced " +#| "only." msgid "" " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced " -"only." +"only." msgstr "" -" Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor " -"die van gelijke breedte alleen." +" Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor die " +"van gelijke breedte alleen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 msgid "See: %s" msgstr "Zie: %s" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1085 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Hinting</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 msgid "" "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" "Instructie voor hinting helpen bij het rasterizeren om stokken aan " "schrifttekens te laten passen op het raster." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 msgid "" "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on " "font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced " @@ -616,36 +686,53 @@ "Gebruik van autohinter kan afgedwongen worden met de optie Autohinting " "aan afdwingen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +#| msgid "" +#| "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It " +#| "is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +#| "" +msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 +#| msgid "" +#| "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It " +#| "is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +#| "" msgid "" -"For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It is " -"possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +"" msgstr "" -"Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen. " -"Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie " +" Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie " "Hintstijl afdwingen." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1099 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Ingebedde bitmaps</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 +#| msgid "" +#| "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap " +#| "version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned " +#| "off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on " +#| "for every font." msgid "" -"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap " -"version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned " -"off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for " -"every font." +"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version " +"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off " +"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every " +"font." msgstr "" "Enkele lettertypen met een omtrek bevatten zogenaamde bitmap-strikes, " -"dat is een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. " -"In deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen " -"die gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype." +"d.w.z. een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. In " +"deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen die " +"gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Subpixel weergave</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1108 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 msgid "" "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour " "primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." @@ -653,7 +740,7 @@ "Subpixel weergave vermeerdert de resolutie in één richting door " "kleurprimaries (subpixels) van een LCD display te gebruiken." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 msgid "" "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout " "corresponding to display and its rotation." @@ -661,45 +748,64 @@ "Kies LCD-filter, dat gebruikt zou moeten worden en subpixel indeling " "overeenkomstig het display en zijn rotatie." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 +#| msgid "" +#| "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering " +#| "turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support " +#| "compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." msgid "" "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned " -"off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, " -"setting in this section has no effect." +"off by default." msgstr "" "Merk op dat vanwege patenten, FreeType heeft subpixel weergave standaard " -"uitgeschakeld. Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType " -"meegenomen bij het compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen " -"effect." +"uitgeschakeld." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +#| msgid "" +#| "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering " +#| "turned off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support " +#| "compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +msgid "" +" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this " +"section has no effect." +msgstr "" +"Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType meegenomen bij het " +"compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen effect." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>Tabblad met families met voorkeur</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 msgid "This tab controls which fonts are rendered." msgstr "" "Dit tabblad bestuurt welke lettertypen worden weergegeven." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Lijsts met voorkeuren</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 msgid "" "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be " -"defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family " -"first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic " -"alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +"defined." msgstr "" -"Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke aliasen " -"(%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, met meest " -"geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) FPL " -"gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze dialoog " -"voor deze gezet worden." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 msgid "" +" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 +msgid "" "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other " "query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for " "SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse." @@ -708,14 +814,14 @@ "Het systeem zal eerst zoeken naar de eerst geïnstalleerde familie " "in de lijst, waarbij natuurlijk met andere elementen in het zoeken rekening " "zal worden gehouden. Beschikbare pakketten met lettertypen voor de SUSE-" -"distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf " -"fontinfo.opensuse.org." +"distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf fontinfo." +"opensuse.org." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1135 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Familie voorkeuren afdwingen</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1136 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 msgid "" "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into " "account. Following two options strenghten their role." @@ -723,11 +829,11 @@ "In sommige omstandigheden wordt met FPL's in deze dialoog gedefinieerd " "geen rekening gehouden. De volgende twee opties versterken deze rol." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Metrisch compatibel zoeken</h4>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1140 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 msgid "" "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of " "the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the " @@ -735,10 +841,10 @@ msgstr "" "Twee lettertypen zijn metrisch compatibel, wanneer alle overeenkomstige " "letters dezelfde grootte hebben. Dit houdt in, dat tonen van het document " -"met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. " -"heeft." +"met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. heeft." +"" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 msgid "" "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts " "preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." @@ -748,20 +854,19 @@ "metrisch compatibele lettertypen en FPL's gedefinieerd in deze dialoog " "kunnen door deze regel omzeild worden." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 msgid "" "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." "" msgstr "" "Waar metrische compatibiliteit niet belangrijk is, wordt deze optie " -"uitgeschakeld." -"" +"uitgeschakeld." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Nooit andere lettertypen gebruiken</h4>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 msgid "" "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here " "defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or " @@ -801,4 +906,40 @@ msgid "&Languages" msgstr "Ta&len" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering " +#~ "capabality\n" +#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due " +#~ "patent reasons.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U hebt het LCD-filter type (%s) ingesteld. Dit heeft subpixel weergave\n" +#~ "mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we " +#~ "het vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Zie README.subpixel-patents uit pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. User, " +#~ "which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, " +#~ "uses system settings. User, which chooses Default preset, uses " +#~ "distribution default.</li>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<li>voor gebruikersinstelling wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord " +#~ "als gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd " +#~ "of Systeeminstellingen wordt gekozen, gebruikt " +#~ "systeeminstellingen. Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling Standaard " +#~ "kiest, gebruikt de distributie standaard.</li>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be " +#~ "defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered " +#~ "family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each " +#~ "generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke " +#~ "aliasen (%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, " +#~ "met meest geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) " +#~ "FPL gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze " +#~ "dialoog voor deze gezet worden." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ftp-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 15:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -65,7 +65,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "" +"Voer de bestaande map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers in (alleen pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -90,7 +91,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "Maximum doorvoer voor lokale geauthenticeerde gebruikers.[KB/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -112,23 +114,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding maakt (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " +"(vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word getoond als een client een verbinding " +"maakt (alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." +msgstr "" +"vsftpd ondersteund beveiligde verbindingen middels SSL (alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v2 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " +"(alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan (alleen vsftpd)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer deze optie aanstaat zullen SSL v3 verbindingen zijn toegestaan " +"(alleen vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -137,13 +152,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geüpload maar niet door een lokale beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." +msgid "" +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " +"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"Sta downloaden van bestanden die zijn geüpload maar niet door een lokale " +"beheerder zijn gecontroleerd niet toe (alleen pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL en TLS protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "" +"Beveiligingsinstellingen voor SSL en TLS protocollen (uitsluitend pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -190,12 +210,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" +msgstr "" +"De minimale waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " +"verbindingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve verbindingen" +msgstr "" +"De maximum waarde voor het poortbereik voor antwoorden op passieve " +"verbindingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -234,8 +258,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met de server word gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "" +"Welkomstboodschap is de tekst die word afgebeeld als er een verbinding met " +"de server word gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -1321,7 +1348,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1351,13 +1379,16 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" +"ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Geselecteerde service \n" -" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" -" . Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide wisselen.\n" +" Het frame laat u zien welke daemon momenteel is ingesteld: vsftpd, " +"pure-ftpd, \n" +" . Als u beide daemons heeft geïnstalleerd kunt u tussen beide " +"wisselen.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1387,7 +1418,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Chroot: \n" -"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden opgesloten \n" +"Wanneer chroot is ingeschakeld worden lokale gebruikers na aanmelden " +"opgesloten \n" "in een chroot()-gevangenis in hun eigen persoonlijke map.\n" "Waarschuwing: Deze optie heeft gevolgen voor beveiliging, \n" "in het bijzonder als de gebruikers toestemming hebben om te uploaden \n" @@ -1429,7 +1461,8 @@ msgstr "" "Umask voor anoniem: \n" "De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak door anonieme gebruikers. \n" -"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te voegen, anders \n" +"Als u octale waarden specificeert, onthoud dat u een \"0\" dient voor te " +"voegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 getal.\n" "\n" @@ -1437,13 +1470,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " +"users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers: \n" -"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, umask, door geauthenticeerde gebruikers. \n" +"De waarde van het masker voor bestandsaanmaak, umask, door geauthenticeerde " +"gebruikers. \n" "Als u octale waarden specificeert moet u een \"0\" voorvoegen, anders \n" "wordt de waarde beschouwd als een basis-10 geheel getal.\n" "\n" @@ -1458,7 +1493,8 @@ msgstr "" "FTP-map voor anonieme gebruikers: \n" "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n" -"Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te selecteren.\n" +"Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale bestandssysteem te " +"selecteren.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1470,7 +1506,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "FTP-map voor geauthenticeerde gebruikers: \n" -"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geauthenticeerde FTP-gebruikers. \n" +"U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor geauthenticeerde FTP-" +"gebruikers. \n" "Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale systeem te selecteren.\n" "\n" @@ -1523,7 +1560,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "Lokale max. snelheid: \n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geauthenticeerde gebruikers.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid voor lokale geauthenticeerde " +"gebruikers.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1533,7 +1571,8 @@ "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme max. snelheid: \n" -"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.\n" +"De maximale gegevensoverdrachtsnelheid toegestaan voor anonieme clients.</" +"p>\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1542,14 +1581,19 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " +"permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " +"permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme en lokale gebruikers activeren/deactiveren \n" -"Alleen anoniem indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen toegestaan.\n" -"Alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" -"Beide indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geauthenticeerde als anonieme gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"Alleen anoniem indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen anonieme aanmeldingen " +"toegestaan.\n" +"Alleen geauthenticeerde gebruikers indien ingeschakeld, zijn alleen " +"geauthenticeerde gebruikers toegestaan.\n" +"Beide indien ingeschakeld, zijn zowel geauthenticeerde als anonieme " +"gebruikers toegestaan.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1572,12 +1616,14 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " +"login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden \n" "Indien ingeschakeld mogen anonieme gebruikers uploaden.\n" -"uitsluitend vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen uploaden\n" +"uitsluitend vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers kunnen " +"uploaden\n" "hebt u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" @@ -1586,13 +1632,16 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " +"directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " +"after login.\n" msgstr "" "Anoniem kan mappen aanmaken \n" "Indien ingeschakeld kunnen anonieme gebruikers mappen aanmaken.\n" "alleen vsftpd: als u wilt dat anonieme gebruikers mappen kunnen\n" -"aanmaken, heeft u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" +"aanmaken, heeft u een bestaande map nodig waarin schrijven is toegestaan.</" +"p>\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1604,7 +1653,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Passieve modus activeren \n" -"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding toestaan.\n" +"Indien ingeschakeld zal de FTP-server passieve modus voor een verbinding " +"toestaan.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1685,9 +1735,11 @@ "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen \n" +"DSA-certificaat om te gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen</" +"b> \n" "Deze optie specificeert de locatie van het DSA-certificaat om te \n" -"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op Bladeren te klikken.\n" +"gebruiken voor SSL-versleutelde verbindingen. Selecteer een bestand door op " +"Bladeren te klikken.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1709,13 +1761,16 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " +"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Beveiligingsinstellingen \n" "SSL/TLS deactiveren schakel de SSL/TLS-versleuteling uit.\n" -"SSL en TLS accepteren Accepteer zowel traditionele als versleutelde sessies.\n" -"Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren Weiger verbindingen die geen gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" +"SSL en TLS accepteren Accepteer zowel traditionele als versleutelde " +"sessies.\n" +"Verbindingen zonder SSL/TLS weigeren Weiger verbindingen die geen " +"gebruik maken van SSL/TLS, inclusief anonieme sessies.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1751,7 +1806,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " +"geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1856,7 +1912,8 @@ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een map te hebben waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" +"Om anonieme gebruikers toe te staan te uploaden dient u een map te hebben " +"waarin schrijven is toegestaan.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 @@ -1914,18 +1971,27 @@ "dan heeft u een map met schrijftoegang voor ze nodig." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" -msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn.\n" +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access.\n" +msgstr "" +"Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme " +"gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." -msgstr "Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn." +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access." +msgstr "" +"Voor anonieme verbindingen zou de persoonlijke map van een anonieme " +"gebruiker niet schrijfbaar moeten zijn." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." -msgstr "De conditie voor poorten is dat max. poort kleiner groter dan min. poort." +msgstr "" +"De conditie voor poorten is dat max. poort kleiner groter dan min. poort." #. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty @@ -1942,8 +2008,12 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 -msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." -msgstr "Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding ontbreekt." +msgid "" +"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " +"connection is missing." +msgstr "" +"Certificaat <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> voor de SSL-verbinding " +"ontbreekt." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 @@ -1969,8 +2039,12 @@ msgstr "Wilt U vsftpd instellen? Als alternatief kunt u pure-ftpd kiezen." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 -msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." -msgstr "U heeft beide achtergrondprocessen geïnstalleerd. Daarom is het noodzakelijk om de configuratie in interactieve modus te draaien." +msgid "" +"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " +"in interactive mode." +msgstr "" +"U heeft beide achtergrondprocessen geïnstalleerd. Daarom is het noodzakelijk " +"om de configuratie in interactieve modus te draaien." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 @@ -2029,21 +2103,21 @@ msgstr "Kan geen uploadmap aanmaken voor anonieme verbindingen." #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<ul>FTP daemon is not configured.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>FTP service is niet ingesteld.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP daemon" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP daemon %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "De opties zullen worden ingesteld" @@ -2122,11 +2196,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " +#~ "filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "FTP-map voor anonieme gebruikers: \n" -#~ "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-gebruikers.\n" +#~ "U kunt de map specificeren die gebruikt wordt voor anonieme FTP-" +#~ "gebruikers.\n" #~ "Klik op Bladeren om de map op het lokale systeem op te zoeken.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2156,7 +2232,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Een FTP-server toevoegen</big> \n" #~ "Selecteer uit de lijst met gedetecteerde FTP-servers een FTP-server.\n" -#~ "Wanneer uw FTP-server niet automatisch gedetecteerd wordt, selecteer dan \n" +#~ "Wanneer uw FTP-server niet automatisch gedetecteerd wordt, selecteer " +#~ "dan \n" #~ "Overige (niet gedetecteerd) en klik dan op Instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Instellingen van Geo-cluster" @@ -118,17 +118,17 @@ msgstr "arbitrator" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerk" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" @@ -136,237 +136,303 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "site" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cancel" +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "Annuleren" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "configuration file" +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "configuratiebestand" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "" +"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ticket en tijdslimiet invoeren" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "gewicht" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "expire" msgstr "tijdslimiet" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "verkrijgen-na" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "voor-verkrijgen-behandelaar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "verloopmoment is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "verkrijgen-na is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "waarde van nieuwe-pogingen lager dan 3 mag niet" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "gewicht is niet geldig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "ticket kan niet leeg zijn" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-configuratie" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw arbitrator in" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "IP-adres van uw arbitrator bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw site in" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Ticketnaam bestaat al!" -#. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Naam van configuratie kan geen duplicaat." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "poort is niet geldig!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "transport moet ingevuld zijn!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "arbitrator moet ingevuld zijn!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "site moet ingevuld zijn!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "ticket moet ingevuld zijn!" +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Configuratie van GeoCluster geselecteerd" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Configuratiebestand kiezen:" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "Instellingen van Geo-cluster" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "Globale configuratie instellingen kunnen niet wegschrijven worden." #. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "Globale instellingen kunnen niet wegschrijven worden." #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "Globale instellingen van tickets kunnen niet wegschrijven worden." #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Bezig Geo-clusterinstellingen te initialiseren" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen" +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" + #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Bezig Geo-clusterinstellingen op te slaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen wegschrijven" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Bezig de SuSEFirewall-instellingen weg te schrijven" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/http-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-02 22:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ #. translators: help text for listen command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "Instelling van de poorten en de netwerk adressen waar de server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen." +msgstr "" +"Instelling van de poorten en de netwerk adressen waar de server de inkomende " +"verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen." #: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" @@ -156,10 +158,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aan" @@ -167,8 +169,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uit" @@ -179,9 +181,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" @@ -346,7 +348,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -370,32 +373,52 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." -msgstr "De poort waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Standaard is dat 80." +msgid "" +"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " +"default is 80." +msgstr "" +"De poort waarde definieert de poort waarnaar Apache2 luistert. " +"Standaard is dat 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "Te beluisteren interfaces bevat de lijst met alle IP adressen die voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De aangevinkte IP adressen zijn degene waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, vink dan gewoon alles aan." +msgid "" +"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " +"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " +"listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "" +"Te beluisteren interfaces bevat de lijst met alle IP adressen die " +"voor deze host geconfigureerd zijn. De aangevinkte IP adressen zijn degene " +"waarnaar Apache2 luistert. Mocht u er niet zeker van zijn, vink dan gewoon " +"alles aan." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache2 server zou moeten ondersteunen." +msgid "" +"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de script talen activeren die de Apache2 server zou moeten " +"ondersteunen." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op Voltooien klikt." +msgid "" +"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " +"configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "" +"Het overzicht geeft de instellingen weer die in de Apache2 configuratie " +"zullen worden opgeslagen zodra u op Voltooien klikt." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"" msgstr "" "Met behulp van de Geavanceerde HTTP-serverconfiguratie \n" -"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk." +"\t\tknop is, alvorens de configuratie wordt opgeslagen, een meer " +"gedetailleerde configuratie mogelijk." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -404,7 +427,8 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " +"displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-server modules wijzigen</big> \n" @@ -418,10 +442,12 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Om de status van een module te veranderen \n" -"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Status omschakelen te klikken.\n" +"dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Status " +"omschakelen te klikken.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -436,7 +462,8 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " +"choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTP-server instellingen</big> \n" @@ -451,9 +478,12 @@ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Door Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten te activeren, geeft u YaST2 \n" -"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten daardoor \n" -"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd of verwijderd \n" +"Door Open firewall voor de geselecteerde poorten te activeren, " +"geeft u YaST2 \n" +"de opdracht om de firewall dusdanig aan te passen zodat de Apache2 poorten " +"daardoor \n" +"toegankelijk blijven. De interfaces van de firewall zullen niet toegevoegd " +"of verwijderd \n" "worden. Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 @@ -485,81 +515,110 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." -msgstr "Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst te selecteren en op Bewerken te klikken." +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " +"change settings." +msgstr "" +"Om de instellingen te veranderen dient u het betreffende item in de lijst " +"te selecteren en op Bewerken te klikken." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "Met Log bestanden kunt u de server logbestanden bekijken." +msgstr "" +"Met Log bestanden kunt u de server logbestanden bekijken." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " +"used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Geconfigureerde hosts</big> \n" -"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als standaard host\n" -"gemarkeerd (het * karakter naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend verzoek\n" -"geen passende host is gevonden, dan zal de standaard host worden gebruikt. Klik op\n" -"Als standaard instellen om een host als de standaard in te stellen.\n" +"Dit is een lijst met reeds geconfigureerde hosts. Één van de hosts is als " +"standaard host\n" +"gemarkeerd (het * karakter naast de naamserver). Als voor een inkomend " +"verzoek\n" +"geen passende host is gevonden, dan zal de standaard host worden gebruikt. " +"Klik op\n" +"Als standaard instellen om een host als de standaard in te stellen.</" +"p>\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " +"Delete." msgstr "" -"Om een host te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op Verwijderen om een host te verwijderen." +"Om een host te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel " +"en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een host toe te voegen. Of druk op " +"Verwijderen om een host te verwijderen." #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " +"click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Host configuratie</big> \n" -"Om de standaard host instellingen te wijzigen dient u het betreffende item uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken te klikken.\n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." +"Om de standaard host instellingen te wijzigen dient u het betreffende item " +"uit de tabel te selecteren en vervolgens op Bewerken te klikken.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Of druk op " +"Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" +"b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " +"Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"De Server-resolutie opties stelt de manier in waarop de te gebruikenset \n" -"\tvirtual hosts word bepaald. Als u Resolutie via HTTP-headers kiest,\n" +"De Server-resolutie opties stelt de manier in waarop de te " +"gebruikenset \n" +"\tvirtual hosts word bepaald. Als u Resolutie via HTTP-headers " +"kiest,\n" "\tzal de standaard server geen verzoeken naar het IP adres van een\n" -"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt configureren, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres" +"\tnaamgebaseerde virtual host sturen. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt " +"configureren, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " +"interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Luisterpoort host instellingen</big> \n" -"Met Luisterpoort instructie kunt u de poorten en de netwerk interfaces selecteren\n" +"Met Luisterpoort instructie kunt u de poorten en de netwerk " +"interfaces selecteren\n" "waar de HTTP-server de inkomende verzoeken van moet gaan behandelen.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"Om een item te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op Verwijderen om een item te verwijderen." +"Om een item te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel " +"en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw item toe te voegen. Klik op " +"Verwijderen om een item te verwijderen." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -570,7 +629,8 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>SSL configuratie</big> \n" -"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd is aan de SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"Dit is een lijst met opties die gerelateerd is aan de SSL (Secure Socket " +"Layer)\n" "host instellingen. SSL geef de mogelijkheid om veilig met een host\n" "te communiceren door middel van een versleutelde communicatie.\n" @@ -578,23 +638,30 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " +"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Het algemene gedrag wordt door de SSL optie bepaald. De host heeft\n" -"of helemaal geen SSL ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), of staat zowel geen-SSL als SSL toegang\n" -"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), of accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" +"of helemaal geen SSL ondersteuning (<tt>Geen SSL</tt>), of staat zowel geen-" +"SSL als SSL toegang\n" +"toe (<tt>Toegestaan</tt>), of accepteert alleen versleutelde SSL " +"verbindingen (<tt>Vereist</tt>).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " +"the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"Om een optie te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een optie toe te voegen. Of selecteer het en druk op Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." +"Om een optie te wijzigen kiest u eerst het betreffende item uit de tabel " +"en klikt u vervolgens op Bewerken.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een optie toe te voegen. Of selecteer het en " +"druk op Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -624,24 +691,29 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"" msgstr "" "<big>Nieuwe host</big> \n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de basis informatie van een nieuwe virtuele host opgeven." +"In dit dialoog kunt u de basis informatie van een nieuwe virtuele host " +"opgeven." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " +"name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" -"Serveridentificatie specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van de\n" +"Serveridentificatie specificeert de inhoud en de presentatie van " +"de\n" "nieuwe virtuele host. Servernaam is de DNS-naam die teruggegeven\n" -"is als deel van de HTTP-headers van de serverrespons. Hoofdmap serverinhoud\n" +"is als deel van de HTTP-headers van de serverrespons. Hoofdmap " +"serverinhoud\n" "is het absolute pad naar een map die alle door de virtuele host geleverde\n" "documenten bevat. Met Beheerder's email kan een e-mailadres\n" "ingesteld worden ten behoeve van feedback over deze host.\n" @@ -654,38 +726,49 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " +"host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" +"b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serverresolutie</big> \n" "Apache 2 moet kunnen bepalen welke virtuele host instellingen het zou\n" "moeten gebruiken om een respons voor een HTTP-verzoek te kunnen maken. Er\n" -"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek HTTP-headers\n" -"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoek headers\n" -"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen is door middel\n" -"van het IP-adres dat door de cliënt gebruikt wordt als deze een verbinding met de\n" -"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan Resolutie via IP-adres\n" +"zijn twee basis benaderingen. Als voor het inkomende verzoek HTTP-" +"headers\n" +"worden gebruikt, zal de server de hostnaam opzoeken die door de HTTP-verzoek " +"headers\n" +"gespecificeerd wordt. De andere mogelijkheid om de virtuele host te bepalen " +"is door middel\n" +"van het IP-adres dat door de cliënt gebruikt wordt als deze een " +"verbinding met de\n" +"server maakt. Als u een SSL gebaseerde vhost wilt, gebruik dan Resolutie " +"via IP-adres\n" "Raadpleeg de Apache 2-handleiding voor verdere details.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " +"host." msgstr "" "<big>Details voor nieuwe host</big> \n" -"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe virtuele host." +"In dit venster kunt u aanvullende informatie opgeven betreffende een nieuwe " +"virtuele host." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " +"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Selecteer CGI-ondersteuning inschakelen\n" -"om CGI-scripts in het pad in Pad naar CGI-map uit te kunnen voeren met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>." +"om CGI-scripts in het pad in Pad naar CGI-map uit te kunnen voeren " +"met de alias <tt>cgi-bin</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -695,16 +778,25 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer SSL ondersteuning inschakelen om HTTPS toegang tot deze virtuele host\n" +"Selecteer SSL ondersteuning inschakelen om HTTPS toegang tot deze " +"virtuele host\n" "te kunnen krijgen.\n" "\n" -"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij Pad van certificaatbestand.\n" +"Voer daarna het pad voor het certificaatbestand in bij Pad van " +"certificaatbestand.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor op IP-adres gebaseerde vhosts.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "Voer in Map index een spatiegescheiden lijst van bestanden waar Apache naar moet zoeken als een URL naar een map wijst (een URL die eindigt met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden word zal worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " +"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " +"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "" +"Voer in Map index een spatiegescheiden lijst van bestanden waar " +"Apache naar moet zoeken als een URL naar een map wijst (een URL die eindigt " +"met een <tt>/</tt>). Het eerste bestand dat gevonden word zal worden " +"gebruikt." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -715,7 +807,8 @@ msgstr "" "Publieke HTML\n" "\n" -"activeert de toegang tot <tt>.public_html</tt> mappen van alle gebruikers." +"activeert de toegang tot <tt>.public_html</tt> mappen van alle gebruikers.</" +"p>" #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -729,9 +822,9 @@ #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Alle adressen" @@ -785,28 +878,28 @@ msgstr "Initialisering..." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2-configuratie lezen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "De werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..." @@ -814,13 +907,13 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "De Apache2-configuratie wordt gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." @@ -830,23 +923,27 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." -msgstr "Om de HTTP-server te kunnen instellen dienen de %1 pakketten geïnstalleerd te zijn." +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "" +"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Om de HTTP-server te kunnen instellen dienen de %1 pakketten " +"geïnstalleerd te zijn." #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "Wilt u het nu installeren?" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -862,52 +959,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "Het configuratiebestand '%1' bestaat niet." #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "Er draait geen DNS-server op deze computer." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "De HTTP-serverconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2-instellingen opslaan" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service activeren" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2-service deactiveren" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt geactiveerd..." #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2-service wordt gedeactiveerd..." #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -920,17 +1017,18 @@ "Wilt u ze nu installeren?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." -msgstr "De module beschrijving heeft geen gespecificeerde naam, wordt genegeerd." +msgstr "" +"De module beschrijving heeft geen gespecificeerde naam, wordt genegeerd." #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Onbekende module wijziging voor automatische-installatie: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -939,39 +1037,39 @@ "Dit kan een inconsistente moduleconfiguratie veroorzaken." #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Luisteropdracht zonder poort gevonden." #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Luisteren naar</h3>" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Standaardhost</h3>" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " in " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Virtuele hosts</h3>" @@ -1089,7 +1187,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Te beluisteren Interfaces" @@ -1204,12 +1302,14 @@ #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." -msgstr "De standaard host kan niet met SSL ondersteuning worden geconfigureerd." +msgstr "" +"De standaard host kan niet met SSL ondersteuning worden geconfigureerd." #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan zal de hostnaam worden gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Als er geen servernaam is gedefinieerd, dan zal de hostnaam worden gebruikt." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1220,7 +1320,8 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." +msgstr "" +"De opgegeven servernaam is reeds op een andere virtuele host geconfigureerd." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1297,25 +1398,25 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "Beheerder's email kan niet leeg zijn." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Alle adressen (*)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-adressen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Servernaam" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "Naam voor virtuele-host-ID mag niet leeg zijn." #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1327,64 +1428,64 @@ "dat verzoeken accepteert voor de hosts.\n" "Ook * voor alle adressen en *:poort is toegestaan." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Master zone %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "Record %1 bestaat al in zone %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS-instellingen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Aan zone toevoegen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Naam zone" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Nieuwe zone aanmaken" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI-map" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Kies certificaat bestand" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Certifcaatbestand invoeren." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Bestand met certificaatsleutel kiezen" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Voer het sleutelbestand in." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Selecteer certificaat" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1394,62 +1495,62 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106 #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "Netwerk &adressen:" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Ongeldig poortnummer." #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolutie via HTTP-headers" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolutie via IP-adres gebruikt" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Probleem met afhankelijkheden tussen modulen" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "vereist" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Activeer de vereiste module of deactiveer de eerste." #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "Nieuwe module &naam:" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Voor de toe te voegen module is een naam vereist." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "De module staat reeds in de lijst." #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "Het %1 item bestaat al." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1458,312 +1559,367 @@ "moet gaan luisteren mag niet leeg zijn." #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Er moet minstens één interface geselecteerd zijn." #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "&PHP5-scripting activeren" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "P&erl-scripting activeren" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "P&ython-scripting activeren" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Illegale sleutel in virtuele host '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Interne fout: data moet een array ref zijn en geen %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "Illegale host-ID." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "Host-ID bestaat al" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "kan de standaardhost niet verwijderen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "Host-ID niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "illegale poort" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "het opslaan van de firewallregels is mislukt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "de te verwijderen luisterwaarde is niet gevonden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "Kon een host met de gespecificeerde ID niet ophalen." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Beschadigde PEM-data." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Voor deze host-ID is geen certificaat-sleutelbestand geconfigureerd." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "De ontleding van het sleutelbestand is mislukt." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "Er is voor deze host-ID geen CA-certificaat bestand geconfigureerd." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-adres, etc." +msgstr "" +"Zorgt voor de toegangscontrole dat gebaseerd is op de client-hostnaam, IP-" +"adres, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" +msgstr "" +"De CGI-scripts, gebaseerd op mediatype of verzoekmethode, worden uitgevoerd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" -msgstr "Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "" +"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " +"URL redirection" +msgstr "" +"Verschillende delen van het host bestandssysteem in de documentenstructuur " +"en de URL-omleiding worden toegewezen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Basisauthenticatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Gebruikerautorisatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Groepsautorisatie met gebruik van tekstbestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Gebruikerauthenticatie met gebruik van DBM-bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "" +"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Genereert automatisch een map index, gelijk aan het Unix commando: ls" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI-scripts uitvoeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de map index-bestanden" +msgstr "" +"Zorgt voor \"trailing slash\" omleidingen en de verzorging van de map index-" +"bestanden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt doorgegeven" +msgstr "" +"Wijzigt de werkomgeving die aan de CGI-scripts en SSI-pagina's wordt " +"doorgegeven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "Creëren van verlopen HTTP-headers overeenkomstig aan gebruiker gespecificeerde criteria" +msgstr "" +"Creëren van verlopen HTTP-headers overeenkomstig aan gebruiker " +"gespecificeerde criteria" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "Server-parsed HTML documenten (Server Side Includes)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Registratie van de gemaakte server verzoeken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" -msgstr "Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de inhoud" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "" +"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " +"content" +msgstr "" +"Associeert de gevraagde bestandsnaam-extensies met het bestandsgedrag en de " +"inhoud" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Zorgt voor inhoud-onderhandeling" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" -msgstr "Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek kenmerken, toe" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "" +"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " +"request" +msgstr "" +"Staat de instelling van de omgevingsvariabelen, gebaseerd op de verzoek " +"kenmerken, toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "Biedt informatie over de server activiteit en de prestaties" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te starten" +msgstr "" +"Staat CGI-scripts toe om als een gespecificeerde gebruiker en groep te " +"starten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Gebruiker-gespecificeerde mappen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Verzendt bestanden die hun eigen HTTP-headers bevatten" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" -msgstr "Staat de \"Anonymous\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe" +msgstr "" +"Staat de \"Anonymous\" gebruikerstoegang tot geverifieerde gebieden toe" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie met gebruik van MD5 digest verificatie" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" -msgstr "Staat het toe dat een LDAP-map voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "" +"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " +"authentication" +msgstr "" +"Staat het toe dat een LDAP-map voor het opslaan van de database voor de HTTP " +"Basic-verificatie wordt gebruikt" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Specificeer karakterset vertaling of herprogrammering" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring en Versioning (WebDAV) functionaliteit" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Bestandssysteem provider voor mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Inhoud comprimeren voordat het aan de cliënt wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Inhoud cache opslagbeheerder keyed voor URI's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" -msgstr "Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol modules" +msgstr "" +"Een eenvoudige echo server ten behoeve van de illustratie van de protocol " +"modules" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" -msgstr "De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de cliënt wordt geleverd" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "" +"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " +"client" +msgstr "" +"De respons-body via een extern programma doorgeven voordat het aan de cliënt " +"wordt geleverd" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Legt een vaste lijst met bestanden in het geheugen aan" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Aanpassing van de HTTP-verzoek- en -responsheaders" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Server-side image map verwerking" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Biedt een uitgebreid serverconfiguratie overzicht" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" -msgstr "LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-modules gebruikt kunnen worden" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "" +"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " +"modules" +msgstr "" +"LDAP-verbindingspooling en resultaat-caching-services die door andere LDAP-" +"modules gebruikt kunnen worden" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registreren van de, per verzoek, ingaande en uitgaande bytes" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van z'n inhoud te kijken" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "" +"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "" +"Bepaalt het MIME type van een bestand door naar een paar bytes van z'n " +"inhoud te kijken" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "AJP ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "mod_proxy extensie voor CONNECT verzoek bewerkingen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "FTP ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "HTTP-ondersteuningsmodule voor mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "" +"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "" +"Biedt een op regels gebaseerde herschrijvingsonderdeel aan om gevraagde " +"URL's on-the-fly mee te herschrijven" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" -msgstr "Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te corrigeren" +msgstr "" +"Probeert de door de gebruikers opgegeven, eventueel foutieve, URL's te " +"corrigeren" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "" +"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " +"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" +"Krachtige cryptografie met gebruik van de Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) en de " +"Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocollen" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie label" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "" +"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "" +"Biedt een omgevingsvariabele met voor ieder verzoek een uniek identificatie " +"label" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "Clickstream-registratie van de gebruikersactiviteit op een site" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele \"mass\" hosting" +msgstr "" +"Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch geconfigureerde virtuele \"mass\" hosting" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde PHP5 pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Perl pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor dynamisch gegenereerde Python pagina's" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Levert ondersteuning voor AppArmor-subproces-begrenzing binnen Apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor 'subversion'" @@ -1783,8 +1939,12 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Open &firewall voor geselecteerde poorten" -#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "U kunt controleren of de Apache2 poorten in de firewall geactiveerd zijn wanneer de firewall is ingeschakeld." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " +#~ "ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt controleren of de Apache2 poorten in de firewall geactiveerd " +#~ "zijn wanneer de firewall is ingeschakeld." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #~ msgid "IP Adresses" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-07 10:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -26,13 +26,287 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initialiseren..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen besturingsbestand voor de installatie gevonden,\n" +"het installatieprogramma kan niet doorgaan." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "YaST-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt voltooid..." + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"Uw computer voldoet niet aan alle eisen om een grafische\n" +"installatie te kunnen uitvoeren. Er is ofwel minder dan %1 MB\n" +"aan geheugen of de X-server kon niet gestart worden.\n" +"\n" +"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u verder door de installatie\n" +"leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" +"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" +"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" +"\n" +"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale " +"installatie) \n" +"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" +"\n" +"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" +"installatie leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" +"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" +"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "Start service %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "De service %1 wordt herstart..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "Netwerk instellingen worden aangepast." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"De vorige installatie is mislukt.\n" +"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" +"\n" +"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"De vorige installatie is afgebroken.\n" +"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" +"\n" +"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "Installatie wordt gestart..." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "Installatie bevestigen" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "" +"De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de " +"voorgaande dialogen\n" +"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of " +"geformatteerd\n" +"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren " +"zullen gaan)." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"Als u nu verder gaat zullen partities op uw harde schijf gewijzigd\n" +"worden volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "Indien onzeker, ga terug en controleer de instellingen." + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "Bijwerken bevestigen" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "" +"Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat zal de data op uw harde schijf overschreven \n" +"worden volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "&Bijwerken starten" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "Z&warte lijst van apparaten" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met " +"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen " +"verminderen." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "Apparaten worden op de zwarte lijst gezet" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "Bezig met generatie van AutoYaST profiel indien nodig..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " "profile.\n" @@ -53,26 +327,25 @@ "profiel van het huidige\n" "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -#| msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" msgstr "" -"AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar " -"/root/autoinst.xmlat?" +"AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/" +"autoinst.xmlat?" #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie klonen" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie &klonen" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 msgid "" "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." @@ -82,45 +355,41 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml " "(<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopiëren van bestanden naar geïnstalleerd systeem..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:67 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "Kopiëren van logbestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Kopiëren van systeembestanden naar geïnstalleerd systeem..." #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: enabled" msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is: ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: disabled" msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is: uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 msgid "" "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " "installation." @@ -128,15 +397,15 @@ "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om " "RPM-installatie te versnellen." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "&Installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 msgid "" "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " "source" @@ -145,11 +414,11 @@ "installatiebron" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 msgid "" "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " "image here" @@ -157,7 +426,7 @@ "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image " "kunt aanmaken" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 msgid "" "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " "installation)" @@ -165,26 +434,27 @@ "Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie " "bij installatie)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Image aanmaken" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Waar kan AutoYaST de image vinden? (bijv. http://host/)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Wat is de naam van de image? (bijv. mijn_image)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "" "ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" @@ -200,7 +470,7 @@ "worden\n" "op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " @@ -218,12 +488,13 @@ "Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale " "auto-installatie." -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "u moet de software-selectie doen voor het aanmaken van de image" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" "Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " "originating from the images will\n" @@ -236,7 +507,7 @@ "image is gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." @@ -244,12 +515,12 @@ "Installatie vanuit images is standaard uitgeschakeld als de huidige\n" "selectie van patronen niet klopt met set images." -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Fout: Images zouden niet gebruikt moeten worden in de modus: %1." #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -262,47 +533,47 @@ "op de installatiemedia.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "&Installatie vanuit images" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Er zijn geen installatie-images beschikbaar" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgstr "" "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgstr "" "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Standaard windowmanager wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "De beschikbare pakketten op de installatiebronnen worden gelezen..." #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -316,34 +587,34 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Bijwerken van %1 %2" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Bijwerken uitvoeren" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Bijwerken overslaan" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Online bijwerken" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Online bijwerken nu uitvoeren?" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -355,44 +626,50 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Taal, toetsenbord en licentieovereenkomst" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "T&oetsenbordindeling" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "Test van to&etsenbord" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Ver&talingen van licenties..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -406,7 +683,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -421,7 +698,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -433,7 +710,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:126 #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -446,7 +723,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -464,24 +741,24 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Uitgavenotities..." -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" "U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "ZMD-service &uitschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.\n" @@ -491,22 +768,22 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "Dit systeem voor AutoYaST &klonen" #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "De installatie is voltooid" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "Gefeliciteerd!" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -516,23 +793,23 @@ "aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." msgstr "Bezoek ons eens op %1." #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "Veel plezier! Uw SUSE-ontwikkelingsteam" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "Uw systeem is klaar voor gebruik." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -541,7 +818,7 @@ "neemt u mee naar het aanmeldvenster.\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -552,7 +829,7 @@ "ons SUSE-welkomstdialoog.\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " @@ -571,32 +848,25 @@ "profiel van het huidige\n" "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt voltooid..." - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 msgid "" "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" "Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 " "geïnstalleerd zijn." -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Wilt u dit nu installeren?" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "Het pakket autoyast2 is niet geïnstalleerd. Klonen is uitgeschakeld." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw opstarten..." @@ -607,15 +877,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Gebruik van images..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -624,7 +895,7 @@ "De installatie wordt afgebroken...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " @@ -635,37 +906,37 @@ "pakketten te controleren." #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Downloaden van image met snelheid %1/s" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Downloaden van image %1 met snelheid %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Gebruik van image..." -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Image %1 wordt gebruikt..." #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waar de image naar toe gaat." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Alle gegevens op de schijf zullen verloren gaan!!!" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "Te gebruiken schijf" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 msgid "" "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " "will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." @@ -674,214 +945,193 @@ "op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden " "zoals gedefinieerd in de image." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Harde schijf waarnaar de image wordt geschreven" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Beschikbare controllers detecteren" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Schijfactivering" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-schijven instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-schijven instellen" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-interfaces configureren" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-schijven instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie wijzigen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Installatie - aan het opwarmen" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt gestart..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "De installation staat op het punt te starten!" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialiseren" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "" "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra " "installatiebronnen:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "De softwarebeheerder opstarten voor het installeren en bijwerken?" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Toon zaken voor bijwerken van &pakketten" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallatie voltooien" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Aanmaken van een lijst van aan te roepen eindinstallatiescripts..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Bestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem kopiëren" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Configuratie opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Installatie-instellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Bootloader installeren" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Systeem voorbereiden op eerste start" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Controleren van stap: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Aanroepen van stap %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installatiefout" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &akkoord" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "Ik ga &niet akkoord" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "De installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installatie-opties" -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Online inst&allatiebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "Addon-producten van aparte media in&sluiten" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Installatie-opties</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -894,7 +1144,7 @@ "installatie." #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " @@ -907,7 +1157,7 @@ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 msgid "" "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" "drivers.suse.com site." @@ -916,17 +1166,17 @@ "installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Interne fout: Te tonen licentie ontbreekt" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Netwerkinstelling" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -937,27 +1187,27 @@ "anders kan het veilig worden overgeslagen.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Wilt u de netwerkkaart nu instellen?" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Selecteer" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Ja, start het opzetten van het netwerk" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "&Nee; het opzetten van het netwerk overslaan" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.\n" @@ -966,7 +1216,7 @@ "geconfigureerd netwerk.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " @@ -978,7 +1228,7 @@ "dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -987,7 +1237,7 @@ "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " "number \n" @@ -1002,7 +1252,7 @@ "GNOME en KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " "installation patterns)\n" @@ -1022,12 +1272,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Desktopselectie" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -1036,12 +1286,12 @@ "Selecteer het bureaublad die u wilt installeren." #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "Overige" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." msgstr "" "Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden." @@ -1050,315 +1300,38 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:184 #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Voorbereiden van schijven..." -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installeren van pakketten..." -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "Wilt u alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Configuratie opslaan is mislukt. Details zijn te vinden in de log." - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het voorstel bevat een fout dat eerst opgelost\n" -"moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "" -"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..." - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"Configuratie is opgeslagen.\n" -"Er zijn fouten opgetreden." - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "&Wijzigen..." - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..." -"\" onderin het venster." - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen." - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the Change... menu.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Wijzig de waarden door op het respectievelijke onderdeel te klikken\n" -"of door het menu Wijzigen... te gebruiken.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe " -"installatie uit te voeren.\n" -"\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _(" -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the Mode headline or select Mode in the -#. Change... menu. -#. -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Uw harde schijf is niet gewijzigd, u kunt dus nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te " -"voeren.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de netwerkinstellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de service-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de hardware-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" -"\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "UML Installation Proposal" -msgstr "UML-installatievoorstel" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "" -"De UML (User Mode Linux) installatie staat u toe om onafhankelijke\n" -"virtuele Linux machines op uw hostsysteem op te starten." - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Klik op Verder om de weergegeven instellingen te gebruiken.\n" -"\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "" -"Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" -"door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd " -"worden.\n" -"Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel " -"wilt aanpassen.\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "&Bijwerken" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "&Installeren" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Er is voor deze module geen gebruikersinterface beschikbaar." #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Taal: %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Product" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" @@ -1367,19 +1340,12 @@ "geven een korte opsomming van de nieuwe functionaliteit en wijzigingen.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "Er zijn uitgavenotities geïnstalleerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "De service %1 wordt herstart..." - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" @@ -1388,100 +1354,100 @@ "Extra software kan later geselecteerd worden in het software voorstel.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Gaarne één scenario kiezen." #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Kies scenario" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Computer analyseren" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-apparatuur zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-apparatuur wordt gezocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Zoeken naar diskettestations" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettestations worden onderzocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Zoeken naar harde-schijf-controllers" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "harde-schijf-controllers worden onderzocht..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernel-modules voor harde-schijf-controllers laden" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernel-modules voor harde schijf-controllers worden geladen..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Zoeken naar harde schijven" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "harde schijven worden onderzocht..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Zoeken naar systeembestanden" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Zoeken naar systeembestanden..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Softwarebeheerder initialiseren" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "De softwarebeheerder wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systeem onderzoeken" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" "YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " @@ -1492,7 +1458,7 @@ "nodig hebt voor de installatie." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1502,7 +1468,7 @@ "Controleer uw hardware!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1513,7 +1479,7 @@ "(speciaal op S/390 of iSCSI systemen)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1526,7 +1492,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1535,31 +1501,32 @@ "De installatie wordt afgebroken." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:616 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Eerder gebruikte softwarebronnen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1568,27 +1535,36 @@ "dat u aan het opwaarderen bent:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Huidige status" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Bron" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&Wijzigen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "S&tatus omschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " @@ -1599,7 +1575,7 @@ "gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1609,7 +1585,7 @@ "bijhorende item in de tabel." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" "Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." @@ -1617,23 +1593,24 @@ #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "URL van installatieb&ron" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:586 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:588 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1643,17 +1620,19 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:619 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Bronnen toevoegen en verwijderen..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:622 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:681 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "De installatiebronnen worden toegevoegd en/of verwijderd." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:641 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Verwijder ongebruikte installatiebronnen" @@ -1661,34 +1640,37 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:645 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:798 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Ongebruikte installatiebronnen worden verwijderd..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:652 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Voeg ingeschakelde installatiebronnen toe" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:655 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:864 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Toevoegen van ingeschakelde installatiebronnen..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:664 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Voeg uitgeschakelde installatiebronnen toe" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:668 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Toevoegen van uitgeschakelde installatiebronnen..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:838 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Juiste medium gevraagd" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:840 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1702,7 +1684,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:903 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1717,7 +1699,7 @@ "Installatiebron zal toegevoegd worden in uitgeschakelde status." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:940 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1729,7 +1711,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:960 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1741,7 +1723,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:980 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1752,7 +1734,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1763,17 +1745,17 @@ "URL: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Welkom" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "Welkom!" #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1787,7 +1769,7 @@ " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "Click Next to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.\n" @@ -1796,70 +1778,70 @@ "basis-configuratie van het systeem te doen.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Voor deze soort installatie is geen werkprocedure gedefinieerd." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Opslaan van automatische configuratie..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van kernelmodule worden bijgewerkt..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Linker-cache instellen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Geïnstalleerd systeem wordt gecontroleerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxy-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Tijdzone wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Taal wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Console-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Productinformatie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Instellingen voor automatische installatie worden opgeslagen..." @@ -1867,45 +1849,38 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Hardwareconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "SSH-instellingen worden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem gekopieerd..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Bezig met overstappen op geïnstalleerd systeem..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Alle aangekoppelde apparaten worden afgekoppeld..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "" "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "YaST-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1930,252 +1905,280 @@ "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..." +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "Kopiëren van logbestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "PREP-partitie inkrimpen..." -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..." +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "Wilt u alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "Configuratie opslaan is mislukt. Details zijn te vinden in de log." + +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is geen besturingsbestand voor de installatie gevonden,\n" -"het installatieprogramma kan niet doorgaan." +"Het voorstel bevat een fout dat eerst opgelost\n" +"moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n" -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" -"Uw computer voldoet niet aan alle eisen om een grafische\n" -"installatie te kunnen uitvoeren. Er is ofwel minder dan %1 MB\n" -"aan geheugen of de X-server kon niet gestart worden.\n" -"\n" -"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u verder door de installatie\n" -"leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" -"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" -"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" +"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..." + +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel" + +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" -"\n" -"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale " -"installatie) \n" -"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" -"\n" -"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" -"installatie leiden. Deze tekstversie biedt dezelfde functionaliteit\n" -"als de grafische versie, de schermen daarentegen\n" -"zien er anders uit dan in het handboek.\n" +"Configuratie is opgeslagen.\n" +"Er zijn fouten opgetreden." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "Start service %1" +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen aanpassen" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "Netwerk instellingen worden aangepast." +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgstr "" +"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..." +"\" onderin het venster." + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen." + +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten" + +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "&Bijwerken" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&Installeren" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"De vorige installatie is mislukt.\n" -"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" -"\n" -"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." +"\n" +"Wijzig de waarden door op het respectievelijke onderdeel te klikken\n" +"of door het menu Wijzigen... te gebruiken.\n" +"\n" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"De vorige installatie is afgebroken.\n" -"Wilt u deze voortzetten?\n" -"\n" -"Opmerking, sommige informatie dient u opnieuw op te geven." +"\n" +"Uw harde schijf is niet gewijzigd, u kunt dus nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" +"\n" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:181 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "Installatie bevestigen" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:184 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." +"\n" +"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe " +"installatie uit te voeren.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:196 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de " -"voorgaande dialogen\n" -"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of " -"geformatteerd\n" -"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren " -"zullen gaan)." +"\n" +"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te " +"voeren.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:207 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat zullen partities op uw harde schijf gewijzigd\n" -"worden volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de netwerkinstellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:218 src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "Indien onzeker, ga terug en controleer de instellingen." - -# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" -# -ke- -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:224 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "Bijwerken bevestigen" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:228 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de service-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:230 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat zal de data op uw harde schijf overschreven \n" -"worden volgens de instellingen van de voorgaande dialogen." +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de hardware-instellingen te bekrachtigen.\n" +"\n" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:240 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "&Bijwerken starten" +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "UML Installation Proposal" +msgstr "UML-installatievoorstel" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "Z&warte lijst van apparaten" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." +"De UML (User Mode Linux) installatie staat u toe om onafhankelijke\n" +"virtuele Linux machines op uw hostsysteem op te starten." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met " -"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen " -"verminderen." +"\n" +"Klik op Verder om de weergegeven instellingen te gebruiken.\n" +"\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "Apparaten worden op de zwarte lijst gezet" - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "PREP-partitie inkrimpen..." - #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Beheer van afstand wordt ingeschakeld..." #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Het lezen van de informatie over installatie-images is mislukt" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Gebruiken..." @@ -2183,19 +2186,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Opslaan van gebruikersvoorkeuren..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Herstellen van gebruikersvoorkeuren..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2205,6 +2208,23 @@ "De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te " "lossen." +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" +#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd " +#~ "worden.\n" +#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd " +#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..." + #~ msgid "Dummy" #~ msgstr "Dummy" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-07 11:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -127,8 +127,10 @@ msgstr "Bewerk" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Afmelden" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connect" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Verbinden" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -139,9 +141,6 @@ msgstr "Detectie" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Aanmelden" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Verbinden" @@ -225,8 +224,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>" @@ -255,7 +254,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -276,7 +276,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslaan afbreken</big> \n" "Breek de opslagprocedure af door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n" +" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit " +"te doen.\n" " \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -298,7 +299,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big> \n" "Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n" -" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u Overig (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" " Klik vervolgens op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -309,7 +311,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " +"geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -347,58 +350,86 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " +"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " +"Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +"from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." msgstr "" -"Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" -"Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op Afmelden.\n" -"Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op Omschakelen.\n" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr "Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.\n" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.\n" msgstr "" -"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." +"Zorg er voor dat bij READ/WRITE-toegang tot een iSCSI-" +"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er " +"datacorruptie optreedt.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." +#| "iscsi</tt>. \n" +#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are " +#| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n" -"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n" +"Initiatornaam is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." +"iscsi</tt>.\n" +"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde " +"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als u gebruik wilt maken van iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) " +"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-" +"methode,\n" +"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is " +"3205.\n" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +#| "Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username</" +#| "b> and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#| "select No Authentication.\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " +"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Voer het IP-adres van de gevonden server in.\n" -"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" +"Wijzig Poort alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik " +"Gebruikersnaam en Wachtwoord. Als u geen\n" "verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer Geen verificatie.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op Verbinden. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"Connect. " +msgstr "" +"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er " +"een en klik op Verbinden. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord in." - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Opstarten</h1>" @@ -407,9 +438,11 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "handmatig is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n" @@ -420,12 +453,41 @@ "automatisch is voor iSCSI-doelen die bij het opstarten van de\n" "iSCSI-service verbonden moeten worden.\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Authentication" +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "Geen verificatie" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik op Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " +"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " +"Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " +"Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming " +"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " +"server side and the other way round." +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " +"Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +"specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " +"connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status " +"'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen." +" To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: " +"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " +"Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note:</" +"b> Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets " +"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " +"(to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the " +"Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" +"up mode." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -458,7 +520,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel." #. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 @@ -477,15 +540,32 @@ msgstr "Het poortveld mag niet leeg zijn" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "&Initiatornaam" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +#| "The correct syntax is\n" +#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Example:\n" +#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" "Onjuiste initiatornaam.\n" "De juiste syntaxis is\n" @@ -497,12 +577,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Geef de poort op." @@ -510,38 +590,42 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "Waar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "Onwaar" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor " +"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Doorgaan" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Het doel is al verbonden." @@ -559,8 +643,12 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het %1-pakket worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +"" +msgstr "" +"Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het %1-pakket worden " +"geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -634,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "alles" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -643,10 +731,47 @@ msgstr "" "Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n" -"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n" +"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS " +"als\n" "u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..." + +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "Afmelden" + +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "Aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press " +#~ "Add.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer " +#~ "het en klikt op Toevoegen.\n" +#~ "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op Afmelden.\n" +#~ "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op Omschakelen.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " +#~ "Password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de gebruikersnaam en het " +#~ "wachtwoord in." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect</" +#~ "b> to any target." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe Zoekopdracht of klik " +#~ "op Verbinden om verbinding te maken met een doel." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord" @@ -267,7 +267,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" +"b> \n" "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -277,7 +278,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -340,7 +342,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " +"geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -411,30 +414,65 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van de Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " +"User and Password." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van " +"de Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt " +"worden). Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " +"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN " +"geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan " +"om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/" +"iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen zal de " +"toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na indrukken van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker en Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in de vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang " +"heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na " +"indrukken van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. " +"Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker</" +"b> en Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld " +"in de vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven tot de LUN." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te " +"geven tot de LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" -"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken of Verwijderen." +"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan " +"door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" +"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken " +"of Verwijderen." #. edit target #. add target @@ -445,58 +483,80 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " +"maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" -"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " +"geven. \n" +"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de " +"gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk adres\n" -"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n" +"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk " +"adres\n" +"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is " +"3260.\n" "Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." +msgstr "" +"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " +"maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" -"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " +"geven. \n" +"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de " +"gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of verwijderen." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of " +"verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n" -"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID en Sectoren zijn optioneel." +"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is " +"voor testdoeleinden).\n" +"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID</" +"b> en Sectoren zijn optioneel." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -524,7 +584,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." +msgstr "" +"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" @@ -571,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "LUNs uit TPG importeren" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Clientnaam mag niet leeg zijn." @@ -579,101 +640,110 @@ #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Clientnaam bestaat al." #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "Nieuwe clientnaam:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Probleem met aanmaken doel %1 met TPG %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Probleem met instellen van netwerkportal op %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Probleem met instellen van LUN %1 (naam:%2) naar pad %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Probleem met instellen van auth op %1:%2 naar %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Het doel mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Het doelportalgroep mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Het doel bestaat al." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Inkomend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Uitgaand" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van LUN %4: voor client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem met toevoegen van LUN %4:%5 voor client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van client %3 uit %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem met aanmaken client %3 voor %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Probleem met wijzigen van auth voor client %3 in %1:%2" @@ -688,12 +758,12 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Kan lio-setup niet opslaan" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Kan tcm-setup niet opslaan" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 10:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -54,162 +54,198 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden opgeslagen" +msgstr "" +"Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden " +"opgeslagen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen \"kernel_tekst\" in." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen " +"\"kernel_tekst\" in." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de " +"kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." -msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-commandoregeltekst." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." +msgstr "" +"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-" +"commandoregeltekst." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Herstart onmiddellijk na het opslaan van de kern in de kdump-kernel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Kopieer kernel in dumpmap." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal " +"bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "SMTP-gebruikersnaam voor het verzenden van meldingen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat " +"wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van meldingen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "E-mailadres voor het verzenden van een kopie-melding" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Optie inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Optie uitschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Huidige status van opties tonen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Grootte van gereserveerd geheugen in MB's" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "Getal voor dumpniveau, inclusief het aantal pagina's om op te slaan." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "Dump-opmaak kan geen, ELF, gecomprimeerd of lzo zijn" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " +#| "ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) " +"ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Naam van de server" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Verbindingspoort" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Map voor het opslaan van dump-images" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Geëxporteerde share" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "Pad naar bestand met wachtwoord (in platte tekst)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "udev_id van rauwe partitie" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent " +"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Commandoregelopties insluiten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden " +"1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Aantal dumps. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "E-mailadres" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "Behandelt gebruik van door firmware geassisteerde dump" @@ -218,42 +254,42 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Scherminstellingen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump is geactiveerd (opstartoptie \"crashkernel\" is toegevoegd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Gereserveerd geheugen (MB) voor kdump is: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump is uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Dumpniveau: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor dumpdoel" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "doel: %1" @@ -262,8 +298,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "bestandsmap: %1" @@ -271,20 +307,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "servernaam: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "poort: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: anonieme verbinding is toegestaan" @@ -293,95 +329,98 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "gebruikersnaam: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "share: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "LEEG" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-kernel: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump-commandoregel: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump-commandoregel-toevoegen: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump onmiddellijke herstarts: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd" +msgstr "" +"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden " +"verwijderd" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: %1" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-server: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-gebruiker: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP-wachtwoord: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een melding aan: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump verzendt een kopie-melding aan: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." +msgstr "" +"Kernel-optie \"crashkernel\" inclusief reeksen. Deze worden geschreven." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." @@ -400,39 +439,42 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Onjuiste opties werden gebruikt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Dumpniveau was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Dump-opmaak was ingesteld." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "" +"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" " +"bevatten." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -440,8 +482,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"dir\" ontbreekt." @@ -449,48 +491,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"server\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Waarde voor \"share\" ontbreekt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor doel." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde voor optie \"no\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"server\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"gebruiker\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Onjuiste waarde van optie \"email\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Door firmware geassisteerde dump: %(status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "Er is geen optie gedefinieerd." @@ -501,12 +543,12 @@ msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan..." #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" @@ -598,20 +640,24 @@ msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "&SMTP-server" @@ -621,7 +667,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -630,114 +676,114 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Melding &naar" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Melding-&CC" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "Aangepaste Kdump-&kernel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump-co&mmandoregel" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump-commandorege&l-toevoeging" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activ&eren" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Activeer het kopiëren van de ke&rnel naar de dumpmap" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Verwij&deren van oude dump-images activeren" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Aantal o&ude dumps" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump-geheugen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump-opstart" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstarten" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump -dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Dumpfiltering" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Doel voor Kdump-image opslaan" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Dump-doel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP-server" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "E-mailadres voor melding" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Melding per e-mail" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Aangepaste kernel voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Commandoregel" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Dump-instellingen" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen voor Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" @@ -745,11 +791,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump activeren/deactiveren \n" -" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" +" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is " +"toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n" " Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -766,10 +814,21 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump \n" -" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen heeft." +" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is " +"geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. " +"Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen " +"bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het " +"bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze " +"functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen " +"heeft." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -790,40 +849,50 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump-format \n" " Geen dump - alleen de kernel-log opslaan. \n" " ELF-format - maak een dumpbestand in het ELF-format. \n" -" Gecomprimeerd format - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina met gzip. \n" -" LZO gecomprimeerd format - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel sneller. \n" +" Gecomprimeerd format - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina " +"met gzip. \n" +" LZO gecomprimeerd format - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel " +"sneller. \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Opslagdoel voor Kdump-image \n" -" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor het opslaan van dumps. " +" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor " +"het opslaan van dumps. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n" -" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op Bladeren\n" +"Lokaal bestandssysteem - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale " +"bestandssysteem.\n" +" Map voor opslaan van dumps - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-" +"images.\n" +" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te " +"klikken op Bladeren\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" @@ -831,19 +900,30 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de FTP-server.\n" " Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n" -"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-verbinding. " +" Anonieme FTP activeren - activeert anonieme verbinding met de " +"server.\n" +"....Gebruikersnaam voor FTP-verbinding. Wachtwoord voor FTP-" +"verbinding. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" -"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" @@ -857,19 +937,52 @@ " Gebruikersnaam voor de SSH-verbinding.\n" " Wachtwoord voor de SSH-verbinding \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" +#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" +#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" +#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SSH - sla Kdump-image op via SSH.\n" +" Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" +" Poort - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n" +" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor de SSH-verbinding.\n" +" Wachtwoord voor de SSH-verbinding \n" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " msgstr "" "NFS - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n" " Servernaam - de naam van de NFS-server.\n" -" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. " +" Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images." +" " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -882,22 +995,25 @@ " Servernaam - de naam van de server.\n" " Geëxporteerde share - de naam van de Windows-share.\n" " Map op de server - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n" -" Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding met de server.\n" -" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding. " +" Authenticatie gebruiken - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding " +"met de server.\n" +" Gebruikersnaam voor verbinding. Wachtwoord voor verbinding." +" " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n" +"Aangepaste Kdump-kernel de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel " +"invoeren.\n" " Het naamschema is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]\n" " De gebruiker voert alleen kernel_tekst in. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -906,7 +1022,7 @@ " Aanvullende argumenten die doorgegeven worden aan kexec. " #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -920,20 +1036,22 @@ " is geactiveerd. \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren - \n" -" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump. " +" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de " +"kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren - \n" " Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n" @@ -941,7 +1059,7 @@ " overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -956,54 +1074,73 @@ " in orde te hebben voor debugging. \n" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump." +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "" +"SMTP-server voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een " +"dump." #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruikersnaam voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" -" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" SMTP-server is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt " +"normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" "Wachtwoord voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n" " SMTP-server is ingesteld.\n" -" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.\n" +" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP " +"gebruikt.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"Melding naar Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per " +"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n" -" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.\n" +"Melding-CC Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-" +"mailadressen\n" +" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump " +"is opgeslagen.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal \n" -"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd." +"Aantal oude dumps specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. " +"Als het aantal \n" +"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</" +"p>" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1012,16 +1149,17 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1030,7 +1168,7 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b.... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1043,7 +1181,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1052,7 +1190,7 @@ "Configureer hier kdump. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1061,11 +1199,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een Kdump toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een kdump uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n" -"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige " +"(niet gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1076,7 +1215,7 @@ "geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt gaan aanpassen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1087,7 +1226,7 @@ "Bovendien kunt u hun configuraties wijzigen. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1096,7 +1235,7 @@ "Klik op Toevoegen om een kdump in te stellen." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1104,7 +1243,8 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"P>\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1141,6 +1281,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Anon&ieme FTP activeren" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" @@ -1197,7 +1341,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1207,121 +1351,129 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties van kernel lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1329,6 +1481,9 @@ "Kan firmware geassisteerde dump niet gebruiken.\n" "Het wordt niet ondersteund op deze hardware." +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" + #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "Pakket voor kexec-tools is niet beschikbaar." @@ -1341,8 +1496,10 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dumpformaat \n" -#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n" -#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat. " +#~ " Gecomprimeerd formaat - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina " +#~ "voor pagina.\n" +#~ " ELF-formaat - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat." +#~ " " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd" @@ -1355,12 +1512,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " +#~ "line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging\n" -#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n" +#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven " +#~ "waarden\n" #~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n" #~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de Kdump-commandoregel\n" #~ " is geactiveerd. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ldap-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 10:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -25,722 +25,19 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "Configuratiemodule van LDAP-client" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "Verificatie met LDAP in- of uitschakelen" - -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van de LDAP-client" - -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "De algemene instellingen van de LDAP-client wijzigen" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "Activeer de service" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "Deactiveer de service" - -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "De LDAP-servernaam" - -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "DN (Distinguished Name) van de zoekbasis" - -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "Standaard configuratie-objecten aanmaken." - -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "LDAP-serverwachtwoord" - -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "Automounter starten of stoppen" - -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" - -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "Versleutelde verbinding (StartTSL)" - -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon (SSSD) gebruiken" - -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "SSSD offline-verificatie" - -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Kerberos-realm" - -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC-serveradres" - -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "LDAP-server wachtwoord:" - #. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u het schrijfproces wilt afbreken?" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "De LDAP-clientinstellingen worden opgeslagen" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "Zoeken naar door SLP opgegeven LDAP-servers..." - -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "LDAP-&servers geleverd door SLP" - -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "Het certificaatbestand lijkt geen geldig formaat te hebben." - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "SSL/TLS gebruiken" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "Protocollen" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "StartTLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAPS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "TLS-opties" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "Servercertificaat opvragen" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "Certificaten" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "Cer&tificatenmap" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "Blade&ren" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "CA-cert&ificaatbestand" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "Blad&eren" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "URL voor downloaden van CA-certificaat" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "CA-certificaat do&wnloaden" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "Kies de map met certificaten" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "Kies het certificaatbestand" - -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "Kan het certificaatbestand niet downloaden van de opgegeven URL." - -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"Het gedownloade certificaatbestand\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"is gekopieerd naar de map '%2'.\n" - -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" -msgstr "Hier kunt u uw machine instellen als een LDAP-client.\n" - -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Selecteer Gebruik LDAP om uw gebruikers met behulp van een OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig geconfigureerd worden." - -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 -msgid "" -"To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Klik op LDAP niet gebruiken om de LDAP-services uit te schakelen.\n" -"Wanneer u LDAP uitschakelt zal de huidige LDAP-opgave voor\n" -"passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf verwijderd worden. De PAM configuratie\n" -"zal worden aangepast en de LDAP-opgave zal worden verwijderd." - -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." - -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "Activeer Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon als u wilt dat het systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap." - -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 -msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap.voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" -"door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de adressen\n" -" om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" -" \n" - -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." -msgstr "Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." - -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met een\n" -"CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" -msgstr "" -"Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert welke controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n" -" De waarde is het niveau dat gespecificeerd kan worden met sleutelwoorden never, allow,\n" -" try en demand. In de dialoog SSL/TLS-configuratie is er\n" -" de optie Servercertificaat die de configuratie-optie TLS_REQCERT\n" -" op demand instelt als het is ingeschakeld of allow als het is uitgeschakeld.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389.\n" -msgstr "" -"Naast LDAP URL's and TLS/SSL-versleuteling ondersteunt LDAP LDAPS URL's.\n" -" LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n" -" overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's verschillend zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n" -" is 636 in plaats van 389.\n" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -msgid "" -"To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"Advanced Configuration.\n" -"To configure security settings, click\n" -"SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Om de geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen te configureren, klik op\n" -"Geavanceerde configuratie.\n" -"Om beveiligingsinstellingen te configureren, klik op\n" -"Configuratie voor SSL/TLS.\n" - -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"Automounter is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke\n" -"mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*)\n" -"dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en\n" -"u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd worden.\n" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "Pe&rsoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "Gebruikeraanmelding blo&kkeren" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP &niet gebruiken" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "&Gebruik LDAP" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "LDAP-client" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "LDAP-&serveradressen" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "Zo&eken" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "Basis-&DN van LDAP" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "F&etch DN" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie..." - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "&Geavanceerde configuratie..." - -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "LDAP-clientconfiguratie" - -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Een vorige configuratie voor LDAP-client is gedetecteerd.\n" -"\n" -"De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n" -"Alleen op SSSD gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n" -"wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te behouden?" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "Geef een LDAP-basis-DN op." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "Geef minstens één adres van een LDAP-server op." - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "Het adres van de LDAP-server is ongeldig." - -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n" -"kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in plaats van NIS?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "LDAP is nu ingeschakeld." - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"Deze wijziging zal alleen effect hebben op nieuwe aangemaakte\n" -"processen en niet op reeds draaiende services. Herstart uw services\n" -"handmatig of herstart de machine om dit voor alle services te activeren.\n" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt sshd\n" -" automatisch opnieuw gestart door YaST.\n" - -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" -"Certificaat-controle nu inschakelen?" - -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 -msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP-clientinstellingen" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 -msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de realm en het KDC-adres.\n" -"Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden door SSSD offline authenticatie te activeren.\n" -"Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." -msgstr "" -"Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password\n" -"van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor een uitleg\n" -"over de bijbehorende waarden." - -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" -msgstr "" -"Stel het type LDAP-groepen in dat moet worden gebruikt.\n" -"De standaardwaarde voor Groepslid-attribuut is %1.\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "" -"Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n" -"specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Voer ofwel een map\n" -"met certificaten in of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." - -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 -msgid "Access to Server" -msgstr "Toegang tot server" - -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" -"Dit is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data op de\n" -"LDAP-server.\n" - -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" -msgstr "" -"Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n" -"Beheer DN op.\n" -"U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of\n" -"alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" - -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vink Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken aan om de standaard configuratieobjecten voor\n" -"LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Klik op Instellen om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" -"naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" -msgstr "" -"Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n" -"ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen C&lient" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "Be&heerinstellingen" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "Naamgevingscontexten" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "Gebr&uikersmapping" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "&Bladeren" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "&Groepenmapping" - -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "&Bladeren" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "&Autofs-map" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764 -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "Kerberos &gebruiken" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "Standaard Real&m" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "&KDC Server Adres" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "LDAP-schema" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "Enumeratie van gebruiker en groep inschakelen" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "SSSD o&ffline-verificatie" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "Wachtwoor&dwijzigingsprotocol" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "Groepslid-&attribuut" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "&Basis DN configuratie" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "Beheerder &DN" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "B&asis DN toevoegen" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "Standaard configuratie objecten &aanmaken" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer &instellingen instellen..." - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "Geef de voor de binding met de LDAP-server te gebruiken DN op." - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "Geef de basis-DN van de configuratie op." - #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -749,7 +46,7 @@ "gaan alle gegevens verloren. Wilt u deze echt opnieuw lezen?\n" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).\n" @@ -758,16 +55,17 @@ "van nieuwe objecten wordt gebruikt (zoals gebruikers of groepen).\n" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de attribuutwaarden met van het sjabloon met Bewerken.\n" -"Het veranderen van de waarde cn zal het sjabloon een andere naam geven.\n" +"Het veranderen van de waarde cn zal het sjabloon een andere naam " +"geven.\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "The second table contains a list of default values used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" @@ -779,54 +77,54 @@ #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Kenmerk" #. table header 2/2 #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "Waarde" #. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "Standaard waarden voor nieuwe objecten" #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "Object kenmerk" #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "Standaard waarde" #. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Be&werken" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van objectsjabloon" #. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u het standaard kenmerk \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -835,36 +133,40 @@ "Geef een waarde op." #. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." msgstr "Beheer de configuratie die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen." #. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er zich\n" -"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie (basisconfiguratie),\n" +"Elke configuratieset wordt een \"configuratiemodule\" genoemd. Als er " +"zich\n" +"geen configuratiemodule bevindt op de opgegeven locatie " +"(basisconfiguratie),\n" " maakt u er een met de optie Nieuw. Verwijder de huidige module\n" " met Verwijderen.\n" #. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " +"renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Wijzig de kenmerkwaardes in de tabel met behulp van Bewerken.\n" -"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn waarde\n" +"Sommige waardes hebben een speciale betekenis, het veranderen van de cn</" +"b> waarde\n" "bijvoorbeeld geeft de huidige module een nieuwe naam.\n" #. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click Configure Template.\n" @@ -875,45 +177,634 @@ "\n" #. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "Configuratie &module" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "Sjabl&oon instellen" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "Moduleconfiguratie" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Wilt u module \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Configuratiemodule van LDAP-client" -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Op dit moment heeft u een configuratiemodule voor ieder \n" -"type, u kunt daarom geen nieuwe toevoegen.\n" +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "Verificatie met LDAP in- of uitschakelen" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "Configuratiesamenvatting van de LDAP-client" + +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "De algemene instellingen van de LDAP-client wijzigen" + +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "Activeer de service" + +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "Deactiveer de service" + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "De LDAP-servernaam" + +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "DN (Distinguished Name) van de zoekbasis" + +#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects." +#~ msgstr "Standaard configuratie-objecten aanmaken." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-serverwachtwoord" + +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "Automounter starten of stoppen" + +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "Versleutelde verbinding (StartTSL)" + +#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" +#~ msgstr "Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon (SSSD) gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "SSSD offline-verificatie" + +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos-realm" + +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC-serveradres" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-server wachtwoord:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "Zoeken naar door SLP opgegeven LDAP-servers..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&servers geleverd door SLP" + +#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." +#~ msgstr "Het certificaatbestand lijkt geen geldig formaat te hebben." + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie" + +#~ msgid "Use SSL/TLS" +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "Protocols" +#~ msgstr "Protocollen" + +#~ msgid "StartTLS" +#~ msgstr "StartTLS" + +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAPS" + +#~ msgid "TLS Options" +#~ msgstr "TLS-opties" + +#~ msgid "Request server certificate" +#~ msgstr "Servercertificaat opvragen" + +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "Certificaten" + +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "Cer&tificatenmap" + +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "Blade&ren" + +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "CA-cert&ificaatbestand" + +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "Blad&eren" + +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "URL voor downloaden van CA-certificaat" + +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "CA-certificaat do&wnloaden" + +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "Kies de map met certificaten" + +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "Kies het certificaatbestand" + +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "Kan het certificaatbestand niet downloaden van de opgegeven URL." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het gedownloade certificaatbestand\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "'%1'\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "is gekopieerd naar de map '%2'.\n" + +#~ msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" +#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u uw machine instellen als een LDAP-client.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use " +#~ "LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Gebruik LDAP om uw gebruikers met behulp van een " +#~ "OpenLDAP-server te verifiëren. NSS en PAM zullen overeenkomstig " +#~ "geconfigureerd worden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/" +#~ "nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP " +#~ "entry\n" +#~ "removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op LDAP niet gebruiken om de LDAP-services uit te " +#~ "schakelen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u LDAP uitschakelt zal de huidige LDAP-opgave voor\n" +#~ "passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf verwijderd worden. De PAM configuratie\n" +#~ "zal worden aangepast en de LDAP-opgave zal worden verwijderd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, " +#~ "select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met de optie LDAP-gebruikers toestaan maar logins uitschakelen " +#~ "kunt u LDAP activeren zonder logins toe te staan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the " +#~ "system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Activeer Systeembeveiligingsservices-daemon als u wilt dat het " +#~ "systeem SSSD gebruikt in plaats van nss ldap." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or " +#~ "10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search " +#~ "base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple " +#~ "servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " +#~ "server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." +#~ "example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voer bij Adressen het adres van de LDAP-server (zoals ldap." +#~ "voorbeeld.com of 10.20.0.2) in en de DN van de zoekbasis (Basis DN</" +#~ "b>, zoals dc=voorbeeld,dc=com). Geef meerdere servers op\n" +#~ "door de adressen met een spatie te scheiden. Het moet mogelijk zijn om de " +#~ "adressen\n" +#~ " om te zetten zonder LDAP te gebruiken. U kunt de poort waarop de server " +#~ "wordt uitgevoerd ook opgeven met de syntaxis \"server:poort\", " +#~ "bijvoorbeeld <tt>ldap.voorbeeld.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ " \n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " +#~ "service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " +#~ "from server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de LDAP-server met behulp van Zoeken uit de lijst die " +#~ "door het service locatie protocol (SLP) aangeleverd is. Met behulp van " +#~ "Fetch DN kunt u de basis DN van de server lezen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" +#~ "SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a " +#~ "CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u " +#~ "LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand " +#~ "met een\n" +#~ "CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van een gegeven URL.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " +#~ "config\n" +#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform " +#~ "on server certificates.\n" +#~ " The value is the level that can be specified with " +#~ "keywords never, allow,\n" +#~ " try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration</" +#~ "b> dialog there is\n" +#~ " the option Request server certificate which will set " +#~ "the TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ " configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " +#~ "allow if it's disabled.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een TLS-sessie kan een speciale clientconfiguratie nodig hebben. Eén " +#~ "van de configuratie-opties is TLS_REQCERT die specificeert " +#~ "welke controles uitgevoerd moeten worden op servercertificaten.\n" +#~ " De waarde is het niveau dat gespecificeerd kan worden " +#~ "met sleutelwoorden never, allow,\n" +#~ " try en demand. In de dialoog SSL/TLS-" +#~ "configuratie is er\n" +#~ " de optie Servercertificaat die de configuratie-optie " +#~ "TLS_REQCERT\n" +#~ " op demand instelt als het is ingeschakeld of allow</" +#~ "i> als het is uitgeschakeld.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " +#~ "URLs.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. " +#~ "They have a syntax\n" +#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " +#~ "default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +#~ " is 636 instead of 389.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naast LDAP URL's and TLS/SSL-versleuteling ondersteunt LDAP LDAPS " +#~ "URL's.\n" +#~ " LDAPS URL's gebruikt SSL-verbindingen in plaats van gewone " +#~ "verbindingen. Ze hebben een syntaxis\n" +#~ " overeenkomend met LDAP URL's behalve dat de schema's " +#~ "verschillend zijn en de standaard poort voor LDAPS URL's\n" +#~ " is 636 in plaats van 389.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "Advanced Configuration.\n" +#~ "To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om de geavanceerde LDAP-instellingen te configureren, klik op\n" +#~ "Geavanceerde configuratie.\n" +#~ "Om beveiligingsinstellingen te configureren, klik op\n" +#~ "Configuratie voor SSL/TLS.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " +#~ "such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should " +#~ "already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but " +#~ "you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automounter is een daemon die automatisch mappen, zoals " +#~ "persoonlijke\n" +#~ "mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt. De bijhorende configuratiebestanden " +#~ "(auto.*)\n" +#~ "dienen reeds te bestaan, lokaal of via LDAP. Indien het niet " +#~ "geïnstalleerd is en\n" +#~ "u het wel wilt gaan gebruiken, dan zal het automatisch geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden.\n" + +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" + +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "Pe&rsoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" + +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "Gebruikeraanmelding blo&kkeren" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP &niet gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&Gebruik LDAP" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-client" + +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-&serveradressen" + +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "Zo&eken" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "Basis-&DN van LDAP" + +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "F&etch DN" + +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS-configuratie..." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "&Geavanceerde configuratie..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-clientconfiguratie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old " +#~ "configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een vorige configuratie voor LDAP-client is gedetecteerd.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "De huidige configuratie gebruikt geen SSSD maar nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "Alleen op SSSD gebaseerde configuraties worden door YaST ondersteund.\n" +#~ "wilt u doorgaan en SSSD gebruiken of afbreken om de oude configuratie te " +#~ "behouden?" + +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "Geef een LDAP-basis-DN op." + +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Geef minstens één adres van een LDAP-server op." + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "Het adres van de LDAP-server is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer u de computer configureert als een LDAP-client,\n" +#~ "kunt u geen gegevens ophalen met NIS. Wilt u toch LDAP gebruiken in " +#~ "plaats van NIS?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "LDAP is nu ingeschakeld." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze wijziging zal alleen effect hebben op nieuwe aangemaakte\n" +#~ "processen en niet op reeds draaiende services. Herstart uw services\n" +#~ "handmatig of herstart de machine om dit voor alle services te activeren.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Als u externe aanmelding wilt inschakelen voor LDAP-gebruikers, wordt " +#~ "sshd\n" +#~ " automatisch opnieuw gestart door YaST.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification " +#~ "is disabled.\n" +#~ "Enable certificate checks now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De beveiligde verbinding is ingeschakeld, maar verificatie van het server-" +#~ "certificaat is uitgeschakeld.\n" +#~ "Certificaat-controle nu inschakelen?" + +#~ msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" +#~ msgstr "Geavanceerde LDAP-clientinstellingen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm " +#~ "and KDC Address.\n" +#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking " +#~ "SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</" +#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als Kerberos authenticatie moet worden gebruikt, specificeer dan de " +#~ "realm en het KDC-adres.\n" +#~ "Bepaal of credentials van de gebruiker lokaal lokaal gecasht moet worden " +#~ "door SSSD offline authenticatie te activeren.\n" +#~ "Voor meer informatie over instellingen van SSSD, lees de man-pagina van " +#~ "<tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " +#~ "of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an " +#~ "explanation of its values." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut " +#~ "pam_password\n" +#~ "van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor " +#~ "een uitleg\n" +#~ "over de bijbehorende waarden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel het type LDAP-groepen in dat moet worden gebruikt.\n" +#~ "De standaardwaarde voor Groepslid-attribuut is %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where " +#~ "your\n" +#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " +#~ "certificates\n" +#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u\n" +#~ "specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Voer ofwel een map\n" +#~ "met certificaten in of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." + +#~ msgid "Access to Server" +#~ msgstr "Toegang tot server" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" +#~ "Dit is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data op de\n" +#~ "LDAP-server.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "Administrator DN.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," +#~ "dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " +#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, " +#~ "geeft u de \n" +#~ "Beheer DN op.\n" +#~ "U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein," +#~ "dc=com) of\n" +#~ "alleen de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de " +#~ "LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.</" +#~ "p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and " +#~ "groups,\n" +#~ "check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " +#~ "created when they do not already exist.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vink Standaard configuratieobjecten aanmaken aan om de " +#~ "standaard configuratieobjecten voor\n" +#~ "LDAP-gebruikers en groepen aan te maken. De objecten worden alleen " +#~ "aangemaakt als ze nog niet bestaan.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected " +#~ "yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Instellen om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n" +#~ "instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u " +#~ "uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +#~ "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " +#~ "they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " +#~ "ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef een zoekbasis op voor specifieke mappings (gebruikers of groepen) " +#~ "als die afwijken van de basis-DN. Deze waarden zijn\n" +#~ "ingesteld op de attributen ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base " +#~ "en ldap_autofs_search_base in het bestand /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen C&lient" + +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Be&heerinstellingen" + +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "Naamgevingscontexten" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "Gebr&uikersmapping" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "&Bladeren" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "&Groepenmapping" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "&Bladeren" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "&Autofs-map" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764 +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos &gebruiken" + +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "Standaard Real&m" + +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "&KDC Server Adres" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "LDAP-schema" + +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "Enumeratie van gebruiker en groep inschakelen" + +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "SSSD o&ffline-verificatie" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "Wachtwoor&dwijzigingsprotocol" + +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "Groepslid-&attribuut" + +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "&Basis DN configuratie" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "Beheerder &DN" + +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "B&asis DN toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "Standaard configuratie objecten &aanmaken" + +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer &instellingen instellen..." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" + +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "Geef de voor de binding met de LDAP-server te gebruiken DN op." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "Geef de basis-DN van de configuratie op." + +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "Wilt u module \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Op dit moment heeft u een configuratiemodule voor ieder \n" +#~ "type, u kunt daarom geen nieuwe toevoegen.\n" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "Initialiseren..." +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -#~ msgstr "Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het dialoogvenster." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Blader door de LDAP-structuur in het linker gedeelte van het " +#~ "dialoogvenster." -#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen in LDAP op te slaan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " +#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " +#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als het LDAP-object eenmaal is geselecteerd in de structuur dan toont " +#~ "de tabel de objectdata. Gebruik Bewerken mo de waarde te wijzigen " +#~ "van het geselecteerde attribuut. Gebruik Opslaan om uw wijzigingen " +#~ "in LDAP op te slaan." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -962,10 +853,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +#~ "Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het opzetten van TLS-versleuteling is mislukt.\n" -#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het servercertificaat geldig is." +#~ "Controleer of het juiste CA-certificaat is geïnstalleerd en het " +#~ "servercertificaat geldig is." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1036,13 +929,18 @@ #~ "De object categorie is niet gevonden.\n" #~ msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -#~ msgstr "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kan geen verbinding met de LDAP-server tot stand worden gebracht." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij een poging verbinding te maken met de " +#~ "LDAP-server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van gegevens van de LDAP-" +#~ "server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." #~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-gebruikers." @@ -1051,10 +949,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij schrijven van LDAP-groepen." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" +#~ "server." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het lezen van een schema van de LDAP-" +#~ "server." #~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." #~ msgstr "Er is een onbekende LDAP-fout opgetreden." @@ -1075,7 +977,8 @@ #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het mislukken van het maken van de verbinding kan komen doordat uw\n" -#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet ondersteunt.\n" +#~ "cliënt geconfigureerd is voor TLS/SSL terwijl de server dit niet " +#~ "ondersteunt.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Wilt u het verbinden zonder TLS/SSL proberen?\n" @@ -1104,7 +1007,8 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen sjabloonobject.\n" +#~ "Er bestaat een object met de geselecteerde DN, maar dit is geen " +#~ "sjabloonobject.\n" #~ "Selecteer een ander object.\n" #~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..." @@ -1152,19 +1056,24 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " +#~ "(DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items toe\n" +#~ "Als het attribuut meerdere waarden kan hebben, voegt u nieuwe items " +#~ "toe\n" #~ "met Waarde toevoegen. Soms bevat de knop de lijst met\n" -#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige attribuut.\n" -#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) moet zijn,\n" +#~ " mogelijke waarden die kunnen worden gebruikt voor het huidige " +#~ "attribuut.\n" +#~ " Als de waarde van het bewerkte attribuut een DN (Distinguished Name) " +#~ "moet zijn,\n" #~ " kunt u deze met Bladeren kiezen uit de LDAP-structuur.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -#~ msgstr "De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\" (alleen engelstalig):" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De beschrijving van het kenmerk \"%1\" (alleen engelstalig):" #~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" #~ msgstr "&Waarde van \"%1\" kenmerk" @@ -1209,22 +1118,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +#~ "when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Hier kunt u de kenmerkwaarden van een object,\n" -#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object wordt\n" +#~ "met gebruik van het huidige sjabloon, opgeven. Als een nieuw object " +#~ "wordt\n" #~ "aangemaakt zullen deze waarden als de standaarden gebruikt worden.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " +#~ "replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" +#~ "\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt van een speciale syntax gebruik maken om kenmerk waarden\n" -#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name zal worden vervangen\n" -#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/%uid\"\n" +#~ "van reeds bestaande kenmerken aan te maken. De expressie %attr_name</" +#~ "i> zal worden vervangen\n" +#~ "met de waarde van het kenmerk \"attr_name\" (voorbeeld: gebruik \"/home/" +#~ "%uid\"\n" #~ "als de waarde voor \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" @@ -1237,58 +1152,154 @@ #~ msgstr "LDAP-versie 2" #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP users." -#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-gebruikers een probleem opgetreden." #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP groups." -#~ msgstr "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is tijdens het opslaan van de LDAP-groepen een probleem opgetreden." #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een probleem opgetreden bij het schrijven van gegevens naar de LDAP-" +#~ "server." -#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " +#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " +#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid " +#~ "voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de " +#~ "beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te " +#~ "kiezen." -#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -#~ msgstr "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " +#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " +#~ "may not be used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " +#~ "geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte " +#~ "wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet " +#~ "worden gebruikt." -#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +#~ "administrator." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen " +#~ "in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat " +#~ "het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</" +#~ "p>" -#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +#~ "passwords." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe " +#~ "te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." -#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging in." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet " +#~ "worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor " +#~ "wachtwoordwijziging in." -#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " +#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " +#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " +#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " +#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " +#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " +#~ "password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " +#~ "terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen " +#~ "controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. " +#~ "Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden " +#~ "wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden " +#~ "uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft " +#~ "opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren " +#~ "worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het " +#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." -#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +#~ "Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in " +#~ "dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." -#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +#~ "modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " +#~ "verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." -#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -#~ msgstr "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " +#~ "password expires." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de " +#~ "wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." -#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " +#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " +#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing " +#~ "veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er " +#~ "een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " +#~ "verificatie." -#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " +#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het " +#~ "aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " +#~ "verificatie." -#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " +#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik " +#~ "van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " +#~ "mislukte verbindingspogingen." -#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -#~ msgstr "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +#~ "Password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u " +#~ "het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " +#~ "wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." -#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -#~ msgstr "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" +#~ "b>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het " +#~ "wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." -#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " +#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " +#~ "authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het " +#~ "duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " +#~ "mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " +#~ "plaatsgevonden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" @@ -1380,12 +1391,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" +#~ "SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sommige LDAP-servers ondersteunen StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.\n" +#~ "Als uw server dit ondersteunt en dit ook is geconfigureerd, activeert u " +#~ "LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "om uw communicatie met de LDAP-server te versleutelen. U zou het bestand " +#~ "met het CA-certificaat kunnen downloaden van de gegeven URL.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" @@ -1402,7 +1417,8 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Automounter is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n" +#~ "Automounter is een daemon dat automatisch mappen, zoals " +#~ "persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers, aankoppelt.\n" #~ "De bijhorende configuratiebestanden (auto.*) dienen reeds te bestaan,\n" #~ "lokaal of via LDAP.\n" #~ "Indien het niet geïnstalleerd is en u het wel wilt gaan\n" @@ -1436,51 +1452,76 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "was gekopieerd naar de map '%2'" -#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " +#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " +#~ "meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Protocol voor wachtwoordwijziging verwijst naar het attribuut " +#~ "pam_password van het bestand <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Zie <tt>man " +#~ "pam_ldap</tt> voor de betekenis van de bijbehorende waarden." -#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ msgstr "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar een certificaatbestand." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " +#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " +#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als de beveiligde verbinding certificaat-controle vereist, dan kunt u " +#~ "specificeren waar uw certificaatbestand zich bevindt. Het is mogelijk om " +#~ "ofwel een map met certificaten in te voeren of het expliciete pad naar " +#~ "een certificaatbestand." #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" #~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" #~ "LDAP Version 2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als u een LDAP-server hebt\n" +#~ "Normaal gesproken wordt het protocol voor LDAP-versie 3 gebruikt. Als " +#~ "u een LDAP-server hebt\n" #~ "waarop protocol 2 wordt gebruikt (bijvoorbeeld OpenLDAP v1), activeert u\n" #~ " LDAP-versie 2.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " +#~ "LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Eerst dient u de Configuratie basis DN in te stellen.\n" -#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de LDAP-server\n" +#~ "Het is de basis voor het opslaan van uw configuratie data, welke op de " +#~ "LDAP-server\n" #~ "is opgeslagen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," +#~ "dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " +#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, geeft u de \n" +#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot de gegevens die zijn opgeslagen op de server, " +#~ "geeft u de \n" #~ "Beheer DN op.\n" -#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein,dc=com) of alleen\n" -#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" +#~ " U kunt de volledige DN opgeven (bijvoorbeeld cn=Beheerder,dc=mijndomein," +#~ "dc=com) of alleen\n" +#~ " de relatieve DN (bijvoorbeeld, cn=Beheerder). De basis-DN van de LDAP " +#~ "wordt automatisch toegevoegd als u de betreffende optie selecteert.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " +#~ "direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " +#~ "manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn opgeslagen\n" +#~ "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van gebruikers zijn " +#~ "opgeslagen\n" #~ "kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde heeft geen\n" #~ "directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" #~ "waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.\n" @@ -1490,10 +1531,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Wachtwoordbeleid" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" +#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +#~ "Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. " +#~ "Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " +#~ "configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" #~ " als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server." #~ msgid "&Password Map" @@ -1543,11 +1587,14 @@ #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De tweede tabel bevat een lijst met standaard waarden die voor\n" -#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden toe\n" +#~ "nieuwe objecten worden gebruikt. Modificeer de lijst door nieuwe waarden " +#~ "toe\n" #~ "te voegen, of door de huidige waarden te wijzigen of te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier kunt u de configuratie, die in de LDAP-map is opgeslagen, beheren." +#~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/multipath.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 21:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -132,90 +132,79 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Illegale parameters:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie." #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Details tonen" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Illegale parameter:" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Illegale parameters:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "item" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Gedupliceerde configuratie" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "Kan /sbin/multipath niet vinden" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Gebruik van multipad is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet activeren." - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet activeren." -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet starten." -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Multipad niet gebruiken is mislukt:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* Kan multipath niet stoppen." -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* Kan multipathd niet uitschakelen." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet uitschakelen." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -241,83 +230,130 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " +"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Multipad-status</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart of stop multipathd, controleer de multipad-informatie. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tKlik \"Gebruik multipad\" om multipathd te starten. Klik \"Multipad niet gebruiken\" om multipathd te stoppen. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipad status-informatie kan nog steeds getoont worden als multipathd is gestopt. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik \"Gebruik multipad\" om multipathd te starten. Klik " +"\"Multipad niet gebruiken\" om multipathd te stoppen. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipad status-informatie kan nog steeds getoont worden als " +"multipathd is gestopt. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configureer multipad</big> \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de Configureer tab om de multipad-configuraties te maken. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de Configureer tab om de multipad-configuraties te " +"maken. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " +"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaden, standaarden, blacklist, blacklist_uitzonderingen, apparaten. \n" +"\t\t\tDe gehele inhoud van /etc/multipath.conf kan hier geconfigureerd " +"worden. Er zijn vier secties in het configuratiebestand:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaden, standaarden, blacklist, " +"blacklist_uitzonderingen, apparaten. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaden: lijst met fijnafstellingen van multipaden. \n" -"\t\t\tStandaarden: standaard instellingen van multipad-hulpmiddelen. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Standaarden configureren\" om de standaard instellingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipad-kandidaten zijn. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist configureren\" om de instellingen voor de blacklist te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist uitzonderingen: lijst met apparaatnamen uit te sluiten van de blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\" om de instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tApparaten: lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per multipad. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Apparaten configureren\" om apparaatunstellingen te configureren. \n" -"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Voltooien\" om de configuraties op te slaan en bij te werken. \n" +"\t\t\tStandaarden: standaard instellingen van multipad-hulpmiddelen." +" \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Standaarden configureren\" om de standaard " +"instellingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: lijst met aparaatnamen die geen multipad-kandidaten " +"zijn. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist configureren\" om de instellingen " +"voor de blacklist te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist uitzonderingen: lijst met apparaatnamen uit te " +"sluiten van de blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Blacklist-uitzonderingen configureren\" om de " +"instellingen van de blacklist-uitzonderingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tApparaten: lijst van instellingen per opslagcontroller. Gaat " +"boven de standaard instellingen, aangegeven door de instellingen per " +"multipad. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Apparaten configureren\" om " +"apparaatunstellingen te configureren. \n" +"\t\t\tKlik op de knop \"Voltooien\" om de configuraties op te slaan " +"en bij te werken. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van standaarden</big> \n" -"\t\t\tGlobale standaard instellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist worden. \n" -"\t\t\tElke standaard instelling hier is van invloed op alle multipad-configuraties, tenzij en overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat. \n" -"\t\t\tAls hier een standaard instelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn eigen standaard waarde als instelling gebruiken. \n" +"\t\t\tGlobale standaard instellingen kunnen hier geconfigureerd en gewist " +"worden. \n" +"\t\t\tElke standaard instelling hier is van invloed op alle multipad-" +"configuraties, tenzij en overeenkomstige lokale instelling er overheen gaat." +" \n" +"\t\t\tAls hier een standaard instelling gewist wordt, dan zal multipad zijn " +"eigen standaard waarde als instelling gebruiken. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +" \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +" \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Blacklist-configuratie</big> \n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden beschouwd als geen kandidaten voor multipad. \n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te geven. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de blacklist aan te geven. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden beschouwd als geen " +"kandidaten voor multipad. \n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te " +"geven. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " +"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene " +"apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller in de " +"blacklist aan te geven. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door " +"leverancier en productnaam. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -325,64 +361,81 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Blacklist-uitzonderingen-configuratie</big> \n" -"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te geven. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te sluiten van de blacklist. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tHier in de lijst geplaatste apparaatnamen worden uitgesloten van de " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tEr zijn drie methoden om een apparaatnaam aan te geven: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Het wereldwijde ID om het apparaat in de blacklist aan te " +"geven. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Een reguliere expressie kan hier worden gebruikt om " +"apparaatnamen aan te geven in udev_dir (standaard in map /dev). Algemene " +"apparaatnamen zijn cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Gebruikt om een specifieke opslagcontroller uit te " +"sluiten van de blacklist. En apparaat kan worden gespecificeerd door " +"leverancier en productnaam. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van apparaten</big> \n" -"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per storage-controler worden hier gegeven, zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per multipad aangebracht \n" -"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door leverancier en productnaam. \n" +"\t\t\tEen lijst met instellingen per storage-controler worden hier gegeven, " +"zij gaan boven de standaard instellingen en worden boven de instellingen per " +"multipad aangebracht \n" +"\t\t\tElk apparaat wordt geïdentificeerd door leverancier en " +"productnaam. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "moet een decimaal geheel getal zijn" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "illegale waarde" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "moet groter zijn dan 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "ongeldig decimaal geheel getal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "mag niet leeg zijn" @@ -407,7 +460,9 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "Ka de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipad-configuratie niet lezen." +msgstr "" +"Ka de sectie voor blacklist-uitzonderingen in een multipad-configuratie niet " +"lezen." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." @@ -513,6 +568,12 @@ msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "Uw wijzigingen annuleren?" +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet activeren." + +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "* Kan boot.multipath niet uitschakelen." + #~ msgid "Cannot install required packages" #~ msgstr "Kan de vereiste pakketten niet installeren" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ncurses-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 22:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Pakketversies" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Lijst met alle beschikbare pakketversies:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Pakketten met status" @@ -44,66 +44,69 @@ #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Als aanvulling op uw handmatige selecties, zijn de volgende" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een corrupt systeem te krijgen." +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen toch te installeren, maar u loopt het risico een " +"corrupt systeem te krijgen." -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "Toch &doorgaan" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Eindgebruikerlicentieovereenkomst" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filter: " #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguratie" @@ -125,20 +128,35 @@ msgstr "Niet noodzakelijk" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"Het is gesuggereerd om deze pakketten te installeren omdat ze passen bij " +"reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten. De beslissing om te installeren is aan de " +"gebruiker." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"De oplosser heeft gedetecteerd dat deze pakketten geen installatiebron " +"hebben, d.w.z. bijwerken is niet mogelijk." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." +msgstr "" +"Deze pakketten zouden niet meer nodig kunnen zijn omdat vroegere " +"afhankelijkheden niet langer van toepassing zijn." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -171,11 +189,15 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor taalregio %s" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +"taalregio %s" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patronen" @@ -380,40 +402,59 @@ msgstr "Systeem nu &verifiëren" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "&Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Opschonen wanneer pakketten worden verwijderd (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "Lever&ancierswisseling toestaan (tijdelijke wijziging)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "Test&geval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " -msgstr "Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" - #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 -msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" #. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" msgstr "pakketten zijn automatisch geselecteerd voor installatie:" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " +msgstr "" +"Testcasus van herkenningsprogramma voor afhankelijkheid geschreven naar" + +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheden te vervullen van reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten volgens" + +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Systeemafhankelijkheden controleren OK." @@ -546,7 +587,8 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgstr "" +"Deze informatie is alleen beschikbaar voor geïnstalleerde pakketten." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -562,7 +604,7 @@ #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Overzicht" @@ -659,33 +701,98 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu." +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"Welkom bij de pakketselectieDit hulpmiddel zal u helpen bij " +"het beheren van de software op uw systeem. U kunt losse pakketten " +"installeren, bijwerken of verwijderen, evenals patronen (sets van pakketten " +"voor een bepaald doel) of talen. Over het algemeen behoeft u zich geen " +"zorgen te maken over pakketafhankelijkheden bij het installeren of " +"verwijderen van iets, de oplosser doet dat voor u. Het kiezen van pakketten " +"bestaat uit drie hoofddelen : filters, pakkettabel en menu</" +"b>." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden in Hoe filters te gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"Filters op het linker paneel zijn ontworpen om het oriënteren in " +"een groot aantal pakketten gemakkelijker te maken. Zij kunnen bijv. alleen " +"pakketten laten zien uit een bepaalde installatiebronnen of in een " +"geselecteerd patroon (bijvoorbeeld, Spellen of C/C++ ontwikkeling), alsook " +"zoeken naar een bepaalde zoekterm. Meer informatie over filters is te vinden " +"in Hoe filters te gebruiken." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen (bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"Pakkettabel is de hoofdcomponent van de pakketkeuze. U wilt een " +"lijst zien van pakketten die met het huidige filter overeenkomen " +"(bijvoorbeeld, de geselecteerde RPM-groep of zoekresultaten). Elke regel van " +"de pakkettabel heeft verschillende kolommen:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>Pakketstatus (voor meer informatie kijk op Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)</li> <li>Pakketnaam</li><li>Pakketsamenvatting</" +"li><li>Beschikbare versie ( in sommige van de geconfigureerde " +"installatiebronnen)</li> <li>Geïnstalleerde versie (leeg voor een nog niet " +"geïnstalleerd pakket)</li> <li>Pakketgrootte</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en symbolen)." +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " +"Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Acties direct onder de tabel stelt u in staat om de " +"status van een geselecteerde pakket (of van alle pakketten in de lijst) te " +"veranderen, zoals bijvoorbeeld om een pakket te verwijderen of om een extra " +"te installeren pakket te selecteren. De status kan ook veranderd worden door " +"direct op de sneltoets van de bijhorende menuoptie te drukken (voor " +"gedetaileerde informatie over de pakketstatus, zie Pakketstatus en " +"symbolen)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in het menu." +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"Menu biedt functies gerelateerd aan het afhandelen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Toont relevante informatie over pakketten of voert " +"verschillende acties uit, zoals het openen van de bewerker van " +"installatiebronnen. Voor meer informatie, kijk op Bruikbare functies in " +"het menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -694,13 +801,31 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet worden behouden." +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"De pakketstatus kan worden veranderd met behulp van menu Acties of " +"met de bij de menuoptie opgegeven sneltoetsen. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld '+' om " +"een extra pakket te installeren. De status \"Taboe\" heeft de " +"betekenis dat het pakket nooit moet worden geïnstalleerd. Daarentegen " +"betekent de status \"Geblokkeerd\" dat de geïnstalleerde versie altijd moet " +"worden behouden." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in de lijst')." +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"U kunt RET of SPATIE gebruiken om de pakketstatus om te " +"schakelen. Het menu Acties stelt u tevens in staat om de status van " +"alle in de lijst staande pakketten te wijzigen (selecteer 'Alle pakketten in " +"de lijst')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -709,13 +834,30 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" +"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " +"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" +": never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : dit pakket zal worden geïnstalleeerda+ : pakket " +"wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd > : pakket wordt " +"opgewaardeerda> : pakket wordt automatisch opgewaardeerd</" +"p> i : pakket is geïnstalleerd - : pakket wordt " +"verwijderd---: pakket nooit installeren (taboo)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: behoud de geïnstalleerde versie en werk niet bij of verwijder " +"het nooit ( pakket geblokkeerd )Statusinformatie voor patronen en " +"talen: i : Aan alle vereisten van dit patroon/taal is voldaan</" +"p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -724,28 +866,88 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder beschreven." +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"Filter stelt u in staat om alleen die pakketten waarin u bent " +"geïnteresseerd uit te filteren. Pakketfilters zijn gebaseerd op " +"pakketeigenschappen (installatiebron, RPM-groep), pakket-\"containers" +"\" (patronen, talen), pakketclassificatie of zoekresultaten. Selecteer het " +"gewenste filter uit het keuzemenu. Specifieke filters zijn hieronder " +"beschreven." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Patronen beschrijven de mogelijkheden en functies die systemen " +"zouden moeten hebben (bijvoorbeeld: X-server of console hulpmiddelen). Elk " +"patroon bevat een set pakketten die nodig zijn (moet), aanbevolen zijn (zou " +"moeten) en suggesties zijn (mag). Als u patronen aan of uit zet, voor " +"installatie, bijwerken of verwijderen, zal de oplosser gaan draaien en de " +"status van ondergeschikte pakketten overeenkomstig wijzigen." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"Talen zijn pakket-containers die erg lijken op patronen. Zij " +"bevatten pakketten met vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere taalspecifieke " +"bestanden voor de geselecteerde taal. RPM-Groepen zijn echter geen " +"pakket-containers die geïnstalleerd kunnen worden. Het lidmaatschap van een " +"bepaalde RPM-groep is een eigenschap van het pakket zelf. Deze hebben een " +"hiërarchische (boom)structuur. Het filter Installatiebronnen laat " +"pakketten zien uit een specifieke installatiebron." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"" +msgstr "" +"Om het filter Zoeken te gebruiken, voer een zoekterm (of deel van " +"een zoekterm) voor de pakketzoekactie in. Zoek bijvoorbeeld naar alle 3D-" +"pakketten met behulp van de uitdrukking \"3d\". Het is ook mogelijk te " +"zoeken in de pakketbeschrijving, de RPM-levert of -vereist. Klik dan op het " +"bijhorende keuzevakje. Start het zoeken door op de knop 'Zoeken' te drukken." +"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"De Installatiesamenvatting laat de samenvatting zien van de " +"pakketten waarvan de status is veranderd in deze sessie (zij zijn " +"bijvoorbeeld gemarkeerd voor installatie of verwijdering), ofwel door de " +"gebruiker of automatisch door de oplosser. Het filter " +"Pakketclassificatie biedt informatie over pakketten die zijn " +"Aanbevolen, Gesuggereerd, Verweest of Niet nodig." +"" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -753,299 +955,481 @@ msgstr "Bruikbare functies in het menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw proberen'." +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijkheden: Dit menu biedt verschillende acties in verband " +"met het behandelen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Standaard wordt er bij elke " +"statuswijziging op pakketafhankelijkheden gecontroleerd.U zult bij " +"pakketconflicten geïnformeerd worden in een dialoog waarin voorstellen voor " +"het mogelijk oplossen van het conflict zitten. Om het conflict op te lossen " +"selecteer een van de aangeboden oplossingen en klik op 'OK -- opnieuw " +"proberen'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"Om afhankelijkheidscontrole bij elke verandering van de status uit te " +"schakelen zet u Automatische afhankelijkheidscontrole uit. U kunt " +"handmatig afhankelijkheden controleren door op Afhankelijkheden nu " +"controleren te drukken. Het element Systeem controleren zal de " +"pakketafhankelijkheden controleren en conflicten niet-interactief oplossen " +"en, indien noodzakelijk, ontbrekende pakketten markeren voor automatische " +"installatie. Voor het zoeken van fouten kunt u Testgeval voor " +"afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren gebruiken. Dit dumpt " +"pakketafhankelijkheden in de map <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Dit " +"is wat gewoonlijk nodig is als er gevraagd wordt om de \"solver testcase\" " +"in Bugzilla." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Installeer aanbevolen pakketten door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien ingeschakeld, worden door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten aanbevolen pakketten geïnstalleerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddelijk op. Opmerking: na controle van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen het instellingenbestand van YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " +#| "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " +#| "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " +#| "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " +#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " +#| "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " +#| "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " +#| "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +#| "yast2</tt>." +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare opties voor afhankelijkheidscontrole zijn: Automatische " +"controle op afhankelijkheden (zie boven), Installeer aanbevolen " +"pakketten door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten: indien ingeschakeld, " +"worden door reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten aanbevolen pakketten " +"geïnstalleerd, Systeemverificatiemodus: repareer afhankelijkheden van " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten en los deze onmiddelijk op. Opmerking: na controle " +"van het systeem met Systeem nu verifiëren is de optie " +"Systeemverificatiemodus geactiveerd (indien gewenst de optie " +"deactiveren). Deze opties worden opgeslagen het instellingenbestand van YaST " +"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"Geavanceerde opties: Opschonen bij verwijderen van pakketten: " +"verwijder afhankelijke ongebruikte pakketten. Wijziging van leverancier " +"toestaan: pakketleverancier mag verschillen van de leverancier van het " +"geïnstalleerde pakket. Deze opties zullen niet opgeslagen worden, ze kunnen " +"alleen ingesteld worden in het instellingenbestand van de pakketbibliotheek " +"<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Beeld: Kies welke informatie over het geselecteerde pakket getoond " +"wordt in het venster onder de pakkettabel. Beschikbare opties zijn: " +"pakketbeschrijving (standaard), technische gegevens (versie, grootte, " +"licentie etc.) pakketversies (alle beschikbare), bestandenlijst (alle " +"bestanden in het pakket) en afhankelijkheden (levert, vereist etc.)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen (Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " +"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " +"Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie: Dit menu integreert de pakketkiezer met de rest " +"van de pakketbeheerhulpmiddelen. Vanaf hier kunt u " +"Installatiebronnebeheer starten en geconfigureerde installatiebronnen " +"bewerken of periodieke downloads voor bijwerken doen van installatiebronnen " +"(Online Update Configuratie starten). U kunt ook een van de drie " +"mogelijke gedragingen van de pakketkiezer bij het verlaten kiezen - in het " +"menu Actie na pakketinstallatie." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " +"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Extra's: Hieronder zitten verschillende functies. Exporteer " +"de pakketlijst naar een bestand schrijft de gegevens over de " +"geïnstalleerde pakketten, patronen en talen naar het gespecificeerde XML-" +"bestand. Dit bestand kan later gelezen worden door de optie Importeer " +"pakketlijst uit bestand b.v. op een andere computer. Dit zal de set " +"pakketten op de doelcomputer in dezelfde staat brengen als beschreven in het " +"geleverde XML-bestand. Toon beschikbare schijfruimte laat in een " +"extra venster een tabel zien met het schijfgebruik en de vrije schijfruimte " +"op de huidige aangekoppelde partities." #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Zoeken in " #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "&Zoekterm" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Bron" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Besch. vers." #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Inst vers." #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Oplossen..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Opslaan..." #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Laden..." #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van schijfgebruik" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitie" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Gebruikt" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Vrij" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "Geen schijfruimte!" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "Schijfruimte raakt op!" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "benodigd" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "meer schijfruimte." #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "Versie: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Grootte: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "Geïnstalleerd: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "Auteurs: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "Licentie: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "Media-nr.: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "Pakketgroep: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "Levert: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "Benodigd: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "Benodigdheden: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "In conflict met: " #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "Lijst van geïnstalleerde bestanden: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " +msgstr "" +"Vertalingen, woordenboeken en andere aan taal gerelateerde bestanden voor " #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "Patch-status en -installatie" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de functie." - -#. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"Algemene informatie over patches:De soorten patches, " +"beveiliging lossen problemen over beveiliging op en we bevelen ten " +"zeerste aan om ze te installeren. U zou ook aanbevolen patches moeten " +"installeren, ze bevatten gewoonlijk belangrijke reparaties van bugs. " +"Installeer patches voor functies als u geïnteresseerd bent in de " +"functie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch geselecteerd voor installatie." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." +msgstr "" +"Patches voor \"libzypp\" (pakket, patch, patroon en productbeheer) zullen " +"altijd als eerste geïnstalleerd worden. De andere patches moeten tijdens een " +"tweede uitvoering geïnstalleerd worden." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst zijn" +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " +"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"Betekenis van de statusvlaggen:a+ : Patches die betrekking " +"hebben op uw installatie zijn voorgeselecteerd. Ze zullen gedownload en op " +"uw systeem geïnstalleerd worden. Wanneer u een bepaalde patch niet wilt " +"hebben, dan kunt u deze met '-' deselecteren. i : Aan alle " +"vereisten van deze patch is voldaan. + : U hebt deze patch " +"geselecteerd voor installatie." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor 'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"Meer details over de status: Als er verschillende patches voor een " +"pakket zijn (of een set pakketten), die nog niet toegepast zijn in het " +"system, zijn ze allemaal voorgeselecteerd en hebben de status a+. Als " +"een van de patches is gedeactiveerd met '-' kan het daarna de status i</" +"b> tonen. Dit is omdat een van de andere patches voor de(het)zelfde " +"pakket(ten) nog steeds is geselecteerd. De nieuwere versies van het/de " +"pakket(ten) zal/zullen worden geïnstalleerd en met deze patch worden " +"bevredigd. Deactiveren van alle patches is vereist als de patches ongewenst " +"zijn" +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"De menu's:Het menu Filter stelt u in staat om de patches te " +"filteren, bijv. toon de 'Geïnstalleerden' of geef een lijst met patches voor " +"'Beveiliging'. Het biedt ook het zoeken naar patches. Gebruik het menu " +"Acties om de status van een patch te wijzigingen. Het menu " +"Beeld biedt de mogelijkheid om te zien welke pakketten betrokken zijn " +"bij de patch. Merk op: als het filter is 'Alle patches' dan kan de lijst met " +"pakketten voor sommige patches leeg zijn. Dit betekent dat er geen pakketten " +"betrokken zijn omdat geen van de patchpakketten is geïnstalleerd op het " +"systeem. Het menu Afhankelijkheden bevat controles op " +"afhankelijkheden en het item 'Testgeval voor oplosser genereren' entry." + #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Kennisgeving" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nee" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK -- opnieuw proberen" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +" Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"Al uw gemaakte wijzigingen in de pakket-, patch- of patroonselectie " +"zullen verloren gaan wanneer u annuleert. Wilt u stoppen?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Beschikbare talen" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Beschikbare installatiebronnen" @@ -1053,70 +1437,101 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Noodzakelijke patches" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Geïnstalleerde patches" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Opwaardeerpatches" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Opwaardeerprobleem -- zie help" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Zoekresultaten" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Pakketafhankelijkheden" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer-probleemlijst De pakketten in deze lijst kunnen niet " +"automatisch worden bijgewerkt.Mogelijke redenen:Ze zijn " +"vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt.Op geen enkel " +"installatiemedium zijn voor nieuwe versies voor opwaardering beschikbaar.</" +"p>Het zijn pakketten afkomstig van een derde partijBepaal " +"handmatig wat u met ze wilt doen. De veiligste actie is ze te verwijderen.</" +"p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Source" msgstr "Bron" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "&Opwaardeerlijst" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Geen patches beschikbaar" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " +#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " +#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " +#~ "set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is een lijst met nuttige pakketten. Ze zullen extra geïnstalleerd " +#~ "worden indien aanbevolen door een nieuw geïnstalleerd pakket. Om " +#~ "pakketten aanbevolen door al geïnstalleerde pakketten moet de optie " +#~ "Installeer aanbevolen pakketten voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten</" +#~ "b> uit het menu Afhankelijkheden worden geactiveerd." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- deze patch is defect!!! -----" -#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " +#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De soort \"aanbevolen\" betekent dat u de patch zou moeten " +#~ "installeren. \"beveiliging\" is een beveiligingspatch waarvan het zeer " +#~ "aan te bevelen is om het te installeren." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Zoek pakketten op het &web " Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-11 11:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -62,35 +62,35 @@ msgstr "IP-adres van derde nameserver." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Overzicht DNS-configuratie:" #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam. " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "Kan niet instellen " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". Netwerk wordt beheerd door NetwerkManager." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "Ongeldige waarde van een optie." -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "Interne fout" @@ -100,16 +100,16 @@ msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan..." #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall en SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall en SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Basis firewall- en SSH-configuratie" @@ -118,52 +118,61 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Firewall- en SSH-service" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Firewall inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "SSH-service inschakelen" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall en SSH</big> \n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" -"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor " +"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" +"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt " +"met een daarvoor specifieke\n" "SSH-client" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n" "de installatie. De aanbeveling is deze ingeschakeld te laten." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n" -"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" +"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te " +"zetten of niet\n" +"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-" +"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" "wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -175,49 +184,49 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall zal ingeschakeld worden (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "Firewall zal uitgeschakeld worden (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service zal ingeschakeld worden (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "SSH-poort openen" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&VNC-poorten openen" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zullen geopend worden (<a href=\"%s\">sluiten</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "VNC-poorten zullen geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%s\">openen</a>)" #. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description #. Returns nil if this part should be skipped #. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort zal geopend worden (<a href=\"%s\">blokkeren</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%s\">openen</a>)" @@ -230,22 +239,22 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Host-configuratie-overzicht:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "Verbinden met het internet..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "De laatste uitgavenotities worden gedownload..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "De verbinding wordt verbroken..." @@ -253,12 +262,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "De test met de internetverbinding wordt uitgevoerd" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.\n" @@ -267,7 +276,7 @@ "test met de internetverbinding zien.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" @@ -276,7 +285,7 @@ "te klikken.\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" @@ -286,64 +295,64 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:794 #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "Testresultaat:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "Test &afbreken" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "Test status" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "&Logbestanden tonen..." #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "Fout" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "Kernel-netwerkinterfaces" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "Kernel routing tabel" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "Hostnaam opzoeken" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "Kernel berichten" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities downloaden" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -352,18 +361,18 @@ "Controle van RPM-ondertekening is mislukt." #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "Installatie van gedownloade uitgavenotities is mislukt." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt gemaakt" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -372,30 +381,38 @@ "de logbestanden voor de details.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd." +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest " +"kan niet worden uitgevoerd." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n" +"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van " +"de server.\n" "Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n" "\n" -"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n" -"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n" +"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om " +"de andere\n" +"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te " +"gaan\n" "naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -404,12 +421,12 @@ "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Controleer op patches" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -418,7 +435,7 @@ "Bekijk de logbestanden voor de details.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Verbinding wordt verbroken" @@ -472,63 +489,52 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "Statische of dynamische configuratie gebruiken" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "Configuratie naam" -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "Apparaat IP-adres" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "Netwerkmasker" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "Voorlooplengte" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "Ethernetapparaat voor VLAN" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Interfaces voor bridging" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Configuratiefout: niet-geïnitialiseerd interface." @@ -548,18 +554,18 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press Launch." @@ -568,11 +574,11 @@ "corresponderende apparaten te configuren en klik op Starten." #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "&Beschikbare netwerkmodules:" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Start" @@ -589,15 +595,16 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "" +"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Remote toegang configuratie overzicht:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -621,7 +628,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing configuratie" @@ -632,7 +639,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" +msgstr "" +"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 @@ -698,110 +706,115 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "Routeringtabel" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "Bestemming" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "Gateway" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netmasker" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Geen item voor bestemming '%1' in routeringsstabel" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s-forwarding is ingeschakeld" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s-forwarding uitgeschakeld" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s-forwarding inschakelen..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s-forwarding uitschakelen..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4-forwarding:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6-forwarding:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4- en IPv6-forwarding:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." +msgstr "" +"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming wordt toegevoegd aan de routeringstabel ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, " +"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "De '%1' bestemming in de routeringstabel wordt bijgewerkt..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Verwijderen van '%1' bestemming uit de routeringstabel ..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Waarschuwing: er wordt geen versleuteling gebruikt." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "Wijzigen." @@ -828,163 +841,163 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN-kaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN-kaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ethernet netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB ethernet netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN-verbinding" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN-verbinding" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA modem" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB modem" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:288 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA Token Ring netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB Token Ring netwerkkaart" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netwerkapparaat" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze PCMCIA netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Draadloze USB netwerkkaart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Onbekend netwerkapparaat" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met provider %2 (protocol %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres (NONE)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Geconfigureerd zonder adres" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met adres %1 (remote %2)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Geconfigureerd met %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met adres %2 (remote %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Geconfigureerd als %1 met %2" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Managed" @@ -1068,47 +1081,47 @@ msgstr "- Maak een internet-verbinding" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- De laatste uitgavenotities worden opgehaald" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- Controleert op nieuwe opwaarderingen" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- Sluit de verbinding" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "De volgende stappen zullen worden uitgevoerd:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "Selecteer:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "&Ja, online-opwaardering nu starten" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "N&ee, opwaardering overslaan" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "Online-opwaarderingen beschikbaar" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "Deze met de YaST Online Update downloaden en installeren?" @@ -1116,30 +1129,30 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "Loggegevens van de test met de internetverbinding:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "&Selecteer logbestand:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Extra adressen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-adreslabel" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adres" @@ -1147,7 +1160,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1158,7 +1171,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1169,164 +1182,166 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Naam van interface" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "TODO beeeeetje VAAG!" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Koppel een interface aan een firewall &zone" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Vereiste interface" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Apparaat type" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Configuratie naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleigenaar" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgroep" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Gebridgte apparaten" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Het echte apparaat voor de &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN-ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Binding-slaves en volgorde" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond-&slaves" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Opties voor &bonding-stuurprogramma" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. " +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien " +"nodig. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Geen link en IP ingesteld (Bonding Slaves)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "iBFT-waarden gebruiken" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamisch IP-adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP beide versies 4 en 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 4 alleen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP versie 6 alleen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisch toegewezen IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Subnetmasker" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "R&emote IP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het remote IP-adres is onjuist." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1337,13 +1352,13 @@ "dat de detectie onjuist was." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Configuratie %1 bestaat al." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1358,20 +1373,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Ongeldig netmasker of voorlooplengte." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1386,7 +1401,7 @@ "Hostnaam leeg laten?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1396,78 +1411,84 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "Al&gemeen" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Apparaatactivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewallzone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximale overdrachtseenheid (MTU)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:174 -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configureer uw IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Binding-slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draad&loos" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit van ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " +"Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" -" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" -" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" +" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en " +"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" +" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces " +"Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" +" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. " +"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" " de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netwerkkaart instellen" @@ -1493,7 +1514,8 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" +msgstr "" +"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1657,35 +1679,39 @@ msgstr "CI7000 adapter" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de " +"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "De waarde voor bootproto is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "De waarde voor de startmodus is niet mogelijk." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Voor statische configuratie is de \"ip\" optie nodig." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Het apparaat is verwijderd." @@ -1723,17 +1749,17 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "Opmerking" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globale opties" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1747,7 +1773,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1759,7 +1785,7 @@ "Voegt eerst de addon-CD toe aan uw YaST-installatiebronnen en keer dan \n" "terug naar deze configuratiedialoog.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1770,28 +1796,34 @@ "Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n" "doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n" "stuurprogramma.\n" -"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op Doorgaan\n" -"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert u\n" +"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op " +"Doorgaan\n" +"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert " +"u\n" "terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het " +"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de firmware-installatie." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1806,12 +1838,14 @@ "deze niet langer door de netwerkbeheerder worden beheerd.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt " +"verwijderen?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Methode netwerkinstelling" @@ -1820,7 +1854,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen" @@ -1849,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de 'Standard Route' via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1859,65 +1893,84 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n" +"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, " +"selecteer \n" "er een naar behoefte." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" +"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " +"toestaan\n" "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" -"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" +"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu " +"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" +"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen " +"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n" -"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" -"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" +"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-" +"naam, \n" +"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u " +"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" +"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar " +"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" " Bovendien mag u Opties specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n" "Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: optie=waarde.\n" "De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n" "bijv: io=0x300 irq=5. Opmerking: wanneer er twee kaarten met\n" -"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n" +"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het " +"opslaan\n" "samengevoegd worden.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool " +"aanroepen met deze opties.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1927,118 +1980,105 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.</" +"p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n" +"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat " +"is gespecificeerd\n" "in de handleiding IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart configuratie" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "&Hotplug type" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307 -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "P&CI" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernel module" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Module naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regels" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaat naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Toon zichtbare poort-identificatie" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blink" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-opties" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart selectie" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n" -"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld." +"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het " +"zoekveld." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netwerkkaart" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2048,7 +2088,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 netwerkkaartconfiguratie" @@ -2060,143 +2100,160 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 apparaat instellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Poortnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Poortnummer" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799 #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeover &activeren" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lees kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schrijf kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controleer kanaal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." +msgstr "" +"Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties)." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden " +"door spaties)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor " +"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer " +"2 ondersteund." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 " +"ondersteuning ondersteund." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD time-Out" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het poortnummer." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface de LANCMD time-out." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Uitgebreide modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-gebaseerde tty (Linux naar Linux verbindingen)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus met OS/390 en z/OS" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het protocol." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer naam" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2205,7 +2262,7 @@ "waarmee de verbinding tot stand wordt gebracht (hoofdlettergevoelig).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2215,12 +2272,12 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialoog" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2229,16 +2286,17 @@ "geïnitialiseerd</big> Even geduld a.u.b.... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2247,7 +2305,7 @@ "wordt opgeslagen</big> Even geduld a.u.b.... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -2256,8 +2314,8 @@ "U kunt het opslaan afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Network Setup Method</big>\n" "Use the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2269,9 +2327,7 @@ "alle interfaces te laten beheren. Deze applet is zeer geschikt\n" "om te schakelen tussen bekabelde en draadloze netwerken.\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" @@ -2279,8 +2335,22 @@ "Gebruik wicked als u geen desktop environment gebruikt\n" "of meerdere interfaces tegelijk wilt gebruiken.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +msgstr "" +"NetworkManager is geen onderdeel van elke basis\n" +"installatiebron. Om het in te schakelen op de SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server voeg de installatiebron\n" +"Workstation Extension toe en installeer het pakket\n" +"'NetworkManager'.\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" @@ -2289,15 +2359,16 @@ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde netwerk\n" "kaarten. Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen." +"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2308,28 +2379,33 @@ "Druk daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big>\n" -"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n" +"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te " +"schakelen.\n" "U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n" -"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n" -"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n" +"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de " +"kernelmodule\n" +"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk " +"wordt\n" "gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." +msgstr "" +"De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2344,27 +2420,30 @@ "standaard route. Het idee van de standaard route geeft u simpel de\n" "mogelijkheid om te zeggen: \"en al het andere gaat daar naar toe\".\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" +"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</" +"p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n" +"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe " +"netwerken\n" "naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2376,22 +2455,28 @@ "Waarschuwing: IPv6-forwarding schakelt \"IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration\" (SLAAC) uit." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" +"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van " +"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" "U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n" -"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.\n" +"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor " +"gebruiken.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " +"DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n" @@ -2399,33 +2484,42 @@ "zien via het commando hostname) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n" "worden ingesteld.\n" "Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n" -"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n" -"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen." +"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u " +"verbinding\n" +"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam " +"toewijzen." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam met \n" -"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n" +"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam " +"met \n" +"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is " +"een \n" "bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n" -"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n" +"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, " +"speciaal \n" "als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n" +"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van " +"hostnamen.\n" "Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2436,11 +2530,12 @@ "IP-adres (bijv: 192.168.0.42) en niet als een hostnaam.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n" @@ -2448,34 +2543,46 @@ "van uw computer (bijv: suse.de). Mogelijk zijn er meerdere zoekdomeinen\n" "(bijv: suse.com) Scheid de domeinen van elkaar met komma's of spaties.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-domein\n" -"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n" -"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het hostname \n" +"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-" +"domein\n" +"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal " +"belangrijk als deze \n" +"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met " +"het hostname \n" "commando." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n" -"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n" -"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n" -"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie Gebruik\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de " +"inhoud van het\n" +"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit " +"gedaan door\n" +"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt " +"met dynamische\n" +"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de " +"optie Gebruik\n" "standaard beleid is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2486,33 +2593,44 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig niet\n" +"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig " +"niet\n" "langer worden toegestaan het bestand /etc/resolv.conf te wijzigen. U\n" -"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik aangepast\n" -"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n" -"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n" +"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik " +"aangepast\n" +"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die " +"bestaat\n" +"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, " +"met\n" "STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n" -"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n" +"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld " +"leeg\n" "laten is hetzelfde als Alleen handmatig beleid.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adres instellen</big>\n" -"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n" +"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-" +"adres wilt verbinden.\n" "Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw " +"BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2521,22 +2639,25 @@ "toegewezen gekregen door uw systeembeheerder of uw internet-provider.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n" -"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n" +"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt " +"draaien.\n" "Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n" "wijzen, selecteer Zeroconf. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n" @@ -2544,9 +2665,10 @@ "netwerkadres Statisch toe te wijzen.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2555,18 +2677,24 @@ "(bijv: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>).\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" -"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" -"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" +"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van " +"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" +"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal " +"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2574,7 +2702,7 @@ "Neem contact op met uw netwerk beheerder voor meer informatie\n" "over de netwerk configuratie." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2582,7 +2710,7 @@ "Voor dit product wordt een DHCP configuratie niet aangeraden.\n" "Bepaalde onderdelen van dit product werken waarschijnlijk niet met DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2601,17 +2729,22 @@ "Als u geen zone selecteert en er zijn geen andere, dan zal de\n" "firewall woren uitgeschakeld." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding " +"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big>\n" @@ -2622,44 +2755,54 @@ "inbelverbindingen. Selecteer een van de aanbevolen waarden of\n" "definieer een andere.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n" -"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." +"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit</" +"b> en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Opties voor DHCP-cliënt</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n" -"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n" -"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n" -"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n" +"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt " +"standaard\n" +"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP " +"cliënt op\n" +"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier " +"een vrij in\n" +"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines " +"heeft die van hetzelfde\n" "netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Bij Te versturen hostnaam wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n" @@ -2674,7 +2817,7 @@ "Laat dit veld leeg als u geen hostnaam wilt verzenden.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" @@ -2683,7 +2826,7 @@ "Configureer in deze tabel de aanvullende adressen van een interface.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." @@ -2692,25 +2835,46 @@ "en het Netmasker in." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional " +#| "and legacy. The total\n" +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " +#| "is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +#| "truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" -"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n" -" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n" -" beperkt tot 15 tekens en de verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens." +"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en " +"verouderd. De totale\n" +" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en " +"label) is\n" +" beperkt tot 15 tekens en de verouderde ifconfig-utility kort " +"het af na 9 tekens." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, " +#| "enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Sluit de interfacenaam niet in met de aliasnaam. Bijvoorbeeld voer " +"foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2735,12 +2899,13 @@ " Hexadecimaal: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n" "Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n" "128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n" -"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n" +"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of " +"groepen\n" "van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2748,8 +2913,7 @@ "Hier kunt u de belangrijkste instellingen\n" "voor draadloze netwerken instellen." -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2757,33 +2921,37 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n" +"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De " +"modus kan\n" "Ad-hoc (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), Managed\n" -"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de Infrastructuur modus\n" +"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de " +"Infrastructuur modus\n" "genoemd), of Master zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n" "als een accespoint).\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Stel de Netwerknaam (ESSID) in die gebruikt\n" -"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n" -"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n" +"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde " +"virtuele\n" +"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde " +"ESSID nodig om\n" "met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus Managed\n" "kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan WPA, dan kunt u dit\n" -"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n" +"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN " +"kaart zich met\n" "het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2796,32 +2964,38 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te stellen.\n" +"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te " +"stellen.\n" "Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n" "WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n" "versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n" "authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n" "In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de WEP-Open\n" "modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n" -"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling).\n" +"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling</" +"b>).\n" "Sommige netwerken kunnen WEP-shared key-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n" -"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n" +"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële " +"aanvaller\n" "gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de Open\n" -"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n" -"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" -"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n" +"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te " +"gebruiken.\n" +"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" +"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle " +"hardware\n" "biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n" "WPA-PSK of WPA-EAP als authenticatiemodus.\n" "Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus Managed mogelijk.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2836,7 +3010,7 @@ "u hoeft daarom slechts 40 tot maximaal 232 bits op te geven.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2845,14 +3019,17 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" -"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n" -"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n" -"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n" +"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared " +"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" +"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden " +"hiermee\n" +"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, " +"maar\n" +"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te " +"raden\n" "woord als wachtwoord.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2860,45 +3037,47 @@ "Om WPA-EAP (ook wel WPA Enterprice genoemd) te gebruiken,\n" " voer enkele aanvullende paramaters in in de volgende dialoog.\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n" -"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra " +"instellingen nodig heeft,\n" +"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand " +"'wireless' voor alle\n" "beschikbare opties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-&adreslabel" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label is te lang." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres is onjuist." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Het subnetmasker is onjuist." @@ -2925,26 +3104,26 @@ msgstr "&Hexadecimaal" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP &modus" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -2955,16 +3134,17 @@ "en de verificatie uit te voeren: TLs, TTLS en PEAP.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "&Identiteit" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw identiteit\n" "en wachtwoord in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n" @@ -2972,55 +3152,58 @@ "instellen kan dat hier. Dat is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "&Anonieme identiteit" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Clientcertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie van\n" -"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n" +"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie " +"van\n" +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/" +"privé\n" "sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n" "clientkey bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n" "het client key wachtwoord voor dat bestand.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "Client &Key" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "Client Key &wachtwoord" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "&Servercertificaat" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" @@ -3031,11 +3214,11 @@ "gebruikt om de authenticiteit van de server te valideren.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -3044,70 +3227,74 @@ "sleutelbestanden, neem dan contact op met uw systeembeheerder.\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "Verific&atiemethode" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n" -"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n" -"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n" +"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 " +"authenticatiemethode).\n" +"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden " +"wilt\n" +"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde " +"authenticatie-\n" "methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "&PEAP versie" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" "Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n" -"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" +"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet " +"noodzakelijk.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "&Allen" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Geen versleuteling" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Open" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Shared Key" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versie 1 of 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versie 1 of 2)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Draadloze netwerkkaart configuratie" @@ -3116,97 +3303,100 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Draadloze apparaat instellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "B&esturingsmode" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&twerk naam (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Scan netwerk" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "Verific&atiemodus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Versleutelcode" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Gea&vanceerd" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-sleutels" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." +msgstr "" +"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Geef de netwerknaam op voor deze module" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "De netwerknaam moet uit minder dan 32 karakters bestaan." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)." +msgstr "" +"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters " +"(inclusief)." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "De sleutel moet %1 hexadecimale digits bevatten." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "De versleutel code is onjuist." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Voor deze verificatie mode moet de versleutelcode gespecificeerd zijn." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3220,13 +3410,13 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde draadloze instellingen" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed)." @@ -3235,134 +3425,126 @@ "(zelden nodig)." #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n" -"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal instellen.\n" +"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal " +"instellen.\n" "Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n" "de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n" +"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een " +"transmissie\n" "Bit snelheid instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "In een omgeving met meerdere Accesspoints kunt u door het opgeven\n" -"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben." +"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen " +"hebben." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n" -"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n" +"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing " +"mechanisme.\n" +"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent " +"en de\n" "verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To specify the Frequency instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value.\n" -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de gewenste waarde, als uw voorkeur uitgaat naar het\n" -"specificeren van de frequentie in plaats van het kanaal.\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "&Frequentie" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Kanaal" # short string is needed # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:324 #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "B&it snelheid" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "&Accesspoint" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "&Energiebeheer gebruiken" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP ScanMode" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Geef de versleutel code" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Sleutel" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Draadloze sleutels" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n" "data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n" -"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n" +"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit " +"is de\n" "standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n" "gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3377,12 +3559,12 @@ "u waarschijnlijk deze waarde op 64 zetten." #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP sleutels" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Sleutel lengte" @@ -3390,41 +3572,43 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:366 #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "Nee." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "Key" msgstr "Sleutel" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standaard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Als standaard in&stellen" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Kies een certificaat" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n" +"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan " +"resulteren in\n" "onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3433,47 +3617,47 @@ "of de clientcertificaat." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "Alle" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP details" @@ -3505,14 +3689,17 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big>\n" "Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" "u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" -"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n" -"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</" +"tt>),\n" +"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:" +"%2/</tt>).\n" "Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title @@ -3521,12 +3708,12 @@ msgstr "Instellingen voor beheer op afstand" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Deze pakketten moeten geïnstalleerd worden:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3538,74 +3725,67 @@ "\n" "Wilt u het nog eens proberen?\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265 -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "niet ingeplugd" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:48 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:49 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:50 #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De DNS-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De DSL configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De hosts configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De ISDN-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De netwerkkaart configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De modem configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De proxy configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De provider configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De routing configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Mail nu instellen?" @@ -3613,7 +3793,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?" @@ -3623,7 +3803,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3632,112 +3812,112 @@ "of is volledig uitgeschakeld. YaST kan sommige opties niet instellen." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netwerkkaarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kaarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL apparaten" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle netwerkapparaten" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "De hostnaam is ongeldig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "De domeinnaam is onjuist." -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam via DH&CP wijzigen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "&Ken hostnaam toe aan loopback-IP" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "DNS-configuratie &wijzigen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "Alleen handmatig" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "Gebruik standaard beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "Gebruik aangepast beleid" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "&Aangepaste beleidsregels" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "Naamserver &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres van de naamserver is ongeldig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:101 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:101 #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "Opgezochte do&meinen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "Naamserver &2" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "Naamserver &3" @@ -3745,22 +3925,22 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Hostnaam en domeinnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:101 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:101 #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "Naamservers en domeinzoeklijst" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "Hostnaam/DNS" @@ -3769,7 +3949,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "Geen interface met dhcp" @@ -3777,22 +3957,26 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege " +"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 domeinen bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 karakters bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Het zoekdomein %1 is ongeldig." @@ -3800,7 +3984,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en naamserverconfiguratie" @@ -3851,12 +4035,12 @@ msgstr "Host aliassen" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Hos&t aliassen" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "De alias naam \"%1\" is onjuist." @@ -3929,7 +4113,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "De standaard gateway is onjuist." @@ -3955,65 +4139,70 @@ msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het &bel-toegangsnummer" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is ingesteld, kunnen\n" -"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n" -"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n" +"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is " +"ingesteld, kunnen\n" +"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen " +"zodat het met\n" +"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</" +"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie " +"wordt het\n" "gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "Methode instelling" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:72 #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "A&utomatische adres instelling (via DHCP)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:80 #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "S&tatische adresinstelling" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nooit" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "Door netwerkbeheerder" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -4023,26 +4212,27 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Handmatig: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n" -"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder)..\n" +"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' " +"hieronder)..\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "Tijdens een kabel verbinding" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -4055,12 +4245,12 @@ "draadloze interface kan zich met een access punt verbinden.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "Tijdens hotpluggen" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -4069,120 +4259,116 @@ msgstr "" "Met Tijdens hotpluggen,\n" "zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n" -"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n" -"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n" +"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in " +"een\n" +"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig " +"is.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "Op NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n" +"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. " +"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt " +"wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" -"Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Apparaa&t activeren" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Apparaatactivering</big>\n" -"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" +"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. " +"Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" "Nooit start het apparaat niet op.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB apparaatmodus" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "Firewall is niet geïnstalleerd." #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (Ethernet, DSL-broadband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (dial-up)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (IPoIB in modus verbonden)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (IPoIB in modus datagram)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetwerkManager-services" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditionele ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-service" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netwerkservices uitgeschakeld" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Applet is nodig" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4192,39 +4378,39 @@ "(een plasma-widget voor KDE en nm-applet voor GNOME).\n" "Ga na of het draait en zo niet, start het handmatig." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Algemene netwerkinstellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IPv6-protocol" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 activeren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adres" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Geen IP-adres toegewezen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4233,68 +4419,83 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "Apparaat wij&zigen" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selectie van netwerkapparaat" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "configured" +msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:288 #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen." +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de " +"instellingen toe te passen." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basis regel van udev aan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-adres: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "Bus-ID: %s" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Configuratienaam bestaat al." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Ongeldige naam van configuratie." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam schrijven" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf bijwerken" @@ -4302,54 +4503,54 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Hostnaam wordt geschreven..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf wordt bijgewerkt..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Hostnaam: ingesteld door DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Hostnaam: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Hostnaam zal niet worden geschreven naar /etc/hosts" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Naamservers: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Zoeklijst: %1" @@ -4519,7 +4720,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:116 #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klaar" @@ -4531,13 +4732,13 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie opslaan" @@ -4545,30 +4746,30 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices instellen" @@ -4578,201 +4779,210 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Netwerkservices activeren" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "De hostnaam- en de DNS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden ingesteld..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Netwerkservices worden geactiveerd..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Er draait geen netwerk" #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt." +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "" +"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " +"will be used." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, " +"Wicked zal worden gebruikt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netwerkmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces aangestuurd door NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager uitschakelen" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Traditionele netwerkconfiguratie met NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager activeren" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol geactiveerd" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 deactiveren" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol gedeactiveerd" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij opstarten" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij kabelverbinding" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Beheerd door netwerkbeheerder" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Zal niet worden opgestart" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Handmatig gestart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adres toegewezen met" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s/%s" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s, subnetmasker %s" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Apparaatnaam: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "slave in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Binding-master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Niet verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Geen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) " +"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware " +"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4783,11 +4993,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Benodigde informatie" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" @@ -4826,12 +5036,12 @@ #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Service %{service} inschakelen is mislukt" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4842,62 +5052,62 @@ "start het handmatig opnieuw of meldt u af en opnieuw aan." #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is ingeschakeld." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is uitgeschakeld." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwardingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Routing-instellingen opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding worden geschreven..." #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Routing-instellingen worden geschreven..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-forwarding voor IPv4: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-forwarding voor IPv6: %s" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatisch toegewezen zone" @@ -4911,30 +5121,58 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(onbeschermd)" +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart configuratie" + +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "&Hotplug type" + +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "P&CI" + #~ msgid "" -#~ "NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" -#~ "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" -#~ "Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -#~ "repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +#~ "To specify the Frequency instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NetworkManager is geen onderdeel van elke basis\n" -#~ "installatiebron. Om het in te schakelen op de SUSE\n" -#~ "Linux Enterprise Server voeg de installatiebron\n" -#~ "Workstation Extension toe en installeer het pakket\n" -#~ "'NetworkManager'.\n" +#~ "Selecteer de gewenste waarde, als uw voorkeur uitgaat naar het\n" +#~ "specificeren van de frequentie in plaats van het kanaal.\n" +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&Frequentie" + +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +#~ "startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar " +#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +#~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" +#~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" #~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" #~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n" +#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn " +#~ "instellingen \n" #~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n" -#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n" +#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager " +#~ "connectiebewerker\n" +#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele " +#~ "methode met ifup.\n" #~ msgid "Device name:" #~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" @@ -4945,11 +5183,19 @@ #~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" #~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked" -#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a " +#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" -#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden " +#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen" @@ -4977,7 +5223,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Alias &naam" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -5051,8 +5298,11 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Bond-slaves" -#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in te stellen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in " +#~ "te stellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5110,7 +5360,8 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen." +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat " +#~ "instellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5118,7 +5369,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " +#~ "verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Type" @@ -5145,15 +5397,20 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " +#~ "to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " +#~ "VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies eerst uw PPP modus. Dit is of\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) of PPP over ATM (PPPoATM).\n" -#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n" -#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken." +#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol " +#~ "(PPTP).\n" +#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw " +#~ "computer is verbonden.\n" +#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan " +#~ "gebruiken." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" @@ -5163,22 +5420,29 @@ #~ "uw ethernetkaart." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " +#~ "up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n" -#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor PPP over ATM\n" -#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet\n" +#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u " +#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n" +#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor " +#~ "PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "verbindingen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld 0.38\n" -#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet." +#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld " +#~ "0.38\n" +#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5186,7 +5450,8 @@ #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n" -#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" +#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft " +#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" #~ "doen door op Netwerkkaarten instellen te klikken." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5301,7 +5566,8 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG> \n" -#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en " +#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n" #~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5309,7 +5575,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart " +#~ "instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5322,10 +5589,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding " +#~ "instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5334,7 +5603,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n" -#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Hardware" @@ -5353,7 +5623,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " +#~ "are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Remote telefoonnummer lijst bepaalt welke remote machines\n" @@ -5367,41 +5638,53 @@ #~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " +#~ "without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback modus uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " +#~ "a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na een \n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na " +#~ "een \n" #~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " +#~ "initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n" -#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale " +#~ "systeem als \n" +#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " +#~ "call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " +#~ "server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n" -#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n" +#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste " +#~ "aanroep en de\n" +#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de " +#~ "server dan op\n" #~ "de cliënt.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n" -#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.\n" +#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd " +#~ "instellen,\n" +#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie." +#~ "\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties" @@ -5440,11 +5723,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " +#~ "DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u " +#~ "uw DSL\n" #~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van DSL CAPI interface toevoegen.\n" #~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.\n" @@ -5454,16 +5739,19 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n" -#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n" +#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP " +#~ "gebruiken:\n" #~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " +#~ "providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n" -#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n" +#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van " +#~ "meerdere providers\n" #~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5508,17 +5796,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " +#~ "directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " +#~ "digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " +#~ "means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n" +#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw " +#~ "telefoonnummer \n" #~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n" #~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n" -#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n" -#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n" +#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de " +#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n" +#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit " +#~ "mislukt.\n" #~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt." #~ msgid "" @@ -5531,8 +5826,10 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n" -#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n" +#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' " +#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n" +#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en " +#~ "stoppen:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " start: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " stop : ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5542,27 +5839,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " +#~ "channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " +#~ "automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " +#~ "goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n" +#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit " +#~ "verbinding\n" #~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n" -#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n" +#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende " +#~ "commando's:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n" +#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch " +#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n" #~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n" #~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5571,13 +5874,16 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door\n" #~ "Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" -#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " +#~ "ingesteld.\n" +#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding " +#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5674,7 +5980,8 @@ #~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n" -#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." +#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." +#~ "" #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Alles" @@ -5712,11 +6019,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " +#~ "salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n" #~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n" -#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.\n" +#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem " +#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5724,9 +6033,12 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n" -#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met het\n" -#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n" +#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens " +#~ "de\n" +#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met " +#~ "het\n" +#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan " +#~ "dit doen.\n" #~ "HotPlug is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5736,8 +6048,11 @@ #~ "Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n" #~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.\n" -#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-" +#~ "protocol." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5748,13 +6063,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " +#~ "one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" -#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft " +#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" +#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus " +#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." -#~ msgstr "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " +#~ "Log." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt " +#~ "gaan loggen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -5939,7 +6261,8 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen." +#~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5947,7 +6270,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " +#~ "verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" @@ -5960,13 +6284,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " +#~ "ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " +#~ "etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n" -#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n" -#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten." +#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is " +#~ "aangesloten.\n" +#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen " +#~ "gewoonlijk met\n" +#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB " +#~ "poorten." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280 #~ msgid "" @@ -5974,18 +6303,25 @@ #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een 0.\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een " +#~ "0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " +#~ "additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " +#~ "your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies de juiste Bel-mode voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n" -#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. Selecteer\n" -#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" -#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" +#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. " +#~ "Selecteer\n" +#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker " +#~ "(Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" +#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon " +#~ "(Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -6098,9 +6434,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " +#~ "Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " +#~ "there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inbellen op verzoek betekent dat de internetverbinding\n" @@ -6114,7 +6453,8 @@ #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de naamserver\n" +#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de " +#~ "naamserver\n" #~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd." #~ msgid "" @@ -6122,28 +6462,36 @@ #~ "after connecting, disable Automatically Retrieve DNS and\n" #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n" -#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden en\n" +#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding " +#~ "niet\n" +#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden " +#~ "en\n" #~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " +#~ "only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Naamservers zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n" #~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n" -#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft ingeschakeld of\n" +#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft " +#~ "ingeschakeld of\n" #~ "als u DNS wijzigen tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " +#~ "dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " +#~ "this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n" -#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n" +#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de " +#~ "inbelserver uit.\n" +#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, " +#~ "probeer\n" #~ "dan deze optie.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6153,13 +6501,15 @@ #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " +#~ "ingesteld.\n" #~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n" #~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Idle time-out is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n" #~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).\n" @@ -6231,8 +6581,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " +#~ "case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer dynamisch IP-adres wanneer\n" @@ -6242,24 +6594,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " +#~ "static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " +#~ "almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Schakel Peer-DNS gebruiken om uw\n" -#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n" -#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n" +#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit " +#~ "vervangt uw\n" +#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-" +#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n" #~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " +#~ "special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " +#~ "callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n" @@ -6269,12 +6627,14 @@ #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n" +#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem " +#~ "als \n" #~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " +#~ "reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Standaard route voor het instellen van de standaard\n" @@ -6358,7 +6718,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.\n" +#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6367,7 +6728,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n" -#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen</" +#~ "B>.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste provider a.u.b.." @@ -6380,7 +6742,9 @@ #~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in " +#~ "de lijst staat." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Kies één van de beschikbare provider types." @@ -6421,14 +6785,16 @@ #~ "Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" #~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n" +#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit " +#~ "de lijst\n" #~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.\n" #~ msgid "Enter a Provider Name for the provider." #~ msgstr "Geef een providernaam voor de provider op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een providernaam\n" @@ -6436,7 +6802,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " +#~ "for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. RawIP betekent\n" @@ -6451,19 +6818,23 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de Lijn ID\n" #~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het T-online nummer (bijv:870008594732),\n" -#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat " +#~ "moet\n" +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " +#~ "het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " +#~ "het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De gebruikersnaam zal worden uitgebreid\n" @@ -6471,17 +6842,21 @@ #~ "aan het eind." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " +#~ "every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het " +#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n" #~ "Uw\n" -#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n" -#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n" +#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde " +#~ "schijf opslaat.\n" +#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de " +#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n" #~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6574,14 +6949,17 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n" -#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n" +#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het " +#~ "systeem.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " +#~ "field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n" +#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen " +#~ "zijn.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Doorgaan?" @@ -6591,40 +6969,54 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" #~ "(na /) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n" -#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" +#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "AOL-DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " +#~ "need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " +#~ "enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " +#~ "request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" -#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" -#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" -#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n" -#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n" -#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.\n" +#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord " +#~ "op en klik op Verder.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt " +#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" +#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan " +#~ "kunt u de PIN\n" +#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan " +#~ "de AOL hotline en\n" +#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." #~ msgstr "Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" -#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" +#~ "b>)\n" +#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op " +#~ "Verder.\n" #~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6642,11 +7034,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " +#~ "and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" -#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" +#~ "b>)\n" +#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en " +#~ "klik op\n" #~ "Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 @@ -6656,19 +7051,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" +#~ "root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " +#~ "will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Apparaataansturing</big>\n" #~ "Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n" -#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" -#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n" +#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-" +#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" +#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit " +#~ "vereist dat\n" #~ "smpppd is geïnstalleerd en actief is.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -6937,11 +7337,19 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:" @@ -6980,7 +7388,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" #~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" @@ -7013,7 +7422,9 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-" +#~ "instellingen effectief te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" @@ -7079,13 +7490,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " +#~ "to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " +#~ "immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.\n" -#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan " +#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " +#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" #~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. " #~ msgid "" @@ -7096,7 +7511,8 @@ #~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " +#~ "secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "URL van HTTPS-proxy is de naam van de proxyserver\n" @@ -7117,7 +7533,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is ingeschakeld,\n" +#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is " +#~ "ingeschakeld,\n" #~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n" #~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n" @@ -7126,25 +7543,30 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" -#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" +#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de " +#~ "verzoeken\n" +#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " +#~ "maken,\n" #~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: %1.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" #~ "Proxy-gebruikersnaam en Proxy-wachtwoord in. Een geldige\n" -#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" +#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens " +#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Proxyinstellingen testen om\n" -#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen. \n" +#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</" +#~ "p> \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy" @@ -7206,13 +7628,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te " +#~ "bevatten." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL." @@ -7243,23 +7668,29 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " +#~ "example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" +#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " +#~ "toestaan\n" #~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" -#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" +#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een " +#~ "herstart.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " +#~ "address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +#~ "routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" #~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" #~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" +#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk " +#~ "interface.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -7272,7 +7703,8 @@ #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer Automatisch opnieuw verbinden is geactiveerd zal de\n" -#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.\n" +#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</" +#~ "p>\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 #~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 23:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -26,106 +26,108 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NFS-client" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Geconfigureerde NFS-aankoppelpunten weergeven" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-aankoppelpunt toevoegen" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-aankoppelpunt wijzigen" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS-aankoppelpunt verwijderen" #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem (in de vorm 'host:pad')" #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Lokaal aankoppelpunt" #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." +msgstr "" +"Bestandssysteem-id, ondersteund is nfs en nfs4. Standaard waarde is nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Extern bestandssysteem" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Aankoppelpunt" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Onbekende waarde voor optie \"type\"." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Er is geen NFS-aankoppelpunt gespecificeerd." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "Er is geen NFS-aankoppelpunt gevonden dat aan de criteria voldeed." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" -msgstr "Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn meerdere NFS-aankoppelpunten gevonden die aan de criteria voldoen:" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -142,7 +144,7 @@ "Geldig domein: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -151,7 +153,7 @@ "met aankoppelpunt '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -162,76 +164,88 @@ "met een schuine streep (/)." #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "De tabel bevat alle mappen die \n" -"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via NFS (NFS-shares)." +"geëxporteerd zijn vanuit servers op afstand en lokaal aangekoppeld zijn via " +"NFS (NFS-shares)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " +"information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand en\n" +"Elke NFS-share wordt geïdentificeerd door een NFS-serveradres op afstand " +"en\n" "geëxporteerde map, lokale map waar de map op afstand is aangekoppeld, \n" -"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere informatie \n" -"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt>" +"NFS-type (ofwel normaal nfs of nfsv4) en aankoppelopties. Voor verdere " +"informatie \n" +"over het aankoppelen van NFS en aankoppelopties, ga naar <tt>man nfs.</tt></" +"p>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " +"of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op Toevoegen. Om de\n" -"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op Bewerken.\n" -"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met Verwijderen.\n" +"Om een nieuwe NFS-share aan te koppelen, klikt u op Toevoegen. Om " +"de\n" +"configuratie te wijzigen van de huidige gekoppelde share, klik op " +"Bewerken.\n" +"Verwijderen en afkoppelen van een geselecteerde share gaat met " +"Verwijderen.\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " +"need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " +"setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "Als u toegang wilt tot NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 is een nieuwere versie\n" "van het NFS-protocol), activeer dan de optie Schakel NFSv4 in.\n" "In dat geval moet u mogelijk de specifieke NFSv4 Domeinnaam leveren,\n" -"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/map.\n" +"die is vereist voor de juiste instelling van de toegangsrechten van bestand/" +"map.\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-servers" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "&Geëxporteerde mappen" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam van &NFS-server" #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "&Selecteren" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwe&rkmap" @@ -239,48 +253,48 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Selecteren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFS&v4-share" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "&Aankoppelpunt (lokaal)" #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pties" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Er wordt op dit LAN naar hosts gezocht..." #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "Geen NFS-server in uw netwerk gevonden." #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -291,18 +305,18 @@ "die het zoeken op het netwerk kan blokkeren." #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "De maplijst voor \"%1\" wordt ingelezen..." #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Selecteer het aankoppelpunt" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -314,7 +328,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -323,24 +337,27 @@ msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" "vult u het pad in naar de map op de NFS-server. Kies\n" -"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te kiezen.\n" +"Selecteren om een van de geëxporteerde mappen van de server te " +"kiezen.\n" "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " +"directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "Bij Extern bestandssysteem,\n" -"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" +"Bij aankoppelpunt , vult u het pad in van het lokale bestandssysteem " +"waar de map aangekoppeld dient te worden. Met\n" "Bladeren,kunt u het aankoppelpunt interactief \n" "selecteren." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -349,57 +366,57 @@ "voor een lijst met opties." #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Netwerkmap" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS-type" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4-domeinnaam" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&GSS-beveiliging activeren" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS-shares" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS-in&stellingen" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Wilt u %1 echt verwijderen?" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS-clientconfiguratie" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Kon de map '%1' niet aanmaken." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -410,78 +427,80 @@ "aangebracht in de NFS-clientconfiguratie.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Services stoppen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Services starten" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Services worden gestopt..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Services worden gestart..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "De NFS-clientinstellingen worden opgeslagen. Even geduld..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Kon de NFS-velden uit /etc/fstab niet aankoppelen." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-velden" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 items geconfigureerd." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "Een lege optiewaarde is niet toegestaan." #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "\"Onverwachte waarde '#{value}' voor optie '#{key}'\"" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Onbekende optie: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ongeldige optie: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Lege waarde voor optie: '%{key}'" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nis.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-08 09:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ msgstr "" "De optie Broadcast biedt de mogelijkheid\n" "om in het lokale netwerk naar een server te zoeken indien de\n" -"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.\n" +"gespecificeerde server niet reageert. Dit is echter een veiligheidsrisico.</" +"p>\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 @@ -139,18 +140,21 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "&NIS-servers in domein %1" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Firewall-instellingen \n" -"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen dat\n" -"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op Firewall-details\n" +"Stel Open firewall poort in om de firewall zodanig open te stellen " +"dat\n" +"externe computers toegang tot de service 'ypbind' krijgen. Klik op " +"Firewall-details\n" "om de interfaces te selecteren waarvoor de poort geopend moet worden.\n" "Deze optie is alleen beschikaar wanneer de firewall geactiveerd is.\n" @@ -166,25 +170,36 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal is dat\n" -"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde waarden\n" -"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, NetworkManager etc.).\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de NIS-configuratie gewijzigd moet worden. Normaal " +"is dat\n" +"het door het netconfigscript wordt behandeld die statisch hier gedefinieerde " +"waarden\n" +"mengt met de dynamisch verkregen waarden (b.v. als DHCP-cliënt, " +"NetworkManager etc.).\n" "Dit is Standaard beleid en is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" -"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de configuratie te\n" -"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid te kiezen\n" -"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-gescheiden\n" -"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK als\n" +"Door Alleen handmatige wijzigingen zal netconfig niet langer toestaan de " +"configuratie te\n" +"wijzigen. U kunt echter het bestand handmatig bewerken. Door Gebruikerbeleid " +"te kiezen\n" +"kunt u een gebruikerbeleidtekenreeks definiëren die bestaat uit een spatie-" +"gescheiden\n" +"lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK " +"als\n" "voorgedefinieerde speciale waarde. Voor meer informatie, zie de netconfig\n" "handleidingpagina.\n" @@ -212,8 +227,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -msgstr "NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop NFS-configuratie button." +msgid "" +"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"NFS-instellingen die invloed hebben op hoe de automounter werkt kunnen " +"ingesteld worden in NFS-client, die geconfigureerd kan worden met de knop " +"NFS-configuratie button." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:72 #. radio button label @@ -229,7 +250,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS-client" @@ -278,7 +299,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "Zo&eken" @@ -305,11 +326,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NIS gebr&uiken" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." @@ -320,9 +336,14 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS-configuratie..." +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "Auto&mounter starten" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuratie van de NIS-client" @@ -330,12 +351,12 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "Servers zoeken is alleen mogelijk als het domein bekend is." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -346,82 +367,95 @@ "Doorgaan?" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "" +"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken is het voor elke host mogelijk om na te gaan welke " +"server een client gebruikt. Door Externe hosts beantwoorden uit te " +"schakelen zal dit tot de lokale host worden beperkt." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." -msgstr "Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "" +"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Gebroken server wanneer antwoorden van servers, die op een " +"poort zonder privileges draaien, geaccepteerd moeten worden. Het is echter " +"een veiligheidsrisico en het zou beter zijn om zo'n type server te vervangen." +"" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "Bekijk man ypbind voor details over andere opties." #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Externe hosts beant&woorden" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Gebr&oken server" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Andere &ypbind-opties" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servers (gescheiden door spaties of komma's)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Broadcast" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Domeininstellingen" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "&Domeinnaam" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Dit domein is reeds gedefinieerd." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "De opmaak van serveradres '%1' is niet correct." #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -430,56 +464,60 @@ "te activeren. Selecteer slechts één optie." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "Specificeer de servers voor de extra domeinen." #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -msgstr "Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een NIS-server gebruikt worden." +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "" +"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +"" +msgstr "" +"Het Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) kan voor het zoeken naar een " +"NIS-server gebruikt worden." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Extra domeinen" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Domein" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servers" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Toevoegen" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "Wilt u dit domein verwijderen?" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS is nu ingeschakeld." @@ -559,48 +597,48 @@ msgstr "Client ingeschakeld" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NIS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Services stoppen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Services starten" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "De services worden gestopt..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "De services worden gestart..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Instellingen NIS-client worden opgeslagen" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het uitvoeren van ypclient." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-server niet gevonden." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 09:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -34,22 +34,44 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "Druk op Nu synchroniseren om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie NTP-configuratie opslaan." +msgid "" +"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "" +"Druk op Nu synchroniseren om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen " +"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik " +"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie NTP-configuratie opslaan." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de yast2 ntp-client module." +msgid "" +"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "" +"De optie NTP als daemon uitvoeren activeren, betekent dat de NTP-" +"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek " +"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de " +"installatie wijzigen met de yast2 ntp-client module." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "Met de Configureer-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie." +msgid "" +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Met de Configureer-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</" +"p>" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." -msgstr "Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld." +msgid "" +"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een " +"netwerk hebt ingesteld." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -83,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "&Instellen..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -92,18 +114,18 @@ "zonder dat pakket %1 is geïnstalleerd." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Verbinden met de geselecteerde NTP-server is mislukt." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -611,7 +633,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -640,16 +663,22 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " +"activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " +"is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Start de NTP-daemon</big> \n" -"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem geactiveerd moet\n" -"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan opzoeken. Voordat\n" +"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem " +"geactiveerd moet\n" +"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan " +"opzoeken. Voordat\n" "de NTP-daemon start dient de netwerkverbinding opgestart te zijn.\n" -"Bij selectie van Zonder daemon synchroniseren zal de ntp-daemon niet geactiveerd worden. \n" -"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n" +"Bij selectie van Zonder daemon synchroniseren zal de ntp-daemon niet " +"geactiveerd worden. \n" +"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te " +"passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n" " U kunt dit wijzigen wanneer het systeem is ingesteld." #. help text 2/5 @@ -668,16 +697,23 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big> \n" -"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers\n" +"Door het selecteren van NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</" +"b>\n" "voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n" -"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n" -"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host. \n" -"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n" +"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de " +"servers\n" +"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host." +" \n" +"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. " +"Deze\n" "optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -692,22 +728,28 @@ "<big>Instellen via DHCP</big> \n" "Activeer NTP-daemon via DHCP instellen om de informatie\n" "over de NTP-servers via het DHCP-protocol van uw netwerkserver op te halen\n" -"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n" -"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt." +"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder " +"na\n" +"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden " +"wordt." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Geconfigureerde servers</big> \n" -"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op Bewerken om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" -"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" -"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op Verwijderen te klikken." +"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op Bewerken om NTP-" +"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n" +"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe " +"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n" +"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren " +"en op Verwijderen te klikken." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 @@ -716,18 +758,21 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Logbestand weergeven </big>\n" -"Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop Logbestand weergeven.\n" +"Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de " +"knop Logbestand weergeven.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big> \n" "Om deze in te stellen voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n" -"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik Geavanceerde configuratie." +"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik Geavanceerde " +"configuratie." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -753,7 +798,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -762,10 +808,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Klokapparaat</big> \n" "Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n" -"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n" +"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt " +"gemaakt.\n" "Om dit te doen klikt u op Symlink aanmaken en stelt u vervolgens het\n" "Apparaat in. Klik op Bladeren als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n" -"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n" +"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link " +"aan\n" "te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt." #. help text 4/4 @@ -775,7 +823,8 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big> \n" -"Klik op Stuurprogrammacalibratie om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren." +"Klik op Stuurprogrammacalibratie om het klokstuurprogramma te " +"kalibreren." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -801,7 +850,8 @@ "<big>Een server selecteren</big> \n" "Klik op Selecteren om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n" "een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n" -" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server." +" Maak een keuze uit Lokale NTP-server en Publieke NTP-server.</" +"p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -852,7 +902,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -865,18 +916,23 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Toegangscontroleopties</big> \n" -"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt>\n" -"in /etc/ntp.conf) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n" +"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <tt>restrict</tt></" +"b>\n" +"in /etc/ntp.conf) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt " +"aangegeven welke type\n" "acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n" -"ingesteld op notrap nomodify noquery. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" -"als u NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers hebt geselecteerd\n" +"ingesteld op notrap nomodify noquery. Deze optie is alleen " +"beschikbaar\n" +"als u NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers hebt " +"geselecteerd\n" "bij de Veiligheidsinstellingen.\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -930,8 +986,10 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Accepteer broadcast pakketten om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n" -"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen." +"Selecteer Accepteer broadcast pakketten om NTP-packets, die door " +"andere hosts\n" +"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale " +"tijd mee in te stellen." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -957,18 +1015,22 @@ "netwerk</big> \n" "Klik op Opzoeken om met behulp van het\n" "Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n" -"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers." +"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</" +"p>" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</big> \n" -"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke NTP-servers. Om alleen\n" -"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land te selecteren." +"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van Publieke NTP-" +"servers. Om alleen\n" +"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in Land " +"te selecteren." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -985,9 +1047,12 @@ "<big>Opmerking</big> \n" "De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n" "misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n" -"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n" -"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n" -"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" +"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het " +"beste even\n" +"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server " +"dichter bij u in de\n" +"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke " +"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n" "Kijk ook eens op http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt." @@ -998,7 +1063,8 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Server toegankelijkheid testen</big> \n" -"Klik op Test om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert." +"Klik op Test om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste " +"manier reageert." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1006,38 +1072,51 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</big> \n" -"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n" -" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n" -" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" -" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.\n" +"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie " +"selecteert,\n" +" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De " +"servernamen zijn\n" +" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur " +"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n" +" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</" +"p>\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</big> \n" -"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n" -"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n" -"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties." +"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster " +"kunnen diverse calibratie\n" +"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is " +"afhankelijk van het\n" +"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle " +"opties." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.\n" msgstr "" "Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n" "beste het ntp-doc pakket installeren en\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm nader bekijken.</" +"p>\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1370,13 +1449,13 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP-clientconfiguratie initialiseren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen" @@ -1385,19 +1464,19 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "NTP-instellingen lezen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "De NTP-instellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -1408,122 +1487,122 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP-clientconfiguratie opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP-instellingen opslaan" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP-daemon herstarten" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP-daemon wordt opnieuw gestart..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan het dynamische configuratiebeleid niet bijwerken." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan de NTP-daemon niet herstarten." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Wanneer het systeem wordt opgestart zal tevens de NTP-daemon starten." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "De NTP-daemon start niet automatisch." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioklokken: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Broadcast tijdinformatie naar: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepteer broadcast tijdinformatie van: %1" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combineer statische en DHCP-configuratie." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Alleen statische configuratie." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Aangepast configuratiebeleid." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "De DNS-dienst wordt aangepast..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "De server is bereikbaar en reageert goed." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "De server is onbereikbaar of reageert niet goed." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/oneclickinstall.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -43,8 +43,12 @@ msgstr "Bestand waar de interne representatie van een YMP naar toe gaat" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" -msgstr "Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor Eénkliksinstallatie" +msgid "" +"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " +"instructions" +msgstr "" +"Bestand met de interne representatie van instructies voor " +"Eénkliksinstallatie" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -52,11 +56,14 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71 msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:" -msgstr "Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:" +msgstr "" +"Als u verdergaat, dan worden de volgende installatiebronnen toegevoegd:" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" -msgstr "Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:" +msgstr "" +"Als verdergaat, dan zullen de volgende softwarepakketten worden " +"geïnstalleerd op uw systeem:" #. trick ncurses #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:110 @@ -74,7 +81,7 @@ #. Remove any removals #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 msgid "Removing Packages..." msgstr "Verwijderen van pakketten..." @@ -85,7 +92,7 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 msgid "Installing Patterns..." msgstr "Installeren van patronen..." @@ -98,8 +105,8 @@ #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installeren van pakketten..." @@ -110,7 +117,9 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet verwijderen." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: Kan de tijdelijk toegevoegde installatiebronnen niet " +"verwijderen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 @@ -127,8 +136,11 @@ msgstr "Deze assistent zal software op uw computer installeren." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "" +"Zie <tt>http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/One_Click_Install</tt> voor meer " +"informatie." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -202,28 +214,50 @@ msgstr "Installatiestappen" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " +"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het inschrijven bij de vereiste bronnen. " +"Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het verwijderen van de gespecificeerde " +"pakketten. Zie de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde " +"patronen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het installeren van de gespecificeerde " +"pakketten. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " +"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " +"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor tijdens het uitschrijven bij de bronnen die " +"tijdens de installatie zijn gebruikt. U kunt ze handmatig verwijderen in " +"YaST > Installatiebronnen. Bekijk de yast2-logs voor meer informatie." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -260,8 +294,11 @@ msgstr "Installatie is niet mogelijk" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor %s." +msgid "" +"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "" +"De installatie-link of het bestand dat u opende bevat geen instructies voor " +"%s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -290,8 +327,12 @@ msgstr "Niet opnieuw vragen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." -msgstr "Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult niet ingeschreven blijven." +msgid "" +"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " +"remain subscribed." +msgstr "" +"Deze bronnen zullen alleen worden toegevoegd tijdens de installatie. U zult " +"niet ingeschreven blijven." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -299,7 +340,9 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw systeem:" +msgstr "" +"Als u doorgaat zullen de volgende wijzigingen worden aangebracht aan uw " +"systeem:" #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 @@ -339,8 +382,12 @@ msgstr "Installatie is gedeeltelijk gelukt." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: " +msgid "" +"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" +"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "" +"De installatie is mislukt. Zie het logbestand <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> " +"voor meer informatie. Het foutstadium was: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -368,36 +415,36 @@ msgid "Adding repository %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van installatiebron %1" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." msgstr "Fout tijdens het initialiseren van de software-installatiebron." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?" #. * Install all the specified packages #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" msgstr "Pakket %1 wordt gemarkeerd voor installatie" #. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Waarschuwing: pakket %1 kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 msgid "Performing Installation..." msgstr "Uitvoeren van installatie..." #. * Install all the specified patterns #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgstr "Waarschuwing: patroon %1 kan niet worden geïnstalleerd." @@ -407,8 +454,12 @@ msgstr "onbekend" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." -msgstr "Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden." +msgid "" +"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " +"error occurred." +msgstr "" +"Systeembeheerderprivileges (root-rechten) zijn vereist. Ofwel deze zijn niet " +"meegegeven, of er is een onbekende fout opgetreden." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Wacht even terwijl de software wordt geïnstalleerd." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/online-update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-31 00:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -70,8 +70,14 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." -msgstr "Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden gewijzigd in de module Installatiebronnen." +msgid "" +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." +msgstr "" +"Het systeem is bezig met het initialiseren van de installatie- en bronnen " +"voor bijwerken. Installatie- en bronnen voor bijwerken kunnen worden " +"gewijzigd in de module Installatiebronnen." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -166,8 +172,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" +msgid "" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als er speciale berichten bij reparaties horen, zullen ze worden getoond " +"in een extra dialoog als de reparatie wordt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -247,9 +257,13 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" "Pakketten voor pakketbeheer zijn bijgewerkt.\n" "Het bijwerken wordt afgerond en er wordt opnieuw gestart." @@ -260,8 +274,10 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het systeem worden\n" -"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk opnieuw op." +"Voor minstens één van de geïnstalleerde elementen voor bijwerken moet het " +"systeem worden\n" +"herstart om correct te kunnen werken. Start uw systeem zo spoedig mogelijk " +"opnieuw op." #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 @@ -272,7 +288,8 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om goed te kunnen werken:\n" +"Deze elementen voor bijwerken vereisen dat het systeem wordt herstart om " +"goed te kunnen werken:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -281,15 +298,18 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST vereisen.\n" -"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na de herstart.\n" +"Er zijn reparaties beschikbaar voor pakketbeheer, die een herstart van YaST " +"vereisen.\n" +"Deze dienen eerst geïnstalleerd te worden en alle andere reparaties pas na " +"de herstart.\n" "\n" "U hebt enkele andere reparaties geselecteerd om nu te worden geïnstalleerd.\n" "\n" @@ -325,63 +345,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM %1 " #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van delta-RPM-download" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Bezig met toepassen van delta-RPM %1 " #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van toepassen van delta-RPM" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "Bezig met downloaden van patch-RPM %1 " - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "Voortgang van patch-RPM-download" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Voortgang van script-uitvoering" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Bezig met starten van script %1" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -390,7 +395,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." @@ -462,7 +467,8 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Als u de installatie nu afbreekt, zal er geen reparatie geïnstalleerd " +"worden.\n" "Uw systeem zal ongewijzigd blijven.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -533,7 +539,8 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie" +msgstr "" +"Deze patches maken het nodig het syteem opnieuw op te starten na installatie" #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 @@ -543,7 +550,9 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Online bijwerken was niet in staat de selectie van enige patches die een " +"herstart van het systeem nodig maken ongedaan te maken." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 @@ -564,6 +573,15 @@ "\n" "Neem contact met ons op als u verdere assistentie nodig hebt." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "Bezig met downloaden van patch-RPM %1 " + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "Voortgang van patch-RPM-download" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n" #~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 14:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -231,14 +231,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Configuratie van online-bron wordt afgebroken" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken?" @@ -254,49 +254,50 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n" +"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een " +"internetverbinding nodig.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie controleren" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online-bronnen downloaden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt gecontroleerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Lijst met online-bronnen wordt gedownload..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Initialiseren van installatiebronnenbeheer" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Installatiebronnenbeheer wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online-bronnen lezen" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ "en de lijst met servers van het web wordt gedownload.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -314,7 +315,7 @@ "er is geen netwerk geconfigureerd." #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -323,7 +324,7 @@ "waarvan de lijst met bronnen te downloaden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -334,12 +335,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "Aanbevolen: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -350,7 +351,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -369,28 +370,28 @@ "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online-bronnen" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lijst met installatiebronnen" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Installatiebronbeschrijving" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -399,22 +400,30 @@ "Klik op een bron voor details.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op Voltooien.\n" +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op " +"Voltooien.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "Om een bron te verwijderen, deselecteer deze." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lijst met online-bronnen schrijven" @@ -422,10 +431,12 @@ # ik ben voor consequentie met #22, 31 en 30 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron..." +msgstr "" +"Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de " +"installatiebron..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -433,24 +444,24 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van bron %1 is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online-bronnen verwijderen" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Gedeselecteerde online-bronnen worden verwijderd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online-bronnen toevoegen" @@ -458,24 +469,24 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Alle geselecteerde online-bronnen worden toegevoegd..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Bron toevoegen: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Bron toevoegen: %1 ..." #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -506,7 +517,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installeren van pakketten..." @@ -522,8 +533,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -547,8 +562,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -589,8 +604,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -612,7 +631,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -759,24 +778,37 @@ "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</" +"p>\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een " +"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software " +"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de " +"servicebeheerder." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen \n" -"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en specificeer de bron of service.\n" -"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n" +"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en " +"specificeer de bron of service.\n" +"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is " +"ingegeven.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -818,46 +850,70 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen \n" -"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n" -"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" -"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" +"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te " +"verwijderen, gebruik\n" +"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen " +"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" +"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik " +"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van een installatiebron \n" -"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.\n" +"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de " +"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als " +"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste " +"prioriteit gebruikt.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in " +"installatiebronnen en services." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n" +"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om " +"gedownloade\n" "pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n" "kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie." +"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na " +"installatie." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.</" +"P>" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -870,7 +926,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -878,7 +934,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?" @@ -898,7 +954,7 @@ "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -907,40 +963,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Vernieuwen van installatiebronnen" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Vernieuwen van services" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Verversen van installatiebronnen" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Vernieuwen van services" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Verversen van installatiebron %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Service %1 verversen..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Wilt u de geselecteerde bron verwijderen uit de lijst?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -949,7 +1005,7 @@ "installatiebronnen verwijderen?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -958,7 +1014,7 @@ "automatisch vernieuwen worden." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -966,14 +1022,17 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "Installatiebron %1\n" -"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n" +"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd " +"moeten worden.\n" "\n" "Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie\n" +msgstr "" +"Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</" +"p>\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -986,8 +1045,11 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig" +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "" +"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige " +"interventie is nodig" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1003,18 +1065,25 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." -msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." +msgstr "" +"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd " +"worden." #. error message #. error message @@ -1045,7 +1114,8 @@ #. start package manager #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1086,7 +1156,7 @@ "Wilt u het nu proberen?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1094,7 +1164,7 @@ "Kan de online installatiebron voor bijwerken niet\n" "instellen zonder pakket %1 te hebben geïnstalleerd" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1103,7 +1173,7 @@ "dient het pakket %1 te zijn geïnstalleerd" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1135,7 +1205,8 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." +msgstr "" +"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1144,13 +1215,17 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is onbruikbaar." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is " +"onbruikbaar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." +msgstr "" +"Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." #. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 @@ -1172,7 +1247,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n" @@ -1182,24 +1258,31 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op Controle starten\n" +"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op " +"Controle starten\n" "of gebruik Controle ISO-bestand en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n" "De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n" -"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"" #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n" -"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.\n" +"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de " +"installatie.\n" +"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde " +"medium te vervangen.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1212,21 +1295,32 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"" +msgstr "" +"Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het " +"systeem wordt gebruikt." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item " +"medium controleren in het opstartmenu." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw brandsoftware.\n" +"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw " +"brandsoftware.\n" "Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1249,7 +1343,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "Controle &starten" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Uitw&erpen" @@ -1383,7 +1477,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het " +"sleutelbestand op.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1497,7 +1592,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1511,7 +1606,8 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n" +"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1535,77 +1631,87 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Instellingenbestand %1 niet gevonden op de media." +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Niet in staat toegevoegde producten te gebruiken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:66 #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, pad: %2" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Aanvullende producten" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n" "Selecteer diegene die u wilt gebruiken.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Aanvullende te selecteren producten" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Voeg geselecteerde &producten toe" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium voor add-on %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan product %1 niet toevoegen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" @@ -1693,7 +1799,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 msgid "Total" msgstr "Totaal" @@ -1702,195 +1808,241 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Resterend: %1%2 pakketten)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Downloaden van pakketten..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Gedownload %1 van %2 pakketten)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 verwijderen" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 wordt geïnstalleerd (geïnstalleerde grootte %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits " +"distributie te installeren." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na " +"installatie van het systeem." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die " +"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden " +"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter " +"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens " +"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie " +"te starten." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n" "gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n" -"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" +"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er " +"een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Software voorstel" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systeemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patronen: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grootte van de te installeren pakketten: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Downloaden vanaf installatiebronnen op afstand: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" +msgstr "" +"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van " +"nieuwe installatiemedia." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een " +"nieuw installatiemedium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, " +"kan installatie niet starten." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie." +msgstr "" +"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige " +"selectie." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " -msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " +msgstr "" +"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Nieuw product %s zal geïnstalleerd worden" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Product %s zal bijgewerkt worden" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Product %s zal geïnstalleerd blijven" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Waarschuwing: Product %s zal verwijderd worden." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "Fout: Product %s zal automatisch verwijderd worden." +msgstr "" +"Fout: Product %s zal automatisch verwijderd worden." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</" +"b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n" -"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n" -"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n" +"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met " +"producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n" +"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor " +"verwijdering.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Geen bron gevonden op '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1900,31 +2052,31 @@ "webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Opgestart medium wordt geïntegreerd..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integreren van servicepack-installatiebron is mislukt." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Bronnen worden geïnitialiseerd..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-cd 1 plaatsen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 cd 1 niet gevonden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1933,7 +2085,7 @@ "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1942,12 +2094,12 @@ "Het maken van een software voorstel zal opnieuw gestart worden." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "De pakketselectie wordt onderzocht..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1957,14 +2109,18 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename +#. @param [String] license_ident file name #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar." +"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -1998,18 +2154,21 @@ "akkoord gaat zal de configuratie afgebroken worden.\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie van het addon-product afbreken?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2018,7 +2177,7 @@ "Wijst u de licentie toch af?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2028,12 +2187,19 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt afgesloten..." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" + #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2092,110 +2258,104 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Delta-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Downloaden van delta-RPM is mislukt: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Kon delta-RPM niet toepassen: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "Zoeken met &SLP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "&Installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Extensies en modulen uit de registratieserver..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "&URL opgeven..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 -msgid "&NFS..." +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&Cd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&Dvd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Harde schijf..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB massaopslag (USB-stick, -schijf)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokale map..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokale ISO-image..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen &downloaden" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2204,7 +2364,7 @@ "van het medium bevat, selecteer ISO-image." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2213,87 +2373,87 @@ "bevindt, stel dan de locatie van het eerste medium van de set in.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernaam" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar map of ISO-image" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4 Protocol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standaard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL van installatiebron" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL van installatiebron" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Installatiebron-URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Cd- of dvd-medium" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harde schijf" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-stick of -schijf" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokale map" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokale ISO-image" @@ -2302,57 +2462,64 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server en map" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "De naam van de bron mag niet leeg zijn." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Installatieb&ronnaam" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bronnaam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. " +"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of " +"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Service naam" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Service naam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als " +"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam " +"gebruiken.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "De URL mag niet leeg zijn." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2364,16 +2531,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Bewerk delen van de URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Bewerk de gehele URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2383,43 +2550,47 @@ "Gebruik Servernaam en Pad naar map of ISO-image\n" " om de hostnaam van de NFS-server en het pad op de server te specificeren." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opties voor aankoppelen</big> \n" -"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n" -"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" +"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume " +"specificeren.\n" +"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is " +"aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" "voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Cd- of dvd-media</big> \n" -"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren." +"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren.</" +"p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-imagebestand" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2428,7 +2599,7 @@ "of de map bestaat niet.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2437,7 +2608,7 @@ "of het bestand bestaat niet.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2448,17 +2619,17 @@ "Toch gebruiken?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pad naar map" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Gewone R&PM-map" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2473,20 +2644,20 @@ "Gewone RPM-map.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB massaopslagapparaat" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Bestandssysteem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Map" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2498,15 +2669,17 @@ msgstr "" "<big>USB-stick of -schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" -"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te " +"specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2517,11 +2690,11 @@ "bepaald bestandssysteem gebruiken selecteer dat dan uit de lijst.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Schijfapparaat" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2534,18 +2707,19 @@ "<big>Schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" "Stel Pad naar map in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pad naar ISO-image" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2556,73 +2730,73 @@ "het bestand met de ISO-image van het installatiemedium te specificeren." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&naam" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Poort" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Share" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-image" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Map op de server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Verificatie" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anoniem" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domein" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2630,7 +2804,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2647,23 +2822,25 @@ "van het medium bevat, selecteer ISO-image.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te " +"stellen.\n" "Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Ik zou een extra add-on-product willen installeren" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2674,7 +2851,7 @@ "of de harde schijf." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2685,7 +2862,7 @@ "moet u de product-cd-set of -dvd bij de hand houden." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2701,7 +2878,7 @@ "volstaat de opgave van het basispad.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2714,53 +2891,63 @@ "cd zich bevinden, zoals /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Selecteer het type medium." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Plaats de addon-product-cd" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Plaats de addon-product-dvd" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Geen USB-schijf gedetecteerd." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Bestanden downloaden \n" "Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n" -"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de bestanden\n" +"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de " +"bestanden\n" "te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n" -"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n" +"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden " +"wanneer\n" "ze later nodig zijn.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Mediatype" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Add-on product" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2863,7 +3050,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Station om uit te werpen" @@ -2976,6 +3163,12 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselecteer een aantal pakketten." +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "Downloaden van patch-RPM is mislukt: %1" + #~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" #~ msgstr "&Nee, ik ga niet akkoord" @@ -3055,18 +3248,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " +#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Pakketzoeken</big> \n" -#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" +#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te " +#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE " +#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " +#~ "the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Beveiliging</big> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n" -#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n" +#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron " +#~ "van\n" #~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n" #~ "installeren van dit soort software.\n" @@ -3080,7 +3279,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Zoeken is mislukt" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria " +#~ "voldoen." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3091,7 +3292,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n" +#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het " +#~ "sleutelbestand.\n" #~ "Activeer het keuzevakje Vertrouwd aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3112,10 +3314,12 @@ #~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " +#~ "Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet " +#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n" #~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3129,21 +3333,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..." #~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." -#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #~ msgid "Search &In" #~ msgstr "Zoeken &in" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " +#~ "They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " +#~ "connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n" +#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste " +#~ "initiële\n" #~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n" #~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n" -#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." +#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." +#~ "" #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 18:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -33,40 +33,65 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." -msgstr "<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit kan even duren..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " +"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " +"while..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</BIG>Het laden van " +"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit " +"kan even duren..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." -msgstr "<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " +"reading installed packages..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</BIG>De " +"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." -msgstr "<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</BIG>Een nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " +"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " +"packages in the repository..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</BIG>Een " +"nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de " +"lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "<BIG>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</BIG>De pakketbeheerder " +"is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." -msgstr "<BIG>Verversen van de installatiebron</BIG>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating the repository content..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Verversen van de installatiebron</BIG>De " +"pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</" +"P>" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Het pakket kan niet geselecteerd worden voor installatie." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Het pakket is niet beschikbaar." #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "Kan geen verbinding met de pakketbeheerder krijgen" @@ -94,7 +119,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "Download beschrijvingen" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "Opnieuw bouwen van de cache" @@ -108,17 +133,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "Bron toegevoegen..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "Downloaden" #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "Vernieuwen van metagegevens" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "Vernieuwen installatiebron ..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-18 19:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -74,17 +74,26 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet " +"geïnstalleerd)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet geïnstalleerd)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "" +"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet " +"geïnstalleerd)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor printen)." +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" +"Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor " +"printen)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -126,7 +135,9 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale cupsd)." +msgstr "" +"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale " +"cupsd)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -188,27 +199,35 @@ #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers" +msgstr "" +"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "" +"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt " +"ingeplugd" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" -msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie" +msgid "" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" +msgstr "" +"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-" +"printerconfiguratie" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -218,18 +237,23 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." -msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het " +"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -415,7 +439,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Selecteer een stuurprogramma." @@ -423,7 +447,9 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)" +msgstr "" +"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het " +"ondersteunen)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -461,8 +487,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Niets geselecteerd" @@ -514,8 +540,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam." +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "" +"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de " +"wachtrijnaam." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -537,8 +567,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze " +"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -584,8 +618,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" +msgstr "" +"Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij " +"of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -594,7 +632,9 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe" +msgstr "" +"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander " +"apparaatstuurprogramma toe" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -636,21 +676,27 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en " +"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "Geen opties voor apparaatbesturing beschikbaar" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie." +msgstr "" +"Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe " +"configuratie." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -662,8 +708,11 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" +"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-" +"wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -675,7 +724,9 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden." +msgstr "" +"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou " +"moeten worden." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -784,8 +835,11 @@ msgstr "S&topbits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een " +"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -867,8 +921,12 @@ msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-" +"printer-share te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -936,7 +994,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-" +"afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -972,12 +1032,18 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " +"kunnen drukken." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend is niet geïnstalleerd." @@ -986,135 +1052,136 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programma (/path/to/command?option=value) [procent-gecodeerd]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te " +"kunnen drukken." + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" +msgstr "" +"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Schakel de wachtrij nooit uit" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Aantal nieuwe pogingen ('0' betekent geen limiet)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Vertraging in seconden tussen pogingen" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Selecteer een specifieke verbindingstype." #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "&Verbindingstype" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Direct aangesloten apparaten" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "Parallelle poort" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB-poort" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP-apparaten (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "Seriële poort" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "Zoek toegang tot de netwerkprinter of doos met printserver via" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) protocol" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Afdrukken via printservermachine" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Traditionele UNIX-server (LPR/LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS-server (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Speciaal" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Specificeer willekeurige apparaat-URI" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Zend de printdata naar een ander programma (pipe)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Zet de Backend Error Handler (beh) erachter" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Verbinding instellingen" @@ -1129,7 +1196,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Verbindingsassistent" @@ -1138,12 +1205,12 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "In CUPS versie 1.5 is SCSI-printer-ondersteuning vervallen." #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1156,13 +1223,13 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1172,13 +1239,13 @@ "om toegang tot het apparaat te krijgen via dit type verbinding.\n" "Was de printer al de tijd verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Selecteer een geldige verbinding" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1188,41 +1255,49 @@ "dan is het apparaat niet langer te gebruiken via deze verbinding.\n" "Is de printer nog steeds verbonden en ingeschakeld?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "Het serieële apparaat en baudrate mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." +msgstr "" +"De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" +"De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en " +"1 stopbit." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Het bluetooth-apparaat-ID mag niet leeg zijn." #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en printer mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord moeten beiden gespecificeerd worden." #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam mag niet leeg zijn." @@ -1232,30 +1307,31 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Servernaam en wachtrij mogen niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." +msgstr "" +"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "Mag niet leeg zijn." #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Selecteer een fabrikant of 'raw queue'." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Zoek alle hosts op in het lokale network" @@ -1264,11 +1340,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1277,25 +1353,25 @@ "Dit kan meer dan een minuut duren." #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via TCP-poort %1" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via Samba (SMB)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 515 (LPD/LPR)" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "Naar hosts scannen die toegankelijk zijn via poort 631 (CUPS/IPP)" @@ -1305,7 +1381,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1315,7 +1391,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest voor poort '%1' op host '%2' is mislukt." @@ -1325,14 +1401,14 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest voor wachtrij '%1' op host '%2' is mislukt." #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1346,32 +1422,39 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." +msgstr "" +"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Toegangstest voor share '%1' op host '%2' is mislukt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:821 #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Test OK" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-" +"printing zijn geïnstalleerd." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." +msgstr "" +"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle " +"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1470,7 +1553,8 @@ #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" -msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's" +msgstr "" +"Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's" #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. #. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text @@ -1516,67 +1600,64 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "SpliX apparaatstuurprogramma voor SPL-printers zonder JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Stel een printerbeschrijvingsbestand beschikbaar" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "Printerbeschrijvings&bestandsnaam met volledig pad naar zijn locatie" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Bladeren" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Selecteer een printerbeschrijvingsbestand" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "Geen toegang tot '%1'" #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand toch gebruiken ondanks de fouten?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen." +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig " +"falen." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Het beschikbaar stellen van een printerbeschrijvingsbestand is mislukt" @@ -1591,7 +1672,9 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor wachtrij %1." +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor " +"wachtrij %1." #. Read dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 @@ -1622,12 +1705,14 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1635,10 +1720,14 @@ "Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij. \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" -"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde " +"printer.\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " +"kleurenprinter\n" +"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript" +"+PCL printer\n" +"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig " +"printen.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1658,9 +1747,11 @@ "<big>Gebruik van wachtrijen op afstand:</big> \n" "Wachtrijen op afstand bestaan op andere hosts in het netwerk\n" "daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host. \n" -"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n" +"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze " +"host\n" "en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n" -"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n" +"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een " +"printer\n" "die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand. \n" "\n" @@ -1674,7 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Een printer configureren:</big> \n" -"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n" +"Druk op Toevoegen om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een " +"printer.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1750,7 +1842,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big> \n" -"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk. \n" +"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het " +"netwerk. \n" "Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n" "" @@ -1761,27 +1854,38 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +" \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big> \n" -"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij. \n" +"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij." +" \n" "Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n" "de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden. \n" -"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n" +"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde " +"printerapparaat.\n" +"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende " +"printerstuurprogramma's\n" "gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n" -"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n" -"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een " +"kleurenprinter\n" +"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met " +"een PCL-aansturing\n" +"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere " +"kwaliteit,\n" "of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n" "tweezijdig printen.\n" "" @@ -1807,7 +1911,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1815,22 +1920,28 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " +"het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " +"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n" "en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " +"voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " +"apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n" "\n" @@ -1841,7 +1952,8 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1866,7 +1978,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1888,49 +2001,66 @@ "\n" "Het stuurprogramma bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n" "printer-model worden geproduceerd. \n" -"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n" -"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of helemaal niets laat zien. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n" +"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde " +"gegevens naar de printer\n" +"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of " +"helemaal niets laat zien. \n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam " +"die komt uit de\n" "automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n" -"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" +"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving " +"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n" "Deze worden standaard getoond. \n" -"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" "en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n" -"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" +"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de " +"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n" "De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n" -"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n" +"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er " +"handmatig\n" "naar zoeken en deze selecteren. \n" -"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n" +"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat " +"niet\n" "noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n" "Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n" "helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n" "De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n" "werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de " +"stuurprogramma)\n" "zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden. \n" "Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n" "tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n" -"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" -"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n" +"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde model-naam\n" +"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is " +"voor dat model.\n" +"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de " +"stuurprogramma\n" "van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n" "U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n" "en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken. \n" "Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n" "zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n" -"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" -"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n" +"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke " +"printer.\n" +"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de " +"stuurprogramma\n" "overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n" "U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n" -"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" +"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de " +"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n" "waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n" "(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n" -"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n" +"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of " +"Letter,\n" "dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n" -"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n" +"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' " +"dialoog.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -2000,10 +2130,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run hp-setup \n" -"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n" +"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door run hp-" +"setup \n" +"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal " +"ondersteuning\n" "bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n" -"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n" +"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP " +"en\n" "op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n" "Verder levert 'hp-setup' bettere ondersteuning voor het instellen\n" "van HP-netwrrkprinters en HP-all-in-one netwerkapparaten\n" @@ -2031,7 +2164,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2039,8 +2173,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2070,43 +2206,58 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar " +"het printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar " +"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n" "zodat er niet geprint kan worden. \n" "Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n" "dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding. \n" "In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n" "'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n" "De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n" -"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n" -"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n" +"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar " +"voor iets anders\n" +"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one " +"apparaat)\n" "moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt. \n" "Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n" "zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n" -"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n" -"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n" +"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw " +"geselecteerde verbinding\n" +"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen " +"overeenkomen\n" "met de modelnaam. \n" -"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" -"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n" -"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n" -"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n" -"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n" +"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de " +"automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n" +"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde " +"model horen,\n" +"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke " +"stuurprogramma\n" +"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte " +"stuurprpgramma).\n" +"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke " +"stuurprogramma is\n" "voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n" "Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n" "in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n" "De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n" "alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n" -"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n" +"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de " +"stuurprogramma's)\n" "zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n" "over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen. \n" "Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n" "en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n" "tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer. \n" -"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" -"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" +"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch " +"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n" +"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma " +"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n" "Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n" "verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " +"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "\n" @@ -2117,9 +2268,12 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +" \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2128,7 +2282,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +" \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2136,7 +2291,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2146,12 +2302,17 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n" +"Het stuurprogramma bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor " +"het\n" "specifieke printermodel. \n" -"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n" -"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of helemaal geen printout. \n" -"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n" -"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen. \n" +"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data " +"naar de printer gezonden\n" +"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of " +"helemaal geen printout. \n" +"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen " +"ervoor wijzigen\n" +"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu " +"wijzigen. \n" "Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n" "Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n" "moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer. \n" @@ -2160,20 +2321,28 @@ "zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" "Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n" "met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n" -"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken. \n" +"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te " +"verwerken. \n" "Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n" "dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n" "zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n" "(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n" -"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n" +"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's " +"wijzigen\n" "door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken. \n" -"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n" -"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n" -"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n" +"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma " +"ingevuld\n" +"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding " +"niet is gewijzigd.\n" +"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat " +"overeenkomt\n" "zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n" -"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n" -"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" -"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n" +"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer " +"zoeken.\n" +"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen " +"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n" +"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een " +"geschikt stuurprogramma\n" "en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n" "" @@ -2182,8 +2351,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " +"location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2196,13 +2367,19 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n" -"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor beschrijving en locatie.\n" -"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n" +"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet " +"kiezen,\n" +"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor " +"beschrijving en locatie.\n" +"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de " +"printerdialoog.\n" "Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n" -"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n" -"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n" -"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n" +"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan " +"gebruiken,\n" +"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale " +"tekens\n" +"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII " +"spatie (hex 20)).\n" "Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n" "(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n" "en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n" @@ -2225,13 +2402,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big> \n" -"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n" +"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te " +"laten omdat\n" "de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen. \n" "Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n" "ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n" "kan specificeren voor elke individuele printout. \n" -"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n" -"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n" +"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de " +"papiergrootte\n" +"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de " +"printer.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2249,10 +2429,12 @@ "\n" "Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n" "onverwachte gevolgen. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n" +"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een " +"laserprinter\n" "als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n" "pagina's te verwerken. \n" -"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n" +"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam " +"zijn\n" "op een inkjetprinter.\n" "\n" @@ -2270,13 +2452,19 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" -"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen. \n" +"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke " +"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n" +"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te " +"verkrijgen. \n" "In het bijzinder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n" -"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n" -"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden. \n" -"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" -"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n" +"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan " +"moeten de\n" +"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast " +"worden. \n" +"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op " +"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n" +"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex " +"printen negeren.\n" "\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: @@ -2294,7 +2482,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big> \n" -"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" +"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden. \n" "Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n" "en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n" @@ -2351,8 +2540,10 @@ "Het simpele instellen zal wel werken maar het actuele printen\n" "zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n" "Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n" -"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n" -"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n" +"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende " +"stuurprogramma.\n" +"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste " +"plaats\n" "als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert. \n" "Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n" "voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n" @@ -2366,37 +2557,82 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Specificeer de verbinding</big> \n" -"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat. \n" -"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n" +"De verbinding bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het " +"printerapparaat. \n" +"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het " +"apparaat\n" "gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" +#| "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" +#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +#| "transfer,\n" +#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" +#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +#| " \n" +#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters " +#| "like\n" +#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals " +#| "sign '='. \n" +#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +#| "'?')\n" +#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so " +#| "that\n" +#| "a full device URI could be for example: \n" +#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +#| "waitprinter=false \n" +#| "Some examples: \n" +#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +#| "may have a device URI like: \n" +#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +" \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2412,21 +2648,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printerapparaat-URI</big> \n" -"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI. \n" -"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van dataoverdracht,\n" +"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde apparaat-URI." +" \n" +"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van " +"dataoverdracht,\n" "bijvoorbeeld 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'. \n" "Na het schema staan meer of minder extra componenten\n" "die de details specificeren voor dit soort van gegevensoverdracht. \n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n" "Daarom moet een spatie in een waarde voor een URI-component gecodeerd\n" "worden als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van een spatie). \n" -"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens\n" -"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of is-gelijk '='. \n" -"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n" +"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde " +"tekens\n" +"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of " +"is-gelijk '='. \n" +"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een " +"vraagteken '?')\n" "in de vorm van 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n" "een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld zou kunnen zijn: \n" -"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" -"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-encoding).\n" +"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" +"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-" +"encoding).\n" "Enige voorbeelden: \n" "Een USB printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n" "met serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan een apparaat-URI hebben zoals: \n" @@ -2521,9 +2764,11 @@ "<big>Procent codering</big> \n" "Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n" -"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n" +"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle " +"staan\n" "(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n" -"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n" +"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op " +"afstand\n" "maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n" "Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n" "Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n" @@ -2531,7 +2776,8 @@ "Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n" "zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n" "(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n" -"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n" +"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet " +"significant daar).\n" "Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n" "te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk. \n" "Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n" @@ -2543,10 +2789,14 @@ "(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n" "Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n" "automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n" -"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n" -"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n" -"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI. \n" +"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-" +"gecodeerd),\n" +"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd " +"worden.\n" +"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier " +"is hoe\n" +"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI." +" \n" "Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoelt is om meer dan een\n" "enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n" "(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n" @@ -2587,7 +2837,8 @@ "at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40 \n" "linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B \n" "rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D \n" -"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op \n" +"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' " +"op \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2596,64 +2847,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"" msgstr "" -"\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big> \n" -"Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n" -"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n" -"Bijvoorbeeld: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n" -"Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk geen communicatie\n" -"met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden gezonden. \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de backend-hp\n" -"dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" -"Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP. \n" -"In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n" -"worden gewoonlijk niet automatisch gedetecteerd zodat de apparaat-URI\n" -"handmatig gespecificeerd moet worden.\n" -"De seriële apparaat-URI-parameters moeten overeenkomen met\n" -"wat de seriële port in the printer vereist,\n" -"zie de handleiding van uw seriële printer.\n" -"Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in werkelijkheid\n" -"naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2690,7 +2894,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big> \n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een " +"printserverdoos</big> \n" "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n" "en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n" "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n" @@ -2700,14 +2905,16 @@ "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n" -"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n" +"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare " +"protocol.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer \n" "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol \n" "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n" -"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n" +"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere " +"manier.\n" "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n" "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n" "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n" @@ -2716,7 +2923,8 @@ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n" "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n" -"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n" +"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de " +"leverancier\n" "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource \n" @@ -2727,7 +2935,96 @@ "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" +#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +#| "means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" +#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +#| "provides in your particular network: \n" +#| "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a SMB printer share. \n" +#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +#| "is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +#| "must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" +#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +#| "would not work. \n" +#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" +#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" +#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" +#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" +#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer" +#| "%201000%2B \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +#| "Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries." +#| " \n" +#| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" +#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +#| "CUPS Server \n" +#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +#| "in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" +#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" +#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +#| "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" +#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" +#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" +#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" +#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" +#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" +#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2737,7 +3034,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2780,7 +3078,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2799,36 +3098,26 @@ "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" "The matching device URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -"Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is: \n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big> \n" +"<big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></" +"b> \n" "In tegenstelling tot een printserverdoos is een printserver-machine\n" "een echte computer die een printservice biedt. \n" "Toegang gaat via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n" "Vraag uw netwerkbeheerder wat elke printserver-machine\n" "levert in uw specifieke netwerk: \n" "Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot een SMB-printer-share.\n" +"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot " +"een SMB-printer-share.\n" "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'smb'die gekoppeld is aan\n" "het <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programma dat in werkelijkheid de gegevens\n" "naar een SMB-printer-share zendt. \n" "Een servernaam en een printer-share-naam en optioneel een werkgroepnaam\n" "zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" "Verder kan een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord nodig zijn voor toegang>.\n" -"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie eerder). \n" +"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie " +"eerder). \n" "Standaard voert CUPS backends uit (hier smbspool) als gebruiker 'lp'.\n" "Bij afdrukken in een Active Directory (R) omgeving (AD)\n" "is het de gebruiker 'lp' niet toegestaan om in deze omgeving\n" @@ -2841,10 +3130,12 @@ "die een omhulling is om smbspool uit te voeren als de originele\n" "gebruiker die een bepaalde afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n" "Wanneer het Kerberos protocol voor authenticatie wordt gebruikt\n" -"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" (TGT)\n" +"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket" +"\" (TGT)\n" "via de schermbeheerder bij aanmelden in het bureaublad van Gnome of KDE.\n" "Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de originele gebruiker die een\n" -"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze gebruiker\n" +"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze " +"gebruiker\n" "krijgen en gebruiken om het door te geven in de afdrukgegevens naar de\n" "SMB-printer-share zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-authenticatie.\n" "In dit geval is er geen vaste gebruikersnaam of een vast wachtwoord\n" @@ -2857,13 +3148,16 @@ "direct naar de SMB printer-share in de AD-omgeving zenden.\n" "Het werkt dus specifiek niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n" "waar gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen niet zijn aangemeld. \n" -"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI: \n" +"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:" +" \n" "smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtswoord@werkgroep/server/printer \n" "Bijvoorbeeld 'John Doe' met wachtwoord '@thuis!' zou er zoiets uitzien\n" -"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' als:\n" +"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' " +"als:\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>man smbspool</tt> en \n" -"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share \n" +"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share \n" "Traditionele UNIX Server (LPR) \n" "Een Line Printer Daemon (LPD) draait op een traditionele UNIX-server\n" "en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" @@ -2873,7 +3167,8 @@ "CUPS-server \n" "Gewoonlijk zou u geen lokale printwachtrij op moeten zetten voor\n" "toegang tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server op afstand. In plaats\n" -"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog Printen via het network.\n" +"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog Printen via het network</" +"b>.\n" "Alleen als u echt weet dat u een lokale printwachtrij\n" "op moet zetten om toegang te hebben tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server\n" "op afstand ga dan hier verder. \n" @@ -2888,7 +3183,8 @@ "<tt>nprint</tt> programma draait dat werkelijk de data naar\n" "een Novell Netware printwachtrij zendt.\n" "Een servernaam en een printerwachtrijnaam is nodig voor toegang.\n" -"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor toegang.\n" +"Verder is een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord mogelijk vereist voor " +"toegang.\n" "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" "novell://gebruikersnaam:wachtwoord@server/wachtrij \n" "Voor meer informatie kijk naar <tt>man nprint</tt> en\n" @@ -2896,7 +3192,49 @@ "" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" +#| "Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" +#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" +#| "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +#| "the program that you specified here.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +#| "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" +#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" +#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +#| "which is then called by beh.\n" +#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +#| "The matching device URI is: \n" +#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" +#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" +#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +#| "to call the backend. \n" +#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" +#| "Example: \n" +#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +#| "delay\n" +#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +#| "and the print job is lost. \n" +#| "For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +#| "beh</tt> and \n" +#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" +#| "BackendErrorHandler\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2910,7 +3248,7 @@ "The matching device URI is: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" @@ -2929,10 +3267,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2942,7 +3282,8 @@ "als u het exact juiste apparaat-URI weet voor uw specifieke geval\n" "of om een bestaande apparaat-URI op een speciale manier te wijzigen. \n" "Zend printdata naar een ander programma (pipe) \n" -"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden geïnstalleerd.\n" +"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden " +"geïnstalleerd.\n" "Het pakket biedt de CUPS-backend-'pipe' die\n" "het programma draait dat u hier specificeert.\n" "De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is: \n" @@ -2964,22 +3305,26 @@ "in geval van een fout. '0' betekent een oneindig aantal pogingen. \n" "Vertraging is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n" "om de backend aan te roepen. \n" -"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk had. \n" +"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk " +"had. \n" "Voorbeeld: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer \n" "De beh backend probeert een netwerkprinter 3 keer met 5 seconden vertraging\n" -"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n" +"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet " +"uitgeschakeld\n" "worden en gaat de printjob verloren. \n" -"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en \n" +"Voor meer informatie kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " +"en \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +" \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3014,19 +3359,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Printen via het netwerk</big> \n" -"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk. \n" +"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te " +"printen via het netwerk. \n" "Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n" "voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk. \n" -"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n" -"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n" +"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk " +"bekend maken\n" +"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) " +"draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631. \n" "Betreffende de firewall: \n" -"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin printers\n" -"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n" +"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin " +"printers\n" +"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde " +"gebruikers\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n" "Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n" -"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd. \n" +"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd." +" \n" "Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n" "die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n" @@ -3041,14 +3392,15 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall. \n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3066,23 +3418,28 @@ "\n" "Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n" "maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n" -"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n" +"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan " +"accepteren\n" "(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n" -"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n" +"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-" +"servers\n" "verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan). \n" -"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n" +"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-" +"proces\n" "gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n" "Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n" "seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +" \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3092,20 +3449,25 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n" -"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n" -"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n" +"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server " +"hebt,\n" +"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon " +"te\n" +"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-" +"server\n" "te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben. \n" "Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n" "(totdat er een timeout optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n" "proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n" "(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het timeout\n" -"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n" -"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n" +"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat " +"het kan\n" +"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/" +"hosts te hebben.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3130,58 +3492,71 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big> \n" +"<big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></" +"b> \n" "Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n" -"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk. \n" -"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n" -"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n" +"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te " +"maken via het netwerk. \n" +"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het " +"netwerk\n" +"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces " +"(cupsd) draaien\n" "die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers. \n" "CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +" \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n" -"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij cliënten. \n" +"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te " +"hebben\n" +"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij " +"cliënten. \n" "In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n" "en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n" "en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts. \n" "Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n" -"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n" -"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen te\n" -"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct toegang\n" +"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-" +"browsing.\n" +"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen " +"te\n" +"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct " +"toegang\n" "hebben tot de server.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3217,7 +3592,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3258,7 +3633,8 @@ "op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk. \n" "Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n" "(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n" -"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n" +"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers " +"fysieke\n" "toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen. \n" "Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n" "via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n" @@ -3277,14 +3653,15 @@ "Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n" "fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n" "verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n" -"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall. \n" +"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n" "artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n" "" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3296,21 +3673,46 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS bewerkingbeleid</big> \n" -"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n" +"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen " +"CUPS.\n" "Zulke bewerkingen zijn bijvoorbeeld 'print iets', 'annuleer een printout',\n" "'configureer een printer', 'wijzig of verwijder een printerconfiguratie'\n" "en 'schakel printen in of uit'.\n" "" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" +#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" +#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" +#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" +#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +#| " \n" +#| "The following error policies exist: \n" +#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" +#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +#| "default). \n" +#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -3323,7 +3725,8 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3345,12 +3748,13 @@ " \n" "Het foutenbeleid dat gebruikt kan worden is: \n" "Stop de printer en bewaar de job voor later. \n" -"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 seconden als standaard). \n" +"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 " +"seconden als standaard). \n" "Breek de job af en gooi deze weg en ga verder met de volgende job.\n" "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3368,7 +3772,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big> \n" +"<big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></" +"b> \n" "Activeer het keuzevakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n" "voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren. \n" "Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n" @@ -3383,7 +3788,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3407,9 +3812,11 @@ "<big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big> \n" "Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n" "automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden. \n" -"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd. \n" -"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n" +"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al " +"geïnstalleerd\n" "en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd. \n" "Als udev-configure-printer is geïnstalleerd, dan gebeurt\n" "het automatische instellen van de USB printer via de items\n" @@ -3508,13 +3915,17 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n" -"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n" -"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" +"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te " +"zijn.\n" +"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk " +"is.\n" +"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " +"mislukkingen.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3534,14 +3945,18 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort (631).\n" -"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar luistert.\n" +"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort " +"(631).\n" +"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar " +"luistert.\n" "Dit kan gebeuren als er een 'Listen ...:1234' of 'Port 1234' instelling is\n" "(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n" "in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n" "De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n" -"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n" -"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n" +"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere " +"mislukkingen.\n" +"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-" +"printermodule\n" "niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n" #. Busy message: @@ -3551,71 +3966,84 @@ "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n" +"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot " +"de CUPS-server...\n" "(dit kan enige tijd duren)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "De niet-toegankelijke CUPS-server '%1' niet langer gebruiken?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt." +msgstr "" +"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt " +"gebruikt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen " +"en mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-server %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Testen of de CUPS-server toegankelijk is..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Selecteer een item." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Kan niet verwijderen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " +"verwijderd worden." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Verwijdering bevestigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." -msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +msgid "" +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." +msgstr "" +"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet " +"hersteld worden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Verwijder configuratie %1" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Verwijder het niet" @@ -3626,60 +4054,67 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Verwijdering van een klasse bevestigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." -msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." +msgstr "" +"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Weigeren van printjobs" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Afdrukken uitgeschakeld" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." -msgstr "Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de testpagina is geprint." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +msgid "" +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de " +"testpagina is geprint." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Verwijder wachtende printjobs voor %1" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Verwijder deze voor het afdrukken van de testpagina" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Print de testpagina na de andere jobs" @@ -3687,7 +4122,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van wachtende jobs voor %1 is mislukt." @@ -3706,28 +4141,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Printen testen" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Print één of twee pagina's bijv. om dubbelzijdig afdrukken te testen" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Één testpagina" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Twee testpagina's" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Afdrukken van testpagina voor %1 is mislukt." @@ -3735,25 +4170,26 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Wacht totdat de afdrukken van de testpagina klaar is" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." +msgstr "" +"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is gelukt" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is mislukt" @@ -3773,55 +4209,68 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Er zijn wachtende jobs die nu verwijderd zouden kunnen worden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Verwijder alle wachtende jobs" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Verwijder ze niet" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" +"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 " +"(alleen Engels)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "" +"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +msgid "" +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van " +"de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het " +"toevoegen van een configuratie." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Kan niet wijzigen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden." +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "" +"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen " +"gewijzigd worden." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -3876,8 +4325,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." -msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen " +"van beleid voor het lokale systeem." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -3888,7 +4341,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. #. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. @@ -3978,7 +4432,9 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden " +"door spatie)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -4015,7 +4471,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst van deze dialoog." +msgstr "" +"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst " +"van deze dialoog." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4034,7 +4492,8 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." +msgstr "" +"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -4049,7 +4508,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was " +"uitgeschakeld." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4067,7 +4528,9 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4077,7 +4540,8 @@ #. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. #. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: @@ -4088,7 +4552,9 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4114,7 +4580,8 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4141,7 +4608,9 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand " +"zijn toegestaan:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4199,20 +4668,28 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" +"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden " +"door een spatie)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgid "" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" +msgstr "" +"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen " +"(gescheiden door een spatie)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." -msgstr "&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface." +msgstr "" +"&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface." #. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 @@ -4228,7 +4705,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 @@ -4239,19 +4718,23 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is " +"mislukt" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4261,8 +4744,12 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." +msgstr "" +"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde " +"lokale printerconfiguraties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -4402,7 +4889,9 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is " +"mislukt." #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see #. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: @@ -4452,7 +4941,9 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is mislukt)." +msgstr "" +"Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is " +"mislukt)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -4515,13 +5006,17 @@ #. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." -msgstr "Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is " +"mislukt." #. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. #. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige " +"apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4530,125 +5025,58 @@ msgstr "Overeenkomende printerstuurprogramma's worden vastgesteld..." #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'." +msgstr "" +"Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of " +"probeer 'Meer zoeken'." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." -msgstr "Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." +msgstr "" +"Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Toevoegen van wachtrij %1 is mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Verwijderen van configuratie %1 is mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." -msgstr "Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt." #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nieuwe waarde" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "opgeslagen waarde" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk via poort 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test Server" +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "&Test-server" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' antwoord op een 'ping' in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen antwoord op een 'ping'in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is bekend in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is niet bekend in het netwerk." - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'netcat' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'netcat' is vereist voor een echte test." - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'ping' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'iputils' is verreist voor een echte test." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk." - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "Kan het programma 'host' niet uitvoeren." - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'bind-utils' is vereist voor een echte test." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen reactie in het netwerk." - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "De server '%1' is onbekend." - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4660,11 +5088,12 @@ "kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n" "gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n" "aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n" -"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" +"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten " +"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4676,19 +5105,21 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-" +"configuratie.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4699,13 +5130,20 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron " +"beschikbaar." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de " +"installatiebron." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4730,14 +5168,17 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?" +msgstr "" +"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " +"achterblijven?" #. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." +msgstr "" +"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -4766,7 +5207,9 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt" +msgstr "" +"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van " +"het systeem is mislukt" #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -4805,7 +5248,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het systeem." +msgstr "" +"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het " +"systeem." #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -4838,12 +5283,133 @@ msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "Wachten over&slaan" +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "Parallelle poort" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "Seriële poort" + +#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" +#~ msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" + +#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder " +#~ "onderhoud)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" +#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +#~ "For example: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" +#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" +#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" +#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" +#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" +#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" +#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" +#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" +#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" +#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n" +#~ "Example device URIs: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " +#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends " +#~ "the data\n" +#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n" +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big> \n" +#~ "Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n" +#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt " +#~ "automatisch gegenereerd.\n" +#~ "Bijvoorbeeld: \n" +#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" +#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" +#~ "Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n" +#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk " +#~ "geen communicatie\n" +#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat " +#~ "worden gezonden. \n" +#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de " +#~ "backend-hp\n" +#~ "dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n" +#~ "Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP. \n" +#~ "In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n" +#~ "worden gewoonlijk niet automatisch gedetecteerd zodat de apparaat-URI\n" +#~ "handmatig gespecificeerd moet worden.\n" +#~ "De seriële apparaat-URI-parameters moeten overeenkomen met\n" +#~ "wat de seriële port in the printer vereist,\n" +#~ "zie de handleiding van uw seriële printer.\n" +#~ "Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's: \n" +#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" +#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" +#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket " +#~ "bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in " +#~ "werkelijkheid\n" +#~ "naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n" +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk via poort 631 (IPP/CUPS)." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' antwoord op een 'ping' in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen antwoord op een 'ping'in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is bekend in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "De servernaam '%1' is niet bekend in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'netcat' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'netcat' is vereist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'ping' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'iputils' is verreist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is niet toegankelijk." + +#~ msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." +#~ msgstr "Kan het programma 'host' niet uitvoeren." + +#~ msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." +#~ msgstr "Het RPM-pakket 'bind-utils' is vereist voor een echte test." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' geeft geen reactie in het netwerk." + +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "De server '%1' is onbekend." + #~ msgid "Look Up" #~ msgstr "Opzoeken" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</" +#~ "big> \n" #~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" #~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" #~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n" @@ -4880,7 +5446,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big> \n" +#~ "<big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of " +#~ "een printserverdoos</big> \n" #~ "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n" #~ "en een USB of parallelle poort om the echte printer aan te sluiten.\n" #~ "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n" @@ -4890,14 +5457,16 @@ #~ "TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" #~ "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" #~ "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n" -#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n" +#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare " +#~ "protocol.\n" #~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" #~ "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer \n" #~ "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol \n" #~ "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n" #~ "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n" #~ "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n" -#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n" +#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere " +#~ "manier.\n" #~ "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n" #~ "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n" #~ "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n" @@ -4906,7 +5475,8 @@ #~ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" #~ "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n" #~ "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n" -#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n" +#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de " +#~ "leverancier\n" #~ "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n" #~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is: \n" #~ "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource \n" @@ -4927,20 +5497,24 @@ #~ "Ve&rwijder het cups-autoconfig en udev-configure-printer pakket." #~ msgid "There are no settings when udev-configure-printer is used." -#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt." #~ msgid "Settings for automatic configuration with cups-autoconfig" #~ msgstr "Instellingen voor automatische configuratie met cups-autoconfig" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #~ msgid "Enable &Automatic Configuration of New Attachend USB Printers" -#~ msgstr "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers" #~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers" #~ msgstr "Werkings&beleid voor automatisch geconfigureerde USB-printers" #~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer" -#~ msgstr "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-printer" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-" +#~ "printer" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now" @@ -4950,20 +5524,33 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "niet ingesteld" -#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf " +#~ "is mislukt" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf " +#~ "is mislukt" -#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig." +#~ "conf is mislukt" -#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig." +#~ "conf is mislukt" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is " +#~ "mislukt" #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." #~ msgstr "Automatische configuratie is mislukt." @@ -4976,10 +5563,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " +#~ "use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " +#~ "queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" @@ -4987,7 +5576,8 @@ #~ "Als er geen CUPS-server in uw network is of als u extra een ander soort\n" #~ "printserver moet gebruiken (b.v. printen via een Windows/SMB-server\n" #~ "of printen via een traditionele Unix LPR-server) of als u direct een\n" -#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke printerwachtrij\n" +#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke " +#~ "printerwachtrij\n" #~ "in te stellen op uw host.\n" #~ "" @@ -5016,11 +5606,13 @@ #~ "HAL gebruikt dat verouderd is. \n" #~ "Als de autoconfiguratiedialoog wordt opgestart, dan controleert deze\n" #~ "of udev-configure-printer of cups-autoconfig is geïnstalleerd.\n" -#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te installeren\n" +#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te " +#~ "installeren\n" #~ "waarbij udev-configure-printer wordt geprefereerd\n" #~ "maar als het mislukt om udev-configure-printer te installeren,\n" #~ "dan probeert het cups-autoconfig te installeren. \n" -#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog onbruikbaar\n" +#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog " +#~ "onbruikbaar\n" #~ "en alle zijn elementen zijn uitgeschakeld.\n" #~ "" @@ -5051,9 +5643,11 @@ #~ "Het bepaalt of de printer al is geconfigureerd.\n" #~ "Als dat zo is, dan zal afdrukken worden ingeschakeld.\n" #~ "Als de printer niet is geconfigureerd, dan zal cups-autoconfig proberen\n" -#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien succesvol,\n" +#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien " +#~ "succesvol,\n" #~ "dan configureert cups-autoconfig deze.\n" -#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --disable'\n" +#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --" +#~ "disable'\n" #~ "worden geactiveerd die afdrukken kan uitschakelen afhankelijk van de\n" #~ "instellingen van cups-autoconfig die zijn opgeslagen in zijn\n" #~ "/etc/cups-autoconfig.conf bestand.\n" @@ -5079,22 +5673,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " +#~ "server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " +#~ "your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server gebruikt,\n" -#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n" -#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze direct te gebruiken.\n" +#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server " +#~ "gebruikt,\n" +#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-" +#~ "daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n" +#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze " +#~ "direct te gebruiken.\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port 631." -#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP poort 631." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port " +#~ "631." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP " +#~ "poort 631." -#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." -#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat." #~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." #~ msgstr "Wachten totdat de configuratie bestanden zijn bijgewerkt..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/proxy.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 13:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -24,106 +24,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Proxy configuratie" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "Proxy-instellingen inschakelen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "Proxy-instellingen uitschakelen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "Wijzig de huidige proxy-instellingen" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "Stel de verificatie voor de proxy in" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "Toon de samenvatting van de huidige instellingen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "HTTP-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "HTTPS-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "FTP-proxy instellen" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "Het te gebruiken wachtwoord voor de proxy-verificatie" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "Wachtwoord:" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "Proxy configuratie status" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Ingeschakeld" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "HTTP" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "FTP" - #. Informative label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." @@ -192,17 +92,30 @@ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Proxy-instellingen werken correct." +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Proxy configuratie" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.\n" -"Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +"Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te " +"melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +"in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " +"onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -217,7 +130,8 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "URL van HTTPS-proxy is de naam van de proxyserver\n" @@ -255,8 +169,10 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" -"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" +"Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de " +"verzoeken\n" +"rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " +"maken,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: %1.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -264,7 +180,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" "Proxy-gebruikersnaam en Proxy-wachtwoord in. Een geldige\n" @@ -336,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "Pr&oxy-instellingen testen" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -344,7 +261,7 @@ "Proxy is geactiveerd, maar er is geen proxy-URL opgegeven.\n" "Wilt u deze instellingen toch gebruiken?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -357,42 +274,44 @@ "worden opgeslagen. Dit instellen?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "U kunt geen wachtwoord opgegeven en de gebruikersnaam leeg laten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +msgstr "" +"De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +msgstr "" +"De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "De FTP proxy URL moet een schema specificatie bevatten (http)." #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -408,57 +327,151 @@ "* Volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" "* Domeinnaam vooraf gegaan door '.'" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "Proxy configuratie status" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Ingeschakeld" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "Proxy-instellingen inschakelen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "Proxy-instellingen uitschakelen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "Wijzig de huidige proxy-instellingen" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "Stel de verificatie voor de proxy in" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "Toon de samenvatting van de huidige instellingen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "HTTP-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "HTTPS-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "FTP-proxy instellen" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "" +"Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "Het te gebruiken wachtwoord voor de proxy-verificatie" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Wachtwoord:" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "De proxy configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." +msgstr "" +"Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen " +"effectief te maken." -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie bijwerken" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Proxyconfiguratie opslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxy-configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "Proxy is uitgeschakeld." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "Proxy is ingeschakeld." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP-proxy: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS-proxy: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP-proxy: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -26,249 +26,258 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "Problemen met &bijwerken" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "Patro&nen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "Pakket&groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "&RPM-groepen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "Ta&len" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "B&ronnen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Zo&eken" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Trefwoorden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installatieoverzicht" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eschrijving" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technische gegevens" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhankelijkheden" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versies" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "Bestandslijst" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Wijzigingenlogboek" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Ann&uleren" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Accepteren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Bestand" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importeren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xporteren..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "S&toppen -- wijzigingen negeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Stoppen -- wijzigingen opslaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakket" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakketten" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Opwaarderen als er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Opwaarderen zonder voorbehoud" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Patch" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Confi&guratie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Installatieb&ronnen..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online opwaarderen..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "Afhankelijkhe&den" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Controleer nu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "&Autocontrole" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opties" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "-de&vel-pakketten tonen" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Toon -&debuginfo/-debugbronnen pakketten tonen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systeemverificatiemodus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten ne&geren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Opschonen wanneer pakketten worden verwijderd" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Lever&ancierswisseling toestaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "E&xtra's" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "&Producten tonen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Toon p&akketwijzigingen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "&Geschiedenis tonen" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -&devel-pakketten installeren" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&buginfo-pakketten installeren" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -de&bugbron-pakketten installeren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "Alle overeenkomende -&devel-pakketten installeren" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "&Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingen genereren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Help" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Overzicht" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symbolen" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Toetsen" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakketafhankelijkheden zijn OK." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Patches" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst opslaan" @@ -276,49 +285,57 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Fout bij het exporteren van pakketlijst naar %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Pakketlijst laden" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het laden van de pakketlijst van %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakketten zullen worden bijgewerkt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Annuleren" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuleer omschakeling</a> van " +"systeempakketten naar versies in installatiebron %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Schakel systeempakketten</a> naar de " +"versies in deze installatiebron (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Toegevoegde subpakketten:" @@ -327,10 +344,10 @@ #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" @@ -348,8 +365,17 @@ msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Als u weet wat u doet kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " +"loopt echter het risico dat u een corrupt systeem krijgt dat alleen " +"handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n " +"situatie moet handelen, klik dan op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele " +"pakketten." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -374,11 +400,15 @@ msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Ter aanvulling van uw handmatige selecties zijn de volgende pakketten " +"gewijzigd om de afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Doorgaan" @@ -388,8 +418,12 @@ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde pakketten" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Let er op dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of " +"een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -402,101 +436,220 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de details." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " +"voor de details." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoogvenster selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en " +"installeren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met de respectievelijke " +"patch-type (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " +"downloadgrootte." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onderaan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " +"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " +"ervan hier te bekijken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"De pakketlijst aan de rechterkant toont u de inhoud van de huidige " +"geselecteerde patch, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat.. Van een " +"patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen " +"de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te " +"voorkomen." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij Filter linksboven:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " +"bij Filter linksboven:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " +"opwaarderen, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " +"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " +"een selectie, rechtsklik om een contextmenu te openen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " +"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " +"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " +"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en " +"het zal u waarschuwen in het geval dat er afhankelijkheidsconflicten " +"optreden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u dit dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " +"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filtervenster linksboven:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het Filter</" +"b>venster linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Selecties toont enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties die logisch " +"gezien bij elkaar horen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te " +"selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechter pakketlijst " +"selecteren of de selectie er van juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." +msgstr "" +"Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten in categorieën. U kunt de groepen " +"als boomstructuur uitklappen en inklappen om de categorieën daarmee te " +"verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de " +"pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te " +"maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " +"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " +"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " +"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam er van weet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " +"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " +"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " +"worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren</" +"b> te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Op die manier ziet u alle wijzigingen " +"die op uw systeem gemaakt zullen worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " +"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden klikken en al het andere deselecteren." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " +"uncheck everything else." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " +"pakketten op uw systeem ongewijzigd zullen blijven. Gewoon op Behouden</" +"b> klikken en al het andere deselecteren." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -513,7 +666,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en het zal ook niet geïnstalleerd worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 @@ -546,8 +700,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Opwaardeer het of installeer het opnieuw " +"(bij identieke versies)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -569,12 +727,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en zou in geen geval geïnstalleerd mogen " +"worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden " +"kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Als \"taboe\" ingestelde pakketten worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " +"installatiemedia bestaan." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -583,12 +751,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en zou niet aangepast mogen worden, vooral niet " +"omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -598,12 +775,19 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch geïnstalleerd gaan worden." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." +msgstr "" +"Omdat een ander pakket het nodig heeft, zal dit pakket automatisch " +"geïnstalleerd gaan worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket " +"te kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -613,8 +797,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar sommige ander pakketten hebben een " +"nieuwere versie nodig: het zal daarom automatisch worden bijgewerkt." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -624,12 +812,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " +"verwijderd moet worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +msgstr "" +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig " +"wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -649,8 +843,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Neem dit pakket. Installeer het wanneer het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " +"Opwaardeer het wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -659,13 +858,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " +"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Opwaardeer dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -674,13 +881,25 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden" +"\" in wanneer het nu op \"opwaarderen\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere " +"pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " +"niet omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen " +"hebben of kunnen krijgen. " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -690,12 +909,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral niet omdat " +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen " +"krijgen. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -755,8 +985,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs zullen worden " +"opgeslagen in de map <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -764,8 +999,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing zal worden geschreven " +"naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om " +"als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -774,8 +1014,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingControleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij aanmaken van testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing</" +"p>Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1527,7 +1771,8 @@ "Mogelijke redenen:\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Ze zijn vanwege andere pakketten in onbruik geraakt\n" -"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor de opwaardering\n" +"<li>Er zijn op geen enkel installatiemedium nieuwe versies beschikbaar voor " +"de opwaardering\n" "<li>Het zijn pakketten van derde partijen\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" @@ -1536,10 +1781,43 @@ "De veiligste koers voor actie is ze te verwijderen.\n" "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "%1-%2 van leverancier %3 (geïnstalleerd)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "Niet-onderhouden pakketten" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1547,13 +1825,13 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%1-%2 van %3 met prioriteit %4 en leverancier %5" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "Deze versie is op uw systeem geïnstalleerd." @@ -1565,6 +1843,9 @@ msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." +#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "Aanbevolen pakketten ne&geren voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:187 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:237 #~ msgid "Close the current page" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/qt.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -53,18 +53,21 @@ msgstr "Gebruikt %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. Close button for wizard help window #: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "&Sluiten" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Uitgavenotities" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Stylesheet-bewerker" @@ -74,7 +77,8 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd verwacht.\n" +"U klikte met de rechter muisknop op een plek waar een linker muisklik werd " +"verwacht.\n" "Wilt u de functies van de linker en rechter muisknop omdraaien?" #. Popup dialog caption @@ -83,12 +87,12 @@ msgstr "Onverwachte muisklik" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "Kleuroverschakeling" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -121,20 +125,41 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "Configureer YaST-logging:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Help" +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "Help" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -msgid "Release Notes" +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "Uitgavenotities" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" msgstr "Stappen" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" msgstr "Boomstructuur" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 12:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -44,8 +44,12 @@ msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet door Rear ondersteund, omdat:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." -msgstr "Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u deze waarschuwing negeert." +msgid "" +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " +"ignore this warning." +msgstr "" +"Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel " +"als u deze waarschuwing negeert." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -109,7 +113,9 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." -msgstr "Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te testen." +msgstr "" +"Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te " +"testen." #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence @@ -119,36 +125,79 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." -msgstr "Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) instellen voor uw computer." +msgid "" +"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) instellen " +"voor uw computer." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "Beslis hoe uw Systeem voor reservekopieën te starten. Kies USB als u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk." +msgid "" +"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " +"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "" +"Beslis hoe uw Systeem voor reservekopieën te starten. Kies USB als " +"u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "Kies waar de reservekopie opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan." +msgid "" +"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " +"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " +"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " +"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "" +"Kies waar de reservekopie opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS " +"als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer " +"de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om " +"uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-schijf aan en klik op USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen." +msgid "" +"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " +"Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "" +"Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-" +"schijf aan en klik op USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." -msgstr "Selecteer Oude reservekopie bewaren als u niet wilt dat de vorige reservekopie wordt overschreven." +msgid "" +"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " +"to be overwritten." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Oude reservekopie bewaren als u niet wilt dat de vorige " +"reservekopie wordt overschreven." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "Het menu Geavanceerd biedt toe te voegen extra mappen om een reservekopie van te maken en extra kernel-modules voor het herstelsysteem. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege ontbrekende kernel-modules." +msgid "" +"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " +"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " +"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " +"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "" +"Het menu Geavanceerd biedt toe te voegen extra mappen om een " +"reservekopie van te maken en extra kernel-modules voor het " +"herstelsysteem. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle " +"benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege " +"ontbrekende kernel-modules." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" -msgstr "De knoppen Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren voert Rear uit en toont de uitvoer van Rear. Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!" +msgid "" +"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " +"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " +"your system!" +msgstr "" +"De knoppen Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren voert Rear uit en toont de " +"uitvoer van Rear. Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie " +"op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "OK slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl Annuleren de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan." +msgid "" +"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " +"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "" +"OK slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl Annuleren " +"de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -211,11 +260,16 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" -msgstr "NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n" +msgstr "" +"NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" -msgstr "Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet in kan stellen.\n" +msgid "" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " +"configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet " +"in kan stellen.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" @@ -233,13 +287,13 @@ msgstr "Configuratie van Rear worden gelezen" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Instellingen van Rear lezen" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht..." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokale registratieservers" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ "of de standaard registratieserver van SUSE." #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Geen registratieserver geselecteerd." @@ -50,236 +50,74 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contact opnemen met de registratieserver" -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registratie" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "Registratie wordt bijgewerkt..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "De vorige registratie wordt bijgewerkt." - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Automatisch bijwerken van de registratie is mislukt.\n" -"U kunt handmatig het systeem vanaf het begin registreren." - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n" -"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n" -"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n" -"een geregistreerd systeem." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is." - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "&E-mailadres" - -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "Registratie&code" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "&Lokale registratieserver..." - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "Registratie over&slaan" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" -"Registratie heeft enige installatiebronnen voor update toegevoegd.\n" -"\n" -"Wilt u de nieuwste beschikbare\n" -"on-line updates uitvoeren bij installatie?" - -#. %s is name of given product -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "Registreren van %s ..." - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 -msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." -msgstr "Extensies en modulen worden geregistreerd." - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" -"Als u uw systeem niet registreert, zullen we niet in staat zijn\n" -"u toegang te geven tot de installatiebronnen voor bijwerken.\n" -"\n" -"U kunt zich registreren na de installatie of ons\n" -"Customer Center bezoeken voor online registratie.\n" -"\n" -"Nu de registratie overslaan?" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "Opnieuw registreren" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "Extensies selecteren" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen." - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" -"Het basis product is niet gevonden,\n" -"controleer uw systeem." - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" -"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig gebroken.\n" -"Rapporteer een bug op %s." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" -"Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct." - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "'%s' gebruiken in plaats van deze YaST-module." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registratie is gelukt." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Zoeken naar SLP is mislukt, geen server gevonden" -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Bezig SSL-certificaat te downloaden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren" +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "Registreren van %s ..." + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Productregistratie" @@ -350,33 +188,33 @@ msgstr "Details van certificaat dat mislukt" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Uitgegeven aan" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Common Name (CN): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organisatie (O): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Organisatie-eenheid (OU): " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Uitgegeven door" @@ -405,40 +243,41 @@ msgstr "Serienummer: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1-vingerafdruk: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-vingerafdruk: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n" +"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden " +"bereikt.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netwerkfout, netwerkconfiguratie controleren." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Wachttijd op verbinding is verstreken." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Controleer of dit systeem bekend is bij de registratieserver." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -462,20 +301,20 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registratie is mislukt." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Fout in registratieclient." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -484,34 +323,35 @@ "Probeer later te registreren." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "" +"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Bezig '%s'-certificaat te importeren..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout met beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -531,21 +371,44 @@ msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Registratieconfiguratie opslaan..." -#. register the system and the base product -#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two -#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) -#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts -#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"Het basis product is niet gevonden,\n" +"controleer uw systeem." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" +"Het installatiemedium of het installatieprogramma zelf is ernstig gebroken.\n" +"Rapporteer een bug op %s." + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" +"Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het " +"basisproduct." + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:228 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:307 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..." @@ -553,68 +416,142 @@ #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen laden..." +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering Product..." +#| msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "Registreren van product..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Extensies en modulen worden geregistreerd." + +#. not set yet? +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration failed partially." +msgid "Registration added some update repositories." +msgstr "Registratie is gedeeltelijk mislukt." + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#| "on-line updates during installation?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during installation?" +msgstr "" +"Registratie heeft enige installatiebronnen voor update toegevoegd.\n" +"\n" +"Wilt u de nieuwste beschikbare\n" +"on-line updates uitvoeren bij installatie?" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Registration added some update repositories.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Do you want to install the latest available\n" +#| "on-line updates during installation?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during update?" +msgstr "" +"Registratie heeft enige installatiebronnen voor update toegevoegd.\n" +"\n" +"Wilt u de nieuwste beschikbare\n" +"on-line updates uitvoeren bij installatie?" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificaat:" #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Configuratie van installatiebronnen opslaan is mislukt." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Bijwerken van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Toevoegen van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Opslaan van service '%s' is mislukt." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Verversen van service '%s' is mislukt." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No products found to be registered." +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "Geen producten gevonden om te worden geregistreerd." + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Bezig licenties te downloaden..." #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Bezig licentieovereenkomst te downloaden..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -625,266 +562,667 @@ "is mislukt." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%Licentieovereenkomst van %s" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Registratie-codes van extensies en modulen" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module." +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen " +"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de " +"de respectievelijke extensie of module." -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." -msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." +msgstr[0] "" +"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." +msgstr[1] "" +"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Voer de registratiecode in in het onderstaande veld." msgstr[1] "Voer de registratiecodes in in de onderstaande velden." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 -msgid "Extension and Module Selection" -msgstr "Selectie van extensies en modules" - -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren." - -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben." - -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." - -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen" - -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Selecteer een extensie of een module om details hier te tonen" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (niet beschikbaar)" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST staat toe maximaal %s extensies of modulen te selecteren." +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig " +"kunnen hebben." + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " +"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Selectie van extensies en modules" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</" +"p>" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "Registratie-codes van extensies en modulen" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +#| "together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " +"worden samen met het basisproduct." + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " +"worden samen met het basisproduct." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Optionele extensies of modulen registreren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identifier" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versie" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architectuur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Type uitgave" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registratie-code" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Beschikbare extensies downloaden..." -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "Wilt u '%s' verwijderen?" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "&Identifier van extensie en module" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versie" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architectuur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Type uitgave" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "Registratie&code" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE " +"Customer Center,\n" "waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n" -"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, " +"selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." +"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " +"van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen " +"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Het product registreren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&E-mailadres" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Serverinstellingen" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Zoek de registratieserver met SLP-discovery" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "De specifieke URL van de server gebruiken in plaats van de standaard" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "Optionele URL van SSL-servercertificaat" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Optionele vingerafdruk van SSL-servercertificaat" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "geen" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Vingerafdruk van SSL-certificaat" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Extensies of modulen registreren..." +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "&Lokale registratieserver..." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registratie over&slaan" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "Extensies of modulen registreren..." + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te " +"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"Als u uw systeem niet registreert, zullen we niet in staat zijn\n" +"u toegang te geven tot de installatiebronnen voor bijwerken.\n" +"\n" +"U kunt zich registreren na de installatie of ons\n" +"Customer Center bezoeken voor online registratie.\n" +"\n" +"Nu de registratie overslaan?" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" +"Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n" +"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande " +"velden.\n" +"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk " +"op\n" +"een geregistreerd systeem." + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie " +"gereed is." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie..." + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "Het certificaat is verlopen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Zelf-ondertekend certificaat" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Zelf-ondertekend certificaat in ketting van certificaten" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "Ver&trouwen en importeren" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen gegevens." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren " +"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de " +"overgedragen gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met " +"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de " +"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een zelf-getekend certificaat." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een " +"zelf-getekend certificaat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste server importeert." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten " +"controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste " +"server importeert." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " +"beveiligingsrisico." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ongeldige URL." #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL van &lokale registratieserver" +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating software repositories..." +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "Opwaarderen van software-installatiebronnen..." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "Server-URL: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:78 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:162 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:191 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering Product..." +#| msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +msgstr "Registreren van product..." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating software repositories..." +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "Opwaarderen van software-installatiebronnen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +#| "together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " +"worden samen met het basisproduct." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manual Interaction Required" +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "Handmatige interactie is vereist" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:166 +msgid "%s will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "%s stays unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules " +"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich " +"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar " +"verwijderen." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "Extensies selecteren" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "Opnieuw registreren" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registratie wordt bijgewerkt..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "De vorige registratie wordt bijgewerkt." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" +"Automatisch bijwerken van de registratie is mislukt.\n" +"U kunt handmatig het systeem vanaf het begin registreren." + #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Naar lokale registratieservers zoeken..." @@ -897,11 +1235,6 @@ #~ msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" #~ msgstr "Contact maken met de SUSE Customer Center server" -#~ msgid "Registering Product..." -#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -#~ msgstr[0] "Registreren van product..." -#~ msgstr[1] "Registreren van producten..." - #~ msgid "" #~ "The e-mail address is not known or\n" #~ "the registration code is not valid." @@ -965,7 +1298,8 @@ #~ "select repositories which will be used for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n" -#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie." +#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de " +#~ "installatie." #~ msgid "Repository State" #~ msgstr "Status installatiebron" @@ -978,20 +1312,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " +#~ "site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +#~ "selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" -#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site %s." +#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie " +#~ "de site %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies " +#~ "registreren invoeren" #~| msgid "Registration &Code" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" @@ -1014,8 +1354,11 @@ #~ msgid "Adding Services" #~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services" -#~ msgid "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde " +#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden..." #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken" @@ -1072,7 +1415,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig." @@ -1087,9 +1431,6 @@ #~ msgid "Updated software repositories" #~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen met bijgewerkte software" -#~ msgid "Manual Interaction Required" -#~ msgstr "Handmatige interactie is vereist" - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 @@ -1173,7 +1514,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1186,17 +1528,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1206,39 +1553,52 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan Registratiecode\n" -#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n" +#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan " +#~ "Registratiecode\n" +#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-" +#~ "ondersteuning\n" #~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten " +#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1255,43 +1615,53 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of " +#~ "te wijzigen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n" -#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te doen.\n" +#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te " +#~ "doen.\n" #~ "Of stel de registratie uit met Later instellen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1301,26 +1671,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-" +#~ "SLX.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1329,7 +1709,8 @@ #~ "Met Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center wordt\n" #~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n" #~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n" -#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n" +#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX " +#~ "verzonden,\n" #~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als Hardwareprofiel geactiveerd\n" #~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n" #~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n" @@ -1337,15 +1718,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te " +#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1420,7 +1804,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geavanceerd" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd." @@ -1428,8 +1813,11 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren." -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden " +#~ "geïnstalleerd." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden." @@ -1437,25 +1825,17 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie " +#~ "verkeerd telt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Bron voor online-bijwerken wordt ingesteld..." -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Opwaarderen van software-installatiebronnen..." - -#~ msgid "Registration failed partially." -#~ msgstr "Registratie is gedeeltelijk mislukt." - -#~ msgid "No products found to be registered." -#~ msgstr "Geen producten gevonden om te worden geregistreerd." - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "onbekende status" @@ -1484,19 +1864,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n" -#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n" -#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste gegevens\n" +#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en " +#~ "waardepaar\n" +#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste " +#~ "gegevens\n" #~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n" #~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n" @@ -1613,11 +2003,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren " +#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te " +#~ "configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://, https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// " +#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://" +#~ ", https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /" +#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en " +#~ "het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-" +#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?" @@ -1644,7 +2053,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Overslaan" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden " +#~ "opgevat." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen." @@ -1682,7 +2093,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n" -#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n" +#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de " +#~ "registratie.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Uitgegeven voor:" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/relocation-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 17:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -209,7 +209,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -238,28 +239,45 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Relocatie-adres \n" "Adres xend moet luisteren naar verbindingen voor het relocatie-socket\n" "Toegestane hosts \n" -"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.\n" +"De hosts waarvoor het is toegestaan om met de relocatie-poort te praten. " +"Indien leeg, dan zijn alle verbindingen toegestaan. Anders is dit een door " +"spaties gescheiden reeks van reguliere expressies. Elke host met een " +"volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam of een IP-adres dat overeenkomt met een " +"van deze reguliere expressies zal worden geaccepteerd.\n" "SSL-sleutelbestand/SSL-certbestand \n" "SSL-sleutel en certificaat te gebruiken voor het ssl-relocatie-interface" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Getunnelde migratie</big> \n" -"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.\n" +"De libvirtd van de bronhost opent een directe verbinding met de libvirtd van " +"de bestemmingshost voor het zenden van migratie gegevens. Dit staat de optie " +"van versleuteling van de gegevensstroom toe.\n" "<big>Gewone migratie</big> \n" -"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit de standaard reeks kiezen." +"The VM van de bronhost opent een directe niet versleutelde TCP-verbinding " +"naar de bestemmingshost voor het verzenden van de migratie gegeven. Tenzij " +"er een poort handmatig is gespecificeerd, zal libvirt een migratie-poort uit " +"de standaard reeks kiezen." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -280,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "Configuratie van relocatie-server" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocatieserver initialiseren" @@ -288,14 +306,14 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "De huidige xend-configuratie lezen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:187 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:237 #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "De huidige xend-status lezen" @@ -305,7 +323,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen" @@ -313,12 +331,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "De huidige xend-configuratie wordt gelezen..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "De huidige xend-status wordt gelezen..." @@ -328,24 +346,24 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:187 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:237 #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "De huidige status van libvirtd/sshd lezen" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "De huidige status van libvirtd/sshd wordt gelezen..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Kan de huidige status van Xend niet lezen." @@ -354,27 +372,27 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewall-instellingen niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Kan de huidige status van libvirtd/sshd niet lezen." #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van relocatieserver opslaan" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Instellingen van Xend wegschrijven" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "De Xend-service aanpassen" @@ -384,44 +402,44 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "De instellingen van Xend worden weggeschreven..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "De Xend-service wordt aangepast..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "De service libvirtd/sshd aanpassen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "De service libvirtd/sshd wordt aangepast" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen van xend niet wegschrijven." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewall-instellingen niet opslaan." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/s390.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -49,21 +49,21 @@ msgstr "&DASD" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:48 +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Aanmaken van S/390 dump-apparaten" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalserver" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Configuratie van IUCV-terminalinstellingen" -#. Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module #: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "OnPanic configuratie" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:93 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." @@ -165,19 +165,17 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 #. error popup message #. error popup message -#. error popup message #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Geen schijf geselecteerd." #. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "Aparaat %1 is niet geformatteerd. Apparaat formatteren?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Er zijn %1 niet geformatteerde apparaten. Ze nu formatteren?" @@ -203,7 +201,8 @@ "Really format the following disks? \n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan worden vernietigd. \n" +"Door het formatteren van deze schijven zullen alle gegevens die er op staan " +"worden vernietigd. \n" "Wilt u de volgende schijven formatteren? \n" "%1" @@ -294,7 +293,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "Ongeldig filterchannel-ID." @@ -305,7 +304,7 @@ #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:270 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "&Channel-ID" @@ -330,16 +329,13 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "Geen geldig channel-ID." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "Apparaat bestaat al." @@ -360,7 +356,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 @@ -381,7 +378,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Opslagproces afbreken:</big> \n" "Het opslaan kunt u afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" -"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.\n" +"Een extra venster zal u informeren of dit al dan niet veilig te doen is.</" +"p>\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -401,12 +399,14 @@ "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" "Om de schijven voor weergave te filteren, stel het Hoogste \n" -"channel-ID en Laagste channel-ID in en klik op Filteren.\n" +"channel-ID en Laagste channel-ID in en klik op Filteren.</" +"p>\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." +msgstr "" +"Om nieuwe DASD-schijven in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -420,7 +420,8 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " +"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" "Om acties in één keer op meerdere schijven toe te passen, markeert u\n" @@ -459,11 +460,12 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" +msgstr "" +"Om de DIAG-modus te gebruiken, selecteer DIAG gebruiken.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:91 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Controller-configuratie" @@ -477,18 +479,25 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "Bereid een of meer volumes voor voor gebruik als S/390 dump-apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Bereid een of meer volumes voor voor gebruik als S/390 dump-apparaat.</" +"b>" #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " -msgstr "Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD en ZFCP disks, terwijl multi-volumes beperkt zijn tot DASD. " +msgid "" +"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " +"limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" +"Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD en ZFCP disks, terwijl multi-" +"volumes beperkt zijn tot DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Alleen gehele schijven kunnen worden gebruikt, geen partities. Als het\n" "apparaat niet compatibel geformatteerd of gepartioneerd is, activeer dan\n" @@ -496,13 +505,20 @@ #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken activeer ze in respectievelijke YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " +msgid "" +"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " +"ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" +"Om DASD en ZFCP apparaten te gebruiken activeer ze in respectievelijke " +"YaST-dialoog DASD of ZFCP. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of aangekoppelde partities zullen niet worden getoond." +msgid "" +"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Apparaten die in gebruik zijn of aangekoppelde partities zullen niet worden " +"getoond." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -540,8 +556,12 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "De schijf %1 zal nu als dump-apparaat worden geformatteerd. Alle gegevens op dit apparaat zullen verloren gaan! Doorgaan?" +msgid "" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " +"be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"De schijf %1 zal nu als dump-apparaat worden geformatteerd. Alle gegevens op " +"dit apparaat zullen verloren gaan! Doorgaan?" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -558,7 +578,8 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/VM ID's.\n" +"Om de IUCV terminalserver in te stellen, specificeert u de te gebruiken z/" +"VM ID's.\n" " Ze worden van elkaar gescheiden door regelafbrekingen.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -567,13 +588,25 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden overgenomen door hun leden." +msgid "" +"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " +"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" +"TS-shell stelt u in staat de Autorisatie voor elke gebruiker en " +"groep van de TS-shell te specificeren. De rechten van een groep worden " +"overgenomen door hun leden." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door regelafbrekingen bevat." +msgid "" +"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " +"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " +"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" +"Elk toegestane z/VM ID kan handmatig worden geselecteerd onder " +"Selectie, gedefinieerd door een Regex of geladen uit een " +"Bestand die alle toegestane z/VM ID's gescheiden door " +"regelafbrekingen bevat." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -581,22 +614,30 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan te\n" +"Klik op Nieuwe gebruiker om extra gebruikers van de TS-shell aan " +"te\n" "maken of op Gebruiker verwijderen om ze te verwijderen." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " +"change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-shell\n" -"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." +"Om groepen toe te voegen of te verwijderen uit de autorisatietabel van TS-" +"shell\n" +"of om het lidmaatschap van deze te wijzigen, ga naar Groepen beheren." +"" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." -msgstr "Met Onderzochte ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit transcripts moeten worden verzameld." +msgid "" +"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " +"should be gathered." +msgstr "" +"Met Onderzochte ID's specificeert u de z/VM ID's waaruit " +"transcripts moeten worden verzameld." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -605,16 +646,26 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " +"and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " +"them on the right." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe gebruiker van de TS-shell aan te maken moeten de Gebruikersnaam, Thuismap en Wachtwoord worden ingevoerd.\n" -"\t Het is ook mogelijk om Extra groepen te specificeren door ze rechts te selecteren." +"Om een nieuwe gebruiker van de TS-shell aan te maken moeten de " +"Gebruikersnaam, Thuismap en Wachtwoord worden " +"ingevoerd.\n" +"\t Het is ook mogelijk om Extra groepen te specificeren door ze " +"rechts te selecteren." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord." +msgid "" +"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " +"activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Om er zeker van te zijn dat gebruikers hun wachtwoord wijzigen na de " +"eerste keer aanmelden, activeert u Forceer een wijziging van wachtwoord</" +"b>." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -635,38 +686,51 @@ "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van de \n" +"Definieer de TS-shell autorisatie per groep als u wilt dat elk lid van " +"de \n" "TS-shell van deze groepen deze rechten verkrijgt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " +"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" -"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de autorisatie\n" -"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom TS-aut." +"Bestaande groepen kunnen worden toegevoegd aan of verwijderd uit de " +"autorisatie\n" +"van de TS-shell. Selecteer de groepen in de tabel en klik op Selecteren " +"of Selectie ongedaan maken. De huidige status wordt getoond in de kolom " +"TS-aut." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie TS-leden." +msgstr "" +"Wijzig leden van de TS-shell van de geselecteerde groep in de selectie " +"TS-leden." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " +"input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " +"to be used." msgstr "" -"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het invoerveld Nieuwe groep en deze te bevestigen met Aanmaken.\n" -"\t Om eerder aangemaakte groepen te verwijderen moet de dialoog YaST-gebruikers worden gebruikt." +"Nieuwe groepen kunnen worden gemaakt door de naam in te voeren in het " +"invoerveld Nieuwe groep en deze te bevestigen met Aanmaken.\n" +"\t Om eerder aangemaakte groepen te verwijderen moet de dialoog YaST-" +"gebruikers worden gebruikt." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te klikken." +msgstr "" +"Maak wijzigingen in deze dialoog ongedaan door op de knop Terug te " +"klikken." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -674,13 +738,24 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn bij aanmelden</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "IUCVConn bij aanmelden heeft één gebruiker voor elk z/VM ID nodig. Om deze gebruikers aan te maken moet een wachtwoord en thuismap worden aangeleverd." +msgid "" +"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " +"a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" +"IUCVConn bij aanmelden heeft één gebruiker voor elk z/VM ID nodig. Om " +"deze gebruikers aan te maken moet een wachtwoord en thuismap " +"worden aangeleverd." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " -msgstr "Het is mogelijk om de gebruikers handmatig te synchroniseren door te klikken op Sync of gewoon de wijzigingen bevestigen met Ok terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelden is ingeschakeld. " +msgid "" +"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " +"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " +"enabled. " +msgstr "" +"Het is mogelijk om de gebruikers handmatig te synchroniseren door te " +"klikken op Sync of gewoon de wijzigingen bevestigen met Ok " +"terwijl IUCVConn bij aanmelden is ingeschakeld. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -924,15 +999,22 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, alleen letters en cijfers zijn toegestaan." +msgstr "" +"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, alleen letters en cijfers zijn " +"toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, cijfers aan het begin zijn niet toegestaan." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" +"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, cijfers aan het begin zijn niet " +"toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, meer dan 8 tekens zijn niet toegestaan." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" +"Verkeerde z/VM ID \"%1\" in regel %2, meer dan 8 tekens zijn niet toegestaan." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 @@ -942,7 +1024,9 @@ #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "Een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord is vereist om IUCVConn-gebruikers te synchroniseren." +msgstr "" +"Een juist ingevoerd wachtwoord is vereist om IUCVConn-gebruikers te " +"synchroniseren." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -964,8 +1048,12 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." -msgstr "Verkeerde invoer, alleen kleine letters, cijfers en als scheidingsteken komma's zijn toegestaan." +msgid "" +"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " +"allowed." +msgstr "" +"Verkeerde invoer, alleen kleine letters, cijfers en als scheidingsteken " +"komma's zijn toegestaan." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -996,13 +1084,27 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " -msgstr "Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en het nummer van het exemplaar. " +msgid "" +"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " +"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " +"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." +" " +msgstr "" +"Verschillende IUCVtty exemplaren kunnen actief zijn om meerdere " +"terminalapparaten aan te leveren. De exemplaren worden onderscheiden door " +"een terminal-ID, die een combinatie is van de Terminal-ID-prefix en " +"het nummer van het exemplaar. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." -msgstr "Als u bijvoorbeeld tien exemplaren definieert met de prefix "lxterm" dan zijn de terminal-ID's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" +"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Als u bijvoorbeeld tien exemplaren definieert met de prefix "lxterm</" +"i>" dan zijn de terminal-ID's van lxterm0 tot lxterm9 " +"beschikbaar." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1011,37 +1113,63 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." -msgstr "Het apparaat surrprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt apparaatnodes om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." +msgid "" +"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " +"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " +"login programs." +msgstr "" +"Het apparaat surrprogramma z/VM IUCV HVC is een kernelmodule en gebruikt " +"apparaatnodes om tot acht HVC-terminalapparaten te activeren om met getty en " +"aanmeldprogramma's te communiceren." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." -msgstr "Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde Terminalservers toe." +msgid "" +"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " +"terminal servers." +msgstr "" +"Met toegang beperken laat u alleen de verbinding vanaf bepaalde " +"Terminalservers toe." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -msgstr "Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van hen apart." +msgid "" +"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +"" +msgstr "" +"Definieer de emulatie voor alle exemplaren in één keer of voor elk van " +"hen apart." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " +"to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten naar\n" +"Activeer kernelberichten naar hvc0 routeren om kernelberichten " +"naar\n" "het hvc0-apparaat te sturen in plaats van naar ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de boot-selectie in de YaST bootloader module." +msgid "" +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " +"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " +"YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" +"Moeten kernelberichten nog steeds op ttyS0 getoond worden, voeg dan " +"handmatig console=ttyS0 toe aan de huidige kernelparameter van de " +"boot-selectie in de YaST bootloader module." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder een handmatige afmelding via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " +"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>Waarschuwing: HVC-terminals blijven aangemeld zonder een handmatige " +"afmelding via de sneltoets: ctrl _ d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1109,13 +1237,20 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "De te nemen acties instellen als er zich een kernel-panic voordoet" +msgid "" +"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"De te nemen acties instellen als er zich een kernel-panic voordoet</" +"b>" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." -msgstr "De Dumpconf-daemon moet worden ingeschakeld om het gedrag bij kernel-panics te beïnvloeden." +msgid "" +"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " +"during kernel panics." +msgstr "" +"De Dumpconf-daemon moet worden ingeschakeld om het gedrag bij " +"kernel-panics te beïnvloeden." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1140,31 +1275,53 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " +"available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux en herstart systeem. Deze optie is alleen " +"beschikbaar\n" "op LPAR met z9(r) machines en later en op z/VMversion 5.3 en later. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "vmcmd Voer gespecificeerd CP commando's uit en stop systeem." +msgstr "" +"vmcmd Voer gespecificeerd CP commando's uit en stop systeem." #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "De tijd gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging vertraagt het activeren van de specifieke panic-actie voor een opnieuw gestart systeem om loops te voorkomen. Als het systeem crasht voordat de tijd is verlopen zal de standaard actie (stop) worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " +"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " +"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"De tijd gedefinieerd in Minuten vertraging vertraagt het activeren " +"van de specifieke panic-actie voor een opnieuw gestart systeem om loops te " +"voorkomen. Als het systeem crasht voordat de tijd is verlopen zal de " +"standaard actie (stop) worden uitgevoerd." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." -msgstr "Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met Dump-apparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt getoond dan moet u er een aanmaken met de dialoog YaST Dump-apparaten." +msgid "" +"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " +"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " +"dialog." +msgstr "" +"Het apparaat voor het dumpen van het geheugen kan worden ingesteld met " +"Dump-apparaat. Als er geen apparaat wordt getoond dan moet u er een " +"aanmaken met de dialoog YaST Dump-apparaten." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 tekens zijn toegestaan." +msgid "" +"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " +"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" +"Met VMCMD specificeert u CP commando's die worden uitgevoerd " +"voordat het Linux systeem is gestopt. Slechts %1 regels en een totaal van %2 " +"tekens zijn toegestaan." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1197,12 +1354,16 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het dump-proces in te schakelen zonder een dump-apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het dump-proces in te schakelen zonder een dump-" +"apparaat." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om vmcmd uit te voeren zonder minstens één commando te definiëren." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om vmcmd uit te voeren zonder minstens één commando te " +"definiëren." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 @@ -1221,9 +1382,13 @@ msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen" + #. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1231,44 +1396,6 @@ "Wilt u de ZFCP-apparaatconfiguratie verlaten zonder op te slaan?\n" "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 -msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" -msgstr "Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:307 -msgid "&WWPN" -msgstr "&WWPN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 -msgid "Get WWPNs" -msgstr "Vraag WWPNs op" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:316 -msgid "&LUN" -msgstr "&LUN" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:320 -msgid "Get LUNs" -msgstr "Vraag LUNs op" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:372 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:408 -msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." -msgstr "De ingevoerde WWPN is ongeldig." - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:416 -msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." -msgstr "De ingevoerde LUN is ongeldig." - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1299,7 +1426,8 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "Om een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." +msgstr "" +"Om een nieuw ZFCP-apparaat in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1312,11 +1440,11 @@ #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:81 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1328,47 +1456,40 @@ #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +#| "identifier." msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" -"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" -"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" -"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +"Enter the Channel ID of the ZFCP controller.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" -"Voer de identificatie van het toe te voegen apparaat,\n" -"het Kanaal-ID van de ZFCP-controller, het wereldwijde\n" -"poortnummer (WWPN) en het LUN-nummer in.\n" +"<big>Nieuwe DASD-schijf toevoegen</big> \n" +"Voer het channel-ID in van de DASD-schijf als\n" +"identifier." #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " +"conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" -"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Het Kanaal-ID dient in kleine letters in een sysfs, conform\n" -"aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale\n" -"waarde te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande hexadecimale waarde met\n" -"navolgende nullen te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Bezig mkinitrd uit te voeren." #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, formaat: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, apparaat: %2, DIAG: %3" @@ -1376,80 +1497,73 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Geconfigureerde DASD-schijven lezen" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:432 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs is niet aangekoppeld." #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:440 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: ongeldige status voor <online>" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: geen apparaat gevonden voor <ccwid>." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: kon de status van het apparaat niet wijzigen." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: apparaat is geen DASD." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: Kon module niet laden." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: Activeren van DASD is mislukt." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD is niet geformatteerd." #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:480 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: onbekende fout %2." #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Bezig %1 te formatteren:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Schijf formatteren is mislukt. Exit-code: %1." #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formatteren van %1: cilinder %2 van %3 gereed" @@ -1751,72 +1865,119 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:302 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:292 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:311 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:301 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "Kanaal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, apparaat: %4" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 #. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:367 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:378 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Geconfigureerde ZFCP-apparaten lezen" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." -msgstr "%1: WWPN ongeldig." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." -msgstr "%1: kon WWPN niet activeren voor adapter %1." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 -msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." -msgstr "%1: kon ZFCP-apparaat niet activeren." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 -msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." -msgstr "%1: SCSI-schijf kon niet worden gedeactiveerd." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 -msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: registratie van LUN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 -msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: registratie van WWPN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:532 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:448 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: apparaat <ccwid> bestaat niet." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:456 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: module zfcp kon niet worden geladen." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:464 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: adapterstatus kon niet worden gewijzigd." #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:472 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN-poorten zijn nog actief." +#~ msgid "&WWPN" +#~ msgstr "&WWPN" + +#~ msgid "Get WWPNs" +#~ msgstr "Vraag WWPNs op" + +#~ msgid "&LUN" +#~ msgstr "&LUN" + +#~ msgid "Get LUNs" +#~ msgstr "Vraag LUNs op" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 +#~ msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "De ingevoerde WWPN is ongeldig." + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 +#~ msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +#~ msgstr "De ingevoerde LUN is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +#~ "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +#~ "Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#~ "(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Nieuw ZFCP-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" +#~ "Voer de identificatie van het toe te voegen apparaat,\n" +#~ "het Kanaal-ID van de ZFCP-controller, het wereldwijde\n" +#~ "poortnummer (WWPN) en het LUN-nummer in.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a " +#~ "sysfs conforming\n" +#~ "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#~ "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " +#~ "value, such as\n" +#~ "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#~ "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " +#~ "with\n" +#~ "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het Kanaal-ID dient in kleine letters in een sysfs, conform\n" +#~ "aan het formaat 0.0.<devno>, zoals <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#~ "Het WWPN-nummer dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens " +#~ "bestaande hexadecimale\n" +#~ "waarde te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#~ "De LUN dient in kleine letters als een uit 16 tekens bestaande " +#~ "hexadecimale waarde met\n" +#~ "navolgende nullen te worden ingevoerd, zoals <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +#~ "" + +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +#~ msgstr "%1: WWPN ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +#~ msgstr "%1: kon WWPN niet activeren voor adapter %1." + +#~ msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +#~ msgstr "%1: kon ZFCP-apparaat niet activeren." + +#~ msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +#~ msgstr "%1: SCSI-schijf kon niet worden gedeactiveerd." + +#~ msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: registratie van LUN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." + +#~ msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +#~ msgstr "%1: registratie van WWPN kon niet ongedaan worden gemaakt." + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #~ msgid "Select I&nstance" #~ msgstr "&Exemplaar selecteren" @@ -1942,9 +2103,12 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Om een nieuw dump-apparaat toe te voegen of in te stellen, klik op Toevoegen.\n" -#~ "Om een reeds geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te bewerken, selecteer het en klik op Bewerken.\n" -#~ "Om een geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op Verwijderen." +#~ "Om een nieuw dump-apparaat toe te voegen of in te stellen, klik op " +#~ "Toevoegen.\n" +#~ "Om een reeds geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te bewerken, selecteer het en " +#~ "klik op Bewerken.\n" +#~ "Om een geconfigureerd dump-apparaat te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik " +#~ "op Verwijderen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" @@ -1952,14 +2116,16 @@ #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Nieuw dump-apparaat toevoegen</big> \n" #~ "Bereid een apparaat voor om te gebruiken als een s/390 dump-apparaat.\n" #~ "Ondersteunde apparaten zijn ECKD DASD. Geef bij\n" #~ "Dump-apparaat het te formatteren apparaat op. Als het apparaat\n" #~ "al geformatteerd of geconfigureerd is, dan is het activeren van \n" -#~ "Dump-record installeren, zelfs als de schijf reeds is ge&formatteerd vereist." +#~ "Dump-record installeren, zelfs als de schijf reeds is ge&formatteerd</" +#~ "b> vereist." #~ msgid "Disk unusable." #~ msgstr "Schijf is onbruikbaar." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -37,44 +37,44 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799 #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Winbind-services (winbindd) in/uitschakelen" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Controleren of deze machine is aangemeld bij een domein" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Deze machine aanmelden bij een domein" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen wijzigen" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Service inschakelen" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Service uitschakelen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "De naam van het domein waar men de computer wil aanmelden" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -84,17 +84,17 @@ "zonder gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord op te geven.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Het wachtwoord dat wordt gebruikt voor het aanmelden bij het domein" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "Het machine-account" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "De naam van een werkgroep" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." @@ -176,8 +176,12 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "" +"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "" +"Geef het bereik op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de " +"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061 #. frame label @@ -315,7 +319,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" @@ -413,7 +417,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -474,7 +479,8 @@ "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></" +"b> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -484,7 +490,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op Afbreken te " +"klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -516,38 +523,48 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n" +"Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active " +"Directory-domein.\n" "Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken staat de \n" -"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" +"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt " +"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." +"Activeer Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen om uw AD-server " +"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk." +"" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n" -"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" +"Wanneer u op OK drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap " +"verifiëren.\n" +"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens " +"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -565,18 +582,41 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." -msgstr "Schakel Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " +"directories created on the first login." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden in als u wilt dat " +"deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." +msgid "" +"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"Offline-verificatie maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich " +"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze " +"optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De " +"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw " +"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen " +"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het " +"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen." +msgid "" +"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Klik op Geavanceerde instellingen om geavanceerde mogelijkheden " +"zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit " +"Active Directory-domeinen." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -586,17 +626,28 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt moet\n" -"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-installatie.\n" -"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-versleutelde) tekst in het profiel. " +"Geef de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord op dat gebruikt " +"moet\n" +"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-" +"installatie.\n" +"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-" +"versleutelde) tekst in het profiel. " #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." -msgstr "Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Geef de Active Directory Server op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te " +"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde " +"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -608,25 +659,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Om uw tijd met een NTP-server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n" -"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module NTP-configuratie.\n" +"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module NTP-" +"configuratie.\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr " (standaard)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "&Machine-account OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "Lijst &verkrijgen" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -634,36 +686,39 @@ "Gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord zijn vereist\n" "voor een lijst met machine-accounts." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "&Machine-account" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Lidmaatschap van werkgroep wordt geverifieerd..." #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." +msgstr "" +"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten." #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "De configuratie zal gepropageerd worden over clusternodes." #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." +msgstr "" +"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein " +"'%1'." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "Laat de tekstvelden leeg om anoniem aan te melden bij het domein.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -672,7 +727,7 @@ "computer al is aangemeld bij domein '%1'." #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -681,11 +736,11 @@ "bij domein '%1'." #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "Aanmelden bij domein '%1'?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -693,7 +748,7 @@ "Kan niet automatisch bepalen of dit\n" "cluster al is aangemeld bij domein %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -702,113 +757,163 @@ "bij domein %1." #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Behouden" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "Verwij&deren" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "Er zijn andere Windows-services beschikbaar. Wilt u die ook stoppen?" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebr&uik WINS voor hostname vinden" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor naam vinden, activeer Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "" +"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "" +"Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor " +"naam vinden, activeer Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden." #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "WINS-server via &DHCP ophalen" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." -msgstr "Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server die door DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "" +"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer WINS-server via DHCP ophalen om een WINS-server die door " +"DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken." #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Delen door gebruikers" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Delen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "Gebruikers toesta&an hun mappen te delen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "&Gasttoegang toestaan" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "Toegestane groe&p" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "&Maximum aantal shares" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." -msgstr "Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun mappen te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "" +"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " +"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen maakt het voor " +"gebruikers van de groep in Toegestane groep mogelijk om hun mappen " +"te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal " +"bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker " +"dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem " +"de toegang toestaan." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." -msgstr "Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "" +"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created." +msgstr "" +"Met Maximum aantal shares kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag " +"worden aangemaakt beperken." #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." -msgstr "Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "" +"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " +"Guest Access." +msgstr "" +"Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, " +"selecteer Gasttoegang toestaan." #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" "In de tabel Koppel servermappen aan,kunt u mappen specificeren\n" -"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n" -"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n" -"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n" -"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf." +"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden " +"wanneer\n" +"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou " +"moeten,\n" +"specificeer dan Gebruikersnaam voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders " +"wordt\n" +"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-" +"pagina pam_mount.conf." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor Pad op afstand gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor Lokaal aankoppelpunt om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van Opties." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "" +"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of Options." +msgstr "" +"Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor Pad " +"op afstand gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor Lokaal " +"aankoppelpunt om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde " +"<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van Opties." #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." -msgstr "De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "" +"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van de Kerberos methode definieert hoe kerberos tickets " +"verifieert. Wanneer Single Sing-on voor SSH wordt gebruikt, is de " +"standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. " +"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -864,8 +969,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" @@ -936,13 +1041,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" @@ -971,7 +1076,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Samba-cliënt-configuratie initialiseren" @@ -980,139 +1085,140 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Winbind-status wordt lezen" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Globale Samba-instellingen worden gelezen..." #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Winbind-status wordt gelezen..." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Samba-client opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen van PAM worden opgeslagen..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services uitschakelen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799 #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba-services inschakelen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-configuratie wegschrijven" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Instellingen van Kerberos worden weggeschreven..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan in %1." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet starten." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet starten." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "Kan de service 'winbind' niet stoppen." #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "Kan de winbind-daemon niet stoppen." #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "Kan PAM-instellingen niet schrijven." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Globale configuratie" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Offline authenticatie ingeschakeld" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Maximum aantal shares: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Werkgroep of domein: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "Authenticatie met SMB: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend" +msgstr "" +"Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details" +msgstr "" +"SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de " +"details" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -115,17 +117,23 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share " +"te lezen" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de " +"share te schrijven" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn" +msgstr "" +"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar " +"moet zijn" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -135,7 +143,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan" +msgstr "" +"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is " +"toegestaan" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -155,7 +165,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan" +msgstr "" +"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen " +"toestaan" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -165,7 +177,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -189,13 +202,20 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP-server" +msgid "" +"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie " +"op de LDAP-server" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" -msgstr "De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" +msgstr "" +"De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld " +"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -215,7 +235,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "Share %1 bestaat al." @@ -237,7 +257,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" @@ -245,7 +265,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" @@ -259,13 +279,16 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Sambaserver\n" "is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n" -"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de commando's\n" -"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De verbindingen met\n" +"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de " +"commando's\n" +"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De " +"verbindingen met\n" "deze server zullen dan wel worden verbroken." #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -296,7 +319,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens." +msgstr "" +"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele " +"aanhalingstekens." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -396,23 +421,23 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "&Primaire domeincontroller (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Reser&ve domeincontroller (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Geen domein &controller" #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -421,19 +446,19 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba-installatie" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Stap 1 van 2" @@ -441,48 +466,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "&Werkgroep of domeinnaam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Stap 2 van 2" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87 #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Huidige domeinnaam:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba-server type" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "Niet beschikbaar omdat PDC aanwezig is." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Share hernoemen" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nieuwe share-&naam" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Voer een nieuwe share-naam in." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -491,7 +516,7 @@ "Kies een andere share-naam.\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -502,26 +527,26 @@ "Share verwijderen?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "Vertrouwd &omein" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Wachtwoord" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "Domeinnaam mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "Kan vertrouwd-domein-relatie niet tot stand brengen." #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -534,14 +559,14 @@ "als een veiligheidsbedreiging worden beschouwd." #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Ver&trouwde domeinen" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -550,237 +575,237 @@ "trusted domein '%1' echt verlaten?" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Share %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Geavanceerde globale configuratie" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificatie" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "Share &naam" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "Share &beschrijving" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Share type" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "&Printer" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Map" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Share-&pad" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Alleen lezen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "ACL's &overnemen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots blootstellen" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Btrfs-functies gebruiken" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Nieuwe share" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Pad voor een share" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-naam mag niet leeg zijn." #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "Share-pad mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Beschikbare shares" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filter" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "&Alle shares tonen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "&Systeemshares verbergen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Alleen lezen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Pad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Gasttoegang" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Opmerking" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "He&rnoemen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status aan/ui&t" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS-server ondersteuning" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Externe WINS-server" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Naa&m" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Gebruik WINS voor de het vinden van de hostnaam" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Geen DC" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primair (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserve (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Basisinstellingen" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "Domein&controller" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Gea&vanceerde globale configuratie" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "&Gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba-configuratie" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "Ops&tarten" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Shares" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentiteit" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "&LDAP-instellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS &hostnaam" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Bronnen met gebruikersinformatie " #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -790,16 +815,16 @@ "een administratief account (root) nodig.\n" "Deze zal nu worden aangemaakt." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba root &wachtwoord:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord &verifiëren" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -808,12 +833,12 @@ "het wachtwoord zijn niet gelijk." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "Kan account voor gebruiker %1 niet aanmaken." #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -821,7 +846,7 @@ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord\n" "op om aan te melden bij domein '%1'." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -830,17 +855,17 @@ "anoniem aan te melden bij het domein." #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Gebr&uikersnaam" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&Geen lid worden" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Aanmelden bij het domein '%1' succesvol." @@ -860,7 +885,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -888,38 +914,51 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big> \n" -"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op Verder.\n" +"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en " +"klik op Verder.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>SAMBA-server type</big>\n" -"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.\n" -"De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie.\n" -"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" -"De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven." +"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " +"Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.\n" +"De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de " +"validatie.\n" +"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en " +"hun wachtwoorden.\n" +"De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de " +"instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal " +"uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>SAMBA-server type</big> \n" -"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.\n" +"Een domein controller staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een " +"Windows domein aan te melden.\n" "De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n" "hangen van deze instelling af." @@ -992,7 +1031,9 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " +"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" @@ -1000,8 +1041,10 @@ msgstr "" "De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n" "Reserve domein controller en Primaire domein controller staan\n" -"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n" -"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n" +"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve " +"controller \n" +"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire " +"controller\n" "gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n" "Wanneer de server niet als domein controller participeert, kies dan de\n" "Geen DC waarde.\n" @@ -1049,10 +1092,12 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geavanceerde instellingen geeft toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde globale instellingen.\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde " +"globale instellingen.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1078,10 +1123,13 @@ "choose it in the list and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n" -"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n" -"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n" +"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het " +"wachtwoord op.\n" +"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot " +"het\n" "trust domein. Nadat er op OK is geklikt, zal YaST proberen om de\n" -"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n" +"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze " +"in de lijst\n" "te selecteren en vervolgens op Verwijderen te klikken.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -1107,8 +1155,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Bewerken\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " +"Bewerken\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " +"verwijderen.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1125,8 +1175,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, Bewerken\n" -"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te verwijderen.\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, " +"Bewerken\n" +"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en Verwijderen om een optie te " +"verwijderen.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1143,21 +1195,29 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Zoek basis DN (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n" -"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De Administratie DN wordt\n" -"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n" -"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n" +"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De " +"Administratie DN wordt\n" +"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als " +"de\n" +"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het " +"wachtwoord met\n" "behulp van LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instellen op.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.\n" +msgstr "" +"Opmerking:Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-" +"administratie wachtwoord instelt.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1175,11 +1235,14 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n" -"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop Toevoegen\n" +"Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan " +"de huidige eerst\n" +"door op Delete te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop " +"Toevoegen\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1282,21 +1345,41 @@ "honored when creating a subdirectory.\n" msgstr "" "ACL's overnemen kan gebruikt worden om er zeker van te zijn\n" -"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook altijd\n" +"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook " +"altijd\n" "gehonoreerd worden tijdens het aanmaken van een submap.\n" #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " +"details." msgstr "" -"Met Snapshots blootstellen geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients blootstellen.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor verdere details." +"Met Snapshots blootstellen geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots " +"gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients " +"blootstellen.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt " +"en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund " +"configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook " +"worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor " +"verdere details." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"Btrfs-functies gebruiken instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba vfs snapper(8) voor verdere details." +"Btrfs-functies gebruiken instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken " +"van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en " +"het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba vfs " +"snapper(8) voor verdere details." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1305,53 +1388,91 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" +"b>." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP-instellingen</big> \n" "Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor authenticatie.\n" "\n" "\n" -"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n" +"LDAP-wachtwoordbackend instellen stelt u in staat " +"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de " +"URL. Met LDAP-idmap-backend, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in " +"LDAP op.\n" "\n" -"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" +"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, " +"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n" "\n" -"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" +"Basis DN voor zoeken is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan " +"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n" "\n" -"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." +"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op Verbinding " +"testen. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard " +"waarden te gebruiken, klik op Geavanceerde instellingen." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor idmap die voor idmap-mappings." +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " +"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " +"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"Achtervoegsel van gebruiker specificeert waar gebruikers in de " +"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de " +"waarde van Zoek basis-DN. Overeenkomstig specificeert " +"Achtervoegsel van groep de plaats voor groepen, Achtervoegsel voor " +"machines voor machines en Achtervoegsel voor idmap die voor idmap-" +"mappings." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.\n" -"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in seconden)." +"Replicatieslaaptijd is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal " +"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit " +"kunnen bijbenen.\n" +"Time-Out specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in " +"seconden)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL of TLS gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +"" +msgstr "" +"Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met SSL " +"of TLS gebruiken." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details." msgstr "" -"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" -"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren, definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." +"DN verwijderen specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-" +"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.\n" +"Met Wachtwoorden synchroniseren, definieert u mogelijke " +"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de " +"manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1403,17 +1524,20 @@ "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n" +"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er " +"namelijk\n" "voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Geavanceerde instellingen geven toegang tot \n" -"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n" +"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, " +"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n" "geavanceerde globale instellingen.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1629,7 +1753,8 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." +msgstr "" +"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/scanner.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -116,7 +116,9 @@ #. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "Het is alleen mogelijk om een stuurprogramma zonder bijpassende scanner te verwijderen." +msgstr "" +"Het is alleen mogelijk om een stuurprogramma zonder bijpassende scanner te " +"verwijderen." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry #. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver @@ -171,7 +173,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "Het deactiveren van %1 is mislukt." @@ -277,8 +279,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "" +"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" +"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' is alleen beschikbaar voor i386-compatibele " +"architecturen (32-bit i386 en ook 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -290,7 +296,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 architectuur." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma 'epkowa' kan voor problemen zorgen op de 64-bits x86_64 " +"architectuur." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -306,7 +314,8 @@ "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer onderhouden.\n" +"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' zou moeten werken, maar wordt niet langer " +"onderhouden.\n" "Probeer het meer actuele stuurprogramma 'hpaio' te gebruiken." #. Configure backend dialog @@ -406,7 +415,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " +"scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -420,7 +430,8 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " +"configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -453,7 +464,8 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " +"scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -485,7 +497,8 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " +"loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -507,14 +520,16 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Scanners die via de parallelle poort werken kunnen met dit programma\n" "niet ingesteld worden, behalve voor alles-in-één apparaten van HP.\n" -"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd worden.\n" +"Algemene scanners via de parallelle poort moeten handmatig geconfigureerd " +"worden.\n" "Voor de scannereenheid in een alles-in-één apparaat van HP dat via de\n" "parallelle poort is aangesloten, moet u mogelijk <tt>hp-setup</tt> draaien\n" "via Overig en Draai hp-setup, alvorens u de scanner\n" @@ -540,8 +555,10 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" +"b>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -570,13 +587,16 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " +"drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de bijhorende scanners.\n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en aan te zetten.\n" +"De tabel bevat de lijst met geconfigureerde stuurprogramma's en de " +"bijhorende scanners.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om het model en stuurprogramma te kiezen en aan te " +"zetten.\n" "Klik op Bewerken om het stuurprogramma te wijzigen en aan te zetten.\n" "Klik op Verwijderen om het stuurprogramma te verwijderen.\n" "Als u op Overig klikt, dan kunt u de detectie herstarten, actieve\n" @@ -598,7 +618,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " +"reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -625,14 +646,16 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " +"Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Scannermodel selecteren</big> \n" -"Alle bekende scannermodellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier weergegeven.\n" +"Alle bekende scannermodellen, al dan niet ondersteund, worden hier " +"weergegeven.\n" "Lees eerst zorgvuldig alle informatie voordat u een model selecteert en\n" "op Verder klikt. De informatie is gebaseerd op de gegevens van het\n" "SANE-project op <tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" @@ -644,31 +667,45 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " +"available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" +"backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." +" \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " +"does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " +"internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " +"driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens een geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma voor de scanner is.\n" -"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" -"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot compleet. \n" -"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" +"Een model is ondersteund als er minstens een geschikt apparaatstuurprogramma " +"voor de scanner is.\n" +"De meeste apparaatstuurprogramma's voor scanners komen uit het SANE-project " +"en worden geleverd in het sane-backends pakket.\n" +"De onderhoudstatus voor een specifiek model varieert van minimaal tot " +"compleet. \n" +"Wanneer een apparaatstuurprogramma getoond wordt als 'niet-onderhouden', dan " +"betekent dat niet dat deze niet werkt.\n" "Zelfs een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma kan perfect werken.\n" -"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de interne\n" -"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" +"Maar het betekent dat er niet langer iemand is die weet heeft van de " +"interne\n" +"werking zodat er gewoonlijk geen hulp is als er problemen zijn met een niet-" +"onderhouden apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " +"driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " +"unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -686,7 +723,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen blokhaakjes.\n" +"Als er aanvullend commentaar beschikbaar is, dan wordt dit getoond tussen " +"blokhaakjes.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -697,24 +735,36 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " +"also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " +"list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." +"*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " +"string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Gebruik de Zoekterm om snel een geschikt item te vinden.\n" -"Om een bepaalde tekst in de tabel te kunnen vinden, voert u het in in het veld.\n" +"Om een bepaalde tekst in de tabel te kunnen vinden, voert u het in in het " +"veld.\n" "Een meer gecompliceerde zoekopdracht met behulp van hoofdlettergevoelige\n" "reguliere expressies is ook mogelijk.\n" -"Als de scanner gedetecteerd is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst aanwezig,\n" -"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de zoekterm toevoegen.\n" -"Voeg bijvoorbeeld een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Als de scanner gedetecteerd is en de naam van de fabrikant is in deze lijst " +"aanwezig,\n" +"dan is de zoekterm vooringesteld met de fabrikantnaam, zoals <tt>^Epson.*</" +"tt>.\n" +"Om de zoekresultaten te verfijnen kunt u modelspecifieke details aan de " +"zoekterm toevoegen.\n" +"Voeg bijvoorbeeld een term toe die onderdeel is van het modelnaam: " +"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"Of voeg enkele cijfers toe die onderdeel zijn van het modeltype: <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -723,7 +773,8 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" +"b>.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -784,10 +835,14 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " +"devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " +"available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" +"one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " +"driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -798,13 +853,18 @@ "<big>HP alles-in-één-apparaten</big> \n" "De alles-in-één-apparaten van HP hebben een speciale instellingsprocedure\n" "nodig. In dat geval wordt er een bijpassende dialoog geopend.\n" -"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP alles-in-één-apparaten:\n" -"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer beschikbaar is),\n" +"Er zijn twee softwarepakketten die ondersteuning leveren voor HP alles-in-" +"één-apparaten:\n" +"de verouderde HPOJ-software (pakket 'hp-officeJet', dat niet langer " +"beschikbaar is),\n" "die het PTAL-systeem levert (met de ptal-service),\n" -"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing levert.\n" +"en de nieuwe HPLIP-software (pakket 'hplip'), die de hpaio-apparaatbesturing " +"levert.\n" "Beide pakketten kunnen tegelijkertijd worden geïnstalleerd,\n" -"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk draaien.\n" -"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP alles-in-één-apparaten.\n" +"maar de ptal-services en de hpaio-apparaatbesturing kunnen niet tegelijk " +"draaien.\n" +"Daarom moet één van beide gebruikt worden voor alle HP alles-in-één-" +"apparaten.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -833,9 +893,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " +"the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " +"server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " +"access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -844,12 +907,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Serverinstellingen</big> \n" -"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt, en u deze via het netwerk toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" -"Voer bij Toegestane clients in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" -"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-adressen) of\n" +"Als u lokaal aangesloten scanners hebt, en u deze via het netwerk " +"toegankelijk wilt maken, stel dan de 'saned network scanning daemon' zodanig " +"in dat deze uw host in een server veranderd.\n" +"Voer bij Toegestane clients in welke client-hosts toestemming hebben " +"om saned op uw server te benaderen.\n" +"Voer een door komma's gescheiden lijst van client-hosts (hostnamen of IP-" +"adressen) of\n" "subnets (CIDR-notatie, zoals 192.168.1.0/24) in.\n" "Als er geen client-hosts zijn toegestaan, dan wordt saned niet geactiveerd.\n" -"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor saned.\n" +"Als saned is geactiveerd, dan is xinetd ook geactiveerd en ingesteld voor " +"saned.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: @@ -915,7 +983,8 @@ "toe aan de interne zone van de firewall.\n" "Gebruik de instellingsmodule van YaST voor de Firewall om deze fundamentele\n" "instelling te maken met betrekking tot netwerkbeveiliging en de firewall en\n" -"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan. \n" +"scannen via het netwerk zal zonder enige verdere firewall-instelling gaan." +" \n" "Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase (SDB)\n" "artikel 'CUPS en SANE firewall-instellingen' at \n" "http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" @@ -929,8 +998,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " +"network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " +"servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -939,11 +1010,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Cliëntinstellingen</big> \n" -"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts (servers)\n" -"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te krijgen\n" +"Als u toegang tot scanners wilt die zijn aangesloten op andere hosts " +"(servers)\n" +"in het netwerk, stel dan het metastuurprogramma 'net' in om toegang te " +"krijgen\n" "via de daemon die op de servers draait.\n" "De 'saned'-daemon en de firewall op de servers moeten de toegang toestaan.\n" -"Vul bij Gebruikte servers de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer een\n" +"Vul bij Gebruikte servers de servers in die u wilt gebruiken. Voer " +"een\n" "door komma's gescheiden lijst met servers (servernamen of IP-adressen) in.\n" "Als u geen servers invoert, dan wordt 'net' niet geactiveerd.\n" "" @@ -972,8 +1046,10 @@ "<big>Configuratie van lokale host:</big> \n" "Door het loopback-netwerk te gebruiken kunnen 'saned' en het\n" "metastuurprogramma 'net' ook op uw lokale computer worden gebruikt.\n" -"In dat geval zijn de server en cliënt feitelijk dezelfde computer (localhost).\n" -"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen root-privileges.\n" +"In dat geval zijn de server en cliënt feitelijk dezelfde computer " +"(localhost).\n" +"Sommige scanners, zoals scanners verbonden met de parallelle poort, vereisen " +"root-privileges.\n" "Als u <tt>localhost</tt> invoert voor de server en de cliënt, dan kunt u\n" "de scanner ook als gewone gebruiker op uw lokale computer benaderen.\n" "" @@ -1012,7 +1088,8 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " +"Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1032,26 +1109,38 @@ "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson (vroeger\n" "Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver)/\n" "waar RPM-pakketten voor 32-bit (i386) en 64-bit (x86_64) architecturen\n" -"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten accepteert).\n" -"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire software.\n" -"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) architecturen\n" +"kunnen worden gedownload (als u de Epson/Avasys licentieovereenkomsten " +"accepteert).\n" +"Het Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma bevat propriëtaire alleen-binaire " +"software.\n" +"Voor sommige modellen is het alleen beschikbaar voor 32-bit (i386) " +"architecturen\n" "die niet werken wanneer u een 64-bit systeem gebruikt.\n" -"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (vrije-software) apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" +"Sommige scanners worden ook ondersteund door een ander (vrije-software) " +"apparaatstuurprogramma.\n" "Wanneer uw scannermodel een DFSG niet-vrije (propriëtaire) module vereist,\n" -"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te installeren:\n" +"dan dient u twee pakketten van Epson/Avasys te downloaden en te " +"installeren:\n" "Het 'iscan'-pakket voor de basis software en een extra\n" "model-afhankelijke 'iscan-plugin'-pakket met de propriëtaire module.\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron " +"beschikbaar." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "" +"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de " +"installatiebron." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1072,7 +1161,8 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " +"fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Het bepalen van de actieve scanners is mislukt.\n" "Wanneer de 'net metadriver' is geactiveerd en er is iets verkeerd\n" @@ -1100,7 +1190,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat niet." @@ -1113,7 +1203,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Lezen van %1 is mislukt." @@ -1156,7 +1246,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Actieve scanners vaststellen" @@ -1182,7 +1272,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Actieve scanners worden vastgesteld..." @@ -1206,7 +1296,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" @@ -1291,7 +1381,8 @@ "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" "Het lijkt erop dat 'hplip' niet is geïnstalleerd, deze is vereist\n" -"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd worden?\n" +"om 'hp-setup' te kunnen draaien. Moet het pakket 'hplip' geïnstalleerd " +"worden?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -1310,10 +1401,12 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n" -"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de scannerconfiguratie.\n" +"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de " +"scannerconfiguratie.\n" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column #. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: @@ -1324,19 +1417,19 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Onbekend apparaat" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Onbekende fabrikant" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Onbekend model" @@ -1347,7 +1440,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 op %3" @@ -1364,7 +1457,8 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." +msgstr "" +"Geen scanner gedetecteerd en geen actieve scanner of stuurprogramma aanwezig." #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1378,7 +1472,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "Software voor Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma van Epson/Avasys is vereist." +msgstr "" +"Software voor Image Scan apparaatstuurprogramma van Epson/Avasys is vereist." #. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name #. which provides the driver for the particular model: @@ -1412,7 +1507,8 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou volledige functionaliteit leveren." +msgstr "" +"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou volledige functionaliteit leveren." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1439,7 +1535,8 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou minimale functionaliteit leveren." +msgstr "" +"Niet onderhouden stuurprogramma %1 zou minimale functionaliteit leveren." #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1458,27 +1555,34 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " +"memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " +"distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " +"site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " +"scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " +"upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "Een firmware-bestand bevat software die in het geheugen van de scanner\n" "geladen moet worden. Zonder firmware zal de scanner niet functioneren.\n" "\n" -"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant valt,\n" -"kunnen we deze niet distribueren. Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand ergens\n" +"Aangezien firmware onder een beperkte licentie van de scannerfabrikant " +"valt,\n" +"kunnen we deze niet distribueren. Gewoonlijk is het firmware-bestand " +"ergens\n" "op de CD van de fabrikant opgeslagen. Ook kan het vaak via de website van\n" "de fabrikant gedownload worden. Vraag eventueel de fabrikant hoe u aan de\n" "firmware voor uw type scanner kunt komen. Op de SANE-website kunt u meer\n" @@ -1492,7 +1596,7 @@ #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1503,28 +1607,32 @@ "de ptal-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de ptal-service\n" "gestopt en zullen alle printerwachtrijen die gebruik maken van de\n" "ptal-service niet langer werken.\n" -"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP gebruikt.\n" +"Als u doorgaat, wijzig dan de printerconfiguratie zodat deze HPLIP " +"gebruikt.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " +"initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " +"fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" +"lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1539,11 +1647,13 @@ "Het PTAL-systeem en de hplip-service sluiten elkaar uit. Daarom moet\n" "een draaiende hplip-service gestopt en gedeactiveerd worden voordat\n" "het PTAL-systeem geïnitialiseerd, geactiveerd en gestart wordt.\n" -"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem veilig.\n" +"Alleen bij USB is een automatische initialisatie van het PTAL-systeem " +"veilig.\n" "Stel het PTAL-systeem handmatig in als u een niet-USB-apparaat hebt of als\n" "de geautomatiseerde USB-initialisatie mislukte.\n" "Als u een alles-in-één apparaat (scanner+printer) hebt, denk er dan aan dat\n" -"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijvoorbeeld /dev/usb/lp0)\n" +"een draaiende ptal-service het USB-apparaatbestand (bijvoorbeeld /dev/usb/" +"lp0)\n" "volledig in beslag zal nemen, waardoor de printer niet langer via het\n" "USB-apparaatbestand benaderd kan worden.\n" "\n" @@ -1553,14 +1663,15 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " +"service.\n" msgstr "" "Er is minstens één printerconfiguratie aanwezig die gebruikt maakt van\n" "de hplip-service. U kunt nu doorgaan, maar dan wordt de hplip-service\n" @@ -1572,51 +1683,51 @@ "deze de ptal-service gebruikt.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 instellen" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Controleren of er nog extra pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Controleren of een firmware-upload nodig is" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Speciale vereisten voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's testen en instellen" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Het stuurprogramma activeren" #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Controle of er extra pakketten nodig zijn..." #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Controle of een firmware-upload nodig is..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "Vereisten voor bepaalde stuurprogramma's worden getest en ingesteld..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Het stuurprogramma wordt geactiveerd..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Vereist pakket is niet geïnstalleerd" @@ -1626,7 +1737,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "Stuurprogramma %1 heeft pakket %2 nodig." @@ -1634,9 +1745,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afgebroken" @@ -1648,7 +1759,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Firmware-upload is nodig" @@ -1657,19 +1768,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Als de ptal-service niet draait zal de scanner niet werken." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Kon het PTAL-systeem niet opzetten." #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1684,49 +1795,55 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS-afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "" +"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " +"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "" +"Het stuurprogramma 'hpoj' is gedeactiveerd. De bijhorende ptal-service is " +"echter niet gedeactiveerd omdat het CUPS-afdruksysteem deze nodig heeft." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "Het stoppen van de ptal-service is mislukt." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "Het uitschakelen van de ptal-service is mislukt." #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "Geen scanner voor %1" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een bijpassende actieve scanner." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om een test uit te voeren zonder een bijpassende " +"actieve scanner." #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Te testen &scanner" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1 wordt getest" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Testen met 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." @@ -1734,7 +1851,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1748,7 +1865,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(geen resultaten beschikbaar)" @@ -1758,7 +1875,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "Succesvolle test van %1" @@ -1766,7 +1883,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1782,15 +1899,17 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Het vaststellen van de configuratie voor het scannen via het netwerk is " +"mislukt." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "Het instellen voor scannen via het netwerk is mislukt." @@ -1805,14 +1924,16 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Controleer of uw firewall het scannen over een netwerk toestaat." #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze dialoog." +msgstr "" +"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall zie de helptekst van deze " +"dialoog." #~ msgid "" #~ "A scanner is not known to HAL.\n" @@ -1857,7 +1978,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanner testen en instellen" #~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..." -#~ msgstr "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanners worden getest en ingesteld..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toegangsrechten voor USB- en SCSI-scanners worden getest en ingesteld..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to set scanner access permissions.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Beveiliging Configuratiemodule" @@ -46,15 +46,17 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Stel de waarde in voor de specifieke optie" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau werkstation thuis (zonder netwerk)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "Beveligingsniveau werkstation in netwerk" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "Beveligingsniveau werkstation in netwerk" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -129,212 +131,215 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Magische SysRq-toetsen gebruiken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Gebruik veilige bestandspermissies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Externe toegang tot de displaybeheerder" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Schrijf de systeemtijd terug in de hardware klok" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Genereer altijd syslog-messages voor cron-scripts" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Draai de DHCP-daemon in een chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Draai de DHCP-server als de dhcp-gebruiker" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Toegang tot root van afstand in displaybeheer" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Toegang van afstand tot de X-server" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Externe toegang tot het e-mail-afleveringssubsysteem" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Herstart services bij bijwerken" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Services stoppen bij verwijdering" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP-syncookies inschakelen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-forwarding" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-forwarding" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "" -"Activeer de basis systeemservices in runlevel 3\n" -" (multi-user met netwerk)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "Alleen de basis systeemservices zijn geactiveerd." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "" -"Activeer de basis systeemservices in runlevel 5\n" -" (multi-user met netwerk en grafische login)" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Activeer extra services in runlevel 3" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "Activeer extra services in runlevel 5" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Instellen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Ingeschakeld" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Beveiligingsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "Help" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " of " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "Deze basis systeemservices zijn niet geactiveerd in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" +#| "B>" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" +msgstr "" +"Deze basis systeemservices zijn niet geactiveerd in runlevel %1: " +"%2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Alle basis services zijn geactiveerd." -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "Deze extra services zijn geactiveerd in runlevel %1: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" +msgstr "" +"Deze extra services zijn geactiveerd in runlevel %1: %2" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit." +msgstr "" +"Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit." +"" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "Alleen de basis systeemservices zijn geactiveerd." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status wijzigen" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschrijving" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "" + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Opstartinstellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Opstartpermissies" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Wachtwoordinstellingen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Controles" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Wachtwoordleeftijd" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -343,22 +348,23 @@ " zijn dan het maximum." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "De minimum wachtwoordlengte kan niet groter dan het maximum zijn.\n" -"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is %1." +"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is " +"%1." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Aanmeldinstellingen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "Aanmelden" @@ -378,7 +384,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -405,7 +412,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Opstartveiligheid</big>\n" -"Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen." +"Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die " +"gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -430,47 +438,62 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" msgstr "" "Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm:\n" -"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te sluiten.\n" +"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te " +"sluiten.\n" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Breng systeem in slaapstand:\n" -"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" -"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.\n" +"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. " +"Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n" +"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle " +"gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Lokale veiligheid instellen</BIG>\n" -"Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale veiligheidsinstellingen\n" -"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" +"Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale " +"veiligheidsinstellingen\n" +"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van " +"gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n" "De standaardinstellingen kunnen naar behoefte worden gewijzigd.\n" "" #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +#| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." -msgstr "Werkstation thuis: voor een computer thuis die niet is verbonden met een type netwerk." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Werkstation in netwerk: voor een computer die verbonden is met een " +"type netwerk, inclusief het internet." #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." -msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk: voor een computer die verbonden is met een type netwerk, inclusief het internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." +msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -501,39 +524,51 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>)." msgstr "" "Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging:\n" -"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, dit\n" -"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg zodat\n" -"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden." +"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, " +"dit\n" +"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg " +"zodat\n" +"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord " +"foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen: Het registreren van geslaagde\n" -"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde toegang\n" -"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" +"Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen: Het registreren van " +"geslaagde\n" +"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde " +"toegang\n" +"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan " +"gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "Externe grafische aanmelding toestaan:\n" "Deze optie staat het toe om toegang via het netwerk tot het grafische\n" "aanmeldvenster van dit systeem te krijgen. Externe toegang tot\n" -"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico opleveren." +"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico " +"opleveren." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -548,12 +583,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren: Het is verstandig om een wachtwoord\n" -"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet bestaat uit een\n" -"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren worden de\n" +"Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren: Het is verstandig om een " +"wachtwoord\n" +"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet " +"bestaat uit een\n" +"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren " +"worden de\n" "wachtwoorden gecontroleerd met inachtneming van deze regels." #. Password dialog help @@ -561,26 +600,34 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Minimaal acceptabele wachtwoordlengte:\n" -"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert met\n" -"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en cijfer)dat\n" -"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor meer uitleg.\n" -"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren is geactiveerd." +"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert " +"met\n" +"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en " +"cijfer)dat\n" +"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor " +"meer uitleg.\n" +"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als Nieuwe wachtwoorden " +"controleren is geactiveerd." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Oude wachtwoorden onthouden:\n" -"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden onthouden en die gebruikers\n" -"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden onthouden" +"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden " +"onthouden en die gebruikers\n" +"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden " +"onthouden" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -592,26 +639,35 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES, de standaard Linux-methode, werkt in alle netwerkomgevingen,\n" -"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. Gebruik deze\n" +"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. " +"Gebruik deze\n" "methode wanneer u de compatibiliteit met andere systemen nodig heeft." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt ondersteund door\n" -"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude software." +"MD5 staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt " +"ondersteund door\n" +"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude " +"software." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen " +"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -626,12 +682,16 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt: Hier wordt het aantal\n" -"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord zal gaan verlopen.\n" -"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan raden." +"Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt: Hier wordt " +"het aantal\n" +"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord " +"zal gaan verlopen.\n" +"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan " +"raden." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -640,7 +700,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Gebruikersveiligheid</big>\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers wijzigen." +"In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers " +"wijzigen." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -664,24 +725,31 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "<big>Overige veiligheidsinstellingen</big>\n" -"In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid wijzigen." +"In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid " +"wijzigen." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" @@ -689,29 +757,40 @@ "Bestandstoegangsrechten: Instellingen voor de toegangsrechten\n" "van bepaalde systeembestanden kunnen worden ingesteld aan de hand van de\n" "gegevens in het bestand /etc/permissions.secure\n" -"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van deze selectie.\n" -"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is veranderd of door\n" +"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van " +"deze selectie.\n" +"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /" +"etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is " +"veranderd of door\n" "indringers.\n" -"Met Eenvoudig worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' alleen voor root\n" +"Met Eenvoudig worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' " +"alleen voor root\n" "leesbaar zijn leesbaar gemaakt voor gewone gebruikers.\n" -"Met Veilig worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, alleen\n" -"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door root worden gestart,\n" +"Met Veilig worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, " +"alleen\n" +"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door " +"root worden gestart,\n" "of door daemons, maar niet door gewone gebruikers.\n" -"De meest-veilige instelling is Paranoïde. Hier moet u beslissen welke\n" -"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te draaien.\n" +"De meest-veilige instelling is Paranoïde. Hier moet u beslissen " +"welke\n" +"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te " +"draaien.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Gebruiker die updatedb start: Het programma updatedb draait \n" -"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een database\n" +"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een " +"database\n" "aan (locatedb) waarin de locatie van elk bestand wordt opgeslagen.\n" "De database kan met behulp van het programma \"locate\" doorzocht worden.\n" "Hier kunt u gebruiker opgeven dat dit commando zal uitvoeren: nobody\n" @@ -722,42 +801,53 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Huidige map in root's pad: Op een DOS-systeem\n" "worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in de huidige\n" -"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n" +"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in " +"tegenstelling tot een\n" "UNIX-systeem waar alleen gezocht wordt via het zoekpad." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Huidige map in het pad van reguliere gebruikers Op een\n" "DOS systeem worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in\n" -"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in tegenstelling\n" -"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele PATH)." +"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in " +"tegenstelling\n" +"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele " +"PATH)." #. Misc dialog help 12/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt (\".\")\n" +"Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt " +"(\".\")\n" "aan het zoekpad, zodat bestanden in de\n" -"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" -"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke systeemwijde\n" -"programma's. Het maken van Trojan Horses, die gebruik maken van de zwakheid van\n" +"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk " +"aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n" +"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke " +"systeemwijde\n" +"programma's. Het maken van Trojan Horses, die gebruik maken van de " +"zwakheid van\n" "uw systeem om het te ondermijnen, wordt dan wel erg gemakkelijk." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -782,108 +872,205 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren Indien u deze optie selecteert zult\n" -"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige controle over het\n" -"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren Indien u deze optie " +"selecteert zult\n" +"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige " +"controle over het\n" +"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" +"sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke beveiligingsinstellingen." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligingsoverzicht Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke " +"beveiligingsinstellingen." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd met de optie." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "" +"Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd " +"met de optie." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "Een vinkje in de kolom Beveiligingsstatus betekent dat de huidige waarde van de optie veilig is." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"Een vinkje in de kolom Beveiligingsstatus betekent dat de huidige " +"waarde van de optie veilig is." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is " +"waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</" +"P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het netwerk\n" -"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat zo is geconfigureerd.De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd kan worden, kan\n" -"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot gebruikersnamen en\n" -"gebruikte wachtwoorden.Als u XDMCP niet nodig hebt voor grafische\n" +"Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het " +"netwerk\n" +"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat " +"zo is geconfigureerd.De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun " +"gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd " +"kan worden, kan\n" +"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen " +"toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot " +"gebruikersnamen en\n" +"gebruikte wachtwoorden.Als u XDMCP niet nodig hebt voor " +"grafische\n" "aanmelding op afstand deactiveer dan deze optie." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "Bij het opstarten wordt de systeemtijd gezet uit de hardware klok van de\n" -"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" +"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</" +"P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n" "systeem om correcte log-messages te maken." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn." +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend " +"gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis " +"zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van " +"een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</" +"P>Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze " +"aanwezig zijn." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is ingesteld op die map." +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken " +"tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap " +"te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is " +"ingesteld op die map." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker dhcpd om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als root worden uitgevoerd of met de eigenschap CAP_SYS_CHROOT om de uitvoering in de chroot-opsluiting effectief te laten zijn." +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker dhcpd " +"om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service " +"kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</" +"P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als root worden uitgevoerd of met " +"de eigenschap CAP_SYS_CHROOT om de uitvoering in de chroot-" +"opsluiting effectief te laten zijn." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als root moeten aanmelden in een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als root zich aan te melden via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier het wachtwoord verkrijgen." +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als root moeten aanmelden in " +"een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</" +"P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal " +"voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als root zich aan te melden " +"via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier " +"het wachtwoord verkrijgen." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, maken\n" -"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's kunnen\n" +"X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, " +"maken\n" +"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's " +"kunnen\n" "ook op een ander systeem draaien en tonen hun inhoud op de X-server via\n" -"netwerkverbindingen.Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server op een\n" -"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld wordt\n" -"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en omdat er\n" -"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent dat\n" -"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.Om X-Window\n" -"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure shell\n" -"(ssh) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-server\n" +"netwerkverbindingen.Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server " +"op een\n" +"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld " +"wordt\n" +"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en " +"omdat er\n" +"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent " +"dat\n" +"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.Om X-" +"Window\n" +"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure " +"shell\n" +"(ssh) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-" +"server\n" "via de versleutelde ssh-verbinding." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont zich\n" -"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet luistert\n" -"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan uw\n" +"Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont " +"zich\n" +"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet " +"luistert\n" +"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan " +"uw\n" "systeem via de SMTP-protocol dan kunt u deze optie uitschakelen." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 @@ -892,18 +1079,24 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd wordt,\n" +"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd " +"wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service herstart nadat de bestanden van het pakket zijn\n" -"geïnstalleerd.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om\n" -"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of\n" -"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" +"geïnstalleerd.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig " +"om\n" +"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden " +"of\n" +"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon " +"doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" -"gestopt.Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden gewijzigd\n" +"gestopt.Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden " +"gewijzigd\n" "mogen worden." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -912,14 +1105,17 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd wordt,\n" +"Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd " +"wordt,\n" "dan wordt de service gestopt voordat de bestanden van het pakket verwijderd\n" -"worden.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te doen\n" +"worden.Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te " +"doen\n" "als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of hun\n" "configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n" "totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n" @@ -927,12 +1123,40 @@ "gewijzigd mogen worden." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service (DoS) kwetsbaarheid.Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling Geactiveerd problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen onder hoge belasting.Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de veilige instelling is Geactiveerd." +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat " +"het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service " +"(DoS) kwetsbaarheid.Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan " +"helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal " +"legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling " +"Geactiveerd problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen " +"onder hoge belasting.Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de " +"syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. " +"Dus de veilige instelling is Geactiveerd." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit." +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden " +"die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem " +"geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.</" +"P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan " +"wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig " +"hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -943,50 +1167,75 @@ msgstr "Dezes instelling is alleen van toepassing op IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert" +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het " +"systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als " +"het systeem niet meer reageert" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in 'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden." +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* " +"bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in " +"'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te " +"leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem gebruikte services uit te zetten." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." +msgstr "" +"Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een " +"beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem " +"gebruikte services uit te zetten." #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Workstation" +msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Werkstation thuis" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Netwerkserver" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Home Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "Werkstation t&huis" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "W&erkstation in netwerk" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "Netwerk&server" @@ -1066,13 +1315,13 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Maxim&um" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" @@ -1096,91 +1345,84 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Niemand" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "Automatisch" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Slaapstand van systeem" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Gebruiker op het actieve console" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Iedereen mag in slaapstand brengen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Authenticatie is altijd vereist" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "W&achtwoordversleutelmethode" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Nieuwe wachtwoorden &controleren" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "Aantal wachtwoord&en dat moet worden onthouden" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minimum acceptabele wachtwoordlengte" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Bestandstoegangsrechten" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Eenvoudig" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Veilig" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoïde" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Gebruiker die updatedb start:" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" @@ -1203,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "Initialiseren..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Beveiligingsconfiguratie opslaan" @@ -1212,64 +1454,100 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Inittab-instellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM-instellingen schrijven" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Systeeminstellingen bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Inittab-instellingen worden geschreven..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM-instellingen worden geschreven..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Systeeminstellingen worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Huidige beveiligingsniveau: gebruikersinstellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Huidig beveiligingsniveau: %1" +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau werkstation thuis (zonder netwerk)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Activeer de basis systeemservices in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multi-user met netwerk)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Activeer de basis systeemservices in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multi-user met netwerk en grafische login)" + +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "Activeer extra services in runlevel 5" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Werkstation thuis: voor een computer thuis die niet is " +#~ "verbonden met een type netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "W&erkstation in netwerk" + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "Automatisch" + #~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" #~ msgstr "&Huidige map in root's pad" @@ -1282,11 +1560,17 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Huidige map in pad van de reguliere gebruikers gebruiken" -#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." -#~ msgstr "Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar uitvoerbare programma's." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " +#~ "for executables." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar " +#~ "uitvoerbare programma's." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de root-gebruiker en systeemgebruikers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de root-gebruiker en " +#~ "systeemgebruikers." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op reguliere gebruikers." @@ -1302,12 +1586,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " +#~ "hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Blowfish is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander algoritme om\n" -#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash uit te rekenen, het\n" -#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan ook moeilijker." +#~ "Blowfish is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander " +#~ "algoritme om\n" +#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash " +#~ "uit te rekenen, het\n" +#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan " +#~ "ook moeilijker." #~ msgid "Disable service restart on update" #~ msgstr "Herstarten van services deactiveren na opwaarderen" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/services-manager.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 13:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -19,7 +19,223 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Bezig met opslaan van standaard systemd target..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "VNC heeft het grafische systeem nodig" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Standaard systemd target" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Standaard systemd target" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Standaard systemd target instellen" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Bezig het standaard systemd target te selecteren" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "" +"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " +"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" +"Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit " +"eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " +"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " +"page." +msgstr "" +"Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. " +"Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/" +"default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " +"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" +"Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user " +"systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met " +"runlevel 3)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "" +"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " +"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" +"Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk " +"wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "" +"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " +"graphical target." +msgstr "" +"Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische " +"target" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Beschikbare targets" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "De installer beveelt u de standaard target '%s' aan " + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn geselecteerd voor de installatie" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" +"Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het " +"doelsysteem" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "Een seriële verbinding ondersteunt typisch geen GUI" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" +"Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "VNC gebruiken neemt aan dat het targetsysteem een GUI heeft" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "Installatie met SSH neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "" +"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" +"Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de " +"installatie" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Configuratie wegschrijven..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "De configuratie wegschrijven is mislukt:\n" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Standaard systeem &target" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Service" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Ingeschakeld" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Actief" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschrijving" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Starten/stoppen" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "&Inschakelen/uitschakelen" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&Details tonen" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Beheerder van services" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Bezig status van services te lezen..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Inactief" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "Actief (zal starten)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "Inactief (zal stoppen)" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "Volledige informatie van service %{service}" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Services" @@ -40,20 +256,27 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " +"the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " +"enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "Dit installatievoorstel stelt u in staat om een een service uit de lijst\n" "met services te starten en in te schakelen.\n" -"Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de firewall is\n" +"Het Kan ook poorten in de firewall voor een service openen als de " +"firewall is\n" "ingeschakeld en een specifieke service vereist deze te openen.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" -msgstr "Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden %switched %link" +msgid "" +"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " +"%link" +msgstr "" +"Service %service zal %toggled worden en poort in firewall zal worden " +"%switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -75,165 +298,67 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "Kan service %1 niet inschakelen" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "Beheerder van services" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "Standaard doel" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "Ingeschakeld" - -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" -msgstr "Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van services'" +msgstr "" +"Onbekend profielschema voor services van autoyast voor 'beheerder van " +"services'" -#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -#~ msgstr "Bezig met opslaan van standaard systemd target..." +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Nog niet geconfigureerd." -#~ msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -#~ msgstr "VNC heeft het grafische systeem nodig" +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "Kon %{service} niet %{change} die nu %{status} is. " -#~ msgid "&Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "Standaard systemd target" +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "Kon %{service} niet %{change}. " -#~ msgid "Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "Standaard systemd target" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Grafische modus" -#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Standaard systemd target instellen" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Tekstmodus" -#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "Bezig het standaard systemd target te selecteren" +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Noodmodus" -#~ msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -#~ msgstr "Systemd is een systeem- en servicebeheerder voor Linux. Het bestaat uit eenheden met de taak is om services en andere eenheden te activeren." +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Grafische interface" -#~ msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -#~ msgstr "Standaard target-eenheid wordt standaard geactiveerd bij opstarten. Gewoonlijk is het een symlink gelokaliseerd in pad /etc/systemd/system/default.target . Zie meer op manpagina van systemd." +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Standaard doel van initrd" -#~ msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -#~ msgstr "Multi-User target is voor het instellen van een niet-grafisch multi-user systeem met een netwerk geschikt voor een server (overeenkomstig met runlevel 3)." +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Root omschakelen" -#~ msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -#~ msgstr "Graphical target voor instellen van een grafisch aanmeldscherm met netwerk wat typisch is voor werkstations (overeenkomend met runlevel 5)." +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Multi-user systeem" -#~ msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -#~ msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent van de beste optie voor u, kies dan het grafische target" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Reddingssysteem" -#~ msgid "Available Targets" -#~ msgstr "Beschikbare targets" - -#~ msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -#~ msgstr "De installer beveelt u de standaard target '%s' aan " - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn geselecteerd voor de installatie" - -#~ msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -#~ msgstr "Installatie van Live wordt typisch gebruikt voor een volledige GUI in het doelsysteem" - -#~ msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -#~ msgstr "Een seriële verbinding ondersteunt typisch geen GUI" - -#~ msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "Installatie van Tekstmodus neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" - -#~ msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "VNC gebruiken neemt aan dat het targetsysteem een GUI heeft" - -#~ msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "Installatie met SSH neemt aan dat het targetsysteem geen GUI heeft" - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11 pakketten zijn niet geselecteerd voor de installatie" - -#~ msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -#~ msgstr "Deze aanbeveling is gebaseerd op de analyse van andere instellingen voor de installatie" - -#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." -#~ msgstr "Configuratie wegschrijven..." - -#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -#~ msgstr "De configuratie wegschrijven is mislukt:\n" - -#~ msgid "Default System &Target" -#~ msgstr "Standaard systeem &target" - -#~ msgid "Service" -#~ msgstr "Service" - -#~ msgid "Active" -#~ msgstr "Actief" - -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "Beschrijving" - -#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" -#~ msgstr "&Starten/stoppen" - -#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" -#~ msgstr "&Inschakelen/uitschakelen" - -#~ msgid "Show &Details" -#~ msgstr "&Details tonen" - -#~ msgid "Reading services status..." -#~ msgstr "Bezig status van services te lezen..." - -#~ msgid "Inactive" -#~ msgstr "Inactief" - -#~ msgid "Active (will start)" -#~ msgstr "Actief (zal starten)" - -#~ msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -#~ msgstr "Inactief (zal stoppen)" - -#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -#~ msgstr "Volledige informatie van service %{service}" - -#~ msgid "Not configured yet." -#~ msgstr "Nog niet geconfigureerd." - -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -#~ msgstr "Kon %{service} niet %{change} die nu %{status} is. " - -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -#~ msgstr "Kon %{service} niet %{change}. " - -#~ msgid "Graphical mode" -#~ msgstr "Grafische modus" - -#~ msgid "Text mode" -#~ msgstr "Tekstmodus" - -#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" -#~ msgstr "Grafische interface" - -#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" -#~ msgstr "Noodmodus" - -#~ msgid "Switch Root" -#~ msgstr "Root omschakelen" - -#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target" -#~ msgstr "Standaard doel van initrd" - -#~ msgid "Multi-User System" -#~ msgstr "Multi-user systeem" - -#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" -#~ msgstr "Reddingssysteem" - #~ msgid "Enabled Services" #~ msgstr "Services inschakelen" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -24,15 +24,39 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuratie van momentopnamen van het systeem" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschrijving" @@ -40,124 +64,141 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Opschoonalgoritme" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Momentopname %1 wijzigen" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Momentopnamen %1 - %2 wijzigen" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pre (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Pre (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Post (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Post(na) (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enkele momentopname" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post(na), gepaard met:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Momentopname '%1' verwijderen?" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "Momentopname '%1' verwijderen?" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Voor & na" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58 #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Huidige configuratie" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Einddatum" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Gebruikersdata" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061 #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen tonen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Wijzigen" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -166,132 +207,135 @@ "Verschillen tonen is niet mogelijk." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Overzicht van geselecteerde momentopnamen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:768 #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Gewijzigde bestanden berekenen..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Wijzigingen in bestanden berekenen..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Nieuw bestand is aangemaakt." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Bestand is verwijderd." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Inhoud van bestand is niet gewijzigd." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Bestand bestaat niet elk van de momentopnamen." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Inhoud van bestand is gewijzigd." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Bestandsmodus is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Eigendom van groep van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "T&erugzetten uit eerste" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Terugzetten" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "&Terugzetten uit tweede" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Het verschil tussen momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste en de tweede momentopname tonen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" +msgstr "" +"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de eerste momentopname:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de tweede momentopname:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Openen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Selectie terugzetten" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -307,7 +351,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -322,35 +366,40 @@ "uit momentopname '%2' naar het huidige systeem kopiëren?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Geen bestand voor terugzetten geselecteerd" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Bestanden terugzetten" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Deze bestanden zullen hersteld worden vanuit de momentopname '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd worden\n" +"Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd " +"worden\n" "naar het huidige systeem.\n" -"Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd.OK?" +"Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd." +"OK?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -359,185 +408,290 @@ "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" +#| "The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +#| "types\n" +#| "of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +#| "are\n" +#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and " +#| "Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed " +#| "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled " +#| "together in the table.\n" +#| "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to " +#| "see the\n" +#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big>\n" -"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in de tabel.\n" -"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" +"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er " +"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. " +"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van " +"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En " +"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan " +"door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee " +"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in " +"de tabel.\n" +"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op " +"Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te " +"zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the " +#| "first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see " +#| "the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the " +#| "time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +#| "default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " +#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken " +"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de " +"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het " +"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " +"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen " +"geselecteerde gekoppelde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het " +"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big>\n" "\n" -"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" +"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de " +"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de " +"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de " +"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n" "\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden." - -#. Initialize snapper agent -#. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" -"Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n" +"Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "" +"Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n" "%1" + +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "" "Wijzigen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" -"Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n" +"Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n" "%1" #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Snapper wordt geïnitialiseerd" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen lezen" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen..." + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" "Er is geen snapper-configuratie. U moet een of meer configuraties\n" -"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het commandoregelhulpprogramma\n" +"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het " +"commandoregelhulpprogramma\n" "snapper kan gebruikt worden om configuraties aan te maken." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Bestanden herstellen..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Verwijderd %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 overgeslagen\n" +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Reason not known." +#~ msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak." + +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." +#~ msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven." + +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven." + +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..." + #~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available." #~ msgstr "Bestand /etc/sysconfig/snapper is niet beschikbaar." -#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het huidige systeem: %2Zeker weten?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" +#~ "p>Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het " +#~ "huidige systeem: %2Zeker weten?" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/squid.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Loggen en timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Diverse instellingen" @@ -457,32 +457,28 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Cache-&opslaglog" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "Httpd-log &emuleren?" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Timeouts" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "Verbindings&timeouts" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Client-&levensduur" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "Taa&l van de foutmeldingen" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "E-mail&adres van beheerder" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "Gebr&uik FTP-passieve modus" @@ -536,7 +532,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -599,7 +596,9 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgid "" +"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"\n" msgstr "" "Patronen verversen definieert de manier\n" "waarop Squid de objecten in de cache behandelt.\n" @@ -640,8 +639,12 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." -msgstr "Cache-geheugen definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor objecten." +msgid "" +"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects." +msgstr "" +"Cache-geheugen definiëert de ideale hoeveelheid geheugen voor " +"objecten." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -649,7 +652,8 @@ "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" "Max objectgrootte definieert de maximum grootte van op de schijf\n" -"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.\n" +"te bewaren objecten. Grotere objecten zullen niet op schijf bewaard worden.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" @@ -671,15 +675,18 @@ "Vervanging begint als het wissel(schijf)gebruik boven de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkering is, met pogingen om het gebruik bij de \n" "Verwissel laagwatermarkeringhouden. Als wisselgebruik dicht bij de\n" -"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering agressiever.\n" +"Verwissel hoogwatermarkering komt dan wordt verwijdering " +"agressiever.\n" "Als het gebruik dicht bij de Verwissel laagwatermarkering zit dan\n" "wordt er telkens minder vervanging gedaan.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -704,7 +711,8 @@ msgstr "" "Cache-vervangingspolicy bepaalt welke objecten vervangen worden\n" "als er schijfruimte nodig is.\n" -"Geheugenvervangingspolicy specificeert de policy voor objectvervanging in\n" +"Geheugenvervangingspolicy specificeert de policy voor " +"objectvervanging in\n" "geheugen wanneer ruimte voor nieuwe objecten niet beschikbaar is.\n" "Policies kunnen zijn:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -729,16 +737,25 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." -msgstr "Directoriynaam definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden opgeslagen worden." +msgid "" +"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored." +msgstr "" +"Directoriynaam definiëert de topmap waar cache wisselbestanden " +"opgeslagen worden." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." -msgstr "Grootte definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in MB) onder deze map." +msgid "" +"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Grootte definiëert de te gebruiken hoeveelheid schijfruimte (in " +"MB) onder deze map." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" "Niveau-1 mappen definieert een aantal eerste niveau submappen, \n" @@ -746,20 +763,26 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Niveau-2 mappen definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die aangemaakt zullen worden\n" +"Niveau-2 mappen definiëert het aantal tweede niveau submappen die " +"aangemaakt zullen worden\n" "onder elk eerste niveau map.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen." +msgid "" +"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "" +"Toegang tot de Squid-server kan gecontroleerd worden via ACL-groepen</" +"b>." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "ACL-groep heeft verschillende typeringen en de beschrijving\n" @@ -767,30 +790,41 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" -"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang wordt toegestaan\n" -"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment voldoen.\n" +"In de Toegangscontroletabel kan toegang geweigerd of toegestaan " +"worden voor ACL-groepen.\n" +"Als er meer ACL-groupen op één regel staan dan betekent dat dat toegang " +"wordt toegestaan\n" +"of geweigerd voor de leden die aan al deze ACL-groepen op hetzelfde moment " +"voldoen.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde gecontroleerd.\n" +"Een Toegangscontrole tabel wordt in de hier weergegeven volgorde " +"gecontroleerd.\n" "De eerste die overeenkomt wordt gebruikt.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -msgstr "Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients worden gelogd." +msgid "" +"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"" +msgstr "" +"Toegangslog definiëert het bestand waar activiteiten van clients " +"worden gelogd." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "Cache-log definieert het bestand waarin algemene informatie over\n" @@ -798,11 +832,14 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van alle\n" +"Cache-opslaglog definieert de locatie waar de transactielog van " +"alle\n" "objecten die in de objectenopslag zitten evenals de tijd wanneer een object\n" "verwijderd wordt. Deze optie kan leeg zijn.\n" @@ -812,7 +849,8 @@ "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" "Met Emuleer Httpd-log specificeert u dat Squid zijn\n" -"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.\n" +"Toegangslog in het algemene HTTPD-logbestandsformaat wegschrijft.</" +"p>\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" @@ -837,7 +875,8 @@ "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" "E-mailadres beheerder is het adres dat toegevoegd wordt aan elke\n" -"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster.\n" +"foutmeldingspagina die aan cliënten getoond wordt. Standaard is de webmaster." +"\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -988,8 +1027,11 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden:\n" +msgid "" +"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "" +"Als u de naam van deze ACL-groep wijzigt dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed " +"worden:\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1015,7 +1057,8 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" +msgstr "" +"Als u deze ACL-groep verwijdert dan kunnen deze opties beïnvloed worden: \n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #. + @@ -1031,28 +1074,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "Toegangslog mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "Cache-log mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor de Toegangslog." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor de Cache-log." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "Foute padnaam in het veld voor de Cache-opslaglog." #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "E-mailadres van beheerder mag geen witruimte bevatten." @@ -1070,31 +1113,31 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Initialiseren van squid-configuratie" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "HTTP-poorten uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Verversingspatronen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "ACL-groepen uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel uit het configuratiebestand lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Andere instellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen." @@ -1102,11 +1145,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP-poorten lezen..." @@ -1114,27 +1157,27 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Verversingspatronen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "ACL-groepen lezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Toegangscontroletabel lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Andere instellingen worden gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Serverstatus lezen..." @@ -1142,11 +1185,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "Kan het configuratiebestand niet lezen." @@ -1154,18 +1197,18 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "Kan de serverstatus niet lezen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van Squid opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" @@ -1174,71 +1217,71 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Service starten" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen opslaan..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Service starten..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Voltooid" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Kan de firewall-instellingen niet opslaan." #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid Cache Proxy" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Daemon starten: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Geconfigureerde poorten:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparant)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Cache-map: " @@ -1336,8 +1379,12 @@ msgstr "Bestemmingsdomein" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." -msgstr "Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." +msgid "" +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." +msgstr "" +"Dit verwijst naar het bestemmingsdomein, dwz. het brondomein waar de " +"oorspronkelijke server zich bevindt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1396,8 +1443,11 @@ msgstr "Komt overeen met een reguliere expressie op de complete URL." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of hostnaam" +msgid "" +"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "" +"Komt overeen met een URL-pad zonder enige informatie over protocol, poort of " +"hostnaam" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1451,16 +1501,24 @@ msgstr "Dit type komt overeen met de HTTP-methode in de aanvraagkoppen." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." -msgstr "Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header." +msgid "" +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." +msgstr "" +"Een reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het type van de browser van de " +"client gebaseerd op de user-agent-header." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Maximum aantal HTTP-verbindingen" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." -msgstr "Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." +msgid "" +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" +"Komt overeen als het IP-adres van de client meer dan het gespecificeerde " +"aantal HTTP-verbindingen heeft gemaakt." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1476,15 +1534,19 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." +msgstr "" +"Reguliere expressie die overeen komt met elk van de bekende verzoek-headers." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen antwoord door squid.\n" -"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n" +"Reguliere expressie die overeenkomt met het mime-type van het ontvangen " +"antwoord door squid.\n" +"Kan gebruikt worden om een download van een bestand te detecteren of enige " +"typen HTTP-tunneling-verzoeken.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." @@ -1680,6 +1742,9 @@ msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" +#~ msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" +#~ msgstr "Httpd-log &emuleren?" + #~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" #~ msgstr "Russisch-koi8-r" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Aangepaste partitionering" @@ -128,7 +128,8 @@ "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " +"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld." #. help text continued @@ -175,7 +176,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te " +"stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -414,7 +417,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -535,7 +539,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -677,8 +683,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -693,7 +702,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " +"gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" @@ -705,7 +715,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -721,8 +732,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " +"van &product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -805,7 +818,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n" -"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -905,7 +919,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -933,8 +948,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -955,8 +972,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -974,13 +993,14 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Aparte &home-partitie voorstellen" @@ -1021,8 +1041,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, " +"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" @@ -1094,10 +1116,17 @@ #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: Er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n" @@ -1108,7 +1137,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1127,7 +1156,7 @@ "Wilt u uw instelling zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1147,7 +1176,7 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1161,7 +1190,7 @@ "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1178,7 +1207,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1203,7 +1232,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1228,18 +1257,19 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1256,7 +1286,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1269,7 +1299,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1282,10 +1312,11 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" @@ -1293,18 +1324,19 @@ "van de standaard aankoppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n" +"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van " +"verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1313,7 +1345,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1322,7 +1354,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1331,7 +1363,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1372,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1348,35 +1380,40 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Hij kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is aangekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " +"partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1391,7 +1428,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1406,7 +1443,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1426,7 +1463,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" @@ -1471,7 +1508,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4000 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" @@ -1494,7 +1531,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3956 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1505,7 +1542,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3964 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1538,27 +1575,32 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" "Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n" "het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n" -"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n" -"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n" +"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen " +"aangekoppeld\n" +"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is " +"het\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n" +"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft " +"normaal alleen\n" "zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" @@ -1700,7 +1742,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1710,18 +1753,23 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint " +"worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1737,8 +1785,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1748,8 +1798,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1762,7 +1814,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1773,8 +1826,10 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" @@ -1783,12 +1838,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1837,11 +1894,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +msgstr "" +"Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen." +msgstr "" +"Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper " +"inschakelen." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 @@ -1868,7 +1928,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots inschakelen" @@ -1941,14 +2001,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1961,14 +2023,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " +"uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1980,14 +2044,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " +"karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n" "\n" @@ -2034,14 +2100,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat " +"geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n" " \n" @@ -2060,7 +2129,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2099,7 +2169,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2167,13 +2238,17 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" +"var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een " +"aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2255,7 +2330,8 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text @@ -2275,15 +2351,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2391,7 +2473,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2402,7 +2485,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2741,11 +2825,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n" -"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2863,7 +2949,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -2975,7 +3062,8 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " +"grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." #. label for log view @@ -3049,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "DM-apparaat: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3067,16 +3155,16 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID toevoegen" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep toevoegen" @@ -3084,43 +3172,43 @@ #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Apparaatgraaf" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Apparaatgraaf opslaan..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een apparaatgraaf." #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Grafiek opslaan is mislukt." #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Graaf van aangekoppelde" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Graaf van aangekoppelden opslaan..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een graaf van aankoppelpunten." @@ -3246,7 +3334,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5210 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3339,7 +3427,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3498,7 +3587,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Harde schijven" @@ -3583,7 +3672,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of " +"multipad dan\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3594,7 +3684,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3629,7 +3720,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3641,7 +3733,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3771,7 +3864,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Log" @@ -3795,12 +3888,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3811,9 +3907,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3823,7 +3922,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3836,9 +3936,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. " +"Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3934,7 +4037,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Crypt-bestanden" @@ -3983,7 +4086,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4019,7 +4123,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4027,7 +4133,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4061,12 +4168,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4099,11 +4209,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " +"niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4120,7 +4232,8 @@ "met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n" "nodig, toegekend uit de Thin-pool. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n" "met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n" -"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n" +"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat " +"zijn\n" "om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." @@ -4155,7 +4268,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4167,19 +4281,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4233,12 +4351,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " +"te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4329,7 +4450,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volumebeheer" @@ -4400,82 +4521,87 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Apparaat-mapper" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Ongebruikte apparaten" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " +"veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Echt beëindigen?" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Hier ziet u de samenvatting van de partitionering." #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Samenvatting" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systeemoverzicht" #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4506,34 +4632,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " +"twee of\n" +"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie " +"van alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijven en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijven. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4550,12 +4689,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4618,12 +4760,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n" -"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat " +"op apparaten\n" +"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4633,10 +4780,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4715,14 +4864,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status " +"bevindt.\n" "Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n" "voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4761,7 +4912,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n" -"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4926,16 +5078,22 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" +"i>\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" +"i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4951,13 +5109,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" +"kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4967,7 +5130,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Opslagapparaten tonen per controleert\n" -"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</" +"p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5230,7 +5394,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n" @@ -5241,15 +5406,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " +"de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze " +"in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " +"\"%2\" gebruiken \n" "om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5275,10 +5446,13 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " +"eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna " +"komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5288,29 +5462,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de " +"naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " +"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " +"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " +"met de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5335,7 +5522,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " +"%.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5346,7 +5534,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" @@ -5371,7 +5560,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:\n" -"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een " +"hogere prioriteit aan.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5382,7 +5572,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:\n" @@ -5401,7 +5592,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5415,7 +5607,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5428,14 +5621,19 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" +"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5467,16 +5665,23 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. " +"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5512,14 +5717,19 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5539,7 +5749,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5550,10 +5761,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " +"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5564,10 +5777,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " +"De standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5578,10 +5793,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die " +"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem." +"\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5591,7 +5811,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5611,10 +5832,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het " +"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5625,10 +5848,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel " +"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5640,10 +5869,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " +"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5670,10 +5903,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum " +"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan " +"inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5684,14 +5920,17 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -5712,10 +5951,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5753,10 +5994,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " +"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " +"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " +"verwachten gebruik er van.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5772,17 +6018,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n" -"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n" -"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem,\n" +"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk " +"is\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"aangemaakt is.\n" +"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5801,8 +6053,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor " +"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5842,11 +6103,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5933,7 +6196,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:990 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte-aanpassing niet mogelijk:" @@ -5946,7 +6209,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2690 src/modules/Storage.rb:3913 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5959,7 +6222,7 @@ "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3944 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5970,7 +6233,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3975 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5982,24 +6245,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4029 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4088 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Geef het wachtwoord" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4107 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende versleutelde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activeren van versleuteld volume" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4126 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6009,14 +6272,15 @@ "De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n" "wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n" "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" -"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten." +"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume " +"bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4138 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4195 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6027,68 +6291,72 @@ "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het versleutelingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4204 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen versleutelde volumes om te ontgrendelen..." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4217 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4220 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4233 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van versleutelde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4257 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Wachtwoord heeft geen enkel apparaat de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4343 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4383 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4396 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5222 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"in gebruik zijn." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5248 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6098,17 +6366,18 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5300 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6118,7 +6387,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5329 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6130,7 +6399,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, welke het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) bevat dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6138,10 +6407,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de " +"installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5362 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6152,18 +6422,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5451 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6054 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" @@ -6425,11 +6695,13 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6437,12 +6709,14 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen " +"van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6458,10 +6732,12 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" +"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n" "is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." @@ -6527,7 +6803,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" +"grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6822,32 +7099,36 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Op &LVM gebaseerd voorstel aanmaken" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volume groep &versleutelen" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor root-partitie" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor home-partitie" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Swap voor onderbreken vergroten" @@ -6855,12 +7136,12 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Voorstel voor instellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6869,7 +7150,7 @@ "op LVM gebaseerde voorstel kan versleuteld worden.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6882,36 +7163,39 @@ "de root-partitie vergroten." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n" -"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst." +"Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem " +"voor\n" +"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n" +"De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste " +"gevallen\n" "te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor de voorgestelde versleuteling." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter controle:" @@ -6959,6 +7243,12 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten:" +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving file system configuration..." +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "Bestandssysteemconfiguratie opslaan..." + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr " Er zijn geen wijzigingen die nog niet zijn opgeslagen." @@ -7013,12 +7303,16 @@ #~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" @@ -7035,7 +7329,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -7052,7 +7348,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens " +#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7082,15 +7379,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +#~ "to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +#~ "can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +#~ "possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" -#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" -#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n" -#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen " +#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n" +#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen " +#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n" +#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, " +#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" #~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam" @@ -7113,21 +7417,28 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n" -#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n" +#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als " +#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" +#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna " +#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n" +#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /" +#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het " +#~ "systeem \n" #~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n" #~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" #~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n" @@ -7195,10 +7506,14 @@ #~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, klik dan op Ja.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, klik dan op Nee.</" +#~ "P>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 11:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -35,52 +35,55 @@ msgstr "&Ondersteuning" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog met overzicht van ondersteuningsinstellingen" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE ondersteuningscentrum openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support Center." +msgstr "" +"Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support " +"Center." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Openen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "Dit maakt een tarball met de verzamelde logbestanden." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Tarball met rapporten maken" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Gegevens uploaden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." -msgstr "Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL." +msgstr "" +"Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Uploaden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "Kon geen geïnstalleerde browser vinden." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -92,183 +95,184 @@ "%1 in.\n" "Webbrowser starten?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Dialoog voor uploaden van ondersteuningsinstellingen" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Opslaan als" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Map die opgeslagen moet worden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Pakket met logbestanden" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Tarball met logbestanden uploaden naar URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Doel uploaden" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "Kan instellingen niet wegschrijven" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan instellingen niet wegschrijven." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Map kiezen waar de tarball wordt opgeslagen" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Bestand voor tarball met logbestanden kiezen" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Instellingen van parameters in ondersteuningsinstellingen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Maak een volledige lijst van bestanden vanaf '/'" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Gedetailleerde schijfinformatie en scans uitzonderen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Root-bestandssysteem voor exemplaren van eDirectory doorzoeken" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Volledige lijst met SLP-service invoegen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Voer een rpm -V voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Neem alle regels met logging mee, verzamel bovendien geroteerde logs" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Standaards gebruiken (negeer /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activeert alle ondersteuningsfuncties" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Vergaar een minimale hoeveelheid informatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Aangepaste (expert) instellingen gebruiken" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsinstellingen van Geavanceerde instellingen" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Standaard opties" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Ondersteuningsinstellingen van Contactinstellingen" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Contactinformatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Bedrijf" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mailadres" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Telefoonnummer" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "Opslag-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "Terminal-ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG-UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Upload-informatie" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Service-request-nummer van 11 cijfers " #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "Het SR-nummer moet 11 cijfers zijn" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Verzamelen van gegevens" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Review van verzamelde gegevens" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Bestandsnaam" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Uit gegevens verwijderen" @@ -288,7 +292,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -331,7 +336,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een ondersteuning toevoegen:</big> \n" "Kies een ondersteuning uit de lijst van gedetecteerde ondersteuningen.\n" -"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik Ander (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik Ander (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Druk dan op Instellen.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -350,15 +356,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Openen van SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, gebruikt u SUSE Support Center openen.\n" -"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na dat u het Service Request number\n" -"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig.\n" +"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, " +"gebruikt u SUSE Support Center openen.\n" +"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na " +"dat u het Service Request number\n" +"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig." +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -367,7 +378,9 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>Gegevens verzamelen</big> \n" -"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik Gegevens verzamelen" +"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de " +"ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik Gegevens verzamelen</" +"b>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -377,18 +390,21 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big> \n" -"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik Gegevens uploaden.\n" +"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik " +"Gegevens uploaden.\n" "De server kan wel of niet de Global Technical Support zijn." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>Opties van Supportconfig</big> \n" -"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard instellingen gebruiken,\n" +"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard " +"instellingen gebruiken,\n" "de meeste gegevens verzamelen of alleen een minimale hoeveelheid gegevens." #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 @@ -399,7 +415,8 @@ "to select specific data sets to collect.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor de expert</big> \n" -"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Instellingen voor de expert\n" +"Selecteer Aangepast gebruiken en klik op de knop Instellingen voor " +"de expert\n" "om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren om te verzamelen.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 @@ -407,68 +424,87 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opties</big> \n" "Verzamel extra informatie. Deze opties zijn gewoonlijk niet\n" -"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen.\n" +"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen." +"\n" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>Standaard opties</big> \n" -"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig." +"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou " +"willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig." #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" "<big>Contactinformatie</big> \n" "Vul alle velden van de contactinformatie in die u zou willen invoegen\n" -"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt file." +"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand " +"basic-environment.txt file." #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>Uploadinformatie</big> \n" -"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n" -"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord tarball. Deze zal vervangen worden door de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n" +"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. " +"ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van " +"supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n" +"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord tarball. Deze zal vervangen worden door " +"de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n" "Zie man supportconfig(1) voor verdere details." #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>Voorbeelden van uploadbestemmingen</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden bent naar Global Technical Support,\n" -"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw geopend service-request.\n" +"Opmerking: Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden " +"bent naar Global Technical Support,\n" +"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw " +"geopend service-request.\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -483,23 +519,29 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Overzicht van Verzamelde gegevens</big> \n" -"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" -"gebruik dan Uit gegevens verwijderen en het geselecteerde bestand zal verwijderd worden.\n" +"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de " +"verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n" +"gebruik dan Uit gegevens verwijderen en het geselecteerde bestand zal " +"verwijderd worden.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big> \n" -"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan de\n" +"<big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</" +"big> \n" +"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan " +"de\n" "doelmap en ga na dat deze optie is geactiveerd.\n" " \n" @@ -508,7 +550,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -533,13 +576,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big> \n" -"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige pad\n" +"<big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</" +"big> \n" +"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige " +"pad\n" "in het veld Pakket met logbestanden.\n" " \n" @@ -601,11 +647,13 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt" +msgstr "" +"Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" @@ -613,7 +661,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "" +"Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -621,19 +670,29 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" +msgstr "" +"Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. " +"novell-edir.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" -msgstr "Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" +msgstr "" +"Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere " +"configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" -msgstr "Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt" +msgstr "" +"Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" @@ -645,11 +704,16 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" -msgstr "LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt" +msgstr "" +"LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken " +"in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -677,7 +741,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" -msgstr "Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt" +msgstr "" +"Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" @@ -704,8 +769,12 @@ msgstr "Aan OpenWBEM gerelateerde informatie. openwbem.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief " +"informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -724,8 +793,12 @@ msgstr "Aan Update-cliënt gerelateerde informatie. updates.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" +"Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van " +"de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" @@ -737,12 +810,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf controllers en apparaten gedragen\n" -"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n" +"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde " +"informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf " +"controllers en apparaten gedragen\n" +"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms " +"bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten " +"hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n" "in uw omgeving werkt alvorens deze optie in te schakelen. fs-smartmon.txt\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 @@ -775,32 +854,59 @@ msgstr "Aan XEN virtualization gerelateerde informatie. xen.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle " +"exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt " +"ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" +"Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het " +"bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen " +"het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden " +"toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d" +msgstr "" +"Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand." +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie " +"minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om " +"gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u " +"toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -808,7 +914,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -816,39 +923,70 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" +"Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul betekent neem het gehele bestand." +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul " +"betekent neem het gehele bestand." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." -msgstr "De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." +msgstr "" +"De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de " +"lijst wordt altijd gebruikt." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het gehele bestand." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het " +"gehele bestand." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen " +"in de tarball van supportconfig." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van " +"supportconfig." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" -"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n" -"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit te voeren. Instellen met -Q." +"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel " +"uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n" +"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit " +"te voeren. Instellen met -Q." #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke ftp-server van SUSE." +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload " +"zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server " +"specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke " +"ftp-server van SUSE." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/sysconfig.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 22:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'" +msgstr "" +"Stel de waarde van de variabele in. Vereist de opties 'variable' en 'value'" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -143,7 +144,8 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n" +"Gebruik een volledige variabelenaam in de vorm <VARIABELENAAM>" +"$<BESTANDSNAAM>\n" "(bijvoorbeeld: %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message @@ -320,8 +322,10 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Nadat u de wijzigingen hebt opgeslagen zal deze editor de variabelen\n" "in het corresponderende sysconfig-bestand aanpassen. Daarna zal het de\n" @@ -332,8 +336,13 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de variabeleomschrijving zien." +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: U kunt nog altijd ieder individueel " +"configuratiebestand handmatig wijzigen. De bestandsnaam kunt u in de " +"variabeleomschrijving zien." #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -346,13 +355,23 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"Systeemconfiguratie-editorMet de systeemconfiguratie-editor " +"kunt u enkele systeeminstellingen aanpassen. U kunt ook YaST gebruiken voor " +"het configureren van uw hardware- en systeeminstellingen." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "Opmerking: De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: De omschrijvingen zijn niet vertaald omdat ze " +"rechtstreeks uit de configuratiebestanden worden gelezen." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -381,8 +400,13 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"Hier worden de zoekresultaten getoond. Als u het item ziet waar u naar " +"zocht, selecteer het dan en klik vervolgens op \"Ga naar\". Deze dialoog " +"zal sluiten als u op \"Annuleren\" klikt." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -504,107 +528,131 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:184 #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Zoeken..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "Commando: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "&Overslaan" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "Een commando zal worden uitgevoerd" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "Commando %1 wordt gestart..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "Commando %1 is mislukt" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Sysconfig-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Nieuwe instellingen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Wijzigingen activeren" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt." - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "De variabele %1 wordt opgeslagen..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Wijzigingen worden in de bestanden opgeslagen..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "De service %1 zal herladen worden" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Voltooid" +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht" + +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Commando %1 wordt gestart..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Commando %1 is mislukt" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Een commando zal worden uitgevoerd" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Commando: " + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Service %1 wordt herladen..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Het herladen van service %1 is mislukt" -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "De service %1 zal opnieuw gestart worden" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "De service %1 zal herladen worden" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Service %1 wordt herstart..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "De herstart van service %1 is mislukt" -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Voltooid" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "De service %1 zal opnieuw gestart worden" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht" +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "De variabele %1 wordt opgeslagen..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Het opslaan van de variabele %1 in het bestand %2 is mislukt." + #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " +#~ "detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " +#~ "configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "SuSEconfig legt van elk configuratiebestand een controlesom vast,\n" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/timezone_db.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 12:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1397,8 +1397,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "Saigon" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2494,3 +2494,6 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "Saigon" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-07 11:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,17 +106,20 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Reservekopie aanmaken van de gewijzigde bestanden:\n" -"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden vervangen.\n" +"Slaat alleen de gewijzigde bestanden op die tijdens het bijwerken worden " +"vervangen.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " +"the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Volledige reservekopie van\n" -"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel uitmaken\n" +"/etc/sysconfig maken: Dit omvat alle configuratiebestanden die deel " +"uitmaken\n" "van het sysconfig-mechanisme, ook degene die niet vervangen worden.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 @@ -151,7 +154,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opwaarderingsopties" @@ -180,9 +183,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -222,14 +225,16 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "De bijwerkoptie verschilt voor beide modi. In\n" -"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke gegevens te maken.\n" +"beide gevallen bevelen we aan om een reservekopie van uw persoonlijke " +"gegevens te maken.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " +"predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Met nieuwe software: Met deze standaardinstelling\n" @@ -242,7 +247,8 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " +"is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten: Deze selectie werkt\n" @@ -256,7 +262,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " +"those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Na de opwaardering kan het zijn dat bepaalde software niet meer\n" @@ -301,29 +308,35 @@ msgstr "Er is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden." #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Bij te werken pakketten: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Nieuw te installeren pakketten: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "Totale grootte van de pakketten die bijgewerkt worden: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is vereist." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "" +"Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</" +"a>" +msgstr "" +"Niet alle conflicten konden worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is " +"vereist." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -367,30 +380,39 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan de huidige RPM-databank niet lezen." -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "Het geïnstalleerde product is niet compatibel met het product dat op de installatiemedia staat." - # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Onbekend product" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the " +#| "installation media." +msgid "" +"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " +"the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "" +"Het geïnstalleerde product is niet compatibel met het product dat op de " +"installatiemedia staat." + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " +"running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -401,45 +423,48 @@ "met verschillende versies uit.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact overeen." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: opwaarderen van '%1' naar '%2', producten komen niet exact " +"overeen." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten bijwerken" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Opwaarderen gebaseerd op patronen" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt bijgewerkt.\n" +"<big>Bijwerkopties</big> Selecteer hoe uw systeem wordt " +"bijgewerkt.\n" "Kies of alleen geïnstalleerde pakketten moeten worden bijgewerkt of dat\n" "ook nieuwe pakketten moeten worden geïnstalleerd (standaard). Beslis of\n" "niet onderhouden pakketten moeten worden verwijderd.\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Opwaarderingsopties" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Geen van deze bestanden bestaan: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -578,10 +603,12 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " +"partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden.\n" +"Op de geselecteerde partitie is een mogelijk incomplete installatie " +"gevonden.\n" "Wilt u deze toch gebruiken?" #. button label @@ -598,7 +625,8 @@ "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden mislukt.\n" +"Het initialiseren van het systeem voor bijwerken is om een onbekende reden " +"mislukt.\n" "Het is ten zeerste aanbevolen niet verder te gaan met het bijwerkproces.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" @@ -608,7 +636,7 @@ msgstr "&Ja, doorgaan" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -617,17 +645,17 @@ "over hoe dit probleem opgelost kan worden." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Onbekend Linux-systeem" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Niet-Linux-systeem" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -642,7 +670,7 @@ "'umount' of herstart uw computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Controleren van partitie %1" @@ -651,24 +679,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Bestandssysteem op %1 wordt gecontroleerd..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Controle van bestandssysteem is mislukt" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -679,43 +707,45 @@ "Wilt u doorgaan met het aankoppelen van het apparaat?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Aankoppelen &overslaan" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" "Foutief wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " +"fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Uw /boot-partitie is te klein (%1 MB).\n" -"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel er\n" +"We bevelen een afmeting aan van minimaal %2 MB, anders kan de nieuwe kernel " +"er\n" "niet op passen. Het is daarom veiliger om die partitie te vergroten\n" "of zelfs helemaal geen /boot-partitie te gebruiken.\n" "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met het bijwerken van het huidige systeem?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -732,31 +762,32 @@ "\n" "Als u zeker weet dat de partitie niet noodzakelijk is voor het bijwerken\n" "(als het dus geen systeempartitie is), kunt u op 'Doorgaan' klikken.\n" -"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te controleren of\n" +"Klik op 'Aankoppelopties opgeven' om de opties voor aankoppelen te " +"controleren of\n" "te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppeloptie&s opgeven" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Aankoppel&punt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -765,12 +796,12 @@ "(leeglaten bij autodetectie)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "De /var-partitie %1 kon niet worden aangekoppeld.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -782,45 +813,49 @@ "udev ID's: %5, \n" "udev pad: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan de /var-partitie niet automatisch vinden" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " +"upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " +"manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het bijwerken\n" -"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var partitie\n" +"Uw systeem gebruikt een separate /var partitie die is vereist voor het " +"bijwerken\n" +"om de wijzigingen van de schijfnamen de detecteren. Selecteer de /var " +"partitie\n" "handmatig om door te kunnen gaan met het bijwerken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Selecteer het apparaat met de /var partitie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Apparaatinformatie" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kan met deze schijfconfiguratie de /var-partitie niet aankoppelen.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -833,45 +868,50 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " +"is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " +"the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n" -"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend zijn. Het is daarom\n" -"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met te wijzigen naar\n" +"Enkele partities in het systeem op %1 zijn aangekoppeld met de " +"kernelapparaatnamen. Dit geen\n" +"betrouwbare methode voor het opwaarderen omdat deze namen niet blijvend " +"zijn. Het is daarom\n" +"ten zeerste aanbevolen om uw oude systeem te starten en het aankoppelen-met " +"te wijzigen naar\n" "een andere methode voor alle partities." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Geen fstab-bestand gevonden." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "De root-partitie in /etc/fstab heeft een ongeldig root-apparaat.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Deze is momenteel aangekoppeld als %1 maar wordt vermeld als %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Root-partitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "De partities worden aangekoppeld. Even geduld..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Zoeken naar beschikbare systemen" @@ -954,7 +994,8 @@ #~ "Wilt u doorgaan met het aankoppelen van het station?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kan geen pakketgegevens van het installatiemedium lezen. Mediumfout?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Opwaarderen gebaseerd op selectie \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,8 +106,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De " +"lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -134,7 +138,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug." +msgstr "" +"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus " +"terug." #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" #. dialog caption @@ -152,19 +158,34 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Authenticatie \n" -"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem kiezen.\n" +"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem " +"kiezen.\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " +"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +"Kies Lokaal om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de " +"lokale bestanden /etc/passwd en /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is opgegeven." +msgid "" +"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " +"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " +"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " +"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" +"Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het " +"mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer " +"hiervoor de optie Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</" +"b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke " +"map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is " +"opgegeven." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -189,7 +210,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "L&okaal (/etc/passwd)" @@ -203,7 +224,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +"Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" @@ -215,7 +237,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n" @@ -237,7 +260,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" "Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n" @@ -245,23 +269,27 @@ #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "Selecteer Kerberos-authenticatie instellen om Kerberos in te stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." +msgid "" +"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " +"configuring the user data source." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Kerberos-authenticatie instellen om Kerberos in te " +"stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron." #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruike&rsgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "&Kiezen" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "Authenticatiemethode" @@ -272,13 +300,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "Te lezen gebruikers &selecteren" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren" @@ -343,7 +371,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -363,7 +392,8 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -397,8 +427,12 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." +msgid "" +"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "" +"Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en " +"speciale tekens te typen in het veld Toetsenbordindeling testen." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -409,8 +443,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -446,8 +480,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord gebruiken?" @@ -483,7 +517,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -491,102 +525,108 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "&DES" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "&MD5" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-&256" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-&512" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Authentication " msgstr "Authenticatie " # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr " Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en systeemgebruikers." +msgstr "" +" Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en " +"systeemgebruikers." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen " +"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "S&ysteemmail ontvangen" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken" @@ -594,13 +634,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "Lege gebruikersaanmelding" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -612,7 +652,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -625,7 +665,7 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -640,10 +680,11 @@ #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -653,7 +694,7 @@ "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -663,7 +704,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -677,13 +718,16 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -696,68 +740,80 @@ "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root." +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Vink Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder aan wanneer " +"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet " +"worden voor root." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" +"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u " +"aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie Automatisch aanmelden " +"is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze " +"gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " +"Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u de optie Systeemmail ontvangen inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" +"Als u de optie Systeemmail ontvangen inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor " +"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is lokaal met /etc/passwd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "De wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode is %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Gebruiker %s zal geïmporteerd worden." msgstr[1] "Gebruikers %s zullen geïmporteerd worden." #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Samenvatting" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -799,7 +855,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)" +msgstr "" +"Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)" #. translators: command line help text for list local option #: src/clients/users.rb:175 @@ -869,7 +926,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" +msgstr "" +"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -887,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "Nieuw UID van de gebruiker" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "Gebruikersconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..." @@ -895,10 +953,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " +"that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." +"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane " +"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -921,7 +981,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ieder kenmerk is via Bewerken aan te passen.\n" @@ -946,8 +1007,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van wachtwoordbeleidsobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +"Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in DN van " +"wachtwoordbeleidsobject. Activeer Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen om " +"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1037,20 +1104,24 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "De verloopdatum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." +msgstr "" +"De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " +"instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n" "geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" @@ -1059,38 +1130,75 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " +"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " +"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " +"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de " +"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op " +"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag " +"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen." +msgstr "" +"De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen " +"instellen." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n" "op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" -"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" +"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de " +"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal " +"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop " +"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde " +"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden " +"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende " +"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. " +"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1420,13 +1528,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "Er zijn een versleutelde image van een map en sleutelbestanden\n" "'%1' en '%2'\n" "gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuismap." +"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats " +"van de huidige thuismap." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1455,7 +1565,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden." +msgstr "" +"Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen " +"gewijzigd worden." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1563,19 +1675,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "Plugin-omschrijving" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "Plugin toevoegen &of verwijderen" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "&Starten" @@ -1634,17 +1746,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&gins" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "Persoonlijke map wijzigen naar %1?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1655,12 +1767,12 @@ "Meld de gebruiker eerst af." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "Geef de grootte voor de persoonlijke map op." #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1670,66 +1782,66 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "Deze plugin kan niet worden verwijderd." #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "U hebt nu een nieuwe gebruiker toegevoegd." #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "Nieuwe lokale groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "Nieuwe systeemgroep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "Nieuwe LDAP-groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "Bestaande lokale groep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "Bestaande systeemgroep" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "Bestaande LDAP-groep" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "Groeps&naam" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "Groeps-&ID (GID)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "Groeps&leden" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "Groepsgege&vens" @@ -1738,7 +1850,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " +"umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1755,7 +1868,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of systeemgebruikers.\n" +"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of " +"systeemgebruikers.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1788,30 +1902,38 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aanmeldings-shell \n" -"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.\n" +"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één " +"uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Standaardmap voor persoonlijke mappen \n" -"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. \n" +"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe " +"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet " +"om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </" +"P>\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Modelmap \n" -"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map " +"naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1820,18 +1942,21 @@ "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Umask voor persoonlijke map \n" -"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.\n" +"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</" +"p>\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Verloopdatum \n" -"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" +"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-" +"MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1842,7 +1967,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog " +"aanmelden.\n" "Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n" "\n" @@ -1916,9 +2042,11 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1937,9 +2065,11 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1952,8 +2082,12 @@ #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "Klik op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Klik op Gebruikersbeheer om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw " +"systeem toe te voegen." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1972,10 +2106,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Wachtwoordinstellingen om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" +"Klik op Wachtwoordinstellingen om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen " +"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2041,7 +2177,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2049,8 +2186,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Wachtwoord:\n" -"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren wanneer\n" -"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n" +"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren " +"wanneer\n" +"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</" +"tt>),\n" "dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n" "wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n" "\n" @@ -2132,9 +2271,12 @@ "located elsewhere.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de rechten\n" -"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n" -"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, echter\n" +"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de " +"rechten\n" +"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit " +"gebeurt\n" +"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, " +"echter\n" "niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.\n" #. help text 4/8 @@ -2156,8 +2298,12 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map de toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Optioneel kunt u via Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map de " +"toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2173,29 +2319,53 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " +"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " +"existing data." +msgstr "" +"Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt " +"u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie Verplaatsen naar " +"nieuwe locatie -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een " +"nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " +"directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " +"shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" "Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt versleutelen, moet u\n" "Versleutelde persoonlijke map gebruiken inschakelen en de grootte\n" -"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker\n" -"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n" -"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n" -"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." +"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een " +"gebruiker\n" +"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer " +"door\n" +"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de " +"systeembeveiliging\n" +"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen " +"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het " +"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " +"configuration first." +msgstr "" +"Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een " +"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te " +"kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden " +"uitgeschakeld." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2219,9 +2389,12 @@ msgstr "" "Extra informatie\n" "Hier kunnen enkele extra gebruikergegevens worden opgegeven. Dit veld kan\n" -"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De standaardinhoud\n" -"is: kantoor,telefoon werk,telefoon privé. Deze informatie wordt\n" -"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando finger gebruikt.\n" +"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De " +"standaardinhoud\n" +"is: kantoor,telefoon werk,telefoon privé. Deze " +"informatie wordt\n" +"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando finger gebruikt.</" +"p>\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 @@ -2288,8 +2461,12 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten door Start te kiezen." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." +msgstr "" +"De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten " +"door Start te kiezen." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2309,9 +2486,12 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n" -"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste wachtwoord\n" -"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n" +"Activeer Forceer wachtwoord wijziging om te forceren dat de " +"gebruiker\n" +"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als Laatste " +"wachtwoord\n" +"wijziging op Nooit is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd " +"worden\n" "het wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2340,23 +2520,32 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord \n" -"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n" +"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog " +"aanmelden.\n" "Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " +"a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" -msgstr "Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het verloopt.\n" +msgstr "" +"Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal " +"dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het " +"verloopt.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " +"age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" -msgstr "Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.\n" +msgstr "" +"Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord Stel het aantal " +"dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag " +"wijzigen.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 @@ -2365,7 +2554,8 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Verloopdatum Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet verlopen. \n" +"Verloopdatum Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet " +"verlopen. \n" "De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. \n" "Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.\n" @@ -2389,88 +2579,181 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De waarden wijzigen \n" -"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de knop Instellen.\n" +"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. " +"Selecteer de module met de knop Instellen.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" +"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " +"of attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de tabs Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging, Beleid voor " +"wachtwoordveroudering en Beleid voor uitsluiting om de " +"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te " +"kiezen." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Geef de waarde voor Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in " +"geschiedenis op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden " +"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt." +"" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen in " +"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het " +"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen in om gebruikers toe te " +"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging in." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden " +"opgegeven, schakelt u Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging " +"in." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " +"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd " +"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer Geen " +"controle als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met " +"Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden zelfs " +"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de " +"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met Alleen " +"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als " +"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden " +"gecontroleerd." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"Stel bij Minimale wachtwoordlengte het minimale aantal tekens in dat " +"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Met Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet " +"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"Met Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd stelt u in hoe lang na de " +"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " +"should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"Bij Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</" +"b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een " +"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de " +"verificatie." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " +"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"Bij Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord stelt u het " +"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor " +"verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Schakel Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen in om het gebruik van " +"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende " +"mislukte verbindingspogingen." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"Bij Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u het " +"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het " +"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +"" +msgstr "" +"Bij Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling stelt u in hoe lang het " +"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " +"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " +"authentication has occurred." +msgstr "" +"Met Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen stelt u in hoe lang het " +"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de " +"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft " +"plaatsgevonden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. tab label @@ -2604,7 +2887,8 @@ msgstr "" "Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n" "opgeslagen kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n" -"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n" +"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-" +"gebruikersmodule\n" "waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.\n" #. help text caption @@ -2612,11 +2896,13 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Klik op Instellen om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n" -"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" +"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw " +"configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n" "naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -2628,10 +2914,13 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " +"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" +"Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met Bewerken. " +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De " +"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n" " als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server." #. checkbox label @@ -2922,7 +3211,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2969,7 +3259,8 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " +"environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3002,14 +3293,19 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: " +"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Met Standaard wordt het standaardfilter geladen uit de\n" @@ -3032,7 +3328,8 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.\n" +"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</" +"p>\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -3112,28 +3409,34 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als displaymanager gebruikt.\n" +"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als " +"displaymanager gebruikt.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Automatisch aanmelden \n" -"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als Automatisch aanmelden geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch aangemeld.\n" +"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als Automatisch aanmelden " +"geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch " +"aangemeld.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Aanmelding zonder wachtwoord \n" "Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich\n" @@ -3165,7 +3468,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden." +msgstr "" +"Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3309,7 +3613,8 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " +"the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3325,7 +3630,8 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " +"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3338,13 +3644,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " +"new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Geavanceerd om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan te\n" -"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n" +"Klik op Geavanceerd om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan " +"te\n" +"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, " +"gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n" "standaardwaarden voor nieuwe gebruikers, en aanmeldingsinstellingen.\n" "Met Wijzigingen nu opslaan kunt u alle tot nu gemaakte wijzigingen\n" "opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule te verlaten.\n" @@ -3420,7 +3729,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3617,14 +3927,14 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72 #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisering..." @@ -4031,12 +4341,16 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die " +"gelezen moet worden." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat " +"opstarten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4069,7 +4383,8 @@ "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n" "%2\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " +"te starten." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4080,7 +4395,8 @@ msgstr "" "Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n" "Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n" -"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten." +"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op " +"te starten." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -4302,7 +4618,8 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." -msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." +msgstr "" +"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 @@ -4314,7 +4631,8 @@ #: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." -msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." +msgstr "" +"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven." #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 @@ -4323,12 +4641,14 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen NIET versleuteld worden." +"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen " +"NIET versleuteld worden." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root." +msgstr "" +"Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4396,7 +4716,8 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n" +"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-" +"gebruiker.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") #: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 @@ -4621,13 +4942,13 @@ "met een bestaande groepsnaam.\n" "Probeer een andere." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Gebruiker %s bestaat niet." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4638,7 +4959,7 @@ "standaardgroep gebruiken." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4649,22 +4970,22 @@ "Verwijder deze gebruikers eerst uit de groep." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Groepen</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Aanmeld-instellingen</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Gebruiker %1 is geconfigureerd voor automatisch aanmelden" @@ -4848,7 +5169,8 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -5073,8 +5395,10 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory-LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " +#~ "want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n" #~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n" @@ -5087,7 +5411,8 @@ #~ msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is %1 en Kerberos." #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn." #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." #~ msgstr "Gebruikers %1 zullen geïmporteerd worden." Added: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2015-08-26 14:20:33 UTC (rev 92350) @@ -0,0 +1,518 @@ +# Dutch translations for PACKAGE package +# Nederlandse vertalingen voor het pakket PACKAGE. +# Copyright (C) 2015 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Automatically generated, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +msgid "Pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +msgid "Set" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +msgid "Show key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +msgid "(hidden)" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +msgid "Please select a user to delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +msgid "Gateway certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +msgid "Path to certificate file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Pick.." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +msgid "Path to certificate key file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +msgid "Show Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +msgid "Gateway - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +msgid "Gateway - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +msgid "Client - PSK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +msgid "Client - Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:303 +msgid "The connection name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:320 +msgid "" +"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" +"All of gateway scenarios are already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:337 +msgid "" +"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" +"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:432 +msgid "The user name is already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:496 +msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." +msgstr "" + +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" +msgstr "" + +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable VPN daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "All VPNs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "View Connection Status" +msgstr "" + +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +msgid "" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +msgid "Delete connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " +msgstr "" + +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "" +"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" +"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" +msgstr "" + +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." +msgstr "" + +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +msgid "Connection name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +msgid "Gateway (Server)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +msgid "Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +msgid "The scenario is" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +msgid "Edit Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "The gateway requires authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "By a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +msgid "By a certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +msgid "VPN gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" +msgstr "" + +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" +"Name has to begin with a letter." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Path to certificate file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Path to certificate key file:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." +msgstr "" + +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." +msgstr "" + +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Please enter a password." +msgstr "" + +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Confirm daemon restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" +msgstr "" + +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." +msgstr "" + +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +msgid "" +"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" +"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"The script is located at %s" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +msgid "VPN Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +msgid "Gateway and Connections" +msgstr "" + +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +msgid "A gateway serving clients in " +msgstr "" + +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +msgid "A client connecting to " +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92349 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: belphegor Date: 2015-08-26 13:24:38 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92349 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po Log: updated Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 16:21+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:03+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -53,28 +53,33 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 " +"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ" +"い。" #. dialog caption #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "アドオン製品" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "アドオン製品を初期化しています..." @@ -100,10 +105,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -127,7 +132,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストール" @@ -241,34 +246,34 @@ #. ], #. ... #. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "リポジトリ内に製品がありません。" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "メディア内にソフトウエアリポジトリが見つかりません。" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "新しいソースを初期化しています..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ディレクトリ: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "ソフトウエアリポジトリの選択" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ "選択したメディアには複数のリポジトリがあります。\n" "使用するリポジトリを選択してください。\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "検出したリポジトリ (&F)" @@ -290,33 +295,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してもよろしいですか？" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "リポジトリを選択してください。" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "アドオン製品の依存関係を満たすことができませんでした。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "製品の選択" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "利用可能な製品" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -327,12 +332,12 @@ "選択してください。\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "選択したアドオン製品の依存関係を満たすことができませんでした。" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -341,119 +346,127 @@ msgstr "" "<big>アドオン製品のインストール</big> \n" "ここにはインストールすることを選択した全ての製品が表示されています。\n" -"新しい製品を追加するには、 追加 を、既に追加してある製品を削除するには\n" +"新しい製品を追加するには、 追加 を、既に追加してある製品を削除するに" +"は\n" "製品を選択してから 削除 を押してください。" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, ディレクトリ: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "製品" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "メディア" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "削除する製品を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "選択したアドオンを削除しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "インストール済みのアドオン製品" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャの実行 (&S)..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "ここには、お使いのシステムにインストールされている全てのアドオン製品が表示されています。" +msgstr "" +"ここには、お使いのシステムにインストールされている全てのアドオン製品が表示" +"されています。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "追加 ボタンを押して新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、 削除 ボタンを押して使用中のアドオンを削除することができます。" +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " +"an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "" +"追加 ボタンを押して新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、 削除 ボ" +"タンを押して使用中のアドオンを削除することができます。" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "製造元: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "不明な製造元" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "バージョン: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "不明なバージョン" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "リポジトリ URL: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "不明なリポジトリ URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "リポジトリの別名: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "不明な URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケージが\n" +"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケー" +"ジが\n" "削除されます。\n" "\n" "削除してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "製品の依存関係を削除しています..." @@ -472,7 +485,9 @@ "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" "お使いのシステムにはインストールの際にアドオン製品を追加するのに\n" -"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してください。\n" +"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" "\n" "アドオン製品の設定を飛ばしますか？" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. # # Automatically generated, 2014. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:27+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -21,147 +21,100 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:49 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 msgid "Authentication client configuration module" msgstr "認証クライアント設定モジュール" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:59 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" msgstr "認証クライアントの設定概要" #. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:64 +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" msgstr "@parameters から autoyast rnc を作成する" -#. the auth configuration -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?" -msgstr "ドメイン '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？" +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "None." +msgstr "ありません。" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "There is no help for this parameter." -msgstr "このパラメータに対するヘルプはありません。" +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "必須パラメータ" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Default value: " -msgstr "既定値: " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "任意指定のパラメータ" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "Available values: " -msgstr "設定可能な値: " +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "下記の必須パラメータをすべて入力してください:\n" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'" -msgstr "セクション '%1' 内のパラメータ値設定" +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgstr "認証クライアントの設定" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 -msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "キャンセル" +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "グローバル設定" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 -msgid "OK" -msgstr "OK" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する" -#. Waiting for response -#. Waiting for response -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:168 src/include/dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid." -msgstr "'%1' に対するパラメータが正しくありません。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "SSSD デーモンの有効化" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:200 -msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes." -msgstr "セクション '%1' には属性がありません。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "セクション" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'" -msgstr "セクション '%1' に対する新しいパラメータの選択" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "新しいサービス／ドメイン" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:215 -msgid "New Parameter" -msgstr "新しいパラメータ" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "サービス／ドメインの削除" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Help" -msgstr "ヘルプ" +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "カスタマイズ - %s" -#. No we open the dialog -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'" -msgstr "sssd セクション '%1' の編集" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 -msgid "New" -msgstr "新規" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "値" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 -msgid "Add New Domain" -msgstr "新しいドメインの追加" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "説明" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:358 -msgid "Name:" -msgstr "名前:" +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "さらなるパラメータ" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:359 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "ドメインの有効化" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "名前フィルタ:" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "The identification provider used for the domain" -msgstr "このドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:365 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" -msgstr "このドメインに対して使用する認証プロバイダ" - -#. TODO -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:387 -msgid "Help for creating new domain" -msgstr "新しいドメインを作成する際のヘルプ" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" -msgstr "ドメイン名を設定しなければなりません！" - -#. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 -msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "基本設定:" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 -msgid "Services:" -msgstr "サービス:" - -#. Count of active domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:463 +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 msgid "" -"There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -"sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"[sssd] セクションには有効なドメインがありません。\n" -"そのため sssd は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになります。\n" -"この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"There are some domains you have not activated:\n" -"%s \n" -"Do you want to write this configuration?" -msgstr "" -"有効化されていないドメインがあります:\n" -"%s \n" -"この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？" - -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "" "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" @@ -172,7 +125,7 @@ "このまま続行すると、 nss_ldap の設定は削除されます。\n" "続行してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "" "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" @@ -184,921 +137,1449 @@ "このまま続行すると、 OES クライアントの設定は無効化されます。\n" "続行してよろしいですか？" -#. Main dialog contents -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "認証クライアント" +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "SSSD のセクションは削除しないことをお勧めします。" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 -msgid "Configured Authentication Domains" -msgstr "設定済みの認証ドメイン" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "セクション '%s' を削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 -msgid "Add" -msgstr "追加" +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." +msgstr "このパラメータは必須パラメータであるため、削除しないことをお勧めします。" -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 -msgid "Edit" -msgstr "編集" +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " +msgstr "パラメータ削除の確認: " -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 -msgid "Delete" -msgstr "削除" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " +"failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" +"パラメータ設定は重要です。パラメータを削除すると、 SSSD の起動が失敗する場合" +"があります。\n" +"続行する前に、 SSSD のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"続行してよろしいですか？" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgstr "認証クライアントの設定 (sssd)" +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +msgid "No domain enabled" +msgstr "どのドメインも有効化されていません" -#. initialize GUI -#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " -msgstr "SSSD はリモートのディレクトリや認証機構へのアクセスを管理するデーモン集を提供するものです。 少なくとも 1 つの認証ドメインを設定する必要があります。 認証ドメインに対しては、まずドメインに対する識別子と使用する認証プロバイダを設定します。 次に、選択したプロバイダでの必須項目を設定します。選択した識別子、および認証プロバイダに対しては、すべてのパラメータを後から設定することもできます。 SSSD では下記の id_provider を提供しています: proxy: 従来の NSS プロバイダに対応します。 local: ローカルユーザ向けの SSSD 内部プロバイダです。 ldap: LDAP プロバイダです。 LDAP の設定方法について、詳しくは sssd-ldap(5) をお読みください。 ipa: FreeIPA および Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management のプロバイダです。 ad: Active Directory のプロバイダです。 対応する認証プロバイダは下記のとおりです: ldap ネイティブ LDAP 認証 krb5 Kerberos 認証 ipa FreeIPA および Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management プロバイダ ad Active Directory プロバイダ proxy 他の PAM ターゲットへの認証情報の中継 none 認証の明示的な無効化 既定の認証プロバイダは id_provider です。 " +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" +msgstr "" +"[sssd] の \"domains\" パラメータには、有効化されているドメインがありませ" +"ん。\n" +"そのため SSSD は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま" +"す。\n" +"この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？" +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +msgstr "有効化されていないドメインが見つかりました" + +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +msgstr "他のサービスを有効化するか、もしくはドメインへの参加を実施しますか？" + +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "サービス" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "ドメイン" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com)" +msgstr "ドメイン名 (example.com)" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "識別子プロバイダ:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "認証プロバイダ:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "ドメインの有効化" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "これ以上、有効化できるサービスはありません。" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "新しいドメインに対する名前を入力してください。" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "指定したドメイン名は既に使用されています。" + #. Define Global Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." msgstr "設定ファイルの文法を表示する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "sssd が起動する際、一緒に起動するサービスの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行する回数" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"対応するサービス: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す" +"る回数" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を" +"設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." msgstr "このパラメータには、ドメインの問い合わせ順序の一覧が含まれます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、既定の正規表現" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、" +"既定の正規表現" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "名前とドメインを完全修飾名に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新し" +"ます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合はresolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合は" +"resolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内のディレクトリ" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内" +"のディレクトリ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されま" +"す。" #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " +"verbose mode." +msgstr "" +"デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最" +"小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "デバッグメッセージにタイムスタンプを追加する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:69 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "デバッグメッセージ内のタイムスタンプにマイクロ秒を表示する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:74 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." msgstr "このサービスに対するハートビート間隔 (秒単位)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタの最大値を指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタ" +"の最大値を指定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できるファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できる" +"ファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最" +"初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。" #. NSS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" msgstr "どれだけの期間、 nss_sss の列挙 (全ユーザに対する情報) を記憶しておきますか？" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要" +"求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求" +"失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 -msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "sss NSS データベースに対して、特定のユーザのみ問い合わせを除外する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "SSS バックエンドに対して、問い合わせから特定のユーザのみ除外する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 -msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "sss NSS データベースに対して、特定のグループのみ問い合わせを除外する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "SSS バックエンドに対して、問い合わせから特定のグループのみ除外する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを false にしてください。" +msgstr "" +"フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを " +"false にしてください。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述することができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述すること" +"ができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザのホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザの" +"ホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "全ユーザに対するログインシェルの上書き設定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "一覧に示したシェル以外をユーザに使わせない設定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "これらのいずれかのシェルを shell_fallback に置き換える" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "このマシンで許可されていないシェルを利用するユーザに提供する、既定のシェル" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "プロバイダへの問い合わせ時に何も返却しなかった場合に提供する、既定のシェル" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効であると判断する秒数" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." msgstr "メモリ内に記憶したレコードが有効であると判断する秒数を指定します。" #. PAM configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可" +"するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができるまでの時間 (分)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができ" +"るまでの時間 (分)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示するメッセージ種類の制御" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"SSSD がオンラインの場合、 SSSD は PAM リクエストから判断したキャッシュ済み識" +"別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:988 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "パスワード期限切れ前の警告日数" #. SUDO configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効にするかどうか" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効に" +"するかどうか" #. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記憶しておく秒数を指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記" +"憶しておく秒数を指定します。" #. SSH configuration options -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "ホスト名とアドレスを、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルに記録するかどうか" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだけの期間保持するか (秒)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだ" +"けの期間保持するか (秒)" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "ドメインに対する UID/GID の制限。これらの範囲外にある項目は無視されます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 -msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." -msgstr "ドメインを列挙できるようにするかどうか" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" +msgstr "" +"バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上" +"昇します)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタは SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタ" +"は SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒" +"数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断" +"する秒数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判" +"断する秒数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると" +"判断する秒数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判" +"断する秒数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒" +"数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であると判断する秒数。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であ" +"ると判断する秒数。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 -msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "ユーザの資格情報をローカルの LDB キャッシュにも保持するかどうかを指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" +msgstr "オフライン使用のための認証情報記憶" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を残しておくか" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を" +"残しておくか" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログイン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログ" +"イン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 -msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." -msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する認証プロバイダ" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "このドメインに対して使用する認証プロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:324 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する制御プロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対してパスワード変更を取り扱うプロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対する SUDO プロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "selinux 設定を取り扱うプロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "サブドメインへのアクセスを取り扱うプロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインに対する autofs プロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "ホスト識別情報の取得に使用するプロバイダ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "このドメインに対するユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列の処理方法 (正規表現)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書式)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書" +"式)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." msgstr "DNS 参照時に特定のアドレスファミリを優先して使用する機能" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "DNS 解決器が、問い合わせ先に届かないと判断するまでの応答待機秒数の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 -msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." -msgstr "マシンのホスト名のドメイン部分を使用する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせ" +"を行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせを行なう際のドメイン部分の指定" - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "指定した値でのプライマリ GID の上書き" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "ユーザとグループの名前について、大文字と小文字を区別する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった" +"場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値として使用する" +msgstr "" +"ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値と" +"して使用する" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "ログインを許可するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" +"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 -msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "ログインを拒否するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"ログインを拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン" +"内のグループにのみ適用されます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "ログインを拒否するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン内のグループにのみ適用されます。" - -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "LDAP で sudo ルールを問い合わせる際の既定のベース DN" - #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." msgstr "ツールがログイン名を base_directory に追加してホームディレクトリとする" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "新規ユーザの場合、ホームディレクトリを作成すべきかどうかの設定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "ユーザを削除した場合、ホームディレクトリも削除すべきかどうかの設定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッションの指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッション" +"の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべきファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべき" +"ファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "メールスプールディレクトリ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:470 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "ユーザを削除したあとに実行するコマンド" #. The ldap domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "LDAP サーバの URI (ldap://) (カンマ区切り)" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "LDAP で sudo ルールを問い合わせる際の既定のベース DN" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト " +"(カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "LDAP ユーザ操作を実行する際に利用する既定のベース DN" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "LDAP 検索に使用するベース DN" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 -msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." -msgstr "目的の LDAP サーバで使用するスキーマタイプの指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr "LDAP スキーマタイプ" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP 操作を実施する際の既定のベース DN" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークンの種類" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:521 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークン" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:526 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのユーザ項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "ユーザのログイン名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "ユーザの ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "ユーザのプライマリグループ ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "ユーザの gecos 項目に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " ユーザのホームディレクトリの名前に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "ユーザの既定のシェルに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に" +"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効期限) を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow または ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow を設定した場" +"合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効" +"期限) を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での" +"最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワードの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワー" +"ドの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの" +"期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウ" +"ントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメータにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメー" +"タにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可するかどうかを設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"かどうかを設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する日を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"日を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する週内の時間を設定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する" +"週内の時間を設定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "ユーザに対する Kerberos のユーザプリンシパル名 (UPN) を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "ユーザに対する SSH の公開鍵を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で" +"送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "領域名を大文字で使用したい場合は、このオプションを true に設定してください。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." msgstr "SSSD に対する列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新待機秒数の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) のキャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) の" +"キャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "ユーザのフルネームに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "ユーザの所属先グループの一覧に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=authorized_service を設定した場" +"合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもっ" +"て、アクセス許可の判断とします。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザ" +"の LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのグループ項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:701 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "グループ名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:706 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "グループの ID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:711 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "グループのメンバーの名前に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:716 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:721 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスするかを指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"ldap_schema に対して、入れ子グループに対応するスキーマ形式 (RFC2307bis など) " +"を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスす" +"るかを指定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するようにします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、" +"複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するよ" +"うにします。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなどで効果的です) 。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"このオプションは、 SSSD に対して Active Directory 固有の機能の利点を生かし、 " +"initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグ" +"ループなどで効果的です) 。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAP 内での netgroup 項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:756 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "netgroup 名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:761 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "netgroup のメンバー名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "netgroup セット (ホスト, ユーザ, ドメイン) に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAP netgroup オブジェクトの UUID/GUID を含む LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 内でのサービス項目のオブジェクトクラス" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "サービス属性とその別名に対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "このサービスが管理するポートに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "このサービスが理解可能なプロトコルに対応する LDAP 属性" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィ" +"ルタとしての任意指定ベース DN" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" +"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの" +"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "connect(2) に続く poll(2)/select(2) に対して設定する、無応答時の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." msgstr "同期 LDAP API が応答を待つ際の制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "LDAP サーバへの接続を維持する制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求" +"ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAP ページングプロトコルを無効化する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセキュリティレベルの指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセ" +"キュリティレベルの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグループのメンバー数の指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグルー" +"プのメンバー数の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "TLS 接続のサーバ証明書確認で、何を確認するかの設定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" +msgstr "LDAP TLS セッション時にサーバの証明書を検証する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "SSSD が理解すべき全証明機関の証明書一覧を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "証明機関の証明書について、個別のファイルを含むディレクトリの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵に対応する証明書を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵を含むファイルの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:876 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "受け入れ可能な暗号化スイートの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうかの指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうか" +"の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの ID を参照するようにする指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が ldap_user_uid_number および ldap_group_gid_number ではなく、 " +"ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの " +"ID を参照するようにする指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 機構の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:895 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 認可 ID の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:900 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "使用する SASL 領域の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規化するために逆参照を行なう設定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規" +"化するために逆参照を行なう設定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "SASL/GSSAPI を利用する際の keytab の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "id_provider が Kerberos 資格 (TGT) を初期化する指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "GSSAPI を使用した場合の TGT の有効期間 (秒) の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "クライアント川でパスワードの有効期限切れを判断するためのポリシーの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "自動参照追跡機能を有効化するかどうかの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合の使用するサービス名の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを" +"検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日数を更新するかどうかの指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日" +"数を更新するかどうかの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 (既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインする際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"access_provider = ldap および ldap_access_order = filter を使用している場合 " +"(既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインす" +"る際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できるようになります。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できる" +"ようになります。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "アクセス制御オプションのカンマ区切りリスト" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "検索時、どのようにして別名の参照解釈を実施するかの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これをローカルユーザとして許可する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これを" +"ローカルユーザとして許可する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 -msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." -msgstr "Kerberos 領域名" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一" +"覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定することができます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "Kerberos の領域名 (例: EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定" +"することができます。" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "資格情報のキャッシュを保存しておくディレクトリ。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求を中止するまでの制限時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." msgstr "取得した TGT が盗聴されていないことを krb5_keytab で検証する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." msgstr "KDC から取得した資格情報を検証する際に使用する keytab の場所" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに" +"戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "TGT を更新すべきかどうかを判断する時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効化する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効" +"化する" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "FAST で使用するサーバプリンシパルの指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを正規化すべきかどうかの指定" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Active Directory ドメイン名の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指定した順序でアクセスします。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指" +"定した順序でアクセスします。" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用され" +"る完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " +"POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 " +"POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "各スライスで利用可能な ID 数の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "既定のドメインに対するドメイン SID の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "既定のドメイン名の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID マッピングを動作させる指定" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"winbind の \"idmap_autorid\" アルゴリズムにより似たアルゴリズムを利用して ID " +"マッピングを動作させる指定" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "IPA ドメインの名前の指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "SSSD が接続に使用する IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名の一覧 (カンマ区切りで、接続する順に指定)" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." msgstr "hostname(5) が完全修飾ドメイン名を反映しないマシンの場合に指定" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレスで自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "この IPA クライアントが使用する automounter の場所" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレス" +"で自動更新するように SSSD に指定する" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "クライアントの DNS レコードを更新する際に適用する TTL" -#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "動的 DNS 更新で使用すべきインターフェイスの IP アドレスを選択" +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"サービス %sの有効化に失敗しました。システムジャーナルを利用して原因を調査して" +"ください。" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "" +"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"サービス %s の起動に失敗しました。システムジャーナル (journalctl -n -u %s) を" +"利用して原因を調査してください。" + #. end Export #. ################################################################ #. ################################################################ #. Summary() #. returns html formated configuration summary #. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:336 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" msgstr "システムは nss_ldap を使用するように設定されています。\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:339 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" msgstr "システムは sssd を使用するように設定されています。\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" msgstr "システムは OES を使用するように設定されています。\n" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" msgstr "システムは /etc/passwd のみを使用するように設定されています。\n" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 21:00+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:04+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -25,8 +25,7 @@ #. progress step title #. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "インストール環境で自動インストールスクリプトを実行しています..." @@ -36,8 +35,8 @@ msgstr "設定データを読み込んでいます..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:613 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:339 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:360 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" @@ -57,13 +56,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. AutoInstall::PXELocalBoot(); +#. We will have to set default entries which are defined +#. in the import call of ServicesManager #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:403 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:482 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1006 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ "ログファイルを確認するか、もしくはコントロールファイルを\n" "修正して再度実行してください。\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:612 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "設定データを読み込んでいます" @@ -115,7 +114,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "全てのパッケージ処理の有効化／無効化" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "パラメータリストには何も入っていません" @@ -126,29 +125,29 @@ msgstr "AutoYaST プロファイルのパスを指定しなければなりません。" #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "現在稼働中のシステムをベースにした、 AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するクライアント" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "不明なモジュール: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:63 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "複製するモジュールのリスト (カンマ区切り)" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "ファイル %s は既に存在しています。上書きしてもよろしいですか？" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "システムのクローンを作成しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:100 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "出力された autoyast プロファイルは %s にあります。" @@ -158,7 +157,8 @@ "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" "path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシステムの最終\n" +"このダイアログを利用することで、ファイルの内容のコピーとインストールするシステムの最" +"終\n" "配置場所を指定します。 YaST2 は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。 " #. help 2/2 @@ -166,12 +166,15 @@ msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" "Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for " +"the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" "コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してください。\n" -"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を示した\n" -"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' 等) \n" +"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更" +"方法を示した\n" +"記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' " +"等) \n" "を利用することができます。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -216,7 +219,7 @@ "ファイルの内容を指定してください。\n" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:596 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "読み込むファイルを選択します。" @@ -259,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "まずは一覧からファイルを選択してください。" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -270,47 +273,86 @@ "" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 msgid "Progress" msgstr "進行状況" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "自動インストール設定によりシステムを設定する" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、現時点ではサポートされていません:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"<scripts/> や <files/> などで設定を変更してください。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages " +"in <software/> section." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、このシステムでは処理することができませ" +"ん:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必" +"要な YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" + #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:157 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 を設定する" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:159 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:201 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 を設定しない" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:253 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "事後のスクリプトを実行しています" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "実行中の全てのサービスを再起動しています" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "systemd の既定のターゲットを有効化しています" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "設定を終了しています" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "リソース %1 を処理しています" @@ -483,92 +525,92 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." msgstr "システムを自動インストールするための準備を行なっています。しばらくお待ちください。" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "一般設定 " -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "言語を設定する" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "パーティションプランを作成" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "ブートローダの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 msgid "Registration" msgstr "登録" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "ソフトウエア選択の設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットの設定" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "プレインストールユーザスクリプトを実行しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "一般的な設定を行なっています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "パーティションプランを作成しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "ブートローダを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "ソフトウエア選択を設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "systemd 既定のターゲットを設定しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "自動インストールのためのシステム準備" #. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:163 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "アドオン製品を処理しています..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "言語を設定しています..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:272 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -577,7 +619,7 @@ "再度試してください。\n" #. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:328 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -640,7 +682,8 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" +"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを" +"記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" "表示したりすることができます。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -649,7 +692,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めします。\n" -"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありません。\n" +"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものでは" +"ありません。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -714,7 +758,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense " +"only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -793,8 +838,7 @@ msgid "Re&use" msgstr "再利用 (&U)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "種類 (&T)" @@ -821,7 +865,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選択していません。\n" +"パーティションを作成する旨の選択を行ないましたが、正しいファイルシステムを選択していませ" +"ん。\n" "続行するには正しいファイルシステムを選択してください。\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -889,11 +934,13 @@ msgstr "詳細設定 (&C)" #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効です。" +msgstr "" +"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ" +"有効です。" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、物理ボリュームに対しては正しい選択ではありません。" @@ -920,8 +967,7 @@ msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加 (&V)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" @@ -966,7 +1012,7 @@ msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "システムプロファイルの場所" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "プロファイルの場所 (&P):" @@ -974,11 +1020,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの選択" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。" @@ -987,7 +1033,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1000,13 +1046,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "ハードディスクの選択" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "続行するにはいずれかを選択してください。" @@ -1032,8 +1078,7 @@ msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "新規 (&W)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" @@ -1057,8 +1102,7 @@ msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "説明 (&P):" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "その名前はすでに使われています。他の名前を選んでください。" @@ -1124,8 +1168,7 @@ msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "クラスの統合" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" @@ -1205,20 +1248,17 @@ msgstr "自動インストール - 設定" #. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "名前を付けて保存..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:700 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "ファイル %1 の保存に成功しました。" #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:707 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "ファイルの保存中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -1357,34 +1397,33 @@ msgid "Source" msgstr "ソース" -#. Menu interface -#. @param list menu items -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにモジュール '%1' の設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "XML ファイルをオープンまたは解析中にエラーが発生しました。" #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:725 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "利用可能なモジュール" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "現在のシステムにプロファイルの設定を適用してよろしいですか？" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "コントロールファイルが変更されました。" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:782 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "変更を %1 に保存しますか?" @@ -1430,8 +1469,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" @@ -1471,8 +1509,7 @@ msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Kickstart ファイルをインポートしています..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 #: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -1520,7 +1557,8 @@ "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart ファイルをインポート\n" -"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されているかどうか\n" +"しました。文法を確認し、パッケージ選択とパーティション設定に正しく反映されているかどう" +"か\n" "を確認してください。" #. Validate Dialog @@ -1533,13 +1571,11 @@ msgid "OK" msgstr "正常" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" @@ -1555,7 +1591,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:794 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "RNG 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1565,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "セクション %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:806 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "RNC 検証で XML を確認しています..." @@ -1603,8 +1639,7 @@ msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "第 2 ステージの完了後にマシンを再起動する" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "署名処理" @@ -1650,7 +1685,8 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1668,7 +1704,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" +"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインス" +"トール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 @@ -1815,7 +1852,8 @@ "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" "このツールでは xmllint を利用してプロファイルのドキュメント種類を検証し、\n" -"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの不足が意図的で\n" +"足りないデータが無いかどうかを調べます。たとえばクラスの作成時など、データの不足が意図的" +"で\n" "ある場合は、表示されるエラーメッセージを無視することもできます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1917,8 +1955,16 @@ msgstr "詳細オプション" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成して、全ての新しいパーティションを論理パーティションとして追加します。なお、 AutoYaST に対して、プライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションを作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as " +"logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain " +"partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible " +"to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成して、全ての新しいパーティショ" +"ンを論理パーティションとして追加します。なお、 AutoYaST に対して、プライマリパーティショ" +"ンや拡張パーティションを作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズ" +"を、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1943,40 +1989,44 @@ "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" +msgstr "" +"HTTP(S) プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されま" +"した。" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されました。" +msgstr "" +"FTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。サーバからコード %2 が返されまし" +"た。" #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "%1/%2 上のファイルの読み込みに失敗しました。\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:174 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "%1 上のファイルの読み込みに失敗しました。\n" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed #. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:234 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:290 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:334 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "%1 のマウントに失敗しました。" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:265 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "CD 上のファイルの読み込みに失敗しました。パス: %1/%2." #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed #. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:313 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:357 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "リモートファイル %1 を検索できません" @@ -1984,22 +2034,22 @@ #. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now #. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) #. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:482 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 はマウントされておらず、マウントに失敗しました" #. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:502 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "ファイル %1 が見つかりません" #. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:524 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "TFTP プロトコル経由の URL '%1' が見つかりませんでした。" #. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:531 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "不明なプロトコル %1 。" @@ -2064,7 +2114,8 @@ "ポストインストールスクリプトを chroot 環境下で動作させるには、\n" "chroot スクリプト のオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプトは\n" "最初の再起動を行なう前に実行されます。既定では、 chroot スクリプトは\n" -"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアクセスするには、\n" +"インストールシステムの環境下で実行されます。インストール済みのシステムにアクセスするに" +"は、\n" "お使いのスクリプトから \"/mnt\" のマウントポイント以下を参照してください。\n" "\n" @@ -2116,7 +2167,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>インタプリタ:</H3>\n" -"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や Python\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や " +"Python\n" "などのスクリプトは、プレインストールスクリプトには設定できません。\n" "\n" @@ -2127,7 +2179,8 @@ "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" "alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" "over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2137,20 +2190,23 @@ "ネットワークにアクセスできるようにするには準備処理が必要になります。\n" "ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際に\n" "システムの設定が完了していることを保証する初期化スクリプトがあります。\n" -"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" +"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク " +"オプションを使用することもできます。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as " +"feedback.\n" "If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>フィードバックとデバッグ:</H3>\n" -"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" +"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力" +"をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" "デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多くの情報が\n" "表示されるようになります。\n" @@ -2243,7 +2299,8 @@ "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマ" +"イズしたり、\n" "インストールの各ステージでインストールを制御したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 @@ -2262,7 +2319,7 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "規則ファイルの解析に失敗しました。 XML パーサの報告:\n" @@ -2270,12 +2327,14 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message " +"is:\n" msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを解析中に XML パーサがエラーを報告しました。エラーメッセージ:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2291,45 +2350,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "プロファイルの選択" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "コントロールファイルをフロッピィディスクから読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の TFTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "%2 の NFS サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の HTTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 の FTP サーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "%1 のファイルからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 のデバイスからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "デフォルトの場所からコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "不明なソース。" @@ -2339,7 +2398,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2349,20 +2408,23 @@ "コントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを、\n" "設定管理システムで設定することができます。\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those " +"available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" -"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用する\n" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用す" +"るものと\n" +"同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用す" +"る\n" "コントロールファイルに出力されます。\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2396,79 +2458,97 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "インストールを開始してよろしいでしょうか？" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaST の第 2 ステージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "ステージ 1 の完了後にマシンを停止する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "ステージ 2 の完了後にマシンを停止する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "ステージ 2 の完了後にマシンを再起動する" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "署名なしのファイルを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "署名なしのファイルを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "チェックサムなしのファイルを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "チェックサムなしのファイルを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "検証が失敗したものを受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "検証が失敗したものを受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "不明な GPG 鍵を受け入れる" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "不明な GPG 鍵を受け入れない" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "新しい GPG 鍵をインポートする" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "新しい GPG 鍵をインポートしない" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "時刻を同期しています..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "%s と時刻を同期しています。" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "時刻の同期に失敗しました。" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "システム時刻を更新できません" + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "ボリュームグループ %1 を再利用することができません。ボリュームグループは存在しません。" @@ -2476,7 +2556,9 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なってください。" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を" +"行なってください。" #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2484,14 +2566,20 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ドライブ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:686 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 -msgid "Total of %1 drive" -msgstr "全 %1 ドライブ" +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "全 %s ドライブ" +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "まだ複製されていません。" + #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary #: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 @@ -2542,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "不明" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:169 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2552,31 +2640,35 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:315 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を追加できませんでした" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" +msgstr "" +"パターンのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認くださ" +"い。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "イメージの作成 - パッケージをインストールしています" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" +msgstr "" +"パッケージのインストール時にイメージの作成が失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認くだ" +"さい。" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "イメージの保存 ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2584,16 +2676,16 @@ "%1/ 内でイメージを変更することができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すとイメージは圧縮され、変更できなくなります。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "イメージの圧縮が '%1' で失敗しました。 /tmp/ay_image.log をご確認ください。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "イメージは正しく作成されました" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2602,102 +2694,116 @@ "存在しない場合は、 'ls -F > directory.yast' で作成することができます。" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:512 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "'%1' を読み込めません。再試行しますか？" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:530 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "'%1' を読み込めません。 ISO の作成に失敗しました。" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:560 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO のファイル構造を準備しています ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:609 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "DVD 向けの起動設定" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 msgid "Ok" msgstr "了解" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML " +"file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができます。\n" +"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうこと" +"ができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すと ISO を作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "ISO イメージの保存 ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:636 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO ファイルを作成しています ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:657 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO は %1 に正しく作成できました" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:733 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "選択したパターン" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "個別に選択されたパッケージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:749 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "削除するパッケージ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:756 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "必須のカーネルパッケージ" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:846 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "パターンを設定できません： %1" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認してください。" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを" +"確認してください。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB " +"missing" +msgstr "" +"XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しませ" +"ん。 %1 MB 不足しています" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr "全 %1 ドライブ" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "デバイスが設定されていません" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ルートパーティションを検証しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Linux ルートパーティションが見つかりません。" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2706,20 +2812,20 @@ "使用するか指定されていないため、自動インストールを行なうことができません。\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "デバイス '%1' はストレージバックエンドで検出されませんでした" #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:359 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "設定データを収集しています..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルを暗号化します。パスワードを 2 回入力してください" @@ -2727,14 +2833,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "ファイル %2 にセクション %1 を書き込むことができませんでした。" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:682 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "AutoYAST プロファイルは暗号化されています。正しいパスワードを入力してください。" @@ -2751,3 +2857,4 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-08 07:40+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -36,129 +36,129 @@ "YaST での設定を続けますか？" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "このモジュールのヘルプを表示する" #. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:61 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "このモジュールの詳細なヘルプを表示する" #. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:67 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "このモジュールの詳細なヘルプを XML 形式で表示する" #. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:73 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "このモジュールを制御する対話型シェルを起動する" #. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:79 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "対話モードを終了して変更内容を保存する" #. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:85 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "変更内容を保存しないで対話モードを終了する" #. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:93 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "このコマンドのヘルプを表示する" #. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:99 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "進行状況を表示する" #. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:105 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "XML 出力の保存場所" #. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "この YaST2 モジュールはコマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "利用可能な全てのコマンドを表示するには 'help' をご利用ください。" #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "利用可能な全てのコマンドを表示するには 'yast2 %1 help' をご利用ください。" #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "不明なコマンド: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:409 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "オプション '%1' の値が設定されていません。" #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:445 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "コマンド '%1' のオプションが不明です: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:466 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:478 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:488 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません -- '%2' を期待しましたが、入力された値は %3 でした" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "オプション '%1' には値を設定できません。指定された値: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには '%1 %2 help' をご利用ください。" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 %2 help' をご利用ください。" #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST 設定モジュール %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:598 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 msgid "No help available" msgstr "該当するヘルプがありません" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:602 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "コマンド '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:622 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ " オプション:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:712 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ " [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。" #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -185,137 +185,145 @@ " 例:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "これは YaST モジュールです。" #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:754 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "基本構文:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:769 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <コマンド> [verbose] [オプション]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:796 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <コマンド> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:803 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <コマンド> [オプション]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:806 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <コマンド> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:818 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "コマンド:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:834 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 msgid "No help available." msgstr "該当するヘルプがありません。" #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<エラー: ヘルプが正しくありません>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "利用可能なオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 <コマンド> help' を実行してください。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command " +"line option." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲット" +"の_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line " +"option." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲット" +"の_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1470 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "または '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1478 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "コマンド '%1' を指定してください。" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1485 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "いずれかのコマンドを指定してください: %1" #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1495 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "コマンドを 1 つだけ指定してください: %1" #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1581 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "このモジュールのユーザインターフェイスが見つかりません。" #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1619 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 msgid "Ready" msgstr "準備完了" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1643 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "準備しています" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1690 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "終了しています" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1707 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 msgid "Done" msgstr "完了" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1710 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "保存せずに終了しています" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1724 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "'はい' または 'いいえ' のどちらですか？" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1729 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1732 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" @@ -379,14 +387,15 @@ #. %1 - link to our bugzilla #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:155 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "これは %1 のバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n" -"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを添付してください。\n" +"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを添付してくだ" +"さい。\n" "また、 YaST ログについての詳しい情報は %3 をご覧ください。" #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -395,13 +404,13 @@ #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:165 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1481 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://ja.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:176 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "YaST ログを保存 (&S)..." @@ -409,48 +418,66 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:223 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "インストールエラー" +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "メモリパッケージ '%s' を読み込んでいます" + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "メモリパッケージ '%s' を削除しています" + #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1289 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "このインストールモードの作業手順は設定されていません。" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "インストールを続行しますか？それとも中止しますか？" #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "インストールを続行 (&C)" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:187 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:835 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "インストールを中止 (&A)" #. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:192 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "新しい製品を追加してよろしいですか？" #. popup dialog caption #. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:199 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:202 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -474,7 +501,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "追加の作業手順を統合する際に内部エラーが発生しました。" @@ -484,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "%1 の値は正しくありません。" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:68 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "サポートされていません" @@ -493,7 +520,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:227 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -509,7 +536,7 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:243 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -524,43 +551,43 @@ #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:317 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "システム起動時" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:259 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:324 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:273 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "xinetd 経由" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:331 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "xinetd 経由 (&X)" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:376 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "サービスの開始" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:467 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "サービスが稼働しています" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:473 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "サービスは稼働していません" @@ -569,7 +596,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:506 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -583,7 +610,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:518 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -592,32 +619,32 @@ "%3 を使用してください。\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを開始する" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを停止する" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:537 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "変更を保存してサービスを再起動する" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:579 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを開始する (&S)" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:586 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを停止する (&T)" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:593 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "変更を保存してサービスを再起動する (&A)" @@ -633,7 +660,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:731 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -644,38 +671,36 @@ "%1 を設定してください。" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:744 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にする" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:773 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にする (&L)" #. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:49 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "タブ" #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:368 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:943 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "上へ (&U)" #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:945 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "下へ (&D)" #. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:306 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -686,37 +711,37 @@ "先に設定内でその鍵の使用を中止してから実行してください。" #. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:312 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "TSIG 鍵を削除できません。" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "認証鍵ファイルの選択" #. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:337 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "認証鍵用のファイルの選択" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:357 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "選択したファイル名は既存のディレクトリです。" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:362 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "指定したファイルは既に存在します。上書きしますか？" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIG 鍵 ID が指定されていません。" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:379 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -725,7 +750,7 @@ "削除しますか？" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:399 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -734,27 +759,27 @@ "削除しますか？" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:424 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "鍵を今すぐ作成します。続行しますか？" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:440 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIG 鍵の作成に失敗しました。" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "指定されたファイルは存在しません。" #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:456 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "指定されたファイルには TSIG 鍵が含まれていません。" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:466 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -765,7 +790,7 @@ "古いキーは削除されます。続行しますか？" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:570 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -774,18 +799,19 @@ "このダイアログで TSIG 鍵を管理します。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:574 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>既存の TSIG 鍵の追加</big> \n" -"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの ファイル名 を\n" +"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの ファイル名</" +"b> を\n" "選択し、 追加 を押してください。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -799,7 +825,7 @@ # tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:587 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -816,27 +842,27 @@ "取りやめる必要があります。\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:599 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "既存の TSIG 鍵の追加" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:648 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "新しい TSIG 鍵の作成" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:660 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "鍵 ID (&K)" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:692 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "生成 (&G)" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:704 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "現在の TSIG 鍵" @@ -844,54 +870,51 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:712 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:193 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:225 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "鍵 ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:714 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ファイル名" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:490 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "選択されたオプション (&S)" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:539 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "現在のオプション: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:726 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "選択されたオプションはすでに存在します。" #. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:887 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "変更" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:889 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:895 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "オプション" #. table header #. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:897 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" #. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:902 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -902,16 +925,17 @@ "編集 を押してください。" #. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:911 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。オプションを削除するには、\n" +"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。オプションを削除す" +"るには、\n" "削除するオプションを選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:921 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -920,7 +944,7 @@ "オプションが変更されたかどうかを表示しています。" #. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:931 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -931,29 +955,29 @@ "させてください。" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:214 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 msgid "&Other" msgstr "その他 (&O)" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:525 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "このデバイスは設定されていません" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:528 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "編集 を押して設定してください" #. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:198 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "モジュールを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." #. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:226 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST コントロールセンター" @@ -961,12 +985,12 @@ # コンゴ、ザイール # ニッポニカ「ブルンジ」の項に「ルンジ語」 # ランディ語とも -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "実行" #. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -975,12 +999,12 @@ "root 権限を必要としないモジュールのみを表示します。" #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "キーボードでの YaST ncurses の制御" #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:326 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -995,12 +1019,19 @@ "リストボックスなどでは、カーソルキーで項目を選択する場合もあります。" #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり閉じたりしたい場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表示するモジュール (一覧形式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キーを押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示することができます。" +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. " +"For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left " +"side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "" +"ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり閉じたりした" +"い場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表示するモジュール (一覧形" +"式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キーを押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示す" +"ることができます。" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1009,7 +1040,7 @@ " [ALT] キーを押しながら、強調表示されている文字を押してください。" #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1018,7 +1049,7 @@ "何も選択せずに閉じるには、 [ESC] を押してください。\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:349 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1033,7 +1064,7 @@ "それぞれ [CTRL] + [F] と [CTRL] + [B] で代用できます。" #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1044,21 +1075,23 @@ " [ESC] + [TAB] は [ALT] + [TAB] の代用になります。" #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the " +"current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) ファンクションキー \n" -"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現在のダイアログに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。" +"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現在のダイアロ" +"グに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "通常、ファンクションキーはそれぞれ特定のアクションに関連付けられています:" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1083,7 +1116,7 @@ "F10 = OK／次へ／完了／了解 " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:385 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1093,7 +1126,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:295 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1103,7 +1136,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:309 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1113,7 +1146,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:328 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1291,8 +1324,8 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:889 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "この処理を飛ばす (&S)" @@ -1314,7 +1347,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" @@ -1528,32 +1561,32 @@ #. #. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) #. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "リリースファイル %{file} が見つかりません" #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "本当にインストールを中止してもよろしいですか？" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:844 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "本当にシステムの修復を中止してもよろしいですか？" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:846 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "システムの修復を中止" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:848 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "システムの修復を続行 (&C)" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:851 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1566,7 +1599,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:862 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1580,7 +1613,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:871 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1591,29 +1624,29 @@ "再インストールする必要が発生してしまいます。" #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:927 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "本当に中止してもよろしいですか？" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:935 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "全ての変更内容が失われます!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:966 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細 (&D)..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:105 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 msgid "Messages" msgstr "メッセージ" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージの表示: %1" @@ -1623,103 +1656,92 @@ #. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:116 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:168 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:184 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:84 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:117 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:135 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:151 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:204 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:116 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:124 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージのタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:131 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージをログに記録: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:140 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:147 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告の表示: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:158 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告のタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:165 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告をログに記録: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:174 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:181 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーの表示: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:192 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーのタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:199 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーをログに記録: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "警告:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 msgid "Error:" msgstr "エラー:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 msgid "Message:" msgstr "メッセージ:" @@ -1772,25 +1794,24 @@ msgstr "削除 (&L)" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:154 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "変数 (&V)" -#. TODO FIXME -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:242 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm がインストールされていません。 xterm パッケージをインストールしてください。" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:188 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "GPG 秘密鍵" #. table header - GPG key user ID #. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:195 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:227 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "ユーザ ID" @@ -1799,14 +1820,13 @@ #. lazy #. Standard text strings #. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:197 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:229 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "指紋" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:208 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1816,12 +1836,12 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:220 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "GPG 公開鍵" #. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:240 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1831,11 +1851,11 @@ #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:283 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "新しい GPG 鍵の作成 (&C) ..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" "<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" @@ -1843,17 +1863,18 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>新しい GPG 鍵の作成</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルページをご覧ください。\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルページをご覧くだ" +"さい。\n" "キャンセルする場合は Ctrl+C キーを押してください。\n" "" #. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:326 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "GPG 鍵 %1 のパスフレーズ (&P)" #. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:334 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1863,18 +1884,18 @@ #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:351 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "パスフレーズの入力" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:381 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "GPG 鍵 %1 をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力してください：" #. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "行なった変更を説明するためのログメッセージを記入してください。" @@ -1937,106 +1958,103 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget #. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs #. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:178 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:279 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:313 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:553 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "詳細 (&V)" #. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case #. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:232 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" #. logview caption #. logview caption -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:239 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:354 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:474 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:554 +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "ログ (&L)" #. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:257 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "ログを保存 (&S)" #. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:395 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "ログに名前を付けて保存..." #. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:72 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "ログの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "第 1 ステージのインストールでは、ファイアウオールを設定することはできません。" #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "ファイアウオールパッケージがインストールされていません。" # label #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "ファイアウオールは無効に設定されています" # label #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "ファイアウオールで該当のポートは閉じられています" # label #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:126 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "すべてのインターフェイスのファイアウオールで該当のポートは開いています" # label #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "選択したインターフェイスのファイアウオールで該当のポートは開いています" # label #. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "ネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません。" #. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:157 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "インターフェイスはどのゾーンにも割り当てられていません" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウオールでポートを開くネットワークインターフェイス (&N)" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を外すことができません:\n" +"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を外すことがで" +"きません:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:532 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2049,7 +2067,7 @@ "続けますか？" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:562 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2065,8 +2083,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:581 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:635 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2081,22 +2099,22 @@ "続けますか？" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウオールでポートを開くネットワークインターフェイス (&I)" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "全てを選択 (&A)" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:745 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "全てを選択解除 (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:842 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2105,7 +2123,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:877 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2115,7 +2133,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2128,7 +2146,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1024 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2137,7 +2155,7 @@ "%2 を押してください。 " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1032 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2146,46 +2164,46 @@ "場合にのみ利用できます。" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1044 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウオールでポートを開く" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "ファイアウオールの詳細" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1078 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウオールでポートを開く (&F)" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1085 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの詳細 (&D)..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1113 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1120 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "ファイアウオールで該当のポートは開かれています" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "モデム" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード" @@ -2193,27 +2211,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -2223,326 +2241,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "追加アドレス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "非同期転送モード (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth 接続" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond" msgstr "ボンド" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "ボンドネットワーク" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN カード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel To Channel インターフェイス (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 接続" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "ダミー" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "ダミーネットワークデバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "イーサネット" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "イーサネットネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "ファイバチャンネルシステムコネクタ (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets インターフェイス (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 接続" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "赤外線ネットワークデバイス" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "赤外線デバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "ループバック" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "ループバックデバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "パラレルポート" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "パラレルポート接続" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express または QDIO デバイス(QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 カプセル化デバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "シリアルポート" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "シリアルポート接続" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "トークンリングネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB ネットワークデバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare ネットワークデバイス" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "無線" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "無線ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP ネットワーク" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "仮想 LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "ブリッジ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "ネットワークブリッジ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "ネットワークトンネル" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "ネットワークタップ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand デバイス" @@ -2557,55 +2575,55 @@ msgstr "DHCP アドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:81 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP アドレスの割り当て無し" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "デバイスの種類" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:104 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイス ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Connected" msgstr "接続済み" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:193 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "LAN 上のホストを探しています..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS サーバ (&N)" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "リモートホスト (&M)" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "エクスポートディレクトリ (&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2620,7 +2638,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2630,7 +2648,7 @@ "インストールを再起動して Linuxrc 内でネットワークを設定するか、\n" "ネットワーク無しで続行してください。" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2654,48 +2672,48 @@ "スペースは使用できません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:114 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "外部ゾーン" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:118 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "内部ゾーン" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:122 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "非武装ゾーン" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:243 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:245 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" #. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1157 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "不明ゾーン" # Error message, %1 = interface name (eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2711,7 +2729,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1970 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" @@ -2756,84 +2774,94 @@ msgstr "競合する可能性のあるサービスを確認しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2655 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2663 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2665 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "ファイアウオールサービスの調整" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2669 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2671 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "ファイアウオールサービスを調整しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2690 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "設定を保存できませんでした" #. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3488 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "不明なプロトコルです (%1) 。" # TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device (eth0, sl0, ...) #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します" +msgstr "" +"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールインターフェイスと" +"して追加します" # TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device (eth0, sl0, ...) #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します" +msgstr "" +"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールインターフェイスと" +"して追加します" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能は無効になります。" +msgstr "" +"SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能は無効になり" +"ます。" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">無効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"無効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">有効にする</a>)" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" +"有効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" @@ -2842,41 +2870,61 @@ "(ただしネットワークインターフェイスの設定がされていません)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポートを開けていません。" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the " +"firewall." +msgstr "" +"SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポートを開けていま" +"せん。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal" +"\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">" +"閉じる</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" +"\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal" +"\">開ける</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで VNC のポートを開けていません。" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened " +"the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで VNC の" +"ポートを開けていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットのポートが開いています" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:738 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットのポートが閉じられています" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイアウオールで必要なポートを開いていません。" +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイアウオールで" +"必要なポートを開いていません。" #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -2911,87 +2959,70 @@ #. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], #. ] #. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:355 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:638 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "'%{service_name}' という名前のサービスは存在していません" #. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:431 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "サービス: %{filename}" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:504 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "不明なサービスです '%1'" #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "以下のパッケージをインストールする必要があります:" #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:134 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "以下のパッケージを削除する必要があります:" #. labels changed for bug #215195 #. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:156 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "アンインストール (&U)" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1727 -msgid "Package: " -msgstr "パッケージ: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:208 -msgid "Size: " -msgstr "サイズ: " - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:231 -msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" -msgstr "自動再試行への残り時間: %1" - +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:244 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をダウンロードしています..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:256 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "パッケージをダウンロードしています" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:314 -msgid "Show &details" -msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)" - #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:380 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 は壊れています。整合性チェックが失敗しました。" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:393 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "パッケージのインストールを再試行しますか？" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:401 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "インストールを中止しますか？" @@ -3000,15 +3031,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:429 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:463 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "エラー: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:486 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3017,35 +3048,35 @@ "処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をアンインストールしています..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をインストールしています..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "パッケージをアンインストールしています" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 のアンインストールに失敗しました。" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 のインストールに失敗しました。" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3054,7 +3085,7 @@ "処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3069,27 +3100,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:807 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A 面" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:810 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B 面" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (ディスク %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (メディア番号 %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:831 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3098,7 +3129,7 @@ "を挿入してください" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3111,7 +3142,7 @@ "ディレクトリにアクセスできることを確認してください。" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3123,90 +3154,85 @@ "\n" "サーバにアクセスできることを確認してください。" -#. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:860 -msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." -msgstr "正しいリポジトリのメディアをマウントできませんでした。" - #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:881 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "自動更新を行なわずに飛ばす" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:904 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "取り出す (&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:921 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD/DVD メディアを自動的にイジェクトする (&U)" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "インストールを再試行しますか？" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:997 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "このメディアを飛ばしますか？" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1004 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "不正なメディアを無視します..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1025 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL (&U)" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を作成しています" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "リポジトリを作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1370 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1613 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "リモートのリポジトリの説明を取得できませんでした。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1373 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1504 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1616 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "新しいメタデータの検索時にエラーが発生しました。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1376 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1619 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "指定したリポジトリは無効です。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。" @@ -3214,96 +3240,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1392 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1526 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1632 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "再試行しますか？" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1440 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1448 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を確認しています" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1497 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "リポジトリを確認している最中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1510 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "リポジトリの確認結果" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1513 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1609 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1697 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージ %1(%2) をダウンロードしています..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージをダウンロードしています" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージ %1 を適用しています..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージを適用しています" -#. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1746 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." -msgstr "修正 RPM パッケージ %1(%2) をダウンロードしています..." - #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1754 -msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" -msgstr "修正 RPM パッケージをダウンロードしています..." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "パッケージ: " #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始しています (修正 %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "スクリプトの実行" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "修正: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 msgid "Script: " msgstr "スクリプト: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1851 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "スクリプトの出力" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3312,7 +3334,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1956 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3327,44 +3349,36 @@ "見えなくなったり古いままになったりします。" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "更新処理を飛ばす(&S)" #. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2005 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2047 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "ダウンロードしています" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2055 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2103 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ダウンロードしています: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2208 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2283 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "パッケージデータベースを確認しています" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "パッケージデータベースを再構築しています。しばらくお待ちください。" -#. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2299 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "状態" - #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2249 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3373,12 +3387,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "パッケージデータベースを変換しています。しばらくお待ちください。" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "状態" + #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3387,12 +3405,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2365 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM データベースを読み込んでいます..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます" @@ -3403,27 +3421,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2381 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM データベースを確認しています..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "ターゲットの準備に失敗しました。" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2527 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM データベースの読み込み" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "ユーザ認証" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2569 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3434,10 +3452,23 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2578 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "サイズ: " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "自動再試行への残り時間: %1" + #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -3447,7 +3478,7 @@ "PackageKit が動作しているようです (おそらく処理中です) 。\n" "PackageKit に対して終了するよう依頼しますか？" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:61 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3464,14 +3495,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:157 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:181 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "ソフトウエア管理システムへのアクセスに失敗しました" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:110 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3480,7 +3511,7 @@ "それともソフトウエア管理システムへのアクセスを再試行しますか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3491,19 +3522,19 @@ "それとも中止しますか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:185 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "再試行しますか？それとも中止しますか？\n" #. print the question #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:187 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:193 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "使用許諾契約に同意しますか？" #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3543,17 +3574,17 @@ # dialog heading, %1 is package name #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "パッケージライセンスの確認: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:160 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "同意します (&A)" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "同意しません (&D)" @@ -3570,13 +3601,14 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ライセンス確認</big> \n" "ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは、明確なライセンス同意を求めています。\n" -"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることができません。\n" +"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることができませ" +"ん。\n" " \n" "パッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は 同意する を、\n" "同意しない場合は 同意しない をそれぞれ押してください。" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3585,12 +3617,13 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエアを設定できます。\n" +"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエアを設定でき" +"ます。\n" "\t\t 利用可能な機能とソフトウエアは左側の列に表示されています。\n" "\t\t 詳細を表示するには一覧内の項目を選択してください。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3604,7 +3637,7 @@ "\t\t コンテキストメニューでは、全ての項目に対する一括変更を行なうこともできます。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3616,7 +3649,7 @@ "\t\t 選択できる詳細なパッケージ選択画面を開きます。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3628,7 +3661,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t 左下に表示されたディスク使用量は、指定した全ての変更が完了した\n" -"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状態になると、\n" +"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状態になる" +"と、\n" "\t\t システムのパフォーマンスに影響を及ぼす可能性があるほか、場合によっては\n" "\t\t 何らかの問題が発生するかもしれません。システムを正常に動作させるにはある程度の\n" "\t\t 容量を残すようにしてください。\n" @@ -3636,124 +3670,128 @@ #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:372 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "ソフトウエアの選択およびシステムタスク" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:412 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(続く)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "インストールが完了しました。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:440 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "エラーメッセージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:457 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "失敗したパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "更新されたパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "削除したパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:536 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "インストールしなかったパッケージ: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 msgid "Packages" msgstr "パッケージ" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "経過時間: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "インストールサイズの合計: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "ダウンロードサイズの合計: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "統計" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:605 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:694 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "インストールログ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:612 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細" #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "パッケージのインストール後" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "このレポートを表示" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完了" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "ソフトウエア管理システムで続ける" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>インストールのレポート</BIG> ここにはインストール済み／削除済みのパッケージに関する概要が表示されています。" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>インストールのレポート</BIG> ここにはインストール済み／削除済みのパッ" +"ケージに関する概要が表示されています。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "インストールのレポート" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:704 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "更新されたパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "削除したパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:714 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "変更のなかったパッケージ" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:735 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3791,7 +3829,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:475 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3809,16 +3847,16 @@ "使用してもよろしいですか？\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "未署名のパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "未署名のファイル" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3829,13 +3867,14 @@ msgstr "" "パッケージ %1 のチェックサムが見つかりませんでした。\n" "このことは、このパッケージが署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、リポジトリ\n" -"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味しています。このパッケージを\n" +"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味しています。このパッ" +"ケージを\n" "インストールするとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3846,68 +3885,69 @@ msgstr "" "ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\n" "リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではある\n" -"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないことを意味しています。この\n" +"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないことを意味してい" +"ます。この\n" "ファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "使用してもよろしいですか？" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:573 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "チェックサムが見つかりませんでした" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "指紋: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:629 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "名前: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:635 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "作成日時: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:645 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "期限切れ日時: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:665 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "Name: " msgstr "名前: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "鍵指紋: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 msgid "Created: " msgstr "作成日時: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:700 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "期限切れ日時: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3930,7 +3970,7 @@ "インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3954,12 +3994,12 @@ # heading text #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "検証に失敗しました" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:787 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -3980,7 +4020,7 @@ "インストールしてもよろしいですか？" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4001,12 +4041,12 @@ "インストールしてもよろしいですか？" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:825 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "不明な GnuPG 鍵" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:876 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4029,7 +4069,7 @@ "しないのが最も安全な選択です。\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:888 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4052,17 +4092,17 @@ "インストールしないのが最も安全な選択です。\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "信頼できない公開鍵を使用して署名されています" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "鍵を信頼して取り込む (&T)" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:953 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4077,18 +4117,19 @@ "制御をある程度許すということにもなります。" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:961 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" "the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" -"警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現れた場合に、\n" +"警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現れた場合" +"に、\n" "毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\n" "この鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリが使用されなくなります。" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4099,7 +4140,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4112,23 +4153,23 @@ "しておいてください。" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "警告: 鍵の有効期限が切れています！" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "信頼できない GnuPG Key キーを取り込む" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "信頼する (&T)" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4151,12 +4192,12 @@ "利用してもよろしいですか？\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "不正なダイジェスト値" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4177,7 +4218,7 @@ "利用してもよろしいですか？\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "不明なダイジェスト値" @@ -4188,74 +4229,81 @@ #. translators: default global progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "インストールしています..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 msgid "Media" msgstr "メディア" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "残り" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 msgid "Time" msgstr "時間" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "実行したアクション:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "インストールの中止 中止 ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインストールを中止することができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もしくは使用できない状態になります。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくインストールしていない場合は、システムを起動することができなくなります。" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort</" +"B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it " +"may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "" +"インストールの中止 中止 ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインストールを中止す" +"ることができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もしくは使用できない状態になり" +"ます。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくインストールしていない場合は、システムを" +"起動することができなくなります。" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s リリースノート" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "スライドショー (&W)" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細 (&D)" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "アップグレードを実行しています" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "インストールを実行しています" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "パッケージのインストール" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4264,17 +4312,18 @@ "中止してもよろしいですか？" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "中止しました" -#. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "ファイルが見つかりません。" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "システムログ (%1)" @@ -4859,34 +4908,52 @@ msgstr "Bluetooth デバイス" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:174 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" -"YaST を利用するといくつかの変更点を失ってしまうかもしれません。\n" +"YaST を利用すると、手動で変更された内容を失ってしまうかもしれません。\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" -"YaST を利用するといくつかの変更点を失ってしまうかもしれません" +"YaST を利用すると、手動で変更された内容を失ってしまうかもしれません" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "このメッセージを以降表示しない" +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\n" +"YaST を利用すると、このファイルを失ってしまうかもしれません。" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\n" +"YaST を利用すると、これらのファイルを失ってしまうかもしれません。" + #. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:416 +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "initrd の作成中にエラーが発生しました。" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4895,19 +4962,19 @@ "システムを再起動してください。\n" #. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "ドライバの起動を確認する" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. vendor and device information strings as stored #. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 が以下のデバイスを検出しました" #. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "ロードするドライバまたはモジュール (&D)" @@ -4921,7 +4988,7 @@ "数字です。" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4932,7 +4999,7 @@ "終わりには使用できません。また、最後の要素の先頭に数字を使用することはできません。" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:64 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -4941,7 +5008,7 @@ "ホスト名の始めと終わりにはハイフンを利用することができません。\n" #. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:53 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -4950,17 +5017,18 @@ "それぞれの数字は 0 から 255 の範囲で指定します。" #. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:71 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" "正しい IPv6 アドレスとは、コロン (:) で区切った最大 8 つの 16 進数で、\n" -"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。" +"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を" +"含めることもできます。" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:138 +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -4976,52 +5044,53 @@ "例:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 または 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP アドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 または 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または 2001:" +"db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" #. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" #. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:238 -msgid "%1/s" -msgstr "%1/秒" - #. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") #. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") #. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:261 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (平均 %2)" #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:1258 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 msgid "..." msgstr "..." +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "%1/秒" + #. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. #. If the user selects 'manual installation' when #. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules @@ -5033,18 +5102,18 @@ #. the suggested load command #. #. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:103 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "ハードウエア検出の確認" #. This is in information message. Next come the #. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:108 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST は以下のハードウエアを検出します:" #. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:183 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5057,35 +5126,34 @@ "正しく書き込めなかったりします。\n" #. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:191 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "root 権限が必要" #. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:208 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "選択した項目を削除しますか？" #. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:222 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "'%1' を削除してもよろしいですか？" #. button text #. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" #. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:266 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:534 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "適用 (&A)" #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:294 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "準備しています..." #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:348 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5094,285 +5162,234 @@ "準備しています...\n" #. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:386 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 msgid "Module" msgstr "モジュール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "アラブ首長国連邦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "アルバニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "アルゼンチン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "オーストリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "オーストラリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "ボスニアヘルツェゴビナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "ベルギー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "ブルガリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "バーレーン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "バングラデシュ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "ボリビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "ブラジル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "ボツワナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "ベラルーシ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "カナダ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "スイス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "チリ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "中華人民共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "コロンビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "コスタリカ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "チェコ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ドイツ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "デンマーク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "ドミニカ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "アルジェリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "エクアドル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "エストニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "エジプト" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "カタロニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "スペイン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "フィンランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "フェロー諸島" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "フランス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "英国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "グルジア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "グリーンランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "ギリシャ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "グアテマラ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "香港" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "ホンジュラス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "クロアチア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "ハンガリー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "インドネシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "アイルランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "イスラエル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "インド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "イラク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "アイスランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "イタリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "ヨルダン" @@ -5380,13 +5397,11 @@ msgid "Japan" msgstr "日本" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "クウェート" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "レバノン" @@ -5394,162 +5409,131 @@ msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "リヒテンシュタイン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "リトアニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "ルクセンブルク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "ラトビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "社会主義人民リビア・アラブ国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "モロッコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "マケドニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "マルタ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "メキシコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "マレーシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "ニカラグア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "オランダ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "ノルウェー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "ニュージーランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "オマーン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "パナマ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "ペルー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "フィリピン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "パキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "ポーランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "プエルトリコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "ポルトガル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "パラグアイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "カタール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "ルーマニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "ロシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "サウジアラビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "スーダン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "スウェーデン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "シンガポール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "スロベニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "スロバキア" @@ -5557,84 +5541,69 @@ msgid "San Marino" msgstr "サンマリノ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "エルサルバドル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "シリアアラブ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "タイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "タジキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "チュニジア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "トルコ" #. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "ウクライナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "米国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "ウルグアイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "ウズベキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "ベネズエラ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "イエメン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "ユーゴスラビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 #: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "南アフリカ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "ジンバブエ" @@ -5739,7 +5708,8 @@ "\n" "ホスト名を相対的に (ドメイン名を指定しないで) 指定するか、\n" "もしくはドット (.) に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\n" -"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のように指定します。\n" +"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のように指定しま" +"す。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, #. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 @@ -5755,7 +5725,8 @@ "\n" "正しい逆引き IPv4 アドレスは、ドット (.) で区切った 0 から 255 \n" "の範囲の 4 つの整数に文字列 '.in-addr.arpa.' を追加した値で構成します。\n" -"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のようになります。\n" +"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のようになりま" +"す。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5803,7 +5774,8 @@ "SOA レコードが正しくありません。\n" "%1 は BIND が規定する時間書式である必要があります。\n" "BIND 既定の時間書式は数値と大文字／小文字を区別しない末尾\n" -" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場合は末尾を省略できます。\n" +" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場合は末尾を省" +"略できます。\n" "たとえば '12H15m', '86400', '1W30M' などの値になります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -5881,8 +5853,61 @@ "お使いの DNS サーバで管理している %1 に逆引きゾーンが設定されていません。\n" "ホスト名 %2 を追加することができません。" -#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services" -#~ msgstr "インストールされたサービスの動的設定の読み込み" +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "サービスの状態" -#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..." -#~ msgstr "インストールされたサービスの動的設定を読み込んでいます..." +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving " +"the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads " +"the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the " +"service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running " +"system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>現在の状態</big> \n" +"サービスに対する現在の状態を表示しています。状態は 'システム起動時に開始する' の設定にか" +"かわらず、設定保存後も同じままになります。\n" +"<big>設定保存後に再読み込みする</big> \n" +"その時点でサービスが動作中の場合にのみ意味のある項目です。設定の保存 ('Ok' または '保存' " +"ボタンでの保存) 後に、動作中のサービスに対して設定を再読み込みするようにします。\n" +"<big>システム起動時に開始する</big> \n" +"サービスをシステムの起動時に開始させたい場合は、この項目にチェックを入れてください。起動" +"させたくない場合は、チェックを外してください。この項目は、システム起動時にのみ参照される" +"もので、現在の状態には影響を与えません。\n" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "現在の状態: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "システム起動時に開始する" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "設定保存後に再読み込みする" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +msgid "running" +msgstr "動作中" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "今すぐ中止" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "停止済み" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:28+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:05+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -59,72 +59,25 @@ msgstr "オプションの値" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:154 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Value was not specified." msgstr "値が指定されていません。" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:176 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Option was not specified." msgstr "オプションが指定されていません。" #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Value: %s" msgstr "値: %s" #. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 msgid "Specified option does not exist." msgstr "指定されたオプションは存在しません。" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存しています..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"システムをシャットダウンします。%1\n" -"詳細についてはドキュメント内の関連する章を\n" -"お読みください。\n" - -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "システムを再起動します..." - -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することができません。" - -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができません" - -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "起動" - -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:226 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "起動 (&B)" - #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: #. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp @@ -146,15 +99,20 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code " +"will then\n" "boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" -"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定します。汎用の\n" -"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これを選択する\n" -"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブートローダを\n" -"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。 " +"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定します。汎" +"用の\n" +"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これを選択" +"する\n" +"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブートローダ" +"を\n" +"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があり" +"ます。 " #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -174,7 +132,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "タイムアウト (秒) \n" "ブートローダが既定のカーネルを読み込む前に待機する時間を指定します。\n" @@ -197,52 +156,69 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your " +"disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" " MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む \n" -"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブに設定したパーティションを\n" -"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択してください。" +"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブに設定" +"したパーティションを\n" +"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 MBR に汎用ブートコー" +"ドを書き込む を選択してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other " +"is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動 \n" +"ブートパーティションから起動 または ルートパーティションから起動</" +"b> \n" "のいずれかを選択することをお勧めします。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他の OS をインストールしている\n" +"マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 は、お使いのコンピュータに他の OS " +"をインストールしている\n" "場合にはお勧めできません。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a " +"suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</" +"b> and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed " +"or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" -"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" -"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクションを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" +"ルートパーティションから起動 は適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧め" +"のオプションです。\n" +"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブート" +"ローダオプション にある ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" +"と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、もしくはこのセクションを開" +"始するために他のブートマネージャを\n" "設定してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition " +"is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティションが存在しない場合は、\n" +"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティションが" +"存在しない場合は、\n" "拡張パーティションから起動 を選択する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを選択することができます。" +msgstr "" +"カスタムブートパーティション を選択すると、起動するパーティションを選択す" +"ることができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -255,49 +231,66 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) " +"for details." msgstr "" "シリアルコンソールを使用する を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n" -"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーション (<code>info grub2</code>) をご覧ください。" +"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーション " +"(<code>info grub2</code>) をご覧ください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial " +"console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to " +"the\n" "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "端末定義 \n" -"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどのシリアル端末の場合は\n" -"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて <code>serial console</code> \n" -"のように設定することもできます。この場合は何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末を選択することが\n" -"できます。" +"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどのシリア" +"ル端末の場合は、\n" +"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて " +"<code>serial console</code> \n" +"のように設定することもできます。この場合は、何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末を選" +"択することが\n" +"できるようになります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセクションで\n" -"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で指定します。" +"既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション には、既定のセクション" +"で\n" +"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で指定し" +"ます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなります。" +msgstr "" +"起動時にメニューを隠す を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなります。</" +"p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If " +"Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not " +"restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 " +"behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype " +"Password." msgstr "" "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する \n" -"起動メニューにアクセスするために求められるパスワードを設定します。 YaST は パスワードの再入力 に同じものを入力した場合にのみ\n" -"バスワードを受け入れます。" +"システムの起動時、項目の修正や項目の選択時にパスワードの入力を求めるようになりま" +"す。なお、 項目修正のみ保護 にチェックを入れると、項目の選択に対してはパス" +"ワードの入力を求めず、項目の修正時にのみ求めるようになります (GRUB 1 の動作と同じに" +"なります) 。 YaST は パスワードの再入力 に同じものを入力した場合にのみパ" +"スワードを受け入れます。" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -311,64 +304,64 @@ "また、ディスクを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、\n" "ディスクを削除するには 削除 ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "ブートローダの場所" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 (&A)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "タイムアウト (秒) (&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "既定のブートセクション (&D)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む (&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションから起動" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションから起動" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティションから起動" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "シリアル接続パラメータ (&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "ブート時にメニューを隠す (&H)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "メニューインターフェイスのパスワード (&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "デバッグ用フラグ (&I)" @@ -380,86 +373,91 @@ msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する (&E)" +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "項目修正のみ保護 (&R)" + #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:78 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "パスワードの再入力 (&T) :" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:217 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションから起動 (&R)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:218 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションから起動 (&T)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション (&U)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:243 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:271 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:292 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "ブートローダの場所" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:249 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:277 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:298 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 (&M)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティションから起動 (&E)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:303 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする (&U)" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "ブートコードのオプション" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "カーネルのパラメータ" #. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "ブートローダのオプション" #. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "ブートローダのオプション" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Secure Boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Secure Boot サポートを有効にする (&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "ブートローダの場所 (&L)" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "ブートコードをインストールするパーティションを選択してください。" @@ -478,50 +476,65 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他のパラメータを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ にはカーネルに渡す他のパラ" +"メータを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の VGA モードを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console " +"to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA モード では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき コンソール の VGA " +"モードを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "フェイルセーフ設定のカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ には、カーネルに渡すフェイルセーフ (安全に起動することを優先する) 用のパラメータを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign " +"distribution " +msgstr "" +"その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動するため" +"に os-prober を実行します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "その他の OS の検知 を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動するために os-prober を実行します。" +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you " +"are not sure." +msgstr "" +"プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊なハードウ" +"エア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテクティブ MBR に" +"関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更しないでください。 " +"" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊なハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテクティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更しないでください。 " +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot " +"entry name. " +msgstr "" +"ディストリビュータ には、起動用の項目を作成する際に使用する、カーネルの配" +"布者名 (ディストリビュータ) を指定します。 " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "ディストリビュータ には、起動用の項目を作成する際に使用する、カーネルの配布者名 (ディストリビュータ) を指定します。 " - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ (&P)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:42 msgid "D&istributor" msgstr "ディストリビュータ (&I)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:43 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "VGA モード (&V)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "フェイルセーフ設定のカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ (&F)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "その他の OS の検知" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 msgid "Protective MBR flag" msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ" @@ -564,71 +577,72 @@ #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "grub2 で自動検出" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "新しいグラフィカルなテーマファイルの選択" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "グラフィカルコンソールを使用する (&G)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "コンソールの解像度 (&C)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "コンソールのテーマ (&C)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "シリアルコンソールを使用する (&S)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "コンソールのパラメータ (&C)" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." msgstr "未対応のブートローダ '%s' です。 AutoYaST のプロファイルを調整してください。" #. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 msgid "Select File" msgstr "ファイルの選択" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:237 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることができません。" +msgstr "" +"起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることができま" +"せん。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "ブートローダの設定" #. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." msgstr "現在のブートローダに設定できるオプションはありません。" #. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダ (&B)" #. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:144 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -643,62 +657,62 @@ "続行してよろしいですか？\n" #. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" msgstr "設定ファイルの編集 (&D)" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 msgid "&Propose New Configuration" msgstr "新しい設定を提示 (&P)" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 msgid "&Start from Scratch" msgstr "全く新しい設定を作成 (&S)" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" msgstr "ディスクから設定を再読み込みする (&R)" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:220 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの MBR を復元する" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" msgstr "ブートローダの起動コードをディスクに書き込む" #. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 msgid "MBR restored successfully." msgstr "MBR が正しく復元されました。" #. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 msgid "Failed to restore MBR." msgstr "MBR の復元に失敗しました。" #. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." msgstr "ブートローダ設定の書き込みに失敗しました。" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:340 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 msgid "Boot &Loader Options" msgstr "ブートローダのオプション (&L)" #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:353 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール詳細 (&D)" @@ -730,7 +744,8 @@ msgstr "" "その他 を押すと\n" "ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定を\n" -"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存されている\n" +"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存されてい" +"る\n" "設定ファイルから再読み込みしたりすることができます。 %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -743,7 +758,7 @@ "設定ファイルの編集 を押してください。" #. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 msgid "" " In the table, each section represents one item\n" "in the boot menu." @@ -752,7 +767,7 @@ "対応しています。" #. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." @@ -761,7 +776,7 @@ "表示します。" #. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" @@ -778,7 +793,7 @@ " 下へ でそれぞれ変更することができます。" #. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." @@ -789,7 +804,7 @@ #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" @@ -798,18 +813,19 @@ "ブートマネージャ (%1) は以下の方法でインストールすることができます:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" "on the computer." msgstr "" "- マスターブートレコード (MBR) 内\n" -"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている場合には\n" +"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている場合に" +"は\n" "お勧めできません。" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" @@ -821,15 +837,18 @@ "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ 内\n" +"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの ブートセクタ " +"内\n" "これはそれぞれ適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n" -"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインストール詳細 内で\n" -" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む を選択するか、\n" +"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために ブートローダのインストール詳" +"細 内で\n" +" ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする と MBR に汎用ブートコードを" +"書き込む を選択するか、\n" "もしくは &product; を開始するために他のブートマネージャを設定してください。\n" "" #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "\n" "- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" @@ -840,7 +859,7 @@ "システム側の制限にも注意してください。" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" "limit that restricts booting to\n" @@ -853,18 +872,19 @@ "論理パーティションから起動できないものもあります。" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>, \n" +"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/hda3</" +"tt>, \n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> など) 。" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "Boot Loader Installation Details \n" "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" @@ -875,18 +895,19 @@ " ブートローダのインストール詳細 を押してください。" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "<big>ブートローダの種類</big> \n" -"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n" +"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選" +"択するには、\n" "ブートローダ をご利用ください。" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "Boot Loader Options \n" "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" @@ -897,7 +918,7 @@ "ブートローダオプション を押してください。" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 msgid "" "Expert Manual Configuration \n" "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" @@ -908,18 +929,19 @@ "注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。" #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "セクション名 \n" -"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してください。セクション名は\n" +"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには セクション名 を使用してください。 " +"セクション名は\n" "一意である必要があります。" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:234 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" "Select the type of the new section to create." @@ -928,7 +950,7 @@ "作成する新しいセクションの種類を選択してください。" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" @@ -939,7 +961,7 @@ "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." @@ -948,29 +970,32 @@ "イメージセクション を選択してください。" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始するには、\n" +"新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始するに" +"は、\n" " Xen セクション を選択してください。" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 msgid "" "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "それぞれのディスク内のパーティション内にあるブートセクタを読み込んで\n" -"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインローダ) を選択してください。\n" +"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 その他のシステム (チェインローダ) " +"を選択してください。\n" "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. " +"This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込む\n" @@ -978,7 +1003,7 @@ "これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:266 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:101 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "ハードディスクの順序: %1" @@ -988,27 +1013,27 @@ msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしない" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:53 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしない" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:58 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgstr "既定のブートローダをインストールする" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" msgstr "既定のブートローダをインストールする" #. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:64 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 msgid "Boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダ" #. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 msgid "Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダ" @@ -1103,40 +1128,143 @@ msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "パーティション設定が原因で、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません。" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "デバイスマップには、少なくとも 1 つ以上のデバイスを含まなければなりません" + +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "ディスク順序の設定" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "ディスク (&I)" + +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "デバイス (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "選択した独自のブートローダパーティション %s は、もはや利用できません。" + +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +msgstr "選択したブートローダの場所 %{path} は、もはや %{device} 内にはありません。" + +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存しています..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムをシャットダウンします。%1\n" +"詳細についてはドキュメント内の関連する章を\n" +"お読みください。\n" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "システムを再起動します..." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "起動" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "起動 (&B)" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:178 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "" +"インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することができませ" +"ん。" + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:187 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができません" + #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:194 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インストールしない</a>" +msgstr "" +"MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インストールし" +"ない</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:198 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インストールする</a>" +msgstr "" +"MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インストール" +"する</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:211 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" +"\">インストールしない</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:221 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" +"\">インストールしない</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=" +"\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are " +"doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を除" +"き、上記の場所を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:243 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "変更先: %s" @@ -1144,7 +1272,7 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "ブートローダの種類: %1" @@ -1163,106 +1291,121 @@ msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "インストール先: %1" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Secure Boot サポートを有効にする: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "不明なブートローダ: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "サポートされていないハードウエア %1 とブートローダ %2 の組み合わせです" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use " +"any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub パーティ" +"ションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題を解決するに" +"は、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティ" +"ションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をイ" +"ンストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。" #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと思われます。" +msgstr "" +"起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと" +"思われます。" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブートローダの場所を選択してください。" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブー" +"トローダの場所を選択してください。" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできません。" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:144 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダの検査" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "パーティションの読み込み" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "ブートローダ設定の読み込み" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:152 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "ブートローダを検査しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "パーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "ブートローダ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:175 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:160 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:279 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd の作成" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルの保存" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:287 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd を作成しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルを保存しています..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしています..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:297 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダ設定を保存しています" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:53+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -117,15 +117,18 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " +"certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " +"certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST では既定の証明機関と証明書を自動的に生成します。この証明機関と証明書は\n" " Apache サーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" -"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルからインポートしたりすることができます。\n" +"ここではこの証明機関と証明書の設定を変更したり、証明機関と証明書をファイルか" +"らインポートしたりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -369,8 +372,12 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メール' の値を変更してください。" +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " +"Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" +"ローカルマシンの名前を判別することができません。 'サーバ名' および '電子メー" +"ル' の値を変更してください。" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -392,15 +399,19 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパスワードを設定して続行してください。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパス" +"ワードを設定して続行してください。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -454,11 +465,14 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " +"certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " +"creation.\n" msgstr "" "root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。 \n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" +"い。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -469,8 +483,12 @@ msgstr "証明機関および証明書をファイルからインポートしています" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" +msgid "" +"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " +"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "" +"既定のホスト名 linux は本当に唯一のものですか？証明書はホスト名が" +"正しく設定されている場合にのみ正しく働きます。" #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -507,7 +525,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " +"certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -519,13 +538,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " +"the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "今すぐ作成またはインポートせずに、\n" -"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできます。\n" +"インストール済みのシステムで既定の証明機関および証明書を作成することもできま" +"す。\n" " \n" #. Creates Country items @@ -619,7 +640,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " +"and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -650,38 +672,67 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." -msgstr "サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用されています。" +msgid "" +"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " +"network connections." +msgstr "" +"サーバ証明書は、 SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行なうサービスで使用され" +"ています。" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" +msgid "" +"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " +"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" +"共通サーバ証明書 は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに" +"対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." -msgstr "YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " +"configuration of such a service." +msgstr "" +"YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできる" +"ものもあります。" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" +msgid "" +"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " +"certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "" +"インポート／置換 ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既" +"存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサービスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " +"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "" +"削除 ボタンを押すと、証明書を削除することができます。なお、他のサー" +"ビスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションから ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができます。" +msgid "" +"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " +"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "" +"証明書は 証明機関管理 モジュール内にある 証明書 セクションか" +"ら ファイルにエクスポート を利用するとファイルに書き込むことができま" +"す。" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." -msgstr "ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式 である必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " +"format with CA chain." +msgstr "" +"ディスクからインポートする証明書は 関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" +"式 である必要があります。" #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -744,8 +795,12 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " +msgid "" +"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" +"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "" +"現在の証明機関についての特別な情報が 証明書, 証明書失効リスト</" +"b>, 詳細設定 の形で提供されています。 " #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -880,8 +935,12 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案します。" +msgid "" +"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " +"default values." +msgstr "" +"新しい下位証明機関や証明書を作成するときには、システムは既定の値を提案しま" +"す。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 @@ -892,13 +951,21 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." -msgstr "ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されることに注意してください。" +msgid "" +"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"ただし、ここで修正した設定は 新しい 項目に対してのみ使用されること" +"に注意してください。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既定の設定を変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " +"certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "" +"下位 CA, クライアント証明書, サーバ証明書 に対する既" +"定の設定を変更することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -918,7 +985,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " +"saved." msgstr "この枠内には保存前の全ての既定値を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1032,8 +1101,14 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や '失効' など) があります。" +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " +"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "" +"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての証明書が表示されています。それぞれの" +"列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN (識別情報) や証明書の状態 ('有効' や " +"'失効' など) があります。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 @@ -1042,22 +1117,34 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." -msgstr "表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"表示 を押すと証明書に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。</" +"p>" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." -msgstr "また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"また、それぞれの証明書について 失効, 削除, エクスポート</" +"b> を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成することができます。" +msgstr "" +"追加 を利用すると新しいサーバ証明書またはクライアント証明書を生成す" +"ることができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " +"certificate." msgstr "ここには選択した証明書に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #. popup window header @@ -1067,7 +1154,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意してください。" +msgstr "" +"証明書の失効手続きだけを行なっています。新しい CRL は作成されないことに注意し" +"てください。" #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" @@ -1345,7 +1434,9 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することができます。" +msgstr "" +"CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに エクスポート することがで" +"きます。" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1405,7 +1496,9 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案します。" +msgstr "" +"新しい CRL を作成する場合、あらかじめシステム側で一部の既定値を提案しま" +"す。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1441,8 +1534,16 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." -msgstr "警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードをディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成するために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパスワードを読むことができてしまいます。" +msgid "" +"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " +"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " +"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " +"readable for the root user." +msgstr "" +"警告! CRL の自動作成とエクスポートを有効化すると、証明機関のパスワードを" +"ディスク上の設定ファイルに書き込むことになります。パスワードは CRL を作成する" +"ために暗号化されないありのままの状態で保存されます。 root ユーザであればパス" +"ワードを読むことができてしまいます。" #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1454,15 +1555,33 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポート を選択してください。" +msgstr "" +"この証明機関の CRL を一度だけエクスポートするには、 一度だけエクスポー" +"ト を選択してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." -msgstr "CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクスポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みになり、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" +msgid "" +"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " +"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " +"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " +"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " +"understand the Security Information." +msgstr "" +"CRL の再発行を繰り返し行なうよう設定するには、 再発行を繰り返してエクス" +"ポート を選択してください。この場合、再発行の間隔を 発行間隔 で指" +"定してください。再発行の間隔を 24 時間に設定した場合、エクスポート処理をいつ" +"行なうのか時間を選択することができます。 セキュリティ情報 をお読みにな" +"り、ご理解のうえ設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " +"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" +"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "" +"CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方" +"に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ ローカルファイルにエクスポート" +" と LDAP にエクスポート を設定してください。" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1640,30 +1759,46 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほか、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" +msgid "" +"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " +"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "" +"証明機関名 は証明機関に記載される証明書の名前です。半角英字のほ" +"か、 \"-\", \"_\" のみを使用することができます。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "共通名 は証明機関の名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgid "" +"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " +"certificate." msgstr "共通名 は証明書を作成する相手のユーザの名前です。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイン名) です。" +msgstr "" +"共通名 はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイ" +"ン名) です。" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." -msgstr "メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスです。" +msgid "" +"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"メールアドレス はユーザまたはサーバ管理者の正式なメールアドレスで" +"す。" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." -msgstr "組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプション項目です。" +msgid "" +"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " +"State are often optional." +msgstr "" +"組織, 部署, 市区町村, 都道府県 はいずれもオプ" +"ション項目です。" #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1694,18 +1829,32 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr " 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " +"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +" 証明機関の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があり" +"ます。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各証明機関にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用" +"するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +"" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " +"time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" +"の日数を入力してください。" #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1713,33 +1862,61 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." -msgstr "詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" +msgid "" +"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " +"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"詳細オプション は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場" +"合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"証明書の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要がありま" +"す。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " +"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各証明書にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用す" +"るアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。</" +"p>" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまでの日数を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " +"Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "" +"証明機関は指定した期間 (有効期間) 内でのみ有効です。無効になるまで" +"の日数を入力してください。" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " +"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " +"field." +msgstr "" +"要求の機密鍵には 5 文字以上の パスワード を設定する必要があります。" +"確認のためパスワードは 2 度入力してください。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" +msgid "" +"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " +"certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "" +"各要求にはそれぞれ独自の 鍵長 が設定されています。証明書を使用する" +"アプリケーションによっては特別な鍵長を設定する必要があるものもあります。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1773,7 +1950,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " +"created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明機関の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1783,7 +1962,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " +"will be created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する証明書の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1793,7 +1974,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"created." msgstr "この枠内には作成する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1906,8 +2089,15 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。これらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " +"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " +"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"この枠内には、設定可能な詳細属性や OpenSSL X509v3 拡張を表示しています。こ" +"れらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、 openssl-doc パッケージ内の /usr/share/" +"doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt ファイルをお読みください。" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." @@ -1972,8 +2162,12 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " +"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "" +"ここではこの証明機関で利用可能な全ての要求が表示されています。それぞれの列" +"にはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN が表示されています。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 @@ -1982,22 +2176,32 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgid "" +"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " +"request." msgstr "表示 を押すと要求に関する全ての情報を別ウインドウで表示します。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート を行なうことができます。" +msgstr "" +"また、それぞれの要求について 署名, 削除, エクスポート</" +"b> を行なうことができます。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." -msgstr "インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" +msgid "" +"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " +"request." +msgstr "" +"インポート を使用すると新しい要求を読み込むことができます。また、" +"追加 を使用すると新しい要求を生成することができます。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgid "" +"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +"" msgstr "ここでは、選択された要求に関して最も重要な情報を表示しています。" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 @@ -2082,7 +2286,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいですか？" +msgstr "" +"これは証明機関の要求ではありません。証明機関の要求として署名してよろしいです" +"か？" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2109,7 +2315,9 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "" +"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " +"signed." msgstr "この枠内には署名する要求の全ての設定概要を表示しています。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2164,7 +2372,9 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ルート証明機関の作成 を押すと、新しいルート証明機関を生成することが" +"できます。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 @@ -2383,15 +2593,21 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." +"\n" msgstr "" -"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形式) をインポート:</big>\n" +"<big>ディスクから共通サーバ証明書 (関連する証明機関を繋げた PKCS #12 形" +"式) をインポート:</big>\n" "ファイルを 1 つだけ選択し 次へ を押してください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明書を探す場所にコピーします。" +msgid "" +"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " +"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" +"サーバ証明書と関連する証明機関をインポートし、他の YaST モジュールが共通証明" +"書を探す場所にコピーします。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2432,7 +2648,8 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " +"subject alternative names." msgstr "" "このサーバのホスト名 (コマンド: hostname --long) は、証明書の共通名\n" "(CN) または別名のいずれかに合致していなければなりません。" @@ -2460,7 +2677,9 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." -msgstr "ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してください。" +msgstr "" +"ファイル形式が正しくありません。 PEM または DER ファイル形式を使用してくださ" +"い。" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 @@ -2503,10 +2722,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " +"encrypted key." msgstr "" "鍵のパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" -"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていないパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" +"既に暗号化されている鍵の場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていな" +"いパスワードの場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -2525,8 +2746,8 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7305 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7428 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' に値が設定されていません。" @@ -2565,7 +2786,7 @@ msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "'certType' に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7243 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "既定値の取得に失敗しました。" @@ -2579,11 +2800,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6812 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "証明機関の初期化に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7369 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "既定値の書き込みに失敗しました。" @@ -2594,16 +2815,16 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6894 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6982 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7088 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7193 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' の値が正しくありません。" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6536 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "'type' の値が正しくありません。" @@ -2627,7 +2848,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7006 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "'caPasswd' に値が設定されていません。" @@ -2637,7 +2858,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6663 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6769 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "'caName' に値が設定されていません。" @@ -2652,7 +2873,7 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7095 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "'caPasswd' の値が正しくありません。" @@ -2690,7 +2911,7 @@ msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "'days' に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7358 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "CRLGenerationData の変更に失敗しました。" @@ -2744,8 +2965,8 @@ msgstr "'P12Password' の値が設定されていません。" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6543 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6901 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "パラメータ 'request' の値が正しくありません。" @@ -2953,100 +3174,100 @@ msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書のインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "'inFile' パラメータが設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "ファイルが見つかりません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6331 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "'type' パラメータが設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "'type' の値 '%s' は正しくありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6342 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "'datatype'パラメータが設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6346 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr " 'datatype'の値 '%s' が不明です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6352 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "'inForm' パラメータが設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6356 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "'inForm' の値 '%s' が不明です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6461 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "解析に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6589 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "要求の処理に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6703 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "要求リストの取得に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6778 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "%s 内に要求が見つかりませんでした。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6785 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "要求を読み込むことができません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6791 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "要求データが見つかりませんでした。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "要求のインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6925 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "要求の削除に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "パラメータ 'caCertificate' の値が正しくありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6993 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "パラメータ 'caKey' の値が正しくありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7000 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "%s 内に利用可能な証明機関の鍵がありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7029 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "証明機関のインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7126 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "証明機関の削除に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7466 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7482 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "鍵ファイルが存在しません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "パスワードの変更に失敗しました。" @@ -3104,3 +3325,4 @@ #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "'%2$s' 内で未知の値 '%1$s' が指定されています。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 20:01+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:11+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ msgstr "使用済み" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "はい" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "はい" - #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" @@ -89,13 +89,16 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "カンマ区切りで、禁止を解除するチャンネルの範囲を指定します。\n" -"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" +"範囲はチャンネルそのもののほか、ゼロ埋めしたチャンネルの一部を指定したり、" +"ダッシュで範囲を指定したりすることができます。\n" "例: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "禁止を解除する範囲。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:28+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:07+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -82,123 +82,127 @@ msgstr "conntrackd の設定" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "冗長 IP アドレス" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ノード ID" #. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "ノード ID は正の整数でなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "ノード ID は唯一のものでなければなりません" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "バインドネットワークアドレスを指定しなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "クラスタ名を指定しなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "メンバーアドレスを指定しなければなりません" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgstr "UDP を設定した場合は、期待する投票を指定しなければなりません" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "マルチキャスト転送を指定した場合は、期待する投票を指定しなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "マルチキャストアドレスを指定しなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "マルチキャストのポート番号は正の整数でなければなりません" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." -msgstr "複数のインターフェイスを使用する場合は、 passive (パッシブ) または active (アクティブ) のみを選択することができます。 passive に設定します。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." +msgstr "" +"複数のインターフェイスを使用する場合は、 passive (パッシブ) または active (ア" +"クティブ) のみを選択することができます。 passive に設定します。" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "トランスポート:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "チャンネル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "バインドネットワークアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:476 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "マルチキャストアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "マルチキャストポート:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "冗長チャンネル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "クラスタ名:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:484 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "期待する投票:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "RRP モード:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "ノード ID の自動生成" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "メンバーアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "冗長 IP" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -207,135 +211,131 @@ "メンバー一覧を設定しなおしてください。その他の設定についてもご確認ください。" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 -msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "スレッド数は整数でなければなりません" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 -msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "スレッド数は 0 より大きくなければなりません" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "Threads:" -msgstr "スレッド:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" +"authkey." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成するクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生" +"成することができます。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "新しく作成するクラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押すと /etc/corosync/authkey を生成することができます。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey " +"をコピーしてください。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "既存のクラスタに追加する場合は、他のノードから手作業で /etc/corosync/authkey をコピーしてください。" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey の作成に失敗しました" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey の作成に成功しました" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "Running" msgstr "実行中" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "Not running" msgstr "実行されていません" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Booting" msgstr "起動中" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "オン -- システム起動時に pacemaker を起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "オフ -- 手動で pacemaker サービスを起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "開始／停止" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "現在の状態: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:928 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "今すぐ pacemaker を起動する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "今すぐ pacemaker を停止する" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1027 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "同期ホスト" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1031 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1032 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1044 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Del" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1033 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "同期ファイル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "推奨されるファイルの追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "事前共有鍵の生成" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 の状態は不明です" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2 を有効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1185 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2 を無効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "ホスト名の入力" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1229 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "ホスト名の編集" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1243 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "同期するファイルの選択" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1258 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "ファイル名の編集" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -344,12 +344,12 @@ "上書きしてもよろしいですか？" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "鍵ファイル %1 の削除に失敗しました。" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1314 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -357,116 +357,251 @@ "鍵ファイル %1 を生成しました。\n" "\"推奨されるファイルの追加\" を押すと、同期一覧の中に追加することができます。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "鍵の作成に失敗しました。" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援するデーモンです。\n" -"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができます。\n" +"conntrackd は、クラスタノード間でファイアウオールの設定を複製する処理を支援す" +"るデーモンです。\n" +"YaST では conntrackd のうち、いくつかの基本的な要素を設定することができま" +"す。\n" "設定後は ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd で起動する必要があります。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "専用インターフェイス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "グループ番号:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf の生成" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "グループ番号は正の整数でなければなりません" #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " +"nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " +"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " +"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." +" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " +"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " +"be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " +"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." +" \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " +"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " +"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " +"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " +"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " +"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." +" \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。 また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。この場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるネットワークインターフェイスの自動選択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 \n" -"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のままで動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用のマルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" -"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これは、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャストアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" -"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべてのノードを指定します。 udpu (ユニキャスト) を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。 \n" -"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるものです。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になります。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択します。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかからない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークインターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェイス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 \n" -"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の期待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできます。 \n" -"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID を設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができます。 \n" +"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> ここでは、 openais の実" +"行ファイルがバインドすべきアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは、必ずゼロで終" +"わるものである必要があります。たとえば totem のトラフィックが 192.168.5.92 を" +"介して通信されるべき環境の場合、ここで設定すべき値は 192.168.5.0 になります。" +" また、 IPv6 で通信する必要がある場合は、 IPv6 のアドレスを指定します。こ" +"の場合、 IPv4 のサブネット内で行なわれるようなネットワークインターフェイスの" +"自動選択は使用せず、完全なアドレスを指定しなければなりません。また、 IPv6 " +"ネットワークを使用する場合は、ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> ここでは、openais の実行ファイ" +"ルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。ほとんどの場合は既定値のまま" +"で動作しますが、ネットワーク管理者に対して使用すべきマルチキャストアドレスを" +"尋ねておいてください。なお、 224.x.x.x のアドレスは、 \"config\" (設定) 用の" +"マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用は避けてください。 IPv6 ネットワーク" +"を使用する場合は、 IPv6 のマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。この場合は、" +"ノード ID も指定しなければなりません。\n" +"<big>ポート</big> ここでは UDP のポート番号を指定します。これ" +"は、 openais のサービスを別々の UDP ポートで設定することで、同じマルチキャス" +"トアドレスを複数のサービスで共有することができるためです。 \n" +"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> この一覧には、 IP アドレスですべての" +"ノードを指定します。 udpu (ユニキャスト) を利用した場合にのみ設定可能です。" +" \n" +"<big>ノード ID</big> このオプションは、 IPv4 ネットワークを使用" +"する場合は任意のもので、 IPv6 ネットワークを使用する場合は必須となるもので" +"す。これはクラスタのメンバーシップサービスに送信される、 32 ビットのノード識" +"別子です。 IPv4 ネットワークで値を指定しない場合、ノード ID はリング識別子 0 " +"に割り当てられた 32 ビットの IP アドレスから、自動的に生成される値になりま" +"す。なお、ノード ID = 0 は予約値であるため、使用すべきではありません。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> ここでは冗長リングのモードを指定します。 " +"none (なし), active (アクティブ), passive (パッシブ)の中からいずれかを選択し" +"ます。 active (アクティブ) レプリケーションを選択すると、ネットワーク環境に問" +"題がある場合でも遅延を比較的少なくすることができますが、性能が落ちます。 " +"passive (パッシブ) アプリケーションを選択すると、 cpu 側の性能上限に引っかか" +"らない限り、おおよそ 2 倍程度 totem プロトコルを速くすることができます。最後" +"の選択肢は none (なし) ですが、これは totem プロトコルを扱うネットワークイン" +"ターフェイスが 1 つしかない場合にのみ選択すべきものです。インターフェイスの設" +"定が 1 つしかない場合、 none (なし) を自動的に選択します。複数のインターフェ" +"イス設定がある場合は、 active または passive のいずれかを選択します。 </" +"p>\n" +"<big>期待する投票</big> クォーラム (定足数) の投票を行なう際の期" +"待する得票値です。 corosync.conf で nodelist {} のセクションが存在する場合、" +"この値は自動的に計算されるほか、 quorum {} セクションで指定することもできま" +"す (クラスタの全ノード数を指定すべきです) 。なお、ユニキャスト転送内に投票が" +"存在する場合、自動的に生成された値を上書きする形になります。 \n" +"<big>ノード ID の自動生成</big> IPv6 を使用する場合、ノード ID " +"を設定する必要があります。自動生成では、これを自動的に生成することができま" +"す。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " +"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " +"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " +"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " +"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " +"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " +"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " +"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " +"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " +"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " +"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>スレッド</big> ここでは、マルチキャストメッセージの暗号化や送信を行なう際に使用する、スレッド数を指定します。セキュリティ認証を無効にした場合、プロトコルはスレッドを利用した送信を行ないません。セキュリティ認証を有効にした場合、ここでの設定は複数のスレッドがメッセージを暗号化したり送信したりするように設定すべき内容になります。なお、 0 を指定すると、スレッドを利用した送信を行なわない意味になります。 0 の設定は、非 SMP (対称型マルチプロセッサ) 環境で最も良い性能を発揮します。なお、既定値は 0 です。 \n" -"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> この設定は、すべてのメッセージに対して、 HMAC/SHA1 の認証を使用するかどうかを指定します。なお、このオプションを有効に設定すると、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で sober128 という暗号化アルゴリズムを利用した暗号化も、行なわれるようになります。また、このオプションを設定すると、 totem 側で各メッセージの冒頭に 36 バイトのヘッダが付与されることになるため、全体としてのスループットが下がることになります。それ以外にも、暗号化や認証は aisexec の CPU サイクルのうち 75% ほどを消費します (gprof による計測) 。 100Mbps で MTU (最大伝送単位) が 1500 バイトのネットワークの場合、 3GHz の CPU を使用してオプションを有効にすると、 100% の CPU 使用率で 9Mb 毎秒程度のスループッ� �を確保できます。同様の環境でオプションを無効にすると、 20% の CPU 使用率で 10Mb 毎秒程度のスループットになります。ギガビット環境でより大きい MTU の場合、同様の環境でオプションを有効にすると、 20 Mb 毎秒程度のスループット、オプションを無効にすると 60 Mb 毎秒程度のスループットになります。既定値はオン (有効) です。 \n" +"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> これを指定すると、すべて" +"のメッセージを認証するにあたって、 HMAC/SHA1 認証を使用するようになります。ま" +"た、データの盗聴を防ぐ目的で、すべてのデータを sober128 暗号化アルゴリズムを" +"使用します。このオプションを選択すると、 totem から送信されるメッセージに 36 " +"バイトのヘッダが追加されるようになるため、その分だけ通信帯域が狭まることに注" +"意してください。また暗号化と認証には、 gprof を有効にした場合、 aisexec で " +"CPU サイクルの 75% が消費されます。 100 メガビットのネットワークで 1500 MTU " +"フレーム転送の場合、 3GHz の CPU を使用すると 100% の CPU 使用率で 9Mb/s のス" +"ループットを得ることができます。同じ 3GHz の CPU でこのオプションを無効にする" +"と、 20% の CPU 使用率で 10Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。ギガビッ" +"トイーサネットでラージフレームを有効化した場合は、このオプションを有効にする" +"と、 3GHz の CPU で 20Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。このオプション" +"を無効にすると、同じ環境では 60Mb/s のスループットを得ることができます。既定" +"では有効に設定されます。 \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " +"Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始するかどうかを指定します。\n" -"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" +"\t\t\t<big>起動</big> システムの起動時に corosync サービスを開始" +"するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウオール設定</big> ファイアウオールが有効化さ" +"れている場合、ポートを有効にします\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " +"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " +"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " +"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" +"p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味です。\n" -"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パスで指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで設定するホスト名は、クラスタノー" +"ド内にあるローカルのホスト名群でなければなりません。言い換えれば、 hostname " +"コマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名でなければならない、という意味で" +"す。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を、完全絶対パス" +"で指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2 では、 IP アドレスと事前共有鍵" +"の両方で認証を行ないます。鍵ファイルは csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup で作" +"成することができます。作成後は、クラスタ内のすべてのノードに対して " +"key_hagroup ファイルを手作業でコピーする必要があります。\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " +"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " +"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネットワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあります。\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当てる IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" -"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャストアドレスを指定します。\n" -"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別番号を指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>専用インターフェイス</big> 同期に使用する専用のネット" +"ワークインターフェイスを指定します。インターフェイスはマルチキャストに対応" +"し、有効化されていなければなりません。また、事前の設定が必要となる場合もあり" +"ます。\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用のネットワークインターフェイスに割り当て" +"る IPv4 アドレスです。自動的に検出されます。\n" +"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期に使用するマルチキャス" +"トアドレスを指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期の際に使用するグループ内での識別" +"番号を指定します。\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -475,7 +610,7 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -484,7 +619,7 @@ "中止 ボタンを押すと初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -493,7 +628,7 @@ "しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -516,96 +651,97 @@ msgstr "準備しています..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースの読み込み" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "データベース 1 を読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "データベース 2 を読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "SuSEFirewall に対する変更の保存" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "SuSEFirewall に対して変更を保存しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができませんでした。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,40 +23,42 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボード設定です。" #. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:71 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "キーボード設定の概要です。" #. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:78 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボード設定について新しい値を設定します。" #. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:85 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "利用可能な全てのキーボードレイアウトを一覧で表示します。" #. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新しいキーボードレイアウト" #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:155 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1390 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "現在のキーボードレイアウト: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "キーボードレイアウト '%1' は正しくありません。 'list' コマンドを使用して設定可能な値を確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"キーボードレイアウト '%1' は正しくありません。 'list' コマンドを使用して設定可能な" +"値を確認してください。" #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -89,8 +91,12 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "ここで行なった設定はコンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザインターフェイスでのキーボードは、他のツールで設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard " +"for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここで行なった設定はコンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザイ" +"ンターフェイスでのキーボードは、他のツールで設定してください。\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -171,14 +177,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings</" +"b>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "キーボードレイアウト から、インストール時\n" "およびインストール後に利用するキーボードレイアウトを選んでください。\n" "選択したレイアウトをテストするには テスト 内で行なってください。\n" -"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にあります。\n" +"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にありま" +"す。\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -197,13 +205,18 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings." +"\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your " +"desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、 キーボードレイアウト から選んでください。\n" -"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にあります。\n" -"お使いのデスクトップ環境におけるキーボードレイアウトツールなどがある場合もあります。\n" +"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、 キーボードレイアウト から選んでく" +"ださい。\n" +"リピートの速さや遅延など、より細かい設定については 熟練者向け設定 内にありま" +"す。\n" +"お使いのデスクトップ環境におけるキーボードレイアウトツールなどがある場合もありま" +"す。\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -215,7 +228,7 @@ #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1315 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -225,6 +238,12 @@ "それぞれ異なっています。\n" "更新の際に利用するキーボードレイアウトを選択してください:" +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "X11 キーボードを '%s' に設定することができませんでした" + #. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" @@ -318,26 +337,28 @@ msgstr "ブートローダメニューの翻訳を更新しています..." #. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "設定を保存しています しばらくお待ちください..." #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:254 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "現在の言語: %1 (%2)" #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:268 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "追加言語: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "%1 は正しい言語ではありません。 list コマンドを利用して設定可能な値を確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"%1 は正しい言語ではありません。 list コマンドを利用して設定可能な値を確認してくださ" +"い。" #. label text #. heading text @@ -383,11 +404,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages " +"will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択した第一言語・第二言語に対応した追加のパッケージがインストールされます。必要のないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +"選択した第一言語・第二言語に対応した追加のパッケージがインストールされます。必要の" +"ないパッケージは削除されます。\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -467,13 +490,19 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary " +"language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the " +"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the " +"default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"キーボードレイアウトを適用する を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" -"また、タイムゾーンを適用する を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンが既に既定の言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" +"キーボードレイアウトを適用する を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言" +"語のものに合わせることができます。\n" +"また、タイムゾーンを適用する を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合" +"わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンが既に既定の言語設定に合わ" +"せてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -527,7 +556,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "root ユーザのロケール設定\n" -"では、 root ユーザに対してロケール変数 (LC_*) をどのように設定するのかを指定します。" +"では、 root ユーザに対してロケール変数 (LC_*) をどのように設定するのかを指定しま" +"す。" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 @@ -538,7 +568,8 @@ "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype のみ: root ユーザに対しては LC_CTYPE のみ一般ユーザと同じ値に設定します。それ以外の\n" +"ctype のみ: root ユーザに対しては LC_CTYPE のみ一般ユーザと同じ値に設定し" +"ます。それ以外の\n" "環境変数は設定しません。 \n" "はい: root ユーザは一般ユーザと同じロケール設定にします。 \n" "いいえ: root ユーザでは全てのロケール変数を設定しません。\n" @@ -546,8 +577,14 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "詳細なロケール設定 を利用すると、メインダイアログには表示されていない第一言語を設定することができます。ここで選択するロケールには翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language " +"that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be " +"available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"詳細なロケール設定 を利用すると、メインダイアログには表示されていない第一" +"言語を設定することができます。ここで選択するロケールには翻訳が用意されていない場合" +"があります。" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -615,11 +652,13 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "このメディアには、選択した言語に対する最小限の対応しか含まれていません。\n" -"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして言語アドオン CD を追加して\n" +"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして言語アドオン CD " +"を追加して\n" "ください。\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -675,8 +714,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:732 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:968 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "世界協定時間 (UTC)" @@ -691,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "現在の日付と時刻:\t%1" #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:49 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -700,12 +739,12 @@ "インストールを始める前に正しい時刻を設定してください。" #. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:95 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン" #. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:97 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン (&T)" @@ -714,7 +753,8 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set " +"To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" @@ -724,7 +764,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"マシン内に保存する時刻を、ローカルタイム (各地域固有の時間) ではなくUTC (世界協定時間) にしたい場合は、 ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定する を選択してください。他のオペレーティングシステム (Microsoft Windows など) がインストールされている場合は、ローカルタイムのままに設定しておくのがよいでしょう。\n" +"マシン内に保存する時刻を、ローカルタイム (各地域固有の時間) ではなくUTC (世界協定時" +"間) にしたい場合は、 ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定する を選択してくださ" +"い。他のオペレーティングシステム (Microsoft Windows など) がインストールされている" +"場合は、ローカルタイムのままに設定しておくのがよいでしょう。\n" "逆に Linux だけをインストールするコンピュータの場合には、\n" " UTC に設定しておくのが一般的です。\n" "なお、ハードウエアの時刻を UTC に設定していると、標準時間と夏時間の切り替えを\n" @@ -756,7 +799,8 @@ "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" "If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may " +"fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -764,13 +808,17 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここではローカルタイムを選択しましたが、お使いのシステムには Linux しかインストール\n" +"ここではローカルタイムを選択しましたが、お使いのシステムには Linux しかインストー" +"ル\n" "されていないようです。このような場合は、キャンセルボタンを押して UTC を選択して\n" "おくことを強くお勧めします。\n" "\n" -"ローカルタイムを選択した場合、夏時間 (サマータイム) が適用される地域で開始時と終了時、年に 2 回\n" -"CMOS クロックを切り替えなければならなくなります。時計の調整を誤ると、バックアップが失敗したり\n" -"する場合があるほか、メールシステムがメールを喪失してしまったりする場合もあります。\n" +"ローカルタイムを選択した場合、夏時間 (サマータイム) が適用される地域で開始時と終了" +"時、年に 2 回\n" +"CMOS クロックを切り替えなければならなくなります。時計の調整を誤ると、バックアップが" +"失敗したり\n" +"する場合があるほか、メールシステムがメールを喪失してしまったりする場合もありま" +"す。\n" "\n" "UTC を選択した場合は、 Linux 側でこれらの時刻を自動的に調整します。\n" "\n" @@ -778,8 +826,12 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されています。必要であれば、これらの値を手動で変更するか、ネットワーク時刻プロトコル (NTP) を利用してください。" +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the " +"correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されています。必要であれば、これらの値を手動" +"で変更するか、ネットワーク時刻プロトコル (NTP) を利用してください。" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -852,15 +904,15 @@ #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:930 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日付と時刻 (NTP 設定済み)" #. frame label #. frame label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:701 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:932 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日付と時刻" @@ -872,27 +924,21 @@ #. label text #. label text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "&Region" msgstr "地域 (&R)" -#. title for combo box 'timezone' -#. title for selection box 'timezone' -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:660 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:695 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:768 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:775 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン (&T)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日付と時刻:" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -901,7 +947,7 @@ "<big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" @@ -910,51 +956,54 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"お使いのシステムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず 地域 を選択してください。\n" -"次に タイムゾーン に表示される国や地域から適切なタイムゾーンを選択してください。\n" +"お使いのシステムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず 地域 を選択してく" +"ださい。\n" +"次に タイムゾーン に表示される国や地域から適切なタイムゾーンを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" "\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:831 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"なお、現在の時刻が誤っている場合は、 変更 を使用して時刻を調整してください。\n" +"なお、現在の時刻が誤っている場合は、 変更 を使用して時刻を調整してくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:841 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計とタイムゾーン" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:965 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "正しいタイムゾーンを選択してください。" #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:736 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:972 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "ローカルタイム" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:740 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:976 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "ハードウエアの時刻設定" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:754 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 設定済み" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:980 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "現在のタイムゾーン: %1" @@ -1004,107 +1053,107 @@ msgstr "カナダ (多言語)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:146 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "スペイン語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:158 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "スペイン語 (ラテンアメリカ)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:170 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "スペイン語 (CP 850)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:182 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Italian" msgstr "イタリア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:194 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:206 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "ポルトガル語 (ブラジル)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:218 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "ポルトガル語 (ブラジル - 米国アクセント)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:230 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ギリシャ語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:242 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "オランダ語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:254 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Danish" msgstr "デンマーク語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:266 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ノルウェー語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:278 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "スウェーデン語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:290 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "フィンランド語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:302 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Czech" msgstr "チェコ語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:317 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "チェコ語 (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:332 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "スロバキア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:347 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "スロバキア語 (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:362 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "スロベニア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:377 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ハンガリー語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:392 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ポーランド語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:407 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" @@ -1112,52 +1161,52 @@ # loc.govでは、「ISO 15924があるので、文字の違いでは、 # 別の言語コードを割り当てない」としている #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:421 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "セルビア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:433 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "エストニア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:445 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "リトアニア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:457 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "トルコ語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "クロアチア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:491 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:503 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "ベルギー語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:515 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:527 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "アイスランド語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:539 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" @@ -1166,44 +1215,45 @@ # 国国はCAM # カンボジア語とも #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:561 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "クメール語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:583 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓国語" # 国国 #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:605 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "アラビア語" # 国国 # USMARCは-TAJ #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:626 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "タジク語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:640 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:662 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "簡体字中国語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:684 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ルーマニア語" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:705 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "US インターナショナル" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: crowbar\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:29+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:08+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -22,191 +22,284 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module -#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56 +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "crowbar の設定" -#. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "リポジトリ名" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "すべてに対する一般的な設定" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "URL" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる" +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "SLES 12" -#. help text +#. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "リポジトリの場所 (&L)" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " +"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " +"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look " +"like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" +"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" "ここでは、 更新リポジトリ の場所を指定します。\n" "\n" -"URL 例としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" +"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、" +"サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" +"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例" +"としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…\n" +"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/" +"sle-11-x86_64/\n" +"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/" +"suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/\n" "\n" "詳しい説明については、配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "リポジトリ URL (&U)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる (&A)" - #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 msgid "Administrator Name" msgstr "管理者名" #. help text -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." msgstr "Crowbar 管理者に対するユーザ名とパスワードを管理します。" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 msgid "&Mode" msgstr "モード (&M)" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" +"p>\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" -" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー を設定します。\n" -" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインターフェイス名を指定することもできます。 " +" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー</" +"b> を設定します。\n" +" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインター" +"フェイス名を指定することもできます。 " #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 msgid "Bonding &Policy" msgstr "ボンディングポリシー (&P)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" msgstr "bastion ネットワーク向けの物理インターフェイスマッピング (&H)" #. help text for conduit if list -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 msgid "" "Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" -"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があります:\n" +"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があり" +"ます:\n" "<tt>[符号類] [速度] [順序]</tt>\n" -"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。" +"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。</" +"p>" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 msgid "Network" msgstr "ネットワーク" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:266 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 msgid "Subnet Address" msgstr "サブネットアドレス" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:267 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "ネットマスク" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:268 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 msgid "Use &VLAN" msgstr "VLAN を使用する (&V)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 msgid "VLAN &ID" msgstr "VLAN ID (&I)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 msgid "Rou&ter" msgstr "ルータ (&T)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 msgid "Router pre&ference" msgstr "ルータの設定 (&F)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "サブネット (&S)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク (&M)" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 msgid "Broa&dcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&D)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 msgid "&Add Bridge" msgstr "ブリッジの追加 (&A)" #. push button label& -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "範囲の編集 (&G)..." #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 msgid "Add &Bastion Network" msgstr "Bastion ネットワークの追加 (&B)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス (&I)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "ターゲットとなるプラットフォーム" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ '%1' はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の名前を選んでください。" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "サーバの URL (&U)" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "リポジトリ名" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "エラー時に尋ねる (&A)" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "リポジトリ URL (&U)" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "何も URL を指定しない場合、既定値が使用されます。" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "リポジトリの追加 (&D)" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "リモートの SMT サーバ" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "SUSE マネージャサーバ" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "独自" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:587 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:589 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "パスワードを再度入力してください" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:627 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "ユーザ名を指定する必要があります。" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -215,7 +308,7 @@ "もう一度試してください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -224,17 +317,17 @@ "他の名前を選んでください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "インターフェイスの書式 '%1' が正しくありません" -#. table entry (VLAN status) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:986 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -244,7 +337,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:999 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1036 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -253,7 +346,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1011 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -262,17 +355,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1023 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "ルータアドレス '%1' は、 '%2' ネットワーク内にありません。" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "アドレス '%1' は '%2' のネットワーク内にありません。" #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -281,65 +374,62 @@ "'範囲の編集' ボタンを利用して調整してください。" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "最小 IP アドレス" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1180 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "最大 IP アドレス" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1247 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "アドレス '%1' は、 '%2' ネットワーク内にありません。" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "開始アドレスは終了アドレスよりも前でなければなりません。" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "範囲 '%1' と '%2' は重複しています。" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定 (&U)" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が使用されます。" +msgstr "" +"何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値" +"が使用されます。" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "ネットワークモード (&E)" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Bastion ネットワーク" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "ネットワーク (&W)" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "リポジトリ (&P)" -#. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 -msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "何も URL を指定しない場合、既定値が使用されます。" - #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 msgid "" "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -352,7 +442,7 @@ "Crowbar Web UI にアクセスするには、 http://%1:3000/ を開いてしてください。" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1671 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Crowbar の設定概要" @@ -397,47 +487,48 @@ "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar の設定" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:91 +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "準備しています..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "crowbar 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:155 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "設定の読み込み" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:161 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:238 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "crowbar 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:253 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 21:21+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:09+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -112,7 +112,9 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示する" +msgstr "" +"現在使用されているインターフェイスとその他の利用可能なインターフェイスを表示" +"する" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -550,10 +552,12 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " +"address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレスやサブネットマスクなどが\n" +"1 つまたは複数のネットワークインターフェイスが設定されていません (IP アドレス" +"やサブネットマスクなどが\n" "設定されていません) 。" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -755,10 +759,12 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " +"server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" +"動的な DHCP アドレスの範囲は DHCP サーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があり" +"ます。\n" "IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -915,7 +921,8 @@ msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " +"write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -923,8 +930,10 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP サーバに対して代替となる設定ファイルを指定しています。\n" "\n" -"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /etc/dhcpd.conf \n" -"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、全ての設定は\n" +"この方式は YaST ではサポートしていません。 YaST DHCP サーバモジュールでは、 /" +"etc/dhcpd.conf \n" +"の設定のみを読み書きすることができます。 %1 からの新しい設定は読み込まれず、" +"全ての設定は\n" "既定の設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" " \n" "続行してもよろしいですか？\n" @@ -943,7 +952,8 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " +"hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -954,11 +964,13 @@ "<big>DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加</big> \n" "最初の IP アドレス には IP アドレス範囲の\n" "開始部分を指定してください。 最後の IP アドレス には\n" -"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するための\n" +"終了部分を指定してください。 ホスト名ベース にはホスト名を作成するため" +"の\n" "基礎となる文字列を指定します (例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>, <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>) 。\n" "<tt>%i</tt> の部分が範囲の中でそれぞれの数字に置き換えられる部分です。\n" "文字列内に <tt>%i</tt> を含めていない場合は、指定した文字列の後ろに\n" -"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定してください。\n" +"数字が追加されます。 ホスト名ベース では <tt>%i</tt> は一度だけ設定し" +"てください。\n" "開始 には最初のホスト名の番号を指定してください。\n" "ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" @@ -974,19 +986,24 @@ msgstr "" "<big>DNS ウイザード</big> \n" "このウイザードでは、 DHCP サーバの設定から直接 DNS ゾーンを作成する\n" -"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーンを\n" -"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへの変換に\n" -"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するための\n" +"ことができます。 DHCP の各クライアントをホスト名で区別したい場合、 DNS ゾーン" +"を\n" +"作成することはとても重要です。これは、 DNS ゾーンがホスト名から IP アドレスへ" +"の変換に\n" +"使われるためです。また、このウイザードでは IP アドレスをホスト名に変換するた" +"めの\n" "逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " +"changed.\n" msgstr "" " 新規ゾーン名 と 逆ゾーン名 は、それぞれ DHCP サーバと\n" -"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1021,25 +1038,32 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS クエリ</big> \n" -"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合など、\n" +"たとえば、ある DNS ゾーンでホスト名に対応する IP アドレスを問い合わせる場合な" +"ど、\n" "それぞれの DNS クエリでは、最初に親となるゾーン\n" -"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt> であれば <tt>com</tt>) に対して目的のゾーンのネームサー" +"バを\n" "問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対して IP アドレスの問い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。 \n" -"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるのは\n" +"ゾーンネームサーバの 1 つとして DNS サーバのホスト名を指定する必要があるの" +"は\n" "このためです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " +"current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示された\n" -"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレスとともに\n" -"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指定してください。\n" +" 新しいネームサーバ を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して表示" +"された\n" +"項目に記入し、 OK を押してください。入力したネームサーバが IP アドレス" +"とともに\n" +"現在の DNS ゾーンに追加されます。これはゾーンの作成の際に利用するため、必ず指" +"定してください。\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1059,12 +1083,15 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " +"use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS レコード</big> \n" -"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホスト名を\n" -"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけです。\n" +"ここでは、全ての DHCP クライアントに対する DNS ホスト名を設定します。全てのホ" +"スト名を\n" +"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純な規則を 1 つ以上指定するだけ" +"です。\n" "これらの規則は、利用する IP アドレスの範囲と、\n" "その範囲内で作成するホスト名の文字列を指定することによって行ないます。\n" @@ -1133,9 +1160,11 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" +"現在のサブネット と ネットマスク には、現在のネットワーク設定が" +"表示されています。\n" "ドメイン には現在の DHCP の設定が表示されています。\n" -"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な DHCP\n" +"最初の IP アドレス と 2 番目の IP アドレス には、現在の動的な " +"DHCP\n" "アドレス範囲が設定されています。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1155,10 +1184,13 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " +"corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " +"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " +"select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1167,8 +1199,10 @@ " DNS の項目をその逆引きゾーンと同期するには、\n" " 逆引きゾーンと同期 を選んでください。\n" " DNS サーバからこの範囲の IP アドレスに関連する情報を削除するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" -" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してください。\n" +" 特殊作業 内の 該当する DNS レコードを削除 を選択してください。" +"新しい DNS レコードの範囲を作成するには、\n" +" 特殊作業 から DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加 を選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1446,7 +1480,8 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " +"defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "現在の DNS ゾーンにはネームサーバの IP アドレスが設定されていません。\n" @@ -1713,7 +1748,8 @@ "Available Interfaces." msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークインターフェイス</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインターフェイス \n" +"DHCP サーバが待ち受けるネットワークインターフェイスを 利用可能なインター" +"フェイス \n" "から選択してください。" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1730,7 +1766,8 @@ "選択したインターフェイスを通してリモートコンピュータから\n" "このサービスにアクセスできるようファイアウオールを開くには、\n" "ファイアウオールで選択したインターフェイスを開く を\n" -"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ\n" +"選択してください。このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にの" +"み\n" "利用できます。" #. help text 1/5 @@ -1754,7 +1791,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"DHCP サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを " +"chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help text 3/5 @@ -1805,7 +1843,8 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>サブネットの設定</big> \n" -"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を設定してください。" +"サブネットの ネットワークアドレス および ネットワークマスク を" +"設定してください。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1888,7 +1927,8 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS を使用してください。" +"このサブネットのホスト用に動的な DNS を設定するには ダイナミック DNS " +"を使用してください。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1934,35 +1974,44 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " +"DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n" -"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネームサーバ\n" -"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作している場合は、\n" +"更新する正引き・逆引きゾーンを指定してください。その両方でプライマリネーム" +"サーバ\n" +"を指定する必要があります。ネームサーバと DHCP サーバが同じマシンで動作してい" +"る場合は、\n" "この欄に記入する必要はありません。" #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " +"with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " +"options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP サーバ開始パラメータ</big> \n" "ここでは DHCP サーバに対して開始時のパラメータを指定することができます。\n" -"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するなどです。\n" -"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" +"たとえば \"-p 1234\" と指定して標準ではないポートで DHCP サービスを提供するな" +"どです。\n" +"利用可能な全てのオプションについては dhcpd のマニュアルページをご覧ください。" +"何も指定しない場合は既定値が使用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \n" -"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2010,7 +2059,8 @@ "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "デフォルトゲートウエイ は\n" -"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定されます。" +"クライアント側に通知され、クライアント側のデフォルトゲートウエイとして設定さ" +"れます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -2024,7 +2074,9 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知するために利用されます。" +msgstr "" +"プリントサーバ は、クライアントに対して既定のプリントサーバを通知す" +"るために利用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2038,11 +2090,14 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " +"expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定します。\n" -"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" +"既定の貸与時間 には、貸与した IP アドレスが期限切れとなる時間を設定" +"します。\n" +"クライアントは、ここで指定した時間が経過すると再度アドレス要求を行ないます。" +"" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 @@ -2053,7 +2108,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>サブネット情報</big>\n" -"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレスやネットマスク、\n" +"ここでは、現在のサブネットに関する情報を読むことができます。たとえばアドレス" +"やネットマスク、\n" "クライアントに貸与するアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" "\n" @@ -2062,17 +2118,22 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " +"same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IP アドレス範囲</big> \n" -"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス\n" -"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" +"クライアントに貸与する 最初の IP アドレス と 最後の IP アドレス</" +"b>\n" +"を、それぞれ設定してください。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要が" +"あります。\n" "たとえば <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> と <tt>192.168.1.64</tt> のようになります。\n" -"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアントと\n" -"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。\n" +"動的 BOOTP の許可 フラグを指定した範囲に設定すると、 DHCP クライアント" +"と\n" +"同様に BOOTP クライアントに対しても動的にアドレスを割り振るようになります。</" +"p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 @@ -2083,7 +2144,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>貸与時間</big> \n" "このアドレス範囲での 既定の 貸与時間を設定してください。\n" -"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " +"この設定値はクライアントに対して IP アドレスの更新間隔を指定することになりま" +"す。 " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2132,7 +2194,9 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してください。" +msgstr "" +"ホストを削除するには、ホストを選択して 一覧から削除 を押してくださ" +"い。" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2339,7 +2403,8 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" +"以下のネットワークインターフェイスはどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していま" +"せん。\n" "%1\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" @@ -2349,7 +2414,8 @@ "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." msgstr "" -"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していません。\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイス %1 はどのファイアウオールゾーンにも属していませ" +"ん。\n" "YaST ファイアウオール設定を実行し、ゾーンを割り当ててください。" #. popup message @@ -2505,57 +2571,57 @@ msgstr "DHCP サーバ熟練者設定 (&E)..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1387 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を準備しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1391 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境の確認" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1393 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1395 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCPサーバ設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1397 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定の読み込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境を確認しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1403 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1637 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1439 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2571,8 +2637,8 @@ "\n" "設定を中止しています。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2581,7 +2647,7 @@ "設定を行なうことができないものと思われます。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2590,87 +2656,87 @@ "新たに設定を作成しますか？" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1615 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を保存しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1620 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定の書き込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1622 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1624 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP サーバの再起動" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定の書き込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "DHCP サーバ設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1631 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1633 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP サーバを再起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1635 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を書き込んでいます..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1748 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "DHCP デーモンを再起動する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "システム起動時に DHCP サーバを起動する" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1892 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "システム起動時には DHCP サーバを起動しない" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1900 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "待ち受け: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1919 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "動的なアドレス範囲: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2312 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 設定が正しくありません。 LDAP を使用できません。" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2552 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2593 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "複数の dhcpServiceDN のサポートは実装されていません。" #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2558 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "DHCP サービスの DN が定義されていません。" @@ -2678,22 +2744,23 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2673 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2707 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2771 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2846 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 を更新する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2809 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 を作成する際にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2906 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.conf へ書き込む際にエラーが発生しました。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-27 20:47+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:06+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,15 +23,240 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "DNS サーバの設定" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "起動設定" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "DNS フォワーダ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "ログの設定" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "DNS ゾーン" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "アクセス制御リスト" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "ゾーン転送ルール" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "ゾーンネームサーバ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "ゾーンメールサーバ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "権威の開始地点 (SOA)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX, PTR などのゾーンリソースレコード" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "A レコードおよびそれに対応する PTR レコードを同時に処理する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "現在の設定を表示する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "システム起動時に DNS サーバを開始する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "DNS サーバを手動で起動する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "新しいレコードを追加する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "レコードを削除する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4 アドレス" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "ログの出力先 (syslog|ファイル)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "オプションを設定する" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "ログのファイル名 (フルパス)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "最大ログサイズ [0-9]+(KMG)*" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "ゾーン名" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "ゾーン種類はマスターまたはスレーブ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "DNS ゾーンマスターサーバ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "オプションを有効にする" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "オプションを無効にする" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "ネームサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "メールサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "メールサーバ優先度 (0 から 65535 の番号)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "ゾーン更新のシリアル番号" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "ゾーン内のレコードの一般的な Time-To-Live (有効期間)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "ゾーンレコードを更新するまでの間隔" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "更新に失敗した場合に再試行する間隔" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "ゾーンレコードが権限を持たなくなった場合の間隔" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "このゾーン内のレコードと共にエクスポートする必要があるものの最小の TTL" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX, PTR などの DNS リソースレコード種類" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "A レコードに対する example.org などの DNS クエリ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" +"example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソースレコー" +"ド値" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "DNS レコードに対するホスト名" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "named のクエリをログに記録 %1 " + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録 %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録 %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "ゾーンのフォワーダのカンマ区切り一覧" + #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:58 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "パラメータ %1 が必要です。" #. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:71 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "パラメータ %1 に不明な値が設定されています。" @@ -39,141 +264,108 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:86 src/clients/dns-server.rb:93 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:103 src/clients/dns-server.rb:120 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "起動設定:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:88 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "パラメータは 1 つしか指定できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:95 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "起動時に DNS サーバを開始するよう設定しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:105 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "起動時に DNS サーバを開始しないように設定しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:114 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "DNS サーバは起動時に有効化されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS サーバを手動で起動する必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:138 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "転送:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:140 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "フォワーダ IP" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:146 src/clients/dns-server.rb:439 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:574 src/clients/dns-server.rb:625 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:685 src/clients/dns-server.rb:822 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:882 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "アクションパラメータは 1 つしか指定できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:220 src/clients/dns-server.rb:230 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "ログの出力先" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "システムログ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:232 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "ファイル" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:240 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ファイル名" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:248 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "最大サイズ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:256 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "最大バージョン" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:269 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "named に届いた問い合わせをログに記録" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:277 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:285 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:292 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "ログの設定:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:298 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "設定" @@ -181,99 +373,77 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - basic-options listing #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:300 src/clients/dns-server.rb:312 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:519 src/clients/dns-server.rb:734 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1813 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:310 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "ログルール" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:406 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS ゾーン:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:411 src/clients/dns-server.rb:515 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:413 src/clients/dns-server.rb:517 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2053 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2095 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:415 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "マスターサーバ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:417 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:490 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "フォワーダ" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:500 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "事前定義" #. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:502 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "カスタム設定" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:510 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:550 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "ゾーン転送:" @@ -282,386 +452,88 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:555 src/clients/dns-server.rb:607 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:665 src/clients/dns-server.rb:797 -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:862 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 msgid "Zone" msgstr "ゾーン" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:557 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "正しい ACL" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:602 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "ネームサーバ:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:609 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "ネームサーバ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:660 src/clients/dns-server.rb:792 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "メールサーバ:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:667 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "メールサーバ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:669 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:727 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "権威の開始地点 (SOA):" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:732 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "鍵" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:799 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "レコードクエリ" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:801 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "レコード種類" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:803 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "レコード値" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:857 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "ホスト名レコード:" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:864 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:866 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:904 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 -msgid "DNS server configuration" -msgstr "DNS サーバの設定" - -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:912 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 -msgid "Start-up settings" -msgstr "起動設定" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:921 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 -msgid "DNS forwarders" -msgstr "DNS フォワーダ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:933 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 -msgid "Logging settings" -msgstr "ログの設定" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:946 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 -msgid "DNS zones" -msgstr "DNS ゾーン" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:962 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 -msgid "Access control lists" -msgstr "アクセス制御リスト" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:973 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 -msgid "Zone transport rules" -msgstr "ゾーン転送ルール" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:988 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 -msgid "Zone name servers" -msgstr "ゾーンネームサーバ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1005 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 -msgid "Zone mail servers" -msgstr "ゾーンメールサーバ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1019 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 -msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" -msgstr "権威の開始地点 (SOA)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1034 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 -msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX, PTR などのゾーンリソースレコード" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1052 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 -msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" -msgstr "A レコードおよびそれに対応する PTR レコードを同時に処理する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1066 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 -msgid "Show current settings" -msgstr "現在の設定を表示する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1072 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 -msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" -msgstr "システム起動時に DNS サーバを開始する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1078 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 -msgid "Start DNS server manually" -msgstr "DNS サーバを手動で起動する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1084 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 -msgid "Add a new record" -msgstr "新しいレコードを追加する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1090 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 -msgid "Remove a record" -msgstr "レコードを削除する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1097 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 -msgid "IPv4 address" -msgstr "IPv4 アドレス" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1104 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 -msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" -msgstr "ログの出力先 (syslog|ファイル)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1110 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 -msgid "Set option" -msgstr "オプションを設定する" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1117 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 -msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" -msgstr "ログのファイル名 (フルパス)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1124 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 -msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" -msgstr "最大ログサイズ [0-9]+(KMG)*" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 -msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "ローテーションのバージョンの最大数 ('0' はローテーションしないことを意味)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1138 src/clients/dns-server.rb:1159 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 -msgid "Zone name" -msgstr "ゾーン名" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1145 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 -msgid "Zone type, master or slave" -msgstr "ゾーン種類はマスターまたはスレーブ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1152 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 -msgid "DNS zone master server" -msgstr "DNS ゾーンマスターサーバ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1166 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 -msgid "Enable option" -msgstr "オプションを有効にする" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1173 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 -msgid "Disable option" -msgstr "オプションを無効にする" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "ネームサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "メールサーバ (ドット(.)で終わる完全修飾名か、もしくは相対名で指定)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1194 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 -msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" -msgstr "メールサーバ優先度 (0 から 65535 の番号)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1201 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 -msgid "Serial number of zone update" -msgstr "ゾーン更新のシリアル番号" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1208 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 -msgid "General time to live of records in zone" -msgstr "ゾーン内のレコードの一般的な Time-To-Live (有効期間)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1215 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 -msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" -msgstr "ゾーンレコードを更新するまでの間隔" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1222 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 -msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" -msgstr "更新に失敗した場合に再試行する間隔" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 -msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "ゾーンレコードが権限を持たなくなった場合の間隔" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 -msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "このゾーン内のレコードと共にエクスポートする必要があるものの最小の TTL" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1243 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 -msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "A, CNAME, NS, MX, PTR などの DNS リソースレコード種類" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1250 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 -msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" -msgstr "A レコードに対する example.org などの DNS クエリ" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "example.org の A レコードに対して 192.0.34.166 を設定するなどの DNS リソースレコード値" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1264 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 -msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" -msgstr "DNS レコードに対するホスト名" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1272 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 -msgid "Log named queries %1" -msgstr "named のクエリをログに記録 %1 " - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1280 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 -msgid "Log zone updates %1" -msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録 %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1288 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 -msgid "Log zone transfers %1" -msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録 %1" - -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1295 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 -msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" -msgstr "ゾーンのフォワーダのカンマ区切り一覧" - #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) #. Dialog caption (before a colon) @@ -680,8 +552,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:560 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS ゾーン" @@ -702,10 +574,8 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:338 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:597 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にする (&L)" @@ -730,99 +600,32 @@ msgstr "DNS サーバ熟練者設定 (&E)..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS サーバ" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:270 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "システム起動時 (&B)" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "変更の適用" -#. radio button (starting DNS service - option 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:274 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "手動 (&M)" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:280 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "システム起動時" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting DNS service but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:282 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "手動" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service status - label -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:290 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:612 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:651 -msgid "DNS server is running." -msgstr "DNS サーバは稼働中です。" - -#. label - service status, informative text -#. service sttus - label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:294 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:653 -msgid "DNS server is not running." -msgstr "DNS サーバは稼働していません。" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for starting the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:298 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:620 -msgid "&Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "今すぐ DNS サーバを起動 (&S)" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#. Pushbutton for stopping the DNS server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:626 -msgid "S&top DNS Server Now" -msgstr "今すぐ DNS サーバを停止 (&T)" - -#. push button (DNS service handling) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now" -msgstr "設定を保存して今すぐ DNS サーバを再起動する (&N)" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:316 -msgid "Start DNS Server Now" -msgstr "今すぐ DNS サーバを開始する" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:318 -msgid "Stop DNS Server Now" -msgstr "今すぐ DNS サーバを停止する" - -#. part of help text, used to describe pusbuttons (matching DNS service handling but without "&") -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 -msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now" -msgstr "設定を保存して今すぐ DNS サーバを再起動する" - #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. Frame label (DNS starting) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:472 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:503 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "基本オプション" #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:516 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 msgid "Logging" msgstr "ログ" @@ -830,8 +633,8 @@ #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #. multi selection box #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:532 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 msgid "ACLs" @@ -839,136 +642,105 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:546 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG 鍵" -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 -msgid "Now and When Booting" -msgstr "今すぐ開始し、システム起動時に開始するよう設定" - -#. Radiobutton label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 -msgid "Only Manually" -msgstr "手動でのみ起動" - -#. Frame label (stoping starting DNS server) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:602 -msgid "Switch On and Off" -msgstr "起動／停止" - -#. Current status -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:608 -msgid "Current Status: " -msgstr "現在の状態: " - -#. yes-no popup -#. if (! Popup::YesNo ( -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:719 -msgid "" -"All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n" -"be reread from new data storage.\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"すべての変更を取り消して\n" -"新しいデータ領域から設定を再読み込みします。\n" -"続行してよろしいですか？\n" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:751 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "ローカル DNS の解決ポリシー (&P)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "フォワーダの合成を無効にする" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:756 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "自動的に合成する" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:758 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "フォワーダの合成を有効にする" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:760 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "独自設定" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:771 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "ローカル DNS 解決器のフォワーダ (&F)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:774 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "システムのネームサーバを使用する" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "このネームサーバ (bind)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:778 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "ローカルの dnsmasq サーバ" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:788 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレスの追加" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:797 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 または IPv6 アドレス (&D)" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:826 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:857 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "フォワーダの一覧 (&L)" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1001 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "ローカルのフォワーダを %{forwarder} に設定できません" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1065 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "IP %1 に対するローカル側のアドレスが検出できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1071 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\n" +"DNS の問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいま" +"す。\n" "IP アドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\n" "ローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更します。" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4 または IPv6 アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -977,46 +749,46 @@ "およびコロン (:) から成ります。" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "指定されたフォワーダは既に存在しています。" #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1147 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "追加または変更オプション" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "オプション (&P)" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1171 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1776 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 msgid "&Value" msgstr "値 (&V)" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "変更 (&H)" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "現在のオプション" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1218 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 msgid "Option" msgstr "オプション" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -1025,7 +797,7 @@ "設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1361 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1034,7 +806,7 @@ "%2 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -1043,7 +815,7 @@ "%2 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1390 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1052,7 +824,7 @@ "%1 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1402 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -1061,7 +833,7 @@ "%1 に設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -1070,77 +842,77 @@ "このまま追加してよろしいですか？\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1486 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "ログ種類" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1498 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "システムログ (&S)" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1507 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル (&F)" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1540 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "最大サイズ (MB) (&S)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1551 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "最大バージョン (&V)" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1569 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "追加ログ" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1574 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "すべての DNS への問い合わせをログ記録 (&Q)" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1577 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録 (&U)" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1580 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録 (&T)" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1737 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "ログファイルの選択" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1754 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "オプション設定" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1767 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前 (&N)" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "現在の ACL リスト" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -1149,59 +921,64 @@ "削除してよろしいですか？\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "指定された ACL 項目は既に存在しています。" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "新しいゾーンの追加 " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 msgid "Master" msgstr "マスター" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2152 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1584 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 msgid "Slave" msgstr "スレーブ" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 msgid "Forward" msgstr "転送" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2083 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "設定済み DNS ゾーン" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "指定された名前のゾーンは既に設定されています。" +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか？" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました" + #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1527,10 +1304,12 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters " +"excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-ASCII の文字から\n" +"正しくない %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは '=' を除く印刷可能な US-ASCII の" +"文字から\n" "構成されていなければならず、少なくとも 1 文字の長さが必要です。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1693,13 +1472,8 @@ "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか？" - #. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "このタイプのゾーンは、このツールを使用して編集できません。" @@ -1763,7 +1537,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動するには、\n" -"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"DNS サーバを chroot 環境下で起動する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot " +"環境下で\n" "起動すると、より堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #. help 3/4 @@ -1779,7 +1554,8 @@ "DNS ゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで\n" "編集 を押してください。\n" "新しい DNS ゾーンを追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" -"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" +"既存の DNS ゾーンを削除するには、作事世する項目を選んで 削除 を押してくださ" +"い。" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 @@ -1865,7 +1641,8 @@ "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>マスターサーバ</big> \n" -"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスターネームサーバを追加するには、\n" +"このゾーンのマスターネームサーバの IP アドレスを設定します。新しいマスターネーム" +"サーバを追加するには、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既存のマスターネームサーバを削除するには、\n" "削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" @@ -1881,7 +1658,8 @@ "<big>ゾーンの種類</big> \n" "このネームサーバをゾーンの情報を提供する一次ソースに設定する場合は\n" " マスター を選択します。二次ソースに設定する場合は スレーブ \n" -"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一次ソース) から\n" +"または スタブ を選択します。二次ソースに設定すると、マスターサーバ (一次ソー" +"ス) から\n" "情報を引き出して複製するようになります。" #. help 2/2 @@ -1894,7 +1672,8 @@ "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>ゾーンの方向</big> \n" -"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト名に変換することも行ないます。\n" +"DNS はドメイン名を IP アドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆に IP アドレスをホスト名に変" +"換することも行ないます。\n" "このゾーンを、ドメイン名から IP アドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n" " 転送 を、 IP アドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n" " 逆 をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" @@ -1970,8 +1749,10 @@ "the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"シリアル番号 は、マスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報" +"と\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要な時に必要な部分だけゾー" +"ンを\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2002,7 +1783,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合に、スレーブサーバ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了す" +"るまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2091,8 +1873,10 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追加 を押してください。\n" -"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。" +"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、 IP アドレス を設定してから 追加 " +"を押してください。\n" +"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。</" +"p>" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2134,7 +1918,8 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system " +"log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" "Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" @@ -2142,9 +1927,11 @@ "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記録 を選択してください。\n" +" DNS サーバのログメッセージをシステムログに記録するには、 システムログに記録</" +"b> を選択してください。\n" " DNS サーバのログメッセージを個別のファイルに記録するには、\n" -" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指定し、\n" +" ファイルに記録 を選択して ファイル名 に保存先のファイル名を指定" +"し、\n" "ログファイルの 最大サイズ を指定してください。\n" " DNS サーバはログファイルを自動的に切り替えます。 最大バージョン \n" "を指定すると、どれだけのログファイルを保存するのかを指定することができます。\n" @@ -2161,10 +1948,14 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "追加のログ機能 では、\n" -"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログに記録されます。\n" -"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対して発せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" -"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" -"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わるとログに記録が行なわれます。\n" +"どの動作をログに記録するのかを指定することができます。一般的な動作は常にログに記録" +"されます。\n" +"全ての DNS の問い合わせを記録 を選択すると、クライアントからサーバに対して発" +"せられた全ての問い合わせを記録します。\n" +"ゾーン更新を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンが更新されるとログに記録が行なわれま" +"す。\n" +"ゾーン転送を記録 を選択すると、ゾーンを他のサーバに完全に転送し終わるとログ" +"に記録が行なわれます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -2186,7 +1977,8 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 を入力し、\n" +"新しい ACL 項目を追加するには、オプションの 名前 および 値 を入力" +"し、\n" " 追加 を押してください。既に設定されている ACL 項目を削除するには、\n" "該当する項目を選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2212,7 +2004,8 @@ "then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "作成済みのキーを追加するには、 ファイル名 を入力\n" -" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してください。\n" +" (または 参照 ボタンでファイル選択) してから 追加 を押してくださ" +"い。\n" "新しい鍵を生成するには、 ファイル名 および 鍵 ID を入力してから\n" "生成 を押してください。新しい鍵を生成して追加します。\n" @@ -2240,35 +2033,44 @@ "To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種類\n" +"新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ゾーン名 に名前を入力して ゾーン種類</" +"b>\n" " を選択し、 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " +"followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください (たとえば、\n" -"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後、\n" +"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、" +"その後ろに\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください (たとえ" +"ば、\n" +"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応" +"します)。その後、\n" " ゾーン種類 を選択して 追加 を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " +"followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name " +"are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書式に対応しています:\n" +"新しい IPv6 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、" +"その後ろに\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> を追加した名前を ゾーン名 に入力してください。いくつかの書式に対" +"応しています:\n" "一般的な書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "転送書式: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "ネットマスク指定無しの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2283,7 +2085,8 @@ msgstr "" "ゾーンの転送方法や名前、メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n" "変更するには、該当する項目を選択して 編集 を押してください。\n" -"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。\n" +"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。</" +"p>\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 @@ -2306,7 +2109,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにするには、 動的更新の許可 と \n" -" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにする前に、\n" +" TSIG 鍵 をそれぞれ設定してください。ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにする前" +"に、\n" "少なくとも 1 つ以上の鍵を設定する必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2334,7 +2138,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスターゾーンから生成することができます。\n" -"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボックスを選び、\n" +"これを行なうには、 以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成 のチェックボックスを" +"選び、\n" "どのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2345,7 +2150,8 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n" +"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるか" +"を\n" "接続済み逆引きゾーン の項目から知ることができます。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers @@ -2357,7 +2163,8 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NS レコード</big> \n" -"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追加 を押してください。\n" +"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力してから 追加 " +"を押してください。\n" "ネームサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2371,7 +2178,8 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>MX レコード</big> \n" -"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度 を入力して\n" +"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの アドレス と 優先度 " +"を入力して\n" "追加 を押してください。\n" "メールサーバを削除するには、一覧から選択して\n" "削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -2385,7 +2193,8 @@ "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "シリアル番号 はマスターサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" -"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"して使用します (この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要な時に必要な部分だけゾーン" +"を\n" "更新できることになります) 。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2405,7 +2214,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "有効期限 は、マスターサーバとの同期が行なえない場合にスレーブサーバ\n" -"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了するまでは\n" +"内でゾーンが期限切れになるまでの時間を指定します。この時間を過ぎると、同期が完了す" +"るまでは\n" "スレーブサーバが応答しなくなります。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2418,7 +2228,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>レコード</big> \n" "このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集することができます。\n" -"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, 値 \n" +"新しいリソースレコードを追加するには、 レコードキー, 種類, 値</" +"b> \n" "をそれぞれ設定して 追加 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2429,7 +2240,8 @@ "Delete." msgstr "" "既存のレコードを変更するには、該当する項目を選択して\n" -"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" +"必要な項目を修正し、 変更 を押してください。レコードを削除するには、削除す" +"る項目を選んで\n" " 削除 を押してください。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2465,11 +2277,15 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: 別名定義:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もし" +"くは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" -" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が 値 の別名となります。\n" +"値 にも同様に、現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしく" +"は\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト" +"名は\n" +" A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。 レコードキー が 値" +" の別名となります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2482,10 +2298,13 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: ネームサーバ:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もし" +"くは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしく" +"は\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト" +"名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2498,10 +2317,13 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: メールリレー:\n" -"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" +"レコードキー には現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もし" +"くは\n" "ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" -"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしくは\n" -"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト名は\n" +"値 にも同様に現在のゾーンからの相対表記でホスト名のみを指定するか、もしく" +"は\n" +"ドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。ただし、このホスト" +"名は\n" " A レコードで IP アドレスに変換できる必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) @@ -2519,12 +2341,14 @@ "PTR: 逆変換:\n" "レコードキー には IP アドレスから導き出される完全逆ゾーン名か、\n" "もしくは現在のゾーン名からの相対ゾーン名を指定します。\n" -"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対応する\n" +"完全逆ゾーン名はドット (.) で終わるもので、たとえば <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> に対応す" +"る\n" "ゾーン名は <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> になります。\n" "また、相対ゾーン名は現在のゾーン名からの相対値で指定するもので、たとえば\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> のゾーン内で <tt>1</tt> という相対ゾーン名を指定\n" "すると <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> の意味になります。\n" -"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。\n" +"値 にはドット (.) で終わる完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN) を指定してください。</" +"p>\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 @@ -2542,7 +2366,8 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "SuSEfirewall2 の設定を調整して、お使いの DNS サーバに\n" -"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールでポートを開く を選択してください。" +"対して全てのクライアントが接続できるようにするには、 ファイアウオールでポートを" +"開く を選択してください。" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2721,56 +2546,56 @@ msgstr "メールリレー (&M)" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:934 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS サーバの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境の確認" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:940 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS デーモンのキャッシュの掃きだし" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:942 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:944 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "設定の読み込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:948 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境を確認しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:950 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1291 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS デーモンのキャッシュを掃きだしています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:952 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:954 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:956 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1305 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1233 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2779,72 +2604,72 @@ "エラー: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1271 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNS サーバ設定を保存しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1277 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "設定ファイルの保存" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1279 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS デーモンの再起動" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1281 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "ゾーンファイルの更新" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1283 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS サービスの調整" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1285 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "netconfig の呼び出し" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1293 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "設定ファイルを保存しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1295 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNS デーモンを再起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1297 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "ゾーンファイルを更新しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1299 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNS サービスを調整しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1301 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig を起動しています..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1303 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2853,43 +2678,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1586 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 msgid "Stub" msgstr "スタブ" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1588 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 msgid "Hint" msgstr "ヒント" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動する。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1603 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動しない。" #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "設定済みのゾーン: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1646 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 設定が正しくありません。 LDAP を使用することができません。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1727 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP サポートを有効にしますか？" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1815 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2898,26 +2723,27 @@ "LDAP サポートは利用できません。" #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1874 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "不明な LDAP 初期化エラーです。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1910 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 の更新中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2007 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。 LDAP を使用できません。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:29+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -74,10 +74,14 @@ msgstr "リソース設定" #: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "LVM 設定" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" msgstr "リソースの基本設定" -#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" msgstr "リソースの高度な設定" @@ -219,8 +223,10 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "起動:\n" -"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時にも開始するように設定します。\n" -"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定されます。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オン\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバを今すぐ起動し、システム起動時に" +"も開始するように設定します。\n" +"\t\t\t\"オフ\" を選択すると、 DRBD サーバは手作業で起動するように設定され" +"ます。\n" "\t\tオンとオフの切り替え:\n" "\t\t\tDRBD サーバを今すぐ起動、もしくは今すぐ停止します。\n" "\t\t" @@ -232,105 +238,242 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／削除を行なうことができます。\n" +"\"追加\", \"編集\", \"削除\" の各ボタンを利用して、リソースの追加／編集／" +"削除を行なうことができます。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。ただし、ホスト名には \".\" を含めてはなりません。 \n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイスを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイスにはアクセスしないでください。なお、名前またはマイナー名(および番号)を省略することもできます。名前を省略した場合は、 /dev/drbdminor の既定値を使用します。\n" -"\t\t例: '/dev/drbd{サービス} minor {マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}' もしくは '/dev/drbd{マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデータを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスしてはなりません。\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定すると、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになります。\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" (名前) は必ず設定しなければならない項目で、いずれかのノードに" +"対する Linux のホスト名 (uname -n) に一致していなければなりません。また、ホス" +"ト名には \".\" を含めてはなりません。 \n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": (アドレス:ポート) リソースにはデバイスごとに 1 つの " +"IP アドレスが必要です。このアドレスを利用して、対向のデバイスからの接続を受け" +"付け、情報を受信します。また、それぞれの DRBD リソースには、対向のデバイスと" +"接続するための TCP ポートを設定します。\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": (デバイス) 定義しているリソースのブロックデバイスノード名" +"を指定します。お使いのアプリケーション (ファイルシステム) からは、このデバイ" +"スを利用してアクセスするものとし、 disk パラメータで指定している直接のデバイ" +"スにはアクセスしないでください。なお、名前またはマイナー名(および番号)を省略" +"することもできます。名前を省略した場合は、 /dev/drbd'マイナー番号' の既定値を" +"使用します。\n" +"\t\t例: '/dev/drbd{サービス} minor {マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}' もしくは " +"'/dev/drbd{マイナー drbd 番号 [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": (ディスク) DRBD はこのブロックデバイスを利用して、実際のデー" +"タを保存します。DRBD を動作させている間は、これらのデバイスに直接アクセスして" +"はなりません。\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": (メタディスク) internal を指定します。この値を指定する" +"と、利用しているデバイスの最後の部分にメタデータを保存して使用するようになり" +"ます。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol (プロトコル)\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュにデータを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: ローカル側のディスクと、ローカル側の TCP 送信バッファに" +"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" +"ります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: ローカル側のディスクと、リモート側のバッファキャッシュに" +"データを送信できた時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようにな" +"ります。\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: ローカル側およびリモート側の両方のディスクにデータを書き込" +"んだ時点で、書き込み操作が完了したものとして報告されるようになります。\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指定します。\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属するクラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" +"\t\twfc-timeout (WFC タイムアウト): 接続タイムアウトの待機時間を指" +"定します。\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout (縮退時 WFC タイムアウト): このノードが属する" +"クラスタが縮退状態にある場合の、接続タイムアウトを指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何をすべきかを指定します。\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定します。\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: 低レベルのデバイスが IO エラーを報告した場合、何を" +"すべきかを指定します。\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCP ソケットの送信バッファサイズを指定します。</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBD で割り当て可能な最大リクエスト数を指定しま" +"す。\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまったものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意味します。\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" -"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答するまでの待機時間を指定します。\n" +"\t\ttimeout: 相手側のノードが、ここで指定した値の 0.1 倍の秒数を" +"待っても期待する応答パケットを送信しない場合、相手側のノードが死んでしまった" +"ものと判断し、 TCP/IP の接続をあきらめるようになります。この値は connect-int " +"および ping-int の値よりも小さくなければいけません。既定値は 60 で、 6 秒を意" +"味します。\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答す" +"るまでの待機時間を指定します。ここで指定した時間内に相手側から応答が届かない" +"場合は、相手が死んでしまったものと判断します。既定値は 500 ミリ秒で、既定の単" +"位は 100 ミリ秒です。\n" +"\t\tping-int: 相手側がキープアライブ (生存確認) パケットに応答する" +"までの待機時間を指定します。\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデータブロック数を指定します。\n" -"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、この機能は無効化されています。\n" -"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" -"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 2 つの書き込みバリア間で許容される、最大のデー" +"タブロック数を指定します。\n" +"\t\tko-count: ここで指定した回数だけ、セカンダリノードが単一の書き" +"込み要求を失敗すると、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。既定値は 0 で、こ" +"の機能は無効化されています。\n" +"\t\trate: DRBD 上で動作するアプリケーションが円滑に動作するため、裏" +"で動作する同期処理で使用する帯域を制限することができます。既定値は 250 [KB 毎" +"秒] で、既定の単位は KB 毎秒です。\n" +"\t\tal-extents: どれだけホットエリア (= 動作中のセット) を一括で取" +"得できるかを指定します。既定値は 127 です (最小: 7, 最大: 3843) 。\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" +msgstr "<big>LVM 設定</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " +"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " +"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM 設定ファイル /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tDRBD で LVM を使用するには、 LVM 設定ファイル内にあるいくつかの項目を" +"変更し、ノード内の古いキャッシュ項目を削除するように設定する必要があります。" +"\t\tファイルレイアウトを含む詳しい説明については、 'man lvm.conf' をお" +"読みください。\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tデバイスフィルタ: ここでは、 LVM が物理ボリュームの署名を検出す" +"る処理で、除外すべきブロックデバイスを一覧で指定します。この値を設定すること" +"で、 LVM がブロックデバイスに直接アクセスするのではなく、 DRBD のデバイスにア" +"クセスして署名を検出すること要にすることができます。\t\t自動フィル" +"タ: DRBD の設定に従って LVM のフィルタを自動的に変更します。フィルタを手" +"作業で設定したい場合は、この項目のチェックを外してください。\n" +"\t\tフィルタでは正規表現の配列を指定します。正規表現は任意の文字で区切るこ" +"とができ、冒頭に 'a' (受け入れる場合) または 'r' (除外する場合) をそれぞれ指" +"定します。\t\t例: [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM キャッシュ: LVM キャッシュは既定で有効化されています。ネッ" +"トワークストレージ (nfs など) の場合は無効化してください。 \n" +"\n" +"\t\t" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>DRBD のグローバル設定</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" を選択してください。" +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、 \"IP 検証の無効化\" " +"を選択してください。" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点からの秒がカウントされ\n" -" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに接続している場合、\n" +"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点" +"からの秒がカウントされ\n" +" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに" +"接続している場合、\n" " これを無効化することができます。\n" " \n" -" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントするほか、\n" +" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントす" +"るほか、\n" " 0 に設定することで再描画を停止させることもできます。" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -339,12 +482,13 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "マイナーカウント:\n" -" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くの資源を定義したい場合に使用します。\n" +" モジュールの再読み込みを行なわずに、より多くの資源を定義したい場合" +"に使用します。\n" " 既定では、このファイルに記載されたデバイス数と同じだけの\n" " モジュールを読み込みます。" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" @@ -353,7 +497,7 @@ "ここでは DRBD を設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -366,7 +510,7 @@ "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -376,7 +520,7 @@ "編集 ボタンを押すと設定変更のダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -387,7 +531,7 @@ "設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." @@ -396,7 +540,7 @@ "追加 ボタンを押すと DRBD を設定することができます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -407,7 +551,7 @@ "編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -419,7 +563,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -430,7 +574,7 @@ " " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -440,25 +584,48 @@ "次へ を押して続行してください。\n" " \n" +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "DRBD の LVM フィルタ設定" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "LVM デバイスフィルタの設定を自動的に修正する" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "デバイスフィルタ" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "LVM キャッシュを書き込んでいます" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "LVM キャッシュの有効化" + #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "資源名" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:300 +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "ノード名が異なるものでなければなりません。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "ノード名には \".\" が入っていてはいけません。ローカルのホスト名を使用します。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "すべての項目に記入してください。" @@ -467,39 +634,40 @@ #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:28 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 msgid "Booting" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:36 -msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" -msgstr "有効 -- 今すぐおよびブート時に DRBD サーバを起動" +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" +msgstr "有効 -- システムの起動時に DRBD サーバを開始" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:40 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" -msgstr "無効 -- 手動でサーバを起動するよう設定" +msgstr "無効 -- 手動でサーバを起動する" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:49 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "開始／停止" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "現在の状態: " -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" msgstr "今すぐ DRBD サーバを開始する" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" msgstr "今すぐ DRBD サーバを停止する" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:74 +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 msgid "Propagate Configuration" msgstr "設定を伝達する" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 msgid "" "To propagate this configuration ,\n" "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." @@ -508,31 +676,31 @@ "残りのノードに設定ファイル '/etc/drbd.conf' を手動でコピーしてください。" #. } -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 msgid "DRBD server is running." msgstr "DRBD サーバは稼働中です。" -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 msgid "DRBD server is not running." msgstr "DRBD サーバは稼働していません。" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD サービスの開始に失敗しました。" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); -#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "DRBD サービスの停止に失敗しました。" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat の設定" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -564,58 +732,72 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "個別の DRBD 設定ファイルを統合することができませんでした\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "drbd.conf.YaST2prepare への書き込みに失敗しました" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を準備しています" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "リソースの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "LVM 設定の読み込み" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "SUSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "リソースを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "LVM の設定を読み込んでいます..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "drbd.conf のバックアップに失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" -msgstr "drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しました" +msgstr "" +"drbdadm のテスト用に drbd.conf をクリーンアップしようとしましたが、失敗しまし" +"た" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -623,12 +805,12 @@ "リソース %1 の設定が正しくありません\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "drbd.conf の書き戻しに失敗しました" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を書き込んでいます" @@ -636,30 +818,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "リソースの書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "LVM 設定の書き込み" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の設定" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "SuSEfirewall 設定の書き込み" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "リソースを書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:493 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "LVM の設定を書き込んでいます..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を設定しています..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "SuSEFirewall の設定を書き込んでいます" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "/etc/drbd.d ディレクトリの作成に失敗しました" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-01 12:45+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -45,10 +45,13 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"\n" msgstr "" -"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" +"設定後の初回起動時に YaST 初回起動ユーティリティを開始するには、 初回起" +"動手順を有効にする を選択してください。\n" "詳細は yast2-firstboot モジュールのドキュメントをお読みください。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -121,13 +124,13 @@ msgstr "ラベル" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "状態" - -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名" +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "状態" + # translators: dialog text #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 @@ -223,17 +226,21 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " +"start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができます。\n" +"必要であれば、ここから全ての SuSE 設定モジュールを使用することができま" +"す。\n" " YaST コントロールセンターの起動 を選択しておくと、\n" -" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コントロールセンターには\n" +" 完了 ボタンを押した後にコントロールセンターが起動します。注意: コント" +"ロールセンターには\n" "このインストール手順に戻るためのボタンは用意されていません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -249,22 +256,22 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:73 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "言語とキーボードレイアウト" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:79 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語 (&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:87 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボードレイアウト (&K)" #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:114 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -272,12 +279,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" +"設定作業時、およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイア" +"ウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:121 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -288,7 +296,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:127 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -301,7 +309,7 @@ "\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "全ての追加パッケージをインストールするには容量が不足しています。" @@ -384,68 +392,3 @@ msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "初回起動設定が有効になっています" -#~ msgid "Hardware Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ハードウエア設定" - -#~ msgid "Network Configuration" -#~ msgstr "ネットワーク設定" - -#~ msgid "Configuration" -#~ msgstr "設定" - -#~ msgid "Language and Keyboard" -#~ msgstr "言語とキーボード" - -#~ msgid "Language" -#~ msgstr "言語" - -#~ msgid "Keyboard Layout" -#~ msgstr "キーボードレイアウト" - -#~ msgid "Welcome" -#~ msgstr "ようこそ" - -#~ msgid "License Agreements" -#~ msgstr "ライセンス同意" - -#~ msgid "License Agreement" -#~ msgstr "ライセンス同意" - -#~ msgid "Host Name" -#~ msgstr "ホスト名" - -#~ msgid "Network" -#~ msgstr "ネットワーク" - -#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" -#~ msgstr "自動設定" - -#~ msgid "Time and Date" -#~ msgstr "時刻と日付" - -#~ msgid "NTP Client" -#~ msgstr "NTP クライアント" - -#~ msgid "Desktop" -#~ msgstr "デスクトップ" - -#~ msgid "Root Password" -#~ msgstr "root のパスワード" - -#~ msgid "Users" -#~ msgstr "ユーザ" - -#~ msgid "Customer Center" -#~ msgstr "カスタマーセンター" - -#~ msgid "Hardware" -#~ msgstr "ハードウエア" - -#~ msgid "Finish Setup" -#~ msgstr "設定完了" - -#~ msgid "Configuring network..." -#~ msgstr "ネットワークを設定しています..." - -#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." -#~ msgstr "ハードウエアを設定しています..." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fonts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-06-18 11:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-20 08:05+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ "い (そのため読みにくさが増す) 書体表示になります。既定のファミリ設定リストを" "使用します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:817 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "サブピクセルレンダリング" @@ -181,17 +181,17 @@ msgstr "ファミリ: %s" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 -msgid "Scripts" -msgstr "書体" +msgid "Scripts<ul>" +msgstr "書体<ul>" #. nothing to do nowadays #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 msgid "" "Family preference list for %s\n" -"does not contain any installed family.\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"%s に対するファミリ設定リストには、\n" +"%s に対するファミリ優先リストには、\n" "インストールされているファミリが含まれていません。\n" "\n" @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 msgid "" -"Fonts can be installed for example via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgstr "" @@ -218,198 +218,207 @@ #. <table> do not work for text mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "LCD フィルタの種類を選択しています (%s) 。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 msgid "" -"You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" -"compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent " -"reasons.\n" -"\n" -"See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." msgstr "" -"LCD フィルタタイプ (%s) を設定しました。この設定を動作させるには、 FreeType ライブラリ側で\n" -"サブピクセルレンダリングの機能を有効化する必要がありますが、残念ながら" -"特許上の理由で、これを含めて提供することができません。\n" -"\n" +" この機能には、サブピクセル描画機能が有効化された\n" +"FreeType ライブラリが必要です。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:559 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr " 残念ながら、特許上の理由によりこの機能を含めることができません。\n" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" +"yast2-fonts パッケージのドキュメンテーションにある README.subpixel-patents を" +"お読みください。\n" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 msgid "Match for %s" msgstr "%s に当てはまるもの" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:576 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:765 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 msgid "Font &Antialiasing" msgstr "フォントのアンチエイリアス処理 (&A)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:587 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "等幅フォントにもアンチエイリアスを実施する (&M)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:598 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:768 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 msgid "Force A&utohinting On" msgstr "自動ヒントを強制的に有効にする (&U)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:612 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:771 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 msgid "Force Hint St&yle" msgstr "ヒントスタイルの強制 (&Y)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:622 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "内蔵ビットマップ" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:625 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" msgstr "内蔵ビットマップを使用する (&E)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:631 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 msgid "All Lan&guages" msgstr "全ての言語 (&G)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:636 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" msgstr "選択した言語に限定する (&S)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:643 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" msgstr "選択 (&S)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:665 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:776 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" msgstr "LCD フィルタ (&F)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:676 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 msgid "&Layout" msgstr "レイアウト (&L)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:687 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" msgstr "別名" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" msgstr "フォントファミリ" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:706 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" msgstr "利用可能" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:709 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" msgstr "下へ" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" msgstr "上へ" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:716 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加 (&A)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:718 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." msgstr "インストール済みのファミリ (&I)..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:734 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" msgstr "互換性のあるメトリック値を検索 (&M)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:745 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" msgstr "他のフォントを使用しない (&T)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:774 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" msgstr "サブピクセルレンダリング (&R)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:798 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 msgid "&Rendering Details" msgstr "描画の詳細 (&R)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:802 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 msgid "Antialiasing" msgstr "アンチエイリアス" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:809 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 msgid "Hinting" msgstr "ヒント処理" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:836 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 msgid "Prefered &Families" msgstr "優先するファミリ (&F)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:843 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" msgstr "強制ファミリの設定" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:859 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 msgid "Match &Preview" msgstr "結果のプレビュー (&P)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:878 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 msgid "&Presets" msgstr "事前設定 (&P)" #. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated #. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config #. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:932 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 msgid "Reading Font Configuration" msgstr "フォントの設定を読み込んでいます" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:935 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 msgid "Read sysconfig file" msgstr "sysconfig ファイルの読み込み" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 msgid "Reading %s..." msgstr "%s を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:956 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 msgid "Font Configuration" msgstr "フォントの設定" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 msgid " (User Mode)" msgstr " (ユーザモード)" #. misuse back_button a bit -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:962 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 msgid "&Use system settings" msgstr "システムの設定を使用する (&U)" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:974 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 msgid "Writing Font Configuration" msgstr "フォントの設定を書き込んでいます" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:977 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 msgid "Write sysconfig file" msgstr "sysconfig ファイルへの書き込み" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 msgid "Run fonts-config" msgstr "fonts-config の実行" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 msgid "Writing %s..." msgstr "%s に書き込んでいます..." -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 msgid "Running fonts-config..." msgstr "fonts-config を実行しています..." #. we are in user mode -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:998 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" "この処理により、このモジュールで以前に設定していたユーザ設定を復元不可能な形" "で削除します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" msgstr "<h1>フォント設定モジュール</h1>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 msgid "" "Module to control system wide or user font rendering " "setting." @@ -417,7 +426,7 @@ "システム全体 もしくは ユーザ単位 にフォントの描画設定を行な" "います。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 msgid "" "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that " "one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " @@ -426,76 +435,97 @@ "るフォント設定で、何年にもわたって変わらない設定です (ただし個別の DE で設定" "した場合を除きます) 。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1029 -msgid "This setting can be changed:" -msgstr "この設定は変更可能です:" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" +msgstr "この設定は変更可能です:<ul>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 msgid "" "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create " -"system setting. System, where font module never run or Default " -"preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +"system setting. " msgstr "" -"<li>システム設定 を作成するには、 root の権限でモジュールを動作させる" -"必要があります。フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 既定値 " -"を選択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" +"システム設定 を作成するには、 <tt>root</tt> でモジュールを動作させてく" +"ださい。この場合、システム全体に反映されます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 msgid "" -"<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. User, " -"which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses " -"system settings. User, which chooses Default preset, uses " -"distribution default.</li>" +"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, " +"uses distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合は、 ユーザ設定 を行なう" -"ことができます。フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 システム設定 " -"を選択した場合は、システムの設定を使用します。また、 既定値 を" -"選択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" +"システムは、フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 既定値 を選" +"択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for user setting when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合、 ユーザ設定 になります。" + #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "NOTE: " -msgstr "注意: " +msgid "" +"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, " +"uses system settings. " +msgstr "" +"ユーザは、このモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や システム設定を使用する</" +"b> を選択すると、システム設定を使用します。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></" +"ul>" +msgstr "" +"ユーザは、 規定値 のプリセットを選択すると、ディストリビューションの既" +"定値を使用します。</li></ul>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +msgid "NOTE: " +msgstr "注意: " + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "" "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with " -"other font setting. Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts." -"conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module " -"setting." +"other font setting. " msgstr "" -"一般的には、他のフォント設定とこのフォントモジュールを併用することは" -"お勧めしません。しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> " -"内の設定は、常に任意のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" +"一般的には、ユーザモードによるフォントモジュールの設定と、その他のフォント設" +"定を組み合わせないことをお勧めします。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should " +"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgstr "" +"しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> 内の設定は、常に任意" +"のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 msgid "Help for Presets button and for the current tab follows." msgstr "プリセット ボタンと現在のタブに対するヘルプです。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1041 -msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +msgid "" +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " +"<ul>" msgstr "" -"プリセット ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる" -"機能を提供します: " +"プリセット ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる" +"機能を提供します: <ul>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 msgid "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" msgstr "<li>%{name}: %{help}</li>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 msgid "" "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. " "That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective " -"individual fields of corresponding tabs." +"individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" "ここにあるメニュー項目を選択すると、すべてのタブ内にある設定項目に入力を行な" "います。入力された設定は、後からそれぞれのタブ内にある項目を編集することで、" -"個別に修正することができます。" +"個別に修正することができます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1054 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>結果プレビュータブ</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 msgid "" "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system " "plus changes made in currently running fonts module." @@ -503,30 +533,36 @@ "この段落において、 現在の設定 はシステムの設定に加え、現在実行中の" "フォントモジュールで変更した内容を含みます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " +msgstr "システムの汎用別名の適用例は、冒頭のタブで表示することができます。 " + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 msgid "" -"Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. In " -"other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to " -"given alias according to current setting." +"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves " +"to given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" -"システムに汎用的に適用される別名に該当するものが、この初期タブ内に表示" -"されます。言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 現在の設定 に" -"従って指定した別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。" +"言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 現在の設定 に従って指定し" +"た別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 msgid "" "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the " -"matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. In " -"the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and " -"specimen string for given script can be chosen." +"matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " msgstr "" "それに加えてグラフィカルモードでは、該当するフォントに対して 現在の設定" -" を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。また、関連するコンボボックス" -"内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することができ" -"るほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。" +" を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 msgid "" +"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen " +"and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgstr "" +"また、関連するコンボボックス内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することが" +"できるほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 +msgid "" "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from " "Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on " "the fly." @@ -535,11 +571,11 @@ "います。これにより、描画結果をその場で確認することができるようになっていま" "す。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">描画の詳細タブ</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 msgid "" "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend " "font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." @@ -548,42 +584,42 @@ "するフォントの描画方法を変更したり、オプションを変更したりすることもできま" "す。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" msgstr "<h3>アンチエイリアス</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1077 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 msgid "" -"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." -"" +"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called " +"antialiasing." msgstr "" -"既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを アンチエイリアス と呼ばれ" +"既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを アンチエイリアス と呼ばれ" "る方式で滑らかに表示します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 msgid "" " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced " -"only." +"only." msgstr "" -" 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して適用することができるほか、等幅フォン" -"トのみに適用することもできます。" +" 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して強制することができるほか、等幅フォン" +"トのみに強制することもできます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 msgid "See: %s" msgstr "詳しくは下記をお読みください: %s" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1085 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ヒント処理</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" "ヒント指定は、ラスタライザに対して文字の軸を格子にあわせるよう支援します。" "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 msgid "" "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on " "font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced " @@ -594,36 +630,41 @@ "制的に有効にすね オプションを選択することで、強制的に有効化することもでき" "ます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +msgid "For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." +msgstr "" +"それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベル) を" +"選択します。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 msgid "" -"For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen. It is " -"possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +"" msgstr "" -"それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベ" -"ル) を選択します。また、 ヒントスタイルの強制 オプションを設定することで、" -"ヒントスタイルを一括で設定することもできます。" +" ヒントスタイルの強制 オプションを設定することで、全体のヒントスタイル" +"を設定することもできます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1099 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" msgstr "<h3>内蔵ビットマップ</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 msgid "" -"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, that is bitmap " -"version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned " -"off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for " -"every font." +"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version " +"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off " +"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every " +"font." msgstr "" "アウトラインフォントによっては、ビットマップストライクと呼ばれる、特定サイ" "ズ用のビットマップ版フォントが用意されている場合があります。この章では、これ" "を完全に無効化するか、もしくは指定した言語をカバーするフォントに対してのみ有" -"効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" +"効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" msgstr "<h3>サブピクセルレンダリング</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1108 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 msgid "" "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour " "primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." @@ -631,7 +672,7 @@ "サブピクセルレンダリングとは、 LCD ディスプレイの原色 (サブピクセル) を利" "用して、一方向に対する解像度を増やす技術です。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 msgid "" "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout " "corresponding to display and its rotation." @@ -639,41 +680,59 @@ "使用すべき LCD フィルタと表示の際に使用するサブピクセルのレイアウト、そし" "てその向きを選択します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 msgid "" "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned " -"off by default. Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, " -"setting in this section has no effect." +"off by default." msgstr "" -"なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機能が" -"無効化されています。FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートが" -"コンパイルされ内蔵されていないと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。" +"なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機" +"能が無効化されています。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +msgid "" +" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this " +"section has no effect." +msgstr "" +" FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートがコンパイルされ内蔵されていな" +"いと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>優先するファミリのタブ</h2>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 msgid "This tab controls which fonts are rendered." msgstr "このタブでは、 どの フォントを描画するのかを制御します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" msgstr "<h3>設定リスト</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 msgid "" "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be " -"defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family " -"first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic " -"alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +"defined." msgstr "" -"ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ設定リスト (FPL) を設定する" -"ことができます。これらはファミリ名を優先順位順に並べたリストです。" -"それぞれの汎用の別名に対して、既定の (システム全体の) FPL も定義されてい" -"ます。このダイアログ内で設定した FPL は、これらの先頭に追加されます。" +"ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ優先リスト (FPL) を設定しま" +"す。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" +" これらは並べ替えられたファミリ名の一覧です。優先するファミリが先に表示されて" +"います。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" +" それぞれの汎用の別名に対して設定された、既定の (システム全体での) FPL もあり" +"ます。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them." +msgstr " このダイアログ内で設定された FPL はそれらの冒頭に追加されます。" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 msgid "" "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other " "query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for " @@ -685,11 +744,11 @@ "フォントパッケージは、 fontinfo.opensuse.org で参照してインストールす" "ることができます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1135 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ファミリ設定の強制</h3>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1136 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 msgid "" "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into " "account. Following two options strenghten their role." @@ -697,11 +756,11 @@ "場合によっては、このダイアログ内で設定した FPL が適用されないことがありま" "す。下記 2 つのオプションで役割を強化することができます。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" msgstr "<h4>メトリック互換を検索</h4>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1140 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 msgid "" "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of " "the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the " @@ -711,7 +770,7 @@ "互換があるものとみなされます。これはつまり、どちらのフォントを使用して文書を" "表示しても同じサイズで、同じ改行位置などにもなることを示します。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 msgid "" "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts " "preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." @@ -721,17 +780,17 @@ "か、このダイアログで設定した FPL を迂回するルールなどを設定することができま" "す。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1145 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 msgid "" "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." "" msgstr "メトリック互換を気にしない場合は、チェックを外してもかまいません。" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" msgstr "<h4>他のフォントを使用しない</h4>" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 msgid "" "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here " "defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or " Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:04+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -49,7 +49,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "umask vsftpd: <ローカルユーザ>:<匿名ユーザ>, pure-ftpd: <ファイル>:<ディレクトリ>" +msgstr "" +"umask vsftpd: <ローカルユーザ>:<匿名ユーザ>, pure-ftpd: <ファイル>:<ディレク" +"トリ>" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -104,8 +106,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "'ようこそ' メッセージ (サーバに接続された際に表示するメッセージ) (vsftpd のみ)" +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " +"(vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"'ようこそ' メッセージ (サーバに接続された際に表示するメッセージ) (vsftpd の" +"み)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 @@ -114,12 +120,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." msgstr "有効にすると、 SSL v2 プロトコルでの接続を許可します (vsftpd のみ) 。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." msgstr "有効にすると、 SSL v3 プロトコルでの接続を許可します (vsftpd のみ) 。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -129,8 +139,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "管理者によって確認されていないファイルのダウンロードを許可しない (pure-ftpd のみ) 。" +msgid "" +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " +"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "" +"管理者によって確認されていないファイルのダウンロードを許可しない (pure-ftpd " +"のみ) 。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 @@ -1316,13 +1330,16 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" +"ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "選択されたサービス \n" -" 枠内には現在どちらのデーモンが設定されているかが表示されています: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" -" . 両方のデーモンをインストールしている場合は、それぞれを切り替えることができます。\n" +" 枠内には現在どちらのデーモンが設定されているかが表示されています: " +"vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" . 両方のデーモンをインストールしている場合は、それぞれを切り替えるこ" +"とができます。\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1353,10 +1370,12 @@ msgstr "" "chroot \n" "有効に設定すると、既定では認証ユーザは自身のホームディレクトリ\n" -"の中に閉じこめられ、ホームディレクトリ以下にのみアクセスできるようになります。\n" +"の中に閉じこめられ、ホームディレクトリ以下にのみアクセスできるようになりま" +"す。\n" "警告: この項目にはセキュリティ面の危険が潜んでいます。 \n" "特にユーザがアップロード権限を持っていたりシェルへのアクセスが\n" -"できたりする場合に注意する必要があります。何をしようとしているかきちんと理解してから、有効に設定してください。\n" +"できたりする場合に注意する必要があります。何をしようとしているかきちんと理解" +"してから、有効に設定してください。\n" "\n" #. general logging help 1/1 @@ -1379,7 +1398,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "umask \n" -"ファイルを作成するときの umask 値を設定します。 (ファイル用 umask):(ディレクトリ用 umask). \n" +"ファイルを作成するときの umask 値を設定します。 (ファイル用 umask):(ディレク" +"トリ用 umask). \n" "よくわからない場合は 177:077 を指定してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1402,7 +1422,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " +"users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" @@ -1423,7 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" "匿名ユーザ用の FTP ディレクトリ: \n" "匿名ユーザが利用するディレクトリを指定します。 \n" -"参照 ボタンを押すことで、ローカルのファイルシステムから選択することができます。\n" +"参照 ボタンを押すことで、ローカルのファイルシステムから選択することが" +"できます。\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1436,7 +1458,8 @@ msgstr "" "認証ユーザ用の FTP ディレクトリ: \n" "認証ユーザが利用するディレクトリを指定します。 \n" -"参照 ボタンを押すことで、ローカルのファイルシステムから選択することができます。\n" +"参照 ボタンを押すことで、ローカルのファイルシステムから選択することが" +"できます。\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1476,7 +1499,8 @@ msgstr "" "最大接続数: \n" "受け入れ可能な最大の接続数を指定します。 \n" -"この数値を超えて接続が発生すると、それらクライアントにはエラーが返されます。\n" +"この数値を超えて接続が発生すると、それらクライアントにはエラーが返されま" +"す。\n" "\n" #. performance local max rate help 1/1 @@ -1506,8 +1530,10 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " +"permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " +"permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "匿名ユーザと認証ユーザの許可 \n" @@ -1535,7 +1561,8 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " +"login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "匿名ユーザのアップロード許可 \n" @@ -1549,13 +1576,16 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " +"directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " +"after login.\n" msgstr "" "匿名ユーザにディレクトリ作成を許可 \n" "匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するかどうかを指定します。\n" "vsftpd のみ: 匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するには、\n" -"ログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。\n" +"ログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。</" +"p>\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1672,13 +1702,15 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " +"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "セキュリティの設定 \n" "SSL/TLS を無効にする SSL/TLS の暗号化を無効にします。\n" "SSL/TLS を受け入れる SSL/TLS の暗号化を受け入れます。\n" -"SSL/TLS 無しでの接続を拒否する 匿名ユーザの接続を含め、 SSL/TLS で暗号化を\n" +"SSL/TLS 無しでの接続を拒否する 匿名ユーザの接続を含め、 SSL/TLS で暗号" +"化を\n" "行なわない接続を拒否します。\n" "" @@ -1875,12 +1907,20 @@ "書き込み許可のあるディレクトリを指定する必要があります。" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" -msgstr "匿名接続の場合、匿名ユーザ用のホームディレクトリは書き込み禁止である必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access.\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名接続の場合、匿名ユーザ用のホームディレクトリは書き込み禁止である必要があ" +"ります。\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 -msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." -msgstr "匿名接続の場合、匿名ユーザ用のホームディレクトリは書き込み禁止である必要があります。" +msgid "" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access." +msgstr "" +"匿名接続の場合、匿名ユーザ用のホームディレクトリは書き込み禁止である必要があ" +"ります。" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -1903,7 +1943,9 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 -msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgid "" +"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " +"connection is missing." msgstr "SSL 接続用の証明書 <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> がありません。" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -1930,8 +1972,12 @@ msgstr "vsftpd を設定しますか？それとも pure-ftpd を設定しますか？" #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 -msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." -msgstr "お使いのシステムには両方のデーモンがインストールされています。対話形式での設定作業が必要です。" +msgid "" +"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " +"in interactive mode." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムには両方のデーモンがインストールされています。対話形式での設" +"定作業が必要です。" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 @@ -1989,20 +2035,21 @@ msgstr "匿名接続用のアップロードディレクトリを作成できませんでした。" #. anonymous dir -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 msgid "<ul>FTP daemon is not configured.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>FTP デーモンは設定されていません。</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 msgid "FTP daemon" msgstr "FTP デーモン" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 msgid "FTP daemon %1" msgstr "FTP デーモン %1" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "これらの項目が設定されます" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:29+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -63,11 +63,9 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster の設定" @@ -118,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr "調停サーバ" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -136,237 +134,296 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "サイト" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "ticket" msgstr "チケット" -#. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "認証" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "キャンセル (&N)" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "認証ファイル" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" +"相対パスは /etc/booth 内に保存されます。絶対パスは直接使用することができま" +"す。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "" +"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" +"booth/<key>." +msgstr "" +"新しく作成した geo クラスタの場合、下記のボタンを押して /etc/booth/<鍵> を作" +"成してください。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "" +"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node " +"manually." +msgstr "" +"既存の geo クラスタに参加するには、他のノードから手作業で /etc/booth/<鍵> " +"ファイルをコピーしてください。" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "認証鍵ファイルの生成" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "基本" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "正しい IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "チケットと有効期限を入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "timeout" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "retries" msgstr "再試行" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "weights" msgstr "重さ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "expire" msgstr "有効期限" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "タイムアウトの値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "有効期限が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter の値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "再試行の値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "再試行の値には 3 以上を指定してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "重さの値が正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "チケットには何らかの値を指定する必要があります" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "お使いの調停サーバの IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "調停サーバの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトに対する IP アドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "お使いのサイトの IP アドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "その名前のチケットは既に存在しています。" -#. abort? -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "設定名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "設定名には重複した値を指定することはできません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "ポートが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "トランスポートの値を指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "調停サーバを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "サイトの値を指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "チケットの値を指定しなければなりません！" +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に失敗しました " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に成功しました。 " + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster の設定選択" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "設定ファイルの選択:" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "認証設定" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "準備しています..." -#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "グローバル conf 設定を書き込めません。" #. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込めません。" #. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth #. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "グローバルチケット設定を書き込めません。" #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster の設定を準備しています" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "SuSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" - -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定の読み込み" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "SuSEFirewall 設定の読み込み" + #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo Cluster の設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall 設定の書き込み" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall 設定を書き込んでいます" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込めません。" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." @@ -425,3 +482,4 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定概要 ..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:06+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -151,10 +151,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3091 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3138 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3150 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3154 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3183 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3070 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3170 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3041 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3052 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3061 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3210 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -362,29 +362,47 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." -msgstr " ポート には Apache2 が待ち受けるポート番号を指定します。既定は 80 です。 " +msgid "" +"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " +"default is 80." +msgstr "" +" ポート には Apache2 が待ち受けるポート番号を指定します。既定は 80 " +"です。 " #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "サービスを提供するインターフェイス にはこのホストに設定された全ての IP アドレスが表示されています。 IP アドレスのチェックを付けることで Apache2 がそのインターフェイスに対してサービスを提供するようになります。よくわからない場合は全てを選択しておいてください。" +msgid "" +"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " +"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " +"listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "" +"サービスを提供するインターフェイス にはこのホストに設定された全て" +"の IP アドレスが表示されています。 IP アドレスのチェックを付けることで " +"Apache2 がそのインターフェイスに対してサービスを提供するようになります。よく" +"わからない場合は全てを選択しておいてください。" #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "ここでは Apache2 サーバがサポートするスクリプト言語を選択することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは Apache2 サーバがサポートするスクリプト言語を選択することができま" +"す。" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "概要には 完了 を押したときに Apache2 の設定ファイルに書き込まれる設定内容を表示しています。" +msgid "" +"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " +"configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "" +"概要には 完了 を押したときに Apache2 の設定ファイルに書き込まれる設" +"定内容を表示しています。" #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +"" msgstr "" " HTTP サーバの熟練者向け設定 \n" "\t\tを押すと設定を書き込む前により詳しい設定を行なうことができます。 " @@ -396,21 +414,24 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " +"displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>HTTP サーバモジュールの編集</big> \n" "この表には全ての利用可能な Apache2 モジュールが表示されています。\n" "最初の列にはモジュールの名前が記されています。\n" "2 つめの列にはサーバがそのモジュールを読み込むかどうかを\n" -"表示しています。 '有効' になっているモジュールが読み込まれます。最後の列にはそのモジュールについての\n" +"表示しています。 '有効' になっているモジュールが読み込まれます。最後の列には" +"そのモジュールについての\n" "簡潔な説明が記されています。" #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "モジュールの状態を変更するには、該当する項目を一覧から選択して\n" " ステータスの切り替え を押してください。\n" @@ -428,7 +449,8 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " +"choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTPサーバの設定</big> \n" @@ -446,8 +468,10 @@ msgstr "" " ファイアウオールで選択したポートを開く を選択すると、\n" " Apache2 の待ち受けポートの設定に応じてファイアウオールの設定を修正します。\n" -"ファイアウオールのインターフェイス設定が追加されたり削除されたりすることはありません。\n" -"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効に設定されている場合にのみ利用できます。\n" +"ファイアウオールのインターフェイス設定が追加されたり削除されたりすることはあ" +"りません。\n" +"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効に設定されている場合にのみ利用できま" +"す。\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 @@ -465,10 +489,13 @@ "Hosts contains a list of hosts configured for the server.\n" msgstr "" "オプションの一覧には\n" -"サーバ設定のうちのいくつかを表示しています。 インターフェイスとポートの設定\n" -" には、サーバが外部からの要求を受け入れるために待ち受けるポートと IP アドレスの\n" +"サーバ設定のうちのいくつかを表示しています。 インターフェイスとポートの設" +"定\n" +" には、サーバが外部からの要求を受け入れるために待ち受けるポートと IP アドレス" +"の\n" "一覧を表示しています。\n" -"モジュール ではサーバが読み込むモジュールについての設定を行なうことが\n" +"モジュール ではサーバが読み込むモジュールについての設定を行なうこと" +"が\n" "できます。\n" "既定のホスト には既定のホストとして利用されるサーバの名前を\n" "表示しています。既定のホストの名前が指定されていない場合は、\n" @@ -478,8 +505,12 @@ #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." -msgstr "一覧から適切なエントリを選択して 編集 を押すと設定を変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " +"change settings." +msgstr "" +"一覧から適切なエントリを選択して 編集 を押すと設定を変更することが" +"できます。" #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 @@ -491,68 +522,90 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " +"used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>設定済みホスト</big> \n" "ここには設定済みホストの一覧を表示しています。ホストのうちいずれか 1 つが\n" -"既定としてマークされています (アスタリスク '*' で表示しています) 。既定のホストは、外部からの要求に対して\n" -"どの仮想ホストにも該当しなかった場合に利用されます。ホストを既定に設定するには、\n" +"既定としてマークされています (アスタリスク '*' で表示しています) 。既定のホス" +"トは、外部からの要求に対して\n" +"どの仮想ホストにも該当しなかった場合に利用されます。ホストを既定に設定するに" +"は、\n" " 既定として設定 を押します。\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " +"Delete." msgstr "" -"ホストを編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押してください。\n" -"また、ホストを追加するには、 追加 を押してください。ホストを削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。" +"ホストを編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押してく" +"ださい。\n" +"また、ホストを追加するには、 追加 を押してください。ホストを削除するに" +"は、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " +"click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>ホスト設定</big> \n" -"ホストの設定を編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押してください。\n" -"また、オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。オプションを削除するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。" +"ホストの設定を編集するには、一覧から該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押して" +"ください。\n" +"また、オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。オプションを削除" +"するには、一覧から選択して 削除 を押してください。" #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" +"b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " +"Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -" サーバ解決 オプションでは、仮想ホストを利用する際のホスト解決方法を指定することが\n" +" サーバ解決 オプションでは、仮想ホストを利用する際のホスト解決方法" +"を指定することが\n" "\tできます。ただし、 HTTP ヘッダによる解決 を選択すると、\n" -"\t名前ベースの仮想ホストに設定した IP アドレス宛のリクエストは、既定のサーバで処理されなくなります。\n" -"\t SSL を利用した仮想ホストを使用する場合は、 IP アドレスによる解決 を選択してください。" +"\t名前ベースの仮想ホストに設定した IP アドレス宛のリクエストは、既定のサーバ" +"で処理されなくなります。\n" +"\t SSL を利用した仮想ホストを使用する場合は、 IP アドレスによる解決 を" +"選択してください。" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " +"interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ホストの待ち受け設定</big> \n" -"待ち受けポートとアドレスの設定 では、 HTTP サーバが要求を受け入れるべきポートとネットワークインターフェイスを\n" +"待ち受けポートとアドレスの設定 では、 HTTP サーバが要求を受け入れるべ" +"きポートとネットワークインターフェイスを\n" "選択することができます。\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " +"the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"項目を編集するには、該当の項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"新しい項目を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。項目を削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" +"項目を編集するには、該当の項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してくださ" +"い。\n" +"新しい項目を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。項目を削除するに" +"は、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -571,23 +624,30 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " +"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "一般的な振る舞いは SSL のオプションで設定することができます。\n" -" SSL を全くサポートしない場合は (<tt>SSL 無し</tt>) を、 SSL 有りと無しの両方のアクセスを受け入れる場合は (<tt>許可</tt>) \n" -"を、 SSL による暗号化のみを受け入れる場合は (<tt>必要</tt>) をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" +" SSL を全くサポートしない場合は (<tt>SSL 無し</tt>) を、 SSL 有りと無しの両方" +"のアクセスを受け入れる場合は (<tt>許可</tt>) \n" +"を、 SSL による暗号化のみを受け入れる場合は (<tt>必要</tt>) をそれぞれ選択し" +"てください。\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " +"the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " +"click Delete." msgstr "" -"オプションを変更するには、該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押してください。\n" -"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。オプションを削除するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" +"オプションを変更するには、該当する項目を選んで 編集 を押してくださ" +"い。\n" +"新しいオプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。オプションを削除" +"するには、削除する項目を選んで 削除 を押してください。" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -599,7 +659,8 @@ "common certificate issued for this host.\n" msgstr "" "証明書 メニューでは\n" -"サーバ証明書をインポートすることができます。 サーバ証明書のインポート \n" +"サーバ証明書をインポートすることができます。 サーバ証明書のインポート</" +"b> \n" " を押すと独自に発行された証明書を使用することができます。\n" "共通サーバ証明書の使用 を選択すると、このホスト用に\n" "発行された共通サーバ証明書を使用することができます。\n" @@ -610,14 +671,16 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: SSL を利用できるようにするには、 <tt>mod_ssl</tt> モジュールを\n" +"注意: SSL を利用できるようにするには、 <tt>mod_ssl</tt> モジュール" +"を\n" "読み込むようサーバ側で設定する必要があります。\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +"" msgstr "" "<big>新しいホスト</big> \n" "このダイアログでは新しい仮想ホストに関する基本情報を入力してください。" @@ -626,16 +689,19 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " +"name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "サーバ識別子 では新しい仮想ホストの\n" -"コンテンツと連絡方法を指定することができます。 サーバ名 はサーバが返却する HTTP ヘッダに記載される\n" +"コンテンツと連絡方法を指定することができます。 サーバ名 はサーバが返却" +"する HTTP ヘッダに記載される\n" " DNS 名を指定します。 サーバコンテンツのルート\n" -" は、この仮想ホストが提供するドキュメントのあるディレクトリを絶対パスで指定します。\n" +" は、この仮想ホストが提供するドキュメントのあるディレクトリを絶対パスで指定し" +"ます。\n" " 管理者のメールアドレス はこの仮想ホストに対して連絡を取る場合の\n" "連絡先メールアドレスを記入します。\n" @@ -647,26 +713,32 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " +"host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" +"b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サーバ解決</big> \n" "Apache2 では HTTP リクエストに応答する際、どの仮想ホストの設定を\n" "使用すべきかを決定できなければなりません。\n" -"これには 2 つの基本的な解決方法があります。 1 つ目の方法はリクエスト内の HTTP ヘッダを利用し、\n" +"これには 2 つの基本的な解決方法があります。 1 つ目の方法はリクエスト内の " +"HTTP ヘッダを利用し、\n" "その中に書かれているホスト名をサーバ内で探す方法です。\n" -"もう 1 つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが指定した IP アドレスを元に\n" +"もう 1 つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが指定した IP アドレスを" +"元に\n" "決定する方法です。\n" -" SSL ベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、 IP アドレスによる解決 を選択してください。\n" +" SSL ベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、 IP アドレスによる解決 を選択" +"してください。\n" "詳しい情報は Apache2 マニュアルをお読みください。\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " +"host." msgstr "" "<big>仮想ホストの詳細</big> \n" "このダイアログでは仮想ホストに関する追加情報を設定することができます。" @@ -675,10 +747,13 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " +"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" -" CGI スクリプトを動作させるには、 この仮想ホストの CGI を有効にする を選び、\n" -" CGI ディレクトリパス を設定してください。このディレクトリは <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> の URL でアクセスできるようになります。" +" CGI スクリプトを動作させるには、 この仮想ホストの CGI を有効にする</" +"b> を選び、\n" +" CGI ディレクトリパス を設定してください。このディレクトリは <tt>/cgi-" +"bin/</tt> の URL でアクセスできるようになります。" #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -688,15 +763,22 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"この仮想ホストに対して HTTPS アクセスを行なうには、 この仮想ホストに対する SSL のサポートを有効にする を選んでください。\n" +"この仮想ホストに対して HTTPS アクセスを行なうには、 この仮想ホストに対" +"する SSL のサポートを有効にする を選んでください。\n" "\n" "その後 証明書ファイルのパス に証明書ファイルのパスを入力して\n" "ください。このオプションは IP ベースの仮想ホストでのみ利用できます。\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr " ディレクトリインデックス には、ディレクトリ宛の要求 (<tt>/</tt> で終わる要求) が届いたときに提供するファイルをスペース区切りで指定します。それぞれのディレクトリ内で最初に見つかったものを利用します。" +msgid "" +"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " +"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " +"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "" +" ディレクトリインデックス には、ディレクトリ宛の要求 (<tt>/</tt> で" +"終わる要求) が届いたときに提供するファイルをスペース区切りで指定します。それ" +"ぞれのディレクトリ内で最初に見つかったものを利用します。" #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -707,7 +789,8 @@ msgstr "" "公開 HTML\n" "\n" -"を選択すると、各ユーザのホームディレクトリにある <tt>public_html</tt> サブディレクトリにアクセスすることができるようになります。 " +"を選択すると、各ユーザのホームディレクトリにある <tt>public_html</tt> サブ" +"ディレクトリにアクセスすることができるようになります。 " #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -721,9 +804,9 @@ #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2399 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2413 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2417 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3297 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3302 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "全てのアドレス" @@ -777,37 +860,37 @@ msgstr "初期化しています ..." #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:116 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP サーバの設定を準備しています" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:127 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境の確認" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:129 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2 設定の読み込み" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の読み込み" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:135 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境を確認しています..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:137 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Apache2 の設定を読み込んでいます..." #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:139 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定を読み込んでいます..." @@ -816,23 +899,27 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:141 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:367 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:408 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:489 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." -msgstr "HTTP サーバを設定するにはパッケージ %1 をインストールする必要があります。" +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "" +"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"HTTP サーバを設定するにはパッケージ %1 をインストールする必要があり" +"ます。" #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "今すぐインストールしますか？" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:180 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -848,52 +935,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:208 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:232 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "設定ファイル '%1' がありません。" #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:264 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "このマシンで実行されている DNS サーバはありません。" #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:381 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP サーバの設定を保存しています" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:392 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2 の設定の書き込み" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:395 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2 サービスの有効化" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:397 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2 サービスの無効化" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:404 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2サービスを有効にします..." #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:406 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2 サービスを無効にしています..." #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -906,17 +993,17 @@ "インストールしますか？\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:529 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "モジュールの説明には名前が書かれていません。無視しています。" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "自動インストール用モジュールの不明な変更: %1" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:560 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -925,38 +1012,38 @@ "モジュールの設定に矛盾が生じる恐れがあります。" #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:575 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "ポート指定なしの Listen ステートメントが見つかりました。" #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:678 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>インターフェイスとポートの設定</h3>" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:698 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>既定のホスト</h3>" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:717 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:747 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " , ドキュメントルート: " #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:722 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:751 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:726 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>仮想ホスト</h3>" @@ -1070,7 +1157,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3476 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "サービスを提供するインターフェイス (&L)" @@ -1277,24 +1364,24 @@ msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "管理者のメールアドレスは必ず指定してください。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1710 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "全てのアドレス (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "サーバ名" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1804 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "仮想ホストの ID を指定する必要があります。" #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1819 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1304,63 +1391,64 @@ "名前ベースの仮想ホストを利用するには、\n" "これら仮想ホストの要求を受け付ける IP アドレスを\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" -"全てのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため '*' または '*:(ポート番号)' を指定することもできます。" +"全てのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため '*' または '*:(ポート番号)' を指定する" +"こともできます。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1855 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "マスターゾーン %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1873 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "レコード %1 はゾーン %2 にすでに存在しています。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1881 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS 設定" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1885 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "ゾーンに追加" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "ゾーン名" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "新しいゾーンの作成" #. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI ディレクトリ" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "証明書ファイルを選択" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2040 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "証明書ファイルを入力してください。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2046 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルの選択" #. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2058 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "鍵ファイルを入力してください。" #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2194 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "証明書の選択" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2224 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1369,61 +1457,63 @@ "%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2431 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "ネットワークアドレス (&A):" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2476 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3444 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "ポート番号が正しくありません。" #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2942 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "HTTP ヘッダによる解決" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2945 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "IP アドレスによる解決" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "モジュール依存関係の問題" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "これは以下のものを必要とします " -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3113 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." -msgstr "必要なモジュールを有効化するか、もしくは最初に表示されたものを無効化してください。" +msgstr "" +"必要なモジュールを有効化するか、もしくは最初に表示されたものを無効化してくだ" +"さい。" #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3223 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "新しいモジュール名 (&N):" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3241 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "追加するモジュール名を指定する必要があります。" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3244 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "モジュールはすでに一覧に含まれています。" #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3307 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "項目 '%1' はすでに存在します。" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3328 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1432,84 +1522,84 @@ "指定する必要があります。" #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3495 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのインターフェイスを選択する必要があります。" #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3522 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "PHP5 スクリプトを有効にする (&P)" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3530 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Perl スクリプトを有効にする (&E)" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3538 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Python スクリプトを有効にする (&Y)" #. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:679 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:762 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "仮想ホスト '%s' のキーが正しくありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "内部エラー: データは %s ではなく配列参照である必要があります。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "不正なホスト ID です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:795 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "ホスト ID は既に存在します" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:834 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "既定のホストを削除できません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:855 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "ホスト ID が見つかりません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1270 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "正しくないポート指定" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "ファイアウオールルールの書き込みに失敗しました" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1334 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "削除する待ち受け値が見つかりません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1680 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1763 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1807 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "指定された ID を使用するホストを取得できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1596 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1643 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1690 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "PEM データが壊れています。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "このホスト ID に対して設定された証明書鍵ファイルがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "鍵ファイルの解析が失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "このホスト ID に対して設定された証明機関の証明書ファイルがありません。" @@ -1517,223 +1607,243 @@ msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "クライアントのホスト名または IP アドレスなどを元にアクセス制御を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "メディア種類または要求されたメソッドを元に CGI スクリプトを実行する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" -msgstr "ドキュメントの木構造とコンピュータ内のファイルシステムの割り当てを設定したり転送したりする" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "" +"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " +"URL redirection" +msgstr "" +"ドキュメントの木構造とコンピュータ内のファイルシステムの割り当てを設定したり" +"転送したりする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "ベーシック認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:56 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "テキストファイルを使用したユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:64 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "ユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:72 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "テキストファイルを使用したグループ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:81 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "DBM ファイルを使用したユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Unix の ls コマンドのように自動的にディレクトリ一覧を生成する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGI スクリプトの実行" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "末尾のスラッシュの転送を行なったりディレクトリ一覧ファイルを提供したりする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "CGI スクリプトや SSI ページに渡す環境変数を変更する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "ユーザが指定した条件に従って Expires (有効期限) の HTTP ヘッダを生成する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "サーバで解析される HTML 文書 (SSI; サーバサイドインクルード)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:175 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "サーバへの要求を記録する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "" +"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " +"content" msgstr "ファイル名の拡張子をファイルの動作と内容情報に関連付ける" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "コンテンツネゴシエーション機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "" +"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " +"request" msgstr "要求の特性に基づいて環境変数の設定を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "サーバの動作およびパフォーマンスに関する情報を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "特定のユーザやグループでの CGI スクリプトの実行を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "ユーザ固有のディレクトリ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:260 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "独自の HTTP ヘッダを含むファイルを送信する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:266 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "認証エリアへの \"匿名 (anonymous)\" ユーザのアクセスを許可する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:287 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "MD5 ダイジェストによるユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "" +"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " +"authentication" msgstr "HTTP ベーシック認証のデータベースを保存するために LDAP ディレクトリを使用する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "URI を元にしたコンテンツキャッシュ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "文字セットの変換または再コード化を指定する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) 機能" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:362 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "mod_dav のファイルシステムプロバイダ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:373 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "クライアントに配信する前にコンテンツを圧縮する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:392 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "URI を元にしたコンテンツキャッシュストレージマネージャ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "プロトコルモジュールを説明する単純なエコーサーバ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "" +"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " +"client" msgstr "クライアントに配信する前に応答本体を外部プログラムに渡す" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "ファイルの静的リストをメモリにキャッシュする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:436 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "HTTP 要求と応答ヘッダのカスタマイズ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:449 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "サーバ側のイメージマップ処理" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:460 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "サーバ設定の概要を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "" +"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " +"modules" msgstr "他の LDAP モジュール用の LDAP 接続プールと結果キャッシュサービス" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "要求ごとの入出力バイト数の記録" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "ファイルの冒頭部分を調べて MIME タイプを決定する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 プロキシ／ゲートウエイサーバ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:566 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 用の AJP サポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:573 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "CONNECT 要求処理用の mod_proxy 拡張を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:580 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 用の FTP サポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:586 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 用の HTTP サポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "要求された URL をその場で書き直すことのできるルールベースの書き換え機能を提供する" +msgstr "" +"要求された URL をその場で書き直すことのできるルールベースの書き換え機能を提供" +"する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "ユーザが入力した URL の誤りの訂正を試みる" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) と TLS (Transport Layer Security) プロトコルを使用した強力な暗号化を行なう" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "" +"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " +"Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" +"SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) と TLS (Transport Layer Security) プロトコルを使用" +"した強力な暗号化を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "要求ごとに固有の識別子を持つ環境変数を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "サイト内でのユーザの行動を記録する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "多数の仮想ホストを動的に設定する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "PHP5 でページを動的に生成する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Perl でページを動的に生成する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Python でページを動的に生成する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Apache 内での AppArmor によるプロセス制限機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Subversion 向けのサポートを提供する" @@ -1749,3 +1859,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "SSL とホスト名ベースの仮想ホストの組み合わせは設定できません。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-07 09:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-07 20:57+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:12+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -22,206 +22,429 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "インストール処理を準備しています..." + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "初期システム設定を準備しています..." + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"インストールの制御ファイルが見つかりません。\n" +"インストールを続行することができません。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. progress step title -#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "YaST の設定を書き込んでいます..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "インストールが間もなく完了します..." + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いのコンピュータは、グラフィカルインストールの必要条件を\n" +"満たしていません。お使いのメモリが %1 MB より少ないか、\n" +"X サーバを起動することができませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"代替としてテキスト版の YaST2 がインストールをご案内します。\n" +"このフロントエンド機能はグラフィカルなものと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" +"画面の表示はマニュアル上の表記とは異なります。\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"グラフィカルインターフェイスを開始できませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"必要なパッケージがインストールされていない (最低限のインストールなど)\n" +"か、もしくはお使いのグラフィックカードに対応していません。\n" +"\n" +"代替としてテキスト版の YaST2 がインストールをご案内します。\n" +"このフロントエンド機能はグラフィカルなものと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" +"画面の表示はマニュアル上の表記とは異なります。\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "サービス %1 の開始" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "サービス %1 を開始しています..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "ネットワークの設定" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "ネットワーク設定を調整しています。" + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"前回のインストール作業が失敗しています。\n" +"失敗したインストールを続行しますか？\n" +"\n" +"注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行なう必要があります。" + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"前回のインストール作業が中止されています。\n" +"中断したインストールを続行しますか？\n" +"\n" +"注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行なう必要があります。" + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "インストールを開始しています..." + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "インストールの確認" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "基本インストールに必要なすべての情報が集まりました。" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション は、\n" +"直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに 削除 または フォーマット\n" +"(パーティション内の 全てのデータが消去) されます。" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"続行すると、お使いのコンピュータのハードディスクにある\n" +"パーティションは、直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに\n" +"変更されます。" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "何か不安な箇所があれば戻って確認してください。" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "更新を確認" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "更新に必要なすべての情報が集まりました。" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"続行すると、お使いのコンピュータのハードディスクは、直前のダイアログで\n" +"設定したとおりに上書きされます。" + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "更新開始 (&U)" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定 (&L)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</a>)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</a>)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which " +"will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブラックリストに設定" +"したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使いください。" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定を行なっています..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." msgstr "必要に応じて AutoYaST プロファイルを作成しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 システム設定の複製 を選択して" -"ください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段で" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 システム設定の複製 を選択してください。\n" +"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" +"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するためのプロファイルが必要となりま" "す。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するためのプロファイル" -"が必要となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存さ" +"れます。" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" msgstr "インストールの完了時、 AutoYaST プロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みますか？" #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "システム設定の複製" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "システム設定の複製 (&C)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST のプロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みます (<a href=\"%1\">" -"作成しない</a>)" +"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</" +"a>)." +msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイルを /root/autoinst.xml に書き込みます (<a href=\"%1\">作成しない</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイルを保存しません (<a href=\"%1\">作成する</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "インストールしたシステムへファイルをコピーしています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_logs_finish.rb:67 -msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." -msgstr "インストールしたシステムへログファイルをコピーしています..." - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "インストールされたシステムへシステムファイルをコピーしています..." #. Create a summary #. return string -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: enabled" msgstr "イメージからのインストール: 有効" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: disabled" msgstr "イメージからのインストール: 無効" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:111 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:116 -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "イメージからのインストール" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用す" -"ることができます。" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "RPM のインストールを高速化するため、 Novell 側で事前設定したイメージを利用することができます。" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "イメージからインストールする (&I)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "イメージからはインストールしない (&D)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "カスタムなイメージ配置 - インストール元として URL を設定する必要があります" #. Image name, Image location -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "ここでは、カスタムなイメージを作成することができます。\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "ここでイメージを作成する前に、ソフトウエアの選択を設定しなければなりません" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセ" -"スします)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "イメージファイルの作成 (インストールの際、 AutoYaST は指定された場所にアクセスします)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "イメージの作成" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "AutoYaST がイメージを検索する場所を指定してください。 (http://host/ のように)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "イメージの名前を指定してください。 (my_image のように)" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "ISO の作成 (イメージと autoinst.xml がメディア上に作成されます)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:227 src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利" -"用します。\n" -"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップ" -"ショットが\n" -"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方" -"法で\n" +"イメージからインストールする は、インストールを素早く行なうために利用します。\n" +"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップショットが\n" +"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方法で\n" "インストールします。\n" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" -"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成</" -"b>\n" -"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なう" -"ことのできる\n" +"RPM のインストール手順を完全に飛ばしたい場合は、 独自のイメージを作成\n" +"を使用することができます。その代わり、 AutoYaST は高速かつ事前に設定を行なうことのできる\n" "ハードディスク上にイメージを生成します。\n" -"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ない" -"ます。" +"RPM インストール以外の全ての作業は、通常の自動インストールのようにして行ないます。" -#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" msgstr "イメージを作成する前に、ソフトウエアの選択を行なう必要があります" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the " +"images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケー" -"ジのタイムスタンプは、\n" -"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注" -"意してください。" +"なお、イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在する全てのパッケージのタイムスタンプ" +"は、\n" +"実際のインストール時刻ではなく、イメージを作成した時刻になってしまうことに注意してください。</" +"p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." @@ -229,12 +452,12 @@ "現在の選択パターンが保存されているイメージのどれにも合致しない場合、\n" "イメージからのインストールは既定で無効になっています。" -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "エラー: イメージは以下のモードでは利用できません: %1" #. changed to true -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -247,49 +470,45 @@ "どのイメージにも適合しません。\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "イメージからのインストール (&I)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "利用可能なインストールイメージがありません" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "イメージからのインストールが有効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">無効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</" -"a>)" +msgstr "イメージからのインストールが無効になっています (<a href=\"%1\">有効にする</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "既定のウインドウマネージャを準備しています..." #. feedback heading -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:52 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストール" #. feedback message -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:54 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリ内での利用可能なパッケージを読み込んでいます..." #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -303,33 +522,33 @@ #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:166 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "%1 %2 向けの更新" -#: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "更新の実行" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "更新処理を飛ばす" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "オンライン更新" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:75 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "オンライン更新を実行しますか？" -#: src/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" @@ -341,43 +560,48 @@ #. Build dialog #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "言語／キーボード／ライセンス同意" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:92 -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:218 src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語 (&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボードレイアウト (&K)" #. bnc #359456 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します (&A)" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "キーボードのテスト (&E)" + #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス同意" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:143 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ライセンス翻訳 (&T) ..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -385,29 +609,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイ" -"アウト を\n" +"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" "選択してください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "インストールを続行するには、ライセンスを受け入れる必要があります。\n" -"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することが" -"できます。\n" +"ライセンス翻訳... を押すと、利用可能なライセンスの翻訳を表示することができます。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -418,7 +639,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -431,7 +652,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -449,23 +670,23 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "リリースノート (&L)..." -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "この製品をインストールするには、ライセンスに合意しなければなりません" #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "ZMD サービスを無効にする (&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.\n" @@ -475,22 +696,22 @@ #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製する (&C)" #. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "インストールが完了しました" #. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "おめでとうございます！" #. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -499,22 +720,22 @@ "完了 を押すとログインすることができます。\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "Visit us at %1." msgstr " %1 にアクセスしてください。" #. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "お楽しみください！ SUSE 開発チーム一同" #. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "システムが使用可能になりました。" #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -523,7 +744,7 @@ "ログイン画面に進みます。\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -534,50 +755,36 @@ "SUSE の 'ようこそ' ダイアログも合わせてご覧ください。\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製" -"する を選択してください。\n" -"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段で" -"す。\n" -"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要" -"となります。\n" -"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには、 このシステムを AutoYaST 用に複製する を選択して" +"ください。\n" +"AutoYaST とは、ユーザの対話操作無しで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" +"AutoYaST では、インストールするシステムの設定方法を指定するプロファイルが必要となります。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存さ" +"れます。" -#. Dialog busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:265 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -msgid "Finishing the installation..." -msgstr "インストールが間もなく完了します..." - #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなけれ" -"ばなりません。" +msgstr "現在のシステムを複製するには、 %1 パッケージをインストールしなければなりません。" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "インストールしますか？" -#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "autoyast2 パッケージがインストールされていません。複製は無効になります。" #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "システムを再起動します..." @@ -586,15 +793,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "イメージを配置しています..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -603,257 +811,235 @@ "インストールを中止しています...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "デバッグが有効になっています。\n" "YaST はパッケージの状態を調べるため、パッケージマネージャを起動します。" #. unknown image -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "イメージ %1 を速度 %1/s でダウンロードしています" -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "イメージ %1 を速度 %2/s でダウンロードしています" #. reset the label -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "イメージを配置しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "イメージ %1 を配置しています..." #. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." msgstr "配置先のディスクを選択してください。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "ディスク内にある全てのデータが失われます!!!" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "使用するディスク (&D)" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and " +"the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" -"イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全" -"てのデータは失われ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成さ" -"れます。" +"イメージの配置先となるディスクを選択してください。指定したディスク内にある全てのデータは失わ" +"れ、イメージ内で設定されているとおりにパーティションが作成されます。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "イメージを配置するためのハードディスク" #. popup label -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "利用可能なコントローラを検出しています" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD ディスクの設定 (&D)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP ディスクの設定 (&Z)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "FCoE インターフェイスの設定 (&F)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSI ディスクの設定 (&I)" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の変更 (&W)" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "インストール - 準備作業" -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#. popup headline (#x1) -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:379 -msgid "Starting Installation..." -msgstr "インストールを開始しています..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "インストールが始まりました!" #. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "インストール処理を準備しています..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "下記の追加リポジトリ内にパッケージ更新が見つかりました:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャを起動し、更新の確認とインストールを行ないますか？" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "パッケージ更新の表示 (&P)" #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "基礎部分のインストール完了処理" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "呼び出すべき完了スクリプトの一覧を作成しています..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "インストールしたシステムへのファイルコピー" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "設定の保存" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "インストール設定の保存" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "ブートローダのインストール" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "初期起動のためのシステム準備" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "ステージを確認しています: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "ステップ %1 を呼び出しています..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "インストールエラー" #. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "同意します (&A)" #. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "同意しません (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "インストール作業を準備しています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "初期システム設定を準備しています..." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "インストールオプション" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:153 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." - #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:180 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "インストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する (&A)" #. check box -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする (&C)" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>インストールオプション</big>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -864,40 +1050,37 @@ "インストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する を選んでください。" #. help text for installation method -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするに" -"は、\n" -"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでくだ" -"さい。\n" +"&product; と共に、別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするには、\n" +"別途のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする を選んでください。\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com " +"site." msgstr "" -"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://" -"drivers.suse.com サイトをご確認ください。 " +"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 http://drivers.suse.com</" +"i> サイトをご確認ください。 " #. Error message -#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "内部エラー: 表示するライセンスがありません" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" @@ -908,46 +1091,44 @@ "そうでなければ飛ばしてもかまいません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "今すぐネットワークカードを設定しますか？" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "選択" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "はい、ネットワークの設定を行ないます (&Y)" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "いいえ、ネットワークの設定を飛ばします (&S)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.\n" msgstr "現在のインストールシステムではネットワークが設定されていません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "ネットワーク上のリポジトリやアドオン製品を利用するには、ネットワーク\n" -"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定" -"を\n" +"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定を\n" "飛ばすこともできます。\n" #. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -956,43 +1137,37 @@ "詳しくはログファイル %1 をお読みください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なる" -"デスクトップ環境を\n" +" Linux では 選択 が最も重要です。 openSUSE では複数の異なるデスクトップ環境" +"を\n" "提供しています。ここでは有名な 2 種類のデスクトップ環境、\n" "GNOME と KDE を表示しています。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" "その他 のオプションを選択すると、上記以外のデスクトップ環境\n" "(または最小インストールパターンのうちのいずれか) を選択することができます。\n" -"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスク" -"トップ環境の選択を変更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値" -"を選択します。" +"ソフトウエアの選択を行なった後や、インストールが完了した後からでも、デスクトップ環境の選択を変" +"更したり追加したりすることができます。この画面では既定値を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "デスクトップの選択" #. UI wait loop -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 msgid "" "No desktop type was selected.\n" "Select the desired desktop environment." @@ -1001,342 +1176,62 @@ "デスクトップ環境を選択してください。" #. BNC #449818 -#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." msgstr "基本製品が見つかりません。リリースノートが表示されなくなります。" #. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "ディスクを準備しています..." -#. kilobytes -#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:125 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." -#. question in a popup box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 -msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "すべての設定を既定値に戻してもよろしいですか?" - -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 -msgid "You will lose all changes." -msgstr "すべての変更内容が失われます。" - -#. force_reset -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "保存済み設定の場所" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。詳細はログに記録されています。" - -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" -msgstr "ユーザの要求により、設定を飛ばしています" - -#. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" -"resolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "" -"提案された内容にエラーがあります。\n" -"続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" - -#. not using tabs -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 -msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" -msgstr "エラー: タイトルがありません" - -#. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 -msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "現在の設定に沿うよう提案内容を適合させています..." - -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 -msgid "Analyzing your system..." -msgstr "システムを分析しています..." - -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 -msgid "ERROR: No proposal" -msgstr "エラー: 提案項目がありません" - -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 -msgid "" -"Configuration saved.\n" -"There were errors." -msgstr "" -"設定を保存しましたが、\n" -"エラーが発生しました。" - -#. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "インストールの概要" - -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 -msgid "&Skip Configuration" -msgstr "設定をせずに飛ばす (&S)" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 -msgid "&Use Following Configuration" -msgstr "以下の設定を利用する (&U)" - -#. menu button -#. menu button -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "変更 (&C)..." - -#. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "設定のエクスポート (&E)" - -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押すか、\n" -"もしくは下にある \"変更...\" メニューをお使いください。" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 -msgid "Click a headline to make changes." -msgstr "設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押してください。" - -#. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 -msgid "&Reset to defaults" -msgstr "既定値に戻す (&D)" - -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" -"or by using the Change... menu.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"設定を変更するにはヘッドラインのリンクを押すか、\n" -"もしくは 変更... メニューをご利用ください。\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ない" -"ます。\n" -"\n" - -#. kicking out, bug #203811 -#. no such headline -#. // Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. help_text_string = help_text_string + _(" -#. To update an existing &product; system instead of doing a new install, -#. click the Mode headline or select Mode in the -#. Change... menu. -#. -#. "); -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#. Deliberately omitting "boot installed system" here to avoid -#. confusion: The user will be prompted for that if Linux -#. partitions are found. -#. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 -#. -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても" -"問題はありません。\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"更新 ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で更新を行ないます。\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ネットワーク設定を有効化するには 次へ を押してください。\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"サービスの設定を有効化するには 次へ ボタンを押してください。\n" -"\n" - -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"ハードウエアの設定を有効化するには 次へ ボタンを押してください。\n" -"\n" - -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 -msgid "UML Installation Proposal" -msgstr "UML インストールの提案" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 -msgid "" -"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" -"Linux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "" -"UML (User Mode Linux)をインストールすると、ホストシステムで複数の\n" -" Linux 仮想マシンを実行することができます。" - -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"表示されているとおりの設定を利用するには、 次へ を押してください。\n" -"\n" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 -msgid "" -"Some proposals might be\n" -"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" -"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "" -"提案項目のうちのいくつかは管理者によって\n" -"ロック (施錠) されていて、変更できないようです。ロックされている項目を\n" -"変更したい場合は、システム管理者にお尋ねください。\n" - -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 -msgid "&Update" -msgstr "更新 (&U)" - -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 -msgid "&Install" -msgstr "インストール (&I)" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "このモジュールのユーザインターフェイスが見つかりません。" #. combobox item -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "言語 %1" #. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "リリースノート" #. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:249 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "製品 (&P)" #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示され" -"ています。\n" +"インストール済みの Linux システムに対する リリースノート が表示されています。\n" "ここには、新しい機能や変更点などの概要が記されています。\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgstr "リリースノートがインストールされていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:283 -msgid "Starting service %1..." -msgstr "サービス %1 を開始しています..." - #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" @@ -1345,112 +1240,109 @@ "追加のソフトウエアは、後続のソフトウエア提案で選択することができます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "いずれかのシナリオを選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:298 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "シナリオの選択" #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "コンピュータを分析しています" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB デバイスの検出" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB デバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394) デバイスの検出" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394) デバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "フロッピィディスクデバイスの検出" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "フロッピィディスクデバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラの検出" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラを検出しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのカーネルモジュールの読み込み" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのカーネルモジュールを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "ハードディスクの検出" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "ハードディスクを検出しています..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "システムファイルを検索しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャの準備" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "ソフトウエアマネージャを準備しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "システム検出" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出していま" -"す。" +msgstr "YaST はコンピュータのハードウエアと、インストール済みのシステムを検出しています。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse." -"com' をご確認ください。" +"インストール時に特定のハードウエアドライバを必要とする場合は、 'drivers.suse.com' をご確認くだ" +"さい。" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1459,7 +1351,7 @@ "インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\n" "お使いのハードウエアをご確認ください！\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1470,20 +1362,19 @@ "(特に s390 や iSCSI システムの場合)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんで" -"した。\n" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクや、そのコントローラが見つかりませんでした。\n" "お使いのハードウエアをご確認ください。\n" "\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1492,31 +1383,32 @@ "インストールを中止します。" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "削除済み" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:616 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "以前利用していたリポジトリ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1525,39 +1417,46 @@ "設定されています:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "現在の状態" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "リポジトリ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "変更 (&C)..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "有効化／無効化 (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "アップグレードしようとしているシステムに設定されていた、ソフトウエア\n" -"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエア" -"を\n" +"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエアを\n" "含める場合は有効に設定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1566,30 +1465,31 @@ "ボタンを押すか、表内の項目をダブルクリックして切り替えてください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "URL を変更するには 変更... ボタンを押してください。" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "リポジトリ URL (&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:586 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "ネットワークは設定されていません" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:588 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1598,49 +1498,54 @@ "ネットワークを設定しますか？" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:619 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリの追加と削除:" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:622 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:681 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "リポジトリを追加／削除しています。" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:641 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "使用していないリポジトリの削除" #. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:645 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:798 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "使用していないリポジトリを削除しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:652 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "有効化したリポジトリの追加" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:655 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:864 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "有効化したリポジトリを追加しています..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:664 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "無効化したリポジトリの追加" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:668 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "無効化したリポジトリを追加しています..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:838 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "正しいメディアが必要です" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:840 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1654,7 +1559,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:903 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1669,7 +1574,7 @@ "リポジトリは無効な状態で追加されます。" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:940 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1681,7 +1586,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:960 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1693,7 +1598,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:980 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1704,7 +1609,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1715,18 +1620,18 @@ "URL: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ようこそ" #. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "Welcome!" msgstr "ようこそ！" # congratulation text 2/4 #. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1739,7 +1644,7 @@ " \n" #. help ttext -#: src/clients/inst_welcome.rb:88 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "Click Next to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.\n" @@ -1748,110 +1653,103 @@ "基本設定に進みます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "このインストール種類での作業手順は定義されていません。" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "自動設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/kernel_finish.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "カーネルモジュールの依存関係を更新しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:61 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "リンカのキャッシュを設定しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/network_finish.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "インストール済みのシステムを確認しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/proxy_finish.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "プロキシの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "タイムゾーンを保存しています..." # 国国は「手まね言語」 #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "言語を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "コンソールの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "キーボードの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "製品情報を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "自動インストールの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "セキュリティの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "ハードウエアの設定を保存しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "インストール済みのシステムへ SSH の設定をコピーしています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "インストール済みのシステムに移動しています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "マウントされているすべてのデバイスをアンマウントしています..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "システムに X Window System の設定をコピーしています..." -#. progress step title -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:74 -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." -msgstr "YaST の設定を書き込んでいます..." - #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1875,246 +1773,273 @@ "***********************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:50 -msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." -msgstr "インストール環境を準備しています..." +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "インストールしたシステムへログファイルをコピーしています..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "インストール処理を準備しています..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "PREP パーティションを縮小しています..." -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 -msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." -msgstr "初期システム設定を準備しています..." +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "すべての設定を既定値に戻してもよろしいですか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "" -"No installation control file has been found,\n" -"the installer cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"インストールの制御ファイルが見つかりません。\n" -"インストールを続行することができません。" +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "すべての変更内容が失われます。" -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" -"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" -"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" -msgstr "" -"お使いのコンピュータは、グラフィカルインストールの必要条件を\n" -"満たしていません。お使いのメモリが %1 MB より少ないか、\n" -"X サーバを起動することができませんでした。\n" -"\n" -"代替としてテキスト版の YaST2 がインストールをご案内します。\n" -"このフロントエンド機能はグラフィカルなものと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" -"画面の表示はマニュアル上の表記とは異なります。\n" +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "保存済み設定の場所" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました。詳細はログに記録されています。" + +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "ユーザの要求により、設定を飛ばしています" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 msgid "" -"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" -"\n" -"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" -"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" -"\n" -"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" -"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" -"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" -"differ from those in the manual.\n" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" -"グラフィカルインターフェイスを開始できませんでした。\n" -"\n" -"必要なパッケージがインストールされていない (最低限のインストールなど)\n" -"か、もしくはお使いのグラフィックカードに対応していません。\n" -"\n" -"代替としてテキスト版の YaST2 がインストールをご案内します。\n" -"このフロントエンド機能はグラフィカルなものと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" -"画面の表示はマニュアル上の表記とは異なります。\n" +"提案された内容にエラーがあります。\n" +"続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:278 -msgid "Start service %1" -msgstr "サービス %1 の開始" +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." +msgstr "現在の設定に沿うよう提案内容を適合させています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:298 -msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" -msgstr "ネットワークの設定" +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "システムを分析しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:304 -msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." -msgstr "ネットワーク設定を調整しています。" +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "エラー: 提案項目がありません" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:357 +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 msgid "" -"The previous installation has failed.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." msgstr "" -"前回のインストール作業が失敗しています。\n" -"失敗したインストールを続行しますか？\n" -"\n" -"注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行なう必要があります。" +"設定を保存しましたが、\n" +"エラーが発生しました。" -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 -msgid "" -"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" -"Would you like it to continue?\n" -"\n" -"Note: You may have to enter some information again." -msgstr "" -"前回のインストール作業が中止されています。\n" -"中断したインストールを続行しますか？\n" -"\n" -"注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行なう必要があります。" +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "設定をせずに飛ばす (&S)" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:181 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "インストールの確認" +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "以下の設定を利用する (&U)" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:184 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "基本インストールに必要なすべての情報が集まりました。" +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "設定のエクスポート (&E)" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:196 -msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -"続行すると、お使いのハードディスクにある 既存のパーティション " -"は、\n" -"直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに 削除 または フォーマット\n" -"(パーティション内の 全てのデータが消去) されます。" +"設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押すか、\n" +"もしくは下にある \"変更...\" メニューをお使いください。" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:207 -msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." -msgstr "" -"続行すると、お使いのコンピュータのハードディスクにある\n" -"パーティションは、直前のダイアログで設定したとおりに\n" -"変更されます。" +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "設定を変更するには、下記のタイトル部分のリンクを押してください。" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:218 src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "何か不安な箇所があれば戻って確認してください。" +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "既定値に戻す (&D)" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:224 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "更新を確認" +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "更新 (&U)" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:228 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "更新に必要なすべての情報が集まりました。" +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "インストール (&I)" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:230 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "インストールの概要" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 msgid "" -"\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"\n" -"続行すると、お使いのコンピュータのハードディスクは、直前のダイアログで\n" -"設定したとおりに上書きされます。" +"\n" +"設定を変更するにはヘッドラインのリンクを押すか、\n" +"もしくは 変更... メニューをご利用ください。\n" +"\n" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:240 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "更新開始 (&U)" +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"この時点では、まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありませ" +"ん。\n" +"\n" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42 -msgid "Blacklist Devices" -msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定" +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを行ないます。\n" +"\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44 -msgid "B&lacklist Devices" -msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定 (&L)" +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"更新 ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で更新を行ないます。\n" +"\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 -msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が有効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</" -"a>)" +"\n" +"ネットワーク設定を有効化するには 次へ を押してください。\n" +"\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 -msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"デバイスのブラックリスト設定が無効になっています (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</" -"a>)" +"\n" +"サービスの設定を有効化するには 次へ ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"カーネルのメモリ使用率を下げる目的で、特定のデバイスに対するチャンネルをブ" -"ラックリストに設定したい場合は、 デバイスのブラックリスト設定 をお使い" -"ください。" +"\n" +"ハードウエアの設定を有効化するには 次へ ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 -msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." -msgstr "デバイスのブラックリスト設定を行なっています..." +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "UML Installation Proposal" +msgstr "UML インストールの提案" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." -msgstr "PREP パーティションを縮小しています..." +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." +msgstr "" +"UML (User Mode Linux)をインストールすると、ホストシステムで複数の\n" +" Linux 仮想マシンを実行することができます。" +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"表示されているとおりの設定を利用するには、 次へ を押してください。\n" +"\n" + #. Text to display #. #. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "リモート管理を有効化しています..." #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "インストールイメージに関する情報の読み込みに失敗しました" -#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "配置しています..." @@ -2122,19 +2047,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "ユーザ設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "ユーザ設定を復元しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 08:08+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -84,26 +84,22 @@ #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "インターフェイス" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "ポータルアドレス" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "ターゲット名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" @@ -117,8 +113,8 @@ msgstr "編集" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "ログアウト" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "切断" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -128,42 +124,31 @@ msgid "Discovery" msgstr "検出" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "ログイン" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "接続" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "認証なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "受信認証" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "送信認証" @@ -212,17 +197,15 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI イニシエータ</h1>" #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI イニシエータの検出" @@ -333,59 +316,76 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" -"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional " +"targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of " +"already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the " +"connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up " +"status, press Edit." msgstr "" -"現在のセッション一覧を表示しています。新しいターゲットを追加するには \n" -"追加 を押してください。ターゲットを削除するには、\n" -"ターゲットを選択して ログアウト を押してください。\n" -"起動状態を切り替えるには、 切り替え を押してください。\n" +"現在のセッションの一覧です。追加 ボタンを押すことで、追加のター" +"ゲットを設定することができます。また、新しいターゲットを検出する処理が動作している" +"ほか、既に接続されているターゲットの開始モードも維持されています。 接続を終了す" +"るには、一覧からターゲットを選択して 切断 ボタンを押してください。 開始状" +"態を変更するには、 編集 を押してください。" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" -msgstr " iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、このアクセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれていないと、データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this " +"access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値です。\n" -"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更できます。" +" iSCSI デバイスに対して READ/WRITE でアクセスしている場合、このア" +"クセスが排他的に行なわれていることを確認してください。排他的に行なわれていないと、" +"データが壊れてしまう危険があります。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able " +"to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" +"Initiator Name は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値で" +"す。\n" +"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更でき" +"ます。" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering " +"targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be " +"3205.\n" +msgstr "" +"ターゲット検出を行なう際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS " +"(Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" " iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and " +"Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" -"検出されたサーバの IP アドレス を入力してください。\n" -"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。認証が必要ない場合は\n" +"iSCSI ターゲットサーバの IP アドレス を入力してください。\n" +"必要な場合にのみ ポート を変更してください。認証を行なう場合は ユーザ名</" +"b> と パスワード を入力してください。認証が必要ない場合は\n" "認証なし を選択してください。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " -msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して 接続 を押してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect</" +"b>. " +msgstr "" +"iSCSI ターゲットにより提示されるノードの一覧です。いずれかの項目を選択して 接続" +" を押してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." -msgstr "認証方法を選択して ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>スタートアップ</h1>" @@ -404,14 +404,57 @@ "起動時 は、 iSCSI ターゲットを起動時に接続する設定です。\n" "ルートファイルシステムが iSCSI ターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\n" "そのため、 initrd 内から接続を行ないます。\n" -"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定です。\n" +"自動 は iSCSI ターゲットを iSCSI サービス自身の開始時に接続する設定です。" +"\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>認証</h1>" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." -msgstr "検出されたターゲットの一覧です。いずれかのターゲットに対して新たな 検出 または 接続 を行なってください。" +msgid "" +"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if " +"authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and " +"Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for " +"both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to " +"'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "" +"ここでの既定値は 認証なし です。セキュリティ上の理由で認証が必要な場合、" +"このチェックを外してください。チェックを外した場合は、 '受信認証' と '送信認証' の" +"いずれか、もしくはその両方に ユーザ名 と パスワード を指定してくださ" +"い。注意: '受信認証' は iSCSI のターゲットサーバの '送信認証' と一" +"致している必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery</" +"b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address." +" Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful " +"the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the " +"Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete " +"button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected " +"onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.</" +"p>Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-" +"discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already " +"connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen " +"and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the " +"start-up mode." +msgstr "" +"この画面には、検出済みのターゲットが一覧表示されています。IP アドレスを指" +"定して利用可能な iSCSI ターゲットを取得するには、 検出 ボタンを押してくださ" +"い。 ターゲットへの接続を確立するには、 接続 を押します。ログインが成功す" +"ると、 接続済み の列が 'はい' になり、 接続したターゲット 内にター" +"ゲットが表示されるようになります。 ターゲットを削除したい場合は、 削除 ボ" +"タンを押してください。 ヒント: ターゲットの削除は、接続が行なわれていな" +"い場合にのみ実行できます。必要であれば 接続したターゲット 内にある 切断</" +"b> を先に押す必要があります。注意: 検出 を再度開始すると再検出" +"を行ないますが、これによって接続済みのターゲットの起動モードが規定値の '手動' に変" +"更されてしまうことに注意してください。起動モードを変更せずにターゲットを追加したい" +"場合は、 接続したターゲット 画面に移動して 追加 ボタンを使用してくだ" +"さい。" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -422,13 +465,11 @@ msgstr "コマンドが時間切れになりました" #. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "ユーザ名を入力してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "パスワードを入力してください。" @@ -447,8 +488,7 @@ msgstr "選択したターゲットからログアウトする際にエラーが発生しました。" #. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "レコードが見つかりませんでした。" @@ -462,31 +502,39 @@ msgstr "ポート番号を指定する必要があります。" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "イニシエータ名が正しくありません" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName が正しくありません。\n" +"\n" "正しい書式は以下のとおりです。\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" "または eui.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" "\n" "例:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"この名前を使用してよろしいですか？\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスを入力してください。" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "ポート番号を入力してください。" @@ -494,36 +542,35 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 msgid "True" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 msgid "False" msgstr "いいえ" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するためマルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +msgid "" +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing " +"is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "" +"このターゲット名のターゲットには既に接続しています。データ損傷を防止するためマルチ" +"パスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 msgid "Continue" msgstr "続行" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "ターゲットには既に接続しています。" @@ -541,7 +588,9 @@ #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr " iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があります。" +msgstr "" +" iSCSI イニシエータを設定するには %1 パッケージをインストールする必要があ" +"ります。" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -612,18 +661,25 @@ msgstr "全て" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からのものとで異なっています。\n" +"InitiatorName が iBFT からのものと <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からのも" +"のとで異なっています。\n" "古いイニシエータ名は iBFT からの値で上書きし、バックアップを作成します。\n" "別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合は BIOS で変更してください。\n" +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "ターゲットとの接続に失敗しました。\n" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:30+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ msgstr "サービス" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "グローバル" @@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:720 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" @@ -175,7 +174,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" @@ -399,30 +398,66 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "認証方法を選択してください。 認証なし 、または 受信 と 送信 のいずれか(または両方)を使用します。次に、 ユーザ および パスワード を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " +"User and Password." +msgstr "" +"認証方法を選択してください。 認証なし 、または 受信 と 送信" +" のいずれか(または両方)を使用します。次に、 ユーザ および パス" +"ワード を設定します。" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "ターゲットのポータルグループからインポートした LUN に対し、クライアントアクセスを提供するには、 追加 を利用します。続いて、どのクライアントからのアクセスを許可するか (クライアント名は iSCSI イニシエータ内の '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' にある InitiatorName に書かれています) を設定します。 削除 を選択すると、 LUN からクライアントアクセスを削除します。" +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " +"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットのポータルグループからインポートした LUN に対し、クライアントア" +"クセスを提供するには、 追加 を利用します。続いて、どのクライアントから" +"のアクセスを許可するか (クライアント名は iSCSI イニシエータ内の '/etc/iscsi/" +"initiatorname.iscsi' にある InitiatorName に書かれています) を設定しま" +"す。 削除 を選択すると、 LUN からクライアントアクセスを削除します。</" +"p>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "LUN の編集 を利用することで LUN マッピングを編集することができます。なお、 LUN のターゲット番号は唯一のものでなければなりません。 また、 認証の編集 では、認証の種類を選択します。ここでは 受信 または 送信 (もしくはその両方) を選択します。最後に ユーザ および パスワード を設定します。前のダイアログで 認証を使用する を無効にした場合、 認証の編集 は利用できません。" +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"LUN の編集 を利用することで LUN マッピングを編集することができま" +"す。なお、 LUN のターゲット番号は唯一のものでなければなりません。 また、 " +"認証の編集 では、認証の種類を選択します。ここでは 受信 または " +"送信 (もしくはその両方) を選択します。最後に ユーザ および " +"パスワード を設定します。前のダイアログで 認証を使用する を無効に" +"した場合、 認証の編集 は利用できません。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "コピー を利用することで、 LUN に対して追加のクライアントアクセスを設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"コピー を利用することで、 LUN に対して追加のクライアントアクセスを" +"設定することができます。" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" -"検出されたターゲットとそのポータルグループの一覧です。新しいターゲットを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"項目を削除したり編集したりする場合は、該当する項目を選んで 編集 または 削除 を押してください。" +"検出されたターゲットとそのポータルグループの一覧です。新しいターゲットを追加" +"するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"項目を削除したり編集したりする場合は、該当する項目を選んで 編集 また" +"は 削除 を押してください。" #. edit target #. add target @@ -433,28 +468,35 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "任意のブロックデバイスやファイルを LUN 内に設定することができます。\n" -"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してください。\n" +"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してくださ" +"い。\n" "LUN 名 は LUN を識別するために使用する任意の名称です。\n" -"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要があります。\n" +"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要がありま" +"す。\n" "LUN を何も指定しない場合は、自動的に生成します。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"IP アドレス と ポート番号 では、どのアドレスとボードでサービスを\n" +"IP アドレス と ポート番号 では、どのアドレスとボードでサービ" +"スを\n" "提供するのかを指定します。ポート番号の既定値は 3260 です。\n" -"IP アドレスは、いずれかのネットワークカードに設定されたもののみを入力することができます。" +"IP アドレスは、いずれかのネットワークカードに設定されたもののみを入力すること" +"ができます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." @@ -462,29 +504,42 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" "任意のブロックデバイスやファイルを LUN 内に設定することができます。\n" -"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してください。\n" +"この場合は、ブロックデバイスまたはファイルを パス で指定してくださ" +"い。\n" "LUN 名 は LUN を識別するために使用する任意の名称です。\n" -"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要があります。\n" +"この名前は、ターゲットのポータルグループ内で、唯一のものである必要がありま" +"す。\n" "LUN を何も指定しない場合は、自動的に生成します。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "全ての追加の設定オプションを 追加, 編集, 削除 することができます。" +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"全ての追加の設定オプションを 追加, 編集, 削除 することが" +"できます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"必要に応じて LUN 番号を編集し、種類 を設定してください (nullio はテスト目的で使用します) 。 \n" -"\"種類\" に \"fileio\" を設定した場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパスを設定します。 SCSI ID と セクタ の指定はオプションです。" +"必要に応じて LUN 番号を編集し、種類 を設定してください (nullio " +"はテスト目的で使用します) 。 \n" +"\"種類\" に \"fileio\" を設定した場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパス" +"を設定します。 SCSI ID と セクタ の指定はオプションです。</" +"b>" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -559,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "TPG から LUN をインポート" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:694 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "クライアント名を指定する必要があります！" @@ -567,101 +622,115 @@ #. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:700 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "そのクライアント名は既に存在しています！" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 msgid "New client name:" msgstr "新しいクライアントの名前:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:723 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:819 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:933 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1291 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "選択した項目を削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1001 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "ターゲット %1 を TPG %2 で作成する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1023 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "ネットワークポータルを %1 に設定する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1044 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "LUN %1 の削除時の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1069 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "LUN %1 (名前: %2) をパス %3 に設定する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "%1:%2 上の認証を %3 に設定する際の問題" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットのポータルグループを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "ターゲットは既に存在しています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "受信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "発信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1367 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1404 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" +"クライアントが何も設定されていません。\n" +"ターゲットに対してクライアントからのログインを許可するには、\n" +"'追加' ボタンを押して名前を入力してください\n" +"(イニシエータ側の /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi をご覧ください) 。\n" +"クライアントアクセス無しで続行してよろしいですか？" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 に対する LUN %4 の削除時の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1471 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 に対する LUN %4:%5 の追加時の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 からクライアント %3 を削除する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 に対してクライアント %3 を作成する際の問題" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1551 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 内のクライアント %3 の認証設定変更時の問題" @@ -675,12 +744,12 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "準備しています..." -#. local IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1420 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "lio の設定を保存できません" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "tcm の設定を保存できません" @@ -780,3 +849,4 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:14+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:13+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -52,197 +52,223 @@ msgstr "ダンプを保存する保存先" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であれ" +"ば、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." -msgstr "Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "" +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." +msgstr "" +"Kdump コマンドラインは Kdump カーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定しま" +"す。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "既定のコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい文字列を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump カーネルのコアを保存した後すぐに再起動をします。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:157 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "ダンプディレクトリにカーネルをコピーします。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "保存するダンプ数を指定します。 0 を指定すると全て保存したままになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP サーバを指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:181 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP ユーザ名を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." -msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "" +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." +msgstr "" +"通知メッセージを送信する際の SMTP パスワードを指定します。パスワードを含む" +"ファイルのパス (テキストファイル) で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する先 (To) の電子メールアドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する先 (Cc) の電子メールアドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "オプションの有効化" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:224 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "オプションの無効化" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:228 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "現在のオプション状態の表示" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:233 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "割り当てるメモリ (MB 単位)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "保存すべきページを含むダンプレベルの数値" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "ダンプ種類は none/ELF/compressed/lzo から選択できます" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "" +"ダンプの保存先を以下から指定します: ファイル (ローカルファイルシステム), " +"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "サーバの名前" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:266 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "接続ポート" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:271 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "共有名" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:283 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "ユーザ名" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "パスワードを含むファイルのパス (テキストファイル)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "RAW パーティションの udev_id" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "" +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "" +"たとえばカーネルのフルパスが /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] であった場" +"合、 \"kernel_string\" の部分を指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "コマンドラインオプションを含める" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" -msgstr "オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s のいずれかで指定します。" +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" +msgstr "" +"オプションでは Kdump カーネルを起動するランレベルを指定します。 1,2,3,5,s の" +"いずれかで指定します。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "ダンプの数を指定します。 0 を指定すると全て保存したままになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:330 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:364 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "ファームウエア支援型ダンプの使用処理" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:414 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "設定表示:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump の有効可否 (起動オプションへの \"crashkernel\" 追加)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "Kdump に割り当てるメモリ (MB 単位) : %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:430 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump は無効" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:436 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "ダンプレベル: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:444 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" #. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:451 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "保存先設定" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:456 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "保存先: %1" @@ -251,8 +277,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:466 src/clients/kdump.rb:493 src/clients/kdump.rb:536 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:564 src/clients/kdump.rb:581 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "ファイルディレクトリ: %1" @@ -260,113 +286,115 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:476 src/clients/kdump.rb:517 src/clients/kdump.rb:557 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:574 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "サーバ名: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:485 src/clients/kdump.rb:527 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "ポート: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:501 src/clients/kdump.rb:596 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "ユーザ名: 匿名接続" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:506 src/clients/kdump.rb:546 src/clients/kdump.rb:601 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "ユーザ名: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:588 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "共有名: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:609 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "(未指定)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:617 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "カスタムな Kdump カーネル: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:628 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump コマンドライン: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:639 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "コマンドラインに追加する文字列: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:649 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump 後の即時再起動: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数: 古いものを削除せず全てのダンプを保存" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:680 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP サーバ: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:691 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP ユーザ: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:700 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP パスワード: ********" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:708 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 通知送信先 (To): %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:719 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 通知送信先 (Cc): %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲を指定します。これらの値は書き直されます。" +msgstr "" +"カーネルオプション \"crashkernel\" には範囲を指定します。これらの値は書き直さ" +"れます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:752 src/clients/kdump.rb:757 src/modules/Kdump.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "この変更を適用するにはシステムの再起動が必要です。" @@ -385,39 +413,41 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/clients/kdump.rb:786 src/clients/kdump.rb:815 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1047 src/clients/kdump.rb:1064 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1081 src/clients/kdump.rb:1098 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1113 src/clients/kdump.rb:1129 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1152 src/clients/kdump.rb:1172 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1192 src/clients/kdump.rb:1206 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1229 src/clients/kdump.rb:1249 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:761 src/clients/kdump.rb:787 src/clients/kdump.rb:816 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 src/clients/kdump.rb:1065 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1082 src/clients/kdump.rb:1099 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1114 src/clients/kdump.rb:1130 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1153 src/clients/kdump.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1193 src/clients/kdump.rb:1207 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1230 src/clients/kdump.rb:1250 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "誤ったオプションが指定されています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:777 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "ダンプレベルが設定されました。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:782 src/clients/kdump.rb:807 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "オプションの値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:802 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:803 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "ダンプ形式が設定されました。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"\"none\" (なし), \"ELF\" (ELF 形式), \"compressed\" (圧縮), \"lzo\" (LZO 圧" +"縮) のいずれかを指定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:830 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" @@ -425,8 +455,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:851 src/clients/kdump.rb:885 src/clients/kdump.rb:934 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:968 src/clients/kdump.rb:1015 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:852 src/clients/kdump.rb:886 src/clients/kdump.rb:935 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:969 src/clients/kdump.rb:1016 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "\"dir\" (ディレクトリ) の値が設定されていません。" @@ -434,48 +464,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:865 src/clients/kdump.rb:915 src/clients/kdump.rb:956 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:982 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:866 src/clients/kdump.rb:916 src/clients/kdump.rb:957 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:983 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "\"server\" (サーバ名) の値が設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:995 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "\"share\" (共有名) の値が設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1036 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1037 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "保存先に指定する値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1147 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1148 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "\"no\" に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1167 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1168 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "\"server\" (サーバ) に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1187 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1188 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "\"user\" (ユーザ) に指定した値が誤っています。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1224 src/clients/kdump.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1225 src/clients/kdump.rb:1245 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "\"email\" (電子メール) に指定した値が誤っています。" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1257 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ: %{status}" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1274 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1275 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "オプションが設定されていません。" @@ -485,12 +515,12 @@ msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています..." #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:68 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:70 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Kdump (&K)" @@ -580,20 +610,24 @@ msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 -msgid "SSH (scp)" -msgstr "SSH (scp)" +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "SFTP" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ (&S)" @@ -601,7 +635,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:262 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:263 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" @@ -610,114 +644,114 @@ #. password entry #. password entry #. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:275 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:287 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "通知先 (To) (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "通知先 (Cc) (&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "カスタムな Kdump カーネル (&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump コマンドライン (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列 (&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動 (&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする (&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:388 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "古いダンプイメージを削除 (&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "保存する古いダンプイメージの数 (&U)" #. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump メモリ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump 起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:447 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Kdump イメージの保存先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:461 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:463 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "ダンプ先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "電子メールアドレスでの通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:486 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "電子メール通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kdump のカスタムカーネル" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:505 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "コマンドライン" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:513 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:514 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "ダンプの設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdump 熟練者向け設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:527 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者向け設定" @@ -725,11 +759,13 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump の有効化／無効化 \n" -" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである \"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" +" kdump を有効にしたり無効にしたりすることができます。起動オプションである " +"\"crashkernel\" パラメータが追加／削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -746,10 +782,20 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "ファームウエア支援型ダンプ \n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施する場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これにより以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡すことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にのみ適切な方法です。" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化される前に生成することはできませんが、" +"パーティションが再開した際に生成されます。ファームウエア支援型ダンプを実施す" +"る場合、システムメモリは固定されてパーティションが再起動されますが、これによ" +"り以前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータを新しいオペレーティングシステムに渡す" +"ことができます。この機能は、システムに搭載されたメモリが 1.5GB 以上の場合にの" +"み適切な方法です。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -770,40 +816,50 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +" \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +" \n" "" msgstr "" "Dump Format \n" " ダンプ無し - カーネルのログのみを保存します。 \n" " ELF 形式 - ELF 形式でダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" -" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。 \n" -" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - 各ページを gzip で圧縮した圧縮データを作成します。" +" \n" +" LZO 圧縮形式 - 比較的大きなファイルになりますが、高速な圧縮方式で" +"作成します。 \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump イメージの保存先 \n" -" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種類を選択してください。 " +" Kdump イメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する際のターゲット種" +"類を選択してください。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" -" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" -" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" +"に保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するパスを指定" +"します。\n" +" 参照 ボタンを押すと kdump を保存するディレクトリを選択することがで" +"きます。\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" @@ -811,45 +867,81 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." +" " msgstr "" "FTP - ダンプイメージを FTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - FTP サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 匿名 FTP サーバに対して匿名 FTP で接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 Password それぞれ FTP 接続の際に利用するユーザ名と" +"パスワードを指定します。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" -"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" -" サーバ名 - SSH サーバの名前を指定します。\n" +"SSH - ダンプイメージを SSH プロトコルと 'dd' を利用して保存しま" +"す。\n" +" サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 \n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SFTP - ダンプイメージを SFTP プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - サーバの名前を指定します。\n" +" ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" +" ユーザ名 SSH 接続の際に利用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" パスワード SSH 接続の際に使用するパスワードを指定します。 </" +"p>\n" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" +"SSH と SFTP のどちらを選択すればよいのかは、\n" +"サーバ側の設定に依存します。 SLE サーバの場合、いずれにも\n" +"対応しています。" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " msgstr "" "NFS - ダンプイメージを NFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdump イメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -861,23 +953,26 @@ "CIFS - ダンプイメージを CIFS プロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " サーバ名 - CIFS サーバの名前を指定します。\n" " 共有名 - Windows 共有名を指定します。\n" -" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" +"定します。\n" " 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +" ユーザ名 パスワード それぞれ CIFS 接続の際に利用するユーザ" +"名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができます。\n" +"カスタムな Kdump カーネル カスタムなカーネルを指定することができま" +"す。\n" " たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] のうちの\n" " kernel_string の部分だけを入力してください。 " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -886,7 +981,7 @@ " kexec に渡す追加の値です。 " #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -894,11 +989,12 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Kdump コマンドライン追加文字列\n" -" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を指定します。\n" +" このオプション設定では、既定のコマンドライン文字列に *追加* する文字列を" +"指定します。\n" " Kdump コマンドライン を指定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " @@ -907,18 +1003,20 @@ " kdump のコアを保存した後、すぐにシステムを再起動します。 " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +" " msgstr "" "古いダンプイメージを削除 - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数 を越えてダ" +"ンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -927,59 +1025,78 @@ " everything in place for debugging. \n" msgstr "" "ダンプディレクトリ内にカーネルをコピーする - \n" -" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている場合) \n" +" この項目を選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報 (インストールされている" +"場合) \n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " 既定値は \"オフ\" になっています。マシン自身でデバッグを行なう際に\n" " 有用な設定です。 \n" #. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを指定します。 " +msgstr "" +"SMTP サーバ ダンプを採取した際に、通知メッセージを送信するサーバを" +"指定します。 " #. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"ユーザ名 SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用する" +"ユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの SMTP を使用します。\n" +"パスワード SMTP サーバ を設定した場合に、 SMTP 認証で使用す" +"るパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証無しの " +"SMTP を使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレスを指定します。\n" +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"通知先 (To) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先メールアドレ" +"スを指定します。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先のメールアドレスを\n" +"通知先 (Cc) ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールを Cc で送信する先の" +"メールアドレスを\n" " スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを指定します。\n" +"古いダンプの数 では、古いダンプファイルをどれだけ保存しておくのかを" +"指定します。\n" "ダンプファイルが指定した数を見えると、古いダンプは削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -988,7 +1105,7 @@ "しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -997,7 +1114,7 @@ "中止 ボタンを押すと準備を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1006,7 +1123,7 @@ "しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1019,7 +1136,7 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1028,7 +1145,7 @@ "Kdump の設定を行ないます。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1041,7 +1158,7 @@ "設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1051,7 +1168,7 @@ "編集 ボタンを押すと設定変更のダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:211 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1062,7 +1179,7 @@ "設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1071,7 +1188,7 @@ "追加 ボタンを押すと Kdump を設定することができます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1116,6 +1233,10 @@ msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "匿名 FTP の有効化 (&Y)" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "SSH / SFTP" + #. text entries #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" @@ -1172,7 +1293,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:495 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1181,119 +1302,129 @@ "詳しくは %{log} をお読みください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネル起動オプションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル /etc/sysconfig/kdump を読み込むことができません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:646 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:653 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込むことができません。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:679 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:708 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:710 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:714 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:718 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:728 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:737 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダに crashkernel パラメータを追加しています。" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:851 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel オプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:880 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "保存するダンプ数: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +msgid "" +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" +"警告: 十分な空き領域が無い可能性があります。 %{required} が必要ですが、 " +"%{available} だけが利用可能です。" + #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1065 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." @@ -1301,8 +1432,3 @@ "ファームウエア支援型ダンプを利用することができません。\n" "このハードウエアには対応していません。" -#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -#~ msgstr "kexec-tools パッケージが利用できません。" - -#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -#~ msgstr "kdump 用のパッケージが利用できません。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:30+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -22,710 +22,18 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:53 -msgid "LDAP client configuration module" -msgstr "LDAP クライアント設定モジュール" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:66 -msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP による認証を有効／無効にする" - -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:73 -msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" -msgstr "LDAP クライアントの設定概要" - -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:83 -msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" -msgstr "LDAP クライアントのグローバル設定を変更する" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam enable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:91 -msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "サービスを有効にする" - -#. translators: command line help text for pam disable option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:97 -msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "サービスを無効にする" - -#. translators: command line help text for the server option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:103 -msgid "The LDAP server name" -msgstr "LDAPのサーバ名" - -#. translators: command line help text for the base option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:110 -msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" -msgstr "検索ベースの識別名 (DN)" - -#. command line help text for the 'createconfig' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:117 -msgid "Create default configuration objects." -msgstr "既定の設定オブジェクトを作成する" - -#. command line help text for the 'ldappw' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:123 -msgid "LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "LDAP サーバパスワード" - -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:130 -msgid "Start or stop automounter" -msgstr "automounter を起動または停止します" - -#. help text for the 'mkhomedir' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:138 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成します" - -#. help text for the 'tls' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:146 -msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" -msgstr "暗号化接続 (StartTLS)" - -#. help text for the 'sssd' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:154 -msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" -msgstr "システムセキュリティサービスデーモン (SSSD) の使用" - -#. help text for the 'cache_credentials' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:162 -msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" -msgstr "SSSD オフライン認証" - -#. command line help text for the 'realm' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:170 -msgid "Kerberos Realm" -msgstr "Kerberos 領域" - -#. command line help text for the 'kdc' option -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:177 -msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC サーバのアドレス" - -#. password entering label -#: src/clients/ldap.rb:313 -msgid "LDAP Server Password:" -msgstr "LDAP サーバパスワード: " - #. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:88 +#: src/ui.rb:88 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "書き込み処理を中止してよろしいですか？" #. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:96 +#: src/ui.rb:96 msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" msgstr "LDAP クライアントの設定を書き込んでいます" -#. popup window -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:130 -msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." -msgstr "SLP によって提供される LDAP サーバを検出しています..." - -#. multiselection box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:152 -msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" -msgstr "SLP が提供する LDAP サーバ (&S)" - -#. warning popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:206 -msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." -msgstr "証明書ファイルが正しい形式になっていないようです。" - -#. Popup for TLS/SSL related stuff -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:248 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" -msgstr "SSL/TLS の設定" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:255 -msgid "Use SSL/TLS" -msgstr "SSL/TLS を使用する" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:264 -msgid "Protocols" -msgstr "プロトコル" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:278 -msgid "StartTLS" -msgstr "StartTLS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:286 -msgid "LDAPS" -msgstr "LDAPS" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:300 -msgid "TLS Options" -msgstr "TLS オプション" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Request server certificate" -msgstr "サーバ証明書の要求" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:320 -msgid "Certificates" -msgstr "証明書" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:330 -msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" -msgstr "証明書ディレクトリ (&T)" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:336 -msgid "B&rowse" -msgstr "参照 (&R)" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:345 -msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" -msgstr "証明機関の証明書ファイル (&I)" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:351 -msgid "Brows&e" -msgstr "参照 (&E)" - -#. inputfield label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:360 -msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" -msgstr "証明機関の証明書をダウンロードする URL" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:365 -msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" -msgstr "証明機関の証明書をダウンロード (&W)" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" -msgstr "証明書のあるディレクトリを選択してください" - -#. popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:437 -msgid "Choose the certificate file" -msgstr "証明書ファイルを選択してください" - -#. error message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 -msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "指定した URL から証明書ファイルをダウンロードすることができませんでした。" - -#. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The downloaded certificate file\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"has been copied to '%2' directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"ダウンロードした証明書ファイル\n" -"\n" -"'%1'\n" -"\n" -"を '%2' ディレクトリにコピーしました。\n" - -#. help text 1/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:533 -msgid "Set up your machine as an LDAP client.\n" -msgstr "" -"ここでは、お使いのマシンを LDAP クライアントとして\n" -"設定することができます。\n" - -#. help text 2/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr " OpenLDAP サーバでユーザを認証する場合は LDAP の使用 を選択してください。 NSS と PAM は自動的に設定されます。" - -#. help text 3/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 -msgid "" -"To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" -"will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" -"removed." -msgstr "" -"LDAP サービスを無効にするには LDAPを使用しない を押してください。\n" -"/etc/nsswitch.conf 上の passwd に対する現在の LDAP エントリが削除されます。\n" -"PAM の設定が変更され LDAP 項目も削除されます。\n" -"" - -#. help text 3.5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "LDAP は有効にするもののこのマシンへのユーザログインを禁止するには、 LDAP を使用するがログインは禁止する を選択してください。" - -#. help text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "システムに対して、 nss_ldap の代わりに SSSD を使用させたい場合は、システムセキュリティサービスデーモン (SSSD) を使用する を選択してください。" - -#. help text 4/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 -msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"アドレス 欄に LDAP サーバのアドレス (たとえば ldap.example.com や 10.20.0.2 など) と検索ベースの識別名 (たとえば dc=example,dc=com のような ベース DN) を入力してください。複数のサーバを指定するには\n" -"スペースで区切って入力してください。ここで指定するアドレスは LDAP を利用せずに解決できなければ\n" -"なりません。また、 \"(サーバ):(ポート)\" の書式でサーバ上のポート番号を指定することもできます (たとえば <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt> のように) 。\n" -"\n" - -#. help text 5/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." -msgstr "検索 では、 Service Location Protocol (SLP) を利用して検出した LDAP サーバの一覧から選択してください。次に DN の取得 を使用し、サーバからベース DN を読み込んでください。" - -#. help text 6/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -"certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" -msgstr "" -"LDAP サーバによっては、 StartTLS (RFC2830) に対応しているものもあります。\n" -"お使いのサーバがこれに対応していて設定済みである場合は、 LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -" を選択して LDAP サーバとの通信を暗号化することができます。また、指定した URL\n" -"から、証明機関の証明書を PEM 形式でダウンロードすることもできます。\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 -msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" -msgstr "" -"TLS セッションでは、特別なクライアント設定が必要となる場合があります。\n" -" 設定オプションのうちの 1 つに TLS_REQCERT がありますが、これはサーバ証明書をどのようにチェックするのかを指定します。\n" -" 値は レベル で設定し、それぞれ never, allow, try, demand\n" -" のいずれかのキーワードを指定します。 SSL/TLS の設定 ダイアログには\n" -" サーバ証明書の要求 というオプションがありますが、これを有効にすると TLS_REQCERT\n" -" に demand が、無効にすると allow が設定されます。\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 -msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" -" is 636 instead of 389.\n" -msgstr "" -"LDAP の URL と TLS/SSL 暗号化に加え、 LDAP では LDAPS URL に対応しています。\n" -" LDAPS URL は SSL 接続を利用して通信を暗号化します。 LDAP URL に似た書式で設定しますが、\n" -" スキーマ名が異なるほか、 LDAPS URL で使用する既定のポートが 389 ではなく 636 になっている\n" -" 点も異なります。\n" - -#. help text 8/9 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:586 -msgid "" -"To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -"Advanced Configuration.\n" -"To configure security settings, click\n" -"SSL/TLS Configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"より詳細な LDAP 設定を行なうには 詳細な設定\n" -"を押してください。\n" -"セキュリティ関連の設定を行なうには、\n" -"SSL/TLS の設定 を押してください。\n" - -#. help text 9/9 (additional) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 -msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" -"as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" -"exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -"want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" -msgstr "" -"automounter は、ユーザのホームディレクトリなどのディレクトリを\n" -"自動的にマウントするデーモンです。\n" -" automounter の設定ファイル (auto.*) はローカルまたは LDAP 上に\n" -"存在している必要があります。\n" -" automounter がインストールされていない場合は自動的にインストールします。\n" -"\n" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:614 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "automounter を起動 (&M)" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:625 -msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" -msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成 (&R)" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:635 -msgid "Disable User &Logins" -msgstr "ユーザのログインを禁止する (&L)" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:648 -msgid "User Authentication" -msgstr "ユーザ認証" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:663 -msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP を使用しない (&N)" - -#. radio button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:672 -msgid "&Use LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP を使用する (&U)" - -#. frame label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:687 -msgid "LDAP Client" -msgstr "LDAP クライアント" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:697 -msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" -msgstr "LDAP サーバのアドレス (&S)" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:703 -msgid "F&ind" -msgstr "検索 (&I)" - -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:711 -msgid "LDAP Base &DN" -msgstr "LDAP ベース DN (&D)" - -#. push button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:717 -msgid "F&etch DN" -msgstr "DN の取得 (&E)" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:731 -msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." -msgstr "SSL/TLS の設定..." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:733 -msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." -msgstr "詳細設定 (&A)..." - -#. dialog title -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:742 src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:90 -msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" -msgstr "LDAPクライアントの設定" - -#. question popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:765 -msgid "" -"Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n" -"\n" -"Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n" -"Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n" -"Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?" -msgstr "" -"LDAP クライアントが既に設定されているようです。\n" -"\n" -"現在の設定は SSSD ではなく、 nss_ldap を使用しているようです。\n" -"YaST では SSSD ベースの設定にのみ対応しています。\n" -"続行して SSSD を使用する設定を作成しますか？それとも、現在の設定を保持しますか？" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 -msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." -msgstr "LDAP ベース DN を入力してください。" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:845 -msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." -msgstr "少なくとも 1 つ以上の LDAP サーバのアドレスを入力してください。" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:853 -msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." -msgstr "LDAP サーバアドレスが正しくありません。" - -#. popup question: user enabled LDAP now, but probably has -#. enabled NIS client before -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:871 -msgid "" -"When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" -"you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" -msgstr "" -"お使いのマシンを LDAP クライアントとして設定する場合、\n" -"NIS を使ってデータを取得することはできません。 NIS の代わりに LDAP を使用しますか？\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 -msgid "LDAP is now enabled." -msgstr "LDAPが有効になりました。" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:947 -msgid "" -"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" -"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" -"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "" -"この変更は新しく作成したプロセスにのみ反映され、既に実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" -"全てのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" -"手動で再起動するか、もしくはマシンを再起動してください。\n" - -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:958 -msgid "" -"\n" -"To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" -"restarted automatically by YaST.\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"LDAP ユーザのリモートログインを有効にするために、\n" -"YaST が sshd を自動的に再起動します。\n" - -#. yes/no question -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 -msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" -"Enable certificate checks now?" -msgstr "" -"機密接続が有効に設定されていますが、サーバの証明書検証が無効化されています。\n" -"証明書の確認を今すぐ行ないますか？" - -#. help text caption 1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1015 -msgid "Advanced LDAP Client Settings" -msgstr "LDAP クライアントの詳細設定" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 -msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Kerberos 認証を使用すべき場合は、 領域 と KDC アドレス をそれぞれ指定してください。\n" -"また、ローカル側にユーザの資格情報をキャッシュしておく場合は、 SSSD オフライン認証にチェックを入れてください。\n" -"SSSD の設定について、詳しくは <tt>sssd.conf</tt> のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 -msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更プロトコル は、 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 内の\n" -"pam_password 属性を参照します。この値の意味について、詳しくは <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> をお読みください。" - -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -"The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" -msgstr "" -"使用する LDAP グループの種類を設定します。\n" -"グループメンバー属性 の既定値は %1 です。\n" - -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" -"or the explicit path to one certificate file." -msgstr "" -"機密接続が証明書を必要とする場合、ここで証明書ファイルの場所を指定する\n" -"ことができます。証明書の存在するディレクトリを指定するか、もしくは特定の証明書\n" -"ファイルを直接指定してください。" - -#. help text caption 2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1042 -msgid "Access to Server" -msgstr "サーバへのアクセス" - -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -"This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"まずは 設定のベース DN を設定します。\n" -"この値は LDAP サーバに設定データを保存するためのベースとなります。\n" -"\n" - -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" -"Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" -msgstr "" -"サーバ内にあるデータにアクセスするには、\n" -"管理者 DN を入力してください。\n" -"完全 DN (たとえば cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) を入力することができるほか、\n" -"相対 DN (たとえば cn=Administrator) を入力することもできます。 LDAP ベース DN は、適切なオプションが設定されていれば自動的に付加されます。\n" - -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" -msgstr "" -" LDAP のユーザとグループについて既定の設定オブジェクトを作成するには、\n" -" 既定の設定オブジェクトの作成 を選んでください。それらオブジェクトが存在していない場合にのみ作成されます。\n" - -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -"have changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -" LDAP サーバに保存してある設定を変更するには、 設定 \n" -"を押してください。これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更したりした場合など\n" -"の場合はパスワードを尋ねられます。\n" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" -msgstr "" -"ベース DN とは異なる DN を利用する場合は、それぞれのマップ (ユーザまたはグループ) に対して検索ベースを指定してください。これらの値は、\n" -"/etc/sssd/sssd.conf 内の ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base, ldap_autofs_search_base の各値として設定されます。\n" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 -msgid "C&lient Settings" -msgstr "クライアント設定 (&L)" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1144 -msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" -msgstr "管理設定 (&A)" - -#. tab label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1146 -msgid "Naming Contexts" -msgstr "名前付けコンテキスト" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1180 -msgid "&User Map" -msgstr "ユーザマップ (&U)" - -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1186 -msgid "&Browse" -msgstr "参照 (&R)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1194 -msgid "&Group Map" -msgstr "グループマップ (&G)" - -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1200 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1332 -msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "参照 (&W)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1208 -msgid "&Autofs Map" -msgstr "autofs マップ (&A)" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1240 -msgid "&Use Kerberos" -msgstr "Kerberos を使用する (&U)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1248 -msgid "Default Real&m" -msgstr "既定の領域 (&M)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1250 -msgid "&KDC Server Address" -msgstr "KDC サーバアドレス (&K)" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1257 -msgid "LDAP Schema" -msgstr "LDAP スキーマ" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1269 -msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" -msgstr "ユーザとグループの列挙を有効化" - -#. check box label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1281 -msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" -msgstr "SSSD オフライン認証 (&F)" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1291 -msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" -msgstr "パスワード変更プロトコル (&D)" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1298 -msgid "Group Member &Attribute" -msgstr "グループメンバー属性 (&A)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1326 -msgid "Configuration &Base DN" -msgstr "設定のベース DN (&B)" - -#. textentry label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1341 -msgid "Administrator &DN" -msgstr "管理者 DN (&D)" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1347 -msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "ベース DN を追加 (&P)" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1355 -msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" -msgstr "既定の設定オブジェクトを作成 (&T)" - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1364 -msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." -msgstr "ユーザ管理の設定 (&S)..." - -#. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1384 -msgid "Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "詳細設定" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1500 -msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." -msgstr "LDAP サーバにバインドするための DN を入力してください。" - -#. error popup label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1507 -msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." -msgstr "設定ベース DN を入力してください。" - #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1592 +#: src/ui.rb:144 msgid "" "If you reread settings from the server,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" @@ -734,7 +42,7 @@ "変更内容はすべて失われます。再読み込みしてもよろしいですか？\n" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1616 +#: src/ui.rb:168 msgid "" "Configure the template used for creating \n" "new objects (like users or groups).\n" @@ -743,7 +51,7 @@ "するためのテンプレートを設定することができます。\n" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1620 +#: src/ui.rb:172 msgid "" "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" @@ -752,66 +60,67 @@ "cn の値を変更するとテンプレートの名前が変更することができます。\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1624 +#: src/ui.rb:176 msgid "" "The second table contains a list of default values used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" -"2 番目の表には、新しいオブジェクトで使用される 既定値 が表示されています。\n" +"2 番目の表には、新しいオブジェクトで使用される 既定値 が表示されて" +"います。\n" "一覧に新しい値を追加したり値を編集したり、既存のものを削除したりして\n" "編集してください。\n" #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1693 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2033 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "属性" #. table header 2/2 #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1695 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2035 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" #. label (table folows) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1701 +#: src/ui.rb:253 msgid "Default Values for New Objects" msgstr "新規オブジェクトの既定値" #. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1707 +#: src/ui.rb:259 msgid "Attribute of Object" msgstr "オブジェクトの属性" #. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1709 +#: src/ui.rb:261 msgid "Default Value" msgstr "既定値" #. button label (with non-default shortcut) -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1715 +#: src/ui.rb:267 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "追加 (&D)" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1717 +#: src/ui.rb:269 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1729 +#: src/ui.rb:281 msgid "Object Template Configuration" msgstr "オブジェクトテンプレートの設定" #. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1832 +#: src/ui.rb:384 msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" msgstr "既定の属性 \"%1\" を削除してよろしいですか？" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1865 src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2090 +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -820,12 +129,14 @@ "値を入力してください。" #. helptext 1/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 +#: src/ui.rb:438 msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "ここでは、 LDAP ディレクトリ内に保存されている設定を管理することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、 LDAP ディレクトリ内に保存されている設定を管理することができま" +"す。" #. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 +#: src/ui.rb:442 msgid "" "Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" @@ -838,18 +149,20 @@ "削除 を押してください。\n" #. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 +#: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " +"renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "表内の属性値を編集するには 編集 を押してください。\n" -"値によっては特別な意味を持つものもあります。たとえば cn の値を変更すると\n" +"値によっては特別な意味を持つものもあります。たとえば cn の値を変更する" +"と\n" "現在のモジュールの名前が変更されます。\n" #. helptext 4/4 -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1903 +#: src/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click Configure Template.\n" @@ -860,35 +173,17 @@ "\n" #. combobox label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1983 +#: src/ui.rb:535 msgid "Configuration &Module" msgstr "設定モジュール (&M)" #. button label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2007 +#: src/ui.rb:559 msgid "C&onfigure Template" msgstr "テンプレートの設定 (&O)" #. dialog label -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2051 +#: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "モジュールの設定" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is name -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2118 -msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" -msgstr "モジュール \"%1\" を削除してよろしいですか？" - -#. message -#: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:2154 -msgid "" -"You currently have a configuration module of each \n" -"type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" -msgstr "" -"それぞれの種類の設定モジュールがすでに存在しているため、\n" -"新規のモジュールを追加することができません。\n" - -#. label (init dialog) -#: src/include/ldap/wizards.rb:92 -msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "初期化しています..." Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 09:36+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ msgid "alias" msgstr "別名" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2285 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2956 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" @@ -121,90 +121,79 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3259 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:\n" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2002 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2670 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3330 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "設定が重複しています。" #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input #: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3393 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3438 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3456 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "詳細の表示" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1444 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1894 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2562 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2028 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2034 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2273 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2696 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2702 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2944 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "項目" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3344 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "設定が重複しています。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3608 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "/sbin/multipath が見つかりません" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3648 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "マルチパスの使用に失敗しました:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3654 -msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* boot.multipath を有効化できません。" - -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3664 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd を有効化できません。" -#. do not check result for starting boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3676 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd を開始できません。" -#. CallInsserv(true, "boot.multipath"); #. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3697 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "マルチパスの使用解除に失敗しました:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3703 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* マルチパスを停止できません。" -#. do not check result of stopping boot.multipath -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3715 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathd を無効化できません。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3725 -msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." -msgstr "* boot.multipath を無効化できません。" - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -230,83 +219,127 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " +"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>マルチパスの状態</big> \n" -"\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行なうことができます。 \n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行なうことができま" +"す。 \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>multipathd の開始と停止</big> \n" -"\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには \"マルチパスを使用する\" を押してください。 multipathd を停止するには \"マルチパスを使用しない\" を押してください。 \n" -"\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。 \n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには \"マルチパスを使用する\" を押してくだ" +"さい。 multipathd を停止するには \"マルチパスを使用しない\" を押してく" +"ださい。 \n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。" +" \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>マルチパスの設定</big> \n" -"\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行なうには 設定 タブを選択してください。 \n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行なうには 設定 タブを選択してください。 </" +"p>\n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " +"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " +"settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>設定</big> \n" -"\t\t\tここでは /etc/multipath.conf 内の全ての項目について設定を行なうことができます。設定ファイルには 4 つのセクションがあります:\n" -"\t\t\tマルチパス, 既定値, ブラックリスト, ブラックリストの例外, デバイス です。 \n" +"\t\t\tここでは /etc/multipath.conf 内の全ての項目について設定を行なうことがで" +"きます。設定ファイルには 4 つのセクションがあります:\n" +"\t\t\tマルチパス, 既定値, ブラックリスト, ブラックリ" +"ストの例外, デバイス です。 \n" "\t\t\tマルチパス: マルチパスに関する最小単位の設定一覧です。 \n" "\t\t\t既定値: multipath-tools の既定の設定です。 \n" -"\t\t\t既定値の設定を行なうには \"既定値の設定\" を押してください。 \n" -"\t\t\tブラックリスト: マルチパスの候補から除外されるべきデバイス名の一覧です。 \n" -"\t\t\tブラックリストの設定を行なうには、 \"ブラックリストの設定\" ボタンを押してください。 \n" -"\t\t\tブラックリストの例外: ブラックリストから除外されるべきデバイス名の一覧です。 \n" -"\t\t\tブラックリストの例外を設定するには、 \"ブラックリストの例外設定\" ボタンを押してください。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイス: ストレージコントローラの設定一覧です。既定値の設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイスの設定を行なうには \"デバイスの設定\" ボタンを押してください。 \n" -"\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、 \"完了\" ボタンを押してください。 \n" +"\t\t\t既定値の設定を行なうには \"既定値の設定\" を押してください。" +" \n" +"\t\t\tブラックリスト: マルチパスの候補から除外されるべきデバイス名の一" +"覧です。 \n" +"\t\t\tブラックリストの設定を行なうには、 \"ブラックリストの設定\" ボタ" +"ンを押してください。 \n" +"\t\t\tブラックリストの例外: ブラックリストから除外されるべきデバイス名" +"の一覧です。 \n" +"\t\t\tブラックリストの例外を設定するには、 \"ブラックリストの例外設定\"</" +"b> ボタンを押してください。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス: ストレージコントローラの設定一覧です。既定値の設定を上" +"書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスの設定を行なうには \"デバイスの設定\" ボタンを押してくだ" +"さい。 \n" +"\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、 \"完了\" ボタンを押してください。" +" \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>既定値の設定</big> \n" "\t\t\tここではグローバルな既定値設定を行なうことができます。 \n" -"\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマルチパス設定に適用されます。 \n" -"\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行なうと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れます。 \n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマル" +"チパス設定に適用されます。 \n" +"\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行なうと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れま" +"す。 \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +" \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +" \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>ブラックリストの設定</big> \n" -"\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外されるものです。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid, デバイスノード, デバイス \n" -"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop があります。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +"\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外され" +"るものです。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid, デバ" +"イスノード, デバイス \n" +"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一とな" +"る識別子です。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイ" +"スを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名として" +"は cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop があります。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別す" +"るために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -314,64 +347,79 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " +"devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>ブラックリスト例外の設定</big> \n" "\t\t\tここで指定したデバイスはブラックリストから除外されます。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid, デバイスノード, デバイス \n" -"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop があります。 \n" -"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid, デバ" +"イスノード, デバイス \n" +"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一とな" +"る識別子です。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイ" +"スを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名として" +"は cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop があります。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別す" +"るために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." +" \n" msgstr "" "<big>デバイス設定</big> \n" -"\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定が一覧表示されています。これらの設定は既定値の設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n" -"\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは 製造元 と 製品 名で識別します。 \n" +"\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定が一覧表示されています。これら" +"の設定は既定値の設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書き" +"されます。 \n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは 製造元 と 製品 名で識別します。" +" \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. #. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. #. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:821 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1635 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1699 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1912 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "10 進の数字でなければなりません" #. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:829 src/include/multipath/options.rb:846 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:900 src/include/multipath/options.rb:975 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1052 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1129 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1348 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1410 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1511 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1641 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1654 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1717 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1778 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1917 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1923 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1990 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2144 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2308 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2369 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "不正な値" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:836 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1647 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "0 より大きい値である必要があります" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1710 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "不正な 10 進数" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2036 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2091 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2196 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2251 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "空白を指定することはできません" @@ -491,3 +539,4 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "変更した設定を無視してよろしいですか？" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:14+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -24,82 +24,81 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "パッケージバージョン" #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "利用可能なすべてのパッケージバージョンを表示します。" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "パッケージと状態 (&P)" #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "自動変更" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "手動による選択に加え、" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "依存関係を解決するために以下のパッケージを変更しました: " -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないことをご了解ください。" +msgstr "" +"インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないこと" +"をご了解ください。" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "続行 (&C)" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "エンドユーザライセンス契約" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "フィルタ: " #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "ダウンロードサイズの合計: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&C)" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解 (&A)" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "設定 (&O)" @@ -121,20 +120,34 @@ msgstr "不要" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "ここには推奨パッケージの一覧が表示されています。これらは新しくインストールするパッケージが推奨しているもので、追加でインストールされます。インストール済みのパッケージが推奨するパッケージについては、 インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージをインストールする メニューを設定してください。" +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by " +"a newly installed package." +msgstr "" +"これは便利なパッケージの一覧です。新しくインストールしたパッケージが推奨している場合、追" +"加でインストールされます。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールをお勧めしています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. " +"The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" +"これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールを" +"お勧めしています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." -msgstr "解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これらのパッケージは更新されません。" +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates " +"aren't possible." +msgstr "" +"解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これら" +"のパッケージは更新されません。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われるパッケージです。" +msgstr "" +"下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われる" +"パッケージです。" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -171,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "%s ロケールに対する、翻訳や辞書などの言語関連ファイル" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "パターン" @@ -371,40 +384,50 @@ msgstr "今すぐシステムを検証する (&V)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージをインストールする (&I)" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "推奨パッケージをインストールする (&R)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" +msgstr "今すぐインストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージをインストールする (&I)" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう (一時的な変更) (&C)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "製造元の変更を許可する (一時的な変更) (&A)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを生成 (&G)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "すべてのパッケージ依存関係を確認しました。" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "既にインストールされているパッケージが推奨しているため、" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "下記のパッケージを自動的にインストールするよう選択します:" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを以下に書き込みます: " #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージに対する依存関係を満たすため、" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "下記のパッケージを自動的にインストールするよう選択します:" - -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "システム依存関係の確認が問題なく完了しました。" @@ -552,8 +575,7 @@ msgstr "修正の名前" #. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" @@ -648,33 +670,85 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインストールされているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストール／更新／削除できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語についても、インストール／更新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際にパッケージの依存関係を気にする必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレクタは 3 つの主要な部分から成っています: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メニュー です。" +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the " +"software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as " +"patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not " +"need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver " +"will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, " +"package table and menu." +msgstr "" +"パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインス" +"トールされているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストー" +"ル／更新／削除できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語について" +"も、インストール／更新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際に" +"パッケージの依存関係を気にする必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレ" +"クタは 3 つの主要な部分から成っています: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メ" +"ニュー です。" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すために用意されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほか、選択したパターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定のキーワードに該当するものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は フィルタの使い方 をお読みください。" +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of " +"packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a " +"selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular " +"keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すため" +"に用意されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほ" +"か、選択したパターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定" +"のキーワードに該当するものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は " +"フィルタの使い方 をお読みください。" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィルタ(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはいくつかの列があります:" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a " +"list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or " +"search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィ" +"ルタ(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはい" +"くつかの列があります:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>パッケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定している場合など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示されません)</li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> " +"<li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the " +"configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed " +"packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>" +"パッケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定し" +"ている場合など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示さ" +"れません)</li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ (または一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージを削除したり、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示されたキーを押すことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態とシンボル をご覧ください)。 " +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected " +"package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an " +"additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by " +"pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package " +"status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ " +"(または一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージ" +"を削除したり、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示" +"されたキーを押すことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態" +"とシンボル をご覧ください)。 " #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示したり、リポジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内の便利な機能 をお読みください。" +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. " +"Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository " +"editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示した" +"り、リポジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内" +"の便利な機能 をお読みください。" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -683,13 +757,30 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変更することができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選択が行なわれます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないという意味になります。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの場合にパッケージの更新を許さない意味になります。" +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified " +"in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The " +"\"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the " +"\"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変" +"更することができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選" +"択が行なわれます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないと" +"いう意味になります。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの" +"場合にパッケージの更新を許さない意味になります。" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr " Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできます。また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対して、状態を変更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。" +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The " +"Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list " +"(select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +" Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできま" +"す。また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対" +"して、状態を変更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。</" +"p>" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -698,13 +789,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : インストールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新しますa> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケージはインストール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: このパッケージは絶対にインストールしません (禁止)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed " +"automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will " +"be automatically updated i : package is installed - : " +"package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : " +"インストールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新しま" +"すa> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケー" +"ジはインストール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: こ" +"のパッケージは絶対にインストールしません (禁止)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッケージをロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言語に対する要求は満たされています" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package " +"locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All " +"requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッ" +"ケージをロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言" +"語に対する要求は満たされています" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -713,28 +819,78 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケージを見つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グループ) のほか、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定することができます。ドロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞれのフィルタについての説明を記します。" +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected " +"criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), " +"package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. " +"Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +"" +msgstr "" +"フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケー" +"ジを見つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グ" +"ループ) のほか、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定する" +"ことができます。ドロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞ" +"れのフィルタについての説明を記します。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X サーバ\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインストールすべきもの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケージ (インストールしなくてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパターンを選択すると、解決器が動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for " +"example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires " +"(must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern " +"for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of " +"subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "" +"パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X " +"サーバ\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインス" +"トールすべきもの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケー" +"ジ (インストールしなくてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパ" +"ターンを選択すると、解決器が動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージの翻訳や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、インストール可能なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成がパッケージの属性そのものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポジトリフィルタでは、指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働きます。 " +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain " +"packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a " +"selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. " +"Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They " +"have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages " +"available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "" +"言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージ" +"の翻訳や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、イン" +"ストール可能なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成が" +"パッケージの属性そのものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポ" +"ジトリフィルタでは、指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働" +"きます。 " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してください。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。また、パッケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボックスを選択してから検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押してください。 " +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package " +"search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can " +"also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate " +"check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "" +"検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してく" +"ださい。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。ま" +"た、パッケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボッ" +"クスを選択してから検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押して" +"ください。 " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示されます(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたものも表示されます。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立, 不要 の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has " +"changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the " +"user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides " +"information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded</" +"i> packages." +msgstr "" +"インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示" +"されます(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたもの" +"も表示されます。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立" +", 不要 の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -742,300 +898,438 @@ msgstr "メニュー内の便利な機能" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうことができます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッケージを選択した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法を提案します。矛盾を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試行' を押してください。" +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of " +"package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status " +"change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible " +"conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and " +"press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "" +"依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうこと" +"ができます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッ" +"ケージを選択した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法" +"を提案します。矛盾を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試" +"行' を押してください。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することができます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決します。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれます。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いください。" +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency " +"Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies " +"Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed " +"packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " +"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/" +"YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver " +"testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認" +" をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確" +"認することができます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話" +"無しで矛盾を解決します。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークさ" +"れます。また、デバッグ用に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできま" +"す。この機能を利用すると、 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケー" +"ジの依存関係の出力が行なわれます。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase" +"\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いください。" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みください), インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定していると、すでにインストールされているパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check " +"(see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be " +"honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and " +"solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now " +"the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These " +"options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお" +"読みください), 推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定すると、すでにインス" +"トールされているパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになり" +"ます。 システム検証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行" +"ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシ" +"ステムを確認した後は、 システム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外し" +"てください) 。これらのオプションは、 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファ" +"イル内に保存されます。" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用していた不要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッケージと製造元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませんが、パッケージライブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することができます。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused " +"packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed " +"package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file " +"of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用して" +"いた不要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッ" +"ケージと製造元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませ" +"んが、パッケージライブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することが" +"できます。" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能なものパッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージバージョン (利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、依存関係 (提供するもの、必要としているものなど) があります。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed " +"in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, " +"technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list " +"(all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能な" +"ものパッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージ" +"バージョン (利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、" +"依存関係 (提供するもの、必要としているものなど) があります。" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させたものです。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済みのリポジトリを編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダウンロード間隔を設定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッケージ選択の終了時の動作についても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインストール後の動作 メニューより) 。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of " +"package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit " +"configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download " +"of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one " +"of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after " +"Package Installation menu." +msgstr "" +"設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させ" +"たものです。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済み" +"のリポジトリを編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダ" +"ウンロード間隔を設定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッ" +"ケージ選択の終了時の動作についても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインス" +"トール後の動作 メニューより) 。" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイルにエクスポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイルに出力することができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポート を押すことで取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを利用して複数の目的のコンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能なディスク領域の表示 を押すと、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量が表示されます。 " +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to " +"File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML " +"file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on " +"different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the " +"same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show " +"a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイル" +"にエクスポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイ" +"ルに出力することができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポー" +"ト を押すことで取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを" +"利用して複数の目的のコンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能な" +"ディスク領域の表示 を押すと、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量" +"が表示されます。 " #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "検索対象 (&S) " #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "検索語句 (&P)" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "コード" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "言語" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "リポジトリ" #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "可能バージョン" #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "インストールバージョン" #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "種類" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "解決しています..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "保存しています..." #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "読み込んでいます..." #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "ディスク使用状況の概要" #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "パーティション" #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "使用済み" #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "空き領域" #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "合計" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "ディスク容量がありません！" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "ディスク容量を使い切りました！" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "必要なもの" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "ディスク容量がさらに必要です。" #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "バージョン: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "サイズ: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "インストール済み: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "著者: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "ライセンス: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "メディア番号: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "パッケージグループ: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "提供するもの: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "必要なもの: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "前提: " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "競合対象: " #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "インストールされているファイルの一覧: " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "以下に対する翻訳や辞書、または言語関連のファイル " #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "修正の状態とインストール" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリティ問題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 の修正は重要なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 の修正は、特定の機能に問題がある場合の修正です。" - -#. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr " \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストールされます。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security are " +"solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install " +"recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install " +"feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "" +"修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリ" +"ティ問題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 " +"の修正は重要なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 " +"の修正は、特定の機能に問題がある場合の修正です。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストールしない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always " +"get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "" +" \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストール" +"されます。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を '-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージが選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインストールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要があります。 " +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation " +"are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not " +"want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this " +"patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されてい" +"ます。これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正を" +"インストールしない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修" +"正に対する必要条件が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう" +"選択したことを示します。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することもできます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェックを行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a " +"set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have " +"status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the " +"status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same " +"package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed " +"and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted." +msgstr "" +"状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する" +"場合、これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれ" +"かの選択を '-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とす" +"る他のパッケージが選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケー" +"ジのバージョンをインストールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケー" +"ジの選択も外す必要があります。 " +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the " +"'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches." +" Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu " +"offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If " +"the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means " +"no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver " +"Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリ" +"ティ' 関連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を" +"検索することもできます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態" +"を変更することができます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッ" +"ケージを表示する機能を提供します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、" +"修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが" +"全くインストールされていないため、影響するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 " +"依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェックを行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テス" +"トケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" + #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "通知" #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "はい (&Y)" #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&No" msgstr "いいえ (&N)" #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "了解して再試行 (&O)" #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいですか？" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいで" +"すか？" # カメルーン #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "利用可能な言語" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリ" @@ -1043,61 +1337,72 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "必要な修正" #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "インストール済みの修正" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "オンライン更新／修正" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "更新の問題 -- ヘルプ参照" #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "検索結果" #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "パッケージの依存関係" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストールメディアにも更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージであるこれらのパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な選択はこれらを削除することです。" +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.</" +"p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They " +"are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course " +"of action is to delete them." +msgstr "" +"更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。" +"考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストー" +"ルメディアにも更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージ" +"であるこれらのパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な" +"選択はこれらを削除することです。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Source" msgstr "ソース" #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "一覧の更新 (&U)" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "修正: " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "使用できる修正はありません" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "スクリプト" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 09:44+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ #. Commandline command help #. Commandline command help #. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 src/clients/lan.rb:76 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:64 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "設定の概要を表示" @@ -58,34 +58,34 @@ msgstr "ネームサーバのアドレス (3 つめ)" #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/dns.rb:163 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" msgstr "DNS 設定の概要:" #. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected #. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected #. fail message: a string is expected -#: src/clients/dns.rb:188 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " msgstr "ホスト名が正しくありません。 " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:194 src/clients/dns.rb:202 src/clients/dns.rb:210 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。 " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:225 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 msgid "Cannot set " msgstr "設定できません " -#: src/clients/dns.rb:226 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." msgstr ". ネットワークは NetworkManager で管理されています。" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:245 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 msgid "Invalid option value." msgstr "オプションの値が正しくありません。" -#: src/clients/dns.rb:254 +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 msgid "Internal error" msgstr "内部エラー" @@ -95,35 +95,35 @@ msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:137 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "ファイアウオールと SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "ファイアウオールと SSH (&F)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "基本的なファイアウオールと SSH の設定" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:157 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "ファイアウオールと SSH サービス" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:168 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウオールを有効にする" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "SSH サービスを有効にする" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -131,30 +131,35 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>ファイアウオールと SSH</big> \n" -"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組みです。\n" -"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログインすることができる\n" +"ファイアウオールは、お使いのコンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組" +"みです。\n" +"SSH は、専用の SSH クライアントを利用して、お使いのコンピュータに遠隔からログインすること" +"ができる\n" "サービスです。" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することができます。\n" +"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウオールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することがで" +"きます。\n" "有効に設定したままにしておくのがお勧めです。" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. " +"it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオールのポートを開き、\n" +"ファイアウオールを有効に設定する場合、 SSH サービス向けにファイアウオールのポートを開" +"き、\n" "ログインを受け付けるかどうかを設定することができます。この設定は SSH サービスの起動\n" "(コンピュータの起動時に SSH も起動するかどうか) とは別途に設定することができます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:207 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -166,49 +171,49 @@ #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "ファイアウオールを有効に設定します (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:282 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "ファイアウオールを無効に設定します (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "SSH サービスを有効にします (<a href=\"%s\">無効にする</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "SSH サービスを無効にします (<a href=\"%s\">有効にする</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:307 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "SSH のポートを開く" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:321 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "VNC のポートを開く (&V)" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "VNC のポートを開きます (<a href=\"%s\">閉じる</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:341 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "VNC のポートを閉じます (<a href=\"%s\">開ける</a>)" #. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description #. Returns nil if this part should be skipped #. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:352 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "SSH のポートを開きます (<a href=\"%s\">閉じる</a>)" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:354 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH のポートを閉じます (<a href=\"%s\">開ける</a>)" @@ -221,32 +226,32 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:125 +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "ホスト設定の概要:" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 msgid "Connecting to Internet..." msgstr "インターネットに接続しています..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." msgstr "最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしています..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:114 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 msgid "Closing connection..." msgstr "接続を切断しています..." #. Test dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:245 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgstr "インターネット接続テストの実行" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:248 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 msgid "" "Here, view the progress of the\n" "Internet connection test.\n" @@ -255,7 +260,7 @@ "見ることができます。\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:252 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" @@ -264,7 +269,7 @@ "テストを中止することができます。\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" @@ -273,62 +278,62 @@ "設定を修正してください。\n" #. Label for result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:296 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 msgid "Test Result:" msgstr "テスト結果:" #. Push Button to abort internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:307 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 msgid "&Abort Test" msgstr "テストを中止 (&A)" #. Frame label: status of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 msgid "Test Status" msgstr "テスト状況" #. Push Button to see logs of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:322 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 msgid "&View Logs..." msgstr "ログの表示 (&V)..." #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功" #. result of internet test -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 msgid "Failure" msgstr "失敗" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:380 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" msgstr "カーネルネットワークインターフェイス" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:402 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 msgid "Kernel Routing Table" msgstr "カーネルルーティングテーブル" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" msgstr "ホスト名の検索" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 msgid "Kernel Messages" msgstr "カーネルメッセージ" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 msgid "Download of Release Notes" msgstr "リリースノートのダウンロード" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:736 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 msgid "" "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" "RPM signature check failed." @@ -337,18 +342,18 @@ "RPM 署名の確認に失敗しました。" #. popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:763 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." msgstr "ダウンロードしたリリースノートのインストールに失敗しました。" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:800 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "接続の開始" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:808 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:834 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -357,13 +362,13 @@ "詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "リリースノートの URL が設定されていません。インターネット接続テストは実行できません。" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:905 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -380,7 +385,7 @@ "'キャンセル' を押してください。\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -389,12 +394,12 @@ "詳細はログファイルを参照してください。" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:965 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "修正情報の確認" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:974 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -403,7 +408,7 @@ "詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "接続を切断しています..." @@ -450,61 +455,50 @@ msgid "Config identifier" msgstr "設定識別子" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:136 +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" msgstr "静的または動的な設定を使用" -#: src/clients/lan.rb:140 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 msgid "Configuration Name" msgstr "設定名" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:145 -msgid "Device boot protocol" -msgstr "デバイス起動プロトコル" - -#. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:150 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 msgid "Device IP address" msgstr "デバイス IP アドレス" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:155 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 msgid "Network mask" msgstr "ネットワークマスク" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:160 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 msgid "Prefix length" msgstr "プレフィクス長" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:165 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 msgid "Bond Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:170 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" msgstr "VLAN 向けのイーサネットデバイス" #. Commandline option help -#: src/clients/lan.rb:175 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "ブリッジ接続向けのインターフェイス" -#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML -#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML -#. has higher priority -#. -#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with -#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than -#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". -#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means -#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". -#. Other elements may have similar problems, -#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "設定エラー: インターフェイスが初期化されていません。" @@ -524,17 +518,17 @@ "lan\t" #. Selection box item -#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:110 +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード" #. Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/network.rb:90 +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークの設定" #. Network dialog help -#: src/clients/network.rb:93 +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 msgid "" "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" " the corresponding devices and press Launch." @@ -543,11 +537,11 @@ " 起動 ボタンを押してください。" #. Selection box label -#: src/clients/network.rb:107 +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 msgid "&Available Network Modules:" msgstr "利用可能なネットワークモジュール (&A):" -#: src/clients/network.rb:125 +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "起動 (&L)" @@ -567,12 +561,12 @@ msgstr "リモート管理を許可するには 'はい' を、許可しない場合は 'いいえ' を選択します。" #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:128 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "リモートアクセスの設定概要:" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:148 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -593,7 +587,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "ルーティングの設定" @@ -664,109 +658,111 @@ #. main ui function #. Frame label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:205 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 msgid "Routing Table" msgstr "ルーティングテーブル" #. Table header 1/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 msgid "Destination" msgstr "宛先" #. Table header 2/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "ゲートウエイ" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:100 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "ネットマスク" #. Table header 4/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:211 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:417 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:242 src/clients/routing.rb:383 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:427 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 src/clients/routing.rb:423 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "ルーティングテーブルには宛先 '%1' の項目がありません" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s 転送が有効になっています" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s 転送が無効になっています" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s 転送を有効にしています..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:276 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s 転送を無効にしています..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:282 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4 転送:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:292 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6 転送:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:302 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4/IPv6 転送:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:324 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "少なくとも宛先とゲートウエイの IP アドレスを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:333 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "ルーティングテーブルに宛先 '%1' を追加しています ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "宛先 IP アドレスを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウエイ、ネットマスク、デバイス、オプション)" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be " +"specified" +msgstr "" +"少なくとも下記のパラメータのうちいずれかを指定しなければなりません (ゲートウエイ、ネット" +"マスク、デバイス、オプション)" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:376 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "ルーティングテーブル内の宛先 '%1' を更新しています..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:419 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "ルーティングテーブル内の宛先 '%1' を削除しています..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告: 暗号化は使用されていません。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Change." msgstr "変更してください。" @@ -788,149 +784,149 @@ msgstr "何も設定されていません" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN カード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 msgid "USB ISDN Card" msgstr "USB ISDN カード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA イーサネットネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "USB イーサネットネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" msgstr "USB FDDI ネットワークカード" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN 接続" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:218 src/include/network/complex.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 msgid "USB ISDN Connection" msgstr "USB ISDN 接続" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 msgid "PCMCIA Modem" msgstr "PCMCIA モデム" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:226 src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 msgid "USB Modem" msgstr "USB モデム" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA トークンリングネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "USB トークンリングネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB ネットワークデバイス" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" msgstr "PCMCIA 無線ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" msgstr "USB 無線ネットワークカード" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "不明なネットワークデバイス" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 src/include/network/complex.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "%1 として設定されています" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "プロバイダ %2 で %1 を設定しました" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "%1 でプロバイダ %2 (プロトコル %3) を設定しました" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "アドレスを設定しない" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "アドレスなしで設定" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "アドレス %1 で設定済み" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "アドレス %1 (リモート %2) で設定済み" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "%1 で設定済み" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:388 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "%2 のアドレスで %1 を設定しました" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:395 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "%2 のアドレスで %1 を設定しました (リモート: %3)" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "%2 として %1 を設定しました" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:420 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 msgid "Managed" msgstr "管理" @@ -1014,73 +1010,73 @@ msgstr "- インターネットに接続" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "- Download latest release notes" msgstr "- 最新のリリースノートをダウンロード" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "- Check for latest updates" msgstr "- 最新の更新情報を確認" #. label text - one step of during network test -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "- Close connection" msgstr "- 接続を終了" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "The following steps will be performed:" msgstr "次のステップを実行します:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 msgid "Select:" msgstr "選択:" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" msgstr "はい、オンライン更新を実行します (&Y)" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "N&o, Skip Update" msgstr "いいえ、更新しません (&N)" #. Heading text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Online Updates Available" msgstr "オンライン更新が可能" #. Label text -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" msgstr "YaST オンライン更新を利用してダウンロードとインストールを実行しますか？" #. Heading -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" msgstr "インターネット接続テストのログ:" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "&Select Log:" msgstr "ログの選択 (&S):" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "追加アドレス" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 アドレスラベル" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:98 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス" @@ -1088,8 +1084,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:107 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "追加 (&D)" @@ -1098,10 +1093,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:109 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" @@ -1109,156 +1102,149 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:111 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "削除 (&L)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "インターフェイス名 (&N)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "TODO 今後の課題が不明確です!" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "インターフェイスをファイアウオールのゾーンに割り当てる (&Z)" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "必須インターフェイス (&M)" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "デバイス種類 (&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "設定名 (&C)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "トンネルの所有者" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "トンネルのグループ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ブリッジ接続デバイス" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "VLAN の物理インターフェイス (&V)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "ボンドスレーブと順序" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ (&S)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "ボンドドライバオプション (&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "ボンドドライバのオプションを選択し、必要に応じて編集してください。 " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:285 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:811 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "リンクおよび IP の設定無し (ボンドスレーブ)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:288 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "iBFT 値を使用する" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "可変 IP アドレス" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "バージョン 4 と 6 の両方での DHCP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "バージョン 4 のみでの DHCP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "バージョン 6 のみでの DHCP" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "固定 IP アドレス" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:218 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP アドレス (&I)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "サブネットマスク (&S)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名 (&H)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "リモート IP アドレス (&E)" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:373 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "リモート IP アドレスが無効です。" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:381 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "S/390 (&S)" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1037 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1269,13 +1255,13 @@ "お使いください。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "設定 %1 はすでに存在します。" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1289,20 +1275,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "ネットマスクまたはプレフィクス長が正しくありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "正しくないホスト名です。" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1317,7 +1303,7 @@ "本当にホスト名を指定しないままにしておきますか？\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1327,75 +1313,78 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 msgid "&General" msgstr "一般 (&G)" -#. TODO: -#. "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1209 +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "デバイスの起動" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ファイアウオールゾーン" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1218 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "最大転送単位 (MTU)" -#. FIXME we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1228 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "詳細なネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができます。" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス (&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "IP アドレスを設定してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ハードウエア (&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ (&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ワイヤレス (&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd の優先度" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY !" +"= 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " +"Connection\n" " then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD の優先度</big> \n" -" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" +" ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 の設定と IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 の設定は、互いに排" +"他関係にあります。\n" "1 つ以上のインターフェイスが ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始 に設定されている場合、\n" -"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インターフェイスの優先順位を設定します。\n" +"インターフェイスの判別方法が必要となるためです。そのため、ここで各インターフェイスの優先" +"順位を設定します。\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1499 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定" @@ -1584,35 +1573,35 @@ msgstr "CI7000 アダプタ" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "デバイスを判定するために \"id\" オプションを使用します。" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"\"id\" の値は範囲外です。 \"list\" オプションを使用し、 \"id\" の最大値を確認してくださ" +"い。" #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:219 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:270 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "デバイス起動プロトコルで設定可能な値ではありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:228 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "開始モードで設定可能な値ではありません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "固定設定を行なうには、 \"ip\" オプションが必要です。" #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "デバイスは削除されました。" @@ -1650,17 +1639,17 @@ msgid "Note" msgstr "注意" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:116 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "グローバルオプション" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 msgid "" "A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" "Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" @@ -1674,7 +1663,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1683,10 +1672,11 @@ msgstr "" "ファームウエアが必要です。ファームウエアは\n" "アドオン CD からインストールすることができます。\n" -"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン CD を追加し、\n" +"ファームウエアをインストールするには、 YaST ソフトウエアリポジトリにアドオン CD を追加" +"し、\n" "この設定ダイアログに戻ってきてください。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1704,20 +1694,24 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "ファームウエアをインストールしています" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリプトを実行する必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be " +"executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"ファームウエアのインストールを完了するには 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' スクリプトを実行す" +"る必要があります。今すぐ実行しますか？" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "ファームウエアのインストール中にエラーが発生しました." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1732,12 +1726,12 @@ "インターフェイスは NetworkManager により管理されなくなります。\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "選択しているデバイスは STARTMODE=nfsroot の設定になっています。本当に削除しますか？" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "ネットワークの設定方法" @@ -1746,7 +1740,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" @@ -1773,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP で既定のルートを変更する" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1783,7 +1777,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." @@ -1791,7 +1785,7 @@ "デバイス種類 ここには、様々なデバイスの種類が用意されています。\n" "必要に応じて適切なものを選択してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1801,46 +1795,62 @@ "バス ID を元にしてデバイス名 (例: eth1, wlan0) を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" "デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now " +"configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking " +"for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理的な識別を行なうことができるようになります。\n" -"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある LED が点滅します。\n" +"確認用のポート識別を表示 を使用すると、設定済みの NIC に対して物理的な識別を行" +"なうことができるようになります。\n" +"時間を設定して 点滅 を押すと、指定した時間だけお使いの NIC 上にある LED が点滅しま" +"す。\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more " +"than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but " +"usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモジュール\n" +"カーネルモジュール. ここには、お使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモ" +"ジュール\n" " (他の表現で言うと 'ドライバ') 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されている場合、\n" "利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスから、ドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することができます。\n" "多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: " +"io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定することができます。この値は\n" -"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って\n" -"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 つのネットワークカードが\n" -"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにまとめられます。\n" +"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を オプション の項目で指定することができま" +"す。この値は\n" +"オプション名=値 の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで" +"区切って\n" +"記入します。たとえば io=0x300 irq=5 のようになります。 注意: 2 つのネット" +"ワークカードが\n" +"同じモジュールを利用するものである場合、オプション設定は保存する際に 1 つにまとめられま" +"す。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値で ethtool を呼び出します。\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these " +"options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ethtool オプション に何らかのオプションを指定すると、 ifup はこの値で ethtool " +"を呼び出します。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1850,7 +1860,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:150 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1859,68 +1869,54 @@ "/etc/modprobe.conf および /etc/chandev.conf に書き込まれます。\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとインストールコマンド\n" +"このモジュールのオプションは、マニュアル内の IBM デバイスドライバとインストールコマ" +"ンド\n" "にある書式で記述する必要があります。" -#. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 -msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" -msgstr "ネットワークカードの手動設定" - #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA (&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB (&U)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 -msgid "&Hotplug Type" -msgstr "ホットプラグタイプ (&H)" - -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:307 -msgid "P&CI" -msgstr "PCI (&C)" - #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:319 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "カーネルモジュール (&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名 (&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "udev ルール" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 msgid "Change" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:397 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "確認用のポート識別を表示" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" @@ -1928,21 +1924,21 @@ # ナイジェリア # 綴りはBENIN, ADDO, OVIEDO, OVIOBAとも # EDOというコードも -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 msgid "Blink" msgstr "点滅" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:412 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool オプション" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "手動によるネットワークカード選択" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1952,18 +1948,17 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:505 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード (&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:509 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索 (&S)" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:819 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1972,7 +1967,7 @@ "他の名前を選んでください。" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:874 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 ネットワークカードの設定" @@ -1980,131 +1975,143 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:894 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 デバイスの設定" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:904 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ポート名 (&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IP アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする (&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "レイヤ 2 サポートを有効にする (&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:937 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "レイヤ 2 MAC アドレス (&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "読み込みチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "書き込みチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "コントロールチャネル" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は区別されます) 。" +msgstr "" +"このインターフェイスの ポート名 を入力してください (大文字小文字は区別されま" +"す) 。" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力してください。" +msgstr "" +"このインターフェイスの 追加オプション をスペースで区切って入力してください。</" +"p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr " このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP アドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this " +"interface." +msgstr "" +" このインターフェイスで IP アドレスの引き継ぎ機能を有効にする場合は IP アドレスの引" +"き継ぎを有効にする を選択してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポートを有効にする を選択してください。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 " +"support." +msgstr "" +"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 サポートを有効にす" +"る を選択してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC アドレス を入力してください。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 " +"support." +msgstr "" +"このカードがレイヤ 2 に対応するよう設定されている場合は レイヤ 2 MAC アドレス " +"を入力してください。" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号 (&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1013 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD タイムアウト (&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "このインターフェイスの ポート番号 を選択してください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "このインターフェイスの LANCMD タイムアウト を指定してください。" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "互換モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1046 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "拡張モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC ベースの TTY (Linux 同士の接続)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390 および z/OS に対する互換モード" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル (&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1092 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "このインターフェイスの プロトコル を選択してください。" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ピア名 (&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1120 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2113,7 +2120,7 @@ "を入力してください。大文字小文字は区別されます。\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1244 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2123,12 +2130,12 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1266 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "ハードウエアダイアログ" #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:32 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2137,7 +2144,7 @@ "設定を準備しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:36 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -2146,7 +2153,7 @@ "中止 ボタンを押すと準備を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Saving Network Card\n" "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" @@ -2155,7 +2162,7 @@ "設定を保存しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:45 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -2165,8 +2172,8 @@ "\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:51 +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Network Setup Method</big>\n" "Use the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\n" @@ -2178,9 +2185,7 @@ "管理することができるデスクトップアプレットです。このアプレットは、\n" "有線 LAN と無線 LAN の切り替えを行なうのに最適です。\n" -#. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" @@ -2188,8 +2193,21 @@ " デスクトップ環境を動作させない場合や、同時に複数の\n" "インターフェイスを利用する必要がある場合は、 wicked をお使いください。 \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +msgstr "" +"NetworkManager は基本インストールのリポジトリ内には\n" +"用意されていません。たとえば SUSE Linux Enterprise Server の場合は、\n" +"Workstation 拡張リポジトリを追加したあと、 'NetworkManager' \n" +"パッケージをインストールしてください。\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" @@ -2198,7 +2216,7 @@ "インストールされているネットワークカードの概要が表示されます。ここから\n" "設定を編集することもできます。 \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2206,7 +2224,7 @@ "<big>ネットワークカードの追加:</big> \n" "追加 を押すと、ネットワークカードを手動で設定することができます。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2217,7 +2235,7 @@ "編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2233,12 +2251,12 @@ "ブラックリストに登録されます。 IPv6 プロトコルをお使いでない場合、\n" "応答時間がより早くなります。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "すべての変更は再起動後に適用されます。" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2247,54 +2265,62 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "このダイアログでは、経路設定を行ないます。\n" -"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達するために利用されるゲートウエイです。\n" +"デフォルトゲートウエイ は、他の経路設定に適合しない全ての宛先に到達するために利用" +"されるゲートウエイです。\n" "通信先に対して他の経路設定が存在する場合、この経路情報はデフォルトゲートウエイよりも\n" "優先して使われます。デフォルトゲートウエイの考え方を\n" "わかりやすく言うと \"その他の送信先\" です。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an " +"alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワーク IP アドレスとゲートウエイアドレス、\n" "およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号 \"-\"\n" -"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することもできます\n" +"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することも" +"できます\n" " (\"-\" を指定すると、どのインターフェイスでも構わないという意味になります) 。\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv4 転送 (外部のネットワーク" +"から\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部のネットワークから\n" +"お使いのシステムをルータとして動作させる場合は、 IPv6 転送 (外部のネットワーク" +"から\n" "内部のネットワークにパケットを転送する) を有効にしてください。\n" "警告: IPv6 転送を設定すると、 IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)\n" "が無効化されます。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not " +"enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけでは不十分です。\n" +"重要: ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合、転送を許可するだけでは不十分で" +"す。\n" "転送を許可したあと、ファイアウオールの設定でアドレス変換を設定するか、少なくとも\n" -"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュールをお使いください。\n" +"1 つ以上の転送ルールを追加する必要があります。 YaST ファイアウオールモジュールをお使いく" +"ださい。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2303,12 +2329,14 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" " DHCP を利用して IP アドレスを取得している環境の場合、 DHCP を利用して\n" -"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自動的に設定します。\n" -"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" +"ホスト名の取得を行なうかどうかを指定することができます。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自" +"動的に設定します。\n" +"なお、使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうと、グラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を" +"来たすことがあります。\n" "そのため、異なるホスト名が割り当てられる複数のネットワークに接続する場合は、\n" "この設定を無効にしておくのがよいでしょう。 " -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2318,11 +2346,12 @@ msgstr "" "ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる を選択すると、 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n" "内でお使いのホスト名を <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (ループバック) に割り当てます。\n" -"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利です。\n" +"この選択は、ネットワーク無しでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利で" +"す。\n" "それ以外の場合、特に複数のネットワークサービスを提供している場合などは、\n" "注意してお使いください。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2331,7 +2360,7 @@ "入力してください。通常それらは DHCP で取得できます。\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2342,7 +2371,7 @@ " (例 192.168.0.42) で入力しなければなりません。\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2354,19 +2383,23 @@ "(例 suse.de) と同じです。追加の検索ドメイン (例 suse.com) を追加することも\n" "できます。複数を指定する場合はカンマかスペースで区切ります。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if " +"this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the " +"hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" "このコンピュータに設定する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と、所属する DNS ドメイン\n" -"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータがメールサーバである場合、\n" -"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマンドを\n" +"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインは、このコンピュータがメールサーバで" +"ある場合、\n" +"重要な設定となります。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマ" +"ンドを\n" "利用します。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2381,7 +2414,7 @@ "を合わせて使用します。これが既定値 既定のポリシーを使用する オプションの動作で、\n" "ほとんどの場合に十分な設定です。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2404,42 +2437,48 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this " +"device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アドレス設定</big>\n" -" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定しない を選んでください。\n" +" このデバイスに対して IP アドレスを設定しない場合は、 アドレスを設定しない を選" +"んでください。\n" "この設定は Ethernet デバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用します。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を選択してください。\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いの BIOS で指定したネットワーク設定を利用する場合は、 iBFT を選択してくだ" +"さい。\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割り当てられていない場合は、 \n" +"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスが割り当てられて" +"いない場合は、 \n" "可変 IP アドレス を選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークで DHCP サーバ\n" +"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークで " +"DHCP サーバ\n" "が動作している場合は DHCP を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレスを取得して\n" "設定するようになります。\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2447,32 +2486,39 @@ msgstr "" "利用可能な IP アドレスを自動的に検索し、固定で割り当てたい場合は\n" "Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない場合に\n" -"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合は 固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" +"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合は " +"固定 IP アドレス を選択してアドレスを設定してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, " +"and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" +" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) " +"と\n" "相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそれぞれ\n" "入力してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for " +"example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>)." +"Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/" +"hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "固定アドレス設定 を指定した場合、 IP アドレス (例: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記で <tt>/24</tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" +"とネットワークマスク (一般には <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> またはプレフィクス表記で <tt>/24</" +"tt>) を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" "を入力することもできます。この値は <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2480,7 +2526,7 @@ "ネットワーク設定の詳細は ネットワーク管理者 に\n" "お尋ねください。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2488,7 +2534,7 @@ "この製品では DHCP 設定はお勧めできません。\n" "この製品のコンポーネントは DHCP では動作しません。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2506,11 +2552,15 @@ "全てのインターフェイスでゾーンを選択しない場合は、ファイアウオールが\n" "起動されなくなります。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始できなかった場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if " +"the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"必須のインターフェイス では、システム起動時にインターフェイスを開始できなかった" +"場合にネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2523,24 +2573,27 @@ "最大転送単位 (MTU) は、ネットワーク上に送信する 1 パケットの\n" "最大サイズを指定します。通常は、この値を設定する必要はありませんが、\n" "遅いダイヤルアップ接続などの特殊な場合においてこの値を小さくすると\n" -"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択するか、\n" +"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択する" +"か、\n" "独自の値を設定してください。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address " +"Setup are available." msgstr "" "ボンドデバイスのスレーブとなるものを選択してください。\n" -"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が アドレスを設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" +"デバイスの起動 が 起動しない で、かつ アドレス設定 が アドレスを" +"設定しない になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>DHCP クライアントオプション</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2549,13 +2602,14 @@ "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "DHCP クライアント識別子 を設定しない場合は、既定で\n" -"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネットワーク内では\n" +"ネットワークインターフェイスのハードウエアアドレスを利用します。単一のネットワーク内で" +"は\n" "この値は唯一でなければなりません。従って、同じネットワークインターフェイスで\n" "複数のマシン (特に仮想マシン) を動作させる場合は、それぞれ別々の\n" "識別子を設定してください。" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2568,14 +2622,16 @@ msgstr "" "送信するホスト名 では、 DHCP クライアントがサーバにメッセージを送信する際に\n" "使用する、ホスト名を指定します。 DHCP サーバによってはネームサーバの正引きおよび\n" -"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するためのオプションです。\n" +"逆引きのゾーンを更新するものがある (動的 DNS) ため、その機能に対応するためのオプションで" +"す。\n" "また、 DHCP サーバによっては 送信するホスト名 の項目に特定の文字列が含まれて\n" -"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 (<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>\n" +"いることを求める場合もあります。 自動 に設定すると、現在のホスト名 (<tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>\n" "に設定されているものなど) を送信します。\n" "ホスト名を送信したくない場合は、何も指定しないでください。\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" @@ -2584,7 +2640,7 @@ "この表では、インターフェイスに指定する追加のアドレスを設定します。\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." @@ -2593,25 +2649,32 @@ "ネットマスク をそれぞれ入力してください。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The " +"total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"" msgstr "" "IPv4 アドレスラベル は別名とも呼ばれ、任意指定の古い設定です。\n" -" インターフェイス名全体の長さ (コロンやラベルを含む) は、\n" -" 最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの ifconfig ユーティリティでは、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" +"インターフェイス名全体の長さ (コロンやラベルを含む) は、\n" +"最大で 15 文字以内にする必要があります。また、古いバージョンの ifconfig ユーティリティで" +"は、 9 文字目以降を削除してしまいます。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "別名にはインターフェイス名は含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo ではなく foo のように指定します。" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead " +"of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"ラベルにはインターフェイス名を含めないでください。たとえば eth0:foo ではなく " +"foo のように指定します。" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2640,7 +2703,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2649,8 +2712,7 @@ "行ないます。" # Wireless dialog help -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2659,13 +2721,13 @@ "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" "動作モード ではネットワーク方式を設定することができます。モードは\n" -"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 対 1 ネットワーク),\n" +"それぞれ以下のとおりです。 アドホック (アクセスポイントを利用しない 1 対 1 ネット" +"ワーク),\n" "管理 (アクセスポイントで管理するネットワーク、 インフラストラクチャモード\n" "とも呼びます), マスター (指定のネットワークカードをアクセスポイントとして\n" "動作させる)\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2683,8 +2745,7 @@ "アクセスポイントに接続します。\n" "\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2721,8 +2782,7 @@ "である場合にのみ使用できます。\n" # Wireless dialog help -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2734,11 +2794,12 @@ "使用する WEP 暗号鍵を入力してください。鍵の長さは\n" "64, 128, 156, 256 ビットのいずれかですが、デバイスによっては特定の長さに\n" "対応していない場合があります。このうち 24 ビット分\n" -"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要があります。\n" +"は動的に生成されるため、実際には 40 ビットから 232 ビットの分のみ入力する必要があります。" +"\n" # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2754,8 +2815,7 @@ "依然として辞書攻撃を受ける可能性があります。容易に推測できる単語を\n" "パスフレーズとして使用しないでください。\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2763,8 +2823,7 @@ "WPA-EAP (WPA Enterprise とも呼ばれます) を使用するには、\n" "次のダイアログで追加のパラメータを入力してください。\n" -#. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2777,29 +2836,28 @@ " 'wireless' ファイルをお読みください。" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 アドレスラベル (&A)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:222 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク (&M)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "ラベルが長すぎます。" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:264 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "サブネットマスクが正しくありません。" @@ -2826,26 +2884,26 @@ msgstr "16 進数 (&H)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 msgid "EAP &Mode" msgstr "EAP モード (&M)" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 msgid "TTLS" msgstr "TTLS" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 msgid "PEAP" msgstr "PEAP" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:84 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 msgid "" "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" @@ -2856,11 +2914,11 @@ "それらは TLS, TTLS, PEAP と呼ばれています。\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 msgid "&Identity" msgstr "識別情報 (&D)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:101 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 msgid "" "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" @@ -2873,22 +2931,22 @@ "この場合は 匿名 を選んでください。ただし一般的には使用しません。\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 msgid "&Anonymous Identity" msgstr "匿名 (&A)" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:119 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "クライアント証明書 (&C)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" "password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" @@ -2903,23 +2961,23 @@ "クライアント鍵パスワード も設定してください。\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 msgid "Client &Key" msgstr "クライアント鍵 (&K)" #. or password? #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 msgid "Client Key Pass&word" msgstr "クライアント鍵パスワード (&W)" #. text entry label #. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 msgid "&Server Certificate" msgstr "サーバ証明書 (&S)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:171 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 msgid "" "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" @@ -2930,11 +2988,11 @@ "利用されます。\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細 (&D)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:221 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 msgid "" "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" @@ -2943,11 +3001,11 @@ "わからないことがあれば、それらはシステム管理者にお尋ねください。\n" #. combo box label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 msgid "&Authentication Method" msgstr "認証方法 (&A)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 msgid "" "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" "method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" @@ -2960,11 +3018,11 @@ "内部認証方式を設定してください。\n" #. radio button group label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 msgid "&PEAP Version" msgstr "PEAP バージョン (&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 msgid "" "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" @@ -2973,134 +3031,133 @@ "通常の環境では使用する必要はありません。\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 msgid "&Any" msgstr "任意 (&A)" #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "暗号化無し" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - オープン" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - 共有鍵" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA バージョン 1 または 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:372 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA バージョン 1 または 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "無線ネットワークカードの設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "無線デバイスの設定" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "動作モード (&P)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "アドホック" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:442 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 msgid "Master" msgstr "マスター" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:451 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "ネットワーク名 (ESSID) (&T)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "ネットワークの検索" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:461 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "認証モード (&A)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:468 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "暗号鍵 (&E)" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:477 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "熟練者向け設定 (&X)" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:480 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "WEPキー (&W)" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "WPA 認証は '動作モード' が '管理' である場合にのみ使用できます。" #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:573 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "このモードのネットワーク名を指定してください。" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:580 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "ネットワーク名の長さは 32 文字以下で指定してください。" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:600 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "パスフレーズの長さは 8 から 63 文字で指定してください。" #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:611 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "キーは %1 桁の 16 進数でなければなりません。" #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:623 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:963 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "暗号鍵が無効です。" #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "この認証モードでは暗号鍵を指定する必要があります。" # Popup text #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:638 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3110,13 +3167,12 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:696 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "無線デバイスの熟練者向け設定" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:699 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed)." @@ -3126,7 +3182,7 @@ # Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:703 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" @@ -3139,7 +3195,7 @@ "チャンネルを自動で検出するためです。\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:710 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." @@ -3148,7 +3204,7 @@ "既定では、可能な限り最速の通信速度で通信を行ないます。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." @@ -3157,7 +3213,7 @@ "アクセスポイントの選択を行なうこともあります。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -3167,75 +3223,58 @@ "この選択はラップトップコンピュータなどで AC アダプタの接続がない環境では\n" "有効な手段です。\n" -#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To specify the Frequency instead of\n" -"the channel, select the desired value.\n" -msgstr "" -"チャンネルの代わりに 周波数 を設定する\n" -"こともできます。\n" - -#. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:734 -msgid "&Frequency" -msgstr "周波数 (&F)" - #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:737 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:768 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "自動" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:805 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "チャンネル (&C)" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "ビットレート (&I)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:814 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "アクセスポイント (&A)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:822 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "電源管理を使用する (&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:831 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "AP スキャンモード" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:921 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "暗号化キーを入力してください" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 msgid "&Key" msgstr "鍵 (&K)" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:949 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:998 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "無線鍵" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3250,7 +3289,7 @@ "" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1009 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 msgid "" "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3265,43 +3304,43 @@ "64 ビットを設定してください。" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1034 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP 鍵" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "鍵の長さ (&K)" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 msgid "No." msgstr "番号" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "Key" msgstr "鍵" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1052 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Default" msgstr "既定" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "既定に設定 (&S)" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1234 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "証明書を選択してください" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3310,7 +3349,7 @@ "ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証機関 (CA) 無しでよろしいですか？" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3319,47 +3358,47 @@ "クライアント証明書を入力してください。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1380 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 msgid "Any" msgstr "任意" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1384 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1396 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1420 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP の詳細" @@ -3398,7 +3437,8 @@ "することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウエアを\n" "利用して <ホスト名 >:%1 に接続するか、もしくは\n" " Java 対応の Web ブラウザを利用して http://<ホスト名>:%2/\n" -" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" +" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意くだ" +"さい。\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 @@ -3406,12 +3446,12 @@ msgstr "リモート管理の設定" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "次のパッケージをインストールする必要があります:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:173 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3423,75 +3463,68 @@ "\n" "再試行しますか？\n" -#. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that -#. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not -#. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:265 -msgid "unplugged" -msgstr "未接続" - #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS の設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL の設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ホストの設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN の設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "モデムの設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "プロキシの設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "プロバイダの設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ルーティング設定は正常に保存されました" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "電子メールの設定を行ないますか？" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:346 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "%1 の設定を行ないますか？" @@ -3501,7 +3534,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1019 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3510,115 +3543,113 @@ "完全に無効化されています。そのため、 YaST で設定できない項目があります。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "ネットワークカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 msgid "Modems" msgstr "モデム" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1086 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN カード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1090 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL デバイス" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "すべてのネットワークデバイス" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:413 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "ホスト名が正しくありません。" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ドメイン名 (&D)" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "ドメイン名が正しくありません。" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "DHCP でホスト名を変更 (&C)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:145 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "ホスト名をループバック IP に割り当てる (&A)" #. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "DNS 設定の修正 (&M)" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "手動のみ" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "既定のポリシーを使用する" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:157 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシーを使用する" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:168 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "カスタムポリシールール (&C)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:178 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "ネームサーバ &1" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "ネームサーバの IP アドレスが正しくありません。" #. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:202 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "ドメイン検索 (&M)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:229 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "ネームサーバ 2 (&2)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "ネームサーバ 3 (&3)" #. Frame label #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:235 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:694 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:708 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "ホスト名とドメイン名" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "ネームサーバとドメイン検索リスト" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "ホスト名／DNS" @@ -3627,7 +3658,7 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event #. @param event the event being handled #. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 msgid "No interface with dhcp" msgstr "DHCP を設定しているインターフェイスがありません" @@ -3635,28 +3666,32 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めできません。リスクを承知でお使いになりますか？" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your " +"own risk?" +msgstr "" +"マルチキャスト DNS であるため、ドメイン名に .local を使用することはお勧めできません。リス" +"クを承知でお使いになりますか？" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "検索リストには最大 %1 個のドメインを入れることができます。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:533 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "検索リストには最大 %1 文字を使用できます。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "検索ドメイン '%1' が正しくありません。" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:737 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "ホスト名とネームサーバの設定" @@ -3705,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "ホストの別名" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "ホストの別名 (&T)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "別名 \"%1\" が正しくありません。" @@ -3779,7 +3814,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "デフォルトゲートウエイが正しくありません。" @@ -3804,12 +3839,12 @@ msgstr "削除 (&T)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:55 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" msgstr "ダイヤルプレフィクス正規表現 (&D)" #. dial prefix regex help -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" "change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" @@ -3818,49 +3853,50 @@ "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" " ダイヤルプレフィクス正規表現 を設定すると、一般ユーザが\n" -" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを変更できるようになります。\n" +" KInternet を利用し、指定した正規表現に適合する範囲内でダイヤルプレフィクスを変更できるよ" +"うになります。\n" "推奨される値は <tt>[09]?</tt> で、 <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" " またはプレフィクス無しを選択できるようになります。この項目に入力を行なわない場合は、\n" "ユーザがプレフィクスを変更することができなくなります。\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Setup Method" msgstr "設定方法" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:76 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "自動アドレス設定 (DHCPを介して) (&U)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:78 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" msgstr "固定アドレス設定 (&T)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:81 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:96 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 msgid "At Boot Time" msgstr "起動時" #. is a part of the static help text -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Never" msgstr "開始しない" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 msgid "By NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager による" #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 msgid "" "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" "controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." @@ -3869,12 +3905,12 @@ "インターフェイスを管理します。 YaST で設定する必要はありません。" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:120 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 msgid "" "Manually: You control the interface manually\n" "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" @@ -3883,12 +3919,12 @@ "手動制御します (下記 'ユーザコントロール' も合わせてお読みください)。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 msgid "On Cable Connection" msgstr "ケーブル接続時" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 msgid "" "On Cable Connection:\n" "The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" @@ -3901,12 +3937,12 @@ "インターフェイスが有効になります。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 msgid "On Hotplug" msgstr "ホットプラグ" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 msgid "" "With On Hotplug,\n" "the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" @@ -3919,115 +3955,109 @@ "存在していない場合であっても、エラーは発生しません。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation -#. Combo box option for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:150 src/include/network/widgets.rb:160 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 msgid "On NFSroot" msgstr "NFSroot" #. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will " +"never\n" "be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイスは\n" -" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り停止できます。\n" -"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" +"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイス" +"は\n" +" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り" +"停止できます。\n" +"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとし" +"て設定している場合に指定します。\n" -#. help text for Device Activation -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" -"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"NFSroot は '自動' と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインターフェイスは\n" -" 'rcnetwork stop' では停止されません。 'ifdown <iface>' については通常通り停止できます。\n" -"この設定は、このインターフェイスを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" - #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "デバイスの有効化 (&D)" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it " +"during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>デバイスの起動</big> \n" -"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動時 を指定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" +"指定したインターフェイスがどの段階で開始されるべきかを指定します。 起動時 を指" +"定すると、システム起動時にインターフェイスが開始されます。\n" "開始しない を選択するとインターフェイスは開始されません。\n" "%1\n" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "IPoIB デバイスモード" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "ファイアウオールはインストールされていません。" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "1500 (イーサネット, DSL ブロードバンド)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "1492 (PPPoE ブロードバンド)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "576 (ダイヤルアップ)" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "65520 (接続モードでの IPoIB)" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "2044 (データグラムモードでの IPoIB)" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "MTU を設定 (&M)" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager サービス" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "ifup を使用した従来の方法" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "wicked サービス" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "ネットワークサービスが無効化されています" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "アプレットが必要です" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4035,37 +4065,38 @@ msgstr "" "NetworkManager はデスクトップアプレット\n" "(KDE の場合は Plasma ウイジェット, GNOME の場合は nm-applet)\n" -"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動していない場合は、手動で起動してください。" +"から操作されるものです。起動しているかどうかわからない場合、または起動していない場合は、" +"手動で起動してください。" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "一般的なネットワーク設定" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IP プロトコル設定" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 を有効にする" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "不明なデバイス" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP アドレス" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IP アドレスが割り当てられていません。" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4074,115 +4105,126 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "デバイスの変更 (&D)" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの選択" +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +msgid "configured" +msgstr "設定済み" + #. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue #. #. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgstr "ネットワークの再起動に対する確認" -#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを再起動する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"ブリッジ型のネットワークであるため、設定を適用するには YaST2 でネットワークを再起動する必" +"要があります。" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "デバイス名:" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "基本 udev ルールが有効" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC アドレス: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "バス ID: %s" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "その設定名は既に存在しています。" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:159 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "設定名が正しくありません。" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:390 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "ホスト名の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:392 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "設定の更新" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf の更新" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:407 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "ホスト名を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "設定を更新しています..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:435 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf を更新しています..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "ホスト名: DHCP で設定" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:558 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "ホスト名: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:566 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts にホスト名を書き込まない" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "ネームサーバ: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:598 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "検索リスト: %1" @@ -4316,7 +4358,7 @@ #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" @@ -4327,231 +4369,237 @@ msgstr "この変更を適用するには、システムの再起動が必要です。" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "ドライバ情報の書き込み" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "デバイス設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "ルーティング設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの設定" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの有効化" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "デバイスの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "ルーティング設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "ホスト名および DNS 設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "ネットワークサービスを設定しています..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "ネットワークサービスを有効にしています..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 msgid "No network running" msgstr "稼働中のネットワークはありません" #. Import data #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "" +"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be " +"used." msgstr "AutoYaST ネットワーク設定管理: NetworkManager が利用できません。 Wicked を使用します。" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "ネットワークモード" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager でインターフェイスをコントロールする" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager の無効化" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "ifup を使用した従来の方法" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager の有効化" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "IPv6 プロトコルのサポートが有効になっています。" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 を無効にする" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "IPv6 プロトコルのサポートが無効になっています。" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 msgid "connected" msgstr "接続済み" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 msgid "datagram" msgstr "データグラム" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "起動時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager による管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1266 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "開始しない" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手動で開始" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "以下のものを使用して IP アドレスを割り当てる " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP アドレス: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP アドレス: %s, サブネットマスク %s" -#. FIXME: -#. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1321 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "未設定" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1344 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "デバイス名: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ボンディングスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "%s のスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "ボンディングマスター" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "未接続" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ハードウエア情報がありません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができません。これは主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こるものです。詳細は dmesg の出力をお読みください。" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not " +"present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"カーネルデバイスが存在しないため、ネットワークカードの設定を行なうことができません。これ" +"は主に無線 LAN デバイスなどでファームウエアが存在しない場合に起こるものです。詳細は " +"dmesg の出力をお読みください。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4559,11 +4607,11 @@ "デバイスは設定されていません。 設定 ボタン\n" "を押すと設定することができます。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "ファームウエアが必要です" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1429 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -4601,12 +4649,12 @@ #. Enable xinetd #. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:343 src/modules/Remote.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "サービス %{service} の有効化に失敗しました" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4617,59 +4665,59 @@ "もしくはログインし直してください。" #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "リモート管理は有効です。" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "リモート管理は無効です。" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "IP 転送設定の保存" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "ルーティング設定の保存" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "ルーティング設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "IP 転送設定を書き込んでいます..." #. at first stop the running routes -#. FIXME SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "ルーティング設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:413 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "ゲートウエイ: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:417 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IPv4 転送: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:421 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IPv6 転送: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:125 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "自動ゾーン割り当て" @@ -4684,13 +4732,3 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(保護しない)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" -#~ "installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" -#~ "Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" -#~ "repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "NetworkManager は基本インストールのリポジトリ内には\n" -#~ "用意されていません。たとえば SUSE Linux Enterprise Server の場合は、\n" -#~ "Workstation 拡張リポジトリを追加したあと、 'NetworkManager' \n" -#~ "パッケージをインストールしてください。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:28+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,55 +23,55 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:42 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "NFS クライアントの設定" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:56 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "設定された NFS マウントを表示する" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:63 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS マウントを追加する" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS マウントを編集する" #. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:73 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "NFS マウントを削除する" #. host:path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "リモートファイルシステム ('host:path' の書式で)" #. path #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:92 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "ローカルマウントポイント" #. a list? #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "マウントオプション" #. nfs or nfs4 #. command line option help #. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "nfs または nfs4 でファイルシステム ID を指定します。既定値は nfs です。" @@ -80,49 +80,49 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:173 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:495 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:174 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "リモートファイルシステム" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:175 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:498 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント" #. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:176 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:502 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:219 src/clients/nfs.rb:250 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "オプション \"種類\" に対する値が不明です。" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:244 src/clients/nfs.rb:348 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "NFS マウントが指定されていません。" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:267 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "条件に一致する NFS マウントが見つかりません。" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:285 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "条件に一致する NFS マウントが複数個見つかりました。" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:99 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ "正しいドメイン: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:132 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ "既に含まれています。" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:155 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ "先頭にスラッシュ (/) を付ける必要があります。" #. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:57 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." @@ -167,30 +167,35 @@ "マウントされている全ての NFS 共有が表示されています。" #. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" "NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされたディレクトリ、\n" +"それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされたディレク" +"トリ、\n" "およびリモートのディレクトリをマウントしたローカル側のディレクトリ、\n" -"さらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別することができます。\n" -" NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照してください。" +"さらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別することが" +"できます。\n" +" NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照してくださ" +"い。" #. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" "To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい NFS 共有をマウントするには、 追加 ボタンを押してください。現在マウントされている共有\n" -"について設定を変更するには、 編集 を押してください。共有のマウントを解除して一覧から削除するには、\n" +"新しい NFS 共有をマウントするには、 追加 ボタンを押してください。現在マウ" +"ントされている共有\n" +"について設定を変更するには、 編集 を押してください。共有のマウントを解除して" +"一覧から削除するには、\n" "削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" "protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" @@ -199,35 +204,36 @@ msgstr "" "NFSv4 (NFS プロトコルの新しいバージョン) の共有にアクセスする\n" "場合は、 NFSv4 を有効にする オプションをお使いください。この場合、\n" -"固有の NFSv4 ドメイン名 を指定する必要があります。これはファイルとディレクトリのアクセス権を\n" +"固有の NFSv4 ドメイン名 を指定する必要があります。これはファイルとディレクト" +"リのアクセス権を\n" "正しく設定するのに必要です。\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows #. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:180 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS サーバ (&N)" #. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "エクスポートディレクトリ (&E)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:264 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "NFS サーバホスト名 (&N)" #. pushbutton label #. choose a host from a list #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "選択 (&S)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "リモートディレクトリ (&R)" @@ -235,48 +241,48 @@ #. select from a list of remote filesystems #. make it short #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "選択 (&S)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:290 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFSv4 共有 (&V)" #. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:302 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "マウントポイント (ローカル) (&M)" #. button label #. browse directories to select a mount point #. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:308 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "参照 (&B)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:313 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "オプション (&P)" #. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:335 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "LAN 内のホストを検索しています..." #. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:341 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "ネットワーク上には NFS サーバが見つかりませんでした。" #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:347 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -287,18 +293,18 @@ "妨害してしまった可能性があります。" #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "\"%1\" のディレクトリ一覧を取得しています..." #. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:387 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイントの選択" #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:436 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -310,7 +316,7 @@ #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -323,20 +329,22 @@ "サーバがエクスポートしたもののいずれかを選択することができます。 " #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " +"directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"マウントポイント に、マウントする先のローカルファイルシステム内のパスを入力してください。 参照 を使用すると\n" +"マウントポイント に、マウントする先のローカルファイルシステム内のパスを入力" +"してください。 参照 を使用すると\n" "マウントポイントを対話的に\n" "選択します。" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -345,57 +353,57 @@ "マニュアルページ mount(8) を参照してください。" #. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:470 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "リモートディレクトリ" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:500 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS 種類" -#. `VSpacing (1), -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:522 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 を有効にする" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4 ドメイン名" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "GSS セキュリティを有効にする (&G)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:542 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "NFS 共有 (&N)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:543 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS 設定 (&S)" #. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:656 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 を削除してよろしいですか？" #. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:695 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS クライアントの設定" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "ディレクトリ '%1' を作成できません。" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -406,76 +414,77 @@ "変更されません。\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:494 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS の設定を書き込んでいます" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "サービスの停止" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Start services" msgstr "サービスの開始" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS クライアントの設定を書き込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstab から NFS の項目をマウントできません。" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS の項目" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "項目 %1 が設定されました" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:137 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "何らかのオプション文字列を指定する必要があります。" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:149 -msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" -msgstr "\"オプション '#{key}' に対して予期しない値 '#{value}' が設定されています\"" +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" +msgstr "オプション '%{key}' に対して予期しない値 '%{value}' が設定されています" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "不明なオプション: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "正しくないオプション: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "値のないオプション: '%{key}'" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:29+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -103,7 +103,8 @@ msgstr "" "ブロードキャスト オプションを使用すると、\n" "指定されたサーバからの応答がない場合にローカルネットワーク上の\n" -"サーバを検索するように設定することができます。ただしセキュリティ上のリスクを背負うことになります。\n" +"サーバを検索するように設定することができます。ただしセキュリティ上のリスクを" +"背負うことになります。\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 @@ -137,20 +138,24 @@ msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "ドメイン %1 の NIS サーバ (&N)" -#. firewall openning help +#. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "ファイアウオールの設定 \n" "リモートコンピュータから 'ypbind' サービスに接続できるように\n" -"ファイアウオールを設定するには、 ファイアウオールで選択したポートを開く を選択してください。\n" -"ポートを開くインターフェイスを選択するには ファイアウオールの詳細 を押してください。\n" -"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。\n" +"ファイアウオールを設定するには、 ファイアウオールで選択したポートを開く</" +"b> を選択してください。\n" +"ポートを開くインターフェイスを選択するには ファイアウオールの詳細 を押" +"してください。\n" +"このオプションはファイアウオールが有効になっている場合にのみ利用できます。</" +"p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 @@ -159,30 +164,42 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" msgstr "" "NIS ドメイン (例: example.com) と NIS サーバの\n" -"アドレス (例: nis.example.com または 10.20.1.1) をそれぞれ入力してください。\n" +"アドレス (例: nis.example.com または 10.20.1.1) をそれぞれ入力してください。" +"\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"NIS 設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常は netconfig スクリプトで静的に\n" -"設定した内容と、動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアント機能や NetworkManager など)\n" +"NIS 設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常は netconfig " +"スクリプトで静的に\n" +"設定した内容と、動的に取得した内容 (たとえば DHCP クライアント機能や " +"NetworkManager など)\n" "を合成します。これは既定のポリシーで、ほとんどの場合はこれで十分です。\n" -"\"手動でのみ変更\" オプションを選択することで、 netconfig は設定を修正することが\n" -"できなくなります。この場合は手作業で編集します。カスタムポリシーのオプションを\n" -"選択すると、個別の設定を行なうこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りの一覧で、\n" -"インターフェイス名 (ワイルドカードも使用できます) のほか、 STATIC または STATIC_FALLBACK\n" -"として特別な値を指定することもできます。詳しくは netconfig のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"\"手動でのみ変更\" オプションを選択することで、 netconfig は設定を修正するこ" +"とが\n" +"できなくなります。この場合は手作業で編集します。カスタムポリシーのオプション" +"を\n" +"選択すると、個別の設定を行なうこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りの一覧" +"で、\n" +"インターフェイス名 (ワイルドカードも使用できます) のほか、 STATIC または " +"STATIC_FALLBACK\n" +"として特別な値を指定することもできます。詳しくは netconfig のマニュア" +"ルページをお読みください。\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -208,8 +225,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -msgstr "automounter をどのように動作させるのかに関する NFS 設定は、 NFS クライアントで設定することができます。 NFS 設定 ボタンを押して設定してください。" +msgid "" +"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"automounter をどのように動作させるのかに関する NFS 設定は、 NFS クライアン" +"トで設定することができます。 NFS 設定 ボタンを押して設定してください。" +"" #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -223,7 +246,7 @@ #. frame label #. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1026 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS クライアント" @@ -271,7 +294,7 @@ #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:862 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "検索 (&D)" @@ -294,11 +317,6 @@ msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NIS を使用する (&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:482 -msgid "Start Auto&mounter" -msgstr "automounter を起動 (&M)" - #. button label (short for Expert settings) #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." @@ -309,9 +327,14 @@ msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS 設定..." +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "automounter を起動 (&M)" + #. dialog title #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:506 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1034 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "NIS クライアントの設定" @@ -319,12 +342,12 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers #. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "サーバの検索はドメインが既に分かっている場合にのみ動作します。" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -335,81 +358,93 @@ "続行してもよろしいですか？" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." -msgstr "通常はクライアントがどのサーバを利用しているのかを全てのホストから問い合わせることができます。 リモートホストに応答する の選択を外すことで、この問い合わせをローカルホストからのみに制限することができます。" +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "" +"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " +"host." +msgstr "" +"通常はクライアントがどのサーバを利用しているのかを全てのホストから問い合わ" +"せることができます。 リモートホストに応答する の選択を外すことで、この" +"問い合わせをローカルホストからのみに制限することができます。" #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." -msgstr "非特権ポートからのサーバ応答を受け入れる必要がある場合は 壊れたサーバ を選択してください。ただしこれはセキュリティ上のリスクを背負うことになるため、そのようなサーバは交換することをお勧めします。" +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "" +"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server." +msgstr "" +"非特権ポートからのサーバ応答を受け入れる必要がある場合は 壊れたサーバ</" +"b> を選択してください。ただしこれはセキュリティ上のリスクを背負うことになるた" +"め、そのようなサーバは交換することをお勧めします。" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "他のオプションの詳細については man ypbind をご覧ください。" #. frame label #. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:701 src/include/nis/ui.rb:729 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "熟練者設定" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:706 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "リモートホストに応答する (&W)" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:710 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "壊れたサーバ (&O)" #. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "その他の ypbind オプション (&Y)" #. Translators: multilineedit label #. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:844 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "サーバ (カンマ ',' またはスペース ' ' で区切る) (&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:851 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト (&B)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:857 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "SLP (&S)" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:872 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "ドメインの設定" #. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:875 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "ドメイン名 (&D)" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:930 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "このドメインは既に定義されています。" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:935 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "サーバアドレス '%1' の書式に誤りがあります。" #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:944 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -418,56 +453,60 @@ "することはできません。どちらか 1 つだけを選択してください。" #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:977 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "追加のドメインのサーバを指定してください。" #. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -msgstr "サービスロケーションプロトコル (SLP) を NIS サーバの検索に利用することができます。" +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "" +"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +"" +msgstr "" +"サービスロケーションプロトコル (SLP) を NIS サーバの検索に利用する" +"ことができます。" #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:997 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "追加のドメイン" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1003 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "ドメイン" #. table header #. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト" #. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" #. table header #. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "サーバ" #. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1015 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "追加 (&D)" #. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1121 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "このドメインを削除してよろしいですか？" #. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1251 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS が利用できます。" @@ -547,46 +586,47 @@ msgstr "クライアントが使用可能" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NIS の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "サービスの停止" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "サービスの開始" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1229 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "NIS クライアントの設定を書き込んでいます" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "ypclient の実行中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS サーバが見つかりません。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-04 07:42+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -29,22 +29,43 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使いのシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP 設定の保存 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "" +"今すぐ同期する を押すと、選択した NTP サーバからの情報を元にお使い" +"のシステムの時刻を修正します。恒久的に NTP サーバを使用したい場合は、 NTP " +"設定の保存 を選択してください。" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービスはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設定することができるようになります。" +msgid "" +"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "" +"NTP をデーモンとして実行する オプションを有効にすると、 NTP サービ" +"スはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定" +"期的に同期するようになります。既定では 15 分おきに同期を行ないます。 " +"yast2 ntp-client module を実行してインストールを行なうと、同期間隔を設" +"定することができるようになります。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgid "" +"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "設定 ボタンを押すと、 NTP の詳細な設定を開くことができます。" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." -msgstr " NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured." +msgstr "" +" NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定するこ" +"とができます。" #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -78,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "設定 (&C)..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -87,25 +108,26 @@ "NTP サーバとの同期を行なうことができません。" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "NTP サーバと同期しています..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "選択した NTP サーバへの接続が失敗しました。" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "サーバ '%1' に対する問い合わせテストが失敗しました。\n" -"現時点ではサーバにアクセスできない場合や、ネットワークの設定が未完了の場合は、\n" +"現時点ではサーバにアクセスできない場合や、ネットワークの設定が未完了の場合" +"は、\n" "'いいえ' を押して無視してください。 NTP サーバ設定に戻りますか？" #. local clock type name @@ -617,16 +639,21 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " +"activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " +"is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>NTP デーモンの起動</big> \n" -"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してください。\n" +"今すぐ、およびシステム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動するかどうかを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" "NTP デーモンは初期化の際にホスト名を解決しますので、\n" "NTP デーモンを起動する前にネットワークを起動しなければなりません。\n" -"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは有効化されず、\n" -"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能です。既定値は 15 分で、\n" +"また、 デーモンを使用せずに同期する を選択した場合は、 NTP デーモンは" +"有効化されず、\n" +"定期的にシステムの時刻を設定することになります。この場合の間隔は設定可能で" +"す。既定値は 15 分で、\n" "システムの設定後に変更することができます。" #. help text 2/5 @@ -639,23 +666,31 @@ msgstr "" "<big>chroot 環境</big> \n" "chroot 環境下で NTP デーモンを起動するには\n" -"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを chroot 環境下で\n" +"NTP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する を選択してください。デーモンを " +"chroot 環境下で\n" "起動することはより堅牢なセキュリティを実現できるためお勧めです。" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>NTP のセキュリティ設定</big> \n" "NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する のオプションを選択すると、\n" -"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" -"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載されたサーバと\n" +"お使いのコンピュータの NTP 設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したり" +"することを\n" +"禁止することができます。 NTP のサービスは /etc/ntp.conf に記載された" +"サーバと\n" "ローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。 \n" -"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定することが\n" -"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" +"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセスコントロールフラグを設定" +"することが\n" +"できます。なお、このオプションは NTP を DHCP 経由で設定した場合には利用できま" +"せん。\n" "\n" #. help text 3/5 @@ -668,9 +703,11 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP 経由での設定</big> \n" -"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介して\n" +"設定を手動で行なわず、お使いのネットワークサーバから DHCP プロトコルを介し" +"て\n" " NTP サーバの情報を取得したい場合は、 DHCP 経由で NTP デーモンを設定\n" -"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかについては、\n" +"を選択してください。 NTP サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから取得できるかどうかにつ" +"いては、\n" "お使いのネットワークの管理者にお尋ねください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -678,14 +715,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>設定したサーバ</big> \n" -" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整するには、\n" -"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加するには、\n" -" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選んで\n" +" NTP サーバやピア、ローカルクロックや NTP ブロードキャストをそれぞれ調整する" +"には、\n" +"それぞれ該当する行を選んで 編集 を押してください。新しい同期先を追加す" +"るには、\n" +" 追加 を押してください。既存の同期先を削除するには、削除する項目を選ん" +"で\n" "削除 を押してください。" #. help text 5/5 @@ -695,13 +736,15 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ログの表示</big>\n" -"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウインドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタ" +"ンを押してください。\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>高度な設定</big> \n" @@ -732,7 +775,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -740,11 +784,14 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>デバイス</big> \n" -"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンク\n" +"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボ" +"リックリンク\n" "を作成する必要がある場合があります。これを行なうには、\n" -"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してください。デバイスを参照するには\n" +"シンボリックリンクの作成 を選択し、 デバイス を設定してくださ" +"い。デバイスを参照するには\n" "参照 ボタンを押してください。\n" -"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボリックリンクを\n" +"クロックの種類によってはシンボリックリンクを作成する必要がないものや、シンボ" +"リックリンクを\n" "手動で作成する必要があるものもあります。" #. help text 4/4 @@ -766,7 +813,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>NTP サーバのアドレス</big> \n" "NTP サーバのアドレスを設定するには アドレス 項目を使用します。\n" -"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\n" +"NTP サーバを見つけるには、お使いのネットワークの管理者またはインターネットプ" +"ロバイダに\n" "お尋ねください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -780,7 +828,8 @@ "<big>サーバの選択</big> \n" "ローカルネットワーク内で見つかった NTP サーバや既知の NTP サーバの一覧から\n" "選択するには 選択 ボタンを押し、\n" -"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。" +"ローカル NTP サーバ または 公開 NTP サーバ を選んでください。</" +"p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -831,12 +880,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" -"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項目に\n" +"同期ソースについてより細かい調整を行なうには、 オプション のテキスト項" +"目に\n" "オプションを入力してください。詳細は\n" " /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm をご覧ください。\n" @@ -844,18 +895,24 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big> \n" -"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の restrict \n" -"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\n" -"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n" -" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリティ設定 \n" -" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n" +"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の " +"restrict \n" +"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションに" +"は、このサーバが\n" +"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行なうことができるのかを指定しま" +"す。既定では\n" +" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリ" +"ティ設定 \n" +" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合" +"にのみ\n" "利用できます。\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -909,8 +966,10 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロードキャストを受け取って\n" -"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してください。" +"ネットワーク内に存在する他のコンピュータから発信される時刻情報のブロード" +"キャストを受け取って\n" +"それをローカルタイムに適用するには、 受信ブロードキャスト を選択してく" +"ださい。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -942,11 +1001,13 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>公開 NTP サーバの選択</big> \n" -"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にある NTP \n" +"公開 NTP サーバ の一覧から NTP サーバを選択してください。特定の国にあ" +"る NTP \n" "サーバのみを表示するには、 国 を選択してください。" #. help text 4/5 @@ -962,9 +1023,11 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Note</big> \n" -"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではありません。\n" +"一覧に掲載されている NTP サーバはどの国からでもアクセスできるというものではあ" +"りません。\n" "場合によっては特定の国や地域からしかアクセスできないかもしれません。\n" -"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やインターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" +"また一覧から NTP サーバを選択して使用する前に、お使いのシステムの管理者やイン" +"ターネットプロバイダなどに対して\n" "より近い NTP サーバが存在しないかどうかをあらかじめお尋ねください。\n" "\n" "NTP サーバの一覧は http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" @@ -977,7 +1040,8 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n" -"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してください。" +"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには テスト を押してく" +"ださい。" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -985,38 +1049,50 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ランダムサーバの使用</big> \n" -"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択すると、\n" -"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく一定ですが、\n" -"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 NTP サーバは\n" +"このサービスは pool.ntp.org が提供しているものです。このオプションを選択する" +"と、\n" +"設定内に 3 つの異なるサーバを追加します。これらのサーバ名は常に変わることなく" +"一定ですが、\n" +"1 時間ごとにそれらの DNS レコード (IP アドレス) が変わります。このことで、 " +"NTP サーバは\n" " 1 時間ごとに違うサーバと同期することになります。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>クロックドライバの調整</big> \n" -"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々な調整\n" -"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプションの意味が\n" -"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありません。" +"クロックドライバには調整が必要となることがあります。このダイアログでは、様々" +"な調整\n" +"オプションを設定することができます。それぞれのドライバにはそれぞれのオプショ" +"ンの意味が\n" +"あります。また、全てのドライバで全てのオプションを利用できるわけではありませ" +"ん。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.\n" msgstr "" "それぞれのオプションの意味について詳しく知りたい場合は、パッケージ\n" "ntp-doc をインストールのうえ、\n" -"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みください。\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm ファイルをお読みくだ" +"さい。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1059,7 +1135,8 @@ "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." msgstr "" "NTP サーバ '%1' の設定が正しくありません。\n" -"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを設定してください。" +"ホスト名、完全修飾ホスト名、 IPv4 アドレス、または IPv6 アドレスのいずれかを" +"設定してください。" #. if there is already some server defined #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 @@ -1336,27 +1413,27 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP クライアントの設定を準備しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定の読み込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "NTP 設定の読み込み" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの設定を読み込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "NTP の設定を読み込んでいます..." @@ -1366,118 +1443,119 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP クライアントの設定を保存しています" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP 設定の書き込み" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP デーモンの再起動" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP デーモンを再起動しています..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "動的設定ポリシーを更新することができません。" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP デーモンを再起動できません。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "システム起動時に NTP デーモンを起動します。" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP デーモンは自動では起動しません。" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "サーバ: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "ラジオクロック: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "ピア: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "時間情報を以下にブロードキャストする: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "以下からブロードキャストされた時間情報を受け取る: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "固定設定と DHCP 設定の組み合わせ" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "固定設定のみ" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "カスタムな設定ポリシー" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP サーバをテストしています..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "サーバは到達可能で正しく応答しています。" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "サーバは到達不可能か、正しく応答していません。" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" "ローカルネットワーク内の NTP サーバを検索することができません。\n" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-20 19:58+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -40,7 +40,9 @@ msgstr "YMP の内部説明を書き込むファイル" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgid "" +"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " +"instructions" msgstr "ワンクリックインストール の手順について内部説明を書き込むファイル" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 @@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ #. Remove any removals #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:292 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 msgid "Removing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージを削除しています..." @@ -82,7 +84,7 @@ #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 msgid "Installing Patterns..." msgstr "パターンをインストールしています..." @@ -95,8 +97,8 @@ #. initialize slideshow data (package counters) #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:224 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:232 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." @@ -120,7 +122,9 @@ #. <region name="String constants"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:46 msgid "This wizard will install software on your computer." -msgstr "このウイザードではお使いのコンピュータにソフトウエアをインストールすることができます。" +msgstr "" +"このウイザードではお使いのコンピュータにソフトウエアをインストールすることが" +"できます。" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." @@ -197,28 +201,50 @@ msgstr "インストール手順" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "必要なリポジトリの購読処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " +"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"必要なリポジトリの購読処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 のログをお読み" +"ください。" #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "指定したパッケージをアンインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"指定したパッケージをアンインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は " +"yast2 のログをお読みください。" #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "指定したパターンをインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"指定したパターンをインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 の" +"ログをお読みください。" #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "指定したパッケージをインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " +"the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"指定したパッケージをインストールする処理でエラーが発生しました。詳細は yast2 " +"のログをお読みください。" #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "インストールの際に利用したリポジトリの購読を解除する処理でエラーが発生しました。手動で削除するには 'YaST' > 'ソフトウエアリポジトリ' をお使いください。詳細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " +"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " +"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"インストールの際に利用したリポジトリの購読を解除する処理でエラーが発生しまし" +"た。手動で削除するには 'YaST' > 'ソフトウエアリポジトリ' をお使いください。詳" +"細は yast2 のログをお読みください。" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -255,7 +281,9 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "開いたインストールリンクまたはファイルには、 %s で利用できる手順が書き込まれていません。" +msgstr "" +"開いたインストールリンクまたはファイルには、 %s で利用できる手順が書き込まれ" +"ていません。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -284,8 +312,12 @@ msgstr "このメッセージを以降表示しない" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." -msgstr "これらのリポジトリはインストールの最中にのみ購読し、インストール後は購読しません。" +msgid "" +"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " +"remain subscribed." +msgstr "" +"これらのリポジトリはインストールの最中にのみ購読し、インストール後は購読しま" +"せん。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -333,8 +365,12 @@ msgstr "一部のみインストールに成功しました。" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "ソフトウエアのインストールに失敗しました。詳細はログファイル <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt> をお読みください。失敗した箇所: " +msgid "" +"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" +"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "" +"ソフトウエアのインストールに失敗しました。詳細はログファイル <tt>/var/log/" +"YaST2/y2log</tt> をお読みください。失敗した箇所: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -362,36 +398,36 @@ msgid "Adding repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を追加しています" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:124 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." msgstr "ソフトウエアリポジトリを初期化する際にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:127 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細:" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:132 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか？" #. * Install all the specified packages #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:186 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールするよう印を付けています" #. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:212 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." msgstr "警告: パッケージ %1 をインストールすることができませんでした。" -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:226 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 msgid "Performing Installation..." msgstr "インストールを実行しています..." #. * Install all the specified patterns #. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:253 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." msgstr "警告: パターン %1 をインストールすることができませんでした。" @@ -401,5 +437,10 @@ msgstr "不明" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." -msgstr "管理者 (root) 権限が必要です。権限が不足しているか、不明なエラーが発生しました。" +msgid "" +"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " +"error occurred." +msgstr "" +"管理者 (root) 権限が必要です。権限が不足しているか、不明なエラーが発生しまし" +"た。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:01+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -69,8 +69,14 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." -msgstr "システムはインストールまたは更新リポジトリを初期化しています。ソフトウエアリポジトリは インストール元 モジュールで変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." +msgstr "" +"システムはインストールまたは更新リポジトリを初期化しています。ソフトウエア" +"リポジトリは インストール元 モジュールで変更することができます。</" +"b>" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -157,11 +163,14 @@ msgstr "" "更新サーバに接続後、 \n" "YaST2 は選択された全ての修正をダウンロードします。\n" -"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細はログウインドウに表示されます。" +"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細はログウインドウに表示さ" +"れます。" #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" "更新情報の中に表示すべき何らかのメッセージが書かれている場合、\n" "それらはインストールする段階で表示されます。\n" @@ -239,16 +248,17 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"インストールされた更新の中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあります。\n" +"インストールされた更新の中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがありま" +"す。\n" "できる限り速やかにシステムにログインし直してください。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -"Finishing and restarting now." +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." msgstr "" -"パッケージ管理システムが更新されました。\n" +"パッケージ管理システムのパッケージが更新されました。\n" "今すぐ終了し、再起動します。" #. popup message @@ -278,7 +288,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -286,7 +297,8 @@ "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" "YaST の再スタートを必要とするパッケージ管理システムへの修正が利用できます。\n" -"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にインストールすべきものです。\n" +"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にイン" +"ストールすべきものです。\n" "\n" "現在はその他の修正のみをインストールするよう選択しています。\n" "\n" @@ -322,63 +334,48 @@ msgstr "OK" #. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:233 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "差分 RPM %1 をダウンロードしています" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:239 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "差分 RPM をダウンロードしています" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:265 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "差分 RPM のダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" #. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). #. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:280 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "差分 RPM を適用しています: %1" #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:287 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "差分 RPM を適用しています" #. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:316 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "差分 RPM の適用に失敗しました: %1" -#. Progress log; lave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:331 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " -msgstr "修正 RPM %1 をダウンロードしています" - #. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:337 -msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" -msgstr "修正 RPM をダウンロードしています" - -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:364 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "修正 RPM のダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:405 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "スクリプトを実行しています" #. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:411 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始しています" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -387,7 +384,7 @@ "\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:614 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "リポジトリの初期化の際にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -432,8 +429,7 @@ msgid "Try again" msgstr "再試行" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "修正を飛ばす" @@ -553,3 +549,4 @@ "その拡張が有効化されていることをご確認ください。\n" "\n" "詳しい手順については、お問い合わせください。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-16 08:08+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -200,8 +200,7 @@ #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" @@ -221,15 +220,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1343 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの設定を中止しています" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "設定を中断してもよろしいですか？" @@ -250,42 +247,42 @@ "設定してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:643 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定を確認" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:645 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧をダウンロード" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:650 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定を確認しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:652 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧をダウンロードしています..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:661 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "リポジトリマネージャの準備" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:666 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "リポジトリマネージャを準備しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:676 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧を読み出しています" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:682 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -294,7 +291,7 @@ "一覧を処理しています。しばらくお待ちください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:714 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -303,7 +300,7 @@ "ネットワークが設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:792 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -312,7 +309,7 @@ "製品 URL が指定されていません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:806 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -323,12 +320,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:912 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "推奨: %1 " #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" @@ -339,7 +336,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:926 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -358,28 +355,28 @@ "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1234 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1241 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "フィルタ (&F)" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1251 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリの一覧 (&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1257 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "リポジトリの説明" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1261 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -388,29 +385,28 @@ "詳細を読むには、それぞれのリポジトリを選択してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "利用済みのリポジトリを削除するには、単にその選択を外してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリ一覧の書き出し" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "リポジトリマネージャが、リポジトリの詳細をダウンロードしています..." @@ -420,46 +416,45 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1469 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1493 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1511 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "リポジトリ %1 の追加に失敗しました。" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1588 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "選択を外したリポジトリの削除" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1590 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "選択を外したリポジトリを削除しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "選択したオンラインリポジトリを追加" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1603 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "選択されたオンラインリポジトリを追加しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1612 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "リポジトリの追加: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1621 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています: %1 ..." #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1733 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -491,7 +486,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています..." @@ -508,7 +503,9 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセクションを確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセクションを確" +"認してください。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -531,8 +528,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "準備しています..." @@ -572,8 +569,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use " +"'%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していま" +"せん。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -739,21 +740,30 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供することができます。" +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package " +"repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can " +"be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "" +"サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッケージリポジト" +"リの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更すること" +"ができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供することができます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" "To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the " +"entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n" -"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" -"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービスを指定しま" +"す。\n" +"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出しま" +"す。\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -796,28 +806,38 @@ "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" "To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at " +"initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "リポジトリやサービスの状態変更\n" "リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" -"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスをお使いください。\n" +"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起動時の更新有" +"無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスをお使いください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 " +"(the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, " +"the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの優先順序 \n" -"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" +"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順位) の間で指" +"定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より" +"高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and " +"services." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してくださ" +"い。" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 @@ -828,11 +848,17 @@ msgstr "" "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択すると、\n" "パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" -"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" +"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に" +"削除されます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルから変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. " +"Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages にあります。" +"ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルから変更することができま" +"す。" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -845,7 +871,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細: " @@ -853,7 +879,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1331 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか？" @@ -873,7 +899,7 @@ "全ての変更内容は破棄されます。" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -882,40 +908,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1439 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリを更新しています" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "サービスを更新しています" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1445 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリの更新" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "サービスの更新" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1478 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を更新しています..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1504 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "サービス %1 を更新しています..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1523 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "一覧からリポジトリを削除しますか？" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1537 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -924,7 +950,7 @@ "とそのリポジトリを削除してよろしいですか？" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1605 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -933,7 +959,7 @@ "ことはできません。" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1767 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -941,26 +967,25 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %1\n" -"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるものと思われます。\n" +"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるものと思われま" +"す。\n" "\n" "リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか？" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "リポジトリ設定を復元する際にエラーが発生しました。\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "ソフトウエアの提案は既定値にリセットされます。" #. warning text #. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "依存関係を自動では解決できませんでした。手動で解決する必要があります。" @@ -976,8 +1001,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use " +"'%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応してい" +"ません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1059,7 +1088,7 @@ "これらを今すぐインストールしますか？\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1067,7 +1096,7 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "オンライン更新リポジトリを設定することができません" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1076,7 +1105,7 @@ "オンラインのリポジトリを検索することができません" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1148,7 +1177,8 @@ "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" -" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していないかどうか確" +"認\n" "してください。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 @@ -1191,7 +1221,9 @@ #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメディア確認をお使いください。" +msgstr "" +"インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメディア確認をお" +"使いください。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 @@ -1200,7 +1232,8 @@ "software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "ご自分でメディアに書き込みを行なう場合は、お使いの書き込みソフトウエアで\n" -"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問題を回避することができます。\n" +"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問題を回避する" +"ことができます。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1210,7 +1243,8 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、全ての\n" -"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次へ' を押してください。" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次へ' を押してく" +"ださい。" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1222,7 +1256,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "チェック開始 (&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "取り出す (&E)" @@ -1451,8 +1485,7 @@ #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1468,8 +1501,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1318 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1507,38 +1540,48 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:534 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:725 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "インストールシステムの準備中にエラーが発生しました。" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "メディアに制御ファイル %1 がありません。" +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ '%s' はインストールされていません。\n" +"アドオン製品を登録することができません。" + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "追加の製品を使用することができません。" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, パス: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "追加の製品" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1546,34 +1589,34 @@ "インストールリポジトリには、一覧にある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" "使用したいものを選択してください。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "選択する追加のリポジトリ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "選択した製品の追加 (&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "アドオン %1 のメディアを挿入してください" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "%1 の %2 メディアを挿入してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "製品 %1 を追加することができません。" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:469 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -1659,7 +1702,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 msgid "Total" msgstr "合計" @@ -1668,171 +1711,195 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 をダウンロードしています (ダウンロードサイズ %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (残り: %1%2 パッケージ)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをダウンロードしています..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1/%2 個のパッケージをダウンロード済み)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 を削除しています" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 をインストールしています (インストール済みサイズ %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "差分 RPM を適用しています: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit " +"distribution." +msgstr "" +"お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディストリビュー" +"ションをインストールしようとしています。" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのかを示しています。" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the " +"system." +msgstr "" +"パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのかを示していま" +"す。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われます。" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. " +"However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the " +"used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea " +"to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業" +"用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くな" +"ります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き" +"領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われます。" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection " +"is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" " 'ダウンロード' で示されているサイズは、リモート (ネットワーク)\n" -"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウン" +"ロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "ソフトウエアの提案" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "製品: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "システム種類: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "パターン: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "インストールするパッケージのサイズ: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "リモートリポジトリからのダウンロード: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "以下のアドオン製品は自動削除の対象としてマークされています: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" +msgstr "" +"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってくだ" +"さい。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始" +"することができません。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "警告: ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ディスクの残り容量が不足しています。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "パーティション %3 には %1 (%2%%) の空き容量しか残っていません。 " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "新しい製品 %s をインストールします" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "製品 %s を更新します" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "製品 %{old_product} を %{new_product} に更新します" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "製品 %s をインストールしたままにします" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:731 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "警告: 製品 %s を削除します" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "エラー: 製品 %s を自動的に削除します" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1843,54 +1910,57 @@ msgstr "" "<ul><li>いくつかの製品を自動削除しようとしています。</li>\n" "<ul><li>削除するアドオンに対して、その製造元にお問い合わせいただき、\n" -"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" -"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を削除するように\n" +"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、" +"登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" +"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を" +"削除するように\n" "マーキングすることも可能です。\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' にはリポジトリが見つかりませんでした。" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" +"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれていま" +"す。\n" "インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" " SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" "\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1639 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "起動したメディアを統合しています..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "サービスパックリポジトリの統合に失敗しました。" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリを準備しています..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1 を挿入してください" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1928 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 が見つかりませんでした" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2038 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1899,7 +1969,7 @@ "詳しくはログファイル %1 をお読みください。" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1908,12 +1978,12 @@ "ソフトウエアの提案処理が再度呼び出されます。" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "パッケージ選択を確認しています..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2615 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1923,14 +1993,18 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. -#. @param string filename +#. @param [String] license_ident file name #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the " +"live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディ" +"レクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -1964,18 +2038,21 @@ "設定作業は中止されます。\n" #. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス同意" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1984,7 +2061,7 @@ "本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1043 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1993,12 +2070,17 @@ "キャンセルされます。本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "システムをチャットダウンしています..." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "%s ライセンス同意" + #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2057,109 +2139,99 @@ msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "差分 RPM %1 をダウンロードしています (ダウンロードサイズ %2)" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:461 -msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" -msgstr "修正 RPM %1 をダウンロードしています (ダウンロードサイズ %2)" - #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:483 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "差分 RPM のダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:492 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "差分 RPM の適用に失敗しました: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:501 -msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" -msgstr "修正 RPM のダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" - #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:31 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "SLP を使用したスキャン (&S)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "コミュニティリポジトリ (&I)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "登録サーバからの拡張やモジュール (&E)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "URLの指定 (&U)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP (&F)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP (&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS (&P)..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1720 -msgid "&SMB/CIFS" -msgstr "SMB/CIFS (&S)" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" +msgstr "SMB/CIFS (&M)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 -msgid "&NFS..." -msgstr "NFS (&N)..." +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +msgid "NF&S..." +msgstr "NFS (&S)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD (&C)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD (&D)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "ハードディスク (&H)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB 大容量ディスク (USB スティック、ディスク等) (&U)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ (&L)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "ローカル ISO イメージ (&L)..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "リポジトリの説明をダウンロード (&D)" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2168,7 +2240,7 @@ "ISO イメージ を設定してください。" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:115 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2177,86 +2249,86 @@ "それらのうちの 1 枚目の場所を指定してください。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:129 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名 (&S)" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:137 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス (&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO イメージ (&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 プロトコル (&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプション" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(既定)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "プロトコル (&R)" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの URL (&U)" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:202 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "リポジトリ URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS サーバ" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:206 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD または DVD メディア" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB スティックまたはディスク" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ローカル ISO イメージ" @@ -2265,57 +2337,61 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "サーバとディレクトリ" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "リポジトリの名前を入力する必要があります。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "リポジトリ名 (&R)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST " +"will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>リポジトリ名</big> \n" -"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" +"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供す" +"る製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "サービス名 (&S)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will " +"use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス名</big> \n" -"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" +"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス URL の一部を名" +"前として採用します。\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL　は必ず指定してください。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:538 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL (&U)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2327,16 +2403,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:725 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1852 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL を部分的に編集" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:732 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1859 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "URL 全体を編集" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:744 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2346,7 +2422,7 @@ "サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" "では、それぞれ NFS サーバのホスト名とパスを指定します。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2359,16 +2435,16 @@ "対応するオプションの一覧については、 man 5 nfs をお読みください。" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM (&C)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:808 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM (&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:813 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2377,12 +2453,12 @@ "メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO イメージファイル" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2391,7 +2467,7 @@ "もしくはディレクトリが存在しません。\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2400,7 +2476,7 @@ "もしくはファイルが存在しません。\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:981 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2411,17 +2487,17 @@ "このファイルを本当に使いますか？\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリへのパス (&P)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1010 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ (&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2436,20 +2512,20 @@ "を選択してください。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1261 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 大容量記憶域デバイス (&U)" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ファイルシステム (&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ディレクトリ (&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2469,7 +2545,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1282 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2477,14 +2553,15 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルシステムの項目で 'auto' を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\n" "ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、もしくは既に\n" -"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してください。\n" +"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してください。</" +"p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ディスクデバイス (&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2503,12 +2580,12 @@ "を選択してください。\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO イメージへのパス (&P)" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2519,71 +2596,71 @@ "を指定することができます。" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "サーバ名 (&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート (&P)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 msgid "&Share" msgstr "共有 (&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO イメージ (&I)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "サーバ内のディレクトリ (&D)" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "認証 (&T)" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "匿名 (&A)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン (&W)" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1703 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP (&F)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP (&T)" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1713 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS (&P)" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1883 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2608,7 +2685,7 @@ "を設定してください。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2619,12 +2696,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1958 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "追加のアドオン製品をインストールする" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2635,7 +2712,7 @@ "上に設定可能です。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2646,7 +2723,7 @@ "製品の CD セットまたは DVD を用意してください。" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2104 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2662,7 +2739,7 @@ "各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2675,25 +2752,25 @@ "を指定してください。\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "メディア種類を選択してください。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "アドオン製品の CD を挿入してください" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "アドオン製品の DVD を挿入してください" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "USB ディスクは検出されませんでした" -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2359 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2708,15 +2785,22 @@ "必要に応じて後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "メディア種類" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2602 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "URL スキーム '%s' が正しくありません。" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2810,7 +2894,7 @@ #. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label #. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "排出するドライブ (&D)" @@ -2922,3 +3006,4 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージ選択を解除してください。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-02 20:46+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,40 +23,64 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." -msgstr "<BIG>利用可能なパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>設定されたリポジトリから利用可能なオブジェクトを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " +"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " +"while..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>利用可能なパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>設定された" +"リポジトリから利用可能なオブジェクトを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちくださ" +"い..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." -msgstr "<BIG>インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>パッケージマネージャはインストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " +"reading installed packages..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます</BIG>" +"パッケージマネージャはインストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." -msgstr "<BIG>新しいリポジトリの登録</BIG>新しいリポジトリを登録しようとしています。パッケージマネージャはリポジトリ内にあるパッケージ一覧を読み込んでいます..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " +"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " +"packages in the repository..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>新しいリポジトリの登録</BIG>新しいリポジトリを登録しよ" +"うとしています。パッケージマネージャはリポジトリ内にあるパッケージ一覧を読み" +"込んでいます..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "<BIG>リポジトリを保存しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは設定されたリポジトリを更新しています..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>リポジトリを保存しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは" +"設定されたリポジトリを更新しています..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." -msgstr "<BIG>リポジトリを更新しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャはリポジトリの内容を更新しています..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating the repository content..." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>リポジトリを更新しています</BIG>パッケージマネージャは" +"リポジトリの内容を更新しています..." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:651 +#: src/Package.cc:655 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "何もインストールするパッケージを選択していません。" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:657 +#: src/Package.cc:661 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "パッケージが利用できません。" #. still not initialized, throw an exception #. translators: this is an error message -#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:128 +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" msgstr "パッケージマネージャに接続できません" @@ -84,7 +108,7 @@ msgid "Download Descriptions" msgstr "説明のダウンロード" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:402 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 #: src/Source_Load.cc:479 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "キャッシュの再構築" @@ -98,17 +122,17 @@ msgid "Adding the Repository..." msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています..." -#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:320 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 msgid "Downloading " msgstr "ダウンロードしています " #. stages: "download", "build cache" -#: src/Source_Download.cc:401 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 msgid "Refresh Metadata" msgstr "メタデータの更新" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Download.cc:409 +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 msgid "Refreshing Repository..." msgstr "リポジトリを更新しています..." @@ -182,3 +206,4 @@ #: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込み" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:42+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -73,16 +73,22 @@ #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "印刷を設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups-client がインストールされていません) 。" +msgstr "" +"印刷を設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups-client がインストールされてい" +"ません) 。" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups がインストールされていません) 。" +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (必要なパッケージ cups がインストールさ" +"れていません) 。" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません (印刷にはリモートの CUPS サーバ '%1' を使用します)" +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません (印刷にはリモートの CUPS サーバ '%1' を使用し" +"ます)" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -124,7 +130,9 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできません) 。" +msgstr "" +"ローカルプリンタを設定することができません (ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできませ" +"ん) 。" #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -200,9 +208,8 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ '%1' が無効" @@ -210,16 +217,17 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgid "" +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers " +"for the local system." msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムのプリンタ自動設定と矛盾しています。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf から 'ServerName' の項目を削除するのに失敗しました。" @@ -266,8 +274,7 @@ #. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically #. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "プリンタの型式を入力してください。" @@ -302,8 +309,7 @@ #. Printer model name: #. Printer model name: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" @@ -319,10 +325,8 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "接続" @@ -339,10 +343,8 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" @@ -360,8 +362,7 @@ #. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string #. and then show the search result: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "検索 (&S):" @@ -400,7 +401,7 @@ #. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1960 src/modules/Printer.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "ドライバを選択してください。" @@ -446,8 +447,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "何も選択しませんでした" @@ -497,8 +498,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "キュー名には [A-Z および a-z], 数字 [0-9], アンダースコア '_' のいずれかの文字のみを使用することができます。" +msgid "" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for " +"the queue name." +msgstr "" +"キュー名には [A-Z および a-z], 数字 [0-9], アンダースコア '_' のいずれかの文字のみ" +"を使用することができます。" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -520,8 +525,12 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "次のダイアログには、必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait " +"some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"次のダイアログには、必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されません。しばらく待ってから " +"'一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -567,8 +576,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" -msgstr "ドライバは使われていません ('未加工の' キューであるか、もしくは 'System V スタイルのインターフェイススクリプト' が使用されています)" +msgid "" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is " +"used)" +msgstr "" +"ドライバは使われていません ('未加工の' キューであるか、もしくは 'System V スタイル" +"のインターフェイススクリプト' が使用されています)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -619,21 +632,27 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "次のダイアログには、必要な変更が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更新' ボタンを押してください。" +msgid "" +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and " +"use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" +"次のダイアログには、必要な変更が表示されません。しばらく待ってから '一覧の更新' ボ" +"タンを押してください。" #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: #. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2341 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "利用可能なドライバオプションはありません" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考えられます。" +msgstr "" +"考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考えられま" +"す。" #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -646,7 +665,9 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "'raw キュー' を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するか、プリンタの製造元を選択 (&M)" +msgstr "" +"'raw キュー' を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するか、プリンタの製造元を選" +"択 (&M)" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -696,7 +717,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "任意の 'オプション=値' パラメータ (通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +msgstr "" +"任意の 'オプション=値' パラメータ (通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記号でエン" +"コード]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -765,7 +788,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "Bluetooth プリンタにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ bluez-cups をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"Bluetooth プリンタにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ bluez-cups をインストールしな" +"ければなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -846,7 +871,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしな" +"ければなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -911,7 +938,9 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "IPX 印刷キューにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ ncpfs をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"IPX 印刷キューにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ ncpfs をインストールしなければな" +"りません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -946,12 +975,18 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "'パイプ' を利用して印刷するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなければなりません。" +msgstr "" +"'パイプ' を利用して印刷するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなけ" +"ればなりません。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason #. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPM パッケージ cups-backends はインストールされていません。" @@ -960,130 +995,127 @@ msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "プログラム (/path/to/command?option=value) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "" +"'beh' を利用するには、 RPM パッケージ cups-backends をインストールしなければなりま" +"せん。" + #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "デバイス URI ('beh' を適用する先) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "キューを決して無効化しない" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2157 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "再試行回数 ('0' は無制限に再試行する意味になります)" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2165 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "再試行の間の待機時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2172 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2265 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "接続種類を選択してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2190 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "接続種類 (&C)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2195 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "直接接続されているデバイス" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2198 -msgid "Parallel Port" -msgstr "パラレルポート" - +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2200 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB ポート" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2202 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP デバイス (HPLIP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2204 -msgid "Serial Port" -msgstr "シリアルポート" - +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2206 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2212 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "以下を介してネットワークプリンタや印刷サーバにアクセス" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP ポート (AppSocket/JetDirect)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2217 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "ラインプリンタデーモン (LPD) プロトコル" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2219 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2225 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "印刷サーバのマシンから印刷" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) または Samba (SMB/CIFS)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2230 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "伝統的な UNIX サーバ (LPR/LPD)" #. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS サーバ (IPP)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2235 -msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)" -msgstr "Novell NetWare 印刷サーバ (IPX)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2241 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "特殊" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "任意のデバイス URI を指定" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2248 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する (パイプ)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2251 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理 (beh)" #. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2262 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "接続設定" @@ -1098,7 +1130,7 @@ #. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". #. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) #. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "接続ウイザード" @@ -1107,12 +1139,12 @@ #. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. #. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. #. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2338 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPS バージョン 1.5 より、 SCSI プリンタへの対応は行なわれなくなりました。" #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2340 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1125,13 +1157,13 @@ #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here #. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2415 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "接続を選択してください" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2418 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1141,13 +1173,13 @@ "介してデバイスにアクセスすることができないことを示しています。\n" "常にプリンタが接続されていて、電源が入っていますか？" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2426 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "正しい接続を選択してください" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2429 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1157,41 +1189,45 @@ "この接続を介してデバイスにアクセスすることはできません。\n" "プリンタが接続されていて、電源が入っていますか？" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2469 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "シリアルデバイスとボーレートを指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "'スペース' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "'マーク' パリティチェックはデータビット数が 7 の場合にのみ対応しています。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "Bluetooth デバイス ID を指定する必要があります。" #. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values #. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2536 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URI を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2546 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名とプリンタを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しなければなりません。" #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2616 +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名を指定しなければなりません。" @@ -1201,30 +1237,30 @@ #. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options #. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名とキュー名を指定しなければなりません。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "デバイス URI 、再試行回数、待機時間をそれぞれ指定しなければなりません。" #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe #. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2761 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "何らかを指定する必要があります。" #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "製造元を選択するか、 'raw キュー' を選択してください。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2802 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク内にある全てのホストを参照" @@ -1233,11 +1269,11 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2804 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2831 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2846 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2861 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2876 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1246,25 +1282,25 @@ "しばらく時間がかかります。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2827 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "TCP ポート %1 を介してアクセス可能なホストを検索" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2844 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Samba (SMB) を介してアクセス可能なホストを検索" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "ポート 515 (LPD/LPR) を介してアクセス可能なホストを検索" #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "ポート 631 (CUPS/IPP) を介してアクセス可能なホストを検索" @@ -1274,7 +1310,7 @@ #. }); #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2901 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1284,7 +1320,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2941 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト '%2' のポート '%1' へのアクセステストに失敗しました。" @@ -1294,14 +1330,14 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2968 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2994 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3093 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト '%2' のキュー '%1' へのアクセステストに失敗しました。" #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3012 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1315,29 +1351,33 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト '%2' 上の共有 '%1' に対する汎用テストが失敗を報告しました。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3063 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト '%2' の共有 '%1' へのアクセステストに失敗しました。" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3105 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "テスト成功" #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." -msgstr "Active Directory (R) に対応させるには、 RPM パッケージ samba-krb-printing をインストールしなければなりません。" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "" +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Active Directory (R) に対応させるには、 RPM パッケージ samba-krb-printing をインス" +"トールしなければなりません。" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "Active Directory (R) への対応は、すべての SMB 印刷キューに対して無効化されます。" @@ -1478,67 +1518,62 @@ msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "JBIG を使用しない SPL プリンタ向けの SpliX ドライバ" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package m2300w. -#. There is no need to have the package name "m2300w" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:190 -msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)" -msgstr "Konica Minolta 2300W および 2400W 向けドライバ (メンテナンスされていません)" - #. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. #. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text #. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R インクジェットプリンタドライバ" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. make a printer description file (PPD file) available #. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:214 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "利用可能なプリンタ定義ファイル (PPD) の作成" #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルの存在するフルパス (&F)" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "参照 (&B)" #. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:273 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "プリンタ説明ファイルを選択してください" #. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:660 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "'%1' にアクセスすることができません" #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルが仕様に準拠していません。" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "エラーを無視してプリンタ定義ファイルを使用しますか？" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると予測できないエラーが発生する可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると予測できないエラーが発生する可" +"能性があります。" -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "利用可能なプリンタ定義ファイルを作成することができませんでした" @@ -1598,8 +1633,10 @@ "様々なアプリケーションプログラムが同時に印刷ジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに貯められ、プリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" "同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできます。\n" -"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、モノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目のキューを作成したり、\n" -"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、モノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目の" +"キューを作成したり、\n" +"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりす" +"ることができます。\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1617,7 +1654,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>リモートキューの使用:</big> \n" -"遠隔 (リモート) のキューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているため、\n" +"遠隔 (リモート) のキューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているた" +"め、\n" "それらのキューはここから変更することはできません。 \n" "ここに表示されたリモートのキューは、このホスト内で既知のものであり、\n" "通常はアプリケーション側から直接使用することができます。\n" @@ -1635,7 +1673,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>プリンタの設定:</big> \n" -"追加 ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができます。\n" +"追加 ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができ" +"ます。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: @@ -1724,7 +1763,8 @@ "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" "the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" "Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" @@ -1738,11 +1778,15 @@ "プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、印刷キューを介して使用します。 \n" "様々なアプリケーションプログラムが同時に印刷ジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに貯められてプリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" -"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできます。\n" +"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数の印刷キューを作成することもできま" +"す。\n" "たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場合、\n" "複数のキューを作成する必要が発生する場合があります。\n" -"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対してモノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目のキューを作成したり、\n" -"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。これは、 PCL ドライバのほうがより高速であるためです (ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対してモノクロでの印刷を行なう 2 番目のキュー" +"を作成したり、\n" +"PostScript と PCL の両方に対応したプリンタに対して、それぞれのキューを作成したりす" +"ることができます。これは、 PCL ドライバのほうがより高速であるためです (ただし品質は" +"劣ります)。\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: @@ -1766,7 +1810,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1780,7 +1825,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"接続 では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"接続 では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定しま" +"す。 \n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず、\n" "印刷出力が行なわれなくなります。 \n" "2 つ以上の方法でプリンタデバイスにアクセスできる場合は、\n" @@ -1789,7 +1835,8 @@ "\n" "後者の方法は HP ドライバパッケージ 'hplip' が提供している方法です。\n" "単純な印刷であればいずれの接続であっても動作しますが、それ以外の機能\n" -"(たとえば 'hp-toolbox' を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HP オールインワンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" +"(たとえば 'hp-toolbox' を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HP オールインワンデバ" +"イスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" "については 'hp:/...' 接続を使用しなければなりません。\n" "\n" @@ -1848,7 +1895,8 @@ "ドライバ は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するための\n" "ものです。 \n" "間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力されること\n" -"になりますので、見栄えの悪い出力になったり変な出力になったり、場合によっては全く出力されないこともあります。 \n" +"になりますので、見栄えの悪い出力になったり変な出力になったり、場合によっては全く出" +"力されないこともあります。 \n" "初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されている\n" "モデル名が入力されています。\n" "これにより、ドライバの説明文に記載されているモデル名を検索して\n" @@ -1880,7 +1928,8 @@ "ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n" "なお、通常は既定のドライバオプション設定は適切に設定され、\n" "お使いのプリンタで動作するようになっています。\n" -"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに正しく一致していなければならない場合もあります。\n" +"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに正しく一致していなければなら" +"ない場合もあります。\n" "特にドライバにおける既定の用紙サイズの設定については、\n" "お使いのプリンタに設置されているものと正しく一致していなければなりません。\n" "A4 またはレターサイズを既定の用紙サイズとして設定することもできますし、\n" @@ -1907,7 +1956,8 @@ "アプリケーションプログラムは実際の印刷デバイスを表示しませんが、\n" "その代わりに関連づけられた キュー名 を表示します。 \n" "キュー名については文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), アンダースコア '_'\n" -"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の 1 文字はアルファベットでなければなりません。\n" +"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の 1 文字はアルファベットでなければなりま" +"せん。\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: @@ -1929,15 +1979,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "いずれか 1 つの印刷キューを 既定として使用する ことができます。 \n" -"ユーザ側で特に何も印刷キューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設定した\n" +"ユーザ側で特に何も印刷キューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設" +"定した\n" "システム既定の印刷キューを利用して印刷を行なうべきものです。\n" "ただし '唯一無二' の印刷キューというわけではありません。\n" "システム既定の印刷キューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自の既定値を\n" "設定することができるほか、任意のアプリケーションプログラムが\n" -"独自の方法で既定の印刷キューを判断する場合もあります (たとえば、アプリケーションが直前に使用した\n" +"独自の方法で既定の印刷キューを判断する場合もあります (たとえば、アプリケーションが" +"直前に使用した\n" "印刷キューを記憶するなど) 。 \n" "詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語) または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (英語) にある openSUSE サポートデータベース記事をお読みください。 \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (英語) にある openSUSE サポート" +"データベース記事をお読みください。 \n" "\n" "" @@ -1960,17 +2013,23 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"HP デバイスを設定するためのもう 1 つの方法として、 hp-setup の起動 があります。 \n" -"HP 独自のツールである 'hp-setup' では、特に HP 社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデバイスに対して\n" -"プロプライエタリドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行なう、\n" +"HP デバイスを設定するためのもう 1 つの方法として、 hp-setup の起動 がありま" +"す。 \n" +"HP 独自のツールである 'hp-setup' では、特に HP 社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデ" +"バイスに対して\n" +"プロプライエタリドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行" +"なう、\n" "セットアップサポートを提供します。\n" "\n" -"また、 'hp-setup' では HP 社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデバイスに対しても、\n" -"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これは HP 独自のツールでは HP ネットワークデバイスについて\n" +"また、 'hp-setup' では HP 社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデ" +"バイスに対しても、\n" +"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これは HP 独自のツールでは HP ネットワーク" +"デバイスについて\n" "特別な処理を行なうことができるためです。\n" " \n" "詳しくは http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語) または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語) にある openSUSE サポートデータベース記事\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語) にある openSUSE サポー" +"トデータベース記事\n" "'HP 社製プリンタの設定方法' をお読みください。 \n" "" @@ -2038,8 +2097,10 @@ "特に HP デバイスの場合は、 'usb:/...' 接続と\n" "'hp:/...' 接続の両方が表示されます。\n" "後者は HP ドライバパッケージ 'hplip' で提供されるものです。\n" -"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の場合\n" -"(たとえばデバイスの状態を 'hp-toolbox' で表示させたり、 HP のオールインワンデバイスでスキャンしたりする場合など)\n" +"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の" +"場合\n" +"(たとえばデバイスの状態を 'hp-toolbox' で表示させたり、 HP のオールインワンデバイス" +"でスキャンしたりする場合など)\n" " は 'hp:/...' の接続方法を使用しなければなりません。 \n" "接続方法を一方のものから他方のものに変更する場合は、\n" "ドライバの検索文字列の項目は\n" @@ -2099,7 +2160,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " +"changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2112,10 +2174,14 @@ "ドライバ では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法を\n" "指定します。 \n" "間違ったドライバを割り当てるとプリンタに対して間違ったデータが送信され、\n" -"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、まともに読めないような出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりします。 \n" -"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることができますし、\n" -"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更することもできます。 \n" -"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければならないものもあります。\n" +"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、まともに読めないような出力になったり、全く出力されな" +"かったりします。 \n" +"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることが" +"できますし、\n" +"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更すること" +"もできます。 \n" +"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければなら" +"ないものもあります。\n" "たとえばドライバに対する既定の紙サイズの設定は\n" "プリンタに取り付けられている紙に適合しなければなりません。 \n" "その他のドライバオプション設定は自由に変更できます。\n" @@ -2123,20 +2189,24 @@ "それぞれのドライバで問題なく動作するはずです。\n" "ドライバ側で対応していない高い解像度で印刷しようとした場合は、\n" "うまくいかない場合もあります。たとえばレーザープリンタをお使いの場合で\n" -"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。 \n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。" +" \n" "現在使用中のドライバを別のものに入れ替えた場合は、\n" "最初にその変更を印刷キューに適用して\n" "キューが新しいドライバを使用するよう設定し\n" "(手順の最初でこのダイアログを完了しなければならない、という意味です)、\n" "次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要な全てのドライバオプションを\n" "設定する、という流れになります。 \n" -"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対して、\n" +"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対し" +"て、\n" "現在使用中のドライバの説明が入力されています。\n" "これにより、一般に 1 つのドライバのみが該当することになりますので、\n" "検索文字列をより短く指定して\n" "別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは 'さらなるドライバ' ボタンをお使いください。\n" -"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないということになります。\n" -"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これにより全てのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" +"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないということに" +"なります。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これ" +"により全てのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: @@ -2144,7 +2214,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location</" +"b>.\n" "Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" @@ -2161,9 +2232,11 @@ "正しいものを選択しなければならない接続とドライバに比べ、\n" "説明 と 場所 については自由に入力することができます。\n" "アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合があります。\n" -"これらの文字列を様々なユーザの様々なアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにするため、\n" +"これらの文字列を様々なユーザの様々なアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにす" +"るため、\n" "\n" -"特別な文字を使用しない ASCII 文字 (つまり文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), およびスペース)\n" +"特別な文字を使用しない ASCII 文字 (つまり文字 (a-z および A-Z), 数字 (0-9), および" +"スペース)\n" "で入力することをお勧めします。\n" "一般に説明には型番とドライバ (補足) についての説明\n" "(たとえば 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver') を、\n" @@ -2209,10 +2282,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"既定でない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があります。 \n" +"既定でない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があ" +"ります。 \n" "たとえばレーザープリンタをお使いの場合で、\n" -"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。 \n" -"また解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合もあります。\n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行なうにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などに該当します。" +" \n" +"また解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合もありま" +"す。\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2231,10 +2307,12 @@ "\n" "一方、プリンタの機能を完全に利用するために、ある特定の条件でプリンタ\n" "固有のドライバ設定を設定しなければならないことがあります。 \n" -"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの紙フィーダなどのオプション機器が\n" +"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの紙フィーダなどのオプション機器" +"が\n" "搭載されている場合、適切なドライバ設定を選択して設定する必要があります。\n" " \n" -"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを 'installed (インストール済み)' や 'true (はい)'\n" +"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを 'installed (インストール済み)' や 'true (は" +"い)'\n" "に設定しないと、両面印刷の設定を無視して印刷してしまうかもしれません。\n" "\n" @@ -2298,17 +2376,20 @@ "が必要です。 \n" "PPD ファイルが /usr/share/cups/model/ ディレクトリに存在していない\n" "場合は、それを利用したプリンタ設定を行なうことはできません。\n" -"そのため、お使いのシステムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合は、\n" +"そのため、お使いのシステムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合" +"は、\n" " PPD ファイルのフルパスを指定して /usr/share/cups/model ディレクトリに\n" "インストールする必要があります。 \n" -"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。 \n" +"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。" +" \n" "非 PostScript プリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行なって正しく動作させるためには\n" " PPD ファイルだけでは足りません。\n" "特に非 PostScript プリンタで PPD ファイルだけをインターネットから\n" "ダウンロードして設定しても動作させることはできません。\n" "\n" "プリンタの設定そのものは問題なく進めることができますが、\n" -"実際に印刷を行なおうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために動作しないものになってしまいます。\n" +"実際に印刷を行なおうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために動作しないものになっ" +"てしまいます。\n" "非 PostScript プリンタの場合、プリンタドライバに正確に適合した\n" " PPD ファイルが必要です。\n" "プリンタドライバをインストールすれば、\n" @@ -2331,7 +2412,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>接続方法の指定</big> \n" -"接続 ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"接続 ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。" +" \n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず\n" "印刷出力が行なわれなくなります。 \n" "\n" @@ -2343,18 +2425,20 @@ "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -"for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='." +" \n" "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2377,14 +2461,17 @@ "何らかの追加コンポーネントを指定します。\n" "また、 URI にスペースは指定できません。\n" "そのため、 URI コンポーネント内でスペースを指定したい場合は、\n" -"'%20' のようにエンコードして指定してください (20 はスペースを表わす 16 進数です) 。 \n" +"'%20' のようにエンコードして指定してください (20 はスペースを表わす 16 進数です) 。" +" \n" "URI のコンポーネントは、特別に用意された文字で区切ります。\n" -"コロン ':', スラッシュ '/', クエスチョンマーク '?', アンパサンド '&', イコール記号 '=' などを利用します。 \n" +"コロン ':', スラッシュ '/', クエスチョンマーク '?', アンパサンド '&', イコール" +"記号 '=' などを利用します。 \n" "\n" "最後にオプションパラメータを指定します (クエスチョンマーク '?' で区切ります)。\n" " 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' のように記述します。\n" "以上から、 URI は下記のようになります: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "いくつかの例: \n" "USB プリンタが 'ACME' 製のモデル 'Fun Printer 1000+' \n" "で、シリアル番号が 'A1B2C3' である場合、 URI は以下のようになります: \n" @@ -2479,7 +2566,8 @@ "<big>パーセント記号でのエンコード</big> \n" "この問題は複雑なものです。\n" "URI 内のコンポーネントの値を予約文字やスペースをユーザ自身で設定する場合\n" -"(つまり、リモートの印刷キューにアクセスするにあたって、リモート側の設定を変更したりすることが\n" +"(つまり、リモートの印刷キューにアクセスするにあたって、リモート側の設定を変更したり" +"することが\n" "できず、これらの記号を利用することが避けられない場合) は、それらの文字を避けて\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" "'非予約文字' と呼ばれる文字は、大文字や小文字のアルファベット、\n" @@ -2498,12 +2586,16 @@ "設定しなければなりません。\n" "そのような入力フィールドでは、全てのスペースや予約文字が\n" "自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードされます。\n" -"たとえば実際のパスワードが 'Foo%20Bar' (パーセント記号でのエンコードは行なっていない場合)\n" -"であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドにそのまま入力しなければなりません。\n" -"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果 'Foo%2520Bar' が URI 内のパスワード項目に\n" +"たとえば実際のパスワードが 'Foo%20Bar' (パーセント記号でのエンコードは行なっていな" +"い場合)\n" +"であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドにそのまま入力しなけ" +"ればなりません。\n" +"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果 'Foo%2520Bar' が URI 内のパスワード項目" +"に\n" "入力されるようになっています。 \n" "逆に、ダイアログ内の入力フィールドが URI の単一コンポーネントに対して\n" -"複数の入力を許している場合 ('option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" +"複数の入力を許している場合 ('option1=value1&option2=value2&" +"option3=value3'\n" "または URI 全体の入力を 1 つの項目で行なう場合) は、\n" "自動でのパーセント記号によるエンコードが行なわれないため、\n" "それぞれをエンコードして指定しなければなりません。\n" @@ -2539,7 +2631,8 @@ "アットマーク @ は %40 のようにエンコード \n" "開き角括弧 [ は %5B のようにエンコード \n" "閉じ角括弧 ] は %5D のようにエンコード \n" -"詳しくは、下記にある 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' をお読みください \n" +"詳しくは、下記にある 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' をお読みく" +"ださい \n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2548,64 +2641,21 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" -"Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" "For example: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n" -"When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n" -"with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device. \n" -"To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n" -"the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" -"The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP. \n" -"In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n" -"are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n" -"The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n" -"what the serial port in the printer requires,\n" -"see the manual of your serial printer.\n" -"Example device URIs: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" -"to a bluetooth printer.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>直接接続されたデバイスに対するデバイス URI</big> \n" -"パラレルポートや USB で接続されたデバイスは\n" -"自動的に検出され、適切なデバイス URI が自動的に生成されます。\n" +"<big>直接接続されているデバイスのデバイス URI</big> \n" +"USB で接続されているデバイスは自動検出され、デバイス URI も自動的に生成されます。\n" "例: \n" -"parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" -"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3\n" -"hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" -"一般に自動生成されたデバイス URI で問題なく動作するはずです。\n" -"デバイスが自動検出されない場合は、一般的なデバイスとの通信を\n" -"行なうことができなかったり、デバイスに対してデータを送信できなかったりしたような場合が考えられます。 \n" -"HP プリンタやオールインワンデバイスに対して 'hp' プロトコルを利用してアクセスしたい場合は、\n" -"RPM パッケージ hplip をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージには、 HP の印刷やスキャンを実行するソフトウエア HPLIP が含まれています。 \n" -"逆にシリアルポートや Bluetooth で接続されているデバイスは\n" -"自動検出を行なうことができず、デバイス URI を手動で指定しなければなりません。\n" -"\n" -"シリアルデバイスの URI パラメータには、\n" -"プリンタが要求する仕様に合わせた設定をしなければなりません。\n" -"詳しくはお使いのシリアルプリンタのマニュアルをお読みください。\n" -"たとえばデバイス URI は以下のようになります: \n" -"serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" -"bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Bluetooth を介してデバイスにアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ bluez-cups をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージには、 Bluetooth プリンタに実際にデータ送信を行なう CUPS バックエンド 'bluetooth' \n" -"が含まれています。\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2642,12 +2692,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>ネットワークプリンタや印刷サーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイス URI</big> \n" +"<big>ネットワークプリンタや印刷サーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイス URI</" +"big> \n" "印刷サーバボックスとは、 USB やパラレルポートに接続されたプリンタと\n" "ネットワークとを接続する小さな箱状のデバイスです。\n" "ネットワークプリンタには同種の機能が内蔵されています。\n" "アクセスするには 3 つの異なるプロトコルのいずれかを使用します。\n" -"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、お使いのネットワークプリンタや\n" +"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、お使いのネットワークプ" +"リンタや\n" "印刷サーバのマニュアルをお読みください: \n" "TCP ポート (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "アクセスするには IP アドレスとポート番号の指定が必要です。\n" @@ -2668,7 +2720,8 @@ "インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP) \n" "IPP は印刷サーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作する\n" " CUPS でのネイティブなプロトコルです。\n" -"印刷サーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内で\n" +"印刷サーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内" +"で\n" "公式に対応していると表明している場合にのみ使うべきものです。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource \n" @@ -2679,7 +2732,7 @@ "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2751,19 +2804,6 @@ "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" "The matching device URI is: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -"Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -"To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -"the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -"the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -"to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -"A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -"The matching device URI is: \n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -"the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -"" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>印刷サーバのマシンを経由して印刷を行なうためのデバイス URI</big> \n" @@ -2772,9 +2812,11 @@ "印刷サーバマシンには様々なネットワークプロトコルでアクセスすることができます。\n" "印刷サーバマシンがどのプロトコルでサービスを提供しているかについては、\n" "ネットワーク管理者にお尋ねください: \n" -"Windows または Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージは、 SMB プリンタ共有に対して実際にデータ送信を行なう <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>\n" +"Windows (R) または Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +"SMB プリンタ共有にアクセスするには、 RPM パッケージ samba-client をインストールしな" +"ければなりません。\n" +"このパッケージは、 SMB プリンタ共有に対して実際にデータ送信を行なう <tt>/usr/bin/" +"smbspool</tt>\n" "プログラムが含まれ、このプログラムへのリンクとして CUPS のバックエンド 'smb'\n" "が提供されています。 \n" "アクセスするにはサーバ名とプリンタの共有名、およびワークグループ名 (オプション)\n" @@ -2782,30 +2824,41 @@ "さらにアクセスを行なうのにユーザ名とパスワードが必要になる場合もあります。\n" "なお、これらの値の中でスペースなどの特殊文字を利用する場合は、\n" "パーセント記号でエンコードしなければなりません (上記をお読みください) 。 \n" -"また、既定では CUPS はバックエンド (ここでは smbspool) をユーザ 'lp' で動作させます。\n" +"また、既定では CUPS はバックエンド (ここでは smbspool) をユーザ 'lp' で動作させま" +"す。\n" "Active Directory (R) 環境 (AD) で印刷を行なう際、ユーザ 'lp' はこの環境での印刷が\n" "許可されておらず、ユーザ 'lp' で smbspool を利用した印刷は動作しません。 \n" -"そのため、 AD 環境での印刷に際しては samba-krb-printing パッケージをインストールしなければ\n" +"そのため、 AD 環境での印刷に際しては samba-krb-printing パッケージをインストールし" +"なければ\n" "なりません。パッケージをインストールすると、 CUPS バックエンド 'smb' は\n" -"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> へのリンクとなり、 smbspool を印刷ジョブを送信した\n" -"元のユーザで smbspool を実行するようになります。\n" -"AD 環境で認証用に Kerberos プロトコルを使用している場合、Gnome や KDE デスクトップに\n" -"ログインする際、ユーザはディスプレイマネージャからチケット許可チケット (TGT) を受け取ります。\n" -"smbspool が印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザで実行される場合、このユーザの TGT にアクセスし、\n" +"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> へのリンクとなり、 smbspool を印刷ジョブを送" +"信した\n" +"元のユーザで実行するようになります。\n" +"AD 環境で認証用に Kerberos プロトコルを使用している場合、Gnome や KDE デスクトップ" +"に\n" +"ログインする際、ユーザはディスプレイマネージャからチケット許可チケット (TGT) を受け" +"取ります。\n" +"smbspool が印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザで実行される場合、このユーザの TGT にアク" +"セスし、\n" "これを SMB 印刷共有の受け渡しの際に送信します。\n" "この場合、認証にあたっては固定のユーザ名やパスワードを設定する必要はありません。\n" -"なお、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインするのと同じホストで、 get_printing_ticket が動作して\n" -"いる必要があります。つまり AD 環境では、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザはあらかじめワークステーション\n" -"上に設定しておかなければならず、ワークステーションから直接印刷データを SMB 印刷共有に送信しなければ\n" -"ならないことになります。特にユーザがログインするマシンと CUPS サーバを動作させるマシンが異なる場合\n" -"は、うまく動作しないことになります。\n" +"なお、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインするのと同じホストで、 " +"get_printing_ticket が動作して\n" +"いる必要があります。つまり AD 環境では、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザはあらかじめワー" +"クステーション\n" +"上に設定しておかなければならず、ワークステーションから直接印刷データを SMB 印刷共有" +"に送信しなければ\n" +"ならないことになります。特にユーザがログインするマシンと CUPS サーバを動作させるマ" +"シンが異なる場合\n" +"は、うまく動作しないことになります。 \n" "従来の方法を使用する場合、デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" "たとえば 'John Doe' ユーザが '@home!' パスワードを利用し、\n" "'Fun Printer 1000+' 共有にアクセスする場合は、下記のようになります: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "詳しい情報 は <tt>man smbspool</tt> と \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share をご覧ください。 \n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share をご覧く" +"ださい。 \n" "'Windows' と 'Active Directory' は、アメリカおよびその他の国における\n" "マイクロソフト株式会社の登録商標です。 \n" "伝統的な UNIX サーバ (LPR) \n" @@ -2824,23 +2877,10 @@ "IPP の公式の (IANA 認定の) ポート番号は 631 です。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -"Novell NetWare 印刷サーバ (IPX) \n" -"Novell NetWare 印刷サーバが動作しているキューにアクセスするには、\n" -" ncpfs (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしておかなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージでは、データを Novell NetWare 印刷キューに送信する\n" -"プログラム <tt>nprint</tt> を起動する CUPS のバックエンド 'novell'\n" -"を提供しています。\n" "\n" -"アクセスするにはサーバ名と印刷キュー名が必要です。\n" -"さらにアクセスを行なうのにユーザ名とパスワードが必要になる場合もあります。\n" -"デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" -"novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"詳しい情報 は <tt>man nprint</tt> と\n" -" ncpfs (RPM パッケージ) 内のドキュメントをお読みください。\n" -"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:711 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2854,7 +2894,7 @@ "The matching device URI is: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" -"To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" "which is then called by beh.\n" @@ -2876,7 +2916,8 @@ "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> " +"and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2886,14 +2927,18 @@ "特別な用途で厳密に正しいデバイス URI をご存じの場合や、\n" "もしくは既存のデバイス URI を特別な方法で変える場合に利用します。 \n" "他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する (パイプ) \n" -"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージでは、指定したプログラムを実行して送信する 'pipe' CUPS バックエンド\n" +"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりませ" +"ん。\n" +"このパッケージでは、指定したプログラムを実行して送信する 'pipe' CUPS バックエン" +"ド\n" "が提供されています。\n" "デバイス URI は下記のようになります: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理 (beh) \n" -"これを行なうには、 foomatic-filters (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりません。\n" -"このパッケージでは、 beh と呼ばれる通常のバックエンド向けのラッパーバックエンドが \n" +"これを行なうには、 cups-backends (RPM パッケージ) をインストールしなければなりませ" +"ん。\n" +"このパッケージでは、 beh と呼ばれる通常のバックエンド向けのラッパーバックエンドが" +" \n" "提供されています。\n" "\n" "設定次第ですが、 beh では\n" @@ -2911,15 +2956,17 @@ "最後のパラメータはオリジナルの URI で、元々の URI を指定します。 \n" "たとえば以下のようになります: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"beh バックエンドはネットワークプリンタにアクセスするにあたって 5 秒間隔で 3 回の問い合わせ\n" +"beh バックエンドはネットワークプリンタにアクセスするにあたって 5 秒間隔で 3 回の問" +"い合わせ\n" "を行ないます。それでもアクセスが失敗する場合は、キューが無効化されずに\n" "印刷ジョブが失われます。 \n" "詳しい情報 は <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> と \n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler をお読みください。\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler をお読" +"みください。\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" @@ -2958,22 +3005,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>ネットワーク経由での印刷</big> \n" -"通常は CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用します。 \n" +"通常は CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用し" +"ます。 \n" "既定では CUPS は '参照' と呼ばれるモードを使用して\n" "ネットワーク内の利用可能なプリンタ検出します。 \n" "この場合はリモートの CUPS サーバがプリンタを公開していなければならず、\n" "さらにお使いのコンピュータ上の CUPS デーモンプロセス (cupsd) が\n" -"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報を聞き取るための状態にならなくてはなりません。 \n" +"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報を聞き取るための状態にならなくてはなりませ" +"ん。 \n" "CUPS 参照情報は UDP ポート 631 を介して受信できます。 \n" "ファイアウオールについて: \n" "プリンタが公開されているネットワークのネットワークゾーンに\n" "ついて、ファイアウオールが有効かどうかを確認してください。\n" -"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に割り当てたネットワークインターフェイスからの\n" +"既定では SuSEfirewall は、 '内部ゾーン' に割り当てたネットワークインターフェイスか" +"らの\n" "全ての入力情報を許可します。\n" "これは、既定ではこのゾーンが信頼済みであるためです。 \n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に設定した\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを介して印刷を行なっても、意味がありません\n" -"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されています) 。\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されて" +"います) 。\n" "特に、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に対して、 CUPS\n" "(IPP 向けの TCP ポート 631 と UDP ポート 631)\n" "のファイアウオール保護を外すことはしてはいけません。\n" @@ -2992,7 +3043,7 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:789 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3012,7 +3063,8 @@ "それらのサーバがネットワーク経由でプリンタ情報を公開していない場合や、\n" "公開されたプリンタに対する情報を受け入れることができない場合\n" "(たとえばプリンタが公開されているネットワークゾーンに対して、\n" -"ファイアウオール保護を行なわなければならない場合) は、 CUPS サーバに対してプリンタ情報を\n" +"ファイアウオール保護を行なわなければならない場合) は、 CUPS サーバに対してプリンタ" +"情報を\n" "要求することができます (CUPS サーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります) 。 \n" " CUPS デーモンプロセス (cupsd) は、要求先のそれぞれの CUPS サーバに対して\n" "cups-polld プロセスを起動します。\n" @@ -3021,11 +3073,12 @@ "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3037,17 +3090,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行なわず、かつ単一の CUPS サーバしか使用しない場合は、\n" -"CUPS 参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、 CUPS デーモンをお使いのホスト上で動作させる必要もありません。\n" +"CUPS 参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、 CUPS デーモンをお使いのホスト上で動作させる" +"必要もありません。\n" "その代わり、 CUPS サーバの場所を指定して直接アクセスするのが便利です。 \n" -"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムが CUPS サーバにアクセスしようとする際、\n" -"それが利用できない場合 (たとえばラップトップで移動中など) にしばらく (時間切れになるまで)\n" +"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムが CUPS サーバにアクセスしようと" +"する際、\n" +"それが利用できない場合 (たとえばラップトップで移動中など) にしばらく (時間切れにな" +"るまで)\n" "待たされてしまうという点があります。\n" "通常はホスト名の解決 (DNS) の時間切れによって待たされることになるため、\n" "/etc/hosts ファイル内に CUPS サーバの項目を記入してしまうのがよいでしょう。\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:818 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3071,7 +3127,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:832 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" @@ -3094,7 +3150,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:844 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" @@ -3109,7 +3165,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"まず何よりも先に CUPS クライアントシステムで CUPS サーバへのアクセスを許可しなければなりません。\n" +"まず何よりも先に CUPS クライアントシステムで CUPS サーバへのアクセスを許可しなけれ" +"ばなりません。\n" "その後クライアントに対してプリンタを公開するかどうかを指定します。\n" "ローカルネットワーク内では、 CUPS 参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在する\n" "すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対して\n" @@ -3117,11 +3174,12 @@ "どのような場合でも、少なくともプリンタを公開する必要はありません。\n" "単一の CUPS サーバしかお持ちでない場合は、 CUPS 参照を使用する必要はありません。\n" "その代わり、クライアントシステム側で CUPS サーバを指定させるのが簡単です\n" -"('ネットワーク経由での印刷' を使用します) 。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接アクセスします。\n" +"('ネットワーク経由での印刷' を使用します) 。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接" +"アクセスします。\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:858 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3153,7 +3211,7 @@ "" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:876 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3189,7 +3247,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ファイアウオールについて: \n" -"ファイアウオールは、お使いのホストで実行中のサーバプロセス (この場合は CUPS サーバ\n" +"ファイアウオールは、お使いのホストで実行中のサーバプロセス (この場合は CUPS サー" +"バ\n" "プロセス 'cupsd') を保護し、ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n" "信頼済みの内部ネットワークに接続していて、ネットワーク経由で印刷\n" "(外部のネットワークからの印刷は誰も行なうことができない場合)\n" @@ -3200,7 +3259,8 @@ "設定されています。これはこのゾーンが信頼されているものであるためです。 \n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に設定した\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスを介して印刷を行なっても、意味がありません\n" -"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されています) 。\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインターフェイスの既定値は後者 ('外部ゾーン') に設定されて" +"います) 。\n" "特に、信頼のできない '外部ゾーン' に対して、 CUPS\n" "(IPP 向けの TCP ポート 631 と UDP ポート 631)\n" "のファイアウオール保護を外すことはしてはいけません。 \n" @@ -3219,7 +3279,7 @@ "" #. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:911 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3238,14 +3298,14 @@ "" #. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:921 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -"(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" "can overwrite the default error policy\n" @@ -3258,25 +3318,26 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default)." +" \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS エラーポリシー</big> \n" -"エラーポリシーとは、 CUPS からプリンタデバイスにジョブを送信するのに失敗したときに\n" -"使用するポリシーを設定します。 \n" -"プリンタがどのような形態で接続されているか\n" -"(たとえば 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 'ipp') と\n" -"失敗の種類によって、\n" +"エラーポリシーとは、 CUPS からプリンタデバイスにジョブを送信するのに\n" +"失敗したときに使用するポリシーを意味します。 \n" +"なお、プリンタの接続形態 (たとえば 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 'ipp') と\n" +"失敗の種類によっては、\n" "実際のプリンタに対してデータを送信する CUPS バックエンドが\n" "既定のエラーポリシーを上書きして\n" -"その他のエラーポリシーを強制することができます (<tt>man backend</tt> をお読みください)。\n" -"たとえば、既定のエラーポリシーがジョブの再試行を行なうように設定していたとしても、\n" -"さらなる印刷試行を止めたりすることができます。\n" -"このことは、プリンタとの通信の確立をしようとする行為には\n" -"意味が無く、従ってジョブを再試行するのも意味がない\n" -"場合もあります。\n" +"その他のエラーポリシーを強制することがあります (<tt>man backend</tt> をお読みくださ" +"い)。\n" +"たとえば、既定のエラーポリシーがジョブの再試行を行なうように設定していたとして" +"も、\n" +"印刷の再試行が行なわれない場合があることを意味しています。\n" +"これは、プリンタとの接続が確立できないような場合、\n" +"ジョブを再試行しても意味がないなどの理由によって発生します。\n" " \n" "以下のようなエラーポリシーがあります: \n" "プリンタを停止させ、将来の印刷に備えてジョブを保存する。 \n" @@ -3285,7 +3346,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:946 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3316,7 +3377,7 @@ "" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:963 +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3445,8 +3506,10 @@ "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "ローカルで動作する CUPS デーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われます。\n" -"'lpstat -h localhost -r' コマンドを入力して、ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできるかどうか確認してください。\n" -"cupsd にアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生します。\n" +"'lpstat -h localhost -r' コマンドを入力して、ローカルの cupsd にアクセスできるかど" +"うか確認してください。\n" +"cupsd にアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生しま" +"す。\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -3467,12 +3530,14 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "CUPS デーモンは公式の IANA IPP ポート (631) で待ち受けていないものと思われます。\n" -"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' コマンドを入力し、 cupsd が待ち受けているかどうか確認してください。\n" +"'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' コマンドを入力し、 cupsd が待ち受けているかどうか確認し" +"てください。\n" "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf 内で 'Listen ...:1234' や 'Port 1234' の設定\n" "(ここで、 '1234' は公式の 631 番ポートではない任意の番号を意味しています)\n" "を行なっていたり、 'BrowsePort 1234' を設定していたりすると発生します。\n" "YaST プリンタモジュールはこのような非公式ポートには対応していません。\n" -"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けることになってしまいます。\n" +"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けること" +"になってしまいます。\n" "どうしても非公式のポートを使用する場合は、\n" "YaST プリンタモジュールをお使いいただくことができません。\n" @@ -3487,67 +3552,69 @@ "(しばらく時間がかかります)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "アクセスのできない CUPS サーバ '%1' を使用しないように設定しますか？" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "続行するには、 '%1' を使用しないように選択する必要があります。" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うまく行かなかったりする場合があります。" +msgstr "" +"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うまく行か" +"なかったりする場合があります。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS サーバ %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "印刷サーバにアクセスできるかどうかテストしています..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "項目を選択してください。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "削除できません" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを削除できます。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "削除の確認" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "設定はすぐに削除され、元に戻すことはできません。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "設定 %1 を削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "削除を行なわない" @@ -3558,33 +3625,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "クラスの削除確認" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "このツールでは、削除したクラスを再作成することはできません。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "印刷ジョブの拒否" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "印刷ジョブが拒否されたため、テストページを印刷することができません。" #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "印刷禁止" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "印刷が禁止されているため、テストページを印刷することができません。" @@ -3593,25 +3660,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "テストページを印刷する前に削除すべきかもしれない、待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "%1 向けの待機中の印刷ジョブを削除" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "テストページの印刷前にこれらを削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "他のジョブが終了してからテストページを印刷" @@ -3619,7 +3686,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "%1 で待機中の全ての印刷ジョブを削除するのに失敗しました。" @@ -3638,28 +3705,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "テスト印刷" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "1 ページだけのテストか、両面印刷をテストする場合などの 2 ページテストを行ないます" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "単一のテストページ" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "2 ページ分のテストページ" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "%1 でのテストページの印刷に失敗しました。" @@ -3667,26 +3734,26 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "テストページの印刷が完了するまでお待ちください" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "%1 にテストページを送信しました。まもなく出力されます。" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "テストページの印刷が成功しました" # heading text #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "テストページの印刷に失敗しました" @@ -3706,53 +3773,57 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "今すぐ削除すべきかもしれない待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "全ての待機中印刷ジョブを削除" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "これらを削除しない" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "完全なログを確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みください。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "%1 向けにテストページを処理した際の CUPS ログ情報 (英語のみ)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "CUPS のログ情報を確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"CUPS のログ情報を確認したい場合は、 /var/log/cups/error_log ファイルをお読みくださ" +"い。" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." -msgstr "リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者にお尋ねください。" +msgstr "" +"リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者にお尋" +"ねください。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "印刷キューを追加するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "修正できません" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを修正できます。" @@ -3844,8 +3915,7 @@ #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage #. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" #. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "システムに対して設定を反映することができませんでした。" @@ -3945,8 +4015,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "ファイアウオールについて詳しくは、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みください。" @@ -3967,7 +4036,9 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合があります。" +msgstr "" +"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合がありま" +"す。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -3992,8 +4063,7 @@ #. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", #. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'Browsing On' を設定することができませんでした。" @@ -4131,13 +4201,17 @@ #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可 (&N) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgstr "" +"これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワーク／ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可 (&N) (半角" +"スペースで区切る)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開 (&B) (半角スペースで区切る)" +msgstr "" +"これらの IP アドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開 (&B) (半角ス" +"ペースで区切る)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4182,7 +4256,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでした。" +msgstr "" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 'BrowseAddress' の値を '%1' に設定することができませんでし" +"た。" #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4193,7 +4269,9 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." -msgstr "ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" +msgstr "" +"ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾してい" +"ます。" #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4257,8 +4335,8 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 src/modules/Printer.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" @@ -4270,8 +4348,8 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 src/modules/Printer.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 の読み込みに失敗しました。" @@ -4454,125 +4532,54 @@ msgstr "該当するプリンタドライバを判別しています..." #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、 'さらなるドライバ' を試してみてください。" +msgstr "" +"該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、 'さらなるドライバ' を試" +"してみてください。" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "多数のプリンタドライバを処理しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2065 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "キュー %1 の追加に失敗しました。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2185 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "設定 %1 の削除に失敗しました。" #. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case #. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "ドライバオプションを判別できませんでした。" #. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2215 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "新しい値" #. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "保存済みの値" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' はポート 631 (IPP/CUPS) 経由でアクセスができません。" +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "サーバ '" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "The server '%1' responds to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' はネットワーク側からの 'ping' に応答しています。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2376 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond to a 'ping' in the network." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' はネットワーク側からの 'ping' に応答していません。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." -msgstr "サーバ名 '%1' はネットワーク上で既知のものです。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2386 -msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." -msgstr "サーバ名 '%1' はネットワーク上で既知のものではありません。" - -#. but in most cases TestClientOnlyServer is called -#. indirectly without a button click by the user -#. so that even the netcat test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when netcat is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2404 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'netcat'." -msgstr "'netcat' プログラムを実行できません。" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 -msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "意味のあるテストを行なうため、 RPM パッケージ 'netcat' が必要です。" - -#. but it the less meaningful test is not really important -#. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when ping is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2445 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'ping'." -msgstr "'ping' プログラムを実行できません。" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 -msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "意味のあるテストを行なうため、 RPM パッケージ 'iputils' が必要です。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2483 -msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' にアクセスできません。" - -#. but it the last test is not really important -#. so that the last test is silently skipped -#. and no negative feedback is shown when host is not executable: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2546 -msgid "Cannot execute the program 'host'." -msgstr "'host' プログラムを実行できません。" - -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 -msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "意味のあるテストを行なうため、 RPM パッケージ 'bind-utils' が必要です。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 -msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' はネットワーク上で応答がありません。" - -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2644 -msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." -msgstr "サーバ '%1' は未知のものです。" - #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2673 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4580,15 +4587,17 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行することができません。\n" +" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行することがで" +"きません。\n" "このエラーは YaST がテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" " YaST を実行したユーザが DISPLAY 環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します。\n" "また、 GUI 画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" -"この場合は、ユーザ 'root' で直接 hp-setup を実行し、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" +"この場合は、ユーザ 'root' で直接 hp-setup を実行し、手動で設定する必要がありま" +"す。\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2683 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4600,7 +4609,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" "You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" @@ -4612,24 +4621,29 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2725 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." msgstr "" -"hp-setup を実行するには、 RPM パッケージ hplip をインストールしなければなりません。\n" +"hp-setup を実行するには、 RPM パッケージ hplip をインストールしなければなりませ" +"ん。\n" "インストールを行なうには、 'ドライバパッケージ' をお使いください。" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見" +"つかりません。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできるリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできる" +"リポジトリも見つかりません。" #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -4761,3 +4775,4 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "待機処理を飛ばす (&S)" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 08:00+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -21,100 +21,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#. Commandline help title -#. Proxy dialog caption -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:32 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 -msgid "Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "プロキシの設定" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:40 -msgid "Enable proxy settings" -msgstr "プロキシの設定を有効にする" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:48 -msgid "Disable proxy settings" -msgstr "プロキシの設定を無効にする" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:56 -msgid "Change the current proxy settings" -msgstr "現在のプロキシの設定を変更" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:66 -msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" -msgstr "プロキシの認証方法を設定" - -#. command-line help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:76 -msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" -msgstr "現在の設定概要を表示" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:88 -msgid "Set HTTP proxy" -msgstr "HTTP プロキシを設定する" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:93 -msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" -msgstr "HTTPS プロキシを設定する" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:98 -msgid "Set FTP proxy" -msgstr "FTP プロキシを設定する" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:103 -msgid "Clear all options listed" -msgstr "表示されたすべてのオプションを消去" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 -msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "プロキシを使用しないドメインを設定する" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 -msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するユーザ名" - -#. command-line option help -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 -msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するパスワード" - -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/clients/proxy.rb:238 -msgid "Password:" -msgstr "パスワード:" - -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:109 -msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" -msgstr "プロキシ設定の状態" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:110 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "有効" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:112 -msgid "HTTP" -msgstr "HTTP" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:116 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: src/clients/proxy_auto.rb:120 -msgid "FTP" -msgstr "FTP" - #. Informative label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." @@ -183,18 +89,30 @@ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "プロキシの設定は正しく動作しました。" +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "プロキシの設定" + #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" -"ここでは、お使いのネットワークでのプロキシ (キャッシュ) を設定することができます。\n" -"注意: 設定を有効にするためにログインしなおすことをお勧めしますが、\n" -"アプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもあります。\n" -"お使いのアプリケーションでの対応をご確認ください (Web ブラウザ, ftp クライアントなど) 。" +"ここでは、お使いのネットワークでのプロキシ (キャッシュ) を設定することがで" +"きます。\n" +"注意: 設定を有効にするためにログインしなおすことをお勧めします" +"が、\n" +"アプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもありま" +"す。\n" +"お使いのアプリケーションでの対応をご確認ください (Web ブラウザ, ftp クライア" +"ントなど) 。" #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 @@ -202,16 +120,19 @@ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP プロキシ URL には World Wide Web (WWW) にアクセスするために利用する\n" +"HTTP プロキシ URL には World Wide Web (WWW) にアクセスするために利" +"用する\n" "プロキシサーバの名前を入力します。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTPS プロキシ URL には World Wide Web (WWW) に暗号化付きでアクセスするために利用する\n" +"HTTPS プロキシ URL には World Wide Web (WWW) に暗号化付きでアクセス" +"するために利用する\n" "プロキシサーバの名前を入力します。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -225,7 +146,8 @@ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." msgstr "" -"FTP プロキシ URL にはファイル転送サービス (FTP) にアクセスするために利用する\n" +"FTP プロキシ URL にはファイル転送サービス (FTP) にアクセスするため" +"に利用する\n" "プロキシサーバの名前を入力します。" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 @@ -236,7 +158,8 @@ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" " 全てのプロトコルに対して同じプロキシを使用する を選択すると、\n" -"'HTTP プロキシ URL' の項目を指定するだけで、残りの全てのプロトコル (HTTP, HTTPS, FTP) \n" +"'HTTP プロキシ URL' の項目を指定するだけで、残りの全てのプロトコル (HTTP, " +"HTTPS, FTP) \n" "に対して同じサーバを使うように設定できます。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -246,7 +169,8 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"プロキシ不使用ドメイン はドメインの一覧をカンマ区切りで指定する項目で、\n" +"プロキシ不使用ドメイン はドメインの一覧をカンマ区切りで指定する項目" +"で、\n" "プロキシサーバを経由せずに通信するドメインを指定します。\n" "たとえば %1 のように指定します。\n" @@ -255,7 +179,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "認証が必要なプロキシサーバをお使いの場合は、\n" "プロキシユーザ名 と プロキシパスワード を入力してください。\n" @@ -324,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "プロキシ設定のテスト (&O)" #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -332,7 +257,7 @@ "プロキシは有効になっていますが、 URL が指定されていません。\n" "この設定でよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:632 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -345,42 +270,42 @@ "よろしいですか？" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:647 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "パスワードを入力する場合は、ユーザ名を指定してください。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTP プロキシ URL が正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTP プロキシ URL には、スキーム指定 (http) が必要です。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:672 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPS プロキシ URL が正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPS プロキシ URL には、スキーム指定 (http) が必要です。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:691 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "FTP プロキシ URL が正しくありません。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP プロキシ URL には、スキーム指定 (http) が必要です。" #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:709 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -396,58 +321,141 @@ "* 完全修飾ドメイン名\n" "* 冒頭に '.' を付けたドメイン名" +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "プロキシ設定の状態" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "有効" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "プロキシの設定を有効にする" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "プロキシの設定を無効にする" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "現在のプロキシの設定を変更" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "プロキシの認証方法を設定" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "現在の設定概要を表示" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "HTTP プロキシを設定する" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "HTTPS プロキシを設定する" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "FTP プロキシを設定する" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "表示されたすべてのオプションを消去" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "プロキシを使用しないドメインを設定する" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するユーザ名" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するパスワード" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "パスワード:" + #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:45 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "プロキシの設定は正常に保存されました" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "新しいプロキシの設定を有効にするため、ログインしなおすことをお勧めします。" -#. Write routing settings and apply changes +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:131 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "プロキシ設定の更新" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:133 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "プロキシ設定の保存" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:141 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "プロキシの設定を保存しています..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "プロキシは無効です。" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "プロキシは有効です。" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP プロキシ: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS プロキシ: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP プロキシ: %1" -#~ msgid "Proxy" -#~ msgstr "プロキシ" - -#~ msgid "&Proxy" -#~ msgstr "プロキシ (&P)" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 07:55+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -18,252 +18,256 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" msgstr "更新の問題 (&U)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:342 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 msgid "Patter&ns" msgstr "パターン (&N)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:364 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 msgid "Package &Groups" msgstr "パッケージグループ (&G)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:376 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 msgid "&RPM Groups" msgstr "RPM グループ (&R)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:389 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 msgid "&Languages" msgstr "言語 (&L)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:405 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリ (&R)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "検索 (&E)" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "キーワード (&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要 (&I)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "説明 (&E)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "技術データ (&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "依存関係" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "バージョン (&V)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 msgid "File List" msgstr "ファイル一覧" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "変更ログ" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:245 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:429 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&C)" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 -#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解 (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル (&F)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "インポート (&I)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "エクスポート (&E)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "変更を保存しないで終了 (&X)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "変更を保存して終了 (&Q)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 msgid "&Package" msgstr "パッケージ (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "すべてのパッケージ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "新しいバージョンがあれば更新する" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "強制的に更新する" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "修正 (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "設定 (&G)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリ (&R)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "オンライン更新 (&O)..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "依存関係 (&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "今すぐ確認 (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "自動確認 (&A)" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "推奨パッケージをインストールする (&R)" + #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 msgid "&Options" msgstr "オプション (&O)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "-devel パッケージを表示 (&V)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "-debuginfo/-debugsource パッケージを表示 (&D)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "システム検証モード (&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 -msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージに対する推奨パッケージを無視する (&I)" - -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "製造元の変更を許可する (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "さらなる機能 (&X)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "製品を表示する (&P)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "自動パッケージ変更の表示 (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "履歴の表示 (&H)" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "すべての -devel パッケージをインストールする (&D)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "すべての -debuginfo パッケージをインストールする (&B)" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "すべての -debugsource パッケージをインストールする (&S)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "該当するすべての推奨パッケージをインストールする (&R)" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを生成 (&T)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要 (&O)" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "シンボル (&S)" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "キー (&K)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "すべてのパッケージ依存関係を確認しました。" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "修正 (&A)" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "パッケージ一覧の保存" @@ -271,59 +275,66 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 -#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "パッケージ一覧を %1 にエクスポートする際にエラーが発生しました" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "パッケージ一覧の読み込み" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "パッケージ一覧を %1 から読み込む際にエラーが発生しました" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 個のパッケージが更新されます。" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "継続 (&C)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&A)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "システムパッケージを、リポジトリ %2 内にあるバージョンに <a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">切り替えるのをキャンセルする</a>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to " +"versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"システムパッケージを、リポジトリ %2 内にあるバージョンに <a href=" +"\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">切り替えるのをキャンセルする</a>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "システムパッケージを、このリポジトリ (%2) 内にあるバージョンに <a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切り替える</a>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this " +"repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"システムパッケージを、このリポジトリ (%2) 内にあるバージョンに <a href=" +"\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切り替える</a>" # Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "追加されたサブパッケージ:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 -#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 -#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" @@ -342,8 +353,14 @@ msgstr "エラー: ディスク容量がありません！" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "特別な事情があればインストールを続行することも可能ですが、場合によっては手作業による修復が必要なほどシステムが壊れる可能性があります。修復の方法や手順について詳しくない場合は、 キャンセル ボタンを押してパッケージの選択を解除してください。" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting " +"a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to " +"handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"特別な事情があればインストールを続行することも可能ですが、場合によっては手作業による修" +"復が必要なほどシステムが壊れる可能性があります。修復の方法や手順について詳しくない場合" +"は、 キャンセル ボタンを押してパッケージの選択を解除してください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -367,11 +384,13 @@ msgstr "自動変更" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to " +"resolve dependencies:" msgstr "手動での選択に加え、依存関係を解決するために次のパッケージを変更しました: " #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:428 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "続行 (&O)" @@ -381,8 +400,12 @@ msgstr "未サポートのパッケージ" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "以下に表示した選択済みのソフトウエアは、サポートが提供されていないか、サポートを受けるにあたって追加の顧客契約が必要となりますことをご了解ください。" +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an " +"additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"以下に表示した選択済みのソフトウエアは、サポートが提供されていないか、サポートを受けるにあ" +"たって追加の顧客契約が必要となりますことをご了解ください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -404,40 +427,80 @@ msgstr "このダイアログにてダウンロードしてインストールする修正を選択してください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "左側にあるリストには利用可能な修正が示されています。それぞれの項目には修正の種類 (セキュリティ, 推奨, オプション) と概算のダウンロードサイズが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind " +"(security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"左側にあるリストには利用可能な修正が示されています。それぞれの項目には修正の種類 (セキュリ" +"ティ, 推奨, オプション) と概算のダウンロードサイズが表示されています。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "この一覧には通常はお使いのシステムにまだインストールされていない修正だけが表示されています。一覧の下にある インストール済みの修正を含める を選択するとインストール済みのものも表示されるようになります。" +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. " +"You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"この一覧には通常はお使いのシステムにまだインストールされていない修正だけが表示されていま" +"す。一覧の下にある インストール済みの修正を含める を選択するとインストール済みのも" +"のも表示されるようになります。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "修正の説明 項目には現在選択中の修正について詳しい説明を表示します。説明を読みたい修正を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently " +"selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "" +"修正の説明 項目には現在選択中の修正について詳しい説明を表示します。説明を読みたい修" +"正を選択してください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "右側にある一覧には現在選択されている修正の内容 (パッケージ) を表示しています。システムが不整合の状態になってしまうことを防ぐため、修正内にある個別のパッケージを選択してインストールすることはできません。修正全体をインストールするかどうかのみを選択することができます。" +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i." +"e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a " +"patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"右側にある一覧には現在選択されている修正の内容 (パッケージ) を表示しています。システムが不" +"整合の状態になってしまうことを防ぐため、修正内にある個別のパッケージを選択してインストール" +"することはできません。修正全体をインストールするかどうかのみを選択することができます。" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "修正 に加え、左上にある フィルタ を利用すると修正以外のものも選択することができます:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from " +"Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"修正 に加え、左上にある フィルタ を利用すると修正以外のものも選択することが" +"できます:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "このダイアログではインストール／更新／削除するパッケージを選択することができます。パッケージを個別に選択できるほか、 \"選択グループ\" を選ぶとグループ全体を選択することもできます。" +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select " +"individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログではインストール／更新／削除するパッケージを選択することができます。パッケー" +"ジを個別に選択できるほか、 \"選択グループ\" を選ぶとグループ全体を選択することもできます。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "状態を変更するパッケージや選択グループを選び、マウスの右ボタンを押してコンテキストメニューを表示してください。" +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it " +"to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"状態を変更するパッケージや選択グループを選び、マウスの右ボタンを押してコンテキストメニュー" +"を表示してください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "依存関係の確認 ボタンを押すとパッケージの依存関係を解決しようとします。場合によっては他のパッケージをインストールする必要があるかもしれません。また、場合によっては他のパッケージがインストールされていない場合にのみインストールすることができるものもあります。これらの確認では必要なパッケージを自動的にインストールするようチェックし、依存関係に競合があればその旨を表示します。" +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages " +"require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain " +"other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required " +"packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"依存関係の確認 ボタンを押すとパッケージの依存関係を解決しようとします。場合によって" +"は他のパッケージをインストールする必要があるかもしれません。また、場合によっては他のパッ" +"ケージがインストールされていない場合にのみインストールすることができるものもあります。これ" +"らの確認では必要なパッケージを自動的にインストールするようチェックし、依存関係に競合があれ" +"ばその旨を表示します。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." @@ -447,49 +510,93 @@ #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper " +"left:" msgstr "左上の フィルタ コンボボックス内から利用可能なビューを選択してください: " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "選択グループ は事前に設定された論理的に同じグループに属するパッケージ一覧を表示します。" +msgstr "" +"選択グループ は事前に設定された論理的に同じグループに属するパッケージ一覧を表示しま" +"す。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "項目の隣にあるチェックボックスを選択するとグループ全体を選択することができます。また、個別のパッケージを選択したり選択解除したりするには右側のパッケージ一覧をご利用ください。" +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or " +"deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"項目の隣にあるチェックボックスを選択するとグループ全体を選択することができます。また、個別" +"のパッケージを選択したり選択解除したりするには右側のパッケージ一覧をご利用ください。" #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "パッケージグループ ではカテゴリ別にパッケージを表示しています。それぞれツリービューのボタンを利用してカテゴリを展開したり集約したりすることができます。それぞれのカテゴリを選択すると、右側の一覧に該当するパッケージが表示されます。" +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items " +"to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that " +"category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "" +"パッケージグループ ではカテゴリ別にパッケージを表示しています。それぞれツリービュー" +"のボタンを利用してカテゴリを展開したり集約したりすることができます。それぞれのカテゴリを選" +"択すると、右側の一覧に該当するパッケージが表示されます。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " ヒント: \"全てのパッケージ\" の項目を選択すると全パッケージを表示します。処理速度の速くないコンピュータではしばらくかかる場合があります。" +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all " +"packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" ヒント: \"全てのパッケージ\" の項目を選択すると全パッケージを表示します。処理速度" +"の速くないコンピュータではしばらくかかる場合があります。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "検索 を利用すると、様々な条件に合致するパッケージを検索することができます。パッケージの名前が既に分かっている場合には最も手っ取り早い手段です。" +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is " +"usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"検索 を利用すると、様々な条件に合致するパッケージを検索することができます。パッケー" +"ジの名前が既に分かっている場合には最も手っ取り早い手段です。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "ヒント: これは特定のライブラリを含むパッケージを見つける場合にも利用できます。 提供するもの RPM フィールドで検索してください。" +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. " +"Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"ヒント: これは特定のライブラリを含むパッケージを見つける場合にも利用できます。 " +"提供するもの RPM フィールドで検索してください。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "インストールの概要 では、インストール／削除／更新されるパッケージなど、お使いのシステムに対して適用される変更を表示します。" +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages " +"will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"インストールの概要 では、インストール／削除／更新されるパッケージなど、お使いのシス" +"テムに対して適用される変更を表示します。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "依存関係の確認 を使用したあと 了解 を押す前に インストールの概要 に切り替えるのがよりよい手順です。この方法を使用すると、お使いのシステムに適用される全ての変更を確認することができます。" +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " +"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all " +"changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"依存関係の確認 を使用したあと 了解 を押す前に インストールの概要 に切" +"り替えるのがよりよい手順です。この方法を使用すると、お使いのシステムに適用される全ての変更" +"を確認することができます。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "パッケージの状態を選択して表示することができます; 左側のチェックボックスを利用してください。" +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check " +"boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"パッケージの状態を選択して表示することができます; 左側のチェックボックスを利用してくださ" +"い。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "ヒント: このフィルタの選択を逆にすることもできます。たとえばお使いのシステムで変更されないパッケージを表示するには、 保持 を選択してそれ以外の選択を外してください。" +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages " +"remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "" +"ヒント: このフィルタの選択を逆にすることもできます。たとえばお使いのシステムで変更" +"されないパッケージを表示するには、 保持 を選択してそれ以外の選択を外してください。" #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -509,8 +616,7 @@ msgstr "このパッケージは現在も今後もインストールされません。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 msgid "Install" msgstr "インストールする" @@ -520,8 +626,7 @@ msgstr "このパッケージはインストールするよう選択されていますが、まだインストールされていません。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 msgid "Keep" msgstr "保持" @@ -532,19 +637,22 @@ #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "更新" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "このパッケージは既にインストールされています。新しいバージョンがあれば更新し、そうでなければ再インストールしようとしています。" +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the " +"same)." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージは既にインストールされています。新しいバージョンがあれば更新し、そうでなけ" +"れば再インストールしようとしています。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -562,12 +670,18 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "このパッケージはインストールされていません。依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としている場合など、今後どのような状況下でもインストールしません。" +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, " +"especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージはインストールされていません。依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としている" +"場合など、今後どのような状況下でもインストールしません。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "\"禁止\" に設定されているパッケージは、インストールメディアに存在していないものと同様に扱われます。" +msgstr "" +"\"禁止\" に設定されているパッケージは、インストールメディアに存在していないものと同様に扱" +"われます。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -576,16 +690,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "このパッケージは既にインストールされています。依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としている場合など、今後どのような状況下でもパッケージを変更しません。" +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of " +"unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージは既にインストールされています。依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としてい" +"る場合など、今後どのような状況下でもパッケージを変更しません。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "サードパーティ製のパッケージなどを利用していて、ディストリビューションが提供する新バージョンで置き換えたくない場合にはこの状態を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions " +"that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"サードパーティ製のパッケージなどを利用していて、ディストリビューションが提供する新バージョ" +"ンで置き換えたくない場合にはこの状態を設定してください。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 msgid "Autoinstall" msgstr "自動インストール" @@ -599,26 +720,30 @@ msgstr "ヒント: そのようなパッケージの影響を避けるには \"禁止\" を利用する必要があります。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 msgid "Autoupdate" msgstr "自動更新" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "このパッケージは既にインストールされています。ただし他のパッケージが新しいバージョンを必要としているため、自動的に更新されます。" +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it " +"will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージは既にインストールされています。ただし他のパッケージが新しいバージョンを必要" +"としているため、自動的に更新されます。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description -#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 -#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 msgid "Autodelete" msgstr "自動削除" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "このパッケージは既にインストールされています。ただしパッケージの依存設定で削除するよう要求されています。" +msgstr "" +"このパッケージは既にインストールされています。ただしパッケージの依存設定で削除するよう要求" +"されています。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -642,8 +767,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "このパッケージを取得し、インストールされていない場合はインストールします。新しいバージョンのパッケージがあれば最新のものに更新を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version " +"if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージを取得し、インストールされていない場合はインストールします。新しいバージョン" +"のパッケージがあれば最新のものに更新を行ないます。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -652,13 +781,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "このパッケージを取り除きます。インストールされていない場合は \"インストールしない\" とマークしますし、インストールされている場合は削除します。" +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete " +"it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージを取り除きます。インストールされていない場合は \"インストールしない\" とマー" +"クしますし、インストールされている場合は削除します。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "インストールされているものの場合は新しいバージョンがあれば最新のものに更新します。インストールされていない場合は何も行ないません。" +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that " +"are not installed." +msgstr "" +"インストールされているものの場合は新しいバージョンがあれば最新のものに更新します。インス" +"トールされていない場合は何も行ないません。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -667,13 +804,23 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "上記の \">\" の効果を元に戻す: 現在 \"更新\" に設定されている場合は、 \"保持\" に設定します。それ以外のパッケージは全て無視します。" +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update" +"\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"上記の \">\" の効果を元に戻す: 現在 \"更新\" に設定されている場合は、 \"保持\" に設定しま" +"す。それ以外のパッケージは全て無視します。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "このパッケージがインストールされていない場合は \"禁止\" に設定する: 依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としている場合など、どのような場合であってもパッケージをインストールしないようにします。" +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get " +"installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might " +"have or get. " +msgstr "" +"このパッケージがインストールされていない場合は \"禁止\" に設定する: 依存関係の解決や他の" +"パッケージが必要としている場合など、どのような場合であってもパッケージをインストールしない" +"ようにします。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -682,12 +829,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "このパッケージがインストールされている場合は \"保護\" に設定する: 依存関係の解決や他のパッケージが必要としている場合など、どのような場合であってもパッケージを変更しないようにします。" +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be " +"modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might " +"have or get. " +msgstr "" +"このパッケージがインストールされている場合は \"保護\" に設定する: 依存関係の解決や他のパッ" +"ケージが必要としている場合など、どのような場合であってもパッケージを変更しないようにしま" +"す。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "サードパーティ製のパッケージなどを利用していて、ディストリビューションが提供する新バージョンで置き換えたくない場合にはこの状態を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that " +"may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"サードパーティ製のパッケージなどを利用していて、ディストリビューションが提供する新バージョ" +"ンで置き換えたくない場合にはこの状態を設定してください。" #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -747,8 +904,12 @@ msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを生成する" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "依存関係解決器のバグを追跡するために広範囲のログを採取したい場合に使います。このログはディレクトリ <tt>%1</tt> に保存されます。" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency " +"resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"依存関係解決器のバグを追跡するために広範囲のログを採取したい場合に使います。このログは" +"ディレクトリ <tt>%1</tt> に保存されます。" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -756,8 +917,12 @@ msgstr "ソルバーテストケース" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "依存関係の解決テストケースを <tt>%1</tt> に保存しました。Bugzilla で添付するため、 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 書庫を用意しますか？" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz " +"tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"依存関係の解決テストケースを <tt>%1</tt> に保存しました。Bugzilla で添付する" +"ため、 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 書庫を用意しますか？" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -766,8 +931,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "従属した解決対象テストケース作成中のエラー<tt>%1</tt>について、ディスク空き容量と許可を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and " +"permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"従属した解決対象テストケース作成中のエラー<tt>%1</tt>について、ディスク空" +"き容量と許可を確認してください。" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1193,8 +1362,7 @@ msgid "Software Sources" msgstr "ソフトウエアソース" -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 -#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 msgid "Unknown Group" msgstr "不明なグループ" @@ -1520,10 +1688,54 @@ "最も安全な選択はこれらを削除することです。\n" "" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:211 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" msgstr "製造元 %3 からの %1-%2 (インストール済み)" +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:398 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" +"マルチバージョンに対応したパッケージと、対応して\n" +"いないパッケージの両方を同時にインストールしようと\n" +"しています。" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:406 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応しています。\n" +"\n" +"このバージョンをインストールして、マルチバージョン非対応の\n" +"バージョンの選択を外すには、 \"続行\" を押してください。\n" +"このバージョンの選択を外すには、 \"キャンセル\" を押して他のものを選択してください。" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:415 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応していません。\n" +"\n" +"このバージョンのみをインストールして、他のバージョンの\n" +"パッケージの選択を外すには、 \"続行\" を押してください。\n" +"このバージョンの選択を外すには、 \"キャンセル\" を押して他のものを選択してください。" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:423 +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "互換性のないパッケージバージョン" + #. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, #. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, #. %4 is the repository's priority @@ -1531,13 +1743,13 @@ #. Examples: #. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE #. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE -#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ -#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:365 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:402 +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:549 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:586 msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" msgstr "%3 から提供されている優先度 %4 ／製造元 %5 の %1-%2" -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:386 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 msgid "This version is installed in your system." msgstr "このバージョンはお使いのシステムにインストールされています。" @@ -1548,3 +1760,4 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "この機能を利用するには libqdialogsolver パッケージが必要です。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:16+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -45,18 +45,21 @@ msgstr "使用済み %1" #. Window title for help wizard window -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#. "Help" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 src/YQWizard.cc:853 -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1320 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "閉じる (&C)" +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "リリースノート" + #: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "スタイルシートエディタ" @@ -75,12 +78,12 @@ msgstr "予期しないボタン押下" #. parent -#: src/YQDialog.cc:623 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 msgid "Color switching" msgstr "色の切り替え" #. caption -#: src/YQDialog.cc:624 +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 msgid "" "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." @@ -113,20 +116,34 @@ msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" msgstr "YaST ログの設定:" +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" + #. #. "Release Notes" button #. -#. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "リリースノート" +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +msgid "&Release Notes" +msgstr "リリースノート (&R)" -#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 -msgid "Steps" -msgstr "手順" +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +msgid "&Steps" +msgstr "手順 (&S)" -#. "Tree" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1328 -msgid "Tree" -msgstr "ツリー" +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +msgid "&Tree" +msgstr "ツリー (&T)" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2013. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2013, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 20:37+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -45,8 +45,12 @@ msgstr "このシステムは Rear でサポートされていません。理由:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." -msgstr "この警告を無視した場合、作成されたバックアップをシステム修復に使用できることを期待してはなりません。" +msgid "" +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " +"ignore this warning." +msgstr "" +"この警告を無視した場合、作成されたバックアップをシステム修復に使用できること" +"を期待してはなりません。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -120,36 +124,79 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." -msgstr "ここでは、お使いのコンピュータに対する Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) 設定を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、お使いのコンピュータに対する Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR</" +"b>) 設定を行ないます。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "まずは 修復システム の開始方法を設定します。 USB メモリから起動したい場合は USB を、 CD-ROM から起動したい場合は ISO を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " +"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "" +"まずは 修復システム の開始方法を設定します。 USB メモリから起動した" +"い場合は USB を、 CD-ROM から起動したい場合は ISO を選択してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "次に バックアップ の保存先を選択します。 NFS の機能を提供するサーバをお持ちの場合は、 NFS を選択し、下記のように場所を指定します: <tt>nfs://ホスト名/ディレクトリ</tt> 。 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクなどにバックアップを保存したい場合は、 USB を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " +"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " +"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " +"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "" +"次に バックアップ の保存先を選択します。 NFS の機能を提供するサーバ" +"をお持ちの場合は、 NFS を選択し、下記のように場所を指定します: <tt>nfs://ホス" +"ト名/ディレクトリ</tt> 。 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクなどにバックアップを" +"保存したい場合は、 USB を選択します。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "USB デバイスが何も表示されない場合は、 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクを接続してから USB デバイスの再検出 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " +"Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "" +"USB デバイスが何も表示されない場合は、 USB メモリや USB ハードディスクを接" +"続してから USB デバイスの再検出 を押してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." -msgstr "以前に採取したバックアップコピーを上書きしたくない場合は、 古いバックアップの保存 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " +"to be overwritten." +msgstr "" +"以前に採取したバックアップコピーを上書きしたくない場合は、 古いバック" +"アップの保存 を選択してください。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "詳細 メニューを利用すると、 バックアップ対象とする追加のディレクトリ を指定することができるほか、 レスキューシステムで利用する追加のカーネルモジュール を設定することができます。これらの機能は、バックアップを採取したいディレクトリが含まれなかったような場合や、カーネルモジュールの不足によってレスキューシステムが起動しないような場合にのみ有効です。" +msgid "" +"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " +"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " +"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " +"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "" +"詳細 メニューを利用すると、 バックアップ対象とする追加のディレク" +"トリ を指定することができるほか、 レスキューシステムで利用する追加の" +"カーネルモジュール を設定することができます。これらの機能は、バックアップ" +"を採取したいディレクトリが含まれなかったような場合や、カーネルモジュールの不" +"足によってレスキューシステムが起動しないような場合にのみ有効です。" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" -msgstr "保存して今すぐ Rear を実行する ボタンを押すと、 Rear を起動してその出力を表示します。 作成されたバックアップが正しく動作するかどうか、必ずテストを実施してください！" +msgid "" +"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " +"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " +"your system!" +msgstr "" +"保存して今すぐ Rear を実行する ボタンを押すと、 Rear を起動してその" +"出力を表示します。 作成されたバックアップが正しく動作するかどうか、必" +"ずテストを実施してください！" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "OK を押すと設定を保存しますが、 キャンセル を押すと保存を行なわずに設定ダイアログを閉じます。" +msgid "" +"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " +"the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "" +"OK を押すと設定を保存しますが、 キャンセル を押すと保存を行" +"なわずに設定ダイアログを閉じます。" #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -215,8 +262,12 @@ msgstr "NETFS_URL が不明な値になっているか、誤った書式になっています。\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" -msgstr "お使いの Rear の設定内には、この YaST2 モジュールでは設定できないオプションが指定されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " +"configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いの Rear の設定内には、この YaST2 モジュールでは設定できないオプションが" +"指定されています。\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" @@ -234,13 +285,13 @@ msgstr "Rear の設定を読み込んでいます" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "システムを分析しています" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Rear の設定を読み込んでいます" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "システムを分析しています" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "システムを分析しています..." @@ -280,3 +331,4 @@ #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "パーティション %1 は未対応のファイルシステム (%2) を使用しています。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:31+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:40 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバ" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -35,237 +35,77 @@ "もしくは既定の SUSE 登録サーバを選択してください。" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:66 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "登録サーバが選択されていません。" #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE カスタマーセンター (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:39 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "登録サーバと通信しています" -#. display the registration update dialog +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" #. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:215 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:310 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:467 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:515 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "登録" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 -msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "登録を更新しています..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 -msgid "The previous registration is being updated." -msgstr "以前の登録を更新しようとしています。" - -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" -"You can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "" -"登録更新の自動処理が失敗しました。\n" -"手作業でシステムを登録しなおすことができます。" - -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセンター\n" -"のユーザ名と電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" -"セキュリティ更新や一般的な更新は、登録済みのシステムに対してのみ\n" -"提供されます。" - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "ここで登録処理を飛ばす場合は、インストール完了後に忘れずに実施してください。" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:267 -msgid "Network Configuration..." -msgstr "ネットワークの設定..." - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:276 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:452 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "システムは登録済みです。" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 -msgid "&E-mail Address" -msgstr "電子メールアドレス (&E)" - -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:285 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Registration &Code" -msgstr "登録コード (&C)" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:290 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバ (&L)..." - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:293 -msgid "&Skip Registration" -msgstr "登録を行なわずに飛ばす (&S)" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力してください。" - -#. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Registration added some update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"Do you want to install the latest available\n" -"on-line updates during installation?" -msgstr "" -"登録処理により、いくつかの更新リポジトリを追加しました。\n" -"\n" -"インストール時に、利用可能な最新のオンライン更新を\n" -"適用しますか？" - -#. %s is name of given product -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:385 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:284 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:71 -msgid "Registering %s ..." -msgstr "%s を登録しています..." - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:419 -msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "拡張とモジュールの登録" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:423 -msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." -msgstr "拡張とモジュールを登録しようとしています。" - -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:441 -msgid "" -"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -"\n" -"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムを登録しないと、更新リポジトリへの\n" -"アクセスが許可されなくなります。\n" -"\n" -"インストール後に登録作業を行なうか、カスタマーセンター\n" -"にお尋ねの上、オンライン登録を実施してください。\n" -"\n" -"この時点での登録作業を飛ばしてよろしいですか？" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:455 -msgid "Register Again" -msgstr "再度登録する" - -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 -msgid "Select Extensions" -msgstr "拡張の選択" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:470 -msgid "The system is already registered." -msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したりすることができます。" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" - -#. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 -msgid "" -"The base product was not found,\n" -"check your system." -msgstr "" -"基本製品が見つかりません。\n" -"システムをご確認ください。" - -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:501 -msgid "" -"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" -"Report a bug at %s." -msgstr "" -"インストールメディア、もしくはインストーラそれ自身が壊れてしまっています。\n" -"%s でバグを報告してください。" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "" -"製品がインストールされていること、および /etc/products.d/baseproduct が\n" -"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご確認ください。" - #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "この YaST モジュールではなく、 '%s' をお使いください。" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:184 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "登録が成功しました。" #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:212 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP 検索が失敗しました。サーバが見つかりません。" -#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically -#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice -#. but better than aborting the installation... -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:228 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書をダウンロードしています" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "%s を登録しています..." + #. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click #. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "製品登録" @@ -331,33 +171,33 @@ msgstr "失敗した証明書の詳細" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "発行先" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "共通名 (CN): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "組織 (O): " #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "部門 (OU): " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "発行者" @@ -386,17 +226,17 @@ msgstr "シリアル番号: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1 拇印: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256 拇印: " #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -404,22 +244,22 @@ "ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバへの接続を行なうことができません。\n" "今すぐネットワークを設定しますか？" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワークの設定をご確認ください。" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "接続が時間切れになりました。" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "このシステムが登録サーバに対して既知のものであるかどうか、ご確認ください。" #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -442,20 +282,17 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:175 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "登録が失敗しました。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "登録クライアントのエラーです。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." @@ -464,33 +301,33 @@ "あとで登録をやり直してください。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "受信した SSL 証明書は、期待する証明書に合致していません。" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細: %s" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:222 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL 証明書を取り込んでいます" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:221 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:223 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s' の証明書を取り込んでいます..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:244 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "機密保持接続のエラーです: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:263 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -507,21 +344,42 @@ msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "登録設定を保存しています..." -#. register the system and the base product -#. @return [Array<Boolean, SUSE::Connect::Remote::Service>] array with two -#. items: boolean (true on success), remote service (or nil) -#. TODO FIXME: split to two separate parts -#. TODO FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"基本製品が見つかりません。\n" +"システムをご確認ください。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" +"インストールメディア、もしくはインストーラそれ自身が壊れてしまっています。\n" +"%s でバグを報告してください。" + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" +"製品がインストールされていること、および /etc/products.d/baseproduct が\n" +"基本製品の .prod ファイルへのシンボリックリンクになっていることを、それぞれご確認くださ" +"い。" + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:62 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:228 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "システムを登録しています..." #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:307 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "%s に更新しています..." @@ -529,68 +387,121 @@ #. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the #. installation workflow #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:109 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張とモジュールを読み込んでいます..." +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:157 +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "移行製品を読み込んでいます..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:174 +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "拡張とモジュールの登録" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:178 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "拡張とモジュールを登録しようとしています。" + +#. not set yet? +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:202 +msgid "Registration added some update repositories." +msgstr "登録処理でいくつかの更新リポジトリを追加しました。" + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:204 +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during installation?" +msgstr "" +"インストール時に、利用可能な最新のオンライン更新を\n" +"適用しますか？" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:207 +msgid "" +"Do you want to install the latest available\n" +"on-line updates during update?" +msgstr "" +"更新時に、利用可能な最新のオンライン更新を\n" +"適用しますか？" + #. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "証明書:" #. create UI label for a base product -#. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:120 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:147 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:153 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:174 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:248 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "リポジトリ設定の保存に失敗しました。" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:191 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:212 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:223 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:218 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の追加に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:209 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:230 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の保存に失敗しました。" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:235 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス '%s' の更新に失敗しました。" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:438 +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" +"リモート製品 %s が見つかりません。\n" +"製品を登録することができません。" + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "中止してよろしいですか？" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス同意" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "ライセンスをダウンロードしています..." #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [SUSE::Connect::Product] addon the addon +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "ライセンス同意をダウンロードしています..." #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -600,136 +511,178 @@ "に失敗しました。" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s ライセンス同意" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "拡張とモジュールの登録コード" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a " +"registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "要求されている拡張やモジュール向けの登録コードを入力してください。\n" -"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここから戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" +"登録コードは登録を正常に行なうのに必要なデータです。登録コードがわからない場合は、ここ" +"から戻って拡張やモジュールの選択を外してください。" -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "選択した拡張に対しては、個別の登録コードが必要です。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "下記の項目に登録コードを入力してください。" +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "詳細" + +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "詳細を表示する拡張またはモジュールを選択してください" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "%s (利用できません)" + +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "YaST は最大で %s 個までの拡張またはモジュールに対応しています。" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意くだ" +"さい。" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer " +"Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業" +"で削除してください。" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "拡張とモジュールの選択" #. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "ここでは、お使いのシステムで利用可能な拡張とモジュールを選択することができます。" -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールによっては、特定の登録コードを必要とするものがありますので、ご注意ください。" - -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "拡張やモジュールを削除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、手作業で削除してください。" - -#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "利用可能な拡張とモジュール" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "詳細" +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "拡張とモジュールの再登録" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "詳細を表示する拡張またはモジュールを選択してください" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "ここでは、再登録を実施する拡張やモジュールを選択します。" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "%s (not available)" -msgstr "%s (利用できません)" +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "登録済みの拡張とモジュール" -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." -msgstr "YaST は最大で %s 個までの拡張またはモジュールに対応しています。" - #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the " +"base product." msgstr "ここでは、基本製品とともに登録を行なう拡張やモジュールを選択します。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "オプションの拡張やモジュールの登録" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "識別子" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "リリース種類" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "登録コード" #. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張のダウンロード..." -#. disable download on a non-registered system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "'%s' を削除してよろしいですか？" -#. replace the content -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "拡張またはモジュールの識別子 (&I)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Version" msgstr "バージョン (&V)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ (&A)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "リリース種類 (&R)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "登録コード (&C)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" "Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" @@ -739,119 +692,420 @@ "これにより、オンライン更新と技術サポートを受けられるようになります。\n" "インストール時に自動的に登録したい場合は、 製品登録の実行 を選択してください。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the " +"server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのネットワーク環境内に独自の登録サーバがある場合は、 SMT サーバ設定 の欄" +"にサーバの正しい URL と SMT 証明書の場所を指定してください。詳しくは SMT マニュアルをお読" +"みください。" -#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "製品の登録" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "電子メールアドレス (&E)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "更新リポジトリが提供する更新のインストール" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "サーバ設定" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "SLP 検出機能を利用した登録サーバの検索" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "既定値ではなく指定した URL を使用する" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "オプションの SSL サーバ証明書 URL" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "オプションの SSL サーバ証明書の指紋" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 msgid "none" msgstr "なし" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL 証明書の指紋" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "拡張やモジュールの登録" +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバ (&L)..." + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "登録を行なわずに飛ばす (&S)" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "拡張やモジュールを再登録する (&R)" + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "システムは登録済みです。" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and " +"extensions." +msgstr "" +"更新や拡張を取得する目的でシステム登録を行なうため、 SUSE カスタマーセンターの資格情報を" +"入力してください。" + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムを登録しないと、更新リポジトリへの\n" +"アクセスが許可されなくなります。\n" +"\n" +"インストール後に登録作業を行なうか、カスタマーセンター\n" +"にお尋ねの上、オンライン登録を実施してください。\n" +"\n" +"この時点での登録作業を飛ばしてよろしいですか？" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" +"この製品に対する登録コードもしくは試用コード、および SUSE カスタマーセンター\n" +"のユーザ名と電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" +"セキュリティ更新や一般的な更新は、登録済みのシステムに対してのみ\n" +"提供されます。" + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "ここで登録処理を飛ばす場合は、インストール完了後に忘れずに実施してください。" + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "ネットワークの設定..." + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "証明書の有効期限が切れています" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "自己署名証明書" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "証明書のチェイン内の自己署名証明書" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "信用して取り込む (&T)" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the " +"server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"機密を保持するタイプの接続 (HTTPS) では、サーバの正当性を確認してデータを暗号化する" +"際、 SSL 証明書を使用します。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate " +"autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"既知の証明機関 (CA) の一覧に証明書を取り込むこともできます。この場合、未知の証明書の発" +"行先と発行者を信頼することになります。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになります。" +msgstr "" +"また、証明書の取り込みを行なうと、たとえば自己署名証明書の使用も許可することになりま" +"す。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず確認してください。 " +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you " +"import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"重要: 証明書の拇印を確認して、正規の発行者から証明書が発行されていることを必ず" +"確認してください。 " #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"よく検証せずに証明書を取り込むと、それは巨大なセキュリティリスクとなりえます。</" +"b>" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL が正しくありません。" #. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバの URL (&L)" +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:130 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" +"アドオン '%s' を登録するには、基本システムを登録しなければなりません。\n" +"基本システムとアドオンの登録を飛ばしますか？" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Migration Repositories" +msgstr "移行リポジトリ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online " +"migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでは、オンライン移行時に使用するリポジトリを手動で選択することができま" +"す。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内にある最新のバージョンにアップグレードされます。</" +"p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +msgstr "移行リポジトリの選択" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "リポジトリの管理..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "URL: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "優先順位: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:78 +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "内部エラー: %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:162 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "インストールされている製品が見つかりません。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:191 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "移行製品が見つかりません。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:238 +msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +msgstr "移行製品を登録しています..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:264 +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "移行リポジトリを準備しています..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr "移行ターゲットの選択" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer " +"several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、移行先の製品を選択します。登録サーバでは、新しい製品への移行に複数の方法を用" +"意している場合があります。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." +msgstr "移行先のターゲットは一覧内で 1 つだけ選択することができます。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "" +"移行リポジトリを後から手作業で選択するには、 %s のチェックボックスをお使いくだ" +"さい。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "移行リポジトリの手動選択" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "利用可能な移行ターゲット" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "移行の概要" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:166 +msgid "%s will be installed." +msgstr "%s をインストールします 。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "%s stays unchanged." +msgstr "%s を変更しません 。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:184 +msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に アップグレードしようとしています 。" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." +msgstr "%{old_product} を %{new_product} に ダウングレードしようとしています 。" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "システムは既に登録されています。" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to " +"enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"システムを再登録したり、システムの機能を高めるために追加の拡張やモジュールを登録したり" +"することができます。" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center " +"and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムの登録を解除したい場合は、 SUSE カスタマーセンターにログインしてから、" +"手作業で削除してください。" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "拡張の選択" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "再度登録する" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "登録を更新しています..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "以前の登録を更新しようとしています。" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" +"登録更新の自動処理が失敗しました。\n" +"手作業でシステムを登録しなおすことができます。" + #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "検索しています..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:213 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカルの登録サーバを検索しています..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -232,28 +232,45 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "再配置アドレス \n" -"再配置のためのソケット接続に際して、 xend が待ち受けるべきアドレスを指定します。\n" +"再配置のためのソケット接続に際して、 xend が待ち受けるべきアドレスを指定しま" +"す。\n" "許可するホスト \n" -"再配置用のポートに対して、アクセスを許可するホストを指定します。何も指定しない場合は、全ての接続が許可されます。値を指定する場合は、半角スペース区切りの正規表現を指定します。指定した正規表現と、完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN)、または IP アドレスが適合する場合に接続を受け付けます。\n" +"再配置用のポートに対して、アクセスを許可するホストを指定します。何も指定しな" +"い場合は、全ての接続が許可されます。値を指定する場合は、半角スペース区切りの" +"正規表現を指定します。指定した正規表現と、完全修飾ドメイン名 (FQDN)、または " +"IP アドレスが適合する場合に接続を受け付けます。\n" "SSL 鍵ファイル／SSL 証明書ファイル \n" -"SSL による再配置インターフェイスを利用する際に使用する、 SSL 鍵と証明書を指定します。" +"SSL による再配置インターフェイスを利用する際に使用する、 SSL 鍵と証明書を指定" +"します。" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>トンネルマイグレーション</big> \n" -"配置元のホストの libvirtd は、移行データの送信にあたって配置先のホストとの間で、直接的な接続を行ないます。これを選択すると、データストリームにおける暗号化を行ないます。\n" +"配置元のホストの libvirtd は、移行データの送信にあたって配置先のホストとの間" +"で、直接的な接続を行ないます。これを選択すると、データストリームにおける暗号" +"化を行ないます。\n" "<big>プレーンマイグレーション</big> \n" -"配置元のホストの VM は、移行データの送信にあたって配置先のホストとの間で、暗号化しない TCP 接続を行ないます。ポートを指定しない場合、 libvirt は既定の範囲内から移行用のポートを選択します。" +"配置元のホストの VM は、移行データの送信にあたって配置先のホストとの間で、暗" +"号化しない TCP 接続を行ないます。ポートを指定しない場合、 libvirt は既定の範" +"囲内から移行用のポートを選択します。" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -274,120 +291,121 @@ msgstr "サーバの再配置設定" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:303 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "relocation-server の設定を準備しています" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "現在の xend 設定の読み込み" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "現在の xend 状態の読み込み" #. Progress stage 3/3 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:333 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "現在の xend 設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "現在の xend 状態を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/3 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:340 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "現在の libvirtd/sshd 状態の読み込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "現在の libvirtd/sshd 状態を読み込んでいます..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "現在の Xend 状態を読み込むことができませんでした。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:373 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込めませんでした。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "現在の libvirtd/sshd 状態を読み込むことができませんでした。" #. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:401 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "relocation-server の設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Xend 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Xend サービスの調整" #. Progress stage 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:415 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:432 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Xend の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Xend サービスを調整しています..." #. Progress step 3 #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:424 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:439 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshd サービスの調整" #. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshd サービスを調整しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "xend の設定を書き込むことができません。" #. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込めませんでした。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ msgstr "DASD (&D)" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:48 +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "S/390 ダンプデバイスの作成" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "IUCV ターミナルサーバの設定" #. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "IUCV ターミナルの設定" -#. Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module #: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "OnPanic の設定" @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:93 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -153,19 +153,17 @@ #. error popup message #. error popup message -#. error popup message #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:471 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "ディスクが選択されていません。" #. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161 +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "デバイス %1 はフォーマットされていません。今すぐフォーマットしますか？" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "%1 個の未フォーマットデバイスがあります。今すぐこれらをフォーマットしますか？" @@ -228,8 +226,7 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -282,7 +279,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "チャネル ID のフィルタが正しくありません。" @@ -293,7 +290,7 @@ #. text entry #. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:270 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "チャネル ID (&C)" @@ -318,16 +315,13 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:347 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "チャネル ID が正しくありません。" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "デバイスは既に存在します。" @@ -410,7 +404,8 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all " +"displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" "アクションを複数のディスクで一度に行なうには、まず対象のディスクを選択してください。\n" @@ -423,7 +418,8 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"選択したディスクに対してアクションを実行するには アクションを実行 を押してください。\n" +"選択したディスクに対してアクションを実行するには アクションを実行 を押してくだ" +"さい。\n" "アクションはすぐに実行されます。" #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -453,7 +449,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:91 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "コントローラの設定" @@ -467,12 +463,18 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "S/390 のダンプデバイスとして使用するボリュームを、 1 つ以上用意してください。" +msgstr "" +"S/390 のダンプデバイスとして使用するボリュームを、 1 つ以上用意してください。</" +"p>" #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " -msgstr "対応可能なデバイスは、 ECKD DASD と ZFCP のディスクです。ただしマルチボリュームは DASD に限られます。 " +msgid "" +"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to " +"DASD. " +msgstr "" +"対応可能なデバイスは、 ECKD DASD と ZFCP のディスクです。ただしマルチボリュームは " +"DASD に限られます。 " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 @@ -481,12 +483,17 @@ "formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" "パーティション単位ではなく、ディスク全体のみを選択することができます。デバイスが\n" -"互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、 ディスクの強制上書き を選択してください。" +"互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、 ディスクの強制上書き を選択" +"してください。" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "DASD と ZFCP デバイスを使用するには、それぞれ YaST DASD または ZFCP ダイアログで有効化する必要があります。 " +msgid "" +"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog." +" " +msgstr "" +"DASD と ZFCP デバイスを使用するには、それぞれ YaST DASD または ZFCP ダイアログで有効化" +"する必要があります。 " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 @@ -500,7 +507,8 @@ "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" "ディスクの後ろ側にある ダンプデバイス では、\n" -"現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを表示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバイスについても、 DASD ID の一覧内に表示しています。" +"現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを表示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバイスについ" +"ても、 DASD ID の一覧内に表示しています。" #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -528,8 +536,12 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "ディスク %1 をダンプデバイスとしてフォーマットします。デバイス内に存在する全てのデータは失われます！続行してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! " +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"ディスク %1 をダンプデバイスとしてフォーマットします。デバイス内に存在する全てのデータは" +"失われます！続行してよろしいですか？" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -555,32 +567,50 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "TS-Shell では、それぞれの TS-Shell ユーザとグループに対して、 権限 を設定することができます。グループに対して設定した権限は、それらのメンバーに対して継承されます。" +msgid "" +"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. " +"The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" +"TS-Shell では、それぞれの TS-Shell ユーザとグループに対して、 権限 を設定するこ" +"とができます。グループに対して設定した権限は、それらのメンバーに対して継承されます。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "許可する z/VM ID は、 選択 以下から選択することができるほか、 正規表現 を指定して選択を行なったり、 1 行に 1 つずつ記述された複数の z/VM ID を ファイル から読み込んだりすることもできます。" +msgid "" +"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a " +"Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated " +"by line breaks." +msgstr "" +"許可する z/VM ID は、 選択 以下から選択することができるほか、 正規表現 " +"を指定して選択を行なったり、 1 行に 1 つずつ記述された複数の z/VM ID を ファイル " +"から読み込んだりすることもできます。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." -msgstr "新しいユーザ ボタンを押すことで、新規の TS-Shell ユーザを作成することができるほか、 ユーザの削除 を使用することで削除を行なうことができます。" +msgstr "" +"新しいユーザ ボタンを押すことで、新規の TS-Shell ユーザを作成することができるほ" +"か、 ユーザの削除 を使用することで削除を行なうことができます。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." -msgstr "TS-Shell の権限表にグループを追加したり削除したりする場合や、それらのメンバー設定を変更するには、 グループの管理をお使いください。" +msgstr "" +"TS-Shell の権限表にグループを追加したり削除したりする場合や、それらのメンバー設定を変" +"更するには、 グループの管理をお使いください。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." -msgstr "また、 監査 ID を使用すると、処理内容を収集すべき z/VM ID を指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be " +"gathered." +msgstr "" +"また、 監査 ID を使用すると、処理内容を収集すべき z/VM ID を指定することができ" +"ます。" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -589,16 +619,23 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and " +"Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the " +"right." msgstr "" -"新しい TS-Shell のユーザを作成するには、 ユーザ名, ホームディレクトリ, パスワード をそれぞれ設定する必要があります。\n" +"新しい TS-Shell のユーザを作成するには、 ユーザ名, ホームディレクトリ, " +"パスワード をそれぞれ設定する必要があります。\n" "\t なお、右側で 追加のグループ を選択することもできます。" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "初回のログインで自分自身のパスワード変更を行なうようにするには、 パスワード変更の強制 を選択してください。 " +msgid "" +"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force " +"Password Change." +msgstr "" +"初回のログインで自分自身のパスワード変更を行なうようにするには、 パスワード変更の強" +"制 を選択してください。 " #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -626,31 +663,41 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. " +"The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "TS-Shell の権限から、既存のグループを追加したり削除したりすることができます。\n" -"表内でそれらを選択して 選択または解除 を押してください。現在の状態は、 TS-Auth の列に表示されます。" +"表内でそれらを選択して 選択または解除 を押してください。現在の状態は、 TS-" +"Auth の列に表示されます。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "選択したグループの TS-Shell メンバーは、 TS-Members 内の選択で変更することができます。" +msgstr "" +"選択したグループの TS-Shell メンバーは、 TS-Members 内の選択で変更することがで" +"きます。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field " +"and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"新しいグループは、 新しいグループ の入力フィールドに名前を入力し、 作成 ボタンを押すことで作成することができます。\n" -"\t 作成済みのグループを削除するには、 YaST ユーザ ダイアログを使用する必要があります。" +"新しいグループは、 新しいグループ の入力フィールドに名前を入力し、 作成 " +"ボタンを押すことで作成することができます。\n" +"\t 作成済みのグループを削除するには、 YaST ユーザ ダイアログを使用する必要があ" +"ります。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "このダイアログ内での変更は、 戻る ボタンを押すことで取り消すことができます。" +msgstr "" +"このダイアログ内での変更は、 戻る ボタンを押すことで取り消すことができます。</" +"p>" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -658,13 +705,22 @@ msgstr "<big>ログイン時の IUCVConn</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "ログイン時の IUCVConn では、それぞれの z/VM ID に対して 1 つのユーザを設定します。これらのユーザを作成するには、それぞれ パスワード と ホームディレクトリ を指定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a " +"password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" +"ログイン時の IUCVConn では、それぞれの z/VM ID に対して 1 つのユーザを設定します。これ" +"らのユーザを作成するには、それぞれ パスワード と ホームディレクトリ を指定" +"する必要があります。" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " -msgstr "ログイン時の IUCVConn を有効にした場合は、 同期 を押すことでユーザを手作業で同期させることができるほか、Ok で変更を保存することができます。" +msgid "" +"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just " +"confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" +"ログイン時の IUCVConn を有効にした場合は、 同期 を押すことでユーザを手作" +"業で同期させることができるほか、Ok で変更を保存することができます。" #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -898,7 +954,9 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "%2 行目に正しくない z/VM ID \"%1\" が書かれています。文字と数字のみを指定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"%2 行目に正しくない z/VM ID \"%1\" が書かれています。文字と数字のみを指定することができま" +"す。" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." @@ -911,7 +969,9 @@ #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "%2 行目に正しくない z/VM ID \"%1\" が書かれています。 1 文字以上を記述する必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"%2 行目に正しくない z/VM ID \"%1\" が書かれています。 1 文字以上を記述する必要がありま" +"す。" #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 @@ -970,13 +1030,23 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " -msgstr "複数の IUVCtty インスタンス を実行し、複数のターミナルデバイスを提供することができます。インスタンスは、 ターミナル IDプレフィクス とそれに続く番号から構成される、ターミナル ID で区別されます。 " +msgid "" +"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The " +"instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal " +"ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" +"複数の IUVCtty インスタンス を実行し、複数のターミナルデバイスを提供することが" +"できます。インスタンスは、 ターミナル IDプレフィクス とそれに続く番号から構成され" +"る、ターミナル ID で区別されます。 " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." -msgstr "たとえば 10 個のインスタンスをプレフィクス "lxterm" で設定した場合、ターミナル ID は lxterm0 からlxterm9 までを利用することができます。" +msgid "" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the " +"terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" +"たとえば 10 個のインスタンスをプレフィクス "lxterm" で設定した場合、ター" +"ミナル ID は lxterm0 からlxterm9 までを利用することができます。" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -985,35 +1055,57 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." -msgstr "z/VM IUCV HVC デバイスドライバはカーネルモジュールであり、 getty やログインプログラムと通信できる HVC ターミナルデバイスとして、最大 8 個までのデバイスノードを使用します。" +msgid "" +"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up " +"to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" +"z/VM IUCV HVC デバイスドライバはカーネルモジュールであり、 getty やログインプログラム" +"と通信できる HVC ターミナルデバイスとして、最大 8 個までのデバイスノードを使用します。</" +"p>" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." -msgstr "アクセスの制限 を使用すると、特定の ターミナルサーバ からの接続のみを受け付けます。" +msgid "" +"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers</" +"b>." +msgstr "" +"アクセスの制限 を使用すると、特定の ターミナルサーバ からの接続のみを受" +"け付けます。" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -msgstr "また、エミュレーションを全てのインスタンスに対して一括で設定できるほか、各デバイスに対して個別に設定することもできます。" +msgstr "" +"また、エミュレーションを全てのインスタンスに対して一括で設定できるほか、各デバイスに対" +"して個別に設定することもできます。" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" "Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " -msgstr "hvc0 にカーネルメッセージを配送する を有効にすると、カーネルメッセージは ttyS0 ではなく hvc0 に配送されるようになります。 " +msgstr "" +"hvc0 にカーネルメッセージを配送する を有効にすると、カーネルメッセージは ttyS0 " +"ではなく hvc0 に配送されるようになります。 " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "ttyS0 に対してもカーネルメッセージを表示させたい場合は、 YaST ブートローダモジュール を利用して、起動に使用しているセクションのカーネルパラメータに対し、手作業で console=ttyS0 を追加してください。" +msgid "" +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the " +"current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" +"ttyS0 に対してもカーネルメッセージを表示させたい場合は、 YaST ブートローダモジュール</" +"b> を利用して、起動に使用しているセクションのカーネルパラメータに対し、手作業で " +"console=ttyS0 を追加してください。" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>警告: HVC ターミナルは、 ctrl _ d のショートカットを利用した手動ログアウトを行なわない限り、ログインしたままの状態になります。</h3>" +msgid "" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: " +"ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>警告: HVC ターミナルは、 ctrl _ d のショートカットを利用した手動ログアウトを行なわな" +"い限り、ログインしたままの状態になります。</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1085,8 +1177,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." -msgstr "カーネルパニックが発生した場合の処理を行なうには、 Dumpconf デーモンを有効化する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during " +"kernel panics." +msgstr "" +"カーネルパニックが発生した場合の処理を行なうには、 Dumpconf デーモンを有効化す" +"る必要があります。" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1115,7 +1211,8 @@ "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" "dump_reipl Linux のダンプ出力を行ない、システムを再起動します。\n" -"このオプションは z9(r) マシンまたはそれ以降の LPAR で、かつ z/VM バージョン 5.3 もしくはそれ以降でのみ利用できます。 " +"このオプションは z9(r) マシンまたはそれ以降の LPAR で、かつ z/VM バージョン 5.3 もしくは" +"それ以降でのみ利用できます。 " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 @@ -1124,18 +1221,33 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "遅延時間 で時間を指定すると、新しく起動するシステムがループすることのないよう、指定したパニック時の動作を遅延させることができます。ここでの時間が経過するまでの間にシステムがクラッシュした場合は、既定の動作 (停止) が行なわれます。" +msgid "" +"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action " +"for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has " +"elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" +"遅延時間 で時間を指定すると、新しく起動するシステムがループすることのないよう、" +"指定したパニック時の動作を遅延させることができます。ここでの時間が経過するまでの間にシス" +"テムがクラッシュした場合は、既定の動作 (停止) が行なわれます。" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." -msgstr "メモリのダンプ出力先のデバイスは、 ダンプデバイス で設定することができます。何もダンプデバイスが表示されていない場合は、YaST ダンプデバイス ダイアログで作成することができます。" +msgid "" +"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is " +"shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" +"メモリのダンプ出力先のデバイスは、 ダンプデバイス で設定することができます。何" +"もダンプデバイスが表示されていない場合は、YaST ダンプデバイス ダイアログで作成する" +"ことができます。" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "VMCMD CP コマンドでは、 Linux システムが停止する前に実行すべき内容を指定することができます。 %1 行以内、かつ %2 文字までを指定できます。" +msgid "" +"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is " +"stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" +"VMCMD CP コマンドでは、 Linux システムが停止する前に実行すべき内容を指定するこ" +"とができます。 %1 行以内、かつ %2 文字までを指定できます。" #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1192,9 +1304,13 @@ msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "新しい ZFCP デバイスの追加" + #. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1202,42 +1318,6 @@ "ZFCP デバイスの設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか？\n" "全ての変更が失われます。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 -msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" -msgstr "新しい ZFCP デバイスの追加" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:307 -msgid "&WWPN" -msgstr "WWPN (&W)" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311 -msgid "Get WWPNs" -msgstr "WWPN の取得" - -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:316 -msgid "&LUN" -msgstr "LUN (&L)" - -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:320 -msgid "Get LUNs" -msgstr "LUN の取得" - -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:372 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:408 -msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." -msgstr "入力した WWPN は正しくありません。" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:416 -msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." -msgstr "入力した LUN は正しくありません。" - #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -1281,141 +1361,124 @@ #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:81 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." msgstr "" "ZFCPデバイスに\n" -"READ/WRITE でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他になっていることを確認してください。\n" +"READ/WRITE でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他になっていることを確認して" +"ください。\n" "そうでない場合はデータが損傷する危険があります。" #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" -"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" -"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" -"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +"Enter the Channel ID of the ZFCP controller.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>新しい ZFCP デバイスの追加</big> \n" -"まずは追加するデバイスの識別子を入力し、\n" -" ZFCP コントローラの チャネル ID, ワールドワイドポート番号 (WWPN)\n" -"(WWPN), および LUN 番号を入力してください。\n" +"<big>新しい ZFCP ディスク</big> \n" +"ZFCP コントローラの チャネル ID を入力してください。\n" #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" -"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"チャネル ID は sysfs に適合した小文字表記 '0.0.<devno>' で入力してください。\n" -"たとえば <tt>0.0.5c51</tt> のようになります。\n" -" WWPN は 16 文字の 16 進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" -"たとえば <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt> のようになります。\n" -" LUN は 16 文字の 16 進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" -"たとえば <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt> のようになります。" +"チャネル ID は sysfs に準拠するよう 0.0.<デバイス番号> のような形式で\n" +"小文字で入力しなければなりません。たとえば <tt>0.0.5c51</tt> のようになります。\n" +"\n" #. popup label #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:188 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "mkinitrd を実行しています。" #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:334 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "チャネル ID: %1, フォーマット: %2, DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:347 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "チャネル ID: %1, デバイス: %2, DIAG: %3" #. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:382 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "設定した DASD ディスクを読み込んでいます" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:473 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:516 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:432 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs がマウントされていません。" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:440 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: <online> の正しくないステータスです。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:489 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: <ccwid> のデバイスが見つかりませんでした。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: デバイスの状態を変更できませんでした。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: デバイスは DASD ではありません" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:515 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: モジュールをロードできませんでした。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:524 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: DASD の有効化に失敗しました。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD はフォーマットされていません。" #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:541 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:480 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: 不明なエラー %2。" #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:654 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "%1 をフォーマットしています:" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:683 src/modules/DASDController.rb:780 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "ディスクのフォーマットに失敗しました。終了コード: %1 " #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:751 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "%1 をフォーマットしています: %2/%3 シリンダが完了" @@ -1453,10 +1516,10 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" @@ -1696,65 +1759,45 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:302 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:292 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "チャネル ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:311 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:301 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "チャネル ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, デバイス: %4" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:360 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"ZFCP コントローラを評価することができません (LPAR 内など) 。\n" +"手作業で設定する必要があります。" + #. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:367 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:378 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "設定済みの ZFCP デバイスを読み込んでいます" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." -msgstr "%1: WWPN が不正です。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." -msgstr "%1: アダプタ %1 用の WWPN をアクティブにできません。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 -msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." -msgstr "%1: ZFCP デバイスをアクティブにできません。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 -msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." -msgstr "%1: SCSI ディスクを無効にできませんでした。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 -msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: LUN を登録解除できません。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 -msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." -msgstr "%1: WWPN を登録解除できません。" - -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:532 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:448 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: デバイス <ccwid> は存在しません。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:456 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: モジュール zfcp を読み込むことができませんでした。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:464 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: アダプタのステータスを変更できませんでした。" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:472 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPN ポートは現在もアクティブになっています。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:48+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:61 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -32,42 +32,42 @@ "詳しくは Samba のマニュアルを参照してください。" #. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:74 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "winbind サービス (winbindd) を有効または無効にする" #. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:84 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "このマシンがドメインのメンバーか確認する" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:94 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "このマシンをドメインに参加させる" #. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:104 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Samba のグローバル設定を変更する" #. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:112 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "サービスを有効にする" #. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:118 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "サービスを無効にする" #. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:124 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "参加するドメインの名前" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:131 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ "ユーザ名やパスワードなしで参加しようとします。\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "ドメインに参加するユーザのパスワード" #. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "マシンアカウント" #. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:152 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "ワークグループ名" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:275 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:274 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "ドメイン %1 への参加に成功しました。" @@ -166,8 +166,12 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." +msgid "" +"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" +"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "" +"Samba ユーザとグループ ID の 範囲 を指定してください (<tt>winbind " +"uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -300,7 +304,7 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:88 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" @@ -397,7 +401,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " +"following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -448,7 +453,8 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" +"この変更は新しく生成したプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービス" +"には反映されません。\n" "すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" "手動で再起動するか、マシンを再起動してください。\n" @@ -501,43 +507,54 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " +"Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\n" +"Linux クライアントは、 NT ドメインや Active Directory ドメインのメンバーと" +"して設定することができます。\n" "ここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " +"joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Linux の認証に SMB の情報を使用する を選択すると、\n" -" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行なうことができるようになります。\n" +" NT サーバや Kerberos サーバ (Active Directory 使用時) でパスワードの確認を行" +"なうことができるようになります。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " +"list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更\n" -"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。" +"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、 プライマリ " +"DNS サフィックスの変更\n" +"を選択してください。この設定は、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれてい" +"る場合にのみ利用できます。" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " +"domain.\n" msgstr "" " OK を押すとメンバーシップの検証を行ないます。\n" -"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。\n" +"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参" +"加できるようになります。\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" -msgstr "NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。\n" +msgstr "" +"NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。</" +"p>\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 @@ -550,18 +567,39 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." -msgstr "初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " +"directories created on the first login." +msgstr "" +"初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は " +"ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する を選択してください。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." -msgstr "オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用するには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要があります。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するためです。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" +msgid "" +"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " +"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " +"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " +"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " +"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " +"useful for mobile users." +msgstr "" +"オフライン認証 を選択すると、ドメインコントローラに接続ができない場" +"合であってもユーザの認証を行なうことができるようになります。この機能を利用す" +"るには、そのユーザは少なくとも 1 回以上ドメインにログインしておく必要がありま" +"す。ログインした時点でユーザの認証情報がお使いのコンピュータに暗号化されて保" +"存され、ドメインコントローラに接続できない場合にその認証情報を再利用するため" +"です。この設定は特にモバイルユーザ向けに役立つ設定です。" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウントなど、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " +"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"WINS オプションや Active Directory ドメインのホームディレクトリのマウント" +"など、高度な機能については 熟練者向け設定 を押してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -571,14 +609,24 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " +"joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " +"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "" +"自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、 ユーザ名 と " +"パスワード を入力してください。ただしパスワードは暗号化されず、平文の" +"ままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." -msgstr " Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定してください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" +msgid "" +"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " +"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +" Active Directory に参加するには、 Active Directory サーバ を指定し" +"てください。この項目は Kerberos 設定の KDC の値としても利用されます。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -590,25 +638,26 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "お使いのシステムの時刻を NTP サーバと同期するには、お使いのコンピュータを\n" -" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なうことができます。\n" +" NTP クライアントとして設定してください。 NTP の設定 から設定を行なう" +"ことができます。\n" "\n" #. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:60 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(既定)" #. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "マシンアカウント OU (&M)" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:76 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "一覧の取得 (&B)" #. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:119 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -616,36 +665,36 @@ "マシンアカウントの一覧を取得するためには\n" "ユーザ名とパスワードの入力が必要です。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:137 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "マシンアカウント (&M)" #. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:175 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "ワークグループのメンバーシップを検証しています..." #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "ドメイン %1 から脱退するため、ユーザ名とパスワードを入力してください。" #. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "設定はクラスタノードをまたがって配布されます。" #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加するため、ユーザ名とパスワードを入力してください。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "ドメインに匿名で参加する場合は、これらの項目を入力しないでください。\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -654,7 +703,7 @@ "自動判定できません。" #. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -663,11 +712,11 @@ "ではありません。" #. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:306 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加しますか？" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:310 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -675,7 +724,7 @@ "このクラスタがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n" "自動判定できません。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:313 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -684,108 +733,159 @@ "ではありません。" #. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しますか？" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。共有をそのままにしますか？それとも削除しま" +"すか？" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "維持 (&K)" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:359 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" #. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "他の Windows 共有サービスが動作しています。これらも停止しますか？" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する (&U)" #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用したい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "" +"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " +"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "" +"名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用し" +"たい場合は、 ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する を選択してください。" #. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "DHCP で WINS サーバのアドレスを取得 (&D)" #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." -msgstr " WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サーバのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "" +"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " +"by DHCP." +msgstr "" +" WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、 DHCP で WINS サー" +"バのアドレスを取得 を選択してください。" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "ユーザによる共有" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:434 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "共有" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:447 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する (&A)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:457 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "ゲストアクセスを許可 (&G)" #. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:469 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "許可するグループ (&P)" #. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "最大共有数 (&M)" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." -msgstr "ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要があります。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "" +"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " +"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " +"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" +"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " +"permissions allow access." +msgstr "" +"ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する を設定すると、 許可するグ" +"ループ に所属するユーザに対して自らが所有するディレクトリを他のユーザと共" +"有できるようになります。たとえば <tt>users</tt> を指定するとローカルユーザ全" +"員に対して、 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> を指定するとドメインのユーザに対して許可" +"できるようになります。また、ユーザはファイルのアクセス権を適切に設定する必要" +"があります。" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "" +"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " +"that may be created." msgstr "最大共有数 を指定すると共有の最大数を制限することができます。" #. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." -msgstr "認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可 を選択してください。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "" +"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " +"Guest Access." +msgstr "" +"認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、 ゲストアクセスを許可</" +"b> を選択してください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " +"the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " +"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "" +"サーバディレクトリのマウント の表では、たとえばホームディレクトリの" +"ように、ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントすべき、サーバ側のディレク" +"トリを指定することができます。マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するに" +"は、選択したルールに ユーザ名 を指定してください。設定しない場合は、全" +"てのユーザがログインした時にマウントされます。詳しい情報は pam_mount.conf の" +"マニュアルページをお読みください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することでホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オプション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "" +"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " +"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " +"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " +"part of Options." +msgstr "" +"たとえば リモートパス の項目に <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定" +"し、 ローカルマウントポイント の項目に <tt>~/</tt> を指定することで" +"ホームディレクトリをマウントするよう設定することができます。この場合、 オ" +"プション に <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> を指定する必要があります。" #. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." -msgstr "Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証するかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST での既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb.conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "" +"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " +"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " +"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " +"for details." +msgstr "" +"Kerberos メソッド では、どのようにして Kerberos のチケットを検証す" +"るかを指定します。SSH 向けシングルサインオン を使用した場合、 YaST で" +"の既定の Kerberos メソッドは <tt>secrets and keytab</tt> です。詳しくは smb." +"conf のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -835,8 +935,8 @@ #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished #. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" @@ -907,13 +1007,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" @@ -941,142 +1041,143 @@ "正しい値を設定してください。" #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Samba クライアント設定を準備しています" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Samba グローバル設定の読み込み" #. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "winbind の状態の読み込み" #. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Samba のグローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." #. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "winbind の状態を読み込んでいます..." #. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Samba クライアントの設定を保存しています" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Samba サービスを無効にする" #. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Samba サービスを有効にする" #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba サービスを無効にしています..." #. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Samba サービスを有効にしています..." #. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberos 設定の書き込み" #. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kerberos の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename #. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "設定を %1 に書き込むことができません。" #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "winbind サービスを起動することができません。" #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind デーモンを起動することができません。" #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "winbind サービスを停止することができません。" #. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind デーモンを起動することができません。" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "PAM 設定を書き込むことができません。" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバル設定" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン: %1" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "オフライン認証が有効化されています" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "最大共有数: %1" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン: %1" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "SMB での認証: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "参加を続行することができません: クラスタの状態に一貫性がありません" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:17+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -189,7 +189,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgid "" +"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " +"passwords)" msgstr "LDAP サーバの内容を操作する (たとえばパスワード変更など) ための LDAP DN" #. translators: error message for share command line action @@ -210,7 +212,7 @@ #. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name #. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1070 +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "共有 %1 は既に存在します。" @@ -232,7 +234,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. translators: share status #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ #. translators: share status #. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" @@ -254,7 +256,8 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " +"users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "現在ユーザが Samba サーバに接続中のため、\n" @@ -290,7 +293,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で括る必要があります。" +msgstr "" +"単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で括る必" +"要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -389,23 +394,23 @@ #. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "プライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC) (&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "バックアップドメインコントローラ (BDC) (&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "ドメインコントローラでない (&C)" #. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" @@ -414,19 +419,19 @@ #. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. translators: combo box value #. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba インストール" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "ステップ 1/2" @@ -434,46 +439,46 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), #. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:190 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン名 (&W)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "ステップ 2/2" #. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "現在のドメイン名:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba サーバの種類" #. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "既に PDC が存在するため利用できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "共有名の変更" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "新しい共有名 (&N)" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "新しい共有名を入力してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:630 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -482,7 +487,7 @@ "別の名前を入力してください。\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -493,26 +498,26 @@ "削除してよろしいですか？" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "信頼するドメイン (&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード (&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "ドメイン名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "ドメインの信頼関係を確立できません。" #. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -525,14 +530,14 @@ "可能性があります。" #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1219 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "信頼されるドメイン (&T)" #. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -541,232 +546,232 @@ "削除してよろしいですか？" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "共有 %1" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "熟練者向けグローバル設定" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "識別情報" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "共有名 (&N)" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:923 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "共有の説明 (&D)" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:927 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "共有種類" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "プリンタ (&P)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリ (&D)" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:938 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "共有パス (&P)" #. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:945 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用 (&R)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:947 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "アクセス権継承 (&I)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの公開" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:951 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "btrfs の機能を使用する" #. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:960 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "新しい共有" #. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "共有するパス" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1030 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "共有名を指定する必要があります。" #. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1035 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "共有パスを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1088 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "利用可能な共有" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "フィルタ (&F)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "すべての共有を表示 (&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "システム共有を表示しない (&S)" #. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1108 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "パス" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "ゲストアクセス" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "コメント" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "名前変更 (&R)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "状態変更 (&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1142 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS サーバのサポート" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "リモート WINS サーバ" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "名前 (&M)" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1169 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "ドメインコントローラではない" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "プライマリ (PDC)" #. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "バックアップ (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "基本設定" #. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "ドメインコントローラ (&C)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "詳細設定..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1205 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "熟練者向けグローバル設定 (&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "ユーザ認証のソース (&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba の設定" #. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1241 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "起動 (&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "共有 (&S)" #. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1282 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "識別情報 (&D)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "LDAP の設定 (&L)" #. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1463 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS ホスト名 (&H)" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1564 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "ユーザ情報ソース" #. try to create it #. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -776,16 +781,16 @@ "のアカウント (root) が必要です。\n" "これから作成を行ないます。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1624 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba の管理者 (root) パスワード (&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "パスワードの確認 (&V)" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1645 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -794,12 +799,12 @@ "一致しません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1662 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "ユーザ %1 のアカウントを作成できません。" #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -807,7 +812,7 @@ "ドメイン %1 に参加するための\n" "ユーザ名およびパスワードを入力してください。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -816,17 +821,17 @@ "しないでください。" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1719 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" #. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1724 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "参加しない (&N)" #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1756 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "ドメイン %1 への参加に成功しました。" @@ -874,38 +879,51 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " +"click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>ワークグループまたはドメインの選択</big> \n" -"一覧の中から選択するか、もしくは新しいワークグループ名／ドメイン名を入力して 次へ を押してください。\n" +"一覧の中から選択するか、もしくは新しいワークグループ名／ドメイン名を入力して " +"次へ を押してください。\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " +"style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " +"passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " +"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " +"phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba サーバの種類</big>\n" -"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。\n" -"バックアップドメインコントローラは他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。\n" -"プライマリドメインコントローラはユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認証を行ないます。\n" -"ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが変わります。 Windows NT 形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、将来のリリースで削除される予定です。" +"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログ" +"インできるようにするものです。\n" +"バックアップドメインコントローラは他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認" +"証を行ないます。\n" +"プライマリドメインコントローラはユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認" +"証を行ないます。\n" +"ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが変わります。 " +"Windows NT 形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、将来のリリースで削除される予定で" +"す。" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." +"\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Samba サーバの種類</big>\n" -"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。\n" +"ドメインコントローラは Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログ" +"インできるようにするものです。\n" "ここでの選択により、設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションが\n" "変わります。" @@ -978,15 +996,20 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " +"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " +"backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "基本設定ではドメインとサーバの役割を設定します。\n" -"バックアップドメインコントローラ と プライマリドメインコントローラ はそれぞれ Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。バックアップドメインコントローラは\n" -"他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。プライマリドメインコントローラは\n" +"バックアップドメインコントローラ と プライマリドメインコントローラ" +" はそれぞれ Windows クライアントに対して Windows ドメインにログインできる" +"ようにするものです。バックアップドメインコントローラは\n" +"他のドメインコントローラの情報を使って認証を行ないます。プライマリドメインコ" +"ントローラは\n" "ユーザ名とパスワードの情報を自前で保有して認証を行ないます。\n" "サーバをドメインに参加させたくない場合は、\n" " ドメインコントローラではない を選んでください。\n" @@ -1002,7 +1025,8 @@ msgstr "" "基本設定 ではドメインとサーバの役割を設定します。\n" "プライマリドメインコントローラ は Windows クライアントに対して\n" -"Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。サーバをドメインに参加させたくない場合は、\n" +"Windows ドメインにログインできるようにするものです。サーバをドメインに参加さ" +"せたくない場合は、\n" " ドメインコントローラではない を選んでください。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 @@ -1035,7 +1059,8 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " +"settings.\n" msgstr "" "詳細設定 では詳細な設定やユーザ認証ソース、\n" "熟練者向けグローバル設定などの詳しい設定を行なうことができます。\n" @@ -1065,7 +1090,8 @@ msgstr "" "新しいドメインを一覧に追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" "ダイアログが開いたら、ドメイン名とパスワードを\n" -"それぞれ入力してください。パスワードは Samba サーバが信頼するドメインにアクセス\n" +"それぞれ入力してください。パスワードは Samba サーバが信頼するドメインにアクセ" +"ス\n" "する際に使用されます。最後に OK を押すと、\n" "信頼関係が確立されます。ドメインを削除するには、\n" "一覧からドメインを選択して 削除 を押してください。\n" @@ -1093,8 +1119,10 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。既存のオプションを\n" -"編集するには 編集 を押してください。また、オプションを削除するには 削除 を押してください。\n" +"新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 を押してください。既存のオ" +"プションを\n" +"編集するには 編集 を押してください。また、オプションを削除するには " +"削除 を押してください。\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1103,7 +1131,8 @@ "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>熟練者向けグローバル設定</big> \n" -"ここではサーバのグローバルオプションについて細かく設定をすることができます。\n" +"ここではサーバのグローバルオプションについて細かく設定をすることができます。" +"\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 @@ -1112,7 +1141,8 @@ "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" "新しい設定オプションを追加するには 追加 ボタンを、\n" -"既存のオプションを編集するには 編集 ボタンを、削除するには 削除 ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。\n" +"既存のオプションを編集するには 編集 ボタンを、削除するには 削除 </" +"b> ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1129,21 +1159,27 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" +"b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "検索ベース DN (DN=Distinguished Name; 識別名) には\n" "情報を検索する際の開始地点となる識別名を指定します。 管理者 DN は\n" -"ユーザやグループを新規に作成する場合に利用します。管理者 DN を利用して書き込む際に\n" +"ユーザやグループを新規に作成する場合に利用します。管理者 DN を利用して書き込" +"む際に\n" "パスワードが必要となる場合は、 LDAP 管理者パスワードの設定 を押して\n" "設定してください。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" -msgstr "注意: 設定は LDAP 管理者パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " +"is set.\n" +msgstr "" +"注意: 設定は LDAP 管理者パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。</" +"p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1154,18 +1190,21 @@ "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>User 認証情報バックエンド</big> \n" -"ここでは、 Samba サーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択します。\n" +"ここでは、 Samba サーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択しま" +"す。\n" " Samba では複数のバックエンドの同時設定には対応しておらず、 1 つだけを\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " +"one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザ認証のソースを変更したい場合は、まず現行の認証ソースを\n" -"削除 ボタンを押して削除し、その後 追加 ボタンを押して追加してください。\n" +"削除 ボタンを押して削除し、その後 追加 ボタンを押して追加してく" +"ださい。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1194,7 +1233,9 @@ msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" -msgstr "TDB データベース では、情報を保存したり検索したりするのに Samba 独自のバイナリデータベースを使用します。\n" +msgstr "" +"TDB データベース では、情報を保存したり検索したりするのに Samba 独" +"自のバイナリデータベースを使用します。\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore #. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ @@ -1271,14 +1312,34 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "スナップショットの公開 を選択すると、 Samba は snapper で作成したスナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMB クライアントからアクセスしたり編集したりできるようになります。このオプションは Samba が snapper に対応していて、かつ共有パスが snapper の設定された btrfs ファイルシステムのサブボリュームである場合にのみ利用できます。 なお、関連するパーミッションも許可しておかなければなりません。詳しくは Samba の vfs_snapper(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +msgid "" +"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " +"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " +"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " +"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " +"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " +"details." +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの公開 を選択すると、 Samba は snapper で作成したス" +"ナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMB クライアントからアクセスしたり編集したりでき" +"るようになります。このオプションは Samba が snapper に対応していて、かつ共有" +"パスが snapper の設定された btrfs ファイルシステムのサブボリュームである場合" +"にのみ利用できます。 なお、関連するパーミッションも許可しておかなければな" +"りません。詳しくは Samba の vfs_snapper(8) のマニュアルページをお読み" +"ください。" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "" +"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " +"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " +"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " +"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" -"btrfs の機能を使用する を選択すると、 Samba が btrfs ファイルシステム固有の機能を生かすようになります。\n" -"このオプションは Samba が btrfs に対応していて、かつ共有パスが btrfs のサブボリュームである場合にのみ利用できます。詳しくは Samba の vfs_btrfs(8) のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"btrfs の機能を使用する を選択すると、 Samba が btrfs ファイルシステ" +"ム固有の機能を生かすようになります。\n" +"このオプションは Samba が btrfs に対応していて、かつ共有パスが btrfs のサブボ" +"リュームである場合にのみ利用できます。詳しくは Samba の vfs_btrfs(8) " +"のマニュアルページをお読みください。" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1287,53 +1348,90 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " +"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" +"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " +"including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " +"objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " +"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" +"b>." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP 設定</big> \n" "ここでは認証に使用する LDAP サーバを設定することができます。\n" "\n" "\n" -"LDAP パスワードバックエンド を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定した URL の LDAP ツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、 LDAP idmap バックエンド を指定すると、 LDAP 内にSID/uid/gid のマッピングテーブルを保存できるようになります。\n" +"LDAP パスワードバックエンド を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定した URL の " +"LDAP ツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、 LDAP idmap バックエンド</" +"b> を指定すると、 LDAP 内にSID/uid/gid のマッピングテーブルを保存できるように" +"なります。\n" "\n" -"認証のセクションでは、管理者の DN など、 LDAP サーバに対する資格情報を設定します。\n" +"認証のセクションでは、管理者の DN など、 LDAP サーバに対する資格情報を設定し" +"ます。\n" "\n" -"検索ベース DN では、 Samba 固有の LDAP オブジェクトに対する LDAP サフィックスを指定します。\n" +"検索ベース DN では、 Samba 固有の LDAP オブジェクトに対する LDAP サ" +"フィックスを指定します。\n" "\n" -"お使いの LDAP サーバとの接続をテストするには、 接続のテスト を押してください。また、LDAP 設定をエクスポートしたり既定値を使用したりしたい場合は、 詳細設定 を押してください。" +"お使いの LDAP サーバとの接続をテストするには、 接続のテスト を押してく" +"ださい。また、LDAP 設定をエクスポートしたり既定値を使用したりしたい場合は、 " +"詳細設定 を押してください。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "ユーザサフィックス では、ユーザを設定する先の LDAP ツリーを指定します。ここでの値は検索ベース DN の前に付けられます。また、 グループサフィックス では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。同様に マシンサフィックス はマシン用、 idmap サフィックス は idmap マッピング用です。" +msgid "" +"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " +"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " +"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " +"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "" +"ユーザサフィックス では、ユーザを設定する先の LDAP ツリーを指定しま" +"す。ここでの値は検索ベース DN の前に付けられます。また、 グループサ" +"フィックス では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。同様に " +"マシンサフィックス はマシン用、 idmap サフィックス は idmap マッピ" +"ング用です。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " +"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"レプリケーションスリープ は、 LDAP サーバに書き込んだ後 Samba サーバが待機を行なう時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、 LDAP のレプリカが複製に追随できることを期待するためのものです。\n" -"タイムアウト では、 LDAP の操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指定します。" +"レプリケーションスリープ は、 LDAP サーバに書き込んだ後 Samba サー" +"バが待機を行なう時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、 LDAP のレプリカが" +"複製に追随できることを期待するためのものです。\n" +"タイムアウト では、 LDAP の操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指" +"定します。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -msgstr "LDAP 接続に対して SSL を使用するかどうかを設定するには、 SSL または TLS を使用する を利用します。" +msgid "" +"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +"" +msgstr "" +"LDAP 接続に対して SSL を使用するかどうかを設定するには、 SSL または " +"TLS を使用する を利用します。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " +"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " +"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " +"page for details." msgstr "" -"DN の削除 では、削除操作の際に LDAP 項目を完全に削除するのか、もしくは Samba 固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n" -"パスワードの同期 では、 LDAP パスワードと NT/LM ハッシュ値の同期を行なうかどうかを設定します。詳しくは <tt>smb.conf</tt> のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +"DN の削除 では、削除操作の際に LDAP 項目を完全に削除するのか、もし" +"くは Samba 固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n" +"パスワードの同期 では、 LDAP パスワードと NT/LM ハッシュ値の同期を" +"行なうかどうかを設定します。詳しくは <tt>smb.conf</tt> のマニュアルページをお" +"読みください。" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1358,7 +1456,8 @@ msgstr "" "/tmp や /var/tmp は誰でもアクセスできるディレクトリであり、\n" "定期的なスケジュールジョブなどによってファイルが削除される可能性が\n" -"あることに注意してください。詳しくは /etc/sysconfig/cron 内の MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP \n" +"あることに注意してください。詳しくは /etc/sysconfig/cron 内の " +"MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP \n" "と TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR を参照してください。\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1368,7 +1467,8 @@ "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" msgstr "" "/var を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているためです。\n" +"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているため" +"です。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 @@ -1377,7 +1477,8 @@ "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" msgstr "" "/etc を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているためです。\n" +"このディレクトリにはお使いのシステムに関する多くの機密情報が含まれているため" +"です。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 @@ -1386,12 +1487,14 @@ "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" "/ を共有することはセキュリティ上の問題となる可能性があります。\n" -"このディレクトリを共有すると、 Samba クライアントからシステム全体にアクセスできるようになってしまうためです。\n" +"このディレクトリを共有すると、 Samba クライアントからシステム全体にアクセスで" +"きるようになってしまうためです。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " +"and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "詳細設定 では LDAP 設定やユーザ認証ソース、\n" @@ -1607,7 +1710,9 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "dcObject(dc) クラスおよび organizationalUnit(ou) クラスのみをサポートしています。" +msgstr "" +"dcObject(dc) クラスおよび organizationalUnit(ou) クラスのみをサポートしていま" +"す。" #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 @@ -1821,5 +1926,3 @@ msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" -#~ msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:50+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2267 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "%1 の無効化に失敗しました。" @@ -260,7 +260,8 @@ msgstr "" "他にサポートしているドライバがないかをチェックするか、\n" "互換性のあるモデルを選択するか、\n" -"もしくは Linux 用ドライバを配布していないかどうか製造元に問い合わせるかしてください。" +"もしくは Linux 用ドライバを配布していないかどうか製造元に問い合わせるかしてく" +"ださい。" #. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 @@ -272,8 +273,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "epkowa ドライバは、 i386 互換のアーキテクチャでのみ利用できます (32 ビット i386 と 64 ビット x86_64 版のみです)。" +msgid "" +"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" +"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "" +"epkowa ドライバは、 i386 互換のアーキテクチャでのみ利用できます (32 ビット " +"i386 と 64 ビット x86_64 版のみです)。" #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -285,7 +290,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "epkowa ドライバを 64 ビットアーキテクチャ (x86_64) で使用すると問題が発生する場合があります。" +msgstr "" +"epkowa ドライバを 64 ビットアーキテクチャ (x86_64) で使用すると問題が発生する" +"場合があります。" #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -301,7 +308,8 @@ "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバは既に誰も管理していません。\n" +"hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバは既に誰も管理していま" +"せん。\n" "最新のドライバ hpaio をお試しください。" #. Configure backend dialog @@ -397,12 +405,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " +"scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>スキャナ設定</big> \n" -"スキャナの設定を行なったり設定済みのスキャナを表示したりすることができます。\n" +"スキャナの設定を行なったり設定済みのスキャナを表示したりすることができま" +"す。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -411,13 +421,15 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " +"configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "新しいスキャナを設定するには、検出されたスキャナの一覧でスキャナを選択して\n" "編集 を押してください。\n" -"スキャナが検出されなかった場合には 追加 を押して手動で設定してください。\n" +"スキャナが検出されなかった場合には 追加 を押して手動で設定してくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -443,7 +455,8 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " +"scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -452,16 +465,20 @@ "だけが表示されます。\n" " USB スキャナが自動的に検出されなかったり誤った検出をしたりした場合は、\n" " その他 を押して 再検出 を選んでください。\n" -" USB デバイスによってはスキャナ機能を持たないものが表示されることもあります。\n" -"これは、 USB にはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを持っているか\n" +" USB デバイスによってはスキャナ機能を持たないものが表示されることもありま" +"す。\n" +"これは、 USB にはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを" +"持っているか\n" "どうかを一般的に判別する方法が存在しないことによるものです。\n" "この場合も、 追加 ボタンを押して追加することができます。\n" " HP 製のオールインワンデバイスの場合は、このツールで設定する前に\n" " その他 から hp-setup の起動 を選択して <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" " を実行してください。\n" "ここでのスキャナ設定がうまくいかない場合は、\n" -"<tt>lsusb</tt> コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが現われているかどうかを確認してください。\n" -"この出力に現われていない場合は、 USB システムがスキャナと正しく通信できていないことを示しています。\n" +"<tt>lsusb</tt> コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが現われているかど" +"うかを確認してください。\n" +"この出力に現われていない場合は、 USB システムがスキャナと正しく通信できていな" +"いことを示しています。\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -473,15 +490,19 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " +"loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "通常の SCSI スキャナであれば自動的に検出されます。\n" " Add ボタンで進めていってもうまく設定できない場合は、\n" -"<tt>lsscsi</tt> コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが現われているかどうかを確認してください。\n" -"この出力に現われていない場合は、 SCSI システムがスキャナと正しく通信できていないことを示しています。\n" -"適切な SCSI ホストアダプタのカーネルモジュールが読み込まれているかどうかを確認してください。\n" +"<tt>lsscsi</tt> コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが現われているか" +"どうかを確認してください。\n" +"この出力に現われていない場合は、 SCSI システムがスキャナと正しく通信できてい" +"ないことを示しています。\n" +"適切な SCSI ホストアダプタのカーネルモジュールが読み込まれているかどうかを確" +"認してください。\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -494,7 +515,8 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -526,17 +548,21 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" +"b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" +"b>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "HP オールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\n" "ネットワークスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\n" "ネットワークスキャナは手動で設定する必要があります。\n" -"ネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインターフェイスを持つスキャナのことですので、\n" +"ネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインターフェイスを持つスキャナのことです" +"ので、\n" "ネットワークを経由して直接アクセスすることができます。\n" -"逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続されているスキャナに対して、\n" +"逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続され" +"ているスキャナに対して、\n" "ネットワークを介して接続するという意味です。\n" "内蔵のネットワークインターフェイス経由で接続した\n" " HP オールインワンデバイスを設定するには、\n" @@ -558,17 +584,21 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " +"drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"この表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連づけられたスキャナが表示されています。\n" -"モデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには 追加 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"この表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連づけられたスキャナが表示されてい" +"ます。\n" +"モデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには 追加 ボタンを押してくださ" +"い。\n" "ドライバを変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" "ドライバを削除するには 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" "また、 その他 ボタンを押すと、\n" -"再検出や有効化したドライバをテストすることができるほか、 HP オールインワンデバイス\n" +"再検出や有効化したドライバをテストすることができるほか、 HP オールインワンデ" +"バイス\n" "を設定したりネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定したりすることができます。\n" "" @@ -587,7 +617,8 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " +"reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -597,7 +628,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"ドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考えられる理由は以下のとおりです:\n" +"ドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考え" +"られる理由は以下のとおりです:\n" "スキャナが接続されていない、または電源が入っていない\n" "そのスキャナのモデルに対する正しいドライバではない \n" "(型番のちょっとした違いや内部的な変更によって違うドライバを使う必要が\n" @@ -613,15 +645,18 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " +"Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>スキャナモデルの選択</big> \n" -"サポートされていないものを含め、既知の全てのスキャナモデルが表示されています。\n" -"モデルを選択する前に表示されている全ての情報をお読みいただき、その後 次へ を押してください。\n" +"サポートされていないものを含め、既知の全てのスキャナモデルが表示されていま" +"す。\n" +"モデルを選択する前に表示されている全ての情報をお読みいただき、その後 次へ" +" を押してください。\n" "この情報は以下にある SANE プロジェクトの情報を元にしています。\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>\n" "" @@ -632,36 +667,52 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " +"available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" +"backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." +" \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " +"does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " +"internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " +"driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"1 つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示されています。\n" -"多くのスキャナドライバは SANE プロジェクトから提供されていて、 sane-backends パッケージに含まれています。\n" -"また、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全まで様々あります。 \n" -"ドライバが 'unmaintained' (メンテナンスされていない) と表示されている場合でも、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n" +"1 つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示" +"されています。\n" +"多くのスキャナドライバは SANE プロジェクトから提供されていて、 sane-backends " +"パッケージに含まれています。\n" +"また、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全まで様々あります。" +" \n" +"ドライバが 'unmaintained' (メンテナンスされていない) と表示されている場合で" +"も、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n" "場合によってはメンテナンスされていないでも、完全に動作するものがあります。\n" -"ただし上記の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを示していて、\n" -"それらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができないことを示しています。\n" +"ただし上記の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを" +"示していて、\n" +"それらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができない" +"ことを示しています。\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " +"driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " +"unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"そのモデルに利用可能なドライバが存在しない場合であっても、製造元がドライバを提供している場合があります。\n" -"未対応のスキャナである場合は、まずスキャナの製造元に問い合わせてみてください。\n" +"そのモデルに利用可能なドライバが存在しない場合であっても、製造元がドライバを" +"提供している場合があります。\n" +"未対応のスキャナである場合は、まずスキャナの製造元に問い合わせてみてくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -685,23 +736,31 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " +"also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " +"list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." +"*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " +"string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." +"*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "目的の項目を素早く見つけるには、 検索文字列 をお使いください。\n" "表内での文字を見つけるには、この項目にそれを記入すれば表示されます。\n" -"大文字と小文字の区別を行なったり正規表現を使ったりする検索も行なうことができます。\n" +"大文字と小文字の区別を行なったり正規表現を使ったりする検索も行なうことができ" +"ます。\n" "スキャナが検出されて製造元の名前が一覧に表示されている場合、\n" "検索文字列は製造元の名前に設定されます (例: <tt>^Epson.*</tt>) \n" "検索結果を絞り込むには、追加でモデル名などの文字列を入力してください。\n" "たとえばモデル名の一部を追加 (例: <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>) したり、\n" -"モデル名の数字部分の桁を入力 (<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>) したりなどをすることができます。 \n" +"モデル名の数字部分の桁を入力 (<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>) したりなどをすることがで" +"きます。 \n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -710,14 +769,16 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" +"b>.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>スキャナとドライバの設定</big> \n" "ドライバを有効化し、関連するスキャナを検出します。\n" -"数秒程度の時間がかかりますので、しばらく待ってから 次へ を押してください。\n" +"数秒程度の時間がかかりますので、しばらく待ってから 次へ を押してくださ" +"い。\n" "戻る を押すと、ドライバが無効化されます。\n" "" @@ -768,10 +829,14 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " +"devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " +"available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" +"one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " +"driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -782,15 +847,20 @@ "<big>HP 社製オールインワンデバイス</big> \n" "HP 社製のオールインワンデバイスには特殊な設定を行なう必要があります。\n" "この場合は必要なダイアログが表示されます。\n" -"HP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウエアパッケージが用意されています:\n" -"* 古い HPOJ ソフトウエア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (既に提供されていません) ) \n" -" (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービス) を提供します)\n" +"HP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウエアパッケージが用意されて" +"います:\n" +"* 古い HPOJ ソフトウエア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (既に提供されていませ" +"ん) ) \n" +" (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービ" +"ス) を提供します)\n" "* 新しい HPLIP ソフトウエア (hplip パッケージ) \n" -" (HP オールインワンデバイスのデバイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドライバ) を提供します)\n" +" (HP オールインワンデバイスのデバイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドラ" +"イバ) を提供します)\n" "それぞれのソフトウエアは同時にインストールすることができますが、\n" "ptal サービスと hpaio ドライバを一緒に起動することはできません。\n" "起動中のサービスがデバイスにアクセスする必要があるため、\n" -" ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければなりません。\n" +" ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければ" +"なりません。\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: @@ -806,7 +876,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>ネットワーク経由のスキャン</big> \n" -" ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから 次へ \n" +" ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから 次へ" +" \n" "を押してください。\n" " " @@ -819,9 +890,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " +"the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " +"server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " +"access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -829,13 +903,17 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"ローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスできるようにするには、\n" -"sanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにします。\n" -"［許可するクライアント］に、サーバのsanedへのアクセスを許可するクライアントホストを入力します。\n" +"ローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスでき" +"るようにするには、\n" +"sanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにしま" +"す。\n" +"［許可するクライアント］に、サーバのsanedへのアクセスを許可するクライ" +"アントホストを入力します。\n" "クライアントホストのホスト名またはIPアドレスをコンマで区切って入力するか、\n" "サブネットを192.168.1.0/24のようにCIDR表記で入力します。\n" "どのクライアントホストも許可しない場合、sanedは有効になりません。\n" -"saned が有効に設定されている場合、 xinetd も有効に設定され saned 向けの設定が行なわれます。\n" +"saned が有効に設定されている場合、 xinetd も有効に設定され saned 向けの設定が" +"行なわれます。\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: @@ -881,13 +959,20 @@ "<big>ファイアウオールについて</big> \n" "ファイアウオールは、お使いのホストで実行中のサーバプロセスを保護し、\n" "ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n" -"ネットワーク経由でスキャナを使用する場合、 SANE ネットワークデーモン (saned)\n" -"は必ず実行させていなければならないサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモートのクライアントから、\n" -"お使いのホストに接続されているスキャナを利用することができるようになっています。\n" -"クライアントのホストは saned 上の sane ポート (TCP ポート 6566) に接続を行ないますが、\n" -"スキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組みになっています。\n" -"そのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行なう場合は、ポート 6566 だけ開いても不十分です。 \n" -"また、ファイアウオールの外部ゾーンに対して、 sane が使用するポート 6566 やスキャナが使用している\n" +"ネットワーク経由でスキャナを使用する場合、 SANE ネットワークデーモン " +"(saned)\n" +"は必ず実行させていなければならないサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモート" +"のクライアントから、\n" +"お使いのホストに接続されているスキャナを利用することができるようになっていま" +"す。\n" +"クライアントのホストは saned 上の sane ポート (TCP ポート 6566) に接続を行な" +"いますが、\n" +"スキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組み" +"になっています。\n" +"そのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行なう場合は、ポート 6566 だけ開いても" +"不十分です。 \n" +"また、ファイアウオールの外部ゾーンに対して、 sane が使用するポート 6566 やス" +"キャナが使用している\n" "ポートを開いたりはしないでください。\n" "これは外部のホストから saned に対するアクセスを許可することになってしまい、\n" "saned に対するファイアウオールの保護を外すことになってしまいます。\n" @@ -896,16 +981,20 @@ "物理的な作業が必要になるという点で、意味がありません。 \n" "一方、既定のファイアウオール設定では、内部の (信頼済みの) ネットワークから\n" "のアクセスだけを許可します。\n" -"お使いのサーバ内にある saned に対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるようにするには、\n" +"お使いのサーバ内にある saned に対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるよう" +"にするには、\n" "ネットワークインターフェイスをファイアウオールの内部ゾーンに割り当て、\n" "内部ネットワークに属するように設定してください。\n" "このような基本設定を行ない、お使いのネットワークに対するセキュリティと\n" -"ファイアウオール設定を行なうには、 YaST ファイアウオール設定モジュールをご利用\n" -"ください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウオール設定を\n" +"ファイアウオール設定を行なうには、 YaST ファイアウオール設定モジュールをご利" +"用\n" +"ください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウオール設" +"定を\n" "行なうことなく作業が完了します。\n" "詳しくは openSUSE のサポートデータベース記事\n" "'CUPS と SANE ファイアウオール設定' \n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みください。\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings をお読みくださ" +"い。\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: @@ -916,8 +1005,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " +"network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " +"servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -926,11 +1017,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>クライアント設定</big> \n" -"お使いのコンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト (サーバ) にあるスキャナにアクセスしたい場合は、\n" +"お使いのコンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト (サーバ) にあるスキャナにア" +"クセスしたい場合は、\n" " net メタドライバを設定してサーバ内のデーモン越しにアクセスしてください。\n" -"サーバ側では saned とファイアウオールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要があります。\n" -"このコンピュータでは 使用するサーバ 内に使用するサーバを入力してください。\n" -"この項目はカンマ区切りの一覧で、サーバのホスト名または IP アドレスを指定します。\n" +"サーバ側では saned とファイアウオールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要があり" +"ます。\n" +"このコンピュータでは 使用するサーバ 内に使用するサーバを入力してくださ" +"い。\n" +"この項目はカンマ区切りの一覧で、サーバのホスト名または IP アドレスを指定しま" +"す。\n" "何もサーバを指定しない場合は、 net メタドライバは有効になりません。\n" "" @@ -959,8 +1054,10 @@ "ローカルループバックデバイスを利用することで saned と net メタドライバに\n" "アクセスすることもできます。\n" "この場合はサーバとクライアントは同一のマシン (localhost) になります。\n" -"パラレルポートスキャナなどスキャナによっては root 権限を必要とするものがあるため、\n" -"サーバ・クライアントのそれぞれの設定に <tt>localhost</tt> を指定することで、\n" +"パラレルポートスキャナなどスキャナによっては root 権限を必要とするものがある" +"ため、\n" +"サーバ・クライアントのそれぞれの設定に <tt>localhost</tt> を指定すること" +"で、\n" "一般ユーザからでもスキャナを利用できるように設定することができます。\n" "" @@ -997,7 +1094,8 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " +"Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1011,30 +1109,45 @@ "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" -"Epson/Avasys が提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウエアが必要です。\n" -"イメージスキャンドライバソフトウエアは Epson (以前は Avasys) が作成して提供しているもので、下記の URL にあります。\n" +"Epson/Avasys が提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウエア" +"が必要です。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバソフトウエアは Epson (以前は Avasys) が作成して提供し" +"ているもので、下記の URL にあります。\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(以前は Avasys のサイト http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/ にありました)\n" -"ここでは 32 ビット (i386) 版と 64 ビット版 (x86_64) の RPM パッケージをダウンロード\n" -"することができます (Epson/Avasys のライセンス同意を受け入れる必要があります) 。\n" -"イメージスキャンドライバには、プロプライエタリなバイナリのみのソフトウエアが含まれています。\n" +"ここでは 32 ビット (i386) 版と 64 ビット版 (x86_64) の RPM パッケージをダウン" +"ロード\n" +"することができます (Epson/Avasys のライセンス同意を受け入れる必要がありま" +"す) 。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバには、プロプライエタリなバイナリのみのソフトウエアが" +"含まれています。\n" "モデルによっては 32 ビット (i386) 版のみが公開されている場合もあります。\n" "これらは 64 ビットシステムのインストール環境では動作しません。\n" -"また、スキャナによっては他の (フリーソフトウエアの) ドライバに対応している場合もあります。\\nお使いのスキャナの型式が DFSG の非フリー (プロプライエタリ) モジュールを必要とする場合は、\n" -"Epson/Avasys から 2 つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールしなければなりません:\n" -"ベースソフトウエアである 'iscan' パッケージと、追加の型式依存の 'iscan-plugin'\n" +"また、スキャナによっては他の (フリーソフトウエアの) ドライバに対応している場" +"合もあります。\\nお使いのスキャナの型式が DFSG の非フリー (プロプライエタリ) " +"モジュールを必要とする場合は、\n" +"Epson/Avasys から 2 つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールしなければな" +"りません:\n" +"ベースソフトウエアである 'iscan' パッケージと、追加の型式依存の 'iscan-" +"plugin'\n" "(プロプライエタリ) モジュールです。\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジト" +"リも見つかりません。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできるリポジトリも見つかりません。" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストール" +"できるリポジトリも見つかりません。" #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1055,7 +1168,8 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " +"fixed.\n" msgstr "" "有効なスキャナを判別することができませんでした。\n" "net メタドライバが有効化されていてネットワーク側に何らかの問題が\n" @@ -1083,7 +1197,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2506 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" @@ -1096,7 +1210,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2526 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 の読み込みに失敗しました。" @@ -1139,7 +1253,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1994 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "動作しているスキャナの検出" @@ -1165,7 +1279,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "動作しているスキャナを検出しています..." @@ -1188,7 +1302,7 @@ #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" @@ -1256,9 +1370,11 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行することができません。\n" +" GUI を表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、 hp-setup を実行するこ" +"とができません。\n" "このエラーは YaST がテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" -" YaST を実行したユーザが DISPLAY 環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生しますし、\n" +" YaST を実行したユーザが DISPLAY 環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します" +"し、\n" " GUI 画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" "これらの場合は、スキャナの設定を中止して手動で hp-setup を起動し、\n" "再度スキャナの設定を行なってください。\n" @@ -1291,7 +1407,8 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup を開始しました。\n" "スキャナを設定するには hp-setup での作業を完了しなければなりません。\n" @@ -1304,19 +1421,19 @@ #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: #. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2248 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "不明なデバイス" #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: #. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "不明な製造元" #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: #. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "不明なモデル" @@ -1327,7 +1444,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name #. %2 will be replaced by the model name #. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2231 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 (%3)" @@ -1344,7 +1461,9 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "スキャナを検出できませんでした。動作しているスキャナまたはドライバが存在しません。" +msgstr "" +"スキャナを検出できませんでした。動作しているスキャナまたはドライバが存在しま" +"せん。" #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 @@ -1358,7 +1477,9 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "Epson/Avasys が提供する、サードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウエアが必要です。" +msgstr "" +"Epson/Avasys が提供する、サードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウエ" +"アが必要です。" #. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name #. which provides the driver for the particular model: @@ -1370,7 +1491,9 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、優れた機能を提供している可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、優れた機能を提供している可能性があり" +"ます。" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 @@ -1392,7 +1515,9 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、完全な機能を提供している可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、完全な機能を提供している可能性があり" +"ます。" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 @@ -1402,13 +1527,17 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." -msgstr "ドライバ %1 はおそらく動作するものと思われますが、テストは行なわれていません。" +msgstr "" +"ドライバ %1 はおそらく動作するものと思われますが、テストは行なわれていませ" +"ん。" #. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、基本的な機能を提供している可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、基本的な機能を提供している可能性があ" +"ります。" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 @@ -1419,7 +1548,9 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、最低限の機能を提供している可能性があります。" +msgstr "" +"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、最低限の機能を提供している可能性があ" +"ります。" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 @@ -1438,40 +1569,49 @@ #. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " +"memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " +"distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " +"site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " +"scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " +"upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"ファームウエアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録すべきソフトウエアが含まれています。\n" +"ファームウエアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録すべきソフトウエアが含まれ" +"ています。\n" "ファームウエア無しではスキャナは動作できません。\n" "\n" -"ファームウエアはスキャナの製造元から個別にライセンス提供されるもので、我々には配布が許されていません。\n" +"ファームウエアはスキャナの製造元から個別にライセンス提供されるもので、我々に" +"は配布が許されていません。\n" "一般的にファームウエアファイルは製造元の CD のどこかに保存されています。\n" "場合によっては製造元の Web サイトからダウンロードできる場合もあります。\n" "各スキャナのファームウエア取得方法については製造元にお尋ねください。\n" "また、その他の有用な情報については SANE の Web サイトをご覧ください。\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" -"ファームウエアファイルを取得できましたら、手動でドライバを設定する必要があります。\n" -"ドライバのマニュアルページにファームウエア登録の方法が記載されていますので、\n" +"ファームウエアファイルを取得できましたら、手動でドライバを設定する必要があり" +"ます。\n" +"ドライバのマニュアルページにファームウエア登録の方法が記載されていますの" +"で、\n" "以下のコマンドでお読みください:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1911 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1479,7 +1619,8 @@ "If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" msgstr "" "ptal サービスを利用するプリンタが 1 つ以上存在します。\n" -"このまま継続することもできますが、その場合は ptal サービスを停止しますので、\n" +"このまま継続することもできますが、その場合は ptal サービスを停止しますの" +"で、\n" " ptal サービスを利用する印刷キューは利用できなくなります。\n" "続行する場合は、 HPLIP を利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" @@ -1488,39 +1629,51 @@ #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1923 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " +"initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " +"fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" +"lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"hpoj ドライバを利用するには PTAL ドライバを設定して動作させる必要があります。\n" +"hpoj ドライバを利用するには PTAL ドライバを設定して動作させる必要がありま" +"す。\n" "特に ptal サービスは必ず設定して起動する必要があります。\n" "\n" -"また、ptal サービスを開始する前に PTAL システムを初期化する必要があるばかりか、\n" +"また、ptal サービスを開始する前に PTAL システムを初期化する必要があるばかり" +"か、\n" " ptal サービスはシステム起動時に開始するよう設定する必要があります。\n" -" PTAL システムと hplip サービスは互いに排他関係にあるため、同時に使用することはできません。\n" -"従って PTAL システムを初期化して開始するには、事前に hplip サービスを停止して\n" +" PTAL システムと hplip サービスは互いに排他関係にあるため、同時に使用すること" +"はできません。\n" +"従って PTAL システムを初期化して開始するには、事前に hplip サービスを停止し" +"て\n" "無効化する必要があります。\n" -"さらに、 PTAL システムの自動初期化は USB 接続の場合にのみ安全に実行できます。\n" -"USB 以外のデバイスを使っている場合や USB 接続にもかかわらず自動初期化が失敗する場合は、\n" +"さらに、 PTAL システムの自動初期化は USB 接続の場合にのみ安全に実行できま" +"す。\n" +"USB 以外のデバイスを使っている場合や USB 接続にもかかわらず自動初期化が失敗す" +"る場合は、\n" " PTAL システムを手動で設定してください。\n" -"スキャナとプリンタが内蔵されているオールインワン型のデバイスをお使いの場合は、\n" -" ptal サービスが USB デバイス (/dev/usb/lp0 など) を占有することにご注意ください。\n" -"そのため USB デバイスファイルを介してプリンタにアクセスすることができなくなります。\n" +"スキャナとプリンタが内蔵されているオールインワン型のデバイスをお使いの場合" +"は、\n" +" ptal サービスが USB デバイス (/dev/usb/lp0 など) を占有することにご注意くだ" +"さい。\n" +"そのため USB デバイスファイルを介してプリンタにアクセスすることができなくなり" +"ます。\n" "\n" "USB 用に PTAL システムを初期化して有効化し、開始しますか？\n" @@ -1528,72 +1681,75 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1946 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " +"service.\n" msgstr "" "hplip サービスを利用するプリンタ設定が 1 つ以上存在します。\n" -"このまま継続することもできますが、 hplip サービスを停止させる必要があります。\n" +"このまま継続することもできますが、 hplip サービスを停止させる必要がありま" +"す。\n" "停止すると hplip サービスを利用する印刷キューは利用できなくなります。\n" "hpaio ドライバがお使いのスキャナに対応している場合は処理を続行せず\n" "hpaio ドライバをご利用いただくか、\n" -"このまま継続して ptal サービスを利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" +"このまま継続して ptal サービスを利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してくださ" +"い。\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "ドライバ %1 の設定" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "さらにパッケージを追加インストールする必要があるかどうかの確認" #. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "ファームウエアのアップロードが必要かどうかの確認" #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "特定のドライバに対する特別な必要条件のテストと設定" #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1992 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "ドライバを有効にする" # 3 steps of probing soft- and hardware # Translators: Please do not translate 'SANE'! #. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "追加パッケージをインストールする必要があるかを確認しています..." # 3 steps of probing soft- and hardware # Translators: Please do not translate 'SANE'! #. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "ファームウエアをアップロードする必要があるかを確認しています..." #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "特定のドライバに対する特別な必要条件をテストして設定しています..." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "ドライバを有効にしています..." #. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "必要なパッケージがインストールされていません" @@ -1603,7 +1759,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog #. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown #. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "ドライバ %1 にはパッケージ %2 が必要です。" @@ -1611,9 +1767,9 @@ #. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. #. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. #. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2040 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2081 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2125 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2139 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2149 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "中止" @@ -1625,7 +1781,7 @@ #. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database #. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. #. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2060 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "ファームウエアをアップロードする必要があります" @@ -1634,19 +1790,19 @@ #. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service #. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "ptalサービスが実行されていない場合、スキャナは動作しません。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "PTAL システムの設定に失敗しました。" #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2223 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1661,49 +1817,53 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "ドライバ hpoj は無効になりますが、関連する ptal サービスは CUPS 印刷システムで必要であるため無効に設定しません。" +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "" +"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " +"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "" +"ドライバ hpoj は無効になりますが、関連する ptal サービスは CUPS 印刷システム" +"で必要であるため無効に設定しません。" #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2306 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "ptal サービスを停止できませんでした。" #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2317 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "ptal サービスを無効にすることができませんでした。" #. If there is no active scanner for the backend #. then show a message but exit successfully because #. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2376 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "%1 のスキャナがありません" #. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2378 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "対応する有効なスキャナがなければテストを行なうことができません。" #. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2393 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "テストするスキャナ (&S)" #. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1 をテストしています" #. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2418 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "'scanimage -d %1 -v' コマンドを使用してテストしています..." @@ -1711,7 +1871,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1725,7 +1885,7 @@ #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2473 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(使用可能な結果はありません)" @@ -1735,7 +1895,7 @@ #. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed #. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. #. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "%1 のテストは成功しました" @@ -1743,7 +1903,7 @@ #. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2462 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1759,7 +1919,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "ネットワーク経由でのスキャン設定の検出に失敗しました。" @@ -1767,7 +1927,7 @@ #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. #. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2568 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "ネットワーク経由でのスキャン設定に失敗しました。" @@ -1782,11 +1942,16 @@ #. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message #. regarding scanning via network and firewall. #. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2596 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." -msgstr "お使いのファイアウオール設定で、ネットワーク経由でのスキャンが許可されていることを確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"お使いのファイアウオール設定で、ネットワーク経由でのスキャンが許可されている" +"ことを確認してください。" #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "ファイアウオールについての詳細は、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みください。" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウオールについての詳細は、このダイアログのヘルプテキストをお読みくだ" +"さい。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 11:51+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "セキュリティ設定モジュール" @@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "特定のオプション値を設定する" -#. command line help text for 'level home' option +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" -msgstr "ホームワークステーションのセキュリティレベル (ネットワークなし)" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "ワークステーションのセキュリティレベル" -#. command line help text for 'level network' option +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 -msgid "Networked Workstation security level" -msgstr "ネットワーク接続ステーションのセキュリティレベル" +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "ローミングデバイス (ラップトップやタブレット) のセキュリティレベル" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -123,202 +123,194 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "マジック SysRq キーを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "厳密なファイルパーミッションを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "ハードウエアクロックにシステム時刻を書き込む" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "常に cron スクリプトの syslog メッセージを生成する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "DHCP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "'dhcp' ユーザで DHCP デーモンを起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャでのリモートの root ログイン" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "X サーバに対するリモートからのアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "メール配送サブシステムへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "更新時にサービスを再起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "削除時にサービスを停止する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP syncookie 機能を有効にする" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IP 転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IP 転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" -" (multiuser with network)" -msgstr "ランレベル 3 で基本システムサービスを有効にする (ネットワーク有りのマルチユーザ環境) " +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "基本システムサービスを有効化する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" -" (multiuser with network and graphical login)" -msgstr "ランレベル 5 で基本システムサービスを有効にする (グラフィカルログインとネットワーク有りのマルチユーザ環境)" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +msgid "Disable extra services" +msgstr "追加のサービスを無効化する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" -msgstr "ランレベル 3 で追加のサービスを有効にする" - -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "ランレベル 5 で追加のサービスを有効にする" - #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "Configure" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:186 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "セキュリティ設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:187 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:471 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:188 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "セキュリティ状態" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:348 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 msgid " or " msgstr " または " #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "ランレベル %1 では以下の基本システムサービスが起動しません: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" +msgstr "基本システムサービスが有効化されていません: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "全ての基本システムサービスが有効になっています。" -#. TODO: runlevel is not longer needed (read above) -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:425 -msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "ランレベル %1 では、これらの追加サービスが起動します: %2" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" +msgstr "これらの追加サービスが有効化されています: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:434 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "サービス一覧を確認し、不要なサービスについては無効に設定してください。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "基本システムサービスのみが有効になっています。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "セキュリティの概要" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "状態の変更 (&S)" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "&Description" msgstr "説明 (&D)" +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "システムを分析しています" + #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:634 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "起動設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "起動許可設定" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:723 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "その他の設定" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:803 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "パスワード設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Checks" msgstr "チェック" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "パスワード有効日数" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:905 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -327,7 +319,7 @@ "できません" #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:922 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -336,12 +328,12 @@ "選択された暗号化方式の最大パスワード文字数は %1 です。" #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:954 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "ログイン設定" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" @@ -388,7 +380,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>起動セキュリティ</big>\n" -"このダイアログではセキュリティに関連する様々な起動設定を行なうことができます。" +"このダイアログではセキュリティに関連する様々な起動設定を行なうことができます。</" +"p>" #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -414,18 +407,23 @@ "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.\n" msgstr "" "ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作:\n" -"このマシンを KDM からシャットダウンすることのできるユーザを設定することができます。\n" +"このマシンを KDM からシャットダウンすることのできるユーザを設定することができます。" +"\n" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on " +"active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in " +"all cases.\n" msgstr "" "システムの休止:\n" -"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。既定では、有効なコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行なうことができます。\n" -"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを選ぶことができます。\n" +"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。既定では、有効なコ" +"ンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行なうことができます。\n" +"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを" +"選ぶことができます。\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 @@ -437,7 +435,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>ローカルセキュリティ設定</BIG>\n" -"事前に設定された既定値を利用して、起動やログイン、パスワードやユーザ作成、ファイル\n" +"事前に設定された既定値を利用して、起動やログイン、パスワードやユーザ作成、ファイ" +"ル\n" " のアクセス権などのローカルセキュリティ設定を変更することができます。\n" " 必要があれば既定値から変更を加えることもできます。\n" "" @@ -445,20 +444,20 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 msgid "" -"Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" -"any type of a network." +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" -"ホームワークステーション: ネットワークに接続されていない\n" -"家庭用コンピュータ向けの設定です。" +"ワークステーション: インターネットなどの\n" +"ネットワークに接続されているコンピュータ向けの設定です。" #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -"to any type of network including the Internet." +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"ネットワーク接続ステーション: インターネットなどの\n" -"ネットワークに接続されているコンピュータ向けの設定です。" +"ローミングデバイス: ラップトップやタブレットなど、異なる\n" +"ネットワークに接続するデバイスの場合に指定します。" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -491,11 +490,14 @@ "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" "password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</" +"p>" msgstr "" "ログイン失敗後の待機時間:\n" -"パスワード類推による攻撃を避けるため、ログインが失敗したときには一定時間の待機を与えるよう\n" -"設定することをお勧めします。パスワードを誤って入力してしまうこともありますので、待たされすぎない\n" +"パスワード類推による攻撃を避けるため、ログインが失敗したときには一定時間の待機を与" +"えるよう\n" +"設定することをお勧めします。パスワードを誤って入力してしまうこともありますので、待" +"たされすぎない\n" "ようにそれなりに少なめの値に設定してください。お勧めは <tt>3</tt> 秒程度です。" #. Login dialog help 3/4 @@ -507,8 +509,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "成功したログインを記録: ログインの成功を記録することは、とても\n" -"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システムに\n" -"対して不正なログインが行なわれていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためです。\n" +"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システム" +"に\n" +"対して不正なログインが行なわれていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためで" +"す。\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 @@ -519,8 +523,10 @@ "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "リモートのグラフィカルログインを許可: この項目を選択すると、\n" -"ネットワークを介してグラフィカルログイン画面にアクセスすることができるようになります。\n" -"お使いのマシンにディスプレイマネージャを使ってリモートアクセスを行なうことは、セキュリティ上のリスクを伴う場合があります。" +"ネットワークを介してグラフィカルログイン画面にアクセスすることができるようになりま" +"す。\n" +"お使いのマシンにディスプレイマネージャを使ってリモートアクセスを行なうことは、セ" +"キュリティ上のリスクを伴う場合があります。" #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -538,9 +544,11 @@ "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語や名前、その他一般的で簡単な語は\n" +"新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語や名前、その他一般的で簡単" +"な語は\n" "パスワードに使用しないようお勧めします。\n" -"この項目を選択すると、パスワードが簡単に推測できてしまうものかどうかを確認するようになります。" +"この項目を選択すると、パスワードが簡単に推測できてしまうものかどうかを確認するよう" +"になります。" #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 @@ -552,7 +560,8 @@ "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "最小パスワード文字数:\n" -"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字 (大文字, 小文字, 数字, その他)\n" +"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字 (大文字, 小文字, 数字, その" +"他)\n" "の最小数を指定します。詳しい説明については、 pam_cracklib のマニュアルページを\n" "お読みください。このオプションは、 新しいパスワードのチェック\n" "を選択した場合にのみ設定できます。" @@ -565,7 +574,8 @@ "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "記録するパスワード:\n" -"保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力することで、ユーザが同じパスワードを再度使用するのを防ぐことができます。\n" +"保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力することで、ユーザが同じパスワードを再度使用する" +"のを防ぐことができます。\n" " パスワードを保存しない場合 '0' を指定してください。" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -580,7 +590,8 @@ "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" +"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができま" +"すが、\n" "パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合は、\n" "この方式をご利用ください。" @@ -590,13 +601,19 @@ "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 は、それより長いパスワードを利用できるだけでなく、現在の Linux ディストリビューション\n" -"の全てで対応している方式です。ただし他のシステムや古いソフトウエアでは対応していないかもしれません。" +"MD5 は、それより長いパスワードを利用できるだけでなく、現在の Linux ディス" +"トリビューション\n" +"の全てで対応している方式です。ただし他のシステムや古いソフトウエアでは対応していな" +"いかもしれません。" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨できません。" +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is " +"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合" +"を除き、他の方式は推奨できません。" #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -615,8 +632,10 @@ "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "パスワード失効警告日数: この項目には\n" -"ユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指定します。\n" -"この日数を長くすればするほどパスワードを推測される危険性を低くすることができます。" +"ユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指" +"定します。\n" +"この日数を長くすればするほどパスワードを推測される危険性を低くすることができます。" +"" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -625,7 +644,8 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>ユーザセキュリティ</big>\n" -"このダイアログではユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更することができます。" +"このダイアログではユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更することができます。" +"" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -652,7 +672,8 @@ "In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>その他のセキュリティ設定</big>\n" -"このダイアログではローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更することができます。" +"このダイアログではローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更することができ" +"ます。" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 @@ -675,15 +696,20 @@ "/etc/permissions.secure または /etc/permissions.easy のいずれかに従って\n" "設定されます。どちらの設定を利用するかを選択してください。\n" "SuSEconfig を実行することでそれぞれの設定に応じたアクセス権を設定します。\n" -"ここでアクセス権の設定を行なうことで、アクセス権を誤って設定していても自動的に修正\n" -"されるため、悪意のあるユーザが不意にシステムファイルを覗き込むことができなくなります。\n" -"簡易 を設定すると、セキュリティの高いシステムでは本来 root ユーザにしか読み込めないファイル\n" +"ここでアクセス権の設定を行なうことで、アクセス権を誤って設定していても自動的に修" +"正\n" +"されるため、悪意のあるユーザが不意にシステムファイルを覗き込むことができなくなりま" +"す。\n" +"簡易 を設定すると、セキュリティの高いシステムでは本来 root ユーザにしか読み" +"込めないファイル\n" "について、一般ユーザでも読むことができるようになります。\n" "厳格 を設定すると、 /var/log/messages などのシステムファイルは\n" -" root ユーザにしか読めなくなります。また一部のプログラムはデーモンまたは root ユーザ\n" +" root ユーザにしか読めなくなります。また一部のプログラムはデーモンまたは root ユー" +"ザ\n" "でしか起動できなくなり、ユーザは実行できなくなります。\n" "最もセキュリティの高い設定は 偏執 です。これを利用すると、\n" -" X アプリケーションや setuid のアクセス権が付与されたプログラムについて、どのユーザに起動を許可するかを設定する必要があります。\n" +" X アプリケーションや setuid のアクセス権が付与されたプログラムについて、どのユーザ" +"に起動を許可するかを設定する必要があります。\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 @@ -695,10 +721,14 @@ " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "updatedb を実行するユーザ: updatedb プログラムは 1 日に 1 回\n" -"実行されます。このプログラムはファイルシステム全体を捜索し、それぞれのファイルの場所を\n" -"格納したデータベース (locatedb) を作成します。このデータベースは \"locate\" コマンドで\n" -"利用することができます。ここではこのコマンドを実行する際のユーザを指定します: nobody\n" -" (少数のファイルしか捜索対象になりません) または root (全てのファイルが捜索対象になります)" +"実行されます。このプログラムはファイルシステム全体を捜索し、それぞれのファイルの場" +"所を\n" +"格納したデータベース (locatedb) を作成します。このデータベースは \"locate\" コマン" +"ドで\n" +"利用することができます。ここではこのコマンドを実行する際のユーザを指定します: " +"nobody\n" +" (少数のファイルしか捜索対象になりません) または root (全てのファイルが捜" +"索対象になります)" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 @@ -709,7 +739,8 @@ "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "root の PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムでは\n" -"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検索してから\n" +"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検" +"索してから\n" " PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムでは\n" " PATH 環境変数だけを検索します。" @@ -721,8 +752,10 @@ "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"通常ユーザの PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムでは\n" -"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検索してから\n" +"通常ユーザの PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める DOS システムで" +"は\n" +"実行ファイル (プログラム) を検索するのに、まずは今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ内を検" +"索してから\n" " PATH 環境変数で指定されたディレクトリを検索します。対して UNIX 系システムでは\n" " PATH 環境変数だけを検索します。" @@ -733,14 +766,19 @@ "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" "This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"システムによっては環境変数 PATH にドット \".\" を追加することで今いる(カレント)ディレクトリ\n" +"システムによっては環境変数 PATH にドット \".\" を追加することで今いる(カレント)" +"ディレクトリ\n" "を対象に含めるよう対処しているものがあります。\n" -"これはシステム全体にインストールされたプログラムの代わりにカレントディレクトリにある正体不明の\n" -"プログラムを不用意に起動してしまうことが考えられるため、非常に危険です。結果として\n" -"トロイの木馬 のようなシステムの脆弱性を突いてシステムを乗っ取るプログラムを\n" +"これはシステム全体にインストールされたプログラムの代わりにカレントディレクトリにあ" +"る正体不明の\n" +"プログラムを不用意に起動してしまうことが考えられるため、非常に危険です。結果とし" +"て\n" +"トロイの木馬 のようなシステムの脆弱性を突いてシステムを乗っ取るプログラム" +"を\n" "起動してしまう可能性があります。" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 @@ -765,17 +803,24 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during " +"kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "マジック SysRq キーを有効にする この項目を選択すると、\n" -"カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であってもいくつかの操作を行なうことが\n" -"できるようになります。詳細は /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt をお読みください。" +"カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であってもいくつかの操作を行な" +"うことが\n" +"できるようになります。詳細は /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt をお読みくださ" +"い。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." -msgstr "セキュリティの概要 最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important security " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティの概要 最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表示され" +"ています。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 @@ -784,13 +829,21 @@ #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." -msgstr "セキュリティ状態 列内のチェックが入っていると、オプションについての現在の値が安全なものであることを示しています。" +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value " +"of the option is secure." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティ状態 列内のチェックが入っていると、オプションについての現在の" +"値が安全なものであることを示しています。" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "現在の値を読み取ることができません。おそらくサービスがインストールされていないか、システムにオプションがありません。" +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed " +"or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "" +"現在の値を読み取ることができません。おそらくサービスがインストールされていな" +"いか、システムにオプションがありません。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" @@ -805,10 +858,12 @@ msgstr "" "ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができます。\n" "そのための設定をしなければなりませんが、他のシステムで動作している X サーバから、\n" -"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウインドウ内の\n" +"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウインド" +"ウ内の\n" "データはネットワークを介して届けられます。使用するネットワークが完全には\n" "信頼できないものの場合、ネットワークを流れる通信が傍受され、ディスプレイの\n" -"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードにも\n" +"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードに" +"も\n" "アクセスできてしまいます。リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用する\n" "XDMCP は、不要であれば無効に設定してください。" @@ -825,20 +880,54 @@ "作成するためにきわめて重要です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。たとえば定期的に記録されるような syslog イベントがあった場合は、問題を発見するのに重要な項目になるほか、 1 件だけでも記録が無かった場合でも、すべてのログ記録が無い場合より重要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。そのため、システムイベントの syslog メッセージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切です。" +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. " +"Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find " +"causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the " +"absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are " +"only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。たとえば" +"定期的に記録されるような syslog イベントがあった場合は、問題を発見するのに重要な項" +"目になるほか、 1 件だけでも記録が無かった場合でも、すべてのログ記録が無い場合より重" +"要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。そのため、システムイベントの syslog メッ" +"セージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "chroot 実行環境は、区切られたディレクトリ内に必要となるファイルだけを配置して、ルートディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これにより、処理を抑制することができます。" +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it " +"needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a " +"changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"chroot 実行環境は、区切られたディレクトリ内に必要となるファイルだけを配置して、" +"ルートディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これにより、処理を" +"抑制することができます。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "DHCP クライアントデーモンは dhcpd ユーザで動作させ、プログラムコード内に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。なお、 dhcpd は root で動作させてはならないほか、 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 機能を利用して chroot 実行環境下で制限を加えると効果的です。" +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " +"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program " +"code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the " +"CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be " +"effective." +msgstr "" +"DHCP クライアントデーモンは dhcpd ユーザで動作させ、プログラムコード内" +"に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。なお、 " +"dhcpd は root で動作させてはならないほか、 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 機能を" +"利用して chroot 実行環境下で制限を加えると効果的です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "管理者は X ウインドウのセッション内に root でログインしないよう注意し、 root 権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。このオプションは不注意な管理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じて root ログインをさせないよう防ぐためのものです。" +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to " +"minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against " +"careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as " +"root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the " +"password." +msgstr "" +"管理者は X ウインドウのセッション内に root でログインしないよう注意" +"し、 root 権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。このオプションは不注意な管理者" +"を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合に、ディスプ" +"レイマネージャを通じて root ログインをさせないよう防ぐためのものです。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" @@ -849,7 +938,9 @@ "display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" "offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh</" +"EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the " +"encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" "お使いのディスプレイにウインドウを開くような X ウインドウクライアントは、\n" "物理マシン (仮想マシンではなく) 内で実行されている X サーバに接続します。\n" @@ -857,19 +948,26 @@ "経由で X サーバに表示させることもできます。このような機能を有効にすると、\n" " X サーバはポート 6000 + (ディスプレイの番号) で待ち受けるようになります。\n" "この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受される\n" -"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、 X サーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他のポートが、\n" +"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、 X サーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他の" +"ポートが、\n" "攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。\n" -"ネットワークを介して X ウインドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル (ssh)\n" -"を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化された ssh コネクションの内側で X\n" +"ネットワークを介して X ウインドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル " +"(ssh)\n" +"を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化された ssh コネクションの内側で " +"X\n" "サーバとクライアントの通信が行なわれるようになります。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network " +"port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP " +"protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "電子メールの配送サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、既定では\n" -"外部から SMTP のポート 25 で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に公開しないようになっています。SMTP プロトコルを利用し、お使いのシステム宛の電子メールを配送しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" +"外部から SMTP のポート 25 で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に" +"公開しないようになっています。SMTP プロトコルを利用し、お使いのシステム宛の" +"電子メールを配送しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -909,12 +1007,37 @@ "特別な理由がある場合にのみ設定すべき項目です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリを使い果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否 (Denial of Service (DoS)) 状態に陥ってしまいます。syncookie の使用はこのような状況での助けになりますが、この設定を 有効 にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受けた場合は過負荷状態になってしまい、 TCP の接続が受け付けられなくなります。ただし、ほとんどの場合において、 syncookie の使用は SYN flood (DoS) 攻撃に対する第一次防衛線となりますので、 有効 に設定しておくのが安全です。" +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</" +"P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in " +"configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one " +"source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP " +"connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are " +"the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is " +"Enabled." +msgstr "" +"システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリを使い" +"果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否 (Denial of Service (DoS)) 状態に陥ってし" +"まいます。syncookie の使用はこのような状況での助けになりますが、この設定を " +"有効 にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受けた場合は過負荷状態に" +"なってしまい、 TCP の接続が受け付けられなくなります。ただし、ほとんどの場合" +"において、 syncookie の使用は SYN flood (DoS) 攻撃に対する第一次防衛線となりますの" +"で、 有効 に設定しておくのが安全です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、システムで設定したネットワークインターフェイスのうちの 1 つで受信させるということではありません。システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で転送する場合、それはルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場合、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but " +"that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. " +"network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI " +"layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, " +"then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、システム" +"で設定したネットワークインターフェイスのうちの 1 つで受信させるということではありま" +"せん。システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で転送する場合、それ" +"はルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場合、このオプションを無効に" +"設定してください。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -925,48 +1048,67 @@ msgstr "この設定は IPv6 にのみ適用されます。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中など) や無応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるようになります。" +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. " +"during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "" +"マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中など) や無" +"応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるようになります。</" +"P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr " /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッション (アクセス権) 情報があります。最も制限のきついファイルパーミッションは '厳格' または '偏執' です。" +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most " +"restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "" +" /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッション (アク" +"セス権) 情報があります。最も制限のきついファイルパーミッションは '厳格' または '偏" +"執' です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." -msgstr "基本システムサービスは、システムの正当性を保つために有効にしなければならない項目で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run " +"the security-related services." +msgstr "" +"基本システムサービスは、システムの正当性を保つために有効にしなければならない項目" +"で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." -msgstr "それぞれ稼働中のサービスはいずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になり得ます。そのため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくのがお勧めです。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it " +"is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "" +"それぞれ稼働中のサービスはいずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になり得ます。そ" +"のため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくのがお勧めです。" +"" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 -msgid "Home Workstation" -msgstr "ホームワークステーション" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +msgid "Workstation" +msgstr "ワークステーション" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:53 -msgid "Networked Workstation" -msgstr "ネットワーク接続ステーション" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "ローミングデバイス" #. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:55 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "ネットワークサーバ" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:60 -msgid "&Home Workstation" -msgstr "ホームワークステーション (&H)" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +msgid "&Workstation" +msgstr "ワークステーション (&W)" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:62 -msgid "N&etworked Workstation" -msgstr "ネットワーク接続ステーション (&E)" +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "ローミングデバイス (&R)" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:64 +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "ネットワークサーバ (&S)" @@ -1046,13 +1188,13 @@ #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:209 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "最大値 (&U)" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:222 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小値 (&I)" @@ -1076,90 +1218,83 @@ msgid "Nobody" msgstr "全てのユーザに許可しない" -#. ComboBox value -#. ["local",_("Local Users")], -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 -msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "自動" - #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "システムの休止" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "有効なコンソール上にいるユーザ" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:179 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "誰にでも休止できる" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:181 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "常に認証を必要とする" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法 (&A)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:202 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "新しいパスワードのチェック (&C)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:215 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "記録するパスワードの数 (&E)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "最小パスワード文字数 (&M)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "パスワード失効警告日数 (&D)" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権 (&F)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 msgid "Easy" msgstr "簡易" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:249 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 msgid "Secure" msgstr "厳格" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "偏執" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:258 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "updatedb を実行するユーザ (&U)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大値 (&X)" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小値 (&M)" @@ -1178,67 +1313,62 @@ msgstr "初期化しています..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "セキュリティの設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "セキュリティ設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM 設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "システム設定の更新" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "セキュリティの設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:631 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM の設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:633 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を更新しています..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:869 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: カスタム設定" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: %1" -#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" -#~ msgstr "root の PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める (&C)" - -#~ msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -#~ msgstr "通常ユーザの PATH 環境変数にカレントディレクトリを含める (&E)" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. # # Automatically generated, 2014. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 07:56+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:20+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -20,7 +20,226 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットを保存しています..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "VNC を利用するには、グラフィカルシステムを有効化する必要があります" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲット (&D)" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲット" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットに設定" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットの選択" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "" +"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " +"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" +"systemd は Linux 向けのシステム／サービスマネージャです。特定のサービスを有効" +"にするためのジョブから構成される、ユニットと呼ばれる仕組みを利用します。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "" +"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " +"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " +"page." +msgstr "" +"既定のターゲットユニットとは、起動時に既定で有効化されるものです。通常は/etc/" +"systemd/system/default.target としてシンボリックリンクで設定します。詳しくは " +"systemd のマニュアルページをお読みください。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " +"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" +"マルチユーザターゲットとは、サーバに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのマルチユー" +"ザ環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 3 に似た構成です) 。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "" +"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " +"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" +"グラフィカルターゲットとは、ワークステーションに適した、ネットワーク機能付き" +"のグラフィカルログイン環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 5 に似た構成で" +"す) 。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "" +"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " +"graphical target." +msgstr "" +"どれを選択したらよいのか分からない場合は、グラフィカルターゲットを選択して進" +"めてください。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "利用可能なターゲット" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "インストーラは既定のターゲットとして '%s' を推奨します。" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11 パッケージをインストールするように選択しました" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" +"ライブメディアからのインストールは、ターゲットシステムを完全に GUI 対応させる" +"ために使用します" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "シリアル接続は通常、 GUI には対応していません" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" +"テキストモードのインストールでは、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものと" +"して扱われます" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "VNC を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在するものとして扱われます" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" +"SSH を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われま" +"す" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "X11 パッケージをインストールするようには選択していません" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "この推奨値は、他のインストール設定からの分析をベースにしています" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" +"systemd のターゲットとサービスを設定するモジュールです。\n" +"コマンドラインによるサービス設定を行ないたい場合は、 systemctl をお使いくださ" +"い。" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "設定ファイルの書き込みに失敗しました:\n" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "既定のシステムターゲット (&T)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "サービス" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "有効" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "有効" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "説明" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "開始／停止 (&S)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "有効／無効 (&E)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "サービスマネージャ" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "サービスの状態を読み込んでいます..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "無効" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "無効" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "有効 (開始します)" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "無効 (停止します)" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "サービス %{service} の詳しい情報" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "サービス (&S)" @@ -41,19 +260,24 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " +"the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " +"enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス</big> \n" "このインストール提案では、一覧からサービスを有効化したり起動したりすること\n" "ができます。\n" -"それ以外にも、ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合は、サービスが必要とする\n" +"それ以外にも、ファイアウオールが有効化されている場合は、サービスが必要とす" +"る\n" "ポートを開いたりすることもできます。\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgid "" +"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " +"%link" msgstr "サービス %service を %toggled し、ファイアウオールで %switched %link します。" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -76,162 +300,63 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "サービス %1 を有効化できません" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "サービスマネージャ" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "既定のターゲット" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "有効" - -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "無効" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "'services-manager' に対する AutoYaST のサービスプロファイルスキーマが不明です" -#~ msgid "Saving default systemd target..." -#~ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットを保存しています..." +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "まだ設定されていません。" -#~ msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" -#~ msgstr "VNC を利用するには、グラフィカルシステムを有効化する必要があります" +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。現在の状態は %{status} です。" -#~ msgid "&Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲット (&D)" +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。" -#~ msgid "Default systemd target" -#~ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲット" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "グラフィカルモード" -#~ msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットに設定" +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "テキストモード" -#~ msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" -#~ msgstr "既定の systemd ターゲットの選択" +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "緊急モード" -#~ msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." -#~ msgstr "systemd は Linux 向けのシステム／サービスマネージャです。特定のサービスを有効にするためのジョブから構成される、ユニットと呼ばれる仕組みを利用します。" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "グラフィカルインターフェイス" -#~ msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." -#~ msgstr "既定のターゲットユニットとは、起動時に既定で有効化されるものです。通常は/etc/systemd/system/default.target としてシンボリックリンクで設定します。詳しくは systemd のマニュアルページをお読みください。" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "initrd 既定のターゲット" -#~ msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." -#~ msgstr "マルチユーザターゲットとは、サーバに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのマルチユーザ環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 3 に似た構成です) 。" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "ルート切り替え" -#~ msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." -#~ msgstr "グラフィカルターゲットとは、ワークステーションに適した、ネットワーク機能付きのグラフィカルログイン環境を設定するためのものです (ランレベル 5 に似た構成です) 。" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "マルチユーザシステム" -#~ msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." -#~ msgstr "どれを選択したらよいのか分からない場合は、グラフィカルターゲットを選択して進めてください。" +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "レスキューモード" -#~ msgid "Available Targets" -#~ msgstr "利用可能なターゲット" - -#~ msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " -#~ msgstr "インストーラは既定のターゲットとして '%s' を推奨します。" - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11 パッケージをインストールするように選択しました" - -#~ msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" -#~ msgstr "ライブメディアからのインストールは、ターゲットシステムを完全に GUI 対応させるために使用します" - -#~ msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" -#~ msgstr "シリアル接続は通常、 GUI には対応していません" - -#~ msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "テキストモードのインストールでは、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われます" - -#~ msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "VNC を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在するものとして扱われます" - -#~ msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" -#~ msgstr "SSH を使用する場合は、ターゲットシステムに GUI が存在しないものとして扱われます" - -#~ msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" -#~ msgstr "X11 パッケージをインストールするようには選択していません" - -#~ msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" -#~ msgstr "この推奨値は、他のインストール設定からの分析をベースにしています" - -#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." -#~ msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." - -#~ msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" -#~ msgstr "設定ファイルの書き込みに失敗しました:\n" - -#~ msgid "Default System &Target" -#~ msgstr "既定のシステムターゲット (&T)" - -#~ msgid "Service" -#~ msgstr "サービス" - -#~ msgid "Active" -#~ msgstr "有効" - -#~ msgid "Description" -#~ msgstr "説明" - -#~ msgid "&Start/Stop" -#~ msgstr "開始／停止 (&S)" - -#~ msgid "&Enable/Disable" -#~ msgstr "有効／無効 (&E)" - -#~ msgid "Show &Details" -#~ msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)" - -#~ msgid "Reading services status..." -#~ msgstr "サービスの状態を読み込んでいます..." - -#~ msgid "Inactive" -#~ msgstr "無効" - -#~ msgid "Active (will start)" -#~ msgstr "有効 (開始します)" - -#~ msgid "Inactive (will stop)" -#~ msgstr "無効 (停止します)" - -#~ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" -#~ msgstr "サービス %{service} の詳しい情報" - -#~ msgid "Not configured yet." -#~ msgstr "まだ設定されていません。" - -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " -#~ msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。現在の状態は %{status} です。" - -#~ msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " -#~ msgstr "%{service} を %{change} することができません。" - -#~ msgid "Graphical mode" -#~ msgstr "グラフィカルモード" - -#~ msgid "Text mode" -#~ msgstr "テキストモード" - -#~ msgid "Graphical Interface" -#~ msgstr "グラフィカルインターフェイス" - -#~ msgid "Emergency Mode" -#~ msgstr "緊急モード" - -#~ msgid "Switch Root" -#~ msgstr "ルート切り替え" - -#~ msgid "Initrd Default Target" -#~ msgstr "initrd 既定のターゲット" - -#~ msgid "Multi-User System" -#~ msgstr "マルチユーザシステム" - -#~ msgid "Rescue Mode" -#~ msgstr "レスキューモード" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:18+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -21,134 +21,163 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "システムスナップショットの設定" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "User data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "クリーンアップアルゴリズム" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" -msgstr "スナップショット %1 の修正" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" +msgstr "スナップショット %{num} の修正" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" -msgstr "スナップショット %1 - %2 の修正" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" +msgstr "スナップショット %{pre} - %{post} の修正" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" -msgstr "事前 (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" +msgstr "事前 (%{pre})" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" -msgstr "事後 (%1)" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Post (%{post})" +msgstr "事後 (%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "単一スナップショット" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Pre" msgstr "事前" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "事後, 相手:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" -msgstr "スナップショット '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" +msgstr "スナップショット %{num} を削除してよろしいですか？" +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "スナップショット %{pre} および %{post} を削除してよろしいですか？" + #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショット" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Single" msgstr "単一" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "事前および事後" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "スナップショットの一覧を読み込んでいます..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "現在の設定" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "開始日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "End Date" msgstr "終了日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "User Data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "変更点の表示" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 msgid "Modify" msgstr "修正" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -157,131 +186,131 @@ "そのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "選択されたスナップショットの概要" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "変更されたファイルを調べています..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ファイルの変更を調べています..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "新しいファイルが作成されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ファイルが削除されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "ファイルの内容が変更されました。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "どのスナップショット内にもファイルが存在しません。" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "ファイルの内容が修正されました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのモードを '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのユーザ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのグループ所有権を '%1' から '%2' に変更しました。" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "最初から復元する (&E)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Restore" msgstr "復元" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "2 番目から復元する (&T)" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "スナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "現在のシステムと選択したスナップショットの間での差分を表示:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "最初と 2 番目のスナップショットの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "最初のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "スナップショットを採取した時刻:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "最初のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "2 番目のスナップショットを採取した時刻:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "スナップショットを採取した時刻:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "&Open" msgstr "開く (&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "選択したものを復元" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -295,7 +324,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -303,39 +332,42 @@ "\n" "from snapshot '%2' to current system?" msgstr "" -"スナップショット '%2' から、下記のファイルを現在のシステムにコピーしてよろしいですか？\n" +"スナップショット '%2' から、下記のファイルを現在のシステムにコピーしてよろし" +"いですか？\n" "\n" "%1" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" -msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていませんでした" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." +msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていませんでした。" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ファイルを復元中です" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "下記のファイルをスナップショット '%1' から復元します:\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"スナップショット内にあるファイルから、現在のシステムにコピーされます。\n" +"スナップショット内にあるファイルから、現在のシステムにコピーされます。</" +"p>\n" "スナップショット内に存在しないファイルは削除されます。よろしいですか？" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -344,164 +376,155 @@ "\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの設定</big>\n" "表には、ルートファイルシステムのスナップショット一覧が表示されています。\n" "スナップショットには 3 種類のものがあり、それぞれ単一, 事前, \n" -"事後 と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイル\n" -"システムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になって\n" -"いて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後は\n" +"事後 と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイ" +"ル\n" +"システムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になっ" +"て\n" +"いて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後" +"は\n" "それぞれ表内で対になって表示されています。\n" -"単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して 変更点の表示\n" -"を押すと、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容を\n" +"単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して 変更点の表" +"示\n" +"を押すと、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容" +"を\n" "表示することができます。\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" "\n" -"このツリーには、最初 ('事前') と 2 番目 ('事後') のスナップショット間で変更されたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されています。\n" +"このツリーには、最初 ('事前') と 2 番目 ('事後') のスナップショット間で変更さ" +"れたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作" +"成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されていま" +"す。\n" "\n" "\n" -"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行なわれた変更点を表示できます。既定では、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なるバージョンとのファイル比較を行なうこともできます。\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行なわれた変更点を表示で" +"きます。既定では、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なる" +"バージョンとのファイル比較を行なうこともできます。\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" "\n" -"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのあるすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日時が表示されています。\n" +"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのある" +"すべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日" +"時が表示されています。\n" "\n" "\n" -"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点を表示できます。\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点" +"を表示できます。\n" "\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "スナップショット '%1' が見つかりませんでした。" +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" +msgstr "設定の取得に失敗しました:\n" -#. Initialize snapper agent +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "スナップショットのマウントポイントの取得に失敗しました:\n" + +#. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n" + #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n" + +#. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "理由は不明です。" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "設定が見つかりません。" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "設定が正しくありません。" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"snapper ライブラリの初期化に失敗しました:\n" -"%1" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "スナップショットが見つかりませんでした。" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n" -"%1" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n" -"%1" - #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "スナップショットの種類の指定が誤っています。" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +msgstr "スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "'事前' スナップショットが指定されていません。" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "指定した '事前' スナップショットが見つかりません。" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n" -"%1" - #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "snapper を準備しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" -msgstr "一連のスナップショットを読み込む" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +msgid "Read list of configurations" +msgstr "設定の一覧の読み込み" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "データベースを読み込んでいます..." +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "スナップショットの一覧の読み込み" +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "設定の一覧を読み込んでいます" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "スナップショットの一覧を読み込んでいます" + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "snapper の設定問い合わせに失敗しました:" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -511,17 +534,22 @@ "以上の設定を作成しなければなりません。 snapper コマンドラインツールを\n" "利用することで、設定を作成することができます。" +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "snapper のスナップショット問い合わせに失敗しました:" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "ファイルを復元しています..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "%1 を削除しました\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 を飛ばしました\n" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # # Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-21 20:18+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "When Booting" msgstr "システム起動時" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "ログとタイムアウト" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "その他の設定" @@ -438,31 +438,27 @@ msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "キャッシュ保存ログ (&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:339 -msgid "&Emulate httpd Log?" -msgstr "httpd ログを疑似する (&E)" - -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "接続タイムアウト (&T)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "クライアント生存時間 (&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "エラーメッセージの言語 (&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "管理者のメールアドレス (&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "FTP のパッシブモードを使用する (&U)" @@ -579,7 +575,9 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgid "" +"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"\n" msgstr "" "更新パターン では、 squid がキャッシュ内にある\n" "オブジェクトをどのように取り扱うかの方法を設定します。\n" @@ -598,7 +596,8 @@ "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" "最小 では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" -"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定します。\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定しま" +"す。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" @@ -607,7 +606,8 @@ "considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" "パーセント はオブジェクトの寿命 (更新されてから\n" -"どれだけ経過したか) に対するパーセンテージを指定します。正確な期限切れ日時の\n" +"どれだけ経過したか) に対するパーセンテージを指定します。正確な期限切れ日時" +"の\n" "指定がないオブジェクトは、新しいものであると判断されます。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 @@ -616,27 +616,35 @@ "expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" "最大 では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" -"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定します。\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定しま" +"す。\n" #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." -msgstr "キャッシュメモリ には、オブジェクトに対して使用するメモリの理想値を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects." +msgstr "" +"キャッシュメモリ には、オブジェクトに対して使用するメモリの理想値を" +"指定します。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" -"最大オブジェクトサイズ には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最大サイズを\n" -"指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されません。\n" +"最大オブジェクトサイズ には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最大サ" +"イズを\n" +"指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されませ" +"ん。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" -"最小オブジェクトサイズ には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最小サイズを\n" +"最小オブジェクトサイズ には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最小サ" +"イズを\n" "指定してください。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 @@ -648,8 +656,10 @@ "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"入れ替え処理は、スワップ (ディスク) の使用量が スワップ最小水準 を\n" -"上回った際に開始し、 スワップ最小水準 に使用量が近づくよう使用量を保守します。\n" +"入れ替え処理は、スワップ (ディスク) の使用量が スワップ最小水準 " +"を\n" +"上回った際に開始し、 スワップ最小水準 に使用量が近づくよう使用量を保守" +"します。\n" "スワップの使用量が スワップ最大水準 に近づくと、\n" "オブジェクトの追い出しをより積極的に行なうようになります。\n" "使用率が スワップ最小水準 に近ければ近いほど、入れ替え処理はあまり\n" @@ -657,9 +667,11 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -682,9 +694,11 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -"キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどのオブジェクトを\n" +"キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどのオブ" +"ジェクトを\n" "入れ替えるべきかを設定することができます。\n" -"メモリ入れ替えポリシー では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場合、メモリ内で\n" +"メモリ入れ替えポリシー では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場合、" +"メモリ内で\n" "のオブジェクト入れ替えポリシーを設定することができます。\n" "それぞれのポリシーには以下のいずれかを設定します:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -709,24 +723,35 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." -msgstr "ディレクトリ名 にはキャッシュスワップファイルを保存する最上位のディレクトリを指定してください。" +msgid "" +"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored." +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ名 にはキャッシュスワップファイルを保存する最上位のディ" +"レクトリを指定してください。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." -msgstr "サイズ にはこのディレクトリ以下で使用するディスク容量を MB 単位で指定してください。" +msgid "" +"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"サイズ にはこのディレクトリ以下で使用するディスク容量を MB 単位で指" +"定してください。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"レベル 1 ディレクトリ には、 ディレクトリ名 で指定したディレクトリの\n" +"レベル 1 ディレクトリ には、 ディレクトリ名 で指定したディレ" +"クトリの\n" "すぐ下に作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" "レベル 2 ディレクトリ には、それぞれのレベル 1 ディレクトリ以下に\n" @@ -735,24 +760,32 @@ #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "squid サーバへのアクセスは ACL グループ で設定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"squid サーバへのアクセスは ACL グループ で設定することができます。" +"" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" -"ACL グループ には様々な種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応した ACL \n" +"ACL グループ には様々な種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応した " +"ACL \n" "グループの説明もあります。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"アクセス制御 表内では、 ACL グループに対して許可や拒否を設定することができます。\n" -"1 行に複数の ACL グループが存在する場合は、それら全ての ACL グループからのアクセスを\n" +"アクセス制御 表内では、 ACL グループに対して許可や拒否を設定するこ" +"とができます。\n" +"1 行に複数の ACL グループが存在する場合は、それら全ての ACL グループからのア" +"クセスを\n" "一括で許可／拒否することを示しています。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 @@ -760,29 +793,39 @@ "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"ここに記載されている一覧の順序に従って アクセス制御 を確認します。\n" +"ここに記載されている一覧の順序に従って アクセス制御 を確認しま" +"す。\n" "最初に適合した項目を使用します。\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -msgstr "アクセスログ では、クライアントの行動を記録するファイルを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"" +msgstr "" +"アクセスログ では、クライアントの行動を記録するファイルを指定しま" +"す。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" -"キャッシュログ ではお使いのシステムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録する\n" +"キャッシュログ ではお使いのシステムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録" +"する\n" "ファイルを指定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"キャッシュ保存ログ では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェクトの処理記録を\n" +"キャッシュ保存ログ では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェクトの" +"処理記録を\n" "そのオブジェクトの削除時刻と共に記録する場所を指定してください。\n" "この項目は指定しなくてもかまいません。\n" @@ -791,7 +834,8 @@ "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" -"httpd ログを疑似する を選択すると、 squid が HTTPD の一般的なログ書式で\n" +"httpd ログを疑似する を選択すると、 squid が HTTPD の一般的なログ書" +"式で\n" "アクセスログ を保存するようになります。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 @@ -807,7 +851,8 @@ "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." msgstr "" -"クライアント生存時間 では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロセスに対して\n" +"クライアント生存時間 では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロ" +"セスに対して\n" "接続を維持することができる最大の時間を設定してください。" #. Miscellaneous Dialog @@ -816,7 +861,8 @@ "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"管理者のメールアドレス には、クライアント側でエラーページを表示した際に\n" +"管理者のメールアドレス には、クライアント側でエラーページを表示した" +"際に\n" "付記するアドレスを指定します。既定は webmaster です。\n" #. table cell @@ -1008,28 +1054,28 @@ #. ************* ACL END ************************ #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:581 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "アクセスログを設定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:591 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "キャッシュログを設定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:602 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "アクセスログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "キャッシュログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "キャッシュ保存ログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "管理者のメールアドレスに空白を入れることはできません。" @@ -1045,149 +1091,149 @@ #. Read all squid settings #. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1089 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "squid 設定を準備しています" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "設定ファイル内の HTTP ポートの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "設定ファイル内の更新パターンの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "設定ファイル内の ACL グループの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "設定ファイル内のアクセス制御表の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "その他の設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "サービス状態の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1099 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP ポートを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "更新パターンを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "アクセス ACL グループを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "アクセス制御表を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "その他の設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "サービス状態を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1118 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "設定を読み込むことができませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1123 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "サービス状態を読み込むことができませんでした。" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "squid 設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1475 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "サービスの開始" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1479 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込めませんでした。" #. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込めませんでした。" #. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "squid キャッシュプロキシ" #. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "デーモンの起動: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "システム起動時" #. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "設定済みポート" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (透過的)" #. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "キャッシュディレクトリ: " @@ -1281,8 +1327,12 @@ msgstr "宛先ドメイン" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." -msgstr "これは宛先ドメインで、情報提供元のサーバがどこにあるのかを示す情報と比較を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." +msgstr "" +"これは宛先ドメインで、情報提供元のサーバがどこにあるのかを示す情報と比較を行" +"ないます。" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1393,16 +1443,24 @@ msgstr "リクエストヘッダ内に書かれている HTTP メソッドとの比較を行ないます。" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." -msgstr "User-Agent ヘッダから得られるクライアントのブラウザ種類に対し、正規表現で比較を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." +msgstr "" +"User-Agent ヘッダから得られるクライアントのブラウザ種類に対し、正規表現で比較" +"を行ないます。" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "HTTP 接続の最大数" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." -msgstr "ここで指定した数量より多い接続がクライアントの IP アドレスから発生しているかどうかの比較を行ないます。" +msgid "" +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" +"ここで指定した数量より多い接続がクライアントの IP アドレスから発生しているか" +"どうかの比較を行ないます。" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1422,11 +1480,14 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"squid で受信した応答ヘッダ内の MIME 種類に対して、正規表現で比較を行ないます。\n" -"ファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、 HTTP によるトンネリング要求を検出したりすることができます。\n" +"squid で受信した応答ヘッダ内の MIME 種類に対して、正規表現で比較を行ないま" +"す。\n" +"ファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、 HTTP によるトンネリング要求を検出したり" +"することができます。\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." @@ -1634,3 +1695,4 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:31+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ "このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" "\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでくださ" +"い。\n" "もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、それらの変更はカーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ #. dialog heading #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:67 +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "熟練者向けパーティション設定" @@ -97,8 +98,7 @@ msgstr "パーティション設定の作成 (&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -663,7 +663,9 @@ #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用してみてください。" +msgstr "" +"ディスクが見つかりません。ディスクが存在する場合はアップデート CD を使用してみてくださ" +"い。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -713,8 +715,7 @@ #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning #. Information what to do, background information #. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの準備" @@ -958,14 +959,14 @@ "\n" "Windows を削除すると、それらのパーティションにあったデータはインストールの際に\n" " 完全に失われ ます。また、 Windows のパーティションを縮小する際は \n" -" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強くお勧めします。\n" +" あらかじめ対象のパーティションのデータをバックアップしておくこと を強くお勧めしま" +"す。\n" "ごく稀に縮小に失敗する危険性があるためです。\n" "\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "/home パーティションを分離して提案する (&H)" @@ -992,7 +993,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイ" +"ント \"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1083,20 +1085,22 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -"\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告: bios_grub フラグの設定されたパーティションがありません。\n" "grub2 を利用して GPT ディスクから起動するには、このフラグを設定した\n" -"パーティションが必要です。\n" -"\n" +"パーティションを用意しておくことをお勧め (btrfs の場合は必須) です。\n" +"このパーティションはフォーマットされていてはならず、おおよそ 1MB\n" +"程度のサイズである必要があります。\n" "このままの設定でよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:360 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1115,7 +1119,7 @@ "/boot パーティション無しで設定してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:380 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1135,7 +1139,7 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:400 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1149,7 +1153,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1166,7 +1170,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1191,7 +1195,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1216,12 +1220,12 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "この設定のままでよろしいですか？" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1235,14 +1239,16 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを強くお勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内" +"に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" " +"に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1253,11 +1259,12 @@ "警告:\n" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" +"指定しています。 YaST2 では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができませ" +"ん。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:511 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1270,18 +1277,19 @@ "- このパーティションにはそもそもファイルシステムが作成されていなかった場合\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してくだ" +"さい。\n" "特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:524 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1292,7 +1300,7 @@ "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:579 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1301,7 +1309,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:590 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1310,7 +1318,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームグループから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:600 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1319,7 +1327,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する前にボリュームを削除する必要があります。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:633 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1328,7 +1336,7 @@ "このデバイスを削除する前に RAID アレイから外す必要があります。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:644 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1336,12 +1344,12 @@ "デバイス (%2) は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する前に %1 を削除する必要があります。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:656 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:692 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1351,20 +1359,22 @@ "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:768 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended " +"partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧め" +"します。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1379,7 +1389,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1394,7 +1404,7 @@ "取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1413,8 +1423,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" @@ -1459,7 +1468,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4000 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください (&V):" @@ -1481,8 +1490,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 src/modules/Storage.rb:3956 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1492,8 +1500,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 src/modules/Storage.rb:3964 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1540,7 +1547,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense " +"only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1722,7 +1730,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけで" +"す。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1733,7 +1742,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけです。" +"YaST2 で拡張できるのは FAT, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, reiserfs の各ファイルシステムだけで" +"す。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1757,7 +1767,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理になります。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行なうことは可能ですが、完全にはテストされていない処理になりま" +"す。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" @@ -1767,12 +1778,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition " +"table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくこと" +"を *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1820,7 +1833,9 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" +msgstr "" +"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりするこ" +"とができます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." @@ -1850,8 +1865,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの有効化" @@ -1931,7 +1945,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当する" +"ものです。\n" "暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" "ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" @@ -1950,7 +1965,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスで" +"きなくなります。\n" "パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" @@ -2149,13 +2165,16 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステム" +"を指定しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" +msgstr "" +"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しな" +"いでください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2257,15 +2276,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできませ" +"ん。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできませ" +"ん。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" +msgstr "" +"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはで" +"きません。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2380,8 +2405,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2452,8 +2476,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "btrfs デバイスを選択していません。" @@ -2469,8 +2492,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "いくつかの物理ボリュームの削除に失敗しました。" @@ -2544,11 +2566,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" @@ -2579,12 +2599,10 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -2600,11 +2618,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." @@ -2619,11 +2635,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "削除..." @@ -2662,11 +2676,9 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要 (&O)" @@ -2674,9 +2686,8 @@ #. push button text #. tab heading #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "使用済みデバイス (&U)" @@ -2727,7 +2738,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" +"デバイスの暗号化 を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更する" +"と、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" #. helptext @@ -2828,7 +2840,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへの" +"サスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" @@ -2896,14 +2909,12 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" @@ -3026,7 +3037,7 @@ msgstr "DM デバイス: %1" #. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. #. #. All Rights Reserved. #. @@ -3044,60 +3055,56 @@ #. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may #. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. File: ep-graph.rb #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID の追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "デバイスグラフ" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "デバイスグラフの保存..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:89 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "このビューでは、デバイスをグラフ表示しています。" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:225 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "グラフファイルの保存が失敗しました。" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "マウントグラフ" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "マウントグラフの保存..." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "このビューでは、マウントポイントをグラフ表示しています。" @@ -3212,14 +3219,13 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5210 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" @@ -3235,7 +3241,8 @@ "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除さ" +"れます。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3244,8 +3251,7 @@ #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" @@ -3268,10 +3274,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" @@ -3429,8 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "移動" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" @@ -3467,8 +3470,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "ハードディスク" @@ -3529,10 +3531,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "追加..." @@ -3735,8 +3735,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" @@ -3777,7 +3776,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在して" +"いる場合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3881,8 +3881,7 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "暗号ファイルが選択されていません。" @@ -3897,8 +3896,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "暗号ファイル" @@ -4068,7 +4066,8 @@ "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリューム" +"グループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4090,8 +4089,7 @@ #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "ストライプ" @@ -4119,42 +4117,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature " +"of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュー" +"ムの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択し" +"ておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</" +"p>" msgstr "" "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プール として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" +"これは、 Thin ボリューム が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" +msgstr "" +"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これ" +"は、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリューム" #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -4199,12 +4202,12 @@ "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" "LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティション" +"テーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "ボリュームグループが選択されていません。" @@ -4221,10 +4224,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" @@ -4284,8 +4285,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "ボリューム管理" @@ -4356,54 +4356,50 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "デバイスマッパー" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:429 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "btrfs" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未使用デバイス" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:480 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4414,24 +4410,26 @@ "終了してよろしいですか？" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "ここではパーティション設定の概要を示しています。" #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": 概要" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:677 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "システムビュー" #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" +msgstr "" +"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認して" +"ください。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4462,10 +4460,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery " +"will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、デー" +"タの復旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 @@ -4476,20 +4476,25 @@ "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: この RAID レベルは最も冗長性の高い方式です。 2 台以上のディスク\n" -"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデータのコピーを\n" -"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この RAID レベルを\n" +"で設定することができます。この RAID レベルではそれぞれのディスクに全てのデータのコピー" +"を\n" +"保存します。 1 台でもディスクが動作する限り、データの損失はありません。この RAID レベル" +"を\n" "使用するパーティションは、それぞれほぼ同一のサイズである必要があります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or " +"more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data " +"is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" "両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損すると" +"データが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4510,8 +4515,10 @@ "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティ" +"ションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティション" +"の容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4524,8 +4531,7 @@ #. heading #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 種類" @@ -4574,11 +4580,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 " +"kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array " +"very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞ" +"れ手頃な設定値と\n" "なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -4589,10 +4598,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating " +"platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパ" +"フォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4604,8 +4615,7 @@ "mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "チャンクサイズ" @@ -4682,8 +4692,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID が選択されていません。" @@ -4758,8 +4767,8 @@ #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" @@ -4798,8 +4807,7 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" @@ -4811,16 +4819,16 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイス ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "デバイスパス" @@ -4880,10 +4888,13 @@ msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" "パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイ" +"スパス は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれ" +"も\n" "永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用し" +"てマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4898,12 +4909,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional " +"alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシ" +"リンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" "Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" @@ -5097,8 +5110,7 @@ #. #. The items must have the `id() as their first element. #. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "分類" @@ -5193,8 +5205,10 @@ msgstr "" "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" "押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできま" +"す。\n" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分" +"類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5240,8 +5254,10 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that " +"match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression " +"is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" "the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" @@ -5289,12 +5305,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte " +"or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付" +"けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" +"" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5328,7 +5347,8 @@ "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インス" +"トールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5356,7 +5376,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " +"です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5370,12 +5391,14 @@ "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). " +"Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうこと" +"ができます。\n" "(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" @@ -5392,7 +5415,8 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定" +"します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5417,7 +5441,8 @@ "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" "ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。" +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5454,7 +5479,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。" +msgstr "" +"その他のオプション値に、正しくない文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでくださ" +"い。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 @@ -5479,7 +5506,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定しま" +"す。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5493,7 +5521,8 @@ "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際" +"に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5518,10 +5547,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is " +"specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を" +"選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5551,10 +5583,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。</" +"p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5565,10 +5599,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards " +"compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be " +"used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' は" +"カーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、" +"カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5580,10 +5618,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and " +"4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, " +"4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。</" +"p>\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5610,10 +5651,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in " +"the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定" +"します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5655,7 +5698,8 @@ "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの " +"40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5693,10 +5737,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 " +"bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system " +"size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 の" +"いずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用" +"途から決定します。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5716,9 +5764,12 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに " +"inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでな" +"いとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してくださ" +"い。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5737,8 +5788,14 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks " +"reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. " +"Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセン" +"ト単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。" +"既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5766,7 +5823,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にしま" +"す。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5843,9 +5901,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティションテーブルの作成\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある \"熟練者\" -> \"新しいパーティションテーブルの" +"作成\n" "を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいま" +"す。\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -5866,7 +5926,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:990 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "サイズ変更できません:" @@ -5879,7 +5939,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2690 src/modules/Storage.rb:3913 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5892,7 +5952,7 @@ "入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3944 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5903,7 +5963,7 @@ "もう一度入力してください。" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3975 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5915,24 +5975,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4029 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力 (&E):" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4088 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "パスワードの提供" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4107 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下記の暗号化ボリュームが既に利用できます。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4126 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5944,73 +6004,76 @@ "対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化された LVM 物理ボリュームが\n" "組まれるものであったりした場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4138 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "暗号化パスワードを指定しますか？" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4195 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" +"暗号化されたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してくださ" +"い。\n" "パスワードは全てのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4204 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "解錠する暗号化ボリュームがありません。" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4217 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "下記のデバイスのいずれかに対するパスワードを入力してください:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4220 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "下記のデバイスに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4233 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "暗号化ボリュームを解錠しようとしています..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4257 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームも解錠できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4343 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4383 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4396 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5222 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" +msgstr "" +"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができ" +"ません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5248 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6020,7 +6083,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6030,7 +6093,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6040,7 +6103,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5300 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6050,7 +6113,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5329 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6061,7 +6124,7 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、デバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" "ここにはインストール作業に必要なスワップが含まれています。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6072,7 +6135,7 @@ "ここにはインストールを実行するのに必要なデータが含まれています。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5362 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6083,18 +6146,18 @@ "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5451 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5452 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります！" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6054 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" @@ -6358,8 +6421,10 @@ "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: " +"(Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 " +"(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6371,8 +6436,10 @@ msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" "そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを" +"意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないませ" +"ん。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 @@ -6391,7 +6458,8 @@ "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</" +"tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6745,46 +6813,51 @@ "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) により、ストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されていま" +"す。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under " +"Windows." +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイ" +"ルシステムを検査してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVM ベースの提案を作成する (&L)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの暗号化 (&Y)" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "home パーティションに対するファイルシステム" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド用にスワップを拡大する (&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "提案設定" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" @@ -6793,7 +6866,7 @@ "LVM ベースの提案の場合、暗号化を選択することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6806,16 +6879,17 @@ "ルートパーティションのサイズが増大することになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できま" +"す。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6823,19 +6897,19 @@ "多くの場合、スワップパーティションはディスクへのサスペンドを実行するために\n" "十分な容量を確保しておくのがよいでしょう。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "暗号化を提案するため、パスワードを入力してください。" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "確認のため再度パスワードを入力してください:" @@ -6881,3 +6955,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" + +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "ルートファイルシステムのスナップショットを作成しています..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. # # Automatically generated, 2014. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-02 20:02+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:21+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -36,52 +36,52 @@ msgstr "サポート (&S)" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig 概要ダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターを開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "SUSE サポートセンターポータルに接続するためのブラウザを開きます。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "開く" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "データの収集" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログファイルを含む tar ボールを作成します。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "レポート tar ボールの作成" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "データのアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "これを実行すると、収集したログを指定した URL にアップロードします。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "アップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "インストール済みのブラウザが見つかりません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -93,183 +93,184 @@ "%1 を開くことをお勧めします。\n" "Web ブラウザを起動しますか？\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "supportconfig アップロードダイアログ" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "保存先ディレクトリ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "ログファイルを含むパッケージ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "ログファイルの tar ボールを URL にアップロードする" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "アップロード先" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "tar ボールの保存先ディレクトリの選択" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "tar ボールファイルに取り込むログファイルの選択" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig パラメータ設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "'/' から始まる完全なファイルを作成する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "詳細なディスク情報とスキャンを除外する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "eDirectory インスタンス向けのルートファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "完全な SLP サービスリストを含める" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "インストール済みのすべての rpm に対して、 rpm -V を実行する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "ログファイルのすべての行を含め、ローテート済みのログを収集する" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "既定値を使用する (/etc/supportconfig.conf を無視する)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "すべてのサポート機能を有効化する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "最小限の情報のみを収集する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "独自の (熟練者向けの) 設定を使用する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 熟練者設定" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "既定のオプション" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "supportconfig 連絡先設定" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "連絡先情報" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "会社名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "電話番号" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ストア ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "端末 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "情報のアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 桁のサービスリクエスト番号" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR 番号は 11 桁でなければなりません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "データを収集しています" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "処理中" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "収集済みデータの概要" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "ファイル名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "データから削除" @@ -349,15 +350,20 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>SUSE サポートセンターの表示</big> \n" -"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセンターを開く を押します。\n" -"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもできます。\n" -"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号を書き留めておいてください。\n" +"SUSE サポートセンターポータルを Web ブラウザで開くには、 SUSE サポートセン" +"ターを開く を押します。\n" +"ここからグローバル技術サポートを開いて、サービスリクエストを表示することもで" +"きます。\n" +"なお、 supportconfig データをアップロードする際は、必ずサービスリクエスト番号" +"を書き留めておいてください。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 @@ -366,7 +372,8 @@ "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>データの収集</big> \n" -"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択します。" +"supportconfig データ収集ツールを使用するには、 データの収集 を選択しま" +"す。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 @@ -376,19 +383,24 @@ "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>収集したデータのアップロード</big> \n" -"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード をお使いください。\n" -"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" +"サーバに収集済みのデータをアップロードするには、 データのアップロード " +"をお使いください。\n" +"サーバはグローバル技術サポートのものであっても、そうでなくてもかまいません。" +"" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>supportconfig のオプション</big> \n" -"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータを\n" -"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することもできます。" +"既定値を上書きするオプションを選択します。既定値を利用してほとんどのデータ" +"を\n" +"収集するように設定することもできますし、最小限のデータ量のみを採取することも" +"できます。" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 @@ -406,7 +418,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "<big>オプション</big> \n" "追加の情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要となる\n" @@ -416,7 +429,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>既定のオプション</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたいデータセットを選択してください。" @@ -425,8 +439,10 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" "<big>連絡先情報</big> \n" "supportconfig の tar ボールに含めたい連絡先情報を記入してください。\n" @@ -436,39 +452,52 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>情報のアップロード</big> \n" -"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI のことを意味します。\n" -"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかです。アップロード先で\n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball キーワードをお使い\n" -"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられます。\n" +"アップロード先とは、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする先の URI の" +"ことを意味します。\n" +"アップロード時に使用できるプロトコルは、 ftp, http, https, scp のいずれかで" +"す。アップロード先で\n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのファイル名を含む必要がある場合は、 tarball</" +"i> キーワードをお使い\n" +"ください。このキーワードは、アップロード時に実際のファイル名に置き換えられま" +"す。\n" "詳しくは man supportconfig(1) をお読みください。" #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>アップロード先の指定例</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " +"service request.\n" msgstr "" -"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップロードする場合は、\n" -"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるようにしてください。\n" +"注意: supportconfig の tar ボールをグローバル技術サポートにアップ" +"ロードする場合は、\n" +"開いているサービスリクエストから提供される 11 桁の番号を忘れずに含めるように" +"してください。\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 @@ -483,23 +512,29 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>収集済みデータの概要</big> \n" -"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部分的に共有したくないものが\n" -"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してください。\n" +"supportconfig で収集したデータが表示されています。収集済みのデータのうち、部" +"分的に共有したくないものが\n" +"ある場合は、 データから削除 を選択して削除すべきものを選択してくださ" +"い。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレクトリ\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する tar ボールのアップロード</big></" +"b> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールのコピーを保存しておきたい場合は、保存先のディレク" +"トリ\n" "を選択して、オプションを選択してください。\n" " \n" @@ -508,7 +543,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -532,13 +568,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップロード</big> \n" -"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケージ の項目に\n" +"<big>グローバル技術サポートに対する supportconfig tar ボールのアップ" +"ロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig の tar ボールを作成済みの場合は、 ログファイルを含むパッケー" +"ジ の項目に\n" "フルパスを指定してください。\n" " \n" @@ -612,7 +651,9 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-diskio.txt)" +msgstr "" +"ディスクやファイルシステムのマウント、およびパーティションに関する情報 (fs-" +"diskio.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" @@ -623,12 +664,18 @@ msgstr "Novell eDirectory ヘルスチェックの情報 (novell-edir.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgid "" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "sysctl や root の環境変数など、システムの環境情報 (env.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc.txt)" +msgid "" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" +"/etc 以下にある様々な設定ファイルに加え、再帰的に *.conf を検索した結果 (etc." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" @@ -647,8 +694,12 @@ msgstr "ルート DSE 検索を含む LDAP 関連の情報 (ldap.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" +msgid "" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" +"ルート DSE や UNIX Config, ワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む Novell " +"Linux ユーザ管理関連の情報 (novell-lum.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" @@ -703,8 +754,12 @@ msgstr "OpenWBEM 関連の情報 (openwbem.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" -msgstr "ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情報 (pam.txt)" +msgid "" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" +"ユーザアカウントの情報を含む、 Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) 関連の情" +"報 (pam.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" @@ -723,7 +778,9 @@ msgstr "更新クライアント関連の情報 (updates.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgid "" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" msgstr "SAR データファイルのコピーを含む、システム動作レポート関連の情報 (sar.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -736,13 +793,18 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A.R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" -"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" -"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正しく動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" +"ディスクに対する Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology (S.M.A." +"R.T.) 関連の情報。警告: ハードディスクのコントローラによっては\n" +"正しく動作しない場合があります。また、 SMART データの検出にあたっては、ファイ" +"ルシステムを読み込み専用モードに移行することになるため、サーバが\n" +"ハングアップする場合もあります。このオプションを有効化する場合は、事前に正し" +"く動作することを確認のうえ実施してください。 (fs-smartmon.txt)\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" @@ -773,32 +835,57 @@ msgstr "XEN 仮想化関連の情報 (xen.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されます。 -e" +msgid "" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" +"supportconfig に対して、ファイルシステム内で eDirectory のインスタンスファイ" +"ルを検索するようにします。これを設定すると、 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST も設定されま" +"す。 -e" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files.txt)" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムのルート以下に見つかった、完全なファイル一覧 -L (fs-files." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" -msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファイルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" +msgid "" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" +msgstr "" +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT で指定した行数ではなく、コメントを含むすべてのログファ" +"イルを含める。ローテート済みのファイルがある場合は、それらを含みます (-l)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "ディスクと詳細スキャンの情報量を最小化する (-d)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定すると、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" +msgid "" +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" +"通常は /var/log/YaST2/* にあるログが含められます。このオプションを指定する" +"と、各ファイルの取得量を最小化します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了するまでにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" +msgid "" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" +"すべてのインストール済み RPM パッケージに対して、 rpm -V を実行する。完了する" +"までにはしばらく時間がかかります (-v. rpm-verify.txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp.txt)" +msgid "" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" +"通常は基本的な SLP サービスタイプのみが一覧表示されます。このオプションを指定" +"すると、検出したサービスタイプを個別に問い合わせるようになります (-s, slp." +"txt)" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" @@ -817,20 +904,34 @@ msgstr "basic-environment.txt に含める連絡先電話番号" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" +msgid "" +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"ログファイルを取得する際、含める行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" +"す。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgid "" +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールの場所。一覧内の最初の正しい場所のみを使用します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." -msgstr "取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得します。" +msgid "" +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." +msgstr "" +"取得する /var/log/messages の最大行数。 0 を指定するとファイル全体を取得しま" +"す。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイルの行数の最大値" +msgid "" +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"supportconfig の tar ボールに含める、 heartbeat ポリシーエンジンログファイル" +"の行数の最大値" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." @@ -838,15 +939,24 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" "1 に設定すると、 supportconfig は静寂モードで動作します。このオプションは、\n" -"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定してください。" +"cron ジョブなどで定期的に動作させたいような場合に有効です。 -Q とともに指定し" +"てください。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバを指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" +msgid "" +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" +"-u srnum 起動オプションを使用した場合は、 supportconfig の tar ボールをアップ" +"ロードする場所の指定に利用します。匿名アップロードに対応した任意の FTP サーバ" +"を指定することができます。既定では SUSE の公式 ftp サーバになっています。" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 @@ -911,3 +1021,4 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定概要..." + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 07:39+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -44,7 +44,9 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -msgstr " 'variable=value' の形で指定するか (例: variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm) 、" +msgstr "" +" 'variable=value' の形で指定するか (例: variable=DISPLAYMANAGER " +"value=gdm) 、" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -313,17 +315,25 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" -"変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応する sysconfig ファイルの変数を書き換えます。\n" -"その後有効化コマンドを開始して大元の設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンを停止して起動しなおし、ローレベル設定ツールを実行します。\n" +"変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応する sysconfig ファイルの変数を書き換" +"えます。\n" +"その後有効化コマンドを開始して大元の設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンを停止して" +"起動しなおし、ローレベル設定ツールを実行します。\n" "このような手順で、 sysconfig の設定が有効になります。\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "重要: 各設定ファイルを手動で編集することもできます。ファイル名は変数の説明に表示されます。" +msgid "" +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "" +"重要: 各設定ファイルを手動で編集することもできます。ファイル名は変" +"数の説明に表示されます。" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -336,13 +346,23 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "システム設定エディタシステム設定エディタを使用すると、いくつかのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、 YaST を使用してハードウエアおよびシステムを設定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "" +"システム設定エディタシステム設定エディタを使用すると、いく" +"つかのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、 YaST を使用してハードウエ" +"アおよびシステムを設定することもできます。" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." -msgstr "注意: 説明は設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるため、翻訳されていません。" +msgid "" +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." +msgstr "" +"注意: 説明は設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるため、翻訳されていませ" +"ん。" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -371,8 +391,13 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "ここには検索結果が表示されています。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を選択して \"進む\" を押してください。そうでない場合は \"キャンセル\" を押してダイアログを閉じてください。" +msgid "" +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "" +"ここには検索結果が表示されています。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を" +"選択して \"進む\" を押してください。そうでない場合は \"キャンセル\" を押して" +"ダイアログを閉じてください。" #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -491,97 +516,110 @@ "\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "検索しています..." -#. Display confirmation dialog -#. @param [String] message Confirmation message -#. @param [String] command Command to confirm -#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 -msgid "Command: " -msgstr "コマンド: " - #. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "飛ばす (&K)" -#. get activation map for variable -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 -msgid "A command will be executed" -msgstr "実行されるコマンド" - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 -msgid "Starting command: %1..." -msgstr "コマンドを実行しています: %1..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 -msgid "Command %1 failed" -msgstr "コマンド %1 が失敗しました" - #. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "sysconfig の設定を保存しています" #. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "新しい設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "変更点の適用" -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 -msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -msgstr "変数 %1 をファイル %2 に保存する際に失敗しました。" - -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 -msgid "Saving variable %1..." -msgstr "変数 %1 を保存しています..." - -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "変更点をファイルに保存しています..." -#. service is running, reload it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 -msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -msgstr "サービス %1 を再読み込みします" +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 -msgid "Reloading service %1..." -msgstr "サービス %1 を再読み込みしています..." +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "設定概要" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 -msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -msgstr "サービス %1 の再読み込みに失敗しました" +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "コマンドを実行しています: %1..." -#. service is running, restart it -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 -msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -msgstr "サービス %1 を再起動します" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "コマンド %1 が失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 -msgid "Restarting service %1..." -msgstr "サービス %1 を再起動しています..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "実行されるコマンド" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 -msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -msgstr "サービス %1 の再起動に失敗しました" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "コマンド: " -#. set 100% in progress bar -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "完了" +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +msgid "Reloading service %s..." +msgstr "サービス %s を再読み込みしています..." -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 -msgid "Configuration Summary" -msgstr "設定概要" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" +msgstr "サービス %s の再読み込みに失敗しました" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "サービス %s を再読み込みします" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +msgid "Restarting service %s..." +msgstr "サービス %s を再起動しています..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" +msgstr "サービス %s の再起動に失敗しました" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "サービス %s を再起動します" + +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "" +"サービスの状態を判断することができません。 systemd のサービスが存在していま" +"せん:" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "変数 %1 を保存しています..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "変数 %1 をファイル %2 に保存する際に失敗しました。" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2011, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-27 09:09+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -257,20 +257,17 @@ msgstr "クロアチア" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "アイスランド" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "アゾレス諸島" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "カナリア諸島" @@ -1428,8 +1425,8 @@ #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 -msgid "Saigon" -msgstr "サイゴン" +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "ホーチミン市" #. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 @@ -2547,3 +2544,4 @@ #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-09 08:13+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "変更されたファイルのバックアップを作成: \n" -"更新の際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行なっていたファイルを保存します。\n" +"更新の際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行なっていたファイルを保存し" +"ます。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 @@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "更新オプション" @@ -174,9 +175,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -216,7 +217,8 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "更新オプションには 2 種類のモードがあります。\n" -"どちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めします。\n" +"どちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めします。</" +"p>\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 @@ -228,7 +230,8 @@ msgstr "" "選択に基づき、新しいソフトウエアと機能をインストールして更新する:\n" "この既定の設定では既存のソフトウエアを更新するだけでなく、 <tt>%1</tt> の新しい\n" -"バージョンにある新しい機能をインストールします。新しい機能の選択は以前のバージョンを\n" +"バージョンにある新しい機能をインストールします。新しい機能の選択は以前のバージョン" +"を\n" "インストールした時に指定した選択に従います。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -240,9 +243,12 @@ "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "インストール済みパッケージのみ更新:\n" -"この選択では、お使いのシステムにインストールされているパッケージのみを更新します。 注意:\n" -" 新しい YaST モジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウエアには含まれていないソフトウエアは\n" -"インストールされません。従って、更新しても宣伝されている機能を使うことができない可能性があります。\n" +"この選択では、お使いのシステムにインストールされているパッケージのみを更新します。 " +"注意:\n" +" 新しい YaST モジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウエアには含まれていないソフトウエ" +"アは\n" +"インストールされません。従って、更新しても宣伝されている機能を使うことができない可" +"能性があります。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 @@ -252,7 +258,8 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "更新すると、いくつかのソフトウエアは機能しなくなる\n" -"可能性があります。これらのパッケージを削除するには、 メンテナンスされていないパッケージの削除\n" +"可能性があります。これらのパッケージを削除するには、 メンテナンスされていない" +"パッケージの削除\n" " を選んでください。\n" #. warning / question @@ -282,8 +289,8 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" @@ -293,29 +300,29 @@ msgstr "おそらく不完全であるものと思われるインストールが存在しています。" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "更新するパッケージ: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "インストールする新しいパッケージ: %1" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "削除するパッケージ: %1" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "更新するパッケージの合計サイズ: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "解決できていない競合があります。手動で解決する必要があります。" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>" +msgstr "解決できていない競合があります。 <a href=\"%s\">手動で解決する必要があります。</a>" #. this is a heading #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 @@ -359,53 +366,59 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "現在の RPM データベースを読み込むことができません。" -#. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgstr "インストールされている製品は本インストールメディアと互換性がありません。" - #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +msgid "" +"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the " +"installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "" +"インストールされている製品 (%{update_from}) は本インストールメディア " +"(%{update_to}) と互換性がありません。" + #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running " +"system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンに更新 (%1 -> %2) する方法には対応していません。 \n" +"システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンに更新 (%1 -> %2) する方法には対" +"応していません。 \n" "インストールメディアから起動して通常の更新を行なうか、\n" "もしくは異なる製品バージョンへの更新をおやめください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "警告: '%1' から '%2' への更新について、製品が正しく一致していません。" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "インストール済みパッケージのみ更新" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "パターンに基づいて更新する" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -415,21 +428,22 @@ "<big>更新オプション</big>\n" "ここでは、お使いのシステムをどのように更新するかを選択することができます。\n" "インストール済みのパッケージのみを更新するか、もしくは新たに提供された\n" -"パッケージをインストールするか (既定の選択) を選択できるほか、メンテナンスされていない\n" +"パッケージをインストールするか (既定の選択) を選択できるほか、メンテナンスされてい" +"ない\n" "パッケージを削除するかどうかも指定できます。\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "更新オプション (&U)" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "これらのファイルがありません:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -592,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "はい、継続します (&Y)" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -601,17 +615,17 @@ "ご覧ください。" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "不明な Linux システム" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Linux 以外のシステム" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -626,7 +640,7 @@ "コンピュータを再起動してください。\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 を確認しています" @@ -635,23 +649,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 上のファイルシステムを確認しています..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ファイルシステムの確認に失敗しました" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -662,24 +676,24 @@ "デバイスのマウントを続行しますか？\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "マウントを行なわずに飛ばす (&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "パスワードが正しくありません。再試行しますか？" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -689,14 +703,15 @@ "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "設定した /boot パーティションが小さすぎます (%1 MB) 。\n" -"%2 MB 以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティション内に\n" +"%2 MB 以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティション内" +"に\n" "入りきらない可能性がありますので、パーティションを拡大して容量を増やすか、 /boot \n" "パーティションを使わないように設定してください。\n" "\n" "このままで更新を続行しますか？\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -717,27 +732,27 @@ "を、更新を中止するには 'キャンセル' をそれぞれ押してください。\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプションの指定 (&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプション" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント (&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス (&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -746,12 +761,12 @@ "(自動検出の場合は何も指定しない)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var パーティション %1 をマウントできませんでした。\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -763,17 +778,17 @@ "udev ID: %5, \n" "udev パス: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var パーティションを自動的に検出することができませんでした" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -784,22 +799,22 @@ "ここで選択してください。" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/var パーティションデバイスの選択 (&S)" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "デバイス情報" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "このディスク構成では /var パーティションをマウントできません。\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -812,45 +827,47 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" "persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によってマウントされています。\n" +"システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によってマウ" +"ントされています。\n" "残念ながらカーネルのデバイス名には永続性がないため、更新作業を行なうには\n" -"信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマウント方法を\n" +"信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマウント" +"方法を\n" "他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab が見つかりません。" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab で指定されているルートパーティションが正しくありません。\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "このデバイスは現在 %1 としてマウントされていますが、 %2 と指定されています。\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2102 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ルートパーティションを検証しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "パーティションをマウントしています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2199 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "利用可能なシステムを検索しています" @@ -916,3 +933,4 @@ #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "更新設定" + Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2015-08-26 11:24:38 UTC (rev 92349) @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ # "田邉和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003. # "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004. # "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. -# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 20:55+0900\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -102,8 +102,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。" +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN " +"の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。" #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -153,14 +157,27 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr " ローカルファイル /etc/passwd と /etc/shadow だけを利用して認証するには ローカル を選択してください。 " +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 +msgid "" +"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " +"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "" +" ローカルファイル /etc/passwd と /etc/shadow だけを利用して" +"認証するには ローカル を選択してください。 " #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "以前にインストールしたことがある場合、または別のシステムが既に存在する場合はそれらを元にユーザを作成することができます。これを行なうには、 以前のインストールからユーザデータを読み込む を押してください。このオプションでは指定した場所にあるユーザ情報をもとに、既存のホームディレクトリを利用したり新規のホームディレクトリを作成したりすることができます。" +msgid "" +"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " +"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " +"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " +"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "" +"以前にインストールしたことがある場合、または別のシステムが既に存在する場合は" +"それらを元にユーザを作成することができます。これを行なうには、 以前のイン" +"ストールからユーザデータを読み込む を押してください。このオプションでは指" +"定した場所にあるユーザ情報をもとに、既存のホームディレクトリを利用したり新規" +"のホームディレクトリを作成したりすることができます。" #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -185,7 +202,7 @@ #. radiobutton to select local user auth. #. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:83 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" msgstr "ローカル (/etc/passwd) (&O)" @@ -199,10 +216,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +"Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"ユーザデータを保存する際に NIS や LDAP サーバを利用する場合、または NT サーバ\n" +"ユーザデータを保存する際に NIS や LDAP サーバを利用する場合、または NT " +"サーバ\n" "に対して認証を行ないたい場合は、それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。\n" "次へ を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。" @@ -210,10 +229,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" "ユーザデータを保存する際に NIS や LDAP サーバを利用する場合は、\n" -"それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。次へ を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。" +"それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。次へ を押すと、お使いのクライアン" +"トの設定を続けることができます。" #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -230,30 +251,36 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " +"your client." msgstr "" "ユーザデータを保存する際に LDAP サーバを利用する場合は、\n" -"適切な値を選択してください。次へ を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。" +"適切な値を選択してください。次へ を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定" +"を続けることができます。" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -msgstr "ユーザデータソースを設定してから Kerberos 認証の設定 を押してください。" +msgid "" +"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " +"configuring the user data source." +msgstr "" +"ユーザデータソースを設定してから Kerberos 認証の設定 を押してくださ" +"い。" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを読み込む (&R)" #. button label #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 msgid "&Choose" msgstr "選択 (&C)" #. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 msgid "Authentication Method" msgstr "認証方法" @@ -264,13 +291,13 @@ #. selection box label #. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "読み込むユーザの選択 (&S)" #. check box label #. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:506 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "すべて選択／解除 (&A)" @@ -335,13 +362,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重に\n" +"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重" +"に\n" "設定する必要があります。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なお、パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n" "パスワードは 2 つめの項目にも入力してください。\n" @@ -354,13 +383,16 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\n" +"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用さ" +"れます:\n" "たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n" -"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " +"など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "\n" @@ -388,8 +420,12 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "キーボードレイアウトが正しく選択されていることを確認するには、 キーボードレイアウトのテスト の項目をお使いください。" +msgid "" +"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "" +"キーボードレイアウトが正しく選択されていることを確認するには、 キーボー" +"ドレイアウトのテスト の項目をお使いください。" #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -400,8 +436,8 @@ #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:679 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1246 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2363 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -437,8 +473,8 @@ #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:705 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1268 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2390 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "このパスワードを本当に使用しますか？" @@ -474,7 +510,7 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:87 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" @@ -482,99 +518,105 @@ #. encryption type #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" #. encryption type #. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:147 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "DES (&D)" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "MD5 (&M)" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-256 (&2)" #. Radio button label: password encryption type #. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-512 (&5)" #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 msgid "Authentication " msgstr "認証" #. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択してください。" +msgstr "" +"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選" +"択してください。" #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"SHA-512 は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ" +"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:221 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム (&F)" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:228 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:250 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する (&S)" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:256 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "システムメールの受信 (&Y)" #. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "自動ログイン (&A)" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:281 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 msgid "Create New User" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成" @@ -582,13 +624,13 @@ #. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the #. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. #. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:350 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "ユーザ名が設定されていません" #. yes-no popup contents #. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:352 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -600,7 +642,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:441 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -608,12 +650,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このユーザアカウントに設定する ユーザのフルネーム, ユーザ名, パスワード\n" +"このユーザアカウントに設定する ユーザのフルネーム, ユーザ名, " +"パスワード\n" "を、それぞれ入力してください。\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:444 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -622,25 +665,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" -"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " +"など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n" +"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなけ" +"ればなりません。\n" "" #. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -650,7 +696,7 @@ #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:463 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -659,88 +705,108 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "また、パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、 2 つめの\n" -"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れないようにしてください。\n" +"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れな" +"いようにしてください。\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名 には半角英数字と\n" -"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" -"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用でき" +"ません) 。\n" +"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでくださ" +"い。\n" +"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに" +"は\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" +"ください。\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する を選択すると、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとしても使用するようになります。" +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する を選択する" +"と、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとし" +"ても使用するようになります。" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業をする際に必要になるものです。 自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン処理を飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" +"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業を" +"する際に必要になるものです。 自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン処理を" +"飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとし" +"て扱われます。\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " +"Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 システムメールの受信 を選んでください。\n" +"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 システムメールの受" +"信 を選んでください。\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) #. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:564 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "熟練者向け設定" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." msgstr "認証方法はローカルの /etc/passwd です。" #. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法は %s です。" #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "ユーザ %s をインポートします。" #. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:641 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "変更 (&C)..." #. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -870,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "ユーザの新しい UID" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "ユーザ設定を書き込んでいます..." @@ -878,10 +944,12 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " +"that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示しています。" +"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイア" +"ログで設定されていない属性を示しています。" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -904,11 +972,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "それぞれの属性を編集するには 編集 を押してください。\n" -"属性によっては LDAP クライアントモジュール の雛型に従って設定するものもあります。\n" +"属性によっては LDAP クライアントモジュール の雛型に従って設定するもの" +"もあります。\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -927,8 +997,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr " このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには パスワードポリシーオブジェクトの DN を選んでください。 パスワードのリセット では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。" +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +" このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには パスワード" +"ポリシーオブジェクトの DN を選んでください。 パスワードのリセット " +"では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。" #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1017,57 +1093,98 @@ #. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD #. The date must stay in this format #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1675 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "有効期限は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する必要があります。" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができま" +"す。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" -"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" +" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を" +"指定してください。\n" +"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもで" +"きます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" +"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" +"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。" +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようにな" +"ります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許" +"されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかる" +"とすぐに開始します。" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。" +"" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" +" 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制" +"限を指定してください。\n" "このファイルシステムでの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" +"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" +"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。" +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つように" +"なります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過すること" +"を許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っか" +"かるとすぐに開始します。" #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1384,13 +1501,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n" "鍵ファイルが '%1' と '%2' に検出されました。\n" "これらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか？\n" "\n" -"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。" +"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルから" +"のデータが使われます。" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1525,19 +1644,19 @@ #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2216 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "プラグインの説明" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2225 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "プラグインの追加または削除 (&O)" #. pushbutton label #. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2228 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "起動 (&L)" @@ -1593,17 +1712,17 @@ #. tab label #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2272 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "プラグイン (&G)" #. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "ホームディレクトリを %1 に変更しますか?" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1614,12 +1733,12 @@ "まずログオフしてください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1576 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "ホームディレクトリのサイズを入力してください。" #. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1629,64 +1748,64 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1749 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2484 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "このプラグインは削除できません。" #. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2004 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "新しいユーザを作成しました。" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2070 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "新規のローカルグループ" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2072 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "新規のシステムグループ" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2074 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "新規の LDAP グループ" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2078 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "既存のローカルグループ" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2080 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "既存のシステムグループ" #. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2082 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "既存の LDAP グループ" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2144 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "グループ名 (&N)" #. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "グループID (gid) (&I)" #. selection box label #. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes #. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2173 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2592 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "グループのメンバー (&M)" #. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2270 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "グループデータ (&D)" @@ -1695,12 +1814,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " +"umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" -"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " +"など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "\n" @@ -1712,7 +1833,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してください。\n" +"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してくださ" +"い。\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1745,21 +1867,25 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "既定のログインシェル \n" -"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェルのパスを入力してください。\n" +"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェル" +"のパスを入力してください。\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "既定のホーム \n" -"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n" +"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。ユーザ名がこの値の" +"末尾に\n" "追加されて、ホームディレクトリの既定値になります。\n" "\n" @@ -1767,10 +1893,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "スケルトンディレクトリ \n" -"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 \n" +"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコ" +"ピーされます。 \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1786,12 +1914,14 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "有効期限 \n" "ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n" -"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。\n" +"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、" +"入力しないでください。\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1875,18 +2005,24 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名を提案 を押すと、姓名の情報から ユーザ名 を生成する\n" -"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したりすることもできますが、\n" -"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" +"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したり" +"することもできますが、\n" +"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字" +"は使用できません) 。\n" "またユーザ名には、特別な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに" +"は\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" +"ください。\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1895,23 +2031,32 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ユーザ名 には、半角英数字と\n" -"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使" +"用できません) 。\n" "また、特殊な場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更する" +"には\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" +"ください。\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr " ユーザ管理 を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループを追加することができます。" +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +" ユーザ管理 を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループ" +"を追加することができます。" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1930,10 +2075,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 パスワードの設定 を押してください。\n" +"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 パ" +"スワードの設定 を押してください。\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1970,7 +2117,8 @@ "グループ名::\n" "長いグループ名は使用しないでください。通常、長さは 2 ～ 8 文字に\n" "します。また、\n" -"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することができます。\n" +"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することがで" +"きます。\n" "詳細についてはマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1987,9 +2135,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "グループ ID (gid)::\n" -"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があります。\n" +"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があり" +"ます。\n" "この ID は 0 から %1 の間で設定します。\n" -" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもあります。\n" +" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもありま" +"す。\n" "割り当て済みの ID を使用すると警告メッセージを表示します。\n" "\n" @@ -1998,7 +2148,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2006,9 +2157,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "パスワード:\n" -"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える (<tt>newgrp</tt> \n" +"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える " +"(<tt>newgrp</tt> \n" "のマニュアルページをお読みください) 際、ユーザに対して認証を求める場合は\n" -"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示され\n" +"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示さ" +"れ\n" "ません。また、この項目は必須項目ではありません。\n" #. help text 5/6 @@ -2086,7 +2239,8 @@ "located elsewhere.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報を\n" +"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報" +"を\n" "変更する必要があります。そのユーザのホームディレクトリに対しては自動的に\n" "この処理を行ないますが、それ以外のディレクトリに対しては行なわれないことに\n" "注意してください。\n" @@ -2110,8 +2264,13 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "オプションとして ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード を指定することができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にするためのものです。" +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"オプションとして ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード を指定す" +"ることができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にする" +"ためのものです。" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2120,35 +2279,60 @@ "check Empty Home. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" -"初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合は、\n" -"ホームディレクトリには何も置かない を設定してください。設定しない場合は既定の\n" +"初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合" +"は、\n" +"ホームディレクトリには何も置かない を設定してください。設定しない場合" +"は既定の\n" "スケルトン (%1) 内の中身がコピーされます。 \n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている 新しい場所に移動 を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。" +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " +"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " +"existing data." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている " +"新しい場所に移動 を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに" +"移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " +"directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " +"shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 暗号化ホームディレクトリを使う\n" -"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n" -"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\n" -"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\n" -"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\n" -"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 暗号化ホームディレクトリを" +"使う\n" +"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレ" +"クトリを\n" +"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意" +"してください。\n" +"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュ" +"リティを\n" +"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスす" +"ることが\n" +"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的" +"に共有してはなりません。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化することができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除してください。" +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " +"configuration first." +msgstr "" +"指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化すること" +"ができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除し" +"てください。" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2171,7 +2355,8 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "追加情報:\n" -"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまでの\n" +"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまで" +"の\n" "中身を入力することができます。一般的には、それぞれ 勤務先, \n" "勤務先電話番号, 自宅電話番号 を記入します。これらの情報は\n" "このユーザに対して finger コマンドを実行した場合に表示されます。\n" @@ -2241,7 +2426,9 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." msgstr "起動 を押すと、指定したプラグインの詳細設定を開始します。" #. help texts 1/1 @@ -2279,7 +2466,8 @@ "\n" "パスワード失効警告日数 \n" "ユーザはパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に警告を受けることができます。\n" -"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指定します。\n" +"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日" +"からの相対日数で指定します。\n" "-1 を設定すると警告を行ないません。\n" "\n" @@ -2299,19 +2487,23 @@ #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " +"a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数 ユーザが同じパスワードを使い続けることが\n" +"同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数 ユーザが同じパスワードを使い" +"続けることが\n" "できる最大の日数を指定します。\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " +"age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"同じパスワードを使用する最短日数 ユーザがパスワードを変更してから、再度\n" +"同じパスワードを使用する最短日数 ユーザがパスワードを変更してか" +"ら、再度\n" "変更できるようになるまでの日数を指定します。\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2323,7 +2515,8 @@ msgstr "" "有効期限 \n" "ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n" -"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。\n" +"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力し" +"ないでください。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 @@ -2344,87 +2537,167 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "値の変更: \n" -"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができます。 設定 を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n" +"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができま" +"す。 設定 を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "パスワード変更ポリシー, パスワードエージングポリシー, ロックアウトポリシー のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワードポリシーグループを選んでください。" +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" +"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " +"of attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"パスワード変更ポリシー, パスワードエージングポリシー, " +"ロックアウトポリシー のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワー" +"ドポリシーグループを選んでください。" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 履歴に記録する最大パスワード数 を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワードは使うことができません。" +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 履歴" +"に記録する最大パスワード数 を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワード" +"は使うことができません。" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザに対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 リセット後にパスワード変更をさせる を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザ" +"に対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 リセット後にパスワー" +"ド変更をさせる を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 ユーザにパスワード変更を許可する を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 ユーザに" +"パスワード変更を許可する を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 パスワード変更時に古いパスワードを要求 を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 パスワード" +"変更時に古いパスワードを要求 を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してください。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は 検証しない を、選択してください。 確認できないパスワードを受け付ける を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化したパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパスワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 確認済みパスワードのみを受け付ける を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。" +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " +"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してく" +"ださい。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は 検証しない を、選択してくださ" +"い。 確認できないパスワードを受け付ける を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化し" +"たパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパ" +"スワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 確認済みパスワードのみを受け付" +"ける を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が" +"行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." msgstr "最小パスワード長 にはパスワードの最低文字数を設定します。" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "パスワードの最小使用日数 にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"パスワードの最小使用日数 にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を" +"設定します。" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "パスワードの最大有効日数 には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまでの時間を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"パスワードの最大有効日数 には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまで" +"の時間を設定します。" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr " パスワード失効警告時間 では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " +"should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +" パスワード失効警告時間 では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告" +"するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr " 失効したパスワードの使用許可回数 には、有効期限の切れたパスワードを使用できる回数を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " +"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +" 失効したパスワードの使用許可回数 には、有効期限の切れたパスワード" +"を使用できる回数を指定します。" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するには、 パスワードロックを有効にする を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁" +"止するには、 パスワードロックを有効にする を選択してください。" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数 には、どれだけの回数パスワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数 には、どれだけの回数パ" +"スワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "パスワードロック期間 には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +"" +msgstr "" +"パスワードロック期間 には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定しま" +"す。" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間 には、認証に全く成功していない場合にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定します。" +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " +"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " +"authentication has occurred." +msgstr "" +"バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間 には、認証に全く成功していない場合" +"にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定し" +"ます。" #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2552,7 +2825,8 @@ msgstr "" "LDAP ユーザのホームディレクトリをお使いのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n" "適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行なわれる\n" -"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n" +"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだ" +"けです。\n" "\n" #. help text caption @@ -2560,11 +2834,13 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" " LDAP サーバに保存してある設定を変更するには、 設定 \n" -"を押してください。これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更したりした場合は、\n" +"を押してください。これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更した" +"りした場合は、\n" "パスワードを尋ねられます。\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2575,11 +2851,14 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " +"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" -"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうことができます。" +"選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワード" +"ポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。\n" +"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうこ" +"とができます。" #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2862,13 +3141,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択します。\n" -"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" +"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択しま" +"す。\n" +"DES は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することがで" +"きますが、\n" "パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。\n" "\n" @@ -2881,8 +3163,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりますが、\n" -"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生するかもしれません。\n" +"MD5 では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりま" +"すが、\n" +"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生" +"するかもしれません。\n" "" #. Label @@ -2907,12 +3191,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " +"environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\n" +"このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によって" +"は\n" "ユーザパスワードを DES 以外の方式で暗号化すると、 NIS クライアントに\n" "ログインできない場合があります。\n" "\n" @@ -2939,19 +3225,26 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定しま" +"す。" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -" 既定値 を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\n" +" 既定値 を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループ" +"の設定モジュール\n" "から、既定のフィルタ ('suseSearchFilter' 属性の値) を読み込みます。\n" -"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" +"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。</" +"p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -3048,32 +3341,39 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM を使用している場合だけです。\n" +"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM " +"を使用している場合だけです。\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "自動ログイン \n" -"自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" +"自動ログイン を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で" +"選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "パスワード無しログイン \n" -"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインできるように\n" -"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定していてもパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインでき" +"るように\n" +"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定して" +"いてもパスワードの入力を求められます。\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3237,7 +3537,8 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " +"the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -3252,19 +3553,23 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " +"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、 フィルタの設定 を使用してください。\n" -"表示をカスタマイズするには、 フィルタのカスタマイズ を使用してください。\n" +"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わ" +"せを変更するには、 フィルタの設定 を使用してください。\n" +"表示をカスタマイズするには、 フィルタのカスタマイズ を使用してくださ" +"い。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " +"new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3298,7 +3603,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更" +"したりすることができます。\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -3344,12 +3650,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／" +"変更したりすることができます。\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3531,13 +3839,13 @@ #. init dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:286 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定" #. label (during init dialog) #. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:265 src/include/users/wizards.rb:289 +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -3939,7 +4247,9 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。読み取る項目を選択してください。" +msgstr "" +"複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。読み取る項目を選択してくだ" +"さい。" #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 @@ -4011,7 +4321,8 @@ "これは新規に作成したユーザの既定のホームディレクトリですが、\n" "このディレクトリは現在マウントされていません。\n" "既定の値を利用して新しいユーザを作成すると、\n" -"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作成されます。\n" +"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作" +"成されます。\n" "従ってお使いのシステムで正しく %2 をマウントすると、作成した\n" "ディレクトリは見えなくなってしまいます。このまま実行してもよろしいですか？" @@ -4200,7 +4511,8 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。" +"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化され" +"ません。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 @@ -4495,13 +4807,13 @@ "存在しています。\n" "別のグループ名を入力してください。" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5529 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "ユーザ %s は存在していません。" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4512,7 +4824,7 @@ "を削除できません。" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5590 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4523,22 +4835,22 @@ "まずグループからユーザを削除してください。" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ユーザ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>グループ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ログイン設定</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "ユーザ %1 で自動ログインするよう設定済み" @@ -4703,7 +5015,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4711,21 +5023,25 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n" -"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかです。\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかで" +"す。\n" "入力をご確認ください。" #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することができます。\n" -"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキーボードレイアウトを\n" +"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することがで" +"きます。\n" +"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキー" +"ボードレイアウトを\n" "利用できない場合があるためです。\n" "" @@ -4913,3 +5229,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザ候補が複数存在します。" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92348 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-08-26 12:03:01 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92348 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po Log: Translation (fr) vm.fr.po: Review and translation of missing strings (Antoine) ntp-client.fr.po: Translation of the missing string (Antoine) ncurses-pkg.fr.po: Remove fuzzy (Antoine) ldap.fr.po: Reviewed (Antoine) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of guillaume Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:02:54 UTC (rev 92347) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) @@ -2,31 +2,30 @@ # Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. # Automatically generated <>, 2014. +# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2015. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-30 17:22+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Antoine BELVIRE <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net\n" -"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 20:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" +"Language-Team: français <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:252 -#, fuzzy msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "Vérifiez que le serveur LDAP soit lancé et atteignable." #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:256 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." @@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -90,37 +88,31 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de la connexion au serveur LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des utilisateurs LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:561 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des groupes LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:565 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des données sur le serveur LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 -#, fuzzy msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur LDAP." @@ -147,7 +139,6 @@ #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 -#, fuzzy msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "Voulez-vous réellement conserver cette configuration ?" @@ -159,16 +150,15 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"Une cause possible de l'echec de connection peut être que votre client\n" +"Une cause possible de l'échec de connexion peut être que votre client\n" "est configuré pour TLS/SSL mais que le serveur ne le supporte pas.\n" "\n" -"Retenter la connection sans TLS/SSL ?\n" +"Retenter la connexion sans TLS/SSL ?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed #. @return password #: src/Ldap.rb:973 -#, fuzzy msgid "BindDN" msgstr "BindDN" @@ -188,7 +178,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "Accès &anonyme" +msgstr "&Accès anonyme" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -224,7 +214,7 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "&Ouvert" +msgstr "&Ouvrir" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__55 #. help text 1/3 @@ -452,8 +442,8 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" -"L'attribut \"%1\" est obligatoire Entrez\n" -"une valeur." +"L'attribut \"%1\" est obligatoire.\n" +"Entrez une valeur." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. button label Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:02:54 UTC (rev 92347) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) @@ -9,34 +9,36 @@ # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>, 2008, 2009, 2012. # Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2010. # Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.com>, 2013. +# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2015. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages.fr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 11:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:01+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" +"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" #. headline of package versions popup -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 msgid "Package Versions" msgstr "Versions du paquet" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__103 #. text above of list of all package versions -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 msgid "List of all available package versions:" msgstr "Affiche toutes les versions du paquet disponibles :" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__156 -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 msgid "&Packages with Status" msgstr "&Paquets avec état" @@ -44,70 +46,70 @@ #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1270 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:247 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "Modifications automatiques" #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1272 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" msgstr "Outre vos sélections manuelles, les paquets" #. text part2 of popup with automatic changes #. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :" -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un système corrompu." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" msgstr "&Continuer quand même" #. headline of a popup showing the package license -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1492 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 msgid "End User License Agreement" msgstr "Contrat de Licence Utilisateur Final" #. label text - keep it short -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1681 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 msgid "Filter: " msgstr "Filtre : " # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__86 #. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1688 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 msgid "Total Download Size: " msgstr "Taille totale du téléchargement : " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1701 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1818 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "A&ide" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1707 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1826 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Annuler" # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__13 #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1712 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1831 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "A&ccepter" # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3 -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1737 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 msgid "C&onfiguration" msgstr "C&onfiguration" @@ -135,8 +137,8 @@ msgstr "Non nécessaire(s)" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les paquets recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés du menu Dépendances doit être activée." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." @@ -191,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la localisation de %s" #. the label of the selections -#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Schémas" @@ -411,42 +413,52 @@ msgstr "&Vérifier le système maintenant" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" -msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets (modification temporaire)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "&Autoriser le changement de fournisseur (modification temporaire)" -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" msgstr "&Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Toutes les dépendances de paquets sont OK." -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180 +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " msgstr "Cas de test du résolveur de dépendances écrit dans " #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgstr "Pour satisfaire les dépendances de paquets déjà installés les" -#. part 2 of the text -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 -msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" - # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 -#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 msgid "System dependencies verify OK." msgstr "Vérification des dépendances système OK." @@ -617,7 +629,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__125 #. column header package description (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Résumé" @@ -827,335 +839,327 @@ msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." msgstr "Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont : Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés : si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà installés seront installés, Mode de vérification du système : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." msgstr "Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." msgstr "Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." msgstr "Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 #. label of a frame with search settings -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 msgid "&Search in " msgstr "&Rechercher dans " # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__102 #. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) #. text for the package search popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:305 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 msgid "Search &Phrase" msgstr "Rechercher l'&Expression" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__23 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:325 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 msgid "Code" msgstr "Code" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__454 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:331 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 msgid "Language" msgstr "Langue" -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:337 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__342 #. column header package name (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:345 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__148 #. column header installed package version (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__93 #. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Dépôt" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__148 #. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 msgid "Avail. Vers." msgstr "Vers. dispo." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__148 #. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 msgid "Inst. Vers." msgstr "Vers. inst." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__94 #. column header package size (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:388 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 msgid "Size" msgstr "Taille" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. column header package architecture (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architecture" #. column header patch kind (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Type" #. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 msgid "Solving..." msgstr "Résolution..." #. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:415 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 msgid "Saving..." msgstr "Enregistrement..." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__87 #. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:421 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Chargement..." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__31 #. the headline of the disk space popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 msgid "Disk Usage Overview" msgstr "Aperçu de l'utilisation du disque" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__160 #. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__61 #. column header used disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 msgid "Used" msgstr "Utilisé" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__131 #. column header free disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 msgid "Free" msgstr "Libre" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__205 #. column header total disk space (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 msgid "Out of disk space!" msgstr "Espace disque épuisé !" #. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 msgid "Disk space is running out!" msgstr "L'espace disque est limité !" #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 msgid "needs" msgstr "nécessite" # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__31 #. part of a text -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 msgid "more disk space." msgstr "d'espace disque en plus." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__194 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 msgid "Version: " msgstr "Version :" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__196 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Taille : " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 msgid "Installed: " msgstr "Installé : " # TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 msgid "Authors: " msgstr "Auteurs : " # TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 msgid "License: " msgstr "Licence : " #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 msgid "Media No.: " msgstr "Média No. : " # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__67 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 msgid "Package Group: " msgstr "Groupe de paquets : " # TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 msgid "Provides: " msgstr "Fournit : " # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__196 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 msgid "Requires: " msgstr "Requiert : " # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__196 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 msgid "Prerequires: " msgstr "Pré-requiert : " # TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #. part of the package description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:562 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 msgid "Conflicts with: " msgstr "Conflits avec : " # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__71 #. headline for a list of installed files -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 msgid "List of Installed Files: " msgstr "Liste des fichiers installés : " -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. the headline of the help popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" msgstr "État et installation des correctifs" #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." msgstr "Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." msgstr "Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaitre sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." +msgstr "Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaître sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." #. help text online udpate continue -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs. Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif. Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée 'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." #. label for a warning popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Avertissement" #. label for an error popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 msgid "Error" msgstr "Erreur" #. label for a notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 msgid "Notify" msgstr "Notification" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__179 #. the label of an OK button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:670 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__24 #. the label of the Yes button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "O&ui" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__25 #. the label of the No button -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Non" # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__97 #. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user #. has to make some action (#213602) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:706 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:713 msgid "&OK -- Try Again" msgstr "&OK - Réessayer" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197 #. text for a Notify popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:721 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 msgid "Available Languages" msgstr "Langues disponibles" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__471 #. the label of language table -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:729 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 msgid "Available Repositories" msgstr "Dépôts disponibles" @@ -1164,71 +1168,81 @@ #. (the list shows all patches which are needed) #. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); #. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:739 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:746 msgid "Needed Patches" msgstr "Correctifs nécessaires" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__200 #. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! #. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:754 msgid "Installed Patches" msgstr "Correctifs installés" #. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 msgid "Online Update Patches" msgstr "Correctifs m.à j.en ligne" #. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:762 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 msgid "Update Problem -- see help" msgstr "Problème m.à j. (cf.aide)" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__102 #. the label for Filter: Search results -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 msgid "Search Results" msgstr "Résultats de la recherche" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 #. the headline of the dependency popup -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 msgid "Package Dependencies" msgstr "Dépendances des paquets" #. help text package status -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." msgstr "Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles : Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 msgid "Source" msgstr "Source" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68 #. menu entry Update List -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:798 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 msgid "&Update List" msgstr "Liste de &mises à jour" #. part of the patch description -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:805 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Correctif : " #. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 msgid "No patches available" msgstr "Pas de correctifs disponibles" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__37 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:818 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:825 msgid "Script" msgstr "Script" +#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +#~ msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les paquets recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés du menu Dépendances doit être activée." + +#~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "&Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés" + +#~| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont : Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés : si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà installés seront installés, Mode de vérification du système : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." + #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- ce correctif est corrompu !!! -----" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:02:54 UTC (rev 92347) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) @@ -10,20 +10,22 @@ # Patricia Vaz <patricia.vaz(a)suse.com>, 2004. # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2015. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 10:30+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:08+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" +"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331 #. progress step title @@ -85,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "&Configurer..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -94,18 +96,18 @@ "sans avoir installé le paquet %1." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronisation avec le serveur NTP..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "La connexion au serveur NTP sélectionné a échouée." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -676,6 +678,13 @@ "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" +"<big>Démarrer le démon NTP</big> \n" +"Sélectionnez si le démon NTP doit être démarré maintenant et à chaque démarrage.\n" +"Le démon NTP résout les noms d'hôtes à l'initialisation. Votre connexion\n" +"réseau doit être démarré avant que le démon NTP démarre.\n" +"En sélectionnant Synchroniser sans démon, le démon NTP ne sera pas activé.\n" +"L'heure du système sera fixé périodiquement. Cet intervalle est configurable. Il est de 15\n" +"minutes par défaut. Vous pouvez changer cela quand le système est démarré." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -1431,31 +1440,31 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310 #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:477 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du client NTP" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:492 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration réseau" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__30 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres NTP" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__318 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:498 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration réseau..." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__3 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:500 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres NTP..." @@ -1466,129 +1475,129 @@ #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminé" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322 #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client NTP" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres NTP" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Redémarrer le démon NTP" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__120 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Redémarrage du démon NTP..." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17 #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Impossible de mettre à jour la politique de configuration dynamique." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1 #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le démon NTP." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Le démon NTP démarre lors de l'amorçage du système." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Le démon NTP ne démarre pas automatiquement." # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__38 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Serveurs : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Horloges radio : %1" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__21 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Pairs : %1" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__39 #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Diffusion générale des informations de temps vers : %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Accepter les informations de temps en diffusion générale de : %1" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__327 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combiner les configurations statique et DHCP." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__44 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Configuration statique uniquement." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__222 #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Politique de configuration personnalisée." # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Test du serveur NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Le serveur est joignable et répond correctement." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Le serveur est injoignable ou ne répond pas correctement." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:02:54 UTC (rev 92347) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:03:01 UTC (rev 92348) @@ -9,27 +9,29 @@ # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2013, 2014. # Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2010. # Fabienne Noizet, 2010. +# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2015. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-26 10:41+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language: fr\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:25+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" +"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #. Main #. Definition of command line mode options #: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" -msgstr "Installer Hypervisor et les outils" +msgstr "Installer l'hyperviseur et les outils" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17 #. progress step title @@ -40,7 +42,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " -msgstr "La seule architecture permettant d'héberger des machines virtuelles est x86_64. L'architecture de votre système est " +msgstr "La seule architecture supportée pour héberger des machines virtuelles est x86_64. L'architecture de votre système est " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 @@ -48,8 +50,8 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"L'installation de la machine virtuelle ne peut pas être lancée sur la machine UML.\n" -"Lancez l'installation sur le système hôte.\n" +"L'installation de la machine virtuelle ne peut pas être lancée à l'intérieur de la machine UML.\n" +"Lancez l'installation dans le système hôte.\n" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #. progress stage 1/2 @@ -78,7 +80,7 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "Les paquets requis sont d'abord installés sur le système. Ensuite, le chargeur d'amorçage (bootloader) est basculé sur GRUB (si celui-ci n'est pas déjà utilisé) et la section Xen est ajoutée au menu du chargeur d'amorçage s'il manque." +msgstr "Les paquets requis sont d'abord installés sur le système. Ensuite, le chargeur d'amorçage (bootloader) est basculé sur GRUB (si celui-ci n'est pas déjà utilisé) et la section Xen est ajoutée au menu du chargeur d'amorçage s'il est manquant." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 @@ -98,81 +100,75 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" -msgstr "L'hyperviseur et les outils Xen sont installés." +msgstr "Choisissez le ou les hyperviseur(s) à installer" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur : système minimal pour avoir un hyperviseur" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outils : pour configurer, gérer et surveiller des machine virtuelles" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hyperviseur KVM" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur KVM" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outils KVM" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conteneurs libvirt LXC" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démon libvirt LXC" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logiciel à connecter au serveur de virtualisation" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 msgid "Virtualization client tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outils client de virtualisation" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hyperviseur Xen" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur Xen" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outils Xen" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" -msgstr "Cela met fin au programme d'installation." +msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué\n" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" -msgstr "Cela met fin au programme d'installation." +msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour lxc\n" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour le schéma client sled\n" #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'installation des paquets a échoué pour les schémas sles\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 @@ -238,10 +234,8 @@ msgstr "Les composants KVM sont installés. Redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez le noyau natif dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage pour installer les invités (guests) KVM." #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." -msgstr "Pour installer les invités Xen, redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez la section Xen dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" +msgstr "Pour installer les invités Xen, redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez la section Xen dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 @@ -250,17 +244,13 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." -msgstr "L'hyperviseur et les outils Xen sont installés." +msgstr "Les outils client de virtualisation sont installés." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." -msgstr "L'hyperviseur et les outils Xen sont installés." +msgstr "Les composants libvirt LXC sont installés." # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__53 #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92347 - trunk/lcn/fr/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: vertaal Date: 2015-08-26 12:02:54 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92347 Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/software-opensuse-org.fr.po Log: Translation (fr) software-opensuse-org.fr.po: Fix a typo string id 76: 'installation le paquet' -> 'installation du paquet' (Antoine) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of guillaume Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/software-opensuse-org.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fr/po/software-opensuse-org.fr.po 2015-08-26 08:05:30 UTC (rev 92346) +++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/software-opensuse-org.fr.po 2015-08-26 10:02:54 UTC (rev 92347) @@ -1,18 +1,20 @@ # Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2009, 2010, 2011. # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014. +# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2015. +# msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 14:36+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 09:27+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 21:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n" +"Language-Team: français <perkamon-fr(a)traduc.org>\n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.7\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" msgid " and " @@ -62,8 +64,8 @@ "télécharger des fichiers ISO, en particulier pour les personnes ne pouvant " "pas utiliser le P2P à cause des restrictions de leur FAI ou de leur " "Université. Metalink permet d'atteindre des vitesses de téléchargement très " -"importantes, car la plupart des clients supportent les connexions multiples à " -"plusieurs sites miroirs. De plus, il intègre la détection et la correction " +"importantes, car la plupart des clients supportent les connexions multiples " +"à plusieurs sites miroirs. De plus, il intègre la détection et la correction " "automatique des erreurs. Un client spécifique est nécessaire pour en tirer " "parti, cependant." @@ -90,8 +92,8 @@ "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as " "is (no upgrade)." msgstr "" -"Un bureau KDE que vous pouvez exécuter à partir de %s ou depuis une clé USB.<" -"br /> Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à niveau)." +"Un bureau KDE que vous pouvez exécuter à partir de %s ou depuis une clé USB." +" Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à niveau)." msgid "Add repository and install manually" msgstr "Ajouter le dépôt et installer manuellement" @@ -111,9 +113,9 @@ " and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n" " inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n" " to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n" -" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a " -"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" -"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://" +"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"United_States_embargoes</a>." msgstr "" "Toutes les données sont uniquement utilisée pour envoyer du matériel de " "promotion\n" @@ -122,9 +124,9 @@ "disponible. Toutes les requêtes\n" " doivent être vérifiées pour se conformer à l'embargo d'exportation US. " "Plus d'information sur cet embargo\n" -" et une liste de pays sur wikipedia <a " -"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" -"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" et une liste de pays sur wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/" +"wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"United_States_embargoes</a>." msgid "An internal error happened :-(" msgstr "Une erreur interne est survenue :-(" @@ -168,8 +170,8 @@ "start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative " "download method." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur un média d'installation pour le sélectionner, puis cliquez sur le " -"bouton Télécharger pour commencer le téléchargement. Choisissez " +"Cliquez sur un média d'installation pour le sélectionner, puis cliquez sur " +"le bouton Télécharger pour commencer le téléchargement. Choisissez " "éventuellement votre type d'ordinateur ou une méthode de téléchargement " "alternative." @@ -183,8 +185,8 @@ msgstr "Communauté" msgid "" -"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. " -"Suitable for installation or upgrade." +"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use.<br/" +">Suitable for installation or upgrade." msgstr "" "Contient une large collection de logiciels pour une utilisation de bureau ou " "en tant que serveur. Convient pour l'installation comme pour la mise à " @@ -254,11 +256,11 @@ msgstr "Téléchargements" msgid "" -"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<" -"br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade." +"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories." +" Suitable for installation or upgrade." msgstr "" -"Télécharge le système d'installation et tous les paquets depuis les dépôts en " -"ligne. Convient pour l'installation comme pour la mise à jour." +"Télécharge le système d'installation et tous les paquets depuis les dépôts " +"en ligne. Convient pour l'installation comme pour la mise à jour." msgid "Expand all sections ('e')" msgstr "Développer toutes les sections ('e')" @@ -284,8 +286,8 @@ "pacman always downloads the first found package):" msgstr "" "Pour Arch Linux, modifiez /etc/pacman.conf et ajoutez : " -"(remarque : l'ordre des dépôts est important dans pacman.conf, puisque pacman " -"télécharge toujours le premier paquet trouvé)" +"(remarque : l'ordre des dépôts est important dans pacman.conf, puisque " +"pacman télécharge toujours le premier paquet trouvé)" msgid "Games" msgstr "Jeux" @@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "Image :" msgid "Install package %s / %s" -msgstr "Installation le paquet %s / %s" +msgstr "Installation du paquet %s / %s" msgid "Install pattern %s / %s" msgstr "Installer le modèle %s / %s" @@ -355,21 +357,21 @@ "mains en\n" " obtenant les derniers PromoDVD pour votre groupe, votre association, " "votre école, \n" -" votre université ou pour un évènement tel que les rencontres de GULL, " -"les install parties \n" +" votre université ou pour un évènement tel que les rencontres de " +"GULL, les install parties \n" " ou encore des conférences. Les Promo DVD aide à augmenter la " "visibilité d'openSUSE !" msgid "" "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript " "implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. " -"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>" -"continue</a>." +"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a " +"href='%s'>continue</a>." msgstr "" "Konqueror de KDE 3 n'est malheureusement plus maintenu et son implémentation " "Javascript contient des bogues qui le rendent incompatible avec cette page. " -"Veuillez vous assurer que vous avez désactivé Javascript avant de <a href='%" -"s'>continuer</a>." +"Veuillez vous assurer que vous avez désactivé Javascript avant de <a " +"href='%s'>continuer</a>." # label for language selection msgid "Language" @@ -392,8 +394,8 @@ msgid "" "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your " -"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you " -"wanted to download and not some broken version." +"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file " +"you wanted to download and not some broken version." msgstr "" "De nombreuses applications peuvent vérifier la somme de contrôle (checksum) " "d'un téléchargement. Vérifier votre téléchargement peut être important pour " @@ -407,37 +409,36 @@ msgstr "Plus d'informations sur la gravure du fichier ISO sur un CD/DVD" msgid "" -"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'" -">bootable USB stick</a>" +"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/" +"Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" msgstr "" -"Plus d'informations sur la création d'une <a " -"href='http://fr.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>clé USB bootable</a>" +"Plus d'informations sur la création d'une <a href='http://fr.opensuse.org/" +"Live_USB_stick'>clé USB bootable</a>" msgid "" -"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a " -"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a " -"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network " -"Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Document" -"ation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." +"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=" +"\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=" +"\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> " +"pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation" +"\">Documentation Wiki</a>." msgstr "" "Plus d'informations sur le téléchargement d'openSUSE sont disponibles dans " "les pages <a href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Aide_au_téléchargement\">Aide " -"au téléchargement</a> et <a href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Installation_rés" -"eau\">Installation réseau</a> de notre <a " -"href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a> " -"(en anglais)." +"au téléchargement</a> et <a href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Installation_réseau\">Installation réseau</a> de notre <a href=\"http://fr." +"opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a> (en anglais)." msgid "" -"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">" -"x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and " -"netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you " -"want to be sure your computer supports it." +"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop " +"processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check " +"wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." msgstr "" -"La plupart des nouveaux ordinateurs supportent <a " -"href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (aussi appelé AMD64 " -"et Intel64), mais certains processeurs d'ordinateur portable ou de netbook ne " -"le prennent pas en charge. Vous devriez donc vous assurer que votre " -"ordinateur le supporte, en vérifiant sur Wikipedia par exemple." +"La plupart des nouveaux ordinateurs supportent <a href=\"http://fr.wikipedia." +"org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (aussi appelé AMD64 et Intel64), mais certains " +"processeurs d'ordinateur portable ou de netbook ne le prennent pas en " +"charge. Vous devriez donc vous assurer que votre ordinateur le supporte, en " +"vérifiant sur Wikipedia par exemple." # TLABEL fr_FR_2002_02_20_2232__9 msgid "Multimedia" @@ -518,8 +519,8 @@ "Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and " "provide a link of the event/purpose." msgstr "" -"Veuillez entrer un brève raison (en anglais !) pour laquelle vous avez " -"besoin de DVD et fournissez un lien vers l'évènement/le but." +"Veuillez entrer un brève raison (en anglais !) pour laquelle vous " +"avez besoin de DVD et fournissez un lien vers l'évènement/le but." msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters" msgstr "Veuillez entrer plus de 2 caractères" @@ -528,20 +529,20 @@ "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the " "latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que ceci n'est pas la dernière version d'openSUSE. Vous pouvez " -"obtneir la dernière version <a href='/'>ici</a>. " +"Veuillez noter que ceci n'est pas la dernière version d'openSUSE. Vous " +"pouvez obtneir la dernière version <a href='/'>ici</a>. " msgid "" "Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n" -" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\"" -">promodvd\n" +" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/" +"\">promodvd\n" " download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special " "version of openSUSE,\n" " namely designed for promotional distribution." msgstr "" "Les promo DVDs et leur pochette peuvent être \n" -" téléchargés depuis le <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/" -"\">dossier de\n" +" téléchargés depuis le <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/" +"promodvd/\">dossier de\n" " téléchargement des promodvds %s</a>. Gardez à l'esprit qu'il s'agit " "d'une version spéciale d'openSUSE,\n" " conçue spécialement pour une distribution promotionnelle." @@ -559,11 +560,12 @@ msgstr "Secours" msgid "" -"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used " -"for installation or upgrade." +"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be " +"used for installation or upgrade." msgstr "" -"Système de secours que vous pouvez exécuter à partir de d'un CD ou depuis une " -"clé USB. Ne peut pas utilisé pour l'installation ou la mise à niveau." +"Système de secours que vous pouvez exécuter à partir de d'un CD ou depuis " +"une clé USB. Ne peut pas utilisé pour l'installation ou la mise à " +"niveau." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__110 msgid "Search" @@ -608,17 +610,17 @@ "although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." msgstr "" "Certains médias alternatifs (comme les systèmes live ou de secours) sont " -"également disponibles, bien qu'ils soient moins testés et ne sont recommandés " -"que pour un usage limité." +"également disponibles, bien qu'ils soient moins testés et ne sont " +"recommandés que pour un usage limité." msgid "" "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying " -"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a " -"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://" +"susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." msgstr "" "Quelques-unes des distributions \"live\" basées sur openSUSE. Les personnes " -"intéressées par la création de leurs propres dérivés peuvent essayer <a " -"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +"intéressées par la création de leurs propres dérivés peuvent essayer <a href=" +"\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 msgid "Source" @@ -672,35 +674,35 @@ msgid "" "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you " -"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a " -"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>." +"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse." +"org/Portal:Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>." msgstr "" "Il n'y a aucune version d'openSUSE en phase de test actuellement . Si " "vous souhaitez utiliser et tester les logiciels dans leur toute dernière " -"version, veuillez utiliser <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tumbleweed'" -">openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>." +"version, veuillez utiliser <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:" +"Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>." msgid "" "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not " -"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free " -"open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from " -"NON-OSS repository." +"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-" +"source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS " +"repository." msgstr "" -"Ce CD contient des logiciels gratuits sous licence propriétaire, n'autorisant " -"pas leur inclusion dans le média d'installation aux côtés des logiciels " -"libres et open-source. Les logiciels de ce CD peuvent également être " -"téléchargés depuis le dépôt NON-OSS." +"Ce CD contient des logiciels gratuits sous licence propriétaire, " +"n'autorisant pas leur inclusion dans le média d'installation aux côtés des " +"logiciels libres et open-source. Les logiciels de ce CD peuvent également " +"être téléchargés depuis le dépôt NON-OSS." msgid "" -"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have " -"more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE " -"does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only " -"i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." +"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you " +"have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. " +"openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even " +"support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." msgstr "" -"Cette version fonctionne sur tous les PC, dont ceux qui supportent le mode 64 " -"bits. Si vous avez plus de 3 Go de RAM, vous devriez préférer la version 64 " -"bits. openSUSE ne supporte pas les processeurs antérieurs au Pentium - et les " -"LiveCD ne supportent que i686 (Pentium Pro et plus récent)." +"Cette version fonctionne sur tous les PC, dont ceux qui supportent le mode " +"64 bits. Si vous avez plus de 3 Go de RAM, vous devriez préférer la version " +"64 bits. openSUSE ne supporte pas les processeurs antérieurs au Pentium - et " +"les LiveCD ne supportent que i686 (Pentium Pro et plus récent)." msgid "Top 1-click downloads:" msgstr "Téléchargements 1-click les plus populaires :" @@ -719,27 +721,26 @@ msgstr "Distribution non supportées :" msgid "" -"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">" -"activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a " -"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official " -"Start-Up Guide</a>." +"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org" +"\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc." +"opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." msgstr "" -"Les manuels de l'utilisateur sont disponibles sur <a " -"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, par " -"exemple le <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">" -"Guide de démarrage</a> officiel." +"Les manuels de l'utilisateur sont disponibles sur <a href=\"http://activedoc." +"opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, par exemple le <a href=\"http://" +"activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Guide de démarrage</a> " +"officiel." msgid "" "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is " "recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. " "BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data " -"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in " -"the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " +"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating " +"in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " "centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the " "download at any time and resume it later." msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de <a href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">" -"BitTorrent</a> est recommandée pour les connexions lentes, en particulier " +"L'utilisation de <a href=\"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent" +"\">BitTorrent</a> est recommandée pour les connexions lentes, en particulier " "pour télécharger l'image DVD. Les téléchargements BitTorrent ont plusieurs " "avantages, les clients protègent contre la corruption des données et vous " "aidez à réduire la charge sur les serveurs en participant à l'envoi - si " @@ -763,36 +764,36 @@ "page</a>\n" " or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). " "Please contact us at\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" -"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-" +"marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you." msgstr "" "Nous voudrions que vous nous teniez informé à propos de l'utilisation des " "DVD, pour que\n" " nous puissions vous aider à promouvoir votre association, votre " "évènement ou votre école\n" -" sur notre <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' " -"title='news.opensuse.org'>page de news</a>\n" +" sur notre <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse." +"org'>page de news</a>\n" " ou sur d'autres ressources. (Un conseil, nous aimons les photos, " "alors prenez en plein !). Merci de nous\n" -" contacter sur <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" -"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" contacter sur <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse." +"org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " pour discuter de la promotion et/ou des autres moyens par lesquels " "nous pouvons vous aider." msgid "" -"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " -"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk " -"of corrupted data." +"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " +"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the " +"risk of corrupted data." msgstr "" "Lorsque du téléchargement d'images autres que le CD pour l'installation " "réseau, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser un gestionnaire de " "téléchargement pour réduire le risque de corruption des données." msgid "" -"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key " -"may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust " -"(<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" +"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the " +"key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will " +"trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajouter la clé du dépôt à apt. Gardez à l'esprit que le " "propriétaire de la clé peut fournir des mises à jour, des paquets et des " @@ -803,20 +804,19 @@ "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for " "another base distribution (currently )." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez essayer d'étendre votre recherche aux paquets de développement ou " -"chercher pour une autre distribution (actuellement )." +"Vous pouvez essayer d'étendre votre recherche aux paquets de développement " +"ou chercher pour une autre distribution (actuellement )." msgid "" "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a " -"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a " -"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above " -"and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>" -"Firefox</a>." +"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://" +"en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the " +"add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier le fichier au fur et à mesure du téléchargement. Par " -"exemple, une somme de contrôle (SHA256) sera automatiquement utilisée si vous " -"choisissez <a href='http://fr.opensuse.org/Metalink'>Metalink</a> dans le " -"champ ci-dessus et utilisez le module complémentaire DownThemAll! dans <a " +"exemple, une somme de contrôle (SHA256) sera automatiquement utilisée si " +"vous choisissez <a href='http://fr.opensuse.org/Metalink'>Metalink</a> dans " +"le champ ci-dessus et utilisez le module complémentaire DownThemAll! dans <a " "href='http://fr.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." msgid "gpg signature" @@ -839,42 +839,42 @@ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help#Burn_the_ISO_image.28s.29" msgstr "" -"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Aide_au_t%C3%A9l%C3%" -"A9chargement#Graver_l.27image_ISO" +"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Aide_au_t%C3%A9l" +"%C3%A9chargement#Graver_l.27image_ISO" msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.1/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.2/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/12.3/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.1/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" #| msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgstr "" -"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.f…" -"tml" +"https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/RELEASE-NOTES.fr." +"html" msgid "" "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right " @@ -890,8 +890,8 @@ msgstr "somme de contrôle MD5" msgid "" -"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%" -"s</tt>." +"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>" +"%s</tt>." msgstr "" "offre le plus de sécurité car vous pouvez vérifier qui l'a signé. Ce devrait " "être <tt>%s</tt>." @@ -921,8 +921,16 @@ msgid "switch to" msgstr "Passer à la" -#~ msgid "We currently don't have a Factory Snapshot that is more recent than our last openSUSE release. Please check <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory</a> for more information." -#~ msgstr "Il n'y a pour le moment pas de version Factory plus récente que la dernière version officielle d'openSUSE. Veuillez consulter <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory</a> pour plus d'informations." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "We currently don't have a Factory Snapshot that is more recent than our " +#~ "last openSUSE release. Please check <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~ "Portal:Factory'>http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory</a> for more " +#~ "information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il n'y a pour le moment pas de version Factory plus récente que la " +#~ "dernière version officielle d'openSUSE. Veuillez consulter <a " +#~ "href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~ "Portal:Factory</a> pour plus d'informations." #~ msgid "You can add the repository key to apt like this: " #~ msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter la clé du dépôt à apt avec :" @@ -930,32 +938,64 @@ #~ msgid "4.7GB DVD" #~ msgstr "DVD 4.7 Go" -#~ msgid "Live CDs contain only four languages (English, German, Russian and Italian). If you want to have support for remaining languages you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet or if you use DVD containing all languages, you do not need this CD." -#~ msgstr "Les Live CDs ne contiennent que 4 langues (anglais, allemand, russe et italien). Si vous voulez avoir accès à d'autres langues, vous devrez les télécharger depuis Internet lors de l'installation ou à tout moment ultérieurement. Si vous avez facilement accès à Internet ou si vous utilisez le DVD contenant toutes les langues, vous n'avez pas besoin de ce CD." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Live CDs contain only four languages (English, German, Russian and " +#~ "Italian). If you want to have support for remaining languages you need to " +#~ "download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after " +#~ "it. If you have easy access to the Internet or if you use DVD containing " +#~ "all languages, you do not need this CD." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les Live CDs ne contiennent que 4 langues (anglais, allemand, russe et " +#~ "italien). Si vous voulez avoir accès à d'autres langues, vous devrez les " +#~ "télécharger depuis Internet lors de l'installation ou à tout moment " +#~ "ultérieurement. Si vous avez facilement accès à Internet ou si vous " +#~ "utilisez le DVD contenant toutes les langues, vous n'avez pas besoin de " +#~ "ce CD." -#~ msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), burn the image(s) with your favorite burning application to a DVD or CD. Please do not burn a data DVD/CD, but rather choose the option to burn an ISO image." -#~ msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé avec succès la ou les image(s) ISO, gravez-les avec votre logiciel de gravure préféré sur un DVD ou un CD. Prenez garde à ne pas graver un DVD/CD de données, mais choisissez l'option pour graver une image ISO." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), burn the image(s) " +#~ "with your favorite burning application to a DVD or CD. Please do not</" +#~ "em> burn a data DVD/CD, but rather choose the option to burn an ISO image." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Après avoir téléchargé avec succès la ou les image(s) ISO, gravez-les " +#~ "avec votre logiciel de gravure préféré sur un DVD ou un CD. Prenez garde " +#~ "à ne pas graver un DVD/CD de données, mais choisissez l'option " +#~ "pour graver une image ISO." -#~ msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -#~ msgstr "Un bureau GNOME que vous pouvez exécuter depuis un CD ou une clé USB. Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à jour)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A GNOME desktop you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can be " +#~ "installed as is (no upgrade)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un bureau GNOME que vous pouvez exécuter depuis un CD ou une clé USB.<br/" +#~ ">Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à jour)." -#~ msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -#~ msgstr "Un bureau KDE que vous pouvez exécuter depuis un CD ou une clé USB. Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à jour)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A KDE desktop you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can be installed " +#~ "as is (no upgrade)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un bureau KDE que vous pouvez exécuter depuis un CD ou une clé USB.<br/" +#~ ">Peut être installé tel quel (pas de mise à jour)." #~ msgid "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.3/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html" -#~ msgstr "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.3/RELEASE-NOTES.fr.html" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.3/RELEASE-NOTES.fr.html" #~ msgid "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.4/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html" -#~ msgstr "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.4/RELEASE-NOTES.fr.html" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "http://www.suse.de/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.4/RELEASE-NOTES.fr.html" #~ msgid "Please use search strings of at least 2 characters" #~ msgstr "L'objet de votre recherche doit faire plus de 2 caractères" #~ msgid "Switched to exact match due to too many hits on substring search." -#~ msgstr "La recherche a été restreinte aux résultats exacts en raison d'un trop grand nombre de résultats approchés." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La recherche a été restreinte aux résultats exacts en raison d'un trop " +#~ "grand nombre de résultats approchés." #~ msgid "Please be more precise in your search, search limit reached." -#~ msgstr "Veuillez préciser votre recherche, la limite en nombre de résultats a été atteinte." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Veuillez préciser votre recherche, la limite en nombre de résultats a été " +#~ "atteinte." #~ msgid "Could not perform search: " #~ msgstr "Impossible d'exécuter la recherche : " @@ -984,8 +1024,10 @@ #~ msgid "Search Results" #~ msgstr "Résultats de recherche" -#~ msgid "No packages found in the openSUSE build service that matched your query." -#~ msgstr "Aucun paquet ne correspond à votre requête dans l'openSUSE Build Service." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No packages found in the openSUSE build service that matched your query." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aucun paquet ne correspond à votre requête dans l'openSUSE Build Service." #~ msgid "%d collections and %d binaries from %d source packages" #~ msgstr "%d collections et %d binaires de %d paquets sources"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92345 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-08-26 10:05:30 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92345 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po Log: restore Copied: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po (from rev 92309, branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po) =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po 2015-08-26 08:05:30 UTC (rev 92345) @@ -0,0 +1,637 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-03 10:38\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +msgid "3D" +msgstr "三维" + +msgid "3D Editors" +msgstr "三维编辑器" + +msgid "Action" +msgstr "操作" + +msgid "Amusements" +msgstr "娱乐" + +msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgstr "AOL 即时通讯程序" + +msgid "Arcade" +msgstr "街机" + +msgid "Archie" +msgstr "Archie" + +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "存档" + +msgid "Astronomy" +msgstr "天文学" + +msgid "Background" +msgstr "背景" + +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "备份" + +msgid "Base" +msgstr "基本" + +msgid "Benchmark" +msgstr "评测" + +msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgstr "位图编辑器" + +msgid "Board" +msgstr "棋类" + +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "引导" + +msgid "Breakout" +msgstr "方块" + +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "浏览器" + +msgid "Building" +msgstr "构建" + +msgid "CAD" +msgstr "CAD" + +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "照相机" + +msgid "C and C++" +msgstr "C 和 C++" + +msgid "Card" +msgstr "牌类" + +msgid "CD" +msgstr "CD" + +msgid "Chemistry" +msgstr "化学" + +msgid "Chess" +msgstr "象棋" + +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "中文" + +msgid "Clients" +msgstr "客户机" + +msgid "Clocks" +msgstr "时钟" + +msgid "Clustering" +msgstr "群集" + +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "压缩" + +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "计算" + +msgid "Console" +msgstr "控制台" + +msgid "Convertors" +msgstr "转换器" + +msgid "Cross" +msgstr "交叉" + +msgid "Daemons" +msgstr "守护程序" + +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "数据库" + +msgid "Debuggers" +msgstr "调试程序" + +msgid "Development" +msgstr "开发" + +msgid "Diagnostic" +msgstr "诊断" + +msgid "Dictionary" +msgstr "字典" + +msgid "Displaymanagers" +msgstr "显示管理器" + +msgid "DNS" +msgstr "DNS" + +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "DocBook" + +msgid "Doc Generators" +msgstr "文档生成器" + +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "文档" + +msgid "Editors" +msgstr "编辑器" + +msgid "Editors and Convertors" +msgstr "编辑器和转换器" + +msgid "Electronics" +msgstr "电子学" + +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "Emacs" + +msgid "Email" +msgstr "电子邮件" + +msgid "Emulators" +msgstr "模拟器" + +msgid "Fax" +msgstr "传真" + +msgid "Fhs" +msgstr "Fhs" + +msgid "File-Sharing" +msgstr "文件共享" + +msgid "Filesystems" +msgstr "文件系统" + +msgid "File utilities" +msgstr "文件实用程序" + +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "财务" + +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "字体" + +msgid "Fortran" +msgstr "Fortran" + +msgid "Frontends" +msgstr "前端" + +msgid "Ftp" +msgstr "Ftp" + +msgid "Games" +msgstr "游戏" + +msgid "GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +msgid "Grabbers" +msgstr "Grabber" + +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "示意图" + +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "图形" + +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "GUI" + +msgid "GUI Builders" +msgstr "GUI 生成器" + +msgid "H323" +msgstr "H323" + +msgid "HA" +msgstr "HA" + +msgid "Hamradio" +msgstr "业余无线电" + +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "硬件" + +msgid "Howto" +msgstr "Howto" + +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +msgid "I18n" +msgstr "I18n" + +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "图标" + +msgid "ICQ" +msgstr "ICQ" + +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +msgid "Instant Messenger" +msgstr "即时消息程序" + +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "IRC" + +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "日语" + +msgid "Java" +msgstr "Java" + +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "游戏杆" + +msgid "KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "内核" + +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "韩语" + +msgid "Language" +msgstr "语言" + +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "语言" + +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +msgid "Libraries" +msgstr "库" + +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "本地化" + +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "日志记录" + +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "逻辑" + +msgid "Mailinglists" +msgstr "邮件列表" + +msgid "Man" +msgstr "Man" + +msgid "Management" +msgstr "管理" + +msgid "Math" +msgstr "数学" + +msgid "Mathematics" +msgstr "数学" + +msgid "Metapackages" +msgstr "元软件包" + +msgid "Midi" +msgstr "Midi" + +msgid "Mixers" +msgstr "混音器" + +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "移动" + +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "调制解调器" + +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "监视" + +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "Mono" + +msgid "Morse" +msgstr "Morse" + +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "多媒体" + +msgid "Napster" +msgstr "Napster" + +msgid "Navigators" +msgstr "导航器" + +msgid "Networking" +msgstr "网络" + +msgid "News" +msgstr "新闻" + +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "NFS" + +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +msgid "Novell" +msgstr "Novell" + +msgid "Office" +msgstr "办公" + +msgid "Organizers" +msgstr "管理器" + +msgid "Other" +msgstr "其它" + +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "包" + +msgid "Packet" +msgstr "包" + +msgid "Palm" +msgstr "Palm" + +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "并行" + +msgid "PC" +msgstr "PC" + +msgid "PDA" +msgstr "PDA" + +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "PDF" + +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +msgid "PHP" +msgstr "PHP" + +msgid "Physics" +msgstr "物理学" + +msgid "Players" +msgstr "播放器" + +msgid "Pool" +msgstr "池" + +msgid "PPP" +msgstr "PPP" + +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "演示" + +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "打印" + +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "生产力" + +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "代理" + +msgid "PS" +msgstr "PS" + +msgid "Psion" +msgstr "Psion" + +msgid "Psk31" +msgstr "Psk31" + +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "出版" + +msgid "Puzzle" +msgstr "智力游戏" + +msgid "Python" +msgstr "Python" + +msgid "Race" +msgstr "赛车" + +msgid "Radio" +msgstr "广播" + +msgid "Radius" +msgstr "半径" + +msgid "Raytracers" +msgstr "光迹跟踪" + +msgid "Real Time" +msgstr "实时" + +msgid "Record" +msgstr "录音" + +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "远程桌面" + +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "路由" + +msgid "RPG" +msgstr "RPG" + +msgid "Ruby" +msgstr "Ruby" + +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "Samba" + +msgid "Satellite" +msgstr "卫星" + +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "扫描仪" + +msgid "Scheme" +msgstr "模式" + +msgid "Scientific" +msgstr "科学" + +msgid "Screensavers" +msgstr "屏幕保护程序" + +msgid "Security" +msgstr "安全性" + +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "服务器" + +msgid "SGML" +msgstr "SGML" + +msgid "Shells" +msgstr "Shell" + +msgid "Shoot" +msgstr "射击" + +msgid "Simulation" +msgstr "模拟" + +msgid "SIP" +msgstr "SIP" + +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "声音" + +msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgstr "声音守护程序" + +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "源" + +msgid "Spell" +msgstr "拼写" + +msgid "Spreadsheets" +msgstr "电子表格" + +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +msgid "Strategy" +msgstr "策略" + +msgid "Suite" +msgstr "套件" + +msgid "SUSE" +msgstr "SuSE" + +msgid "SUSE internal" +msgstr "SUSE 内部" + +msgid "System" +msgstr "系统" + +msgid "Talk" +msgstr "谈话" + +msgid "Tcl" +msgstr "Tcl" + +msgid "Teaching" +msgstr "教学" + +msgid "Telephony" +msgstr "电话" + +msgid "Terminals" +msgstr "终端" + +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "TeX" + +msgid "Texinfo" +msgstr "Texinfo" + +msgid "Text" +msgstr "文本" + +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "工具" + +msgid "Toys" +msgstr "玩具" + +msgid "Troff" +msgstr "Troff" + +msgid "Turn Based" +msgstr "回合制" + +msgid "TV" +msgstr "电视" + +msgid "UPS" +msgstr "UPS" + +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "实用程序" + +msgid "Vector Editors" +msgstr "矢量编辑器" + +msgid "Version Control" +msgstr "版本控制" + +msgid "Vi" +msgstr "Vi" + +msgid "Video" +msgstr "视频" + +msgid "Viewers" +msgstr "查看器" + +msgid "Visualization" +msgstr "可视化" + +msgid "Web" +msgstr "Web" + +msgid "Wifi" +msgstr "Wifi" + +msgid "Word" +msgstr "字处理" + +msgid "Word Processor" +msgstr "字处理软件" + +msgid "X11" +msgstr "X11" + +msgid "XF86_3" +msgstr "XF86_3" + +msgid "XF86_4" +msgstr "XF86_4" + +msgid "XFCE" +msgstr "XFCE" + +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "YaST"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92346 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-08-26 10:05:30 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92346 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po/rpm-groups.zh_TW.po Log: restore Copied: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po/rpm-groups.zh_TW.po (from rev 92309, branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po/rpm-groups.zh_TW.po) =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po/rpm-groups.zh_TW.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_TW/po/rpm-groups.zh_TW.po 2015-08-26 08:05:30 UTC (rev 92346) @@ -0,0 +1,637 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the package. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 11:07\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +msgid "3D" +msgstr "3D" + +msgid "3D Editors" +msgstr "3D 編輯器" + +msgid "Action" +msgstr "動作" + +msgid "Amusements" +msgstr "娛樂" + +msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgstr "AOLInstantMessenger" + +msgid "Arcade" +msgstr "電腦遊戲" + +msgid "Archie" +msgstr "檔案檢索" + +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "歸檔" + +msgid "Astronomy" +msgstr "天文" + +msgid "Background" +msgstr "背景" + +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "備份" + +msgid "Base" +msgstr "基礎" + +msgid "Benchmark" +msgstr "基準測試" + +msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgstr "點陣圖編輯器" + +msgid "Board" +msgstr "主機板" + +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "開機" + +msgid "Breakout" +msgstr "中斷" + +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "瀏覽器" + +msgid "Building" +msgstr "建立" + +msgid "CAD" +msgstr "CAD" + +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "相機" + +msgid "C and C++" +msgstr "C 與 C++" + +msgid "Card" +msgstr "介面卡" + +msgid "CD" +msgstr "CD" + +msgid "Chemistry" +msgstr "化學" + +msgid "Chess" +msgstr "西洋棋" + +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "中文" + +msgid "Clients" +msgstr "用戶端" + +msgid "Clocks" +msgstr "時鐘" + +msgid "Clustering" +msgstr "叢集" + +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "壓縮" + +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "運算" + +msgid "Console" +msgstr "主控台" + +msgid "Convertors" +msgstr "轉換器" + +msgid "Cross" +msgstr "交叉" + +msgid "Daemons" +msgstr "精靈" + +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "資料庫" + +msgid "Debuggers" +msgstr "除錯器" + +msgid "Development" +msgstr "開發" + +msgid "Diagnostic" +msgstr "診斷" + +msgid "Dictionary" +msgstr "字典" + +msgid "Displaymanagers" +msgstr "Displaymanagers" + +msgid "DNS" +msgstr "DNS" + +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "DocBook" + +msgid "Doc Generators" +msgstr "文件產生器" + +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "文件" + +msgid "Editors" +msgstr "編輯器" + +msgid "Editors and Convertors" +msgstr "編輯器與轉換器" + +msgid "Electronics" +msgstr "電子" + +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "Emacs" + +msgid "Email" +msgstr "電子郵件" + +msgid "Emulators" +msgstr "模擬器" + +msgid "Fax" +msgstr "傳真" + +msgid "Fhs" +msgstr "Fhs" + +msgid "File-Sharing" +msgstr "檔案共享" + +msgid "Filesystems" +msgstr "檔案系統" + +msgid "File utilities" +msgstr "檔案公用程式" + +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "金融" + +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "字型" + +msgid "Fortran" +msgstr "Fortran" + +msgid "Frontends" +msgstr "前端" + +msgid "Ftp" +msgstr "Ftp" + +msgid "Games" +msgstr "遊戲" + +msgid "GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +msgid "Grabbers" +msgstr "擷取器" + +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "圖形" + +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "繪圖" + +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "GUI" + +msgid "GUI Builders" +msgstr "GUI 建立器" + +msgid "H323" +msgstr "H323" + +msgid "HA" +msgstr "HA" + +msgid "Hamradio" +msgstr "火腿族" + +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "硬體" + +msgid "Howto" +msgstr "做法" + +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +msgid "I18n" +msgstr "I18n" + +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "圖示" + +msgid "ICQ" +msgstr "ICQ" + +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +msgid "Instant Messenger" +msgstr "Instant Messenger" + +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "IRC" + +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "日語" + +msgid "Java" +msgstr "Java" + +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "搖桿" + +msgid "KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "核心" + +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "韓語" + +msgid "Language" +msgstr "語言" + +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "語言" + +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +msgid "Libraries" +msgstr "程式庫" + +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "當地化" + +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "記錄" + +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "邏輯" + +msgid "Mailinglists" +msgstr "郵寄清單" + +msgid "Man" +msgstr "Man" + +msgid "Management" +msgstr "管理" + +msgid "Math" +msgstr "數學" + +msgid "Mathematics" +msgstr "數學" + +msgid "Metapackages" +msgstr "中繼套件" + +msgid "Midi" +msgstr "Midi" + +msgid "Mixers" +msgstr "混合器" + +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "行動電話" + +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "數據機" + +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "監視" + +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "Mono" + +msgid "Morse" +msgstr "Morse" + +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "多媒體" + +msgid "Napster" +msgstr "Napster" + +msgid "Navigators" +msgstr "瀏覽器" + +msgid "Networking" +msgstr "網路" + +msgid "News" +msgstr "新聞" + +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "NFS" + +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +msgid "Novell" +msgstr "Novell" + +msgid "Office" +msgstr "辦公室軟體" + +msgid "Organizers" +msgstr "組織器" + +msgid "Other" +msgstr "其他" + +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "套件" + +msgid "Packet" +msgstr "封包" + +msgid "Palm" +msgstr "Palm" + +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "並列" + +msgid "PC" +msgstr "個人電腦" + +msgid "PDA" +msgstr "PDA" + +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "PDF" + +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +msgid "PHP" +msgstr "PHP" + +msgid "Physics" +msgstr "物理" + +msgid "Players" +msgstr "玩家" + +msgid "Pool" +msgstr "儲存池" + +msgid "PPP" +msgstr "PPP" + +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "簡報" + +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "列印" + +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "產能" + +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "代理" + +msgid "PS" +msgstr "PS" + +msgid "Psion" +msgstr "Psion" + +msgid "Psk31" +msgstr "Psk31" + +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "出版" + +msgid "Puzzle" +msgstr "拼圖" + +msgid "Python" +msgstr "Python" + +msgid "Race" +msgstr "競速" + +msgid "Radio" +msgstr "無線電" + +msgid "Radius" +msgstr "範圍" + +msgid "Raytracers" +msgstr "Raytracers" + +msgid "Real Time" +msgstr "即時" + +msgid "Record" +msgstr "記錄" + +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "遠端桌面" + +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "路由" + +msgid "RPG" +msgstr "RPG" + +msgid "Ruby" +msgstr "Ruby" + +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "Samba" + +msgid "Satellite" +msgstr "衛星" + +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "掃描器" + +msgid "Scheme" +msgstr "綱要" + +msgid "Scientific" +msgstr "科學" + +msgid "Screensavers" +msgstr "螢幕保護程式" + +msgid "Security" +msgstr "保安" + +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "伺服器" + +msgid "SGML" +msgstr "SGML" + +msgid "Shells" +msgstr "外圍程序" + +msgid "Shoot" +msgstr "射擊" + +msgid "Simulation" +msgstr "模擬" + +msgid "SIP" +msgstr "SIP" + +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "音效" + +msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgstr "音效精靈" + +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "來源" + +msgid "Spell" +msgstr "拼字" + +msgid "Spreadsheets" +msgstr "試算表" + +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +msgid "Strategy" +msgstr "策略" + +msgid "Suite" +msgstr "套件" + +msgid "SUSE" +msgstr "SuSE" + +msgid "SUSE internal" +msgstr "SUSE 內部" + +msgid "System" +msgstr "系統" + +msgid "Talk" +msgstr "交談" + +msgid "Tcl" +msgstr "Tcl" + +msgid "Teaching" +msgstr "教學" + +msgid "Telephony" +msgstr "電話" + +msgid "Terminals" +msgstr "終端機" + +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "TeX" + +msgid "Texinfo" +msgstr "Texinfo" + +msgid "Text" +msgstr "文字" + +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "工具" + +msgid "Toys" +msgstr "玩具" + +msgid "Troff" +msgstr "Troff" + +msgid "Turn Based" +msgstr "回合制" + +msgid "TV" +msgstr "電視" + +msgid "UPS" +msgstr "UPS" + +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "公用程式" + +msgid "Vector Editors" +msgstr "向量編輯器" + +msgid "Version Control" +msgstr "版本控制" + +msgid "Vi" +msgstr "Vi" + +msgid "Video" +msgstr "視訊" + +msgid "Viewers" +msgstr "檢視器" + +msgid "Visualization" +msgstr "視覺化" + +msgid "Web" +msgstr "Web" + +msgid "Wifi" +msgstr "Wifi" + +msgid "Word" +msgstr "Word" + +msgid "Word Processor" +msgstr "文書處理程式" + +msgid "X11" +msgstr "X11" + +msgid "XF86_3" +msgstr "XF86_3" + +msgid "XF86_4" +msgstr "XF86_4" + +msgid "XFCE" +msgstr "XFCE" + +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "YaST"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92343 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-08-26 10:05:29 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92343 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po/rpm-groups.tr.po Log: restore Copied: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po/rpm-groups.tr.po (from rev 92309, branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po/rpm-groups.tr.po) =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po/rpm-groups.tr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/tr/po/rpm-groups.tr.po 2015-08-26 08:05:29 UTC (rev 92343) @@ -0,0 +1,754 @@ +# translation of rpm-groups.tr.po to Turkish +# Turkish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Görkem Çetin <gorkem(a)gelecek.com.tr>, 1999, 2000. +# Mehmet Mıdık <mmidik(a)setra.net.tr>, 2000. +# Metin Oral <moral(a)suse.de>, 2001. +# Omer Kehri <xanathar(a)gmx.com.tr>, 2003,2004 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups.tr\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-15 00:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Omer Kehri <xanathar(a)gmx.com.tr>\n" +"Language-Team: Turkish <yast-int(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: tr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n" + +msgid "3D" +msgstr "3D" + +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +msgid "3D Editors" +msgstr "3D düzenleyicileri" + +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Hareket" + +msgid "Amusements" +msgstr "Eğlence" + +msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgstr "AOLInstantMessenger" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +msgid "Arcade" +msgstr "Arcade" + +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:42 clients/hwinfo.ycp:64 +msgid "Archie" +msgstr "Yapı" + +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Arşivleme" + +msgid "Astronomy" +msgstr "Astronomi" + +msgid "Background" +msgstr "Arka plan" + +# include/ui/wizard_dialog.ycp:44 +# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:51 +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "Yedekleme" + +msgid "Base" +msgstr "Temel" + +msgid "Benchmark" +msgstr "Hız ölçümü" + +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgstr "Resim düzenleyicileri" + +msgid "Board" +msgstr "Oyun tahtası" + +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "Açılış" + +msgid "Breakout" +msgstr "Breakout" + +# include/nfs/ui.ycp:93 +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "Tarayıcılar" + +msgid "Building" +msgstr "Build araçları" + +msgid "CAD" +msgstr "CAD" + +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "Kamera" + +msgid "C and C++" +msgstr "C ve C++" + +msgid "Card" +msgstr "Kart" + +msgid "CD" +msgstr "CD" + +msgid "Chemistry" +msgstr "Kimya" + +# include/security/ui.ycp:774 +msgid "Chess" +msgstr "Satranç" + +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "Çince" + +msgid "Clients" +msgstr "İstemciler" + +# include/security/ui.ycp:774 +msgid "Clocks" +msgstr "Saatler" + +msgid "Clustering" +msgstr "Clustering" + +# classnames.ycp:99 +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "Sıkıştırma" + +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "Bilgi işleme" + +# classnames.ycp:181 +msgid "Console" +msgstr "Konsol" + +msgid "Convertors" +msgstr "Dönüştürücüler" + +msgid "Cross" +msgstr "Çapraz" + +msgid "Daemons" +msgstr "Daemonlar" + +# clients/online_update_details.ycp:81 +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "Veri tabanları" + +msgid "Debuggers" +msgstr "Ayıklayıcılar" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:182 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "Yazılım geliştirme" + +# clients/inst_do_resize.ycp:177 +msgid "Diagnostic" +msgstr "Teşhis" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:166 +msgid "Dictionary" +msgstr "Sözlük" + +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:71 +msgid "Displaymanagers" +msgstr "Görüntü yöneticileri" + +msgid "DNS" +msgstr "DNS" + +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "DocBook" + +msgid "Doc Generators" +msgstr "Döküman oluştucular" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:128 +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "Döküman" + +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +msgid "Editors" +msgstr "Yazı düzenleyicileri" + +msgid "Editors and Convertors" +msgstr "Düzenleyici ve dönüştürücüler" + +msgid "Electronics" +msgstr "Elektronik" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:130 +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "Emacs" + +msgid "Email" +msgstr "E-posta" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:132 +msgid "Emulators" +msgstr "Emülatörler" + +msgid "Fax" +msgstr "Faks" + +msgid "Fhs" +msgstr "Fhs" + +msgid "File-Sharing" +msgstr "" + +# include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.ycp:288 +msgid "Filesystems" +msgstr "Dosya sistemleri" + +# include/ui/file_popups.ycp:96 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:127 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:138 include/ui/file_popups.ycp:180 +msgid "File utilities" +msgstr "Dosya araçları" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:139 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finans" + +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "Yazı tipleri" + +# include/cups/helps.ycp:577 +msgid "Fortran" +msgstr "Fortran" + +msgid "Frontends" +msgstr "Arayüzler" + +msgid "Ftp" +msgstr "Ftp" + +msgid "Games" +msgstr "Oyunlar" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:136 +msgid "GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +msgid "Grabbers" +msgstr "Yakalayıcılar" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1462 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Grafik" + +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "Grafik" + +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "Grafik arabirim" + +msgid "GUI Builders" +msgstr "Grafik arabirim oluşturucuları" + +msgid "H323" +msgstr "H323" + +msgid "HA" +msgstr "HA" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +msgid "Hamradio" +msgstr "Ham radyo" + +# clients/inst_startup.ycp:90 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Donanım" + +msgid "Howto" +msgstr "Howto" + +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +msgid "I18n" +msgstr "I18n" + +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "İkonlar" + +# classnames.ycp:71 +msgid "ICQ" +msgstr "ICQ" + +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Instant Messenger" +msgstr "AOLInstantMessenger" + +# classnames.ycp:74 +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "IRC" + +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "Japonca" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +msgid "Java" +msgstr "Java" + +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "Oyun çubuğu" + +msgid "KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "Çekirdek" + +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "Kore dili" + +msgid "Language" +msgstr "Dil Seçimi" + +# menuentries/menuentry_language.ycp:13 +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "Diller" + +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +msgid "Libraries" +msgstr "Kütüphaneler" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "Yer" + +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Kayıt tutma" + +# include/security/ui.ycp:695 +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "Mantık" + +msgid "Mailinglists" +msgstr "Posta listeleri" + +msgid "Man" +msgstr "Man" + +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Yönetim" + +# clients/online_update_details.ycp:88 clients/online_update_select.ycp:112 +msgid "Math" +msgstr "Matematik" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mathematics" +msgstr "Otomatik" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1225 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1283 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Metapackages" +msgstr "Paketleri kur" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:450 +msgid "Midi" +msgstr "Midi" + +msgid "Mixers" +msgstr "Karıştırıcılar" + +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Mobil" + +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "Modem" + +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "İzleme" + +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "" + +msgid "Morse" +msgstr "Mors" + +# classnames.ycp:36 classnames.ycp:39 +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "Çoklu ortam" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:482 +msgid "Napster" +msgstr "Napster" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:356 +msgid "Navigators" +msgstr "Geziciler" + +# include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:164 +msgid "Networking" +msgstr "Ağ" + +msgid "News" +msgstr "Haber" + +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "NFS" + +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +msgid "Novell" +msgstr "Novell" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:168 +msgid "Office" +msgstr "Ofis" + +msgid "Organizers" +msgstr "İş düzenleyiciler" + +# include/cups/ui.ycp:346 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Diğer" + +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Paketler" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485 +msgid "Packet" +msgstr "Paket" + +msgid "Palm" +msgstr "Palm" + +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "Paralel" + +# classnames.ycp:71 +msgid "PC" +msgstr "PC" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "PDA" +msgstr "PDF" + +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "PDF" + +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "PHP" +msgstr "PPP" + +# include/partitioning/lvm_ui_lib.ycp:199 +msgid "Physics" +msgstr "Fizik" + +# clients/inst_sw_update.ycp:434 +msgid "Players" +msgstr "Oyuncular" + +# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754 +msgid "Pool" +msgstr "Bilardo" + +msgid "PPP" +msgstr "PPP" + +# include/cups/helps.ycp:582 +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "Sunum" + +# include/cups/helps.ycp:606 +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Yazdırma" + +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Üretkenlik" + +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "Proxy" + +msgid "PS" +msgstr "PS" + +msgid "Psion" +msgstr "Psion" + +msgid "Psk31" +msgstr "Psk31" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/keyboard_raw.ycp:604 +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "Yayımlama" + +msgid "Puzzle" +msgstr "Bilmece" + +msgid "Python" +msgstr "Python" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1648 +msgid "Race" +msgstr "Yarış" + +msgid "Radio" +msgstr "Radyo" + +msgid "Radius" +msgstr "Radius" + +msgid "Raytracers" +msgstr "Işın izleme" + +# clients/online_update.ycp:223 +msgid "Real Time" +msgstr "Gerçek zamanlı" + +msgid "Record" +msgstr "Kayıt" + +# clients/inst_source.ycp:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Uzak ağ:" + +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "Yönlendirme" + +msgid "RPG" +msgstr "RPG" + +msgid "Ruby" +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "Samba" + +msgid "Satellite" +msgstr "Uydu" + +# menuentries/menuentry_scanner.ycp:36 +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "Tarayıcı" + +msgid "Scheme" +msgstr "Şema" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:480 +msgid "Scientific" +msgstr "Bilimsel" + +msgid "Screensavers" +msgstr "Ekran koruyucuları" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:160 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Güvenlik" + +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "Sunucular" + +msgid "SGML" +msgstr "SGML" + +msgid "Shells" +msgstr "Kabuklar" + +msgid "Shoot" +msgstr "Ateş etme" + +msgid "Simulation" +msgstr "Simulasyon" + +msgid "SIP" +msgstr "SIP" + +# menuentries/menuentry_sound.ycp:14 +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "Ses" + +msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgstr "Ses Daemon'ları" + +# clients/hwinfo.ycp:54 +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Kaynak dosyaları" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/timezone_raw.ycp:242 +msgid "Spell" +msgstr "İmla" + +msgid "Spreadsheets" +msgstr "Spreadsheet" + +# classnames.ycp:106 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +# include/sound/ui.ycp:335 +msgid "Strategy" +msgstr "Strateji" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 include/slide_show.ycp:264 +msgid "Suite" +msgstr "Süit" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE" +msgstr "SuSE" + +# classnames.ycp:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE internal" +msgstr "IDE arabirimi" + +msgid "System" +msgstr "Sistem" + +msgid "Talk" +msgstr "Konuşma" + +msgid "Tcl" +msgstr "Tcl" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Teaching" +msgstr "Kachin" + +msgid "Telephony" +msgstr "Telefon" + +msgid "Terminals" +msgstr "Terminaller" + +# clients/support_send.ycp:19 +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "TeX" + +# include/cups/ui.ycp:2582 +msgid "Texinfo" +msgstr "Tex bilgisi" + +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Yazı" + +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "Araçlar" + +msgid "Toys" +msgstr "Oyuncaklar" + +msgid "Troff" +msgstr "Troff" + +msgid "Turn Based" +msgstr "Sıralı" + +msgid "TV" +msgstr "TV" + +msgid "UPS" +msgstr "UPS" + +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "Araçlar" + +# include/ui/wizard_hw.ycp:123 +msgid "Vector Editors" +msgstr "Çizgisel grafik düzenleyicileri" + +# classnames.ycp:63 classnames.ycp:66 +msgid "Version Control" +msgstr "Sürüm denetleyicisi" + +msgid "Vi" +msgstr "Vi" + +# clients/support_send.ycp:18 +msgid "Video" +msgstr "Video" + +# clients/support_send.ycp:18 +msgid "Viewers" +msgstr "Göstericiler" + +# include/slide_show.ycp:179 +msgid "Visualization" +msgstr "Görüntüleştirme" + +msgid "Web" +msgstr "Web" + +msgid "Wifi" +msgstr "" + +msgid "Word" +msgstr "Word" + +# classnames.ycp:93 clients/hwinfo.ycp:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Word Processor" +msgstr "İşlemci" + +msgid "X11" +msgstr "X11" + +msgid "XF86_3" +msgstr "XF86_3" + +msgid "XF86_4" +msgstr "XF86_4" + +msgid "XFCE" +msgstr "" + +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "YaST" + +#~ msgid "Bitmap" +#~ msgstr "Bit haritası" + +#~ msgid "C" +#~ msgstr "C" + +#~ msgid "Doc" +#~ msgstr "Doc" + +#~ msgid "File" +#~ msgstr "Dosya" + +#~ msgid "Real" +#~ msgstr "Gerçek" + +#~ msgid "Turn" +#~ msgstr "Sıra" + +#~ msgid "Vector" +#~ msgstr "Vektör" + +# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1461 +#~ msgid "Version" +#~ msgstr "Sürüm"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r92344 - branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 26 Aug '15

26 Aug '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-08-26 10:05:29 +0200 (Wed, 26 Aug 2015) New Revision: 92344 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po/rpm-groups.uk.po Log: restore Copied: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po/rpm-groups.uk.po (from rev 92309, branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po/rpm-groups.uk.po) =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po/rpm-groups.uk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/uk/po/rpm-groups.uk.po 2015-08-26 08:05:29 UTC (rev 92344) @@ -0,0 +1,641 @@ +# translation of rpm-groups.po to Ukrainian +# Ukrainian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# Ivan Petrouchtchak <iip(a)telus.net>, 2005. +# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-23 20:09+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation(a)linux.org.ua>\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" + +msgid "3D" +msgstr "3D" + +msgid "3D Editors" +msgstr "3D-редактори" + +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Дія" + +msgid "Amusements" +msgstr "Розваги" + +msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgstr "AOLInstantMessenger" + +msgid "Arcade" +msgstr "Аркади" + +msgid "Archie" +msgstr "Archie" + +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Архівування" + +msgid "Astronomy" +msgstr "Астрономія" + +msgid "Background" +msgstr "Тло" + +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "Резервування" + +msgid "Base" +msgstr "Основа" + +msgid "Benchmark" +msgstr "Еталонний тест" + +msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgstr "Растрові редактори" + +msgid "Board" +msgstr "Дошка" + +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "Завантаження" + +msgid "Breakout" +msgstr "Вихід" + +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "Навігатори Тенет" + +msgid "Building" +msgstr "Складання" + +msgid "CAD" +msgstr "CAD" + +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "Камера" + +msgid "C and C++" +msgstr "C і С++" + +msgid "Card" +msgstr "Карти" + +msgid "CD" +msgstr "КД" + +msgid "Chemistry" +msgstr "Хімія" + +msgid "Chess" +msgstr "Шахи" + +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "Китайський" + +msgid "Clients" +msgstr "Клієнти" + +msgid "Clocks" +msgstr "Годинники" + +msgid "Clustering" +msgstr "Кластеризація" + +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "Стиснення" + +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "Обчислення" + +msgid "Console" +msgstr "Консоль" + +msgid "Convertors" +msgstr "Перетворювачі" + +msgid "Cross" +msgstr "Перетин" + +msgid "Daemons" +msgstr "Демони" + +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "Бази даних" + +msgid "Debuggers" +msgstr "Зневадники" + +msgid "Development" +msgstr "Розробка" + +msgid "Diagnostic" +msgstr "Діагностика" + +msgid "Dictionary" +msgstr "Словник" + +msgid "Displaymanagers" +msgstr "Менеджери дисплея" + +msgid "DNS" +msgstr "DNS" + +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "DocBook" + +msgid "Doc Generators" +msgstr "Створення документації" + +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "Документація" + +msgid "Editors" +msgstr "Редактори" + +msgid "Editors and Convertors" +msgstr "Редактори та перетворювачі" + +msgid "Electronics" +msgstr "Електроніка" + +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "Emacs" + +msgid "Email" +msgstr "Ел. пошта" + +msgid "Emulators" +msgstr "Емулятори" + +msgid "Fax" +msgstr "Факс" + +msgid "Fhs" +msgstr "Fhs" + +msgid "File-Sharing" +msgstr "Спільні ресурси" + +msgid "Filesystems" +msgstr "Файлові системи" + +msgid "File utilities" +msgstr "Файлові утиліти" + +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Фінанси" + +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "Шрифти" + +msgid "Fortran" +msgstr "Fortran" + +msgid "Frontends" +msgstr "Інтерфейси" + +msgid "Ftp" +msgstr "Ftp" + +msgid "Games" +msgstr "Ігри" + +msgid "GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +msgid "Grabbers" +msgstr "Захоплювачі" + +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Графік" + +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "Графіка" + +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "GUI" + +msgid "GUI Builders" +msgstr "Засоби розробки GUI" + +msgid "H323" +msgstr "H323" + +msgid "HA" +msgstr "HA" + +msgid "Hamradio" +msgstr "Аматорське радіо" + +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "Обладнання" + +msgid "Howto" +msgstr "Як це" + +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +msgid "I18n" +msgstr "Інтернаціоналізація" + +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "Піктограми" + +msgid "ICQ" +msgstr "ICQ" + +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +msgid "Instant Messenger" +msgstr "Програма обміну повідомленнями" + +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "IRC" + +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "Японська" + +msgid "Java" +msgstr "Java" + +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "Джойстик" + +msgid "KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "Ядро" + +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "Корейська" + +msgid "Language" +msgstr "Мова" + +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "Мови" + +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +msgid "Libraries" +msgstr "Бібліотеки" + +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "Локалізація" + +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Журнал" + +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "Логіка" + +msgid "Mailinglists" +msgstr "Списки розсилки" + +msgid "Man" +msgstr "Посібники" + +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Керування" + +msgid "Math" +msgstr "Математика" + +msgid "Mathematics" +msgstr "Математика" + +msgid "Metapackages" +msgstr "Метапакунки" + +msgid "Midi" +msgstr "Midi" + +msgid "Mixers" +msgstr "Мікшери" + +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобільний" + +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "Модем" + +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "Спостереження" + +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "Mono" + +msgid "Morse" +msgstr "Азбука Морзе" + +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "Мультимедія" + +msgid "Napster" +msgstr "Napster" + +msgid "Navigators" +msgstr "Навігатори" + +msgid "Networking" +msgstr "Мережа" + +msgid "News" +msgstr "Новини" + +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "NFS" + +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +msgid "Novell" +msgstr "Novell" + +msgid "Office" +msgstr "Офіс" + +msgid "Organizers" +msgstr "Тижневики" + +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Інші" + +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Пакунки" + +msgid "Packet" +msgstr "Пакунок" + +msgid "Palm" +msgstr "Palm" + +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "Паралельний" + +msgid "PC" +msgstr "ПК" + +msgid "PDA" +msgstr "PDA" + +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "PDF" + +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +msgid "PHP" +msgstr "PHP" + +msgid "Physics" +msgstr "Фізика" + +msgid "Players" +msgstr "Програвачі" + +msgid "Pool" +msgstr "Більярд" + +msgid "PPP" +msgstr "PPP" + +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "Презентація" + +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "Друк" + +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Продуктивність" + +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "Проксі" + +msgid "PS" +msgstr "PS" + +msgid "Psion" +msgstr "Psion" + +msgid "Psk31" +msgstr "Psk31" + +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "Видавництво" + +msgid "Puzzle" +msgstr "Головоломка" + +msgid "Python" +msgstr "Python" + +msgid "Race" +msgstr "Гонка" + +msgid "Radio" +msgstr "Радіо" + +msgid "Radius" +msgstr "Радіус" + +msgid "Raytracers" +msgstr "Трасування променів" + +msgid "Real Time" +msgstr "Реальний час" + +msgid "Record" +msgstr "Запис" + +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "Віддалена стільниця" + +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "Маршрутизація" + +msgid "RPG" +msgstr "RPG" + +msgid "Ruby" +msgstr "Ruby" + +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "Samba" + +msgid "Satellite" +msgstr "Супутник" + +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "Сканер" + +msgid "Scheme" +msgstr "Scheme" + +msgid "Scientific" +msgstr "Наукові" + +msgid "Screensavers" +msgstr "Зберігачі екрана" + +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Безпека" + +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "Сервери" + +msgid "SGML" +msgstr "SGML" + +msgid "Shells" +msgstr "Оболонки" + +msgid "Shoot" +msgstr "Стріляти" + +msgid "Simulation" +msgstr "Симуляція" + +msgid "SIP" +msgstr "SIP" + +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "Звук" + +msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgstr "Звукові демони" + +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "Сирці" + +msgid "Spell" +msgstr "Перевірка правопису" + +msgid "Spreadsheets" +msgstr "Електронні таблиці" + +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +msgid "Strategy" +msgstr "Стратегія" + +msgid "Suite" +msgstr "Набір" + +msgid "SUSE" +msgstr "SUSE" + +msgid "SUSE internal" +msgstr "Внутрішні SUSE" + +msgid "System" +msgstr "Система" + +msgid "Talk" +msgstr "Розмова" + +msgid "Tcl" +msgstr "Tcl" + +msgid "Teaching" +msgstr "Навчання" + +msgid "Telephony" +msgstr "Телефонія" + +msgid "Terminals" +msgstr "Термінали" + +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "TeX" + +msgid "Texinfo" +msgstr "Texinfo" + +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" + +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "Засоби" + +msgid "Toys" +msgstr "Іграшки" + +msgid "Troff" +msgstr "Troff" + +msgid "Turn Based" +msgstr "По черзі" + +msgid "TV" +msgstr "Телебачення" + +msgid "UPS" +msgstr "UPS" + +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "Утиліти" + +msgid "Vector Editors" +msgstr "Векторні редактори" + +msgid "Version Control" +msgstr "Керування версіями" + +msgid "Vi" +msgstr "Vi" + +msgid "Video" +msgstr "Відео" + +msgid "Viewers" +msgstr "Переглядачі" + +msgid "Visualization" +msgstr "Візуалізація" + +msgid "Web" +msgstr "Тенета" + +msgid "Wifi" +msgstr "Wifi" + +msgid "Word" +msgstr "Word" + +msgid "Word Processor" +msgstr "Текстовий процесор" + +msgid "X11" +msgstr "X11" + +msgid "XF86_3" +msgstr "XF86_3" + +msgid "XF86_4" +msgstr "XF86_4" + +msgid "XFCE" +msgstr "XFCE" + +msgid "XML" +msgstr "XML" + +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "YaST"

1 0

← Newer
1
...
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
28
Older →

Jump to page: